initial commit of ebook 28656HEADmain

57 files changed, 69578 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/28656-0.txt b/28656-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..62278a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/28656-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,10601 @@
+The Project Gutenberg eBook of Typee, by Herman Melville
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
+most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
+whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
+of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
+www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
+will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before
+using this eBook.
+
+Title: Typee
+
+Author: Herman Melville
+
+Release Date: May 1, 2009 [eBook #28656]
+[Most recently updated: December 19, 2022]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: UTF-8
+
+
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TYPEE ***
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: FAYAWAY AND I HAD A DELIGHTFUL LITTLE PARTY ON THE LAKE]
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+TYPEE
+
+by HERMAN MELVILLE
+
+
+ILLUSTRATIONS BY
+MEAD SCHAEFFER
+
+DODD, MEAD AND COMPANY
+PUBLISHERS NEW YORK
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+CHAPTER I. A LAND-SICK SHIP
+The sea—Longings for shore—A land-sick ship—Destination of the voyagers
+
+
+CHAPTER II. TO THE MARQUESAS
+Passage from the cruising ground to the Marquesas—Sleepy times aboard
+ship—South Sea scenery—Land ho!—The French squadron discovered at
+anchor in the bay of Nukuheva—Strange pilot—Escort of canoes—A flotilla
+of cocoa-nuts—Swimming visitors—The _Dolly_ boarded by them—State of
+affairs that ensue.
+
+
+CHAPTER III. AFFAIRS ABOARD
+State of affairs aboard the ship—Contents of her larder—Length of South
+Seamen’s voyages—Account of a flying whale-man—Determination to leave
+the vessel—The bay of Nukuheva—The Typees.
+
+
+CHAPTER IV. LAST NIGHT ABOARD
+Thoughts previous to attempting an escape—Toby, a fellow-sailor, agrees
+to share the adventure—Last night aboard the ship.
+
+
+CHAPTER V. THE ESCAPE
+A specimen of nautical oratory—Criticisms of the sailors—The starboard
+watch are given a holiday—The escape to the mountains.
+
+
+CHAPTER VI. DISAPPOINTMENT
+The other side of the mountain—Disappointment—Inventory of articles
+brought from the ship—Division of the stock of bread—Appearance of the
+interior of the island—A discovery—A ravine and waterfalls—A sleepless
+night—Further discoveries—My illness—A Marquesan landscape.
+
+
+CHAPTER VII. A WILD-GOOSE CHASE
+The important question, Typee or Happar?—A wild-goose chase—My
+sufferings—Disheartening situation—A night in the ravine—Morning
+meal—Happy idea of Toby—Journey towards the valley.
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII. INTO THE VALLEY
+Perilous passage of the ravine—Descent into the valley.
+
+
+CHAPTER IX. CAUTIOUS ADVANCE
+The head of the valley—Cautious advance—A path—Fruit—Discovery of two
+of the natives—Their singular conduct—Approach towards the inhabited
+parts of the vale—Sensation produced by our appearance—Reception at the
+house of one of the natives.
+
+
+CHAPTER X. MORNING VISITORS
+Midnight reflections—Morning visitors—A warrior in costume—A savage
+Æsculapius—Practice of the healing art—Body-servant—A dwelling-house of
+the valley described—Portraits of its inmates.
+
+
+CHAPTER XI. ADVENTURE IN THE DARK
+Officiousness of Kory-Kory—His devotion—A bath in the stream—Want of
+refinement of the Typee damsels—Stroll with Mehevi—A Typee highway—The
+Taboo groves—The hoolah hoolah ground—The Ti—Timeworn
+savages—Hospitality of Mehevi—Midnight musings—Adventure in the
+dark—Distinguished honours paid to the visitors—Strange procession, and
+return to the house of Marheyo.
+
+
+CHAPTER XII. ADVENTURE OF TOBY
+Attempt to procure relief from Nukuheva—Perilous adventure of Toby in
+the Happar Mountains—Eloquence of Kory-Kory.
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII. A GREAT EVENT
+A great event happens in the valley—The island telegraph—Something
+befalls Toby—Fayaway displays a tender heart—Melancholy
+reflections—Mysterious conduct of the islanders—Devotion of Kory-Kory—A
+rural couch—A luxury—Kory-Kory strikes a light _à la_ Typee.
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV. KINDNESS OF THE ISLANDERS
+Kindness of Marheyo and the rest of the islanders—A full description of
+the bread-fruit tree—Different modes of preparing the fruit.
+
+
+CHAPTER XV. MELANCHOLY CONDITION
+Melancholy condition—Occurrence at the Ti—Anecdote of Marheyo—Shaving
+the head of a warrior.
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI. IMPROVEMENT
+Improvement in health and spirits—Felicity of the Typees—A skirmish in
+the mountain with the warriors of Happar.
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII. A STRANGER ARRIVES
+Swimming in company with the girls of the valley—A canoe—Effects of the
+taboo—A pleasure excursion on the pond—Beautiful freak of
+Fayaway—Mantua-making—A stranger arrives in the valley—His mysterious
+conduct—Native oratory—The interview—Its results—Departure of the
+stranger.
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII. BATTLE OF THE POP-GUNS
+Reflection after Marnoo’s departure—Battle of the pop-guns—Strange
+conceit of Marheyo—Process of making tappa.
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX. DANCES
+History of a day as usually spent in the Typee valley—Dances of the
+Marquesan girls.
+
+
+CHAPTER XX. MONUMENTS
+The spring of Arva Wai—Remarkable monumental remains—Some ideas with
+regard to the history of the pi-pis found in the valley.
+
+
+CHAPTER XXI. A FESTIVAL
+Preparations for a grand festival in the valley—Strange doings in the
+Taboo Groves—Monument of Calabashes—Gala costume of the Typee
+damsels—Departure for the festival.
+
+
+CHAPTER XXII. THE FEAST OF CALABASHES
+The Feast of Calabashes.
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIII. RELIGION OF THE TYPEES
+Ideas suggested by the Feast of Calabashes—Effigy of a dead warrior—A
+singular superstition—The priest Kolory and the god Moa Artua—Amazing
+religious observance—A dilapidated shrine—Kory-Kory and the idol—An
+inference.
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIV. BEAUTY OF THE TYPEES
+General information gathered at the festival—Personal beauty of the
+Typees—Their superiority over the inhabitants of the other
+islands—Diversity of complexion—A vegetable cosmetic and
+ointment—Testimony of voyagers to the uncommon beauty of the
+Marquesans—Few evidences of intercourse with civilized
+beings—Dilapidated musket—Primitive simplicity of government—Regal
+dignity of Mehevi.
+
+
+CHAPTER XXV. MARRIAGE CUSTOMS
+King Mehevi—Conduct of Marheyo and Mehevi in certain delicate
+matters—Peculiar system of marriage—Number of
+population—Uniformity—Embalming—Places of sepulture—Funeral obsequies
+at Nukuheva—Number of inhabitants in Typee—Location of the
+dwellings—Happiness enjoyed in the valley.
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVI. SOCIAL CONDITIONS
+The social condition and general character of the Typees.
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVII. FISHING PARTIES
+Fishing parties—Mode of distributing the fish—Midnight
+banquet—Timekeeping tapers—Unceremonious style of eating the fish.
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVIII. NATURAL HISTORY
+Natural history of the valley—Golden lizards—Tameness of the
+birds—Mosquitoes—Flies—Dogs—A solitary cat—The climate—The cocoa-nut
+tree—Singular modes of climbing it—An agile young chief—Fearlessness of
+the children—Too-too and the cocoa-nut tree—The birds of the valley.
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIX. TATTOOING
+A professor of the fine arts—His persecutions—Something about tattooing
+and tabooing—Two anecdotes in illustration of the latter—A few thoughts
+on the Typee dialect.
+
+
+CHAPTER XXX. MUSIC
+Strange custom of the islanders—Their chanting, and the peculiarity of
+their voice—Rapture of the king at first hearing a song—A new dignity
+conferred on the author—Musical instruments in the valley—Admiration of
+the savages at beholding a pugilistic performance—Swimming
+infant—Beautiful tresses of the girls—Ointment for the hair.
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXI. CANNIBALISM
+Apprehensions of evil—Frightful discovery—Some remarks on
+cannibalism—Second battle with the Happars—Savage spectacle—Mysterious
+feast—Subsequent disclosures.
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXII. ATTEMPT TO ESCAPE
+The stranger again arrives in the valley—Singular interview with
+him—Attempt to escape—Failure—Melancholy situation—Sympathy of Marheyo.
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXIII. THE ESCAPE
+The escape
+
+
+SEQUEL
+NOTE.—The Author of “Typee” was more than two years in the South Seas,
+after escaping from the valley, as recounted in the last chapter. Some
+time after returning home the foregoing narrative was published, though
+it was little thought at the time that this would be the means of
+revealing the existence of Toby, who had long been given up for lost.
+But so it proved. The story of his escape supplies a natural sequel to
+the adventure, and as such it is now added to the volume. It was
+related to the Author by Toby himself.
+
+
+APPENDIX
+
+
+
+
+ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+ Fayaway and I had a delightful little party on the lake
+ I found him ripe for the enterprise, and a very few words sufficed for a mutual understanding between us
+ At last we gained the top of the second elevation
+ We were soon completely encircled by a dense throng
+ The body was carried into the house and laid on a mat
+ Thus arrayed, I would have matched the charming Fayaway against any beauty in the world
+ Mehevi
+ About midnight I arose and drew the slide
+
+
+
+
+TYPEE
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+
+The sea—Longings for shore—A land-sick ship—Destination of the
+voyagers.
+
+
+Six months at sea! Yes, reader, as I live, six months out of sight of
+land; cruising after the sperm whale beneath the scorching sun of the
+Line, and tossed on the billows of the wide-rolling Pacific—the sky
+above, the sea around, and nothing else! Weeks and weeks ago our fresh
+provisions were all exhausted. There is not a sweet potato left; not a
+single yam. Those glorious bunches of bananas which once decorated our
+stern and quarter-deck, have, alas, disappeared! and the delicious
+oranges which hung suspended from our tops and stays—they, too, are
+gone! Yes, they are all departed, and there is nothing left us but
+salt-horse and sea-biscuit.
+
+Oh! for a refreshing glimpse of one blade of grass—for a snuff at the
+fragrance of a handful of the loamy earth! Is there nothing fresh
+around us? Is there no green thing to be seen? Yes, the inside of our
+bulwarks is painted green; but what a vile and sickly hue it is, as if
+nothing bearing even the semblance of verdure could flourish this weary
+way from land. Even the bark that once clung to the wood we use for
+fuel has been gnawed off and devoured by the captain’s pig; and so long
+ago, too, that the pig himself has in turn been devoured.
+
+There is but one solitary tenant in the chicken-coop, once a gay and
+dapper young cock, bearing him so bravely among the coy hens. But look
+at him now; there he stands, moping all the day long on that
+everlasting one leg of his. He turns with disgust from the mouldy corn
+before him, and the brackish water in his little trough. He mourns no
+doubt his lost companions, literally snatched from him one by one, and
+never seen again. But his days of mourning will be few; for Mungo, our
+black cook, told me yesterday that the word had at last gone forth, and
+poor Pedro’s fate was sealed. His attenuated body will be laid out upon
+the captain’s table next Sunday, and long before night will be buried,
+with all the usual ceremonies, beneath that worthy individual’s vest.
+Who would believe that there could be any one so cruel as to long for
+the decapitation of the luckless Pedro; yet the sailors pray every
+minute, selfish fellows, that the miserable fowl may be brought to his
+end. They say the captain will never point the ship for the land so
+long as he has in anticipation a mess of fresh meat. This unhappy bird
+can alone furnish it; and when he is once devoured, the captain will
+come to his senses. I wish thee no harm, Peter; but as thou art doomed,
+sooner or later, to meet the fate of all thy race; and if putting a
+period to thy existence is to be the signal for our deliverance,
+why—truth to speak—I wish thy throat cut this very moment; for, oh! how
+I wish to see the living earth again! The old ship herself longs to
+look out upon the land from her hawseholes once more, as Jack Lewis
+said right the other day when the captain found fault with his
+steering.
+
+“Why, d’ye see, Captain Vangs,” says bold Jack, “I’m as good a helmsman
+as ever put hand to spoke; but none of us can steer the old lady now.
+We can’t keep her full and bye, sir: watch her ever so close, she will
+fall off; and then, sir, when I put the helm down so gently and try
+like to coax her to the work, she won’t take it kindly, but will fall
+round off again; and it’s all because she knows the land is under the
+lee, sir, and she won’t go any more to windward.” Ay, and why should
+she, Jack? didn’t every one of her stout timbers grow on shore, and
+hasn’t she sensibilities as well as we?
+
+Poor old ship! Her very looks denote her desires: how deplorable she
+appears! The paint on her sides, burnt up by the scorching sun, is
+puffed out and cracked. See the weeds she trails along with her, and
+what an unsightly bunch of these horrid barnacles has formed about her
+stern-piece; and every time she rises on a sea, she shows her copper
+torn away or hanging in jagged strips.
+
+Poor old ship! I say again: for six months she has been rolling and
+pitching about, never for one moment at rest. But courage, old lass, I
+hope to see thee soon within a biscuit’s toss of the merry land, riding
+snugly at anchor in some green cove, and sheltered from the boisterous
+winds.
+
+
+“Hurrah, my lads! It’s a settled thing; next week we shape our course
+to the Marquesas!” The Marquesas! What strange visions of outlandish
+things does the very name spirit up! Lovely houris—cannibal
+banquets—groves of cocoa-nuts—coral reefs—tattooed chiefs—and bamboo
+temples; sunny valleys planted with bread-fruit trees—carved canoes
+dancing on the flashing blue waters—savage woodlands guarded by
+horrible idols—_heathenish rites and human sacrifices_.
+
+Such were the strangely jumbled anticipations that haunted me during
+our passage from the cruising ground. I felt an irresistible curiosity
+to see those islands which the olden voyagers had so glowingly
+described.
+
+The group for which we were now steering (although among the earliest
+of European discoveries in the South Seas, having been first visited in
+the year 1595) still continues to be tenanted by beings as strange and
+barbarous as ever. The missionaries, sent on a heavenly errand, had
+sailed by their lovely shores, and had abandoned them to their idols of
+wood and stone. How interesting the circumstances under which they were
+discovered! In the watery path of Mendanna, cruising in quest of some
+region of gold, these isles had sprung up like a scene of enchantment,
+and for a moment the Spaniard believed his bright dream was realized.
+In honour of the Marquess de Mendoza, then viceroy of Peru—under whose
+auspices the navigator sailed—he bestowed upon them the name which
+denoted the rank of his patron, and gave to the world, on his return, a
+vague and magnificent account of their beauty. But these islands,
+undisturbed for years, relapsed into their previous obscurity; and it
+is only recently that anything has been known concerning them. Once in
+the course of a half century, to be sure, some adventurous rover would
+break in upon their peaceful repose, and, astonished at the unusual
+scene, would be almost tempted to claim the merit of a new discovery.
+
+Of this interesting group, but little account has ever been given, if
+we except the slight mention made of them in the sketches of South Sea
+voyages. Cook, in his repeated circumnavigations of the globe, barely
+touched at their shores; and all that we know about them is from a few
+general narratives.
+
+Within the last few years, American and English vessels engaged in the
+extensive whale fisheries of the Pacific have occasionally, when short
+of provisions, put into the commodious harbour which there is in one of
+the islands; but a fear of the natives, founded on the recollection of
+the dreadful fate which many white men have received at their hands,
+has deterred their crews from intermixing with the population
+sufficiently to gain any insight into their peculiar customs and
+manners. Indeed, there is no cluster of islands in the Pacific that has
+been any length of time discovered, of which so little has hitherto
+been known as the Marquesas, and it is a pleasing reflection that this
+narrative of mine will do something towards withdrawing the veil from
+regions so romantic and beautiful.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+
+Passage from the cruising ground to the Marquesas—Sleepy times aboard
+ship—South Sea scenery—Land ho!—The French squadron discovered at
+anchor in the bay of Nukuheva—Strange pilot—Escort of canoes—A flotilla
+of cocoa-nuts—Swimming visitors—The _Dolly_ boarded by them—State of
+affairs that ensue.
+
+
+I can never forget the eighteen or twenty days during which the light
+trade-winds were silently sweeping us towards the islands. In pursuit
+of the sperm whale, we had been cruising on the line some twenty
+degrees to the westward of the Gallipagos; and all that we had to do,
+when our course was determined on, was to square in the yards and keep
+the vessel before the breeze, and then the good ship and the steady
+gale did the rest between them. The man at the wheel never vexed the
+old lady with any superfluous steering, but comfortably adjusting his
+limbs at the tiller, would doze away by the hour. True to her work, the
+_Dolly_ headed to her course, and like one of those characters who
+always do best when let alone, she jogged on her way like a veteran old
+sea-pacer as she was.
+
+What a delightful, lazy, languid time we had whilst we were thus
+gliding along! There was nothing to be done; a circumstance that
+happily suited our disinclination to do anything. We abandoned the
+fore-peak altogether, and spreading an awning over the forecastle,
+slept, ate, and lounged under it the live-long day. Every one seemed to
+be under the influence of some narcotic. Even the officers aft, whose
+duty required them never to be seated while keeping a deck watch,
+vainly endeavoured to keep on their pins; and were obliged invariably
+to compromise the matter by leaning up against the bulwarks, and gazing
+abstractedly over the side. Reading was out of the question; take a
+book in your hand, and you were asleep in an instant.
+
+Although I could not avoid yielding in a great measure to the general
+languor, still at times I contrived to shake off the spell, and to
+appreciate the beauty of the scene around me. The sky presented a clear
+expanse of the most delicate blue, except along the skirts of the
+horizon, where you might see a thin drapery of pale clouds which never
+varied their form or colour. The long, measured, dirge-like swell of
+the Pacific came rolling along, with its surface broken by little tiny
+waves, sparkling in the sunshine. Every now and then a shoal of flying
+fish, scared from the water under the bows, would leap into the air,
+and fall the next moment like a shower of silver into the sea. Then you
+would see the superb albicore with his glittering sides, sailing aloft,
+and after describing an arc in his descent, disappear on the surface of
+the water. Far off, the lofty jet of the whale might be seen, and
+nearer at hand the prowling shark, that villanous footpad of the seas,
+would come skulking along, and, at a wary distance, regard us with an
+evil eye. At times, some shapeless monster of the deep, floating on the
+surface, would, as we approach, sink slowly into the blue waters, and
+fade away from the sight. But the most impressive feature of the scene
+was the almost unbroken silence that reigned over sky and water.
+Scarcely a sound could be heard but the occasional breathing of the
+grampus, and the rippling at the cut-water.
+
+As we drew nearer the land, I hailed with delight the appearance of
+innumerable sea-fowl. Screaming and whirling in spiral tracks, they
+would accompany the vessel, and at times alight on our yards and stays.
+That piratical-looking fellow, appropriately named the
+man-of-war’s-hawk, with his blood-red bill and raven plumage, would
+come sweeping round us in gradually diminishing circles, till you could
+distinctly mark the strange flashings of his eye; and then, as if
+satisfied with his observation, would sail up into the air and
+disappear from the view. Soon, other evidences of our vicinity to the
+land were apparent, and it was not long before the glad announcement of
+it being in sight was heard from aloft,—given with that peculiar
+prolongation of sound that a sailor loves—“Land ho!”
+
+The captain, darting on deck from the cabin, bawled lustily for his
+spy-glass; the mate in still louder accents hailed the mast-head with a
+tremendous “Where-away?” The black cook thrust his woolly head from the
+galley, and Boatswain, the dog, leaped up between the knight-heads, and
+barked most furiously. Land ho! Ay, there it was. A hardly perceptible
+blue irregular outline, indicating the bold contour of the lofty
+heights of Nukuheva.
+
+This island, although generally called one of the Marquesas, is by some
+navigators considered as forming one of a distinct cluster, comprising
+the islands of Roohka, Ropo, and Nukuheva; upon which three the
+appellation of the Washington Group has been bestowed. They form a
+triangle, and lie within the parallels of 8° 38′ and 9° 32′ south
+latitude, and 139° 20′ and 140° 10′ west longitude, from Greenwich.
+With how little propriety they are to be regarded as forming a separate
+group will be at once apparent, when it is considered that they lie in
+the immediate vicinity of the other islands, that is to say, less than
+a degree to the north-west of them; that their inhabitants speak the
+Marquesan dialect, and that their laws, religion, and general customs
+are identical. The only reason why they were ever thus arbitrarily
+distinguished, may be attributed to the singular fact, that their
+existence was altogether unknown to the world until the year 1791, when
+they were discovered by Captain Ingraham, of Boston, Massachusetts,
+nearly two centuries after the discovery of the adjacent islands by the
+agent of the Spanish Viceroy. Notwithstanding this, I shall follow the
+example of most voyagers, and treat of them as forming part and parcel
+of the Marquesas.
+
+Nukuheva is the most important of these islands, being the only one at
+which ships are much in the habit of touching, and is celebrated as
+being the place where the adventurous Captain Porter refitted his ships
+during the late war between England and the United States, and whence
+he sallied out upon the large whaling fleet then sailing under the
+enemy’s flag in the surrounding seas. This island is about twenty miles
+in length, and nearly as many in breadth. It has three good harbours on
+its coast, the largest and best of which is called by the people living
+in its vicinity, “Tyohee,” and by Captain Porter was denominated
+Massachusetts Bay. Among the adverse tribes dwelling about the shores
+of the other bays, and by all voyagers, it is generally known by the
+name bestowed upon the island itself—Nukuheva. Its inhabitants have
+become somewhat corrupted, owing to their recent commerce with
+Europeans; but so far as regards their peculiar customs, and general
+mode of life, they retain their original primitive character, remaining
+very nearly in the same state of nature in which they were first beheld
+by white men. The hostile clans, residing in the more remote sections
+of the island, and very seldom holding any communication with
+foreigners, are in every respect unchanged from their earliest known
+condition.
+
+In the bay of Nukuheva was the anchorage we desired to reach. We had
+perceived the loom of the mountains about sunset; so that, after
+running all night with a very light breeze, we found ourselves close in
+with the island the next morning; but as the bay we sought lay on its
+farther side, we were obliged to sail some distance along the shore,
+catching, as we proceeded, short glimpses of blooming valleys, deep
+glens, waterfalls, and waving groves, hidden here and there by
+projecting and rocky headlands, every moment opening to the view some
+new and startling scene of beauty.
+
+Those who for the first time visit the South Seas, generally are
+surprised at the appearance of the islands when beheld from the sea.
+From the vague accounts we sometimes have of their beauty, many people
+are apt to picture to themselves enamelled and softly swelling plains,
+shaded over with delicious groves, and watered by purling brooks, and
+the entire country but little elevated above the surrounding ocean. The
+reality is very different; bold rock-bound coasts, with the surf
+beating high against the lofty cliffs, and broken here and there into
+deep inlets, which open to the view thickly-wooded valleys, separated
+by the spurs of mountains clothed with tufted grass, and sweeping down
+towards the sea from an elevated and furrowed interior, form the
+principal features of these islands.
+
+Towards noon we drew abreast the entrance to the harbour, and at last
+we slowly swept by the intervening promontory, and entered the bay of
+Nukuheva. No description can do justice to its beauty; but that beauty
+was lost to me then, and I saw nothing but the tri-coloured flag of
+France, trailing over the stern of six vessels, whose black hulls, and
+bristling broadsides, proclaimed their warlike character. There they
+were, floating in that lovely bay, the green eminences of the shore
+looking down so tranquilly upon them, as if rebuking the sternness of
+their aspect. To my eye, nothing could be more out of keeping than the
+presence of these vessels; but we soon learnt what brought them there.
+The whole group of islands had just been taken possession of by
+Rear-Admiral Du Petit Thouars, in the name of the invincible French
+nation.
+
+This item of information was imparted to us by a most extraordinary
+individual, a genuine South Sea vagabond, who came alongside of us in a
+whale-boat as soon as we entered the bay, and, by the aid of some
+benevolent persons at the gangway, was assisted on board, for our
+visitor was in that interesting stage of intoxication when a man is
+amiable and helpless. Although he was utterly unable to stand erect, or
+to navigate his body across the deck, he still magnanimously proffered
+his services to pilot the ship to a good and secure anchorage. Our
+captain, however, rather distrusted his ability in this respect, and
+refused to recognise his claim to the character he assumed; but our
+gentleman was determined to play his part, for, by dint of much
+scrambling, he succeeded in getting into the weather-quarter boat,
+where he steadied himself by holding on to a shroud, and then commenced
+issuing his commands with amazing volubility and very peculiar
+gestures. Of course, no one obeyed his orders; but as it was impossible
+to quiet him, we swept by the ships of the squadron with this strange
+fellow performing his antics in full view of all the French officers.
+
+We afterwards learned that our eccentric friend had been a lieutenant
+in the English navy, but having disgraced his flag by some criminal
+conduct in one of the principal ports on the main, he had deserted his
+ship, and spent many years wandering among the islands of the Pacific,
+until accidentally being at Nukuheva when the French took possession of
+the place, he had been appointed pilot of the harbour by the newly
+constituted authorities.
+
+As we slowly advanced up the bay, numerous canoes pushed off from the
+surrounding shores, and we were soon in the midst of quite a flotilla
+of them, their savage occupants struggling to get aboard of us, and
+jostling one another in their ineffectual attempts. Occasionally the
+projecting out-riggers of their slight shallops, running foul of one
+another, would become entangled beneath the water, threatening to
+capsize the canoes, when a scene of confusion would ensue that baffles
+description. Such strange outcries and passionate gesticulations I
+never certainly heard or saw before. You would have thought the
+islanders were on the point of flying at one another’s throats, whereas
+they were only amicably engaged in disentangling their boats.
+
+Scattered here and there among the canoes might be seen numbers of
+cocoa-nuts floating closely together in circular groups, and bobbing up
+and down with every wave. By some inexplicable means these cocoa-nuts
+were all steadily approaching towards the ship. As I leaned curiously
+over the side, endeavouring to solve their mysterious movements, one
+mass, far in advance of the rest, attracted my attention. In its centre
+was something I could take for nothing else than a cocoa-nut, but which
+I certainly considered one of the most extraordinary specimens of the
+fruit I had ever seen. It kept twirling and dancing about among the
+rest in the most singular manner: and as it drew nearer, I thought it
+bore a remarkable resemblance to the brown shaven skull of one of the
+savages. Presently it betrayed a pair of eyes, and soon I became aware
+that what I had supposed to have been one of the fruit was nothing else
+than the head of an islander, who had adopted this singular method of
+bringing his produce to market. The cocoa-nuts were all attached to one
+another by strips of the husk, partly torn from the shell, and rudely
+fastened together. Their proprietor, inserting his head into the midst
+of them, impelled his necklace of cocoa-nuts through the water by
+striking out beneath the surface with his feet.
+
+I was somewhat astonished to perceive that among the number of natives
+that surrounded us, not a single female was to be seen. At that time I
+was ignorant of the fact that by the operation of the “taboo,” the use
+of canoes in all parts of the island is rigorously prohibited to the
+entire sex, for whom it is death even to be seen entering one when
+hauled on shore; consequently, whenever a Marquesan lady voyages by
+water, she puts in requisition the paddles of her own fair body.
+
+We had approached within a mile and a half perhaps of the foot of the
+bay, when some of the islanders, who by this time had managed to
+scramble aboard of us at the risk of swamping their canoes, directed
+our attention to a singular commotion in the water ahead of the vessel.
+At first I imagined it to be produced by a shoal of fish sporting on
+the surface, but our savage friends assured us that it was caused by a
+shoal of “whinhenies” (young girls), who in this manner were coming off
+from the shore to welcome us. As they drew nearer, and I watched the
+rising and sinking of their forms, and beheld the uplifted right arm
+bearing above the water the girdle of tappa, and their long dark hair
+trailing beside them as they swam, I almost fancied they could be
+nothing else than so many mermaids:—and very like mermaids they behaved
+too.
+
+We were still some distance from the beach, and under slow headway,
+when we sailed right into the midst of these swimming nymphs, and they
+boarded us at every quarter; many seizing hold of the chainplates and
+springing into the chains; others, at the peril of being run over by
+the vessel in her course, catching at the bob-stays, and wreathing
+their slender forms about the ropes, hung suspended in the air. All of
+them at length succeeded in getting up the ship’s side, where they
+clung dripping with the brine and glowing from the bath, their
+jet-black tresses streaming over their shoulders, and half enveloping
+their otherwise naked forms. There they hung, sparkling with savage
+vivacity, laughing gaily at one another, and chattering away with
+infinite glee. Nor were they idle the while, for each one performed the
+simple offices of the toilet for the other. Their luxuriant locks,
+wound up and twisted into the smallest possible compass, were freed
+from the briny element; the whole person carefully dried, and from a
+little round shell that passed from hand to hand, anointed with a
+fragrant oil: their adornments were completed by passing a few loose
+folds of white tappa, in a modest cincture, around the waist. Thus
+arrayed they no longer hesitated, but flung themselves lightly over the
+bulwarks, and were quickly frolicking about the decks. Many of them
+went forward, perching upon the head-rails or running out upon the
+bow-sprit, while others seated themselves upon the taffrail, or
+reclined at full length upon the boats.
+
+Their appearance perfectly amazed me; their extreme youth, the light
+clear brown of their complexions, their delicate features, and
+inexpressibly graceful figures, their softly moulded limbs, and free
+unstudied action, seemed as strange as beautiful.
+
+The _Dolly_ was fairly captured; and never I will say was vessel
+carried before by such a dashing and irresistible party of boarders.
+The ship taken, we could not do otherwise than yield ourselves
+prisoners, and for the whole period that she remained in the bay, the
+_Dolly_, as well as her crew, were completely in the hands of the
+mermaids.
+
+In the evening after we had come to an anchor, the deck was illuminated
+with lanterns, and this picturesque band of sylphs, tricked out with
+flowers, and dressed in robes of variegated tappa, got up a ball in
+great style. These females are passionately fond of dancing, and in the
+wild grace and spirit of their style excel everything that I have ever
+seen. The varied dances of the Marquesan girls are beautiful in the
+extreme, but there is an abandoned voluptuousness in their character
+which I dare not attempt to describe.
+
+Our ship was now wholly given up to every species of riot and
+debauchery. The grossest licentiousness and the most shameful inebriety
+prevailed, with occasional and but short-lived interruptions, through
+the whole period of her stay. Alas for the poor savages when exposed to
+the influence of these polluting examples! Unsophisticated and
+confiding, they are easily led into every vice, and humanity weeps over
+the ruin thus remorselessly inflicted upon them by their European
+civilizers. Thrice happy are they who, inhabiting some yet undiscovered
+island in the midst of the ocean, have never been brought into
+contaminating contact with the white man.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+
+State of affairs aboard the ship—Contents of her larder—Length of South
+Seamen’s voyages—Account of a flying whale-man—Determination to leave
+the vessel—The bay of Nukuheva—The Typees.
+
+
+It was in the summer of 1842, that we arrived at the islands. Our ship
+had not been many days in the harbour of Nukuheva, before I came to the
+determination of leaving her. That my reasons for resolving to take
+this step were numerous and weighty, may be inferred from the fact that
+I chose rather to risk my fortunes among the savages of the island than
+to endure another voyage on board the _Dolly_. To use the concise,
+point-blank phrase of the sailors, I had made up my mind to “run away.”
+Now, as a meaning is generally attached to these two words no way
+flattering to the individual to whom they are applied, it behoves me,
+for the sake of my own character, to offer some explanation of my
+conduct.
+
+When I entered on board the _Dolly_, I signed, as a matter of course,
+the ship’s articles, thereby voluntarily engaging and legally binding
+myself to serve in a certain capacity for the period of the voyage;
+and, special considerations apart, I was of course bound to fulfil the
+agreement. But in all contracts, if one party fail to perform his share
+of the compact, is not the other virtually absolved from his liability?
+Who is there who will not answer in the affirmative?
+
+Having settled the principle, then, let me apply it to the particular
+case in question. In numberless instances had not only the implied but
+the specified conditions of the articles been violated on the part of
+the ship in which I served. The usage on board of her was tyrannical;
+the sick had been inhumanly neglected; the provisions had been doled
+out in scanty allowance; and her cruises were unreasonably protracted.
+The captain was the author of these abuses; it was in vain to think
+that he would either remedy them, or alter his conduct, which was
+arbitrary and violent in the extreme. His prompt reply to all
+complaints and remonstrances was—the butt-end of a hand-spike, so
+convincingly administered as effectually to silence the aggrieved
+party.
+
+To whom could we apply for redress? We had left both law and equity on
+the other side of the Cape; and unfortunately, with a very few
+exceptions, our crew was composed of a parcel of dastardly and
+mean-spirited wretches, divided among themselves, and only united in
+enduring without resistance the unmitigated tyranny of the captain. It
+would have been mere madness for any two or three of the number,
+unassisted by the rest, to attempt making a stand against his ill
+usage. They would only have called down upon themselves the particular
+vengeance of this “Lord of the Plank,” and subjected their shipmates to
+additional hardships.
+
+But, after all, these things could have been endured awhile, had we
+entertained the hope of being speedily delivered from them by the due
+completion of the terms of our servitude. But what a dismal prospect
+awaited us in this quarter! The longevity of Cape Horn whaling voyages
+is proverbial, frequently extending over a period of four or five
+years.
+
+Some long-haired, bare-necked youths, who, forced by the united
+influences of a roving spirit and hard times, embark at Nantucket for a
+pleasure excursion to the Pacific, and whose anxious mothers provide
+them with bottled milk for the occasion, oftentimes return very
+respectable middle-aged gentlemen.
+
+The very preparations made for one of these expeditions are enough to
+frighten one. As the vessel carries out no cargo, her hold is filled
+with provisions for her own consumption. The owners, who officiate as
+caterers for the voyage, supply the larder with an abundance of
+dainties. Delicate morsels of beef and pork, cut on scientific
+principles from every part of the animal, and of all conceivable shapes
+and sizes, are carefully packed in salt, and stored away in barrels;
+affording a never-ending variety in their different degrees of
+toughness, and in the peculiarities of their saline properties. Choice
+old water too, decanted into stout six-barrel casks, and two pints of
+which is allowed every day to each soul on board; together with ample
+store of sea-bread, previously reduced to a state of petrifaction, with
+a view to preserve it either from decay or consumption in the ordinary
+mode, are likewise provided for the nourishment and gastronomic
+enjoyment of the crew.
+
+But not to speak of the quality of these articles of sailors’ fare, the
+abundance in which they are put on board a whaling vessel is almost
+incredible. Oftentimes, when we had occasion to break out in the hold,
+and I beheld the successive tiers of casks and barrels, whose contents
+were all destined to be consumed in due course by the ship’s company,
+my heart has sunk within me.
+
+Although, as a general case, a ship unlucky in falling in with whales
+continues to cruise after them until she has barely sufficient
+provisions remaining to take her home, turning round then quietly and
+making the best of her way to her friends, yet there are instances when
+even this natural obstacle to the further prosecution of the voyage is
+overcome by headstrong captains, who, bartering the fruits of their
+hard-earned toils for a new supply of provisions in some of the ports
+of Chili or Peru, begin the voyage afresh with unabated zeal and
+perseverance. It is in vain that the owners write urgent letters to him
+to sail for home, and for their sake to bring back the ship, since it
+appears he can put nothing in her. Not he. He has registered a vow: he
+will fill his vessel with good sperm oil, or failing to do so, never
+again strike Yankee soundings.
+
+I heard of one whaler, which after many years’ absence was given up for
+lost. The last that had been heard of her was a shadowy report of her
+having touched at some of those unstable islands in the far Pacific,
+whose eccentric wanderings are carefully noted in each new edition of
+the South Sea charts. After a long interval, however, the
+_Perseverance_—for that was her name—was spoken somewhere in the
+vicinity of the ends of the earth, cruising along as leisurely as ever,
+her sails all bepatched and bequilted with rope-yarns, her spars fished
+with old pipe staves, and her rigging knotted and spliced in every
+possible direction. Her crew was composed of some twenty venerable
+Greenwich-pensioner-looking old salts, who just managed to hobble about
+deck. The ends of all the running ropes, with the exception of the
+signal halyards and poop-down-haul, were rove through snatch-blocks,
+and led to the capstan or windlass, so that not a yard was braced or a
+sail set without the assistance of machinery.
+
+Her hull was encrusted with barnacles, which completely encased her.
+Three pet sharks followed in her wake, and every day came alongside to
+regale themselves from the contents of the cook’s bucket, which were
+pitched over to them. A vast shoal of bonetas and albicores always kept
+her company.
+
+Such was the account I heard of this vessel, and the remembrance of it
+always haunted me; what eventually became of her I never learned; at
+any rate she never reached home, and I suppose she is still regularly
+tacking twice in the twenty-four hours somewhere off Buggerry Island,
+or the Devil’s-Tail Peak.
+
+Having said thus much touching the usual length of these voyages, when
+I inform the reader that ours had as it were just commenced, we being
+only fifteen months out, and even at that time hailed as a late
+arrival, and boarded for news, he will readily perceive that there was
+little to encourage one in looking forward to the future, especially as
+I had always had a presentiment that we should make an unfortunate
+voyage, and our experience so far had justified the expectation.
+
+I may here state, and on my faith as an honest man, that some time
+after arriving home from my adventures, I learned that this vessel was
+still in the Pacific, and that she had met with very poor success in
+the fishery. Very many of her crew, also, left her; and her voyage
+lasted about five years.
+
+But to return to my narrative. Placed in these circumstances, then,
+with no prospect of matters mending if I remained aboard the _Dolly_, I
+at once made up my mind to leave her: to be sure, it was rather an
+inglorious thing to steal away privately from those at whose hands I
+had received wrongs and outrages that I could not resent; but how was
+such a course to be avoided when it was the only alternative left me?
+Having made up my mind, I proceeded to acquire all the information I
+could obtain relating to the island and its inhabitants, with a view of
+shaping my plans of escape accordingly. The result of these inquiries I
+will now state, in order that the ensuing narrative may be the better
+understood.
+
+The bay of Nukuheva, in which we were then lying, is an expanse of
+water not unlike in figure the space included within the limits of a
+horse-shoe. It is, perhaps, nine miles in circumference. You approach
+it from the sea by a narrow entrance, flanked on either side by two
+small twin islets which soar conically to the height of some five
+hundred feet. From these the shore recedes on both hands, and describes
+a deep semicircle.
+
+From the verge of the water the land rises uniformly on all sides, with
+green and sloping acclivities, until from gently rolling hillsides and
+moderate elevations it insensibly swells into lofty and majestic
+heights, whose blue outlines, ranged all around, close in the view. The
+beautiful aspect of the shore is heightened by deep and romantic glens,
+which come down to it at almost equal distances, all apparently
+radiating from a common centre, and the upper extremities of which are
+lost to the eye beneath the shadow of the mountains. Down each of these
+little valleys flows a clear stream, here and there assuming the form
+of a slender cascade, then stealing invisibly along until it bursts
+upon the sight again in larger and more noisy waterfalls, and at last
+demurely wanders along to the sea.
+
+The houses of the natives, constructed of the yellow bamboo, tastefully
+twisted together in a kind of wickerwork, and thatched with the long
+tapering leaves of the palmetto, are scattered irregularly along these
+valleys beneath the shady branches of the cocoa-nut trees.
+
+Nothing can exceed the imposing scenery of this bay. Viewed from our
+ship as she lay at anchor in the middle of the harbour, it presented
+the appearance of a vast natural amphitheatre in decay, and overgrown
+with vines, the deep glens that furrowed its sides appearing like
+enormous fissures caused by the ravages of time. Very often when lost
+in admiration at its beauty, I have experienced a pang of regret that a
+scene so enchanting should be hidden from the world in these remote
+seas, and seldom meet the eyes of devoted lovers of nature.
+
+Besides this bay the shores of the island are indented by several other
+extensive inlets, into which descend broad and verdant valleys. These
+are inhabited by as many distinct tribes of savages, who, although
+speaking kindred dialects of a common language, and having the same
+religion and laws, have from time immemorial waged hereditary warfare
+against each other. The intervening mountains, generally two or three
+thousand feet above the level of the sea, geographically define the
+territories of each of these hostile tribes, who never cross them, save
+on some expedition of war or plunder. Immediately adjacent to Nukuheva,
+and only separated from it by the mountains seen from the harbour, lies
+the lovely valley of Happar, whose inmates cherish the most friendly
+relations with the inhabitants of Nukuheva. On the other side of
+Happar, and closely adjoining it, is the magnificent valley of the
+dreaded Typees, the unappeasable enemies of both these tribes.
+
+These celebrated warriors appear to inspire the other islanders with
+unspeakable terrors. Their very name is a frightful one; for the word
+“Typee” in the Marquesan dialect signifies a lover of human flesh. It
+is rather singular that the title should have been bestowed upon them
+exclusively, inasmuch as the natives of all this group are
+irreclaimable cannibals. The name may, perhaps, have been given to
+denote the peculiar ferocity of this clan, and to convey a special
+stigma along with it.
+
+These same Typees enjoy a prodigious notoriety all over the islands.
+The natives of Nukuheva would frequently recount in pantomime to our
+ship’s company their terrible feats, and would show the marks of wounds
+they had received in desperate encounters with them. When ashore they
+would, try to frighten us by pointing to one of their own number, and
+calling him a Typee, manifesting no little surprise that we did not
+take to our heels at so terrible an announcement. It was quite amusing,
+too, to see with what earnestness they disclaimed all cannibal
+propensities on their own part, while they denounced their enemies—the
+Typees—as inveterate gormandizers of human flesh; but this is a
+peculiarity to which I shall hereafter have occasion to allude.
+
+Although I was convinced that the inhabitants of our bay were as arrant
+cannibals as any of the other tribes on the island, still I could not
+but feel a particular and most unqualified repugnance to the aforesaid
+Typees. Even before visiting the Marquesas, I had heard from men who
+had touched at the group on former voyages some revolting stories in
+connection with these savages; and fresh in my remembrance was the
+adventure of the master of the _Katherine_, who only a few months
+previous, imprudently venturing into this bay in an armed boat for the
+purpose of barter, was seized by the natives, carried back a little
+distance into their valley, and was only saved from a cruel death by
+the intervention of a young girl, who facilitated his escape by night
+along the beach to Nukuheva.
+
+I had heard, too, of an English vessel that many years ago, after a
+weary cruise, sought to enter the bay of Nukuheva, and arriving within
+two or three miles of the land, was met by a large canoe filled with
+natives, who offered to lead the way to the place of their destination.
+The captain, unacquainted with the localities of the island, joyfully
+acceded to the proposition—the canoe paddled on and the ship followed.
+She was soon conducted to a beautiful inlet, and dropped her anchor in
+its waters beneath the shadows of the lofty shore. That same night the
+perfidious Typees, who had thus inveigled her into their fatal bay,
+flocked aboard the doomed vessel by hundreds, and at a given signal
+murdered every soul on board.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+
+Thoughts previous to attempting an escape—Toby, a fellow-sailor, agrees
+to share the adventure—Last night aboard the ship.
+
+
+Having fully resolved to leave the vessel clandestinely, and having
+acquired all the knowledge concerning the bay that I could obtain under
+the circumstances in which I was placed, I now deliberately turned over
+in my mind every plan of escape that suggested itself, being determined
+to act with all possible prudence in an attempt where failure would be
+attended with so many disagreeable consequences. The idea of being
+taken and brought back ignominiously to the ship was so inexpressibly
+repulsive to me, that I was determined by no hasty and imprudent
+measures to render such an event probable.
+
+I knew that our worthy captain, who felt such a paternal solicitude for
+the welfare of his crew, would not willingly consent that one of his
+best hands should encounter the perils of a sojourn among the natives
+of a barbarous island; and I was certain that in the event of my
+disappearance his fatherly anxiety would prompt him to offer, by way of
+a reward, yard upon yard of gaily printed calico for my apprehension.
+He might even have appreciated my services at the value of a musket, in
+which case I felt perfectly certain that the whole population of the
+bay would be immediately upon my track, incited by the prospect of so
+magnificent a bounty.
+
+Having ascertained the fact before alluded to, that the islanders, from
+motives of precaution, dwelt together in the depths of the valleys, and
+avoided wandering about the more elevated portions of the shore, unless
+bound on some expedition of war or plunder, I concluded that if I could
+effect unperceived a passage to the mountains, I might easily remain
+among them, supporting myself by such fruits as came in my way until
+the sailing of the ship, an event of which I could not fail to be
+immediately apprized, as from my lofty position I should command a view
+of the entire harbour.
+
+The idea pleased me greatly. It seemed to combine a great deal of
+practicability with no inconsiderable enjoyment in a quiet way; for how
+delightful it would be to look down upon the detested old vessel from
+the height of some thousand feet, and contrast the verdant scenery
+about me with the recollection of her narrow decks and gloomy
+forecastle! Why, it was really refreshing even to think of it; and so I
+straightway fell to picturing myself seated beneath a cocoa-nut tree on
+the brow of the mountain, with a cluster of plantains within easy
+reach, criticizing her nautical evolutions as she was working her way
+out of the harbour.
+
+To be sure there was one rather unpleasant drawback to these agreeable
+anticipations—the possibility of falling in with a foraging party of
+these same bloody-minded Typees, whose appetites, edged perhaps by the
+air of so elevated a region, might prompt them to devour one. This, I
+must confess, was the most disagreeable view of the matter.
+
+Just to think of a party of these unnatural gourmands taking it into
+their heads to make a convivial meal of a poor devil, who would have no
+means of escape or defence: however, there was no help for it. I was
+willing to encounter some risks in order to accomplish my object, and
+counted much upon my ability to elude these prowling cannibals amongst
+the many coverts which the mountains afforded. Besides, the chances
+were ten to one in my favour that they would none of them quit their
+own fastnesses.
+
+I had determined not to communicate my design of withdrawing from the
+vessel to any of my shipmates, and least of all to solicit any one to
+accompany me in my flight. But it so happened one night, that being
+upon deck, revolving over in my mind various plans of escape, I
+perceived one of the ship’s company leaning over the bulwarks,
+apparently plunged in a profound reverie. He was a young fellow about
+my own age, for whom I had all along entertained a great regard; and
+Toby, such was the name by which he went among us, for his real name he
+would never tell us, was every way worthy of it. He was active, ready,
+and obliging, of dauntless courage, and singularly open and fearless in
+the expression of his feelings. I had on more than one occasion got him
+out of scrapes into which this had led him; and I know not whether it
+was from this cause, or a certain congeniality of sentiment between us,
+that he had always shown a partiality for my society. We had battled
+out many a long watch together, beguiling the weary hours with chat,
+song, and story, mingled with a good many imprecations upon the hard
+destiny it seemed our common fortune to encounter.
+
+
+[Illustration: I FOUND HIM RIPE FOR THE ENTERPRISE, AND A VERY FEW
+WORDS SUFFICED FOR A MUTUAL UNDERSTANDING BETWEEN US]
+
+
+Toby, like myself, had evidently moved in a different sphere of life,
+and his conversation at times betrayed this, although he was anxious to
+conceal it. He was one of that class of rovers you sometimes meet at
+sea, who never reveal their origin, never allude to home, and go
+rambling over the world as if pursued by some mysterious fate they
+cannot possibly elude.
+
+There was much even in the appearance of Toby calculated to draw me
+towards him, for while the greater part of the crew were as coarse in
+person as in mind, Toby was endowed with a remarkably prepossessing
+exterior. Arrayed in his blue frock and duck trousers, he was as smart
+a looking sailor as ever stepped upon a deck; he was singularly small
+and slightly made, with great flexibility of limb. His naturally dark
+complexion had been deepened by exposure to the tropical sun, and a
+mass of jetty locks clustered about his temples, and threw a darker
+shade into his large black eyes. He was a strange wayward being, moody,
+fitful, and melancholy—at times almost morose. He had a quick and fiery
+temper too, which, when thoroughly roused, transported him into a state
+bordering on delirium.
+
+It is strange the power that a mind of deep passion has over feebler
+natures. I have seen a brawny fellow, with no lack of ordinary courage,
+fairly quail before this slender stripling, when in one of his furious
+fits. But these paroxysms seldom occurred, and in them my big-hearted
+shipmate vented the bile which more calm-tempered individuals get rid
+of by a continual pettishness at trivial annoyances.
+
+No one ever saw Toby laugh—I mean in the hearty abandonment of
+broad-mouthed mirth. He did smile sometimes, it is true; and there was
+a good deal of dry, sarcastic humour about him, which told the more
+from the imperturbable gravity of his tone and manner.
+
+Latterly I had observed that Toby’s melancholy had greatly increased,
+and I had frequently seen him since our arrival at the island gazing
+wistfully upon the shore, when the remainder of the crew would be
+rioting below. I was aware that he entertained a cordial detestation of
+the ship, and believed that should a fair chance of escape present
+itself, he would embrace it willingly. But the attempt was so perilous
+in the place where we then lay, that I supposed myself the only
+individual on board the ship who was sufficiently reckless to think of
+it. In this, however, I was mistaken.
+
+When I perceived Toby leaning, as I have mentioned, against the
+bulwarks and buried in thought, it struck me at once that the subject
+of his meditations might be the same as my own. And if it be so,
+thought I, is he not the very one of all my shipmates whom I would
+choose for the partner of my adventure? and why should I not have some
+comrade with me to divide its dangers and alleviate its hardships?
+Perhaps I might be obliged to lie concealed among the mountains for
+weeks. In such an event what a solace would a companion be?
+
+These thoughts passed rapidly through my mind, and I wondered why I had
+not before considered the matter in this light. But it was not too
+late. A tap upon the shoulder served to rouse Toby from his reverie; I
+found him ripe for the enterprise, and a very few words sufficed for a
+mutual understanding between us. In an hour’s time we had arranged all
+the preliminaries, and decided upon our plan of action. We then
+ratified our engagement with an affectionate wedding of palms, and to
+elude suspicion repaired each to his hammock, to spend the last night
+on board the _Dolly_.
+
+The next day the starboard watch, to which we both belonged, was to be
+sent ashore on liberty; and, availing ourselves of this opportunity we
+determined, as soon after landing as possible, to separate ourselves
+from the rest of the men without exciting their suspicions, and strike
+back at once for the mountains. Seen from the ship, the summits
+appeared inaccessible, but here and there sloping spurs extended from
+them almost into the sea, buttressing the lofty elevations with which
+they were connected, and forming those radiating valleys I have before
+described. One of these ridges, which appeared more practicable than
+the rest, we determined to climb, convinced that it would conduct us to
+the heights beyond. Accordingly, we carefully observed its bearings and
+locality from the ship, so that when ashore we should run no chance of
+missing it.
+
+In all this the leading object we had in view was to seclude ourselves
+from sight until the departure of the vessel; then to take our chance
+as to the reception the Nukuheva natives might give us; and after
+remaining upon the island as long as we found our stay agreeable, to
+leave it the first favourable opportunity that offered.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+
+A specimen of nautical oratory—Criticisms of the sailors—The starboard
+watch are given a holiday—The escape to the mountains.
+
+
+Early the next morning the starboard watch were mustered upon the
+quarter-deck, and our worthy captain, standing in the cabin gangway,
+harangued us as follows:—
+
+“Now, men, as we are just off a six month’s cruise, and have got
+through most all our work in port here, I suppose you want to go
+ashore. Well, I mean to give your watch liberty to-day, so you may get
+ready as soon as you please, and go; but understand this, I am going to
+give you liberty because I suppose you would growl like so many old
+quarter gunners if I didn’t; at the same time, if you’ll take my
+advice, every mother’s son of you will stay aboard, and keep out of the
+way of the bloody cannibals altogether. Ten to one, men, if you go
+ashore, you will get into some infernal row, and that will be the end
+of you; for if these tattooed scoundrels get you a little ways back
+into their valleys, they’ll nab you—that you may be certain of. Plenty
+of white men have gone ashore here and never been seen any more. There
+was the old _Dido_, she put in here about two years ago, and sent one
+watch off on liberty; they never were heard of again for a week—the
+natives swore they didn’t know where they were—and only three of them
+ever got back to the ship again, and one with his face damaged for
+life, for the cursed heathens tattooed a broad patch clean across his
+figure head. But it will be no use talking to you, for go you will,
+that I see plainly; so all I have to say is, that you need not blame me
+if the islanders make a meal of you. You may stand some chance of
+escaping them though, if you keep close about the French encampment,
+and are back to the ship again before sunset. Keep that much in your
+mind, if you forget all the rest I’ve been saying to you. There, go
+forward: bear a hand and rig yourselves, and stand by for a call. At
+two bells the boat will be manned to take you off, and the Lord have
+mercy on you!”
+
+Various were the emotions depicted upon the countenances of the
+starboard watch whilst listening to this address; but on its conclusion
+there was a general move towards the forecastle, and we soon were all
+busily engaged in getting ready for the holiday so auspiciously
+announced by the skipper. During these preparations, his harangue was
+commented upon in no very measured terms; and one of the party, after
+denouncing him as a lying old son of a sea-cook who begrudged a fellow
+a few hours’ liberty, exclaimed with an oath, “But you don’t bounce me
+out of my liberty, old chap, for all your yarns; for I would go ashore
+if every pebble on the beach was a live coal, and every stick a
+gridiron, and the cannibals stood ready to broil me on landing.”
+
+The spirit of this sentiment was responded to by all hands, and we
+resolved that in spite of the captain’s croakings we would make a
+glorious day of it.
+
+But Toby and I had our own game to play, and we availed ourselves of
+the confusion which always reigns among a ship’s company preparatory to
+going ashore, to confer together and complete our arrangements. As our
+object was to effect as rapid a flight as possible to the mountains, we
+determined not to encumber ourselves with any superfluous apparel; and
+accordingly, while the rest were rigging themselves out with some idea
+of making a display, we were content to put on new stout duck trousers,
+serviceable pumps, and heavy Havre frocks, which, with a Payta hat,
+completed our equipment.
+
+When our shipmates wondered at this, Toby exclaimed, in his odd grave
+way, that the rest might do as they liked, but that he for one
+preserved his go-ashore traps for the Spanish main, where the tie of a
+sailor’s neckerchief might make some difference; but as for a parcel of
+unbreeched heathen, he wouldn’t go to the bottom of his chest for any
+of them, and was half disposed to appear among them in buff himself.
+The men laughed at what they thought was one of his strange conceits,
+and so we escaped suspicion.
+
+It may appear singular that we should have been thus on our guard with
+our own shipmates; but there were some among us who, had they possessed
+the least inkling of our project, would, for a paltry hope of reward,
+have immediately communicated it to the captain.
+
+As soon as two bells struck, the word was passed for the liberty-men to
+get into the boat. I lingered behind in the forecastle a moment, to
+take a parting glance at its familiar features, and just as I was about
+to ascend to the deck, my eye happened to light on the bread-barge and
+beef-kid, which contained the remnants of our last hasty meal. Although
+I had never before thought of providing anything in the way of food for
+our expedition, as I fully relied upon the fruits of the island to
+sustain us wherever we might wander, yet I could not resist the
+inclination I felt to provide a luncheon from the relics before me.
+Accordingly I took a double handful of those small, broken, flinty bits
+of biscuit which generally go by the name of “midshipmen’s nuts,” and
+thrust them into the bosom of my frock; in which same ample receptacle
+I had previously stowed away several pounds of tobacco and a few yards
+of cotton cloth,—articles with which I intended to purchase the
+good-will of the natives, as soon as we should appear among them after
+the departure of our vessel.
+
+This last addition to my stock caused a considerable protuberance in
+front, which I abated in a measure by shaking the bits of bread around
+my waist, and distributing the plugs of tobacco among the folds of the
+garment.
+
+Hardly had I completed these arrangements when my name was sung out by
+a dozen voices, and I sprung upon the deck, where I found all the party
+in the boat, and impatient to shove off. I dropped over the side, and
+seated myself, with the rest of the watch, in the stern sheets, while
+the poor larboarders shipped their oars, and commenced pulling us
+ashore.
+
+This happened to be the rainy season at the islands, and the heavens
+had nearly the whole morning betokened one of those heavy showers
+which, during this period, so frequently occur. The large drops fell
+bubbling into the water shortly after our leaving the ship, and by the
+time we had effected a landing, it poured down in torrents. We fled for
+shelter under cover of an immense canoe-house, which stood hard by the
+beach, and waited for the first fury of the storm to pass.
+
+It continued, however, without cessation; and the monotonous beating of
+the rain overhead began to exert a drowsy influence upon the men, who,
+throwing themselves here and there upon the large war-canoes, after
+chatting awhile, all fell asleep.
+
+This was the opportunity we desired, and Toby and I availed ourselves
+of it at once, by stealing out of the canoe-house, and plunging into
+the depths of an extensive grove that was in its rear. After ten
+minutes’ rapid progress, we gained an open space, from which we could
+just descry the ridge we intended to mount looming dimly through the
+mists of the tropical shower, and distant from us, as we estimated,
+something more than a mile. Our direct course towards it lay through a
+rather populous part of the bay; but desirous as we were of evading the
+natives and securing an unmolested retreat to the mountains, we
+determined, by taking a circuit through some extensive thickets, to
+avoid their vicinity altogether.
+
+The heavy rain that still continued to fall without intermission,
+favoured our enterprise, as it drove the islanders into their houses,
+and prevented any casual meeting with them. Our heavy frocks soon
+became completely saturated with water, and by their weight, and that
+of the articles we had concealed beneath them, not a little impeded our
+progress. But it was no time to pause, when at any moment we might be
+surprised by a body of the savages, and forced at the very outset to
+relinquish our undertaking.
+
+Since leaving the canoe-house we had scarcely exchanged a single
+syllable with one another, but when we entered a second narrow opening
+in the wood, and again caught sight of the ridge before us, I took Toby
+by the arm, and pointing along its sloping outline to the lofty heights
+at its extremity, said, in a low tone, “Now, Toby, not a word, nor a
+glance backward, till we stand on the summit of yonder mountain; so no
+more lingering, but let us shove ahead while we can, and in a few
+hours’ time we may laugh aloud. You are the lightest and the nimblest,
+so lead on, and I will follow.”
+
+“All right, brother,” said Toby, “quick’s our play, only let’s keep
+close together, that’s all”; and so saying, with a bound like a young
+roe, he cleared a brook which ran across our path, and rushed forward
+with a quick step.
+
+When we arrived within a short distance of the ridge, we were stopped
+by a mass of tall yellow reeds, growing together as thickly as they
+could stand, and as tough and stubborn as so many rods of steel; and we
+perceived, to our chagrin, that they extended midway up the elevation
+we proposed to ascend.
+
+For a moment we gazed about us in quest of a more practicable route; it
+was, however, at once apparent that there was no resource but to pierce
+this thicket of canes at all hazards. We now reversed our order of
+march, I, being the heaviest, taking the lead, with a view of breaking
+a path through the obstruction, while Toby fell into the rear.
+
+Two or three times I endeavoured to insinuate myself between the canes,
+and, by dint of coaxing and bending them, to make some progress; but a
+bull-frog might as well have tried to work a passage through the teeth
+of a comb, and I gave up the attempt in despair.
+
+Half wild with meeting an obstacle we had so little anticipated, I
+threw myself desperately against it, crushing to the ground the canes
+with which I came in contact, and rising to my feet again, repeated the
+action with like effect. Twenty minutes of this violent exercise almost
+exhausted me, but it carried us some way into the thicket; when Toby,
+who had been reaping the benefit of my labours by following close at my
+heels, proposed to become pioneer in turn, and accordingly passed ahead
+with a view of affording me a respite from my exertions. As, however,
+with his slight frame he made but bad work of it, I was soon obliged to
+resume my old place again.
+
+On we toiled, the perspiration starting from our bodies in floods, our
+limbs torn and lacerated with the splintered fragments of the broken
+canes, until we had proceeded perhaps as far as the middle of the
+brake, when suddenly it ceased raining, and the atmosphere around us
+became close and sultry beyond expression. The elasticity of the reeds
+quickly recovering from the temporary pressure of our bodies, caused
+them to spring back to their original position, so that they closed in
+upon us as we advanced, and prevented the circulation of the little air
+which might otherwise have reached us. Besides this, their great height
+completely shut us out from the view of surrounding objects, and we
+were not certain but that we might have been going all the time in a
+wrong direction.
+
+Fatigued with my long-continued efforts, and panting for breath, I felt
+myself completely incapacitated for any further exertion. I rolled up
+the sleeve of my frock, and squeezed the moisture it contained into my
+parched mouth. But the few drops I managed to obtain gave me little
+relief, and I sank down for a moment with a sort of dogged apathy, from
+which I was aroused by Toby, who had devised a plan to free us from the
+net in which we had become entangled.
+
+He was laying about him lustily with his sheath-knife, lopping the
+canes right and left, like a reaper, and soon made quite a clearing
+around us. This sight reanimated me; and seizing my own knife, I hacked
+and hewed away without mercy. But, alas! the farther we advanced the
+thicker and taller, and apparently the more interminable, the reeds
+became.
+
+I began to think we were fairly snared, and had almost made up my mind
+that without a pair of wings we should never be able to escape from the
+toils, when all at once I discerned a peep of daylight through the
+canes on my right, and, communicating the joyful tidings to Toby, we
+both fell to with fresh spirit, and speedily opening a passage towards
+it, we found ourselves clear of perplexities, and in the near vicinity
+of the ridge.
+
+After resting for a few moments we began the ascent, and after a little
+vigorous climbing found ourselves close to its summit. Instead,
+however, of walking along its ridge, where we should have been in full
+view of the natives in the vales beneath, and at a point where they
+could easily intercept us, were they so inclined, we cautiously
+advanced on one side, crawling on our hands and knees, and screened
+from observation by the grass through which we glided, much in the
+fashion of a couple of serpents. After an hour employed in this
+unpleasant kind of locomotion, we started to our feet again, and
+pursued our way boldly along the crest of the ridge.
+
+This salient spur of the lofty elevations that encompassed the bay,
+rose with sharp angle from the valleys at its base, and presented, with
+the exception of a few steep acclivities, the appearance of a vast
+inclined plane, sweeping down towards the sea from the heights in the
+distance. We had ascended it near the place of its termination, and at
+its lowest point, and now saw our route to the mountains distinctly
+defined along its narrow crest, which was covered with a soft carpet of
+verdure, and was in many parts only a few feet wide.
+
+Elated with the success which had so far attended our enterprise, and
+invigorated by the refreshing atmosphere we now inhaled, Toby and I, in
+high spirits, were making our way rapidly along the ridge when suddenly
+from the valleys below, which lay on either side of us, we heard the
+distant shouts of the natives, who had just descried us, and to whom
+our figures, brought in bold relief against the sky, were plainly
+revealed.
+
+Glancing our eyes into these valleys, we perceived their savage
+inhabitants hurrying to and fro, seemingly under the influence of some
+sudden alarm, and appearing to the eye scarcely bigger than so many
+pigmies, while their white thatched dwellings, dwarfed by the distance,
+looked like baby-houses. As we looked down upon the islanders from our
+lofty elevation, we experienced a sense of security; feeling confident
+that, should they undertake a pursuit, it would, from the start we now
+had, proved entirely fruitless, unless they followed us into the
+mountains, where we knew they cared not to venture.
+
+However, we thought it was well to make the most of our time; and
+accordingly, where the ground would admit of it, we ran swiftly along
+the summit of the ridge, until we were brought to a stand by a steep
+cliff, which at first seemed to interpose an effectual barrier to our
+farther advance. By dint of much hard scrambling, however, and at some
+risk to our necks, we at last surmounted it, and continued our flight
+with unabated celerity.
+
+We had left the beach early in the morning, and after an uninterrupted,
+though at times difficult and dangerous ascent, during which we had
+never once turned our faces to the sea, we found ourselves, about three
+hours before sunset, standing on the top of what seemed to be the
+highest land on the island, an immense overhanging cliff composed of
+basaltic rocks, hung round with parasitical plants. We must have been
+more than three thousand feet above the level of the sea, and the
+scenery viewed from this height was magnificent.
+
+The lonely bay of Nukuheva, dotted here and there with the black hulls
+of the vessels composing the French squadron, lay reposing at the base
+of a circular range of elevations, whose verdant sides, perforated with
+deep glens, or diversified with smiling valleys, formed altogether the
+loveliest view I ever beheld, and were I to live a hundred years, I
+shall never forget the feeling of admiration which I then experienced.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+
+The other side of the mountain—Disappointment—Inventory of articles
+brought from the ship—Division of the stock of bread—Appearance of the
+interior of the island—A discovery—A ravine and waterfalls—A sleepless
+night—Further discoveries—My illness—A Marquesan landscape.
+
+
+My curiosity had been not a little raised with regard to the
+description of country we should meet on the other side of the
+mountains; and I had supposed, with Toby, that immediately on gaining
+the heights we should be enabled to view the large bays of Happar and
+Typee reposing at our feet on one side, in the same way that Nukuheva
+lay spread out below on the other. But here we were disappointed.
+Instead of finding the mountain we had ascended sweeping down in the
+opposite direction into broad and capacious valleys, the land appeared
+to retain its general elevation, only broken into a series of ridges
+and inter-vales, which as far as the eye could reach stretched away
+from us, with their precipitous sides covered with the brightest
+verdure, and waving here and there with the foliage of clumps of
+woodland; among which, however, we perceived none of those trees upon
+whose fruit we had relied with such certainty.
+
+This was a most unlooked-for discovery, and one that promised to defeat
+our plans altogether, for we could not think of descending the mountain
+on the Nukuheva side in quest of food. Should we for this purpose be
+induced to retrace our steps, we should run no small chance of
+encountering the natives, who in that case, if they did nothing worse
+to us, would be certain to convey us back to the ship for the sake of
+the reward in calico and trinkets, which we had no doubt our skipper
+would hold out to them as an inducement to our capture.
+
+What was to be done? The _Dolly_ would not sail perhaps for ten days,
+and how were we to sustain life during this period? I bitterly repented
+our improvidence in not providing ourselves, as we easily might have
+done, with a supply of biscuit. With a rueful visage I now bethought me
+of the scanty handful of bread I had stuffed into the bosom of my
+frock, and felt somewhat desirous to ascertain what part of it had
+weathered the rather rough usage it had experienced in ascending the
+mountain. I accordingly proposed to Toby that we should enter into a
+joint examination of the various articles we had brought from the ship.
+With this intent we seated ourselves upon the grass; and a little
+curious to see with what kind of judgment my companion had filled his
+frock—which I remarked seemed about as well lined as my own—I requested
+him to commence operations by spreading out its contents.
+
+Thrusting his hand, then, into the bosom of his capacious receptacle,
+he first brought to light about a pound of tobacco, whose component
+parts still adhered together, the whole outside being covered with soft
+particles of sea-bread. Wet and dripping, it had the appearance of
+having been just recovered from the bottom of the sea. But I paid
+slight attention to a substance of so little value to us in our present
+situation, as soon as I perceived the indications it gave of Toby’s
+foresight in laying in a supply of food for the expedition.
+
+I eagerly inquired what quantity he had brought with him, when
+rummaging once more beneath his garment, he produced a small handful of
+something so soft, pulpy, and discoloured, that for a few moments he
+was as much puzzled as myself to tell by what possible instrumentality
+such a villanous compound had become engendered in his bosom. I can
+only describe it as a hash of soaked bread and bits of tobacco, brought
+to a doughy consistency by the united agency of perspiration and rain.
+But repulsive as it might otherwise have been, I now regarded it as an
+invaluable treasure, and proceeded with great care to transfer this
+paste-like mass to a large leaf which I had plucked from a bush beside
+me. Toby informed me that in the morning he had placed two whole
+biscuits in his bosom, with a view of munching them, should he feel so
+inclined, during our flight. These were now reduced to the equivocal
+substance which I had just placed on the leaf.
+
+Another dive into the frock brought to view some four or five yards of
+calico print, whose tasteful pattern was rather disfigured by the
+yellow stains of the tobacco with which it had been brought in contact.
+In drawing this calico slowly from his bosom inch by inch, Toby
+reminded me of a juggler performing the feat of the endless ribbon. The
+next cast was a small one, being a sailor’s little “ditty bag,”
+containing needles, thread, and other sewing utensils; then came a
+razor-case, followed by two or three separate plugs of negro-head,
+which were fished up from the bottom of the now empty receptacle. These
+various matters being inspected, I produced a few things which I had
+myself brought.
+
+As might have been anticipated from the state of my companion’s edible
+supplies, I found my own in a deplorable condition, and diminished to a
+quantity that would not have formed half a dozen mouthfuls for a hungry
+man who was partial enough to tobacco not to mind swallowing it. A few
+morsels of bread, with a fathom or two of white cotton cloth, and
+several pounds of choice pigtail, composed the extent of my
+possessions.
+
+Our joint stock of miscellaneous articles were now made up into a
+compact bundle, which it was agreed we should carry alternately. But
+the sorry remains of the biscuit were not to be disposed of so
+summarily: the precarious circumstances in which we were placed made us
+regard them as something on which very probably depended the fate of
+our adventure. After a brief discussion, in which we both of us
+expressed our resolution of not descending into the bay until the
+ship’s departure, I suggested to my companion that little of it as
+there was, we should divide the bread into six equal portions, each of
+which should be a day’s allowance for both of us. This proposition he
+assented to; so I took the silk kerchief from my neck, and cutting it
+with my knife into half a dozen equal pieces, proceeded to make an
+exact division.
+
+At first, Toby, with a degree of fastidiousness that seemed to me
+ill-timed, was for picking out the minute particles of tobacco with
+which the spongy mass was mixed; but against this proceeding I
+protested, as by such an operation we must have greatly diminished its
+quantity.
+
+When the division was accomplished, we found that a day’s allowance for
+the two was not a great deal more than what a table-spoon might hold.
+Each separate portion we immediately rolled up in the bit of silk
+prepared for it, and joining them all together into a small package, I
+committed them, with solemn injunctions of fidelity, to the custody of
+Toby. For the remainder of that day we resolved to fast, as we had been
+fortified by a breakfast in the morning; and now starting again to our
+feet, we looked about us for a shelter during the night, which, from
+the appearance of the heavens, promised to be a dark and tempestuous
+one.
+
+There was no place near us which would in any way answer our purpose;
+so turning our backs upon Nukuheva, we commenced exploring the unknown
+regions which lay upon the other side of the mountain.
+
+In this direction, as far as our vision extended, not a sign of life,
+nor anything that denoted even the transient residence of man could be
+seen. The whole landscape seemed one unbroken solitude, the interior of
+the island having apparently been untenanted since the morning of the
+creation; and as we advanced through this wilderness, our voices
+sounded strangely in our ears, as though human accents had never before
+disturbed the fearful silence of the place, interrupted only by the low
+murmurings of distant waterfalls.
+
+Our disappointment, however, in not finding the various fruits with
+which we had intended to regale ourselves during our stay in these
+wilds, was a good deal lessened by the consideration that from this
+very circumstance we should be much less exposed to a casual meeting
+with the savage tribes about us, who we knew always dwelt beneath the
+shadows of those trees which supplied them with food.
+
+We wandered along, casting eager glances into every bush we passed,
+until just as we had succeeded in mounting one of the many ridges that
+intersected the ground, I saw in the grass before me something like an
+indistinctly traced footpath, which appeared to lead along the top of
+the ridge, and to descend with it into a deep ravine about half a mile
+in advance of us.
+
+Robinson Crusoe could not have been more startled at the footprint in
+the sand than we were at this unwelcome discovery. My first impulse was
+to make as rapid a retreat as possible, and bend our steps in some
+other direction; but our curiosity to see whither this path might lead,
+prompted us to pursue it. So on we went, the track becoming more and
+more visible the farther we proceeded, until it conducted us to the
+verge of the ravine, where it abruptly terminated.
+
+“And so,” said Toby, peering down into the chasm, “every one that
+travels this path takes a jump here, eh?”
+
+“Not so,” said I, “for I think they might manage to descend without it;
+what say you,—shall we attempt the feat?”
+
+“And what, in the name of caves and coal-holes, do you expect to find
+at the bottom of that gulf but a broken neck—why, it looks blacker than
+our ship’s hold, and the roar of those waterfalls down there would
+batter one’s brains to pieces.”
+
+“Oh, no, Toby,” I exclaimed, laughing; “but there’s something to be
+seen here, that’s plain, or there would have been no path, and I am
+resolved to find out what it is.”
+
+“I will tell you what, my pleasant fellow,” rejoined Toby, quickly, “if
+you are going to pry into everything you meet with here that excites
+your curiosity, you will marvellously soon get knocked on the head; to
+a dead certainty you will come bang upon a party of these savages in
+the midst of your discovery-makings, and I doubt whether such an event
+would particularly delight you. Just take my advice for once, and let
+us ’bout ship and steer in some other direction; besides, it’s getting
+late, and we ought to be mooring ourselves for the night.”
+
+“That is just the thing I have been driving at,” replied I; “and I am
+thinking that this ravine will exactly answer our purpose, for it is
+roomy, secluded, well watered, and may shelter us from the weather.”
+
+“Ay, and from sleep too, and by the same token will give us sore
+throats, and rheumatism into the bargain,” cried Toby, with evident
+dislike at the idea.
+
+“Oh, very well then, my lad,” said I, “since you will not accompany me,
+here I go, alone. You will see me in the morning”; and advancing to the
+edge of the cliff upon which we had been standing, I proceeded to lower
+myself down by the tangled roots which clustered about all the crevices
+of the rock. As I had anticipated, Toby, in spite of his previous
+remonstrances, followed my example, and dropping himself with the
+activity of a squirrel from point to point, he quickly outstripped me,
+and effected a landing at the bottom before I had accomplished
+two-thirds of the descent.
+
+The sight that now greeted us was one that will ever be vividly
+impressed upon my mind. Five foaming streams, rushing through as many
+gorges, and swelled and turbid by the recent rains, united together in
+one mad plunge of nearly eighty feet, and fell with wild uproar into a
+deep black pool scooped out of the gloomy-looking rocks that lay piled
+around, and thence in one collected body dashed down a narrow sloping
+channel which seemed to penetrate into the very bowels of the earth.
+Overhead, vast roots of trees hung down from the sides of the ravine,
+dripping with moisture, and trembling with the concussions produced by
+the fall. It was now sunset, and the feeble uncertain light that found
+its way into these caverns and woody depths heightened their strange
+appearance, and reminded us that in a short time we should find
+ourselves in utter darkness.
+
+As soon as I had satisfied my curiosity by gazing at this scene, I fell
+to wondering how it was that what we had taken for a path should have
+conducted us to so singular a place, and began to suspect that after
+all I might have been deceived in supposing it to have been a track
+formed by the islanders. This was rather an agreeable reflection than
+otherwise, for it diminished our dread of accidentally meeting with any
+of them, and I came to the conclusion that perhaps we could not have
+selected a more secure hiding-place than this very spot we had so
+accidentally hit upon. Toby agreed with me in this view of the matter,
+and we immediately began gathering together the limbs of trees which
+lay scattered about, with the view of constructing a temporary hut for
+the night. This we were obliged to build close to the foot of the
+cataract for the current of water extended very nearly to the sides of
+the gorge. The few moments of light that remained we employed in
+covering our hut with a species of broad-bladed grass that grew in
+every fissure of the ravine. Our hut, if it deserved to be called one,
+consisted of six or eight of the straightest branches we could find
+laid obliquely against the steep wall of rock, with their lowered ends
+within a foot of the stream. Into the space thus covered over we
+managed to crawl, and dispose our wearied bodies as best we could.
+
+Shall I ever forget that horrid night! As for poor Toby, I could
+scarcely get a word out of him. It would have been some consolation to
+have heard his voice, but he lay shivering the live-long night like a
+man afflicted with the palsy, with his knees drawn up to his head,
+while his back was supported against the dripping side of the rock.
+During this wretched night there seemed nothing wanting to complete the
+perfect misery of our condition. The rain descended in such torrents
+that our poor shelter proved a mere mockery. In vain did I try to elude
+the incessant streams that poured upon me; by protecting one part I
+only exposed another, and the water was continually finding some new
+opening through which to drench us.
+
+I have had many a ducking in the course of my life, and in general
+cared little about it: but the accumulated horrors of that night, the
+death-like coldness of the place, the appalling darkness and the dismal
+sense of our forlorn condition, almost unmanned me.
+
+It will not be doubted that the next morning we were early risers, and
+as soon as I could catch the faintest glimpse of anything like daylight
+I shook my companion by the arm, and told him it was sunrise. Poor Toby
+lifted up his head, and after a moment’s pause said, in a husky voice,
+“Then, shipmate, my toplights have gone out, for it appears darker now
+with my eyes open than it did when they were shut.”
+
+“Nonsense!” exclaimed I; “you are not awake yet.”
+
+“Awake!” roared Toby, in a rage; “awake! You mean to insinuate I’ve
+been asleep, do you? It is an insult to a man to suppose he could sleep
+in such a place as this.”
+
+By the time I had apologized to my friend for having misconstrued his
+silence, it had become somewhat more light, and we crawled out of our
+lair. The rain had ceased, but everything around us was dripping with
+moisture. We stripped off our saturated garments, and wrung them as dry
+as we could. We contrived to make the blood circulate in our benumbed
+limbs by rubbing them vigorously with our hands; and after performing
+our ablutions in the stream, and putting on our still wet clothes, we
+began to think it advisable to break our long fast, it being now
+twenty-four hours since we had tasted food.
+
+Accordingly, our day’s ration was brought out, and seating ourselves on
+a detached fragment of rock, we proceeded to discuss it. First we
+divided it into equal portions, and carefully rolling one of them up
+for our evening’s repast, divided the remainder again as equally as
+possible, and then drew lots for the first choice. I could have placed
+the morsel that fell to my share upon the tip of my finger; but
+notwithstanding this, I took care that it should be full ten minutes
+before I had swallowed the last crumb. What a true saying it is that
+“appetite furnishes the best sauce”! There was a flavour and a relish
+to this small particle of food that, under other circumstances, it
+would have been impossible for the most delicate viands to have
+imparted. A copious draught of the pure water which flowed at our feet
+served to complete the meal, and after it we rose sensibly refreshed,
+and prepared for whatever might befall us.
+
+We now carefully examined the chasm in which we had passed the night.
+We crossed the stream, and gaining the farther side of the pool I have
+mentioned, discovered proofs that the spot must have been visited by
+some one but a short time previous to our arrival. Further observation
+convinced us that it had been regularly frequented, and, as we
+afterwards conjectured from particular indications, for the purpose of
+obtaining a certain root, from which the natives obtained a kind of
+ointment.
+
+These discoveries immediately determined us to abandon a place which
+had presented no inducement for us to remain, except the promise of
+security; and as we looked about us for the means of ascending again
+into the upper regions, we at last found a practicable part of the
+rock, and half-an-hour’s toil carried us to the summit of the same
+cliff from which the preceding evening we had descended.
+
+I now proposed to Toby that instead of rambling about the island,
+exposing ourselves to discovery at every turn, we should select some
+place as our fixed abode for as long a period as our food should hold
+out, build ourselves a comfortable hut, and be as prudent and
+circumspect as possible. To all this my companion assented, and we at
+once set about carrying the plan into execution.
+
+With this view, after exploring without success a little glen near us,
+we crossed several of the ridges of which I have before spoken; and
+about noon found ourselves ascending a long and gradually rising slope,
+but still without having discovered any place adapted to our purpose.
+Low and heavy clouds betokened an approaching storm, and we hurried on
+to gain a covert in a clump of thick bushes, which appeared to
+terminate the long ascent. We threw ourselves under the lee of these
+bushes, and pulling up the long grass that grew around, covered
+ourselves completely with it, and awaited the shower.
+
+But it did not come as soon as we had expected, and before many minutes
+my companion was fast asleep, and I was rapidly falling into the same
+state of happy forgetfulness. Just at this juncture, however, down came
+the rain with a violence that put all thoughts of slumber to flight.
+Although in some measure sheltered, our clothes soon became as wet as
+ever; this, after all the trouble we had taken to dry them, was
+provoking enough: but there was no help for it; and I recommend all
+adventurous youths who abandon vessels in romantic islands during the
+rainy season, to provide themselves with umbrellas.
+
+After an hour or so the shower passed away. My companion slept through
+it all, or at least appeared so to do; and now that it was over I had
+not the heart to awaken him. As I lay on my back completely shrouded
+with verdure, the leafy branches drooping over me, and my limbs buried
+in grass, I could not avoid comparing our situation with that of the
+interesting babes in the wood. Poor little sufferers!—no wonder their
+constitutions broke down under the hardships to which they were
+exposed.
+
+During the hour or two spent under the shelter of these bushes, I began
+to feel symptoms which I at once attributed to the exposure of the
+preceding night. Cold shiverings and a burning fever succeeded one
+another at intervals, while one of my legs was swelled to such a
+degree, and pained me so acutely, that I half suspected I had been
+bitten by some venomous reptile, the congenial inhabitant of the chasm
+from which we had lately emerged. I may here remark by the way—what I
+subsequently learned—that all the islands of Polynesia enjoy the
+reputation, in common with the Hibernian isle, of being free from the
+presence of any vipers; though whether Saint Patrick ever visited them,
+is a question I shall not attempt to decide.
+
+As the feverish sensation increased upon me I tossed about, still
+unwilling to disturb my slumbering companion, from whose side I removed
+two or three yards. I chanced to push aside a branch, and by so doing
+suddenly disclosed to my view a scene which even now I can recall with
+all the vividness of the first impression. Had a glimpse of the gardens
+of Paradise been revealed to me, I could scarcely have been more
+ravished with the sight.
+
+From the spot where I lay tranfixed with surprise and delight, I looked
+straight down into the bosom of a valley, which swept away in long wavy
+undulations to the blue waters in the distance. Midway towards the sea,
+and peering here and there amidst the foliage, might be seen the
+palmetto-thatched houses of its inhabitants, glistening in the sun that
+had bleached them to a dazzling whiteness. The vale was more than three
+leagues in length, and about a mile across at its greatest width.
+
+On either side it appeared hemmed in by steep and green acclivities,
+which, uniting near the spot where I lay, formed an abrupt and
+semi-circular termination of grassy cliffs and precipices hundreds of
+feet in height, over which flowed numberless small cascades. But the
+crowning beauty of the prospect was its universal verdure; and in this
+indeed consists, I believe, the peculiar charm of every Polynesian
+landscape. Everywhere below me, from the base of the precipice upon
+whose very verge I had been unconsciously reposing, the surface of the
+vale presented a mass of foliage, spread with such rich profusion that
+it was impossible to determine of what description of trees it
+consisted.
+
+But perhaps there was nothing about the scenery I beheld more
+impressive than those silent cascades, whose slender threads of water,
+after leaping down the steep cliffs, were lost amidst the rich herbage
+of the valley.
+
+Over all the landscape there reigned the most hushed repose, which I
+almost feared to break, lest, like the enchanted gardens in the fairy
+tale, a single syllable might dissolve the spell. For a long time,
+forgetful alike of my own situation, and the vicinity of my still
+slumbering companion, I remained gazing around me, hardly able to
+comprehend by what means I had thus suddenly been made a spectator of
+such a scene.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+
+The important question, Typee or Happar?—A wild-goose chase—My
+sufferings—Disheartening situation—A night in the ravine—Morning
+meal—Happy idea of Toby—Journey towards the valley.
+
+
+Recovering from my astonishment at the beautiful scene before me, I
+quickly awakened Toby, and informed him of the discovery I had made.
+Together we now repaired to the border of the precipice, and my
+companion’s admiration was equal to my own. A little reflection,
+however, abated our surprise at coming so unexpectedly upon this
+valley, since the large vales of Happar and Typee, lying upon this side
+of Nukuheva, and extending a considerable distance from the sea towards
+the interior, must necessarily terminate somewhere about this point.
+
+The question now was as to which of those two places we were looking
+down upon. Toby insisted that it was the abode of the Happars, and I
+that it was tenanted by their enemies, the ferocious Typees. To be sure
+I was not entirely convinced by my own arguments, but Toby’s
+proposition to descend at once into the valley, and partake of the
+hospitality of its inmates, seemed to me to be risking so much upon the
+strength of a mere supposition, that I resolved to oppose it until we
+had more evidence to proceed upon.
+
+The point was one of vital importance, as the natives of Happar were
+not only at peace with Nukuheva, but cultivated with its inhabitants
+the most friendly relations, and enjoyed beside a reputation for
+gentleness and humanity which led us to expect from them, if not a
+cordial reception, at least a shelter during the short period we should
+remain in their territory.
+
+On the other hand, the very name of Typee struck a panic into my heart
+which I did not attempt to disguise. The thought of voluntarily
+throwing ourselves into the hands of these cruel savages, seemed to me
+an act of mere madness; and almost equally so the idea of venturing
+into the valley, uncertain by which of these two tribes it was
+inhabited. That the vale at our feet was tenanted by one of them, was a
+point that appeared to us past all doubt, since we knew that they
+resided in this quarter, although our information did not enlighten us
+further.
+
+My companion, however, incapable of resisting the tempting prospect
+which the place held out of an abundant supply of food and other means
+of enjoyment, still clung to his own inconsiderate view of the subject,
+nor could all my reasoning shake it. When I reminded him that it was
+impossible for either of us to know anything with certainty, and when I
+dealt upon the horrible fate we should encounter were we rashly to
+descend into the valley, and discover too late the error we had
+committed, he replied by detailing all the evils of our present
+condition, and the sufferings we must undergo should we continue to
+remain where we then were.
+
+Anxious to draw him away from the subject, if possible—for I saw that
+it would be in vain to attempt changing his mind—I directed his
+attention to a long bright unwooded tract of land which, sweeping down
+from the elevations in the interior, descended into the valley before
+us. I then suggested to him that beyond this ridge might lie a
+capacious and untenanted valley, abounding with all manner of delicious
+fruits; for I had heard that there were several such upon the island,
+and proposed that we should endeavour to reach it, and if we found our
+expectations realized we should at once take refuge in it and remain
+there as long as we pleased.
+
+He acquiesced in the suggestion; and we immediately, therefore, began
+surveying the country lying before us, with a view of determining upon
+the best route for us to pursue; but it presented little choice, the
+whole interval being broken into steep ridges, divided by dark ravines,
+extending in parallel lines at right angles to our direct course. All
+these we would be obliged to cross before we could hope to arrive at
+our destination.
+
+A weary journey! But we decided to undertake it, though, for my own
+part, I felt little prepared to encounter its fatigues, shivering and
+burning by turns with the ague and fever; for I know not how else to
+describe the alternate sensations I experienced, and suffering not a
+little from the lameness which afflicted me. Added to this was the
+faintness consequent on our meagre diet—a calamity in which Toby
+participated to the same extent as myself.
+
+These circumstances, however, only augmented my anxiety to reach a
+place which promised us plenty and repose, before I should be reduced
+to a state which would render me altogether unable to perform the
+journey. Accordingly we now commenced it by descending the almost
+perpendicular side of a steep and narrow gorge, bristling with a thick
+growth of reeds. Here there was but one mode for us to adopt. We seated
+ourselves upon the ground, and guided our descent by catching at the
+canes in our path. The velocity with which we thus slid down the side
+of the ravine soon brought us to a point where we could use our feet,
+and in a short time we arrived at the edge of the torrent, which rolled
+impetuously along the bed of the chasm.
+
+After taking a refreshing draught from the water of the stream, we
+addressed ourselves to a much more difficult undertaking than the last.
+Every foot of our late descent had to be regained in ascending the
+opposite side of the gorge—an operation rendered the less agreeable
+from the consideration that in these perpendicular episodes we did not
+progress a hundred yards on our journey. But, ungrateful as the task
+was, we set about it with exemplary patience, and after a snail-like
+progress of an hour or more, had scaled perhaps one half of the
+distance, when the fever which had left me for awhile returned with
+such violence, and accompanied by so raging a thirst, that it required
+all the entreaties of Toby to prevent me from losing all the fruits of
+my late exertion, by precipitating myself madly down the cliffs we had
+just climbed, in quest of the water which flowed so temptingly at their
+base. At the moment all my hopes and fears appeared to be merged in
+this one desire, careless of the consequences that might result from
+its gratification. I am aware of no feeling, either of pleasure or of
+pain, that so completely deprives one of all power to resist its
+impulses, as this same raging thirst.
+
+Toby earnestly conjured me to continue the ascent, assuring me that a
+little more exertion would bring us to the summit, and that then in
+less than five minutes we should find ourselves at the brink of the
+stream, which must necessarily flow on the other side of the ridge.
+
+“Do not,” he exclaimed, “turn back, now that we have proceeded thus
+far; for I tell you that neither of us will have the courage to repeat
+the attempt, if once more we find ourselves looking up to where we now
+are from the bottom of these rocks!”
+
+I was not yet so perfectly beside myself as to be heedless of these
+representations, and therefore toiled on, ineffectually endeavouring to
+appease the thirst which consumed me, by thinking that in a short time
+I should be able to gratify it to my heart’s content.
+
+At last we gained the top of the second elevation, the loftiest of
+those I have described as extending in parallel lines between us and
+the valley we desired to reach. It commanded a view of the whole
+intervening distance; and, discouraged as I was by other circumstances,
+this prospect plunged me into the very depths of despair. Nothing but
+dark and fearful chasms, separated by sharp crested and perpendicular
+ridges as far as the eye could reach. Could we have stepped from summit
+to summit of these steep but narrow elevations we could easily have
+accomplished the distance; but we must penetrate to the bottom of every
+yawning gulf, and scale in succession every one of the eminences before
+us. Even Toby, although not suffering as I did, was not proof against
+the disheartening influences of the sight.
+
+But we did not long stand to contemplate it, impatient as I was to
+reach the waters of the torrent which flowed beneath us. With an
+insensibility to danger which I cannot call to mind without shuddering,
+we threw ourselves down the depths of the ravine, startling its savage
+solitudes with the echoes produced by the falling fragments of rock we
+every moment dislodged from their places, careless of the insecurity of
+our footing, and reckless whether the slight roots and twigs we
+clutched at sustained us for the while, or treacherously yielded to our
+grasp. For my own part, I scarcely knew whether I was helplessly
+falling from the heights above, or whether the fearful rapidity with
+which I descended was an act of my own volition.
+
+
+[Illustration: AT LAST WE GAINED THE TOP OF THE SECOND ELEVATION]
+
+
+In a few minutes we reached the foot of the gorge, and kneeling upon a
+small ledge of dripping rocks, I bent over to the stream. What a
+delicious sensation was I now to experience! I paused for a second to
+concentrate all my capabilities of enjoyment, and then immerged my lips
+in the clear element before me. Had the apples of Sodom turned to ashes
+in my mouth, I could not have felt a more startling revulsion. A single
+drop of the cold fluid seemed to freeze every drop of blood in my body;
+the fever that had been burning in my veins gave place on the instant
+to death-like chills, which shook me one after another like so many
+shocks of electricity, while the perspiration produced by my late
+violent exertions congealed in icy beads upon my forehead. My thirst
+was gone, and I fairly loathed the water. Starting to my feet, the
+sight of those dank rocks, oozing forth moisture at every crevice, and
+the dark stream shooting along its dismal channel, sent fresh chills
+through my shivering frame, and I felt as uncontrollable a desire to
+climb up towards the genial sunlight as I before had to descend the
+ravine.
+
+After two hours’ perilous exertions we stood upon the summit of another
+ridge, and it was with difficulty I could bring myself to believe that
+we had ever penetrated the black and yawning chasm which then gaped at
+our feet. Again we gazed upon the prospect which the height commanded,
+but it was just as depressing as the one which had before met our eyes.
+I now felt that in our present situation it was in vain for us to think
+of ever overcoming the obstacles in our way, and I gave up all thoughts
+of reaching the vale which lay beyond this series of impediments; while
+at the same time I could not devise any scheme to extricate ourselves
+from the difficulties in which we were involved.
+
+The remotest idea of returning to Nukuheva unless assured of our
+vessel’s departure, never once entered my mind, and indeed it was
+questionable whether we could have succeeded in reaching it, divided as
+we were from the bay by a distance we could not compute, and perplexed
+too in our remembrance of localities by our recent wanderings. Besides,
+it was unendurable the thought of retracing our steps and rendering all
+our painful exertions of no avail.
+
+There is scarcely anything when a man is in difficulties that he is
+more disposed to look upon with abhorrence than a right-about
+retrograde movement—a systematic going over of the already trodden
+ground: and especially if he has a love of adventure, such a course
+appears indescribably repulsive, so long as there remains the least
+hope to be derived from braving untried difficulties.
+
+It was this feeling that prompted us to descend the opposite side of
+the elevation we had just scaled, although with what definite object in
+view it would have been impossible for either of us to tell.
+
+Without exchanging a syllable upon the subject, Toby and myself
+simultaneously renounced the design which had lured us thus
+far—perceiving in each other’s countenances that desponding expression
+which speaks more eloquently than words.
+
+Together we stood towards the close of this weary day in the cavity of
+the third gorge we had entered, wholly incapacitated for any further
+exertion, until restored to some degree of strength by food and repose.
+
+We seated ourselves upon the least uncomfortable spot we could select,
+and Toby produced from the bosom of his frock the sacred package. In
+silence we partook of the small morsel of refreshment that had been
+left from the morning’s repast, and without once proposing to violate
+the sanctity of our engagement with respect to the remainder, we rose
+to our feet, and proceeded to construct some sort of shelter under
+which we might obtain the sleep we so greatly needed.
+
+Fortunately the spot was better adapted to our purpose than the one in
+which we had passed the last wretched night. We cleared away the tall
+reeds from a small but almost level bit of ground, and twisted them
+into a low basket-like hut, which we covered with a profusion of long
+thick leaves, gathered from a tree near at hand. We disposed them
+thickly all around, reserving only a slight opening that barely
+permitted us to crawl under the shelter we had thus obtained.
+
+These deep recesses, though protected from the winds that assail the
+summits of their lofty sides, are damp and chill to a degree that one
+would hardly anticipate in such a climate; and being unprovided with
+anything but our woollen frocks and thin duck trousers to resist the
+cold of the place, we were the more solicitous to render our habitation
+for the night as comfortable as we could. Accordingly, in addition to
+what we had already done, we plucked down all the leaves within our
+reach and threw them in a heap over our little hut, into which we now
+crept, raking after us a reserved supply to form our couch.
+
+That night nothing but the pain I suffered prevented me from sleeping
+most refreshingly. As it was, I caught two or three naps, while Toby
+slept away at my side as soundly as though he had been sandwiched
+between two Holland sheets. Luckily it did not rain, and we were
+preserved from the misery which a heavy shower would have occasioned
+us.
+
+In the morning I was awakened by the sonorous voice of my companion
+ringing in my ears and bidding me rise. I crawled out from our heap of
+leaves, and was astonished at the change which a good night’s rest had
+wrought in his appearance. He was as blithe and joyous as a young bird,
+and was staying the keenness of his morning’s appetite by chewing the
+soft bark of a delicate branch he held in his hand, and he recommended
+the like to me, as an admirable antidote against the gnawings of
+hunger.
+
+For my own part, though feeling materially better than I had done the
+preceding evening, I could not look at the limb that had pained me so
+violently at intervals during the last twenty-four hours, without
+experiencing a sense of alarm that I strove in vain to shake off.
+Unwilling to disturb the flow of my comrade’s spirits, I managed to
+stifle the complaints to which I might otherwise have given vent, and
+calling upon him good-humouredly to speed our banquet, I prepared
+myself for it by washing in the stream. This operation concluded, we
+swallowed, or rather absorbed, by a peculiar kind of slow sucking
+process, our respective morsels of nourishment, and then entered into a
+discussion as to the steps it was necessary for us to pursue.
+
+“What’s to be done now?” inquired I, rather dolefully.
+
+“Descend into that same valley we descried yesterday,” rejoined Toby,
+with a rapidity and loudness of utterance that almost led me to suspect
+he had been slyly devouring the broadside of an ox in some of the
+adjoining thickets. “What else,” he continued, “remains for us to do
+but that, to be sure? Why, we shall both starve, to a certainty, if we
+remain here; and as to your fears of those Typees—depend upon it, it is
+all nonsense. It is impossible that the inhabitants of such a lovely
+place as we saw can be anything else but good fellows; and if you
+choose rather to perish with hunger in one of these soppy caverns, I
+for one prefer to chance a bold descent into the valley, and risk the
+consequences.”
+
+“And who is to pilot us thither,” I asked, “even if we should decide
+upon the measure you propose? Are we to go again up and down those
+precipices that we crossed yesterday, until we reach the place we
+started from, and then take a flying leap from the cliffs to the
+valley?”
+
+“’Faith, I didn’t think of that,” said Toby; “sure enough, both sides
+of the valley appeared to be hemmed in by precipices, didn’t they?”
+
+“Yes,” answered I; “as steep as the sides of a line-of-battle ship, and
+about a hundred times as high.” My companion sank his head upon his
+breast, and remained for awhile in deep thought. Suddenly he sprang to
+his feet, while his eyes lighted up with that gleam of intelligence
+that marks the presence of some bright idea.
+
+“Yes, yes,” he exclaimed; “the streams all run in the same direction,
+and must necessarily flow into the valley before they reach the sea;
+all we have to do is just to follow this stream, and sooner or later,
+it will lead us into the vale.”
+
+“You are right, Toby,” I exclaimed, “you are right; it must conduct us
+thither, and quickly too; for, see with what a steep inclination the
+water descends.”
+
+“It does, indeed,” burst forth my companion, overjoyed at my
+verification of his theory, “it does, indeed; why, it is as plain as a
+pike-staff. Let us proceed at once; come, throw away all those stupid
+ideas about the Typees, and hurrah for the lovely valley of the
+Happars!”
+
+“You will have it to be Happar, I see, my dear fellow; pray Heaven, you
+may not find yourself deceived,” observed I, with a shake of my head.
+
+“Amen to all that, and much more,” shouted Toby, rushing forward; “but
+Happar it is, for nothing else than Happar can it be. So glorious a
+valley—such forests of bread-fruit trees—such groves of cocoa-nut—such
+wildernesses of guava-bushes! Ah, shipmate! don’t linger behind: in the
+name of all delightful fruits, I am dying to be at them. Come on, come
+on; shove ahead, there’s a lively lad; never mind the rocks; kick them
+out of the way, as I do; and to-morrow, old fellow, take my word for
+it, we shall be in clover. Come on”; and so saying, he dashed along the
+ravine like a madman, forgetting my inability to keep up with him. In a
+few minutes, however, the exuberance of his spirits abated, and,
+pausing for awhile, he permitted me to overtake him.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+
+Perilous passage of the ravine—Descent into the valley
+
+
+The fearless confidence of Toby was contagious, and I began to adopt
+the Happar side of the question. I could not, however, overcome a
+certain feeling of trepidation, as we made our way along these gloomy
+solitudes. Our progress, at first comparatively easy, became more and
+more difficult. The bed of the watercourse was covered with fragments
+of broken rocks, which had fallen from above, offering so many
+obstructions to the course of the rapid stream, which vexed and fretted
+about them,—forming at intervals small waterfalls, pouring over into
+deep basins, or splashing wildly upon heaps of stones.
+
+From the narrowness of the gorge, and the steepness of its sides, there
+was no mode of advancing but by wading through the water; stumbling
+every moment over the impediments which lay hidden under its surface,
+or tripping against the huge roots of trees. But the most annoying
+hindrance we encountered was from a multitude of crooked boughs, which,
+shooting out almost horizontally from the sides of the chasm, twisted
+themselves together in fantastic masses almost to the surface of the
+stream, affording us no passage except under the low arches which they
+formed. Under these we were obliged to crawl on our hands and feet,
+sliding along the oozy surface of the rocks, or slipping into the deep
+pools, and with scarce light enough to guide us. Occasionally we would
+strike our heads against some projecting limb of a tree; and while
+imprudently engaged in rubbing the injured part, would fall sprawling
+amongst flinty fragments, cutting and bruising ourselves, whilst the
+unpitying waters flowed over our prostrate bodies. Belzoni, worming
+himself through the subterranean passages of the Egyptian catacombs,
+could not have met with greater impediments than those we here
+encountered. But we struggled against them manfully, well knowing our
+only hope lay in advancing.
+
+Towards sunset we halted at a spot where we made preparations for
+passing the night. Here we constructed a hut, in much the same way as
+before, and crawling into it, endeavoured to forget our sufferings. My
+companion, I believe, slept pretty soundly; but at daybreak, when we
+rolled out of our dwelling, I felt nearly disqualified for any further
+efforts. Toby prescribed as a remedy for my illness the contents of one
+of our little silk packages, to be taken at once in a single dose. To
+this species of medical treatment, however, I would by no means accede,
+much as he insisted upon it; and so we partook of our usual morsel, and
+silently resumed our journey. It was the fourth day since we left
+Nukuheva, and the gnawings of hunger became painfully acute. We were
+fain to pacify them by chewing the tender bark of roots and twigs,
+which, if they did not afford us nourishment, were at least sweet and
+pleasant to the taste.
+
+Our progress along the steep watercourse was necessarily slow, and by
+noon we had not advanced more than a mile. It was somewhere near this
+part of the day that the noise of falling waters, which we had faintly
+caught in the early morning, became more distinct; and it was not long
+before we were arrested by a rocky precipice of nearly a hundred feet
+in depth, that extended all across the channel, and over which the wild
+stream poured in an unbroken leap. On either hand the walls of the
+ravine presented their overhanging sides both above and below the fall,
+affording no means whatever of avoiding the cataract by taking a
+circuit round it.
+
+“What’s to be done now, Toby?” said I.
+
+“Why,” rejoined he, “as we cannot retreat, I suppose we must keep
+shoving along.”
+
+“Very true, my dear Toby; but how do you purpose accomplishing that
+desirable object?”
+
+“By jumping from the top of the fall, if there be no other way,”
+unhesitatingly replied my companion; “it will be much the quickest way
+of descent; but as you are not quite as active as I am, we will try
+some other way.”
+
+And so saying, he crept cautiously along and peered over into the
+abyss, while I remained wondering by what possible means we could
+overcome this apparently insuperable obstruction. As soon as my
+companion had completed his survey, I eagerly inquired the result.
+
+“The result of my observations you wish to know, do you?” began Toby,
+deliberately, with one of his odd looks: “well, my lad, the result of
+my observation is very quickly imparted. It is at present uncertain
+which of our two necks will have the honour to be broken first; but
+about a hundred to one would be a fair bet in favour of the man who
+takes the first jump.”
+
+“Then it is an impossible thing, is it?” inquired I, gloomily.
+
+“No, shipmate; on the contrary, it is the easiest thing in life: the
+only awkward point is the sort of usage which our unhappy limbs may
+receive when we arrive at the bottom, and what sort of travelling trim
+we shall be in afterwards. But follow me now, and I will show you the
+only chance we have.”
+
+With this he conducted me to the verge of the cataract, and pointed
+along the side of the ravine to a number of curious-looking roots, some
+three or four inches in thickness, and several feet long, which, after
+twisting among the fissures of the rock, shot perpendicularly from it,
+and ran tapering to a point in the air, hanging over the gulf like so
+many dark icicles. They covered nearly the entire surface of one side
+of the gorge, the lowest of them reaching even to the water. Many were
+moss-grown and decayed, with their extremities snapped short off, and
+those in the immediate vicinity of the fall were slippery with
+moisture.
+
+Toby’s scheme, and it was a desperate one, was to entrust ourselves to
+these treacherous-looking roots, and by slipping down from one to
+another to gain the bottom.
+
+“Are you ready to venture it?” asked Toby, looking at me earnestly, but
+without saying a word as to the practicability of the plan.
+
+“I am,” was my reply; for I saw it was our only resource if we wished
+to advance, and as for retreating, all thoughts of that sort had been
+long abandoned.
+
+After I had signified my assent, Toby, without uttering a single word,
+crawled along the dripping ledge until he gained a point from whence he
+could just reach one of the largest of the pendant roots; he shook
+it—it quivered in his grasp, and when he let it go, it twanged in the
+air like a strong wire sharply struck. Satisfied by his scrutiny, my
+light-limbed companion swung himself nimbly upon it, and twisting his
+legs round it in sailor fashion, slipped down eight or ten feet, where
+his weight gave it a motion not unlike that of a pendulum. He could not
+venture to descend any farther; so holding on with one hand, he with
+the other shook one by one all the slender roots around him, and at
+last, finding one which he thought trustworthy, shifted himself to it
+and continued his downward progress.
+
+So far so well; but I could not avoid comparing my heavier frame and
+disabled condition with his light figure and remarkable activity: but
+there was no help for it, and in less than a minute’s time I was
+swinging directly over his head. As soon as his upturned eyes caught a
+glimpse of me, he exclaimed in his usual dry tone, for the danger did
+not seem to daunt him in the least, “Mate, do me the kindness not to
+fall until I get out of your way”; and then swinging himself more on
+one side, he continued his descent. In the meantime, I cautiously
+transferred myself from the limb down which I had been slipping to a
+couple of others that were near it, deeming two strings to my bow
+better than one, and taking care to test their strength before I
+trusted my weight to them.
+
+On arriving towards the end of the second stage in this vertical
+journey, and shaking the long roots which were round me, to my
+consternation they snapped off one after another like so many pipe
+stems, and fell in fragments against the side of the gulf, splashing at
+last into the waters beneath.
+
+As one after another the treacherous roots yielded to my grasp, and
+fell into the torrent, my heart sunk within me. The branches on which I
+was suspended over the yawning chasm swang to and fro in the air, and I
+expected them every moment to snap in twain. Appalled at the dreadful
+fate that menaced me, I clutched frantically at the only large root
+which remained near me; but in vain; I could not reach it, though my
+fingers were within a few inches of it. Again and again I tried to
+reach it, until at length, maddened with the thought of my situation, I
+swayed myself violently by striking my foot against the side of the
+rock, and at the instant that I approached the large root caught
+desperately at it, and transferred myself to it. It vibrated violently
+under the sudden weight, but fortunately did not give way.
+
+My brain grew dizzy with the idea of the frightful risk I had just run,
+and I involuntarily closed my eyes to shut out the view of the depth
+beneath me. For the instant I was safe, and I uttered a devout
+ejaculation of thanksgiving for my escape.
+
+“Pretty well done,” shouted Toby underneath me; “you are nimbler than I
+thought you to be—hopping about up there from root to root like any
+young squirrel. As soon as you have diverted yourself sufficiently, I
+would advise you to proceed.”
+
+“Ay, ay, Toby, all in good time: two or three more such famous roots as
+this, and I shall be with you.”
+
+The residue of my downward progress was comparatively easy; the roots
+were in greater abundance, and in one or two places jutting out points
+of rock assisted me greatly. In a few moments I was standing by the
+side of my companion.
+
+Substituting a stout stick for the one I had thrown aside at the top of
+the precipice, we now continued our course along the bed of the ravine.
+Soon we were saluted by a sound in advance, that grew by degrees louder
+and louder, as the noise of the cataract we were leaving behind
+gradually died on our ears.
+
+“Another precipice for us, Toby.”
+
+“Very good; we can descend them, you know—come on.”
+
+Nothing indeed appeared to depress or intimidate this intrepid fellow.
+Typee or Niagaras, he was as ready to engage one as the other, and I
+could not avoid a thousand times congratulating myself upon having such
+a companion in an enterprise like the present.
+
+After an hour’s painful progress, we reached the verge of another fall,
+still loftier than the preceding, and flanked both above and below with
+the same steep masses of rock, presenting, however, here and there
+narrow irregular ledges, supporting a shallow soil, on which grew a
+variety of bushes and trees, whose bright verdure contrasted
+beautifully with the foamy waters that flowed between them.
+
+Toby, who invariably acted as pioneer, now proceeded to reconnoitre. On
+his return, he reported that the shelves of rock on our right would
+enable us to gain with little risk the bottom of the cataract.
+Accordingly, leaving the bed of the stream at the very point where it
+thundered down, we began crawling along one of these sloping ledges
+until it carried us to within a few feet of another that inclined
+downward at a still sharper angle, and upon which, by assisting each
+other, we managed to alight in safety. We warily crept along this,
+steadying ourselves by the naked roots of the shrubs that clung to
+every fissure. As we proceeded, the narrow path became still more
+contracted, rendering it difficult for us to maintain our footing,
+until suddenly, as we reached an angle of the wall of rock where we had
+expected it to widen, we perceived to our consternation, that a yard or
+two farther on it abruptly terminated at a place we could not possibly
+hope to pass.
+
+Toby, as usual, led the van, and in silence I waited to learn from him
+how he proposed to extricate us from this new difficulty.
+
+“Well, my boy,” I exclaimed, after the expiration of several minutes,
+during which time my companion had not uttered a word: “what’s to be
+done now?”
+
+He replied in a tranquil tone that probably the best thing we could do
+in the present strait was to get out of it as soon as possible.
+
+“Yes, my dear Toby, but tell me _how_ we are to get out of it.”
+
+“Something in this sort of style,” he replied; and at the same moment,
+to my horror, he slipped sideways off the rock, and, as I then thought,
+by good fortune merely, alighted among the spreading branches of a
+species of palm tree, that shooting its hardy roots along a ledge
+below, curved its trunk upwards into the air, and presented a thick
+mass of foliage about twenty feet below the spot where we had thus
+suddenly been brought to a stand-still. I voluntarily held my breath,
+expecting to see the form of my companion, after being sustained for a
+moment by the branches of the tree, sink through their frail support,
+and fall headlong to the bottom. To my surprise and joy, however, he
+recovered himself, and disentangling his limbs from the fractured
+branches, he peered out from his leafy bed, and shouted lustily, “Come
+on, my hearty, there is no other alternative!” and with this he ducked
+beneath the foliage, and slipping down the trunk, stood in a moment at
+least fifty feet beneath me, upon the broad shelf of rock from which
+sprung the tree he had descended.
+
+What would I not have given at that moment to have been by his side?
+The feat he had just accomplished seemed little less than miraculous,
+and I could hardly credit the evidence of my senses when I saw the wide
+distance that a single daring act had so suddenly placed between us.
+
+Toby’s animating “come on!” again sounded in my ears, and dreading to
+lose all confidence in myself if I remained meditating upon the step, I
+once more gazed down to assure myself of the relative bearing of the
+tree and my own position, and then closing my eyes and uttering one
+comprehensive ejaculation of prayer, I inclined myself over towards the
+abyss, and after one breathless instant fell with a crash into the
+tree, the branches snapping and crackling with my weight, as I sunk
+lower and lower among them until I was stopped by coming in contact
+with a sturdy limb.
+
+In a few moments I was standing at the foot of the tree, manipulating
+myself all over with a view of ascertaining the extent of the injuries
+I had received. To my surprise the only effects of my feat were a few
+slight contusions too trifling to care about. The rest of our descent
+was easily accomplished, and in half an hour after regaining the
+ravine, we had partaken of our evening morsel, built our hut as usual,
+and crawled under its shelter.
+
+The next morning, in spite of our debility and the agony of hunger
+under which we were now suffering, though neither of us confessed to
+the fact, we struggled along our dismal and still difficult and
+dangerous path, cheered by the hope of soon catching a glimpse of the
+valley before us, and towards evening the voice of a cataract which had
+for some time sounded like a low deep bass to the music of the smaller
+waterfalls, broke upon our ears in still louder tones, and assured us
+that we were approaching its vicinity.
+
+That evening we stood on the brink of a precipice, over which the dark
+stream bounded in one final leap of full 300 feet. The sheer descent
+terminated in the region we so long had sought. On either side of the
+fall, two lofty and perpendicular bluffs buttressed the sides of the
+enormous cliff, and projected into the sea of verdure with which the
+valley waved, and a range of similar projecting eminences stood
+disposed in a half circle about the head of the vale. A thick canopy of
+trees hung over the very verge of the fall, leaving an arched aperture
+for the passage of the waters, which imparted a strange picturesqueness
+to the scene.
+
+The valley was now before us; but instead of being conducted into its
+smiling bosom by the gradual descent of the deep watercourse we had
+thus far pursued, all our labours now appeared to have been rendered
+futile by its abrupt termination. But, bitterly disappointed, we did
+not entirely despair.
+
+As it was now near sunset we determined to pass the night where we were
+and on the morrow, refreshed by sleep, and by eating at one meal all
+our stock of food, to accomplish a descent into the valley, or perish
+in the attempt.
+
+We laid ourselves down that night on a spot, the recollection of which
+still makes me shudder. A small table of rock which projected over the
+precipice on one side of the stream, and was drenched by the spray of
+the fall, sustained a huge trunk of a tree which must have been
+deposited there by some heavy freshet. It lay obliquely, with one end
+resting on the rock and the other supported by the side of the ravine.
+Against it we placed in a sloping direction a number of the
+half-decayed boughs that were strewn about, and covering the whole with
+twigs and leaves, awaited the morning’s light beneath such shelter as
+it afforded.
+
+During the whole of this night the continual roaring of the
+cataract—the dismal moaning of the gale through the trees—the pattering
+of the rain, and the profound darkness, affected my spirits to a degree
+which nothing had ever before produced. Wet, half-famished, and chilled
+to the heart with the dampness of the place, and nearly wild with the
+pain I endured, I fairly cowered down to the earth under this
+multiplication of hardships, and abandoned myself to frightful
+anticipations of evil; and my companion, whose spirit at last was a
+good deal broken, scarcely uttered a word during the whole night.
+
+At length the day dawned upon us, and rising from our miserable pallet,
+we stretched our stiffened joints, and after eating all that remained
+of our bread, prepared for the last stage of our journey.
+
+I will not recount every hairbreadth escape, and every fearful
+difficulty that occurred before we succeeded in reaching the bosom of
+the valley. As I have already described similar scenes, it will be
+sufficient to say that at length, after great toil and great dangers,
+we both stood with no limbs broken at the head of that magnificent vale
+which five days before had so suddenly burst upon my sight, and almost
+beneath the shadow of those very cliffs from whose summits we had gazed
+upon the prospect.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+
+The head of the valley—Cautious advance—A path—Fruit—Discovery of two
+of the natives—Their singular conduct—Approach towards the inhabited
+parts of the vale—Sensation produced by our appearance—Reception at the
+house of one of the natives.
+
+
+How to obtain the fruit which we felt convinced must grow near at hand
+was our first thought.
+
+Typee or Happar? A frightful death at the hands of the fiercest of
+cannibals, or a kindly reception from a gentler race of savages? Which?
+But it was too late now to discuss a question which would so soon be
+answered.
+
+The part of the valley in which we found ourselves appeared to be
+altogether uninhabited. An almost impenetrable thicket extended from
+side to side, without presenting a single plant affording the
+nourishment we had confidently calculated upon; and with this object,
+we followed the course of the stream, casting quick glances as we
+proceeded into the thick jungles on either hand.
+
+My companion—to whose solicitations I had yielded in descending into
+the valley—now that the step was taken, began to manifest a degree of
+caution I had little expected from him. He proposed that in the event
+of our finding an adequate supply of fruit, we should remain in this
+unfrequented portion of the valley—where we should run little chance of
+being surprised by its occupants, whoever they might be—until
+sufficiently recruited to resume our journey; when laying in a store of
+food equal to our wants, we might easily regain the bay of Nukuheva,
+after the lapse of a sufficient interval to ensure the departure of our
+vessel.
+
+I objected strongly to this proposition, plausible as it was, as the
+difficulties of the route would almost be insurmountable, unacquainted
+as we were with the general bearings of the country, and I reminded my
+companion of the hardships which we had already encountered in our
+uncertain wanderings; in a word, I said that since we had deemed it
+advisable to enter the valley, we ought manfully to face the
+consequences, whatever they might be; the more especially as I was
+convinced there was no alternative left us but to fall in with the
+natives at once, and boldly risk the reception they might give us: and
+that as to myself, I felt the necessity of rest and shelter, and that
+until I had obtained them, I should be wholly unable to encounter such
+sufferings as we had lately passed through. To the justice of these
+observations Toby somewhat reluctantly assented.
+
+We were surprised that, after moving as far as we had along the valley,
+we would still meet with the same impervious thickets; and thinking
+that although the borders of the stream might be lined for some
+distance with them, yet beyond there might be more open ground, I
+requested Toby to keep a bright look-out upon one side, while I did the
+same on the other, in order to discover some opening in the bushes, and
+especially to watch for the slightest appearance of a path or anything
+else that might indicate the vicinity of the islanders.
+
+What furtive and anxious glances we cast into those dim-looking shades!
+With what apprehensions we proceeded, ignorant at what moment we might
+be greeted by the javelin of some ambushed savage! At last my companion
+paused, and directed my attention to a narrow opening in the foliage.
+We struck into it, and it soon brought us by an indistinctly traced
+path to a comparatively clear space, at the farther end of which we
+descried a number of the trees, the native name of which is “annuee,”
+and which bear a most delicious fruit.
+
+What a race! I hobbling over the ground like some decrepid wretch, and
+Toby leaping forward like a greyhound. He quickly cleared one of the
+trees on which there were two or three of the fruit, but to our chagrin
+they proved to be much decayed; the rinds partly opened by the birds,
+and their hearts half devoured. However, we quickly despatched them,
+and no ambrosia could have been more delicious.
+
+We looked about us uncertain whither to direct our steps, since the
+path we had so far followed appeared to be lost in the open space
+around us. At last we resolved to enter a grove near at hand, and had
+advanced a few rods, when, just upon its skirts, I picked up a slender
+bread-fruit shoot perfectly green, and with the tender bark freshly
+stript from it. It was slippery with moisture, and appeared as if it
+had been but that moment thrown aside. I said nothing, but merely held
+it up to Toby, who started at this undeniable evidence of the vicinity
+of the savages.
+
+The plot was now thickening.—A short distance farther lay a little
+faggot of the same shoots bound together with a strip of bark. Could it
+have been thrown down by some solitary native, who, alarmed at seeing
+us, had hurried forward to carry the tidings of our approach to his
+countrymen?—Typee or Happar?—But it was too late to recede, so we moved
+on slowly, my companion in advance casting eager glances under the
+trees on either side, until all at once I saw him recoil as if stung by
+an adder. Sinking on his knee, he waved me off with one hand, while
+with the other he held aside some intervening leaves, and gazed
+intently at some object.
+
+Disregarding his injunction, I quickly approached him and caught a
+glimpse of two figures partly hidden by the dense foliage; they were
+standing close together, and were perfectly motionless. They must have
+previously perceived us, and withdrawn into the depths of the wood to
+elude our observation.
+
+My mind was at once made up. Dropping my staff, and tearing open the
+package of things we had brought from the ship, I unrolled the cotton
+cloth, and holding it in one hand, plucked with the other a twig from
+the bushes beside me, and telling Toby to follow my example, I broke
+through the covert and advanced, waving the branch in token of peace
+towards the shrinking forms before me.
+
+They were a boy and a girl, slender and graceful, and completely naked,
+with the exception of a slight girdle of bark, from which depended at
+opposite points two of the russet leaves of the bread-fruit tree. An
+arm of the boy, half screened from sight by her wild tresses, was
+thrown about the neck of the girl, while with the other he held one of
+her hands in his; and thus they stood together, their heads inclined
+forward, catching the faint noise we made in our progress, and with one
+foot in advance, as if half inclined to fly from our presence.
+
+As we drew near, their alarm evidently increased. Apprehensive that
+they might fly from us altogether, I stopped short and motioned them to
+advance and receive the gift I extended towards them, but they would
+not; I then uttered a few words of their language with which I was
+acquainted, scarcely expecting that they would understand me, but to
+show that we had not dropped from the clouds upon them. This appeared
+to give them a little confidence, so I approached nearer, presenting
+the cloth with one hand, and holding the bough with the other, while
+they slowly retreated. At last they suffered us to approach so near to
+them that we were enabled to throw the cotton cloth across their
+shoulders, giving them to understand that it was theirs, and by a
+variety of gestures endeavouring to make them understand that we
+entertained the highest possible regard for them.
+
+The frightened pair now stood still, whilst we endeavoured to make them
+comprehend the nature of our wants. In doing this Toby went through
+with a complete series of pantomimic illustrations—opening his mouth
+from ear to ear, and thrusting his fingers down his throat, gnashing
+his teeth and rolling his eyes about, till I verily believe the poor
+creatures took us for a couple of white cannibals who were about to
+make a meal of them. When, however, they understood us, they showed no
+inclination to relieve our wants. At this juncture it began to rain
+violently, and we motioned them to lead us to some place of shelter.
+With this request they appeared willing to comply, but nothing could
+evince more strongly the apprehension with which they regarded us, than
+the way in which, whilst walking before us, they kept their eyes
+constantly turned back to watch every movement we made, and even our
+very looks.
+
+“Typee or Happar, Toby?” asked I, as we walked after them.
+
+“Of course, Happar,” he replied, with a show of confidence which was
+intended to disguise his doubts.
+
+“We shall soon know,” I exclaimed; and at the same moment I stepped
+forward towards our guides, and pronouncing the two names
+interrogatively, and pointing to the lowest part of the valley,
+endeavoured to come to the point at once. They repeated the words after
+me again and again, but without giving any peculiar emphasis to either,
+so that I was completely at a loss to understand them; for a couple of
+wilier young things than we afterwards found them to have been on this
+particular occasion never probably fell in any traveller’s way.
+
+More and more curious to ascertain our fate, I now threw together in
+the form of a question the words “Happar” and “Mortarkee,” the latter
+being equivalent to the word “good.” The two natives interchanged
+glances of peculiar meaning with one another at this, and manifested no
+little surprise; but on the repetition of the question, after some
+consultation together, to the great joy of Toby, they answered in the
+affirmative. Toby was now in ecstasies, especially as the young savages
+continued to reiterate their answer with great energy, as though
+desirous of impressing us with the idea that being among the Happars,
+we ought to consider ourselves perfectly secure.
+
+Although I had some lingering doubts, I feigned great delight with Toby
+at this announcement, while my companion broke out into a pantomimic
+abhorrence of Typee, and immeasurable love for the particular valley in
+which we were; our guides all the while gazing uneasily at one another,
+as if at a loss to account for our conduct.
+
+They hurried on, and we followed them; until suddenly they set up a
+strange halloo, which was answered from beyond the grove through which
+we were passing, and the next moment we entered upon some open ground,
+at the extremity of which we descried a long, low hut, and in front of
+it were several young girls. As soon as they perceived us they fled
+with wild screams into the adjoining thickets, like so many startled
+fawns. A few moments after the whole valley resounded with savage
+outcries, and the natives came running towards us from every direction.
+
+Had an army of invaders made an irruption into their territory, they
+could not have evinced greater excitement. We were soon completely
+encircled by a dense throng, and in their eager desire to behold us,
+they almost arrested our progress; an equal number surrounding our
+youthful guides, who, with amazing volubility, appeared to be detailing
+the circumstances which had attended their meeting with us. Every item
+of intelligence appeared to redouble the astonishment of the islanders,
+and they gazed at us with inquiring looks.
+
+At last we reached a large and handsome building of bamboos, and were
+by signs told to enter it, the natives opening a lane for us through
+which to pass; on entering, without ceremony we threw our exhausted
+frames upon the mats that covered the floor. In a moment the slight
+tenement was completely full of people, whilst those who were unable to
+gain admittance gazed at us through its open cane-work.
+
+It was now evening, and by the dim light we could just discern the
+savage countenances around us, gleaming with wild curiosity and wonder;
+the naked forms and tattooed limbs of brawny warriors, with here and
+there the slighter figures of young girls, all engaged in a perfect
+storm of conversation, of which we were of course the one only theme;
+whilst our recent guides were fully occupied in answering the
+innumerable questions which every one put to them. Nothing can exceed
+the fierce gesticulation of these people when animated in conversation,
+and on this occasion they gave loose to all their natural vivacity,
+shouting and dancing about in a manner that well-nigh intimidated us.
+
+Close to where we lay, squatting upon their haunches, were some eight
+or ten noble-looking chiefs—for such they subsequently proved to
+be—who, more reserved than the rest, regarded us with a fixed and stern
+attention, which not a little discomposed our equanimity. One of them
+in particular, who appeared to be the highest in rank, placed himself
+directly facing me, looking at me with a rigidity of aspect under which
+I absolutely quailed. He never once opened his lips, but maintained his
+severe expression of countenance, without turning his face aside for a
+single moment. Never before had I been subjected to so strange and
+steady a glance; it revealed nothing of the mind of the savage, but it
+appeared to be reading my own.
+
+
+[Illustration: WE WERE SOON COMPLETELY ENCIRCLED BY A DENSE THRONG]
+
+
+After undergoing this scrutiny till I grew absolutely nervous, with a
+view of diverting it if possible, and conciliating the good opinion of
+the warrior, I took some tobacco from the bosom of my frock, and
+offered it to him. He quietly rejected the proffered gift, and, without
+speaking, motioned me to return it to its place.
+
+In my previous intercourse with the natives of Nukuheva and Tior, I had
+found that the present of a small piece of tobacco would have rendered
+any of them devoted to my service. Was this act of the chief a token of
+his enmity? Typee or Happar? I asked within myself. I started, for at
+the same moment this identical question was asked by the strange being
+before me. I turned to Toby; the flickering light of a native taper
+showed me his countenance pale with trepidation at this fatal question.
+I paused for a second, and I know not by what impulse it was that I
+answered, “Typee.” The piece of dusky statuary nodded in approval, and
+then murmured, “Mortarkee?” “Mortarkee,” said I, without further
+hesitation—“Typee mortarkee.”
+
+What a transition! The dark figures around us leaped to their feet,
+clapped their hands in transport, and shouted again and again the
+talismanic syllables, the utterance of which appeared to have settled
+everything.
+
+When this commotion had a little subsided, the principal chief squatted
+once more before me, and throwing himself into a sudden rage, poured
+forth a string of philippics, which I was at no loss to understand,
+from the frequent recurrence of the word Happar, as being directed
+against the natives of the adjoining valley. In all these denunciations
+my companion and I acquiesced, while we extolled the character of the
+warlike Typees. To be sure our panegyrics were somewhat laconic,
+consisting in the repetition of that name, united with the potent
+adjective, “Mortarkee.” But this was sufficient, and served to
+conciliate the good-will of the natives, with whom our congeniality of
+sentiment on this point did more towards inspiring a friendly feeling
+than anything else that could have happened.
+
+At last the wrath of the chief evaporated, and in a few moments he was
+as placid as ever. Laying his hand upon his breast, he gave me to
+understand that his name was “Mehevi,” and that, in return, he wished
+me to communicate my appellation. I hesitated for an instant, thinking
+that it might be difficult for him to pronounce my real name, and then,
+with the most praiseworthy intentions, intimated that I was known as
+“Tom.” But I could not have made a worse selection; the chief could not
+master it: “Tommo,” “Tomma,” “Tommee,” everything but plain “Tom.” As
+he persisted in garnishing the word with an additional syllable, I
+compromised the matter with him at the word “Tommo”; and by that name I
+went during the entire period of my stay in the valley. The same
+proceeding was gone through with Toby, whose mellifluous appellation
+was more easily caught.
+
+An exchange of names is equivalent to a ratification of good-will and
+amity among these simple people; and as we were aware of this fact, we
+were delighted that it had taken place on the present occasion.
+
+Reclining upon our mats, we now held a kind of levee, giving audience
+to successive troops of the natives, who introduced themselves to us by
+pronouncing their respective names, and retired in high good humour on
+receiving ours in return. During the ceremony the greatest merriment
+prevailed, nearly every announcement on the part of the islanders being
+followed by a fresh sally of gaiety, which induced me to believe that
+some of them at least were innocently diverting the company at our
+expense, by bestowing upon themselves a string of absurd titles, of the
+honour of which we were, of course, entirely ignorant.
+
+All this occupied about an hour, when the throng having a little
+diminished, I turned to Mehevi, and gave him to understand that we were
+in need of food and sleep. Immediately the attentive chief addressed a
+few words to one of the crowd, who disappeared, and returned in a few
+moments with a calabash of “poee-poee,” and two or three young
+cocoa-nuts stripped of their husks, and with their shells partly
+broken. We both of us forthwith placed one of those natural goblets to
+our lips, and drained it in a moment of the refreshing draught it
+contained. The poee-poee was then placed before us, and even famished
+as I was, I paused to consider in what manner to convey it to my mouth.
+
+This staple article of food among the Marquese islanders is
+manufactured from the produce of the bread-fruit tree. It somewhat
+resembles in its plastic nature our bookbinders’ paste, is of a yellow
+colour, and somewhat tart to the taste.
+
+Such was the dish, the merits of which I was now eager to discuss. I
+eyed it wistfully for a moment, and then, unable any longer to stand on
+ceremony, plunged my hand into the yielding mass, and to the boisterous
+mirth of the natives drew it forth laden with the poee-poee, which
+adhered in lengthening strings to every finger. So stubborn was its
+consistency, that in conveying my heavily-freighted hand to my mouth,
+the connecting links almost raised the calabash from the mats on which
+it had been placed. This display of awkwardness—in which, by the bye,
+Toby kept me company—convulsed the bystanders with uncontrollable
+laughter.
+
+As soon as their merriment had somewhat subsided, Mehevi, motioning us
+to be attentive, dipped the fore-finger of his right hand in the dish,
+and giving it a rapid and scientific twirl, drew it out coated smoothly
+with the preparation. With a second peculiar flourish he prevented the
+poee-poee from dropping to the ground as he raised it to his mouth,
+into which the finger was inserted, and was drawn forth perfectly free
+of any adhesive matter. This performance was evidently intended for our
+instruction; so I again essayed the feat on the principles inculcated,
+but with very ill success.
+
+A starving man, however, little heeds conventional proprieties,
+especially on a South Sea island, and accordingly Toby and I partook of
+the dish after our own clumsy fashion, beplastering our faces all over
+with the glutinous compound, and daubing our hands nearly to the wrist.
+This kind of food is by no means disagreeable to the palate of a
+European, though at first the mode of eating it may be. For my own
+part, after the lapse of a few days I became accustomed to its singular
+flavour, and grew remarkably fond of it.
+
+So much for the first course; several other dishes followed it, some of
+which were positively delicious. We concluded our banquet by tossing
+off the contents of two more young cocoa-nuts, after which we regaled
+ourselves with the soothing fumes of tobacco, inhaled from a quaintly
+carved pipe which passed round the circle.
+
+During the repast, the natives eyed us with intense curiosity,
+observing our minutest motions, and appearing to discover abundant
+matter for comment in the most trifling occurrence. Their surprise
+mounted the highest, when we began to remove our uncomfortable
+garments, which were saturated with rain. They scanned the whiteness of
+our limbs, and seemed utterly unable to account for the contrast they
+presented to the swarthy hue of our faces, embrowned from a six months’
+exposure to the scorching sun of the Line. They felt our skin, much in
+the same way that a silk mercer would handle a remarkably fine piece of
+satin; and some of them went so far in their investigation as to apply
+the olfactory organ.
+
+Their singular behaviour almost led me to imagine that they never
+before had beheld a white man; but a few moments’ reflection convinced
+me that this could not have been the case; and a more satisfactory
+reason for their conduct has since suggested itself to my mind.
+
+Deterred by the frightful stories related of its inhabitants, ships
+never enter this bay, while their hostile relations with the tribes in
+the adjoining valleys prevent the Typees from visiting that section of
+the island where vessels occasionally lie. At long intervals, however,
+some intrepid captain will touch on the skirts of the bay, with two or
+three armed boats’ crews, and accompanied by an interpreter. The
+natives who live near the sea descry the strangers long before they
+reach their waters, and aware of the purpose for which they come,
+proclaim loudly the news of their approach. By a species of vocal
+telegraph the intelligence reaches the inmost recesses of the vale in
+an inconceivably short space of time, drawing nearly its whole
+population down to the beach laden with every variety of fruit. The
+interpreter, who is invariably a “tabooed Kannaka,”[1] leaps ashore
+with the goods intended for barter, while the boats, with their oars
+shipped, and every man on his thwart, lie just outside the surf,
+heading off from the shore, in readiness at the first untoward event to
+escape to the open sea. As soon as the traffic is concluded, one of the
+boats pulls in under cover of the muskets of the others, the fruit is
+quickly thrown into her, and the transient visitors precipitately
+retire from what they justly consider so dangerous a vicinity.
+
+The intercourse occurring with Europeans being so restricted, no wonder
+that the inhabitants of the valley manifested so much curiosity with
+regard to us, appearing as we did among them under such singular
+circumstances. I have no doubt that we were the first white men who
+ever penetrated thus far back into their territories, or at least the
+first who had ever descended from the head of the vale. What had
+brought us thither must have appeared a complete mystery to them, and
+from our ignorance of the language it was impossible for us to
+enlighten them. In answer to inquiries which the eloquence of their
+gestures enabled us to comprehend, all that we could reply was, that we
+had come from Nukuheva, a place, be it remembered, with which they were
+at open war. This intelligence appeared to affect them with the most
+lively emotions. “Nukuheva mortarkee?” they asked. Of course we replied
+most energetically in the negative.
+
+They then plied us with a thousand questions, of which we could
+understand nothing more than that they had reference to the recent
+movements of the French, against whom they seemed to cherish the most
+fierce hatred. So eager were they to obtain information on this point,
+that they still continued to propound their queries long after we had
+shown that we were utterly unable to answer them. Occasionally we
+caught some indistinct idea of their meaning, when we would endeavour
+by every method in our power to communicate the desired intelligence.
+At such times their gratification was boundless, and they would
+redouble their efforts to make us comprehend them more perfectly. But
+all in vain; and in the end they looked at us despairingly, as if we
+were the receptacles of invaluable information, but how to come at it
+they knew not.
+
+After awhile the group around us gradually dispersed, and we were left
+about midnight (as we conjectured) with those who appeared to be
+permanent residents of the house. These individuals now provided us
+with fresh mats to lie upon, covered us with several folds of tappa,
+and then extinguishing the tapers that had been burning, threw
+themselves down beside us, and after a little desultory conversation
+were soon sound asleep.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+
+Midnight reflections—Morning visitors—A warrior in costume—A savage
+Æsculapius—Practice of the healing art—Body-servant—A dwelling-house of
+the valley described—Portraits of its inmates.
+
+
+Various and conflicting were the thoughts which oppressed me during the
+silent hours that followed the events related in the preceding chapter.
+Toby, wearied with the fatigues of the day, slumbered heavily by my
+side; but the pain under which I was suffering effectually prevented my
+sleeping, and I remained distressingly alive to all the fearful
+circumstances of our present situation. Was it possible that, after all
+our vicissitudes, we were really in the terrible valley of Typee, and
+at the mercy of its inmates, a fierce and unrelenting tribe of savages?
+
+Typee or Happar? I shuddered when I reflected that there was no longer
+any room for doubt; and that, beyond all hope of escape, we were now
+placed in those very circumstances from the bare thought of which I had
+recoiled with such abhorrence but a few days before. What might not be
+our fearful destiny? To be sure, as yet, we had been treated with no
+violence; nay, had been even kindly and hospitably entertained. But
+what dependence could be placed upon the fickle passions which sway the
+bosom of a savage? His inconstancy and treachery are proverbial. Might
+if not be that, beneath these fair appearances, the islanders covered
+some perfidious design, and that their friendly reception of us might
+only precede some horrible catastrophe? How strongly did these
+forebodings spring up in my mind, as I lay restlessly upon a couch of
+mats, surrounded by the dimly-revealed forms of those whom I so greatly
+dreaded.
+
+From the excitement of these fearful thoughts, I sank, towards morning,
+into an uneasy slumber; and on awaking, with a start, in the midst of
+an appalling dream, looked up into the eager countenances of a number
+of the natives, who were bending over me.
+
+It was broad day; and the house was nearly filled with young females,
+fancifully decorated with flowers, who gazed upon me as I rose with
+faces in which childish delight and curiosity were vividly portrayed.
+After waking Toby, they seated themselves round us on the mats, and
+gave full play to that prying inquisitiveness which, time out of mind,
+has been attributed to the adorable sex.
+
+As these unsophisticated young creatures were attended by no jealous
+duennas, their proceedings were altogether informal, and void of
+artificial restraint. Long and minute was the investigation with which
+they honoured us, and so uproarious their mirth, that I felt infinitely
+sheepish; and Toby was immeasurably outraged at their familiarity.
+
+These lively young ladies were at the same time wonderfully polite and
+humane; fanning aside the insects that occasionally lighted on our
+brows; presenting us with food; and compassionately regarding me in the
+midst of my afflictions. But in spite of all their blandishments, my
+feelings of propriety were exceedingly shocked, for I could not but
+consider them as having overstepped the due limits of female decorum.
+
+Having diverted themselves to their hearts’ content, our young
+visitants now withdrew, and gave place to successive troops of the
+other sex, who continued flocking towards the house until near noon; by
+which time I have no doubt that the greater part of the inhabitants of
+the valley had bathed themselves in the light of our benignant
+countenances.
+
+As last, when their numbers began to diminish, a superb-looking warrior
+stooped the towering plumes of his head-dress beneath the low portal,
+and entered the house. I saw at once that he was some distinguished
+personage, the natives regarding him with the utmost deference, and
+making room for him as he approached. His aspect was imposing. The
+splendid long drooping tail-feathers of the tropical bird, thickly
+interspersed with the gaudy plumage of the cock, were disposed in an
+immense upright semicircle upon his head, their lower extremities being
+fixed in a crescent of guinea-beads which spanned the forehead. Around
+his neck were several enormous necklaces of boar’s tusks, polished like
+ivory, and disposed in such a manner as that the longest and largest
+were upon his capacious chest. Thrust forward through the large
+apertures in his ears were two small and finely shaped sperm-whale
+teeth, presenting their cavities in front, stuffed with freshly-plucked
+leaves, and curiously wrought at the other end into strange little
+images and devices. These barbaric trinkets, garnished in this manner
+at their open extremities, and tapering and curving round to a point
+behind the ear, resembled not a little a pair of cornucopias.
+
+The loins of the warrior were girt about with heavy folds of a
+dark-coloured tappa, hanging before and behind in clusters of braided
+tassels, while anklets and bracelets of curling human hair completed
+his unique costume. In his right hand he grasped a beautifully-carved
+paddle-spear, nearly fifteen feet in length, made of the bright
+koar-wood, one end sharply pointed, and the other flattened like an
+oar-blade. Hanging obliquely from his girdle by a loop of sinnate, was
+a richly-decorated pipe; the slender reed forming its stem was coloured
+with a red pigment, and round it, as well as the idol-bowl, fluttered
+little streamers of the thinnest tappa.
+
+But that which was most remarkable in the appearance of this splendid
+islander, was the elaborate tattooing displayed on every noble limb.
+All imaginable lines and curves and figures were delineated over his
+whole body, and in their grotesque variety and infinite profusion, I
+could only compare them to the crowded groupings of quaint patterns we
+sometimes see in costly pieces of lacework. The most simple and
+remarkable of all these ornaments was that which decorated the
+countenance of the chief. Two broad stripes of tattooing, diverging
+from the centre of his shaven crown, obliquely crossed both
+eyes—staining the lids—to a little below either ear, where they united
+with another stripe, which swept in a straight line along the lips, and
+formed the base of the triangle. The warrior, from the excellence of
+his physical proportions, might certainly have been regarded as one of
+nature’s noblemen, and the lines drawn upon his face may possibly have
+denoted his exalted rank.
+
+This warlike personage, upon entering the house, seated himself at some
+distance from the spot where Toby and myself reposed, while the rest of
+the savages looked alternately from us to him, as if in expectation of
+something they were disappointed in not perceiving. Regarding the chief
+attentively, I thought his lineaments appeared familiar to me. As soon
+as his full face was turned upon me, and I again beheld its
+extraordinary embellishment, and met the strange gaze to which I had
+been subjected the preceding night, I immediately, in spite of the
+alteration in his appearance, recognised the noble Mehevi. On
+addressing him, he advanced at once in the most cordial manner, and
+greeting me warmly, seemed to enjoy not a little the effect his
+barbaric costume had produced upon me.
+
+I forthwith determined to secure, if possible, the goodwill of this
+individual, as I easily perceived he was a man of great authority in
+his tribe, and one who might exert a powerful influence upon our
+subsequent fate. In the endeavour I was not repulsed; for nothing could
+surpass the friendliness he manifested towards both my companion and
+myself. He extended his sturdy limbs by our side, and endeavoured to
+make us comprehend the full extent of the kindly feelings by which he
+was actuated. The almost insuperable difficulty in communicating to one
+another our ideas, affected the chief with no little mortification. He
+evinced a great desire to be enlightened with regard to the customs and
+peculiarities of the far-off country we had left behind us, and to
+which, under the name of Maneeka, he frequently alluded.
+
+But that which more than any other subject engaged his attention, was
+the late proceedings of the “Franee,” as he called the French, in the
+neighbouring bay of Nukuheva. This seemed a never-ending theme with
+him, and one concerning which he was never weary of interrogating us.
+All the information we succeeded in imparting to him on this subject
+was little more than that we had seen six men-of-war lying in the
+hostile bay at the time we had left it. When he received this
+intelligence, Mehevi, by the aid of his fingers, went through a long
+numerical calculation, as if estimating the number of Frenchmen the
+squadron might contain.
+
+It was just after employing his faculties in this way that he happened
+to notice the swelling in my limb. He immediately examined it with the
+utmost attention, and after doing so, despatched a boy, who happened to
+be standing by, with some message.
+
+After the lapse of a few moments the stripling re-entered the house
+with an aged islander, who might have been taken for old Hippocrates
+himself. His head was as bald as the polished surface of a cocoa-nut
+shell, which article it precisely resembled in smoothness and colour,
+while a long silvery beard swept almost to his girdle of bark.
+Encircling his temples was a bandeau of the twisted leaves of the Omoo
+tree, pressed closely over the brows to shield his feeble vision from
+the glare of the sun. His tottering steps were supported by a long slim
+staff, resembling the wand with which a theatrical magician appears on
+the stage, and in one hand he carried a freshly-plaited fan of the
+green leaflets of the cocoa-nut tree. A flowing robe of tappa, knotted
+over the shoulder, hung loosely round his stooping form, and heightened
+the venerableness of his aspect.
+
+Mehevi, saluting this old gentleman, motioned him to a seat between us,
+and then uncovering my limb, desired him to examine it. The leech gazed
+intently from me to Toby, and then proceeded to business. After
+diligently observing the ailing member, he commenced manipulating it;
+and on the supposition probably that the complaint had deprived the leg
+of all sensation, began to pinch and hammer it in such a manner that I
+absolutely roared with the pain. Thinking that I was as capable of
+making an application of thumps and pinches to the part as any one
+else, I endeavoured to resist this species of medical treatment. But it
+was not so easy a matter to get out of the clutches of the old wizard;
+he fastened on the unfortunate limb as if it were something for which
+he had been long seeking, and muttering some kind of incantation
+continued his discipline, pounding it after a fashion that set me
+well-nigh crazy; while Mehevi, upon the same principle which prompts an
+affectionate mother to hold a struggling child in a dentist’s chair,
+restrained me in his powerful grasp, and actually encouraged the wretch
+in this infliction of torture.
+
+Almost frantic with rage and pain, I yelled like a bedlamite; while
+Toby, throwing himself into all the attitudes of a posture-master,
+vainly endeavoured to expostulate with the natives by signs and
+gestures. To have looked at my companion, as, sympathizing with my
+sufferings, he strove to put an end to them, one would have thought
+that he was the deaf and dumb alphabet incarnated. Whether my tormentor
+yielded to Toby’s entreaties, or paused from sheer exhaustion, I do not
+know; but all at once he ceased his operations, and at the same time
+the chief relinquishing his hold upon me, I fell back, faint and
+breathless with the agony I had endured.
+
+My unfortunate limb was now left much in the same condition as a
+rump-steak after undergoing the castigating process which precedes
+cooking. My physician, having recovered from the fatigues of his
+exertions, as if anxious to make amends for the pain to which he had
+subjected me, now took some herbs out of a little wallet that was
+suspended from his waist, and moistening them in water, applied them to
+the inflamed part, stooping over it at the same time, and either
+whispering a spell, or having a little confidential chat with some
+imaginary demon located in the calf of my leg. My limb was now swathed
+in leafy bandages, and grateful to Providence for the cessation of
+hostilities, I was suffered to rest.
+
+Mehevi shortly after rose to depart; but before he went he spoke
+authoritatively to one of the natives, whom he addressed as Kory-Kory;
+and from the little I could understand of what took place, pointed him
+out to me as a man whose peculiar business henceforth would be to
+attend upon my person. I am not certain that I comprehended as much as
+this at the time, but the subsequent conduct of my trusty body-servant
+fully assured me that such must have been the case.
+
+I could not but be amused at the manner in which the chief addressed me
+upon this occasion, talking to me for at least fifteen or twenty
+minutes as calmly as if I could understand every word that he said. I
+remarked this peculiarity very often afterwards in many other of the
+islanders.
+
+Mehevi having now departed, and the family physician having likewise
+made his exit, we were left about sunset with the ten or twelve
+natives, who by this time I had ascertained composed the household of
+which Toby and I were members. As the dwelling to which we had been
+first introduced was the place of my permanent abode while I remained
+in the valley, and as I was necessarily placed upon the most intimate
+footing with its occupants, I may as well here enter into a little
+description of it and its inhabitants. This description will apply also
+to nearly all the other dwelling-places in the vale, and will furnish
+some idea of the generality of the natives.
+
+Near one side of the valley, and about midway up the ascent of a rather
+abrupt rise of ground waving with the richest verdure, a number of
+large stones were laid in successive courses, to the height of nearly
+eight feet, and disposed in such a manner that their level surface
+corresponded in shape with the habitation which was perched upon it. A
+narrow space, however, was reserved in front of the dwelling, upon the
+summit of this pile of stones (called by the natives a “pi-pi”), which,
+being enclosed by a little picket of canes, gave it somewhat the
+appearance of a verandah. The frame of the house was constructed of
+large bamboos planted uprightly, and secured together at intervals by
+transverse stalks of the light wood of the Habiscus, lashed with thongs
+of bark. The rear of the tenement—built up with successive ranges of
+cocoa-nut boughs bound one upon another, with their leaflets cunningly
+woven together—inclined a little from the vertical, and extended from
+the extreme edge of the “pi-pi” to about twenty feet from its surface;
+whence the shelving roof—thatched with the long tapering leaves of the
+palmetto—sloped steeply off to within about five feet of the floor;
+leaving the eaves drooping with tassel-like appendages over the front
+of the habitation. This was constructed of light and elegant canes, in
+a kind of open screen-work, tastefully adorned with bindings of
+variegated sinnate, which served to hold together its various parts.
+The sides of the house were similarly built; thus presenting
+three-quarters for the circulation of the air, while the whole was
+impervious to the rain.
+
+In length this picturesque building was perhaps twelve yards, while in
+breadth it could not have exceeded as many feet. So much for the
+exterior; which, with its wire-like reed-twisted sides, not a little
+reminded me of an immense aviary.
+
+Stooping a little, you passed through a narrow aperture in its front;
+and facing you, on entering, lay two long, perfectly straight, and
+well-polished trunks of the cocoa-nut tree, extending the full length
+of the dwelling; one of them placed closely against the rear, and the
+other lying parallel with it some two yards distant, the interval
+between them being spread with a multitude of gaily-worked mats, nearly
+all of a different pattern. This space formed the common couch and
+lounging-place of the natives, answering the purpose of a divan in
+Oriental countries. Here would they slumber through the hours of the
+night, and recline luxuriously during the greater part of the day. The
+remainder of the floor presented only the cool shining surfaces of the
+large stones of which the “pi-pi” was composed.
+
+From the ridge-pole of the house hung suspended a number of large
+packages enveloped in coarse tappa; some of which contained festival
+dresses, and various other matters of the wardrobe, held in high
+estimation. These were easily accessible by means of a line, which,
+passing over the ridge-pole, had one end attached to a bundle, while
+with the other, which led to the side of the dwelling and was there
+secured, the package could be lowered or elevated at pleasure.
+
+Against the farther wall of the house were arranged in tasteful figures
+a variety of spears and javelins, and other implements of savage
+warfare. Outside of the habitation, and built upon the piazza-like area
+in its front, was a little shed used as a sort of larder or pantry, and
+in which were stored various articles of domestic use and convenience.
+A few yards from the pi-pi was a large shed built of cocoa-nut boughs,
+where the process of preparing the “poee-poee” was carried on, and all
+culinary operations attended to.
+
+Thus much for the house, and its appurtenances; and it will be readily
+acknowledged that a more commodious and appropriate dwelling for the
+climate and the people could not possibly be devised. It was cool, free
+to admit the air, scrupulously clean, and elevated above the dampness
+and impurities of the ground.
+
+But now to sketch the inmates; and here I claim for my tried servitor
+and faithful valet Kory-Kory the precedence of a first description. As
+his character will be gradually unfolded in the course of my narrative,
+I shall for the present content myself with delineating his personal
+appearance. Kory-Kory, though the most devoted and best-natured
+serving-man in the world, was, alas! a hideous object to look upon. He
+was some twenty-five years of age, and about six feet in height, robust
+and well made, and of the most extraordinary aspect. His head was
+carefully shaven with the exception of two circular spots, about the
+size of a dollar, near the top of the cranium, where the hair,
+permitted to grow of an amazing length, was twisted up in two prominent
+knots, that gave him the appearance of being decorated with a pair of
+horns. His beard, plucked out by the root from every other part of his
+face, was suffered to droop in hairy pendants, two of which garnished
+his upper lip, and an equal number hung from the extremity of his chin.
+
+Kory-Kory, with the view of improving the handiwork of nature, and
+perhaps prompted by a desire to add to the engaging expression of his
+countenance, had seen fit to embellish his face with three broad
+longitudinal stripes of tattooing, which, like those country roads that
+go straight forward in defiance of all obstacles, crossed his nasal
+organ, descended into the hollow of his eyes, and even skirted the
+borders of his mouth. Each completely spanned his physiognomy; one
+extending in a line with his eyes, another crossing the face in the
+vicinity of the nose, and the third sweeping along his lips from ear to
+ear. His countenance thus triply hooped, as it were, with tattooing,
+always reminded me of those unhappy wretches whom I have sometimes
+observed gazing out sentimentally from behind the grated bars of a
+prison window; whilst the entire body of my savage valet, covered all
+over with representations of birds and fishes, and a variety of most
+unaccountable-looking creatures, suggested to me the idea of a
+pictorial museum of natural history, or an illustrated copy of
+Goldsmith’s _Animated Nature_.
+
+But it seems really heartless in me to write thus of the poor islander,
+when I owe perhaps to his unremitting attentions the very existence I
+now enjoy. Kory-Kory, I mean thee no harm in what I say in regard to
+thy outward adornings; but they were a little curious to my
+unaccustomed sight, and therefore I dilate upon them. But to underrate
+or forget thy faithful services is something I could never be guilty
+of, even in the giddiest moment of my life.
+
+The father of my attached follower was a native of gigantic frame, and
+had once possessed prodigious physical powers; but the lofty form was
+now yielding to the inroads of time, though the hand of disease seemed
+never to have been laid upon the aged warrior. Marheyo—for such was his
+name—appeared to have retired from all active participation in the
+affairs of the valley, seldom or never accompanying the natives in
+their various expeditions; and employing the greater part of his time
+in throwing up a little shed just outside the house, upon which he was
+engaged to my certain knowledge for four months, without appearing to
+make any sensible advance. I suppose the old gentleman was in his
+dotage, for he manifested in various ways the characteristics which
+mark this particular stage of life.
+
+I remember in particular his having a choice pair of ear-ornaments,
+fabricated from the teeth of some sea-monster. These he would
+alternately wear and take off at least fifty times in the course of the
+day, going and coming from his little hut on each occasion with all the
+tranquillity imaginable. Sometimes slipping them through the slits in
+his ears, he would seize his spear—which in length and slightness
+resembled a fishing-pole—and go stalking beneath the shadows of the
+neighbouring groves, as if about to give a hostile meeting to some
+cannibal knight. But he would soon return again, and hiding his weapon
+under the protecting eaves of the house, and rolling his clumsy
+trinkets carefully in a piece of tappa, would resume his more pacific
+operations as quietly as if he had never interrupted them.
+
+But despite his eccentricities, Marheyo was a most paternal and
+warm-hearted old fellow, and in this particular not a little resembled
+his son Kory-Kory. The mother of the latter was the mistress of the
+family, and a notable housewife, and a most industrious old lady she
+was. If she did not understand the art of making jellies, jams,
+custards, tea-cakes, and such like trashy affairs, she was profoundly
+skilled in the mysteries of preparing “amar,” “poee-poee,” and “kokoo,”
+with other substantial matters. She was a genuine busy-body; bustling
+about the house like a country landlady at an unexpected arrival; for
+ever giving the young girls tasks to perform, which the little hussies
+as often neglected; poking into every corner, and rummaging over
+bundles of old tappa, or making a prodigious clatter among the
+calabashes. Sometimes she might have been seen squatting upon her
+haunches in front of a huge wooden basin, and kneading poee-poee with
+terrific vehemence, dashing the stone pestle about as if she would
+shiver the vessel into fragments: on other occasions, galloping about
+the valley in search of a particular kind of leaf, used in some of her
+recondite operations, and returning home, toiling and sweating, with a
+bundle, under which most women would have sunk.
+
+To tell the truth, Kory-Kory’s mother was the only industrious person
+in all the valley of Typee; and she could not have employed herself
+more actively had she been left an exceedingly muscular and destitute
+widow, with an inordinate supply of young children, in the bleakest
+part of the civilized world. There was not the slightest necessity for
+the greater portion of the labour performed by the old lady: but she
+deemed to work from some irresistible impulse; her limbs continually
+swaying to and fro, as if there were some indefatigable engine
+concealed within her body which kept her in perpetual motion.
+
+Never suppose that she was a termagant or a shrew for all this: she had
+the kindliest heart in the world, and acted towards me in particular in
+a truly maternal manner, occasionally putting some little morsel of
+choice food into my hand, some outlandish kind of savage sweetmeat or
+pastry, like a doting mother petting a sickly urchin with tarts and
+sugar-plums. Warm indeed are my remembrances of the dear, good,
+affectionate old Tinor!
+
+Besides the individuals I have mentioned, there belong to the household
+three young men, dissipated, good-for-nothing, roystering blades of
+savages, who were either employed in prosecuting love affairs with the
+maidens of the tribe, or grew boozy on “arva” and tobacco in the
+company of congenial spirits, the scapegraces of the valley.
+
+Among the permanent inmates of the house were likewise several lovely
+damsels, who instead of thrumming pianos and reading novels, like more
+enlightened young ladies, substituted for these employments the
+manufacture of a fine species of tappa; but for the greater portion of
+the time were skipping from house to house, gadding and gossiping with
+their acquaintances.
+
+From the rest of these, however, I must except the beauteous nymph
+Fayaway, who was my peculiar favourite. Her free pliant figure was the
+very perfection of female grace and beauty. Her complexion was a rich
+and mantling olive, and when watching the glow upon her cheeks I could
+almost swear that beneath the transparent medium there lurked the
+blushes of a faint vermilion. The face of this girl was a rounded oval,
+and each feature as perfectly formed as the heart or imagination of man
+could desire. Her full lips, when parted with a smile, disclosed teeth
+of a dazzling whiteness; and when her rosy mouth opened with a burst of
+merriment, they looked like the milk-white seeds of the “arta,” a fruit
+of the valley, which, when cleft in twain, shows them reposing in rows
+on either side, embedded in the red and juicy pulp. Her hair of the
+deepest brown, parted irregularly in the middle, flowed in natural
+ringlets over her shoulders, and whenever she chanced to stoop, fell
+over and hid from view her lovely bosom. Gazing into the depths of her
+strange blue eyes, when she was in a contemplative mood, they seemed
+most placid yet unfathomable; but when illuminated by some lively
+emotion, they beamed upon the beholder like stars. The hands of Fayaway
+were as soft and delicate as those of any countess; for an entire
+exemption from rude labour marks the girlhood and even prime of a Typee
+woman’s life. Her feet, though wholly exposed, were as diminutive and
+fairly shaped as those which peep from beneath the skirts of a Lima
+lady’s dress. The skin of this young creature, from continual ablutions
+and the use of mollifying ointments, was inconceivably smooth and soft.
+
+I may succeed, perhaps, in particularizing some of the individual
+features of Fayaway’s beauty, but that general loveliness of appearance
+which they all contributed to produce I will not attempt to describe.
+The easy unstudied graces of a child of nature like this, breathing
+from infancy an atmosphere of perpetual summer, and nurtured by the
+simple fruits of the earth; enjoying a perfect freedom from care and
+anxiety, and removed effectually from all injurious tendencies, strike
+the eye in a manner which cannot be portrayed. This picture is no fancy
+sketch; it is drawn from the most vivid recollections of the person
+delineated.
+
+Were I asked if the beauteous form of Fayaway was altogether free from
+the hideous blemish of tattooing, I should be constrained to answer
+that it was not. But the practitioners of this barbarous art, so
+remorseless in their inflictions upon the brawny limbs of the warriors
+of the tribe, seem to be conscious that it needs not the resources of
+their profession to augment the charms of the maidens of the vale.
+
+The females are very little embellished in this way, and Fayaway, and
+all the other young girls of her age, were even less so than those of
+their sex more advanced in years. The reason of this peculiarity will
+be alluded to hereafter. All the tattooing that the nymph in question
+exhibited upon her person may be easily described. Three minute dots,
+no bigger than pinheads, decorated either lip, and at a little distance
+were not at all discernible. Just upon the fall of the shoulder were
+drawn two parallel lines half an inch apart, and perhaps three inches
+in length, the interval being filled with delicately executed figures.
+These narrow bands of tattooing, thus placed, always reminded me of
+those stripes of gold lace worn by officers in undress, and which are
+in lieu of epaulettes to denote their rank.
+
+Thus much was Fayaway tattooed. The audacious hand which had gone so
+far in its desecrating work stopping short, apparently wanting the
+heart to proceed.
+
+But I have neglected to describe the dress worn by this nymph of the
+valley.
+
+Fayaway—I must avow the fact—for the most part clung to the primitive
+and summer garb of Eden. But how becoming the costume! It showed her
+fine figure to the best possible advantage; and nothing could have been
+better adapted to her peculiar style of beauty. On ordinary occasions
+she was habited precisely as I have described the two youthful savages
+whom we had met on first entering the valley. At other times, when
+rambling among the groves, or visiting at the houses of her
+acquaintances, she wore a tunic of white tappa, reaching from her waist
+to a little below the knees; and when exposed for any length of time to
+the sun, she invariably protected herself from its rays by a floating
+mantle of the same material, loosely gathered about the person. Her
+gala dress will be described hereafter.
+
+As the beauties of our own land delight in bedecking themselves with
+fanciful articles of jewelry, suspending them from their ears, hanging
+them about their necks, and clasping them around their wrists; so
+Fayaway and her companions were in the habit of ornamenting themselves
+with similar appendages.
+
+Flora was their jeweller. Sometimes they wore necklaces of small
+carnation flowers, strung like rubies upon a fibre of tappa, or
+displayed in their ears a single white bud, the stem thrust backward
+through the aperture, and showing in front the delicate petals folded
+together in a beautiful sphere, and looking like a drop of the purest
+pearl. Chaplets, too, resembling in their arrangement the strawberry
+coronal worn by an English peeress, and composed of intertwined leaves
+and blossoms, often crowned their temples; and bracelets and anklets of
+the same tasteful pattern were frequently to be seen. Indeed, the
+maidens of the island were passionately fond of flowers, and never
+wearied of decorating their persons with them; a lovely trait of
+character, and one that ere long will be more fully alluded to.
+
+Though in my eyes, at least, Fayaway was indisputably the loveliest
+female I saw in Typee, yet the description I have given of her will in
+some measure apply to nearly all the youthful portion of her sex in the
+valley. Judge ye then, reader, what beautiful creatures they must have
+been.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+
+Officiousness of Kory-Kory—His devotion—A bath in the stream—Want of
+refinement of the Typee damsels—Stroll with Mehevi—A Typee highway—The
+Taboo groves—The hoolah hoolah ground—The Ti—Timeworn
+savages—Hospitality of Mehevi—Midnight musings—Adventure in the
+dark—Distinguished honours paid to the visitors—Strange procession, and
+return to the house of Marheyo.
+
+
+When Mehevi had departed from the house, as related in the preceding
+chapter, Kory-Kory commenced the functions of the post assigned him. He
+brought us various kinds of food; and, as if I were an infant, insisted
+upon feeding me with his own hands. To this procedure I, of course,
+most earnestly objected, but in vain; and having laid a calabash of
+kokoo before me, he washed his fingers in a vessel of water, and then
+putting his hand into the dish, and rolling the food into little balls,
+put them one after another into my mouth. All my remonstrances against
+this measure only provoked so great a clamor on his part, that I was
+obliged to acquiesce; and the operation of feeding being thus
+facilitated, the meal was quickly despatched. As for Toby, he was
+allowed to help himself after his own fashion.
+
+The repast over, my attendant arranged the mats for repose, and,
+bidding me lie down, covered me with a large robe of tappa, at the same
+time looking approvingly upon me, and exclaiming, “Ki-Ki, muee muee,
+ah! moee moee mortarkee,” (eat plenty, ah! sleep very good.) The
+philosophy of this sentiment I did not pretend to question; for
+deprived of sleep for several preceding nights, and the pain in my limb
+having much abated, I now felt inclined to avail myself of the
+opportunity afforded me.
+
+The next morning, on waking, I found Kory-Kory stretched out on one
+side of me, while my companion lay upon the other. I felt sensibly
+refreshed after a night of sound repose, and immediately agreed to the
+proposition of my valet that I should repair to the water and wash,
+although dreading the suffering that the exertion might produce. From
+this apprehension, however, I was quickly relieved; for Kory-Kory,
+leaping from the pi-pi, and then backing himself up against it, like a
+porter in readiness to shoulder a trunk, with loud vociferations, and a
+superabundance of gestures gave me to understand that I was to mount
+upon his back, and be thus transported to the stream, which flowed
+perhaps two hundred yards from the house.
+
+Our appearance upon the verandah in front of the habitation drew
+together quite a crowd, who stood looking on, and conversing with one
+another in the most animated manner. They reminded one of a group of
+idlers gathered about the door of a village tavern, when the equipage
+of some distinguished traveller is brought round previous to his
+departure. As soon as I clasped my arms about the neck of the devoted
+fellow, and he jogged off with me, the crowd—composed chiefly of young
+girls and boys—followed after, shouting and capering with infinite
+glee, and accompanied us to the banks of the stream.
+
+On gaining it, Kory-Kory, wading up to his hips in the water, carried
+me half-way across, and deposited me on a smooth black stone, which
+rose a few inches above the surface. The amphibious rabble at our heels
+plunged in after us; and, climbing to the summit of the grass-grown
+rocks, with which the bed of the brook was here and there broken,
+waited curiously to witness our morning ablutions. I felt somewhat
+embarrassed by the presence of the female portion of the company, but,
+nevertheless, removed my frock, and washed myself down to my waist in
+the stream. As soon as Kory-Kory comprehended from my motions that this
+was to be the extent of my performance, he appeared perfectly aghast
+with astonishment, and rushing toward me, poured out a torrent of words
+in eager deprecation of so limited an operation, enjoining me by
+unmistakable signs to immerse my whole body. To this I was forced to
+consent; and the honest fellow regarding me as a froward, inexperienced
+child, whom it was his duty to serve at the risk of offending, lifted
+me from, the rock, and tenderly bathed my limbs. This over, and
+resuming my seat, I could not avoid bursting into admiration of the
+scene around me.
+
+From the verdant surfaces of the large stones that lay scattered about,
+the natives were now sliding off into the water, diving and ducking
+beneath the surface in all directions; the young girls springing
+buoyantly into the air, with their long tresses dancing about their
+shoulders, their eyes sparkling like drops of dew in the sun, and their
+gay laughter pealing forth at every frolicsome incident.
+
+On the afternoon of the day that I took my first bath in the valley, we
+received another visit from Mehevi. The noble savage seemed to be in
+the same pleasant mood, and was quite as cordial in his manner as
+before. After remaining about an hour, he rose from the mats, and
+motioning to leave the house, invited Toby and myself to accompany him.
+I pointed to my leg; but Mehevi in his turn pointed to Kory-Kory, and
+removed that objection; so, mounting upon the faithful fellow’s
+shoulders again—like the old man of the sea astride of Sinbad—I
+followed after the chief.
+
+The nature of the route we now pursued struck me more forcibly than
+anything I had yet seen, as illustrating the indolent disposition of
+the islanders. The path was obviously the most beaten one in the
+valley, several others leading from either side into it, and perhaps
+for successive generations it had formed the principal avenue of the
+place. And yet, until I grew more familiar with its impediments, it
+seemed as difficult to travel as the recesses of a wilderness. Part of
+it swept around an abrupt rise of ground, the surface of which was
+broken by frequent inequalities, and thickly strewn with projecting
+masses of rocks, whose summits were often hidden from view by the
+drooping foliage of the luxurious vegetation. Sometimes directly over,
+sometimes evading these obstacles with a wide circuit, the path wound
+along—one moment climbing over a sudden eminence, smooth with continued
+wear, then descending on the other side into a steep glen, and crossing
+the flinty channel of a brook. Here it pursued the depths of a glade,
+occasionally obliging you to stoop beneath vast horizontal branches;
+and now you stepped over huge trunks and boughs that lay rotting across
+the track.
+
+Such was the grand thoroughfare of Typee. After proceeding a little
+distance along it—Kory-Kory panting and blowing with the weight of his
+burden—I dismounted from his back, and grasping the long spear of
+Mehevi in my hand, assisted my steps over the numerous obstacles of the
+road; preferring this mode of advance to one which, from the
+difficulties of the way, was equally painful to myself and my wearied
+servitor.
+
+Our journey was soon at an end; for, scaling a sudden height, we came
+abruptly upon the place of our destination. I wish that it were
+possible to sketch in words this spot as vividly as I recollect it.
+
+Here were situated the Taboo groves of the valley—the scene of many a
+prolonged feast, of many a horrid rite. Beneath the dark shadows of the
+consecrated bread-fruit trees there reigned a solemn twilight—a
+cathedral-like gloom. The frightful genius of pagan worship seemed to
+brood in silence over the place, breathing its spell upon every object
+around. Here and there, in the depths of these awful shades, half
+screened from sight by masses of overhanging foliage, rose the
+idolatrous altars of the savages, built of enormous blocks of black and
+polished stone, placed one upon another, without cement, to the height
+of twelve or fifteen feet, and surmounted by a rustic open temple,
+enclosed with a low picket of canes, within which might be seen, in
+various stages of decay, offerings of bread-fruit and cocoa-nuts, and
+the putrefying relics of some recent sacrifice.
+
+In the midst of the wood was the hallowed “hoolah hoolah” ground—set
+apart for the celebration of the fantastical religious ritual of these
+people—comprising an extensive oblong pi-pi, terminating at either end
+in a lofty terraced altar, guarded by ranks of hideous wooden idols,
+and with the two remaining sides flanked by ranges of bamboo sheds,
+opening towards the interior of the quadrangle thus formed. Vast trees,
+standing in the middle of this space, and throwing over it an
+umbrageous shade, had their massive trunks built round with slight
+stages, elevated a few feet above the ground, and railed in with canes,
+forming so many rustic pulpits, from which the priests harangued their
+devotees.
+
+This holiest of spots was defended from profanation by the strictest
+edicts of the all-pervading “taboo,” which condemned to instant death
+the sacrilegious female who should enter or touch its sacred precincts,
+or even so much as press with her feet the ground made holy by the
+shadows that it cast.
+
+Access was had to the enclosure through an embowered entrance on one
+side, facing a number of towering cocoa-nut trees, planted at intervals
+along a level area of a hundred yards. At the farther extremity of this
+space was to be seen a building of considerable size, reserved for the
+habitation of the priests and religious attendants of the grove.
+
+In its vicinity was another remarkable edifice, built as usual upon the
+summit of a pi-pi, and at least two hundred feet in length, though not
+more than twenty in breadth. The whole front of this latter structure
+was completely open, and from one end to the other ran a narrow
+verandah, fenced in on the edge of the pi-pi with a picket of canes.
+Its interior presented the appearance of an immense lounging-place, the
+entire floor being strewn with successive layers of mats, lying between
+parallel trunks of cocoa-nut trees, selected for the purpose from the
+straightest and most symmetrical the vale afforded.
+
+To this building, denominated in the language of the natives, the “Ti,”
+Mehevi now conducted us. Thus far we had been accompanied by a troop of
+the natives of both sexes; but as soon as we approached its vicinity,
+the females gradually separated themselves from the crowd, and standing
+aloof, permitted us to pass on. The merciless prohibitions of the taboo
+extended likewise to this edifice, and were enforced by the same
+dreadful penalty that secured the hoolah hoolah ground from the
+imaginary pollution of a woman’s presence.
+
+On entering the house, I was surprised to see six muskets ranged
+against the bamboo on one side, from the barrels of which depended as
+many small canvas pouches, partly filled with powder. Disposed about
+these muskets, like the cutlasses that decorate the bulkhead of a
+man-of-war’s cabin, were a great variety of rude spears and paddles,
+javelins, and war-clubs. This then, said I to Toby, must be the armoury
+of the tribe.
+
+As we advanced farther along the building, we were struck with the
+aspect of four or five hideous old wretches, on whose decrepid forms
+time and tattooing seemed to have obliterated every trace of humanity.
+Owing to the continued operation of this latter process, which only
+terminates among the warriors of the island after all the figures
+stretched upon their limbs in youth have been blended together—an
+effect, however, produced only in cases of extreme longevity—the bodies
+of these men were of a uniform dull green colour—the hue which the
+tattooing gradually assumes as the individual advances in age. Their
+skin had a frightful scaly appearance, which, united with its singular
+colour, made their limbs not a little resemble dusty specimens of
+verde-antique. Their flesh, in parts, hung upon them in huge folds,
+like the overlapping plaits on the flank of a rhinoceros. Their heads
+were completely bald, whilst their faces were puckered into a thousand
+wrinkles, and they presented no vestige of a beard. But the most
+remarkable peculiarity about them was the appearance of their feet; the
+toes, like the radiating lines of the mariner’s compass, pointed to
+every quarter of the horizon. This was doubtless attributable to the
+fact, that during nearly a hundred years of existence the said toes
+never had been subjected to any artificial confinement, and in their
+old age, being averse to close neighbourhood, bid one another keep open
+order.
+
+These repulsive-looking creatures appeared to have lost the use of
+their lower limbs altogether; sitting upon the floor cross-legged, in a
+state of torpor. They never heeded us in the least, scarcely looking
+conscious of our presence, while Mehevi seated us upon the mats, and
+Kory-Kory gave utterance to some unintelligible gibberish.
+
+In a few moments, a boy entered with a wooden trencher of poee-poee;
+and in regaling myself with its contents, I was obliged again to submit
+to the officious intervention of my indefatigable servitor. Various
+other dishes followed, the chief manifesting the most hospitable
+importunity in pressing us to partake, and to remove all bashfulness on
+our part, set us no despicable example in his own person.
+
+The repast concluded, a pipe was lighted, which passed from mouth to
+mouth, and yielding to its soporific influence, the quiet of the place,
+and the deepening shadows of approaching night, my companion and I sank
+into a kind of drowsy repose, while the chief and Kory-Kory seemed to
+be slumbering beside us.
+
+I awoke from an uneasy nap, about midnight, as I supposed; and, raising
+myself partly from the mat, became sensible that we were enveloped in
+utter darkness. Toby lay still asleep, but our late companions had
+disappeared. The only sound that interrupted the silence of the place
+was the asthmatic breathing of the old men I have mentioned, who
+reposed at a little distance from us. Besides them, as well as I could
+judge, there was no one else in the house.
+
+Apprehensive of some evil, I roused my comrade, and we were engaged in
+a whispered conference concerning the unexpected withdrawal of the
+natives, when all at once, from the depths of the grove, in full view
+of us where we lay, shoots of flame were seen to rise, and in a few
+moments illuminated the surrounding trees, casting, by contrast, into
+still deeper gloom the darkness around us.
+
+While we continued gazing at this sight, dark figures appeared moving
+to and fro before the flames; while others, dancing and capering about,
+looked like so many demons.
+
+Regarding this new phenomenon with no small degree of trepidation, I
+said to my companion, “What can all this mean, Toby?”
+
+“Oh, nothing,” replied he; “getting the fire ready, I suppose.”
+
+“Fire!” exclaimed I, while my heart took to beating like a trip-hammer,
+“what fire?”
+
+“Why, the fire to cook us, to be sure; what else would the cannibals be
+kicking up such a row about, if it were not for that?”
+
+“Oh, Toby! have done with your jokes; this is no time for them:
+something is about to happen, I feel confident.”
+
+“Jokes, indeed!” exclaimed Toby, indignantly. “Did you ever hear me
+joke? Why, for what do you suppose the devils have been feeding us up
+in this kind of style for during the last three days, unless it were
+for something that you are too much frightened at to talk about? Look
+at that Kory-Kory there!—has he not been stuffing you with his
+confounded mushes, just in the way they treat swine before they kill
+them? Depend upon it, we will be eaten this blessed night, and there is
+the fire we shall be roasted by.”
+
+This view of the matter was not at all calculated to allay my
+apprehensions, and I shuddered when I reflected that we were indeed at
+the mercy of a tribe of cannibals, and that the dreadful contingency to
+which Toby had alluded was by no means removed beyond the bounds of
+possibility.
+
+“There! I told you so! they are coming for us!” exclaimed my companion
+the next moment, as the forms of four of the islanders were seen in
+bold relief against the illuminated background, mounting the pi-pi, and
+approaching us.
+
+They came on noiselessly, nay, stealthily, and glided along through the
+gloom that surrounded us, as if about to spring upon some object they
+were fearful of disturbing before they should make sure of it. Gracious
+Heaven! the horrible reflections which crowded upon me that moment! A
+cold sweat stood upon my brow, and spell-bound with terror, I awaited
+my fate.
+
+Suddenly the silence was broken by the well-remembered tones of Mehevi,
+and at the kindly accents of his voice, my fears were immediately
+dissipated. “Tommo, Toby, ki ki!” (eat). He had waited to address us,
+until he had assured himself that we were both awake, at which he
+seemed somewhat surprised.
+
+“Ki ki! is it?” said Toby, in his gruff tones; “well, cook us first,
+will you—but what’s this?” he added, as another savage appeared,
+bearing before him a large trencher of wood, containing some kind of
+steaming meat, as appeared from the odours it diffused, and which he
+deposited at the feet of Mehevi. “A baked baby, I dare say! but I will
+have none of it, never mind what it is. A pretty fool I should make of
+myself, indeed, waked up here in the middle of the night, stuffing and
+guzzling, and all to make a fat meal for a parcel of bloody-minded
+cannibals one of these mornings! No; I see what they are at very
+plainly, so I am resolved to starve myself into a bunch of bones and
+gristle, and then, if they serve me up, they are welcome! But, I say,
+Tommo, you are not going to eat any of that mess there, in the dark,
+are you? Why, how can you tell what it is?”
+
+“By tasting it, to be sure,” said I, masticating a morsel that
+Kory-Kory had just put in my mouth; “and excellently good it is, too,
+very much like veal.”
+
+“A baked baby, by the soul of Captain Cook!” burst forth Toby, with
+amazing vehemence. “Veal? why, there never was a calf on the island
+till you landed. I tell you, you are bolting down mouthfuls from a dead
+Happar’s carcass, as sure as you live, and no mistake!”
+
+Emetics and lukewarm water! What a sensation in the abdominal regions!
+Sure enough, where could the fiends incarnate have obtained meat? But I
+resolved to satisfy myself at all hazards; and turning to Mehevi, I
+soon made the ready chief understand that I wished a light to be
+brought. When the taper came, I gazed eagerly into the vessel, and
+recognized the mutilated remains of a juvenile porker! “Puarkee!”
+exclaimed Kory-Kory, looking complacently at the dish; and from that
+day to this I have never forgotten that such is the designation of a
+pig in the Typee lingo.
+
+The next morning, after being again abundantly feasted by the
+hospitable Mehevi, Toby and myself arose to depart. But the chief
+requested us to postpone our intention. “Abo, abo” (Wait, wait), he
+said, and accordingly we resumed our seats, while, assisted by the
+zealous Kory-Kory, he appeared to be engaged in giving directions to a
+number of the natives outside, who were busily employed in making
+arrangements, the nature of which we could not comprehend. But we were
+not left long in our ignorance, for a few moments only had elapsed,
+when the chief beckoned us to approach, and we perceived that he had
+been marshalling a kind of guard of honour to escort us on our return
+to the house of Marheyo.
+
+The procession was led off by two venerable-looking savages, each
+provided with a spear, from the end of which streamed a pennon of
+milk-white tappa. After them went several youths, bearing aloft
+calabashes of poee-poee; and followed in their turn by four stalwart
+fellows, sustaining long bamboos, from the tops of which hung
+suspended, at least twenty feet from the ground, large baskets of green
+bread-fruit. Then came a troop of boys, carrying bunches of ripe
+bananas, and baskets made of woven leaflets of cocoa-nut boughs, filled
+with the young fruit of the tree, the naked shells, stripped of their
+husks, peeping forth from the verdant wicker-work that surrounded them.
+Last of all came a burly islander, holding over his head a wooden
+trencher, in which lay disposed the remnants of our midnight feast,
+hidden from view, however, by a covering of bread-fruit leaves.
+
+Astonished as I was at this exhibition, I could not avoid smiling at
+its grotesque appearance, and the associations it naturally called up.
+Mehevi, it seemed, was bent on replenishing old Marheyo’s larder,
+fearful, perhaps, that without this precaution his guests might not
+fare as well as they could desire.
+
+As soon as I descended from the pi-pi, the procession formed anew,
+enclosing us in its centre; where I remained, part of the time carried
+by Kory-Kory, and occasionally relieving him from his burden by limping
+along with a spear. When we moved off in this order, the natives struck
+up a musical recitative, which, with various alternations, they
+continued until we arrived at the place of our destination.
+
+As we proceeded on our way, bands of young girls, darting from the
+surrounding groves, hung upon our skirts, and accompanied us with
+shouts of merriment and delight, which almost drowned the deep notes of
+the recitative. On approaching old Marheyo’s domicile, its inmates
+rushed out to receive us; and while the gifts of Mehevi were being
+disposed of, the superannuated warrior did the honours of his mansion
+with all the warmth of hospitality evinced by an English squire, when
+he regales his friends at some fine old patrimonial mansion.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+
+Attempt to procure relief from Nukuheva—Perilous adventure of Toby in
+the Happar Mountains—Eloquence of Kory-Kory.
+
+
+Amidst these novel scenes a week passed away almost imperceptibly. The
+natives, actuated by some mysterious impulse, day after day redoubled
+their attention to us. Their manner towards us was unaccountable.
+Surely, thought I, they would not act thus if they meant us any harm.
+But why this excess of deferential kindness, or what equivalent can
+they imagine us capable of rendering them for it?
+
+We were fairly puzzled. But, despite the apprehensions I could not
+dispel, the horrible character imputed to these Typees appeared to be
+wholly undeserved.
+
+“Why, they are cannibals!” said Toby, on one occasion when I eulogized
+the tribe.
+
+“Granted,” I replied, “but a more humane, gentlemanly, and amiable set
+of epicures do not probably exist in the Pacific.”
+
+But, notwithstanding the kind treatment we received, I was too familiar
+with the fickle disposition of savages not to feel anxious to withdraw
+from the valley, and put myself beyond the reach of that fearful death
+which, under all these smiling appearances, might yet menace us. But
+here there was an obstacle in the way of doing so. It was idle for me
+to think of moving from the place until I should have recovered from
+the severe lameness that afflicted me; indeed my malady began seriously
+to alarm me; for, despite the herbal remedies of the natives, it
+continued to grow worse and worse. Their mild applications, though they
+soothed the pain, did not remove the disorder, and I felt convinced
+that, without better aid, I might anticipate long and acute suffering.
+
+But how was this aid to be procured? From the surgeons of the French
+fleet, which probably still lay in the bay of Nukuheva, it might easily
+have been obtained, could I have made my case known to them. But how
+could that be effected?
+
+At last, in the exigency to which I was reduced, I proposed to Toby
+that he should endeavour to go round to Nukuheva, and if he could not
+succeed in returning to the valley by water in one of the boats of the
+squadron, and taking me off, he might at least procure me some proper
+medicines, and effect his return overland.
+
+My companion listened to me in silence, and at first did not appear to
+relish the idea. The truth was, he felt impatient to escape from the
+place, and wished to avail himself of our present high favour with the
+natives to make good our retreat, before we should experience some
+sudden alterations in their behaviour. As he could not think of leaving
+me in my helpless condition, he implored me to be of good cheer;
+assured me that I should soon be better, and enabled in a few days to
+return with him to Nukuheva.
+
+Added to this, he could not bear the idea of again returning to this
+dangerous place; and as for the expectation of persuading the Frenchmen
+to detach a boat’s crew for the purpose of rescuing me from the Typees,
+he looked upon it as idle; and, with arguments that I could not answer,
+urged the improbability of their provoking the hostilities of the clan
+by any such measure; especially as, for the purpose of quieting its
+apprehensions, they had as yet refrained from making any visit to the
+bay. “And even should they consent,” said Toby, “they would only
+produce a commotion in the valley, in which we might both be sacrificed
+by these ferocious islanders.” This was unanswerable; but still I clung
+to the belief that he might succeed in accomplishing the other part of
+my plan; and at last I overcame his scruples, and he agreed to make the
+attempt.
+
+As soon as we succeeded in making the natives understand our intention,
+they broke out into the most vehement opposition to the measure, and,
+for a while, I almost despaired of obtaining their consent. At the bare
+thought of one of us leaving them, they manifested the most lively
+concern. The grief and consternation of Kory-Kory, in particular, was
+unbounded; he threw himself into a perfect paroxysm of gestures, which
+were intended to convey to us, not only his abhorrence of Nukuheva and
+its uncivilized inhabitants, but also his astonishment that, after
+becoming acquainted with the enlightened Typees, we should evince the
+least desire to withdraw, even for a time, from their agreeable
+society.
+
+However, I overbore his objections by appealing to my lameness; from
+which I assured the natives I should speedily recover, if Toby were
+permitted to obtain the supplies I needed.
+
+It was agreed that on the following morning my companion should depart,
+accompanied by some one or two of the household, who should point out
+to him an easy route, by which the bay might be reached before sunset.
+
+At early dawn of the next day, our habitation was astir. One of the
+young men mounted into an adjoining cocoa-nut tree, and threw down a
+number of the young fruit, which old Marheyo quickly stripped of the
+green husks, and strung together upon a short pole. These were intended
+to refresh Toby on his route.
+
+The preparations being completed, with no little emotion I bade my
+companion adieu. He promised to return in three days at farthest; and,
+bidding me keep up my spirits in the interval, turned around the corner
+of the pi-pi, and, under the guidance of the venerable Marheyo, was
+soon out of sight. His departure oppressed me with melancholy, and,
+re-entering the dwelling, I threw myself almost in despair upon the
+matting of the floor.
+
+In two hours’ time the old warrior returned, and gave me to understand,
+that after accompanying my companion a little distance, and showing him
+the route, he had left him journeying on his way.
+
+It was about noon of this same day, a season which these people are
+wont to pass in sleep, that I lay in the house, surrounded by its
+slumbering inmates, and painfully affected by the strange silence which
+prevailed. All at once I thought I heard a faint shout, as if
+proceeding from some persons in the depth of the grove which extended
+in front of our habitation.
+
+The sounds grew louder and nearer, and gradually the whole valley rang
+with wild outcries. The sleepers around me started to their feet in
+alarm, and hurried outside to discover the cause of the commotion.
+Kory-Kory, who had been the first to spring up, soon returned almost
+breathless, and nearly frantic with the excitement under which he
+seemed to be labouring. All that I could understand from him was, that
+some accident had happened to Toby. Apprehensive of some dreadful
+calamity, I rushed out of the house, and caught sight of a tumultuous
+crowd, who, with shrieks and lamentations, were just emerging from the
+grove, bearing in their arms some object, the sight of which produced
+all this transport of sorrow. As they drew near, the men redoubled
+their cries, while the girls, tossing their bare arms in the air,
+exclaimed plaintively, “Awha! awha! Toby muckee moee!”—Alas! alas! Toby
+is killed!
+
+In a moment the crowd opened, and disclosed the apparently lifeless
+body of my companion borne between two men, the head hanging heavily
+against the breast of the foremost. The whole face, neck, and bosom
+were covered with blood, which still trickled slowly from a wound
+behind the temple. In the midst of the greatest uproar and confusion,
+the body was carried into the house and laid on a mat. Waving the
+natives off to give room and air, I bent eagerly over Toby, and, laying
+my hand upon the breast, ascertained that the heart still beat.
+Overjoyed at this, I seized a calabash of water, and dashed its
+contents upon his face, then, wiping away the blood, anxiously examined
+the wound. It was about three inches long, and, on removing the clotted
+hair from about it, showed the skull laid completely bare. Immediately
+with my knife I cut away the heavy locks, and bathed the part
+repeatedly in water.
+
+In a few moments Toby revived, and opening his eyes for a second,
+closed them again, without speaking. Kory-Kory, who had been kneeling
+beside me, now chafed his limbs gently with the palms of his hands,
+while a young girl at his head kept fanning him, and I still continued
+to moisten his lips and brow. Soon my poor comrade showed signs of
+animation, and I succeeded in making him swallow from a cocoa-nut shell
+a few mouthfuls of water.
+
+
+[Illustration: THE BODY WAS CARRIED INTO THE HOUSE AND LAID ON A MAT]
+
+
+Old Tinor now appeared, holding in her hand some simples she had
+gathered, the juice of which she by signs besought me to squeeze into
+the wound. Having done so, I thought it best to leave Toby undisturbed
+until he should have had time to rally his faculties. Several times he
+opened his lips, but, fearful for his safety, I enjoined silence. In
+the course of two or three hours however, he sat up, and was
+sufficiently recovered to tell me what had occurred.
+
+“After leaving the house with Marheyo,” said Toby, “we struck across
+the valley, and ascended the opposite heights. Just beyond them, my
+guide informed me, lay the valley of Happar, while along their summits,
+and skirting the head of the vale, was my route to Nukuheva. After
+mounting a little way up the elevation my guide paused, and gave me to
+understand that he could not accompany me any farther, and by various
+signs intimated that he was afraid to approach any nearer the
+territories of the enemies of his tribe. He, however, pointed out my
+path, which now lay clearly before me, and, bidding me farewell,
+hastily descended the mountain.
+
+“Quite elated at being so near the Happars, I pushed up the acclivity,
+and soon gained its summit. It tapered up to a sharp ridge, from whence
+I beheld both the hostile valleys. Here I sat down and rested for a
+moment, refreshing myself with my cocoa-nuts. I was soon again pursuing
+my way along the height, when suddenly I saw three of the islanders,
+who must have just come out of Happar valley, standing in the path
+ahead of me. They were each armed with a heavy spear, and one, from his
+appearance, I took to be a chief. They sung out something, I could not
+understand what, and beckoned me to come on.
+
+“Without the least hesitation I advanced towards them, and had
+approached within about a yard of the foremost, when, pointing angrily
+into the Typee valley, and uttering some savage exclamation, he wheeled
+round his weapon like lightning, and struck me in a moment to the
+ground. The blow inflicted this wound, and took away my senses. As soon
+as I came to myself, I perceived the three islanders standing a little
+distance off, and apparently engaged in some violent altercation
+respecting me.
+
+“My first impulse was to run for it; but, in endeavouring to rise, I
+fell back, and rolled down a little grassy precipice. The shock seemed
+to rally my faculties; so, starting to my feet, I fled down the path I
+had just ascended. I had no need to look behind me, for, from the yells
+I heard, I knew that my enemies were in full pursuit. Urged on by their
+fearful outcries, and heedless of the injury I had received—though the
+blood flowing from the wound trickled over into my eyes and almost
+blinded me—I rushed down the mountain side with the speed of the wind.
+In a short time I had descended nearly a third of the distance, and the
+savages had ceased their cries, when suddenly a terrific howl burst
+upon my ear, and at the same moment a heavy javelin darted past me as I
+fled, and stuck quivering in a tree close to me. Another yell followed,
+and a second spear and a third shot through the air within a few feet
+of my body, both of them piercing the ground obliquely in advance of
+me. The fellows gave a roar of rage and disappointment; but they were
+afraid, I suppose, of coming down farther into the Typee valley, and so
+abandoned the chase. I saw them recover their weapons and turn back;
+and I continued my descent as fast as I could.
+
+“What could have caused this ferocious attack on the part of these
+Happars I could not imagine, unless it were that they had seen me
+ascending the mountain with Marheyo, and that the mere fact of coming
+from the Typee valley was sufficient to provoke them.
+
+“As long as I was in danger I scarcely felt the wound I had received;
+but when the chase was over I began to suffer from it. I had lost my
+hat in the flight, and the sun scorched my bare head. I felt faint and
+giddy; but, fearful of falling to the ground beyond the reach of
+assistance, I staggered on as well as I could, and at last gained the
+level of the valley, and then down I sunk; and I knew nothing more
+until I found myself lying upon these mats, and you stooping over me
+with the calabash of water.”
+
+Such was Toby’s account of this sad affair. I afterwards learned that
+fortunately he had fallen close to a spot where the natives go for
+fuel. A party of them caught sight of him as he fell, and, sounding the
+alarm, had lifted him up; and after ineffectually endeavouring to
+restore him at the brook, had hurried forward with him to the house.
+
+This incident threw a dark cloud over our prospects. It reminded us
+that we were hemmed in by hostile tribes, whose territories we could
+not hope to pass, on our route to Nukuheva, without encountering the
+effects of their savage resentment. There appeared to be no avenue
+opened to our escape but the sea, which washed the lower extremity of
+the vale.
+
+Our Typee friends availed themselves of the recent disaster of Toby to
+exhort us to a due appreciation of the blessings we enjoyed among them;
+contrasting their own generous reception of us with the animosity of
+their neighbours. They likewise dwelt upon the cannibal propensities of
+the Happars, a subject which they were perfectly aware could not fail
+to alarm us; while at the same time they earnestly disclaimed all
+participation in so horrid a custom. Nor did they omit to call upon us
+to admire the natural loveliness of their own abode, and the lavish
+abundance with which it produced all manner of luxuriant fruits;
+exalting it in this particular above any of the surrounding valleys.
+
+Kory-Kory seemed to experience so heartfelt a desire to infuse into our
+minds proper views on these subjects, that, assisted in his endeavours
+by the little knowledge of the language we had acquired, he actually
+made us comprehend a considerable part of what he said. To facilitate
+our correct apprehension of his meaning, he at first condensed his
+ideas into the smallest possible compass.
+
+“Happar keekeeno nuee,” he exclaimed; “nuee, nuee, ki ki kannaka!—ah!
+owle motarkee!” which signifies, “Terrible fellows those
+Happars!—devour an amazing quantity of men!—ah, shocking bad!” Thus far
+he explained himself by a variety of gestures, during the performance
+of which he would dart out of the house, and point abhorrently towards
+the Happar valley; running in to us again with the rapidity that showed
+he was fearful we would lose one part of his meaning before he could
+complete the other; and continuing his illustrations by seizing the
+fleshy part of my arm in his teeth, intimating, by the operation, that
+the people who lived over in that direction would like nothing better
+than to treat me in that manner.
+
+Having assured himself that we were fully enlightened on this point, he
+proceeded to another branch of the subject. “Ah! Typee me! arkee!—nuee,
+nuee mioree—nuee, nuee wai nuee, nuee poee poee—nuee, nuee kokoo—ah!
+nuee, nuee kiki—ah! nuee, nuee, nuee!” Which, liberally interpreted as
+before, would imply, “Ah, Typee! isn’t it a fine place though!—no
+danger of starving here, I tell you!—plenty of bread-fruit—plenty of
+water—plenty of pudding—ah! plenty of everything, ah! heaps, heaps,
+heaps!” All this was accompanied by a running commentary of signs and
+gestures which it was impossible not to comprehend.
+
+As he continued his harangue, however, Kory-Kory, in emulation of our
+more polished orators, began to launch out rather diffusely into other
+branches of his subject, enlarging probably upon the moral reflections
+it suggested; and proceeded in such a strain of unintelligible and
+stunning gibberish, that he actually gave me the headache for the rest
+of the day.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+
+A great event happens in the valley—The island telegraph—Something
+befalls Toby—Fayaway displays a tender heart—Melancholy
+reflections—Mysterious conduct of the islanders—Devotion of Kory-Kory—A
+rural couch—A luxury—Kory-Kory strikes a light _à la_ Typee.
+
+
+In the course of a few days Toby had recovered from the effects of his
+adventure with the Happar warriors; the wound on his head rapidly
+healing under the vegetable treatment of the good Tinor. Less fortunate
+than my companion, however, I still continued to languish under a
+complaint, the origin and nature of which was still a mystery. Cut off
+as I was from all intercourse with the civilized world, and feeling the
+inefficacy of anything the natives could do to relieve me; knowing,
+too, that so long as I remained in my present condition it would be
+impossible for me to leave the valley, whatever opportunity might
+present itself; and apprehensive that ere long we might be exposed to
+some caprice on the part of the islanders, I now gave up all hopes of
+recovery, and became a prey to the most gloomy thoughts. A deep
+dejection fell upon me, which neither the friendly remonstrances of my
+companion, the devoted attentions of Kory-Kory, nor all the soothing
+influences of Fayaway, could remove.
+
+One morning, as I lay on the mats in the house plunged in melancholy
+reverie, and regardless of everything around me, Toby, who had left me
+about an hour, returned in haste, and with great glee told me to cheer
+up and be of good heart, for he believed, from what was going on among
+the natives, that there were boats approaching the bay.
+
+These tidings operated upon me like magic. The hour of our deliverance
+was at hand, and, starting up, I was soon convinced that something
+unusual was about to occur. The word “botee! botee!” was vociferated in
+all directions; and shouts were heard in the distance, at first feebly
+and faintly, but growing louder and nearer at each successive
+repetition, until they were caught up by a fellow in a cocoa-nut tree a
+few yards off, who, sounding them in turn, they were reiterated from a
+neighbouring grove, and so died away gradually from point to point, as
+the intelligence penetrated into the farthest recesses of the valley.
+This was the vocal telegraph of the islanders; by means of which,
+condensed items of information could be carried in a very few minutes
+from the sea to their remotest habitation, a distance of at least eight
+or nine miles. On the present occasion it was in active operation, one
+piece of information following another with inconceivable rapidity.
+
+The greatest commotion now appeared to prevail. At every fresh item of
+intelligence the natives betrayed the liveliest interest, and redoubled
+the energy with which they employed themselves in collecting fruit to
+sell to the expected visitors. Some were tearing off the husks from
+cocoa-nuts; some, perched in the trees, were throwing down bread-fruit
+to their companions, who gathered them in heaps as they fell; while
+others were plying their fingers rapidly in weaving leafen baskets in
+which to carry the fruit.
+
+There were other matters, too, going on at the same time. Here you
+would see a stout warrior polishing his spear with a bit of old tappa,
+or adjusting the folds of the girdle about his waist; and there you
+might descry a young damsel decorating herself with flowers, as if
+having in her eye some maidenly conquest; while, as in all cases of
+hurry and confusion in every part of the world, a number of individuals
+kept hurrying to and fro with amazing vigour and perseverance, doing
+nothing themselves, and hindering others.
+
+Never before had we seen the islanders in such a state of bustle and
+excitement; and the scene furnished abundant evidence of the fact—that
+it was only at long intervals any such events occur.
+
+When I thought of the length of time that might intervene before a
+similar chance of escape would be presented, I bitterly lamented that I
+had not the power of availing myself effectually of the present
+opportunity.
+
+From all that we could gather, it appeared that the natives were
+fearful of arriving too late upon the beach, unless they made
+extraordinary exertions. Sick and lame as I was, I would have started
+with Toby at once, had not Kory-Kory not only refused to carry me, but
+manifested the most invincible repugnance to our leaving the
+neighbourhood of the house. The rest of the savages were equally
+opposed to our wishes, and seemed grieved and astonished at the
+earnestness of my solicitations. I clearly perceived that, while my
+attendant avoided all appearance of constraining my movements, he was
+nevertheless determined to thwart my wishes. He seemed to me on this
+particular occasion, as well as often afterwards, to be executing the
+orders of some other person with regard to me, though at the same time
+feeling towards me the most lively affection.
+
+Toby, who had made up his mind to accompany the islanders if possible
+as soon as they were in readiness to depart, and who for that reason
+had refrained from showing the same anxiety that I had done, now
+represented to me that it was idle for me to entertain the hope of
+reaching the beach in time to profit by any opportunity that might then
+be presented.
+
+“Do you not see,” said he, “the savages themselves are fearful of being
+too late, and I should hurry forward myself at once, did I not think
+that, if I showed too much eagerness, I should destroy all our hopes of
+reaping any benefit from this fortunate event. If you will only
+endeavour to appear tranquil or unconcerned, you will quiet their
+suspicions, and I have no doubt they will then let me go with them to
+the beach, supposing that I merely go out of curiosity. Should I
+succeed in getting down to the boats, I will make known the condition
+in which I have left you, and measures may then be taken to secure our
+escape.”
+
+In the expediency of this I could not but acquiesce; and as the natives
+had now completed their preparations, I watched with the liveliest
+interest the reception that Toby’s application might meet with. As soon
+as they understood from my companion that I intended to remain, they
+appeared to make no objection to this proposition, and even hailed it
+with pleasure. Their singular conduct on this occasion not a little
+puzzled me at the time, and imparted to subsequent events an additional
+mystery.
+
+The islanders were now to be seen hurrying along the path which led to
+the sea. I shook Toby warmly by the hand, and gave him my Payta hat to
+shield his wounded head from the sun, as he had lost his own. He
+cordially returned the pressure of my hand, and, solemnly promising to
+return as soon as the boats should leave the shore, sprang from my
+side, and the next minute disappeared in a turn of the grove.
+
+In spite of the unpleasant reflections that crowded upon my mind, I
+could not but be entertained by the novel and animated sight which now
+met my view. One after another, the natives crowded along the narrow
+path, laden with every variety of fruit. Here, you might have seen one,
+who, after ineffectually endeavouring to persuade a surly porker to be
+conducted in leading-strings, was obliged at last to seize the perverse
+animal in his arms, and carry him struggling again his naked breast,
+and squealing without intermission. There went two, who at a little
+distance might have been taken for the Hebrew spies, on their return to
+Moses with the goodly bunch of grapes. One trotted before the other at
+a distance of a couple of yards, while between them, from a pole
+resting on their shoulders, was suspended a huge cluster of bananas,
+which swayed to and fro with the rocking gait at which they proceeded.
+Here ran another, perspiring with his exertions, and bearing before him
+a quantity of cocoa-nuts, who, fearful of being too late, heeded not
+the fruit that dropped from his basket, and appeared solely intent upon
+reaching his destination, careless how many of his cocoa-nuts kept
+company with him.
+
+In a short time the last straggler was seen hurrying on his way, and
+the faint shouts of those in advance died insensibly upon the ear. Our
+part of the valley now appeared nearly deserted by its inhabitants,
+Kory-Kory, his aged father, and a few decrepid old people being all
+that were left.
+
+Towards sunset, the islanders in small parties began to return from the
+beach, and among them, as they drew near to the house, I sought to
+descry the form of my companion. But one after another they passed the
+dwelling, and I caught no glimpse of him. Supposing, however, that he
+would soon appear with some of the members of the household, I quieted
+my apprehensions, and waited patiently to see him advancing, in company
+with the beautiful Fayaway. At last I perceived Tinor coming forward,
+followed by the girls and young men who usually resided in the house of
+Marheyo; but with them came not my comrade, and, filled with a thousand
+alarms, I eagerly sought to discover the cause of his delay.
+
+My earnest questions appeared to embarrass the natives greatly. All
+their accounts were contradictory: one giving me to understand that
+Toby would be with me in a very short time; another, that he did not
+know where he was; while a third, violently inveighing against him,
+assured me that he had stolen away, and would never come back. It
+appeared to me, at the time, that in making these various statements
+they endeavoured to conceal from me some terrible disaster, lest the
+knowledge of it should overpower me.
+
+Fearful lest some fatal calamity had overtaken him, I sought out young
+Fayaway, and endeavoured to learn from her, if possible, the truth.
+
+This gentle being had early attracted my regard, not only from her
+extraordinary beauty, but from the attractive cast of her countenance,
+singularly expressive of intelligence and humanity. Of all the natives,
+she alone seemed to appreciate the effect which the peculiarity of the
+circumstances in which we were placed had produced upon the minds of my
+companion and myself. In addressing me—especially when I lay reclining
+upon the mats suffering from pain—there was a tenderness in her manner
+which it was impossible to misunderstand or resist. Whenever she
+entered the house, the expression of her face indicated the liveliest
+sympathy for me; and moving towards the place where I lay, with one arm
+slightly elevated in a gesture of pity, and her large glistening eyes
+gazing intently into mine, she would murmur plaintively, “Awha! awha!
+Tommo,” and seat herself mournfully beside me.
+
+Her manner convinced me that she deeply compassionated my situation, as
+being removed from my country and friends, and placed beyond the reach
+of all relief. Indeed, at times I was almost led to believe that her
+mind was swayed by gentle impulses hardly to be anticipated from one in
+her condition; that she appeared to be conscious there were ties rudely
+severed, which had once bound us to our homes; that there were sisters
+and brothers anxiously looking forward to our return, who were perhaps
+never more to behold us.
+
+In this amiable light did Fayaway appear in my eyes; and, reposing full
+confidence in her candour and intelligence, I now had recourse to her,
+in the midst of my alarm with regard to my companion.
+
+My questions evidently distressed her. She looked round from one to
+another of the bystanders, as if hardly knowing what answer to give me.
+At last, yielding to my importunities, she overcame her scruples, and
+gave me to understand that Toby had gone away with the boats which had
+visited the bay, but had promised to return at the expiration of three
+days. At first I accused him of perfidiously deserting me; but as I
+grew more composed, I upbraided myself for imputing so cowardly an
+action to him, and tranquillized myself with the belief that he had
+availed himself of the opportunity to go round to Nukuheva, in order to
+make some arrangement by which I could be removed from the valley. At
+any rate, thought I, he will return with the medicines I require, and
+then, as soon as I recover, there will be no difficulty in the way of
+our departure.
+
+Consoling myself with these reflections, I lay down that night in a
+happier frame of mind than I had done for some time. The next day
+passed without any allusion to Toby on the part of the natives, who
+seemed desirous of avoiding all reference to the subject. This raised
+some apprehensions in my breast; but, when night came, I congratulated
+myself that the second day had now gone by, and that on the morrow Toby
+would again be with me. But the morrow came and went, and my companion
+did not appear. Ah! thought I, he reckons three days from the morning
+of his departure—to-morrow he will arrive. But that weary day also
+closed upon me without his return. Even yet I would not despair. I
+thought that something detained him—that he was waiting for the sailing
+of a boat at Nukuheva, and that in a day or two, at farthest, I should
+see him again. But day after day of renewed disappointment passed by;
+at last hope deserted me, and I fell a victim to despair.
+
+Yes, thought I, gloomily, he has secured his own escape, and cares not
+what calamity may befall his unfortunate comrade. Fool that I was, to
+suppose that any one would willingly encounter the perils of this
+valley, after having once got beyond its limits! He has gone, and has
+left me to combat alone all the dangers by which I am surrounded. Thus
+would I sometimes seek to derive a desperate consolation from dwelling
+upon the perfidy of Toby; whilst, at other times, I sunk under the
+bitter remorse which I felt at having, by my own imprudence, brought
+upon myself the fate which I was sure awaited me.
+
+At other times I thought that perhaps, after all, these treacherous
+savages had made away with him, and thence the confusion into which
+they were thrown by my questions, and their contradictory answers; or
+he might be a captive in some other part of the valley; or, more
+dreadful still, might have met with that fate at which my very soul
+shuddered. But all these speculations were vain; no tidings of Toby
+ever reached me—he had gone never to return.
+
+The conduct of the islanders appeared inexplicable. All reference to my
+lost comrade was carefully evaded, and if at any time they were forced
+to make some reply to my frequent inquiries on the subject, they would
+uniformly denounce him as an ungrateful runaway, who had deserted his
+friend, and taken himself off to that vile and detestable place
+Nukuheva.
+
+But whatever might have been his fate, now that he was gone the natives
+multiplied their acts of kindness and attention towards myself,
+treating me with a degree of deference which could hardly have been
+surpassed had I been some celestial visitant. Kory-Kory never for one
+moment left my side, unless it were to execute my wishes. The faithful
+fellow, twice every day, in the cool of the morning and in the evening,
+insisted upon carrying me to the stream, and bathing me in its
+refreshing water.
+
+Frequently, in the afternoon, he would carry me to a particular part of
+the stream, where the beauty of the scene produced a soothing influence
+upon my mind. At this place the waters flowed between grassy banks,
+planted with enormous bread-fruit trees, whose vast branches,
+interlacing overhead, formed a leafy canopy; near the stream were
+several smooth black rocks. One of these, projecting several feet above
+the surface of the water, had upon its summit a shallow cavity, which,
+filled with freshly-gathered leaves, formed a delightful couch.
+
+Here I often laid for hours, covered with a gauze-like veil of tappa,
+while Fayaway, seated beside me, and holding in her hand a fan woven
+from the leaflets of a young cocoa-nut bough, brushed aside the insects
+that occasionally lighted on my face, and Kory-Kory, with a view of
+chasing away my melancholy, performed a thousand antics in the water
+before us.
+
+As my eye wandered along this romantic stream, it would fall upon the
+half-immersed figure of a beautiful girl, standing in the transparent
+water, and catching in a little net a species of diminutive shell-fish,
+of which these people are extravagantly fond. Sometimes a chattering
+group would be seated upon the edge of a low rock in the midst of the
+brook, busily engaged in thinning and polishing the shells of
+cocoa-nuts, by rubbing them briskly with a small stone in the water, an
+operation which soon converts them into a light and elegant
+drinking-vessel, somewhat resembling goblets made of tortoise-shell.
+
+But the tranquillizing influences of beautiful scenery, and the
+exhibition of human life under so novel and charming an aspect, were
+not my only sources of consolation.
+
+Every evening the girls of the house gathered about me on the mats,
+and, after chasing away Kory-Kory from my side—who, nevertheless,
+retired only to a little distance, and watched their proceedings with
+the most jealous attention—would anoint my body with a fragrant oil,
+squeezed from a yellow root, previously pounded between a couple of
+stones, and which in their language is denominated “aka.” I used to
+hail with delight the daily recurrence of this luxurious operation, in
+which I forgot all my troubles, and buried for the time every feeling
+of sorrow.
+
+Sometimes, in the cool of the evening, my devoted servitor would lead
+me out upon the pi-pi in front of the house, and, seating me near its
+edge, protect my body from the annoyance of the insects which
+occasionally hovered in the air, by wrapping me round with a large roll
+of tappa. He then bustled about, and employed himself at least twenty
+minutes in adjusting everything to secure my personal comfort.
+
+Having perfected his arrangements, he would get my pipe, and, lighting
+it, would hand it to me. Often he was obliged to strike a light for the
+occasion; and as the mode he adopted was entirely different from what I
+had ever seen or heard of before, I will describe it.
+
+A straight, dry, and partly-decayed stick of the Habiscus, about six
+feet in length, and half as many inches in diameter, with a smaller bit
+of wood, not more than a foot long, and scarcely an inch wide, is as
+invariably to be met with in every house in Typee, as a box of lucifer
+matches in the corner of a kitchen-cupboard at home.
+
+The islander, placing the larger stick obliquely against some object,
+with one end elevated at an angle of forty-five degrees, mounts astride
+of it, like an urchin about to gallop off upon a cane, and then,
+grasping the smaller one firmly in both hands, he rubs its pointed end
+slowly up and down the extent of a few inches on the principal stick,
+until at last he makes a narrow groove in the wood, with an abrupt
+termination at the point farthest from him, where all the dusty
+particles which the friction creates are accumulated in a little heap.
+
+At first Kory-Kory goes to work quite leisurely, but gradually quickens
+his pace, and, waxing warm in the employment, drives the stick
+furiously along the smoking channel, plying his hands to and fro with
+amazing rapidity, the perspiration starting from every pore. As he
+approaches the climax of his effort, he pants and gasps for breath, and
+his eyes almost start from their sockets with the violence of his
+exertions. This is the critical stage of the operation; all his
+previous labours are vain if he cannot sustain the rapidity of the
+movement until the reluctant spark is produced. Suddenly he stops,
+becomes perfectly motionless. His hands still retain their hold of the
+smaller stick, which is pressed convulsively against the farther end of
+the channel, among the fine powder there accumulated, as if he had just
+pierced through and through some little viper that was wriggling and
+struggling to escape from his clutches. The next moment a delicate
+wreath of smoke curls spirally into the air, the heap of dusty
+particles glows with fire, and Kory-Kory, almost breathless, dismounts
+from his steed.
+
+This operation appeared to me to be the most laborious species of work
+performed in Typee; and had I possessed a sufficient intimacy with the
+language to have conveyed my ideas upon the subject, I should certainly
+have suggested to the most influential of the natives the expediency of
+establishing in a college of vestals, to be centrally located in the
+valley, for the purpose of keeping alive the indispensable article of
+fire, so as to supersede the necessity of such a vast outlay of
+strength and good temper as were usually squandered on these occasions.
+There might, however, be special difficulties in carrying this plan
+into execution.
+
+What a striking evidence does this operation furnish of the wide
+difference between the extreme of savage and civilized life! A
+gentleman of Typee can bring up a numerous family of children, and give
+them all a highly respectable cannibal education, with infinitely less
+toil and anxiety than he expends in the simple process of striking a
+light; whilst a poor European artisan, who through the instrumentality
+of a lucifer performs the same operation in one second, is put to his
+wit’s end to provide for his starving offspring that food, which the
+children of a Polynesian father, without troubling their parents, pluck
+from the branches of every tree around them.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+
+
+Kindness of Marheyo and the rest of the islanders—A full description of
+the bread-fruit tree—Different modes of preparing the fruit.
+
+
+All the inhabitants of the valley treated me with great kindness; but
+as to the household of Marheyo, with whom I was now permanently
+domiciled, nothing could surpass their efforts to minister to my
+comfort. To the gratification of my palate they paid the most unwearied
+attention. They continually invited me to partake of food, and when
+after eating heartily I declined the viands they continued to offer me,
+they seemed to think that my appetite stood in need of some piquant
+stimulant to excite its activity.
+
+In pursuance of this idea, old Marheyo himself would hie him away to
+the sea-shore by the break of day, for the purpose of collecting
+various species of rare seaweed; some of which, among these people, are
+considered a great luxury. After a whole day spent in this employment,
+he would return about nightfall with several cocoa-nut shells filled
+with different descriptions of kelp. In preparing these for use, he
+manifested all the ostentation of a professed cook, although the chief
+mystery of the affair appeared to consist in pouring water in judicious
+quantities upon the slimy contents of his cocoa-nut shells.
+
+The first time he submitted one of these saline salads to my critical
+attention, I naturally thought that anything collected at such pains
+must possess peculiar merits; but one mouthful was a complete dose; and
+great was the consternation of the old warrior at the rapidity with
+which I ejected his epicurean treat.
+
+How true it is, that the rarity of any particular article enhances its
+value amazingly. In some part of the valley—I know not where, but
+probably in the neighbourhood of the sea—the girls were sometimes in
+the habit of procuring small quantities of salt, a thimble-full or so
+being the result of the united labours of a party of five or six
+employed for the greater part of the day. This precious commodity they
+brought to the house, enveloped in multitudinous folds of leaves; and
+as a special mark of the esteem in which they held me, would spread an
+immense leaf on the ground, and dropping one by one a few minute
+particles of the salt upon it, invite me to taste them.
+
+From the extravagant value placed upon the article, I verily believe,
+that with a bushel of common Liverpool salt, all the real estate in
+Typee might have been purchased. With a small pinch of it in one hand,
+and a quarter section of a bread-fruit in the other, the greatest chief
+in the valley would have laughed at all the luxuries of a Parisian
+table.
+
+The celebrity of the bread-fruit tree, and the conspicuous place it
+occupies in a Typee bill of fare, induces me to give at some length a
+general description of the tree, and the various modes in which the
+fruit is prepared.
+
+The bread-fruit tree, in its glorious prime, is a grand and towering
+object, forming the same feature in a Marquesan landscape that the
+patriarchal elm does in New England scenery. The latter tree it not a
+little resembles in height, in the wide spread of its stalwart
+branches, and in its venerable and imposing aspect.
+
+The leaves of the bread-fruit are of great size, and their edges are
+cut and scolloped as fantastically as those of a lady’s lace collar. As
+they annually tend towards decay, they almost rival, in the brilliant
+variety of their gradually changing hues, the fleeting shades of the
+expiring dolphin. The autumnal tints of our American forests, glorious
+as they are, sink into nothing in comparison with this tree.
+
+The leaf, in one particular stage, when nearly all the prismatic
+colours are blended on its surface, is often converted by the natives
+into a superb and striking head-dress. The principal fibre traversing
+its length being split open a convenient distance, and the elastic
+sides of the aperture pressed apart, the head is inserted between them,
+the leaf drooping on one side, with its forward half turned jauntily up
+on the brows, and the remaining part spreading laterally behind the
+ears.
+
+The fruit somewhat resembles in magnitude and general appearance one of
+our citron melons of ordinary size; but, unlike the citron, it has no
+sectional lines drawn along the outside. Its surface is dotted all over
+with little conical prominences, looking not unlike the knobs on an
+antiquated church door. The rind is perhaps an eighth of an inch in
+thickness; and denuded of this, at the time when it is in the greatest
+perfection, the fruit presents a beautiful globe of white pulp, the
+whole of which may be eaten, with the exception of a slender core,
+which is easily removed.
+
+The bread-fruit, however, is never used, and is indeed altogether unfit
+to be eaten, until submitted in one form or other to the action of
+fire.
+
+The most simple manner in which this operation is performed, and, I
+think, the best, consists in placing any number of the freshly-plucked
+fruit, when in a particular state of greenness, among the embers of a
+fire, in the same way that you would roast a potato. After a lapse of
+ten or fifteen minutes, the green rind embrowns and cracks, showing
+through the fissures in its sides the milk-white interior. As soon as
+it cools the rind drops off, and you then have the soft round pulp in
+its purest and most delicious state. Thus eaten, it has a mild and
+pleasing flavour.
+
+Sometimes after having been roasted in the fire, the natives snatch it
+briskly from the embers, and permitting it to slip out of the yielding
+rind into a vessel of cold water, stir up the mixture, which they call
+“bo-a-sho.” I never could endure this compound, and indeed the
+preparation is not greatly in vogue among the more polite Typees.
+
+There is one form, however, in which the fruit is occasionally served,
+that renders it a dish fit for a king. As soon as it is taken from the
+fire the exterior is removed, the core extracted, and the remaining
+part is placed in a sort of shallow stone mortar, and briskly worked
+with a pestle of the same substance. While one person is performing
+this operation, another takes a ripe cocoa-nut, and breaking it in
+half, which they also do very cleverly, proceeds to grate the juicy
+meat into fine particles. This is done by means of a piece of
+mother-of-pearl shell, lashed firmly to the extreme end of a heavy
+stick, with its straight side accurately notched like a saw. The stick
+is sometimes a grotesquely-formed limb of a tree, with three or four
+branches twisting from its body like so many shapeless legs, and
+sustaining it two or three feet from the ground.
+
+The native, first placing a calabash beneath the nose, as it were, of
+his curious-looking log-steed, for the purpose of receiving the grated
+fragments as they fall, mounts astride of it as if it were a
+hobby-horse, and twirling the inside of one of his hemispheres of
+cocoa-nut around the sharp teeth of the mother-of-pearl shell, the pure
+white meat falls in snowy showers into the receptacle provided. Having
+obtained a quantity sufficient for his purpose, he places it in a bag
+made of the net-like fibrous substance attached to all cocoa-nut trees,
+and compressing it over the bread-fruit, which being now sufficiently
+pounded, is put into a wooden bowl—extracts a thick creamy milk. The
+delicious liquid soon bubbles round the fruit, and leaves it at last
+just peeping above its surface.
+
+This preparation is called “kokoo,” and a most lucious preparation it
+is. The hobby-horse and the pestle and mortar were in great requisition
+during the time I remained in the house of Marheyo, and Kory-Kory had
+frequent occasion to show his skill in their use.
+
+But the great staple articles of food into which the bread-fruit is
+converted by these natives are known respectively by the names of Amar
+and Poee-Poee.
+
+At a certain season of the year, when the fruit of the hundred groves
+of the valley has reached its maturity, and hangs in golden spheres
+from every branch, the islanders assemble in harvest groups, and garner
+in the abundance which surrounds them. The trees are stripped of their
+nodding burdens, which, easily freed from the rind and core, are
+gathered together in capacious wooden vessels, where the pulpy fruit is
+soon worked by a stone pestle, vigorously applied, into a blended mass
+of a doughy consistency called by the natives “Tutao.” This is then
+divided into separate parcels, which, after being made up into stout
+packages, enveloped in successive folds of leaves, and bound round with
+thongs of bark, are stored away in large receptacles hollowed in the
+earth, from whence they are drawn as occasion may require.
+
+In this condition the Tutao sometimes remains for years, and even is
+thought to improve by age. Before it is fit to be eaten, however, it
+has to undergo an additional process. A primitive oven is scooped in
+the ground, and its bottom being loosely covered with stones, a large
+fire is kindled within it. As soon as the requisite degree of heat is
+attained, the embers are removed, and the surface of the stones being
+covered with thick layers of leaves, one of the large packages of Tutao
+is deposited upon them, and overspread with another layer of leaves.
+The whole is then quickly heaped up with earth, and forms a sloping
+mound.
+
+The Tutao thus baked is called “Amar”; the action of the oven having
+converted it into an amber-coloured caky substance, a little tart, but
+not at all disagreeable to the taste.
+
+By another and final process the “Amar” is changed into “Poee-Poee.”
+This transition is rapidly effected. The amar is placed in a vessel,
+and mixed with water until it gains a proper pudding-like consistency,
+when, without further preparation, it is in readiness for use. This is
+the form in which the “Tutao” is generally consumed. The singular mode
+of eating it I have already described.
+
+Were it not that the bread-fruit is thus capable of being preserved for
+a length of time, the natives might be reduced to a state of
+starvation; for, owing to some unknown cause, the trees sometimes fail
+to bear fruit; and on such occasions the islanders chiefly depend upon
+the supplies they have been enabled to store away.
+
+This stately tree, which is rarely met with upon the Sandwich Islands,
+and then only of a very inferior quality, and at Tahiti does not abound
+to a degree that renders its fruit the principal article of food,
+attains its greatest excellence in the genial climate of the Marquesan
+group, where it grows to an enormous magnitude, and flourishes in the
+utmost abundance.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV
+
+
+Melancholy condition—Occurrence at the Ti—Anecdote of Marheyo—Shaving
+the head of a warrior.
+
+
+In looking back to this period, and calling to remembrance the
+numberless proofs of kindness and respect which I received from the
+natives of the valley, I can scarcely understand how it was that, in
+the midst of so many consolatory circumstances, my mind should still
+have been consumed by the most dismal forebodings, and have remained a
+prey to the profoundest melancholy. It is true that the suspicious
+circumstances which had attended the disappearance of Toby were enough
+of themselves to excite distrust with regard to the savages, in whose
+power I felt myself to be entirely placed, especially when it was
+combined with the knowledge that these very men, kind and respectful as
+they were to me, were, after all, nothing better than a set of
+cannibals.
+
+But my chief source of anxiety, and that which poisoned every temporary
+enjoyment, was the mysterious disease in my leg, which still remained
+unabated. All the herbal applications of Tinor, united with the severer
+discipline of the old leech, and the affectionate nursing of Kory-Kory,
+had failed to relieve me. I was almost a cripple, and the pain I
+endured at intervals was agonizing. The unaccountable malady showed no
+signs of amendment; on the contrary, its violence increased day by day,
+and threatened the most fatal results, unless some powerful means were
+employed to counteract it. It seemed as if I were destined to sink
+under this grievous affliction, or at least that it would hinder me
+from availing myself of any opportunity of escaping from the valley.
+
+An incident which occurred as nearly as I can estimate about three
+weeks after the disappearance of Toby, convinced me that the natives,
+from some reason or other, would interpose every possible obstacle to
+my leaving them.
+
+One morning there was no little excitement evinced by the people near
+my abode, and which I soon discovered proceeded from a vague report
+that boats had been seen at a great distance approaching the bay.
+Immediately all was bustle and animation. It so happened that day that
+the pain I suffered having somewhat abated, and feeling in much better
+spirits than usual, I had complied with Kory-Kory’s invitation to visit
+the chief Mehevi at the place called the “Ti,” which I have before
+described as being situated within the precincts of the Taboo groves.
+These sacred recesses were at no great distance from Marheyo’s
+habitation, and lay between it and the sea; the path that conducted to
+the beach passing directly in front of the Ti, and thence skirting
+along the border of the groves.
+
+I was reposing upon the mats, within the sacred building, in company
+with Mehevi and several other chiefs, when the announcement was first
+made. It sent a thrill of joy through my whole frame;—perhaps Toby was
+about to return. I rose at once to my feet, and my instinctive impulse
+was to hurry down to the beach, equally regardless of the distance that
+separated me from it, and of my disabled condition. As soon as Mehevi
+noticed the effect the intelligence had produced upon me, and the
+impatience I betrayed to reach the sea, his countenance assumed that
+inflexible rigidity of expression which had so awed me on the afternoon
+of our arrival at the house of Marheyo, As I was proceeding to leave
+the Ti, he laid his hand upon my shoulder, and said gravely, “abo, abo”
+(wait, wait). Solely intent upon the one thought that occupied my mind,
+and heedless of his request, I was brushing past him, when suddenly he
+reassumed a tone of authority, and told me to “moee” (sit down). Though
+struck by the alteration in his demeanour, the excitement under which I
+laboured was too strong to permit me to obey the unexpected command,
+and I was still limping towards the edge of the pi-pi with Kory-Kory
+clinging to one arm in his efforts to restrain me when the natives
+around me started to their feet, ranged themselves along the open front
+of the building, while Mehevi looked at me scowlingly, and reiterated
+his commands still more sternly.
+
+It was at this moment, when fifty savage countenances were glaring upon
+me, that I first truly experienced I was indeed a captive in the
+valley. The conviction rushed upon me with staggering force, and I was
+overwhelmed by this confirmation of my worst fears. I saw at once that
+it was useless for me to resist, and sick at heart, I reseated myself
+upon the mats, and for the moment abandoned myself to despair.
+
+I now perceived the natives one after the other hurrying past the Ti
+and pursuing the route that conducted to the sea. These savages,
+thought I, will soon be holding communication with some of my own
+countrymen perhaps, who with ease could restore me to liberty did they
+know of the situation I was in. No language can describe the
+wretchedness which I felt; and in the bitterness of my soul I
+imprecated a thousand curses on the perfidious Toby, who had thus
+abandoned me to destruction. It was in vain that Kory-Kory tempted me
+with food, or lighted my pipe, or sought to attract my attention by
+performing the uncouth antics that had sometimes diverted me. I was
+fairly knocked down by this last misfortune, which, much as I had
+feared it, I had never before had the courage calmly to contemplate.
+
+Regardless of everything but my own sorrow, I remained in the Ti for
+several hours, until shouts proceeding at intervals from the groves
+beyond the house proclaimed the return of the natives from the beach.
+
+Whether any boats visited the bay that morning or not, I never could
+ascertain. The savages assured me that there had not—but I was inclined
+to believe that by deceiving me in this particular they sought to allay
+the violence of my grief. However that might be, this incident showed
+plainly that the Typees intended to hold me a prisoner. As they still
+treated me with the same sedulous attention as before, I was utterly at
+a loss how to account for their singular conduct. Had I been in a
+situation to instruct them in any of the rudiments of the mechanic
+arts, or had I manifested a disposition to render myself in any way
+useful among them, their conduct might have been attributed to some
+adequate motive, but as it was, the matter seemed to me inexplicable.
+
+During my whole stay on the island there occurred but two or three
+instances where the natives applied to me with the view of availing
+themselves of my superior information; and these now appear so
+ludicrous that I cannot forbear relating them.
+
+The few things we had brought from Nukuheva had been done up into a
+small bundle which we had carried with us in our descent to the valley.
+This bundle, the first night of our arrival, I had used as a pillow,
+but on the succeeding morning, opening it for the inspection of the
+natives, they gazed upon the miscellaneous contents as though I had
+just revealed to them a casket of diamonds, and they insisted that so
+precious a treasure should be properly secured. A line was accordingly
+attached to it, and the other end being passed over the ridge-pole of
+the house, it was hoisted up to the apex of the roof, where it hung
+suspended directly over the mats where I usually reclined. When I
+desired anything from it I merely raised my finger to a bamboo beside
+me, and taking hold of the string which was there fastened, lowered the
+package. This was exceedingly handy, and I took care to let the natives
+understand how much I applauded the invention. Of this package the
+chief contents were a razor with its case, a supply of needles and
+thread, a pound or two of tobacco, and a few yards of a bright-coloured
+calico.
+
+I should have mentioned, that shortly after Toby’s disappearance,
+perceiving the uncertainty of the time I might be obliged to remain in
+the valley,—if, indeed, I ever should escape from it,—and considering
+that my whole wardrobe consisted of a shirt and a pair of trousers, I
+resolved to doff these garments at once, in order to preserve them in a
+suitable condition for wear, should I again appear among civilized
+beings. I was consequently obliged to assume the Typee costume, a
+little altered, however, to suit my own views of propriety, and in
+which I have no doubt I appeared to as much advantage as a senator of
+Rome enveloped in the folds of his toga. A few folds of yellow tappa,
+tucked about my waist, descended to my feet in the style of a lady’s
+petticoat, only I did not have recourse to those voluminous paddings in
+the rear with which our gentle dames are in the habit of augmenting the
+sublime rotundity of their figures. This usually comprised my in-door
+dress: whenever I walked out, I superadded to it an ample robe of the
+same material, which completely enveloped my person, and screened it
+from the rays of the sun.
+
+One morning I made a rent in this mantle; and to show the islanders
+with what facility it could be repaired, I lowered my bundle, and
+taking from it a needle and thread, proceeded to stitch up the opening.
+They regarded this wonderful application of science with intense
+admiration; and whilst I was stitching away, old Marheyo, who was one
+of the lookers-on, suddenly clapped his hand to his forehead, and
+rushing to a corner of the house, drew forth a soiled and tattered
+strip of faded calico—which he must have procured some time or other in
+traffic on the beach—and besought me eagerly to exercise a little of my
+art upon it. I willingly complied, though certainly so stumpy a needle
+as mine never took such gigantic strides over calico before. The
+repairs completed, old Marheyo gave me a paternal hug; and divesting
+himself of his “maro” (girdle), swathed the calico about his loins, and
+slipping the beloved ornaments into his ears, grasped his spear and
+sallied out of the house, like a valiant Templar arrayed in a new and
+costly suit of armour.
+
+I never used my razor during my stay in the island, but, although a
+very subordinate affair, it had been vastly admired by the Typees; and
+Narmonee, a great hero among them, who was exceedingly precise in the
+arrangements of his toilet and the general adjustment of his person,
+being the most accurately tattooed and laboriously horrified individual
+in all the valley, thought it would be a great advantage to have it
+applied to the already shaven crown of his head.
+
+The implement they usually employ is a shark’s tooth, which is about as
+well adapted to the purpose as a one-pronged fork for pitching hay. No
+wonder, then, that the acute Narmonee perceived the advantage my razor
+possessed over the usual implement. Accordingly, one day, he requested
+as a personal favour, that I would just run over his head with the
+razor. In reply, I gave him to understand that it was too dull, and
+could not be used to any purpose without being previously sharpened. To
+assist my meaning, I went through an imaginary honing process on the
+palm of my hand. Narmonee took my meaning in an instant, and running
+out of the house, returned the next moment with a huge rough mass of
+rock as big as a millstone, and indicated to me that that was exactly
+the thing I wanted. Of course there was nothing left for me but to
+proceed to business, and I began scraping away at a great rate. He
+writhed and wriggled under the infliction, but, fully convinced of my
+skill, endured the pain like a martyr.
+
+Though I never saw Narmonee in battle, I will, from what I then
+observed, stake my life upon his courage and fortitude. Before
+commencing operations, his head had presented a surface of short
+bristling hairs, and by the time I had concluded my unskilful operation
+it resembled not a little a stubble field after being gone over with a
+harrow. However, as the chief expressed the liveliest satisfaction at
+the result, I was too wise to dissent from his opinion.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI
+
+
+Improvement in health and spirits—Felicity of the Typees—A skirmish in
+the mountain with the warriors of Happar.
+
+
+Day after day wore on, and still there was no perceptible change in the
+conduct of the islanders towards me. Gradually I lost all knowledge of
+the regular recurrence of the days of the week, and sunk insensibly
+into that kind of apathy which ensues after some violent outbreak of
+despair. My limb suddenly healed, the swelling went down, the pain
+subsided, and I had every reason to suppose I should soon completely
+recover from the affliction that had so long tormented me.
+
+As soon as I was enabled to ramble about the valley in company with the
+natives, troops of whom followed me whenever I sallied out of the
+house, I began to experience an elasticity of mind which placed me
+beyond the reach of those dismal forebodings to which I had so lately
+been a prey. Received wherever I went with the most deferential
+kindness; regaled perpetually with the most delightful fruits;
+ministered to by dark-eyed nymphs; and enjoying besides all the
+services of the devoted Kory-Kory, I thought that, for a sojourn among
+cannibals, no man could have well made a more agreeable one.
+
+To be sure, there were limits set to my wanderings. Toward the sea, my
+progress was barred by an express prohibition of the savages; and after
+having made two or three ineffectual attempts to reach it, as much to
+gratify my curiosity as anything else, I gave up the idea. It was in
+vain to think of reaching it by stealth, since the natives escorted me
+in numbers wherever I went, and not for one single moment that I can
+recall to mind was I ever permitted to be alone.
+
+The green and precipitous elevations that stood ranged around the head
+of the vale where Marheyo’s habitation was situated, effectually
+precluded all hope of escape in that quarter, even if I could have
+stolen away from the thousand eyes of the savages.
+
+But these reflections now seldom obtruded upon me; I gave myself up to
+the passing hour, and if ever disagreeable thoughts arose in my mind, I
+drove them away. When I looked around the verdant recess in which I was
+buried, and gazed up to the summits of the lofty eminence that hemmed
+me in, I was well disposed to think that I was in the “Happy Valley,”
+and that beyond those heights there was nought but a world of care and
+anxiety.
+
+In this frame of mind, every object that presented itself to my notice
+struck me in a new light, and the opportunities I now enjoyed of
+observing the manners of the natives, tended to strengthen my
+favourable impressions. One peculiarity that fixed my admiration was
+the perpetual hilarity reigning through the whole extent of the vale.
+There seemed to be no cares, griefs, troubles, or vexations in all
+Typee. The hours tripped along as gaily as the laughing couples down a
+country dance.
+
+There were none of those thousand sources of irritation that the
+ingenuity of civilized man has created to mar his own felicity. There
+were no foreclosures of mortgages, no protested notes, no bills
+payable, no debts of honour, in Typee; no unreasonable tailors and
+shoemakers, perversely bent on being paid; no duns of any description;
+no assault and battery attorneys, to foment discord, backing their
+clients up to a quarrel, and then knocking their heads together; no
+poor relations everlastingly occupying the spare bed-chamber, and
+diminishing the elbow-room at the family table; no destitute widows
+with their children starving on the cold charities of the world; no
+beggars; no debtor’s prisons; no proud and hard-hearted nabobs in
+Typee; or, to sum up all in one word—no Money! That “root of all evil”
+was not to be found in the valley.
+
+In this secluded abode of happiness there were no cross old women, no
+cruel step-dames, no withered spinsters, no love-sick maidens, no sour
+old bachelors, no inattentive husbands, no melancholy young men, no
+blubbering youngsters, and no squalling brats. All was mirth, fun, and
+high good humour. Blue devils, hypochondria, and doleful dumps went and
+hid themselves among the nooks and crannies of the rocks.
+
+Here you would see a parcel of children frolicking together the
+live-long day, and no quarrelling, no contention among them. The same
+number in our own land could not have played together for the space of
+an hour without biting or scratching one another. There you might have
+seen a throng of young females, not filled with envyings of each
+other’s charms, nor displaying the ridiculous affectations of
+gentility, nor yet moving in whalebone corsets, like so many
+automatons, but free, inartificially happy and unconstrained.
+
+There were some spots in that sunny vale where they would frequently
+resort to decorate themselves with garlands of flowers. To have seen
+them reclining beneath the shadows of one of the beautiful groves, the
+ground about them strewn with freshly gathered buds and blossoms,
+employed in weaving chaplets and necklaces, one would have thought that
+all the train of Flora had gathered together to keep a festival in
+honour of their mistress.
+
+With the young men there seemed almost always some matter of diversion
+or business on hand, that afforded a constant variety of enjoyment. But
+whether fishing, or carving canoes, or polishing their ornaments, never
+was there exhibited the least sign of strife or contention among them.
+
+As for the warriors, they maintained a tranquil dignity of demeanour,
+journeying occasionally from house to house, where they were always
+sure to be received with the attention bestowed upon distinguished
+guests. The old men, of whom there were many in the vale, seldom
+stirred from their mats, where they would recline for hours and hours,
+smoking and talking to one another with all the garrulity of age.
+
+But the continual happiness which, so far as I was able to judge,
+appeared to prevail in the valley, sprung principally from that
+all-pervading sensation which Rousseau has told us he at one time
+experienced, the mere buoyant sense of a healthful physical existence.
+And, indeed, in this particular the Typees had ample reason to
+felicitate themselves, for sickness was almost unknown. During the
+whole period of my stay, I saw but one invalid among them; and on their
+smooth clear skins you observed no blemish or mark of disease.
+
+The general repose, however, upon which I have just been descanting,
+was broken in upon about this time by an event, which proved that the
+islanders were not entirely exempt from those occurrences which disturb
+the quiet of more civilized communities.
+
+Having now been a considerable time in the valley, I began to feel
+surprised that the violent hostility subsisting between its inhabitants
+and those of the adjoining bay of Happar, should never have manifested
+itself in any warlike encounter. Although the valiant Typees would
+often, by gesticulations, declare their undying hatred against their
+enemies, and the disgust they felt at their cannibal propensities;
+although they dilated upon the manifold injuries they had received at
+their hands, yet, with a forbearance truly commendable, they appeared
+patiently to sit down under their grievances, and to refrain from
+making any reprisals. The Happars, entrenched behind their mountains,
+and never even showing themselves on their summits, did not appear to
+me to furnish adequate cause for that excess of animosity evinced
+towards them by the heroic tenants of our vale, and I was inclined to
+believe that the deeds of blood attributed to them had been greatly
+exaggerated.
+
+On the other hand, as the clamours of war had not up to this period
+disturbed the serenity of the tribe, I began to distrust the truth of
+those reports which ascribed so fierce and belligerent a character to
+the Typee nation. Surely, thought I, all these terrible stories I have
+heard about the inveteracy with which they carried on the feud, their
+deadly intensity of hatred, and the diabolical malice with which they
+glutted their revenge upon the inanimate forms of the slain, are
+nothing more than fables, and I must confess that I experienced
+something like a sense of regret at having my hideous anticipations
+thus disappointed. I felt in some sort like a ’prentice boy who, going
+to the play in the expectation of being delighted with a cut-and-thrust
+tragedy, is almost moved to tears of disappointment at the exhibition
+of a genteel comedy.
+
+I could not avoid thinking that I had fallen in with a greatly traduced
+people, and I moralized not a little upon the disadvantage of having a
+bad name, which in this instance had given a tribe of savages, who were
+as pacific as so many lambkins, the reputation of a confederacy of
+giant-killers.
+
+But subsequent events proved that I had been a little too premature in
+coming to this conclusion. One day, about noon, happening to be at the
+Ti, I had lain down on the mats with several of the chiefs, and had
+gradually sunk into a most luxurious siesta, when I was awakened by a
+tremendous outcry, and starting up, beheld the natives, seizing their
+spears and hurrying out, while the most puissant of the chiefs,
+grasping the six muskets which were ranged against the bamboos,
+followed after, and soon disappeared in the groves. These movements
+were accompanied by wild shouts, in which “Happar, Happar,” greatly
+predominated. The islanders were now to be seen running past the Ti,
+and striking across the valley to the Happar side. Presently I heard
+the sharp report of a musket from the adjoining hills, and then a burst
+of voices in the same direction. At this the women, who had congregated
+in the groves, set up the most violent clamours, as they invariably do
+here as elsewhere on every occasion of excitement and alarm, with a
+view of tranquillizing their own minds and disturbing other people. On
+this particular occasion they made such an outrageous noise, and
+continued it with such perseverance, that for awhile, had entire
+volleys of musketry been fired off in the neighbouring mountains, I
+should not have been able to have heard them.
+
+When this female commotion had a little subsided I listened eagerly for
+further information. At last bang went another shot, and then a second
+volley of yells from the hills. Again all was quiet, and continued so
+for such a length of time that I began to think the contending armies
+had agreed upon a suspension of hostilities; when pop went a third gun,
+followed as before with a yell. After this, for nearly two hours
+nothing occurred worthy of comment, save some straggling shouts from
+the hillside, sounding like the halloos of a parcel of truant boys who
+had lost themselves in the woods.
+
+During this interval I had remained standing on the piazza of the “Ti,”
+which directly fronted the Happar mountain, and with no one near me but
+Kory-Kory and the old superannuated savages I have before described.
+These latter never stirred from their mats, and seemed altogether
+unconscious that anything unusual was going on.
+
+As for Kory-Kory, he appeared to think that we were in the midst of
+great events, and sought most zealously to impress me with a due sense
+of their importance. Every sound that reached us conveyed some
+momentous item of intelligence to him. At such times, as if he were
+gifted with second sight, he would go through a variety of pantomimic
+illustrations, showing me the precise manner in which the redoubtable
+Typees were at that very moment chastising the insolence of the enemy.
+“Mehevi hanna pippee nuee Happar,” he exclaimed every five minutes,
+giving me to understand that under that distinguished captain the
+warriors of his nation were performing prodigies of valour.
+
+Having heard only four reports from the muskets, I was led to believe
+that they were worked by the islanders in the same manner as the Sultan
+Solyman’s ponderous artillery at the siege of Byzantium, one of them
+taking an hour or two to load and train. At last, no sound whatever
+proceeding from the mountains, I concluded that the contest had been
+determined one way or the other. Such appeared, indeed, to be the case,
+for in a little while a courier arrived at the “Ti,” almost breathless
+with his exertions, and communicated the news of a great victory having
+been achieved by his countrymen: “Happar poo arva!—Happar poo arva!”
+(the cowards had fled). Kory-Kory was in ecstasies, and commenced a
+vehement harangue, which, so far as I understood it, implied that the
+result exactly agreed with his expectations, and which, moreover, was
+intended to convince me that it would be a perfectly useless
+undertaking, even for an army of fire-eaters, to offer battle to the
+irresistible heroes of our valley. In all this I of course acquiesced,
+and looked forward with no little interest to the return of the
+conquerors, whose victory I feared might not have been purchased
+without cost to themselves.
+
+But here I was again mistaken; for Mehevi, in conducting his warlike
+operations, rather inclined to the Fabian than to the Buonapartean
+tactics, husbanding his resources and exposing his troops to no
+unnecessary hazards. The total loss of the victors in this obstinately
+contested affair was,—in killed, wounded, and missing—one forefinger
+and part of a thumb-nail (which the late proprietor brought along with
+him in his hand), a severely contused arm, and a considerable effusion
+of blood flowing from the thigh of a chief who had received an ugly
+thrust from a Happar spear. What the enemy had suffered I could not
+discover, but I presume they had succeeded in taking off with them the
+bodies of their slain.
+
+Such was the issue of the battle, as far as its results came under my
+observation; and as it appeared to be considered an event of prodigious
+importance, I reasonably concluded that the wars of the natives were
+marked by no very sanguinary traits. I afterwards learned how the
+skirmish had originated. A number of the Happars had been discovered
+prowling for no good purpose on the Typee side of the mountain; the
+alarm sounded, and the invaders, after a protracted resistance, had
+been chased over the frontier. But why had not the intrepid Mehevi
+carried the war into Happar? Why had not he made a descent into the
+hostile vale, and brought away some trophy of his victory—some
+materials for the cannibal entertainment which I had heard usually
+terminated every engagement? After all, I was much inclined to believe
+that these shocking festivals must occur very rarely among the
+islanders, if, indeed, they ever take place.
+
+For two or three days the late event was the theme of general comment;
+after which the excitement gradually wore away, and the valley resumed
+its accustomed tranquillity.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII
+
+
+Swimming in company with the girls of the valley—A canoe—Effects of the
+taboo—A pleasure excursion on the pond—Beautiful freak of
+Fayaway—Mantua-making—A stranger arrives in the valley—His mysterious
+conduct—Native oratory—The interview—Its results—Departure of the
+stranger.
+
+
+Returning health and peace of mind gave a new interest to everything
+around me. I sought to diversify my time by as many enjoyments as lay
+within my reach. Bathing in company with troops of girls, formed one of
+my chief amusements. We sometimes enjoyed the recreation in the waters
+of a miniature lake, into which the central stream of the valley
+expanded. This lovely sheet of water was almost circular in figure, and
+about three hundred yards across. Its beauty was indescribable. All
+around its banks waved luxuriant masses of tropical foliage, soaring
+high above which were seen, here and there, the symmetrical shaft of
+the cocoa-nut tree, surmounted by its tuft of graceful branches,
+drooping in the air like so many waving ostrich plumes.
+
+The ease and grace with which the maidens of the valley propelled
+themselves through the water, and their familiarity with the element,
+were truly astonishing. Sometimes they might be seen gliding along just
+under the surface, without apparently moving hand or foot; then
+throwing themselves on their sides, they darted through the water,
+revealing glimpses of their forms, as, in the course of their rapid
+progress, they shot for an instant partly into the air; at one moment
+they dived deep down into the water, and the next they rose bounding to
+the surface.
+
+I remember upon one occasion plunging in among a parcel of these
+river-nymphs, and counting vainly on my superior strength, sought to
+drag some of them under the water; but I quickly repented my temerity.
+The amphibious young creatures swarmed about me like a shoal of
+dolphins, and seizing hold of my devoted limbs, tumbled me about and
+ducked me under the surface, until from the strange noises which rang
+in my ears, and the supernatural visions dancing before my eyes, I
+thought I was in the land of spirits. I stood indeed as little chance
+among them as a cumbrous whale attacked on all sides by a legion of
+sword-fish. When at length they relinquished their hold of me, they
+swam away in every direction, laughing at my clumsy endeavours to reach
+them.
+
+There was no boat on the lake; but at my solicitation, and for my
+special use, some of the young men attached to Marheyo’s household,
+under the direction of the indefatigable Kory-Kory, brought up a light
+and tastefully carved canoe from the sea. It was launched upon the
+sheet of water, and floated there as gracefully as a swan. But,
+melancholy to relate, it produced an effect I had not anticipated. The
+sweet nymphs, who had sported with me before in the lake, now all fled
+its vicinity. The prohibited craft, guarded by the edicts of the
+“taboo,” extended the prohibition to the waters in which it lay.
+
+For a few days, Kory-Kory, with one or two other youths, accompanied me
+in my excursions to the lake and, while I paddled about in my light
+canoe, would swim after me shouting and gambolling in pursuit. But this
+was far from contenting me. Indeed, I soon began to weary of it, and
+longed more than ever for the pleasant society of the mermaids, in
+whose absence the amusement was dull and insipid. One morning I
+expressed to my faithful servitor my desire for the return of the
+nymphs. The honest fellow looked at me, bewildered for a moment, and
+then shook his head solemnly, and murmured “_taboo! taboo!_” giving me
+to understand that unless the canoe was removed, I could not expect to
+have the young ladies back again. But to this procedure I was averse; I
+not only wanted the canoe to stay where it was, but I wanted the
+beauteous Fayaway to get into it, and paddle with me about the lake.
+This latter proposition completely horrified Kory-Kory’s notions of
+propriety. He inveighed against it, as something too monstrous to be
+thought of. It not only shocked their established notions of propriety,
+but was at variance with all their religious ordinances.
+
+However, although the “taboo” was a ticklish thing to meddle with, I
+determined to test its capabilities of resisting an attack. I consulted
+the chief Mehevi, who endeavoured to persuade me from my object: but I
+was not to be repulsed; and accordingly increased the warmth of my
+solicitations. At last he entered into a long, and I have no doubt a
+very learned and eloquent exposition of the history and nature of the
+“taboo” as affecting this particular case; employing a variety of most
+extraordinary words, which, from their amazing length and sonorousness,
+I have every reason to believe were of a theological nature. But all
+that he said failed to convince me: partly perhaps, because I could not
+comprehend a word that he uttered; but chiefly, that for the life of
+me, I could not understand why a woman should not have as much right to
+enter a canoe as a man. At last he became a little more rational, and
+intimated that, out of the abundant love he bore me, he would consult
+with the priests and see what could be done.
+
+How it was that the priesthood of Typee satisfied the affair with their
+consciences, I know not; but so it was, and Fayaway’s dispensation from
+this portion of the taboo was at length procured. Such an event, I
+believe, never before had occurred in the valley; but it was high time
+the islanders should be taught a little gallantry, and I trust that the
+example I set them may produce beneficial effects. Ridiculous, indeed,
+that the lovely creatures should be obliged to paddle about in the
+water, like so many ducks, while a parcel of great strapping fellows
+skimmed over its surface in their canoes.
+
+The first day after Fayaway’s emancipation, I had a delightful little
+party on the lake—the damsel, Kory-Kory, and myself. My zealous
+body-servant brought from the house a calabash of poee-poee, half a
+dozen young cocoa-nuts—stripped of their husks—three pipes, as many
+yams, and me on his back a part of the way. Something of a load; but
+Kory-Kory was a very strong man for his size, and by no means brittle
+in the spine. We had a very pleasant day; my trusty valet plied the
+paddle and swept us gently along the margin of the water, beneath the
+shades of the overhanging thickets. Fayaway and I reclined in the stern
+of the canoe, the gentle nymph occasionally placing her pipe to her
+lips, and exhaling the mild fumes of the tobacco, to which her rosy
+breath added a fresh perfume. Strange as it may seem, there is nothing
+in which a young and beautiful female appears to more advantage than in
+the act of smoking. How captivating is a Peruvian lady, swinging in her
+gaily-woven hammock of grass, extended between two orange-trees, and
+inhaling the fragrance of a choice cigarro! But Fayaway, holding in her
+delicately-formed olive hand the long yellow reed of her pipe, with its
+quaintly carved bowl, and every few moments languishingly giving forth
+light wreaths of vapour from her mouth and nostrils, looked still more
+engaging.
+
+We boated about thus for several hours, when I looked up to the warm,
+glowing, tropical sky, and then down into the transparent depths below;
+and when my eye, wandering from the bewitching scenery around, fell
+upon the grotesquely-tattooed form of Kory-Kory, and finally
+encountered the pensive gaze of Fayaway, I thought I had been
+transported to some fairy region, so unreal did everything appear.
+
+This lovely piece of water was the coolest spot in all the valley, and
+I now made it a place of continual resort during the hottest period of
+the day. One side of it lay near the termination of a long gradually
+expanding gorge, which mounted to the heights that environed the vale.
+The strong trade-wind, met in its course by these elevations, circled
+and eddied about their summits, and was sometimes driven down the steep
+ravine and swept across the valley, ruffling in its passage the
+otherwise tranquil surface of the lake.
+
+One day, after we had been paddling about for some time, I disembarked
+Kory-Kory, and paddled the canoe to the windward side of the lake. As I
+turned the canoe, Fayaway, who was with me, seemed all at once to be
+struck with some happy idea. With a wild exclamation of delight, she
+disengaged from her person the ample robe of tappa which was knotted
+over her shoulder (for the purpose of shielding her from the sun), and
+spreading it out like a sail, stood erect with up-raised arms in the
+head of the canoe. We American sailors pride ourselves upon our
+straight clean spars, but a prettier little mast than Fayaway made was
+never shipped aboard of any craft.
+
+In a moment the tappa was distended by the breeze—the long brown
+tresses of Fayaway streamed in the air—and the canoe glided rapidly
+through the water, and shot towards the shore. Seated in the stern, I
+directed its course with my paddle until it dashed up the soft sloping
+bank, and Fayaway, with a light spring, alighted on the ground; whilst
+Kory-Kory, who had watched our manœuvres with admiration, now clapped
+his hands in transport, and shouted like a madman. Many a time
+afterwards was this feat repeated.
+
+If the reader has not observed ere this that I was the declared admirer
+of Miss Fayaway, all I can say is, that he is little conversant with
+affairs of the heart, and I certainly shall not trouble myself to
+enlighten him any farther. Out of the calico I had brought from the
+ship a dress was made for this lovely girl. In it she looked, I must
+confess, something like an opera-dancer. The drapery of the latter
+damsel generally commences a little above the elbows, but my island
+beauty’s began at the waist, and terminated sufficiently far above the
+ground to reveal the most bewitching ankle in the universe.
+
+The day that Fayaway first wore this robe was rendered memorable by a
+new acquaintance being introduced to me. In the afternoon I was lying
+in the house, when I heard a great uproar outside; but being by this
+time pretty well accustomed to the wild halloos which were almost
+continually ringing through the valley, I paid little attention to it,
+until old Marheyo, under the influence of some strange excitement,
+rushed into my presence and communicated the astounding tidings,
+“Marnoo pemi!” which being interpreted, implied that an individual by
+the name of Marnoo was approaching. My worthy old friend evidently
+expected that this intelligence would produce a great effect upon me,
+and for a time he stood earnestly regarding me, as if curious to see
+how I should conduct myself, but as I remained perfectly unmoved, the
+old gentleman darted out of the house again, in as great a hurry as he
+had entered it.
+
+“Marnoo, Marnoo,” cogitated I, “I have never heard that name before.
+Some distinguished character, I presume, from the prodigious riot the
+natives are making”; the tumultuous noise drawing nearer and nearer
+every moment, while “Marnoo!—Marnoo!” was shouted by every tongue.
+
+I made up my mind that some savage warrior of consequence, who had not
+yet enjoyed the honour of an audience, was desirous of paying his
+respects on the present occasion. So vain had I become by the lavish
+attention to which I had been accustomed, that I felt half inclined, as
+a punishment for such neglect, to give this Marnoo a cold reception,
+when the excited throng came within view, convoying one of the most
+striking specimens of humanity that I ever beheld.
+
+The stranger could not have been more than twenty-five years of age,
+and was a little above the ordinary height; had he been a single hair’s
+breadth taller, the matchless symmetry of his form would have been
+destroyed. His unclad limbs were beautifully formed; whilst the elegant
+outline of his figure, together with his beardless cheeks, might have
+entitled him to the distinction of standing for the statue of the
+Polynesian Apollo; and indeed the oval of his countenance and the
+regularity of every feature reminded me of an antique bust. But the
+marble repose of art was supplied by a warmth and liveliness of
+expression only to be seen in the South Sea islander under the most
+favourable developments of nature. The hair of Marnoo was a rich
+curling brown, and twined about his temples and neck in little close
+curling ringlets, which danced up and down continually when he was
+animated in conversation. His cheek was of a feminine softness, and his
+face was free from the least blemish of tattooing, although the rest of
+his body was drawn all over with fanciful figures, which—unlike the
+unconnected sketching usual among these natives—appeared to have been
+executed in conformity with some general design.
+
+The tattooing on his back in particular attracted my attention. The
+artist employed must indeed have excelled in his profession. Traced
+along the course of the spine was accurately delineated the slender,
+tapering, and diamond-checkered shaft of the beautiful “artu” tree.
+Branching from the stem on either side, and disposed alternately, were
+the graceful branches drooping with leaves all correctly drawn, and
+elaborately finished. Indeed, this piece of tattooing was the best
+specimen of the Fine Arts I had yet seen in Typee. A rear view of the
+stranger might have suggested the idea of a spreading vine tacked
+against a garden wall. Upon his breast, arms, and legs, were exhibited
+an infinite variety of figures; every one of which, however, appeared
+to have reference to the general effect sought to be produced. The
+tattooing I have described was of the brightest blue, and when
+contrasted with the light olive-colour of the skin, produced an unique
+and even elegant effect. A slight girdle of white tappa, scarcely two
+inches in width, but hanging before and behind in spreading tassels,
+composed the entire costume of the stranger.
+
+He advanced surrounded by the islanders, carrying under one arm a small
+roll of the native cloth, and grasping in his other hand a long and
+richly-decorated spear. His manner was that of a traveller conscious
+that he is approaching a comfortable stage in his journey. Every moment
+he turned good-humouredly to the throng around him, and gave some
+dashing sort of reply to their incessant queries, which appeared to
+convulse them with uncontrollable mirth.
+
+Struck by his demeanour, and the peculiarity of his appearance, so
+unlike that of the shaven-crowned and face-tattooed natives in general,
+I involuntarily rose as he entered the house, and proffered him a seat
+on the mats beside me. But without deigning to notice the civility, or
+even the more incontrovertible fact of my existence, the stranger
+passed on, utterly regardless of me, and flung himself upon the farther
+end of the long couch that traversed the sole apartment of Marheyo’s
+habitation.
+
+Had the belle of the season, in the pride of her beauty and power, been
+cut in a place of public resort by some supercilious exquisite, she
+could not have felt greater indignation than I did at this unexpected
+slight.
+
+I was thrown into utter astonishment. The conduct of the savages had
+prepared me to anticipate from every new-comer the same extravagant
+expression of curiosity and regard. The singularity of his conduct,
+however, only roused my desire to discover who this remarkable
+personage might be, who now engrossed the attention of every one.
+
+Tinor placed before him a calabash of poee-poee, from which the
+stranger regaled himself, alternating every mouthful with some rapid
+exclamation, which was eagerly caught up and echoed by the crowd that
+completely filled the house. When I observed the striking devotion of
+the natives to him, and their temporary withdrawal of all attention
+from myself, I felt not a little piqued. The glory of Tommo is
+departed, thought I, and the sooner he removes from the valley the
+better. These were my feelings at the moment, and they were prompted by
+that glorious principle inherent in all heroic natures—the
+strong-rooted determination to have the biggest share of the pudding or
+to go without any of it.
+
+Marnoo, this all-attractive personage, having satisfied his hunger, and
+inhaled a few whiffs from a pipe which was handed to him, launched out
+into an harangue which completely enchained the attention of his
+auditors.
+
+Little as I understood of the language, yet from his animated gestures
+and the varying expression of his features—reflected as from so many
+mirrors in the countenances around him—I could easily discover the
+nature of those passions which he sought to arouse. From the frequent
+recurrence of the words, “Nukuheva” and “Franee” (French), and some
+others with the meaning of which I was acquainted, he appeared to be
+rehearsing to his auditors events which had recently occurred in the
+neighboring bays. But how he had gained the knowledge of these matters,
+I could not understand, unless it were that he had just come from
+Nukuheva,—a supposition which his travel-stained appearance not a
+little supported. But, if a native of that region, I could not account
+for his friendly reception at the hands of the Typees.
+
+Never, certainly, had I beheld so powerful an exhibition of natural
+eloquence as Marnoo displayed during the course of his oration. The
+grace of the attitudes into which he threw his flexible figure, the
+striking gestures of his naked arms, and above all, the fire which shot
+from his brilliant eyes, imparted an effect to the continually-changing
+accents of his voice, of which the most accomplished orator might have
+been proud. At one moment reclining sideways upon the mat, and leaning
+calmly upon his bended arm, he related circumstantially the aggressions
+of the French—their hostile visit to the surrounding bays, enumerating
+each one in succession—Happar, Puerka, Nukuheva, Tior,—and then
+starting to his feet, and precipitating himself forward with clenched
+hands and a countenance distorted with passion, he poured out a tide of
+invectives. Falling back into an attitude of lofty command, he exhorted
+the Typees to resist these encroachments; reminding them, with a fierce
+glance of exultation, that as yet the terror of their name had
+preserved them from attack; and with a scornful sneer, he sketched in
+ironical terms the wondrous intrepidity of the French, who, with five
+war-canoes and hundreds of men, had not dared to assail the naked
+warriors of their valley.
+
+The effect he produced upon his audience was electric; one and all they
+stood regarding him with sparkling eyes and trembling limbs, as though
+they were listening to the inspired voice of a prophet.
+
+But it soon appeared that Marnoo’s powers were as versatile as they
+were extraordinary. As soon as he had finished his vehement harangue,
+he threw himself again upon the mats, and, singling out individuals in
+the crowd, addressed them by name, in a sort of bantering style, the
+humour of which, though nearly hidden from me, filled the whole
+assembly with uproarious delight.
+
+He had a word for everybody; and, turning rapidly from one to another,
+gave utterance to some hasty witticism, which was sure to be followed
+by peals of laughter. To the females, as well as to the men, he
+addressed his discourse. Heaven only knows what he said to them, but he
+caused smiles and blushes to mantle their ingenuous faces. I am,
+indeed, very much inclined to believe that Marnoo, with his handsome
+person and captivating manners, was a sad deceiver among the simple
+maidens of the island.
+
+During all this time, he had never for one moment deigned to regard me.
+He appeared, indeed, to be altogether unconscious of my presence. I was
+utterly at a loss how to account for this extraordinary conduct, I
+easily perceived that he was a man of no little consequence among the
+islanders; that he possessed uncommon talents; and was gifted with a
+higher degree of knowledge than the inmates of the valley. For these
+reasons, I therefore greatly feared lest, having, from some cause or
+other, unfriendly feelings towards me, he might exert his powerful
+influence to do me mischief.
+
+It seemed evident that he was not a permanent resident of the vale, and
+yet, whence could he have come? On all sides the Typees were girt in by
+hostile tribes, and how could he possibly, if belonging to any of
+these, be received with so much cordiality?
+
+The personal appearance of the enigmatical stranger suggested
+additional perplexities. The face, free from tattooing, and the
+unshaven crown, were peculiarities I had never before remarked in any
+part of the island, and I had always heard that the contrary were
+considered the indispensable distinctions of a Marquesan warrior.
+Altogether the matter was perfectly incomprehensible to me, and I
+awaited its solution with no small degree of anxiety.
+
+At length, from certain indications, I suspected that he was making me
+the subject of his remarks, although he appeared cautiously to avoid
+either pronouncing my name, or looking in the direction where I lay.
+All at once he rose from the mats where he had been reclining, and,
+still conversing, moved towards me, his eye purposely evading mine, and
+seated himself within less than a yard of me. I had hardly recovered
+from my surprise, when he suddenly turned round, and with a most
+benignant countenance, extended his right hand gracefully towards me.
+Of course I accepted the courteous challenge, and, as soon as our palms
+met, he bent towards me, and murmured in musical accents,—“How you do?
+How long have you been in this bay? You like this bay?”
+
+Had I been pierced simultaneously by three Happar spears, I could not
+have started more than I did at hearing these simple questions. For a
+moment I was overwhelmed with astonishment, and then answered
+something, I know not what; but as soon as I regained my
+self-possession, the thought darted through my mind that from this
+individual I might obtain that information regarding Toby which I
+suspected the natives had purposely withheld from me. Accordingly, I
+questioned him concerning the disappearance of my companion, but he
+denied all knowledge of the matter. I then inquired from whence he had
+come? He replied, from Nukuheva. When I expressed my surprise, he
+looked at me for a moment, as if enjoying my perplexity, and then, with
+his strange vivacity, exclaimed,—“Ah! me taboo,—me go Nukuheva,—me go
+Tior,—me go Typee,—me go everywhere,—nobody harm me,—taboo.”
+
+This explanation would have been altogether unintelligible to me, had
+it not recalled to my mind something I had previously heard concerning
+a singular custom among these islanders. Though the country is
+possessed by various tribes, whose mutual hostilities almost wholly
+preclude any intercourse between them, yet there are instances where a
+person having ratified friendly relations with some individual
+belonging to the valley, whose inmates are at war with his own, may,
+under particular restrictions, venture with impunity into the country
+of his friend, where, under other circumstances, he would have been
+treated as an enemy. In this light are personal friendships regarded
+among them, and the individual so protected is said to be “taboo” and
+his person, to a certain extent, is held as sacred. Thus the stranger
+informed me he had access to all the valleys in the island.
+
+Curious to know how he had acquired his knowledge of English, I
+questioned him on the subject. At first, for some reason or other, he
+evaded the inquiry, but afterwards told me that, when a boy, he had
+been carried to sea by the captain of a trading vessel, with whom he
+had stayed three years, living part of the time with him at Sydney, in
+Australia, and that, at a subsequent visit to the island, the captain
+had, at his own request, permitted him to remain among his countrymen.
+The natural quickness of the savage had been wonderfully improved by
+his intercourse with the white men, and his partial knowledge of a
+foreign language gave him a great ascendancy over his less accomplished
+countrymen.
+
+When I asked the now affable Marnoo why it was that he had not
+previously spoken to me, he eagerly inquired what I had been led to
+think of him from his conduct in that respect. I replied, that I had
+supposed him to be some great chief or warrior, who had seen plenty of
+white men before, and did not think it worth while to notice a poor
+sailor. At this declaration of the exalted opinion I had formed of him,
+he appeared vastly gratified, and gave me to understand that he had
+purposely behaved in that manner, in order to increase my astonishment,
+as soon as he should see proper to address me.
+
+Marnoo now sought to learn my version of the story as to how I came to
+be an inmate of the Typee valley. When I related to him the
+circumstances under which Toby and I had entered it, he listened with
+evident interest; but as soon as I alluded to the absence, yet
+unaccounted for, of my comrade, he endeavoured to change the subject,
+as if it were something he desired not to agitate. It seemed, indeed,
+as if everything connected with Toby was destined to beget distrust and
+anxiety in my bosom. Notwithstanding Marnoo’s denial of any knowledge
+of his fate, I could not avoid suspecting that he was deceiving me; and
+this suspicion revived those frightful apprehensions with regard to my
+own fate, which, for a short time past, had subsided in my breast.
+
+Influenced by these feelings, I now felt a strong desire to avail
+myself of the stranger’s protection, and under his safeguard to return
+to Nukuheva. But as soon as I hinted at this, he unhesitatingly
+pronounced it to be entirely impracticable; assuring me that the Typees
+would never consent to my leaving the valley. Although what he said
+merely confirmed the impression which I had before entertained, still
+it increased my anxiety to escape from a captivity, which, however
+endurable, nay, delightful it might be in some respects, involved in
+its issues a fate marked by the most frightful contingencies.
+
+I could not conceal from my mind that Toby had been treated in the same
+friendly manner as I had been, and yet all their kindness terminated
+with his mysterious disappearance. Might not the same fate await me?—a
+fate too dreadful to think of. Stimulated by these considerations, I
+urged anew my request to Marnoo; but he only set forth in stronger
+colours the impossibility of my escape, and repeated his previous
+declaration, that the Typees would never be brought to consent to my
+departure.
+
+When I endeavoured to learn from him the motives which prompted them to
+hold me a prisoner, Marnoo again assumed that mysterious tone which had
+tormented me with apprehensions when I had questioned him with regard
+to the fate of my companion.
+
+Thus repulsed, in a manner which only served, by arousing the most
+dreadful forebodings, to excite me to renewed attempts, I conjured him
+to intercede for me with the natives, and endeavour to procure their
+consent to my leaving them. To this he appeared strongly averse; but,
+yielding at last to my importunities, he addressed several of the
+chiefs, who with the rest had been eyeing us intently during the whole
+of our conversation. His petition, however, was at once met with the
+most violent disapprobation, manifesting itself in angry glances and
+gestures, and a perfect torrent of passionate words, directed to both
+him and myself. Marnoo, evidently repenting the step he had taken,
+earnestly deprecated the resentment of the crowd, and in a few moments
+succeeded in pacifying, to some extent, the clamours which had broken
+out as soon as his proposition had been understood.
+
+With the most intense interest had I watched the reception his
+intercession might receive; and a bitter pang shot through my heart at
+the additional evidence, now furnished, of the unchangeable
+determination of the islanders. Marnoo told me, with evident alarm in
+his countenance, that although admitted into the bay on a friendly
+footing with its inhabitants, he could not presume to meddle with their
+concerns, as such a procedure, if persisted in, would at once absolve
+the Typees from the restraints of the “taboo,” although so long as he
+refrained from any such conduct, it screened him effectually from the
+consequences of the enmity they bore his tribe.
+
+At this moment, Mehevi, who was present, angrily interrupted him; and
+the words which he uttered, in a commanding tone, evidently meant that
+he must at once cease talking to me, and withdraw to the other part of
+the house. Marnoo immediately started up, hurriedly enjoining me not to
+address him again, and, as I valued my safety, to refrain from all
+further allusion to the subject of my departure; and then, in
+compliance with the order of the determined chief, but not before it
+had again been angrily repeated, he withdrew to a distance.
+
+I now perceived, with no small degree of apprehension, the same savage
+expression in the countenances of the natives which had startled me
+during the scene at the Ti. They glanced their eyes suspiciously from
+Marnoo to me, as if distrusting the nature of an intercourse carried
+on, as it was, in a language they could not understand, and they seemed
+to harbour the belief that already we had concerted measures calculated
+to elude their vigilance.
+
+The lively countenances of these people are wonderfully indicative of
+the emotions of the soul, and the imperfections of their oral language
+are more than compensated for by the nervous eloquence of their looks
+and gestures. I could plainly trace, in every varying expression of
+their faces, all those passions which had been thus unexpectedly
+aroused in their bosoms.
+
+It required no reflection to convince me, from what was going on, that
+the injunction of Marnoo was not to be rashly slighted; and
+accordingly, great as was the effort to suppress my feelings, I
+accosted Mehevi in a good-humoured tone, with a view of dissipating any
+ill impression he might have received. But the ireful, angry chief was
+not so easily mollified. He rejected my advances with that peculiarly
+stern expression I have before described, and took care by the whole of
+his behaviour towards me to show the displeasure and resentment which
+he felt.
+
+Marnoo, at the other extremity of the house, apparently desirous of
+making a diversion in my favour, exerted himself to amuse with his
+pleasantries the crowd about him; but his lively attempts were not so
+successful as they had previously been, and, foiled in his efforts, he
+rose gravely to depart. No one expressed any regret at this movement,
+so seizing his roll of tappa, and grasping his spear, he advanced to
+the front of the pi-pi, and waving his hand in adieu to the now silent
+throng, cast upon me a glance of mingled pity and reproach, and flung
+himself into the path which led from the house. I watched his receding
+figure until it was lost in the obscurity of the grove, and then gave
+myself up to the most desponding reflections.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII
+
+
+Reflection after Marnoo’s departure—Battle of the pop-guns—Strange
+conceit of Marheyo—Process of making tappa.
+
+
+The knowledge I had now obtained as to the intention of the savages
+deeply affected me.
+
+Marnoo, I perceived, was a man who, by reason of his superior
+acquirements, and the knowledge he possessed of the events which were
+taking place in the different bays of the island, was held in no little
+estimation by the inhabitants of the valley. He had been received with
+the most cordial welcome and respect. The natives had hung upon the
+accents of his voice, and had manifested the highest gratification at
+being individually noticed by him. And yet, despite all this, a few
+words urged in my behalf, with the intent of obtaining my release from
+captivity, had sufficed not only to banish all harmony and good-will,
+but, if I could believe what he told me, had gone nigh to endanger his
+own personal safety.
+
+How strongly rooted, then, must be the determination of the Typees with
+regard to me, and how suddenly could they display the strangest
+passions! The mere suggestion of my departure had estranged from me,
+for the time at least, Mehevi, who was the most influential of all the
+chiefs, and who had previously exhibited so many instances of his
+friendly sentiments. The rest of the natives had likewise evinced their
+strong repugnance to my wishes, and even Kory-Kory himself seemed to
+share in the general disapprobation bestowed upon me.
+
+In vain I racked my invention to find out some motive for the strange
+desire these people manifested to retain me among them; but I could
+discover none.
+
+But however this might be, the scene which had just occurred admonished
+me of the danger of trifling with the wayward and passionate spirits
+against whom it was vain to struggle, and might even be fatal to do so.
+My only hope was to induce the natives to believe that I was reconciled
+to my detention in the valley, and by assuming a tranquil and cheerful
+demeanour, to allay the suspicions which I had so unfortunately
+aroused. Their confidence revived, they might in a short time remit in
+some degree their watchfulness over my movements, and I should then be
+the better enabled to avail myself of any opportunity which presented
+itself for escape. I determined, therefore, to make the best of a bad
+bargain, and to bear up manfully against whatever might betide. In this
+endeavour I succeeded beyond my own expectations. At the period of
+Marnoo’s visit, I had been in the valley, as nearly as I could
+conjecture, some two months. Although not completely recovered from my
+strange illness, which still lingered about me, I was free from pain
+and able to take exercise. In short, I had every reason to anticipate a
+perfect recovery. Freed from apprehensions on this point, and resolved
+to regard the future without flinching, I flung myself anew into all
+the social pleasures of the valley, and sought to bury all regrets, and
+all remembrances of my previous existence, in the wild enjoyments it
+afforded.
+
+In my various wanderings through the vale, and as I became better
+acquainted with the character of its inhabitants, I was more and more
+struck with the light-hearted joyousness that everywhere prevailed. The
+minds of these simple savages, unoccupied by matters of graver moment,
+were capable of deriving the utmost delight from circumstances which
+would have passed unnoticed in more intelligent communities. All their
+enjoyment, indeed, seemed to be made up of the little trifling
+incidents of the passing hour; but these diminutive items swelled
+altogether to an amount of happiness seldom experienced by more
+enlightened individuals, whose pleasures are drawn from more elevated
+but rarer sources.
+
+What community, for instance, of refined and intellectual mortals would
+derive the least satisfaction from shooting pop-guns? The mere
+supposition of such a thing being possible would excite their
+indignation, and yet the whole population of Typee did little else for
+ten days but occupy themselves with that childish amusement, fairly
+screaming, too, with the delight it afforded them.
+
+One day I was frolicking with a little spirited urchin, some six years
+old, who chased me with a piece of bamboo about three feet long, with
+which he occasionally belaboured me. Seizing the stick from him, the
+idea happened to suggest itself, that I might make for the youngster,
+out of the slender tube, one of those nursery muskets with which I had
+sometimes seen children playing. Accordingly, with my knife, I made two
+parallel slits in the cane several inches in length, and cutting loose
+at one end the elastic strip between them, bent it back and slipped the
+point into a little notch made for the purpose. Any small substance
+placed against this would be projected with considerable force through
+the tube by merely springing the bent strip out of the notch.
+
+Had I possessed the remotest idea of the sensation this piece of
+ordnance was destined to produce, I should certainly have taken out a
+patent for the invention. The boy scampered away with it, half
+delirious with ecstasy, and twenty minutes afterwards I might have been
+seen surrounded by a noisy crowd—venerable old greybeards—responsible
+fathers of families—valiant warriors—matrons—young men—girls and
+children, all holding in their hands bits of bamboo, and each
+clamouring to be served first.
+
+For three or four hours I was engaged in manufacturing pop-guns, but at
+last made over my good-will and interests in the concern to a lad of
+remarkably quick parts, whom I soon initiated into the art and mystery.
+
+Pop, Pop, Pop, Pop, now resounded all over the valley. Duels,
+skirmishes, pitched battles, and general engagements were to be seen on
+every side. Here, as you walked along a path which led through a
+thicket, you fell into a cunningly-laid ambush, and became a target for
+a body of musketeers, whose tattooed limbs you could just see peeping
+into view through the foliage. There, you were assailed by the intrepid
+garrison of a house, who levelled their bamboo rifles at you from
+between the upright canes which composed its sides. Farther on, you
+were fired upon by a detachment of sharpshooters, mounted upon the top
+of a pi-pi.
+
+Pop, Pop, Pop, Pop! green guavas, seeds, and berries were flying about
+in every direction, and during this dangerous state of affairs, I was
+half afraid that, like the man and his brazen bull, I should fall a
+victim to my own ingenuity. Like everything else, however, the
+excitement gradually wore away, though ever after occasionally pop-guns
+might be heard at all hours of the day.
+
+It was towards the close of the pop-gun war, that I was infinitely
+diverted with a strange freak of Marheyo’s.
+
+I had worn, when I quitted the ship, a pair of thick pumps, which, from
+the rough usage they had received in scaling precipices and sliding
+down gorges, were so dilapidated as to be altogether unfit for use—so,
+at least, would have thought the generality of people, and so they most
+certainly were, when considered in the light of shoes. But things
+unserviceable in one way, may with advantage be applied in another—that
+is, if one has genius enough for the purpose. This genius Marheyo
+possessed in a superlative degree, as he abundantly evinced by the use
+to which he put these sorely bruised and battered old shoes.
+
+Every article, however trivial, which belonged to me, the natives
+appeared to regard as sacred; and I observed that for several days
+after becoming an inmate of the house, my pumps were suffered to
+remain, untouched, where I had first happened to throw them. I
+remembered, however, that after awhile I had missed them from their
+accustomed place; but the matter gave me no concern, supposing that
+Tinor—like any other tidy housewife, having come across them in some of
+her domestic occupations—had pitched the useless things out of the
+house. But I was soon undeceived.
+
+One day I observed old Marheyo bustling about me with unusual activity,
+and to such a degree as almost to supersede Kory-Kory in the functions
+of his office. One moment he volunteered to trot off with me on his
+back to the stream; and when I refused, noways daunted by the repulse,
+he continued to frisk about me like a superannuated house-dog. I could
+not for the life of me conjecture what possessed the old gentleman,
+until all at once, availing himself of the temporary absence of the
+household, he went through a variety of uncouth gestures, pointing
+eagerly down to my feet, and then up to a little bundle which swung
+from the ridge-pole overhead. At last I caught a faint idea of his
+meaning, and motioned him to lower the package. He executed the order
+in the twinkling of an eye, and unrolling a piece of tappa, displayed
+to my astonished gaze the identical pumps which I thought had been
+destroyed long before.
+
+I immediately comprehended his desire, and very generously gave him the
+shoes, which had become quite mouldy, wondering for what earthly
+purpose he could want them.
+
+The same afternoon I descried the venerable warrior approaching the
+house, with a slow, stately gait, earrings in ears, and spear in hand,
+with this highly ornamental pair of shoes suspended from his neck by a
+strip of bark, and swinging backwards and forwards on his capacious
+chest. In the gala costume of the tasteful Marheyo, these calf-skin
+pendants ever after formed the most striking feature.
+
+But to turn to something a little more important. Although the whole
+existence of the inhabitants of the valley seemed to pass away exempt
+from toil, yet there were some light employments which, although
+amusing rather than labourious as occupations, contributed to their
+comfort and luxury. Among these, the most important was the manufacture
+of the native cloth—“tappa”—so well known, under various modifications,
+throughout the whole Polynesian Archipelago. As is generally
+understood, this useful and sometimes elegant article is fabricated
+from the bark of different trees. But, as I believe that no description
+of its manufacture has ever been given, I shall state what I know
+regarding it.
+
+In the manufacture of the beautiful white tappa generally worn on the
+Marquesan Islands, the preliminary operation consists in gathering a
+certain quantity of the young branches of the cloth-tree. The exterior
+green bark being pulled off as worthless, there remains a slender
+fibrous substance, which is carefully stripped from the stick, to which
+it closely adheres. When a sufficient quantity of it has been
+collected, the various strips are enveloped in a covering of large
+leaves, which the natives use precisely as we do wrapping-paper, and
+which are secured by a few turns of a line passed round them. The
+package is then laid in the bed of some running stream, with a heavy
+stone placed over it, to prevent its being swept away. After it has
+remained for two or three days in this state, it is drawn out, and
+exposed for a short time to the action of the air, every distinct piece
+being attentively inspected, with a view of ascertaining whether it has
+yet been sufficiently affected by the operation. This is repeated again
+and again, until the desired result is obtained.
+
+When the substance is in a proper state for the next process, it
+betrays evidences of incipient decomposition; the fibres are relaxed
+and softened, and rendered perfectly malleable. The different strips
+are now extended, one by one, in successive layers, upon some smooth
+surface—generally the prostrate trunk of a cocoa-nut tree—and the heap
+thus formed is subjected, at every new increase, to a moderate beating,
+with a sort of wooden mallet, leisurely applied. The mallet is made of
+a hard heavy wood resembling ebony, is about twelve inches in length,
+and perhaps two in breadth, with a rounded handle at one end, and in
+shape is the exact counterpart of one of our four-sided razor-strops.
+The flat surfaces of the implement are marked with shallow parallel
+indentations, varying in depth on the different sides, so as to be
+adapted to the several stages of the operation. These marks produce the
+corduroy sort of stripes descernible in the tappa in its finished
+state. After being beaten in the manner I have described, the material
+soon becomes blended in one mass, which, moistened occasionally with
+water, is at intervals hammered out, by a kind of gold-beating process,
+to any degree of thinness required. In this way the cloth is easily
+made to vary in strength and thickness, so as to suit the numerous
+purposes to which it is applied.
+
+When the operation last described has been concluded, the new-made
+tappa is spread out on the grass to bleach and dry, and soon becomes of
+a dazzling whiteness. Sometimes, in the first stages of the
+manufacture, the substance is impregnated with a vegetable juice, which
+gives it a permanent colour. A rich brown and a bright yellow are
+occasionally seen, but the simple taste of the Typee people inclines
+them to prefer the natural tint.
+
+The notable wife of Kammahammaha, the renowned conqueror and king of
+the Sandwich Islands, used to pride herself in the skill she displayed
+in dyeing her tappa with contrasting colours disposed in regular
+figures; and, in the midst of the innovations of the times, was
+regarded, towards the decline of her life, as a lady of the old school,
+clinging as she did to the national cloth, in preference to the
+frippery of the European calicoes. But the art of printing the tappa is
+unknown upon the Marquesan Islands.
+
+In passing along the valley, I was often attracted by the noise of the
+mallet, which, when employed in the manufacture of the cloth, produces
+at every stroke of its hard, heavy wood, a clear, ringing, and musical
+sound, capable of being heard at a great distance. When several of
+these implements happen to be in operation at the same time, and near
+one another, the effect upon the ear of a person, at a little distance,
+is really charming.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX
+
+
+History of a day as usually spent in the Typee valley—Dances of the
+Marquesan girls.
+
+
+Nothing can be more uniform and undiversified than the life of the
+Typees; one tranquil day of ease and happiness follows another in quiet
+succession; and with these unsophisticated savages the history of a day
+is the history of a life. I will therefore, as briefly as I can,
+describe one of our days in the valley.
+
+To begin with the morning. We were not very early risers—the sun would
+be shooting his golden spikes above the Happar mountain, ere I threw
+aside my tappa robe, and girding my long tunic about my waist, sallied
+out with Fayaway and Kory-Kory, and the rest of the household, and bent
+my steps towards the stream. Here we found congregated all those who
+dwelt in our section of the valley; and here we bathed with them. The
+fresh morning air and the cool flowing waters put both soul and body in
+a glow, and after a half-hour employed in this recreation, we sauntered
+back to the house—Tinor and Marheyo gathering dry sticks by the way for
+firewood; some of the young men laying the cocoa-nut trees under
+contribution as they passed beneath them; while Kory-Kory played his
+outlandish pranks for my particular diversion, and Fayaway and I, not
+arm in arm to be sure, but sometimes hand in hand, strolled along, with
+feelings of perfect charity for all the world, and especial good-will
+towards each other.
+
+Our morning meal was soon prepared. The islanders are somewhat
+abstemious at this repast; reserving the more powerful efforts of their
+appetite to a later period of the day. For my own part, with the
+assistance of my valet, who, as I have before stated, always officiated
+as spoon on these occasions, I ate sparingly from one of Tinor’s
+trenchers of poee-poee; which was devoted exclusively for my own use,
+being mixed with the milky meat of ripe cocoa-nut. A section of a
+roasted bread-fruit, a small cake of “Amar,” or a mess of “Kokoo,” two
+or three bananas, or a Mawmee apple; an annuee, or some other agreeable
+and nutritious fruit, served from day to day to diversify the meal,
+which was finished by tossing off the liquid contents of a young
+cocoa-nut or two.
+
+While partaking of this simple repast, the inmates of Marheyo’s house,
+after the style of the ancient Romans, reclined in sociable groups upon
+the divan of mats, and digestion was promoted by cheerful conversation.
+
+After the morning meal was concluded, pipes were lighted; and among
+them my own special pipe, a present from the noble Mehevi. The
+islanders, who only smoke a whiff or two at a time, and at long
+intervals, and who keep their pipes going from hand to hand
+continually, regarded my systematic smoking of four or five pipefuls of
+tobacco in succession as something quite wonderful. When two or three
+pipes had circulated freely, the company gradually broke up. Marheyo
+went to the little hut he was for ever building. Tinor began to inspect
+her rolls of tappa, or employed her busy fingers in plaiting
+grass-mats. The girls anointed themselves with their fragrant oils,
+dressed their hair, or looked over their curious finery, and compared
+together their ivory trinkets, fashioned out of boar’s tusks or whale’s
+teeth. The young men and warriors produced their spears, paddles,
+canoe-gear, battle-clubs, and war-conchs, and occupied themselves in
+carving all sorts of figures upon them with pointed bits of shell or
+flint, and adorning them, especially the war-conchs, with tassels of
+braided bark and tufts of human hair. Some, immediately after eating,
+threw themselves once more upon the inviting mats, and resumed the
+employment of the previous night, sleeping as soundly as if they had
+not closed their eyes for a week. Others sallied out into the groves,
+for the purpose of gathering fruit or fibres of bark and leaves; the
+last two being in constant requisition, and applied to a hundred uses.
+A few, perhaps, among the girls, would slip into the woods after
+flowers, or repair to the stream with small calabashes and cocoa-nut
+shells, in order to polish them by friction with a smooth stone in the
+water. In truth these innocent people seemed to be at no loss for
+something to occupy their time; and it would be no light task to
+enumerate all their employments, or rather pleasures.
+
+My own mornings I spent in a variety of ways. Sometimes I rambled about
+from house to house, sure of receiving a cordial welcome wherever I
+went; or, from grove to grove, and from one shady place to another, in
+company with Kory-Kory and Fayaway, and a rabble rout of merry young
+idlers. Sometimes I was too indolent for exercise, and, accepting one
+of the many invitations I was continually receiving, stretched myself
+out on the mats of some hospitable dwelling, and occupied myself
+pleasantly either in watching the proceedings of those around me, or
+taking part in them myself. Whenever I chose to do the latter, the
+delight of the islanders was boundless; and there was always a throng
+of competitors for the honor of instructing me in any particular craft.
+I soon became quite an accomplished hand at making tappa—could braid a
+grass sling as well as the best of them—and once, with my knife, carved
+the handle of a javelin so exquisitely that I have no doubt, to this
+day, Karnoonoo, its owner, preserves it as a surprising specimen of my
+skill. As noon approached, all those who had wandered forth from our
+habitation began to return; and when mid-day was fairly come, scarcely
+a sound was to be heard in the valley—a deep sleep fell upon all. The
+luxurious siesta was hardly ever omitted, except by old Marheyo, who
+was so eccentric a character, that he seemed to be governed by no fixed
+principles whatever; but acting just according to the humour of the
+moment, slept, eat, or tinkered away at his little hut, without regard
+to the proprieties of time or place. Frequently he might have been seen
+taking a nap in the sun at noon-day, or a bath in the stream at
+midnight. Once I beheld him perched eighty feet from the ground, in the
+tuft of a cocoa-nut tree, smoking; and often I saw him standing up to
+the waist in water, engaged in plucking out the stray hairs of his
+beard, using a piece of muscle-shell for tweezers.
+
+The noontide slumber lasted generally an hour and a half, very often
+longer; and after the sleepers had arisen from their mats they again
+had recourse to their pipes, and then made preparations for the most
+important meal of the day.
+
+I, however, like those gentlemen of leisure who breakfast at home and
+dine at their club, almost invariably, during my intervals of health,
+enjoyed the afternoon repast with the bachelor chiefs of the Ti, who
+were always rejoiced to see me, and lavishly spread before me all the
+good things which their larder afforded. Mehevi generally produced,
+among other dainties, a baked pig, an article which, I have every
+reason to suppose, was provided for my sole gratification.
+
+The Ti was a right jovial place. It did my heart, as well as my body,
+good to visit it. Secure from female intrusion, there was no restraint
+upon the hilarity of the warriors, who, like the gentlemen of Europe
+after the cloth is drawn, and the ladies retire, freely indulged their
+mirth.
+
+After spending a considerable portion of the afternoon at the Ti, I
+usually found myself, as the cool of the evening came on, either
+sailing on the little lake with Fayaway, or bathing in the waters of
+the stream with a number of the savages, who, at this hour, always
+repaired thither. As the shadows of night approached, Marheyo’s
+household were once more assembled under his roof; tapers were lit,
+long and curious chants were raised, interminable stories were told
+(for which one present was little the wiser), and all sorts of social
+festivities served to while away the time.
+
+The young girls very often danced by moonlight in front of their
+dwellings. There are a great variety of these dances, in which,
+however, I never saw the men take part. They all consist of active,
+romping, mischievous evolutions, in which every limb is brought into
+requisition. Indeed, the Marquesan girls dance all over, as it were;
+not only do their feet dance, but their arms, hands, fingers, ay, their
+very eyes seem to dance in their heads.
+
+The damsels wear nothing but flowers and their compendious gala tunics;
+and when they plume themselves for the dance, one would almost think
+that they were about to take wing.
+
+Unless some particular festivity was going forward, the inmates of
+Marheyo’s house retired to their mats rather early in the evening; but
+not for the night, since after slumbering lightly for awhile, they rose
+again, relit their tapers, partook of the third and last meal of the
+day, at which poee-poee alone was eaten, and then, after inhaling a
+narcotic whiff from a pipe of tobacco, disposed themselves for the
+great business of the night—sleep. With the Marquesans it might almost
+be styled the great business of life, for they pass a large portion of
+their time in the arms of Somnus. The native strength of their
+constitution is no way shown more emphatically than in the quantity of
+sleep they can endure. To many of them, indeed, life is little else
+than an often interrupted and luxurious nap.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX
+
+
+The spring of Arva Wai—Remarkable monumental remains—Some ideas with
+regard to the history of the pi-pis found in the valley.
+
+
+Almost every country has its medicinal springs famed for their healing
+virtues. The Cheltenham of Typee is embosomed in the deepest solitude,
+and but seldom receives a visitor. It is situated remote from any
+dwelling, a little way up the mountain, near the head of the valley;
+and you approach it by a pathway shaded by the most beautiful foliage,
+and adorned with a thousand fragrant plants.
+
+The mineral waters of Arva Wai[2] ooze forth from the crevices of a
+rock, and gliding down its mossy side, fall at last, in many clustering
+drops, into a natural basin of stone, fringed round with grass and
+dewy-looking little violet-coloured flowers, as fresh and beautiful as
+the perpetual moisture they enjoy can make them.
+
+The water is held in high estimation by the islanders, some of whom
+consider it an agreeable as well as a medicinal beverage; they bring it
+from the mountain in their calabashes, and store it away beneath heaps
+of leaves in some shady nook near the house. Old Marheyo had a great
+love for the waters of the spring. Every now and then he lugged off to
+the mountain a great round demijohn of a calabash, and, panting with
+his exertions, brought it back filled with his darling fluid.
+
+The water tasted like a solution of a dozen disagreeable things, and
+was sufficiently nauseous to have made the fortune of the proprietor,
+had the spa been situated in the midst of any civilized community.
+
+As I am no chemist, I cannot give a scientific analysis of the water.
+All I know about the matter is, that one day Marheyo in my presence
+poured out the last drop from his huge calabash, and I observed at the
+bottom of the vessel a small quantity of gravelly sediment very much
+resembling our common sand. Whether this is always found in the water,
+and gives it its peculiar flavour and virtues, or whether its presence
+was merely incidental, I was not able to ascertain.
+
+One day in returning from this spring by a circuitous path, I came upon
+a scene which reminded me of Stonehenge and the architectural labours
+of the Druid.
+
+At the base of one of the mountains, and surrounded on all sides by
+dense groves, a series of vast terraces of stone rises, step by step,
+for a considerable distance up the hillside. These terraces cannot be
+less than one hundred yards in length and twenty in width. Their
+magnitude, however, is less striking than the immense size of the
+blocks composing them. Some of the stones, of an oblong shape, are from
+ten to fifteen feet in length, and five or six feet thick. Their sides
+are quite smooth, but though square, and of pretty regular formation,
+they bear no mark of the chisel. They are laid together without cement,
+and here and there show gaps between. The topmost terrace and the lower
+one are somewhat peculiar in their construction. They have both a
+quadrangular depression in the centre, leaving the rest of the terrace
+elevated several feet above it. In the intervals of the stones immense
+trees have taken root, and their broad boughs stretching far over, and
+interlacing together, support a canopy almost impenetrable to the sun.
+Overgrowing the greater part of them, and climbing from one to another,
+is a wilderness of vines, in whose sinewy embrace many of the stones
+lie half-hidden, while in some places a thick growth of bushes entirely
+covers them. There is a wild pathway which obliquely crosses two of
+these terraces; and so profound is the shade, so dense the vegetation,
+that a stranger to the place might pass along it without being aware of
+its existence.
+
+These structures bear every indication of a very high antiquity, and
+Kory-Kory, who was my authority in all matters of scientific research,
+gave me to understand that they were coeval with the creation of the
+world; that the great gods themselves were the builders; and that they
+would endure until time shall be no more. Kory-Kory’s prompt
+explanation, and his attributing the work to a divine origin, at once
+convinced me that neither he nor the rest of his countrymen knew
+anything about them.
+
+As I gazed upon this monument, doubtless the work of an extinct and
+forgotten race, thus buried in the green nook of an island at the end
+of the earth, the existence of which was yesterday unknown, a stronger
+feeling of awe came over me than if I had stood musing at the mighty
+base of the Pyramid of Cheops. There are no inscriptions, no sculpture,
+no clue, by which to conjecture its history: nothing but the dumb
+stones. How many generations of those majestic trees which overshadow
+them have grown and flourished and decayed since first they were
+erected!
+
+These remains naturally suggest many interesting reflections. They
+establish the great age of the island, an opinion which the builders of
+theories concerning the creation of the various groups in the South
+Seas are not always inclined to admit. For my own part I think it just
+as probable that human beings were living in the valleys of the
+Marquesas three thousand years ago as that they were inhabiting the
+land of Egypt. The origin of the island of Nukuheva cannot be imputed
+to the coral insect: for indefatigable as that wonderful creature is,
+it would be hardly muscular enough to pile rocks one upon the other
+more than three thousand feet above the level of the sea. That the land
+may have been thrown up by a submarine volcano is as possible as
+anything else. No one can make an affidavit to the contrary, and
+therefore I will say nothing against the supposition: indeed, were
+geologists to assert that the whole continent of America had in like
+manner been formed by the simultaneous explosion of a train of Etnas,
+laid under the water all the way from the North Pole to the parallel of
+Cape Horn, I am the last man in the world to contradict them.
+
+I have already mentioned that the dwellings of the islanders were
+almost invariably built upon massive stone foundations, which they call
+pi-pis. The dimensions of these, however, as well as of the stones
+composing them, are comparatively small: but there are other and larger
+erections of a similar description comprising the “morais,” or
+burying-grounds, and festival-places, in nearly all the valleys of the
+island. Some of these piles are so extensive, and so great a degree of
+labour and skill must have been requisite in constructing them, that I
+can scarcely believe they were built by the ancestors of the present
+inhabitants. If indeed they were, the race has sadly deteriorated in
+their knowledge of the mechanic arts. To say nothing of their habitual
+indolence, by what contrivance within the reach of so simple a people
+could such enormous masses have been moved or fixed in their places?
+and how could they with their rude implements have chiselled and
+hammered them into shape?
+
+All of these larger pi-pis—like that of the Hoolah Hoolah ground in the
+Typee valley—bore incontestable marks of great age; and I am disposed
+to believe that their erection may be ascribed to the same race of men
+who were the builders of the still more ancient remains I have just
+described.
+
+According to Kory-Kory’s account, the pi-pi, upon which stands the
+Hoolah Hoolah ground, was built a great many moons ago, under the
+direction of Monoo, a great chief and warrior, and, as it would appear,
+master-mason among the Typees. It was erected for the express purpose
+to which it is at present devoted, in the incredibly short period of
+one sun; and was dedicated to the immortal wooden idols by a grand
+festival, which lasted ten days and nights.
+
+Among the smaller pi-pis, upon which stand the dwelling-houses of the
+natives, I never observed any which intimated a recent erection. There
+are in every part of the valley a great many of these massive stone
+foundations which have no houses upon them. This is vastly convenient,
+for whenever an enterprising islander chooses to emigrate a few hundred
+yards from the place where he was born, all he has to do in order to
+establish himself in some new locality, is to select one of the many
+unappropriated pi-pis, and without further ceremony pitch his bamboo
+tent upon it.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXI
+
+
+Preparations for a grand festival in the valley—Strange doings in the
+Taboo Groves—Monument of Calabashes—Gala costume of the Typee
+damsels—Departure for the festival.
+
+
+From the time that my lameness had decreased I had made a daily
+practice of visiting Mehevi at the Ti, who invariably gave me a most
+cordial reception. I was always accompanied in these excursions by
+Fayaway and the ever-present Kory-Kory. The former, as soon as we
+reached the vicinity of the Ti—which was rigorously tabooed to the
+whole female sex—withdrew to a neighbouring hut, as if her feminine
+delicacy restrained her from approaching a habitation which might be
+regarded as a sort of Bachelor’s Hall.
+
+And in good truth it might well have been so considered. Although it
+was the permanent residence of several distinguished chiefs, and of the
+noble Mehevi in particular, it was still at certain seasons the
+favourite haunt of all the jolly, talkative, and elderly savages of the
+vale, who resorted thither in the same way that similar characters
+frequent a tavern in civilized countries. There they would remain hour
+after hour, chatting, smoking, eating poee-poee, or busily engaged in
+sleeping for the good of their constitutions.
+
+This building appeared to be the headquarters of the valley, where all
+flying rumours concentrated; and to have seen it filled with a crowd of
+the natives, all males, conversing in animated clusters, while
+multitudes were continually coming and going, one would have thought it
+a kind of savage exchange, where the rise and fall of Polynesian Stock
+was discussed.
+
+Mehevi acted as supreme lord over the place, spending the greater
+portion of his time there: and often when, at particular hours of the
+day, it was deserted by nearly every one else except the verd-antique
+looking centenarians, who were fixtures in the building, the chief
+himself was sure to be found enjoying his “otium cum dignitate” upon
+the luxurious mats which covered the floor. Whenever I made my
+appearance he invariably rose, and, like a gentleman doing the honours
+of his mansion, invited me to repose myself wherever I pleased, and
+calling out “tammaree!” (boy), a little fellow would appear, and then
+retiring for an instant, return with some savoury mess, from which the
+chief would press me to regale myself. To tell the truth, Mehevi was
+indebted to the excellence of his viands for the honour of my repeated
+visits,—a matter which cannot appear singular, when it is borne in mind
+that bachelors, all the world over, are famous for serving up
+unexceptional repasts.
+
+One day, on drawing near to the Ti, I observed that extensive
+preparations were going forward, plainly betokening some approaching
+festival. Some of the symptoms reminded me of the stir produced among
+the scullions of a large hotel, where a grand jubilee dinner is about
+to be given. The natives were hurrying about hither and thither,
+engaged in various duties; some lugging off to the stream enormous
+hollow bamboos, for the purpose of filling them with water; others
+chasing furious-looking hogs through the bushes, in their endeavours to
+capture them; and numbers employed in kneading great mountains of
+poee-poee heaped up in huge wooden vessels.
+
+After observing these lively indications for awhile, I was attracted to
+a neighbouring grove by a prodigious squeaking which I heard there. On
+reaching the spot I found it proceeded from a large hog which a number
+of natives were forcibly holding to the earth, while a muscular fellow,
+armed with a bludgeon, was ineffectually aiming murderous blows at the
+skull of the unfortunate porker. Again and again he missed his writhing
+and struggling victim, but though puffing and panting with his
+exertions, he still continued them; and after striking a sufficient
+number of blows to have demolished an entire drove of oxen, with one
+crashing stroke he laid him dead at his feet.
+
+Without letting any blood from the body, it was immediately carried to
+a fire which had been kindled near at hand, and four savages taking
+hold of the carcass by its legs, passed it rapidly to and fro in the
+flames. In a moment the smell of burning bristles betrayed the object
+of this procedure. Having got thus far in the matter, the body was
+removed to a little distance; and, being disembowelled, the entrails
+were laid aside as choice parts, and the whole carcass thoroughly
+washed with water. An ample thick green cloth, composed of the long
+thick leaves of a species of palm tree, ingeniously tacked together
+with little pins of bamboo, was now spread upon the ground, in which
+the body being carefully rolled, it was borne to an oven previously
+prepared to receive it. Here it was at once laid upon the heated stones
+at the bottom, and covered with thick layers of leaves, the whole being
+quickly hidden from sight by a mound of earth raised over it.
+
+Such is the summary style in which the Typees convert perverse-minded
+and rebellious hogs into the most docile and amiable pork; a morsel of
+which placed on the tongue melts like a soft smile from the lips of
+beauty.
+
+I commend their peculiar mode of proceeding to the consideration of all
+butchers, cooks, and housewives. The hapless porker whose fate I have
+just rehearsed, was not the only one who suffered on that memorable
+day. Many a dismal grunt, many an imploring squeak, proclaimed what was
+going on throughout the whole extent of the valley: and I verily
+believe the first-born of every litter perished before the setting of
+that fatal sun.
+
+The scene around the Ti was now most animated. Hogs and poee-poee were
+baking in numerous ovens, which, heaped up with fresh earth into slight
+elevations, looked like so many ant-hills. Scores of the savages were
+vigorously plying their stone pestles in preparing masses of poee-poee,
+and numbers were gathering green bread-fruit and young cocoa-nuts in
+the surrounding groves; while an exceeding great multitude, with a view
+of encouraging the rest in their labours, stood still, and kept
+shouting most lustily without intermission.
+
+It is a peculiarity among these people, that when engaged in any
+employment they always make a prodigious fuss about it. So seldom do
+they ever exert themselves, that when they do work they seem determined
+that so meritorious an action shall not escape the observation of those
+around. If, for example, they have occasion to remove a stone to a
+little distance, which perhaps might be carried by two able-bodied men,
+a whole swarm gather about it, and, after a vast deal of palavering,
+lift it up among them, every one struggling to get hold of it, and bear
+it off yelling and panting as if accomplishing some mighty achievement.
+Seeing them on these occasions, one is reminded of an infinity of black
+ants clustering about and dragging away to some hole the leg of a
+deceased fly.
+
+Having for some time attentively observed these demonstrations of good
+cheer, I entered the Ti, where Mehevi sat complacently looking out upon
+the busy scene, and occasionally issuing his orders. The chief appeared
+to be in an extraordinary flow of spirits, and gave me to understand
+that on the morrow there would be grand doings in the groves generally,
+and at the Ti in particular; and urged me by no means to absent
+himself. In commemoration of what event, however, or in honour of what
+distinguished personage, the feast was to be given, altogether passed
+my comprehension. Mehevi sought to enlighten my ignorance, but he
+failed as signally as when he had endeavoured to initiate me into the
+perplexing arcana of the taboo.
+
+On leaving the Ti, Kory-Kory, who had, as a matter of course,
+accompanied me, observing that my curiosity remained unabated, resolved
+to make everything plain and satisfactory. With this intent, he
+escorted me through the Taboo Groves, pointing out to my notice a
+variety of objects, and endeavoured to explain them in such an
+indescribable jargon of words, that it almost put me in bodily pain to
+listen to him. In particular, he led me to a remarkable pyramidical
+structure some three yards square at the base, and perhaps ten feet in
+height, which had lately been thrown up, and occupied a very
+conspicuous position. It was composed principally of large empty
+calabashes, with a few polished cocoa-nut shells, and looked not unlike
+a cenotaph of skulls. My cicerone perceived the astonishment with which
+I gazed at this monument of savage crockery, and immediately addressed
+himself to the task of enlightening me: but all in vain; and to this
+hour the nature of the monument remains a complete mystery to me. As,
+however, it formed so prominent a feature in the approaching revels, I
+bestowed upon the latter, in my own mind, the title of the “Feast of
+Calabashes.”
+
+
+[Illustration: THUS ARRAYED, I WOULD HAVE MATCHED THE CHARMING FAYAWAY
+AGAINST ANY BEAUTY IN THE WORLD]
+
+
+The following morning, awakening rather late, I perceived the whole of
+Marheyo’s family busily engaged in preparing for the festival. The old
+warrior himself was arranging in round balls the two grey locks of hair
+that were suffered to grow from the crown of his head; his earrings and
+spear, both well polished, lay beside him, while the highly decorative
+pair of shoes hung suspended from a projecting cane against the side of
+the house. The young men were similarly employed; and the fair damsels,
+including Fayaway, were anointing themselves with “aka,” arranging
+their long tresses, and performing other matters connected with the
+duties of the toilet.
+
+Having completed their preparations, the girls now exhibited themselves
+in gala costume; the most conspicuous feature of which was a necklace
+of beautiful white flowers, with the stems removed, and strung closely
+together upon a single fibre of tappa. Corresponding ornaments were
+inserted in their ears, and woven garlands upon their heads. About
+their waist they wore a short tunic of spotless white tappa, and some
+of them superadded to this a mantle of the same material, tied in an
+elaborate bow upon the left shoulder, and falling about the figure in
+picturesque folds.
+
+Thus arrayed, I would have matched the charming Fayaway against any
+beauty in the world.
+
+People may say what they will about the taste evinced by our
+fashionable ladies in dress. Their jewels, their feathers, their silks
+and their furbelows would have sunk into utter insignificance beside
+the exquisite simplicity of attire adopted by the nymphs of the vale on
+this festive occasion. I should like to have seen a gallery of
+coronation beauties, at Westminster Abbey, confronted for a moment by
+this band of Island girls; their stiffness, formality, and affectation
+contrasted with the artless vivacity and unconcealed natural graces of
+these savage maidens. It would be the Venus de Medici placed beside a
+milliner’s doll.
+
+It was not long before Kory-Kory and myself were left alone in the
+house, the rest of its inmates having departed for the Taboo Groves. My
+valet was all impatience to follow them; and was as fidgety about my
+dilatory movements as a diner out waiting hat in hand at the bottom of
+the stairs for some lagging companion. At last, yielding to his
+importunities, I set out for the Ti. As we passed the houses peeping
+out from the groves through which our route lay, I noticed that they
+were entirely deserted by their inhabitants.
+
+When we reached the rock that abruptly terminated the path, and
+concealed from us the festive scene, wild shouts and a confused
+blending of voices assured me that the occasion, whatever it might be,
+had drawn together a great multitude. Kory-Kory, previous to mounting
+the elevation, paused for a moment, like a dandy at a ball-room door,
+to put a hasty finish to his toilet. During this short interval, the
+thought struck me that I ought myself perhaps to be taking some little
+pains with my appearance. But as I had no holiday raiment, I was not a
+little puzzled to devise some means of decorating myself. However, as I
+felt desirous to create a sensation, I determined to do all that lay in
+my power; and knowing that I could not delight the savages more than by
+conforming to their style of dress, I removed from my person the large
+robe of tappa which I was accustomed to wear over my shoulders whenever
+I sallied into the open air, and remained merely girt about with a
+short tunic descending from my waist to my knees.
+
+My quick-witted attendant fully appreciated the compliment I was paying
+to the costume of his race, and began more sedulously to arrange the
+folds of the one only garment which remained to me. Whilst he was doing
+this, I caught sight of a knot of young girls, who were sitting near us
+on the grass surrounded by heaps of flowers, which they were forming
+into garlands. I motioned to them to bring some of their handy-work to
+me; and in an instant a dozen wreaths were at my disposal. One of them
+I put round the apology for a hat which I had been forced to construct
+for myself out of palmetto-leaves, and some of the others I converted
+into a splendid girdle. These operations finished, with a slow and
+dignified step of a full-dressed beau I ascended the rock.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXII
+
+
+The Feast of Calabashes.
+
+
+The whole population of the valley seemed to be gathered within the
+precincts of the grove. In the distance could be seen the long front of
+the Ti, its immense piazza swarming with men, arrayed in every variety
+of fantastic costume, and all vociferating with animated gestures;
+while the whole interval between it and the place where I stood was
+enlivened by groups of females fancifully decorated, dancing, capering,
+and uttering wild exclamations. As soon as they descried me they set up
+a shout of welcome; and a band of them came dancing towards me,
+chanting as they approached some wild recitative. The change in my garb
+seemed to transport them with delight, and clustering about me on all
+sides, they accompanied me towards the Ti. When, however, we drew near
+it, these joyous nymphs paused in their career, and parting on either
+side, permitted me to pass on to the now densely thronged building.
+
+So soon as I mounted to the pi-pi I saw at a glance that the revels
+were fairly under way.
+
+What lavish plenty reigned around!—Warwick feasting his retainers with
+beef and ale, was a niggard to the noble Mehevi!—All along the piazza
+of the Ti were arranged elaborately-carved canoe-shaped vessels, some
+twenty feet in length, filled with newly-made poee-poee, and sheltered
+from the sun by the broad leaves of the banana. At intervals were heaps
+of green bread-fruit, raised in pyramidical stacks, resembling the
+regular piles of heavy shot to be seen in the yard of an arsenal.
+Inserted into the interstices of the huge stones which formed the pi-pi
+were large boughs of trees; hanging from the branches of which, and
+screened from the sun by their foliage, were innumerable little
+packages with leafy coverings containing the meat of the numerous hogs
+which had been slain, done up in this manner to make it more accessible
+to the crowd. Leaning against the railing of the piazza were an immense
+number of long, heavy bamboos, plugged at the lower end, and with their
+projecting muzzles stuffed with a wad of leaves. These were filled with
+water from the stream, and each of them might hold from four to five
+gallons.
+
+The banquet being thus spread, nought remained but for every one to
+help himself at his pleasure. Accordingly, not a moment passed but the
+transplanted boughs I have mentioned were rifled by the throng of the
+fruit they certainly had never borne before. Calabashes of poee-poee
+were continually being replenished from the extensive receptacle in
+which that article was stored, and multitudes of little fires were
+kindled about the Ti for the purpose of roasting the bread-fruit.
+
+Within the building itself was presented a most extraordinary scene.
+The immense lounge of mats lying between the parallel rows of the
+trunks of cocoa-nut trees, and extending the entire length of the
+house, at least two hundred feet, was covered by the reclining forms of
+a host of chiefs and warriors, who were eating at a great rate, or
+soothing the cares of Polynesian life in the sedative fumes of tobacco.
+The smoke was inhaled from large pipes, the bowls of which, made out of
+small cocoa-nut shells, were curiously carved in strange heathenish
+devices. These were passed from mouth to mouth by the recumbent
+smokers, each of whom, taking two or three prodigious whiffs, handed
+the pipe to his neighbour; sometimes for that purpose stretching
+indolently across the body of some dozing individual whose exertions at
+the dinner-table had already induced sleep.
+
+The tobacco used among the Typees was of a very mild and pleasing
+flavour, and as I always saw it in leaves, and the natives appeared
+pretty well supplied with it, I was led to believe that it must have
+been the growth of the valley. Indeed Kory-Kory gave me to understand
+that this was the case; but I never saw a single plant growing on the
+island. At Nukuheva, and I believe, in all the other valleys, the weed
+is very scarce, being only obtained in small quantities from
+foreigners, and smoking is consequently with the inhabitants of these
+places a very great luxury. How it was that the Typees were so well
+furnished with it I cannot divine. I should think them too indolent to
+devote any attention to its culture; and, indeed, as far as my
+observation extended not a single atom of the soil was under any other
+cultivation than that of shower and sunshine. The tobacco-plant,
+however, like the sugar-cane, may grow wild in some remote part of the
+vale.
+
+There were many in the Ti for whom the tobacco did not furnish a
+sufficient stimulus, and who accordingly had recourse to “arva,” as a
+more powerful agent in producing the desired effect.
+
+“Arva” is a root very generally dispersed over the South Seas, and from
+it is extracted a juice, the effects of which upon the system are at
+first stimulating in a moderate degree; but it soon relaxes the
+muscles, and, exerting a narcotic influence, produces a luxurious
+sleep. In the valley this beverage was universally prepared in the
+following way:—Some half-dozen young boys seated themselves in a circle
+around an empty wooden vessel, each one of them being supplied with a
+certain quantity of the roots of the “arva,” broken into small bits and
+laid by his side. A cocoa-nut goblet of water was passed around the
+juvenile company, who rinsing their mouth with its contents, proceeded
+to the business before them. This merely consisted in thoroughly
+masticating the “arva,” and throwing it mouthful after mouthful into
+the receptacle provided. When a sufficient quantity had been thus
+obtained, water was poured upon the mass, and being stirred about with
+the forefinger of the right hand, the preparation was soon in readiness
+for use. The “arva” has medicinal qualities.
+
+Upon the Sandwich Islands it has been employed with no small success in
+the treatment of scrofulous affections, and in combating the ravages of
+a disease which for so many years has been gradually depopulating those
+fine and interesting islands. But the tenants of the Typee valley, as
+yet exempt from these inflictions, generally employ the “arva” as a
+minister to social enjoyment, and a calabash of the liquid circulates
+among them as the bottle with us.
+
+Mehevi, who was greatly delighted with the change in my costume, gave
+me a cordial welcome. He had reserved for me a most delectable mess of
+“cockoo,” well knowing my partiality for that dish; and had likewise
+selected three or four young cocoa-nuts, several roasted bread-fruit,
+and a magnificent bunch of bananas, for my especial comfort and
+gratification. These various matters were at once placed before me; but
+Kory-Kory deemed the banquet entirely insufficient for my wants until
+he had supplied me with one of the leafy packages of pork, which,
+notwithstanding the somewhat hasty manner in which it had been
+prepared, possessed a most excellent flavour, and was surprisingly
+sweet and tender.
+
+Pork is not a staple article of food among the people of the Marquesas,
+consequently they pay little attention to the breeding of the swine.
+The hogs are permitted to roam at large in the groves, where they
+obtain no small portion of their nourishment from the cocoa-nuts which
+continually fall from the trees. But it is only after infinite labour
+and difficulty, that the hungry animal can pierce the husk and shell so
+as to get at the meat. I have frequently been amused at seeing one of
+them, after crunching the obstinate nut with his teeth for a long time
+unsuccessfully, get into a violent passion with it. He would then root
+furiously under the cocoa-nut, and, with a fling of his snout, toss it
+before him on the ground. Following it up, he would crunch at it again
+savagely for a moment, and the next knock it on one side, pausing
+immediately after, as if wondering how it could so suddenly have
+disappeared. In this way the persecuted cocoa-nuts were often chased
+half across the valley.
+
+The second day of the Feast of Calabashes was ushered in by still more
+uproarious noises than the first. The skins of innumerable sheep seemed
+to be resounding to the blows of an army of drummers. Startled from my
+slumbers by the din, I leaped up, and found the whole household engaged
+in making preparations for immediate departure. Curious to discover of
+what strange events these novel sounds might be the precursors, and not
+a little desirous to catch a sight of the instruments which produced
+the terrific noise, I accompanied the natives as soon as they were in
+readiness to depart for the Taboo Groves.
+
+The comparatively open space that extended from the Ti toward the rock,
+to which I have before alluded as forming the ascent to the place, was,
+with the building itself, now altogether deserted by the men; the whole
+distance being filled by bands of females, shouting and dancing under
+the influence of some strange excitement.
+
+I was amused at the appearance of four or five old women, who in a
+state of utter nudity, with their arms extended flatly down their side,
+and holding themselves perfectly erect, were leaping stiffly into the
+air, like so many sticks bobbing to the surface, after being pressed
+perpendicularly into the water. They preserved the utmost gravity of
+countenance, and continued their extraordinary movements without a
+single moment’s cessation. They did not appear to attract the
+observation of the crowd around them, but I must candidly confess that,
+for my own part, I stared at them most pertinaciously.
+
+Desirous of being enlightened in regard to the meaning of this peculiar
+diversion, I turned inquiringly to Kory-Kory: that learned Typee
+immediately proceeded to explain the whole matter thoroughly. But all
+that I could comprehend from what he said was, that the leaping figures
+before me were bereaved widows, whose partners had been slain in battle
+many moons previously; and who, at every festival, gave public evidence
+in this manner of their calamities. It was evident that Kory-Kory
+considered this an all-sufficient reason for so indecorous a custom;
+but I must say that it did not satisfy me as to its propriety.
+
+Leaving these afflicted females, we passed on to the Hoolah Hoolah
+ground. Within the spacious quadrangle, the whole population of the
+valley seemed to be assembled, and the sight presented was truly
+remarkable. Beneath the sheds of bamboo which opened towards the
+interior of the square, reclined the principal chiefs and warriors,
+while a miscellaneous throng lay at their ease under the enormous
+trees, which spread a majestic canopy overhead. Upon the terraces of
+the gigantic altars, at either end, were deposited green bread-fruit in
+baskets of cocoa-nut leaves, large rolls of tappa, bunches of white
+bananas, clusters of mammee-apples, the golden-hued fruit of the artu
+tree, and baked hogs, laid out in large wooden trenchers, fancifully
+decorated with freshly-plucked leaves, whilst a variety of rude
+implements of war were piled in confused heaps before the ranks of
+hideous idols. Fruits of various kinds were likewise suspended in
+leafen baskets, from the tops of poles planted uprightly, and at
+regular intervals, along the lower terraces of both altars. At their
+base were arranged two parallel rows of cumbersome drums, standing at
+least fifteen feet in height, and formed from the hollow trunks of
+large trees. Their heads were covered with shark skins, and their
+barrels were elaborately carved with various quaint figures and
+devices. At regular intervals, they were bound round by a species of
+sinnate of various colours, and strips of native cloth flattened upon
+them here and there. Behind these instruments were built slight
+platforms, upon which stood a number of young men, who, beating
+violently with the palms of their hands upon the drum-heads, produced
+those outrageous sounds which had awakened me in the morning. Every few
+minutes these musical performers hopped down from their elevation into
+the crowd below, and their places were immediately supplied by fresh
+recruits. Thus an incessant din was kept up that might have startled
+Pandemonium.
+
+Precisely in the middle of the quadrangle were placed perpendicularly
+in the ground a hundred or more slender, fresh-cut poles, stripped of
+their bark, and decorated at the end with a floating pennon of white
+tappa, the whole being fenced about with a little picket of canes. For
+what purpose these singular ornaments were intended, I in vain
+endeavoured to discover.
+
+Another most striking feature of the performance was exhibited by a
+score of old men, who sat cross-legged in the little pulpits, which
+encircled the trunks of the immense trees growing in the middle of the
+enclosure. These venerable gentlemen, who I presume were the priests,
+kept up an uninterrupted monotonous chant, which was nearly drowned in
+the roar of drums. In the right hand they held a finely-woven grass
+fan, with a heavy black wooden handle, curiously chased: these fans
+they kept in continual motion.
+
+But no attention whatever seemed to be paid to the drummers or to the
+old priests, the individuals who composed the vast crowd present being
+entirely taken up in chatting and laughing with one another, smoking,
+drinking arva, and eating. For all the observation it attracted, or the
+good it achieved, the whole savage orchestra might, with great
+advantage to its own members and the company in general, have ceased
+the prodigious uproar they were making.
+
+In vain I questioned Kory-Kory and others of the natives, as to the
+meaning of the strange things that were going on; all their
+explanations were conveyed in such a mass of outlandish gibberish and
+gesticulation that I gave up the attempt in despair. All that day the
+drums resounded, the priests chanted, and the multitude feasted and
+roared till sunset, when the throng dispersed, and the Taboo Groves
+were again abandoned to quiet and repose. The next day the same scene
+was repeated until night, when this singular festival terminated.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIII
+
+
+Ideas suggested by the Feast of Calabashes—Effigy of a dead warrior—A
+singular superstition—The priest Kolory and the god Moa Artua—Amazing
+religious observance—A dilapidated shrine—Kory-Kory and the idol—An
+inference.
+
+
+Although I had been baffled in my attempts to learn the origin of the
+Feast of Calabashes, yet it seemed very plain to me that it was
+principally, if not wholly, of a religious character.
+
+Yet, notwithstanding all I observed on this occasion, I am free to
+confess my almost entire inability to gratify any curiosity that may be
+felt with regard to the theology of the valley. I doubt whether the
+inhabitants themselves could do so. They are either too lazy or too
+sensible to worry themselves about abstract points of religious belief.
+While I was among them, they never held any synods or councils to
+settle the principles of their faith by agitating them. An unbounded
+liberty of conscience seemed to prevail. Those who pleased to do so
+were allowed to repose implicit faith in an ill-favoured god, with a
+large bottle-nose, and fat shapeless arms crossed upon his breast;
+whilst others worshipped an image which, having no likeness either in
+heaven or on earth, could hardly be called an idol. As the islanders
+always maintained a discreet reserve with regard to my own peculiar
+views on religion, I thought it would be excessively ill-bred in me to
+pry into theirs.
+
+But, although my knowledge of the religious faith of the Typees was
+unavoidably limited, one of their superstitious observances with which
+I became acquainted interested me greatly.
+
+In one of the most secluded portions of the valley, within a stone’s
+cast of Fayaway’s lake—for so I christened the scene of our island
+yachting—and hard by a growth of palms, which stood ranged in order
+along both banks of the stream, waving their green arms as if to do
+honour to its passage, was the mausoleum of a deceased warrior-chief.
+Like all the other edifices of any note, it was raised upon a small
+pi-pi of stones, which, being of unusual height, was a conspicuous
+object from a distance. A light thatching of bleached palmetto-leaves
+hung over it like a self-supported canopy; for it was not until you
+came very near that you saw it was supported by four slender columns of
+bamboo, rising at each corner to a little more than the height of a
+man. A clear area of a few yards surrounded the pi-pi, and was enclosed
+by four trunks of cocoa-nut trees, resting at the angles on massive
+blocks of stone. The place was sacred. The sign of the inscrutable
+Taboo was seen, in the shape of a mystic roll of white tappa, suspended
+by a twisted cord of the same material from the top of a slight pole
+planted within the enclosure.[3] The sanctity of the spot appeared
+never to have been violated. The stillness of the grave was there, and
+the calm solitude around was beautiful and touching. The soft shadows
+of those lofty palm trees—I can see them now—hanging over the little
+temple, as if to keep out the intrusive sun.
+
+On all sides, as you approached this silent spot, you caught sight of
+the dead chief’s effigy, seated in the stern of a canoe, which was
+raised on a light frame a few inches above the level of the pi-pi. The
+canoe was about seven feet in length; of a rich, dark-coloured wood,
+handsomely carved, and adorned in many places with variegated bindings
+of stained sinnate, into which were ingeniously wrought a number of
+sparkling sea-shells, and a belt of the same shells ran all round it.
+The body of the figure—of whatever material it might have been made—was
+effectually concealed in a heavy robe of brown tappa, revealing only
+the hands and head; the latter skilfully carved in wood, and surmounted
+by a superb arch of plumes. These plumes, in the subdued and gentle
+gales which found access to this sequestered spot, were never for one
+moment at rest, but kept nodding and waving over the chief’s brow. The
+long leaves of the palmetto dropped over the eaves, and through them
+you saw the warrior, holding his paddle with both hands in the act of
+rowing, leaning forward and inclining his head, as if eager to hurry on
+his voyage. Glaring at him for ever, and face to face, was a polished
+human skull, which crowned the prow of the canoe. The spectral
+figure-head, reversed in its position, glancing backwards, seemed to
+mock the impatient attitude of the warrior.
+
+When I first visited this singular place with Kory-Kory, he told me—or,
+at least, I so understood him—that the chief was paddling his way to
+the realms of bliss and bread-fruit—the Polynesian heaven—where every
+moment the bread-fruit trees dropped their ripened spheres to the
+ground, and where there was no end to the cocoa-nuts and bananas; there
+they reposed through the live-long eternity upon mats much finer than
+those of Typee; and every day bathed their glowing limbs in rivers of
+cocoa-nut oil. In that happy land there were plenty of plumes and
+feathers, and boars’-tusks and sperm-whale teeth, far preferable to all
+the shining trinkets and gay tappa of the white men; and, best of all,
+women, far lovelier than the daughters of earth, were there in
+abundance. “A very pleasant place,” Kory-Kory said it was; “but, after
+all, not much pleasanter, he thought, than Typee.” “Did he not, then,”
+I asked him, “wish to accompany the warrior?” “Oh, no; he was very
+happy where he was; but supposed that some time or other he would go in
+his own canoe.”
+
+Thus far, I think, I clearly comprehended Kory-Kory. But there was a
+singular expression he made use of at the time, enforced by as singular
+a gesture, the meaning of which I would have given much to penetrate. I
+am inclined to believe it must have been a proverb he uttered; for I
+afterwards heard him repeat the same words several times, and in what
+appeared to me to be a somewhat similar sense. Indeed, Kory-Kory had a
+great variety of short, smart-sounding sentences, with which he
+frequently enlivened his discourse; and he introduced them with an air
+which plainly intimated, that, in his opinion, they settled the matter
+in question, whatever it might be.
+
+Could it have been, then, that when I asked him whether he desired to
+go to this heaven of bread-fruit, cocoa-nuts, and young ladies, which
+he had been describing, he answered by saying something equivalent to
+our old adage—“A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush!”—if he did,
+Kory-Kory was a discreet and sensible fellow, and I cannot sufficiently
+admire his shrewdness.
+
+Whenever, in the course of my rambles through the valley, I happened to
+be near the chief’s mausoleum, I always turned aside to visit it. The
+place had a peculiar charm for me; I hardly know why, but so it was. As
+I leaned over the railing and gazed upon the strange effigy, and
+watched the play of the feathery head-dress, stirred by the same breeze
+which in low tones breathed amidst the lofty palm trees, I loved to
+yield myself up to the fanciful superstition of the islanders, and
+could almost believe that the grim warrior was bound heavenward. In
+this mood, when I turned to depart, I bade him, “God speed, and a
+pleasant voyage.” Ay, paddle away, brave chieftain, to the land of
+spirits! To the material eye thou makest but little progress, but, with
+the eye of faith, I see thy canoe cleaving the bright waves, which die
+away on those dimly looming shores of Paradise.
+
+This strange superstition affords another evidence of the fact, that
+however ignorant man may be, he still feels within him his immortal
+spirit yearning after the unknown future.
+
+Although the religious theories of the islands were a complete mystery
+to me, their practical every-day operation could not be concealed. I
+frequently passed the little temples reposing in the shadows of the
+Taboo Groves, and beheld the offerings—mouldy fruit spread out upon a
+rude altar, or hanging in half-decayed baskets around some uncouth,
+jolly-looking images. I was present during the continuance of the
+festival. I daily beheld the grinning idols marshalled rank and file in
+the Hoolah Hoolah ground, and was often in the habit of meeting those
+whom I supposed to be the priests. But the temples seemed to be
+abandoned to solitude; the festival had been nothing more than a jovial
+mingling of the tribe; the idols were quite as harmless as any other
+logs of wood; and the priests were the merriest dogs in the valley.
+
+In fact, religious affairs in Typee were at a very low ebb. All such
+matters sat very lightly upon the thoughtless inhabitants; and, in the
+celebration of many of their strange rites, they appeared merely to
+seek a sort of childish amusement.
+
+A curious evidence of this was given in a remarkable ceremony, in which
+I frequently saw Mehevi and several other chiefs and warriors of note
+take part; but never a single female.
+
+Among those whom I looked upon as forming the priesthood of the valley,
+there was one in particular who often attracted my notice, and whom I
+could not help regarding as the head of the order. He was a
+noble-looking man, in the prime of his life, and of a most benignant
+aspect. The authority this man, whose name was Kolory, seemed to
+exercise over the rest, the episcopal part he took in the Feast of
+Calabashes, his sleek and complacent appearance, the mystic characters
+which were tattooed upon his chest, and, above all, the mitre he
+frequently wore, in the shape of a towering head-dress, consisting of
+part of a cocoa-nut branch, the stalk planted uprightly on his brow,
+and the leaflets gathered together and passed round the temples and
+behind the ears, all these pointed him out as Lord Primate of Typee.
+Kolory was a sort of Knight Templar—a soldier-priest; for he often wore
+the dress of a Marquesan warrior, and always carried a long spear,
+which, instead of terminating in a paddle at the lower end, after the
+general fashion of these weapons, was curved into a heathenish-looking
+little image. This instrument, however, might perhaps have been
+emblematic of his double functions. With one end, in carnal combat he
+tranfixed the enemies of his tribe; and with the other, as a pastoral
+crook, he kept in order his spiritual flock. But this is not all I have
+to about Kolory. His martial grace very often carried about with him
+what seemed to me the half of a broken war-club. It was swathed round
+with ragged bits of white tappa, and the upper part, which was intended
+to represent a human head, was embellished with a strip of scarlet
+cloth of European manufacture. It required little observation to
+discover that this strange object was revered as a god. By the side of
+the big and lusty images standing sentinel over the altars of the
+Hoolah Hoolah ground, it seemed a mere pigmy in tatters. But
+appearances all the world over are deceptive. Little men are sometimes
+very potent, and rags sometimes cover very extensive pretensions. In
+fact, this funny little image was the “crack” god of the island;
+lording it over all the wooden lubbers who looked so grim and dreadful;
+its name was Moa Artua.[4] And it was in honour of Moa Artua, and for
+the entertainment of those who believe in him, that the curious
+ceremony I am about to describe was observed.
+
+Mehevi and the chieftains of the Ti have just risen from their noontide
+slumbers. There are no affairs of state to dispose of; and having eaten
+two or three breakfasts in the course of the morning, the magnates of
+the valley feel no appetite as yet for dinner. How are their leisure
+moments to be occupied? They smoke, they chat, and at last one of their
+number makes a proposition to the rest, who joyfully acquiescing, he
+darts out of the house, leaps from the pi-pi, and disappears in the
+grove. Soon you see him returning with Kolory, who bears the god Moa
+Artua in his arms, and carries in one hand a small trough, hollowed out
+in the likeness of a canoe. The priest comes along dangling his charge
+as if it were a lachrymose infant he was endeavouring to put into a
+good humour. Presently, entering the Ti, he seats himself on the mats
+as composedly as a juggler about to perform his sleight-of-hand tricks;
+and, with the chiefs disposed in a circle around him, commences his
+ceremony.
+
+In the first place he gives Moa Artua an affectionate hug, then
+caressingly lays him to his breast, and, finally, whispers something in
+his ear, the rest of the company listening eagerly for a reply. But the
+baby-god is deaf or dumb,—perhaps both, for never a word does he utter.
+At last Kolory speaks a little louder, and soon growing angry, comes
+boldly out with what he has to say, and bawls to him. He put me in mind
+of a choleric fellow, who, after trying in vain to communicate a secret
+to a deaf man, all at once flies into a passion and screams it out so
+that every one may hear. Still Moa Artua remains as quiet as ever, and
+Kolory, seemingly losing his temper, fetches him a box over the head,
+strips him of his tappa and red cloth, and, laying him in a state of
+nudity in a little trough, covers him from sight. At this proceeding
+all present loudly applaud, and signify their approval by uttering the
+adjective “motarkee” with violent emphasis. Kolory, however, is so
+desirous his conduct should meet with unqualified approbation, that he
+inquires of each individual separately whether, under existing
+circumstances, he has not done perfectly right in shutting up Moa
+Artua. The invariable response is “Aa, Aa” (yes, yes), repeated over
+again and again in a manner which ought to quiet the scruples of the
+most conscientious. After a few moments Kolory brings forth his doll
+again, and, while arraying it very carefully in the tappa and red
+cloth, alternately fondles and chides it. The toilet being completed,
+he once more speaks to it aloud. The whole company hereupon show the
+greatest interest; while the priest, holding Moa Artua to his ear,
+interprets to them what he pretends the god is confidentially
+communicating to him. Some items of intelligence appear to tickle all
+present amazingly; for one claps his hands in a rapture; another shouts
+with merriment; and a third leaps to his feet and capers about like a
+madman.
+
+What under the sun Moa Artua on these occasions had to say to Kolory I
+never could find out; but I could not help thinking that the former
+showed a sad want of spirit in being disciplined into making those
+disclosures, which at first he seemed bent on withholding. Whether the
+priest honestly interpreted what he believed the divinity said to him,
+or whether he was not all the while guilty of a vile humbug, I shall
+not presume to decide. At any rate, whatever, as coming from the god,
+was imparted to those present, seemed to be generally of a
+complimentary nature—a fact which illustrates the sagacity of Kolory,
+or else the time-serving disposition of this hardly-used deity.
+
+Moa Artua having nothing more to say, his bearer goes to nursing him
+again, in which occupation, however, he is soon interrupted by a
+question put by one of the warriors to the god. Kolory hereupon
+snatches it up to his ear again, and after listening attentively, once
+more officiates as the organ of communication. A multitude of questions
+and answers having passed between the parties, much to the satisfaction
+of those who propose them, the god is put tenderly to bed in the
+trough, and the whole company unite in a long chant, led off by Kolory.
+This ended, the ceremony is over; the chiefs rise to their feet in high
+good humour, and my Lord Archbishop, after chatting awhile, and
+regaling himself with a whiff or two from a pipe of tobacco, tucks the
+canoe under his arm and marches off with it.
+
+The whole of these proceedings were like those of a parcel of children
+playing with dolls and baby-houses.
+
+For a youngster scarcely ten inches high, and with so few early
+advantages as he doubtless had had, Moa Artua was certainly a
+precocious little fellow, if he really said all that was imputed to
+him; but for what reason this poor devil of a deity, thus cuffed about,
+cajoled, and shut up in a box, was held in greater estimation than the
+full-grown and dignified personages of the Taboo Groves, I cannot
+divine. And yet Mehevi, and other chiefs of unquestionable veracity—to
+say nothing of the Primate himself—assured me over and over again that
+Moa Artua was the tutelary deity of Typee, and was more to be held in
+honour than a whole battalion of the clumsy idols in the Hoolah Hoolah
+grounds. Kory-Kory—who seemed to have devoted considerable attention to
+the study of theology, as he knew the names of all the graven images in
+the valley, and often repeated them over to me—likewise entertained
+some rather enlarged ideas with regard to the character and pretensions
+of Moa Artua. He once gave me to understand, with a gesture there was
+no misconceiving, that if he (Moa Artua) were so minded, he could cause
+a cocoa-nut tree to sprout out of his (Kory-Kory’s) head; and that it
+would be the easiest thing in life for him (Moa Artua) to take the
+whole island of Nukuheva in his mouth, and dive down to the bottom of
+the sea with it.
+
+But, in sober seriousness, I hardly knew what to make of the religion
+of the valley. There was nothing that so much perplexed the illustrious
+Cook, in his intercourse with the South Sea islanders, as their sacred
+rites. Although this prince of navigators was in many instances
+assisted by interpreters in the prosecution of his researches, he still
+frankly acknowledges that he was at a loss to obtain anything like a
+clear insight into the puzzling arcana of their faith. A similar
+admission has been made by other eminent voyagers,—by Carteret, Byron,
+Kotzebue, and Vancouver.
+
+For my own part, although hardly a day passed while I remained upon the
+island that I did not witness some religious ceremony or other, it was
+very much like seeing a parcel of “Freemasons” making secret signs to
+each other: I saw everything, but could comprehend nothing.
+
+On the whole, I am inclined to believe that the islanders in the
+Pacific have no fixed and definite ideas whatever on the subject of
+religion. I am persuaded that Kolory himself would be effectually posed
+were he called upon to draw up the articles of his faith, and pronounce
+the creed by which he hoped to be saved. In truth, the Typees, so far
+as their actions evince, submitted to no laws, human or divine—always
+excepting the thrice mysterious Taboo. The “independent electors” of
+the valley were not to be browbeaten by chiefs, priests, idols, or
+devils. As for the luckless idols, they received more hard knocks than
+supplications. I do not wonder that some of them looked so grim, and
+stood so bolt upright, as if fearful of looking to the right or the
+left, lest they should give any one offence. The fact is, they had to
+carry themselves “_pretty straight_,” or suffer the consequences. Their
+worshippers were such a precious set of fickle-minded and irreverent
+heathens, that there was no telling when they might topple one of them
+over, break it to pieces, and making a fire with it on the very altar
+itself, fall to roasting the offerings of bread-fruit, and eat them in
+spite of its teeth.
+
+In how little reverence these unfortunate deities were held by the
+natives, was on one occasion most convincingly proved to me. Walking
+with Kory-Kory through the deepest recesses of the groves, I perceived
+a curious-looking image about six feet in height, which originally had
+been placed upright against a low pi-pi, surmounted by a ruinous bamboo
+temple, but having become fatigued and weak in the knees, was now
+carelessly leaning against it. The idol was partly concealed by the
+foliage of a tree which stood near, and whose leafy boughs drooped over
+the pile of stones, as if to protect the rude fane from the decay to
+which it was rapidly hastening. The image itself was nothing more than
+a grotesquely-shaped log, carved in the likeness of a portly naked man,
+with the arms clasped over the head, the jaws thrown wide apart, and
+its thick shapeless legs bowed into an arch. It was much decayed. The
+lower part was overgrown with a bright silky moss. Thin spears of grass
+sprouted from the distended mouth, and fringed the outline of the head
+and arms. His godship had literally attained a green old age. All its
+prominent points were bruised and battered or entirely rotted away. The
+nose had taken its departure, and from the general appearance of the
+head, it might have been supposed that the wooden divinity, in despair
+at the neglect of its worshippers, had been trying to beat its own
+brains out against the surrounding trees.
+
+I drew near, to inspect more closely this strange object of idolatry,
+but halted reverently at the distance of two or three paces, out of
+regard of the religious prejudices of my valet. As soon, however, as
+Kory-Kory perceived that I was in one of my inquiring, scientific
+moods, to my astonishment he sprang to the side of the idol, and
+pushing it away from the stones against which it rested, endeavoured to
+make it stand upon its legs. But the divinity had lost the use of them
+altogether; and while Kory-Kory was trying to prop it up, by placing a
+stick between it and pi-pi, the monster fell clumsily to the ground,
+and would infallibly have broken its neck had not Kory-Kory
+providentially broken its fall, by receiving its whole weight on his
+own half-crushed back. I never saw the honest fellow in such a rage
+before. He leaped furiously to his feet, and, seizing the stick, began
+beating the poor image, every moment or two pausing and talking to it
+in the most violent manner, as if upbraiding it for the accident. When
+his indignation had subsided a little, he whirled the idol about most
+profanely, so as to give me an opportunity of examining it on all
+sides. I am quite sure I never should have presumed to have taken such
+liberties with the god myself, and I was not a little shocked at
+Kory-Kory’s impiety.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIV
+
+
+General information gathered at the festival—Personal beauty of the
+Typees—Their superiority over the inhabitants of the other
+islands—Diversity of complexion—A vegetable cosmetic and
+ointment—Testimony of voyagers to the uncommon beauty of the
+Marquesans—Few evidences of intercourse with civilized
+beings—Dilapidated musket—Primitive simplicity of government—Regal
+dignity of Mehevi.
+
+
+Although I had been unable during the late festival to obtain
+information on many interesting subjects which had much excited my
+curiosity, still that important event had not passed by without adding
+materially to my general knowledge of the islanders.
+
+I was especially struck by the physical strength and beauty which they
+displayed, by their great superiority in these respects over the
+inhabitants of the neighbouring bay of Nukuheva, and by the singular
+contrasts they presented among themselves in their various shades of
+complexion.
+
+In beauty of form they surpassed anything I had ever seen. Not a single
+instance of natural deformity was observable in all the throng
+attending the revels. Occasionally I noticed among the men the scars of
+wounds they had received in battle; and sometimes, though very seldom,
+the loss of a finger, an eye, or an arm, attributable to the same
+cause. With these exceptions, every individual appeared free from those
+blemishes which sometimes mar the effect of an otherwise perfect form.
+But their physical excellence did not merely consist in an exemption
+from these evils; nearly every individual of their number might have
+been taken for a sculptor’s model.
+
+When I remembered that these islanders derived no advantage from dress,
+but appeared in all the naked simplicity of nature, I could not avoid
+comparing them with the fine gentlemen and dandies who promenade such
+unexceptional figures in our frequented thoroughfares. Stripped of the
+cunning artifices of the tailor, and standing forth in the garb of
+Eden,—what a sorry set of round-shouldered, spindle-shanked,
+crane-necked varlets would civilized men appear! Stuffed calves, padded
+breasts, and scientifically cut pantaloons would then avail them
+nothing, and the effect would be truly deplorable.
+
+Nothing in the appearance of the islanders struck me more forcibly than
+the whiteness of their teeth. The novelist always compares the
+masticators of his heroine to ivory; but I boldly pronounce the teeth
+of the Typees to be far more beautiful than ivory itself. The jaws of
+the oldest greybeards among them were much better garnished than those
+of the youths of civilized countries; while the teeth of the young and
+middle-aged, in their purity and whiteness, were actually dazzling to
+the eye. This marvellous whiteness of the teeth is to be ascribed to
+the pure vegetable diet of these people, and the uninterrupted
+healthfulness of their natural mode of life.
+
+The men, in almost every instance, are of lofty stature, scarcely ever
+less than six feet in height, while the other sex are uncommonly
+diminutive. The early period of life at which the human form arrives at
+maturity in this generous tropical climate likewise deserves to be
+mentioned. A little creature, not more than thirteen years of age, who
+in other particulars might be regarded as a mere child, is often seen
+nursing her own baby; whilst lads who, under less ripening skies, would
+be still at school, are here responsible fathers of families.
+
+On first entering the Typee valley, I had been struck with the marked
+contrast presented by its inhabitants with those of the bay I had
+previously left. In the latter place, I had not been favourably
+impressed with the personal appearance of the male portion of the
+population; although with the females, excepting in some truly
+melancholy instances, I had been wonderfully pleased.
+
+Apart, however, from these considerations, I am inclined to believe
+that there exists a radical difference between the two tribes, if
+indeed they are not distinct races of men. To those who have merely
+touched at Nukuheva Bay, without visiting other portions of the island,
+would hardly appear credible the diversities presented between the
+various small clans inhabiting so diminutive a spot. But the hereditary
+hostility which has existed between them for ages fully accounts for
+this.
+
+Not so easy, however, is it to assign an adequate cause for the endless
+variety of complexions to be seen in the Typee valley. During the
+festival, I had noticed several young females whose skins were almost
+as white as any Saxon damsel’s, a slight dash of the mantling brown
+being all that marked the difference. This comparative fairness of
+complexion, though in a great degree perfectly natural, is partly the
+result of an artificial process, and of an entire exclusion from the
+sun. The juice of the “papa” root, found in great abundance at the head
+of the valley, is held in great esteem as a cosmetic, with which many
+of the females daily anoint their whole person. The habitual use of it
+whitens and beautifies the skin. Those of the young girls who resort to
+this method of heightening their charms, never expose themselves to the
+rays of the sun; an observance, however, that produces little or no
+inconvenience, since there are but few of the inhabited portions of the
+vale which are not shaded over with a spreading canopy of boughs, so
+that one may journey from house to house, scarcely deviating from the
+direct course, and yet never once see his shadow cast upon the ground.
+
+The “papa,” when used, is suffered to remain upon the skin for several
+hours; being of a light green colour, it consequently imparts for the
+time a similar hue to the complexion. Nothing, therefore, can be
+imagined more singular than the appearance of these nearly naked
+damsels immediately after the application of the cosmetic. To look at
+one of them you would almost suppose she was some vegetable in an
+unripe state; and that, instead of living in the shade for ever, she
+ought to be placed out in the sun to ripen.
+
+All the islanders are more or less in the habit of anointing
+themselves; the women preferring the “aker” or “papa,” and the men
+using the oil of the cocoa-nut. Mehevi was remarkably fond of
+mollifying his entire cuticle with this ointment. Sometimes he might be
+seen with his whole body fairly reeking with the perfumed oil of the
+nut, looking as if he had just emerged from a soap-boiler’s vat, or had
+undergone the process of dipping in a tallow-chandlery. To this cause,
+perhaps, united to their frequent bathing, and extreme cleanliness, is
+ascribable, in a great measure, the marvellous purity and smoothness of
+skin exhibited by the natives in general.
+
+The prevailing tint among the women of the valley was a light olive,
+and of this style of complexion Fayaway afforded the most beautiful
+example. Others were still darker, while not a few were of a genuine
+golden colour, and some of a swarthy hue.
+
+As agreeing with much previously mentioned in this narrative, I may
+here observe, that Mendanna, their discoverer, in his account of the
+Marquesas, described the natives as wondrously beautiful to behold, and
+as nearly resembling the people of Southern Europe. The first of these
+islands seen by Mendanna was La Madelena, which is not far distant from
+Nukuheva; and its inhabitants in every respect resemble those dwelling
+on that and the other islands of the group. Figueroa, the chronicler of
+Mendanna’s voyage, says, that on the morning the land was descried,
+when the Spaniards drew near the shore, there sallied forth, in rude
+procession, about seventy canoes, and at the same time many of the
+inhabitants (females, I presume) made towards the ships by swimming. He
+adds, that “in complexion they were nearly white, of good stature, and
+finely formed; and on their faces and bodies were delineated
+representations of fishes and other devices.” The old Don then goes on
+to say, “There came, among others, two lads paddling their canoe, whose
+eyes were fixed on the ship; they had beautiful faces, and the most
+promising animation of countenance, and were in all things so becoming,
+that the pilot-mayor, Quiros, affirmed, nothing in his life ever caused
+him so much regret as the leaving such fine creatures to be lost in
+that country.”
+
+Some of the natives present at the Feast of Calabashes had displayed a
+few articles of European dress, disposed, however, about their persons
+after their own peculiar fashion. Among these I perceived the two
+pieces of cotton cloth which poor Toby and myself had bestowed upon our
+youthful guides the afternoon we entered the valley. They were
+evidently reserved for gala days; and during those of the festival they
+rendered the young islanders who wore them very distinguished
+characters. The small number who were similarly adorned, and the great
+value they appeared to place upon the most common and most trivial
+articles, furnished ample evidence of the very restricted intercourse
+they held with vessels touching at the island. A few cotton
+handkerchiefs of a gay pattern, tied about the neck, and suffered to
+fall over the shoulders, strips of fanciful calico, swathed about the
+loins, were nearly all I saw.
+
+Indeed, throughout the valley, there were few things of any kind to be
+seen of European origin. All I ever saw, besides the articles just
+alluded to, were the six muskets preserved in the Ti, and three or four
+similar implements of warfare hung up in other houses, some small
+canvas bags, partly filled with bullets and powder, and half a dozen
+old hatchet-heads, with the edges blunted and battered to such a degree
+as to render them utterly worthless. These last seemed to be regarded
+as nearly worthless by the natives; and several times they held up one
+of them before me, and throwing it aside with a gesture of disgust,
+manifested their contempt for anything that could so soon become
+unserviceable.
+
+But the muskets, the powder, and the bullets, were held in most
+extravagant esteem. The former, from their great age and the
+peculiarities they exhibited, were well worthy a place in any
+antiquarian’s armoury. I remember, in particular, one that hung in the
+Ti, and which Mehevi—supposing as a matter of course that I was able to
+repair it—had put into my hands for that purpose. It was one of those
+clumsy, old-fashioned English pieces known generally as Tower Hill
+muskets, and, for aught I know, might have been left on the island by
+Wallace, Carteret, Cook, or Vancouver. The stock was half-rotten and
+worm-eaten; the lock was as rusty and about as well adapted to its
+ostensible purpose as an old door-hinge; the threading of the screws
+about the trigger was completely worn away; while the barrel shook in
+the wood. Such was the weapon the chief desired me to restore to its
+original condition. As I did not possess the accomplishments of a
+gunsmith, and was likewise destitute of the necessary tools, I was
+reluctantly obliged to signify my inability to perform the task. At
+this unexpected communication Mehevi regarded me, for a moment, as if
+he half suspected I was some inferior sort of white man, who after all
+did not know much more than a Typee. However, after a most laboured
+explanation of the matter, I succeeded in making him understand the
+extreme difficulty of the task. Scarcely satisfied with my apologies,
+however, he marched off with the superannuated musket in something of a
+huff, as if he would no longer expose it to the indignity of being
+manipulated by such unskilful fingers.
+
+
+[Illustration: MEHEVI]
+
+
+During the festival, I had not failed to remark the simplicity of
+manner, the freedom from all restraint, and, to a certain degree, the
+equality of condition manifested by the natives in general. No one
+appeared to assume any arrogant pretensions. There was little more than
+a slight difference in costume to distinguish the chiefs from the other
+natives. All appeared to mix together freely, and without any reserve;
+although I noticed that the wishes of a chief, even when delivered in
+the mildest tone, received the same immediate obedience which elsewhere
+would have been only accorded to a peremptory command. What may be the
+extent of the authority of the chiefs over the rest of the tribe, I
+will not venture to assert; but from all I saw during my stay in the
+valley, I was induced to believe that in matters concerning the general
+welfare it was very limited. The required degree of deference towards
+them, however, was willingly and cheerfully yielded; and as all
+authority is transmitted from father to son, I have no doubt that one
+of the effects here, as elsewhere, of high birth, is to induce respect
+and obedience.
+
+The particular grades of rank existing among the chiefs of Typee, I
+could not in all cases determine. Previous to the Feast of Calabashes,
+I had been puzzled what particular station to assign to Mehevi. But the
+important part he took upon that occasion convinced me that he had no
+superior among the inhabitants of the valley. I had invariably noticed
+a certain degree of deference paid to him by all with whom I had ever
+seen him brought in contact; but when I remembered that my wanderings
+had been confined to a limited portion of the valley, and that towards
+the sea a number of distinguished chiefs resided, some of whom had
+separately visited me at Marheyo’s house, and whom, until the festival,
+I had never seen in the company of Mehevi, I felt disposed to believe
+that his rank, after all, might not be particularly elevated.
+
+The revels, however, had brought together all the warriors whom I had
+seen individually and in groups at different times and places. Among
+them Mehevi moved with an easy air of superiority which was not to be
+mistaken; and he whom I had only looked at as the hospitable host of
+the Ti, and one of the military leaders of the tribe, now assumed in my
+eyes the dignity of royal station. His striking costume, no less than
+his naturally commanding figure, seemed indeed to give him pre-eminence
+over the rest. The towering helmet of feathers that he wore raised him
+in height above all who surrounded him; and though some others were
+similarly adorned, the length and luxuriance of their plumes were far
+inferior to his.
+
+Mehevi was in fact the greatest of the chiefs—the head of his clan—the
+sovereign of the valley; and the simplicity of the social institutions
+of the people could not have been more completely proved than by the
+fact, that after having been several weeks in the valley, and almost in
+daily intercourse with Mehevi, I should have remained until the time of
+the festival ignorant of his regal character. But a new light had now
+broken in upon me. The Ti was the palace—and Mehevi the king. Both the
+one and the other of a most simple and patriarchal nature it must be
+allowed, and wholly unattended by the ceremonious pomp which usually
+surrounds the purple.
+
+After having made this discovery I could not avoid congratulating
+myself that Mehevi had from the first taken me as it were under his
+royal protection, and that he still continued to entertain for me the
+warmest regard, as far at least as I was enabled to judge from
+appearances. For the future I determined to pay most assiduous court to
+him, hoping that eventually through his kindness I might obtain my
+liberty.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXV
+
+
+King Mehevi—Conduct of Marheyo and Mehevi in certain delicate
+matters—Peculiar system of marriage—Number of
+population—Uniformity—Embalming—Places of sepulture—Funeral obsequies
+at Nukuheva—Number of inhabitants in Typee—Location of the
+dwellings—Happiness enjoyed in the valley.
+
+
+King Mehevi!—A goodly sounding title!—and why should I not bestow it
+upon the foremost man in the valley? All hail, therefore, Mehevi, king
+over all the Typees! and long life and prosperity to his tropical
+majesty! But to be sober again after this loyal burst.
+
+Previously to seeing the Dancing Widows I had little idea that there
+were any matrimonial relations subsisting in Typee, and I should as
+soon have thought of a Platonic affection being cultivated between the
+sexes, as of the solemn connexion of man and wife. To be sure, there
+were old Marheyo and Tinor, who seemed to live together quite sociably;
+but for all that, I had sometimes observed a comical-looking old
+gentleman, dressed in a suit of shabby tattooing, who appeared to be
+equally at home. This behaviour, until subsequent discoveries
+enlightened me, puzzled me more than anything else I witnessed in
+Typee.
+
+As for Mehevi, I had supposed him a confirmed bachelor, as well as most
+of the principal chiefs. At any rate, if they had wives and families,
+they ought to have been ashamed of themselves; for sure I am, they
+never troubled themselves about any domestic affairs. In truth, Mehevi
+seemed to be the president of a club of hearty fellows who kept
+“Bachelor’s Hall” in fine style at the Ti. I had no doubt but that they
+regarded children as odious incumbrances; and their ideas of domestic
+felicity were sufficiently shown in the fact, that they allowed no
+meddlesome housekeepers to turn topsy-turvy those snug little
+arrangements they had made in their comfortable dwelling. I strongly
+suspected, however, that some of those jolly bachelors were carrying on
+love intrigues with the maidens of the tribe, although they did not
+appear publicly to acknowledge them. I happened to pop upon Mehevi
+three or four times when he was romping—in a most undignified manner
+for a warrior king—with one of the prettiest little witches in the
+valley. She lived with an old woman and a young man, in a house near
+Marheyo’s; and although in appearance a mere child herself, had a noble
+boy about a year old, who bore a marvellous resemblance to Mehevi, whom
+I should certainly have believed to have been the father, were it not
+that the little fellow had no triangle on his face. Mehevi, however,
+was not the only person upon whom the damsel Moonoony smiled—the young
+fellow of fifteen, who permanently resided in the house with her, was
+decidedly in her good graces. This too was a mystery which, with others
+of the same kind, was afterwards satisfactorily explained.
+
+During the second day of the Feast of Calabashes, Kory-Kory—being
+determined that I should have some understanding on these matters—had,
+in the course of his explanations, directed my attention to a
+peculiarity I had frequently marked among many of the
+females,—principally those of a mature age and rather matronly
+appearance. This consisted in having the right hand and the left foot
+most elaborately tattooed; while the rest of the body was wholly free
+from the operation of the art, with the exception of the minutely
+dotted lips and slight marks on the shoulders, to which I have
+previously referred as comprising the sole tattooing exhibited by
+Fayaway, in common with other young girls of her age. The hand and foot
+thus embellished, were, according to Kory-Kory, the distinguishing
+badge of wedlock, so far as that social and highly commendable
+institution is known among these people. It answers, indeed, the same
+purpose as the plain gold ring worn by our fairer spouses.
+
+After Kory-Kory’s explanation of the subject, I was for some time
+studiously respectful in the presence of all females thus
+distinguished, and never ventured to indulge in the slightest approach
+to flirtation with any of their number.
+
+A further insight, however, into the peculiar domestic customs of the
+inmates of the valley did away in a measure with the severity of my
+scruples, and convinced me that I was deceived in some at least of my
+conclusions. A regular system of polygamy exists among the islanders,
+but of a most extraordinary nature,—a plurality of husbands, instead of
+wives; and this solitary fact speaks volumes for the gentle disposition
+of the male population.
+
+I was not able to learn what particular ceremony was observed in
+forming the marriage contract, but am inclined to think that it must
+have been of a very simple nature. Perhaps the mere “popping the
+question,” as it is termed with us, might have been followed by an
+immediate nuptial alliance. At any rate, tedious courtships are unknown
+in the valley of Typee.
+
+The males considerably outnumber the females. This holds true of many
+of the islands of Polynesia, although the reverse of what is the case
+in most civilized countries. The girls are first wooed and won, at a
+very tender age, by some stripling in the household in which they
+reside. This, however, is a mere frolic of the affections, and no
+formal engagement is contracted. By the time this first love has a
+little subsided, a second suitor presents himself, of graver years, and
+carries both boy and girl away to his own habitation. This
+disinterested and generous-hearted fellow now weds the young
+couple—marrying damsel and lover at the same time—and all three
+thenceforth live together as harmoniously as so many turtles. I have
+heard of some men who in civilized countries rashly marry large
+families with their wives, but had no idea that there was any place
+where people married supplementary husbands with them. Infidelity on
+either side is very rare. No man has more than one wife, and no wife of
+mature years has less than two husbands,—sometimes she has three, but
+such instances are not frequent. The marriage tie, whatever it may be,
+does not appear to be indissoluble; for separations occasionally
+happen. These, however, when they do take place, produce no
+unhappiness, and are preceded by no bickerings: for the simple reason,
+that an ill-used wife or a hen-pecked husband is not obliged to file a
+bill in chancery to obtain a divorce. As nothing stands in the way of a
+separation, the matrimonial yoke sits easily and lightly, and a Typee
+wife lives on very pleasant and sociable terms with her husbands. On
+the whole, wedlock, as known among these Typees, seems to be of a more
+distinct and enduring nature than is usually the case with barbarous
+people.
+
+But, notwithstanding its existence among them, the scriptural
+injunction to increase and multiply seems to be but indifferently
+attended to. I never saw any of those large families, in arithmetical
+or step-ladder progression, which one often meets with at home. I never
+knew of more than two youngsters living together in the same home, and
+but seldom even that number. As for the women, it was very plain that
+the anxieties of the nursery but seldom disturbed the serenity of their
+souls; and they were never seen going about the valley with half a
+score of little ones tagging at their apron-strings, or rather at the
+bread-fruit leaf they usually wore in the rear.
+
+I have before had occasion to remark that I never saw any of the
+ordinary signs of a place of sepulture in the valley, a circumstance
+which I attributed, at the time, to my living in a particular part of
+it, and being forbidden to extend my ramble to any considerable
+distance towards the sea. I have since thought it probable, however,
+that the Typees, either desirous of removing from their sight the
+evidences of mortality, or prompted by a taste for rural beauty, may
+have some charming cemetery situated in the shadowy recesses along the
+base of the mountains. At Nukuheva, two or three large quadrangular
+“pi-pis,” heavily flagged, enclosed with regular stone walls, and
+shaded over and almost hidden from view by the interlacing branches of
+enormous trees, were pointed out to me as burial-places. The bodies, I
+understood, were deposited in rude vaults beneath the flagging, and
+were suffered to remain there without being disinterred. Although
+nothing could be more strange and gloomy than the aspect of these
+places, where the lofty trees threw their dark shadows over rude blocks
+of stone, a stranger looking at them would have discerned none of the
+ordinary evidences of a place of sepulture.
+
+During my stay in the valley, as none of its inmates were so
+accommodating as to die and be buried in order to gratify my curiosity
+with regard to their funeral rites, I was reluctantly obliged to remain
+in ignorance of them. As I have reason to believe, however, that the
+observances of the Typees in these matters are the same with those of
+all other tribes on the island, I will here relate a scene I chanced to
+witness at Nukuheva.
+
+A young man had died, about daybreak, in a house near the beach. I had
+been sent ashore that morning, and saw a good deal of the preparations
+they were making for his obsequies. The body, neatly wrapped in new
+white tappa, was laid out in an open shed of cocoa-nut boughs, upon a
+bier constructed of elastic bamboos ingeniously twisted together. This
+was supported, about two feet from the ground, by large canes planted
+uprightly in the earth. Two females, of a dejected appearance, watched
+by its side, plaintively chanting, and beating the air with large grass
+fans whitened with pipe-clay. In the dwelling-house adjoining a
+numerous company were assembled, and various articles of food were
+being prepared for consumption. Two or three individuals, distinguished
+by head-dresses of beautiful tappa, and wearing a great number of
+ornaments, appeared to officiate as masters of the ceremonies. By noon
+the entertainment had fairly begun, and we were told that it would last
+during the whole of the two following days. With the exception of those
+who mourned by the corpse, every one seemed disposed to drown the sense
+of the late bereavement in convivial indulgence. The girls, decked out
+in their savage finery, danced; the old men chanted; the warriors
+smoked and chatted; and the young and lusty, of both sexes, feasted
+plentifully, and seemed to enjoy themselves as pleasantly as they could
+have done had it been a wedding.
+
+The islanders understand the art of embalming, and practice it with
+such success, that the bodies of their great chiefs are frequently
+preserved for many years in the very houses where they died. I saw
+three of these in my visit to the bay of Tior. One was enveloped in
+immense folds of tappa, with only the face exposed, and hung erect
+against the side of the dwelling. The others were stretched out upon
+biers of bamboo, in open, elevated temples, which seemed consecrated to
+their memory. The heads of enemies killed in battle are invariably
+preserved, and hung up as trophies in the house of the conqueror. I am
+not acquainted with the process which is in use, but believe that
+fumigation is the principal agency employed. All the remains which I
+saw presented the appearance of a ham after being suspended for some
+time in a smoky chimney.
+
+But to return from the dead to the living. The late festival had drawn
+together, as I had every reason to believe, the whole population of the
+vale, and consequently I was enabled to make some estimate with regard
+to its numbers. I should imagine that there were about two thousand
+inhabitants in Typee; and no number could have been better adapted to
+the extent of the valley. The valley is some nine miles in length, and
+may average one in breadth, the houses being distributed at wide
+intervals throughout its whole extent, principally, however, towards
+the head of the vale. There are no villages. The houses stand here and
+there in the shadow of the groves, or are scattered along the banks of
+the winding stream; their golden-hued bamboo sides and gleaming white
+thatch, forming a beautiful contrast to the perpetual verdure in which
+they are embowered. There are no roads of any kind in the valley.
+Nothing but a labyrinth of footpaths, twisting and turning among the
+thickets without end.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVI
+
+
+The social condition and general character of the Typees.
+
+
+There seemed to be no rogues of any kind in Typee. In the darkest
+nights the natives slept securely, with all their worldly wealth around
+them, in houses the doors of which were never fastened. The disquieting
+ideas of theft or assassination never disturbed them. Each islander
+reposed beneath his own palmetto-thatching, or sat under his own
+bread-fruit, with none to molest or alarm him. There was not a padlock
+in the valley, nor anything that answered the purpose of one: still
+there was no community of goods. This long spear, so elegantly carved
+and highly polished, belongs to Warmoonoo—it is far handsomer than the
+one which old Marheyo so greatly prizes—it is the most valuable article
+belonging to its owner. And yet I have seen it leaning against a
+cocoa-nut tree in the grove, and there it was found when sought for.
+Here is a sperm-whale tooth, graven all over with cunning devices—it is
+the property of Kurluna. It is the most precious of the damsel’s
+ornaments. In her estimation, its price is far above rubies; and yet
+there hangs the dental jewel, by its cord of braided bark, in the
+girl’s house, which is far back in the valley; the door is left open,
+and all the inmates have gone off to bathe in the stream.[5]
+
+So much for the respect in which such matters are held in Typee. As to
+the land of the valley, whether it was the joint property of its
+inhabitants, or whether it was parcelled out among a certain number of
+landed proprietors, who allowed everybody to roam over it as much as
+they pleased, I never could ascertain. At any rate, musty parchments
+and title-deeds there were none in the island; and I am half inclined
+to believe that its inhabitants hold their broad valleys in fee simple
+from nature herself.
+
+Yesterday I saw Kory-Kory hie him away, armed with a long pole, with
+which, standing on the ground, he knocked down the fruit from the
+topmost boughs of the trees, and brought them home in his basket of
+cocoa-nut leaves. To-day I see an islander, whom I know to reside in a
+distant part of the valley, doing the self-same thing. On the sloping
+bank of the stream were a number of banana trees. I have often seen a
+score or two of young people making a merry foray on the great golden
+clusters, and bearing them off, one after another, to different parts
+of the vale, shouting and tramping as they went. No churlish old
+curmudgeon could have been the owner of that grove of bread-fruit
+trees, or of these gloriously yellow bunches of bananas.
+
+From what I have said, it will be perceived that there is a vast
+difference between “personal property” and “real estate” in the valley
+of Typee. Some individuals, of course, are more wealthy than others.
+For example: the ridge-pole of Marheyo’s house bends under the weight
+of many a huge packet of tappa; his long couch is laid with mats placed
+one upon the other seven deep. Outside, Tinor has ranged along in her
+bamboo cupboard—or whatever the place may be called—a goodly array of
+calabashes and wooden trenchers. Now, the house just beyond the grove,
+and next to Marheyo’s, occupied by Ruaruga, is not quite so well
+furnished. There are only three moderate-sized packages swinging
+overhead; there are only two layers of mats beneath; and the calabashes
+and trenchers are not so numerous, nor so tastefully stained and
+carved. But then, Ruaruga has a house—not so pretty a one, to be
+sure—but just as commodious as Marheyo’s; and, I suppose, if he wished
+to vie with his neighbour’s establishment, he could do so with very
+little trouble. These, in short, constitute the chief differences
+perceivable in the relative wealth of the people in Typee.
+
+They lived in great harmony with each other. I will give an instance of
+their fraternal feeling.
+
+One day, in returning with Kory-Kory from my accustomed visit to the
+Ti, we passed by a little opening in the grove; on one side of which,
+my attendant informed me, was that afternoon to be built a dwelling of
+bamboo. At least a hundred of the natives were bringing materials to
+the ground, some carrying in their hands one or two of the canes which
+were to form the sides, others slender rods of the Habiscus, strung
+with palmetto leaves, for the roof. Every one contributed something to
+the work; and by the united, but easy, and even indolent, labours of
+all, the entire work was completed before sunset. The islanders, while
+employed in erecting this tenement, reminded me of a colony of beavers
+at work. To be sure, they were hardly as silent and demure as those
+wonderful creatures, nor were they by any means as diligent. To tell
+the truth, they were somewhat inclined to be lazy, but a perfect tumult
+of hilarity prevailed; and they worked together so unitedly, and seemed
+actuated by such an instinct of friendliness, that it was truly
+beautiful to behold.
+
+Not a single female took part in this employment: and if the degree of
+consideration in which the ever-adorable sex is held by the men be—as
+the philosophers affirm—a just criterion of the degree of refinement
+among a people, then I may truly pronounce the Typees to be as polished
+a community as ever the sun shone upon. The religious restrictions of
+the taboo alone excepted, the women of the valley were allowed every
+possible indulgence. Nowhere are the ladies more assiduously courted;
+nowhere are they better appreciated as the contributors to our highest
+enjoyments; and nowhere are they more sensible of their power. Far
+different from their condition among many rude nations, where the women
+are made to perform all the work, while their ungallant lords and
+masters lie buried in sloth, the gentle sex in the valley of Typee were
+exempt from toil—if toil it might be called—that, even in that tropical
+climate, never distilled one drop of perspiration. Their light
+household occupations, together with the manufacture of tappa, the
+platting of mats, and the polishing of drinking-vessels, were the only
+employments pertaining to the women. And even these resembled those
+pleasant avocations which fill up the elegant morning leisure of our
+fashionable ladies at home. But in these occupations, slight and
+agreeable though they were, the giddy young girls very seldom engaged.
+Indeed, these wilful, care-killing damsels were averse to all useful
+employment. Like so many spoiled beauties, they ranged through the
+groves—bathed in the stream—danced—flirted—played all manner of
+mischievous pranks, and passed their days in one merry round of
+thoughtless happiness.
+
+During my whole stay on the island I never witnessed a single quarrel,
+nor anything that in the slightest degree approached even to a dispute.
+The natives appeared to form one household, whose members were bound
+together by the ties of strong affection. The love of kindred I did not
+so much perceive, for it seemed blended in the general love; and where
+all were treated as brothers and sisters, it was hard to tell who were
+actually related to each other by blood.
+
+Let it not be supposed that I have overdrawn this picture. I have not
+done so. Nor let it be urged, that the hostility of this tribe to
+foreigners, and the hereditary feuds they carry on against their
+fellow-islanders beyond the mountains, are facts which contradict me.
+Not so; these apparent discrepancies are easily reconciled. By many a
+legendary tale of violence and wrong, as well as by events which have
+passed before their eyes, these people have been taught to look upon
+white men with abhorrence. The cruel invasion of their country by
+Porter has alone furnished them with ample provocation; and I can
+sympathize in the spirit which prompts the Typee warrior to guard all
+the passes to his valley with the point of his levelled spear, and,
+standing upon the beach, with his back turned upon his green home, to
+hold at bay the intruding European.
+
+As to the origin of the enmity of this particular clan towards the
+neighbouring tribes, I cannot so confidently speak. I will not say that
+their foes are the aggressors, nor will I endeavour to palliate their
+conduct. But surely, if our evil passions must find vent, it is far
+better to expend them on strangers and aliens, than in the bosom of the
+community in which we dwell. In many polished countries civil
+contentions, as well as domestic enmities, are prevalent, at the same
+time that the most atrocious foreign wars are waged. How much less
+guilty, then, are our islanders, who of these three sins are only
+chargeable with one, and that the least criminal!
+
+The reader will, ere long, have reason to suspect that the Typees are
+not free from the guilt of cannibalism; and he will then, perhaps,
+charge me with admiring a people against whom so odious a crime is
+chargeable. But this only enormity in their character is not half so
+horrible as it is usually described. According to the popular fictions,
+the crews of vessels, shipwrecked on some barbarous coast, are eaten
+alive like so many dainty joints by the uncivil inhabitants; and
+unfortunate voyagers are lured into smiling and treacherous bays;
+knocked on the head with outlandish war-clubs; and served up without
+any preliminary dressing. In truth, so horrific and improbable are
+these accounts, that many sensible and well-informed people will not
+believe that any cannibals exist; and place every book of voyages which
+purports to give any account of them, on the same shelf with Blue Beard
+and Jack the Giant-killer. While others, implicitly crediting the most
+extravagant fictions, firmly believe that there are people in the world
+with tastes so depraved, that they would infinitely prefer a single
+mouthful of material humanity to a good dinner of roast beef and plum
+pudding. But here, Truth, who loves to be centrally located, is again
+found between the two extremes; for cannibalism to a certain moderate
+extent is practised among several of the primitive tribes in the
+Pacific, but it is upon the bodies of slain enemies alone; and horrible
+and fearful as the custom is, immeasurably as it is to be abhorred and
+condemned, still I assert that those who indulge in it are in other
+respects humane and virtuous.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVII
+
+
+Fishing parties—Mode of distributing the fish—Midnight
+banquet—Timekeeping tapers—Unceremonious style of eating the fish.
+
+
+There was no instance in which the social and kindly dispositions of
+the Typees were more forcibly evinced than in the manner they conducted
+their great fishing parties. Four times during my stay in the valley
+the young men assembled near the full of the moon, and went together on
+these excursions. As they were generally absent about forty-eight
+hours, I was led to believe that they went out towards the open sea,
+some distance from the bay. The Polynesians seldom use a hook and line,
+almost always employing large, well-made nets, most ingeniously
+fabricated from the twisted fibres of a certain bark. I examined
+several of them which had been spread to dry upon the beach at
+Nukuheva. They resembled very much our own seines, and I should think
+they were very nearly as durable.
+
+All the South Sea islanders are passionately fond of fish; but none of
+them can be more so than the inhabitants of Typee. I could not
+comprehend, therefore, why they so seldom sought it in their waters;
+for it was only at stated times that the fishing parties were formed,
+and these occasions were always looked forward to with no small degree
+of interest.
+
+During their absence, the whole population of the place were in a
+ferment, and nothing was talked of but “pehee, pehee” (fish, fish).
+Towards the time when they were expected to return, the vocal telegraph
+was put into operation—the inhabitants, who were scattered throughout
+the length of the valley, leaped upon rocks and into trees, shouting
+with delight at the thoughts of the anticipated treat. As soon as the
+approach of the party was announced, there was a general rush of the
+men towards the beach; some of them remaining, however, about the Ti,
+in order to get matters in readiness for the reception of the fish,
+which were brought to the Taboo Groves in immense packages of leaves,
+each one of them being suspended from a pole carried on the shoulders
+of two men.
+
+I was present at the Ti on one of these occasions, and the sight was
+most interesting. After all the packages had arrived, they were laid in
+a row under the verandah of the building, and opened. The fish were all
+quite small, generally about the size of a herring, and of every
+variety of colour. About one-eighth of the whole being reserved for the
+use of the Ti itself, the remainder was divided into numerous smaller
+packages, which were immediately despatched in every direction to the
+remotest part of the valley. Arrived at their destination, these were
+in turn portioned out, and equally distributed among the various houses
+of each particular district. The fish were under a strict Taboo, until
+the distribution was completed, which seemed to be effected in the most
+impartial manner. By the operation of this system every man, woman, and
+child in the vale, were at one and the same time partaking of this
+favourite article of food.
+
+Once, I remember, the party arrived at midnight; but the
+unseasonableness of the hour did not repress the impatience of the
+islanders. The carriers despatched from the Ti were to be seen hurrying
+in all directions through the deep groves; each individual preceded by
+a boy bearing a flaming torch of dried cocoa-nut boughs, which from
+time to time was replenished from the materials scattered along the
+path. The wild glare of these enormous flambeaux, lighting up with a
+startling brilliancy the innermost recesses of the vale, and seen
+moving rapidly along beneath the canopy of leaves, the savage shout of
+the excited messengers sounding the news of their approach, which was
+answered on all sides, and the strange appearance of their naked
+bodies, seen against the gloomy background, produced altogether an
+effect upon my mind that I shall long remember.
+
+It was on this same occasion that Kory-Kory awakened me at the dead
+hour of night, and in a sort of transport communicated the intelligence
+contained in the words “pehee perni” (fish come). As I happened to have
+been in a remarkably sound and refreshing slumber, I could not imagine
+why the information had not been deferred until morning; indeed, I felt
+very much inclined to fly into a passion and box my valet’s ears; but
+on second thoughts I got quietly up, and on going outside the house was
+not a little interested by the moving illumination which I beheld.
+
+When old Marheyo received his share of the spoils, immediate
+preparations were made for a midnight banquet; calabashes of poee-poee
+were filled to the brim; green bread-fruit were roasted; and a huge
+cake of “amar” was cut up with a sliver of bamboo, and laid out on an
+immense banana leaf.
+
+At this supper we were lighted by several of the native tapers, held in
+the hands of young girls. These tapers are most ingeniously made. There
+is a nut abounding in the valley, called by the Typees “armor,” closely
+resembling our common horse-chestnut. The shell is broken, and the
+contents extracted whole. Any number of these are strung at pleasure
+upon the long elastic fibre that traverses the branches of the
+cocoa-nut tree. Some of these tapers are eight or ten feet in length;
+but being perfectly flexible, one end is held in a coil, while the
+other is lighted. The nut burns with a fitful bluish flame, and the oil
+that it contains is exhausted in about ten minutes. As one burns down,
+the next becomes ignited, and the ashes of the former are knocked into
+a cocoa-nut shell kept for the purpose. This primitive candle requires
+continual attention, and must be constantly held in the hand. The
+person so employed marks the lapse of time by the number of nuts
+consumed, which is easily learned by counting the bits of tappa
+distributed at regular intervals along the string.
+
+I grieve to state so distressing a fact, but the inhabitants of Typee
+were in the habit of devouring fish much in the same way that a
+civilized being would eat a radish, and without any more previous
+preparation. They eat it raw; scales, bones, gills, and all the inside.
+The fish is held by the tail, and the head being introduced into the
+mouth, the animal disappears with a rapidity that would at first nearly
+lead one to imagine it had been launched bodily down the throat.
+
+Raw fish! Shall I ever forget my sensation when I first saw my island
+beauty devour one? Oh, heavens! Fayaway, how could you ever have
+contracted so vile a habit? However, after the first shock had
+subsided, the custom grew less odious in my eyes, and I soon accustomed
+myself to the sight. Let no one imagine, however, that the lovely
+Fayaway was in the habit of swallowing great vulgar-looking fishes: oh,
+no; with her beautiful small hand she would clasp a delicate, little,
+golden-hued love of a fish, and eat it as elegantly and as innocently
+as though it were a Naples biscuit. But, alas! it was after all a raw
+fish; and all I can say is, that Fayaway ate it in a more ladylike
+manner than any other girl of the valley.
+
+When at Rome do as the Romans do, I held to be so good a proverb, that
+being in Typee, I made a point of doing as the Typees did. Thus I ate
+poee-poee as they did; I walked about in a garb striking for its
+simplicity; and I reposed on a community of couches; besides doing many
+other things in conformity with their peculiar habits; but the farthest
+I ever went in the way of conformity, was on several occasions to
+regale myself with raw fish. These being remarkably tender, and quite
+small, the undertaking was not so disagreeable in the main, and after a
+few trials I positively began to relish them: however, I subjected them
+to a slight operation with my knife previously to making my repast.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVIII
+
+
+Natural history of the valley—Golden lizards—Tameness of the
+birds—Mosquitoes—Flies—Dogs—A solitary cat—The climate—The cocoa-nut
+tree—Singular modes of climbing it—An agile young chief—Fearlessness of
+the children—Too-too and the cocoa-nut tree—The birds of the valley.
+
+
+There were some curious-looking dogs in the valley. Dogs!—big, hairless
+rats rather; all with smooth, shining, speckled hides—fat sides, and
+very disagreeable faces. Whence could they have come? That they were
+not the indigenous production of the region, I am firmly convinced.
+Indeed, they seemed aware of their being interlopers, looking fairly
+ashamed, and always trying to hide themselves in some dark corner. It
+was plain enough they did not feel at home in the vale—that they wished
+themselves well out of it, and back to the ugly country from which they
+must have come.
+
+Scurvy curs! they were my abhorrence; I should have liked nothing
+better than to have been the death of every one of them. In fact, on
+one occasion, I intimated the propriety of a canine crusade to Mehevi
+but the benevolent king would not consent to it. He heard me very
+patiently; but when I had finished, shook his head, and told me in
+confidence, that they were “taboo.”
+
+As for the animal that made the fortune of my lord mayor Whittington, I
+shall never forget the day that I was lying in the house about noon,
+everybody else being fast asleep; and happening to raise my eyes, met
+those of a big black spectral cat, which sat erect in the doorway,
+looking at me with its frightful goggling green orbs, like one of those
+monstrous imps that tormented some of the olden saints! I am one of
+those unfortunate persons, to whom the sight of these animals is at any
+time an insufferable annoyance.
+
+Thus constitutionally averse to cats in general, the unexpected
+apparition of this one in particular utterly confounded me. When I had
+a little recovered from the fascination of its glance, I started up;
+the cat fled, and emboldened by this, I rushed out of the house in
+pursuit; but it had disappeared. It was the only time I ever saw one in
+the valley, and how it got there I cannot imagine. It is just possible
+that it might have escaped from one of the ships at Nukuheva. It was in
+vain to seek information on the subject from the natives, since none of
+them had seen the animal, the appearance of which remains a mystery to
+me to this day.
+
+Among the few animals which are to be met with in Typee, there was none
+which I looked upon with more interest than a beautiful golden-hued
+species of lizard. It measured perhaps five inches from head to tail,
+and was most gracefully proportioned. Numbers of those creatures were
+to be seen basking in the sunshine upon the thatching of the houses,
+and multitudes at all hours of the day showed their glittering sides as
+they ran frolicking between the spears of grass, or raced in troops up
+and down the tall shafts of the cocoa-nut trees. But the remarkable
+beauty of these little animals and their lively ways were not their
+only claims upon my admiration. They were perfectly tame and insensible
+to fear. Frequently, after seating myself upon the ground in some shady
+place during the heat of the day, I would be completely overrun with
+them. If I brushed one off my arm, it would leap perhaps into my hair:
+when I tried to frighten it away by gently pinching its leg, it would
+turn for protection to the very hand that attacked it.
+
+The birds are also remarkably tame. If you happened to see one perched
+upon a branch within reach of your arm, and advanced towards it, it did
+not fly away immediately, but waited quietly looking at you, until you
+could almost touch it, and then took wing slowly, less alarmed at your
+presence, it would seem, than desirous of removing itself from your
+path. Had salt been less scarce in the valley than it was, this was the
+very place to have gone birding with it.
+
+I remember that once, on an uninhabited island of the Gallipagos, a
+bird alighted on my outstretched arm, while its mate chirped from an
+adjoining tree. Its tameness, far from shocking me, as a similar
+occurrence did Selkirk, imparted to me the most exquisite thrill of
+delight I ever experienced; and with somewhat of the same pleasure did
+I afterwards behold the birds and lizards of the valley show their
+confidence in the kindliness of man.
+
+Among the numerous afflictions which the Europeans have entailed upon
+some of the natives of the South Seas, is the accidental introduction
+among them of that enemy of all repose and ruffler of even tempers—the
+mosquito. At the Sandwich Islands, and at two or three of the Society
+group, there are now thriving colonies of these insects, who promise
+ere long to supplant altogether the aboriginal sand-flies. They sting,
+buzz, and torment, from one end of the year to the other, and by
+incessantly exasperating the natives, materially obstruct the
+benevolent labours of the missionaries.
+
+From this grievous visitation, however, the Typees are as yet wholly
+exempt; but its place is unfortunately in some degree supplied by the
+occasional presence of a minute species of fly, which, without
+stinging, is nevertheless productive of no little annoyance. The
+tameness of the birds and lizards is as nothing when compared to the
+fearless confidence of this insect. He will perch upon one of your
+eye-lashes, and go to roost there, if you do not disturb him, or force
+his way through your hair, or along the cavity of the nostril, till you
+almost fancy he is resolved to explore the very brain itself. On one
+occasion I was so inconsiderate as to yawn while a number of them were
+hovering around me. I never repeated the act. Some half-dozen darted
+into the open compartment, and began walking about its ceiling; the
+sensation was dreadful. I involuntarily closed my mouth, and the poor
+creatures, being enveloped in inner darkness, must in their
+consternation have stumbled over my palate, and been precipitated into
+the gulf beneath. At any rate, though I afterwards charitably held my
+mouth open for at least five minutes, with a view of affording egress
+to the stragglers, none of them ever availed themselves of the
+opportunity.
+
+There are no wild animals of any kind on the island, unless it be
+decided that the natives themselves are such. The mountains and the
+interior present to the eye nothing but silent solitudes, unbroken by
+the roar of beasts of prey, and enlivened by few tokens even of minute
+animated existence. There are no venomous reptiles, and no snakes of
+any description to be found in any of the valleys.
+
+In a company of Marquesan natives the weather affords no topic of
+conversation. It can hardly be said to have any vicissitudes. The rainy
+season, it is true, brings frequent showers, but they are intermitting
+and refreshing. When an islander, bound on some expedition, rises from
+his couch in the morning, he is never solicitous to peep out and see
+how the sky looks, or ascertain from what quarter the wind blows. He is
+always sure of a “fine day,” and the promise of a few genial showers he
+hails with pleasure. There is never any of that “remarkable weather” on
+the islands which from time immemorial has been experienced in America,
+and still continues to call forth the wondering conversational
+exclamations of its elderly citizens. Nor do there even occur any of
+those eccentric meteorological changes which elsewhere surprise us. In
+the valley of Typee ice-creams would never be rendered less acceptable
+by sudden frosts, nor would picnic parties be deferred on account of
+inauspicious snowstorms: for there day follows day in one unvarying
+round of summer and sunshine, and the whole year is one long tropical
+month of June just melting into July.
+
+It is this genial climate which causes the cocoa-nuts to flourish as
+they do. This invaluable fruit, brought to perfection by the rich soil
+of the Marquesas, and borne aloft on a stately column more than a
+hundred feet from the ground, would seem at first almost inaccessible
+to the simple natives. Indeed, the slender, smooth, and soaring shaft,
+without a single limb or protuberance of any kind to assist one in
+mounting it, presents an obstacle only to be overcome by the surprising
+agility and ingenuity of the islanders. It might be supposed that their
+indolence would lead them patiently to await the period when the
+ripened nuts, slowly parting from their stems, fall one by one to the
+ground. This certainly would be the case, were it not that the young
+fruit, encased in a soft green husk, with the incipient meat adhering
+in a jelly-like pellicle to its sides, and containing a bumper of the
+most delicious nectar, is what they chiefly prize. They have at least
+twenty different terms to express as many progressive stages in the
+growth of the nut. Many of them reject the fruit altogether except at a
+particular period of its growth, which, incredible as it may appear,
+they seemed to me to be able to ascertain within an hour or two. Others
+are still more capricious in their tastes; and after gathering together
+a heap of the nuts of all ages, and ingeniously tapping them, will
+first sip from one and then from another, as fastidiously as some
+delicate wine-bibber experimenting, glass in hand, among his dusty
+demijohns of different vintages.
+
+Some of the young men, with more flexible frames than their comrades,
+and perhaps with more courageous souls, had a way of walking up the
+trunk of the cocoa-nut trees which to me seemed little less than
+miraculous; and when looking at them in the act, I experienced that
+curious perplexity a child feels when he beholds a fly moving feet
+uppermost along a ceiling.
+
+I will endeavour to describe the way in which Narnee, a noble young
+chief, sometimes performed this feat for my particular gratification;
+but his preliminary performances must also be recorded. Upon my
+signifying my desire that he should pluck me the young fruit of some
+particular tree, the handsome savage, throwing himself into a sudden
+attitude of surprise, feigns astonishment at the apparent absurdity of
+the request. Maintaining this position for a moment, the strange
+emotions depicted on his countenance soften down into one of humorous
+resignation to my will, and then, looking wistfully up to the tufted
+top of the tree, he stands on tip-toe, straining his neck and elevating
+his arms, as though endeavouring to reach the fruit from the ground
+where he stands. As if defeated in this childish attempt, he now sinks
+to the earth despondingly, beating his breast in well-acted despair;
+and then, starting to his feet all at once, and throwing back his head,
+raises both hands, like a schoolboy about to catch a falling ball.
+After continuing this for a moment or two, as if in expectation that
+the fruit was going to be tossed down to him by some good spirit in the
+tree-top, he turns wildly round in another fit of despair, and scampers
+off to the distance of thirty or forty yards. Here he remains awhile,
+eyeing the tree, the very picture of misery; but the next moment,
+receiving, as it were, a flash of inspiration, he rushes again towards
+it, and clasping both arms about the trunk, with one elevated a little
+above the other, he presses the soles of his feet close together
+against the tree, extending his legs from it until they are nearly
+horizontal, and his body becomes doubled into an arch; then, hand over
+hand and foot after foot, he rises from the earth with steady rapidity,
+and almost before you are aware of it, has gained the cradled and
+embowered nest of nuts, and with boisterous glee flings the fruit to
+the ground.
+
+This mode of walking the tree is only practicable where the trunk
+declines considerably from the perpendicular. This, however, is almost
+always the case; some of the perfectly straight shafts of the trees
+leaning at an angle of thirty degrees.
+
+The less active among the men, and many of the children of the valley,
+have another method of climbing. They take a broad and stout piece of
+bark, and secure either end of it to their ankles: so that when the
+feet thus confined are extended apart, a space of little more than
+twelve inches is left between them. This contrivance greatly
+facilitates the act of climbing. The band pressed against the tree, and
+closely embracing it, yields a pretty firm support; while with the arms
+clasped about the trunk, and at regular intervals sustaining the body,
+the feet are drawn up nearly a yard at a time, and a corresponding
+elevation of the hands immediately succeeds. In this way I have seen
+little children, scarcely five years of age, fearlessly climbing the
+slender pole of a young cocoa-nut tree, and while hanging perhaps fifty
+feet from the ground, receiving the plaudits of their parents beneath,
+who clapped their hands, and encouraged them to mount still higher.
+
+What, thought I, on first witnessing one of these exhibitions, would
+the nervous mothers of America and England say to a similar display of
+hardihood in any of their children? The Lacedemonian nation might have
+approved of it, but most modern dames would have gone into hysterics at
+the sight.
+
+At the top of the cocoa-nut tree the numerous branches, radiating on
+all sides from a common centre, form a sort of green and waving basket,
+between the leaflets of which you just discern the nuts thickly
+clustering together, and on the loftier trees looking no bigger from
+the ground than bunches of grapes. I remember one adventurous little
+fellow—Too-Too was the rascal’s name—who had built himself a sort of
+aërial baby-house in the picturesque tuft of a tree adjoining Marheyo’s
+habitation. He used to spend hours there,—rustling among the branches,
+and shouting with delight every time the strong gusts of wind, rushing
+down from the mountain side, swayed to and fro the tall and flexible
+column on which he was perched. Whenever I heard Too-Too’s musical
+voice sounding strangely to the ear from so great a height, and beheld
+him peeping down upon me from out his leafy covert, he always recalled
+to my mind Dibdin’s lines—
+
+  There’s a sweet little cherub that sits up aloft, To look out for the
+  life of poor Jack.
+
+Birds—bright and beautiful birds—fly over the valley of Typee. You see
+them perched aloft among the immovable boughs of the majestic
+bread-fruit trees, or gently swaying on the elastic branches of the
+Omoo; skimming over the palmetto-thatching of the bamboo huts; passing
+like spirits on the wing through the shadows of the grove, and
+sometimes descending into the bosom of the valley in gleaming flights
+from the mountains. Their plumage is purple and azure, crimson and
+white, black and gold; with bills of every tint;—bright bloody-red, jet
+black, and ivory white; and their eyes are bright and sparkling; they
+go sailing through the air in starry throngs; but, alas! the spell of
+dumbness is upon them all—there is not a single warbler in the valley!
+
+I know not why it was, but the sight of these birds, generally the
+ministers of gladness, always oppressed me with melancholy. As in their
+dumb beauty they hovered by me whilst I was walking, or looked down
+upon me with steady curious eyes from out the foliage, I was almost
+inclined to fancy that they knew they were gazing upon a stranger, and
+that they commiserated his fate.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIX
+
+
+A professor of the fine arts—His persecutions—Something about tattooing
+and tabooing—Two anecdotes in illustration of the latter—A few thoughts
+on the Typee dialect.
+
+
+In one of my strolls with Kory-Kory, in passing along the border of a
+thick growth of bushes, my attention was arrested by a singular noise.
+On entering the thicket, I witnessed for the first time the operation
+of tattooing as performed by these islanders.
+
+I beheld a man extended flat upon his back, on the ground, and, despite
+the forced composure of his countenance, it was evident that he was
+suffering agony. His tormentor bent over him, working away for all the
+world like a stone-cutter with mallet and chisel. In one hand he held a
+short slender stick, pointed with a shark’s tooth, on the upright end
+of which he tapped with a small hammer-like piece of wood, thus
+puncturing the skin, and charging it with the colouring matter in which
+the instrument was dipped. A cocoa-nut shell containing this fluid was
+placed upon the ground. It is prepared by mixing with a vegetable juice
+the ashes of the “armor,” or candle-nut, always preserved for the
+purpose. Beside the savage, and spread out upon a piece of soiled
+tappa, were a great number of curious black-looking little implements
+of bone and wood, used in the various divisions of his art. A few
+terminated in a single fine point, and, like very delicate pencils,
+were employed in giving the finishing touches, or in operating upon the
+more sensitive portions of the body, as was the case of the present
+instance. Others presented several points distributed in a line,
+somewhat resembling the teeth of a saw. These were employed in the
+coarser parts of the work, and particularly in pricking in straight
+marks. Some presented their points disposed in small figures, and being
+placed upon the body, were, by a single blow of the hammer, made to
+leave their indelible impression. I observed a few, the handles of
+which were mysteriously curved, as if intended to be introduced into
+the orifice of the ear, with a view perhaps of beating the tattoo upon
+the tympanum. Altogether, the sight of these strange instruments
+recalled to mind that display of cruel-looking mother-of-pearl-handled
+things which one sees in their velvet-lined cases at the elbow of a
+dentist.
+
+The artist was not at this time engaged on an original sketch, his
+subject being a venerable savage, whose tattooing had become somewhat
+faded with age and needed a few repairs, and accordingly he was merely
+employed in touching up the works of some of the old masters of the
+Typee school, as delineated upon the human canvas before him. The parts
+operated upon were the eyelids, where a longitudinal streak, like the
+one which adorned Kory-Kory, crossed the countenance of the victim.
+
+In spite of all the efforts of the poor old man, sundry twitchings and
+screwings of the muscles of the face denoted the exquisite sensibility
+of these shutters to the windows of his soul, which he was now having
+repainted. But the artist, with a heart as callous as that of an army
+surgeon, continued his performance, enlivening his labours with a wild
+chant, tapping away the while as merrily as a woodpecker.
+
+So deeply engaged was he in his work, that he had not observed our
+approach, until, after having enjoyed an unmolested view of the
+operation, I chose to attract his attention. As soon as he perceived
+me, supposing that I sought him in his professional capacity, he seized
+hold of me in a paroxysm of delight, and was all eagerness to begin the
+work. When, however, I gave him to understand that he had altogether
+mistaken my views, nothing could exceed his grief and disappointment.
+But recovering from this, he seemed determined not to credit my
+assertion, and grasping his implements, he flourished them about in
+fearful vicinity to my face, going through an imaginary performance of
+his art, and every moment bursting into some admiring exclamation at
+the beauty of his designs.
+
+Horrified at the bare thought of being rendered hideous for life if the
+wretch were to execute his purpose upon me, I struggled to get away
+from him, while Kory-Kory, turning traitor, stood by, and besought me
+to comply with the outrageous request. On my reiterated refusals the
+excited artist got half beside himself, and was overwhelmed with sorrow
+at losing so noble an opportunity of distinguishing himself in his
+profession.
+
+The idea of engrafting his tattooing upon my white skin filled him with
+all a painter’s enthusiasm: again and again he gazed into my
+countenance, and every fresh glimpse seemed to add to the vehemence of
+his ambition. Not knowing to what extremities he might proceed, and
+shuddering at the ruin he might inflict upon my figurehead, I now
+endeavoured to draw off his attention from it, and holding out my arm
+in a fit of desperation, signed to him to commence operations. But he
+rejected the compromise indignantly, and still continued his attack on
+my face, as though nothing short of that would satisfy him. When his
+forefinger swept across my features, in laying out the borders of those
+parallel bands which were to encircle my countenance, the flesh fairly
+crawled upon my bones. At last, half wild with terror and indignation,
+I succeeded in breaking away from the three savages, and fled towards
+old Marheyo’s house, pursued by the indomitable artist, who ran after
+me, implements in hand. Kory-Kory, however, at last interfered, and
+drew him off from the chase.
+
+This incident opened my eyes to a new danger; and I now felt convinced
+that in some luckless hour I should be disfigured in such a manner as
+never more to have the _face_ to return to my countrymen, even should
+an opportunity offer.
+
+These apprehensions were greatly increased by the desire which King
+Mehevi and several of the inferior chiefs now manifested that I should
+be tattooed. The pleasure of the king was first signified to me some
+three days after my casual encounter with Karky the artist. Heavens!
+what imprecations I showered upon that Karky. Doubtless he had plotted
+a conspiracy against me and my countenance, and would never rest until
+his diabolical purpose was accomplished. Several times I met him in
+various parts of the valley, and, invariably, whenever he descried me,
+he came running after me with his mallet and chisel, flourishing them
+about my face as if he longed to begin. What an object he would have
+made of me!
+
+When the king first expressed his wish to me, I made known to him my
+utter abhorrence of the measure, and worked myself into such a state of
+excitement, that he absolutely stared at me in amazement. It evidently
+surpassed his majesty’s comprehension how any sober-minded and sensible
+individual could entertain the least possible objection to so
+beautifying an operation.
+
+Soon afterwards he repeated his suggestion, and meeting with a like
+repulse, showed some symptoms of displeasure at my obduracy. On his a
+third time renewing his request, I plainly perceived that something
+must be done, or my visage was ruined for ever; I therefore screwed up
+my courage to the sticking point, and declared my willingness to have
+both arms tattooed from just above the wrist to the shoulder. His
+majesty was greatly pleased at the proposition, and I was
+congratulating myself with having thus compromised the matter, when he
+intimated that as a thing of course my face was first to undergo the
+operation. I was fairly driven to despair; nothing but the utter ruin
+of my “face divine,” as the poets call it, would, I perceived, satisfy
+the inexorable Mehevi and his chiefs, or rather that infernal Karky,
+for he was at the bottom of it all.
+
+The only consolation afforded me was a choice of patterns: I was at
+perfect liberty to have my face spanned by three horizontal bars, after
+the fashion of my serving-man’s; or to have as many oblique stripes
+slanting across it: or if, like a true courtier, I chose to model my
+style on that of royalty, I might wear a sort of freemason badge upon
+my countenance in the shape of a mystic triangle. However, I would have
+none of these, though the king most earnestly impressed upon my mind
+that my choice was wholly unrestricted. At last, seeing my
+unconquerable repugnance, he ceased to importune me.
+
+But not so some other of the savages. Hardly a day passed but I was
+subjected to their annoying requests, until at last my existence became
+a burden to me; the pleasures I had previously enjoyed no longer
+afforded me delight, and all my former desire to escape from the valley
+now revived with additional force.
+
+A fact which I soon afterwards learned augmented my apprehension. The
+whole system of tattooing was, I found, connected with their religion;
+and it was evident, therefore, that they were resolved to make a
+convert of me.
+
+In the decoration of the chiefs, it seems to be necessary to exercise
+the most elaborate pencilling; while some of the inferior natives
+looked as if they had been daubed over indiscriminately with a
+house-painter’s brush. I remember one fellow who prided himself hugely
+upon a great oblong patch, placed high upon his back, and who always
+reminded me of a man with a blister of Spanish flies stuck between his
+shoulders. Another whom I frequently met had the hollow of his eyes
+tattooed in two regular squares, and his visual organs being remarkably
+brilliant, they gleamed forth from out this setting like a couple of
+diamonds inserted in ebony.
+
+Although convinced that tattooing was a religious observance, still the
+nature of the connection between it and the superstitious idolatry of
+the people was a point upon which I could never obtain any information.
+Like the still more important system of the “Taboo,” it always appeared
+inexplicable to me.
+
+There is a marked similarity, almost an identity, between the religious
+institutions of most of the Polynesian islands, and in all exists the
+mysterious “Taboo,” restricted in its uses to a greater or less extent.
+So strange and complex in its arrangements is this remarkable system,
+that I have in several cases met with individuals who, after residing
+for years among the islands in the Pacific, and acquiring a
+considerable knowledge of the language, have nevertheless been
+altogether unable to give any satisfactory account of its operations.
+Situated as I was in the Typee valley, I perceived every hour the
+effects of this all-controlling power, without in the least
+comprehending it. Those effects were, indeed, wide-spread and
+universal, pervading the most important as well as the minutest
+transactions of life. The savage, in short, lives in the continual
+observance of its dictates, which guide and control every action of his
+being.
+
+For several days after entering the valley I had been saluted at least
+fifty times in the twenty-four hours with the talismanic word “Taboo”
+shrieked in my ears, at some gross violation of its provisions, of
+which I had unconsciously been guilty. The day after our arrival I
+happened to hand some tobacco to Toby over the head of a native who sat
+between us. He started up, as if stung by an adder; while the whole
+company, manifesting an equal degree of horror, simultaneously screamed
+out “Taboo!” I never again perpetrated a similar piece of ill-manners,
+which, indeed, was forbidden by the canons of good breeding, as well as
+by the mandates of the taboo. But it was not always so easy to perceive
+wherein you had contravened the spirit of this institution. I was many
+times called to order, if I may use the phrase, when I could not for
+the life of me conjecture what particular offence I had committed.
+
+One day I was strolling through a secluded portion of the valley, and
+hearing the musical sound of the cloth-mallet at a little distance, I
+turned down a path that conducted me in a few moments to a house where
+there were some half-dozen girls employed in making tappa. This was an
+operation I had frequently witnessed, and had handled the bark in all
+the various stages of its preparation. On the present occasion the
+females were intent upon their occupation, and after looking up and
+talking gaily to me for a few moments, they resumed their employment. I
+regarded them for awhile in silence, and then, carelessly picking up a
+handful of the material that lay around, proceeded unconsciously to
+pick it apart. While thus engaged, I was suddenly startled by a scream,
+like that of a whole boarding-school of young ladies just on the point
+of going into hysterics. Leaping up with the idea of seeing a score of
+Happar warriors about to perform anew the Sabine atrocity, I found
+myself confronted by the company of girls, who, having dropped their
+work, stood before me with starting eyes, swelling bosoms, and fingers
+pointed in horror towards me.
+
+Thinking that some venomous reptile must be concealed in the bark which
+I held in my hand, I began cautiously to separate and examine it.
+Whilst I did so the horrified girls redoubled their shrieks. Their wild
+cries and frightened motions actually alarmed me, and throwing down the
+tappa, I was about to rush from the house, when in the same instant
+their clamours ceased, and one of them, seizing me by the arm, pointed
+to the broken fibres that had just fallen from my grasp, and screamed
+in my ears the fatal word “Taboo!”
+
+I subsequently found out that the fabric they were engaged in making
+was of a peculiar kind, destined to be worn on the heads of the
+females, and through every stage of its manufacture was guarded by a
+vigorous taboo, which interdicted the whole masculine gender from even
+so much as touching it.
+
+Frequently in walking through the groves I observed bread-fruit and
+cocoa-nut trees, with a wreath of leaves twined in a peculiar fashion
+about their trunks. This was the mark of the taboo. The trees
+themselves, their fruit, and even the shadows they cast upon the
+ground, were consecrated by its presence. In the same way a pipe, which
+the king had bestowed upon me, was rendered sacred in the eyes of the
+natives, none of whom could I ever prevail upon to smoke from it. The
+bowl was encircled by a woven band of grass, somewhat resembling those
+Turks’ heads occasionally worked in the handles of our whip-stalks.
+
+A similar badge was once braided about my wrist by the royal hand of
+Mehevi himself, who, as soon as he had concluded the operation,
+pronounced me “Taboo.” This occurred shortly after Toby’s
+disappearance; and were it not that from the first moment I had entered
+the valley the natives had treated me with uniform kindness, I should
+have supposed that their conduct afterwards was to be ascribed to the
+fact that I received this sacred investiture.
+
+The capricious operations of the taboo are not its least remarkable
+feature: to enumerate them all would be impossible. Black hogs—infants
+to a certain age—women in an interesting situation—young men while the
+operation of tattooing their faces is going on—and certain parts of the
+valley during the continuance of a shower—are alike fenced about by the
+operation of the taboo.
+
+I witnessed a striking instance of its effects in the bay of Tior, my
+visit to which place occurred a few days before leaving the ship. On
+that occasion our worthy captain formed one of the party. He was a most
+insatiable sportsman. Outward bound, and off the pitch of Cape Horn, he
+used to sit on the taffrail, and keep the steward loading three or four
+old fowling-pieces, with which he would bring down albatrosses, Cape
+pigeons, jays, petrels, and divers other marine fowl, who followed
+chattering in our wake. The sailors were struck aghast at his impiety,
+and one and all attributed our forty days’ beating about that horrid
+headland to his sacrilegious slaughter of these inoffensive birds.
+
+At Tior, he evinced the same disregard for the religious prejudices of
+the islanders as he had previously shown for the superstitions of the
+sailors. Having heard that there were a considerable number of fowls in
+the valley—the progeny of some cocks and hens accidentally left there
+by an English vessel, and which, being strictly tabooed, flew about
+almost in a wild state—he determined to break through all restraints,
+and be the death of them. Accordingly, he provided himself with a most
+formidable-looking gun, and announced his landing on the beach by
+shooting down a noble cock, that was crowing what proved to be his own
+funeral dirge on the limb of an adjoining tree. “Taboo,” shrieked the
+affrighted savages. “Oh, hang your taboo,” says the nautical sportsman;
+“talk taboo to the marines”; and bang went the piece again, and down
+came another victim. At this the natives ran scampering through the
+groves, horror-struck at the enormity of the act.
+
+All that afternoon the rocky sides of the valley rang with successive
+reports, and the superb plumage of many a beautiful fowl was ruffled by
+the fatal bullet. Had it not been that the French admiral, with a large
+party, was then in the glen, I have no doubt that the natives, although
+their tribe was small and dispirited, would have inflicted summary
+vengeance upon the man who thus outraged their most sacred
+institutions; as it was, they contrived to annoy him not a little.
+
+Thirsting with his exertions, the skipper directed his steps to a
+stream; but the savages, who had followed at a little distance,
+perceiving his object, rushed towards him and forced him away from its
+bank—his lips would have polluted it. Wearied at last, he sought to
+enter a house that he might rest for awhile on the mats; its inmates
+gathered tumultuously about the door and denied him admittance. He
+coaxed and blustered by turns, but in vain; the natives were neither to
+be intimidated nor appeased, and as a final resort he was obliged to
+call together his boat’s crew, and pull away from what he termed the
+most infernal place he ever stepped upon.
+
+Lucky was it for him and for us that we were not honoured on our
+departure by a salute of stones from the hands of the exasperated
+Tiors. In this way, on the neighbouring island of Ropo, were killed,
+but a few weeks previously, and for a nearly similar offence, the
+master and three of the crew of the K——.
+
+I cannot determine, with anything approaching to certainty, what power
+it is that imposes the taboo. When I consider the slight disparity of
+condition among the islanders—the very limited and inconsiderable
+prerogatives of the king and chiefs—and the loose and indefinite
+functions of the priesthood, most of whom were hardly to be
+distinguished from the rest of their countrymen, I am wholly at a loss
+where to look for the authority which regulates this potent
+institution. It is imposed upon something to-day, and withdrawn
+to-morrow; while its operations in other cases are perpetual. Sometimes
+its restrictions only affect a single individual—sometimes a particular
+family—sometimes a whole tribe; and, in a few instances, they extend
+not merely over the various clans on a single island, but over all the
+inhabitants of an entire group. In illustration of this latter
+peculiarity, I may cite the law which forbids a female to enter a
+canoe—a prohibition which prevails upon all the northern Marquesas
+Islands.
+
+The word itself (taboo) is used in more than one signification. It is
+sometimes used by a parent to his child, when, in the exercise of
+parental authority, he forbids it to perform a particular action.
+Anything opposed to the ordinary customs of the islanders, although not
+expressly prohibited, is said to be “taboo.”
+
+The Typee language is one very difficult to be acquired; it bears a
+close resemblance to the other Polynesian dialects, all of which show a
+common origin. The duplication of words, as “lumee lumee,” “poee poee,”
+“muee muee,” is one of their peculiar features. But another, and a more
+annoying one, is the different sense in which one and the same word is
+employed; its various meanings all have a certain connection, which
+only makes the matter more puzzling. So one brisk, lively little word
+is obliged, like a servant in a poor family, to perform all sorts of
+duties. For instance—one particular combination of syllables expresses
+the ideas of sleep, rest, reclining, sitting, leaning, and all other
+things anyways analogous thereto, the particular meaning being shown
+chiefly by a variety of gestures, and the eloquent expression of the
+countenance.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXX
+
+
+Strange custom of the islanders—Their chanting, and the peculiarity of
+their voice—Rapture of the king at first hearing a song—A new dignity
+conferred on the author—Musical instruments in the valley—Admiration of
+the savages at beholding a pugilistic performance—Swimming
+infant—Beautiful tresses of the girls—Ointment for the hair.
+
+
+Sadly discursive as I have already been, I must still further entreat
+the reader’s patience, as I am about to string together, without any
+attempt at order, a few odds and ends of things not hitherto mentioned,
+but which are either curious in themselves, or peculiar to the Typees.
+
+There was one singular custom, observed in old Marheyo’s domestic
+establishment, which often excited my surprise. Every night, before
+retiring, the inmates of the house gathered together on the mats, and
+squatting upon their haunches, after the universal practice of these
+islanders, would commence a low, dismal, and monotonous chant,
+accompanying the voice with the instrumental melody produced by two
+small half-rotten sticks tapped slowly together, a pair of which were
+held in the hands of each person present. Thus would they employ
+themselves for an hour or two, sometimes longer. Lying in the gloom
+which wrapped the farther end of the house, I could not avoid looking
+at them, although the spectacle suggested nothing but unpleasant
+reflections. The flickering rays of the “armor” nut just served to
+reveal their savage lineaments, without dispelling the darkness that
+hovered about them.
+
+Sometimes when, after falling into a kind of doze, and awaking suddenly
+in the midst of these doleful chantings, my eye would fall upon the
+wild-looking group engaged in their strange occupation, with their
+naked tattooed limbs, and shaven heads disposed in a circle, I was
+almost tempted to believe that I gazed upon a set of evil beings in the
+act of working a frightful incantation.
+
+What was the meaning or purpose of this custom, whether it was
+practised merely as a diversion, or whether it was a religious
+exercise, a sort of family prayers, I never could discover.
+
+The sounds produced by the natives on these occasions were of a most
+singular description; and had I not actually been present, I never
+would have believed that such curious noises could have been produced
+by human beings.
+
+To savages, generally, is imputed a guttural articulation. This,
+however, is not always the case, especially among the inhabitants of
+the Polynesian Archipelago. The labial melody with which the Typee
+girls carry on an ordinary conversation, giving a musical prolongation
+to the final syllable of every sentence, and chirping out some of the
+words with a liquid, bird-like accent, was singularly pleasing.
+
+The men, however, are not quite so harmonious in their utterance; and
+when excited upon any subject, would work themselves up into a sort of
+wordy paroxysm, during which all descriptions of rough-sided sounds
+were projected from their mouths, with a force and rapidity which was
+absolutely astonishing.
+
+
+Although these savages are remarkably fond of chanting, still they
+appear to have no idea whatever of singing, at least as the art is
+practised among other nations.
+
+I never shall forget the first time I happened to roar out a stave in
+the presence of the noble Mehevi. It was a stanza from the “Bavarian
+Broom-seller.” His Typean majesty, with all his court, gazed upon me in
+amazement, as if I had displayed some preternatural faculty which
+Heaven had denied to them. The king was delighted with the verse; but
+the chorus fairly transported him. At his solicitation, I sang it again
+and again, and nothing could be more ludicrous than his vain attempts
+to catch the air and the words. The royal savage seemed to think that
+by screwing all the features of his face into the end of his nose, he
+might possibly succeed in the undertaking, but it failed to answer the
+purpose; and in the end he gave it up, and consoled himself by
+listening to my repetition of the sounds fifty times over.
+
+Previous to Mehevi’s making the discovery, I had never been aware that
+there was anything of the nightingale about me; but I was now promoted
+to the place of court minstrel, in which capacity I was afterwards
+perpetually called upon to officiate.
+
+
+Besides the sticks and the drums, there are no other musical
+instruments among the Typees, except one which might appropriately be
+denominated a nasal flute. It is somewhat longer than an ordinary fife,
+is made of a beautiful scarlet-coloured reed, and has four or five
+stops, with a large hole near one end, which latter is held just
+beneath the left nostril. The other nostril being closed by a peculiar
+movement of the muscles about the nose, the breath is forced into the
+tube, and produces a soft dulcet sound, which is varied by the fingers
+running at random over the stops. This is a favourite recreation with
+the females, and one in which Fayaway greatly excelled. Awkward as such
+an instrument may appear, it was, in Fayaway’s delicate little hands,
+one of the most graceful I have ever seen. A young lady in the act of
+tormenting a guitar, strung about her neck by a couple of yards of blue
+ribbon, is not half so engaging.
+
+
+Singing was not the only means I possessed of diverting the royal
+Mehevi and his easy-going subjects. Nothing afforded them more pleasure
+than to see me go through the attitudes of a pugilistic encounter. As
+not one of the natives had soul enough in him to stand up like a man,
+and allow me to hammer away at him, for my own personal gratification
+and that of the king, I was necessitated to fight with an imaginary
+enemy, whom I invariably made to knock under to my superior prowess.
+Sometimes, when this sorely battered shadow retreated precipitately
+towards a group of the savages, and, following him up, I rushed among
+them, dealing my blows right and left, they would disperse in all
+directions, much to the enjoyment of Mehevi, the chiefs, and
+themselves.
+
+The noble art of self-defence appeared to be regarded by them as the
+peculiar gift of the white man; and I make little doubt but that they
+supposed armies of Europeans were drawn up provided with nothing else
+but bony fists and stout hearts, with which they set to in column, and
+pummelled one another at the word of command.
+
+
+One day, in company with Kory-Kory, I had repaired to the stream for
+the purpose of bathing, when I observed a woman sitting upon a rock in
+the midst of the current, and watching with the liveliest interest the
+gambols of something, which at first I took to be an uncommonly large
+species of frog that was sporting in the water near her. Attracted by
+the novelty of the sight, I waded towards the spot where she sat, and
+could hardly credit the evidence of my senses when I beheld a little
+infant, the period of whose birth could not have extended back many
+days, paddling about as if it had just risen to the surface, after
+being hatched into existence at the bottom. Occasionally the delighted
+parent reached out her hand towards it, when the little thing, uttering
+a faint cry, and striking out its tiny limbs, would sidle for the rock,
+and the next moment be clasped to its mother’s bosom. This was repeated
+again and again, the baby remaining in the stream about a minute at a
+time. Once or twice it made wry faces at swallowing a mouthful of
+water, and choked and spluttered as if on the point of strangling. At
+such times, however, the mother snatched it up, and by a process
+scarcely to be mentioned obliged it to eject the fluid. For several
+weeks afterward I observed the woman bringing her child down to the
+stream regularly every day, in the cool of the morning and evening, and
+treating it to a bath. No wonder that the South Sea islanders are so
+amphibious a race, when they are thus launched into the water as soon
+as they see the light. I am convinced that it is as natural for a human
+being to swim as it is for a duck. And yet, in civilized communities,
+how many able-bodied individuals die, like so many drowning kittens,
+from the occurrence of the most trivial accidents!
+
+
+The long, luxuriant, and glossy tresses of the Typee damsels often
+attracted my admiration. A fine head of hair is the pride and joy of
+every woman’s heart! Whether, against the express will of Providence,
+it is twisted up on the crown of the head and there coiled away;
+whether it be built up in a great tower, with combs and pins, or is
+plastered over the head in sleek, shiny folds; or whether it be
+permitted to flow over the shoulders in natural ringlets, it is always
+the pride of the owner, and the glory of the toilette.
+
+The Typee girls devote much of their time to the dressing of their hair
+and redundant locks. After bathing, as they sometimes do five or six
+times every day, the hair is carefully dried, and if they have been in
+the sea, invariably washed in fresh water, and anointed with a
+highly-scented oil extracted from the meat of the cocoa-nut. This oil
+is obtained in great abundance, by the following very simple process:—
+
+A large vessel of wood, with holes perforated in the bottom, is filled
+with the pounded meat, and exposed to the rays of the sun. As the
+oleaginous matter exudes, it falls in drops through the apertures into
+a wide-mouthed calabash placed underneath. After a sufficient quantity
+has thus been collected, the oil undergoes a purifying process, and is
+then poured into the small spherical shells of the nuts of the
+moo-tree, which are hollowed out to receive it. These nuts are then
+hermetically sealed with a resinous gum, and the vegetable fragrance of
+their green rind soon imparts to the oil a delightful odour. After a
+lapse of a few weeks, the exterior shell of the nuts becomes quite dry
+and hard, and assumes a beautiful carnation tint; and when opened they
+are found to be about two-thirds full of an ointment of a light yellow
+colour, and diffusing the sweetest perfume. This elegant little odorous
+globe would not be out of place even upon the toilette of a queen. Its
+merits as a preparation for the hair are undeniable,—it imparts to it a
+superb gloss and a silky fineness.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXI
+
+
+Apprehensions of evil—Frightful discovery—Some remarks on
+cannibalism—Second battle with the Happars—Savage spectacle—Mysterious
+feast—Subsequent disclosures.
+
+
+From the time of my casual encounter with Karky the artist, my life was
+one of absolute wretchedness. Not a day passed but I was persecuted by
+the solicitations of some of the natives to subject myself to the
+odious operation of tattooing. Their importunities drove me half wild,
+for I felt how easily they might work their will upon me regarding
+this, or anything else which they took into their heads. Still,
+however, the behaviour of the islanders toward me was as kind as ever.
+Faraway was quite as engaging; Kory-Kory as devoted; and Mehevi the
+king just as gracious and condescending as before. But I had now been
+three months in their valley, as nearly as I could estimate; I had
+grown familiar with the narrow limits to which my wanderings had been
+confined; and I began bitterly to feel the state of captivity in which
+I was held. There was no one with whom I could freely converse; no one
+to whom I could communicate my thoughts; no one who could sympathize
+with my sufferings. A thousand times I thought how much more endurable
+would have been my lot had Toby still been with me. But I was left
+alone, and the thought was terrible to me. Still, despite my griefs, I
+did all in my power to appear composed and cheerful, well knowing that
+by manifesting any uneasiness, or any desire to escape, I should only
+frustrate my object.
+
+It was during the period I was in this unhappy frame of mind, that the
+painful malady under which I had been labouring—after having almost
+completely subsided—began again to show itself, and with symptoms as
+violent as ever. This added calamity nearly unmanned me; the recurrence
+of the complaint proved that, without powerful remedial applications,
+all hope of cure was futile; and when I reflected that just beyond the
+elevations which bound me in, was the medical relief I needed, and
+that, although so near, it was impossible for me to avail myself of it,
+the thought was misery.
+
+In this wretched situation, every circumstance which evinced the savage
+nature of the beings at whose mercy I was, augmented the fearful
+apprehensions that consumed me. An occurrence which happened about this
+time affected me most powerfully.
+
+I have already mentioned, that from the ridge-pole of Marheyo’s house
+were suspended a number of packages enveloped in tappa. Many of these I
+had often seen in the hands of the natives, and their contents had been
+examined in my presence. But there were three packages hanging very
+nearly over the place where I lay, which from their remarkable
+appearance had often excited my curiosity. Several times I had asked
+Kory-Kory to show me their contents; but my servitor, who in almost
+every other particular had acceded to my wishes, always refused to
+gratify me in this.
+
+One day, returning unexpectedly from the Ti, my arrival seemed to throw
+the inmates of the house into the greatest confusion. They were seated
+together on the mats, and by the lines which extended from the roof to
+the floor I immediately perceived that the mysterious packages were,
+for some purpose or other, under inspection. The evident alarm the
+savages betrayed filled me with forebodings of evil, and with an
+uncontrollable desire to penetrate the secret so jealously guarded.
+Despite the efforts of Marheyo and Kory-Kory to restrain me, I forced
+my way into the midst of the circle, and just caught a glimpse of three
+human heads, which others of the party were hurriedly enveloping in the
+coverings from which they had been taken.
+
+One of the three I distinctly saw. It was in a state of perfect
+preservation, and from the slight glimpse I had of it, seemed to have
+been subjected to some smoking operation which had reduced it to the
+dry, hard, and mummy-like appearance it presented. The two long
+scalp-locks were twisted up into balls upon the crown of the head, in
+the same way that the individual had worn them during life. The sunken
+cheeks were rendered yet more ghastly by the rows of glistening teeth
+which protruded from between the lips, while the sockets of the
+eyes—filled with oval bits of mother-of-pearl shell, with a black spot
+in the centre—heightened the hideousness of its aspect.
+
+Two of the three were heads of the islanders; but the third, to my
+horror, was that of a white man. Although it had been quickly removed
+from my sight, still the glimpse I had of it was enough to convince me
+that I could not be mistaken.
+
+Gracious God! what dreadful thoughts entered my mind. In solving this
+mystery, perhaps I had solved another, and the fate of my lost
+companion might be revealed in the shocking spectacle I had just
+witnessed. I longed to have torn off the folds of cloth, and satisfied
+the awful doubts under which I laboured. But before I had recovered
+from the consternation into which I had been thrown, the fatal packages
+were hoisted aloft and once more swung over my head. The natives now
+gathered round me tumultuously, and laboured to convince me that what I
+had just seen were the heads of three Happar warriors, who had been
+slain in battle. This glaring falsehood added to my alarm, and it was
+not until I reflected that I had observed the packages swinging from
+their elevation before Toby’s disappearance, that I could at all
+recover my composure.
+
+But although this horrible apprehension had been dispelled, I had
+discovered enough to fill me, in my present state of mind, with the
+most bitter reflections. It was plain that I had seen the last relic of
+some unfortunate wretch, who must have been massacred on the beach by
+the savages, in one of those perilous trading adventures which I have
+before described.
+
+It was not, however, alone the murder of the stranger that overcame me
+with gloom. I shuddered at the idea of the subsequent fate his
+inanimate body might have met with. Was the same doom reserved for me?
+Was I destined to perish like him—like him, perhaps, to be devoured,
+and my head to be preserved as a fearful memento of the event? My
+imagination ran riot in these horrid speculations, and I felt certain
+that the worst possible evils would befall me. But whatever were my
+misgivings, I studiously concealed them from the islanders, as well as
+the full extent of the discovery I had made.
+
+Although the assurances which the Typees had often given me, that they
+never ate human flesh, had not convinced me that such was the case,
+yet, having been so long a time in the valley without witnessing
+anything which indicated the existence of the practice, I began to hope
+that it was an event of very rare occurrence, and that I should be
+spared the horror of witnessing it during my stay among them: but,
+alas! these hopes were soon destroyed.
+
+It is a singular fact, that in all our accounts of cannibal tribes we
+have seldom received the testimony of an eye-witness to the revolting
+practice. The horrible conclusion has almost always been derived from
+the second-hand evidence of Europeans, or else from the admissions of
+the savages themselves, after they have in some degree become
+civilized. The Polynesians are aware of the detestation in which
+Europeans hold this custom, and therefore invariably deny its
+existence, and, with the craft peculiar to savages, endeavour to
+conceal every trace of it.
+
+But to my story.
+
+About a week after my discovery of the contents of the mysterious
+packages, I happened to be at the Ti, when another war-alarm was
+sounded, and the natives, rushing to their arms, sallied out to resist
+a second incursion of the Happar invaders. The same scene was again
+repeated, only that on this occasion I heard at least fifteen reports
+of muskets from the mountains during the time that the skirmish lasted.
+An hour or two after its termination, loud pæans chanted through the
+valley announced the approach of the victors. I stood with Kory-Kory
+leaning against the railing of the pi-pi, awaiting their advance, when
+a tumultuous crowd of islanders emerged with wild clamours from the
+neighbouring groves. In the midst of them marched four men, one
+preceding the other at regular intervals of eight or ten feet, with
+poles of a corresponding length, extending from shoulder to shoulder,
+to which were lashed with thongs of bark three long narrow bundles,
+carefully wrapped in ample coverings of freshly plucked palm-leaves,
+tacked together with slivers of bamboo. Here and there upon these green
+winding-sheets might be seen the stains of blood, while the warriors
+who carried the frightful burdens displayed upon their naked limbs
+similar sanguinary marks. The shaven head of the foremost had a deep
+gash upon it, and the clotted gore which had flowed from the wound
+remained in dry patches around it. The savage seemed to be sinking
+under the weight he bore. The bright tattooing upon his body was
+covered with blood and dust; his inflamed eyes rolled in their sockets,
+and his whole appearance denoted extraordinary suffering and exertion;
+yet, sustained by some powerful impulse, he continued to advance, while
+the throng around him with wild cheers sought to encourage him. The
+other three men were marked about the arms and breasts with several
+slight wounds, which they somewhat ostentatiously displayed.
+
+These four individuals, having been the most active in the late
+encounter, claimed the honour of bearing the bodies of their slain
+enemies to the Ti. Such was the conclusion I drew from my own
+observations, and, as far as I could understand, from the explanation
+which Kory-Kory gave me.
+
+The royal Mehevi walked by the side of these heroes. He carried in one
+hand a musket, from the barrel of which was suspended a small canvas
+pouch of powder, and in the other he grasped a short javelin, which he
+held before him and regarded with fierce exultation. This javelin he
+had wrested from a celebrated champion of the Happars, who had
+ignominiously fled, and was pursued by his foes beyond the summit of
+the mountain.
+
+When within a short distance of the Ti, the warrior with the wounded
+head, who proved to be Narmonee, tottered forward two or three steps,
+and fell helplessly to the ground; but not before another had caught
+the end of the pole from his shoulder, and placed it upon his own.
+
+The excited throng of islanders, who surrounded the person of the king
+and the dead bodies of the enemy, approached the spot where I stood,
+brandishing their rude implements of warfare, many of which were
+bruised and broken, and uttering continual shouts of triumph. When the
+crowd drew up opposite the Ti, I set myself to watch their proceedings
+most attentively; but scarcely had they halted when my servitor, who
+had left my side for an instant, touched my arm, and proposed our
+returning to Marheyo’s house. To this I objected; but, to my surprise,
+Kory-Kory reiterated his request, and with an unusual vehemence of
+manner. Still, however, I refused to comply, and was retreating before
+him, as in his importunity he pressed upon me, when I felt a heavy hand
+laid upon my shoulder, and turning round, encountered the bulky form of
+Mow-Mow, a one-eyed chief, who had just detached himself from the crowd
+below, and had mounted the rear of the pi-pi upon which we stood. His
+cheek had been pierced by the point of a spear, and the wound imparted
+a still more frightful expression to his hideously tattooed face,
+already deformed by the loss of an eye. The warrior, without uttering a
+syllable, pointed fiercely in the direction of Marheyo’s house, while
+Kory-Kory, at the same time presenting his back, desired me to mount.
+
+I declined this offer, but intimated my willingness to withdraw, and
+moved slowly along the piazza, wondering what could be the cause of
+this unusual treatment. A few minutes’ consideration convinced me that
+the savages were about to celebrate some hideous rite in connexion with
+their peculiar customs, and at which they were determined I should not
+be present. I descended from the pi-pi, and attended by Kory-Kory, who
+on this occasion did not show his usual commiseration for my lameness,
+but seemed only anxious to hurry me on, walked away from the place. As
+I passed through the noisy throng, which by this time completely
+environed the Ti, I looked with fearful curiosity at the three
+packages, which now were deposited upon the ground; but although I had
+no doubt as to their contents, still their thick coverings prevented my
+actually detecting the form of a human body.
+
+The next morning, shortly after sunrise, the same thundering sounds
+which had awakened me from sleep on the second day of the Feast of
+Calabashes, assured me that the savages were on the eve of celebrating
+another, and, as I fully believed, a horrible solemnity.
+
+All the inmates of the house, with the exception of Marheyo, his son,
+and Tinor, after assuming their gala dresses, departed in the direction
+of the Taboo Groves.
+
+Although I did not anticipate a compliance with my request, still, with
+a view of testing the truth of my suspicions, I proposed to Kory-Kory
+that, according to our usual custom in the morning, we should take a
+stroll to the Ti: he positively refused; and when I renewed the
+request, he evinced his determination to prevent my going there; and,
+to divert my mind from the subject, he offered to accompany me to the
+stream. We accordingly went, and bathed. On our coming back to the
+house, I was surprised to find that all its inmates had returned, and
+were lounging upon the mats as usual, although the drums still sounded
+from the groves.
+
+The rest of the day I spent with Kory-Kory and Fayaway, wandering about
+a part of the valley situated in an opposite direction from the Ti, and
+whenever I so much as looked towards that building, although it was
+hidden from view by intervening trees, and at the distance of more than
+a mile, my attendant would exclaim, “Taboo, taboo!”
+
+At the various houses where we stopped, I found many of the inhabitants
+reclining at their ease, or pursuing some light occupation, as if
+nothing unusual were going forward; but amongst them all I did not
+perceive a single chief or warrior. When I asked several of the people
+why they were not at the “Hoolah Hoolah” (the feast), they uniformly
+answered the question in a manner which implied that it was not
+intended for them, but for Mehevi, Narmonee, Mow-Mow, Kolor, Womonoo,
+Kalow, running over, in their desire to make me comprehend their
+meaning, the names of all the principal chiefs.
+
+Everything, in short, strengthened my suspicions with regard to the
+nature of the festival they were now celebrating; and which amounted
+almost to a certainty. While in Nukuheva I had frequently been informed
+that the whole tribe were never present at these cannibal banquets, but
+the chiefs and priests only; and everything I now observed agreed with
+the account.
+
+The sound of the drums continued without intermission the whole day,
+and falling continually upon my ear, caused me a sensation of horror
+which I am unable to describe. On the following day, hearing none of
+those noisy indications of revelry, I concluded that the inhuman feast
+was terminated, and feeling a kind of morbid curiosity to discover
+whether the Ti might furnish any evidence of what had taken place
+there, I proposed to Kory-Kory to walk there. To this proposition he
+replied by pointing with his finger to the newly-risen sun, and then up
+to the zenith, intimating that our visit must be deferred until noon.
+Shortly after that hour we accordingly proceeded to the Taboo Groves,
+and as soon as we entered their precincts, I looked fearfully round in
+quest of some memorial of the scene which had so lately been acted
+there; but everything appeared as usual. On reaching the Ti, we found
+Mehevi and a few chiefs reclining on the mats, who gave me as friendly
+a reception as ever. No allusions of any kind were made by them to the
+recent events; and I refrained, for obvious reasons, from referring to
+them myself.
+
+After staying a short time, I took my leave. In passing along the
+piazza, previously to descending from the pi-pi, I observed a curiously
+carved vessel of wood, of considerable size, with a cover placed over
+it, of the same material, and which resembled in shape a small canoe.
+It was surrounded by a low railing of bamboos, the top of which was
+scarcely a foot from the ground. As the vessel had been placed in its
+present position since my last visit, I at once concluded that it must
+have some connexion with the recent festival; and, prompted by a
+curiosity I could not repress, in passing it I raised one end of the
+cover; at the same moment the chiefs, perceiving my design, loudly
+ejaculated, “Taboo! taboo!” But the slight glimpse sufficed; my eyes
+fell upon the disordered members of a human skeleton, the bones still
+fresh with moisture, and with particles of flesh clinging to them here
+and there!
+
+Kory-Kory, who had been a little in advance of me, attracted by the
+exclamations of the chiefs, turned round in time to witness the
+expression of horror on my countenance. He now hurried towards me,
+pointing at the same time to the canoe, and exclaiming, rapidly,
+“Puarkee! puarkee!” (Pig, pig.) I pretended to yield to the deception,
+and repeated the words after him several times, as though acquiescing
+in what he said. The other savages, either deceived by my conduct, or
+unwilling to manifest their displeasure at what could not now be
+remedied, took no further notice of the occurrence, and I immediately
+left the Ti.
+
+All that night I lay awake, revolving in my mind the fearful situation
+in which I was placed. The last horrid revelation had now been made,
+and the full sense of my condition rushed upon my mind with a force I
+had never before experienced.
+
+Where, thought I, desponding, is there the slightest prospect of
+escape? The only person who seemed to possess the ability to assist me
+was the stranger, Marnoo; but would he ever return to the valley? and
+if he did, should I be permitted to hold any communication with him? It
+seemed as if I were cut off from every source of hope, and that nothing
+remained but passively to await whatever fate was in store for me. A
+thousand times I endeavoured to account for the mysterious conduct of
+the natives. For what conceivable purpose did they thus retain me a
+captive? What could be their object in treating me with such apparent
+kindness, and did it not cover some treacherous scheme? Or, if they had
+no other design than to hold me a prisoner, how should I be able to
+pass away my days in this narrow valley, deprived of all intercourse
+with civilized beings, and for ever separated from friends and home?
+
+One only hope remained to me. The French could not long defer a visit
+to the bay, and if they should permanently locate any of their troops
+in the valley, the savages could not for any length of time conceal my
+existence from them. But what reason had I to suppose that I should be
+spared until such an event occurred—an event which might be postponed
+by a hundred different contingencies?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXII
+
+
+The stranger again arrives in the valley—Singular interview with
+him—Attempt to escape—Failure—Melancholy situation—Sympathy of Marheyo.
+
+
+“Marnoo, Marnoo pemi!” Such were the welcome sounds which fell upon my
+ear some ten days after the event related in the preceding chapter.
+Once more the approach of the stranger was heralded, and the
+intelligence operated upon me like magic. Again I should be able to
+converse with him in my own language; and I resolved, at all hazards,
+to concert with him some scheme, however desperate, to rescue me from a
+condition that had now become insupportable.
+
+As he drew near, I remembered with many misgivings the inauspicious
+termination of our former interview; and when he entered the house, I
+watched with intense anxiety the reception he met with from its
+inmates. To my joy, his appearance was hailed with the liveliest
+pleasure; and accosting me kindly, he seated himself by my side, and
+entered into conversation with the natives around him. It soon
+appeared, however, that on this occasion he had not any intelligence of
+importance to communicate. I inquired of him from whence he had last
+come? He replied, from Pueearka, his native valley, and that he
+intended to return to it the same day.
+
+At once it struck me that, could I but reach that valley under his
+protection, I might easily from thence reach Nukuheva by water; and,
+animated by the prospect which this plan held out, I disclosed it in a
+few brief words to the stranger, and asked him how it could be best
+accomplished. My heart sunk within me when, in his broken English, he
+answered me that it could never be effected. “Kannaka no let you go
+nowhere,” he said, “you taboo. Why you no like to stay? Plenty
+moee-moee (sleep)—plenty ki-ki (eat)—plenty whihenee (young girls). Oh,
+very good place, Typee! Suppose you no like this bay, why you come? You
+no hear about Typee? All white men afraid Typee, so no white men come.”
+
+These words distressed me beyond belief; and when I again related to
+him the circumstances under which I had descended into the valley and
+sought to enlist his sympathies in my behalf, by appealing to the
+bodily misery I endured, he listened to me with impatience, and cut me
+short by exclaiming, passionately, “Me no hear you talk any more; by by
+Kannaka get mad, kill you and me too. No, you see he no want you to
+speak to me at all?—you see—ah! by by you no mind—you get well, he kill
+you, eat you, hang you head up there, like Happar Kannaka. Now you
+listen—but no talk any more. By by I go;—you see way I go. Ah! then
+some night Kannaka all moee-moee (sleep)—you run away—you come
+Pueearka. I speak Pueearka Kannaka—he no harm you—ah! then I take you
+my canoe Nukuheva, and you no run away ship no more.” With these words,
+enforced by a vehemence of gesture I cannot describe, Marnoo started
+from my side, and immediately engaged in conversation with some of the
+chiefs who had entered the house.
+
+It would have been idle for me to have attempted resuming the interview
+so peremptorily terminated by Marnoo, who was evidently little disposed
+to compromise his own safety by any rash endeavours to ensure mine. But
+the plan he had suggested struck me as one which might possibly be
+accomplished, and I resolved to act upon it as speedily as possible.
+
+Accordingly, when he arose to depart, I accompanied him, with the
+natives, outside of the house, with a view of carefully noting the path
+he would take in leaving the valley. Just before leaping from the
+pi-pi, he clasped my hand, and, looking significantly at me, exclaimed,
+“Now you see you do what I tell you—ah! then you do good;—you no do
+so—ah! then you die.” The next moment he waved his spear in adieu to
+the islanders, and, following the route that conducted to a defile in
+the mountains lying opposite the Happar side, was soon out of sight.
+
+A mode of escape was now presented to me; but how was I to avail myself
+of it? I was continually surrounded by the savages; I could not stir
+from one house to another without being attended by some of them; and
+even during the hours devoted to slumber, the slightest movement which
+I made seemed to attract the notice of those who shared the mats with
+me. In spite of these obstacles, however, I determined forthwith to
+make the attempt. To do so with any prospect of success, it was
+necessary that I should have at least two hours’ start before the
+islanders should discover my absence; for with such facility was any
+alarm spread through the valley, and so familiar, of course, were the
+inhabitants with the intricacies of the groves, that I could not hope,
+lame and feeble as I was, and ignorant of the route, to secure my
+escape unless I had this advantage. It was also by night alone that I
+could hope to accomplish my object, and then only by adopting the
+utmost precaution.
+
+The entrance to Marheyo’s habitation was through a low narrow opening
+in its wicker-work front. This passage, for no conceivable reason that
+I could devise, was always closed after the household had retired to
+rest, by drawing a heavy slide across it, composed of a dozen or more
+bits of wood, ingeniously fastened together by seizings of sinnate.
+When any of the inmates chose to go outside, the noise occasioned by
+the removing of this rude door awakened everybody else; and on more
+than one occasion I had remarked that the islanders were nearly as
+irritable as more civilized beings under similar circumstances.
+
+The difficulty thus placed in my way I determined to obviate in the
+following manner. I would get up boldly in the course of the night,
+and, drawing the slide, issue from the house, and pretend that my
+object was merely to procure a drink from the calabash, which always
+stood without the dwelling on the corner of the pi-pi. On re-entering I
+would purposely omit closing the passage after me, and trusting that
+the indolence of the savages would prevent them from repairing my
+neglect, would return to my mat, and waiting patiently until all were
+again asleep, I would then steal forth, and at once take the route to
+Pueearka.
+
+
+[Illustration: ABOUT MIDNIGHT I AROSE AND DREW THE SLIDE]
+
+
+The very night which followed Marnoo’s departure, I proceeded to put
+this project into execution. About midnight, as I imagined, I arose and
+drew the slide. The natives, just as I had expected, started up, while
+some of them asked, “Arware poo awa, Tommo?” (where are you going,
+Tommo?) “Wai,” (water,) I laconically answered, grasping the calabash.
+On hearing my reply they sank back again, and in a minute or two I
+returned to my mat, anxiously awaiting the result of the experiment.
+
+One after another the savages, turning restlessly, appeared to resume
+their slumbers, and, rejoicing at the stillness which prevailed, I was
+about to rise again from my couch, when I heard a slight rustling—a
+dark form was intercepted between me and the doorway—the slide was
+drawn across it, and the individual, whoever he was, returned to his
+mat. This was a sad blow to me; but as it might have aroused the
+suspicions of the islanders to have made another attempt that night, I
+was reluctantly obliged to defer it until the next. Several times after
+I repeated the same manœuvre, but with as little success as before. As
+my pretence for withdrawing from the house was to allay my thirst,
+Kory-Kory, either suspecting some design on my part, or else prompted
+by a desire to please me, regularly every evening placed a calabash of
+water by my side.
+
+Even under these inauspicious circumstances I again and again renewed
+the attempt; but when I did so, my valet always rose with me, as if
+determined I should not remove myself from his observation. For the
+present, therefore, I was obliged to abandon the attempt; but I
+endeavoured to console myself with the idea, that by this mode I might
+yet effect my escape.
+
+Shortly after Marnoo’s visit I was reduced to such a state, that it was
+with extreme difficulty I could walk, even with the assistance of a
+spear, and Kory-Kory, as formerly, was obliged to carry me daily to the
+stream.
+
+For hours and hours, during the warmest part of the day, I lay upon my
+mat, and while those around me were nearly all dozing away in careless
+ease, I remained awake, gloomily pondering over the fate which it
+appeared now idle for me to resist. When I thought of the loved friends
+who were thousands and thousands of miles from the savage island in
+which I was held a captive—when I reflected that my dreadful fate would
+for ever be concealed from them, and that, with hope deferred, they
+might continue to await my return long after my inanimate form had
+blended with the dust of the valley, I could not repress a shudder of
+anguish.
+
+How vividly is impressed upon my mind every minute feature of the scene
+which met my view during those long days of suffering and sorrow. At my
+request my mats were always spread directly facing the door, opposite
+which, and at a little distance, was the hut of boughs that Marheyo was
+building.
+
+Whenever my gentle Fayaway and Kory-Kory, laying themselves down beside
+me, would leave me awhile to uninterrupted repose, I took a strange
+interest in the slightest movements of the eccentric old warrior. All
+alone, during the stillness of the tropical mid-day, he would pursue
+his quiet work, sitting in the shade and weaving together the leaflets
+of his cocoa-nut branches, or rolling upon his knee the twisted fibres
+of bark to form the cords with which he tied together the thatching of
+his tiny house. Frequently suspending his employment, and noticing my
+melancholy eye fixed upon him, he would raise his hand with a gesture
+expressive of deep commiseration, and then, moving towards me slowly,
+would enter on tip-toes, fearful of disturbing the slumbering natives,
+and, taking the fan from my hand, would sit before me, swaying it
+gently to and fro, and gazing earnestly into my face.
+
+Just beyond the pi-pi, and disposed in a triangle before the entrance
+of the house, were three magnificent bread-fruit trees. At this moment
+I can recall to my mind their slender shafts, and the graceful
+inequalities of their bark, on which my eye was accustomed to dwell,
+day after day, in the midst of my solitary musings. It is strange how
+inanimate objects will twine themselves into our affections, especially
+in the hour of affliction. Even now, amidst all the bustle and stir of
+the proud and busy city in which I am dwelling, the image of those
+three trees seems to come as vividly before my eyes as if they were
+actually present, and I still feel the soothing quiet pleasure which I
+then had in watching, hour after hour, their topmost boughs waving
+gracefully in the breeze.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXIII
+
+
+The escape.
+
+
+Nearly three weeks had elapsed since the second visit of Marnoo, and it
+must have been more than four months since I entered the valley, when
+one day, about noon, and whilst everything was in profound silence,
+Mow-Mow, the one-eyed chief, suddenly appeared at the door, and leaning
+forward towards me as I lay directly facing him, said, in a low tone,
+“Toby pemi ena,” (Toby has arrived here.) Gracious heaven! What a
+tumult of emotions rushed upon me at this startling intelligence!
+Insensible to the pain that had before distracted me, I leaped to my
+feet, and called wildly to Kory-Kory, who was reposing by my side. The
+startled islanders sprang from their mats; the news was quickly
+communicated to them; and the next moment I was making my way to the Ti
+on the back of Kory-Kory, and surrounded by the excited savages.
+
+All that I could comprehend of the particulars which Mow-Mow rehearsed
+to his auditors as we proceeded, was that my long-lost companion had
+arrived in a boat which had just entered the bay. These tidings made me
+most anxious to be carried at once to the sea, lest some untoward
+circumstance should prevent our meeting; but to this they would not
+consent, and continued their course towards the royal abode. As we
+approached it, Mehevi and several chiefs showed themselves from the
+piazza, and called upon us loudly to come to them.
+
+As soon as we had approached, I endeavoured to make them understand
+that I was going down to the sea to meet Toby. To this the king
+objected, and motioned Kory-Kory to bring me into the house. It was in
+vain to resist; and in a few moments I found myself within the Ti,
+surrounded by a noisy group engaged in discussing the recent
+intelligence. Toby’s name was frequently repeated, coupled with violent
+exclamations of astonishment. It seemed as if they yet remained in
+doubt with regard to the fact of his arrival, and at every fresh report
+that was brought from the shore they betrayed the liveliest emotions.
+
+Almost frenzied at being held in this state of suspense, I passionately
+besought Mehevi to permit me to proceed. Whether my companion had
+arrived or not, I felt a presentiment that my own fate was about to be
+decided. Again and again I renewed my petition to Mehevi. He regarded
+me with a fixed and serious eye, but at length, yielding to my
+importunity, reluctantly granted my request.
+
+Accompanied by some fifty of the natives, I now rapidly continued my
+journey, every few moments being transferred from the back of one to
+another, and urging my bearer forward all the while with earnest
+entreaties. As I thus hurried forward, no doubt as to the truth of the
+information I had received ever crossed my mind. I was alive only to
+the one overwhelming idea, that a chance of deliverance was now
+afforded me, if the jealous opposition of the savages could be
+overcome.
+
+Having been prohibited from approaching the sea during the whole of my
+stay in the valley, I had always associated with it the idea of escape.
+Toby, too,—if indeed he had ever voluntarily deserted me,—must have
+effected his flight by the sea; and now that I was drawing near to it
+myself, I indulged in hopes which I had never felt before. It was
+evident that a boat had entered the bay, and I saw little reason to
+doubt the truth of the report that it had brought my companion. Every
+time, therefore, that we gained an elevation, I looked eagerly around,
+hoping to behold him.
+
+In the midst of an excited throng, who by their violent gestures and
+wild cries appeared to be under the influence of some excitement as
+strong as my own, I was now borne along at a rapid trot, frequently
+stooping my head to avoid the branches which crossed the path, and
+never ceasing to implore those who carried me to accelerate their
+already swift pace.
+
+In this manner we had proceeded about four or five miles, when we were
+met by a party of some twenty islanders, between whom and those who
+accompanied me ensued an animated conference. Impatient of the delay
+occasioned by this interruption, I was beseeching the man who carried
+me to proceed without his loitering companions, when Kory-Kory, running
+to my side, informed me, in three fatal words, that the news had all
+proved false—that Toby had not arrived—“Toby owlee permi.” Heaven only
+knows how, in the state of mind and body I then was, I ever sustained
+the agony which this intelligence caused me; not that the news was
+altogether unexpected, but I had trusted that the fact might not have
+been made known until we should have arrived upon the beach. As it was,
+I at once foresaw the course the savages would pursue. They had only
+yielded thus far to my entreaties, that I might give a joyful welcome
+to my long-lost comrade; but now that it was known he had not arrived,
+they would at once oblige me to turn back.
+
+My anticipations were but too correct. In spite of the resistance I
+made, they carried me into a house which was near the spot, and left me
+upon the mats. Shortly afterwards, several of those who had accompanied
+me from the Ti, detaching themselves from the others, proceeded in the
+direction of the sea. Those who remained—among whom were Marheyo,
+Mow-Mow, Kory-Kory, and Tinor—gathered about the dwelling, and appeared
+to be awaiting their return.
+
+This convinced me that strangers—perhaps some of my own countrymen—had
+for some cause or other entered the bay. Distracted at the idea of
+their vicinity, and reckless of the pain which I suffered, I heeded not
+the assurances of the islanders that there were no boats at the beach,
+but, starting to my feet, endeavoured to gain the door. Instantly the
+passage was blocked up by several men, who commanded me to resume my
+seat. The fierce looks of the irritated savages admonished me that I
+could gain nothing by force, and that it was by entreaty alone that I
+could hope to compass my object.
+
+Guided by this consideration, I turned to Mow-Mow, the only chief
+present, whom I had been much in the habit of seeing, and, carefully
+concealing my real design, tried to make him comprehend that I still
+believed Toby to have arrived on the shore, and besought him to allow
+me to go forward to welcome him. To all his repeated assertions that my
+companion had not been seen, I pretended to turn a deaf ear: while I
+urged my solicitations with an eloquence of gesture which the one-eyed
+chief appeared unable to resist. He seemed, indeed, to regard me as a
+froward child, to whose wishes he had not the heart to oppose force,
+and whom he must consequently humour. He spoke a few words to the
+natives, who at once retreated from the door, and I immediately passed
+out of the house.
+
+Here I looked earnestly round for Kory-Kory; but that hitherto faithful
+servitor was nowhere to be seen. Unwilling to linger even for a single
+instant when every moment might be so important, I motioned to a
+muscular fellow near me to take me upon his back: to my surprise he
+angrily refused. I turned to another, but with a like result. A third
+attempt was as unsuccessful, and I immediately perceived what had
+induced Mow-Mow to grant my request, and why the other natives
+conducted themselves in so strange a manner. It was evident that the
+chief had only given me liberty to continue my progress towards the
+sea, because he supposed that I was deprived of the means of reaching
+it.
+
+Convinced by this of their determination to retain me a captive, I
+became desperate; and almost insensible to the pain which I suffered, I
+seized a spear which was leaning against the projecting eaves of the
+house, and, supporting myself with it, resumed the path that swept by
+the dwelling. To my surprise, I was suffered to proceed alone, all the
+natives remaining in front of the house, and engaging in earnest
+conversation, which every moment became more loud and vehement; and, to
+my unspeakable delight, I perceived that some difference of opinion had
+arisen between them; that two parties, in short, were formed, and
+consequently that, in their divided counsels, there was some chance of
+my deliverance.
+
+Before I had proceeded a hundred yards I was again surrounded by the
+savages, who were still in all the heat of argument, and appeared every
+moment as if they would come to blows. In the midst of this tumult old
+Marheyo came to my side, and I shall never forget the benevolent
+expression of his countenance. He placed his arm upon my shoulder, and
+emphatically pronounced one expressive English word I had taught
+him—“Home.” I at once understood what he meant, and eagerly expressed
+my thanks to him. Fayaway and Kory-Kory were by his side, both weeping
+violently; and it was not until the old man had twice repeated the
+command that his son could bring himself to obey him, and take me again
+upon his back. The one-eyed chief opposed his doing so, but he was
+overruled, and, as it seemed to me, by some of his own party.
+
+We proceeded onwards, and never shall I forget the ecstacy I felt when
+I first heard the roar of the surf breaking upon the beach. Before
+long, I saw the flashing billows themselves through the opening between
+the trees. Oh! glorious sight and sound of ocean! with what rapture did
+I hail you as familiar friends. By this time the shouts of the crowd
+upon the beach were distinctly audible, and in the blended confusion of
+sounds I almost fancied I could distinguish the voices of my own
+countrymen.
+
+When we reached the open space which lay between the groves and the
+sea, the first object that met my view was an English whale-boat, lying
+with her bow pointed from the shore, and only a few fathoms distant
+from it. It was manned by five islanders, dressed in short tunics of
+calico. My first impression was that they were in the very act of
+pulling out from the bay; and that, after all my exertions, I had come
+too late. My soul sunk within me: but a second glance convinced me that
+the boat was only hanging off to keep out of the surf; and the next
+moment I heard my own name shouted out by a voice from the midst of the
+crowd.
+
+Looking in the direction of the sound, I perceived, to my indescribable
+joy, the tall figure of Karakoee, an Oahu Kannaka, who had often been
+aboard the _Dolly_ while she lay in Nukuheva. He wore the green
+shooting-jacket, with gilt buttons, which had been given to him by an
+officer of the _Reine Blanche_—the French flag-ship—and in which I had
+always seen him dressed. I now remembered the Kannaka had frequently
+told me that his person was tabooed in all the valleys of the island,
+and the sight of him at such a moment as this filled my heart with a
+tumult of delight.
+
+Karakoee stood near the edge of the water with a large roll of
+cotton-cloth thrown over one arm, and holding two or three canvas bags
+of powder, while with the other hand he grasped a musket, which he
+appeared to be proffering to several of the chiefs around him. But they
+turned with disgust from his offers, and seemed to be impatient at his
+presence, with vehement gestures waving him off to his boat, and
+commanding him to depart.
+
+The Kannaka, however, still maintained his ground, and I at once
+perceived that he was seeking to purchase my freedom. Animated by the
+idea, I called upon him loudly to come to me; but he replied, in broken
+English, that the islanders had threatened to pierce him with their
+spears, if he stirred a foot towards me. At this time I was still
+advancing, surrounded by a dense throng of the natives, several of whom
+had their hands upon me, and more than one javelin was threateningly
+pointed at me. Still I perceived clearly that many of those least
+friendly towards me looked irresolute and anxious.
+
+I was still some thirty yards from Karakoee, when my farther progress
+was prevented by the natives, who compelled me to sit down upon the
+ground, while they still retained their hold upon my arms. The din and
+tumult now became tenfold, and I perceived that several of the priests
+were on the spot, all of whom were evidently urging Mow-Mow and the
+other chiefs to prevent my departure; and the detestable word—“Roo-ne!
+Roo-ne!” which I had heard repeated a thousand times during the day,
+was now shouted on every side of me. Still I saw that the Kannaka
+continued his exertions in my favour—that he was boldly debating the
+matter with the savages, and was striving to entice them by displaying
+his cloth and powder, and snapping the lock of his musket. But all he
+said or did appeared only to augment the clamours of those around him,
+who seemed bent upon driving him into the sea.
+
+When I remembered the extravagant value placed by these people upon the
+articles which were offered to them in exchange for me, and which were
+so indignantly rejected, I saw a new proof of the same fixed
+determination of purpose they had all along manifested with regard to
+me, and in despair, and reckless of consequences, I exerted all my
+strength, and, shaking myself free from the grasp of those who held me,
+I sprang upon my feet and rushed towards Karakoee.
+
+The rash attempt nearly decided my fate; for, fearful that I might slip
+from them, several of the islanders now raised a simultaneous shout,
+and pressing upon Karakoee, they menaced him with furious gestures, and
+actually forced him into the sea. Appalled at their violence, the poor
+fellow, standing nearly to the waist in the surf, endeavoured to pacify
+them; but at length, fearful that they would do him some fatal
+violence, he beckoned to his comrades to pull in at once, and take him
+into the boat.
+
+It was at this agonizing moment, when I thought all hope was ended,
+that a new contest arose between the two parties, who had accompanied
+me to the shore; blows were struck, wounds were given, and blood
+flowed. In the interest excited by the fray, every one had left me
+except Marheyo, Kory-Kory, and poor dear Fayaway, who clung to me,
+sobbing convulsively. I saw that now or never was the moment. Clasping
+my hands together, I looked imploringly at Marheyo, and moved towards
+the now almost deserted beach. The tears were in the old man’s eyes,
+but neither he nor Kory-Kory attempted to hold me, and I soon reached
+the Kannaka, who had anxiously watched my movements; the rowers pulled
+in as near as they dared to the edge of the surf; I gave one parting
+embrace to Fayaway, who seemed speechless with sorrow, and the next
+instant I found myself safe in the boat, and Karakoee by my side, who
+told the rowers at once to give way. Marheyo and Kory-Kory, and a great
+many of the women, followed me into the water, and I was determined, as
+the only mark of gratitude I could show, to give them the articles
+which had been brought as my ransom. I handed the musket to Kory-Kory,
+in doing which he would fain have taken hold of me, threw the roll of
+cotton to old Marheyo, pointing as I did so to poor Fayaway, who had
+retired from the edge of the water, and was sitting down disconsolate
+on the beach, and tumbled the powder-bags out to the nearest young
+ladies, all of whom were vastly willing to take them. This distribution
+did not occupy ten seconds, and before it was over the boat was under
+full way, the Kannaka all the while exclaiming loudly against what he
+considered a useless throwing away of valuable property.
+
+Although it was clear that my movements had been noticed by several of
+the natives, still they had not suspended the conflict in which they
+were engaged, and it was not until the boat was above fifty yards from
+the shore, that Mow-Mow and some six or seven other warriors rushed
+into the sea and hurled their javelins at us. Some of the weapons
+passed quite as close to us as was desirable, but no one was wounded,
+and the men pulled away gallantly. But although soon out of the reach
+of the spears, our progress was extremely slow; it blew strong upon the
+shore, and the tide was against us; and I saw Karakoee, who was
+steering the boat, give many a look towards a jutting point of the bay
+round which we had to pass.
+
+For a minute or two after our departure, the savages, who had formed
+into different groups, remained perfectly motionless and silent. All at
+once the enraged chief showed by his gestures that he had resolved what
+course he would take. Shouting loudly to his companions, and pointing
+with his tomahawk towards the headland, he set off at full speed in
+that direction, and was followed by about thirty of the natives, among
+whom were several of the priests, all yelling out, “Roo-ne! Roo-ne!” at
+the very top of their voices. Their intention was evidently to swim off
+from the headland and intercept us in our course. The wind was
+freshening every minute, and was right in our teeth, and it was one of
+those chopping, angry seas, in which it is so difficult to row. Still
+the chances seemed in our favour, but when we came within a hundred
+yards of the point, the active savages were already dashing into the
+water, and we all feared that within five minutes’ time we should have
+a score of the infuriated wretches around us. If so our doom was
+sealed, for these savages, unlike the feeble swimmers of civilized
+countries, are, if anything, more formidable antagonists in the water
+than when on the land. It was all a trial of strength; our natives
+pulled till their oars bent again, and the crowd of swimmers shot
+through the water, despite its roughness, with fearful rapidity.
+
+By the time we had reached the headland, the savages were spread right
+across our course. Our rowers got out their knives and held them ready
+between their teeth, and I seized the boat-hook. We were all aware that
+if they succeeded in intercepting us, they would practise upon us the
+manœuvre which proved so fatal to many a boat’s crew in these seas.
+They would grapple the oars, and, seizing hold of the gunwale, capsize
+the boat, and then we should be entirely at their mercy.
+
+After a few breathless moments I discerned Mow-Mow. The athletic
+islander, with his tomahawk between his teeth, was dashing the water
+before him till it foamed again. He was the nearest to us, and in
+another instant he would have seized one of the oars. Even at the
+moment I felt horror at the act I was about to commit; but it was no
+time for pity or compunction, and with true aim, and exerting all my
+strength, I dashed the boat-hook at him. It struck him just below the
+throat, and forced him downwards. I had no time to repeat the blow, but
+I saw him rise to the surface in the wake of the boat, and never shall
+I forget the ferocious expression of his countenance.
+
+Only one other of the savages reached the boat. He seized the gunwale,
+but the knives of our rowers so mauled his wrists that he was forced to
+quit his hold, and the next minute we were past them all, and in
+safety. The strong excitement which had thus far kept me up, now left
+me, and I fell back fainting into the arms of Karakoee.
+
+
+The circumstances connected with my most unexpected escape may be very
+briefly stated. The captain of an Australian vessel being in distress
+for men in these remote seas, had put into Nukuheva in order to recruit
+his ship’s company, but not a single man was to be obtained; and the
+barque was about to get under weigh, when she was boarded by Karakoee,
+who informed the disappointed Englishman that an American sailor was
+detained by the savages in the neighbouring bay of Typee; and he
+offered, if supplied with suitable articles of traffic, to undertake
+his release. The Kannaka had gained his intelligence from Marnoo, to
+whom, after all, I was indebted for my escape. The proposition was
+acceded to; and Karakoee, taking with him five tabooed natives of
+Nukuheva, again repaired aboard the barque, which in a few hours sailed
+to that part of the island, and threw her main-top-sail aback right off
+the entrance to the Typee bay. The whale-boat, manned by the tabooed
+crew, pulled towards the head of the inlet, while the ship lay “off and
+on” awaiting its return.
+
+The events which ensued have already been detailed, and little more
+remains to be related. On reaching the _Julia_, I was lifted over the
+side, and my strange appearance, and remarkable adventure, occasioned
+the liveliest interest. Every attention was bestowed upon me that
+humanity could suggest; but to such a state was I reduced, that three
+months elapsed before I recovered my health.
+
+The mystery which hung over the fate of my friend and companion, Toby,
+has never been cleared up. I still remain ignorant whether he succeeded
+in leaving the valley, or perished at the hands of the islanders.
+
+
+
+
+SEQUEL
+
+
+                                CONTAINING
+
+                            THE STORY OF TOBY
+
+NOTE.—The Author of “Typee” was more than two years in the South Seas,
+after escaping from the valley, as recounted in the last chapter. Some
+time after returning home the foregoing narrative was published, though
+it was little thought at the time that this would be the means of
+revealing the existence of Toby, who had long been given up for lost.
+But so it proved. The story of his escape supplies a natural sequel to
+the adventure, and as such it is now added to the volume. It was
+related to the Author by Toby himself.
+
+
+The morning my comrade left me, as related in the narrative, he was
+accompanied by a large party of the natives, some of them carrying
+fruit and hogs for the purposes of traffic, as the report had spread
+that boats had touched at the bay.
+
+As they proceeded through the settled parts of the valley, numbers
+joined them from every side, running with animated cries from every
+pathway. So excited were the whole party, that, eager as Toby was to
+gain the beach, it was almost as much as he could do to keep up with
+them. Making the valley ring with their shouts, they hurried along on a
+swift trot, those in advance pausing now and then, and flourishing
+their weapons to urge the rest forward.
+
+Presently they came to a place where the path crossed a bend of the
+main stream of the valley. Here a strange sound came through the grove
+beyond, and the islanders halted. It was Mow-Mow, the one-eyed chief,
+who had gone on before; he was striking his heavy lance against the
+hollow bough of a tree.
+
+This was a signal of alarm;—for nothing was now heard but shouts of
+“Happar! Happar!”—the warriors tilting with their spears and
+brandishing them in the air, and the women and boys shouting to each
+other, and picking up the stones in the bed of the stream. In a moment
+or two Mow-Mow and two or three other chiefs ran out from the grove,
+and the din increased tenfold.
+
+Now, thought Toby, for a fray; and being unarmed, he besought one of
+the young men domiciled with Marheyo for the loan of his spear. But he
+was refused; the youth roguishly telling him, that the weapon was very
+good for him (the Typee), but that a white man could fight much better
+with his fists.
+
+The merry humour of this young wag seemed to be shared by the rest, for
+in spite of their warlike cries and gestures, everybody was capering
+about and laughing, as if it was one of the funniest things in the
+world to be awaiting the flight of a score or two of Happar javelins
+from an ambush in the thickets.
+
+While my comrade was in vain trying to make out the meaning of all
+this, a good number of the natives separated themselves from the rest
+and ran off into the grove on one side, the others now keeping
+perfectly still, as if awaiting the result. After a little while,
+however, Mow-Mow, who stood in advance, motioned them to come on
+stealthily, which they did, scarcely rustling a leaf. Thus they crept
+along for ten or fifteen minutes, every now and then pausing to listen.
+
+Toby by no means relished this sort of skulking; if there was going to
+be a fight he wanted it to begin at once. But all in good time,—for
+just then, as they went prowling into the thickest of the wood,
+terrific howls burst upon them on all sides, and volleys of darts and
+stones flew across the path. Not an enemy was to be seen, and what was
+still more surprising, not a single man dropped, though the pebbles
+fell among the leaves like hail.
+
+There was a moment’s pause, when the Typees, with wild shrieks, flung
+themselves into the covert, spear in hand; nor was Toby behind-hand.
+Coming so near getting his skull broken by the stones, and animated by
+an old grudge he bore the Happars, he was among the first to dash at
+them. As he broke his way through the underbush, trying, as he did so,
+to wrest a spear from a young chief, the shouts of battle all of a
+sudden ceased, and the wood was as still as death. The next moment, the
+party who had left them so mysteriously rushed out from behind every
+bush and tree, and united with the rest in long and merry peals of
+laughter.
+
+It was all a sham, and Toby, who was quite out of breath with
+excitement, was much incensed at being made a fool of.
+
+It afterwards turned out that the whole affair had been concerted for
+his particular benefit, though with what precise view it would be hard
+to tell. My comrade was the more enraged at this boy’s play, since it
+had consumed so much time, every moment of which might be precious.
+Perhaps, however, it was partly intended for this very purpose; and he
+was led to think so, because, when the natives started again, he
+observed that they did not seem to be in so great a hurry as before. At
+last, after they had gone some distance, Toby, thinking all the while
+that they never would get to the sea, two men came running towards
+them, and a regular halt ensued, followed by a noisy discussion, during
+which Toby’s name was often repeated. All this made him more and more
+anxious to learn what was going on at the beach; but it was in vain
+that he now tried to push forward; the natives held him back.
+
+In a few moments the conference ended, and many of them ran down the
+path in the direction of the water, the rest surrounding Toby, and
+entreating him to “Moee,” or sit down and rest himself. As an
+additional inducement, several calabashes of food, which had been
+brought along, were now placed on the ground, and opened, and pipes
+also were lighted. Toby bridled his impatience awhile, but at last
+sprang to his feet and dashed forward again. He was soon overtaken
+nevertheless, and again surrounded, but without further detention was
+then permitted to go down to the sea.
+
+They came out on a bright green space between the groves and the water,
+and close under the shadow of the Happar mountain, where a path was
+seen, winding out of sight through a gorge.
+
+No sign of a boat, however, was beheld; nothing but a tumultuous crowd
+of men and women, and some one in their midst, earnestly talking to
+them. As my comrade advanced, this person came forward, and proved to
+be no stranger. He was an old grizzled sailor, whom Toby and myself had
+frequently seen in Nukuheva, where he lived an easy, devil-may-care
+life, in the household of Mowanna the king, going by the name of
+“Jimmy.” In fact, he was the royal favourite, and had a good deal to
+say in his master’s councils. He wore a Manilla hat, and a sort of
+tappa morning gown, sufficiently loose and negligent to show the verse
+of a song tattooed upon his chest, and a variety of spirited cuts by
+native artists in other parts of his body. He sported a fishing-rod in
+his hand, and carried a sooty old pipe slung about his neck.
+
+This old rover having retired from active life, had resided in Nukuheva
+some time—he could speak the language, and for that reason was
+frequently employed by the French as an interpreter. He was an arrant
+old gossip, too; for ever coming off in his canoe to the ships in the
+bay, and regaling their crews with choice little morsels of court
+scandal—such, for instance, as a shameful intrigue of his majesty with
+a Happar damsel, a public dancer at the feasts—and otherwise relating
+some incredible tales about the Marquesas generally. I remember, in
+particular, his telling the _Dolly’s_ crew what proved to be literally
+a cock-and-bull story, about two natural prodigies, which he said were
+then on the island. One was an old monster of a hermit, having a
+marvellous reputation for sanctity, and reputed a famous sorcerer, who
+lived away off in a den among the mountains, where he hid from the
+world a great pair of horns that grew out of his temples.
+Notwithstanding his reputation for piety, his horrid old fellow was the
+terror of all the island round, being reported to come out from his
+retreat, and go a man-hunting every dark night. Some anonymous Paul
+Pry, too, coming down the mountain, once got a peep at his den, and
+found it full of bones. In short, he was a most unheard-of monster.
+
+The other prodigy Jimmy told us about, was the younger son of a chief,
+who, although but just turned of ten, had entered upon holy orders,
+because his superstitious countrymen thought him especially intended
+for the priesthood, from the fact of his having a comb on his head like
+a rooster. But this was not all: for, still more wonderful to relate,
+the boy prided himself upon this strange crest, being actually endowed
+with a cock’s voice, and frequently crowing over his peculiarity.
+
+But to return to Toby. The moment he saw the old rover on the beach, he
+ran up to him, the natives following after, and forming a circle round
+them.
+
+After welcoming him to the shore, Jimmy went on to tell him how that he
+knew all about our having run away from the ship, and being among the
+Typees, indeed, he had been urged by Mowanna to come over to the
+valley, and, after visiting his friends there, to bring us back with
+him, his royal master being exceedingly anxious to share with him the
+reward which had been held out for our capture. He, however, assured
+Toby that he had indignantly spurned the offer.
+
+All this astonished my comrade not a little, as neither of us had
+entertained the least idea that any white man ever visited the Typees
+sociably. But Jimmy told him that such was the case, nevertheless,
+although he seldom came into the bay, and scarcely ever went back from
+the beach. One of the priests of the valley, in some way or other
+connected with an old tattooed divine in Nukuheva, was a friend of his,
+and through him he was “taboo.”
+
+He said, moreover, that he was sometimes employed to come round to the
+bay, and engage fruit for ships lying in Nukuheva. In fact, he was now
+on that very errand, according to his own account, having just come
+across the mountains by the way of Happar. By noon of the next day, the
+fruit would be heaped up in stacks on the beach, in readiness for the
+boats, which he then intended to bring into the bay.
+
+Jimmy now asked Toby whether he wished to leave the island—if he did,
+there was a ship in want of men, lying in the other harbour, and he
+would be glad to take him over, and see him on board that very day.
+
+“No,” said Toby; “I cannot leave the island, unless my comrade goes
+with me. I left him up the valley because they would not let him come
+down. Let us go now and fetch him.”
+
+“But how is he to cross the mountain with us,” replied Jimmy, “even if
+we get him down to the beach? Better let him stay till to-morrow, and I
+will bring him round to Nukuheva in the boats.”
+
+“That will never do,” said Toby; “but come along with me now, and let
+us get him down here at any rate”; and yielding to the impulse of the
+moment, he started to hurry back into the valley. But hardly was his
+back turned, when a dozen hands were laid on him, and he learned that
+he could not go a step farther.
+
+It was in vain that he fought with them: they would not hear of his
+stirring from the beach. Cut to the heart at this unexpected repulse,
+Toby now conjured the sailor to go after me alone. But Jimmy replied,
+that in the mood the Typees then were, they would not permit him to do
+so, though, at the same time, he was not afraid of their offering him
+any harm.
+
+Little did Toby then think, as he afterwards had good reason to
+suspect, that this very Jimmy was a heartless villain, who, by his
+arts, had just incited the natives to restrain him, as he was in the
+act of going after me. Well must the old sailor have known, too, that
+the natives would never consent to our leaving together; and he
+therefore wanted to get Toby off alone, for a purpose which he
+afterwards made plain. Of all this, however, my comrade now knew
+nothing.
+
+He was still struggling with the islanders, when Jimmy again came up to
+him, and warned him against irritating them, saying that he was only
+making matters worse for both of us, and if they became enraged, there
+was no telling what might happen. At last he made Toby sit down on a
+broken canoe, by a pile of stones, upon which was a ruinous little
+shrine, supported by four upright paddles, and in front partly screened
+by a net. The fishing parties met there, when they came in from the
+sea, for their offerings were laid before an image, upon a smooth black
+stone within. This spot, Jimmy said, was strictly “taboo,” and no one
+would molest or come near him while he stayed by its shadow. The old
+sailor then went off, and began speaking very earnestly to Mow-Mow and
+some other chiefs, while all the rest formed a circle round the taboo
+place, looking intently at Toby, and talking to each other without
+ceasing.
+
+Now, notwithstanding what Jimmy had just told him, there presently came
+up to my comrade an old woman, who seated herself beside him on the
+canoe.
+
+“Typee Mortarkee?” said she. “Mortarkee muee,” said Toby.
+
+She then asked whether he was going to Nukuheva; he nodded yes; and
+with a plaintive wail, her eyes filling with tears, she rose and left
+him.
+
+This old woman, the sailor afterwards said, was the wife of an aged
+king of a small inland valley, communicating by a deep pass with the
+country of the Typees. The inmates of the two valleys were related to
+each other by blood, and were known by the same name. The old woman had
+gone down into the Typee valley the day before, and was now, with three
+chiefs, her sons, on a visit to her kinsmen.
+
+As the old king’s wife left him, Jimmy again came up to Toby, and told
+him that he had just talked the whole matter over with the natives, and
+there was only one course for him to follow. They would not allow him
+to go back into the valley, and harm would certainly come to both him
+and me, if he remained much longer on the beach. “So,” said he, “you
+and I had better go to Nukuheva now overland, and to-morrow I will
+bring Tommo, as they call him, by water; they have promised to carry
+him down to the sea for me early in the morning, so that there will be
+no delay.”
+
+“No, no,” said Toby desperately, “I will not leave him that way; we
+must escape together.”
+
+“Then there is no hope for you,” exclaimed the sailor, “for if I leave
+you here on the beach, as soon as I am gone you will be carried back
+into the valley, and then neither of you will ever look upon the sea
+again.” And with many oaths he swore that if he would only go to
+Nukuheva with him that day, he would be sure to have me there the very
+next morning.
+
+“But how do you know they will bring him down to the beach to-morrow,
+when they will not do so to-day?” said Toby. But the sailor had many
+reasons, all of which were so mixed up with the mysterious customs of
+the islanders, that he was none the wiser. Indeed, their conduct,
+especially in preventing him from returning into the valley, was
+absolutely unaccountable to him; and added to everything else was the
+bitter reflection, that the old sailor, after all, might possibly be
+deceiving him. And then again he had to think of me, left alone with
+the natives, and by no means well. If he went with Jimmy, he might at
+least hope to procure some relief for me. But might not the savages who
+had acted so strangely, hurry me off somewhere before his return? Then,
+even if he remained, perhaps they would not let him go back to the
+valley where I was.
+
+Thus perplexed was my poor comrade; he knew not what to do, and his
+courageous spirit was of no use to him now. There he was, all by
+himself, seated upon the broken canoe—the natives grouped around him at
+a distance, and eyeing him more and more fixedly.
+
+“It is getting late,” said Jimmy, who was standing behind the rest.
+“Nukuheva is far off, and I cannot cross the Happar country by night.
+You see how it is:—if you come along with me, all will be well; if you
+do not, depend upon it neither of you will ever escape.”
+
+“There is no help for it,” said Toby, at last, with a heavy heart, “I
+will have to trust you”; and he came out from the shadow of the little
+shrine, and cast a long look up the valley.
+
+“Now keep close to my side,” said the sailor, “and let us be moving
+quickly.” Tinor and Fayaway here appeared; the kind-hearted old woman
+embracing Toby’s knees, and giving way to a flood of tears; while
+Fayaway, hardly less moved, spoke some few words of English she had
+learned, and held up three fingers before him—in so many days he would
+return.
+
+At last Jimmy pulled Toby out of the crowd, and after calling to a
+young Typee who was standing by with a young pig in his arms, all three
+started for the mountains.
+
+“I have told them that you are coming back again,” said the old fellow,
+laughing, as they began the ascent, “but they’ll have to wait a long
+time.” Toby turned, and saw the natives all in motion—the girls waving
+their tappas in adieu, and the men their spears. As the last figure
+entered the grove with one arm raised, and the three fingers spread,
+his heart smote him.
+
+As the natives had at last consented to his going, it might have been,
+that some of them, at least, really counted upon his speedy return;
+probably supposing, as indeed he had told them when they were coming
+down the valley, that his only object in leaving them was to procure
+the medicines I needed. This, Jimmy also must have told them. And as
+they had done before, when my comrade, to oblige me, started on his
+perilous journey to Nukuheva, they looked upon me, in his absence, as
+one of two inseparable friends who was a sure guarantee for the other’s
+return. This is only my own supposition, however, for as to all their
+strange conduct, it is still a mystery.
+
+“You see what sort of a taboo man I am,” said the sailor, after for
+some time silently following the path which led up the mountain.
+“Mow-Mow made me a present of this pig here, and the man who carries it
+will go right through Happar, and down into Nukuheva with us. So long
+as he stays by me he is safe, and just so it will be with you, and
+to-morrow with Tommo. Cheer up, then, and rely upon me, you will see
+him in the morning.”
+
+The ascent of the mountain was not very difficult, owing to its being
+near to the sea, where the island ridges are comparatively low; the
+path, too, was a fine one, so that in a short time all three were
+standing on the summit with the two valleys at their feet. The white
+cascades marking the green head of the Typee valley first caught Toby’s
+eye; Marheyo’s house could easily be traced by them.
+
+As Jimmy led the way along the ridge, Toby observed that the valley of
+the Happars did not extend near so far inland as that of the Typees.
+This accounted for our mistake in entering the latter valley as we had.
+
+A path leading down from the mountain was soon seen, and, following it,
+the party were in a short time fairly in the Happar valley.
+
+“Now,” said Jimmy, as they hurried on, “we taboo men have wives in all
+the bays, and I am going to show you the two I have here.”
+
+So, when they came to the house where he said they lived—which was
+close by the base of the mountain, in a shady nook among the groves,—he
+went in, and was quite furious at finding it empty—the ladies had gone
+out. However, they soon made their appearance, and, to tell the truth,
+welcomed Jimmy quite cordially, as well as Toby, about whom they were
+very inquisitive. Nevertheless, as the report of their arrival spread,
+and the Happars began to assemble, it became evident that the
+appearance of a white stranger among them was not by any means deemed
+so wonderful an event as in the neighbouring valley.
+
+The old sailor bade his wives prepare something to eat, as he must be
+in Nukuheva before dark. A meal of fish, bread-fruit, and bananas, was
+accordingly served up, the party regaling themselves on the mats, in
+the midst of a numerous company.
+
+The Happars put many questions to Jimmy about Toby; and Toby himself
+looked sharply at them, anxious to recognise the fellow who gave him
+the wound from which he was still suffering. But this fiery gentleman,
+so handy with his spear, had the delicacy, it seemed, to keep out of
+view. Certainly the sight of him would not have been any added
+inducement to making him stay in the valley,—some of the afternoon
+loungers in Happar having politely urged Toby to spend a few days with
+them,—there was a feast coming on. He, however, declined.
+
+All this while the young Typee stuck to Jimmy like his shadow, and
+though as lively a dog as any of his tribe, he was now as meek as a
+lamb, never opening his mouth except to eat. Although some of the
+Happars looked queerly at him, others were more civil, and seemed
+desirous of taking him abroad and showing him the valley. But the Typee
+was not to be cajoled in that way. How many yards he would have to
+remove from Jimmy before the taboo would be powerless, it would be hard
+to tell, but probably he himself knew to a fraction.
+
+On the promise of a red cotton handkerchief, and something else which
+he kept secret, this poor fellow had undertaken a rather ticklish
+journey, though, as far as Toby could ascertain, it was something that
+had never happened before.
+
+The island-punch—arva—was brought in at the conclusion of the repast,
+and passed round in a shallow calabash.
+
+Now my comrade, while seated in the Happar house, began to feel more
+troubled than ever at leaving me: indeed, so sad did he feel that he
+talked about going back to the valley, and wanted Jimmy to escort him
+as far as the mountains. But the sailor would not listen to him, and,
+by way of diverting his thoughts, pressed him to drink of the arva.
+Knowing its narcotic nature, he refused; but Jimmy said he would have
+something mixed with it, which would convert it into an innocent
+beverage that would inspirit them for the rest of their journey. So at
+last he was induced to drink of it, and its effects were just as the
+sailor had predicted; his spirits rose at once, and all his gloomy
+thoughts left him.
+
+The old rover now began to reveal his true character, though he was
+hardly suspected at the time. “If I get you off to a ship,” said he,
+“you will surely give a poor fellow something for saving you.” In
+short, before they left the house, he made Toby promise that he would
+give him five Spanish dollars if he succeeded in getting any part of
+his wages advanced from the vessel, aboard of which they were going;
+Toby, moreover, engaging to reward him still farther, as soon as my
+deliverance was accomplished.
+
+A little while after this they started again, accompanied by many of
+the natives, and going up the valley, took a steep path near its head,
+which led to Nukuheva. Here the Happars paused, and watched them as
+they ascended the mountain, one group of bandit-looking fellows shaking
+their spears and casting threatening glances at the poor Typee, whose
+heart as well as heels seemed much the lighter when he came to look
+down upon them.
+
+On gaining the heights once more, their way led for a time along
+several ridges covered with enormous ferns. At last they entered upon a
+wooded tract, and here they overtook a party of Nukuheva natives, well
+armed, and carrying bundles of long poles. Jimmy seemed to know them
+all very well, and stopped for awhile, and had a talk about the
+“Wee-Wees,” as the people of Nukuheva call the Monsieurs.
+
+The party with the poles were King Mowanna’s men, and by his orders
+they had been gathering them in the ravines for his allies, the French.
+
+Leaving these fellows to trudge on with their loads, Toby and his
+companions now pushed forward again, as the sun was already low in the
+west. They came upon the valleys of Nukuheva on one side of the bay,
+where the highlands slope off into the sea. The men-of-war were still
+lying in the harbour, and as Toby looked down upon them, the strange
+events which had happened so recently seemed all a dream.
+
+They soon descended towards the beach, and found themselves in Jimmy’s
+house before it was well dark. Here he received another welcome from
+his Nukuheva wives, and after some refreshments in the shape of
+cocoa-nut milk and poee-poee, they entered a canoe (the Typee, of
+course, going along) and paddled off to a whale-ship which was anchored
+near the shore. This was the vessel in want of men. Our own had sailed
+some time before. The captain professed great pleasure at seeing Toby,
+but thought from his exhausted appearance that he must be unfit for
+duty. However, he agreed to ship him, as well as his comrade as soon as
+he should arrive.
+
+Toby begged hard for an armed boat, in which to go round to Typee and
+rescue me, notwithstanding the promise of Jimmy. But this the captain
+would not hear of, and told him to have patience, for the sailor would
+be faithful to his word. When, too, he demanded the five silver dollars
+for Jimmy, the captain was unwilling to give them. But Toby insisted
+upon it, as he now began to think that Jimmy might be a mere mercenary,
+who would be sure to prove faithless if not well paid. Accordingly he
+not only gave him the money, but took care to assure him, over and over
+again, that as soon as he brought me aboard he would receive a still
+larger sum.
+
+Before sunrise the next day, Jimmy and the Typee started in two of the
+ship’s boats, which were manned by tabooed natives. Toby, of course,
+was all eagerness to go along, but the sailor told him that if he did,
+it would spoil all; so, hard as it was, he was obliged to remain.
+
+Towards evening he was on the watch, and descried the boats turning the
+headland and entering the bay. He strained his eyes, and thought he saw
+me; but I was not there. Descending from the mast almost distracted, he
+grappled Jimmy as he struck the deck, shouting in a voice that startled
+him, “Where is Tommo?” The old fellow faltered, but soon recovering,
+did all he could to soothe him, assuring him that it had proved to be
+impossible to get me down to the shore that morning; assigning many
+plausible reasons, and adding that early on the morrow he was going to
+visit the bay again in a French boat, when, if he did not find me on
+the beach—as this time he certainly expected to—he would march right
+back into the valley, and carry me away at all hazards. He, however,
+again refused to allow Toby to accompany him.
+
+Now, situated as Toby was, his sole dependence for the present was upon
+Jimmy, and therefore he was fain to comfort himself as well as he could
+with what the old sailor told him.
+
+The next morning, however, he had the satisfaction of seeing the French
+boat start with Jimmy in it. To-night, then, I will see him, thought
+Toby; but many a long day passed before he ever saw Tommo again. Hardly
+was the boat out of sight, when the captain came forward and ordered
+the anchor weighed; he was going to sea.
+
+Vain were all Toby’s ravings,—they were disregarded; and when he came
+to himself, the sails were set, and the ship fast leaving the land.
+
+... “Oh! said he to me at our meeting, what sleepless nights were mine.
+Often I started from my hammock, dreaming you were before me, and
+upbraiding me for leaving you on the island.”
+
+There is little more to be related. Toby left his vessel at New
+Zealand, and after some further adventures, arrived home in less than
+two years after leaving the Marquesas. He always thought of me as
+dead—and I had every reason to suppose that he, too, was no more; but a
+strange meeting was in store for us, which made Toby’s heart all the
+lighter.
+
+
+
+
+APPENDIX
+
+
+The author of this volume arrived at Tahiti the very day that the
+iniquitous designs of the French were consummated by inducing the
+subordinate chiefs, during the absence of their queen, to ratify an
+artfully-drawn treaty, by which she was virtually deposed. Both menaces
+and caresses were employed on this occasion, and the 32-pounders which
+peeped out of the port-holes of the frigate were the principal
+arguments adduced to quiet the scruples of the more conscientious
+islanders.
+
+And yet this piratical seizure of Tahiti, with all the woe and
+desolation which resulted from it, created not half so great a
+sensation, at least in America, as was caused by the proceedings of the
+English at the Sandwich Islands. No transaction has ever been more
+grossly misrepresented than the events which occurred upon the arrival
+of Lord George Paulet at Oahu. During a residence of four months at
+Honolulu, the metropolis of the group, the author was in the confidence
+of an Englishman who was much employed by his lordship; and great was
+the author’s astonishment on his arrival at Boston, in the autumn of
+1844, to read the distorted accounts and fabrications which had
+produced in the United States so violent an outbreak of indignation
+against the English. He deems it, therefore, a mere act of justice
+towards a gallant officer briefly to state the leading circumstances
+connected with the event in question.
+
+It is needless to rehearse all the abuse that for some time previous to
+the spring of 1843 had been heaped upon the British residents,
+especially upon Captain Charlton, Her Britannic Majesty’s
+consul-general, by the native authorities of the Sandwich Islands. High
+in the favour of the imbecile king at this time was one Dr. Judd, a
+sanctimonious apothecary-adventurer, who, with other kindred and
+influential spirits, were animated by an inveterate dislike to England.
+The ascendancy of a junta of ignorant and designing Methodist elders in
+the councils of a half-civilised king, ruling with absolute sway over a
+nation just poised between barbarism and civilisation, and exposed by
+the peculiarities of its relations with foreign states to unusual
+difficulties, was not precisely calculated to impart a healthy tone to
+the policy of the government.
+
+At last matters were brought to such an extremity, through the
+iniquitous maladministration of affairs, that the endurance of further
+insults and injuries on the part of the British consul was no longer to
+be borne. Captain Charlton, insultingly forbidden to leave the islands,
+clandestinely withdrew, and arriving at Valparaiso, conferred with
+Rear-Admiral Thomas, the English commander-in-chief on the Pacific
+station. In consequence of this communication, Lord George Paulet was
+despatched by the admiral in the _Carysfort_ frigate, to inquire into
+and correct the alleged abuses. On arriving at his destination, he sent
+his first lieutenant ashore with a letter to the king, couched in terms
+of the utmost courtesy, and soliciting the honour of an audience. The
+messenger was denied access to His Majesty, and Paulet was coolly
+referred to Dr. Judd, and informed that the apothecary was invested
+with plenary powers to treat with him. Rejecting this insolent
+proposition, his lordship again addressed the king by letter, and
+renewed his previous request; but he encountered another repulse.
+Justly indignant at this treatment, he penned a third epistle,
+enumerating the grievances to be redressed, and demanding a compliance
+with his requisitions, under penalty of immediate hostilities.
+
+The government was now obliged to act, and an artful stroke of policy
+was decided upon by the despicable councillors of the king to entrap
+the sympathies and rouse the indignation of Christendom. His Majesty
+was made to intimate to the British captain that he could not, as the
+conscientious ruler of his beloved people, comply with the arbitrary
+demands of his lordship, and in deprecation of the horrors of war,
+tendered to his acceptance the _provisional cession_ of the islands,
+subject to the result of the negotiations then pending in London.
+Paulet, a bluff and straight-forward sailor, took the king at his word,
+and after some preliminary arrangements, entered upon the
+administration of Hawaiian affairs, in the same firm and benignant
+spirit which marked the discipline of his frigate, and which had
+rendered him the idol of his ship’s company. He soon endeared himself
+to nearly all orders of the islanders; but the king and the chiefs,
+whose feudal sway over the common people was laboriously sought to be
+perpetuated by their missionary advisers, regarded all his proceedings
+with the most vigilant animosity. Jealous of his growing popularity,
+and unable to counteract it, they endeavoured to assail his reputation
+abroad by ostentatiously protesting against his acts, and appealing in
+Oriental phrase to the _wide universe_ to witness and compassionate
+their _unparalleled wrongs_.
+
+Heedless of their idle clamours, Lord George Paulet addressed himself
+to the task of reconciling the differences among the foreign residents,
+remedying their grievances, promoting their mercantile interests, and
+ameliorating, as far as lay in his power, the condition of the degraded
+natives. The iniquities he brought to light and instantly suppressed
+are too numerous to be here recorded; but one instance may be mentioned
+that will give some idea of the lamentable misrule to which these poor
+islanders are subjected.
+
+It is well known that the laws at the Sandwich Islands are subject to
+the most capricious alterations, which, by confounding all ideas of
+right and wrong in the minds of the natives, produce the most
+pernicious effects. In no case is this mischief more plainly
+descernible than in the continually shifting regulations concerning
+licentiousness. At one time the most innocent freedoms between the
+sexes are punished with fine and imprisonment; at another the
+revocation of the statute is followed by the most open and undisguised
+profligacy.
+
+It so happened that at the period of Paulet’s arrival the Connecticut
+blue laws had been for at least three weeks steadily enforced. In
+consequence of this, the fort at Honolulu was filled with a great
+number of young girls, who were confined there doing penance for their
+slips from virtue. Paulet, although at first unwilling to interfere
+with regulations having reference solely to the natives themselves, was
+eventually, by the prevalence of certain reports, induced to institute
+a strict inquiry into the internal administration of General Kekuanoa,
+governor of the island of Oahu, one of the pillars of the Hawaiian
+Church, and captain of the fort. He soon ascertained that numbers of
+the young females employed during the day at work intended for the
+benefit of the king, were at night smuggled over the ramparts of the
+fort—which on one side directly overhangs the sea—and were conveyed by
+stealth on board such vessels as had contracted with the General to be
+supplied with them. Before daybreak they returned to their quarters,
+and their own silence with regard to these secret excursions was
+purchased by a small portion of those wages of iniquity which were
+placed in the hands of Kekuanoa.
+
+The vigour with which the laws concerning licentiousness were at that
+period enforced, enabled the General to monopolise in a great measure
+the detestable trade in which he was engaged, and there consequently
+flowed into his coffers—and some say into those of the government
+also—considerable sums of money. It is indeed a lamentable fact that
+the principal revenue of the Hawaiian government is derived from the
+fines levied upon, or rather the licences taken out by Vice, the
+prosperity of which is linked with that of the government. Were the
+people to become virtuous the authorities would become poor; but from
+present indications there is little apprehension to be entertained on
+that score.
+
+Some five months after the date of the cession, the _Dublin_ frigate,
+carrying the flag of Rear-Admiral Thomas, entered the harbour of
+Honolulu. The excitement that her sudden appearance produced on shore
+was prodigious. Three days after her arrival an English sailor hauled
+down the red cross which had been flying from the heights of the fort,
+and the Hawaiian colours were again displayed upon the same staff. At
+the same moment the long 42-pounders upon Punchbowl Hill opened their
+iron throats in triumphant reply to the thunders of the five men-of-war
+in the harbour; and King Kammahammaha III, surrounded by a splendid
+group of British and American officers, unfurled the royal standard to
+assembled thousands of his subjects, who, attracted by the imposing
+military display of the foreigners, had flocked to witness the formal
+restoration of the islands to their ancient rulers.
+
+The admiral, after sanctioning the proceedings of his subaltern, had
+brought the authorities to terms; and so removed the necessity of
+acting any longer under the provisional cession.
+
+The event was made an occasion of riotous rejoicing by the king and the
+principal chiefs, who easily secured a display of enthusiasm from the
+inferior orders, by remitting for a time the accustomed severity of the
+laws. Royal proclamations in English and Hawaiian were placarded in the
+streets of Honolulu, and posted up in the more populous villages of the
+group, in which His Majesty announced to his loving subjects the
+re-establishment of his throne, and called upon them to celebrate it by
+breaking through all moral, legal, and religious restraint for ten
+consecutive days, during which time all the laws of the land were
+solemnly declared to be suspended.
+
+Who that happened to be at Honolulu during those ten memorable days
+will ever forget them! The spectacle of universal broad-day debauchery,
+which was then exhibited, beggars description. The natives of the
+surrounding islands flocked to Honolulu by hundreds, and the crews of
+two frigates, opportunely let loose like so many demons to swell the
+heathenish uproar, gave the crowning flourish to the scene. It was a
+sort of Polynesian saturnalia. Deeds too atrocious to be mentioned were
+done at noon-day in the open street, and some of the islanders, caught
+in the very act of stealing from the foreigners, were, on being taken
+to the fort by the aggrieved party, suffered immediately to go at large
+and to retain the stolen property—Kekuanoa informing the white men,
+with a sardonic grin, that the laws were “hannapa” (tied up).
+
+The history of these ten days reveals in their true colours the
+character of the Sandwich islanders, and furnishes an eloquent
+commentary on the results which have flowed from the labours of the
+missionaries. Freed from the restraint of severe penal laws, the
+natives almost to a man had plunged voluntarily into every species of
+wickedness and excess, and by their utter disregard of all decency
+plainly showed that, although they had been schooled into a seeming
+submission to the new order of things, they were in reality as depraved
+and vicious as ever.
+
+Such were the events which produced in America so general an outbreak
+of indignation against the spirited and high-minded Paulet. He is not
+the first man who, in the fearless discharge of his duty, has awakened
+the senseless clamours of those whose narrow-minded suspicions blind
+them to a proper appreciation of measures which unusual exigencies may
+have rendered necessary.
+
+It is almost needless to add that the British cabinet never had any
+idea of appropriating the islands; and it furnishes a sufficient
+vindication of the acts of Lord George Paulet, that he not only
+received the unqualified approbation of his own government, but that to
+this hour the great body of the Hawaiian people invoke blessings on his
+head, and look back with gratitude to the time when his liberal and
+paternal sway diffused peace and happiness among them.
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+FOOTNOTES
+
+
+ [1] The word “kannaka” is at the present day universally used in the
+ South Seas by Europeans to designate the islanders. In the various
+ dialects of the principal groups it is simply a sexual designation
+ applied to the males; but it is now used by the natives in their
+ intercourse with foreigners in the same sense in which the latter
+ employ it.
+    A “tabooed kannaka” is an islander whose person has been made, to a
+ certain extent, sacred by the operation of a singular custom hereafter
+ to be explained.
+
+ [2] I presume this might be translated into “Strong Waters.” Arva is
+ the name bestowed upon a root, the properties of which are both
+ inebriating and medicinal. “Wai” is the Marquesan word for water.
+
+ [3] White appears to be the sacred colour among the Marquesans.
+
+ [4] The word “Artua,” although having some other significations, is in
+ nearly all the Polynesian dialects used as the general designation of
+ the gods.
+
+ [5] The strict honesty which the inhabitants of nearly all the
+ Polynesian Islands manifest towards each other, is in striking
+ contrast with the thieving propensities some of them evince in their
+ intercourse with foreigners. It would almost seem that, according to
+ their peculiar code of morals, the pilfering of a hatchet or a wrought
+ nail from a European is looked upon as a praiseworthy action. Or
+ rather, it may be presumed, that bearing in mind the wholesale forays
+ made upon them by their nautical visitors, they consider the property
+ of the latter as a fair object of reprisal. This consideration, while
+ it serves to reconcile an apparent contradiction in the moral
+ character of the islanders, should in some measure alter that low
+ opinion of it which the reader of South Sea voyages is too apt to
+ form.
+
+
+
+
+TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE
+
+
+Obvious typographical errors were corrected:
+
+page vi, “Mysterious” changed to “mysterious”
+page 2, “attentuated” changed to “attenuated”
+page 3, quote mark added after first “Marquesas!”
+page 7, double primes changed to primes in first coordinate
+page 18, “coacoa-nut” changed to “cocoa-nut”
+page 23, period changed to comma after “home”
+page 26, “tatooed” changed to “tattooed”
+page 52, “Decend” changed to “Descend”
+page 62, “hairbreath” changed to “hairbreadth”
+page 66, “inceased” changed to “increased”
+page 89, “interwined” changed to “intertwined”
+page 112, “preverse” changed to “perverse”
+page 120, “kemp” changed to “kelp”
+page 123, “As” changed to “At”
+page 150, period added after “enemy”
+page 199, “Figneroa” changed to “Figueroa”
+page 242, “as” changed to “is”
+page 273, “tumultous” changed to “tumultuous”
+page 281, comma added after “course”
+
+
+Spelling variations were not normalized (e. g. “figure head”,
+“figure-head” and “figurehead”, “forefinger” and “fore-finger”,
+“clamor” and “clamour”, “verd-antique” and “verde-antique”,
+“incumbrances” and “encumber”).
+
+
+
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TYPEE ***
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
+be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
+law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
+so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the
+United States without permission and without paying copyright
+royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
+of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
+and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
+the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
+of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
+copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
+easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
+of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
+Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may
+do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
+by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
+license, especially commercial redistribution.
+
+START: FULL LICENSE
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
+Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
+www.gutenberg.org/license.
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
+destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
+possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
+Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
+by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
+person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
+1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
+agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
+Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
+of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
+works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
+States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
+United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
+claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
+displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
+all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
+that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
+free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
+works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
+Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
+comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
+same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
+you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
+in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
+check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
+agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
+distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
+other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
+representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
+country other than the United States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
+immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
+prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
+on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
+performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
+
+  This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
+  most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
+  restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
+  under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
+  eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
+  United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where
+  you are located before using this eBook.
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
+derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
+contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
+copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
+the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
+redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
+either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
+obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
+trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
+additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
+will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
+posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
+beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
+any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
+to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
+other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
+version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website
+(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
+to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
+of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
+Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
+full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+provided that:
+
+* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+  the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+  you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
+  to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
+  agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
+  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
+  within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
+  legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
+  payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
+  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
+  Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
+  Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+  you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+  does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+  License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
+  copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
+  all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
+  works.
+
+* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
+  any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+  electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
+  receipt of the work.
+
+* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+  distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
+are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
+from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
+the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
+forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
+Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
+contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
+or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
+other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
+cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
+with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
+with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
+lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
+or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
+opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
+the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
+without further opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
+OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
+damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
+violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
+agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
+limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
+unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
+remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
+accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
+production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
+including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
+the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
+or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
+additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
+Defect you cause.
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
+computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
+exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
+from people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
+generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
+Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
+www.gutenberg.org
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
+U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
+Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
+to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website
+and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without
+widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
+DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
+state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
+donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
+freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
+distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
+volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
+the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
+necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
+edition.
+
+Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
+facility: www.gutenberg.org
+
+This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
diff --git a/28656-0.zip b/28656-0.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b48a8f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/28656-0.zip
diff --git a/28656-h.zip b/28656-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..28a0b41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/28656-h.zip
diff --git a/28656-h/28656-h.htm b/28656-h/28656-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c1ebb45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/28656-h/28656-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,12589 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
+<head>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" />
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
+<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Typee, by Herman Melville</title>
+<link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" />
+<style type="text/css">
+
+body { margin-left: 20%;
+       margin-right: 20%;
+       text-align: justify; }
+
+h1, h2, h3, h4, h5 {text-align: center; font-style: normal; font-weight:
+normal; line-height: 1.5; margin-top: .5em; margin-bottom: .5em;}
+
+h1 {font-size: 300%;
+    margin-top: 0.6em;
+    margin-bottom: 0.6em;
+    letter-spacing: 0.12em;
+    word-spacing: 0.2em;
+    text-indent: 0em;}
+h2 {font-size: 150%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 1em;}
+h3 {font-size: 130%; margin-top: 1em;}
+h4 {font-size: 120%;}
+h5 {font-size: 110%;}
+
+.no-break {page-break-before: avoid;} /* for epubs */
+
+div.chapter {page-break-before: always; margin-top: 4em;}
+
+hr {width: 80%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em;}
+
+p {text-indent: 1em;
+   margin-top: 0.25em;
+   margin-bottom: 0.25em; }
+
+p.letter {text-indent: 0%;
+          margin-left: 10%;
+          margin-right: 10%;
+          margin-top: 1em;
+          margin-bottom: 1em; }
+
+p.noindent {text-indent: 0% }
+
+p.footnote {font-size: 90%;
+           text-indent: 0%;
+           margin-left: 10%;
+           margin-right: 10%;
+           margin-top: 1em;
+           margin-bottom: 1em; }
+
+sup { vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.6em; }
+
+div.fig { display:block;
+          margin:0 auto;
+          text-align:center;
+          margin-top: 1em;
+          margin-bottom: 1em;}
+
+p.caption {font-weight: bold;
+           text-align: center; }
+
+a:link {color:blue; text-decoration:none}
+a:visited {color:blue; text-decoration:none}
+a:hover {color:red}
+
+</style>
+
+</head>
+
+<body>
+
+<div style='text-align:center; font-size:1.2em; font-weight:bold'>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Typee, by Herman Melville</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
+most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
+whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
+of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
+at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you
+are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the
+country where you are located before using this eBook.
+</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Title: Typee</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Author: Herman Melville</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Release Date: May 1,  2009 [eBook #28656]<br />
+[Most recently updated: December 19, 2022]</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Language: English</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Character set encoding: UTF-8</div>
+<div style='margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:4em'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TYPEE ***</div>
+
+<div class="fig" style="width:100%;">
+<a name="illus8"></a>
+<a href="images/illus8.jpg">
+<img src="images/illus8.jpg" width="477" height="600" alt="Illustration:" /></a>
+<p class="caption">FAYAWAY AND I HAD A DELIGHTFUL LITTLE PARTY ON THE LAKE</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<div class="fig" style="width:100%;">
+<a href="images/cover.jpg">
+<img src="images/cover.jpg" width="423" height="600" alt="Illustration:" /></a>
+</div>
+
+<h1>TYPEE</h1>
+
+<h2 class="no-break">by HERMAN MELVILLE<br/><br/><br/></h2>
+
+<h3>ILLUSTRATIONS BY<br/>
+MEAD SCHAEFFER</h3>
+
+<h4>DODD, MEAD AND COMPANY<br/>
+PUBLISHERS NEW YORK</h4>
+
+<hr />
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2>CONTENTS</h2>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+<a href="#chap01">CHAPTER I. A LAND-SICK SHIP</a>
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+The sea—Longings for shore—A land-sick ship—Destination of the voyagers<br /><br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+<a href="#chap02">CHAPTER II. TO THE MARQUESAS</a>
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+Passage from the cruising ground to the Marquesas—Sleepy times aboard
+ship—South Sea scenery—Land ho!—The French squadron discovered at anchor in the
+bay of Nukuheva—Strange pilot—Escort of canoes—A flotilla of
+cocoa-nuts—Swimming visitors—The <i>Dolly</i> boarded by them—State of affairs
+that ensue.<br /><br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+<a href="#chap03">CHAPTER III. AFFAIRS ABOARD</a>
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+State of affairs aboard the ship—Contents of her larder—Length of South
+Seamen’s voyages—Account of a flying whale-man—Determination to leave the
+vessel—The bay of Nukuheva—The Typees.<br /><br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+<a href="#chap04">CHAPTER IV. LAST NIGHT ABOARD</a>
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+Thoughts previous to attempting an escape—Toby, a fellow-sailor, agrees to
+share the adventure—Last night aboard the ship.<br /><br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+<a href="#chap05">CHAPTER V. THE ESCAPE</a>
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+A specimen of nautical oratory—Criticisms of the sailors—The starboard watch
+are given a holiday—The escape to the mountains.<br /><br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+<a href="#chap06">CHAPTER VI. DISAPPOINTMENT</a>
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+The other side of the mountain—Disappointment—Inventory of articles brought
+from the ship—Division of the stock of bread—Appearance of the interior of the
+island—A discovery—A ravine and waterfalls—A sleepless night—Further
+discoveries—My illness—A Marquesan landscape.<br /><br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+<a href="#chap07">CHAPTER VII. A WILD-GOOSE CHASE</a>
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+The important question, Typee or Happar?—A wild-goose chase—My
+sufferings—Disheartening situation—A night in the ravine—Morning meal—Happy
+idea of Toby—Journey towards the valley.<br /><br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+<a href="#chap08">CHAPTER VIII. INTO THE VALLEY</a>
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+Perilous passage of the ravine—Descent into the valley.<br /><br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+<a href="#chap09">CHAPTER IX. CAUTIOUS ADVANCE</a>
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+The head of the valley—Cautious advance—A path—Fruit—Discovery of two of the
+natives—Their singular conduct—Approach towards the inhabited parts of the
+vale—Sensation produced by our appearance—Reception at the house of one of the
+natives.<br /><br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+<a href="#chap10">CHAPTER X. MORNING VISITORS</a>
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+Midnight reflections—Morning visitors—A warrior in costume—A savage
+Æsculapius—Practice of the healing art—Body-servant—A dwelling-house of the
+valley described—Portraits of its inmates.<br /><br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+<a href="#chap11">CHAPTER XI. ADVENTURE IN THE DARK</a>
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+Officiousness of Kory-Kory—His devotion—A bath in the stream—Want of refinement
+of the Typee damsels—Stroll with Mehevi—A Typee highway—The Taboo groves—The
+hoolah hoolah ground—The Ti—Timeworn savages—Hospitality of Mehevi—Midnight
+musings—Adventure in the dark—Distinguished honours paid to the
+visitors—Strange procession, and return to the house of Marheyo.<br /><br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+<a href="#chap12">CHAPTER XII. ADVENTURE OF TOBY</a>
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+Attempt to procure relief from Nukuheva—Perilous adventure of Toby in the
+Happar Mountains—Eloquence of Kory-Kory.<br /><br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+<a href="#chap13">CHAPTER XIII. A GREAT EVENT</a>
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+A great event happens in the valley—The island telegraph—Something befalls
+Toby—Fayaway displays a tender heart—Melancholy reflections—Mysterious conduct
+of the islanders—Devotion of Kory-Kory—A rural couch—A luxury—Kory-Kory strikes
+a light <i>à la</i> Typee.<br /><br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+<a href="#chap14">CHAPTER XIV. KINDNESS OF THE ISLANDERS</a>
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+Kindness of Marheyo and the rest of the islanders—A full description of the
+bread-fruit tree—Different modes of preparing the fruit.<br /><br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+<a href="#chap15">CHAPTER XV. MELANCHOLY CONDITION</a>
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+Melancholy condition—Occurrence at the Ti—Anecdote of Marheyo—Shaving the head
+of a warrior.<br /><br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+<a href="#chap16">CHAPTER XVI. IMPROVEMENT</a>
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+Improvement in health and spirits—Felicity of the Typees—A skirmish in the
+mountain with the warriors of Happar.<br /><br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+<a href="#chap17">CHAPTER XVII. A STRANGER ARRIVES</a>
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+Swimming in company with the girls of the valley—A canoe—Effects of the taboo—A
+pleasure excursion on the pond—Beautiful freak of Fayaway—Mantua-making—A
+stranger arrives in the valley—His mysterious conduct—Native oratory—The
+interview—Its results—Departure of the stranger.<br /><br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+<a href="#chap18">CHAPTER XVIII. BATTLE OF THE POP-GUNS</a>
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+Reflection after Marnoo’s departure—Battle of the pop-guns—Strange conceit of
+Marheyo—Process of making tappa.<br /><br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+<a href="#chap19">CHAPTER XIX. DANCES</a>
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+History of a day as usually spent in the Typee valley—Dances of the Marquesan
+girls.<br /><br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+<a href="#chap20">CHAPTER XX. MONUMENTS</a>
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+The spring of Arva Wai—Remarkable monumental remains—Some ideas with regard to
+the history of the pi-pis found in the valley.<br /><br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+<a href="#chap21">CHAPTER XXI. A FESTIVAL</a>
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+Preparations for a grand festival in the valley—Strange doings in the Taboo
+Groves—Monument of Calabashes—Gala costume of the Typee damsels—Departure for
+the festival.<br /><br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+<a href="#chap22">CHAPTER XXII. THE FEAST OF CALABASHES</a>
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+The Feast of Calabashes.<br /><br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+<a href="#chap23">CHAPTER XXIII. RELIGION OF THE TYPEES</a>
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+Ideas suggested by the Feast of Calabashes—Effigy of a dead warrior—A singular
+superstition—The priest Kolory and the god Moa Artua—Amazing religious
+observance—A dilapidated shrine—Kory-Kory and the idol—An inference.<br /><br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+<a href="#chap24">CHAPTER XXIV. BEAUTY OF THE TYPEES</a>
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+General information gathered at the festival—Personal beauty of the
+Typees—Their superiority over the inhabitants of the other islands—Diversity of
+complexion—A vegetable cosmetic and ointment—Testimony of voyagers to the
+uncommon beauty of the Marquesans—Few evidences of intercourse with civilized
+beings—Dilapidated musket—Primitive simplicity of government—Regal dignity of
+Mehevi.<br /><br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+<a href="#chap25">CHAPTER XXV. MARRIAGE CUSTOMS</a>
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+King Mehevi—Conduct of Marheyo and Mehevi in certain delicate matters—Peculiar
+system of marriage—Number of population—Uniformity—Embalming—Places of
+sepulture—Funeral obsequies at Nukuheva—Number of inhabitants in Typee—Location
+of the dwellings—Happiness enjoyed in the valley.<br /><br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+<a href="#chap26">CHAPTER XXVI. SOCIAL CONDITIONS</a>
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+The social condition and general character of the Typees.<br /><br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+<a href="#chap27">CHAPTER XXVII. FISHING PARTIES</a>
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+Fishing parties—Mode of distributing the fish—Midnight banquet—Timekeeping
+tapers—Unceremonious style of eating the fish.<br /><br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+<a href="#chap28">CHAPTER XXVIII. NATURAL HISTORY</a>
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+Natural history of the valley—Golden lizards—Tameness of the
+birds—Mosquitoes—Flies—Dogs—A solitary cat—The climate—The cocoa-nut
+tree—Singular modes of climbing it—An agile young chief—Fearlessness of the
+children—Too-too and the cocoa-nut tree—The birds of the valley.<br /><br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+<a href="#chap29">CHAPTER XXIX. TATTOOING</a>
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+A professor of the fine arts—His persecutions—Something about tattooing and
+tabooing—Two anecdotes in illustration of the latter—A few thoughts on the
+Typee dialect.<br /><br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+<a href="#chap30">CHAPTER XXX. MUSIC</a>
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+Strange custom of the islanders—Their chanting, and the peculiarity of their
+voice—Rapture of the king at first hearing a song—A new dignity conferred on
+the author—Musical instruments in the valley—Admiration of the savages at
+beholding a pugilistic performance—Swimming infant—Beautiful tresses of the
+girls—Ointment for the hair.<br /><br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+<a href="#chap31">CHAPTER XXXI. CANNIBALISM</a>
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+Apprehensions of evil—Frightful discovery—Some remarks on cannibalism—Second
+battle with the Happars—Savage spectacle—Mysterious feast—Subsequent
+disclosures.<br /><br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+<a href="#chap32">CHAPTER XXXII. ATTEMPT TO ESCAPE</a>
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+The stranger again arrives in the valley—Singular interview with him—Attempt to
+escape—Failure—Melancholy situation—Sympathy of Marheyo.<br /><br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+<a href="#chap33">CHAPTER XXXIII. THE ESCAPE</a>
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+The escape<br /><br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+<a href="#chap34">SEQUEL</a>
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+NOTE.—The Author of “Typee” was more than two years in the South Seas, after
+escaping from the valley, as recounted in the last chapter. Some time after
+returning home the foregoing narrative was published, though it was little
+thought at the time that this would be the means of revealing the existence of
+Toby, who had long been given up for lost. But so it proved. The story of his
+escape supplies a natural sequel to the adventure, and as such it is now added
+to the volume. It was related to the Author by Toby himself.<br /><br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+<a href="#chap35">APPENDIX</a>
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2>ILLUSTRATIONS</h2>
+
+<table summary="" style="">
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#illus8">Fayaway and I had a delightful little party on the lake</a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#illus1">I found him ripe for the enterprise, and a very few words sufficed for a mutual understanding between us</a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#illus2">At last we gained the top of the second elevation</a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#illus3">We were soon completely encircled by a dense throng</a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#illus4">The body was carried into the house and laid on a mat</a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#illus5">Thus arrayed, I would have matched the charming Fayaway against any beauty in the world</a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#illus6">Mehevi</a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#illus7">About midnight I arose and drew the slide</a></td>
+</tr>
+
+</table>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2>TYPEE</h2>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap01"></a>CHAPTER I</h2>
+
+<p class="letter">
+The sea—Longings for shore—A land-sick ship—Destination of the voyagers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Six months at sea! Yes, reader, as I live, six months out of sight of
+land; cruising after the sperm whale beneath the scorching sun of the
+Line, and tossed on the billows of the wide-rolling Pacific—the sky above,
+the sea around, and nothing else! Weeks and weeks ago our fresh provisions
+were all exhausted. There is not a sweet potato left; not a single yam.
+Those glorious bunches of bananas which once decorated our stern and
+quarter-deck, have, alas, disappeared! and the delicious oranges which
+hung suspended from our tops and stays—they, too, are gone! Yes, they are
+all departed, and there is nothing left us but salt-horse and sea-biscuit.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Oh! for a refreshing glimpse of one blade of grass—for a snuff at the
+fragrance of a handful of the loamy earth! Is there nothing fresh around
+us? Is there no green thing to be seen? Yes, the inside of our bulwarks is
+painted green; but what a vile and sickly hue it is, as if nothing bearing
+even the semblance of verdure could flourish this weary way from land.
+Even the bark that once clung to the wood we use for fuel has been gnawed
+off and devoured by the captain’s pig; and so long ago, too, that the pig
+himself has in turn been devoured.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There is but one solitary tenant in the chicken-coop, once a gay and
+dapper young cock, bearing him so bravely among the coy hens. But look at
+him now; there he stands, moping all the day long on that everlasting one
+leg of his. He turns with disgust from the mouldy corn before him, and the
+brackish water in his little trough. He mourns no doubt his lost
+companions, literally snatched from him one by one, and never seen again.
+But his days of mourning will be few; for Mungo, our black cook, told me
+yesterday that the word had at last gone forth, and poor Pedro’s fate was
+sealed. His attenuated body will be laid out upon the captain’s table next
+Sunday, and long before night will be buried, with all the usual
+ceremonies, beneath that worthy individual’s vest. Who would believe that
+there could be any one so cruel as to long for the decapitation of the
+luckless Pedro; yet the sailors pray every minute, selfish fellows, that
+the miserable fowl may be brought to his end. They say the captain will
+never point the ship for the land so long as he has in anticipation a mess
+of fresh meat. This unhappy bird can alone furnish it; and when he is once
+devoured, the captain will come to his senses. I wish thee no harm, Peter;
+but as thou art doomed, sooner or later, to meet the fate of all thy race;
+and if putting a period to thy existence is to be the signal for our
+deliverance, why—truth to speak—I wish thy throat cut this very moment;
+for, oh! how I wish to see the living earth again! The old ship herself
+longs to look out upon the land from her hawseholes once more, as Jack
+Lewis said right the other day when the captain found fault with his
+steering.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Why, d’ye see, Captain Vangs,” says bold Jack, “I’m as good a helmsman as
+ever put hand to spoke; but none of us can steer the old lady now. We
+can’t keep her full and bye, sir: watch her ever so close, she will fall
+off; and then, sir, when I put the helm down so gently and try like to
+coax her to the work, she won’t take it kindly, but will fall round off
+again; and it’s all because she knows the land is under the lee, sir, and
+she won’t go any more to windward.” Ay, and why should she, Jack? didn’t
+every one of her stout timbers grow on shore, and hasn’t she sensibilities
+as well as we?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Poor old ship! Her very looks denote her desires: how deplorable she
+appears! The paint on her sides, burnt up by the scorching sun, is puffed
+out and cracked. See the weeds she trails along with her, and what an
+unsightly bunch of these horrid barnacles has formed about her
+stern-piece; and every time she rises on a sea, she shows her copper torn
+away or hanging in jagged strips.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Poor old ship! I say again: for six months she has been rolling and
+pitching about, never for one moment at rest. But courage, old lass, I
+hope to see thee soon within a biscuit’s toss of the merry land, riding
+snugly at anchor in some green cove, and sheltered from the boisterous
+winds.
+</p>
+
+<hr />
+
+<p>
+“Hurrah, my lads! It’s a settled thing; next week we shape our course to
+the Marquesas!” The Marquesas! What strange visions of outlandish things
+does the very name spirit up! Lovely houris—cannibal banquets—groves of
+cocoa-nuts—coral reefs—tattooed chiefs—and bamboo temples; sunny valleys
+planted with bread-fruit trees—carved canoes dancing on the flashing blue
+waters—savage woodlands guarded by horrible idols—<i>heathenish rites and
+human sacrifices</i>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Such were the strangely jumbled anticipations that haunted me during our
+passage from the cruising ground. I felt an irresistible curiosity to see
+those islands which the olden voyagers had so glowingly described.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The group for which we were now steering (although among the earliest of
+European discoveries in the South Seas, having been first visited in the
+year 1595) still continues to be tenanted by beings as strange and
+barbarous as ever. The missionaries, sent on a heavenly errand, had sailed
+by their lovely shores, and had abandoned them to their idols of wood and
+stone. How interesting the circumstances under which they were discovered!
+In the watery path of Mendanna, cruising in quest of some region of gold,
+these isles had sprung up like a scene of enchantment, and for a moment
+the Spaniard believed his bright dream was realized. In honour of the
+Marquess de Mendoza, then viceroy of Peru—under whose auspices the
+navigator sailed—he bestowed upon them the name which denoted the rank of
+his patron, and gave to the world, on his return, a vague and magnificent
+account of their beauty. But these islands, undisturbed for years,
+relapsed into their previous obscurity; and it is only recently that
+anything has been known concerning them. Once in the course of a half
+century, to be sure, some adventurous rover would break in upon their
+peaceful repose, and, astonished at the unusual scene, would be almost
+tempted to claim the merit of a new discovery.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Of this interesting group, but little account has ever been given, if we
+except the slight mention made of them in the sketches of South Sea
+voyages. Cook, in his repeated circumnavigations of the globe, barely
+touched at their shores; and all that we know about them is from a few
+general narratives.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Within the last few years, American and English vessels engaged in the
+extensive whale fisheries of the Pacific have occasionally, when short of
+provisions, put into the commodious harbour which there is in one of the
+islands; but a fear of the natives, founded on the recollection of the
+dreadful fate which many white men have received at their hands, has
+deterred their crews from intermixing with the population sufficiently to
+gain any insight into their peculiar customs and manners. Indeed, there is
+no cluster of islands in the Pacific that has been any length of time
+discovered, of which so little has hitherto been known as the Marquesas,
+and it is a pleasing reflection that this narrative of mine will do
+something towards withdrawing the veil from regions so romantic and
+beautiful.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap02"></a>CHAPTER II</h2>
+
+<p class="letter">
+Passage from the cruising ground to the Marquesas—Sleepy times aboard
+ship—South Sea scenery—Land ho!—The French squadron discovered at anchor in the
+bay of Nukuheva—Strange pilot—Escort of canoes—A flotilla of
+cocoa-nuts—Swimming visitors—The <i>Dolly</i> boarded by them—State of affairs
+that ensue.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I can never forget the eighteen or twenty days during which the light
+trade-winds were silently sweeping us towards the islands. In pursuit of
+the sperm whale, we had been cruising on the line some twenty degrees to
+the westward of the Gallipagos; and all that we had to do, when our course
+was determined on, was to square in the yards and keep the vessel before
+the breeze, and then the good ship and the steady gale did the rest
+between them. The man at the wheel never vexed the old lady with any
+superfluous steering, but comfortably adjusting his limbs at the tiller,
+would doze away by the hour. True to her work, the <i>Dolly</i> headed to her
+course, and like one of those characters who always do best when let
+alone, she jogged on her way like a veteran old sea-pacer as she was.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What a delightful, lazy, languid time we had whilst we were thus gliding
+along! There was nothing to be done; a circumstance that happily suited
+our disinclination to do anything. We abandoned the fore-peak altogether,
+and spreading an awning over the forecastle, slept, ate, and lounged under
+it the live-long day. Every one seemed to be under the influence of some
+narcotic. Even the officers aft, whose duty required them never to be
+seated while keeping a deck watch, vainly endeavoured to keep on their
+pins; and were obliged invariably to compromise the matter by leaning up
+against the bulwarks, and gazing abstractedly over the side. Reading was
+out of the question; take a book in your hand, and you were asleep in an
+instant.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Although I could not avoid yielding in a great measure to the general
+languor, still at times I contrived to shake off the spell, and to
+appreciate the beauty of the scene around me. The sky presented a clear
+expanse of the most delicate blue, except along the skirts of the horizon,
+where you might see a thin drapery of pale clouds which never varied their
+form or colour. The long, measured, dirge-like swell of the Pacific came
+rolling along, with its surface broken by little tiny waves, sparkling in
+the sunshine. Every now and then a shoal of flying fish, scared from the
+water under the bows, would leap into the air, and fall the next moment
+like a shower of silver into the sea. Then you would see the superb
+albicore with his glittering sides, sailing aloft, and after describing an
+arc in his descent, disappear on the surface of the water. Far off, the
+lofty jet of the whale might be seen, and nearer at hand the prowling
+shark, that villanous footpad of the seas, would come skulking along, and,
+at a wary distance, regard us with an evil eye. At times, some shapeless
+monster of the deep, floating on the surface, would, as we approach, sink
+slowly into the blue waters, and fade away from the sight. But the most
+impressive feature of the scene was the almost unbroken silence that
+reigned over sky and water. Scarcely a sound could be heard but the
+occasional breathing of the grampus, and the rippling at the cut-water.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As we drew nearer the land, I hailed with delight the appearance of
+innumerable sea-fowl. Screaming and whirling in spiral tracks, they would
+accompany the vessel, and at times alight on our yards and stays. That
+piratical-looking fellow, appropriately named the man-of-war’s-hawk, with
+his blood-red bill and raven plumage, would come sweeping round us in
+gradually diminishing circles, till you could distinctly mark the strange
+flashings of his eye; and then, as if satisfied with his observation,
+would sail up into the air and disappear from the view. Soon, other
+evidences of our vicinity to the land were apparent, and it was not long
+before the glad announcement of it being in sight was heard from
+aloft,—given with that peculiar prolongation of sound that a sailor
+loves—“Land ho!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The captain, darting on deck from the cabin, bawled lustily for his
+spy-glass; the mate in still louder accents hailed the mast-head with a
+tremendous “Where-away?” The black cook thrust his woolly head from the
+galley, and Boatswain, the dog, leaped up between the knight-heads, and
+barked most furiously. Land ho! Ay, there it was. A hardly perceptible
+blue irregular outline, indicating the bold contour of the lofty heights
+of Nukuheva.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This island, although generally called one of the Marquesas, is by some
+navigators considered as forming one of a distinct cluster, comprising the
+islands of Roohka, Ropo, and Nukuheva; upon which three the appellation of
+the Washington Group has been bestowed. They form a triangle, and lie
+within the parallels of 8° 38′ and 9° 32′ south latitude, and 139° 20′ and
+140° 10′ west longitude, from Greenwich. With how little propriety they
+are to be regarded as forming a separate group will be at once apparent,
+when it is considered that they lie in the immediate vicinity of the other
+islands, that is to say, less than a degree to the north-west of them;
+that their inhabitants speak the Marquesan dialect, and that their laws,
+religion, and general customs are identical. The only reason why they were
+ever thus arbitrarily distinguished, may be attributed to the singular
+fact, that their existence was altogether unknown to the world until the
+year 1791, when they were discovered by Captain Ingraham, of Boston,
+Massachusetts, nearly two centuries after the discovery of the adjacent
+islands by the agent of the Spanish Viceroy. Notwithstanding this, I shall
+follow the example of most voyagers, and treat of them as forming part and
+parcel of the Marquesas.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Nukuheva is the most important of these islands, being the only one at
+which ships are much in the habit of touching, and is celebrated as being
+the place where the adventurous Captain Porter refitted his ships during
+the late war between England and the United States, and whence he sallied
+out upon the large whaling fleet then sailing under the enemy’s flag in
+the surrounding seas. This island is about twenty miles in length, and
+nearly as many in breadth. It has three good harbours on its coast, the
+largest and best of which is called by the people living in its vicinity,
+“Tyohee,” and by Captain Porter was denominated Massachusetts Bay. Among
+the adverse tribes dwelling about the shores of the other bays, and by all
+voyagers, it is generally known by the name bestowed upon the island
+itself—Nukuheva. Its inhabitants have become somewhat corrupted, owing to
+their recent commerce with Europeans; but so far as regards their peculiar
+customs, and general mode of life, they retain their original primitive
+character, remaining very nearly in the same state of nature in which they
+were first beheld by white men. The hostile clans, residing in the more
+remote sections of the island, and very seldom holding any communication
+with foreigners, are in every respect unchanged from their earliest known
+condition.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the bay of Nukuheva was the anchorage we desired to reach. We had
+perceived the loom of the mountains about sunset; so that, after running
+all night with a very light breeze, we found ourselves close in with the
+island the next morning; but as the bay we sought lay on its farther side,
+we were obliged to sail some distance along the shore, catching, as we
+proceeded, short glimpses of blooming valleys, deep glens, waterfalls, and
+waving groves, hidden here and there by projecting and rocky headlands,
+every moment opening to the view some new and startling scene of beauty.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Those who for the first time visit the South Seas, generally are surprised
+at the appearance of the islands when beheld from the sea. From the vague
+accounts we sometimes have of their beauty, many people are apt to picture
+to themselves enamelled and softly swelling plains, shaded over with
+delicious groves, and watered by purling brooks, and the entire country
+but little elevated above the surrounding ocean. The reality is very
+different; bold rock-bound coasts, with the surf beating high against the
+lofty cliffs, and broken here and there into deep inlets, which open to
+the view thickly-wooded valleys, separated by the spurs of mountains
+clothed with tufted grass, and sweeping down towards the sea from an
+elevated and furrowed interior, form the principal features of these
+islands.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Towards noon we drew abreast the entrance to the harbour, and at last we
+slowly swept by the intervening promontory, and entered the bay of
+Nukuheva. No description can do justice to its beauty; but that beauty was
+lost to me then, and I saw nothing but the tri-coloured flag of France,
+trailing over the stern of six vessels, whose black hulls, and bristling
+broadsides, proclaimed their warlike character. There they were, floating
+in that lovely bay, the green eminences of the shore looking down so
+tranquilly upon them, as if rebuking the sternness of their aspect. To my
+eye, nothing could be more out of keeping than the presence of these
+vessels; but we soon learnt what brought them there. The whole group of
+islands had just been taken possession of by Rear-Admiral Du Petit
+Thouars, in the name of the invincible French nation.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This item of information was imparted to us by a most extraordinary
+individual, a genuine South Sea vagabond, who came alongside of us in a
+whale-boat as soon as we entered the bay, and, by the aid of some
+benevolent persons at the gangway, was assisted on board, for our visitor
+was in that interesting stage of intoxication when a man is amiable and
+helpless. Although he was utterly unable to stand erect, or to navigate
+his body across the deck, he still magnanimously proffered his services to
+pilot the ship to a good and secure anchorage. Our captain, however,
+rather distrusted his ability in this respect, and refused to recognise
+his claim to the character he assumed; but our gentleman was determined to
+play his part, for, by dint of much scrambling, he succeeded in getting
+into the weather-quarter boat, where he steadied himself by holding on to
+a shroud, and then commenced issuing his commands with amazing volubility
+and very peculiar gestures. Of course, no one obeyed his orders; but as it
+was impossible to quiet him, we swept by the ships of the squadron with
+this strange fellow performing his antics in full view of all the French
+officers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We afterwards learned that our eccentric friend had been a lieutenant in
+the English navy, but having disgraced his flag by some criminal conduct
+in one of the principal ports on the main, he had deserted his ship, and
+spent many years wandering among the islands of the Pacific, until
+accidentally being at Nukuheva when the French took possession of the
+place, he had been appointed pilot of the harbour by the newly constituted
+authorities.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As we slowly advanced up the bay, numerous canoes pushed off from the
+surrounding shores, and we were soon in the midst of quite a flotilla of
+them, their savage occupants struggling to get aboard of us, and jostling
+one another in their ineffectual attempts. Occasionally the projecting
+out-riggers of their slight shallops, running foul of one another, would
+become entangled beneath the water, threatening to capsize the canoes,
+when a scene of confusion would ensue that baffles description. Such
+strange outcries and passionate gesticulations I never certainly heard or
+saw before. You would have thought the islanders were on the point of
+flying at one another’s throats, whereas they were only amicably engaged
+in disentangling their boats.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Scattered here and there among the canoes might be seen numbers of
+cocoa-nuts floating closely together in circular groups, and bobbing up
+and down with every wave. By some inexplicable means these cocoa-nuts were
+all steadily approaching towards the ship. As I leaned curiously over the
+side, endeavouring to solve their mysterious movements, one mass, far in
+advance of the rest, attracted my attention. In its centre was something I
+could take for nothing else than a cocoa-nut, but which I certainly
+considered one of the most extraordinary specimens of the fruit I had ever
+seen. It kept twirling and dancing about among the rest in the most
+singular manner: and as it drew nearer, I thought it bore a remarkable
+resemblance to the brown shaven skull of one of the savages. Presently it
+betrayed a pair of eyes, and soon I became aware that what I had supposed
+to have been one of the fruit was nothing else than the head of an
+islander, who had adopted this singular method of bringing his produce to
+market. The cocoa-nuts were all attached to one another by strips of the
+husk, partly torn from the shell, and rudely fastened together. Their
+proprietor, inserting his head into the midst of them, impelled his
+necklace of cocoa-nuts through the water by striking out beneath the
+surface with his feet.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I was somewhat astonished to perceive that among the number of natives
+that surrounded us, not a single female was to be seen. At that time I was
+ignorant of the fact that by the operation of the “taboo,” the use of
+canoes in all parts of the island is rigorously prohibited to the entire
+sex, for whom it is death even to be seen entering one when hauled on
+shore; consequently, whenever a Marquesan lady voyages by water, she puts
+in requisition the paddles of her own fair body.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We had approached within a mile and a half perhaps of the foot of the bay,
+when some of the islanders, who by this time had managed to scramble
+aboard of us at the risk of swamping their canoes, directed our attention
+to a singular commotion in the water ahead of the vessel. At first I
+imagined it to be produced by a shoal of fish sporting on the surface, but
+our savage friends assured us that it was caused by a shoal of
+“whinhenies” (young girls), who in this manner were coming off from the
+shore to welcome us. As they drew nearer, and I watched the rising and
+sinking of their forms, and beheld the uplifted right arm bearing above
+the water the girdle of tappa, and their long dark hair trailing beside
+them as they swam, I almost fancied they could be nothing else than so
+many mermaids:—and very like mermaids they behaved too.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We were still some distance from the beach, and under slow headway, when
+we sailed right into the midst of these swimming nymphs, and they boarded
+us at every quarter; many seizing hold of the chainplates and springing
+into the chains; others, at the peril of being run over by the vessel in
+her course, catching at the bob-stays, and wreathing their slender forms
+about the ropes, hung suspended in the air. All of them at length
+succeeded in getting up the ship’s side, where they clung dripping with
+the brine and glowing from the bath, their jet-black tresses streaming
+over their shoulders, and half enveloping their otherwise naked forms.
+There they hung, sparkling with savage vivacity, laughing gaily at one
+another, and chattering away with infinite glee. Nor were they idle the
+while, for each one performed the simple offices of the toilet for the
+other. Their luxuriant locks, wound up and twisted into the smallest
+possible compass, were freed from the briny element; the whole person
+carefully dried, and from a little round shell that passed from hand to
+hand, anointed with a fragrant oil: their adornments were completed by
+passing a few loose folds of white tappa, in a modest cincture, around the
+waist. Thus arrayed they no longer hesitated, but flung themselves lightly
+over the bulwarks, and were quickly frolicking about the decks. Many of
+them went forward, perching upon the head-rails or running out upon the
+bow-sprit, while others seated themselves upon the taffrail, or reclined
+at full length upon the boats.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Their appearance perfectly amazed me; their extreme youth, the light clear
+brown of their complexions, their delicate features, and inexpressibly
+graceful figures, their softly moulded limbs, and free unstudied action,
+seemed as strange as beautiful.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The <i>Dolly</i> was fairly captured; and never I will say was vessel carried
+before by such a dashing and irresistible party of boarders. The ship
+taken, we could not do otherwise than yield ourselves prisoners, and for
+the whole period that she remained in the bay, the <i>Dolly</i>, as well as her
+crew, were completely in the hands of the mermaids.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the evening after we had come to an anchor, the deck was illuminated
+with lanterns, and this picturesque band of sylphs, tricked out with
+flowers, and dressed in robes of variegated tappa, got up a ball in great
+style. These females are passionately fond of dancing, and in the wild
+grace and spirit of their style excel everything that I have ever seen.
+The varied dances of the Marquesan girls are beautiful in the extreme, but
+there is an abandoned voluptuousness in their character which I dare not
+attempt to describe.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Our ship was now wholly given up to every species of riot and debauchery.
+The grossest licentiousness and the most shameful inebriety prevailed,
+with occasional and but short-lived interruptions, through the whole
+period of her stay. Alas for the poor savages when exposed to the
+influence of these polluting examples! Unsophisticated and confiding, they
+are easily led into every vice, and humanity weeps over the ruin thus
+remorselessly inflicted upon them by their European civilizers. Thrice
+happy are they who, inhabiting some yet undiscovered island in the midst
+of the ocean, have never been brought into contaminating contact with the
+white man.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap03"></a>CHAPTER III</h2>
+
+<p class="letter">
+State of affairs aboard the ship—Contents of her larder—Length of South
+Seamen’s voyages—Account of a flying whale-man—Determination to leave the
+vessel—The bay of Nukuheva—The Typees.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was in the summer of 1842, that we arrived at the islands. Our ship had
+not been many days in the harbour of Nukuheva, before I came to the
+determination of leaving her. That my reasons for resolving to take this
+step were numerous and weighty, may be inferred from the fact that I chose
+rather to risk my fortunes among the savages of the island than to endure
+another voyage on board the <i>Dolly</i>. To use the concise, point-blank
+phrase of the sailors, I had made up my mind to “run away.” Now, as a
+meaning is generally attached to these two words no way flattering to the
+individual to whom they are applied, it behoves me, for the sake of my own
+character, to offer some explanation of my conduct.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When I entered on board the <i>Dolly</i>, I signed, as a matter of course, the
+ship’s articles, thereby voluntarily engaging and legally binding myself
+to serve in a certain capacity for the period of the voyage; and, special
+considerations apart, I was of course bound to fulfil the agreement. But
+in all contracts, if one party fail to perform his share of the compact,
+is not the other virtually absolved from his liability? Who is there who
+will not answer in the affirmative?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Having settled the principle, then, let me apply it to the particular case
+in question. In numberless instances had not only the implied but the
+specified conditions of the articles been violated on the part of the ship
+in which I served. The usage on board of her was tyrannical; the sick had
+been inhumanly neglected; the provisions had been doled out in scanty
+allowance; and her cruises were unreasonably protracted. The captain was
+the author of these abuses; it was in vain to think that he would either
+remedy them, or alter his conduct, which was arbitrary and violent in the
+extreme. His prompt reply to all complaints and remonstrances was—the
+butt-end of a hand-spike, so convincingly administered as effectually to
+silence the aggrieved party.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To whom could we apply for redress? We had left both law and equity on the
+other side of the Cape; and unfortunately, with a very few exceptions, our
+crew was composed of a parcel of dastardly and mean-spirited wretches,
+divided among themselves, and only united in enduring without resistance
+the unmitigated tyranny of the captain. It would have been mere madness
+for any two or three of the number, unassisted by the rest, to attempt
+making a stand against his ill usage. They would only have called down
+upon themselves the particular vengeance of this “Lord of the Plank,” and
+subjected their shipmates to additional hardships.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But, after all, these things could have been endured awhile, had we
+entertained the hope of being speedily delivered from them by the due
+completion of the terms of our servitude. But what a dismal prospect
+awaited us in this quarter! The longevity of Cape Horn whaling voyages is
+proverbial, frequently extending over a period of four or five years.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Some long-haired, bare-necked youths, who, forced by the united influences
+of a roving spirit and hard times, embark at Nantucket for a pleasure
+excursion to the Pacific, and whose anxious mothers provide them with
+bottled milk for the occasion, oftentimes return very respectable
+middle-aged gentlemen.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The very preparations made for one of these expeditions are enough to
+frighten one. As the vessel carries out no cargo, her hold is filled with
+provisions for her own consumption. The owners, who officiate as caterers
+for the voyage, supply the larder with an abundance of dainties. Delicate
+morsels of beef and pork, cut on scientific principles from every part of
+the animal, and of all conceivable shapes and sizes, are carefully packed
+in salt, and stored away in barrels; affording a never-ending variety in
+their different degrees of toughness, and in the peculiarities of their
+saline properties. Choice old water too, decanted into stout six-barrel
+casks, and two pints of which is allowed every day to each soul on board;
+together with ample store of sea-bread, previously reduced to a state of
+petrifaction, with a view to preserve it either from decay or consumption
+in the ordinary mode, are likewise provided for the nourishment and
+gastronomic enjoyment of the crew.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But not to speak of the quality of these articles of sailors’ fare, the
+abundance in which they are put on board a whaling vessel is almost
+incredible. Oftentimes, when we had occasion to break out in the hold, and
+I beheld the successive tiers of casks and barrels, whose contents were
+all destined to be consumed in due course by the ship’s company, my heart
+has sunk within me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Although, as a general case, a ship unlucky in falling in with whales
+continues to cruise after them until she has barely sufficient provisions
+remaining to take her home, turning round then quietly and making the best
+of her way to her friends, yet there are instances when even this natural
+obstacle to the further prosecution of the voyage is overcome by
+headstrong captains, who, bartering the fruits of their hard-earned toils
+for a new supply of provisions in some of the ports of Chili or Peru,
+begin the voyage afresh with unabated zeal and perseverance. It is in vain
+that the owners write urgent letters to him to sail for home, and for
+their sake to bring back the ship, since it appears he can put nothing in
+her. Not he. He has registered a vow: he will fill his vessel with good
+sperm oil, or failing to do so, never again strike Yankee soundings.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I heard of one whaler, which after many years’ absence was given up for
+lost. The last that had been heard of her was a shadowy report of her
+having touched at some of those unstable islands in the far Pacific, whose
+eccentric wanderings are carefully noted in each new edition of the South
+Sea charts. After a long interval, however, the <i>Perseverance</i>—for that
+was her name—was spoken somewhere in the vicinity of the ends of the
+earth, cruising along as leisurely as ever, her sails all bepatched and
+bequilted with rope-yarns, her spars fished with old pipe staves, and her
+rigging knotted and spliced in every possible direction. Her crew was
+composed of some twenty venerable Greenwich-pensioner-looking old salts,
+who just managed to hobble about deck. The ends of all the running ropes,
+with the exception of the signal halyards and poop-down-haul, were rove
+through snatch-blocks, and led to the capstan or windlass, so that not a
+yard was braced or a sail set without the assistance of machinery.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Her hull was encrusted with barnacles, which completely encased her. Three
+pet sharks followed in her wake, and every day came alongside to regale
+themselves from the contents of the cook’s bucket, which were pitched over
+to them. A vast shoal of bonetas and albicores always kept her company.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Such was the account I heard of this vessel, and the remembrance of it
+always haunted me; what eventually became of her I never learned; at any
+rate she never reached home, and I suppose she is still regularly tacking
+twice in the twenty-four hours somewhere off Buggerry Island, or the
+Devil’s-Tail Peak.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Having said thus much touching the usual length of these voyages, when I
+inform the reader that ours had as it were just commenced, we being only
+fifteen months out, and even at that time hailed as a late arrival, and
+boarded for news, he will readily perceive that there was little to
+encourage one in looking forward to the future, especially as I had always
+had a presentiment that we should make an unfortunate voyage, and our
+experience so far had justified the expectation.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I may here state, and on my faith as an honest man, that some time after
+arriving home from my adventures, I learned that this vessel was still in
+the Pacific, and that she had met with very poor success in the fishery.
+Very many of her crew, also, left her; and her voyage lasted about five
+years.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But to return to my narrative. Placed in these circumstances, then, with
+no prospect of matters mending if I remained aboard the <i>Dolly</i>, I at once
+made up my mind to leave her: to be sure, it was rather an inglorious
+thing to steal away privately from those at whose hands I had received
+wrongs and outrages that I could not resent; but how was such a course to
+be avoided when it was the only alternative left me? Having made up my
+mind, I proceeded to acquire all the information I could obtain relating
+to the island and its inhabitants, with a view of shaping my plans of
+escape accordingly. The result of these inquiries I will now state, in
+order that the ensuing narrative may be the better understood.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The bay of Nukuheva, in which we were then lying, is an expanse of water
+not unlike in figure the space included within the limits of a horse-shoe.
+It is, perhaps, nine miles in circumference. You approach it from the sea
+by a narrow entrance, flanked on either side by two small twin islets
+which soar conically to the height of some five hundred feet. From these
+the shore recedes on both hands, and describes a deep semicircle.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From the verge of the water the land rises uniformly on all sides, with
+green and sloping acclivities, until from gently rolling hillsides and
+moderate elevations it insensibly swells into lofty and majestic heights,
+whose blue outlines, ranged all around, close in the view. The beautiful
+aspect of the shore is heightened by deep and romantic glens, which come
+down to it at almost equal distances, all apparently radiating from a
+common centre, and the upper extremities of which are lost to the eye
+beneath the shadow of the mountains. Down each of these little valleys
+flows a clear stream, here and there assuming the form of a slender
+cascade, then stealing invisibly along until it bursts upon the sight
+again in larger and more noisy waterfalls, and at last demurely wanders
+along to the sea.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The houses of the natives, constructed of the yellow bamboo, tastefully
+twisted together in a kind of wickerwork, and thatched with the long
+tapering leaves of the palmetto, are scattered irregularly along these
+valleys beneath the shady branches of the cocoa-nut trees.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Nothing can exceed the imposing scenery of this bay. Viewed from our ship
+as she lay at anchor in the middle of the harbour, it presented the
+appearance of a vast natural amphitheatre in decay, and overgrown with
+vines, the deep glens that furrowed its sides appearing like enormous
+fissures caused by the ravages of time. Very often when lost in admiration
+at its beauty, I have experienced a pang of regret that a scene so
+enchanting should be hidden from the world in these remote seas, and
+seldom meet the eyes of devoted lovers of nature.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Besides this bay the shores of the island are indented by several other
+extensive inlets, into which descend broad and verdant valleys. These are
+inhabited by as many distinct tribes of savages, who, although speaking
+kindred dialects of a common language, and having the same religion and
+laws, have from time immemorial waged hereditary warfare against each
+other. The intervening mountains, generally two or three thousand feet
+above the level of the sea, geographically define the territories of each
+of these hostile tribes, who never cross them, save on some expedition of
+war or plunder. Immediately adjacent to Nukuheva, and only separated from
+it by the mountains seen from the harbour, lies the lovely valley of
+Happar, whose inmates cherish the most friendly relations with the
+inhabitants of Nukuheva. On the other side of Happar, and closely
+adjoining it, is the magnificent valley of the dreaded Typees, the
+unappeasable enemies of both these tribes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These celebrated warriors appear to inspire the other islanders with
+unspeakable terrors. Their very name is a frightful one; for the word
+“Typee” in the Marquesan dialect signifies a lover of human flesh. It is
+rather singular that the title should have been bestowed upon them
+exclusively, inasmuch as the natives of all this group are irreclaimable
+cannibals. The name may, perhaps, have been given to denote the peculiar
+ferocity of this clan, and to convey a special stigma along with it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These same Typees enjoy a prodigious notoriety all over the islands. The
+natives of Nukuheva would frequently recount in pantomime to our ship’s
+company their terrible feats, and would show the marks of wounds they had
+received in desperate encounters with them. When ashore they would, try to
+frighten us by pointing to one of their own number, and calling him a
+Typee, manifesting no little surprise that we did not take to our heels at
+so terrible an announcement. It was quite amusing, too, to see with what
+earnestness they disclaimed all cannibal propensities on their own part,
+while they denounced their enemies—the Typees—as inveterate gormandizers
+of human flesh; but this is a peculiarity to which I shall hereafter have
+occasion to allude.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Although I was convinced that the inhabitants of our bay were as arrant
+cannibals as any of the other tribes on the island, still I could not but
+feel a particular and most unqualified repugnance to the aforesaid Typees.
+Even before visiting the Marquesas, I had heard from men who had touched
+at the group on former voyages some revolting stories in connection with
+these savages; and fresh in my remembrance was the adventure of the master
+of the <i>Katherine</i>, who only a few months previous, imprudently venturing
+into this bay in an armed boat for the purpose of barter, was seized by
+the natives, carried back a little distance into their valley, and was
+only saved from a cruel death by the intervention of a young girl, who
+facilitated his escape by night along the beach to Nukuheva.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I had heard, too, of an English vessel that many years ago, after a weary
+cruise, sought to enter the bay of Nukuheva, and arriving within two or
+three miles of the land, was met by a large canoe filled with natives, who
+offered to lead the way to the place of their destination. The captain,
+unacquainted with the localities of the island, joyfully acceded to the
+proposition—the canoe paddled on and the ship followed. She was soon
+conducted to a beautiful inlet, and dropped her anchor in its waters
+beneath the shadows of the lofty shore. That same night the perfidious
+Typees, who had thus inveigled her into their fatal bay, flocked aboard
+the doomed vessel by hundreds, and at a given signal murdered every soul
+on board.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap04"></a>CHAPTER IV</h2>
+
+<p class="letter">
+Thoughts previous to attempting an escape—Toby, a fellow-sailor, agrees to
+share the adventure—Last night aboard the ship.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Having fully resolved to leave the vessel clandestinely, and having
+acquired all the knowledge concerning the bay that I could obtain under
+the circumstances in which I was placed, I now deliberately turned over in
+my mind every plan of escape that suggested itself, being determined to
+act with all possible prudence in an attempt where failure would be
+attended with so many disagreeable consequences. The idea of being taken
+and brought back ignominiously to the ship was so inexpressibly repulsive
+to me, that I was determined by no hasty and imprudent measures to render
+such an event probable.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I knew that our worthy captain, who felt such a paternal solicitude for
+the welfare of his crew, would not willingly consent that one of his best
+hands should encounter the perils of a sojourn among the natives of a
+barbarous island; and I was certain that in the event of my disappearance
+his fatherly anxiety would prompt him to offer, by way of a reward, yard
+upon yard of gaily printed calico for my apprehension. He might even have
+appreciated my services at the value of a musket, in which case I felt
+perfectly certain that the whole population of the bay would be
+immediately upon my track, incited by the prospect of so magnificent a
+bounty.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Having ascertained the fact before alluded to, that the islanders, from
+motives of precaution, dwelt together in the depths of the valleys, and
+avoided wandering about the more elevated portions of the shore, unless
+bound on some expedition of war or plunder, I concluded that if I could
+effect unperceived a passage to the mountains, I might easily remain among
+them, supporting myself by such fruits as came in my way until the sailing
+of the ship, an event of which I could not fail to be immediately
+apprized, as from my lofty position I should command a view of the entire
+harbour.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The idea pleased me greatly. It seemed to combine a great deal of
+practicability with no inconsiderable enjoyment in a quiet way; for how
+delightful it would be to look down upon the detested old vessel from the
+height of some thousand feet, and contrast the verdant scenery about me
+with the recollection of her narrow decks and gloomy forecastle! Why, it
+was really refreshing even to think of it; and so I straightway fell to
+picturing myself seated beneath a cocoa-nut tree on the brow of the
+mountain, with a cluster of plantains within easy reach, criticizing her
+nautical evolutions as she was working her way out of the harbour.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To be sure there was one rather unpleasant drawback to these agreeable
+anticipations—the possibility of falling in with a foraging party of these
+same bloody-minded Typees, whose appetites, edged perhaps by the air of so
+elevated a region, might prompt them to devour one. This, I must confess,
+was the most disagreeable view of the matter.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Just to think of a party of these unnatural gourmands taking it into their
+heads to make a convivial meal of a poor devil, who would have no means of
+escape or defence: however, there was no help for it. I was willing to
+encounter some risks in order to accomplish my object, and counted much
+upon my ability to elude these prowling cannibals amongst the many coverts
+which the mountains afforded. Besides, the chances were ten to one in my
+favour that they would none of them quit their own fastnesses.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I had determined not to communicate my design of withdrawing from the
+vessel to any of my shipmates, and least of all to solicit any one to
+accompany me in my flight. But it so happened one night, that being upon
+deck, revolving over in my mind various plans of escape, I perceived one
+of the ship’s company leaning over the bulwarks, apparently plunged in a
+profound reverie. He was a young fellow about my own age, for whom I had
+all along entertained a great regard; and Toby, such was the name by which
+he went among us, for his real name he would never tell us, was every way
+worthy of it. He was active, ready, and obliging, of dauntless courage,
+and singularly open and fearless in the expression of his feelings. I had
+on more than one occasion got him out of scrapes into which this had led
+him; and I know not whether it was from this cause, or a certain
+congeniality of sentiment between us, that he had always shown a
+partiality for my society. We had battled out many a long watch together,
+beguiling the weary hours with chat, song, and story, mingled with a good
+many imprecations upon the hard destiny it seemed our common fortune to
+encounter.
+</p>
+
+<div class="fig" style="width:100%;">
+<a name="illus1"></a>
+<a href="images/illus1.jpg">
+<img src="images/illus1.jpg" width="471" height="600" alt="Illustration:" /></a>
+<p class="caption">I FOUND HIM RIPE FOR THE ENTERPRISE, AND A VERY FEW WORDS
+SUFFICED FOR A MUTUAL UNDERSTANDING BETWEEN US</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Toby, like myself, had evidently moved in a different sphere of life, and
+his conversation at times betrayed this, although he was anxious to
+conceal it. He was one of that class of rovers you sometimes meet at sea,
+who never reveal their origin, never allude to home, and go rambling over
+the world as if pursued by some mysterious fate they cannot possibly
+elude.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There was much even in the appearance of Toby calculated to draw me
+towards him, for while the greater part of the crew were as coarse in
+person as in mind, Toby was endowed with a remarkably prepossessing
+exterior. Arrayed in his blue frock and duck trousers, he was as smart a
+looking sailor as ever stepped upon a deck; he was singularly small and
+slightly made, with great flexibility of limb. His naturally dark
+complexion had been deepened by exposure to the tropical sun, and a mass
+of jetty locks clustered about his temples, and threw a darker shade into
+his large black eyes. He was a strange wayward being, moody, fitful, and
+melancholy—at times almost morose. He had a quick and fiery temper too,
+which, when thoroughly roused, transported him into a state bordering on
+delirium.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It is strange the power that a mind of deep passion has over feebler
+natures. I have seen a brawny fellow, with no lack of ordinary courage,
+fairly quail before this slender stripling, when in one of his furious
+fits. But these paroxysms seldom occurred, and in them my big-hearted
+shipmate vented the bile which more calm-tempered individuals get rid of
+by a continual pettishness at trivial annoyances.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+No one ever saw Toby laugh—I mean in the hearty abandonment of
+broad-mouthed mirth. He did smile sometimes, it is true; and there was a
+good deal of dry, sarcastic humour about him, which told the more from the
+imperturbable gravity of his tone and manner.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Latterly I had observed that Toby’s melancholy had greatly increased, and
+I had frequently seen him since our arrival at the island gazing wistfully
+upon the shore, when the remainder of the crew would be rioting below. I
+was aware that he entertained a cordial detestation of the ship, and
+believed that should a fair chance of escape present itself, he would
+embrace it willingly. But the attempt was so perilous in the place where
+we then lay, that I supposed myself the only individual on board the ship
+who was sufficiently reckless to think of it. In this, however, I was
+mistaken.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When I perceived Toby leaning, as I have mentioned, against the bulwarks
+and buried in thought, it struck me at once that the subject of his
+meditations might be the same as my own. And if it be so, thought I, is he
+not the very one of all my shipmates whom I would choose for the partner
+of my adventure? and why should I not have some comrade with me to divide
+its dangers and alleviate its hardships? Perhaps I might be obliged to lie
+concealed among the mountains for weeks. In such an event what a solace
+would a companion be?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These thoughts passed rapidly through my mind, and I wondered why I had
+not before considered the matter in this light. But it was not too late. A
+tap upon the shoulder served to rouse Toby from his reverie; I found him
+ripe for the enterprise, and a very few words sufficed for a mutual
+understanding between us. In an hour’s time we had arranged all the
+preliminaries, and decided upon our plan of action. We then ratified our
+engagement with an affectionate wedding of palms, and to elude suspicion
+repaired each to his hammock, to spend the last night on board the
+<i>Dolly</i>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The next day the starboard watch, to which we both belonged, was to be
+sent ashore on liberty; and, availing ourselves of this opportunity we
+determined, as soon after landing as possible, to separate ourselves from
+the rest of the men without exciting their suspicions, and strike back at
+once for the mountains. Seen from the ship, the summits appeared
+inaccessible, but here and there sloping spurs extended from them almost
+into the sea, buttressing the lofty elevations with which they were
+connected, and forming those radiating valleys I have before described.
+One of these ridges, which appeared more practicable than the rest, we
+determined to climb, convinced that it would conduct us to the heights
+beyond. Accordingly, we carefully observed its bearings and locality from
+the ship, so that when ashore we should run no chance of missing it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In all this the leading object we had in view was to seclude ourselves
+from sight until the departure of the vessel; then to take our chance as
+to the reception the Nukuheva natives might give us; and after remaining
+upon the island as long as we found our stay agreeable, to leave it the
+first favourable opportunity that offered.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap05"></a>CHAPTER V</h2>
+
+<p class="letter">
+A specimen of nautical oratory—Criticisms of the sailors—The starboard watch
+are given a holiday—The escape to the mountains.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Early the next morning the starboard watch were mustered upon the
+quarter-deck, and our worthy captain, standing in the cabin gangway,
+harangued us as follows:—
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Now, men, as we are just off a six month’s cruise, and have got through
+most all our work in port here, I suppose you want to go ashore. Well, I
+mean to give your watch liberty to-day, so you may get ready as soon as
+you please, and go; but understand this, I am going to give you liberty
+because I suppose you would growl like so many old quarter gunners if I
+didn’t; at the same time, if you’ll take my advice, every mother’s son of
+you will stay aboard, and keep out of the way of the bloody cannibals
+altogether. Ten to one, men, if you go ashore, you will get into some
+infernal row, and that will be the end of you; for if these tattooed
+scoundrels get you a little ways back into their valleys, they’ll nab
+you—that you may be certain of. Plenty of white men have gone ashore here
+and never been seen any more. There was the old <i>Dido</i>, she put in here
+about two years ago, and sent one watch off on liberty; they never were
+heard of again for a week—the natives swore they didn’t know where they
+were—and only three of them ever got back to the ship again, and one with
+his face damaged for life, for the cursed heathens tattooed a broad patch
+clean across his figure head. But it will be no use talking to you, for go
+you will, that I see plainly; so all I have to say is, that you need not
+blame me if the islanders make a meal of you. You may stand some chance of
+escaping them though, if you keep close about the French encampment, and
+are back to the ship again before sunset. Keep that much in your mind, if
+you forget all the rest I’ve been saying to you. There, go forward: bear a
+hand and rig yourselves, and stand by for a call. At two bells the boat
+will be manned to take you off, and the Lord have mercy on you!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Various were the emotions depicted upon the countenances of the starboard
+watch whilst listening to this address; but on its conclusion there was a
+general move towards the forecastle, and we soon were all busily engaged
+in getting ready for the holiday so auspiciously announced by the skipper.
+During these preparations, his harangue was commented upon in no very
+measured terms; and one of the party, after denouncing him as a lying old
+son of a sea-cook who begrudged a fellow a few hours’ liberty, exclaimed
+with an oath, “But you don’t bounce me out of my liberty, old chap, for
+all your yarns; for I would go ashore if every pebble on the beach was a
+live coal, and every stick a gridiron, and the cannibals stood ready to
+broil me on landing.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The spirit of this sentiment was responded to by all hands, and we
+resolved that in spite of the captain’s croakings we would make a glorious
+day of it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But Toby and I had our own game to play, and we availed ourselves of the
+confusion which always reigns among a ship’s company preparatory to going
+ashore, to confer together and complete our arrangements. As our object
+was to effect as rapid a flight as possible to the mountains, we
+determined not to encumber ourselves with any superfluous apparel; and
+accordingly, while the rest were rigging themselves out with some idea of
+making a display, we were content to put on new stout duck trousers,
+serviceable pumps, and heavy Havre frocks, which, with a Payta hat,
+completed our equipment.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When our shipmates wondered at this, Toby exclaimed, in his odd grave way,
+that the rest might do as they liked, but that he for one preserved his
+go-ashore traps for the Spanish main, where the tie of a sailor’s
+neckerchief might make some difference; but as for a parcel of unbreeched
+heathen, he wouldn’t go to the bottom of his chest for any of them, and
+was half disposed to appear among them in buff himself. The men laughed at
+what they thought was one of his strange conceits, and so we escaped
+suspicion.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It may appear singular that we should have been thus on our guard with our
+own shipmates; but there were some among us who, had they possessed the
+least inkling of our project, would, for a paltry hope of reward, have
+immediately communicated it to the captain.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As soon as two bells struck, the word was passed for the liberty-men to
+get into the boat. I lingered behind in the forecastle a moment, to take a
+parting glance at its familiar features, and just as I was about to ascend
+to the deck, my eye happened to light on the bread-barge and beef-kid,
+which contained the remnants of our last hasty meal. Although I had never
+before thought of providing anything in the way of food for our
+expedition, as I fully relied upon the fruits of the island to sustain us
+wherever we might wander, yet I could not resist the inclination I felt to
+provide a luncheon from the relics before me. Accordingly I took a double
+handful of those small, broken, flinty bits of biscuit which generally go
+by the name of “midshipmen’s nuts,” and thrust them into the bosom of my
+frock; in which same ample receptacle I had previously stowed away several
+pounds of tobacco and a few yards of cotton cloth,—articles with which I
+intended to purchase the good-will of the natives, as soon as we should
+appear among them after the departure of our vessel.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This last addition to my stock caused a considerable protuberance in
+front, which I abated in a measure by shaking the bits of bread around my
+waist, and distributing the plugs of tobacco among the folds of the
+garment.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Hardly had I completed these arrangements when my name was sung out by a
+dozen voices, and I sprung upon the deck, where I found all the party in
+the boat, and impatient to shove off. I dropped over the side, and seated
+myself, with the rest of the watch, in the stern sheets, while the poor
+larboarders shipped their oars, and commenced pulling us ashore.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This happened to be the rainy season at the islands, and the heavens had
+nearly the whole morning betokened one of those heavy showers which,
+during this period, so frequently occur. The large drops fell bubbling
+into the water shortly after our leaving the ship, and by the time we had
+effected a landing, it poured down in torrents. We fled for shelter under
+cover of an immense canoe-house, which stood hard by the beach, and waited
+for the first fury of the storm to pass.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It continued, however, without cessation; and the monotonous beating of
+the rain overhead began to exert a drowsy influence upon the men, who,
+throwing themselves here and there upon the large war-canoes, after
+chatting awhile, all fell asleep.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This was the opportunity we desired, and Toby and I availed ourselves of
+it at once, by stealing out of the canoe-house, and plunging into the
+depths of an extensive grove that was in its rear. After ten minutes’
+rapid progress, we gained an open space, from which we could just descry
+the ridge we intended to mount looming dimly through the mists of the
+tropical shower, and distant from us, as we estimated, something more than
+a mile. Our direct course towards it lay through a rather populous part of
+the bay; but desirous as we were of evading the natives and securing an
+unmolested retreat to the mountains, we determined, by taking a circuit
+through some extensive thickets, to avoid their vicinity altogether.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The heavy rain that still continued to fall without intermission, favoured
+our enterprise, as it drove the islanders into their houses, and prevented
+any casual meeting with them. Our heavy frocks soon became completely
+saturated with water, and by their weight, and that of the articles we had
+concealed beneath them, not a little impeded our progress. But it was no
+time to pause, when at any moment we might be surprised by a body of the
+savages, and forced at the very outset to relinquish our undertaking.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Since leaving the canoe-house we had scarcely exchanged a single syllable
+with one another, but when we entered a second narrow opening in the wood,
+and again caught sight of the ridge before us, I took Toby by the arm, and
+pointing along its sloping outline to the lofty heights at its extremity,
+said, in a low tone, “Now, Toby, not a word, nor a glance backward, till
+we stand on the summit of yonder mountain; so no more lingering, but let
+us shove ahead while we can, and in a few hours’ time we may laugh aloud.
+You are the lightest and the nimblest, so lead on, and I will follow.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“All right, brother,” said Toby, “quick’s our play, only let’s keep close
+together, that’s all”; and so saying, with a bound like a young roe, he
+cleared a brook which ran across our path, and rushed forward with a quick
+step.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When we arrived within a short distance of the ridge, we were stopped by a
+mass of tall yellow reeds, growing together as thickly as they could
+stand, and as tough and stubborn as so many rods of steel; and we
+perceived, to our chagrin, that they extended midway up the elevation we
+proposed to ascend.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For a moment we gazed about us in quest of a more practicable route; it
+was, however, at once apparent that there was no resource but to pierce
+this thicket of canes at all hazards. We now reversed our order of march,
+I, being the heaviest, taking the lead, with a view of breaking a path
+through the obstruction, while Toby fell into the rear.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Two or three times I endeavoured to insinuate myself between the canes,
+and, by dint of coaxing and bending them, to make some progress; but a
+bull-frog might as well have tried to work a passage through the teeth of
+a comb, and I gave up the attempt in despair.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Half wild with meeting an obstacle we had so little anticipated, I threw
+myself desperately against it, crushing to the ground the canes with which
+I came in contact, and rising to my feet again, repeated the action with
+like effect. Twenty minutes of this violent exercise almost exhausted me,
+but it carried us some way into the thicket; when Toby, who had been
+reaping the benefit of my labours by following close at my heels, proposed
+to become pioneer in turn, and accordingly passed ahead with a view of
+affording me a respite from my exertions. As, however, with his slight
+frame he made but bad work of it, I was soon obliged to resume my old
+place again.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On we toiled, the perspiration starting from our bodies in floods, our
+limbs torn and lacerated with the splintered fragments of the broken
+canes, until we had proceeded perhaps as far as the middle of the brake,
+when suddenly it ceased raining, and the atmosphere around us became close
+and sultry beyond expression. The elasticity of the reeds quickly
+recovering from the temporary pressure of our bodies, caused them to
+spring back to their original position, so that they closed in upon us as
+we advanced, and prevented the circulation of the little air which might
+otherwise have reached us. Besides this, their great height completely
+shut us out from the view of surrounding objects, and we were not certain
+but that we might have been going all the time in a wrong direction.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Fatigued with my long-continued efforts, and panting for breath, I felt
+myself completely incapacitated for any further exertion. I rolled up the
+sleeve of my frock, and squeezed the moisture it contained into my parched
+mouth. But the few drops I managed to obtain gave me little relief, and I
+sank down for a moment with a sort of dogged apathy, from which I was
+aroused by Toby, who had devised a plan to free us from the net in which
+we had become entangled.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He was laying about him lustily with his sheath-knife, lopping the canes
+right and left, like a reaper, and soon made quite a clearing around us.
+This sight reanimated me; and seizing my own knife, I hacked and hewed
+away without mercy. But, alas! the farther we advanced the thicker and
+taller, and apparently the more interminable, the reeds became.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I began to think we were fairly snared, and had almost made up my mind
+that without a pair of wings we should never be able to escape from the
+toils, when all at once I discerned a peep of daylight through the canes
+on my right, and, communicating the joyful tidings to Toby, we both fell
+to with fresh spirit, and speedily opening a passage towards it, we found
+ourselves clear of perplexities, and in the near vicinity of the ridge.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After resting for a few moments we began the ascent, and after a little
+vigorous climbing found ourselves close to its summit. Instead, however,
+of walking along its ridge, where we should have been in full view of the
+natives in the vales beneath, and at a point where they could easily
+intercept us, were they so inclined, we cautiously advanced on one side,
+crawling on our hands and knees, and screened from observation by the
+grass through which we glided, much in the fashion of a couple of
+serpents. After an hour employed in this unpleasant kind of locomotion, we
+started to our feet again, and pursued our way boldly along the crest of
+the ridge.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This salient spur of the lofty elevations that encompassed the bay, rose
+with sharp angle from the valleys at its base, and presented, with the
+exception of a few steep acclivities, the appearance of a vast inclined
+plane, sweeping down towards the sea from the heights in the distance. We
+had ascended it near the place of its termination, and at its lowest
+point, and now saw our route to the mountains distinctly defined along its
+narrow crest, which was covered with a soft carpet of verdure, and was in
+many parts only a few feet wide.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Elated with the success which had so far attended our enterprise, and
+invigorated by the refreshing atmosphere we now inhaled, Toby and I, in
+high spirits, were making our way rapidly along the ridge when suddenly
+from the valleys below, which lay on either side of us, we heard the
+distant shouts of the natives, who had just descried us, and to whom our
+figures, brought in bold relief against the sky, were plainly revealed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Glancing our eyes into these valleys, we perceived their savage
+inhabitants hurrying to and fro, seemingly under the influence of some
+sudden alarm, and appearing to the eye scarcely bigger than so many
+pigmies, while their white thatched dwellings, dwarfed by the distance,
+looked like baby-houses. As we looked down upon the islanders from our
+lofty elevation, we experienced a sense of security; feeling confident
+that, should they undertake a pursuit, it would, from the start we now
+had, proved entirely fruitless, unless they followed us into the
+mountains, where we knew they cared not to venture.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+However, we thought it was well to make the most of our time; and
+accordingly, where the ground would admit of it, we ran swiftly along the
+summit of the ridge, until we were brought to a stand by a steep cliff,
+which at first seemed to interpose an effectual barrier to our farther
+advance. By dint of much hard scrambling, however, and at some risk to our
+necks, we at last surmounted it, and continued our flight with unabated
+celerity.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We had left the beach early in the morning, and after an uninterrupted,
+though at times difficult and dangerous ascent, during which we had never
+once turned our faces to the sea, we found ourselves, about three hours
+before sunset, standing on the top of what seemed to be the highest land
+on the island, an immense overhanging cliff composed of basaltic rocks,
+hung round with parasitical plants. We must have been more than three
+thousand feet above the level of the sea, and the scenery viewed from this
+height was magnificent.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The lonely bay of Nukuheva, dotted here and there with the black hulls of
+the vessels composing the French squadron, lay reposing at the base of a
+circular range of elevations, whose verdant sides, perforated with deep
+glens, or diversified with smiling valleys, formed altogether the
+loveliest view I ever beheld, and were I to live a hundred years, I shall
+never forget the feeling of admiration which I then experienced.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap06"></a>CHAPTER VI</h2>
+
+<p class="letter">
+The other side of the mountain—Disappointment—Inventory of articles brought
+from the ship—Division of the stock of bread—Appearance of the interior of the
+island—A discovery—A ravine and waterfalls—A sleepless night—Further
+discoveries—My illness—A Marquesan landscape.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My curiosity had been not a little raised with regard to the description
+of country we should meet on the other side of the mountains; and I had
+supposed, with Toby, that immediately on gaining the heights we should be
+enabled to view the large bays of Happar and Typee reposing at our feet on
+one side, in the same way that Nukuheva lay spread out below on the other.
+But here we were disappointed. Instead of finding the mountain we had
+ascended sweeping down in the opposite direction into broad and capacious
+valleys, the land appeared to retain its general elevation, only broken
+into a series of ridges and inter-vales, which as far as the eye could
+reach stretched away from us, with their precipitous sides covered with
+the brightest verdure, and waving here and there with the foliage of
+clumps of woodland; among which, however, we perceived none of those trees
+upon whose fruit we had relied with such certainty.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This was a most unlooked-for discovery, and one that promised to defeat
+our plans altogether, for we could not think of descending the mountain on
+the Nukuheva side in quest of food. Should we for this purpose be induced
+to retrace our steps, we should run no small chance of encountering the
+natives, who in that case, if they did nothing worse to us, would be
+certain to convey us back to the ship for the sake of the reward in calico
+and trinkets, which we had no doubt our skipper would hold out to them as
+an inducement to our capture.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What was to be done? The <i>Dolly</i> would not sail perhaps for ten days, and
+how were we to sustain life during this period? I bitterly repented our
+improvidence in not providing ourselves, as we easily might have done,
+with a supply of biscuit. With a rueful visage I now bethought me of the
+scanty handful of bread I had stuffed into the bosom of my frock, and felt
+somewhat desirous to ascertain what part of it had weathered the rather
+rough usage it had experienced in ascending the mountain. I accordingly
+proposed to Toby that we should enter into a joint examination of the
+various articles we had brought from the ship. With this intent we seated
+ourselves upon the grass; and a little curious to see with what kind of
+judgment my companion had filled his frock—which I remarked seemed about
+as well lined as my own—I requested him to commence operations by
+spreading out its contents.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thrusting his hand, then, into the bosom of his capacious receptacle, he
+first brought to light about a pound of tobacco, whose component parts
+still adhered together, the whole outside being covered with soft
+particles of sea-bread. Wet and dripping, it had the appearance of having
+been just recovered from the bottom of the sea. But I paid slight
+attention to a substance of so little value to us in our present
+situation, as soon as I perceived the indications it gave of Toby’s
+foresight in laying in a supply of food for the expedition.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I eagerly inquired what quantity he had brought with him, when rummaging
+once more beneath his garment, he produced a small handful of something so
+soft, pulpy, and discoloured, that for a few moments he was as much
+puzzled as myself to tell by what possible instrumentality such a
+villanous compound had become engendered in his bosom. I can only describe
+it as a hash of soaked bread and bits of tobacco, brought to a doughy
+consistency by the united agency of perspiration and rain. But repulsive
+as it might otherwise have been, I now regarded it as an invaluable
+treasure, and proceeded with great care to transfer this paste-like mass
+to a large leaf which I had plucked from a bush beside me. Toby informed
+me that in the morning he had placed two whole biscuits in his bosom, with
+a view of munching them, should he feel so inclined, during our flight.
+These were now reduced to the equivocal substance which I had just placed
+on the leaf.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Another dive into the frock brought to view some four or five yards of
+calico print, whose tasteful pattern was rather disfigured by the yellow
+stains of the tobacco with which it had been brought in contact. In
+drawing this calico slowly from his bosom inch by inch, Toby reminded me
+of a juggler performing the feat of the endless ribbon. The next cast was
+a small one, being a sailor’s little “ditty bag,” containing needles,
+thread, and other sewing utensils; then came a razor-case, followed by two
+or three separate plugs of negro-head, which were fished up from the
+bottom of the now empty receptacle. These various matters being inspected,
+I produced a few things which I had myself brought.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As might have been anticipated from the state of my companion’s edible
+supplies, I found my own in a deplorable condition, and diminished to a
+quantity that would not have formed half a dozen mouthfuls for a hungry
+man who was partial enough to tobacco not to mind swallowing it. A few
+morsels of bread, with a fathom or two of white cotton cloth, and several
+pounds of choice pigtail, composed the extent of my possessions.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Our joint stock of miscellaneous articles were now made up into a compact
+bundle, which it was agreed we should carry alternately. But the sorry
+remains of the biscuit were not to be disposed of so summarily: the
+precarious circumstances in which we were placed made us regard them as
+something on which very probably depended the fate of our adventure. After
+a brief discussion, in which we both of us expressed our resolution of not
+descending into the bay until the ship’s departure, I suggested to my
+companion that little of it as there was, we should divide the bread into
+six equal portions, each of which should be a day’s allowance for both of
+us. This proposition he assented to; so I took the silk kerchief from my
+neck, and cutting it with my knife into half a dozen equal pieces,
+proceeded to make an exact division.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At first, Toby, with a degree of fastidiousness that seemed to me
+ill-timed, was for picking out the minute particles of tobacco with which
+the spongy mass was mixed; but against this proceeding I protested, as by
+such an operation we must have greatly diminished its quantity.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When the division was accomplished, we found that a day’s allowance for
+the two was not a great deal more than what a table-spoon might hold. Each
+separate portion we immediately rolled up in the bit of silk prepared for
+it, and joining them all together into a small package, I committed them,
+with solemn injunctions of fidelity, to the custody of Toby. For the
+remainder of that day we resolved to fast, as we had been fortified by a
+breakfast in the morning; and now starting again to our feet, we looked
+about us for a shelter during the night, which, from the appearance of the
+heavens, promised to be a dark and tempestuous one.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There was no place near us which would in any way answer our purpose; so
+turning our backs upon Nukuheva, we commenced exploring the unknown
+regions which lay upon the other side of the mountain.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In this direction, as far as our vision extended, not a sign of life, nor
+anything that denoted even the transient residence of man could be seen.
+The whole landscape seemed one unbroken solitude, the interior of the
+island having apparently been untenanted since the morning of the
+creation; and as we advanced through this wilderness, our voices sounded
+strangely in our ears, as though human accents had never before disturbed
+the fearful silence of the place, interrupted only by the low murmurings
+of distant waterfalls.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Our disappointment, however, in not finding the various fruits with which
+we had intended to regale ourselves during our stay in these wilds, was a
+good deal lessened by the consideration that from this very circumstance
+we should be much less exposed to a casual meeting with the savage tribes
+about us, who we knew always dwelt beneath the shadows of those trees
+which supplied them with food.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We wandered along, casting eager glances into every bush we passed, until
+just as we had succeeded in mounting one of the many ridges that
+intersected the ground, I saw in the grass before me something like an
+indistinctly traced footpath, which appeared to lead along the top of the
+ridge, and to descend with it into a deep ravine about half a mile in
+advance of us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Robinson Crusoe could not have been more startled at the footprint in the
+sand than we were at this unwelcome discovery. My first impulse was to
+make as rapid a retreat as possible, and bend our steps in some other
+direction; but our curiosity to see whither this path might lead, prompted
+us to pursue it. So on we went, the track becoming more and more visible
+the farther we proceeded, until it conducted us to the verge of the
+ravine, where it abruptly terminated.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And so,” said Toby, peering down into the chasm, “every one that travels
+this path takes a jump here, eh?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Not so,” said I, “for I think they might manage to descend without it;
+what say you,—shall we attempt the feat?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And what, in the name of caves and coal-holes, do you expect to find at
+the bottom of that gulf but a broken neck—why, it looks blacker than our
+ship’s hold, and the roar of those waterfalls down there would batter
+one’s brains to pieces.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Oh, no, Toby,” I exclaimed, laughing; “but there’s something to be seen
+here, that’s plain, or there would have been no path, and I am resolved to
+find out what it is.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I will tell you what, my pleasant fellow,” rejoined Toby, quickly, “if
+you are going to pry into everything you meet with here that excites your
+curiosity, you will marvellously soon get knocked on the head; to a dead
+certainty you will come bang upon a party of these savages in the midst of
+your discovery-makings, and I doubt whether such an event would
+particularly delight you. Just take my advice for once, and let us ’bout
+ship and steer in some other direction; besides, it’s getting late, and we
+ought to be mooring ourselves for the night.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“That is just the thing I have been driving at,” replied I; “and I am
+thinking that this ravine will exactly answer our purpose, for it is
+roomy, secluded, well watered, and may shelter us from the weather.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Ay, and from sleep too, and by the same token will give us sore throats,
+and rheumatism into the bargain,” cried Toby, with evident dislike at the
+idea.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Oh, very well then, my lad,” said I, “since you will not accompany me,
+here I go, alone. You will see me in the morning”; and advancing to the
+edge of the cliff upon which we had been standing, I proceeded to lower
+myself down by the tangled roots which clustered about all the crevices of
+the rock. As I had anticipated, Toby, in spite of his previous
+remonstrances, followed my example, and dropping himself with the activity
+of a squirrel from point to point, he quickly outstripped me, and effected
+a landing at the bottom before I had accomplished two-thirds of the
+descent.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The sight that now greeted us was one that will ever be vividly impressed
+upon my mind. Five foaming streams, rushing through as many gorges, and
+swelled and turbid by the recent rains, united together in one mad plunge
+of nearly eighty feet, and fell with wild uproar into a deep black pool
+scooped out of the gloomy-looking rocks that lay piled around, and thence
+in one collected body dashed down a narrow sloping channel which seemed to
+penetrate into the very bowels of the earth. Overhead, vast roots of trees
+hung down from the sides of the ravine, dripping with moisture, and
+trembling with the concussions produced by the fall. It was now sunset,
+and the feeble uncertain light that found its way into these caverns and
+woody depths heightened their strange appearance, and reminded us that in
+a short time we should find ourselves in utter darkness.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As soon as I had satisfied my curiosity by gazing at this scene, I fell to
+wondering how it was that what we had taken for a path should have
+conducted us to so singular a place, and began to suspect that after all I
+might have been deceived in supposing it to have been a track formed by
+the islanders. This was rather an agreeable reflection than otherwise, for
+it diminished our dread of accidentally meeting with any of them, and I
+came to the conclusion that perhaps we could not have selected a more
+secure hiding-place than this very spot we had so accidentally hit upon.
+Toby agreed with me in this view of the matter, and we immediately began
+gathering together the limbs of trees which lay scattered about, with the
+view of constructing a temporary hut for the night. This we were obliged
+to build close to the foot of the cataract for the current of water
+extended very nearly to the sides of the gorge. The few moments of light
+that remained we employed in covering our hut with a species of
+broad-bladed grass that grew in every fissure of the ravine. Our hut, if
+it deserved to be called one, consisted of six or eight of the straightest
+branches we could find laid obliquely against the steep wall of rock, with
+their lowered ends within a foot of the stream. Into the space thus
+covered over we managed to crawl, and dispose our wearied bodies as best
+we could.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Shall I ever forget that horrid night! As for poor Toby, I could scarcely
+get a word out of him. It would have been some consolation to have heard
+his voice, but he lay shivering the live-long night like a man afflicted
+with the palsy, with his knees drawn up to his head, while his back was
+supported against the dripping side of the rock. During this wretched
+night there seemed nothing wanting to complete the perfect misery of our
+condition. The rain descended in such torrents that our poor shelter
+proved a mere mockery. In vain did I try to elude the incessant streams
+that poured upon me; by protecting one part I only exposed another, and
+the water was continually finding some new opening through which to drench
+us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I have had many a ducking in the course of my life, and in general cared
+little about it: but the accumulated horrors of that night, the death-like
+coldness of the place, the appalling darkness and the dismal sense of our
+forlorn condition, almost unmanned me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It will not be doubted that the next morning we were early risers, and as
+soon as I could catch the faintest glimpse of anything like daylight I
+shook my companion by the arm, and told him it was sunrise. Poor Toby
+lifted up his head, and after a moment’s pause said, in a husky voice,
+“Then, shipmate, my toplights have gone out, for it appears darker now
+with my eyes open than it did when they were shut.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Nonsense!” exclaimed I; “you are not awake yet.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Awake!” roared Toby, in a rage; “awake! You mean to insinuate I’ve been
+asleep, do you? It is an insult to a man to suppose he could sleep in such
+a place as this.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By the time I had apologized to my friend for having misconstrued his
+silence, it had become somewhat more light, and we crawled out of our
+lair. The rain had ceased, but everything around us was dripping with
+moisture. We stripped off our saturated garments, and wrung them as dry as
+we could. We contrived to make the blood circulate in our benumbed limbs
+by rubbing them vigorously with our hands; and after performing our
+ablutions in the stream, and putting on our still wet clothes, we began to
+think it advisable to break our long fast, it being now twenty-four hours
+since we had tasted food.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Accordingly, our day’s ration was brought out, and seating ourselves on a
+detached fragment of rock, we proceeded to discuss it. First we divided it
+into equal portions, and carefully rolling one of them up for our
+evening’s repast, divided the remainder again as equally as possible, and
+then drew lots for the first choice. I could have placed the morsel that
+fell to my share upon the tip of my finger; but notwithstanding this, I
+took care that it should be full ten minutes before I had swallowed the
+last crumb. What a true saying it is that “appetite furnishes the best
+sauce”! There was a flavour and a relish to this small particle of food
+that, under other circumstances, it would have been impossible for the
+most delicate viands to have imparted. A copious draught of the pure water
+which flowed at our feet served to complete the meal, and after it we rose
+sensibly refreshed, and prepared for whatever might befall us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We now carefully examined the chasm in which we had passed the night. We
+crossed the stream, and gaining the farther side of the pool I have
+mentioned, discovered proofs that the spot must have been visited by some
+one but a short time previous to our arrival. Further observation
+convinced us that it had been regularly frequented, and, as we afterwards
+conjectured from particular indications, for the purpose of obtaining a
+certain root, from which the natives obtained a kind of ointment.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These discoveries immediately determined us to abandon a place which had
+presented no inducement for us to remain, except the promise of security;
+and as we looked about us for the means of ascending again into the upper
+regions, we at last found a practicable part of the rock, and
+half-an-hour’s toil carried us to the summit of the same cliff from which
+the preceding evening we had descended.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I now proposed to Toby that instead of rambling about the island, exposing
+ourselves to discovery at every turn, we should select some place as our
+fixed abode for as long a period as our food should hold out, build
+ourselves a comfortable hut, and be as prudent and circumspect as
+possible. To all this my companion assented, and we at once set about
+carrying the plan into execution.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With this view, after exploring without success a little glen near us, we
+crossed several of the ridges of which I have before spoken; and about
+noon found ourselves ascending a long and gradually rising slope, but
+still without having discovered any place adapted to our purpose. Low and
+heavy clouds betokened an approaching storm, and we hurried on to gain a
+covert in a clump of thick bushes, which appeared to terminate the long
+ascent. We threw ourselves under the lee of these bushes, and pulling up
+the long grass that grew around, covered ourselves completely with it, and
+awaited the shower.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But it did not come as soon as we had expected, and before many minutes my
+companion was fast asleep, and I was rapidly falling into the same state
+of happy forgetfulness. Just at this juncture, however, down came the rain
+with a violence that put all thoughts of slumber to flight. Although in
+some measure sheltered, our clothes soon became as wet as ever; this,
+after all the trouble we had taken to dry them, was provoking enough: but
+there was no help for it; and I recommend all adventurous youths who
+abandon vessels in romantic islands during the rainy season, to provide
+themselves with umbrellas.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After an hour or so the shower passed away. My companion slept through it
+all, or at least appeared so to do; and now that it was over I had not the
+heart to awaken him. As I lay on my back completely shrouded with verdure,
+the leafy branches drooping over me, and my limbs buried in grass, I could
+not avoid comparing our situation with that of the interesting babes in
+the wood. Poor little sufferers!—no wonder their constitutions broke down
+under the hardships to which they were exposed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+During the hour or two spent under the shelter of these bushes, I began to
+feel symptoms which I at once attributed to the exposure of the preceding
+night. Cold shiverings and a burning fever succeeded one another at
+intervals, while one of my legs was swelled to such a degree, and pained
+me so acutely, that I half suspected I had been bitten by some venomous
+reptile, the congenial inhabitant of the chasm from which we had lately
+emerged. I may here remark by the way—what I subsequently learned—that all
+the islands of Polynesia enjoy the reputation, in common with the
+Hibernian isle, of being free from the presence of any vipers; though
+whether Saint Patrick ever visited them, is a question I shall not attempt
+to decide.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As the feverish sensation increased upon me I tossed about, still
+unwilling to disturb my slumbering companion, from whose side I removed
+two or three yards. I chanced to push aside a branch, and by so doing
+suddenly disclosed to my view a scene which even now I can recall with all
+the vividness of the first impression. Had a glimpse of the gardens of
+Paradise been revealed to me, I could scarcely have been more ravished
+with the sight.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From the spot where I lay tranfixed with surprise and delight, I looked
+straight down into the bosom of a valley, which swept away in long wavy
+undulations to the blue waters in the distance. Midway towards the sea,
+and peering here and there amidst the foliage, might be seen the
+palmetto-thatched houses of its inhabitants, glistening in the sun that
+had bleached them to a dazzling whiteness. The vale was more than three
+leagues in length, and about a mile across at its greatest width.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On either side it appeared hemmed in by steep and green acclivities,
+which, uniting near the spot where I lay, formed an abrupt and
+semi-circular termination of grassy cliffs and precipices hundreds of feet
+in height, over which flowed numberless small cascades. But the crowning
+beauty of the prospect was its universal verdure; and in this indeed
+consists, I believe, the peculiar charm of every Polynesian landscape.
+Everywhere below me, from the base of the precipice upon whose very verge
+I had been unconsciously reposing, the surface of the vale presented a
+mass of foliage, spread with such rich profusion that it was impossible to
+determine of what description of trees it consisted.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But perhaps there was nothing about the scenery I beheld more impressive
+than those silent cascades, whose slender threads of water, after leaping
+down the steep cliffs, were lost amidst the rich herbage of the valley.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Over all the landscape there reigned the most hushed repose, which I
+almost feared to break, lest, like the enchanted gardens in the fairy
+tale, a single syllable might dissolve the spell. For a long time,
+forgetful alike of my own situation, and the vicinity of my still
+slumbering companion, I remained gazing around me, hardly able to
+comprehend by what means I had thus suddenly been made a spectator of such
+a scene.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap07"></a>CHAPTER VII</h2>
+
+<p class="letter">
+The important question, Typee or Happar?—A wild-goose chase—My
+sufferings—Disheartening situation—A night in the ravine—Morning meal—Happy
+idea of Toby—Journey towards the valley.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Recovering from my astonishment at the beautiful scene before me, I
+quickly awakened Toby, and informed him of the discovery I had made.
+Together we now repaired to the border of the precipice, and my
+companion’s admiration was equal to my own. A little reflection, however,
+abated our surprise at coming so unexpectedly upon this valley, since the
+large vales of Happar and Typee, lying upon this side of Nukuheva, and
+extending a considerable distance from the sea towards the interior, must
+necessarily terminate somewhere about this point.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The question now was as to which of those two places we were looking down
+upon. Toby insisted that it was the abode of the Happars, and I that it
+was tenanted by their enemies, the ferocious Typees. To be sure I was not
+entirely convinced by my own arguments, but Toby’s proposition to descend
+at once into the valley, and partake of the hospitality of its inmates,
+seemed to me to be risking so much upon the strength of a mere
+supposition, that I resolved to oppose it until we had more evidence to
+proceed upon.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The point was one of vital importance, as the natives of Happar were not
+only at peace with Nukuheva, but cultivated with its inhabitants the most
+friendly relations, and enjoyed beside a reputation for gentleness and
+humanity which led us to expect from them, if not a cordial reception, at
+least a shelter during the short period we should remain in their
+territory.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On the other hand, the very name of Typee struck a panic into my heart
+which I did not attempt to disguise. The thought of voluntarily throwing
+ourselves into the hands of these cruel savages, seemed to me an act of
+mere madness; and almost equally so the idea of venturing into the valley,
+uncertain by which of these two tribes it was inhabited. That the vale at
+our feet was tenanted by one of them, was a point that appeared to us past
+all doubt, since we knew that they resided in this quarter, although our
+information did not enlighten us further.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My companion, however, incapable of resisting the tempting prospect which
+the place held out of an abundant supply of food and other means of
+enjoyment, still clung to his own inconsiderate view of the subject, nor
+could all my reasoning shake it. When I reminded him that it was
+impossible for either of us to know anything with certainty, and when I
+dealt upon the horrible fate we should encounter were we rashly to descend
+into the valley, and discover too late the error we had committed, he
+replied by detailing all the evils of our present condition, and the
+sufferings we must undergo should we continue to remain where we then
+were.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Anxious to draw him away from the subject, if possible—for I saw that it
+would be in vain to attempt changing his mind—I directed his attention to
+a long bright unwooded tract of land which, sweeping down from the
+elevations in the interior, descended into the valley before us. I then
+suggested to him that beyond this ridge might lie a capacious and
+untenanted valley, abounding with all manner of delicious fruits; for I
+had heard that there were several such upon the island, and proposed that
+we should endeavour to reach it, and if we found our expectations realized
+we should at once take refuge in it and remain there as long as we
+pleased.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He acquiesced in the suggestion; and we immediately, therefore, began
+surveying the country lying before us, with a view of determining upon the
+best route for us to pursue; but it presented little choice, the whole
+interval being broken into steep ridges, divided by dark ravines,
+extending in parallel lines at right angles to our direct course. All
+these we would be obliged to cross before we could hope to arrive at our
+destination.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A weary journey! But we decided to undertake it, though, for my own part,
+I felt little prepared to encounter its fatigues, shivering and burning by
+turns with the ague and fever; for I know not how else to describe the
+alternate sensations I experienced, and suffering not a little from the
+lameness which afflicted me. Added to this was the faintness consequent on
+our meagre diet—a calamity in which Toby participated to the same extent
+as myself.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These circumstances, however, only augmented my anxiety to reach a place
+which promised us plenty and repose, before I should be reduced to a state
+which would render me altogether unable to perform the journey.
+Accordingly we now commenced it by descending the almost perpendicular
+side of a steep and narrow gorge, bristling with a thick growth of reeds.
+Here there was but one mode for us to adopt. We seated ourselves upon the
+ground, and guided our descent by catching at the canes in our path. The
+velocity with which we thus slid down the side of the ravine soon brought
+us to a point where we could use our feet, and in a short time we arrived
+at the edge of the torrent, which rolled impetuously along the bed of the
+chasm.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After taking a refreshing draught from the water of the stream, we
+addressed ourselves to a much more difficult undertaking than the last.
+Every foot of our late descent had to be regained in ascending the
+opposite side of the gorge—an operation rendered the less agreeable from
+the consideration that in these perpendicular episodes we did not progress
+a hundred yards on our journey. But, ungrateful as the task was, we set
+about it with exemplary patience, and after a snail-like progress of an
+hour or more, had scaled perhaps one half of the distance, when the fever
+which had left me for awhile returned with such violence, and accompanied
+by so raging a thirst, that it required all the entreaties of Toby to
+prevent me from losing all the fruits of my late exertion, by
+precipitating myself madly down the cliffs we had just climbed, in quest
+of the water which flowed so temptingly at their base. At the moment all
+my hopes and fears appeared to be merged in this one desire, careless of
+the consequences that might result from its gratification. I am aware of
+no feeling, either of pleasure or of pain, that so completely deprives one
+of all power to resist its impulses, as this same raging thirst.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Toby earnestly conjured me to continue the ascent, assuring me that a
+little more exertion would bring us to the summit, and that then in less
+than five minutes we should find ourselves at the brink of the stream,
+which must necessarily flow on the other side of the ridge.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Do not,” he exclaimed, “turn back, now that we have proceeded thus far;
+for I tell you that neither of us will have the courage to repeat the
+attempt, if once more we find ourselves looking up to where we now are
+from the bottom of these rocks!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I was not yet so perfectly beside myself as to be heedless of these
+representations, and therefore toiled on, ineffectually endeavouring to
+appease the thirst which consumed me, by thinking that in a short time I
+should be able to gratify it to my heart’s content.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At last we gained the top of the second elevation, the loftiest of those I
+have described as extending in parallel lines between us and the valley we
+desired to reach. It commanded a view of the whole intervening distance;
+and, discouraged as I was by other circumstances, this prospect plunged me
+into the very depths of despair. Nothing but dark and fearful chasms,
+separated by sharp crested and perpendicular ridges as far as the eye
+could reach. Could we have stepped from summit to summit of these steep
+but narrow elevations we could easily have accomplished the distance; but
+we must penetrate to the bottom of every yawning gulf, and scale in
+succession every one of the eminences before us. Even Toby, although not
+suffering as I did, was not proof against the disheartening influences of
+the sight.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But we did not long stand to contemplate it, impatient as I was to reach
+the waters of the torrent which flowed beneath us. With an insensibility
+to danger which I cannot call to mind without shuddering, we threw
+ourselves down the depths of the ravine, startling its savage solitudes
+with the echoes produced by the falling fragments of rock we every moment
+dislodged from their places, careless of the insecurity of our footing,
+and reckless whether the slight roots and twigs we clutched at sustained
+us for the while, or treacherously yielded to our grasp. For my own part,
+I scarcely knew whether I was helplessly falling from the heights above,
+or whether the fearful rapidity with which I descended was an act of my
+own volition.
+</p>
+
+<div class="fig" style="width:100%;">
+<a name="illus2"></a>
+<a href="images/illus2.jpg">
+<img src="images/illus2.jpg" width="473" height="600" alt="Illustration:" /></a>
+<p class="caption">AT LAST WE GAINED THE TOP OF THE SECOND ELEVATION</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+In a few minutes we reached the foot of the gorge, and kneeling upon a
+small ledge of dripping rocks, I bent over to the stream. What a delicious
+sensation was I now to experience! I paused for a second to concentrate
+all my capabilities of enjoyment, and then immerged my lips in the clear
+element before me. Had the apples of Sodom turned to ashes in my mouth, I
+could not have felt a more startling revulsion. A single drop of the cold
+fluid seemed to freeze every drop of blood in my body; the fever that had
+been burning in my veins gave place on the instant to death-like chills,
+which shook me one after another like so many shocks of electricity, while
+the perspiration produced by my late violent exertions congealed in icy
+beads upon my forehead. My thirst was gone, and I fairly loathed the
+water. Starting to my feet, the sight of those dank rocks, oozing forth
+moisture at every crevice, and the dark stream shooting along its dismal
+channel, sent fresh chills through my shivering frame, and I felt as
+uncontrollable a desire to climb up towards the genial sunlight as I
+before had to descend the ravine.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After two hours’ perilous exertions we stood upon the summit of another
+ridge, and it was with difficulty I could bring myself to believe that we
+had ever penetrated the black and yawning chasm which then gaped at our
+feet. Again we gazed upon the prospect which the height commanded, but it
+was just as depressing as the one which had before met our eyes. I now
+felt that in our present situation it was in vain for us to think of ever
+overcoming the obstacles in our way, and I gave up all thoughts of
+reaching the vale which lay beyond this series of impediments; while at
+the same time I could not devise any scheme to extricate ourselves from
+the difficulties in which we were involved.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The remotest idea of returning to Nukuheva unless assured of our vessel’s
+departure, never once entered my mind, and indeed it was questionable
+whether we could have succeeded in reaching it, divided as we were from
+the bay by a distance we could not compute, and perplexed too in our
+remembrance of localities by our recent wanderings. Besides, it was
+unendurable the thought of retracing our steps and rendering all our
+painful exertions of no avail.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There is scarcely anything when a man is in difficulties that he is more
+disposed to look upon with abhorrence than a right-about retrograde
+movement—a systematic going over of the already trodden ground: and
+especially if he has a love of adventure, such a course appears
+indescribably repulsive, so long as there remains the least hope to be
+derived from braving untried difficulties.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was this feeling that prompted us to descend the opposite side of the
+elevation we had just scaled, although with what definite object in view
+it would have been impossible for either of us to tell.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Without exchanging a syllable upon the subject, Toby and myself
+simultaneously renounced the design which had lured us thus far—perceiving
+in each other’s countenances that desponding expression which speaks more
+eloquently than words.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Together we stood towards the close of this weary day in the cavity of the
+third gorge we had entered, wholly incapacitated for any further exertion,
+until restored to some degree of strength by food and repose.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We seated ourselves upon the least uncomfortable spot we could select, and
+Toby produced from the bosom of his frock the sacred package. In silence
+we partook of the small morsel of refreshment that had been left from the
+morning’s repast, and without once proposing to violate the sanctity of
+our engagement with respect to the remainder, we rose to our feet, and
+proceeded to construct some sort of shelter under which we might obtain
+the sleep we so greatly needed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Fortunately the spot was better adapted to our purpose than the one in
+which we had passed the last wretched night. We cleared away the tall
+reeds from a small but almost level bit of ground, and twisted them into a
+low basket-like hut, which we covered with a profusion of long thick
+leaves, gathered from a tree near at hand. We disposed them thickly all
+around, reserving only a slight opening that barely permitted us to crawl
+under the shelter we had thus obtained.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These deep recesses, though protected from the winds that assail the
+summits of their lofty sides, are damp and chill to a degree that one
+would hardly anticipate in such a climate; and being unprovided with
+anything but our woollen frocks and thin duck trousers to resist the cold
+of the place, we were the more solicitous to render our habitation for the
+night as comfortable as we could. Accordingly, in addition to what we had
+already done, we plucked down all the leaves within our reach and threw
+them in a heap over our little hut, into which we now crept, raking after
+us a reserved supply to form our couch.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+That night nothing but the pain I suffered prevented me from sleeping most
+refreshingly. As it was, I caught two or three naps, while Toby slept away
+at my side as soundly as though he had been sandwiched between two Holland
+sheets. Luckily it did not rain, and we were preserved from the misery
+which a heavy shower would have occasioned us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the morning I was awakened by the sonorous voice of my companion
+ringing in my ears and bidding me rise. I crawled out from our heap of
+leaves, and was astonished at the change which a good night’s rest had
+wrought in his appearance. He was as blithe and joyous as a young bird,
+and was staying the keenness of his morning’s appetite by chewing the soft
+bark of a delicate branch he held in his hand, and he recommended the like
+to me, as an admirable antidote against the gnawings of hunger.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For my own part, though feeling materially better than I had done the
+preceding evening, I could not look at the limb that had pained me so
+violently at intervals during the last twenty-four hours, without
+experiencing a sense of alarm that I strove in vain to shake off.
+Unwilling to disturb the flow of my comrade’s spirits, I managed to stifle
+the complaints to which I might otherwise have given vent, and calling
+upon him good-humouredly to speed our banquet, I prepared myself for it by
+washing in the stream. This operation concluded, we swallowed, or rather
+absorbed, by a peculiar kind of slow sucking process, our respective
+morsels of nourishment, and then entered into a discussion as to the steps
+it was necessary for us to pursue.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“What’s to be done now?” inquired I, rather dolefully.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Descend into that same valley we descried yesterday,” rejoined Toby, with
+a rapidity and loudness of utterance that almost led me to suspect he had
+been slyly devouring the broadside of an ox in some of the adjoining
+thickets. “What else,” he continued, “remains for us to do but that, to be
+sure? Why, we shall both starve, to a certainty, if we remain here; and as
+to your fears of those Typees—depend upon it, it is all nonsense. It is
+impossible that the inhabitants of such a lovely place as we saw can be
+anything else but good fellows; and if you choose rather to perish with
+hunger in one of these soppy caverns, I for one prefer to chance a bold
+descent into the valley, and risk the consequences.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And who is to pilot us thither,” I asked, “even if we should decide upon
+the measure you propose? Are we to go again up and down those precipices
+that we crossed yesterday, until we reach the place we started from, and
+then take a flying leap from the cliffs to the valley?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“’Faith, I didn’t think of that,” said Toby; “sure enough, both sides of
+the valley appeared to be hemmed in by precipices, didn’t they?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Yes,” answered I; “as steep as the sides of a line-of-battle ship, and
+about a hundred times as high.” My companion sank his head upon his
+breast, and remained for awhile in deep thought. Suddenly he sprang to his
+feet, while his eyes lighted up with that gleam of intelligence that marks
+the presence of some bright idea.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Yes, yes,” he exclaimed; “the streams all run in the same direction, and
+must necessarily flow into the valley before they reach the sea; all we
+have to do is just to follow this stream, and sooner or later, it will
+lead us into the vale.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“You are right, Toby,” I exclaimed, “you are right; it must conduct us
+thither, and quickly too; for, see with what a steep inclination the water
+descends.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“It does, indeed,” burst forth my companion, overjoyed at my verification
+of his theory, “it does, indeed; why, it is as plain as a pike-staff. Let
+us proceed at once; come, throw away all those stupid ideas about the
+Typees, and hurrah for the lovely valley of the Happars!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“You will have it to be Happar, I see, my dear fellow; pray Heaven, you
+may not find yourself deceived,” observed I, with a shake of my head.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Amen to all that, and much more,” shouted Toby, rushing forward; “but
+Happar it is, for nothing else than Happar can it be. So glorious a
+valley—such forests of bread-fruit trees—such groves of cocoa-nut—such
+wildernesses of guava-bushes! Ah, shipmate! don’t linger behind: in the
+name of all delightful fruits, I am dying to be at them. Come on, come on;
+shove ahead, there’s a lively lad; never mind the rocks; kick them out of
+the way, as I do; and to-morrow, old fellow, take my word for it, we shall
+be in clover. Come on”; and so saying, he dashed along the ravine like a
+madman, forgetting my inability to keep up with him. In a few minutes,
+however, the exuberance of his spirits abated, and, pausing for awhile, he
+permitted me to overtake him.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap08"></a>CHAPTER VIII</h2>
+
+<p class="letter">
+Perilous passage of the ravine—Descent into the valley
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The fearless confidence of Toby was contagious, and I began to adopt the
+Happar side of the question. I could not, however, overcome a certain
+feeling of trepidation, as we made our way along these gloomy solitudes.
+Our progress, at first comparatively easy, became more and more difficult.
+The bed of the watercourse was covered with fragments of broken rocks,
+which had fallen from above, offering so many obstructions to the course
+of the rapid stream, which vexed and fretted about them,—forming at
+intervals small waterfalls, pouring over into deep basins, or splashing
+wildly upon heaps of stones.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From the narrowness of the gorge, and the steepness of its sides, there
+was no mode of advancing but by wading through the water; stumbling every
+moment over the impediments which lay hidden under its surface, or
+tripping against the huge roots of trees. But the most annoying hindrance
+we encountered was from a multitude of crooked boughs, which, shooting out
+almost horizontally from the sides of the chasm, twisted themselves
+together in fantastic masses almost to the surface of the stream,
+affording us no passage except under the low arches which they formed.
+Under these we were obliged to crawl on our hands and feet, sliding along
+the oozy surface of the rocks, or slipping into the deep pools, and with
+scarce light enough to guide us. Occasionally we would strike our heads
+against some projecting limb of a tree; and while imprudently engaged in
+rubbing the injured part, would fall sprawling amongst flinty fragments,
+cutting and bruising ourselves, whilst the unpitying waters flowed over
+our prostrate bodies. Belzoni, worming himself through the subterranean
+passages of the Egyptian catacombs, could not have met with greater
+impediments than those we here encountered. But we struggled against them
+manfully, well knowing our only hope lay in advancing.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Towards sunset we halted at a spot where we made preparations for passing
+the night. Here we constructed a hut, in much the same way as before, and
+crawling into it, endeavoured to forget our sufferings. My companion, I
+believe, slept pretty soundly; but at daybreak, when we rolled out of our
+dwelling, I felt nearly disqualified for any further efforts. Toby
+prescribed as a remedy for my illness the contents of one of our little
+silk packages, to be taken at once in a single dose. To this species of
+medical treatment, however, I would by no means accede, much as he
+insisted upon it; and so we partook of our usual morsel, and silently
+resumed our journey. It was the fourth day since we left Nukuheva, and the
+gnawings of hunger became painfully acute. We were fain to pacify them by
+chewing the tender bark of roots and twigs, which, if they did not afford
+us nourishment, were at least sweet and pleasant to the taste.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Our progress along the steep watercourse was necessarily slow, and by noon
+we had not advanced more than a mile. It was somewhere near this part of
+the day that the noise of falling waters, which we had faintly caught in
+the early morning, became more distinct; and it was not long before we
+were arrested by a rocky precipice of nearly a hundred feet in depth, that
+extended all across the channel, and over which the wild stream poured in
+an unbroken leap. On either hand the walls of the ravine presented their
+overhanging sides both above and below the fall, affording no means
+whatever of avoiding the cataract by taking a circuit round it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“What’s to be done now, Toby?” said I.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Why,” rejoined he, “as we cannot retreat, I suppose we must keep shoving
+along.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Very true, my dear Toby; but how do you purpose accomplishing that
+desirable object?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“By jumping from the top of the fall, if there be no other way,”
+unhesitatingly replied my companion; “it will be much the quickest way of
+descent; but as you are not quite as active as I am, we will try some
+other way.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And so saying, he crept cautiously along and peered over into the abyss,
+while I remained wondering by what possible means we could overcome this
+apparently insuperable obstruction. As soon as my companion had completed
+his survey, I eagerly inquired the result.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The result of my observations you wish to know, do you?” began Toby,
+deliberately, with one of his odd looks: “well, my lad, the result of my
+observation is very quickly imparted. It is at present uncertain which of
+our two necks will have the honour to be broken first; but about a hundred
+to one would be a fair bet in favour of the man who takes the first jump.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Then it is an impossible thing, is it?” inquired I, gloomily.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“No, shipmate; on the contrary, it is the easiest thing in life: the only
+awkward point is the sort of usage which our unhappy limbs may receive
+when we arrive at the bottom, and what sort of travelling trim we shall be
+in afterwards. But follow me now, and I will show you the only chance we
+have.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With this he conducted me to the verge of the cataract, and pointed along
+the side of the ravine to a number of curious-looking roots, some three or
+four inches in thickness, and several feet long, which, after twisting
+among the fissures of the rock, shot perpendicularly from it, and ran
+tapering to a point in the air, hanging over the gulf like so many dark
+icicles. They covered nearly the entire surface of one side of the gorge,
+the lowest of them reaching even to the water. Many were moss-grown and
+decayed, with their extremities snapped short off, and those in the
+immediate vicinity of the fall were slippery with moisture.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Toby’s scheme, and it was a desperate one, was to entrust ourselves to
+these treacherous-looking roots, and by slipping down from one to another
+to gain the bottom.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Are you ready to venture it?” asked Toby, looking at me earnestly, but
+without saying a word as to the practicability of the plan.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I am,” was my reply; for I saw it was our only resource if we wished to
+advance, and as for retreating, all thoughts of that sort had been long
+abandoned.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After I had signified my assent, Toby, without uttering a single word,
+crawled along the dripping ledge until he gained a point from whence he
+could just reach one of the largest of the pendant roots; he shook it—it
+quivered in his grasp, and when he let it go, it twanged in the air like a
+strong wire sharply struck. Satisfied by his scrutiny, my light-limbed
+companion swung himself nimbly upon it, and twisting his legs round it in
+sailor fashion, slipped down eight or ten feet, where his weight gave it a
+motion not unlike that of a pendulum. He could not venture to descend any
+farther; so holding on with one hand, he with the other shook one by one
+all the slender roots around him, and at last, finding one which he
+thought trustworthy, shifted himself to it and continued his downward
+progress.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+So far so well; but I could not avoid comparing my heavier frame and
+disabled condition with his light figure and remarkable activity: but
+there was no help for it, and in less than a minute’s time I was swinging
+directly over his head. As soon as his upturned eyes caught a glimpse of
+me, he exclaimed in his usual dry tone, for the danger did not seem to
+daunt him in the least, “Mate, do me the kindness not to fall until I get
+out of your way”; and then swinging himself more on one side, he continued
+his descent. In the meantime, I cautiously transferred myself from the
+limb down which I had been slipping to a couple of others that were near
+it, deeming two strings to my bow better than one, and taking care to test
+their strength before I trusted my weight to them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On arriving towards the end of the second stage in this vertical journey,
+and shaking the long roots which were round me, to my consternation they
+snapped off one after another like so many pipe stems, and fell in
+fragments against the side of the gulf, splashing at last into the waters
+beneath.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As one after another the treacherous roots yielded to my grasp, and fell
+into the torrent, my heart sunk within me. The branches on which I was
+suspended over the yawning chasm swang to and fro in the air, and I
+expected them every moment to snap in twain. Appalled at the dreadful fate
+that menaced me, I clutched frantically at the only large root which
+remained near me; but in vain; I could not reach it, though my fingers
+were within a few inches of it. Again and again I tried to reach it, until
+at length, maddened with the thought of my situation, I swayed myself
+violently by striking my foot against the side of the rock, and at the
+instant that I approached the large root caught desperately at it, and
+transferred myself to it. It vibrated violently under the sudden weight,
+but fortunately did not give way.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My brain grew dizzy with the idea of the frightful risk I had just run,
+and I involuntarily closed my eyes to shut out the view of the depth
+beneath me. For the instant I was safe, and I uttered a devout ejaculation
+of thanksgiving for my escape.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Pretty well done,” shouted Toby underneath me; “you are nimbler than I
+thought you to be—hopping about up there from root to root like any young
+squirrel. As soon as you have diverted yourself sufficiently, I would
+advise you to proceed.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Ay, ay, Toby, all in good time: two or three more such famous roots as
+this, and I shall be with you.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The residue of my downward progress was comparatively easy; the roots were
+in greater abundance, and in one or two places jutting out points of rock
+assisted me greatly. In a few moments I was standing by the side of my
+companion.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Substituting a stout stick for the one I had thrown aside at the top of
+the precipice, we now continued our course along the bed of the ravine.
+Soon we were saluted by a sound in advance, that grew by degrees louder
+and louder, as the noise of the cataract we were leaving behind gradually
+died on our ears.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Another precipice for us, Toby.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Very good; we can descend them, you know—come on.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Nothing indeed appeared to depress or intimidate this intrepid fellow.
+Typee or Niagaras, he was as ready to engage one as the other, and I could
+not avoid a thousand times congratulating myself upon having such a
+companion in an enterprise like the present.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After an hour’s painful progress, we reached the verge of another fall,
+still loftier than the preceding, and flanked both above and below with
+the same steep masses of rock, presenting, however, here and there narrow
+irregular ledges, supporting a shallow soil, on which grew a variety of
+bushes and trees, whose bright verdure contrasted beautifully with the
+foamy waters that flowed between them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Toby, who invariably acted as pioneer, now proceeded to reconnoitre. On
+his return, he reported that the shelves of rock on our right would enable
+us to gain with little risk the bottom of the cataract. Accordingly,
+leaving the bed of the stream at the very point where it thundered down,
+we began crawling along one of these sloping ledges until it carried us to
+within a few feet of another that inclined downward at a still sharper
+angle, and upon which, by assisting each other, we managed to alight in
+safety. We warily crept along this, steadying ourselves by the naked roots
+of the shrubs that clung to every fissure. As we proceeded, the narrow
+path became still more contracted, rendering it difficult for us to
+maintain our footing, until suddenly, as we reached an angle of the wall
+of rock where we had expected it to widen, we perceived to our
+consternation, that a yard or two farther on it abruptly terminated at a
+place we could not possibly hope to pass.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Toby, as usual, led the van, and in silence I waited to learn from him how
+he proposed to extricate us from this new difficulty.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Well, my boy,” I exclaimed, after the expiration of several minutes,
+during which time my companion had not uttered a word: “what’s to be done
+now?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He replied in a tranquil tone that probably the best thing we could do in
+the present strait was to get out of it as soon as possible.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Yes, my dear Toby, but tell me <i>how</i> we are to get out of it.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Something in this sort of style,” he replied; and at the same moment, to
+my horror, he slipped sideways off the rock, and, as I then thought, by
+good fortune merely, alighted among the spreading branches of a species of
+palm tree, that shooting its hardy roots along a ledge below, curved its
+trunk upwards into the air, and presented a thick mass of foliage about
+twenty feet below the spot where we had thus suddenly been brought to a
+stand-still. I voluntarily held my breath, expecting to see the form of my
+companion, after being sustained for a moment by the branches of the tree,
+sink through their frail support, and fall headlong to the bottom. To my
+surprise and joy, however, he recovered himself, and disentangling his
+limbs from the fractured branches, he peered out from his leafy bed, and
+shouted lustily, “Come on, my hearty, there is no other alternative!” and
+with this he ducked beneath the foliage, and slipping down the trunk,
+stood in a moment at least fifty feet beneath me, upon the broad shelf of
+rock from which sprung the tree he had descended.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What would I not have given at that moment to have been by his side? The
+feat he had just accomplished seemed little less than miraculous, and I
+could hardly credit the evidence of my senses when I saw the wide distance
+that a single daring act had so suddenly placed between us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Toby’s animating “come on!” again sounded in my ears, and dreading to lose
+all confidence in myself if I remained meditating upon the step, I once
+more gazed down to assure myself of the relative bearing of the tree and
+my own position, and then closing my eyes and uttering one comprehensive
+ejaculation of prayer, I inclined myself over towards the abyss, and after
+one breathless instant fell with a crash into the tree, the branches
+snapping and crackling with my weight, as I sunk lower and lower among
+them until I was stopped by coming in contact with a sturdy limb.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In a few moments I was standing at the foot of the tree, manipulating
+myself all over with a view of ascertaining the extent of the injuries I
+had received. To my surprise the only effects of my feat were a few slight
+contusions too trifling to care about. The rest of our descent was easily
+accomplished, and in half an hour after regaining the ravine, we had
+partaken of our evening morsel, built our hut as usual, and crawled under
+its shelter.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The next morning, in spite of our debility and the agony of hunger under
+which we were now suffering, though neither of us confessed to the fact,
+we struggled along our dismal and still difficult and dangerous path,
+cheered by the hope of soon catching a glimpse of the valley before us,
+and towards evening the voice of a cataract which had for some time
+sounded like a low deep bass to the music of the smaller waterfalls, broke
+upon our ears in still louder tones, and assured us that we were
+approaching its vicinity.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+That evening we stood on the brink of a precipice, over which the dark
+stream bounded in one final leap of full 300 feet. The sheer descent
+terminated in the region we so long had sought. On either side of the
+fall, two lofty and perpendicular bluffs buttressed the sides of the
+enormous cliff, and projected into the sea of verdure with which the
+valley waved, and a range of similar projecting eminences stood disposed
+in a half circle about the head of the vale. A thick canopy of trees hung
+over the very verge of the fall, leaving an arched aperture for the
+passage of the waters, which imparted a strange picturesqueness to the
+scene.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The valley was now before us; but instead of being conducted into its
+smiling bosom by the gradual descent of the deep watercourse we had thus
+far pursued, all our labours now appeared to have been rendered futile by
+its abrupt termination. But, bitterly disappointed, we did not entirely
+despair.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As it was now near sunset we determined to pass the night where we were
+and on the morrow, refreshed by sleep, and by eating at one meal all our
+stock of food, to accomplish a descent into the valley, or perish in the
+attempt.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We laid ourselves down that night on a spot, the recollection of which
+still makes me shudder. A small table of rock which projected over the
+precipice on one side of the stream, and was drenched by the spray of the
+fall, sustained a huge trunk of a tree which must have been deposited
+there by some heavy freshet. It lay obliquely, with one end resting on the
+rock and the other supported by the side of the ravine. Against it we
+placed in a sloping direction a number of the half-decayed boughs that
+were strewn about, and covering the whole with twigs and leaves, awaited
+the morning’s light beneath such shelter as it afforded.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+During the whole of this night the continual roaring of the cataract—the
+dismal moaning of the gale through the trees—the pattering of the rain,
+and the profound darkness, affected my spirits to a degree which nothing
+had ever before produced. Wet, half-famished, and chilled to the heart
+with the dampness of the place, and nearly wild with the pain I endured, I
+fairly cowered down to the earth under this multiplication of hardships,
+and abandoned myself to frightful anticipations of evil; and my companion,
+whose spirit at last was a good deal broken, scarcely uttered a word
+during the whole night.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At length the day dawned upon us, and rising from our miserable pallet, we
+stretched our stiffened joints, and after eating all that remained of our
+bread, prepared for the last stage of our journey.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I will not recount every hairbreadth escape, and every fearful difficulty
+that occurred before we succeeded in reaching the bosom of the valley. As
+I have already described similar scenes, it will be sufficient to say that
+at length, after great toil and great dangers, we both stood with no limbs
+broken at the head of that magnificent vale which five days before had so
+suddenly burst upon my sight, and almost beneath the shadow of those very
+cliffs from whose summits we had gazed upon the prospect.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap09"></a>CHAPTER IX</h2>
+
+<p class="letter">
+The head of the valley—Cautious advance—A path—Fruit—Discovery of two of the
+natives—Their singular conduct—Approach towards the inhabited parts of the
+vale—Sensation produced by our appearance—Reception at the house of one of the
+natives.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+How to obtain the fruit which we felt convinced must grow near at hand was
+our first thought.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Typee or Happar? A frightful death at the hands of the fiercest of
+cannibals, or a kindly reception from a gentler race of savages? Which?
+But it was too late now to discuss a question which would so soon be
+answered.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The part of the valley in which we found ourselves appeared to be
+altogether uninhabited. An almost impenetrable thicket extended from side
+to side, without presenting a single plant affording the nourishment we
+had confidently calculated upon; and with this object, we followed the
+course of the stream, casting quick glances as we proceeded into the thick
+jungles on either hand.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My companion—to whose solicitations I had yielded in descending into the
+valley—now that the step was taken, began to manifest a degree of caution
+I had little expected from him. He proposed that in the event of our
+finding an adequate supply of fruit, we should remain in this unfrequented
+portion of the valley—where we should run little chance of being surprised
+by its occupants, whoever they might be—until sufficiently recruited to
+resume our journey; when laying in a store of food equal to our wants, we
+might easily regain the bay of Nukuheva, after the lapse of a sufficient
+interval to ensure the departure of our vessel.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I objected strongly to this proposition, plausible as it was, as the
+difficulties of the route would almost be insurmountable, unacquainted as
+we were with the general bearings of the country, and I reminded my
+companion of the hardships which we had already encountered in our
+uncertain wanderings; in a word, I said that since we had deemed it
+advisable to enter the valley, we ought manfully to face the consequences,
+whatever they might be; the more especially as I was convinced there was
+no alternative left us but to fall in with the natives at once, and boldly
+risk the reception they might give us: and that as to myself, I felt the
+necessity of rest and shelter, and that until I had obtained them, I
+should be wholly unable to encounter such sufferings as we had lately
+passed through. To the justice of these observations Toby somewhat
+reluctantly assented.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We were surprised that, after moving as far as we had along the valley, we
+would still meet with the same impervious thickets; and thinking that
+although the borders of the stream might be lined for some distance with
+them, yet beyond there might be more open ground, I requested Toby to keep
+a bright look-out upon one side, while I did the same on the other, in
+order to discover some opening in the bushes, and especially to watch for
+the slightest appearance of a path or anything else that might indicate
+the vicinity of the islanders.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What furtive and anxious glances we cast into those dim-looking shades!
+With what apprehensions we proceeded, ignorant at what moment we might be
+greeted by the javelin of some ambushed savage! At last my companion
+paused, and directed my attention to a narrow opening in the foliage. We
+struck into it, and it soon brought us by an indistinctly traced path to a
+comparatively clear space, at the farther end of which we descried a
+number of the trees, the native name of which is “annuee,” and which bear
+a most delicious fruit.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What a race! I hobbling over the ground like some decrepid wretch, and
+Toby leaping forward like a greyhound. He quickly cleared one of the trees
+on which there were two or three of the fruit, but to our chagrin they
+proved to be much decayed; the rinds partly opened by the birds, and their
+hearts half devoured. However, we quickly despatched them, and no ambrosia
+could have been more delicious.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We looked about us uncertain whither to direct our steps, since the path
+we had so far followed appeared to be lost in the open space around us. At
+last we resolved to enter a grove near at hand, and had advanced a few
+rods, when, just upon its skirts, I picked up a slender bread-fruit shoot
+perfectly green, and with the tender bark freshly stript from it. It was
+slippery with moisture, and appeared as if it had been but that moment
+thrown aside. I said nothing, but merely held it up to Toby, who started
+at this undeniable evidence of the vicinity of the savages.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The plot was now thickening.—A short distance farther lay a little faggot
+of the same shoots bound together with a strip of bark. Could it have been
+thrown down by some solitary native, who, alarmed at seeing us, had
+hurried forward to carry the tidings of our approach to his
+countrymen?—Typee or Happar?—But it was too late to recede, so we moved on
+slowly, my companion in advance casting eager glances under the trees on
+either side, until all at once I saw him recoil as if stung by an adder.
+Sinking on his knee, he waved me off with one hand, while with the other
+he held aside some intervening leaves, and gazed intently at some object.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Disregarding his injunction, I quickly approached him and caught a glimpse
+of two figures partly hidden by the dense foliage; they were standing
+close together, and were perfectly motionless. They must have previously
+perceived us, and withdrawn into the depths of the wood to elude our
+observation.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My mind was at once made up. Dropping my staff, and tearing open the
+package of things we had brought from the ship, I unrolled the cotton
+cloth, and holding it in one hand, plucked with the other a twig from the
+bushes beside me, and telling Toby to follow my example, I broke through
+the covert and advanced, waving the branch in token of peace towards the
+shrinking forms before me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They were a boy and a girl, slender and graceful, and completely naked,
+with the exception of a slight girdle of bark, from which depended at
+opposite points two of the russet leaves of the bread-fruit tree. An arm
+of the boy, half screened from sight by her wild tresses, was thrown about
+the neck of the girl, while with the other he held one of her hands in
+his; and thus they stood together, their heads inclined forward, catching
+the faint noise we made in our progress, and with one foot in advance, as
+if half inclined to fly from our presence.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As we drew near, their alarm evidently increased. Apprehensive that they
+might fly from us altogether, I stopped short and motioned them to advance
+and receive the gift I extended towards them, but they would not; I then
+uttered a few words of their language with which I was acquainted,
+scarcely expecting that they would understand me, but to show that we had
+not dropped from the clouds upon them. This appeared to give them a little
+confidence, so I approached nearer, presenting the cloth with one hand,
+and holding the bough with the other, while they slowly retreated. At last
+they suffered us to approach so near to them that we were enabled to throw
+the cotton cloth across their shoulders, giving them to understand that it
+was theirs, and by a variety of gestures endeavouring to make them
+understand that we entertained the highest possible regard for them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The frightened pair now stood still, whilst we endeavoured to make them
+comprehend the nature of our wants. In doing this Toby went through with a
+complete series of pantomimic illustrations—opening his mouth from ear to
+ear, and thrusting his fingers down his throat, gnashing his teeth and
+rolling his eyes about, till I verily believe the poor creatures took us
+for a couple of white cannibals who were about to make a meal of them.
+When, however, they understood us, they showed no inclination to relieve
+our wants. At this juncture it began to rain violently, and we motioned
+them to lead us to some place of shelter. With this request they appeared
+willing to comply, but nothing could evince more strongly the apprehension
+with which they regarded us, than the way in which, whilst walking before
+us, they kept their eyes constantly turned back to watch every movement we
+made, and even our very looks.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Typee or Happar, Toby?” asked I, as we walked after them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Of course, Happar,” he replied, with a show of confidence which was
+intended to disguise his doubts.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“We shall soon know,” I exclaimed; and at the same moment I stepped
+forward towards our guides, and pronouncing the two names interrogatively,
+and pointing to the lowest part of the valley, endeavoured to come to the
+point at once. They repeated the words after me again and again, but
+without giving any peculiar emphasis to either, so that I was completely
+at a loss to understand them; for a couple of wilier young things than we
+afterwards found them to have been on this particular occasion never
+probably fell in any traveller’s way.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+More and more curious to ascertain our fate, I now threw together in the
+form of a question the words “Happar” and “Mortarkee,” the latter being
+equivalent to the word “good.” The two natives interchanged glances of
+peculiar meaning with one another at this, and manifested no little
+surprise; but on the repetition of the question, after some consultation
+together, to the great joy of Toby, they answered in the affirmative. Toby
+was now in ecstasies, especially as the young savages continued to
+reiterate their answer with great energy, as though desirous of impressing
+us with the idea that being among the Happars, we ought to consider
+ourselves perfectly secure.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Although I had some lingering doubts, I feigned great delight with Toby at
+this announcement, while my companion broke out into a pantomimic
+abhorrence of Typee, and immeasurable love for the particular valley in
+which we were; our guides all the while gazing uneasily at one another, as
+if at a loss to account for our conduct.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They hurried on, and we followed them; until suddenly they set up a
+strange halloo, which was answered from beyond the grove through which we
+were passing, and the next moment we entered upon some open ground, at the
+extremity of which we descried a long, low hut, and in front of it were
+several young girls. As soon as they perceived us they fled with wild
+screams into the adjoining thickets, like so many startled fawns. A few
+moments after the whole valley resounded with savage outcries, and the
+natives came running towards us from every direction.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Had an army of invaders made an irruption into their territory, they could
+not have evinced greater excitement. We were soon completely encircled by
+a dense throng, and in their eager desire to behold us, they almost
+arrested our progress; an equal number surrounding our youthful guides,
+who, with amazing volubility, appeared to be detailing the circumstances
+which had attended their meeting with us. Every item of intelligence
+appeared to redouble the astonishment of the islanders, and they gazed at
+us with inquiring looks.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At last we reached a large and handsome building of bamboos, and were by
+signs told to enter it, the natives opening a lane for us through which to
+pass; on entering, without ceremony we threw our exhausted frames upon the
+mats that covered the floor. In a moment the slight tenement was
+completely full of people, whilst those who were unable to gain admittance
+gazed at us through its open cane-work.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was now evening, and by the dim light we could just discern the savage
+countenances around us, gleaming with wild curiosity and wonder; the naked
+forms and tattooed limbs of brawny warriors, with here and there the
+slighter figures of young girls, all engaged in a perfect storm of
+conversation, of which we were of course the one only theme; whilst our
+recent guides were fully occupied in answering the innumerable questions
+which every one put to them. Nothing can exceed the fierce gesticulation
+of these people when animated in conversation, and on this occasion they
+gave loose to all their natural vivacity, shouting and dancing about in a
+manner that well-nigh intimidated us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Close to where we lay, squatting upon their haunches, were some eight or
+ten noble-looking chiefs—for such they subsequently proved to be—who, more
+reserved than the rest, regarded us with a fixed and stern attention,
+which not a little discomposed our equanimity. One of them in particular,
+who appeared to be the highest in rank, placed himself directly facing me,
+looking at me with a rigidity of aspect under which I absolutely quailed.
+He never once opened his lips, but maintained his severe expression of
+countenance, without turning his face aside for a single moment. Never
+before had I been subjected to so strange and steady a glance; it revealed
+nothing of the mind of the savage, but it appeared to be reading my own.
+</p>
+
+<div class="fig" style="width:100%;">
+<a name="illus3"></a>
+<a href="images/illus3.jpg">
+<img src="images/illus3.jpg" width="485" height="600" alt="Illustration:" /></a>
+<p class="caption">WE WERE SOON COMPLETELY ENCIRCLED BY A DENSE THRONG</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+After undergoing this scrutiny till I grew absolutely nervous, with a view
+of diverting it if possible, and conciliating the good opinion of the
+warrior, I took some tobacco from the bosom of my frock, and offered it to
+him. He quietly rejected the proffered gift, and, without speaking,
+motioned me to return it to its place.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In my previous intercourse with the natives of Nukuheva and Tior, I had
+found that the present of a small piece of tobacco would have rendered any
+of them devoted to my service. Was this act of the chief a token of his
+enmity? Typee or Happar? I asked within myself. I started, for at the same
+moment this identical question was asked by the strange being before me. I
+turned to Toby; the flickering light of a native taper showed me his
+countenance pale with trepidation at this fatal question. I paused for a
+second, and I know not by what impulse it was that I answered, “Typee.”
+The piece of dusky statuary nodded in approval, and then murmured,
+“Mortarkee?” “Mortarkee,” said I, without further hesitation—“Typee
+mortarkee.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What a transition! The dark figures around us leaped to their feet,
+clapped their hands in transport, and shouted again and again the
+talismanic syllables, the utterance of which appeared to have settled
+everything.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When this commotion had a little subsided, the principal chief squatted
+once more before me, and throwing himself into a sudden rage, poured forth
+a string of philippics, which I was at no loss to understand, from the
+frequent recurrence of the word Happar, as being directed against the
+natives of the adjoining valley. In all these denunciations my companion
+and I acquiesced, while we extolled the character of the warlike Typees.
+To be sure our panegyrics were somewhat laconic, consisting in the
+repetition of that name, united with the potent adjective, “Mortarkee.”
+But this was sufficient, and served to conciliate the good-will of the
+natives, with whom our congeniality of sentiment on this point did more
+towards inspiring a friendly feeling than anything else that could have
+happened.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At last the wrath of the chief evaporated, and in a few moments he was as
+placid as ever. Laying his hand upon his breast, he gave me to understand
+that his name was “Mehevi,” and that, in return, he wished me to
+communicate my appellation. I hesitated for an instant, thinking that it
+might be difficult for him to pronounce my real name, and then, with the
+most praiseworthy intentions, intimated that I was known as “Tom.” But I
+could not have made a worse selection; the chief could not master it:
+“Tommo,” “Tomma,” “Tommee,” everything but plain “Tom.” As he persisted in
+garnishing the word with an additional syllable, I compromised the matter
+with him at the word “Tommo”; and by that name I went during the entire
+period of my stay in the valley. The same proceeding was gone through with
+Toby, whose mellifluous appellation was more easily caught.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+An exchange of names is equivalent to a ratification of good-will and
+amity among these simple people; and as we were aware of this fact, we
+were delighted that it had taken place on the present occasion.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Reclining upon our mats, we now held a kind of levee, giving audience to
+successive troops of the natives, who introduced themselves to us by
+pronouncing their respective names, and retired in high good humour on
+receiving ours in return. During the ceremony the greatest merriment
+prevailed, nearly every announcement on the part of the islanders being
+followed by a fresh sally of gaiety, which induced me to believe that some
+of them at least were innocently diverting the company at our expense, by
+bestowing upon themselves a string of absurd titles, of the honour of
+which we were, of course, entirely ignorant.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+All this occupied about an hour, when the throng having a little
+diminished, I turned to Mehevi, and gave him to understand that we were in
+need of food and sleep. Immediately the attentive chief addressed a few
+words to one of the crowd, who disappeared, and returned in a few moments
+with a calabash of “poee-poee,” and two or three young cocoa-nuts stripped
+of their husks, and with their shells partly broken. We both of us
+forthwith placed one of those natural goblets to our lips, and drained it
+in a moment of the refreshing draught it contained. The poee-poee was then
+placed before us, and even famished as I was, I paused to consider in what
+manner to convey it to my mouth.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This staple article of food among the Marquese islanders is manufactured
+from the produce of the bread-fruit tree. It somewhat resembles in its
+plastic nature our bookbinders’ paste, is of a yellow colour, and somewhat
+tart to the taste.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Such was the dish, the merits of which I was now eager to discuss. I eyed
+it wistfully for a moment, and then, unable any longer to stand on
+ceremony, plunged my hand into the yielding mass, and to the boisterous
+mirth of the natives drew it forth laden with the poee-poee, which adhered
+in lengthening strings to every finger. So stubborn was its consistency,
+that in conveying my heavily-freighted hand to my mouth, the connecting
+links almost raised the calabash from the mats on which it had been
+placed. This display of awkwardness—in which, by the bye, Toby kept me
+company—convulsed the bystanders with uncontrollable laughter.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As soon as their merriment had somewhat subsided, Mehevi, motioning us to
+be attentive, dipped the fore-finger of his right hand in the dish, and
+giving it a rapid and scientific twirl, drew it out coated smoothly with
+the preparation. With a second peculiar flourish he prevented the
+poee-poee from dropping to the ground as he raised it to his mouth, into
+which the finger was inserted, and was drawn forth perfectly free of any
+adhesive matter. This performance was evidently intended for our
+instruction; so I again essayed the feat on the principles inculcated, but
+with very ill success.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A starving man, however, little heeds conventional proprieties, especially
+on a South Sea island, and accordingly Toby and I partook of the dish
+after our own clumsy fashion, beplastering our faces all over with the
+glutinous compound, and daubing our hands nearly to the wrist. This kind
+of food is by no means disagreeable to the palate of a European, though at
+first the mode of eating it may be. For my own part, after the lapse of a
+few days I became accustomed to its singular flavour, and grew remarkably
+fond of it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+So much for the first course; several other dishes followed it, some of
+which were positively delicious. We concluded our banquet by tossing off
+the contents of two more young cocoa-nuts, after which we regaled
+ourselves with the soothing fumes of tobacco, inhaled from a quaintly
+carved pipe which passed round the circle.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+During the repast, the natives eyed us with intense curiosity, observing
+our minutest motions, and appearing to discover abundant matter for
+comment in the most trifling occurrence. Their surprise mounted the
+highest, when we began to remove our uncomfortable garments, which were
+saturated with rain. They scanned the whiteness of our limbs, and seemed
+utterly unable to account for the contrast they presented to the swarthy
+hue of our faces, embrowned from a six months’ exposure to the scorching
+sun of the Line. They felt our skin, much in the same way that a silk
+mercer would handle a remarkably fine piece of satin; and some of them
+went so far in their investigation as to apply the olfactory organ.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Their singular behaviour almost led me to imagine that they never before
+had beheld a white man; but a few moments’ reflection convinced me that
+this could not have been the case; and a more satisfactory reason for
+their conduct has since suggested itself to my mind.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Deterred by the frightful stories related of its inhabitants, ships never enter
+this bay, while their hostile relations with the tribes in the adjoining
+valleys prevent the Typees from visiting that section of the island where
+vessels occasionally lie. At long intervals, however, some intrepid captain
+will touch on the skirts of the bay, with two or three armed boats’ crews, and
+accompanied by an interpreter. The natives who live near the sea descry the
+strangers long before they reach their waters, and aware of the purpose for
+which they come, proclaim loudly the news of their approach. By a species of
+vocal telegraph the intelligence reaches the inmost recesses of the vale in an
+inconceivably short space of time, drawing nearly its whole population down to
+the beach laden with every variety of fruit. The interpreter, who is invariably
+a “tabooed Kannaka,”<a href="#fn1" name="fnref1"><sup>[1]</sup></a> leaps
+ashore with the goods intended for barter, while the boats, with their oars
+shipped, and every man on his thwart, lie just outside the surf, heading off
+from the shore, in readiness at the first untoward event to escape to the open
+sea. As soon as the traffic is concluded, one of the boats pulls in under cover
+of the muskets of the others, the fruit is quickly thrown into her, and the
+transient visitors precipitately retire from what they justly consider so
+dangerous a vicinity.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The intercourse occurring with Europeans being so restricted, no wonder
+that the inhabitants of the valley manifested so much curiosity with
+regard to us, appearing as we did among them under such singular
+circumstances. I have no doubt that we were the first white men who ever
+penetrated thus far back into their territories, or at least the first who
+had ever descended from the head of the vale. What had brought us thither
+must have appeared a complete mystery to them, and from our ignorance of
+the language it was impossible for us to enlighten them. In answer to
+inquiries which the eloquence of their gestures enabled us to comprehend,
+all that we could reply was, that we had come from Nukuheva, a place, be
+it remembered, with which they were at open war. This intelligence
+appeared to affect them with the most lively emotions. “Nukuheva
+mortarkee?” they asked. Of course we replied most energetically in the
+negative.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They then plied us with a thousand questions, of which we could understand
+nothing more than that they had reference to the recent movements of the
+French, against whom they seemed to cherish the most fierce hatred. So
+eager were they to obtain information on this point, that they still
+continued to propound their queries long after we had shown that we were
+utterly unable to answer them. Occasionally we caught some indistinct idea
+of their meaning, when we would endeavour by every method in our power to
+communicate the desired intelligence. At such times their gratification
+was boundless, and they would redouble their efforts to make us comprehend
+them more perfectly. But all in vain; and in the end they looked at us
+despairingly, as if we were the receptacles of invaluable information, but
+how to come at it they knew not.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After awhile the group around us gradually dispersed, and we were left
+about midnight (as we conjectured) with those who appeared to be permanent
+residents of the house. These individuals now provided us with fresh mats
+to lie upon, covered us with several folds of tappa, and then
+extinguishing the tapers that had been burning, threw themselves down
+beside us, and after a little desultory conversation were soon sound
+asleep.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap10"></a>CHAPTER X</h2>
+
+<p class="letter">
+Midnight reflections—Morning visitors—A warrior in costume—A savage
+Æsculapius—Practice of the healing art—Body-servant—A dwelling-house of the
+valley described—Portraits of its inmates.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Various and conflicting were the thoughts which oppressed me during the
+silent hours that followed the events related in the preceding chapter.
+Toby, wearied with the fatigues of the day, slumbered heavily by my side;
+but the pain under which I was suffering effectually prevented my
+sleeping, and I remained distressingly alive to all the fearful
+circumstances of our present situation. Was it possible that, after all
+our vicissitudes, we were really in the terrible valley of Typee, and at
+the mercy of its inmates, a fierce and unrelenting tribe of savages?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Typee or Happar? I shuddered when I reflected that there was no longer any
+room for doubt; and that, beyond all hope of escape, we were now placed in
+those very circumstances from the bare thought of which I had recoiled
+with such abhorrence but a few days before. What might not be our fearful
+destiny? To be sure, as yet, we had been treated with no violence; nay,
+had been even kindly and hospitably entertained. But what dependence could
+be placed upon the fickle passions which sway the bosom of a savage? His
+inconstancy and treachery are proverbial. Might if not be that, beneath
+these fair appearances, the islanders covered some perfidious design, and
+that their friendly reception of us might only precede some horrible
+catastrophe? How strongly did these forebodings spring up in my mind, as I
+lay restlessly upon a couch of mats, surrounded by the dimly-revealed
+forms of those whom I so greatly dreaded.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From the excitement of these fearful thoughts, I sank, towards morning,
+into an uneasy slumber; and on awaking, with a start, in the midst of an
+appalling dream, looked up into the eager countenances of a number of the
+natives, who were bending over me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was broad day; and the house was nearly filled with young females,
+fancifully decorated with flowers, who gazed upon me as I rose with faces
+in which childish delight and curiosity were vividly portrayed. After
+waking Toby, they seated themselves round us on the mats, and gave full
+play to that prying inquisitiveness which, time out of mind, has been
+attributed to the adorable sex.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As these unsophisticated young creatures were attended by no jealous
+duennas, their proceedings were altogether informal, and void of
+artificial restraint. Long and minute was the investigation with which
+they honoured us, and so uproarious their mirth, that I felt infinitely
+sheepish; and Toby was immeasurably outraged at their familiarity.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These lively young ladies were at the same time wonderfully polite and
+humane; fanning aside the insects that occasionally lighted on our brows;
+presenting us with food; and compassionately regarding me in the midst of
+my afflictions. But in spite of all their blandishments, my feelings of
+propriety were exceedingly shocked, for I could not but consider them as
+having overstepped the due limits of female decorum.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Having diverted themselves to their hearts’ content, our young visitants
+now withdrew, and gave place to successive troops of the other sex, who
+continued flocking towards the house until near noon; by which time I have
+no doubt that the greater part of the inhabitants of the valley had bathed
+themselves in the light of our benignant countenances.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As last, when their numbers began to diminish, a superb-looking warrior
+stooped the towering plumes of his head-dress beneath the low portal, and
+entered the house. I saw at once that he was some distinguished personage,
+the natives regarding him with the utmost deference, and making room for
+him as he approached. His aspect was imposing. The splendid long drooping
+tail-feathers of the tropical bird, thickly interspersed with the gaudy
+plumage of the cock, were disposed in an immense upright semicircle upon
+his head, their lower extremities being fixed in a crescent of
+guinea-beads which spanned the forehead. Around his neck were several
+enormous necklaces of boar’s tusks, polished like ivory, and disposed in
+such a manner as that the longest and largest were upon his capacious
+chest. Thrust forward through the large apertures in his ears were two
+small and finely shaped sperm-whale teeth, presenting their cavities in
+front, stuffed with freshly-plucked leaves, and curiously wrought at the
+other end into strange little images and devices. These barbaric trinkets,
+garnished in this manner at their open extremities, and tapering and
+curving round to a point behind the ear, resembled not a little a pair of
+cornucopias.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The loins of the warrior were girt about with heavy folds of a
+dark-coloured tappa, hanging before and behind in clusters of braided
+tassels, while anklets and bracelets of curling human hair completed his
+unique costume. In his right hand he grasped a beautifully-carved
+paddle-spear, nearly fifteen feet in length, made of the bright koar-wood,
+one end sharply pointed, and the other flattened like an oar-blade.
+Hanging obliquely from his girdle by a loop of sinnate, was a
+richly-decorated pipe; the slender reed forming its stem was coloured with
+a red pigment, and round it, as well as the idol-bowl, fluttered little
+streamers of the thinnest tappa.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But that which was most remarkable in the appearance of this splendid
+islander, was the elaborate tattooing displayed on every noble limb. All
+imaginable lines and curves and figures were delineated over his whole
+body, and in their grotesque variety and infinite profusion, I could only
+compare them to the crowded groupings of quaint patterns we sometimes see
+in costly pieces of lacework. The most simple and remarkable of all these
+ornaments was that which decorated the countenance of the chief. Two broad
+stripes of tattooing, diverging from the centre of his shaven crown,
+obliquely crossed both eyes—staining the lids—to a little below either
+ear, where they united with another stripe, which swept in a straight line
+along the lips, and formed the base of the triangle. The warrior, from the
+excellence of his physical proportions, might certainly have been regarded
+as one of nature’s noblemen, and the lines drawn upon his face may
+possibly have denoted his exalted rank.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This warlike personage, upon entering the house, seated himself at some
+distance from the spot where Toby and myself reposed, while the rest of
+the savages looked alternately from us to him, as if in expectation of
+something they were disappointed in not perceiving. Regarding the chief
+attentively, I thought his lineaments appeared familiar to me. As soon as
+his full face was turned upon me, and I again beheld its extraordinary
+embellishment, and met the strange gaze to which I had been subjected the
+preceding night, I immediately, in spite of the alteration in his
+appearance, recognised the noble Mehevi. On addressing him, he advanced at
+once in the most cordial manner, and greeting me warmly, seemed to enjoy
+not a little the effect his barbaric costume had produced upon me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I forthwith determined to secure, if possible, the goodwill of this
+individual, as I easily perceived he was a man of great authority in his
+tribe, and one who might exert a powerful influence upon our subsequent
+fate. In the endeavour I was not repulsed; for nothing could surpass the
+friendliness he manifested towards both my companion and myself. He
+extended his sturdy limbs by our side, and endeavoured to make us
+comprehend the full extent of the kindly feelings by which he was
+actuated. The almost insuperable difficulty in communicating to one
+another our ideas, affected the chief with no little mortification. He
+evinced a great desire to be enlightened with regard to the customs and
+peculiarities of the far-off country we had left behind us, and to which,
+under the name of Maneeka, he frequently alluded.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But that which more than any other subject engaged his attention, was the
+late proceedings of the “Franee,” as he called the French, in the
+neighbouring bay of Nukuheva. This seemed a never-ending theme with him,
+and one concerning which he was never weary of interrogating us. All the
+information we succeeded in imparting to him on this subject was little
+more than that we had seen six men-of-war lying in the hostile bay at the
+time we had left it. When he received this intelligence, Mehevi, by the
+aid of his fingers, went through a long numerical calculation, as if
+estimating the number of Frenchmen the squadron might contain.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was just after employing his faculties in this way that he happened to
+notice the swelling in my limb. He immediately examined it with the utmost
+attention, and after doing so, despatched a boy, who happened to be
+standing by, with some message.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After the lapse of a few moments the stripling re-entered the house with
+an aged islander, who might have been taken for old Hippocrates himself.
+His head was as bald as the polished surface of a cocoa-nut shell, which
+article it precisely resembled in smoothness and colour, while a long
+silvery beard swept almost to his girdle of bark. Encircling his temples
+was a bandeau of the twisted leaves of the Omoo tree, pressed closely over
+the brows to shield his feeble vision from the glare of the sun. His
+tottering steps were supported by a long slim staff, resembling the wand
+with which a theatrical magician appears on the stage, and in one hand he
+carried a freshly-plaited fan of the green leaflets of the cocoa-nut tree.
+A flowing robe of tappa, knotted over the shoulder, hung loosely round his
+stooping form, and heightened the venerableness of his aspect.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mehevi, saluting this old gentleman, motioned him to a seat between us,
+and then uncovering my limb, desired him to examine it. The leech gazed
+intently from me to Toby, and then proceeded to business. After diligently
+observing the ailing member, he commenced manipulating it; and on the
+supposition probably that the complaint had deprived the leg of all
+sensation, began to pinch and hammer it in such a manner that I absolutely
+roared with the pain. Thinking that I was as capable of making an
+application of thumps and pinches to the part as any one else, I
+endeavoured to resist this species of medical treatment. But it was not so
+easy a matter to get out of the clutches of the old wizard; he fastened on
+the unfortunate limb as if it were something for which he had been long
+seeking, and muttering some kind of incantation continued his discipline,
+pounding it after a fashion that set me well-nigh crazy; while Mehevi,
+upon the same principle which prompts an affectionate mother to hold a
+struggling child in a dentist’s chair, restrained me in his powerful
+grasp, and actually encouraged the wretch in this infliction of torture.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Almost frantic with rage and pain, I yelled like a bedlamite; while Toby,
+throwing himself into all the attitudes of a posture-master, vainly
+endeavoured to expostulate with the natives by signs and gestures. To have
+looked at my companion, as, sympathizing with my sufferings, he strove to
+put an end to them, one would have thought that he was the deaf and dumb
+alphabet incarnated. Whether my tormentor yielded to Toby’s entreaties, or
+paused from sheer exhaustion, I do not know; but all at once he ceased his
+operations, and at the same time the chief relinquishing his hold upon me,
+I fell back, faint and breathless with the agony I had endured.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My unfortunate limb was now left much in the same condition as a
+rump-steak after undergoing the castigating process which precedes
+cooking. My physician, having recovered from the fatigues of his
+exertions, as if anxious to make amends for the pain to which he had
+subjected me, now took some herbs out of a little wallet that was
+suspended from his waist, and moistening them in water, applied them to
+the inflamed part, stooping over it at the same time, and either
+whispering a spell, or having a little confidential chat with some
+imaginary demon located in the calf of my leg. My limb was now swathed in
+leafy bandages, and grateful to Providence for the cessation of
+hostilities, I was suffered to rest.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mehevi shortly after rose to depart; but before he went he spoke
+authoritatively to one of the natives, whom he addressed as Kory-Kory; and
+from the little I could understand of what took place, pointed him out to
+me as a man whose peculiar business henceforth would be to attend upon my
+person. I am not certain that I comprehended as much as this at the time,
+but the subsequent conduct of my trusty body-servant fully assured me that
+such must have been the case.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I could not but be amused at the manner in which the chief addressed me
+upon this occasion, talking to me for at least fifteen or twenty minutes
+as calmly as if I could understand every word that he said. I remarked
+this peculiarity very often afterwards in many other of the islanders.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mehevi having now departed, and the family physician having likewise made
+his exit, we were left about sunset with the ten or twelve natives, who by
+this time I had ascertained composed the household of which Toby and I
+were members. As the dwelling to which we had been first introduced was
+the place of my permanent abode while I remained in the valley, and as I
+was necessarily placed upon the most intimate footing with its occupants,
+I may as well here enter into a little description of it and its
+inhabitants. This description will apply also to nearly all the other
+dwelling-places in the vale, and will furnish some idea of the generality
+of the natives.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Near one side of the valley, and about midway up the ascent of a rather
+abrupt rise of ground waving with the richest verdure, a number of large
+stones were laid in successive courses, to the height of nearly eight
+feet, and disposed in such a manner that their level surface corresponded
+in shape with the habitation which was perched upon it. A narrow space,
+however, was reserved in front of the dwelling, upon the summit of this
+pile of stones (called by the natives a “pi-pi”), which, being enclosed by
+a little picket of canes, gave it somewhat the appearance of a verandah.
+The frame of the house was constructed of large bamboos planted uprightly,
+and secured together at intervals by transverse stalks of the light wood
+of the Habiscus, lashed with thongs of bark. The rear of the
+tenement—built up with successive ranges of cocoa-nut boughs bound one
+upon another, with their leaflets cunningly woven together—inclined a
+little from the vertical, and extended from the extreme edge of the
+“pi-pi” to about twenty feet from its surface; whence the shelving
+roof—thatched with the long tapering leaves of the palmetto—sloped steeply
+off to within about five feet of the floor; leaving the eaves drooping
+with tassel-like appendages over the front of the habitation. This was
+constructed of light and elegant canes, in a kind of open screen-work,
+tastefully adorned with bindings of variegated sinnate, which served to
+hold together its various parts. The sides of the house were similarly
+built; thus presenting three-quarters for the circulation of the air,
+while the whole was impervious to the rain.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In length this picturesque building was perhaps twelve yards, while in
+breadth it could not have exceeded as many feet. So much for the exterior;
+which, with its wire-like reed-twisted sides, not a little reminded me of
+an immense aviary.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Stooping a little, you passed through a narrow aperture in its front; and
+facing you, on entering, lay two long, perfectly straight, and
+well-polished trunks of the cocoa-nut tree, extending the full length of
+the dwelling; one of them placed closely against the rear, and the other
+lying parallel with it some two yards distant, the interval between them
+being spread with a multitude of gaily-worked mats, nearly all of a
+different pattern. This space formed the common couch and lounging-place
+of the natives, answering the purpose of a divan in Oriental countries.
+Here would they slumber through the hours of the night, and recline
+luxuriously during the greater part of the day. The remainder of the floor
+presented only the cool shining surfaces of the large stones of which the
+“pi-pi” was composed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From the ridge-pole of the house hung suspended a number of large packages
+enveloped in coarse tappa; some of which contained festival dresses, and
+various other matters of the wardrobe, held in high estimation. These were
+easily accessible by means of a line, which, passing over the ridge-pole,
+had one end attached to a bundle, while with the other, which led to the
+side of the dwelling and was there secured, the package could be lowered
+or elevated at pleasure.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Against the farther wall of the house were arranged in tasteful figures a
+variety of spears and javelins, and other implements of savage warfare.
+Outside of the habitation, and built upon the piazza-like area in its
+front, was a little shed used as a sort of larder or pantry, and in which
+were stored various articles of domestic use and convenience. A few yards
+from the pi-pi was a large shed built of cocoa-nut boughs, where the
+process of preparing the “poee-poee” was carried on, and all culinary
+operations attended to.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus much for the house, and its appurtenances; and it will be readily
+acknowledged that a more commodious and appropriate dwelling for the
+climate and the people could not possibly be devised. It was cool, free to
+admit the air, scrupulously clean, and elevated above the dampness and
+impurities of the ground.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But now to sketch the inmates; and here I claim for my tried servitor and
+faithful valet Kory-Kory the precedence of a first description. As his
+character will be gradually unfolded in the course of my narrative, I
+shall for the present content myself with delineating his personal
+appearance. Kory-Kory, though the most devoted and best-natured
+serving-man in the world, was, alas! a hideous object to look upon. He was
+some twenty-five years of age, and about six feet in height, robust and
+well made, and of the most extraordinary aspect. His head was carefully
+shaven with the exception of two circular spots, about the size of a
+dollar, near the top of the cranium, where the hair, permitted to grow of
+an amazing length, was twisted up in two prominent knots, that gave him
+the appearance of being decorated with a pair of horns. His beard, plucked
+out by the root from every other part of his face, was suffered to droop
+in hairy pendants, two of which garnished his upper lip, and an equal
+number hung from the extremity of his chin.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Kory-Kory, with the view of improving the handiwork of nature, and perhaps
+prompted by a desire to add to the engaging expression of his countenance,
+had seen fit to embellish his face with three broad longitudinal stripes
+of tattooing, which, like those country roads that go straight forward in
+defiance of all obstacles, crossed his nasal organ, descended into the
+hollow of his eyes, and even skirted the borders of his mouth. Each
+completely spanned his physiognomy; one extending in a line with his eyes,
+another crossing the face in the vicinity of the nose, and the third
+sweeping along his lips from ear to ear. His countenance thus triply
+hooped, as it were, with tattooing, always reminded me of those unhappy
+wretches whom I have sometimes observed gazing out sentimentally from
+behind the grated bars of a prison window; whilst the entire body of my
+savage valet, covered all over with representations of birds and fishes,
+and a variety of most unaccountable-looking creatures, suggested to me the
+idea of a pictorial museum of natural history, or an illustrated copy of
+Goldsmith’s <i>Animated Nature</i>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But it seems really heartless in me to write thus of the poor islander,
+when I owe perhaps to his unremitting attentions the very existence I now
+enjoy. Kory-Kory, I mean thee no harm in what I say in regard to thy
+outward adornings; but they were a little curious to my unaccustomed
+sight, and therefore I dilate upon them. But to underrate or forget thy
+faithful services is something I could never be guilty of, even in the
+giddiest moment of my life.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The father of my attached follower was a native of gigantic frame, and had
+once possessed prodigious physical powers; but the lofty form was now
+yielding to the inroads of time, though the hand of disease seemed never
+to have been laid upon the aged warrior. Marheyo—for such was his
+name—appeared to have retired from all active participation in the affairs
+of the valley, seldom or never accompanying the natives in their various
+expeditions; and employing the greater part of his time in throwing up a
+little shed just outside the house, upon which he was engaged to my
+certain knowledge for four months, without appearing to make any sensible
+advance. I suppose the old gentleman was in his dotage, for he manifested
+in various ways the characteristics which mark this particular stage of
+life.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I remember in particular his having a choice pair of ear-ornaments,
+fabricated from the teeth of some sea-monster. These he would alternately
+wear and take off at least fifty times in the course of the day, going and
+coming from his little hut on each occasion with all the tranquillity
+imaginable. Sometimes slipping them through the slits in his ears, he
+would seize his spear—which in length and slightness resembled a
+fishing-pole—and go stalking beneath the shadows of the neighbouring
+groves, as if about to give a hostile meeting to some cannibal knight. But
+he would soon return again, and hiding his weapon under the protecting
+eaves of the house, and rolling his clumsy trinkets carefully in a piece
+of tappa, would resume his more pacific operations as quietly as if he had
+never interrupted them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But despite his eccentricities, Marheyo was a most paternal and
+warm-hearted old fellow, and in this particular not a little resembled his
+son Kory-Kory. The mother of the latter was the mistress of the family,
+and a notable housewife, and a most industrious old lady she was. If she
+did not understand the art of making jellies, jams, custards, tea-cakes,
+and such like trashy affairs, she was profoundly skilled in the mysteries
+of preparing “amar,” “poee-poee,” and “kokoo,” with other substantial
+matters. She was a genuine busy-body; bustling about the house like a
+country landlady at an unexpected arrival; for ever giving the young girls
+tasks to perform, which the little hussies as often neglected; poking into
+every corner, and rummaging over bundles of old tappa, or making a
+prodigious clatter among the calabashes. Sometimes she might have been
+seen squatting upon her haunches in front of a huge wooden basin, and
+kneading poee-poee with terrific vehemence, dashing the stone pestle about
+as if she would shiver the vessel into fragments: on other occasions,
+galloping about the valley in search of a particular kind of leaf, used in
+some of her recondite operations, and returning home, toiling and
+sweating, with a bundle, under which most women would have sunk.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To tell the truth, Kory-Kory’s mother was the only industrious person in
+all the valley of Typee; and she could not have employed herself more
+actively had she been left an exceedingly muscular and destitute widow,
+with an inordinate supply of young children, in the bleakest part of the
+civilized world. There was not the slightest necessity for the greater
+portion of the labour performed by the old lady: but she deemed to work
+from some irresistible impulse; her limbs continually swaying to and fro,
+as if there were some indefatigable engine concealed within her body which
+kept her in perpetual motion.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Never suppose that she was a termagant or a shrew for all this: she had
+the kindliest heart in the world, and acted towards me in particular in a
+truly maternal manner, occasionally putting some little morsel of choice
+food into my hand, some outlandish kind of savage sweetmeat or pastry,
+like a doting mother petting a sickly urchin with tarts and sugar-plums.
+Warm indeed are my remembrances of the dear, good, affectionate old Tinor!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Besides the individuals I have mentioned, there belong to the household
+three young men, dissipated, good-for-nothing, roystering blades of
+savages, who were either employed in prosecuting love affairs with the
+maidens of the tribe, or grew boozy on “arva” and tobacco in the company
+of congenial spirits, the scapegraces of the valley.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Among the permanent inmates of the house were likewise several lovely
+damsels, who instead of thrumming pianos and reading novels, like more
+enlightened young ladies, substituted for these employments the
+manufacture of a fine species of tappa; but for the greater portion of the
+time were skipping from house to house, gadding and gossiping with their
+acquaintances.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From the rest of these, however, I must except the beauteous nymph
+Fayaway, who was my peculiar favourite. Her free pliant figure was the
+very perfection of female grace and beauty. Her complexion was a rich and
+mantling olive, and when watching the glow upon her cheeks I could almost
+swear that beneath the transparent medium there lurked the blushes of a
+faint vermilion. The face of this girl was a rounded oval, and each
+feature as perfectly formed as the heart or imagination of man could
+desire. Her full lips, when parted with a smile, disclosed teeth of a
+dazzling whiteness; and when her rosy mouth opened with a burst of
+merriment, they looked like the milk-white seeds of the “arta,” a fruit of
+the valley, which, when cleft in twain, shows them reposing in rows on
+either side, embedded in the red and juicy pulp. Her hair of the deepest
+brown, parted irregularly in the middle, flowed in natural ringlets over
+her shoulders, and whenever she chanced to stoop, fell over and hid from
+view her lovely bosom. Gazing into the depths of her strange blue eyes,
+when she was in a contemplative mood, they seemed most placid yet
+unfathomable; but when illuminated by some lively emotion, they beamed
+upon the beholder like stars. The hands of Fayaway were as soft and
+delicate as those of any countess; for an entire exemption from rude
+labour marks the girlhood and even prime of a Typee woman’s life. Her
+feet, though wholly exposed, were as diminutive and fairly shaped as those
+which peep from beneath the skirts of a Lima lady’s dress. The skin of
+this young creature, from continual ablutions and the use of mollifying
+ointments, was inconceivably smooth and soft.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I may succeed, perhaps, in particularizing some of the individual features
+of Fayaway’s beauty, but that general loveliness of appearance which they
+all contributed to produce I will not attempt to describe. The easy
+unstudied graces of a child of nature like this, breathing from infancy an
+atmosphere of perpetual summer, and nurtured by the simple fruits of the
+earth; enjoying a perfect freedom from care and anxiety, and removed
+effectually from all injurious tendencies, strike the eye in a manner
+which cannot be portrayed. This picture is no fancy sketch; it is drawn
+from the most vivid recollections of the person delineated.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Were I asked if the beauteous form of Fayaway was altogether free from the
+hideous blemish of tattooing, I should be constrained to answer that it
+was not. But the practitioners of this barbarous art, so remorseless in
+their inflictions upon the brawny limbs of the warriors of the tribe, seem
+to be conscious that it needs not the resources of their profession to
+augment the charms of the maidens of the vale.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The females are very little embellished in this way, and Fayaway, and all
+the other young girls of her age, were even less so than those of their
+sex more advanced in years. The reason of this peculiarity will be alluded
+to hereafter. All the tattooing that the nymph in question exhibited upon
+her person may be easily described. Three minute dots, no bigger than
+pinheads, decorated either lip, and at a little distance were not at all
+discernible. Just upon the fall of the shoulder were drawn two parallel
+lines half an inch apart, and perhaps three inches in length, the interval
+being filled with delicately executed figures. These narrow bands of
+tattooing, thus placed, always reminded me of those stripes of gold lace
+worn by officers in undress, and which are in lieu of epaulettes to denote
+their rank.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus much was Fayaway tattooed. The audacious hand which had gone so far
+in its desecrating work stopping short, apparently wanting the heart to
+proceed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But I have neglected to describe the dress worn by this nymph of the
+valley.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Fayaway—I must avow the fact—for the most part clung to the primitive and
+summer garb of Eden. But how becoming the costume! It showed her fine
+figure to the best possible advantage; and nothing could have been better
+adapted to her peculiar style of beauty. On ordinary occasions she was
+habited precisely as I have described the two youthful savages whom we had
+met on first entering the valley. At other times, when rambling among the
+groves, or visiting at the houses of her acquaintances, she wore a tunic
+of white tappa, reaching from her waist to a little below the knees; and
+when exposed for any length of time to the sun, she invariably protected
+herself from its rays by a floating mantle of the same material, loosely
+gathered about the person. Her gala dress will be described hereafter.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As the beauties of our own land delight in bedecking themselves with
+fanciful articles of jewelry, suspending them from their ears, hanging
+them about their necks, and clasping them around their wrists; so Fayaway
+and her companions were in the habit of ornamenting themselves with
+similar appendages.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Flora was their jeweller. Sometimes they wore necklaces of small carnation
+flowers, strung like rubies upon a fibre of tappa, or displayed in their
+ears a single white bud, the stem thrust backward through the aperture,
+and showing in front the delicate petals folded together in a beautiful
+sphere, and looking like a drop of the purest pearl. Chaplets, too,
+resembling in their arrangement the strawberry coronal worn by an English
+peeress, and composed of intertwined leaves and blossoms, often crowned
+their temples; and bracelets and anklets of the same tasteful pattern were
+frequently to be seen. Indeed, the maidens of the island were passionately
+fond of flowers, and never wearied of decorating their persons with them;
+a lovely trait of character, and one that ere long will be more fully
+alluded to.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Though in my eyes, at least, Fayaway was indisputably the loveliest female
+I saw in Typee, yet the description I have given of her will in some
+measure apply to nearly all the youthful portion of her sex in the valley.
+Judge ye then, reader, what beautiful creatures they must have been.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap11"></a>CHAPTER XI</h2>
+
+<p class="letter">
+Officiousness of Kory-Kory—His devotion—A bath in the stream—Want of refinement
+of the Typee damsels—Stroll with Mehevi—A Typee highway—The Taboo groves—The
+hoolah hoolah ground—The Ti—Timeworn savages—Hospitality of Mehevi—Midnight
+musings—Adventure in the dark—Distinguished honours paid to the
+visitors—Strange procession, and return to the house of Marheyo.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When Mehevi had departed from the house, as related in the preceding
+chapter, Kory-Kory commenced the functions of the post assigned him. He
+brought us various kinds of food; and, as if I were an infant, insisted
+upon feeding me with his own hands. To this procedure I, of course, most
+earnestly objected, but in vain; and having laid a calabash of kokoo
+before me, he washed his fingers in a vessel of water, and then putting
+his hand into the dish, and rolling the food into little balls, put them
+one after another into my mouth. All my remonstrances against this measure
+only provoked so great a clamor on his part, that I was obliged to
+acquiesce; and the operation of feeding being thus facilitated, the meal
+was quickly despatched. As for Toby, he was allowed to help himself after
+his own fashion.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The repast over, my attendant arranged the mats for repose, and, bidding
+me lie down, covered me with a large robe of tappa, at the same time
+looking approvingly upon me, and exclaiming, “Ki-Ki, muee muee, ah! moee
+moee mortarkee,” (eat plenty, ah! sleep very good.) The philosophy of this
+sentiment I did not pretend to question; for deprived of sleep for several
+preceding nights, and the pain in my limb having much abated, I now felt
+inclined to avail myself of the opportunity afforded me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The next morning, on waking, I found Kory-Kory stretched out on one side
+of me, while my companion lay upon the other. I felt sensibly refreshed
+after a night of sound repose, and immediately agreed to the proposition
+of my valet that I should repair to the water and wash, although dreading
+the suffering that the exertion might produce. From this apprehension,
+however, I was quickly relieved; for Kory-Kory, leaping from the pi-pi,
+and then backing himself up against it, like a porter in readiness to
+shoulder a trunk, with loud vociferations, and a superabundance of
+gestures gave me to understand that I was to mount upon his back, and be
+thus transported to the stream, which flowed perhaps two hundred yards
+from the house.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Our appearance upon the verandah in front of the habitation drew together
+quite a crowd, who stood looking on, and conversing with one another in
+the most animated manner. They reminded one of a group of idlers gathered
+about the door of a village tavern, when the equipage of some
+distinguished traveller is brought round previous to his departure. As
+soon as I clasped my arms about the neck of the devoted fellow, and he
+jogged off with me, the crowd—composed chiefly of young girls and
+boys—followed after, shouting and capering with infinite glee, and
+accompanied us to the banks of the stream.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On gaining it, Kory-Kory, wading up to his hips in the water, carried me
+half-way across, and deposited me on a smooth black stone, which rose a
+few inches above the surface. The amphibious rabble at our heels plunged
+in after us; and, climbing to the summit of the grass-grown rocks, with
+which the bed of the brook was here and there broken, waited curiously to
+witness our morning ablutions. I felt somewhat embarrassed by the presence
+of the female portion of the company, but, nevertheless, removed my frock,
+and washed myself down to my waist in the stream. As soon as Kory-Kory
+comprehended from my motions that this was to be the extent of my
+performance, he appeared perfectly aghast with astonishment, and rushing
+toward me, poured out a torrent of words in eager deprecation of so
+limited an operation, enjoining me by unmistakable signs to immerse my
+whole body. To this I was forced to consent; and the honest fellow
+regarding me as a froward, inexperienced child, whom it was his duty to
+serve at the risk of offending, lifted me from, the rock, and tenderly
+bathed my limbs. This over, and resuming my seat, I could not avoid
+bursting into admiration of the scene around me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From the verdant surfaces of the large stones that lay scattered about,
+the natives were now sliding off into the water, diving and ducking
+beneath the surface in all directions; the young girls springing buoyantly
+into the air, with their long tresses dancing about their shoulders, their
+eyes sparkling like drops of dew in the sun, and their gay laughter
+pealing forth at every frolicsome incident.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On the afternoon of the day that I took my first bath in the valley, we
+received another visit from Mehevi. The noble savage seemed to be in the
+same pleasant mood, and was quite as cordial in his manner as before.
+After remaining about an hour, he rose from the mats, and motioning to
+leave the house, invited Toby and myself to accompany him. I pointed to my
+leg; but Mehevi in his turn pointed to Kory-Kory, and removed that
+objection; so, mounting upon the faithful fellow’s shoulders again—like
+the old man of the sea astride of Sinbad—I followed after the chief.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The nature of the route we now pursued struck me more forcibly than
+anything I had yet seen, as illustrating the indolent disposition of the
+islanders. The path was obviously the most beaten one in the valley,
+several others leading from either side into it, and perhaps for
+successive generations it had formed the principal avenue of the place.
+And yet, until I grew more familiar with its impediments, it seemed as
+difficult to travel as the recesses of a wilderness. Part of it swept
+around an abrupt rise of ground, the surface of which was broken by
+frequent inequalities, and thickly strewn with projecting masses of rocks,
+whose summits were often hidden from view by the drooping foliage of the
+luxurious vegetation. Sometimes directly over, sometimes evading these
+obstacles with a wide circuit, the path wound along—one moment climbing
+over a sudden eminence, smooth with continued wear, then descending on the
+other side into a steep glen, and crossing the flinty channel of a brook.
+Here it pursued the depths of a glade, occasionally obliging you to stoop
+beneath vast horizontal branches; and now you stepped over huge trunks and
+boughs that lay rotting across the track.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Such was the grand thoroughfare of Typee. After proceeding a little
+distance along it—Kory-Kory panting and blowing with the weight of his
+burden—I dismounted from his back, and grasping the long spear of Mehevi
+in my hand, assisted my steps over the numerous obstacles of the road;
+preferring this mode of advance to one which, from the difficulties of the
+way, was equally painful to myself and my wearied servitor.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Our journey was soon at an end; for, scaling a sudden height, we came
+abruptly upon the place of our destination. I wish that it were possible
+to sketch in words this spot as vividly as I recollect it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Here were situated the Taboo groves of the valley—the scene of many a
+prolonged feast, of many a horrid rite. Beneath the dark shadows of the
+consecrated bread-fruit trees there reigned a solemn twilight—a
+cathedral-like gloom. The frightful genius of pagan worship seemed to
+brood in silence over the place, breathing its spell upon every object
+around. Here and there, in the depths of these awful shades, half screened
+from sight by masses of overhanging foliage, rose the idolatrous altars of
+the savages, built of enormous blocks of black and polished stone, placed
+one upon another, without cement, to the height of twelve or fifteen feet,
+and surmounted by a rustic open temple, enclosed with a low picket of
+canes, within which might be seen, in various stages of decay, offerings
+of bread-fruit and cocoa-nuts, and the putrefying relics of some recent
+sacrifice.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the midst of the wood was the hallowed “hoolah hoolah” ground—set apart
+for the celebration of the fantastical religious ritual of these
+people—comprising an extensive oblong pi-pi, terminating at either end in
+a lofty terraced altar, guarded by ranks of hideous wooden idols, and with
+the two remaining sides flanked by ranges of bamboo sheds, opening towards
+the interior of the quadrangle thus formed. Vast trees, standing in the
+middle of this space, and throwing over it an umbrageous shade, had their
+massive trunks built round with slight stages, elevated a few feet above
+the ground, and railed in with canes, forming so many rustic pulpits, from
+which the priests harangued their devotees.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This holiest of spots was defended from profanation by the strictest
+edicts of the all-pervading “taboo,” which condemned to instant death the
+sacrilegious female who should enter or touch its sacred precincts, or
+even so much as press with her feet the ground made holy by the shadows
+that it cast.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Access was had to the enclosure through an embowered entrance on one side,
+facing a number of towering cocoa-nut trees, planted at intervals along a
+level area of a hundred yards. At the farther extremity of this space was
+to be seen a building of considerable size, reserved for the habitation of
+the priests and religious attendants of the grove.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In its vicinity was another remarkable edifice, built as usual upon the
+summit of a pi-pi, and at least two hundred feet in length, though not
+more than twenty in breadth. The whole front of this latter structure was
+completely open, and from one end to the other ran a narrow verandah,
+fenced in on the edge of the pi-pi with a picket of canes. Its interior
+presented the appearance of an immense lounging-place, the entire floor
+being strewn with successive layers of mats, lying between parallel trunks
+of cocoa-nut trees, selected for the purpose from the straightest and most
+symmetrical the vale afforded.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To this building, denominated in the language of the natives, the “Ti,”
+Mehevi now conducted us. Thus far we had been accompanied by a troop of
+the natives of both sexes; but as soon as we approached its vicinity, the
+females gradually separated themselves from the crowd, and standing aloof,
+permitted us to pass on. The merciless prohibitions of the taboo extended
+likewise to this edifice, and were enforced by the same dreadful penalty
+that secured the hoolah hoolah ground from the imaginary pollution of a
+woman’s presence.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On entering the house, I was surprised to see six muskets ranged against
+the bamboo on one side, from the barrels of which depended as many small
+canvas pouches, partly filled with powder. Disposed about these muskets,
+like the cutlasses that decorate the bulkhead of a man-of-war’s cabin,
+were a great variety of rude spears and paddles, javelins, and war-clubs.
+This then, said I to Toby, must be the armoury of the tribe.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As we advanced farther along the building, we were struck with the aspect
+of four or five hideous old wretches, on whose decrepid forms time and
+tattooing seemed to have obliterated every trace of humanity. Owing to the
+continued operation of this latter process, which only terminates among
+the warriors of the island after all the figures stretched upon their
+limbs in youth have been blended together—an effect, however, produced
+only in cases of extreme longevity—the bodies of these men were of a
+uniform dull green colour—the hue which the tattooing gradually assumes as
+the individual advances in age. Their skin had a frightful scaly
+appearance, which, united with its singular colour, made their limbs not a
+little resemble dusty specimens of verde-antique. Their flesh, in parts,
+hung upon them in huge folds, like the overlapping plaits on the flank of
+a rhinoceros. Their heads were completely bald, whilst their faces were
+puckered into a thousand wrinkles, and they presented no vestige of a
+beard. But the most remarkable peculiarity about them was the appearance
+of their feet; the toes, like the radiating lines of the mariner’s
+compass, pointed to every quarter of the horizon. This was doubtless
+attributable to the fact, that during nearly a hundred years of existence
+the said toes never had been subjected to any artificial confinement, and
+in their old age, being averse to close neighbourhood, bid one another
+keep open order.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These repulsive-looking creatures appeared to have lost the use of their
+lower limbs altogether; sitting upon the floor cross-legged, in a state of
+torpor. They never heeded us in the least, scarcely looking conscious of
+our presence, while Mehevi seated us upon the mats, and Kory-Kory gave
+utterance to some unintelligible gibberish.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In a few moments, a boy entered with a wooden trencher of poee-poee; and
+in regaling myself with its contents, I was obliged again to submit to the
+officious intervention of my indefatigable servitor. Various other dishes
+followed, the chief manifesting the most hospitable importunity in
+pressing us to partake, and to remove all bashfulness on our part, set us
+no despicable example in his own person.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The repast concluded, a pipe was lighted, which passed from mouth to
+mouth, and yielding to its soporific influence, the quiet of the place,
+and the deepening shadows of approaching night, my companion and I sank
+into a kind of drowsy repose, while the chief and Kory-Kory seemed to be
+slumbering beside us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I awoke from an uneasy nap, about midnight, as I supposed; and, raising
+myself partly from the mat, became sensible that we were enveloped in
+utter darkness. Toby lay still asleep, but our late companions had
+disappeared. The only sound that interrupted the silence of the place was
+the asthmatic breathing of the old men I have mentioned, who reposed at a
+little distance from us. Besides them, as well as I could judge, there was
+no one else in the house.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Apprehensive of some evil, I roused my comrade, and we were engaged in a
+whispered conference concerning the unexpected withdrawal of the natives,
+when all at once, from the depths of the grove, in full view of us where
+we lay, shoots of flame were seen to rise, and in a few moments
+illuminated the surrounding trees, casting, by contrast, into still deeper
+gloom the darkness around us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+While we continued gazing at this sight, dark figures appeared moving to
+and fro before the flames; while others, dancing and capering about,
+looked like so many demons.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Regarding this new phenomenon with no small degree of trepidation, I said
+to my companion, “What can all this mean, Toby?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Oh, nothing,” replied he; “getting the fire ready, I suppose.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Fire!” exclaimed I, while my heart took to beating like a trip-hammer,
+“what fire?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Why, the fire to cook us, to be sure; what else would the cannibals be
+kicking up such a row about, if it were not for that?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Oh, Toby! have done with your jokes; this is no time for them: something
+is about to happen, I feel confident.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Jokes, indeed!” exclaimed Toby, indignantly. “Did you ever hear me joke?
+Why, for what do you suppose the devils have been feeding us up in this
+kind of style for during the last three days, unless it were for something
+that you are too much frightened at to talk about? Look at that Kory-Kory
+there!—has he not been stuffing you with his confounded mushes, just in
+the way they treat swine before they kill them? Depend upon it, we will be
+eaten this blessed night, and there is the fire we shall be roasted by.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This view of the matter was not at all calculated to allay my
+apprehensions, and I shuddered when I reflected that we were indeed at the
+mercy of a tribe of cannibals, and that the dreadful contingency to which
+Toby had alluded was by no means removed beyond the bounds of possibility.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“There! I told you so! they are coming for us!” exclaimed my companion the
+next moment, as the forms of four of the islanders were seen in bold
+relief against the illuminated background, mounting the pi-pi, and
+approaching us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They came on noiselessly, nay, stealthily, and glided along through the
+gloom that surrounded us, as if about to spring upon some object they were
+fearful of disturbing before they should make sure of it. Gracious Heaven!
+the horrible reflections which crowded upon me that moment! A cold sweat
+stood upon my brow, and spell-bound with terror, I awaited my fate.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Suddenly the silence was broken by the well-remembered tones of Mehevi,
+and at the kindly accents of his voice, my fears were immediately
+dissipated. “Tommo, Toby, ki ki!” (eat). He had waited to address us,
+until he had assured himself that we were both awake, at which he seemed
+somewhat surprised.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Ki ki! is it?” said Toby, in his gruff tones; “well, cook us first, will
+you—but what’s this?” he added, as another savage appeared, bearing before
+him a large trencher of wood, containing some kind of steaming meat, as
+appeared from the odours it diffused, and which he deposited at the feet
+of Mehevi. “A baked baby, I dare say! but I will have none of it, never
+mind what it is. A pretty fool I should make of myself, indeed, waked up
+here in the middle of the night, stuffing and guzzling, and all to make a
+fat meal for a parcel of bloody-minded cannibals one of these mornings!
+No; I see what they are at very plainly, so I am resolved to starve myself
+into a bunch of bones and gristle, and then, if they serve me up, they are
+welcome! But, I say, Tommo, you are not going to eat any of that mess
+there, in the dark, are you? Why, how can you tell what it is?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“By tasting it, to be sure,” said I, masticating a morsel that Kory-Kory
+had just put in my mouth; “and excellently good it is, too, very much like
+veal.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“A baked baby, by the soul of Captain Cook!” burst forth Toby, with
+amazing vehemence. “Veal? why, there never was a calf on the island till
+you landed. I tell you, you are bolting down mouthfuls from a dead
+Happar’s carcass, as sure as you live, and no mistake!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Emetics and lukewarm water! What a sensation in the abdominal regions!
+Sure enough, where could the fiends incarnate have obtained meat? But I
+resolved to satisfy myself at all hazards; and turning to Mehevi, I soon
+made the ready chief understand that I wished a light to be brought. When
+the taper came, I gazed eagerly into the vessel, and recognized the
+mutilated remains of a juvenile porker! “Puarkee!” exclaimed Kory-Kory,
+looking complacently at the dish; and from that day to this I have never
+forgotten that such is the designation of a pig in the Typee lingo.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The next morning, after being again abundantly feasted by the hospitable
+Mehevi, Toby and myself arose to depart. But the chief requested us to
+postpone our intention. “Abo, abo” (Wait, wait), he said, and accordingly
+we resumed our seats, while, assisted by the zealous Kory-Kory, he
+appeared to be engaged in giving directions to a number of the natives
+outside, who were busily employed in making arrangements, the nature of
+which we could not comprehend. But we were not left long in our ignorance,
+for a few moments only had elapsed, when the chief beckoned us to
+approach, and we perceived that he had been marshalling a kind of guard of
+honour to escort us on our return to the house of Marheyo.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The procession was led off by two venerable-looking savages, each provided
+with a spear, from the end of which streamed a pennon of milk-white tappa.
+After them went several youths, bearing aloft calabashes of poee-poee; and
+followed in their turn by four stalwart fellows, sustaining long bamboos,
+from the tops of which hung suspended, at least twenty feet from the
+ground, large baskets of green bread-fruit. Then came a troop of boys,
+carrying bunches of ripe bananas, and baskets made of woven leaflets of
+cocoa-nut boughs, filled with the young fruit of the tree, the naked
+shells, stripped of their husks, peeping forth from the verdant
+wicker-work that surrounded them. Last of all came a burly islander,
+holding over his head a wooden trencher, in which lay disposed the
+remnants of our midnight feast, hidden from view, however, by a covering
+of bread-fruit leaves.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Astonished as I was at this exhibition, I could not avoid smiling at its
+grotesque appearance, and the associations it naturally called up. Mehevi,
+it seemed, was bent on replenishing old Marheyo’s larder, fearful,
+perhaps, that without this precaution his guests might not fare as well as
+they could desire.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As soon as I descended from the pi-pi, the procession formed anew,
+enclosing us in its centre; where I remained, part of the time carried by
+Kory-Kory, and occasionally relieving him from his burden by limping along
+with a spear. When we moved off in this order, the natives struck up a
+musical recitative, which, with various alternations, they continued until
+we arrived at the place of our destination.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As we proceeded on our way, bands of young girls, darting from the
+surrounding groves, hung upon our skirts, and accompanied us with shouts
+of merriment and delight, which almost drowned the deep notes of the
+recitative. On approaching old Marheyo’s domicile, its inmates rushed out
+to receive us; and while the gifts of Mehevi were being disposed of, the
+superannuated warrior did the honours of his mansion with all the warmth
+of hospitality evinced by an English squire, when he regales his friends
+at some fine old patrimonial mansion.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap12"></a>CHAPTER XII</h2>
+
+<p class="letter">
+Attempt to procure relief from Nukuheva—Perilous adventure of Toby in the
+Happar Mountains—Eloquence of Kory-Kory.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Amidst these novel scenes a week passed away almost imperceptibly. The
+natives, actuated by some mysterious impulse, day after day redoubled
+their attention to us. Their manner towards us was unaccountable. Surely,
+thought I, they would not act thus if they meant us any harm. But why this
+excess of deferential kindness, or what equivalent can they imagine us
+capable of rendering them for it?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We were fairly puzzled. But, despite the apprehensions I could not dispel,
+the horrible character imputed to these Typees appeared to be wholly
+undeserved.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Why, they are cannibals!” said Toby, on one occasion when I eulogized the
+tribe.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Granted,” I replied, “but a more humane, gentlemanly, and amiable set of
+epicures do not probably exist in the Pacific.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But, notwithstanding the kind treatment we received, I was too familiar
+with the fickle disposition of savages not to feel anxious to withdraw
+from the valley, and put myself beyond the reach of that fearful death
+which, under all these smiling appearances, might yet menace us. But here
+there was an obstacle in the way of doing so. It was idle for me to think
+of moving from the place until I should have recovered from the severe
+lameness that afflicted me; indeed my malady began seriously to alarm me;
+for, despite the herbal remedies of the natives, it continued to grow
+worse and worse. Their mild applications, though they soothed the pain,
+did not remove the disorder, and I felt convinced that, without better
+aid, I might anticipate long and acute suffering.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But how was this aid to be procured? From the surgeons of the French
+fleet, which probably still lay in the bay of Nukuheva, it might easily
+have been obtained, could I have made my case known to them. But how could
+that be effected?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At last, in the exigency to which I was reduced, I proposed to Toby that
+he should endeavour to go round to Nukuheva, and if he could not succeed
+in returning to the valley by water in one of the boats of the squadron,
+and taking me off, he might at least procure me some proper medicines, and
+effect his return overland.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My companion listened to me in silence, and at first did not appear to
+relish the idea. The truth was, he felt impatient to escape from the
+place, and wished to avail himself of our present high favour with the
+natives to make good our retreat, before we should experience some sudden
+alterations in their behaviour. As he could not think of leaving me in my
+helpless condition, he implored me to be of good cheer; assured me that I
+should soon be better, and enabled in a few days to return with him to
+Nukuheva.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Added to this, he could not bear the idea of again returning to this
+dangerous place; and as for the expectation of persuading the Frenchmen to
+detach a boat’s crew for the purpose of rescuing me from the Typees, he
+looked upon it as idle; and, with arguments that I could not answer, urged
+the improbability of their provoking the hostilities of the clan by any
+such measure; especially as, for the purpose of quieting its
+apprehensions, they had as yet refrained from making any visit to the bay.
+“And even should they consent,” said Toby, “they would only produce a
+commotion in the valley, in which we might both be sacrificed by these
+ferocious islanders.” This was unanswerable; but still I clung to the
+belief that he might succeed in accomplishing the other part of my plan;
+and at last I overcame his scruples, and he agreed to make the attempt.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As soon as we succeeded in making the natives understand our intention,
+they broke out into the most vehement opposition to the measure, and, for
+a while, I almost despaired of obtaining their consent. At the bare
+thought of one of us leaving them, they manifested the most lively
+concern. The grief and consternation of Kory-Kory, in particular, was
+unbounded; he threw himself into a perfect paroxysm of gestures, which
+were intended to convey to us, not only his abhorrence of Nukuheva and its
+uncivilized inhabitants, but also his astonishment that, after becoming
+acquainted with the enlightened Typees, we should evince the least desire
+to withdraw, even for a time, from their agreeable society.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+However, I overbore his objections by appealing to my lameness; from which
+I assured the natives I should speedily recover, if Toby were permitted to
+obtain the supplies I needed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was agreed that on the following morning my companion should depart,
+accompanied by some one or two of the household, who should point out to
+him an easy route, by which the bay might be reached before sunset.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At early dawn of the next day, our habitation was astir. One of the young
+men mounted into an adjoining cocoa-nut tree, and threw down a number of
+the young fruit, which old Marheyo quickly stripped of the green husks,
+and strung together upon a short pole. These were intended to refresh Toby
+on his route.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The preparations being completed, with no little emotion I bade my
+companion adieu. He promised to return in three days at farthest; and,
+bidding me keep up my spirits in the interval, turned around the corner of
+the pi-pi, and, under the guidance of the venerable Marheyo, was soon out
+of sight. His departure oppressed me with melancholy, and, re-entering the
+dwelling, I threw myself almost in despair upon the matting of the floor.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In two hours’ time the old warrior returned, and gave me to understand,
+that after accompanying my companion a little distance, and showing him
+the route, he had left him journeying on his way.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was about noon of this same day, a season which these people are wont
+to pass in sleep, that I lay in the house, surrounded by its slumbering
+inmates, and painfully affected by the strange silence which prevailed.
+All at once I thought I heard a faint shout, as if proceeding from some
+persons in the depth of the grove which extended in front of our
+habitation.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The sounds grew louder and nearer, and gradually the whole valley rang
+with wild outcries. The sleepers around me started to their feet in alarm,
+and hurried outside to discover the cause of the commotion. Kory-Kory, who
+had been the first to spring up, soon returned almost breathless, and
+nearly frantic with the excitement under which he seemed to be labouring.
+All that I could understand from him was, that some accident had happened
+to Toby. Apprehensive of some dreadful calamity, I rushed out of the
+house, and caught sight of a tumultuous crowd, who, with shrieks and
+lamentations, were just emerging from the grove, bearing in their arms
+some object, the sight of which produced all this transport of sorrow. As
+they drew near, the men redoubled their cries, while the girls, tossing
+their bare arms in the air, exclaimed plaintively, “Awha! awha! Toby
+muckee moee!”—Alas! alas! Toby is killed!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In a moment the crowd opened, and disclosed the apparently lifeless body
+of my companion borne between two men, the head hanging heavily against
+the breast of the foremost. The whole face, neck, and bosom were covered
+with blood, which still trickled slowly from a wound behind the temple. In
+the midst of the greatest uproar and confusion, the body was carried into
+the house and laid on a mat. Waving the natives off to give room and air,
+I bent eagerly over Toby, and, laying my hand upon the breast, ascertained
+that the heart still beat. Overjoyed at this, I seized a calabash of
+water, and dashed its contents upon his face, then, wiping away the blood,
+anxiously examined the wound. It was about three inches long, and, on
+removing the clotted hair from about it, showed the skull laid completely
+bare. Immediately with my knife I cut away the heavy locks, and bathed the
+part repeatedly in water.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In a few moments Toby revived, and opening his eyes for a second, closed
+them again, without speaking. Kory-Kory, who had been kneeling beside me,
+now chafed his limbs gently with the palms of his hands, while a young
+girl at his head kept fanning him, and I still continued to moisten his
+lips and brow. Soon my poor comrade showed signs of animation, and I
+succeeded in making him swallow from a cocoa-nut shell a few mouthfuls of
+water.
+</p>
+
+<div class="fig" style="width:100%;">
+<a name="illus4"></a>
+<a href="images/illus4.jpg">
+<img src="images/illus4.jpg" width="478" height="600" alt="Illustration:" /></a>
+<p class="caption">THE BODY WAS CARRIED INTO THE HOUSE AND LAID ON A MAT</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Old Tinor now appeared, holding in her hand some simples she had gathered,
+the juice of which she by signs besought me to squeeze into the wound.
+Having done so, I thought it best to leave Toby undisturbed until he
+should have had time to rally his faculties. Several times he opened his
+lips, but, fearful for his safety, I enjoined silence. In the course of
+two or three hours however, he sat up, and was sufficiently recovered to
+tell me what had occurred.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“After leaving the house with Marheyo,” said Toby, “we struck across the
+valley, and ascended the opposite heights. Just beyond them, my guide
+informed me, lay the valley of Happar, while along their summits, and
+skirting the head of the vale, was my route to Nukuheva. After mounting a
+little way up the elevation my guide paused, and gave me to understand
+that he could not accompany me any farther, and by various signs intimated
+that he was afraid to approach any nearer the territories of the enemies
+of his tribe. He, however, pointed out my path, which now lay clearly
+before me, and, bidding me farewell, hastily descended the mountain.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Quite elated at being so near the Happars, I pushed up the acclivity, and
+soon gained its summit. It tapered up to a sharp ridge, from whence I
+beheld both the hostile valleys. Here I sat down and rested for a moment,
+refreshing myself with my cocoa-nuts. I was soon again pursuing my way
+along the height, when suddenly I saw three of the islanders, who must
+have just come out of Happar valley, standing in the path ahead of me.
+They were each armed with a heavy spear, and one, from his appearance, I
+took to be a chief. They sung out something, I could not understand what,
+and beckoned me to come on.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Without the least hesitation I advanced towards them, and had approached
+within about a yard of the foremost, when, pointing angrily into the Typee
+valley, and uttering some savage exclamation, he wheeled round his weapon
+like lightning, and struck me in a moment to the ground. The blow
+inflicted this wound, and took away my senses. As soon as I came to
+myself, I perceived the three islanders standing a little distance off,
+and apparently engaged in some violent altercation respecting me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“My first impulse was to run for it; but, in endeavouring to rise, I fell
+back, and rolled down a little grassy precipice. The shock seemed to rally
+my faculties; so, starting to my feet, I fled down the path I had just
+ascended. I had no need to look behind me, for, from the yells I heard, I
+knew that my enemies were in full pursuit. Urged on by their fearful
+outcries, and heedless of the injury I had received—though the blood
+flowing from the wound trickled over into my eyes and almost blinded me—I
+rushed down the mountain side with the speed of the wind. In a short time
+I had descended nearly a third of the distance, and the savages had ceased
+their cries, when suddenly a terrific howl burst upon my ear, and at the
+same moment a heavy javelin darted past me as I fled, and stuck quivering
+in a tree close to me. Another yell followed, and a second spear and a
+third shot through the air within a few feet of my body, both of them
+piercing the ground obliquely in advance of me. The fellows gave a roar of
+rage and disappointment; but they were afraid, I suppose, of coming down
+farther into the Typee valley, and so abandoned the chase. I saw them
+recover their weapons and turn back; and I continued my descent as fast as
+I could.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“What could have caused this ferocious attack on the part of these Happars
+I could not imagine, unless it were that they had seen me ascending the
+mountain with Marheyo, and that the mere fact of coming from the Typee
+valley was sufficient to provoke them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“As long as I was in danger I scarcely felt the wound I had received; but
+when the chase was over I began to suffer from it. I had lost my hat in
+the flight, and the sun scorched my bare head. I felt faint and giddy;
+but, fearful of falling to the ground beyond the reach of assistance, I
+staggered on as well as I could, and at last gained the level of the
+valley, and then down I sunk; and I knew nothing more until I found myself
+lying upon these mats, and you stooping over me with the calabash of
+water.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Such was Toby’s account of this sad affair. I afterwards learned that
+fortunately he had fallen close to a spot where the natives go for fuel. A
+party of them caught sight of him as he fell, and, sounding the alarm, had
+lifted him up; and after ineffectually endeavouring to restore him at the
+brook, had hurried forward with him to the house.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This incident threw a dark cloud over our prospects. It reminded us that
+we were hemmed in by hostile tribes, whose territories we could not hope
+to pass, on our route to Nukuheva, without encountering the effects of
+their savage resentment. There appeared to be no avenue opened to our
+escape but the sea, which washed the lower extremity of the vale.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Our Typee friends availed themselves of the recent disaster of Toby to
+exhort us to a due appreciation of the blessings we enjoyed among them;
+contrasting their own generous reception of us with the animosity of their
+neighbours. They likewise dwelt upon the cannibal propensities of the
+Happars, a subject which they were perfectly aware could not fail to alarm
+us; while at the same time they earnestly disclaimed all participation in
+so horrid a custom. Nor did they omit to call upon us to admire the
+natural loveliness of their own abode, and the lavish abundance with which
+it produced all manner of luxuriant fruits; exalting it in this particular
+above any of the surrounding valleys.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Kory-Kory seemed to experience so heartfelt a desire to infuse into our
+minds proper views on these subjects, that, assisted in his endeavours by
+the little knowledge of the language we had acquired, he actually made us
+comprehend a considerable part of what he said. To facilitate our correct
+apprehension of his meaning, he at first condensed his ideas into the
+smallest possible compass.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Happar keekeeno nuee,” he exclaimed; “nuee, nuee, ki ki kannaka!—ah! owle
+motarkee!” which signifies, “Terrible fellows those Happars!—devour an
+amazing quantity of men!—ah, shocking bad!” Thus far he explained himself
+by a variety of gestures, during the performance of which he would dart
+out of the house, and point abhorrently towards the Happar valley; running
+in to us again with the rapidity that showed he was fearful we would lose
+one part of his meaning before he could complete the other; and continuing
+his illustrations by seizing the fleshy part of my arm in his teeth,
+intimating, by the operation, that the people who lived over in that
+direction would like nothing better than to treat me in that manner.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Having assured himself that we were fully enlightened on this point, he
+proceeded to another branch of the subject. “Ah! Typee me! arkee!—nuee,
+nuee mioree—nuee, nuee wai nuee, nuee poee poee—nuee, nuee kokoo—ah! nuee,
+nuee kiki—ah! nuee, nuee, nuee!” Which, liberally interpreted as before,
+would imply, “Ah, Typee! isn’t it a fine place though!—no danger of
+starving here, I tell you!—plenty of bread-fruit—plenty of water—plenty of
+pudding—ah! plenty of everything, ah! heaps, heaps, heaps!” All this was
+accompanied by a running commentary of signs and gestures which it was
+impossible not to comprehend.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As he continued his harangue, however, Kory-Kory, in emulation of our more
+polished orators, began to launch out rather diffusely into other branches
+of his subject, enlarging probably upon the moral reflections it
+suggested; and proceeded in such a strain of unintelligible and stunning
+gibberish, that he actually gave me the headache for the rest of the day.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap13"></a>CHAPTER XIII</h2>
+
+<p class="letter">
+A great event happens in the valley—The island telegraph—Something befalls
+Toby—Fayaway displays a tender heart—Melancholy reflections—Mysterious conduct
+of the islanders—Devotion of Kory-Kory—A rural couch—A luxury—Kory-Kory strikes
+a light <i>à la</i> Typee.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the course of a few days Toby had recovered from the effects of his
+adventure with the Happar warriors; the wound on his head rapidly healing
+under the vegetable treatment of the good Tinor. Less fortunate than my
+companion, however, I still continued to languish under a complaint, the
+origin and nature of which was still a mystery. Cut off as I was from all
+intercourse with the civilized world, and feeling the inefficacy of
+anything the natives could do to relieve me; knowing, too, that so long as
+I remained in my present condition it would be impossible for me to leave
+the valley, whatever opportunity might present itself; and apprehensive
+that ere long we might be exposed to some caprice on the part of the
+islanders, I now gave up all hopes of recovery, and became a prey to the
+most gloomy thoughts. A deep dejection fell upon me, which neither the
+friendly remonstrances of my companion, the devoted attentions of
+Kory-Kory, nor all the soothing influences of Fayaway, could remove.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One morning, as I lay on the mats in the house plunged in melancholy
+reverie, and regardless of everything around me, Toby, who had left me
+about an hour, returned in haste, and with great glee told me to cheer up
+and be of good heart, for he believed, from what was going on among the
+natives, that there were boats approaching the bay.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These tidings operated upon me like magic. The hour of our deliverance was
+at hand, and, starting up, I was soon convinced that something unusual was
+about to occur. The word “botee! botee!” was vociferated in all
+directions; and shouts were heard in the distance, at first feebly and
+faintly, but growing louder and nearer at each successive repetition,
+until they were caught up by a fellow in a cocoa-nut tree a few yards off,
+who, sounding them in turn, they were reiterated from a neighbouring
+grove, and so died away gradually from point to point, as the intelligence
+penetrated into the farthest recesses of the valley. This was the vocal
+telegraph of the islanders; by means of which, condensed items of
+information could be carried in a very few minutes from the sea to their
+remotest habitation, a distance of at least eight or nine miles. On the
+present occasion it was in active operation, one piece of information
+following another with inconceivable rapidity.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The greatest commotion now appeared to prevail. At every fresh item of
+intelligence the natives betrayed the liveliest interest, and redoubled
+the energy with which they employed themselves in collecting fruit to sell
+to the expected visitors. Some were tearing off the husks from cocoa-nuts;
+some, perched in the trees, were throwing down bread-fruit to their
+companions, who gathered them in heaps as they fell; while others were
+plying their fingers rapidly in weaving leafen baskets in which to carry
+the fruit.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There were other matters, too, going on at the same time. Here you would
+see a stout warrior polishing his spear with a bit of old tappa, or
+adjusting the folds of the girdle about his waist; and there you might
+descry a young damsel decorating herself with flowers, as if having in her
+eye some maidenly conquest; while, as in all cases of hurry and confusion
+in every part of the world, a number of individuals kept hurrying to and
+fro with amazing vigour and perseverance, doing nothing themselves, and
+hindering others.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Never before had we seen the islanders in such a state of bustle and
+excitement; and the scene furnished abundant evidence of the fact—that it
+was only at long intervals any such events occur.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When I thought of the length of time that might intervene before a similar
+chance of escape would be presented, I bitterly lamented that I had not
+the power of availing myself effectually of the present opportunity.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From all that we could gather, it appeared that the natives were fearful
+of arriving too late upon the beach, unless they made extraordinary
+exertions. Sick and lame as I was, I would have started with Toby at once,
+had not Kory-Kory not only refused to carry me, but manifested the most
+invincible repugnance to our leaving the neighbourhood of the house. The
+rest of the savages were equally opposed to our wishes, and seemed grieved
+and astonished at the earnestness of my solicitations. I clearly perceived
+that, while my attendant avoided all appearance of constraining my
+movements, he was nevertheless determined to thwart my wishes. He seemed
+to me on this particular occasion, as well as often afterwards, to be
+executing the orders of some other person with regard to me, though at the
+same time feeling towards me the most lively affection.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Toby, who had made up his mind to accompany the islanders if possible as
+soon as they were in readiness to depart, and who for that reason had
+refrained from showing the same anxiety that I had done, now represented
+to me that it was idle for me to entertain the hope of reaching the beach
+in time to profit by any opportunity that might then be presented.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Do you not see,” said he, “the savages themselves are fearful of being
+too late, and I should hurry forward myself at once, did I not think that,
+if I showed too much eagerness, I should destroy all our hopes of reaping
+any benefit from this fortunate event. If you will only endeavour to
+appear tranquil or unconcerned, you will quiet their suspicions, and I
+have no doubt they will then let me go with them to the beach, supposing
+that I merely go out of curiosity. Should I succeed in getting down to the
+boats, I will make known the condition in which I have left you, and
+measures may then be taken to secure our escape.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the expediency of this I could not but acquiesce; and as the natives
+had now completed their preparations, I watched with the liveliest
+interest the reception that Toby’s application might meet with. As soon as
+they understood from my companion that I intended to remain, they appeared
+to make no objection to this proposition, and even hailed it with
+pleasure. Their singular conduct on this occasion not a little puzzled me
+at the time, and imparted to subsequent events an additional mystery.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The islanders were now to be seen hurrying along the path which led to the
+sea. I shook Toby warmly by the hand, and gave him my Payta hat to shield
+his wounded head from the sun, as he had lost his own. He cordially
+returned the pressure of my hand, and, solemnly promising to return as
+soon as the boats should leave the shore, sprang from my side, and the
+next minute disappeared in a turn of the grove.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In spite of the unpleasant reflections that crowded upon my mind, I could
+not but be entertained by the novel and animated sight which now met my
+view. One after another, the natives crowded along the narrow path, laden
+with every variety of fruit. Here, you might have seen one, who, after
+ineffectually endeavouring to persuade a surly porker to be conducted in
+leading-strings, was obliged at last to seize the perverse animal in his
+arms, and carry him struggling again his naked breast, and squealing
+without intermission. There went two, who at a little distance might have
+been taken for the Hebrew spies, on their return to Moses with the goodly
+bunch of grapes. One trotted before the other at a distance of a couple of
+yards, while between them, from a pole resting on their shoulders, was
+suspended a huge cluster of bananas, which swayed to and fro with the
+rocking gait at which they proceeded. Here ran another, perspiring with
+his exertions, and bearing before him a quantity of cocoa-nuts, who,
+fearful of being too late, heeded not the fruit that dropped from his
+basket, and appeared solely intent upon reaching his destination, careless
+how many of his cocoa-nuts kept company with him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In a short time the last straggler was seen hurrying on his way, and the
+faint shouts of those in advance died insensibly upon the ear. Our part of
+the valley now appeared nearly deserted by its inhabitants, Kory-Kory, his
+aged father, and a few decrepid old people being all that were left.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Towards sunset, the islanders in small parties began to return from the
+beach, and among them, as they drew near to the house, I sought to descry
+the form of my companion. But one after another they passed the dwelling,
+and I caught no glimpse of him. Supposing, however, that he would soon
+appear with some of the members of the household, I quieted my
+apprehensions, and waited patiently to see him advancing, in company with
+the beautiful Fayaway. At last I perceived Tinor coming forward, followed
+by the girls and young men who usually resided in the house of Marheyo;
+but with them came not my comrade, and, filled with a thousand alarms, I
+eagerly sought to discover the cause of his delay.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My earnest questions appeared to embarrass the natives greatly. All their
+accounts were contradictory: one giving me to understand that Toby would
+be with me in a very short time; another, that he did not know where he
+was; while a third, violently inveighing against him, assured me that he
+had stolen away, and would never come back. It appeared to me, at the
+time, that in making these various statements they endeavoured to conceal
+from me some terrible disaster, lest the knowledge of it should overpower
+me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Fearful lest some fatal calamity had overtaken him, I sought out young
+Fayaway, and endeavoured to learn from her, if possible, the truth.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This gentle being had early attracted my regard, not only from her
+extraordinary beauty, but from the attractive cast of her countenance,
+singularly expressive of intelligence and humanity. Of all the natives,
+she alone seemed to appreciate the effect which the peculiarity of the
+circumstances in which we were placed had produced upon the minds of my
+companion and myself. In addressing me—especially when I lay reclining
+upon the mats suffering from pain—there was a tenderness in her manner
+which it was impossible to misunderstand or resist. Whenever she entered
+the house, the expression of her face indicated the liveliest sympathy for
+me; and moving towards the place where I lay, with one arm slightly
+elevated in a gesture of pity, and her large glistening eyes gazing
+intently into mine, she would murmur plaintively, “Awha! awha! Tommo,” and
+seat herself mournfully beside me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Her manner convinced me that she deeply compassionated my situation, as
+being removed from my country and friends, and placed beyond the reach of
+all relief. Indeed, at times I was almost led to believe that her mind was
+swayed by gentle impulses hardly to be anticipated from one in her
+condition; that she appeared to be conscious there were ties rudely
+severed, which had once bound us to our homes; that there were sisters and
+brothers anxiously looking forward to our return, who were perhaps never
+more to behold us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In this amiable light did Fayaway appear in my eyes; and, reposing full
+confidence in her candour and intelligence, I now had recourse to her, in
+the midst of my alarm with regard to my companion.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My questions evidently distressed her. She looked round from one to
+another of the bystanders, as if hardly knowing what answer to give me. At
+last, yielding to my importunities, she overcame her scruples, and gave me
+to understand that Toby had gone away with the boats which had visited the
+bay, but had promised to return at the expiration of three days. At first
+I accused him of perfidiously deserting me; but as I grew more composed, I
+upbraided myself for imputing so cowardly an action to him, and
+tranquillized myself with the belief that he had availed himself of the
+opportunity to go round to Nukuheva, in order to make some arrangement by
+which I could be removed from the valley. At any rate, thought I, he will
+return with the medicines I require, and then, as soon as I recover, there
+will be no difficulty in the way of our departure.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Consoling myself with these reflections, I lay down that night in a
+happier frame of mind than I had done for some time. The next day passed
+without any allusion to Toby on the part of the natives, who seemed
+desirous of avoiding all reference to the subject. This raised some
+apprehensions in my breast; but, when night came, I congratulated myself
+that the second day had now gone by, and that on the morrow Toby would
+again be with me. But the morrow came and went, and my companion did not
+appear. Ah! thought I, he reckons three days from the morning of his
+departure—to-morrow he will arrive. But that weary day also closed upon me
+without his return. Even yet I would not despair. I thought that something
+detained him—that he was waiting for the sailing of a boat at Nukuheva,
+and that in a day or two, at farthest, I should see him again. But day
+after day of renewed disappointment passed by; at last hope deserted me,
+and I fell a victim to despair.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Yes, thought I, gloomily, he has secured his own escape, and cares not
+what calamity may befall his unfortunate comrade. Fool that I was, to
+suppose that any one would willingly encounter the perils of this valley,
+after having once got beyond its limits! He has gone, and has left me to
+combat alone all the dangers by which I am surrounded. Thus would I
+sometimes seek to derive a desperate consolation from dwelling upon the
+perfidy of Toby; whilst, at other times, I sunk under the bitter remorse
+which I felt at having, by my own imprudence, brought upon myself the fate
+which I was sure awaited me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At other times I thought that perhaps, after all, these treacherous
+savages had made away with him, and thence the confusion into which they
+were thrown by my questions, and their contradictory answers; or he might
+be a captive in some other part of the valley; or, more dreadful still,
+might have met with that fate at which my very soul shuddered. But all
+these speculations were vain; no tidings of Toby ever reached me—he had
+gone never to return.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The conduct of the islanders appeared inexplicable. All reference to my
+lost comrade was carefully evaded, and if at any time they were forced to
+make some reply to my frequent inquiries on the subject, they would
+uniformly denounce him as an ungrateful runaway, who had deserted his
+friend, and taken himself off to that vile and detestable place Nukuheva.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But whatever might have been his fate, now that he was gone the natives
+multiplied their acts of kindness and attention towards myself, treating
+me with a degree of deference which could hardly have been surpassed had I
+been some celestial visitant. Kory-Kory never for one moment left my side,
+unless it were to execute my wishes. The faithful fellow, twice every day,
+in the cool of the morning and in the evening, insisted upon carrying me
+to the stream, and bathing me in its refreshing water.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Frequently, in the afternoon, he would carry me to a particular part of
+the stream, where the beauty of the scene produced a soothing influence
+upon my mind. At this place the waters flowed between grassy banks,
+planted with enormous bread-fruit trees, whose vast branches, interlacing
+overhead, formed a leafy canopy; near the stream were several smooth black
+rocks. One of these, projecting several feet above the surface of the
+water, had upon its summit a shallow cavity, which, filled with
+freshly-gathered leaves, formed a delightful couch.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Here I often laid for hours, covered with a gauze-like veil of tappa,
+while Fayaway, seated beside me, and holding in her hand a fan woven from
+the leaflets of a young cocoa-nut bough, brushed aside the insects that
+occasionally lighted on my face, and Kory-Kory, with a view of chasing
+away my melancholy, performed a thousand antics in the water before us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As my eye wandered along this romantic stream, it would fall upon the
+half-immersed figure of a beautiful girl, standing in the transparent
+water, and catching in a little net a species of diminutive shell-fish, of
+which these people are extravagantly fond. Sometimes a chattering group
+would be seated upon the edge of a low rock in the midst of the brook,
+busily engaged in thinning and polishing the shells of cocoa-nuts, by
+rubbing them briskly with a small stone in the water, an operation which
+soon converts them into a light and elegant drinking-vessel, somewhat
+resembling goblets made of tortoise-shell.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But the tranquillizing influences of beautiful scenery, and the exhibition
+of human life under so novel and charming an aspect, were not my only
+sources of consolation.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Every evening the girls of the house gathered about me on the mats, and,
+after chasing away Kory-Kory from my side—who, nevertheless, retired only
+to a little distance, and watched their proceedings with the most jealous
+attention—would anoint my body with a fragrant oil, squeezed from a yellow
+root, previously pounded between a couple of stones, and which in their
+language is denominated “aka.” I used to hail with delight the daily
+recurrence of this luxurious operation, in which I forgot all my troubles,
+and buried for the time every feeling of sorrow.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Sometimes, in the cool of the evening, my devoted servitor would lead me
+out upon the pi-pi in front of the house, and, seating me near its edge,
+protect my body from the annoyance of the insects which occasionally
+hovered in the air, by wrapping me round with a large roll of tappa. He
+then bustled about, and employed himself at least twenty minutes in
+adjusting everything to secure my personal comfort.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Having perfected his arrangements, he would get my pipe, and, lighting it,
+would hand it to me. Often he was obliged to strike a light for the
+occasion; and as the mode he adopted was entirely different from what I
+had ever seen or heard of before, I will describe it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A straight, dry, and partly-decayed stick of the Habiscus, about six feet
+in length, and half as many inches in diameter, with a smaller bit of
+wood, not more than a foot long, and scarcely an inch wide, is as
+invariably to be met with in every house in Typee, as a box of lucifer
+matches in the corner of a kitchen-cupboard at home.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The islander, placing the larger stick obliquely against some object, with
+one end elevated at an angle of forty-five degrees, mounts astride of it,
+like an urchin about to gallop off upon a cane, and then, grasping the
+smaller one firmly in both hands, he rubs its pointed end slowly up and
+down the extent of a few inches on the principal stick, until at last he
+makes a narrow groove in the wood, with an abrupt termination at the point
+farthest from him, where all the dusty particles which the friction
+creates are accumulated in a little heap.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At first Kory-Kory goes to work quite leisurely, but gradually quickens
+his pace, and, waxing warm in the employment, drives the stick furiously
+along the smoking channel, plying his hands to and fro with amazing
+rapidity, the perspiration starting from every pore. As he approaches the
+climax of his effort, he pants and gasps for breath, and his eyes almost
+start from their sockets with the violence of his exertions. This is the
+critical stage of the operation; all his previous labours are vain if he
+cannot sustain the rapidity of the movement until the reluctant spark is
+produced. Suddenly he stops, becomes perfectly motionless. His hands still
+retain their hold of the smaller stick, which is pressed convulsively
+against the farther end of the channel, among the fine powder there
+accumulated, as if he had just pierced through and through some little
+viper that was wriggling and struggling to escape from his clutches. The
+next moment a delicate wreath of smoke curls spirally into the air, the
+heap of dusty particles glows with fire, and Kory-Kory, almost breathless,
+dismounts from his steed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This operation appeared to me to be the most laborious species of work
+performed in Typee; and had I possessed a sufficient intimacy with the
+language to have conveyed my ideas upon the subject, I should certainly
+have suggested to the most influential of the natives the expediency of
+establishing in a college of vestals, to be centrally located in the
+valley, for the purpose of keeping alive the indispensable article of
+fire, so as to supersede the necessity of such a vast outlay of strength
+and good temper as were usually squandered on these occasions. There
+might, however, be special difficulties in carrying this plan into
+execution.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What a striking evidence does this operation furnish of the wide
+difference between the extreme of savage and civilized life! A gentleman
+of Typee can bring up a numerous family of children, and give them all a
+highly respectable cannibal education, with infinitely less toil and
+anxiety than he expends in the simple process of striking a light; whilst
+a poor European artisan, who through the instrumentality of a lucifer
+performs the same operation in one second, is put to his wit’s end to
+provide for his starving offspring that food, which the children of a
+Polynesian father, without troubling their parents, pluck from the
+branches of every tree around them.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap14"></a>CHAPTER XIV</h2>
+
+<p class="letter">
+Kindness of Marheyo and the rest of the islanders—A full description of the
+bread-fruit tree—Different modes of preparing the fruit.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+All the inhabitants of the valley treated me with great kindness; but as
+to the household of Marheyo, with whom I was now permanently domiciled,
+nothing could surpass their efforts to minister to my comfort. To the
+gratification of my palate they paid the most unwearied attention. They
+continually invited me to partake of food, and when after eating heartily
+I declined the viands they continued to offer me, they seemed to think
+that my appetite stood in need of some piquant stimulant to excite its
+activity.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In pursuance of this idea, old Marheyo himself would hie him away to the
+sea-shore by the break of day, for the purpose of collecting various
+species of rare seaweed; some of which, among these people, are considered
+a great luxury. After a whole day spent in this employment, he would
+return about nightfall with several cocoa-nut shells filled with different
+descriptions of kelp. In preparing these for use, he manifested all the
+ostentation of a professed cook, although the chief mystery of the affair
+appeared to consist in pouring water in judicious quantities upon the
+slimy contents of his cocoa-nut shells.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The first time he submitted one of these saline salads to my critical
+attention, I naturally thought that anything collected at such pains must
+possess peculiar merits; but one mouthful was a complete dose; and great
+was the consternation of the old warrior at the rapidity with which I
+ejected his epicurean treat.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+How true it is, that the rarity of any particular article enhances its
+value amazingly. In some part of the valley—I know not where, but probably
+in the neighbourhood of the sea—the girls were sometimes in the habit of
+procuring small quantities of salt, a thimble-full or so being the result
+of the united labours of a party of five or six employed for the greater
+part of the day. This precious commodity they brought to the house,
+enveloped in multitudinous folds of leaves; and as a special mark of the
+esteem in which they held me, would spread an immense leaf on the ground,
+and dropping one by one a few minute particles of the salt upon it, invite
+me to taste them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From the extravagant value placed upon the article, I verily believe, that
+with a bushel of common Liverpool salt, all the real estate in Typee might
+have been purchased. With a small pinch of it in one hand, and a quarter
+section of a bread-fruit in the other, the greatest chief in the valley
+would have laughed at all the luxuries of a Parisian table.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The celebrity of the bread-fruit tree, and the conspicuous place it
+occupies in a Typee bill of fare, induces me to give at some length a
+general description of the tree, and the various modes in which the fruit
+is prepared.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The bread-fruit tree, in its glorious prime, is a grand and towering
+object, forming the same feature in a Marquesan landscape that the
+patriarchal elm does in New England scenery. The latter tree it not a
+little resembles in height, in the wide spread of its stalwart branches,
+and in its venerable and imposing aspect.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The leaves of the bread-fruit are of great size, and their edges are cut
+and scolloped as fantastically as those of a lady’s lace collar. As they
+annually tend towards decay, they almost rival, in the brilliant variety
+of their gradually changing hues, the fleeting shades of the expiring
+dolphin. The autumnal tints of our American forests, glorious as they are,
+sink into nothing in comparison with this tree.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The leaf, in one particular stage, when nearly all the prismatic colours
+are blended on its surface, is often converted by the natives into a
+superb and striking head-dress. The principal fibre traversing its length
+being split open a convenient distance, and the elastic sides of the
+aperture pressed apart, the head is inserted between them, the leaf
+drooping on one side, with its forward half turned jauntily up on the
+brows, and the remaining part spreading laterally behind the ears.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The fruit somewhat resembles in magnitude and general appearance one of
+our citron melons of ordinary size; but, unlike the citron, it has no
+sectional lines drawn along the outside. Its surface is dotted all over
+with little conical prominences, looking not unlike the knobs on an
+antiquated church door. The rind is perhaps an eighth of an inch in
+thickness; and denuded of this, at the time when it is in the greatest
+perfection, the fruit presents a beautiful globe of white pulp, the whole
+of which may be eaten, with the exception of a slender core, which is
+easily removed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The bread-fruit, however, is never used, and is indeed altogether unfit to
+be eaten, until submitted in one form or other to the action of fire.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The most simple manner in which this operation is performed, and, I think,
+the best, consists in placing any number of the freshly-plucked fruit,
+when in a particular state of greenness, among the embers of a fire, in
+the same way that you would roast a potato. After a lapse of ten or
+fifteen minutes, the green rind embrowns and cracks, showing through the
+fissures in its sides the milk-white interior. As soon as it cools the
+rind drops off, and you then have the soft round pulp in its purest and
+most delicious state. Thus eaten, it has a mild and pleasing flavour.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Sometimes after having been roasted in the fire, the natives snatch it
+briskly from the embers, and permitting it to slip out of the yielding
+rind into a vessel of cold water, stir up the mixture, which they call
+“bo-a-sho.” I never could endure this compound, and indeed the preparation
+is not greatly in vogue among the more polite Typees.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There is one form, however, in which the fruit is occasionally served,
+that renders it a dish fit for a king. As soon as it is taken from the
+fire the exterior is removed, the core extracted, and the remaining part
+is placed in a sort of shallow stone mortar, and briskly worked with a
+pestle of the same substance. While one person is performing this
+operation, another takes a ripe cocoa-nut, and breaking it in half, which
+they also do very cleverly, proceeds to grate the juicy meat into fine
+particles. This is done by means of a piece of mother-of-pearl shell,
+lashed firmly to the extreme end of a heavy stick, with its straight side
+accurately notched like a saw. The stick is sometimes a grotesquely-formed
+limb of a tree, with three or four branches twisting from its body like so
+many shapeless legs, and sustaining it two or three feet from the ground.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The native, first placing a calabash beneath the nose, as it were, of his
+curious-looking log-steed, for the purpose of receiving the grated
+fragments as they fall, mounts astride of it as if it were a hobby-horse,
+and twirling the inside of one of his hemispheres of cocoa-nut around the
+sharp teeth of the mother-of-pearl shell, the pure white meat falls in
+snowy showers into the receptacle provided. Having obtained a quantity
+sufficient for his purpose, he places it in a bag made of the net-like
+fibrous substance attached to all cocoa-nut trees, and compressing it over
+the bread-fruit, which being now sufficiently pounded, is put into a
+wooden bowl—extracts a thick creamy milk. The delicious liquid soon
+bubbles round the fruit, and leaves it at last just peeping above its
+surface.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This preparation is called “kokoo,” and a most lucious preparation it is.
+The hobby-horse and the pestle and mortar were in great requisition during
+the time I remained in the house of Marheyo, and Kory-Kory had frequent
+occasion to show his skill in their use.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But the great staple articles of food into which the bread-fruit is
+converted by these natives are known respectively by the names of Amar and
+Poee-Poee.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At a certain season of the year, when the fruit of the hundred groves of
+the valley has reached its maturity, and hangs in golden spheres from
+every branch, the islanders assemble in harvest groups, and garner in the
+abundance which surrounds them. The trees are stripped of their nodding
+burdens, which, easily freed from the rind and core, are gathered together
+in capacious wooden vessels, where the pulpy fruit is soon worked by a
+stone pestle, vigorously applied, into a blended mass of a doughy
+consistency called by the natives “Tutao.” This is then divided into
+separate parcels, which, after being made up into stout packages,
+enveloped in successive folds of leaves, and bound round with thongs of
+bark, are stored away in large receptacles hollowed in the earth, from
+whence they are drawn as occasion may require.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In this condition the Tutao sometimes remains for years, and even is
+thought to improve by age. Before it is fit to be eaten, however, it has
+to undergo an additional process. A primitive oven is scooped in the
+ground, and its bottom being loosely covered with stones, a large fire is
+kindled within it. As soon as the requisite degree of heat is attained,
+the embers are removed, and the surface of the stones being covered with
+thick layers of leaves, one of the large packages of Tutao is deposited
+upon them, and overspread with another layer of leaves. The whole is then
+quickly heaped up with earth, and forms a sloping mound.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The Tutao thus baked is called “Amar”; the action of the oven having
+converted it into an amber-coloured caky substance, a little tart, but not
+at all disagreeable to the taste.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By another and final process the “Amar” is changed into “Poee-Poee.” This
+transition is rapidly effected. The amar is placed in a vessel, and mixed
+with water until it gains a proper pudding-like consistency, when, without
+further preparation, it is in readiness for use. This is the form in which
+the “Tutao” is generally consumed. The singular mode of eating it I have
+already described.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Were it not that the bread-fruit is thus capable of being preserved for a
+length of time, the natives might be reduced to a state of starvation;
+for, owing to some unknown cause, the trees sometimes fail to bear fruit;
+and on such occasions the islanders chiefly depend upon the supplies they
+have been enabled to store away.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This stately tree, which is rarely met with upon the Sandwich Islands, and
+then only of a very inferior quality, and at Tahiti does not abound to a
+degree that renders its fruit the principal article of food, attains its
+greatest excellence in the genial climate of the Marquesan group, where it
+grows to an enormous magnitude, and flourishes in the utmost abundance.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap15"></a>CHAPTER XV</h2>
+
+<p class="letter">
+Melancholy condition—Occurrence at the Ti—Anecdote of Marheyo—Shaving the head
+of a warrior.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In looking back to this period, and calling to remembrance the numberless
+proofs of kindness and respect which I received from the natives of the
+valley, I can scarcely understand how it was that, in the midst of so many
+consolatory circumstances, my mind should still have been consumed by the
+most dismal forebodings, and have remained a prey to the profoundest
+melancholy. It is true that the suspicious circumstances which had
+attended the disappearance of Toby were enough of themselves to excite
+distrust with regard to the savages, in whose power I felt myself to be
+entirely placed, especially when it was combined with the knowledge that
+these very men, kind and respectful as they were to me, were, after all,
+nothing better than a set of cannibals.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But my chief source of anxiety, and that which poisoned every temporary
+enjoyment, was the mysterious disease in my leg, which still remained
+unabated. All the herbal applications of Tinor, united with the severer
+discipline of the old leech, and the affectionate nursing of Kory-Kory,
+had failed to relieve me. I was almost a cripple, and the pain I endured
+at intervals was agonizing. The unaccountable malady showed no signs of
+amendment; on the contrary, its violence increased day by day, and
+threatened the most fatal results, unless some powerful means were
+employed to counteract it. It seemed as if I were destined to sink under
+this grievous affliction, or at least that it would hinder me from
+availing myself of any opportunity of escaping from the valley.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+An incident which occurred as nearly as I can estimate about three weeks
+after the disappearance of Toby, convinced me that the natives, from some
+reason or other, would interpose every possible obstacle to my leaving
+them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One morning there was no little excitement evinced by the people near my
+abode, and which I soon discovered proceeded from a vague report that
+boats had been seen at a great distance approaching the bay. Immediately
+all was bustle and animation. It so happened that day that the pain I
+suffered having somewhat abated, and feeling in much better spirits than
+usual, I had complied with Kory-Kory’s invitation to visit the chief
+Mehevi at the place called the “Ti,” which I have before described as
+being situated within the precincts of the Taboo groves. These sacred
+recesses were at no great distance from Marheyo’s habitation, and lay
+between it and the sea; the path that conducted to the beach passing
+directly in front of the Ti, and thence skirting along the border of the
+groves.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I was reposing upon the mats, within the sacred building, in company with
+Mehevi and several other chiefs, when the announcement was first made. It
+sent a thrill of joy through my whole frame;—perhaps Toby was about to
+return. I rose at once to my feet, and my instinctive impulse was to hurry
+down to the beach, equally regardless of the distance that separated me
+from it, and of my disabled condition. As soon as Mehevi noticed the
+effect the intelligence had produced upon me, and the impatience I
+betrayed to reach the sea, his countenance assumed that inflexible
+rigidity of expression which had so awed me on the afternoon of our
+arrival at the house of Marheyo, As I was proceeding to leave the Ti, he
+laid his hand upon my shoulder, and said gravely, “abo, abo” (wait, wait).
+Solely intent upon the one thought that occupied my mind, and heedless of
+his request, I was brushing past him, when suddenly he reassumed a tone of
+authority, and told me to “moee” (sit down). Though struck by the
+alteration in his demeanour, the excitement under which I laboured was too
+strong to permit me to obey the unexpected command, and I was still
+limping towards the edge of the pi-pi with Kory-Kory clinging to one arm
+in his efforts to restrain me when the natives around me started to their
+feet, ranged themselves along the open front of the building, while Mehevi
+looked at me scowlingly, and reiterated his commands still more sternly.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was at this moment, when fifty savage countenances were glaring upon
+me, that I first truly experienced I was indeed a captive in the valley.
+The conviction rushed upon me with staggering force, and I was overwhelmed
+by this confirmation of my worst fears. I saw at once that it was useless
+for me to resist, and sick at heart, I reseated myself upon the mats, and
+for the moment abandoned myself to despair.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I now perceived the natives one after the other hurrying past the Ti and
+pursuing the route that conducted to the sea. These savages, thought I,
+will soon be holding communication with some of my own countrymen perhaps,
+who with ease could restore me to liberty did they know of the situation I
+was in. No language can describe the wretchedness which I felt; and in the
+bitterness of my soul I imprecated a thousand curses on the perfidious
+Toby, who had thus abandoned me to destruction. It was in vain that
+Kory-Kory tempted me with food, or lighted my pipe, or sought to attract
+my attention by performing the uncouth antics that had sometimes diverted
+me. I was fairly knocked down by this last misfortune, which, much as I
+had feared it, I had never before had the courage calmly to contemplate.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Regardless of everything but my own sorrow, I remained in the Ti for
+several hours, until shouts proceeding at intervals from the groves beyond
+the house proclaimed the return of the natives from the beach.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Whether any boats visited the bay that morning or not, I never could
+ascertain. The savages assured me that there had not—but I was inclined to
+believe that by deceiving me in this particular they sought to allay the
+violence of my grief. However that might be, this incident showed plainly
+that the Typees intended to hold me a prisoner. As they still treated me
+with the same sedulous attention as before, I was utterly at a loss how to
+account for their singular conduct. Had I been in a situation to instruct
+them in any of the rudiments of the mechanic arts, or had I manifested a
+disposition to render myself in any way useful among them, their conduct
+might have been attributed to some adequate motive, but as it was, the
+matter seemed to me inexplicable.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+During my whole stay on the island there occurred but two or three
+instances where the natives applied to me with the view of availing
+themselves of my superior information; and these now appear so ludicrous
+that I cannot forbear relating them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The few things we had brought from Nukuheva had been done up into a small
+bundle which we had carried with us in our descent to the valley. This
+bundle, the first night of our arrival, I had used as a pillow, but on the
+succeeding morning, opening it for the inspection of the natives, they
+gazed upon the miscellaneous contents as though I had just revealed to
+them a casket of diamonds, and they insisted that so precious a treasure
+should be properly secured. A line was accordingly attached to it, and the
+other end being passed over the ridge-pole of the house, it was hoisted up
+to the apex of the roof, where it hung suspended directly over the mats
+where I usually reclined. When I desired anything from it I merely raised
+my finger to a bamboo beside me, and taking hold of the string which was
+there fastened, lowered the package. This was exceedingly handy, and I
+took care to let the natives understand how much I applauded the
+invention. Of this package the chief contents were a razor with its case,
+a supply of needles and thread, a pound or two of tobacco, and a few yards
+of a bright-coloured calico.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I should have mentioned, that shortly after Toby’s disappearance,
+perceiving the uncertainty of the time I might be obliged to remain in the
+valley,—if, indeed, I ever should escape from it,—and considering that my
+whole wardrobe consisted of a shirt and a pair of trousers, I resolved to
+doff these garments at once, in order to preserve them in a suitable
+condition for wear, should I again appear among civilized beings. I was
+consequently obliged to assume the Typee costume, a little altered,
+however, to suit my own views of propriety, and in which I have no doubt I
+appeared to as much advantage as a senator of Rome enveloped in the folds
+of his toga. A few folds of yellow tappa, tucked about my waist, descended
+to my feet in the style of a lady’s petticoat, only I did not have
+recourse to those voluminous paddings in the rear with which our gentle
+dames are in the habit of augmenting the sublime rotundity of their
+figures. This usually comprised my in-door dress: whenever I walked out, I
+superadded to it an ample robe of the same material, which completely
+enveloped my person, and screened it from the rays of the sun.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One morning I made a rent in this mantle; and to show the islanders with
+what facility it could be repaired, I lowered my bundle, and taking from
+it a needle and thread, proceeded to stitch up the opening. They regarded
+this wonderful application of science with intense admiration; and whilst
+I was stitching away, old Marheyo, who was one of the lookers-on, suddenly
+clapped his hand to his forehead, and rushing to a corner of the house,
+drew forth a soiled and tattered strip of faded calico—which he must have
+procured some time or other in traffic on the beach—and besought me
+eagerly to exercise a little of my art upon it. I willingly complied,
+though certainly so stumpy a needle as mine never took such gigantic
+strides over calico before. The repairs completed, old Marheyo gave me a
+paternal hug; and divesting himself of his “maro” (girdle), swathed the
+calico about his loins, and slipping the beloved ornaments into his ears,
+grasped his spear and sallied out of the house, like a valiant Templar
+arrayed in a new and costly suit of armour.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I never used my razor during my stay in the island, but, although a very
+subordinate affair, it had been vastly admired by the Typees; and
+Narmonee, a great hero among them, who was exceedingly precise in the
+arrangements of his toilet and the general adjustment of his person, being
+the most accurately tattooed and laboriously horrified individual in all
+the valley, thought it would be a great advantage to have it applied to
+the already shaven crown of his head.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The implement they usually employ is a shark’s tooth, which is about as
+well adapted to the purpose as a one-pronged fork for pitching hay. No
+wonder, then, that the acute Narmonee perceived the advantage my razor
+possessed over the usual implement. Accordingly, one day, he requested as
+a personal favour, that I would just run over his head with the razor. In
+reply, I gave him to understand that it was too dull, and could not be
+used to any purpose without being previously sharpened. To assist my
+meaning, I went through an imaginary honing process on the palm of my
+hand. Narmonee took my meaning in an instant, and running out of the
+house, returned the next moment with a huge rough mass of rock as big as a
+millstone, and indicated to me that that was exactly the thing I wanted.
+Of course there was nothing left for me but to proceed to business, and I
+began scraping away at a great rate. He writhed and wriggled under the
+infliction, but, fully convinced of my skill, endured the pain like a
+martyr.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Though I never saw Narmonee in battle, I will, from what I then observed,
+stake my life upon his courage and fortitude. Before commencing
+operations, his head had presented a surface of short bristling hairs, and
+by the time I had concluded my unskilful operation it resembled not a
+little a stubble field after being gone over with a harrow. However, as
+the chief expressed the liveliest satisfaction at the result, I was too
+wise to dissent from his opinion.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap16"></a>CHAPTER XVI</h2>
+
+<p class="letter">
+Improvement in health and spirits—Felicity of the Typees—A skirmish in the
+mountain with the warriors of Happar.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Day after day wore on, and still there was no perceptible change in the
+conduct of the islanders towards me. Gradually I lost all knowledge of the
+regular recurrence of the days of the week, and sunk insensibly into that
+kind of apathy which ensues after some violent outbreak of despair. My
+limb suddenly healed, the swelling went down, the pain subsided, and I had
+every reason to suppose I should soon completely recover from the
+affliction that had so long tormented me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As soon as I was enabled to ramble about the valley in company with the
+natives, troops of whom followed me whenever I sallied out of the house, I
+began to experience an elasticity of mind which placed me beyond the reach
+of those dismal forebodings to which I had so lately been a prey. Received
+wherever I went with the most deferential kindness; regaled perpetually
+with the most delightful fruits; ministered to by dark-eyed nymphs; and
+enjoying besides all the services of the devoted Kory-Kory, I thought
+that, for a sojourn among cannibals, no man could have well made a more
+agreeable one.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To be sure, there were limits set to my wanderings. Toward the sea, my
+progress was barred by an express prohibition of the savages; and after
+having made two or three ineffectual attempts to reach it, as much to
+gratify my curiosity as anything else, I gave up the idea. It was in vain
+to think of reaching it by stealth, since the natives escorted me in
+numbers wherever I went, and not for one single moment that I can recall
+to mind was I ever permitted to be alone.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The green and precipitous elevations that stood ranged around the head of
+the vale where Marheyo’s habitation was situated, effectually precluded
+all hope of escape in that quarter, even if I could have stolen away from
+the thousand eyes of the savages.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But these reflections now seldom obtruded upon me; I gave myself up to the
+passing hour, and if ever disagreeable thoughts arose in my mind, I drove
+them away. When I looked around the verdant recess in which I was buried,
+and gazed up to the summits of the lofty eminence that hemmed me in, I was
+well disposed to think that I was in the “Happy Valley,” and that beyond
+those heights there was nought but a world of care and anxiety.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In this frame of mind, every object that presented itself to my notice
+struck me in a new light, and the opportunities I now enjoyed of observing
+the manners of the natives, tended to strengthen my favourable
+impressions. One peculiarity that fixed my admiration was the perpetual
+hilarity reigning through the whole extent of the vale. There seemed to be
+no cares, griefs, troubles, or vexations in all Typee. The hours tripped
+along as gaily as the laughing couples down a country dance.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There were none of those thousand sources of irritation that the ingenuity
+of civilized man has created to mar his own felicity. There were no
+foreclosures of mortgages, no protested notes, no bills payable, no debts
+of honour, in Typee; no unreasonable tailors and shoemakers, perversely
+bent on being paid; no duns of any description; no assault and battery
+attorneys, to foment discord, backing their clients up to a quarrel, and
+then knocking their heads together; no poor relations everlastingly
+occupying the spare bed-chamber, and diminishing the elbow-room at the
+family table; no destitute widows with their children starving on the cold
+charities of the world; no beggars; no debtor’s prisons; no proud and
+hard-hearted nabobs in Typee; or, to sum up all in one word—no Money! That
+“root of all evil” was not to be found in the valley.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In this secluded abode of happiness there were no cross old women, no
+cruel step-dames, no withered spinsters, no love-sick maidens, no sour old
+bachelors, no inattentive husbands, no melancholy young men, no blubbering
+youngsters, and no squalling brats. All was mirth, fun, and high good
+humour. Blue devils, hypochondria, and doleful dumps went and hid
+themselves among the nooks and crannies of the rocks.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Here you would see a parcel of children frolicking together the live-long
+day, and no quarrelling, no contention among them. The same number in our
+own land could not have played together for the space of an hour without
+biting or scratching one another. There you might have seen a throng of
+young females, not filled with envyings of each other’s charms, nor
+displaying the ridiculous affectations of gentility, nor yet moving in
+whalebone corsets, like so many automatons, but free, inartificially happy
+and unconstrained.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There were some spots in that sunny vale where they would frequently
+resort to decorate themselves with garlands of flowers. To have seen them
+reclining beneath the shadows of one of the beautiful groves, the ground
+about them strewn with freshly gathered buds and blossoms, employed in
+weaving chaplets and necklaces, one would have thought that all the train
+of Flora had gathered together to keep a festival in honour of their
+mistress.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With the young men there seemed almost always some matter of diversion or
+business on hand, that afforded a constant variety of enjoyment. But
+whether fishing, or carving canoes, or polishing their ornaments, never
+was there exhibited the least sign of strife or contention among them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As for the warriors, they maintained a tranquil dignity of demeanour,
+journeying occasionally from house to house, where they were always sure
+to be received with the attention bestowed upon distinguished guests. The
+old men, of whom there were many in the vale, seldom stirred from their
+mats, where they would recline for hours and hours, smoking and talking to
+one another with all the garrulity of age.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But the continual happiness which, so far as I was able to judge, appeared
+to prevail in the valley, sprung principally from that all-pervading
+sensation which Rousseau has told us he at one time experienced, the mere
+buoyant sense of a healthful physical existence. And, indeed, in this
+particular the Typees had ample reason to felicitate themselves, for
+sickness was almost unknown. During the whole period of my stay, I saw but
+one invalid among them; and on their smooth clear skins you observed no
+blemish or mark of disease.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The general repose, however, upon which I have just been descanting, was
+broken in upon about this time by an event, which proved that the
+islanders were not entirely exempt from those occurrences which disturb
+the quiet of more civilized communities.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Having now been a considerable time in the valley, I began to feel
+surprised that the violent hostility subsisting between its inhabitants
+and those of the adjoining bay of Happar, should never have manifested
+itself in any warlike encounter. Although the valiant Typees would often,
+by gesticulations, declare their undying hatred against their enemies, and
+the disgust they felt at their cannibal propensities; although they
+dilated upon the manifold injuries they had received at their hands, yet,
+with a forbearance truly commendable, they appeared patiently to sit down
+under their grievances, and to refrain from making any reprisals. The
+Happars, entrenched behind their mountains, and never even showing
+themselves on their summits, did not appear to me to furnish adequate
+cause for that excess of animosity evinced towards them by the heroic
+tenants of our vale, and I was inclined to believe that the deeds of blood
+attributed to them had been greatly exaggerated.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On the other hand, as the clamours of war had not up to this period
+disturbed the serenity of the tribe, I began to distrust the truth of
+those reports which ascribed so fierce and belligerent a character to the
+Typee nation. Surely, thought I, all these terrible stories I have heard
+about the inveteracy with which they carried on the feud, their deadly
+intensity of hatred, and the diabolical malice with which they glutted
+their revenge upon the inanimate forms of the slain, are nothing more than
+fables, and I must confess that I experienced something like a sense of
+regret at having my hideous anticipations thus disappointed. I felt in
+some sort like a ’prentice boy who, going to the play in the expectation
+of being delighted with a cut-and-thrust tragedy, is almost moved to tears
+of disappointment at the exhibition of a genteel comedy.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I could not avoid thinking that I had fallen in with a greatly traduced
+people, and I moralized not a little upon the disadvantage of having a bad
+name, which in this instance had given a tribe of savages, who were as
+pacific as so many lambkins, the reputation of a confederacy of
+giant-killers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But subsequent events proved that I had been a little too premature in
+coming to this conclusion. One day, about noon, happening to be at the Ti,
+I had lain down on the mats with several of the chiefs, and had gradually
+sunk into a most luxurious siesta, when I was awakened by a tremendous
+outcry, and starting up, beheld the natives, seizing their spears and
+hurrying out, while the most puissant of the chiefs, grasping the six
+muskets which were ranged against the bamboos, followed after, and soon
+disappeared in the groves. These movements were accompanied by wild
+shouts, in which “Happar, Happar,” greatly predominated. The islanders
+were now to be seen running past the Ti, and striking across the valley to
+the Happar side. Presently I heard the sharp report of a musket from the
+adjoining hills, and then a burst of voices in the same direction. At this
+the women, who had congregated in the groves, set up the most violent
+clamours, as they invariably do here as elsewhere on every occasion of
+excitement and alarm, with a view of tranquillizing their own minds and
+disturbing other people. On this particular occasion they made such an
+outrageous noise, and continued it with such perseverance, that for
+awhile, had entire volleys of musketry been fired off in the neighbouring
+mountains, I should not have been able to have heard them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When this female commotion had a little subsided I listened eagerly for
+further information. At last bang went another shot, and then a second
+volley of yells from the hills. Again all was quiet, and continued so for
+such a length of time that I began to think the contending armies had
+agreed upon a suspension of hostilities; when pop went a third gun,
+followed as before with a yell. After this, for nearly two hours nothing
+occurred worthy of comment, save some straggling shouts from the hillside,
+sounding like the halloos of a parcel of truant boys who had lost
+themselves in the woods.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+During this interval I had remained standing on the piazza of the “Ti,”
+which directly fronted the Happar mountain, and with no one near me but
+Kory-Kory and the old superannuated savages I have before described. These
+latter never stirred from their mats, and seemed altogether unconscious
+that anything unusual was going on.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As for Kory-Kory, he appeared to think that we were in the midst of great
+events, and sought most zealously to impress me with a due sense of their
+importance. Every sound that reached us conveyed some momentous item of
+intelligence to him. At such times, as if he were gifted with second
+sight, he would go through a variety of pantomimic illustrations, showing
+me the precise manner in which the redoubtable Typees were at that very
+moment chastising the insolence of the enemy. “Mehevi hanna pippee nuee
+Happar,” he exclaimed every five minutes, giving me to understand that
+under that distinguished captain the warriors of his nation were
+performing prodigies of valour.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Having heard only four reports from the muskets, I was led to believe that
+they were worked by the islanders in the same manner as the Sultan
+Solyman’s ponderous artillery at the siege of Byzantium, one of them
+taking an hour or two to load and train. At last, no sound whatever
+proceeding from the mountains, I concluded that the contest had been
+determined one way or the other. Such appeared, indeed, to be the case,
+for in a little while a courier arrived at the “Ti,” almost breathless
+with his exertions, and communicated the news of a great victory having
+been achieved by his countrymen: “Happar poo arva!—Happar poo arva!” (the
+cowards had fled). Kory-Kory was in ecstasies, and commenced a vehement
+harangue, which, so far as I understood it, implied that the result
+exactly agreed with his expectations, and which, moreover, was intended to
+convince me that it would be a perfectly useless undertaking, even for an
+army of fire-eaters, to offer battle to the irresistible heroes of our
+valley. In all this I of course acquiesced, and looked forward with no
+little interest to the return of the conquerors, whose victory I feared
+might not have been purchased without cost to themselves.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But here I was again mistaken; for Mehevi, in conducting his warlike
+operations, rather inclined to the Fabian than to the Buonapartean
+tactics, husbanding his resources and exposing his troops to no
+unnecessary hazards. The total loss of the victors in this obstinately
+contested affair was,—in killed, wounded, and missing—one forefinger and
+part of a thumb-nail (which the late proprietor brought along with him in
+his hand), a severely contused arm, and a considerable effusion of blood
+flowing from the thigh of a chief who had received an ugly thrust from a
+Happar spear. What the enemy had suffered I could not discover, but I
+presume they had succeeded in taking off with them the bodies of their
+slain.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Such was the issue of the battle, as far as its results came under my
+observation; and as it appeared to be considered an event of prodigious
+importance, I reasonably concluded that the wars of the natives were
+marked by no very sanguinary traits. I afterwards learned how the skirmish
+had originated. A number of the Happars had been discovered prowling for
+no good purpose on the Typee side of the mountain; the alarm sounded, and
+the invaders, after a protracted resistance, had been chased over the
+frontier. But why had not the intrepid Mehevi carried the war into Happar?
+Why had not he made a descent into the hostile vale, and brought away some
+trophy of his victory—some materials for the cannibal entertainment which
+I had heard usually terminated every engagement? After all, I was much
+inclined to believe that these shocking festivals must occur very rarely
+among the islanders, if, indeed, they ever take place.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For two or three days the late event was the theme of general comment;
+after which the excitement gradually wore away, and the valley resumed its
+accustomed tranquillity.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap17"></a>CHAPTER XVII</h2>
+
+<p class="letter">
+Swimming in company with the girls of the valley—A canoe—Effects of the taboo—A
+pleasure excursion on the pond—Beautiful freak of Fayaway—Mantua-making—A
+stranger arrives in the valley—His mysterious conduct—Native oratory—The
+interview—Its results—Departure of the stranger.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Returning health and peace of mind gave a new interest to everything
+around me. I sought to diversify my time by as many enjoyments as lay
+within my reach. Bathing in company with troops of girls, formed one of my
+chief amusements. We sometimes enjoyed the recreation in the waters of a
+miniature lake, into which the central stream of the valley expanded. This
+lovely sheet of water was almost circular in figure, and about three
+hundred yards across. Its beauty was indescribable. All around its banks
+waved luxuriant masses of tropical foliage, soaring high above which were
+seen, here and there, the symmetrical shaft of the cocoa-nut tree,
+surmounted by its tuft of graceful branches, drooping in the air like so
+many waving ostrich plumes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The ease and grace with which the maidens of the valley propelled
+themselves through the water, and their familiarity with the element, were
+truly astonishing. Sometimes they might be seen gliding along just under
+the surface, without apparently moving hand or foot; then throwing
+themselves on their sides, they darted through the water, revealing
+glimpses of their forms, as, in the course of their rapid progress, they
+shot for an instant partly into the air; at one moment they dived deep
+down into the water, and the next they rose bounding to the surface.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I remember upon one occasion plunging in among a parcel of these
+river-nymphs, and counting vainly on my superior strength, sought to drag
+some of them under the water; but I quickly repented my temerity. The
+amphibious young creatures swarmed about me like a shoal of dolphins, and
+seizing hold of my devoted limbs, tumbled me about and ducked me under the
+surface, until from the strange noises which rang in my ears, and the
+supernatural visions dancing before my eyes, I thought I was in the land
+of spirits. I stood indeed as little chance among them as a cumbrous whale
+attacked on all sides by a legion of sword-fish. When at length they
+relinquished their hold of me, they swam away in every direction, laughing
+at my clumsy endeavours to reach them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There was no boat on the lake; but at my solicitation, and for my special
+use, some of the young men attached to Marheyo’s household, under the
+direction of the indefatigable Kory-Kory, brought up a light and
+tastefully carved canoe from the sea. It was launched upon the sheet of
+water, and floated there as gracefully as a swan. But, melancholy to
+relate, it produced an effect I had not anticipated. The sweet nymphs, who
+had sported with me before in the lake, now all fled its vicinity. The
+prohibited craft, guarded by the edicts of the “taboo,” extended the
+prohibition to the waters in which it lay.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For a few days, Kory-Kory, with one or two other youths, accompanied me in
+my excursions to the lake and, while I paddled about in my light canoe,
+would swim after me shouting and gambolling in pursuit. But this was far
+from contenting me. Indeed, I soon began to weary of it, and longed more
+than ever for the pleasant society of the mermaids, in whose absence the
+amusement was dull and insipid. One morning I expressed to my faithful
+servitor my desire for the return of the nymphs. The honest fellow looked
+at me, bewildered for a moment, and then shook his head solemnly, and
+murmured “<i>taboo! taboo!</i>” giving me to understand that unless the canoe
+was removed, I could not expect to have the young ladies back again. But
+to this procedure I was averse; I not only wanted the canoe to stay where
+it was, but I wanted the beauteous Fayaway to get into it, and paddle with
+me about the lake. This latter proposition completely horrified
+Kory-Kory’s notions of propriety. He inveighed against it, as something
+too monstrous to be thought of. It not only shocked their established
+notions of propriety, but was at variance with all their religious
+ordinances.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+However, although the “taboo” was a ticklish thing to meddle with, I
+determined to test its capabilities of resisting an attack. I consulted
+the chief Mehevi, who endeavoured to persuade me from my object: but I was
+not to be repulsed; and accordingly increased the warmth of my
+solicitations. At last he entered into a long, and I have no doubt a very
+learned and eloquent exposition of the history and nature of the “taboo”
+as affecting this particular case; employing a variety of most
+extraordinary words, which, from their amazing length and sonorousness, I
+have every reason to believe were of a theological nature. But all that he
+said failed to convince me: partly perhaps, because I could not comprehend
+a word that he uttered; but chiefly, that for the life of me, I could not
+understand why a woman should not have as much right to enter a canoe as a
+man. At last he became a little more rational, and intimated that, out of
+the abundant love he bore me, he would consult with the priests and see
+what could be done.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+How it was that the priesthood of Typee satisfied the affair with their
+consciences, I know not; but so it was, and Fayaway’s dispensation from
+this portion of the taboo was at length procured. Such an event, I
+believe, never before had occurred in the valley; but it was high time the
+islanders should be taught a little gallantry, and I trust that the
+example I set them may produce beneficial effects. Ridiculous, indeed,
+that the lovely creatures should be obliged to paddle about in the water,
+like so many ducks, while a parcel of great strapping fellows skimmed over
+its surface in their canoes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The first day after Fayaway’s emancipation, I had a delightful little
+party on the lake—the damsel, Kory-Kory, and myself. My zealous
+body-servant brought from the house a calabash of poee-poee, half a dozen
+young cocoa-nuts—stripped of their husks—three pipes, as many yams, and me
+on his back a part of the way. Something of a load; but Kory-Kory was a
+very strong man for his size, and by no means brittle in the spine. We had
+a very pleasant day; my trusty valet plied the paddle and swept us gently
+along the margin of the water, beneath the shades of the overhanging
+thickets. Fayaway and I reclined in the stern of the canoe, the gentle
+nymph occasionally placing her pipe to her lips, and exhaling the mild
+fumes of the tobacco, to which her rosy breath added a fresh perfume.
+Strange as it may seem, there is nothing in which a young and beautiful
+female appears to more advantage than in the act of smoking. How
+captivating is a Peruvian lady, swinging in her gaily-woven hammock of
+grass, extended between two orange-trees, and inhaling the fragrance of a
+choice cigarro! But Fayaway, holding in her delicately-formed olive hand
+the long yellow reed of her pipe, with its quaintly carved bowl, and every
+few moments languishingly giving forth light wreaths of vapour from her
+mouth and nostrils, looked still more engaging.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We boated about thus for several hours, when I looked up to the warm,
+glowing, tropical sky, and then down into the transparent depths below;
+and when my eye, wandering from the bewitching scenery around, fell upon
+the grotesquely-tattooed form of Kory-Kory, and finally encountered the
+pensive gaze of Fayaway, I thought I had been transported to some fairy
+region, so unreal did everything appear.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This lovely piece of water was the coolest spot in all the valley, and I
+now made it a place of continual resort during the hottest period of the
+day. One side of it lay near the termination of a long gradually expanding
+gorge, which mounted to the heights that environed the vale. The strong
+trade-wind, met in its course by these elevations, circled and eddied
+about their summits, and was sometimes driven down the steep ravine and
+swept across the valley, ruffling in its passage the otherwise tranquil
+surface of the lake.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One day, after we had been paddling about for some time, I disembarked
+Kory-Kory, and paddled the canoe to the windward side of the lake. As I
+turned the canoe, Fayaway, who was with me, seemed all at once to be
+struck with some happy idea. With a wild exclamation of delight, she
+disengaged from her person the ample robe of tappa which was knotted over
+her shoulder (for the purpose of shielding her from the sun), and
+spreading it out like a sail, stood erect with up-raised arms in the head
+of the canoe. We American sailors pride ourselves upon our straight clean
+spars, but a prettier little mast than Fayaway made was never shipped
+aboard of any craft.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In a moment the tappa was distended by the breeze—the long brown tresses
+of Fayaway streamed in the air—and the canoe glided rapidly through the
+water, and shot towards the shore. Seated in the stern, I directed its
+course with my paddle until it dashed up the soft sloping bank, and
+Fayaway, with a light spring, alighted on the ground; whilst Kory-Kory,
+who had watched our manœuvres with admiration, now clapped his hands in
+transport, and shouted like a madman. Many a time afterwards was this feat
+repeated.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If the reader has not observed ere this that I was the declared admirer of
+Miss Fayaway, all I can say is, that he is little conversant with affairs
+of the heart, and I certainly shall not trouble myself to enlighten him
+any farther. Out of the calico I had brought from the ship a dress was
+made for this lovely girl. In it she looked, I must confess, something
+like an opera-dancer. The drapery of the latter damsel generally commences
+a little above the elbows, but my island beauty’s began at the waist, and
+terminated sufficiently far above the ground to reveal the most bewitching
+ankle in the universe.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The day that Fayaway first wore this robe was rendered memorable by a new
+acquaintance being introduced to me. In the afternoon I was lying in the
+house, when I heard a great uproar outside; but being by this time pretty
+well accustomed to the wild halloos which were almost continually ringing
+through the valley, I paid little attention to it, until old Marheyo,
+under the influence of some strange excitement, rushed into my presence
+and communicated the astounding tidings, “Marnoo pemi!” which being
+interpreted, implied that an individual by the name of Marnoo was
+approaching. My worthy old friend evidently expected that this
+intelligence would produce a great effect upon me, and for a time he stood
+earnestly regarding me, as if curious to see how I should conduct myself,
+but as I remained perfectly unmoved, the old gentleman darted out of the
+house again, in as great a hurry as he had entered it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Marnoo, Marnoo,” cogitated I, “I have never heard that name before. Some
+distinguished character, I presume, from the prodigious riot the natives
+are making”; the tumultuous noise drawing nearer and nearer every moment,
+while “Marnoo!—Marnoo!” was shouted by every tongue.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I made up my mind that some savage warrior of consequence, who had not yet
+enjoyed the honour of an audience, was desirous of paying his respects on
+the present occasion. So vain had I become by the lavish attention to
+which I had been accustomed, that I felt half inclined, as a punishment
+for such neglect, to give this Marnoo a cold reception, when the excited
+throng came within view, convoying one of the most striking specimens of
+humanity that I ever beheld.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The stranger could not have been more than twenty-five years of age, and
+was a little above the ordinary height; had he been a single hair’s
+breadth taller, the matchless symmetry of his form would have been
+destroyed. His unclad limbs were beautifully formed; whilst the elegant
+outline of his figure, together with his beardless cheeks, might have
+entitled him to the distinction of standing for the statue of the
+Polynesian Apollo; and indeed the oval of his countenance and the
+regularity of every feature reminded me of an antique bust. But the marble
+repose of art was supplied by a warmth and liveliness of expression only
+to be seen in the South Sea islander under the most favourable
+developments of nature. The hair of Marnoo was a rich curling brown, and
+twined about his temples and neck in little close curling ringlets, which
+danced up and down continually when he was animated in conversation. His
+cheek was of a feminine softness, and his face was free from the least
+blemish of tattooing, although the rest of his body was drawn all over
+with fanciful figures, which—unlike the unconnected sketching usual among
+these natives—appeared to have been executed in conformity with some
+general design.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The tattooing on his back in particular attracted my attention. The artist
+employed must indeed have excelled in his profession. Traced along the
+course of the spine was accurately delineated the slender, tapering, and
+diamond-checkered shaft of the beautiful “artu” tree. Branching from the
+stem on either side, and disposed alternately, were the graceful branches
+drooping with leaves all correctly drawn, and elaborately finished.
+Indeed, this piece of tattooing was the best specimen of the Fine Arts I
+had yet seen in Typee. A rear view of the stranger might have suggested
+the idea of a spreading vine tacked against a garden wall. Upon his
+breast, arms, and legs, were exhibited an infinite variety of figures;
+every one of which, however, appeared to have reference to the general
+effect sought to be produced. The tattooing I have described was of the
+brightest blue, and when contrasted with the light olive-colour of the
+skin, produced an unique and even elegant effect. A slight girdle of white
+tappa, scarcely two inches in width, but hanging before and behind in
+spreading tassels, composed the entire costume of the stranger.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He advanced surrounded by the islanders, carrying under one arm a small
+roll of the native cloth, and grasping in his other hand a long and
+richly-decorated spear. His manner was that of a traveller conscious that
+he is approaching a comfortable stage in his journey. Every moment he
+turned good-humouredly to the throng around him, and gave some dashing
+sort of reply to their incessant queries, which appeared to convulse them
+with uncontrollable mirth.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Struck by his demeanour, and the peculiarity of his appearance, so unlike
+that of the shaven-crowned and face-tattooed natives in general, I
+involuntarily rose as he entered the house, and proffered him a seat on
+the mats beside me. But without deigning to notice the civility, or even
+the more incontrovertible fact of my existence, the stranger passed on,
+utterly regardless of me, and flung himself upon the farther end of the
+long couch that traversed the sole apartment of Marheyo’s habitation.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Had the belle of the season, in the pride of her beauty and power, been
+cut in a place of public resort by some supercilious exquisite, she could
+not have felt greater indignation than I did at this unexpected slight.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I was thrown into utter astonishment. The conduct of the savages had
+prepared me to anticipate from every new-comer the same extravagant
+expression of curiosity and regard. The singularity of his conduct,
+however, only roused my desire to discover who this remarkable personage
+might be, who now engrossed the attention of every one.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Tinor placed before him a calabash of poee-poee, from which the stranger
+regaled himself, alternating every mouthful with some rapid exclamation,
+which was eagerly caught up and echoed by the crowd that completely filled
+the house. When I observed the striking devotion of the natives to him,
+and their temporary withdrawal of all attention from myself, I felt not a
+little piqued. The glory of Tommo is departed, thought I, and the sooner
+he removes from the valley the better. These were my feelings at the
+moment, and they were prompted by that glorious principle inherent in all
+heroic natures—the strong-rooted determination to have the biggest share
+of the pudding or to go without any of it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Marnoo, this all-attractive personage, having satisfied his hunger, and
+inhaled a few whiffs from a pipe which was handed to him, launched out
+into an harangue which completely enchained the attention of his auditors.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Little as I understood of the language, yet from his animated gestures and
+the varying expression of his features—reflected as from so many mirrors
+in the countenances around him—I could easily discover the nature of those
+passions which he sought to arouse. From the frequent recurrence of the
+words, “Nukuheva” and “Franee” (French), and some others with the meaning
+of which I was acquainted, he appeared to be rehearsing to his auditors
+events which had recently occurred in the neighboring bays. But how he had
+gained the knowledge of these matters, I could not understand, unless it
+were that he had just come from Nukuheva,—a supposition which his
+travel-stained appearance not a little supported. But, if a native of that
+region, I could not account for his friendly reception at the hands of the
+Typees.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Never, certainly, had I beheld so powerful an exhibition of natural
+eloquence as Marnoo displayed during the course of his oration. The grace
+of the attitudes into which he threw his flexible figure, the striking
+gestures of his naked arms, and above all, the fire which shot from his
+brilliant eyes, imparted an effect to the continually-changing accents of
+his voice, of which the most accomplished orator might have been proud. At
+one moment reclining sideways upon the mat, and leaning calmly upon his
+bended arm, he related circumstantially the aggressions of the
+French—their hostile visit to the surrounding bays, enumerating each one
+in succession—Happar, Puerka, Nukuheva, Tior,—and then starting to his
+feet, and precipitating himself forward with clenched hands and a
+countenance distorted with passion, he poured out a tide of invectives.
+Falling back into an attitude of lofty command, he exhorted the Typees to
+resist these encroachments; reminding them, with a fierce glance of
+exultation, that as yet the terror of their name had preserved them from
+attack; and with a scornful sneer, he sketched in ironical terms the
+wondrous intrepidity of the French, who, with five war-canoes and hundreds
+of men, had not dared to assail the naked warriors of their valley.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The effect he produced upon his audience was electric; one and all they
+stood regarding him with sparkling eyes and trembling limbs, as though
+they were listening to the inspired voice of a prophet.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But it soon appeared that Marnoo’s powers were as versatile as they were
+extraordinary. As soon as he had finished his vehement harangue, he threw
+himself again upon the mats, and, singling out individuals in the crowd,
+addressed them by name, in a sort of bantering style, the humour of which,
+though nearly hidden from me, filled the whole assembly with uproarious
+delight.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He had a word for everybody; and, turning rapidly from one to another,
+gave utterance to some hasty witticism, which was sure to be followed by
+peals of laughter. To the females, as well as to the men, he addressed his
+discourse. Heaven only knows what he said to them, but he caused smiles
+and blushes to mantle their ingenuous faces. I am, indeed, very much
+inclined to believe that Marnoo, with his handsome person and captivating
+manners, was a sad deceiver among the simple maidens of the island.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+During all this time, he had never for one moment deigned to regard me. He
+appeared, indeed, to be altogether unconscious of my presence. I was
+utterly at a loss how to account for this extraordinary conduct, I easily
+perceived that he was a man of no little consequence among the islanders;
+that he possessed uncommon talents; and was gifted with a higher degree of
+knowledge than the inmates of the valley. For these reasons, I therefore
+greatly feared lest, having, from some cause or other, unfriendly feelings
+towards me, he might exert his powerful influence to do me mischief.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It seemed evident that he was not a permanent resident of the vale, and
+yet, whence could he have come? On all sides the Typees were girt in by
+hostile tribes, and how could he possibly, if belonging to any of these,
+be received with so much cordiality?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The personal appearance of the enigmatical stranger suggested additional
+perplexities. The face, free from tattooing, and the unshaven crown, were
+peculiarities I had never before remarked in any part of the island, and I
+had always heard that the contrary were considered the indispensable
+distinctions of a Marquesan warrior. Altogether the matter was perfectly
+incomprehensible to me, and I awaited its solution with no small degree of
+anxiety.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At length, from certain indications, I suspected that he was making me the
+subject of his remarks, although he appeared cautiously to avoid either
+pronouncing my name, or looking in the direction where I lay. All at once
+he rose from the mats where he had been reclining, and, still conversing,
+moved towards me, his eye purposely evading mine, and seated himself
+within less than a yard of me. I had hardly recovered from my surprise,
+when he suddenly turned round, and with a most benignant countenance,
+extended his right hand gracefully towards me. Of course I accepted the
+courteous challenge, and, as soon as our palms met, he bent towards me,
+and murmured in musical accents,—“How you do? How long have you been in
+this bay? You like this bay?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Had I been pierced simultaneously by three Happar spears, I could not have
+started more than I did at hearing these simple questions. For a moment I
+was overwhelmed with astonishment, and then answered something, I know not
+what; but as soon as I regained my self-possession, the thought darted
+through my mind that from this individual I might obtain that information
+regarding Toby which I suspected the natives had purposely withheld from
+me. Accordingly, I questioned him concerning the disappearance of my
+companion, but he denied all knowledge of the matter. I then inquired from
+whence he had come? He replied, from Nukuheva. When I expressed my
+surprise, he looked at me for a moment, as if enjoying my perplexity, and
+then, with his strange vivacity, exclaimed,—“Ah! me taboo,—me go
+Nukuheva,—me go Tior,—me go Typee,—me go everywhere,—nobody harm
+me,—taboo.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This explanation would have been altogether unintelligible to me, had it
+not recalled to my mind something I had previously heard concerning a
+singular custom among these islanders. Though the country is possessed by
+various tribes, whose mutual hostilities almost wholly preclude any
+intercourse between them, yet there are instances where a person having
+ratified friendly relations with some individual belonging to the valley,
+whose inmates are at war with his own, may, under particular restrictions,
+venture with impunity into the country of his friend, where, under other
+circumstances, he would have been treated as an enemy. In this light are
+personal friendships regarded among them, and the individual so protected
+is said to be “taboo” and his person, to a certain extent, is held as
+sacred. Thus the stranger informed me he had access to all the valleys in
+the island.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Curious to know how he had acquired his knowledge of English, I questioned
+him on the subject. At first, for some reason or other, he evaded the
+inquiry, but afterwards told me that, when a boy, he had been carried to
+sea by the captain of a trading vessel, with whom he had stayed three
+years, living part of the time with him at Sydney, in Australia, and that,
+at a subsequent visit to the island, the captain had, at his own request,
+permitted him to remain among his countrymen. The natural quickness of the
+savage had been wonderfully improved by his intercourse with the white
+men, and his partial knowledge of a foreign language gave him a great
+ascendancy over his less accomplished countrymen.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When I asked the now affable Marnoo why it was that he had not previously
+spoken to me, he eagerly inquired what I had been led to think of him from
+his conduct in that respect. I replied, that I had supposed him to be some
+great chief or warrior, who had seen plenty of white men before, and did
+not think it worth while to notice a poor sailor. At this declaration of
+the exalted opinion I had formed of him, he appeared vastly gratified, and
+gave me to understand that he had purposely behaved in that manner, in
+order to increase my astonishment, as soon as he should see proper to
+address me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Marnoo now sought to learn my version of the story as to how I came to be
+an inmate of the Typee valley. When I related to him the circumstances
+under which Toby and I had entered it, he listened with evident interest;
+but as soon as I alluded to the absence, yet unaccounted for, of my
+comrade, he endeavoured to change the subject, as if it were something he
+desired not to agitate. It seemed, indeed, as if everything connected with
+Toby was destined to beget distrust and anxiety in my bosom.
+Notwithstanding Marnoo’s denial of any knowledge of his fate, I could not
+avoid suspecting that he was deceiving me; and this suspicion revived
+those frightful apprehensions with regard to my own fate, which, for a
+short time past, had subsided in my breast.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Influenced by these feelings, I now felt a strong desire to avail myself
+of the stranger’s protection, and under his safeguard to return to
+Nukuheva. But as soon as I hinted at this, he unhesitatingly pronounced it
+to be entirely impracticable; assuring me that the Typees would never
+consent to my leaving the valley. Although what he said merely confirmed
+the impression which I had before entertained, still it increased my
+anxiety to escape from a captivity, which, however endurable, nay,
+delightful it might be in some respects, involved in its issues a fate
+marked by the most frightful contingencies.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I could not conceal from my mind that Toby had been treated in the same
+friendly manner as I had been, and yet all their kindness terminated with
+his mysterious disappearance. Might not the same fate await me?—a fate too
+dreadful to think of. Stimulated by these considerations, I urged anew my
+request to Marnoo; but he only set forth in stronger colours the
+impossibility of my escape, and repeated his previous declaration, that
+the Typees would never be brought to consent to my departure.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When I endeavoured to learn from him the motives which prompted them to
+hold me a prisoner, Marnoo again assumed that mysterious tone which had
+tormented me with apprehensions when I had questioned him with regard to
+the fate of my companion.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus repulsed, in a manner which only served, by arousing the most
+dreadful forebodings, to excite me to renewed attempts, I conjured him to
+intercede for me with the natives, and endeavour to procure their consent
+to my leaving them. To this he appeared strongly averse; but, yielding at
+last to my importunities, he addressed several of the chiefs, who with the
+rest had been eyeing us intently during the whole of our conversation. His
+petition, however, was at once met with the most violent disapprobation,
+manifesting itself in angry glances and gestures, and a perfect torrent of
+passionate words, directed to both him and myself. Marnoo, evidently
+repenting the step he had taken, earnestly deprecated the resentment of
+the crowd, and in a few moments succeeded in pacifying, to some extent,
+the clamours which had broken out as soon as his proposition had been
+understood.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With the most intense interest had I watched the reception his
+intercession might receive; and a bitter pang shot through my heart at the
+additional evidence, now furnished, of the unchangeable determination of
+the islanders. Marnoo told me, with evident alarm in his countenance, that
+although admitted into the bay on a friendly footing with its inhabitants,
+he could not presume to meddle with their concerns, as such a procedure,
+if persisted in, would at once absolve the Typees from the restraints of
+the “taboo,” although so long as he refrained from any such conduct, it
+screened him effectually from the consequences of the enmity they bore his
+tribe.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At this moment, Mehevi, who was present, angrily interrupted him; and the
+words which he uttered, in a commanding tone, evidently meant that he must
+at once cease talking to me, and withdraw to the other part of the house.
+Marnoo immediately started up, hurriedly enjoining me not to address him
+again, and, as I valued my safety, to refrain from all further allusion to
+the subject of my departure; and then, in compliance with the order of the
+determined chief, but not before it had again been angrily repeated, he
+withdrew to a distance.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I now perceived, with no small degree of apprehension, the same savage
+expression in the countenances of the natives which had startled me during
+the scene at the Ti. They glanced their eyes suspiciously from Marnoo to
+me, as if distrusting the nature of an intercourse carried on, as it was,
+in a language they could not understand, and they seemed to harbour the
+belief that already we had concerted measures calculated to elude their
+vigilance.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The lively countenances of these people are wonderfully indicative of the
+emotions of the soul, and the imperfections of their oral language are
+more than compensated for by the nervous eloquence of their looks and
+gestures. I could plainly trace, in every varying expression of their
+faces, all those passions which had been thus unexpectedly aroused in
+their bosoms.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It required no reflection to convince me, from what was going on, that the
+injunction of Marnoo was not to be rashly slighted; and accordingly, great
+as was the effort to suppress my feelings, I accosted Mehevi in a
+good-humoured tone, with a view of dissipating any ill impression he might
+have received. But the ireful, angry chief was not so easily mollified. He
+rejected my advances with that peculiarly stern expression I have before
+described, and took care by the whole of his behaviour towards me to show
+the displeasure and resentment which he felt.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Marnoo, at the other extremity of the house, apparently desirous of making
+a diversion in my favour, exerted himself to amuse with his pleasantries
+the crowd about him; but his lively attempts were not so successful as
+they had previously been, and, foiled in his efforts, he rose gravely to
+depart. No one expressed any regret at this movement, so seizing his roll
+of tappa, and grasping his spear, he advanced to the front of the pi-pi,
+and waving his hand in adieu to the now silent throng, cast upon me a
+glance of mingled pity and reproach, and flung himself into the path which
+led from the house. I watched his receding figure until it was lost in the
+obscurity of the grove, and then gave myself up to the most desponding
+reflections.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap18"></a>CHAPTER XVIII</h2>
+
+<p class="letter">
+Reflection after Marnoo’s departure—Battle of the pop-guns—Strange conceit of
+Marheyo—Process of making tappa.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The knowledge I had now obtained as to the intention of the savages deeply
+affected me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Marnoo, I perceived, was a man who, by reason of his superior
+acquirements, and the knowledge he possessed of the events which were
+taking place in the different bays of the island, was held in no little
+estimation by the inhabitants of the valley. He had been received with the
+most cordial welcome and respect. The natives had hung upon the accents of
+his voice, and had manifested the highest gratification at being
+individually noticed by him. And yet, despite all this, a few words urged
+in my behalf, with the intent of obtaining my release from captivity, had
+sufficed not only to banish all harmony and good-will, but, if I could
+believe what he told me, had gone nigh to endanger his own personal
+safety.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+How strongly rooted, then, must be the determination of the Typees with
+regard to me, and how suddenly could they display the strangest passions!
+The mere suggestion of my departure had estranged from me, for the time at
+least, Mehevi, who was the most influential of all the chiefs, and who had
+previously exhibited so many instances of his friendly sentiments. The
+rest of the natives had likewise evinced their strong repugnance to my
+wishes, and even Kory-Kory himself seemed to share in the general
+disapprobation bestowed upon me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In vain I racked my invention to find out some motive for the strange
+desire these people manifested to retain me among them; but I could
+discover none.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But however this might be, the scene which had just occurred admonished me
+of the danger of trifling with the wayward and passionate spirits against
+whom it was vain to struggle, and might even be fatal to do so. My only
+hope was to induce the natives to believe that I was reconciled to my
+detention in the valley, and by assuming a tranquil and cheerful
+demeanour, to allay the suspicions which I had so unfortunately aroused.
+Their confidence revived, they might in a short time remit in some degree
+their watchfulness over my movements, and I should then be the better
+enabled to avail myself of any opportunity which presented itself for
+escape. I determined, therefore, to make the best of a bad bargain, and to
+bear up manfully against whatever might betide. In this endeavour I
+succeeded beyond my own expectations. At the period of Marnoo’s visit, I
+had been in the valley, as nearly as I could conjecture, some two months.
+Although not completely recovered from my strange illness, which still
+lingered about me, I was free from pain and able to take exercise. In
+short, I had every reason to anticipate a perfect recovery. Freed from
+apprehensions on this point, and resolved to regard the future without
+flinching, I flung myself anew into all the social pleasures of the
+valley, and sought to bury all regrets, and all remembrances of my
+previous existence, in the wild enjoyments it afforded.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In my various wanderings through the vale, and as I became better
+acquainted with the character of its inhabitants, I was more and more
+struck with the light-hearted joyousness that everywhere prevailed. The
+minds of these simple savages, unoccupied by matters of graver moment,
+were capable of deriving the utmost delight from circumstances which would
+have passed unnoticed in more intelligent communities. All their
+enjoyment, indeed, seemed to be made up of the little trifling incidents
+of the passing hour; but these diminutive items swelled altogether to an
+amount of happiness seldom experienced by more enlightened individuals,
+whose pleasures are drawn from more elevated but rarer sources.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What community, for instance, of refined and intellectual mortals would
+derive the least satisfaction from shooting pop-guns? The mere supposition
+of such a thing being possible would excite their indignation, and yet the
+whole population of Typee did little else for ten days but occupy
+themselves with that childish amusement, fairly screaming, too, with the
+delight it afforded them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One day I was frolicking with a little spirited urchin, some six years
+old, who chased me with a piece of bamboo about three feet long, with
+which he occasionally belaboured me. Seizing the stick from him, the idea
+happened to suggest itself, that I might make for the youngster, out of
+the slender tube, one of those nursery muskets with which I had sometimes
+seen children playing. Accordingly, with my knife, I made two parallel
+slits in the cane several inches in length, and cutting loose at one end
+the elastic strip between them, bent it back and slipped the point into a
+little notch made for the purpose. Any small substance placed against this
+would be projected with considerable force through the tube by merely
+springing the bent strip out of the notch.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Had I possessed the remotest idea of the sensation this piece of ordnance
+was destined to produce, I should certainly have taken out a patent for
+the invention. The boy scampered away with it, half delirious with
+ecstasy, and twenty minutes afterwards I might have been seen surrounded
+by a noisy crowd—venerable old greybeards—responsible fathers of
+families—valiant warriors—matrons—young men—girls and children, all
+holding in their hands bits of bamboo, and each clamouring to be served
+first.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For three or four hours I was engaged in manufacturing pop-guns, but at
+last made over my good-will and interests in the concern to a lad of
+remarkably quick parts, whom I soon initiated into the art and mystery.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Pop, Pop, Pop, Pop, now resounded all over the valley. Duels, skirmishes,
+pitched battles, and general engagements were to be seen on every side.
+Here, as you walked along a path which led through a thicket, you fell
+into a cunningly-laid ambush, and became a target for a body of
+musketeers, whose tattooed limbs you could just see peeping into view
+through the foliage. There, you were assailed by the intrepid garrison of
+a house, who levelled their bamboo rifles at you from between the upright
+canes which composed its sides. Farther on, you were fired upon by a
+detachment of sharpshooters, mounted upon the top of a pi-pi.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Pop, Pop, Pop, Pop! green guavas, seeds, and berries were flying about in
+every direction, and during this dangerous state of affairs, I was half
+afraid that, like the man and his brazen bull, I should fall a victim to
+my own ingenuity. Like everything else, however, the excitement gradually
+wore away, though ever after occasionally pop-guns might be heard at all
+hours of the day.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was towards the close of the pop-gun war, that I was infinitely
+diverted with a strange freak of Marheyo’s.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I had worn, when I quitted the ship, a pair of thick pumps, which, from
+the rough usage they had received in scaling precipices and sliding down
+gorges, were so dilapidated as to be altogether unfit for use—so, at
+least, would have thought the generality of people, and so they most
+certainly were, when considered in the light of shoes. But things
+unserviceable in one way, may with advantage be applied in another—that
+is, if one has genius enough for the purpose. This genius Marheyo
+possessed in a superlative degree, as he abundantly evinced by the use to
+which he put these sorely bruised and battered old shoes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Every article, however trivial, which belonged to me, the natives appeared
+to regard as sacred; and I observed that for several days after becoming
+an inmate of the house, my pumps were suffered to remain, untouched, where
+I had first happened to throw them. I remembered, however, that after
+awhile I had missed them from their accustomed place; but the matter gave
+me no concern, supposing that Tinor—like any other tidy housewife, having
+come across them in some of her domestic occupations—had pitched the
+useless things out of the house. But I was soon undeceived.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One day I observed old Marheyo bustling about me with unusual activity,
+and to such a degree as almost to supersede Kory-Kory in the functions of
+his office. One moment he volunteered to trot off with me on his back to
+the stream; and when I refused, noways daunted by the repulse, he
+continued to frisk about me like a superannuated house-dog. I could not
+for the life of me conjecture what possessed the old gentleman, until all
+at once, availing himself of the temporary absence of the household, he
+went through a variety of uncouth gestures, pointing eagerly down to my
+feet, and then up to a little bundle which swung from the ridge-pole
+overhead. At last I caught a faint idea of his meaning, and motioned him
+to lower the package. He executed the order in the twinkling of an eye,
+and unrolling a piece of tappa, displayed to my astonished gaze the
+identical pumps which I thought had been destroyed long before.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I immediately comprehended his desire, and very generously gave him the
+shoes, which had become quite mouldy, wondering for what earthly purpose
+he could want them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The same afternoon I descried the venerable warrior approaching the house,
+with a slow, stately gait, earrings in ears, and spear in hand, with this
+highly ornamental pair of shoes suspended from his neck by a strip of
+bark, and swinging backwards and forwards on his capacious chest. In the
+gala costume of the tasteful Marheyo, these calf-skin pendants ever after
+formed the most striking feature.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But to turn to something a little more important. Although the whole
+existence of the inhabitants of the valley seemed to pass away exempt from
+toil, yet there were some light employments which, although amusing rather
+than labourious as occupations, contributed to their comfort and luxury.
+Among these, the most important was the manufacture of the native
+cloth—“tappa”—so well known, under various modifications, throughout the
+whole Polynesian Archipelago. As is generally understood, this useful and
+sometimes elegant article is fabricated from the bark of different trees.
+But, as I believe that no description of its manufacture has ever been
+given, I shall state what I know regarding it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the manufacture of the beautiful white tappa generally worn on the
+Marquesan Islands, the preliminary operation consists in gathering a
+certain quantity of the young branches of the cloth-tree. The exterior
+green bark being pulled off as worthless, there remains a slender fibrous
+substance, which is carefully stripped from the stick, to which it closely
+adheres. When a sufficient quantity of it has been collected, the various
+strips are enveloped in a covering of large leaves, which the natives use
+precisely as we do wrapping-paper, and which are secured by a few turns of
+a line passed round them. The package is then laid in the bed of some
+running stream, with a heavy stone placed over it, to prevent its being
+swept away. After it has remained for two or three days in this state, it
+is drawn out, and exposed for a short time to the action of the air, every
+distinct piece being attentively inspected, with a view of ascertaining
+whether it has yet been sufficiently affected by the operation. This is
+repeated again and again, until the desired result is obtained.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When the substance is in a proper state for the next process, it betrays
+evidences of incipient decomposition; the fibres are relaxed and softened,
+and rendered perfectly malleable. The different strips are now extended,
+one by one, in successive layers, upon some smooth surface—generally the
+prostrate trunk of a cocoa-nut tree—and the heap thus formed is subjected,
+at every new increase, to a moderate beating, with a sort of wooden
+mallet, leisurely applied. The mallet is made of a hard heavy wood
+resembling ebony, is about twelve inches in length, and perhaps two in
+breadth, with a rounded handle at one end, and in shape is the exact
+counterpart of one of our four-sided razor-strops. The flat surfaces of
+the implement are marked with shallow parallel indentations, varying in
+depth on the different sides, so as to be adapted to the several stages of
+the operation. These marks produce the corduroy sort of stripes
+descernible in the tappa in its finished state. After being beaten in the
+manner I have described, the material soon becomes blended in one mass,
+which, moistened occasionally with water, is at intervals hammered out, by
+a kind of gold-beating process, to any degree of thinness required. In
+this way the cloth is easily made to vary in strength and thickness, so as
+to suit the numerous purposes to which it is applied.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When the operation last described has been concluded, the new-made tappa
+is spread out on the grass to bleach and dry, and soon becomes of a
+dazzling whiteness. Sometimes, in the first stages of the manufacture, the
+substance is impregnated with a vegetable juice, which gives it a
+permanent colour. A rich brown and a bright yellow are occasionally seen,
+but the simple taste of the Typee people inclines them to prefer the
+natural tint.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The notable wife of Kammahammaha, the renowned conqueror and king of the
+Sandwich Islands, used to pride herself in the skill she displayed in
+dyeing her tappa with contrasting colours disposed in regular figures;
+and, in the midst of the innovations of the times, was regarded, towards
+the decline of her life, as a lady of the old school, clinging as she did
+to the national cloth, in preference to the frippery of the European
+calicoes. But the art of printing the tappa is unknown upon the Marquesan
+Islands.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In passing along the valley, I was often attracted by the noise of the
+mallet, which, when employed in the manufacture of the cloth, produces at
+every stroke of its hard, heavy wood, a clear, ringing, and musical sound,
+capable of being heard at a great distance. When several of these
+implements happen to be in operation at the same time, and near one
+another, the effect upon the ear of a person, at a little distance, is
+really charming.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap19"></a>CHAPTER XIX</h2>
+
+<p class="letter">
+History of a day as usually spent in the Typee valley—Dances of the Marquesan
+girls.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Nothing can be more uniform and undiversified than the life of the Typees;
+one tranquil day of ease and happiness follows another in quiet
+succession; and with these unsophisticated savages the history of a day is
+the history of a life. I will therefore, as briefly as I can, describe one
+of our days in the valley.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To begin with the morning. We were not very early risers—the sun would be
+shooting his golden spikes above the Happar mountain, ere I threw aside my
+tappa robe, and girding my long tunic about my waist, sallied out with
+Fayaway and Kory-Kory, and the rest of the household, and bent my steps
+towards the stream. Here we found congregated all those who dwelt in our
+section of the valley; and here we bathed with them. The fresh morning air
+and the cool flowing waters put both soul and body in a glow, and after a
+half-hour employed in this recreation, we sauntered back to the
+house—Tinor and Marheyo gathering dry sticks by the way for firewood; some
+of the young men laying the cocoa-nut trees under contribution as they
+passed beneath them; while Kory-Kory played his outlandish pranks for my
+particular diversion, and Fayaway and I, not arm in arm to be sure, but
+sometimes hand in hand, strolled along, with feelings of perfect charity
+for all the world, and especial good-will towards each other.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Our morning meal was soon prepared. The islanders are somewhat abstemious
+at this repast; reserving the more powerful efforts of their appetite to a
+later period of the day. For my own part, with the assistance of my valet,
+who, as I have before stated, always officiated as spoon on these
+occasions, I ate sparingly from one of Tinor’s trenchers of poee-poee;
+which was devoted exclusively for my own use, being mixed with the milky
+meat of ripe cocoa-nut. A section of a roasted bread-fruit, a small cake
+of “Amar,” or a mess of “Kokoo,” two or three bananas, or a Mawmee apple;
+an annuee, or some other agreeable and nutritious fruit, served from day
+to day to diversify the meal, which was finished by tossing off the liquid
+contents of a young cocoa-nut or two.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+While partaking of this simple repast, the inmates of Marheyo’s house,
+after the style of the ancient Romans, reclined in sociable groups upon
+the divan of mats, and digestion was promoted by cheerful conversation.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After the morning meal was concluded, pipes were lighted; and among them
+my own special pipe, a present from the noble Mehevi. The islanders, who
+only smoke a whiff or two at a time, and at long intervals, and who keep
+their pipes going from hand to hand continually, regarded my systematic
+smoking of four or five pipefuls of tobacco in succession as something
+quite wonderful. When two or three pipes had circulated freely, the
+company gradually broke up. Marheyo went to the little hut he was for ever
+building. Tinor began to inspect her rolls of tappa, or employed her busy
+fingers in plaiting grass-mats. The girls anointed themselves with their
+fragrant oils, dressed their hair, or looked over their curious finery,
+and compared together their ivory trinkets, fashioned out of boar’s tusks
+or whale’s teeth. The young men and warriors produced their spears,
+paddles, canoe-gear, battle-clubs, and war-conchs, and occupied themselves
+in carving all sorts of figures upon them with pointed bits of shell or
+flint, and adorning them, especially the war-conchs, with tassels of
+braided bark and tufts of human hair. Some, immediately after eating,
+threw themselves once more upon the inviting mats, and resumed the
+employment of the previous night, sleeping as soundly as if they had not
+closed their eyes for a week. Others sallied out into the groves, for the
+purpose of gathering fruit or fibres of bark and leaves; the last two
+being in constant requisition, and applied to a hundred uses. A few,
+perhaps, among the girls, would slip into the woods after flowers, or
+repair to the stream with small calabashes and cocoa-nut shells, in order
+to polish them by friction with a smooth stone in the water. In truth
+these innocent people seemed to be at no loss for something to occupy
+their time; and it would be no light task to enumerate all their
+employments, or rather pleasures.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My own mornings I spent in a variety of ways. Sometimes I rambled about
+from house to house, sure of receiving a cordial welcome wherever I went;
+or, from grove to grove, and from one shady place to another, in company
+with Kory-Kory and Fayaway, and a rabble rout of merry young idlers.
+Sometimes I was too indolent for exercise, and, accepting one of the many
+invitations I was continually receiving, stretched myself out on the mats
+of some hospitable dwelling, and occupied myself pleasantly either in
+watching the proceedings of those around me, or taking part in them
+myself. Whenever I chose to do the latter, the delight of the islanders
+was boundless; and there was always a throng of competitors for the honor
+of instructing me in any particular craft. I soon became quite an
+accomplished hand at making tappa—could braid a grass sling as well as the
+best of them—and once, with my knife, carved the handle of a javelin so
+exquisitely that I have no doubt, to this day, Karnoonoo, its owner,
+preserves it as a surprising specimen of my skill. As noon approached, all
+those who had wandered forth from our habitation began to return; and when
+mid-day was fairly come, scarcely a sound was to be heard in the valley—a
+deep sleep fell upon all. The luxurious siesta was hardly ever omitted,
+except by old Marheyo, who was so eccentric a character, that he seemed to
+be governed by no fixed principles whatever; but acting just according to
+the humour of the moment, slept, eat, or tinkered away at his little hut,
+without regard to the proprieties of time or place. Frequently he might
+have been seen taking a nap in the sun at noon-day, or a bath in the
+stream at midnight. Once I beheld him perched eighty feet from the ground,
+in the tuft of a cocoa-nut tree, smoking; and often I saw him standing up
+to the waist in water, engaged in plucking out the stray hairs of his
+beard, using a piece of muscle-shell for tweezers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The noontide slumber lasted generally an hour and a half, very often
+longer; and after the sleepers had arisen from their mats they again had
+recourse to their pipes, and then made preparations for the most important
+meal of the day.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I, however, like those gentlemen of leisure who breakfast at home and dine
+at their club, almost invariably, during my intervals of health, enjoyed
+the afternoon repast with the bachelor chiefs of the Ti, who were always
+rejoiced to see me, and lavishly spread before me all the good things
+which their larder afforded. Mehevi generally produced, among other
+dainties, a baked pig, an article which, I have every reason to suppose,
+was provided for my sole gratification.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The Ti was a right jovial place. It did my heart, as well as my body, good
+to visit it. Secure from female intrusion, there was no restraint upon the
+hilarity of the warriors, who, like the gentlemen of Europe after the
+cloth is drawn, and the ladies retire, freely indulged their mirth.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After spending a considerable portion of the afternoon at the Ti, I
+usually found myself, as the cool of the evening came on, either sailing
+on the little lake with Fayaway, or bathing in the waters of the stream
+with a number of the savages, who, at this hour, always repaired thither.
+As the shadows of night approached, Marheyo’s household were once more
+assembled under his roof; tapers were lit, long and curious chants were
+raised, interminable stories were told (for which one present was little
+the wiser), and all sorts of social festivities served to while away the
+time.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The young girls very often danced by moonlight in front of their
+dwellings. There are a great variety of these dances, in which, however, I
+never saw the men take part. They all consist of active, romping,
+mischievous evolutions, in which every limb is brought into requisition.
+Indeed, the Marquesan girls dance all over, as it were; not only do their
+feet dance, but their arms, hands, fingers, ay, their very eyes seem to
+dance in their heads.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The damsels wear nothing but flowers and their compendious gala tunics;
+and when they plume themselves for the dance, one would almost think that
+they were about to take wing.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Unless some particular festivity was going forward, the inmates of
+Marheyo’s house retired to their mats rather early in the evening; but not
+for the night, since after slumbering lightly for awhile, they rose again,
+relit their tapers, partook of the third and last meal of the day, at
+which poee-poee alone was eaten, and then, after inhaling a narcotic whiff
+from a pipe of tobacco, disposed themselves for the great business of the
+night—sleep. With the Marquesans it might almost be styled the great
+business of life, for they pass a large portion of their time in the arms
+of Somnus. The native strength of their constitution is no way shown more
+emphatically than in the quantity of sleep they can endure. To many of
+them, indeed, life is little else than an often interrupted and luxurious
+nap.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap20"></a>CHAPTER XX</h2>
+
+<p class="letter">
+The spring of Arva Wai—Remarkable monumental remains—Some ideas with regard to
+the history of the pi-pis found in the valley.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Almost every country has its medicinal springs famed for their healing
+virtues. The Cheltenham of Typee is embosomed in the deepest solitude, and
+but seldom receives a visitor. It is situated remote from any dwelling, a
+little way up the mountain, near the head of the valley; and you approach
+it by a pathway shaded by the most beautiful foliage, and adorned with a
+thousand fragrant plants.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The mineral waters of Arva Wai<a href="#fn2" name="fnref2"><sup>[2]</sup></a>
+ooze forth from the crevices of a rock, and gliding down its mossy side, fall
+at last, in many clustering drops, into a natural basin of stone, fringed round
+with grass and dewy-looking little violet-coloured flowers, as fresh and
+beautiful as the perpetual moisture they enjoy can make them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The water is held in high estimation by the islanders, some of whom
+consider it an agreeable as well as a medicinal beverage; they bring it
+from the mountain in their calabashes, and store it away beneath heaps of
+leaves in some shady nook near the house. Old Marheyo had a great love for
+the waters of the spring. Every now and then he lugged off to the mountain
+a great round demijohn of a calabash, and, panting with his exertions,
+brought it back filled with his darling fluid.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The water tasted like a solution of a dozen disagreeable things, and was
+sufficiently nauseous to have made the fortune of the proprietor, had the
+spa been situated in the midst of any civilized community.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As I am no chemist, I cannot give a scientific analysis of the water. All
+I know about the matter is, that one day Marheyo in my presence poured out
+the last drop from his huge calabash, and I observed at the bottom of the
+vessel a small quantity of gravelly sediment very much resembling our
+common sand. Whether this is always found in the water, and gives it its
+peculiar flavour and virtues, or whether its presence was merely
+incidental, I was not able to ascertain.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One day in returning from this spring by a circuitous path, I came upon a
+scene which reminded me of Stonehenge and the architectural labours of the
+Druid.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At the base of one of the mountains, and surrounded on all sides by dense
+groves, a series of vast terraces of stone rises, step by step, for a
+considerable distance up the hillside. These terraces cannot be less than
+one hundred yards in length and twenty in width. Their magnitude, however,
+is less striking than the immense size of the blocks composing them. Some
+of the stones, of an oblong shape, are from ten to fifteen feet in length,
+and five or six feet thick. Their sides are quite smooth, but though
+square, and of pretty regular formation, they bear no mark of the chisel.
+They are laid together without cement, and here and there show gaps
+between. The topmost terrace and the lower one are somewhat peculiar in
+their construction. They have both a quadrangular depression in the
+centre, leaving the rest of the terrace elevated several feet above it. In
+the intervals of the stones immense trees have taken root, and their broad
+boughs stretching far over, and interlacing together, support a canopy
+almost impenetrable to the sun. Overgrowing the greater part of them, and
+climbing from one to another, is a wilderness of vines, in whose sinewy
+embrace many of the stones lie half-hidden, while in some places a thick
+growth of bushes entirely covers them. There is a wild pathway which
+obliquely crosses two of these terraces; and so profound is the shade, so
+dense the vegetation, that a stranger to the place might pass along it
+without being aware of its existence.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These structures bear every indication of a very high antiquity, and
+Kory-Kory, who was my authority in all matters of scientific research,
+gave me to understand that they were coeval with the creation of the
+world; that the great gods themselves were the builders; and that they
+would endure until time shall be no more. Kory-Kory’s prompt explanation,
+and his attributing the work to a divine origin, at once convinced me that
+neither he nor the rest of his countrymen knew anything about them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As I gazed upon this monument, doubtless the work of an extinct and
+forgotten race, thus buried in the green nook of an island at the end of
+the earth, the existence of which was yesterday unknown, a stronger
+feeling of awe came over me than if I had stood musing at the mighty base
+of the Pyramid of Cheops. There are no inscriptions, no sculpture, no
+clue, by which to conjecture its history: nothing but the dumb stones. How
+many generations of those majestic trees which overshadow them have grown
+and flourished and decayed since first they were erected!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These remains naturally suggest many interesting reflections. They
+establish the great age of the island, an opinion which the builders of
+theories concerning the creation of the various groups in the South Seas
+are not always inclined to admit. For my own part I think it just as
+probable that human beings were living in the valleys of the Marquesas
+three thousand years ago as that they were inhabiting the land of Egypt.
+The origin of the island of Nukuheva cannot be imputed to the coral
+insect: for indefatigable as that wonderful creature is, it would be
+hardly muscular enough to pile rocks one upon the other more than three
+thousand feet above the level of the sea. That the land may have been
+thrown up by a submarine volcano is as possible as anything else. No one
+can make an affidavit to the contrary, and therefore I will say nothing
+against the supposition: indeed, were geologists to assert that the whole
+continent of America had in like manner been formed by the simultaneous
+explosion of a train of Etnas, laid under the water all the way from the
+North Pole to the parallel of Cape Horn, I am the last man in the world to
+contradict them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I have already mentioned that the dwellings of the islanders were almost
+invariably built upon massive stone foundations, which they call pi-pis.
+The dimensions of these, however, as well as of the stones composing them,
+are comparatively small: but there are other and larger erections of a
+similar description comprising the “morais,” or burying-grounds, and
+festival-places, in nearly all the valleys of the island. Some of these
+piles are so extensive, and so great a degree of labour and skill must
+have been requisite in constructing them, that I can scarcely believe they
+were built by the ancestors of the present inhabitants. If indeed they
+were, the race has sadly deteriorated in their knowledge of the mechanic
+arts. To say nothing of their habitual indolence, by what contrivance
+within the reach of so simple a people could such enormous masses have
+been moved or fixed in their places? and how could they with their rude
+implements have chiselled and hammered them into shape?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+All of these larger pi-pis—like that of the Hoolah Hoolah ground in the
+Typee valley—bore incontestable marks of great age; and I am disposed to
+believe that their erection may be ascribed to the same race of men who
+were the builders of the still more ancient remains I have just described.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+According to Kory-Kory’s account, the pi-pi, upon which stands the Hoolah
+Hoolah ground, was built a great many moons ago, under the direction of
+Monoo, a great chief and warrior, and, as it would appear, master-mason
+among the Typees. It was erected for the express purpose to which it is at
+present devoted, in the incredibly short period of one sun; and was
+dedicated to the immortal wooden idols by a grand festival, which lasted
+ten days and nights.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Among the smaller pi-pis, upon which stand the dwelling-houses of the
+natives, I never observed any which intimated a recent erection. There are
+in every part of the valley a great many of these massive stone
+foundations which have no houses upon them. This is vastly convenient, for
+whenever an enterprising islander chooses to emigrate a few hundred yards
+from the place where he was born, all he has to do in order to establish
+himself in some new locality, is to select one of the many unappropriated
+pi-pis, and without further ceremony pitch his bamboo tent upon it.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap21"></a>CHAPTER XXI</h2>
+
+<p class="letter">
+Preparations for a grand festival in the valley—Strange doings in the Taboo
+Groves—Monument of Calabashes—Gala costume of the Typee damsels—Departure for
+the festival.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From the time that my lameness had decreased I had made a daily practice
+of visiting Mehevi at the Ti, who invariably gave me a most cordial
+reception. I was always accompanied in these excursions by Fayaway and the
+ever-present Kory-Kory. The former, as soon as we reached the vicinity of
+the Ti—which was rigorously tabooed to the whole female sex—withdrew to a
+neighbouring hut, as if her feminine delicacy restrained her from
+approaching a habitation which might be regarded as a sort of Bachelor’s
+Hall.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And in good truth it might well have been so considered. Although it was
+the permanent residence of several distinguished chiefs, and of the noble
+Mehevi in particular, it was still at certain seasons the favourite haunt
+of all the jolly, talkative, and elderly savages of the vale, who resorted
+thither in the same way that similar characters frequent a tavern in
+civilized countries. There they would remain hour after hour, chatting,
+smoking, eating poee-poee, or busily engaged in sleeping for the good of
+their constitutions.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This building appeared to be the headquarters of the valley, where all
+flying rumours concentrated; and to have seen it filled with a crowd of
+the natives, all males, conversing in animated clusters, while multitudes
+were continually coming and going, one would have thought it a kind of
+savage exchange, where the rise and fall of Polynesian Stock was
+discussed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mehevi acted as supreme lord over the place, spending the greater portion
+of his time there: and often when, at particular hours of the day, it was
+deserted by nearly every one else except the verd-antique looking
+centenarians, who were fixtures in the building, the chief himself was
+sure to be found enjoying his “otium cum dignitate” upon the luxurious
+mats which covered the floor. Whenever I made my appearance he invariably
+rose, and, like a gentleman doing the honours of his mansion, invited me
+to repose myself wherever I pleased, and calling out “tammaree!” (boy), a
+little fellow would appear, and then retiring for an instant, return with
+some savoury mess, from which the chief would press me to regale myself.
+To tell the truth, Mehevi was indebted to the excellence of his viands for
+the honour of my repeated visits,—a matter which cannot appear singular,
+when it is borne in mind that bachelors, all the world over, are famous
+for serving up unexceptional repasts.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One day, on drawing near to the Ti, I observed that extensive preparations
+were going forward, plainly betokening some approaching festival. Some of
+the symptoms reminded me of the stir produced among the scullions of a
+large hotel, where a grand jubilee dinner is about to be given. The
+natives were hurrying about hither and thither, engaged in various duties;
+some lugging off to the stream enormous hollow bamboos, for the purpose of
+filling them with water; others chasing furious-looking hogs through the
+bushes, in their endeavours to capture them; and numbers employed in
+kneading great mountains of poee-poee heaped up in huge wooden vessels.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After observing these lively indications for awhile, I was attracted to a
+neighbouring grove by a prodigious squeaking which I heard there. On
+reaching the spot I found it proceeded from a large hog which a number of
+natives were forcibly holding to the earth, while a muscular fellow, armed
+with a bludgeon, was ineffectually aiming murderous blows at the skull of
+the unfortunate porker. Again and again he missed his writhing and
+struggling victim, but though puffing and panting with his exertions, he
+still continued them; and after striking a sufficient number of blows to
+have demolished an entire drove of oxen, with one crashing stroke he laid
+him dead at his feet.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Without letting any blood from the body, it was immediately carried to a
+fire which had been kindled near at hand, and four savages taking hold of
+the carcass by its legs, passed it rapidly to and fro in the flames. In a
+moment the smell of burning bristles betrayed the object of this
+procedure. Having got thus far in the matter, the body was removed to a
+little distance; and, being disembowelled, the entrails were laid aside as
+choice parts, and the whole carcass thoroughly washed with water. An ample
+thick green cloth, composed of the long thick leaves of a species of palm
+tree, ingeniously tacked together with little pins of bamboo, was now
+spread upon the ground, in which the body being carefully rolled, it was
+borne to an oven previously prepared to receive it. Here it was at once
+laid upon the heated stones at the bottom, and covered with thick layers
+of leaves, the whole being quickly hidden from sight by a mound of earth
+raised over it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Such is the summary style in which the Typees convert perverse-minded and
+rebellious hogs into the most docile and amiable pork; a morsel of which
+placed on the tongue melts like a soft smile from the lips of beauty.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I commend their peculiar mode of proceeding to the consideration of all
+butchers, cooks, and housewives. The hapless porker whose fate I have just
+rehearsed, was not the only one who suffered on that memorable day. Many a
+dismal grunt, many an imploring squeak, proclaimed what was going on
+throughout the whole extent of the valley: and I verily believe the
+first-born of every litter perished before the setting of that fatal sun.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The scene around the Ti was now most animated. Hogs and poee-poee were
+baking in numerous ovens, which, heaped up with fresh earth into slight
+elevations, looked like so many ant-hills. Scores of the savages were
+vigorously plying their stone pestles in preparing masses of poee-poee,
+and numbers were gathering green bread-fruit and young cocoa-nuts in the
+surrounding groves; while an exceeding great multitude, with a view of
+encouraging the rest in their labours, stood still, and kept shouting most
+lustily without intermission.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It is a peculiarity among these people, that when engaged in any
+employment they always make a prodigious fuss about it. So seldom do they
+ever exert themselves, that when they do work they seem determined that so
+meritorious an action shall not escape the observation of those around.
+If, for example, they have occasion to remove a stone to a little
+distance, which perhaps might be carried by two able-bodied men, a whole
+swarm gather about it, and, after a vast deal of palavering, lift it up
+among them, every one struggling to get hold of it, and bear it off
+yelling and panting as if accomplishing some mighty achievement. Seeing
+them on these occasions, one is reminded of an infinity of black ants
+clustering about and dragging away to some hole the leg of a deceased fly.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Having for some time attentively observed these demonstrations of good
+cheer, I entered the Ti, where Mehevi sat complacently looking out upon
+the busy scene, and occasionally issuing his orders. The chief appeared to
+be in an extraordinary flow of spirits, and gave me to understand that on
+the morrow there would be grand doings in the groves generally, and at the
+Ti in particular; and urged me by no means to absent himself. In
+commemoration of what event, however, or in honour of what distinguished
+personage, the feast was to be given, altogether passed my comprehension.
+Mehevi sought to enlighten my ignorance, but he failed as signally as when
+he had endeavoured to initiate me into the perplexing arcana of the taboo.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On leaving the Ti, Kory-Kory, who had, as a matter of course, accompanied
+me, observing that my curiosity remained unabated, resolved to make
+everything plain and satisfactory. With this intent, he escorted me
+through the Taboo Groves, pointing out to my notice a variety of objects,
+and endeavoured to explain them in such an indescribable jargon of words,
+that it almost put me in bodily pain to listen to him. In particular, he
+led me to a remarkable pyramidical structure some three yards square at
+the base, and perhaps ten feet in height, which had lately been thrown up,
+and occupied a very conspicuous position. It was composed principally of
+large empty calabashes, with a few polished cocoa-nut shells, and looked
+not unlike a cenotaph of skulls. My cicerone perceived the astonishment
+with which I gazed at this monument of savage crockery, and immediately
+addressed himself to the task of enlightening me: but all in vain; and to
+this hour the nature of the monument remains a complete mystery to me. As,
+however, it formed so prominent a feature in the approaching revels, I
+bestowed upon the latter, in my own mind, the title of the “Feast of
+Calabashes.”
+</p>
+
+<div class="fig" style="width:100%;">
+<a name="illus5"></a>
+<a href="images/illus5.jpg">
+<img src="images/illus5.jpg" width="477" height="600" alt="Illustration:" /></a>
+<p class="caption">THUS ARRAYED, I WOULD HAVE MATCHED THE CHARMING FAYAWAY
+AGAINST ANY BEAUTY IN THE WORLD</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+The following morning, awakening rather late, I perceived the whole of
+Marheyo’s family busily engaged in preparing for the festival. The old
+warrior himself was arranging in round balls the two grey locks of hair
+that were suffered to grow from the crown of his head; his earrings and
+spear, both well polished, lay beside him, while the highly decorative
+pair of shoes hung suspended from a projecting cane against the side of
+the house. The young men were similarly employed; and the fair damsels,
+including Fayaway, were anointing themselves with “aka,” arranging their
+long tresses, and performing other matters connected with the duties of
+the toilet.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Having completed their preparations, the girls now exhibited themselves in
+gala costume; the most conspicuous feature of which was a necklace of
+beautiful white flowers, with the stems removed, and strung closely
+together upon a single fibre of tappa. Corresponding ornaments were
+inserted in their ears, and woven garlands upon their heads. About their
+waist they wore a short tunic of spotless white tappa, and some of them
+superadded to this a mantle of the same material, tied in an elaborate bow
+upon the left shoulder, and falling about the figure in picturesque folds.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus arrayed, I would have matched the charming Fayaway against any beauty
+in the world.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+People may say what they will about the taste evinced by our fashionable
+ladies in dress. Their jewels, their feathers, their silks and their
+furbelows would have sunk into utter insignificance beside the exquisite
+simplicity of attire adopted by the nymphs of the vale on this festive
+occasion. I should like to have seen a gallery of coronation beauties, at
+Westminster Abbey, confronted for a moment by this band of Island girls;
+their stiffness, formality, and affectation contrasted with the artless
+vivacity and unconcealed natural graces of these savage maidens. It would
+be the Venus de Medici placed beside a milliner’s doll.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was not long before Kory-Kory and myself were left alone in the house,
+the rest of its inmates having departed for the Taboo Groves. My valet was
+all impatience to follow them; and was as fidgety about my dilatory
+movements as a diner out waiting hat in hand at the bottom of the stairs
+for some lagging companion. At last, yielding to his importunities, I set
+out for the Ti. As we passed the houses peeping out from the groves
+through which our route lay, I noticed that they were entirely deserted by
+their inhabitants.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When we reached the rock that abruptly terminated the path, and concealed
+from us the festive scene, wild shouts and a confused blending of voices
+assured me that the occasion, whatever it might be, had drawn together a
+great multitude. Kory-Kory, previous to mounting the elevation, paused for
+a moment, like a dandy at a ball-room door, to put a hasty finish to his
+toilet. During this short interval, the thought struck me that I ought
+myself perhaps to be taking some little pains with my appearance. But as I
+had no holiday raiment, I was not a little puzzled to devise some means of
+decorating myself. However, as I felt desirous to create a sensation, I
+determined to do all that lay in my power; and knowing that I could not
+delight the savages more than by conforming to their style of dress, I
+removed from my person the large robe of tappa which I was accustomed to
+wear over my shoulders whenever I sallied into the open air, and remained
+merely girt about with a short tunic descending from my waist to my knees.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My quick-witted attendant fully appreciated the compliment I was paying to
+the costume of his race, and began more sedulously to arrange the folds of
+the one only garment which remained to me. Whilst he was doing this, I
+caught sight of a knot of young girls, who were sitting near us on the
+grass surrounded by heaps of flowers, which they were forming into
+garlands. I motioned to them to bring some of their handy-work to me; and
+in an instant a dozen wreaths were at my disposal. One of them I put round
+the apology for a hat which I had been forced to construct for myself out
+of palmetto-leaves, and some of the others I converted into a splendid
+girdle. These operations finished, with a slow and dignified step of a
+full-dressed beau I ascended the rock.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap22"></a>CHAPTER XXII</h2>
+
+<p class="letter">
+The Feast of Calabashes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The whole population of the valley seemed to be gathered within the
+precincts of the grove. In the distance could be seen the long front of
+the Ti, its immense piazza swarming with men, arrayed in every variety of
+fantastic costume, and all vociferating with animated gestures; while the
+whole interval between it and the place where I stood was enlivened by
+groups of females fancifully decorated, dancing, capering, and uttering
+wild exclamations. As soon as they descried me they set up a shout of
+welcome; and a band of them came dancing towards me, chanting as they
+approached some wild recitative. The change in my garb seemed to transport
+them with delight, and clustering about me on all sides, they accompanied
+me towards the Ti. When, however, we drew near it, these joyous nymphs
+paused in their career, and parting on either side, permitted me to pass
+on to the now densely thronged building.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+So soon as I mounted to the pi-pi I saw at a glance that the revels were
+fairly under way.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What lavish plenty reigned around!—Warwick feasting his retainers with
+beef and ale, was a niggard to the noble Mehevi!—All along the piazza of
+the Ti were arranged elaborately-carved canoe-shaped vessels, some twenty
+feet in length, filled with newly-made poee-poee, and sheltered from the
+sun by the broad leaves of the banana. At intervals were heaps of green
+bread-fruit, raised in pyramidical stacks, resembling the regular piles of
+heavy shot to be seen in the yard of an arsenal. Inserted into the
+interstices of the huge stones which formed the pi-pi were large boughs of
+trees; hanging from the branches of which, and screened from the sun by
+their foliage, were innumerable little packages with leafy coverings
+containing the meat of the numerous hogs which had been slain, done up in
+this manner to make it more accessible to the crowd. Leaning against the
+railing of the piazza were an immense number of long, heavy bamboos,
+plugged at the lower end, and with their projecting muzzles stuffed with a
+wad of leaves. These were filled with water from the stream, and each of
+them might hold from four to five gallons.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The banquet being thus spread, nought remained but for every one to help
+himself at his pleasure. Accordingly, not a moment passed but the
+transplanted boughs I have mentioned were rifled by the throng of the
+fruit they certainly had never borne before. Calabashes of poee-poee were
+continually being replenished from the extensive receptacle in which that
+article was stored, and multitudes of little fires were kindled about the
+Ti for the purpose of roasting the bread-fruit.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Within the building itself was presented a most extraordinary scene. The
+immense lounge of mats lying between the parallel rows of the trunks of
+cocoa-nut trees, and extending the entire length of the house, at least
+two hundred feet, was covered by the reclining forms of a host of chiefs
+and warriors, who were eating at a great rate, or soothing the cares of
+Polynesian life in the sedative fumes of tobacco. The smoke was inhaled
+from large pipes, the bowls of which, made out of small cocoa-nut shells,
+were curiously carved in strange heathenish devices. These were passed
+from mouth to mouth by the recumbent smokers, each of whom, taking two or
+three prodigious whiffs, handed the pipe to his neighbour; sometimes for
+that purpose stretching indolently across the body of some dozing
+individual whose exertions at the dinner-table had already induced sleep.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The tobacco used among the Typees was of a very mild and pleasing flavour,
+and as I always saw it in leaves, and the natives appeared pretty well
+supplied with it, I was led to believe that it must have been the growth
+of the valley. Indeed Kory-Kory gave me to understand that this was the
+case; but I never saw a single plant growing on the island. At Nukuheva,
+and I believe, in all the other valleys, the weed is very scarce, being
+only obtained in small quantities from foreigners, and smoking is
+consequently with the inhabitants of these places a very great luxury. How
+it was that the Typees were so well furnished with it I cannot divine. I
+should think them too indolent to devote any attention to its culture;
+and, indeed, as far as my observation extended not a single atom of the
+soil was under any other cultivation than that of shower and sunshine. The
+tobacco-plant, however, like the sugar-cane, may grow wild in some remote
+part of the vale.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There were many in the Ti for whom the tobacco did not furnish a
+sufficient stimulus, and who accordingly had recourse to “arva,” as a more
+powerful agent in producing the desired effect.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Arva” is a root very generally dispersed over the South Seas, and from it
+is extracted a juice, the effects of which upon the system are at first
+stimulating in a moderate degree; but it soon relaxes the muscles, and,
+exerting a narcotic influence, produces a luxurious sleep. In the valley
+this beverage was universally prepared in the following way:—Some
+half-dozen young boys seated themselves in a circle around an empty wooden
+vessel, each one of them being supplied with a certain quantity of the
+roots of the “arva,” broken into small bits and laid by his side. A
+cocoa-nut goblet of water was passed around the juvenile company, who
+rinsing their mouth with its contents, proceeded to the business before
+them. This merely consisted in thoroughly masticating the “arva,” and
+throwing it mouthful after mouthful into the receptacle provided. When a
+sufficient quantity had been thus obtained, water was poured upon the
+mass, and being stirred about with the forefinger of the right hand, the
+preparation was soon in readiness for use. The “arva” has medicinal
+qualities.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Upon the Sandwich Islands it has been employed with no small success in
+the treatment of scrofulous affections, and in combating the ravages of a
+disease which for so many years has been gradually depopulating those fine
+and interesting islands. But the tenants of the Typee valley, as yet
+exempt from these inflictions, generally employ the “arva” as a minister
+to social enjoyment, and a calabash of the liquid circulates among them as
+the bottle with us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mehevi, who was greatly delighted with the change in my costume, gave me a
+cordial welcome. He had reserved for me a most delectable mess of
+“cockoo,” well knowing my partiality for that dish; and had likewise
+selected three or four young cocoa-nuts, several roasted bread-fruit, and
+a magnificent bunch of bananas, for my especial comfort and gratification.
+These various matters were at once placed before me; but Kory-Kory deemed
+the banquet entirely insufficient for my wants until he had supplied me
+with one of the leafy packages of pork, which, notwithstanding the
+somewhat hasty manner in which it had been prepared, possessed a most
+excellent flavour, and was surprisingly sweet and tender.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Pork is not a staple article of food among the people of the Marquesas,
+consequently they pay little attention to the breeding of the swine. The
+hogs are permitted to roam at large in the groves, where they obtain no
+small portion of their nourishment from the cocoa-nuts which continually
+fall from the trees. But it is only after infinite labour and difficulty,
+that the hungry animal can pierce the husk and shell so as to get at the
+meat. I have frequently been amused at seeing one of them, after crunching
+the obstinate nut with his teeth for a long time unsuccessfully, get into
+a violent passion with it. He would then root furiously under the
+cocoa-nut, and, with a fling of his snout, toss it before him on the
+ground. Following it up, he would crunch at it again savagely for a
+moment, and the next knock it on one side, pausing immediately after, as
+if wondering how it could so suddenly have disappeared. In this way the
+persecuted cocoa-nuts were often chased half across the valley.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The second day of the Feast of Calabashes was ushered in by still more
+uproarious noises than the first. The skins of innumerable sheep seemed to
+be resounding to the blows of an army of drummers. Startled from my
+slumbers by the din, I leaped up, and found the whole household engaged in
+making preparations for immediate departure. Curious to discover of what
+strange events these novel sounds might be the precursors, and not a
+little desirous to catch a sight of the instruments which produced the
+terrific noise, I accompanied the natives as soon as they were in
+readiness to depart for the Taboo Groves.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The comparatively open space that extended from the Ti toward the rock, to
+which I have before alluded as forming the ascent to the place, was, with
+the building itself, now altogether deserted by the men; the whole
+distance being filled by bands of females, shouting and dancing under the
+influence of some strange excitement.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I was amused at the appearance of four or five old women, who in a state
+of utter nudity, with their arms extended flatly down their side, and
+holding themselves perfectly erect, were leaping stiffly into the air,
+like so many sticks bobbing to the surface, after being pressed
+perpendicularly into the water. They preserved the utmost gravity of
+countenance, and continued their extraordinary movements without a single
+moment’s cessation. They did not appear to attract the observation of the
+crowd around them, but I must candidly confess that, for my own part, I
+stared at them most pertinaciously.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Desirous of being enlightened in regard to the meaning of this peculiar
+diversion, I turned inquiringly to Kory-Kory: that learned Typee
+immediately proceeded to explain the whole matter thoroughly. But all that
+I could comprehend from what he said was, that the leaping figures before
+me were bereaved widows, whose partners had been slain in battle many
+moons previously; and who, at every festival, gave public evidence in this
+manner of their calamities. It was evident that Kory-Kory considered this
+an all-sufficient reason for so indecorous a custom; but I must say that
+it did not satisfy me as to its propriety.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Leaving these afflicted females, we passed on to the Hoolah Hoolah ground.
+Within the spacious quadrangle, the whole population of the valley seemed
+to be assembled, and the sight presented was truly remarkable. Beneath the
+sheds of bamboo which opened towards the interior of the square, reclined
+the principal chiefs and warriors, while a miscellaneous throng lay at
+their ease under the enormous trees, which spread a majestic canopy
+overhead. Upon the terraces of the gigantic altars, at either end, were
+deposited green bread-fruit in baskets of cocoa-nut leaves, large rolls of
+tappa, bunches of white bananas, clusters of mammee-apples, the
+golden-hued fruit of the artu tree, and baked hogs, laid out in large
+wooden trenchers, fancifully decorated with freshly-plucked leaves, whilst
+a variety of rude implements of war were piled in confused heaps before
+the ranks of hideous idols. Fruits of various kinds were likewise
+suspended in leafen baskets, from the tops of poles planted uprightly, and
+at regular intervals, along the lower terraces of both altars. At their
+base were arranged two parallel rows of cumbersome drums, standing at
+least fifteen feet in height, and formed from the hollow trunks of large
+trees. Their heads were covered with shark skins, and their barrels were
+elaborately carved with various quaint figures and devices. At regular
+intervals, they were bound round by a species of sinnate of various
+colours, and strips of native cloth flattened upon them here and there.
+Behind these instruments were built slight platforms, upon which stood a
+number of young men, who, beating violently with the palms of their hands
+upon the drum-heads, produced those outrageous sounds which had awakened
+me in the morning. Every few minutes these musical performers hopped down
+from their elevation into the crowd below, and their places were
+immediately supplied by fresh recruits. Thus an incessant din was kept up
+that might have startled Pandemonium.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Precisely in the middle of the quadrangle were placed perpendicularly in
+the ground a hundred or more slender, fresh-cut poles, stripped of their
+bark, and decorated at the end with a floating pennon of white tappa, the
+whole being fenced about with a little picket of canes. For what purpose
+these singular ornaments were intended, I in vain endeavoured to discover.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Another most striking feature of the performance was exhibited by a score
+of old men, who sat cross-legged in the little pulpits, which encircled
+the trunks of the immense trees growing in the middle of the enclosure.
+These venerable gentlemen, who I presume were the priests, kept up an
+uninterrupted monotonous chant, which was nearly drowned in the roar of
+drums. In the right hand they held a finely-woven grass fan, with a heavy
+black wooden handle, curiously chased: these fans they kept in continual
+motion.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But no attention whatever seemed to be paid to the drummers or to the old
+priests, the individuals who composed the vast crowd present being
+entirely taken up in chatting and laughing with one another, smoking,
+drinking arva, and eating. For all the observation it attracted, or the
+good it achieved, the whole savage orchestra might, with great advantage
+to its own members and the company in general, have ceased the prodigious
+uproar they were making.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In vain I questioned Kory-Kory and others of the natives, as to the
+meaning of the strange things that were going on; all their explanations
+were conveyed in such a mass of outlandish gibberish and gesticulation
+that I gave up the attempt in despair. All that day the drums resounded,
+the priests chanted, and the multitude feasted and roared till sunset,
+when the throng dispersed, and the Taboo Groves were again abandoned to
+quiet and repose. The next day the same scene was repeated until night,
+when this singular festival terminated.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap23"></a>CHAPTER XXIII</h2>
+
+<p class="letter">
+Ideas suggested by the Feast of Calabashes—Effigy of a dead warrior—A singular
+superstition—The priest Kolory and the god Moa Artua—Amazing religious
+observance—A dilapidated shrine—Kory-Kory and the idol—An inference.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Although I had been baffled in my attempts to learn the origin of the
+Feast of Calabashes, yet it seemed very plain to me that it was
+principally, if not wholly, of a religious character.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Yet, notwithstanding all I observed on this occasion, I am free to confess
+my almost entire inability to gratify any curiosity that may be felt with
+regard to the theology of the valley. I doubt whether the inhabitants
+themselves could do so. They are either too lazy or too sensible to worry
+themselves about abstract points of religious belief. While I was among
+them, they never held any synods or councils to settle the principles of
+their faith by agitating them. An unbounded liberty of conscience seemed
+to prevail. Those who pleased to do so were allowed to repose implicit
+faith in an ill-favoured god, with a large bottle-nose, and fat shapeless
+arms crossed upon his breast; whilst others worshipped an image which,
+having no likeness either in heaven or on earth, could hardly be called an
+idol. As the islanders always maintained a discreet reserve with regard to
+my own peculiar views on religion, I thought it would be excessively
+ill-bred in me to pry into theirs.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But, although my knowledge of the religious faith of the Typees was
+unavoidably limited, one of their superstitious observances with which I
+became acquainted interested me greatly.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In one of the most secluded portions of the valley, within a stone’s cast of
+Fayaway’s lake—for so I christened the scene of our island yachting—and hard by
+a growth of palms, which stood ranged in order along both banks of the stream,
+waving their green arms as if to do honour to its passage, was the mausoleum of
+a deceased warrior-chief. Like all the other edifices of any note, it was
+raised upon a small pi-pi of stones, which, being of unusual height, was a
+conspicuous object from a distance. A light thatching of bleached
+palmetto-leaves hung over it like a self-supported canopy; for it was not until
+you came very near that you saw it was supported by four slender columns of
+bamboo, rising at each corner to a little more than the height of a man. A
+clear area of a few yards surrounded the pi-pi, and was enclosed by four trunks
+of cocoa-nut trees, resting at the angles on massive blocks of stone. The place
+was sacred. The sign of the inscrutable Taboo was seen, in the shape of a
+mystic roll of white tappa, suspended by a twisted cord of the same material
+from the top of a slight pole planted within the enclosure.<a href="#fn3"
+name="fnref3"><sup>[3]</sup></a> The sanctity of the spot appeared never to
+have been violated. The stillness of the grave was there, and the calm solitude
+around was beautiful and touching. The soft shadows of those lofty palm trees—I
+can see them now—hanging over the little temple, as if to keep out the
+intrusive sun.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On all sides, as you approached this silent spot, you caught sight of the
+dead chief’s effigy, seated in the stern of a canoe, which was raised on a
+light frame a few inches above the level of the pi-pi. The canoe was about
+seven feet in length; of a rich, dark-coloured wood, handsomely carved,
+and adorned in many places with variegated bindings of stained sinnate,
+into which were ingeniously wrought a number of sparkling sea-shells, and
+a belt of the same shells ran all round it. The body of the figure—of
+whatever material it might have been made—was effectually concealed in a
+heavy robe of brown tappa, revealing only the hands and head; the latter
+skilfully carved in wood, and surmounted by a superb arch of plumes. These
+plumes, in the subdued and gentle gales which found access to this
+sequestered spot, were never for one moment at rest, but kept nodding and
+waving over the chief’s brow. The long leaves of the palmetto dropped over
+the eaves, and through them you saw the warrior, holding his paddle with
+both hands in the act of rowing, leaning forward and inclining his head,
+as if eager to hurry on his voyage. Glaring at him for ever, and face to
+face, was a polished human skull, which crowned the prow of the canoe. The
+spectral figure-head, reversed in its position, glancing backwards, seemed
+to mock the impatient attitude of the warrior.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When I first visited this singular place with Kory-Kory, he told me—or, at
+least, I so understood him—that the chief was paddling his way to the
+realms of bliss and bread-fruit—the Polynesian heaven—where every moment
+the bread-fruit trees dropped their ripened spheres to the ground, and
+where there was no end to the cocoa-nuts and bananas; there they reposed
+through the live-long eternity upon mats much finer than those of Typee;
+and every day bathed their glowing limbs in rivers of cocoa-nut oil. In
+that happy land there were plenty of plumes and feathers, and boars’-tusks
+and sperm-whale teeth, far preferable to all the shining trinkets and gay
+tappa of the white men; and, best of all, women, far lovelier than the
+daughters of earth, were there in abundance. “A very pleasant place,”
+Kory-Kory said it was; “but, after all, not much pleasanter, he thought,
+than Typee.” “Did he not, then,” I asked him, “wish to accompany the
+warrior?” “Oh, no; he was very happy where he was; but supposed that some
+time or other he would go in his own canoe.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus far, I think, I clearly comprehended Kory-Kory. But there was a
+singular expression he made use of at the time, enforced by as singular a
+gesture, the meaning of which I would have given much to penetrate. I am
+inclined to believe it must have been a proverb he uttered; for I
+afterwards heard him repeat the same words several times, and in what
+appeared to me to be a somewhat similar sense. Indeed, Kory-Kory had a
+great variety of short, smart-sounding sentences, with which he frequently
+enlivened his discourse; and he introduced them with an air which plainly
+intimated, that, in his opinion, they settled the matter in question,
+whatever it might be.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Could it have been, then, that when I asked him whether he desired to go
+to this heaven of bread-fruit, cocoa-nuts, and young ladies, which he had
+been describing, he answered by saying something equivalent to our old
+adage—“A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush!”—if he did, Kory-Kory
+was a discreet and sensible fellow, and I cannot sufficiently admire his
+shrewdness.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Whenever, in the course of my rambles through the valley, I happened to be
+near the chief’s mausoleum, I always turned aside to visit it. The place
+had a peculiar charm for me; I hardly know why, but so it was. As I leaned
+over the railing and gazed upon the strange effigy, and watched the play
+of the feathery head-dress, stirred by the same breeze which in low tones
+breathed amidst the lofty palm trees, I loved to yield myself up to the
+fanciful superstition of the islanders, and could almost believe that the
+grim warrior was bound heavenward. In this mood, when I turned to depart,
+I bade him, “God speed, and a pleasant voyage.” Ay, paddle away, brave
+chieftain, to the land of spirits! To the material eye thou makest but
+little progress, but, with the eye of faith, I see thy canoe cleaving the
+bright waves, which die away on those dimly looming shores of Paradise.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This strange superstition affords another evidence of the fact, that
+however ignorant man may be, he still feels within him his immortal spirit
+yearning after the unknown future.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Although the religious theories of the islands were a complete mystery to
+me, their practical every-day operation could not be concealed. I
+frequently passed the little temples reposing in the shadows of the Taboo
+Groves, and beheld the offerings—mouldy fruit spread out upon a rude
+altar, or hanging in half-decayed baskets around some uncouth,
+jolly-looking images. I was present during the continuance of the
+festival. I daily beheld the grinning idols marshalled rank and file in
+the Hoolah Hoolah ground, and was often in the habit of meeting those whom
+I supposed to be the priests. But the temples seemed to be abandoned to
+solitude; the festival had been nothing more than a jovial mingling of the
+tribe; the idols were quite as harmless as any other logs of wood; and the
+priests were the merriest dogs in the valley.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In fact, religious affairs in Typee were at a very low ebb. All such
+matters sat very lightly upon the thoughtless inhabitants; and, in the
+celebration of many of their strange rites, they appeared merely to seek a
+sort of childish amusement.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A curious evidence of this was given in a remarkable ceremony, in which I
+frequently saw Mehevi and several other chiefs and warriors of note take
+part; but never a single female.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Among those whom I looked upon as forming the priesthood of the valley, there
+was one in particular who often attracted my notice, and whom I could not help
+regarding as the head of the order. He was a noble-looking man, in the prime of
+his life, and of a most benignant aspect. The authority this man, whose name
+was Kolory, seemed to exercise over the rest, the episcopal part he took in the
+Feast of Calabashes, his sleek and complacent appearance, the mystic characters
+which were tattooed upon his chest, and, above all, the mitre he frequently
+wore, in the shape of a towering head-dress, consisting of part of a cocoa-nut
+branch, the stalk planted uprightly on his brow, and the leaflets gathered
+together and passed round the temples and behind the ears, all these pointed
+him out as Lord Primate of Typee. Kolory was a sort of Knight Templar—a
+soldier-priest; for he often wore the dress of a Marquesan warrior, and always
+carried a long spear, which, instead of terminating in a paddle at the lower
+end, after the general fashion of these weapons, was curved into a
+heathenish-looking little image. This instrument, however, might perhaps have
+been emblematic of his double functions. With one end, in carnal combat he
+tranfixed the enemies of his tribe; and with the other, as a pastoral crook, he
+kept in order his spiritual flock. But this is not all I have to about Kolory.
+His martial grace very often carried about with him what seemed to me the half
+of a broken war-club. It was swathed round with ragged bits of white tappa, and
+the upper part, which was intended to represent a human head, was embellished
+with a strip of scarlet cloth of European manufacture. It required little
+observation to discover that this strange object was revered as a god. By the
+side of the big and lusty images standing sentinel over the altars of the
+Hoolah Hoolah ground, it seemed a mere pigmy in tatters. But appearances all
+the world over are deceptive. Little men are sometimes very potent, and rags
+sometimes cover very extensive pretensions. In fact, this funny little image
+was the “crack” god of the island; lording it over all the wooden lubbers who
+looked so grim and dreadful; its name was Moa Artua.<a href="#fn4"
+name="fnref4"><sup>[4]</sup></a> And it was in honour of Moa Artua, and for the
+entertainment of those who believe in him, that the curious ceremony I am about
+to describe was observed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mehevi and the chieftains of the Ti have just risen from their noontide
+slumbers. There are no affairs of state to dispose of; and having eaten
+two or three breakfasts in the course of the morning, the magnates of the
+valley feel no appetite as yet for dinner. How are their leisure moments
+to be occupied? They smoke, they chat, and at last one of their number
+makes a proposition to the rest, who joyfully acquiescing, he darts out of
+the house, leaps from the pi-pi, and disappears in the grove. Soon you see
+him returning with Kolory, who bears the god Moa Artua in his arms, and
+carries in one hand a small trough, hollowed out in the likeness of a
+canoe. The priest comes along dangling his charge as if it were a
+lachrymose infant he was endeavouring to put into a good humour.
+Presently, entering the Ti, he seats himself on the mats as composedly as
+a juggler about to perform his sleight-of-hand tricks; and, with the
+chiefs disposed in a circle around him, commences his ceremony.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the first place he gives Moa Artua an affectionate hug, then
+caressingly lays him to his breast, and, finally, whispers something in
+his ear, the rest of the company listening eagerly for a reply. But the
+baby-god is deaf or dumb,—perhaps both, for never a word does he utter. At
+last Kolory speaks a little louder, and soon growing angry, comes boldly
+out with what he has to say, and bawls to him. He put me in mind of a
+choleric fellow, who, after trying in vain to communicate a secret to a
+deaf man, all at once flies into a passion and screams it out so that
+every one may hear. Still Moa Artua remains as quiet as ever, and Kolory,
+seemingly losing his temper, fetches him a box over the head, strips him
+of his tappa and red cloth, and, laying him in a state of nudity in a
+little trough, covers him from sight. At this proceeding all present
+loudly applaud, and signify their approval by uttering the adjective
+“motarkee” with violent emphasis. Kolory, however, is so desirous his
+conduct should meet with unqualified approbation, that he inquires of each
+individual separately whether, under existing circumstances, he has not
+done perfectly right in shutting up Moa Artua. The invariable response is
+“Aa, Aa” (yes, yes), repeated over again and again in a manner which ought
+to quiet the scruples of the most conscientious. After a few moments
+Kolory brings forth his doll again, and, while arraying it very carefully
+in the tappa and red cloth, alternately fondles and chides it. The toilet
+being completed, he once more speaks to it aloud. The whole company
+hereupon show the greatest interest; while the priest, holding Moa Artua
+to his ear, interprets to them what he pretends the god is confidentially
+communicating to him. Some items of intelligence appear to tickle all
+present amazingly; for one claps his hands in a rapture; another shouts
+with merriment; and a third leaps to his feet and capers about like a
+madman.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What under the sun Moa Artua on these occasions had to say to Kolory I
+never could find out; but I could not help thinking that the former showed
+a sad want of spirit in being disciplined into making those disclosures,
+which at first he seemed bent on withholding. Whether the priest honestly
+interpreted what he believed the divinity said to him, or whether he was
+not all the while guilty of a vile humbug, I shall not presume to decide.
+At any rate, whatever, as coming from the god, was imparted to those
+present, seemed to be generally of a complimentary nature—a fact which
+illustrates the sagacity of Kolory, or else the time-serving disposition
+of this hardly-used deity.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Moa Artua having nothing more to say, his bearer goes to nursing him
+again, in which occupation, however, he is soon interrupted by a question
+put by one of the warriors to the god. Kolory hereupon snatches it up to
+his ear again, and after listening attentively, once more officiates as
+the organ of communication. A multitude of questions and answers having
+passed between the parties, much to the satisfaction of those who propose
+them, the god is put tenderly to bed in the trough, and the whole company
+unite in a long chant, led off by Kolory. This ended, the ceremony is
+over; the chiefs rise to their feet in high good humour, and my Lord
+Archbishop, after chatting awhile, and regaling himself with a whiff or
+two from a pipe of tobacco, tucks the canoe under his arm and marches off
+with it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The whole of these proceedings were like those of a parcel of children
+playing with dolls and baby-houses.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For a youngster scarcely ten inches high, and with so few early advantages
+as he doubtless had had, Moa Artua was certainly a precocious little
+fellow, if he really said all that was imputed to him; but for what reason
+this poor devil of a deity, thus cuffed about, cajoled, and shut up in a
+box, was held in greater estimation than the full-grown and dignified
+personages of the Taboo Groves, I cannot divine. And yet Mehevi, and other
+chiefs of unquestionable veracity—to say nothing of the Primate
+himself—assured me over and over again that Moa Artua was the tutelary
+deity of Typee, and was more to be held in honour than a whole battalion
+of the clumsy idols in the Hoolah Hoolah grounds. Kory-Kory—who seemed to
+have devoted considerable attention to the study of theology, as he knew
+the names of all the graven images in the valley, and often repeated them
+over to me—likewise entertained some rather enlarged ideas with regard to
+the character and pretensions of Moa Artua. He once gave me to understand,
+with a gesture there was no misconceiving, that if he (Moa Artua) were so
+minded, he could cause a cocoa-nut tree to sprout out of his (Kory-Kory’s)
+head; and that it would be the easiest thing in life for him (Moa Artua)
+to take the whole island of Nukuheva in his mouth, and dive down to the
+bottom of the sea with it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But, in sober seriousness, I hardly knew what to make of the religion of
+the valley. There was nothing that so much perplexed the illustrious Cook,
+in his intercourse with the South Sea islanders, as their sacred rites.
+Although this prince of navigators was in many instances assisted by
+interpreters in the prosecution of his researches, he still frankly
+acknowledges that he was at a loss to obtain anything like a clear insight
+into the puzzling arcana of their faith. A similar admission has been made
+by other eminent voyagers,—by Carteret, Byron, Kotzebue, and Vancouver.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For my own part, although hardly a day passed while I remained upon the
+island that I did not witness some religious ceremony or other, it was
+very much like seeing a parcel of “Freemasons” making secret signs to each
+other: I saw everything, but could comprehend nothing.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On the whole, I am inclined to believe that the islanders in the Pacific
+have no fixed and definite ideas whatever on the subject of religion. I am
+persuaded that Kolory himself would be effectually posed were he called
+upon to draw up the articles of his faith, and pronounce the creed by
+which he hoped to be saved. In truth, the Typees, so far as their actions
+evince, submitted to no laws, human or divine—always excepting the thrice
+mysterious Taboo. The “independent electors” of the valley were not to be
+browbeaten by chiefs, priests, idols, or devils. As for the luckless
+idols, they received more hard knocks than supplications. I do not wonder
+that some of them looked so grim, and stood so bolt upright, as if fearful
+of looking to the right or the left, lest they should give any one
+offence. The fact is, they had to carry themselves “<i>pretty straight</i>,” or
+suffer the consequences. Their worshippers were such a precious set of
+fickle-minded and irreverent heathens, that there was no telling when they
+might topple one of them over, break it to pieces, and making a fire with
+it on the very altar itself, fall to roasting the offerings of
+bread-fruit, and eat them in spite of its teeth.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In how little reverence these unfortunate deities were held by the
+natives, was on one occasion most convincingly proved to me. Walking with
+Kory-Kory through the deepest recesses of the groves, I perceived a
+curious-looking image about six feet in height, which originally had been
+placed upright against a low pi-pi, surmounted by a ruinous bamboo temple,
+but having become fatigued and weak in the knees, was now carelessly
+leaning against it. The idol was partly concealed by the foliage of a tree
+which stood near, and whose leafy boughs drooped over the pile of stones,
+as if to protect the rude fane from the decay to which it was rapidly
+hastening. The image itself was nothing more than a grotesquely-shaped
+log, carved in the likeness of a portly naked man, with the arms clasped
+over the head, the jaws thrown wide apart, and its thick shapeless legs
+bowed into an arch. It was much decayed. The lower part was overgrown with
+a bright silky moss. Thin spears of grass sprouted from the distended
+mouth, and fringed the outline of the head and arms. His godship had
+literally attained a green old age. All its prominent points were bruised
+and battered or entirely rotted away. The nose had taken its departure,
+and from the general appearance of the head, it might have been supposed
+that the wooden divinity, in despair at the neglect of its worshippers,
+had been trying to beat its own brains out against the surrounding trees.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I drew near, to inspect more closely this strange object of idolatry, but
+halted reverently at the distance of two or three paces, out of regard of
+the religious prejudices of my valet. As soon, however, as Kory-Kory
+perceived that I was in one of my inquiring, scientific moods, to my
+astonishment he sprang to the side of the idol, and pushing it away from
+the stones against which it rested, endeavoured to make it stand upon its
+legs. But the divinity had lost the use of them altogether; and while
+Kory-Kory was trying to prop it up, by placing a stick between it and
+pi-pi, the monster fell clumsily to the ground, and would infallibly have
+broken its neck had not Kory-Kory providentially broken its fall, by
+receiving its whole weight on his own half-crushed back. I never saw the
+honest fellow in such a rage before. He leaped furiously to his feet, and,
+seizing the stick, began beating the poor image, every moment or two
+pausing and talking to it in the most violent manner, as if upbraiding it
+for the accident. When his indignation had subsided a little, he whirled
+the idol about most profanely, so as to give me an opportunity of
+examining it on all sides. I am quite sure I never should have presumed to
+have taken such liberties with the god myself, and I was not a little
+shocked at Kory-Kory’s impiety.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap24"></a>CHAPTER XXIV</h2>
+
+<p class="letter">
+General information gathered at the festival—Personal beauty of the
+Typees—Their superiority over the inhabitants of the other islands—Diversity of
+complexion—A vegetable cosmetic and ointment—Testimony of voyagers to the
+uncommon beauty of the Marquesans—Few evidences of intercourse with civilized
+beings—Dilapidated musket—Primitive simplicity of government—Regal dignity of
+Mehevi.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Although I had been unable during the late festival to obtain information
+on many interesting subjects which had much excited my curiosity, still
+that important event had not passed by without adding materially to my
+general knowledge of the islanders.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I was especially struck by the physical strength and beauty which they
+displayed, by their great superiority in these respects over the
+inhabitants of the neighbouring bay of Nukuheva, and by the singular
+contrasts they presented among themselves in their various shades of
+complexion.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In beauty of form they surpassed anything I had ever seen. Not a single
+instance of natural deformity was observable in all the throng attending
+the revels. Occasionally I noticed among the men the scars of wounds they
+had received in battle; and sometimes, though very seldom, the loss of a
+finger, an eye, or an arm, attributable to the same cause. With these
+exceptions, every individual appeared free from those blemishes which
+sometimes mar the effect of an otherwise perfect form. But their physical
+excellence did not merely consist in an exemption from these evils; nearly
+every individual of their number might have been taken for a sculptor’s
+model.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When I remembered that these islanders derived no advantage from dress,
+but appeared in all the naked simplicity of nature, I could not avoid
+comparing them with the fine gentlemen and dandies who promenade such
+unexceptional figures in our frequented thoroughfares. Stripped of the
+cunning artifices of the tailor, and standing forth in the garb of
+Eden,—what a sorry set of round-shouldered, spindle-shanked, crane-necked
+varlets would civilized men appear! Stuffed calves, padded breasts, and
+scientifically cut pantaloons would then avail them nothing, and the
+effect would be truly deplorable.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Nothing in the appearance of the islanders struck me more forcibly than
+the whiteness of their teeth. The novelist always compares the masticators
+of his heroine to ivory; but I boldly pronounce the teeth of the Typees to
+be far more beautiful than ivory itself. The jaws of the oldest greybeards
+among them were much better garnished than those of the youths of
+civilized countries; while the teeth of the young and middle-aged, in
+their purity and whiteness, were actually dazzling to the eye. This
+marvellous whiteness of the teeth is to be ascribed to the pure vegetable
+diet of these people, and the uninterrupted healthfulness of their natural
+mode of life.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The men, in almost every instance, are of lofty stature, scarcely ever
+less than six feet in height, while the other sex are uncommonly
+diminutive. The early period of life at which the human form arrives at
+maturity in this generous tropical climate likewise deserves to be
+mentioned. A little creature, not more than thirteen years of age, who in
+other particulars might be regarded as a mere child, is often seen nursing
+her own baby; whilst lads who, under less ripening skies, would be still
+at school, are here responsible fathers of families.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On first entering the Typee valley, I had been struck with the marked
+contrast presented by its inhabitants with those of the bay I had
+previously left. In the latter place, I had not been favourably impressed
+with the personal appearance of the male portion of the population;
+although with the females, excepting in some truly melancholy instances, I
+had been wonderfully pleased.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Apart, however, from these considerations, I am inclined to believe that
+there exists a radical difference between the two tribes, if indeed they
+are not distinct races of men. To those who have merely touched at
+Nukuheva Bay, without visiting other portions of the island, would hardly
+appear credible the diversities presented between the various small clans
+inhabiting so diminutive a spot. But the hereditary hostility which has
+existed between them for ages fully accounts for this.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Not so easy, however, is it to assign an adequate cause for the endless
+variety of complexions to be seen in the Typee valley. During the
+festival, I had noticed several young females whose skins were almost as
+white as any Saxon damsel’s, a slight dash of the mantling brown being all
+that marked the difference. This comparative fairness of complexion,
+though in a great degree perfectly natural, is partly the result of an
+artificial process, and of an entire exclusion from the sun. The juice of
+the “papa” root, found in great abundance at the head of the valley, is
+held in great esteem as a cosmetic, with which many of the females daily
+anoint their whole person. The habitual use of it whitens and beautifies
+the skin. Those of the young girls who resort to this method of
+heightening their charms, never expose themselves to the rays of the sun;
+an observance, however, that produces little or no inconvenience, since
+there are but few of the inhabited portions of the vale which are not
+shaded over with a spreading canopy of boughs, so that one may journey
+from house to house, scarcely deviating from the direct course, and yet
+never once see his shadow cast upon the ground.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The “papa,” when used, is suffered to remain upon the skin for several
+hours; being of a light green colour, it consequently imparts for the time
+a similar hue to the complexion. Nothing, therefore, can be imagined more
+singular than the appearance of these nearly naked damsels immediately
+after the application of the cosmetic. To look at one of them you would
+almost suppose she was some vegetable in an unripe state; and that,
+instead of living in the shade for ever, she ought to be placed out in the
+sun to ripen.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+All the islanders are more or less in the habit of anointing themselves;
+the women preferring the “aker” or “papa,” and the men using the oil of
+the cocoa-nut. Mehevi was remarkably fond of mollifying his entire cuticle
+with this ointment. Sometimes he might be seen with his whole body fairly
+reeking with the perfumed oil of the nut, looking as if he had just
+emerged from a soap-boiler’s vat, or had undergone the process of dipping
+in a tallow-chandlery. To this cause, perhaps, united to their frequent
+bathing, and extreme cleanliness, is ascribable, in a great measure, the
+marvellous purity and smoothness of skin exhibited by the natives in
+general.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The prevailing tint among the women of the valley was a light olive, and
+of this style of complexion Fayaway afforded the most beautiful example.
+Others were still darker, while not a few were of a genuine golden colour,
+and some of a swarthy hue.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As agreeing with much previously mentioned in this narrative, I may here
+observe, that Mendanna, their discoverer, in his account of the Marquesas,
+described the natives as wondrously beautiful to behold, and as nearly
+resembling the people of Southern Europe. The first of these islands seen
+by Mendanna was La Madelena, which is not far distant from Nukuheva; and
+its inhabitants in every respect resemble those dwelling on that and the
+other islands of the group. Figueroa, the chronicler of Mendanna’s voyage,
+says, that on the morning the land was descried, when the Spaniards drew
+near the shore, there sallied forth, in rude procession, about seventy
+canoes, and at the same time many of the inhabitants (females, I presume)
+made towards the ships by swimming. He adds, that “in complexion they were
+nearly white, of good stature, and finely formed; and on their faces and
+bodies were delineated representations of fishes and other devices.” The
+old Don then goes on to say, “There came, among others, two lads paddling
+their canoe, whose eyes were fixed on the ship; they had beautiful faces,
+and the most promising animation of countenance, and were in all things so
+becoming, that the pilot-mayor, Quiros, affirmed, nothing in his life ever
+caused him so much regret as the leaving such fine creatures to be lost in
+that country.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Some of the natives present at the Feast of Calabashes had displayed a few
+articles of European dress, disposed, however, about their persons after
+their own peculiar fashion. Among these I perceived the two pieces of
+cotton cloth which poor Toby and myself had bestowed upon our youthful
+guides the afternoon we entered the valley. They were evidently reserved
+for gala days; and during those of the festival they rendered the young
+islanders who wore them very distinguished characters. The small number
+who were similarly adorned, and the great value they appeared to place
+upon the most common and most trivial articles, furnished ample evidence
+of the very restricted intercourse they held with vessels touching at the
+island. A few cotton handkerchiefs of a gay pattern, tied about the neck,
+and suffered to fall over the shoulders, strips of fanciful calico,
+swathed about the loins, were nearly all I saw.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Indeed, throughout the valley, there were few things of any kind to be
+seen of European origin. All I ever saw, besides the articles just alluded
+to, were the six muskets preserved in the Ti, and three or four similar
+implements of warfare hung up in other houses, some small canvas bags,
+partly filled with bullets and powder, and half a dozen old hatchet-heads,
+with the edges blunted and battered to such a degree as to render them
+utterly worthless. These last seemed to be regarded as nearly worthless by
+the natives; and several times they held up one of them before me, and
+throwing it aside with a gesture of disgust, manifested their contempt for
+anything that could so soon become unserviceable.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But the muskets, the powder, and the bullets, were held in most
+extravagant esteem. The former, from their great age and the peculiarities
+they exhibited, were well worthy a place in any antiquarian’s armoury. I
+remember, in particular, one that hung in the Ti, and which
+Mehevi—supposing as a matter of course that I was able to repair it—had
+put into my hands for that purpose. It was one of those clumsy,
+old-fashioned English pieces known generally as Tower Hill muskets, and,
+for aught I know, might have been left on the island by Wallace, Carteret,
+Cook, or Vancouver. The stock was half-rotten and worm-eaten; the lock was
+as rusty and about as well adapted to its ostensible purpose as an old
+door-hinge; the threading of the screws about the trigger was completely
+worn away; while the barrel shook in the wood. Such was the weapon the
+chief desired me to restore to its original condition. As I did not
+possess the accomplishments of a gunsmith, and was likewise destitute of
+the necessary tools, I was reluctantly obliged to signify my inability to
+perform the task. At this unexpected communication Mehevi regarded me, for
+a moment, as if he half suspected I was some inferior sort of white man,
+who after all did not know much more than a Typee. However, after a most
+laboured explanation of the matter, I succeeded in making him understand
+the extreme difficulty of the task. Scarcely satisfied with my apologies,
+however, he marched off with the superannuated musket in something of a
+huff, as if he would no longer expose it to the indignity of being
+manipulated by such unskilful fingers.
+</p>
+
+<div class="fig" style="width:100%;">
+<a name="illus6"></a>
+<a href="images/illus6.jpg">
+<img src="images/illus6.jpg" width="480" height="600" alt="Illustration:" /></a>
+<p class="caption">MEHEVI</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+During the festival, I had not failed to remark the simplicity of manner,
+the freedom from all restraint, and, to a certain degree, the equality of
+condition manifested by the natives in general. No one appeared to assume
+any arrogant pretensions. There was little more than a slight difference
+in costume to distinguish the chiefs from the other natives. All appeared
+to mix together freely, and without any reserve; although I noticed that
+the wishes of a chief, even when delivered in the mildest tone, received
+the same immediate obedience which elsewhere would have been only accorded
+to a peremptory command. What may be the extent of the authority of the
+chiefs over the rest of the tribe, I will not venture to assert; but from
+all I saw during my stay in the valley, I was induced to believe that in
+matters concerning the general welfare it was very limited. The required
+degree of deference towards them, however, was willingly and cheerfully
+yielded; and as all authority is transmitted from father to son, I have no
+doubt that one of the effects here, as elsewhere, of high birth, is to
+induce respect and obedience.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The particular grades of rank existing among the chiefs of Typee, I could
+not in all cases determine. Previous to the Feast of Calabashes, I had
+been puzzled what particular station to assign to Mehevi. But the
+important part he took upon that occasion convinced me that he had no
+superior among the inhabitants of the valley. I had invariably noticed a
+certain degree of deference paid to him by all with whom I had ever seen
+him brought in contact; but when I remembered that my wanderings had been
+confined to a limited portion of the valley, and that towards the sea a
+number of distinguished chiefs resided, some of whom had separately
+visited me at Marheyo’s house, and whom, until the festival, I had never
+seen in the company of Mehevi, I felt disposed to believe that his rank,
+after all, might not be particularly elevated.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The revels, however, had brought together all the warriors whom I had seen
+individually and in groups at different times and places. Among them
+Mehevi moved with an easy air of superiority which was not to be mistaken;
+and he whom I had only looked at as the hospitable host of the Ti, and one
+of the military leaders of the tribe, now assumed in my eyes the dignity
+of royal station. His striking costume, no less than his naturally
+commanding figure, seemed indeed to give him pre-eminence over the rest.
+The towering helmet of feathers that he wore raised him in height above
+all who surrounded him; and though some others were similarly adorned, the
+length and luxuriance of their plumes were far inferior to his.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mehevi was in fact the greatest of the chiefs—the head of his clan—the
+sovereign of the valley; and the simplicity of the social institutions of
+the people could not have been more completely proved than by the fact,
+that after having been several weeks in the valley, and almost in daily
+intercourse with Mehevi, I should have remained until the time of the
+festival ignorant of his regal character. But a new light had now broken
+in upon me. The Ti was the palace—and Mehevi the king. Both the one and
+the other of a most simple and patriarchal nature it must be allowed, and
+wholly unattended by the ceremonious pomp which usually surrounds the
+purple.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After having made this discovery I could not avoid congratulating myself
+that Mehevi had from the first taken me as it were under his royal
+protection, and that he still continued to entertain for me the warmest
+regard, as far at least as I was enabled to judge from appearances. For
+the future I determined to pay most assiduous court to him, hoping that
+eventually through his kindness I might obtain my liberty.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap25"></a>CHAPTER XXV</h2>
+
+<p class="letter">
+King Mehevi—Conduct of Marheyo and Mehevi in certain delicate matters—Peculiar
+system of marriage—Number of population—Uniformity—Embalming—Places of
+sepulture—Funeral obsequies at Nukuheva—Number of inhabitants in Typee—Location
+of the dwellings—Happiness enjoyed in the valley.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+King Mehevi!—A goodly sounding title!—and why should I not bestow it upon
+the foremost man in the valley? All hail, therefore, Mehevi, king over all
+the Typees! and long life and prosperity to his tropical majesty! But to
+be sober again after this loyal burst.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Previously to seeing the Dancing Widows I had little idea that there were
+any matrimonial relations subsisting in Typee, and I should as soon have
+thought of a Platonic affection being cultivated between the sexes, as of
+the solemn connexion of man and wife. To be sure, there were old Marheyo
+and Tinor, who seemed to live together quite sociably; but for all that, I
+had sometimes observed a comical-looking old gentleman, dressed in a suit
+of shabby tattooing, who appeared to be equally at home. This behaviour,
+until subsequent discoveries enlightened me, puzzled me more than anything
+else I witnessed in Typee.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As for Mehevi, I had supposed him a confirmed bachelor, as well as most of
+the principal chiefs. At any rate, if they had wives and families, they
+ought to have been ashamed of themselves; for sure I am, they never
+troubled themselves about any domestic affairs. In truth, Mehevi seemed to
+be the president of a club of hearty fellows who kept “Bachelor’s Hall” in
+fine style at the Ti. I had no doubt but that they regarded children as
+odious incumbrances; and their ideas of domestic felicity were
+sufficiently shown in the fact, that they allowed no meddlesome
+housekeepers to turn topsy-turvy those snug little arrangements they had
+made in their comfortable dwelling. I strongly suspected, however, that
+some of those jolly bachelors were carrying on love intrigues with the
+maidens of the tribe, although they did not appear publicly to acknowledge
+them. I happened to pop upon Mehevi three or four times when he was
+romping—in a most undignified manner for a warrior king—with one of the
+prettiest little witches in the valley. She lived with an old woman and a
+young man, in a house near Marheyo’s; and although in appearance a mere
+child herself, had a noble boy about a year old, who bore a marvellous
+resemblance to Mehevi, whom I should certainly have believed to have been
+the father, were it not that the little fellow had no triangle on his
+face. Mehevi, however, was not the only person upon whom the damsel
+Moonoony smiled—the young fellow of fifteen, who permanently resided in
+the house with her, was decidedly in her good graces. This too was a
+mystery which, with others of the same kind, was afterwards satisfactorily
+explained.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+During the second day of the Feast of Calabashes, Kory-Kory—being
+determined that I should have some understanding on these matters—had, in
+the course of his explanations, directed my attention to a peculiarity I
+had frequently marked among many of the females,—principally those of a
+mature age and rather matronly appearance. This consisted in having the
+right hand and the left foot most elaborately tattooed; while the rest of
+the body was wholly free from the operation of the art, with the exception
+of the minutely dotted lips and slight marks on the shoulders, to which I
+have previously referred as comprising the sole tattooing exhibited by
+Fayaway, in common with other young girls of her age. The hand and foot
+thus embellished, were, according to Kory-Kory, the distinguishing badge
+of wedlock, so far as that social and highly commendable institution is
+known among these people. It answers, indeed, the same purpose as the
+plain gold ring worn by our fairer spouses.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After Kory-Kory’s explanation of the subject, I was for some time
+studiously respectful in the presence of all females thus distinguished,
+and never ventured to indulge in the slightest approach to flirtation with
+any of their number.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A further insight, however, into the peculiar domestic customs of the
+inmates of the valley did away in a measure with the severity of my
+scruples, and convinced me that I was deceived in some at least of my
+conclusions. A regular system of polygamy exists among the islanders, but
+of a most extraordinary nature,—a plurality of husbands, instead of wives;
+and this solitary fact speaks volumes for the gentle disposition of the
+male population.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I was not able to learn what particular ceremony was observed in forming
+the marriage contract, but am inclined to think that it must have been of
+a very simple nature. Perhaps the mere “popping the question,” as it is
+termed with us, might have been followed by an immediate nuptial alliance.
+At any rate, tedious courtships are unknown in the valley of Typee.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The males considerably outnumber the females. This holds true of many of
+the islands of Polynesia, although the reverse of what is the case in most
+civilized countries. The girls are first wooed and won, at a very tender
+age, by some stripling in the household in which they reside. This,
+however, is a mere frolic of the affections, and no formal engagement is
+contracted. By the time this first love has a little subsided, a second
+suitor presents himself, of graver years, and carries both boy and girl
+away to his own habitation. This disinterested and generous-hearted fellow
+now weds the young couple—marrying damsel and lover at the same time—and
+all three thenceforth live together as harmoniously as so many turtles. I
+have heard of some men who in civilized countries rashly marry large
+families with their wives, but had no idea that there was any place where
+people married supplementary husbands with them. Infidelity on either side
+is very rare. No man has more than one wife, and no wife of mature years
+has less than two husbands,—sometimes she has three, but such instances
+are not frequent. The marriage tie, whatever it may be, does not appear to
+be indissoluble; for separations occasionally happen. These, however, when
+they do take place, produce no unhappiness, and are preceded by no
+bickerings: for the simple reason, that an ill-used wife or a hen-pecked
+husband is not obliged to file a bill in chancery to obtain a divorce. As
+nothing stands in the way of a separation, the matrimonial yoke sits
+easily and lightly, and a Typee wife lives on very pleasant and sociable
+terms with her husbands. On the whole, wedlock, as known among these
+Typees, seems to be of a more distinct and enduring nature than is usually
+the case with barbarous people.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But, notwithstanding its existence among them, the scriptural injunction
+to increase and multiply seems to be but indifferently attended to. I
+never saw any of those large families, in arithmetical or step-ladder
+progression, which one often meets with at home. I never knew of more than
+two youngsters living together in the same home, and but seldom even that
+number. As for the women, it was very plain that the anxieties of the
+nursery but seldom disturbed the serenity of their souls; and they were
+never seen going about the valley with half a score of little ones tagging
+at their apron-strings, or rather at the bread-fruit leaf they usually
+wore in the rear.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I have before had occasion to remark that I never saw any of the ordinary
+signs of a place of sepulture in the valley, a circumstance which I
+attributed, at the time, to my living in a particular part of it, and
+being forbidden to extend my ramble to any considerable distance towards
+the sea. I have since thought it probable, however, that the Typees,
+either desirous of removing from their sight the evidences of mortality,
+or prompted by a taste for rural beauty, may have some charming cemetery
+situated in the shadowy recesses along the base of the mountains. At
+Nukuheva, two or three large quadrangular “pi-pis,” heavily flagged,
+enclosed with regular stone walls, and shaded over and almost hidden from
+view by the interlacing branches of enormous trees, were pointed out to me
+as burial-places. The bodies, I understood, were deposited in rude vaults
+beneath the flagging, and were suffered to remain there without being
+disinterred. Although nothing could be more strange and gloomy than the
+aspect of these places, where the lofty trees threw their dark shadows
+over rude blocks of stone, a stranger looking at them would have discerned
+none of the ordinary evidences of a place of sepulture.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+During my stay in the valley, as none of its inmates were so accommodating
+as to die and be buried in order to gratify my curiosity with regard to
+their funeral rites, I was reluctantly obliged to remain in ignorance of
+them. As I have reason to believe, however, that the observances of the
+Typees in these matters are the same with those of all other tribes on the
+island, I will here relate a scene I chanced to witness at Nukuheva.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A young man had died, about daybreak, in a house near the beach. I had
+been sent ashore that morning, and saw a good deal of the preparations
+they were making for his obsequies. The body, neatly wrapped in new white
+tappa, was laid out in an open shed of cocoa-nut boughs, upon a bier
+constructed of elastic bamboos ingeniously twisted together. This was
+supported, about two feet from the ground, by large canes planted
+uprightly in the earth. Two females, of a dejected appearance, watched by
+its side, plaintively chanting, and beating the air with large grass fans
+whitened with pipe-clay. In the dwelling-house adjoining a numerous
+company were assembled, and various articles of food were being prepared
+for consumption. Two or three individuals, distinguished by head-dresses
+of beautiful tappa, and wearing a great number of ornaments, appeared to
+officiate as masters of the ceremonies. By noon the entertainment had
+fairly begun, and we were told that it would last during the whole of the
+two following days. With the exception of those who mourned by the corpse,
+every one seemed disposed to drown the sense of the late bereavement in
+convivial indulgence. The girls, decked out in their savage finery,
+danced; the old men chanted; the warriors smoked and chatted; and the
+young and lusty, of both sexes, feasted plentifully, and seemed to enjoy
+themselves as pleasantly as they could have done had it been a wedding.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The islanders understand the art of embalming, and practice it with such
+success, that the bodies of their great chiefs are frequently preserved
+for many years in the very houses where they died. I saw three of these in
+my visit to the bay of Tior. One was enveloped in immense folds of tappa,
+with only the face exposed, and hung erect against the side of the
+dwelling. The others were stretched out upon biers of bamboo, in open,
+elevated temples, which seemed consecrated to their memory. The heads of
+enemies killed in battle are invariably preserved, and hung up as trophies
+in the house of the conqueror. I am not acquainted with the process which
+is in use, but believe that fumigation is the principal agency employed.
+All the remains which I saw presented the appearance of a ham after being
+suspended for some time in a smoky chimney.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But to return from the dead to the living. The late festival had drawn
+together, as I had every reason to believe, the whole population of the
+vale, and consequently I was enabled to make some estimate with regard to
+its numbers. I should imagine that there were about two thousand
+inhabitants in Typee; and no number could have been better adapted to the
+extent of the valley. The valley is some nine miles in length, and may
+average one in breadth, the houses being distributed at wide intervals
+throughout its whole extent, principally, however, towards the head of the
+vale. There are no villages. The houses stand here and there in the shadow
+of the groves, or are scattered along the banks of the winding stream;
+their golden-hued bamboo sides and gleaming white thatch, forming a
+beautiful contrast to the perpetual verdure in which they are embowered.
+There are no roads of any kind in the valley. Nothing but a labyrinth of
+footpaths, twisting and turning among the thickets without end.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap26"></a>CHAPTER XXVI</h2>
+
+<p class="letter">
+The social condition and general character of the Typees.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There seemed to be no rogues of any kind in Typee. In the darkest nights
+the natives slept securely, with all their worldly wealth around them, in
+houses the doors of which were never fastened. The disquieting ideas of
+theft or assassination never disturbed them. Each islander reposed beneath
+his own palmetto-thatching, or sat under his own bread-fruit, with none to
+molest or alarm him. There was not a padlock in the valley, nor anything
+that answered the purpose of one: still there was no community of goods.
+This long spear, so elegantly carved and highly polished, belongs to
+Warmoonoo—it is far handsomer than the one which old Marheyo so greatly
+prizes—it is the most valuable article belonging to its owner. And yet I
+have seen it leaning against a cocoa-nut tree in the grove, and there it
+was found when sought for. Here is a sperm-whale tooth, graven all over
+with cunning devices—it is the property of Kurluna. It is the most
+precious of the damsel’s ornaments. In her estimation, its price is far
+above rubies; and yet there hangs the dental jewel, by its cord of braided
+bark, in the girl’s house, which is far back in the valley; the door is
+left open, and all the inmates have gone off to bathe in the
+stream.<a href="#fn5" name="fnref5"><sup>[5]</sup></a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+So much for the respect in which such matters are held in Typee. As to the
+land of the valley, whether it was the joint property of its inhabitants,
+or whether it was parcelled out among a certain number of landed
+proprietors, who allowed everybody to roam over it as much as they
+pleased, I never could ascertain. At any rate, musty parchments and
+title-deeds there were none in the island; and I am half inclined to
+believe that its inhabitants hold their broad valleys in fee simple from
+nature herself.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Yesterday I saw Kory-Kory hie him away, armed with a long pole, with
+which, standing on the ground, he knocked down the fruit from the topmost
+boughs of the trees, and brought them home in his basket of cocoa-nut
+leaves. To-day I see an islander, whom I know to reside in a distant part
+of the valley, doing the self-same thing. On the sloping bank of the
+stream were a number of banana trees. I have often seen a score or two of
+young people making a merry foray on the great golden clusters, and
+bearing them off, one after another, to different parts of the vale,
+shouting and tramping as they went. No churlish old curmudgeon could have
+been the owner of that grove of bread-fruit trees, or of these gloriously
+yellow bunches of bananas.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From what I have said, it will be perceived that there is a vast
+difference between “personal property” and “real estate” in the valley of
+Typee. Some individuals, of course, are more wealthy than others. For
+example: the ridge-pole of Marheyo’s house bends under the weight of many
+a huge packet of tappa; his long couch is laid with mats placed one upon
+the other seven deep. Outside, Tinor has ranged along in her bamboo
+cupboard—or whatever the place may be called—a goodly array of calabashes
+and wooden trenchers. Now, the house just beyond the grove, and next to
+Marheyo’s, occupied by Ruaruga, is not quite so well furnished. There are
+only three moderate-sized packages swinging overhead; there are only two
+layers of mats beneath; and the calabashes and trenchers are not so
+numerous, nor so tastefully stained and carved. But then, Ruaruga has a
+house—not so pretty a one, to be sure—but just as commodious as Marheyo’s;
+and, I suppose, if he wished to vie with his neighbour’s establishment, he
+could do so with very little trouble. These, in short, constitute the
+chief differences perceivable in the relative wealth of the people in
+Typee.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They lived in great harmony with each other. I will give an instance of
+their fraternal feeling.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One day, in returning with Kory-Kory from my accustomed visit to the Ti,
+we passed by a little opening in the grove; on one side of which, my
+attendant informed me, was that afternoon to be built a dwelling of
+bamboo. At least a hundred of the natives were bringing materials to the
+ground, some carrying in their hands one or two of the canes which were to
+form the sides, others slender rods of the Habiscus, strung with palmetto
+leaves, for the roof. Every one contributed something to the work; and by
+the united, but easy, and even indolent, labours of all, the entire work
+was completed before sunset. The islanders, while employed in erecting
+this tenement, reminded me of a colony of beavers at work. To be sure,
+they were hardly as silent and demure as those wonderful creatures, nor
+were they by any means as diligent. To tell the truth, they were somewhat
+inclined to be lazy, but a perfect tumult of hilarity prevailed; and they
+worked together so unitedly, and seemed actuated by such an instinct of
+friendliness, that it was truly beautiful to behold.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Not a single female took part in this employment: and if the degree of
+consideration in which the ever-adorable sex is held by the men be—as the
+philosophers affirm—a just criterion of the degree of refinement among a
+people, then I may truly pronounce the Typees to be as polished a
+community as ever the sun shone upon. The religious restrictions of the
+taboo alone excepted, the women of the valley were allowed every possible
+indulgence. Nowhere are the ladies more assiduously courted; nowhere are
+they better appreciated as the contributors to our highest enjoyments; and
+nowhere are they more sensible of their power. Far different from their
+condition among many rude nations, where the women are made to perform all
+the work, while their ungallant lords and masters lie buried in sloth, the
+gentle sex in the valley of Typee were exempt from toil—if toil it might
+be called—that, even in that tropical climate, never distilled one drop of
+perspiration. Their light household occupations, together with the
+manufacture of tappa, the platting of mats, and the polishing of
+drinking-vessels, were the only employments pertaining to the women. And
+even these resembled those pleasant avocations which fill up the elegant
+morning leisure of our fashionable ladies at home. But in these
+occupations, slight and agreeable though they were, the giddy young girls
+very seldom engaged. Indeed, these wilful, care-killing damsels were
+averse to all useful employment. Like so many spoiled beauties, they
+ranged through the groves—bathed in the stream—danced—flirted—played all
+manner of mischievous pranks, and passed their days in one merry round of
+thoughtless happiness.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+During my whole stay on the island I never witnessed a single quarrel, nor
+anything that in the slightest degree approached even to a dispute. The
+natives appeared to form one household, whose members were bound together
+by the ties of strong affection. The love of kindred I did not so much
+perceive, for it seemed blended in the general love; and where all were
+treated as brothers and sisters, it was hard to tell who were actually
+related to each other by blood.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Let it not be supposed that I have overdrawn this picture. I have not done
+so. Nor let it be urged, that the hostility of this tribe to foreigners,
+and the hereditary feuds they carry on against their fellow-islanders
+beyond the mountains, are facts which contradict me. Not so; these
+apparent discrepancies are easily reconciled. By many a legendary tale of
+violence and wrong, as well as by events which have passed before their
+eyes, these people have been taught to look upon white men with
+abhorrence. The cruel invasion of their country by Porter has alone
+furnished them with ample provocation; and I can sympathize in the spirit
+which prompts the Typee warrior to guard all the passes to his valley with
+the point of his levelled spear, and, standing upon the beach, with his
+back turned upon his green home, to hold at bay the intruding European.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As to the origin of the enmity of this particular clan towards the
+neighbouring tribes, I cannot so confidently speak. I will not say that
+their foes are the aggressors, nor will I endeavour to palliate their
+conduct. But surely, if our evil passions must find vent, it is far better
+to expend them on strangers and aliens, than in the bosom of the community
+in which we dwell. In many polished countries civil contentions, as well
+as domestic enmities, are prevalent, at the same time that the most
+atrocious foreign wars are waged. How much less guilty, then, are our
+islanders, who of these three sins are only chargeable with one, and that
+the least criminal!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The reader will, ere long, have reason to suspect that the Typees are not
+free from the guilt of cannibalism; and he will then, perhaps, charge me
+with admiring a people against whom so odious a crime is chargeable. But
+this only enormity in their character is not half so horrible as it is
+usually described. According to the popular fictions, the crews of
+vessels, shipwrecked on some barbarous coast, are eaten alive like so many
+dainty joints by the uncivil inhabitants; and unfortunate voyagers are
+lured into smiling and treacherous bays; knocked on the head with
+outlandish war-clubs; and served up without any preliminary dressing. In
+truth, so horrific and improbable are these accounts, that many sensible
+and well-informed people will not believe that any cannibals exist; and
+place every book of voyages which purports to give any account of them, on
+the same shelf with Blue Beard and Jack the Giant-killer. While others,
+implicitly crediting the most extravagant fictions, firmly believe that
+there are people in the world with tastes so depraved, that they would
+infinitely prefer a single mouthful of material humanity to a good dinner
+of roast beef and plum pudding. But here, Truth, who loves to be centrally
+located, is again found between the two extremes; for cannibalism to a
+certain moderate extent is practised among several of the primitive tribes
+in the Pacific, but it is upon the bodies of slain enemies alone; and
+horrible and fearful as the custom is, immeasurably as it is to be
+abhorred and condemned, still I assert that those who indulge in it are in
+other respects humane and virtuous.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap27"></a>CHAPTER XXVII</h2>
+
+<p class="letter">
+Fishing parties—Mode of distributing the fish—Midnight banquet—Timekeeping
+tapers—Unceremonious style of eating the fish.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There was no instance in which the social and kindly dispositions of the
+Typees were more forcibly evinced than in the manner they conducted their
+great fishing parties. Four times during my stay in the valley the young
+men assembled near the full of the moon, and went together on these
+excursions. As they were generally absent about forty-eight hours, I was
+led to believe that they went out towards the open sea, some distance from
+the bay. The Polynesians seldom use a hook and line, almost always
+employing large, well-made nets, most ingeniously fabricated from the
+twisted fibres of a certain bark. I examined several of them which had
+been spread to dry upon the beach at Nukuheva. They resembled very much
+our own seines, and I should think they were very nearly as durable.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+All the South Sea islanders are passionately fond of fish; but none of
+them can be more so than the inhabitants of Typee. I could not comprehend,
+therefore, why they so seldom sought it in their waters; for it was only
+at stated times that the fishing parties were formed, and these occasions
+were always looked forward to with no small degree of interest.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+During their absence, the whole population of the place were in a ferment,
+and nothing was talked of but “pehee, pehee” (fish, fish). Towards the
+time when they were expected to return, the vocal telegraph was put into
+operation—the inhabitants, who were scattered throughout the length of the
+valley, leaped upon rocks and into trees, shouting with delight at the
+thoughts of the anticipated treat. As soon as the approach of the party
+was announced, there was a general rush of the men towards the beach; some
+of them remaining, however, about the Ti, in order to get matters in
+readiness for the reception of the fish, which were brought to the Taboo
+Groves in immense packages of leaves, each one of them being suspended
+from a pole carried on the shoulders of two men.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I was present at the Ti on one of these occasions, and the sight was most
+interesting. After all the packages had arrived, they were laid in a row
+under the verandah of the building, and opened. The fish were all quite
+small, generally about the size of a herring, and of every variety of
+colour. About one-eighth of the whole being reserved for the use of the Ti
+itself, the remainder was divided into numerous smaller packages, which
+were immediately despatched in every direction to the remotest part of the
+valley. Arrived at their destination, these were in turn portioned out,
+and equally distributed among the various houses of each particular
+district. The fish were under a strict Taboo, until the distribution was
+completed, which seemed to be effected in the most impartial manner. By
+the operation of this system every man, woman, and child in the vale, were
+at one and the same time partaking of this favourite article of food.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Once, I remember, the party arrived at midnight; but the unseasonableness
+of the hour did not repress the impatience of the islanders. The carriers
+despatched from the Ti were to be seen hurrying in all directions through
+the deep groves; each individual preceded by a boy bearing a flaming torch
+of dried cocoa-nut boughs, which from time to time was replenished from
+the materials scattered along the path. The wild glare of these enormous
+flambeaux, lighting up with a startling brilliancy the innermost recesses
+of the vale, and seen moving rapidly along beneath the canopy of leaves,
+the savage shout of the excited messengers sounding the news of their
+approach, which was answered on all sides, and the strange appearance of
+their naked bodies, seen against the gloomy background, produced
+altogether an effect upon my mind that I shall long remember.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was on this same occasion that Kory-Kory awakened me at the dead hour
+of night, and in a sort of transport communicated the intelligence
+contained in the words “pehee perni” (fish come). As I happened to have
+been in a remarkably sound and refreshing slumber, I could not imagine why
+the information had not been deferred until morning; indeed, I felt very
+much inclined to fly into a passion and box my valet’s ears; but on second
+thoughts I got quietly up, and on going outside the house was not a little
+interested by the moving illumination which I beheld.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When old Marheyo received his share of the spoils, immediate preparations
+were made for a midnight banquet; calabashes of poee-poee were filled to
+the brim; green bread-fruit were roasted; and a huge cake of “amar” was
+cut up with a sliver of bamboo, and laid out on an immense banana leaf.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At this supper we were lighted by several of the native tapers, held in
+the hands of young girls. These tapers are most ingeniously made. There is
+a nut abounding in the valley, called by the Typees “armor,” closely
+resembling our common horse-chestnut. The shell is broken, and the
+contents extracted whole. Any number of these are strung at pleasure upon
+the long elastic fibre that traverses the branches of the cocoa-nut tree.
+Some of these tapers are eight or ten feet in length; but being perfectly
+flexible, one end is held in a coil, while the other is lighted. The nut
+burns with a fitful bluish flame, and the oil that it contains is
+exhausted in about ten minutes. As one burns down, the next becomes
+ignited, and the ashes of the former are knocked into a cocoa-nut shell
+kept for the purpose. This primitive candle requires continual attention,
+and must be constantly held in the hand. The person so employed marks the
+lapse of time by the number of nuts consumed, which is easily learned by
+counting the bits of tappa distributed at regular intervals along the
+string.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I grieve to state so distressing a fact, but the inhabitants of Typee were
+in the habit of devouring fish much in the same way that a civilized being
+would eat a radish, and without any more previous preparation. They eat it
+raw; scales, bones, gills, and all the inside. The fish is held by the
+tail, and the head being introduced into the mouth, the animal disappears
+with a rapidity that would at first nearly lead one to imagine it had been
+launched bodily down the throat.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Raw fish! Shall I ever forget my sensation when I first saw my island
+beauty devour one? Oh, heavens! Fayaway, how could you ever have
+contracted so vile a habit? However, after the first shock had subsided,
+the custom grew less odious in my eyes, and I soon accustomed myself to
+the sight. Let no one imagine, however, that the lovely Fayaway was in the
+habit of swallowing great vulgar-looking fishes: oh, no; with her
+beautiful small hand she would clasp a delicate, little, golden-hued love
+of a fish, and eat it as elegantly and as innocently as though it were a
+Naples biscuit. But, alas! it was after all a raw fish; and all I can say
+is, that Fayaway ate it in a more ladylike manner than any other girl of
+the valley.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When at Rome do as the Romans do, I held to be so good a proverb, that
+being in Typee, I made a point of doing as the Typees did. Thus I ate
+poee-poee as they did; I walked about in a garb striking for its
+simplicity; and I reposed on a community of couches; besides doing many
+other things in conformity with their peculiar habits; but the farthest I
+ever went in the way of conformity, was on several occasions to regale
+myself with raw fish. These being remarkably tender, and quite small, the
+undertaking was not so disagreeable in the main, and after a few trials I
+positively began to relish them: however, I subjected them to a slight
+operation with my knife previously to making my repast.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap28"></a>CHAPTER XXVIII</h2>
+
+<p class="letter">
+Natural history of the valley—Golden lizards—Tameness of the
+birds—Mosquitoes—Flies—Dogs—A solitary cat—The climate—The cocoa-nut
+tree—Singular modes of climbing it—An agile young chief—Fearlessness of the
+children—Too-too and the cocoa-nut tree—The birds of the valley.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There were some curious-looking dogs in the valley. Dogs!—big, hairless
+rats rather; all with smooth, shining, speckled hides—fat sides, and very
+disagreeable faces. Whence could they have come? That they were not the
+indigenous production of the region, I am firmly convinced. Indeed, they
+seemed aware of their being interlopers, looking fairly ashamed, and
+always trying to hide themselves in some dark corner. It was plain enough
+they did not feel at home in the vale—that they wished themselves well out
+of it, and back to the ugly country from which they must have come.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Scurvy curs! they were my abhorrence; I should have liked nothing better
+than to have been the death of every one of them. In fact, on one
+occasion, I intimated the propriety of a canine crusade to Mehevi but the
+benevolent king would not consent to it. He heard me very patiently; but
+when I had finished, shook his head, and told me in confidence, that they
+were “taboo.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As for the animal that made the fortune of my lord mayor Whittington, I
+shall never forget the day that I was lying in the house about noon,
+everybody else being fast asleep; and happening to raise my eyes, met
+those of a big black spectral cat, which sat erect in the doorway, looking
+at me with its frightful goggling green orbs, like one of those monstrous
+imps that tormented some of the olden saints! I am one of those
+unfortunate persons, to whom the sight of these animals is at any time an
+insufferable annoyance.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus constitutionally averse to cats in general, the unexpected apparition
+of this one in particular utterly confounded me. When I had a little
+recovered from the fascination of its glance, I started up; the cat fled,
+and emboldened by this, I rushed out of the house in pursuit; but it had
+disappeared. It was the only time I ever saw one in the valley, and how it
+got there I cannot imagine. It is just possible that it might have escaped
+from one of the ships at Nukuheva. It was in vain to seek information on
+the subject from the natives, since none of them had seen the animal, the
+appearance of which remains a mystery to me to this day.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Among the few animals which are to be met with in Typee, there was none
+which I looked upon with more interest than a beautiful golden-hued
+species of lizard. It measured perhaps five inches from head to tail, and
+was most gracefully proportioned. Numbers of those creatures were to be
+seen basking in the sunshine upon the thatching of the houses, and
+multitudes at all hours of the day showed their glittering sides as they
+ran frolicking between the spears of grass, or raced in troops up and down
+the tall shafts of the cocoa-nut trees. But the remarkable beauty of these
+little animals and their lively ways were not their only claims upon my
+admiration. They were perfectly tame and insensible to fear. Frequently,
+after seating myself upon the ground in some shady place during the heat
+of the day, I would be completely overrun with them. If I brushed one off
+my arm, it would leap perhaps into my hair: when I tried to frighten it
+away by gently pinching its leg, it would turn for protection to the very
+hand that attacked it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The birds are also remarkably tame. If you happened to see one perched
+upon a branch within reach of your arm, and advanced towards it, it did
+not fly away immediately, but waited quietly looking at you, until you
+could almost touch it, and then took wing slowly, less alarmed at your
+presence, it would seem, than desirous of removing itself from your path.
+Had salt been less scarce in the valley than it was, this was the very
+place to have gone birding with it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I remember that once, on an uninhabited island of the Gallipagos, a bird
+alighted on my outstretched arm, while its mate chirped from an adjoining
+tree. Its tameness, far from shocking me, as a similar occurrence did
+Selkirk, imparted to me the most exquisite thrill of delight I ever
+experienced; and with somewhat of the same pleasure did I afterwards
+behold the birds and lizards of the valley show their confidence in the
+kindliness of man.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Among the numerous afflictions which the Europeans have entailed upon some
+of the natives of the South Seas, is the accidental introduction among
+them of that enemy of all repose and ruffler of even tempers—the mosquito.
+At the Sandwich Islands, and at two or three of the Society group, there
+are now thriving colonies of these insects, who promise ere long to
+supplant altogether the aboriginal sand-flies. They sting, buzz, and
+torment, from one end of the year to the other, and by incessantly
+exasperating the natives, materially obstruct the benevolent labours of
+the missionaries.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From this grievous visitation, however, the Typees are as yet wholly
+exempt; but its place is unfortunately in some degree supplied by the
+occasional presence of a minute species of fly, which, without stinging,
+is nevertheless productive of no little annoyance. The tameness of the
+birds and lizards is as nothing when compared to the fearless confidence
+of this insect. He will perch upon one of your eye-lashes, and go to roost
+there, if you do not disturb him, or force his way through your hair, or
+along the cavity of the nostril, till you almost fancy he is resolved to
+explore the very brain itself. On one occasion I was so inconsiderate as
+to yawn while a number of them were hovering around me. I never repeated
+the act. Some half-dozen darted into the open compartment, and began
+walking about its ceiling; the sensation was dreadful. I involuntarily
+closed my mouth, and the poor creatures, being enveloped in inner
+darkness, must in their consternation have stumbled over my palate, and
+been precipitated into the gulf beneath. At any rate, though I afterwards
+charitably held my mouth open for at least five minutes, with a view of
+affording egress to the stragglers, none of them ever availed themselves
+of the opportunity.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There are no wild animals of any kind on the island, unless it be decided
+that the natives themselves are such. The mountains and the interior
+present to the eye nothing but silent solitudes, unbroken by the roar of
+beasts of prey, and enlivened by few tokens even of minute animated
+existence. There are no venomous reptiles, and no snakes of any
+description to be found in any of the valleys.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In a company of Marquesan natives the weather affords no topic of
+conversation. It can hardly be said to have any vicissitudes. The rainy
+season, it is true, brings frequent showers, but they are intermitting and
+refreshing. When an islander, bound on some expedition, rises from his
+couch in the morning, he is never solicitous to peep out and see how the
+sky looks, or ascertain from what quarter the wind blows. He is always
+sure of a “fine day,” and the promise of a few genial showers he hails
+with pleasure. There is never any of that “remarkable weather” on the
+islands which from time immemorial has been experienced in America, and
+still continues to call forth the wondering conversational exclamations of
+its elderly citizens. Nor do there even occur any of those eccentric
+meteorological changes which elsewhere surprise us. In the valley of Typee
+ice-creams would never be rendered less acceptable by sudden frosts, nor
+would picnic parties be deferred on account of inauspicious snowstorms:
+for there day follows day in one unvarying round of summer and sunshine,
+and the whole year is one long tropical month of June just melting into
+July.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It is this genial climate which causes the cocoa-nuts to flourish as they
+do. This invaluable fruit, brought to perfection by the rich soil of the
+Marquesas, and borne aloft on a stately column more than a hundred feet
+from the ground, would seem at first almost inaccessible to the simple
+natives. Indeed, the slender, smooth, and soaring shaft, without a single
+limb or protuberance of any kind to assist one in mounting it, presents an
+obstacle only to be overcome by the surprising agility and ingenuity of
+the islanders. It might be supposed that their indolence would lead them
+patiently to await the period when the ripened nuts, slowly parting from
+their stems, fall one by one to the ground. This certainly would be the
+case, were it not that the young fruit, encased in a soft green husk, with
+the incipient meat adhering in a jelly-like pellicle to its sides, and
+containing a bumper of the most delicious nectar, is what they chiefly
+prize. They have at least twenty different terms to express as many
+progressive stages in the growth of the nut. Many of them reject the fruit
+altogether except at a particular period of its growth, which, incredible
+as it may appear, they seemed to me to be able to ascertain within an hour
+or two. Others are still more capricious in their tastes; and after
+gathering together a heap of the nuts of all ages, and ingeniously tapping
+them, will first sip from one and then from another, as fastidiously as
+some delicate wine-bibber experimenting, glass in hand, among his dusty
+demijohns of different vintages.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Some of the young men, with more flexible frames than their comrades, and
+perhaps with more courageous souls, had a way of walking up the trunk of
+the cocoa-nut trees which to me seemed little less than miraculous; and
+when looking at them in the act, I experienced that curious perplexity a
+child feels when he beholds a fly moving feet uppermost along a ceiling.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I will endeavour to describe the way in which Narnee, a noble young chief,
+sometimes performed this feat for my particular gratification; but his
+preliminary performances must also be recorded. Upon my signifying my
+desire that he should pluck me the young fruit of some particular tree,
+the handsome savage, throwing himself into a sudden attitude of surprise,
+feigns astonishment at the apparent absurdity of the request. Maintaining
+this position for a moment, the strange emotions depicted on his
+countenance soften down into one of humorous resignation to my will, and
+then, looking wistfully up to the tufted top of the tree, he stands on
+tip-toe, straining his neck and elevating his arms, as though endeavouring
+to reach the fruit from the ground where he stands. As if defeated in this
+childish attempt, he now sinks to the earth despondingly, beating his
+breast in well-acted despair; and then, starting to his feet all at once,
+and throwing back his head, raises both hands, like a schoolboy about to
+catch a falling ball. After continuing this for a moment or two, as if in
+expectation that the fruit was going to be tossed down to him by some good
+spirit in the tree-top, he turns wildly round in another fit of despair,
+and scampers off to the distance of thirty or forty yards. Here he remains
+awhile, eyeing the tree, the very picture of misery; but the next moment,
+receiving, as it were, a flash of inspiration, he rushes again towards it,
+and clasping both arms about the trunk, with one elevated a little above
+the other, he presses the soles of his feet close together against the
+tree, extending his legs from it until they are nearly horizontal, and his
+body becomes doubled into an arch; then, hand over hand and foot after
+foot, he rises from the earth with steady rapidity, and almost before you
+are aware of it, has gained the cradled and embowered nest of nuts, and
+with boisterous glee flings the fruit to the ground.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This mode of walking the tree is only practicable where the trunk declines
+considerably from the perpendicular. This, however, is almost always the
+case; some of the perfectly straight shafts of the trees leaning at an
+angle of thirty degrees.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The less active among the men, and many of the children of the valley,
+have another method of climbing. They take a broad and stout piece of
+bark, and secure either end of it to their ankles: so that when the feet
+thus confined are extended apart, a space of little more than twelve
+inches is left between them. This contrivance greatly facilitates the act
+of climbing. The band pressed against the tree, and closely embracing it,
+yields a pretty firm support; while with the arms clasped about the trunk,
+and at regular intervals sustaining the body, the feet are drawn up nearly
+a yard at a time, and a corresponding elevation of the hands immediately
+succeeds. In this way I have seen little children, scarcely five years of
+age, fearlessly climbing the slender pole of a young cocoa-nut tree, and
+while hanging perhaps fifty feet from the ground, receiving the plaudits
+of their parents beneath, who clapped their hands, and encouraged them to
+mount still higher.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What, thought I, on first witnessing one of these exhibitions, would the
+nervous mothers of America and England say to a similar display of
+hardihood in any of their children? The Lacedemonian nation might have
+approved of it, but most modern dames would have gone into hysterics at
+the sight.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At the top of the cocoa-nut tree the numerous branches, radiating on all
+sides from a common centre, form a sort of green and waving basket,
+between the leaflets of which you just discern the nuts thickly clustering
+together, and on the loftier trees looking no bigger from the ground than
+bunches of grapes. I remember one adventurous little fellow—Too-Too was
+the rascal’s name—who had built himself a sort of aërial baby-house in the
+picturesque tuft of a tree adjoining Marheyo’s habitation. He used to
+spend hours there,—rustling among the branches, and shouting with delight
+every time the strong gusts of wind, rushing down from the mountain side,
+swayed to and fro the tall and flexible column on which he was perched.
+Whenever I heard Too-Too’s musical voice sounding strangely to the ear
+from so great a height, and beheld him peeping down upon me from out his
+leafy covert, he always recalled to my mind Dibdin’s lines—
+</p>
+
+<p>
+  There’s a sweet little cherub that sits up aloft,
+  To look out for the life of poor Jack.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Birds—bright and beautiful birds—fly over the valley of Typee. You see
+them perched aloft among the immovable boughs of the majestic bread-fruit
+trees, or gently swaying on the elastic branches of the Omoo; skimming
+over the palmetto-thatching of the bamboo huts; passing like spirits on
+the wing through the shadows of the grove, and sometimes descending into
+the bosom of the valley in gleaming flights from the mountains. Their
+plumage is purple and azure, crimson and white, black and gold; with bills
+of every tint;—bright bloody-red, jet black, and ivory white; and their
+eyes are bright and sparkling; they go sailing through the air in starry
+throngs; but, alas! the spell of dumbness is upon them all—there is not a
+single warbler in the valley!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I know not why it was, but the sight of these birds, generally the
+ministers of gladness, always oppressed me with melancholy. As in their
+dumb beauty they hovered by me whilst I was walking, or looked down upon
+me with steady curious eyes from out the foliage, I was almost inclined to
+fancy that they knew they were gazing upon a stranger, and that they
+commiserated his fate.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap29"></a>CHAPTER XXIX</h2>
+
+<p class="letter">
+A professor of the fine arts—His persecutions—Something about tattooing and
+tabooing—Two anecdotes in illustration of the latter—A few thoughts on the
+Typee dialect.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In one of my strolls with Kory-Kory, in passing along the border of a
+thick growth of bushes, my attention was arrested by a singular noise. On
+entering the thicket, I witnessed for the first time the operation of
+tattooing as performed by these islanders.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I beheld a man extended flat upon his back, on the ground, and, despite
+the forced composure of his countenance, it was evident that he was
+suffering agony. His tormentor bent over him, working away for all the
+world like a stone-cutter with mallet and chisel. In one hand he held a
+short slender stick, pointed with a shark’s tooth, on the upright end of
+which he tapped with a small hammer-like piece of wood, thus puncturing
+the skin, and charging it with the colouring matter in which the
+instrument was dipped. A cocoa-nut shell containing this fluid was placed
+upon the ground. It is prepared by mixing with a vegetable juice the ashes
+of the “armor,” or candle-nut, always preserved for the purpose. Beside
+the savage, and spread out upon a piece of soiled tappa, were a great
+number of curious black-looking little implements of bone and wood, used
+in the various divisions of his art. A few terminated in a single fine
+point, and, like very delicate pencils, were employed in giving the
+finishing touches, or in operating upon the more sensitive portions of the
+body, as was the case of the present instance. Others presented several
+points distributed in a line, somewhat resembling the teeth of a saw.
+These were employed in the coarser parts of the work, and particularly in
+pricking in straight marks. Some presented their points disposed in small
+figures, and being placed upon the body, were, by a single blow of the
+hammer, made to leave their indelible impression. I observed a few, the
+handles of which were mysteriously curved, as if intended to be introduced
+into the orifice of the ear, with a view perhaps of beating the tattoo
+upon the tympanum. Altogether, the sight of these strange instruments
+recalled to mind that display of cruel-looking mother-of-pearl-handled
+things which one sees in their velvet-lined cases at the elbow of a
+dentist.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The artist was not at this time engaged on an original sketch, his subject
+being a venerable savage, whose tattooing had become somewhat faded with
+age and needed a few repairs, and accordingly he was merely employed in
+touching up the works of some of the old masters of the Typee school, as
+delineated upon the human canvas before him. The parts operated upon were
+the eyelids, where a longitudinal streak, like the one which adorned
+Kory-Kory, crossed the countenance of the victim.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In spite of all the efforts of the poor old man, sundry twitchings and
+screwings of the muscles of the face denoted the exquisite sensibility of
+these shutters to the windows of his soul, which he was now having
+repainted. But the artist, with a heart as callous as that of an army
+surgeon, continued his performance, enlivening his labours with a wild
+chant, tapping away the while as merrily as a woodpecker.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+So deeply engaged was he in his work, that he had not observed our
+approach, until, after having enjoyed an unmolested view of the operation,
+I chose to attract his attention. As soon as he perceived me, supposing
+that I sought him in his professional capacity, he seized hold of me in a
+paroxysm of delight, and was all eagerness to begin the work. When,
+however, I gave him to understand that he had altogether mistaken my
+views, nothing could exceed his grief and disappointment. But recovering
+from this, he seemed determined not to credit my assertion, and grasping
+his implements, he flourished them about in fearful vicinity to my face,
+going through an imaginary performance of his art, and every moment
+bursting into some admiring exclamation at the beauty of his designs.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Horrified at the bare thought of being rendered hideous for life if the
+wretch were to execute his purpose upon me, I struggled to get away from
+him, while Kory-Kory, turning traitor, stood by, and besought me to comply
+with the outrageous request. On my reiterated refusals the excited artist
+got half beside himself, and was overwhelmed with sorrow at losing so
+noble an opportunity of distinguishing himself in his profession.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The idea of engrafting his tattooing upon my white skin filled him with
+all a painter’s enthusiasm: again and again he gazed into my countenance,
+and every fresh glimpse seemed to add to the vehemence of his ambition.
+Not knowing to what extremities he might proceed, and shuddering at the
+ruin he might inflict upon my figurehead, I now endeavoured to draw off
+his attention from it, and holding out my arm in a fit of desperation,
+signed to him to commence operations. But he rejected the compromise
+indignantly, and still continued his attack on my face, as though nothing
+short of that would satisfy him. When his forefinger swept across my
+features, in laying out the borders of those parallel bands which were to
+encircle my countenance, the flesh fairly crawled upon my bones. At last,
+half wild with terror and indignation, I succeeded in breaking away from
+the three savages, and fled towards old Marheyo’s house, pursued by the
+indomitable artist, who ran after me, implements in hand. Kory-Kory,
+however, at last interfered, and drew him off from the chase.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This incident opened my eyes to a new danger; and I now felt convinced
+that in some luckless hour I should be disfigured in such a manner as
+never more to have the <i>face</i> to return to my countrymen, even should an
+opportunity offer.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These apprehensions were greatly increased by the desire which King Mehevi
+and several of the inferior chiefs now manifested that I should be
+tattooed. The pleasure of the king was first signified to me some three
+days after my casual encounter with Karky the artist. Heavens! what
+imprecations I showered upon that Karky. Doubtless he had plotted a
+conspiracy against me and my countenance, and would never rest until his
+diabolical purpose was accomplished. Several times I met him in various
+parts of the valley, and, invariably, whenever he descried me, he came
+running after me with his mallet and chisel, flourishing them about my
+face as if he longed to begin. What an object he would have made of me!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When the king first expressed his wish to me, I made known to him my utter
+abhorrence of the measure, and worked myself into such a state of
+excitement, that he absolutely stared at me in amazement. It evidently
+surpassed his majesty’s comprehension how any sober-minded and sensible
+individual could entertain the least possible objection to so beautifying
+an operation.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Soon afterwards he repeated his suggestion, and meeting with a like
+repulse, showed some symptoms of displeasure at my obduracy. On his a
+third time renewing his request, I plainly perceived that something must
+be done, or my visage was ruined for ever; I therefore screwed up my
+courage to the sticking point, and declared my willingness to have both
+arms tattooed from just above the wrist to the shoulder. His majesty was
+greatly pleased at the proposition, and I was congratulating myself with
+having thus compromised the matter, when he intimated that as a thing of
+course my face was first to undergo the operation. I was fairly driven to
+despair; nothing but the utter ruin of my “face divine,” as the poets call
+it, would, I perceived, satisfy the inexorable Mehevi and his chiefs, or
+rather that infernal Karky, for he was at the bottom of it all.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The only consolation afforded me was a choice of patterns: I was at
+perfect liberty to have my face spanned by three horizontal bars, after
+the fashion of my serving-man’s; or to have as many oblique stripes
+slanting across it: or if, like a true courtier, I chose to model my style
+on that of royalty, I might wear a sort of freemason badge upon my
+countenance in the shape of a mystic triangle. However, I would have none
+of these, though the king most earnestly impressed upon my mind that my
+choice was wholly unrestricted. At last, seeing my unconquerable
+repugnance, he ceased to importune me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But not so some other of the savages. Hardly a day passed but I was
+subjected to their annoying requests, until at last my existence became a
+burden to me; the pleasures I had previously enjoyed no longer afforded me
+delight, and all my former desire to escape from the valley now revived
+with additional force.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A fact which I soon afterwards learned augmented my apprehension. The
+whole system of tattooing was, I found, connected with their religion; and
+it was evident, therefore, that they were resolved to make a convert of
+me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the decoration of the chiefs, it seems to be necessary to exercise the
+most elaborate pencilling; while some of the inferior natives looked as if
+they had been daubed over indiscriminately with a house-painter’s brush. I
+remember one fellow who prided himself hugely upon a great oblong patch,
+placed high upon his back, and who always reminded me of a man with a
+blister of Spanish flies stuck between his shoulders. Another whom I
+frequently met had the hollow of his eyes tattooed in two regular squares,
+and his visual organs being remarkably brilliant, they gleamed forth from
+out this setting like a couple of diamonds inserted in ebony.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Although convinced that tattooing was a religious observance, still the
+nature of the connection between it and the superstitious idolatry of the
+people was a point upon which I could never obtain any information. Like
+the still more important system of the “Taboo,” it always appeared
+inexplicable to me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There is a marked similarity, almost an identity, between the religious
+institutions of most of the Polynesian islands, and in all exists the
+mysterious “Taboo,” restricted in its uses to a greater or less extent. So
+strange and complex in its arrangements is this remarkable system, that I
+have in several cases met with individuals who, after residing for years
+among the islands in the Pacific, and acquiring a considerable knowledge
+of the language, have nevertheless been altogether unable to give any
+satisfactory account of its operations. Situated as I was in the Typee
+valley, I perceived every hour the effects of this all-controlling power,
+without in the least comprehending it. Those effects were, indeed,
+wide-spread and universal, pervading the most important as well as the
+minutest transactions of life. The savage, in short, lives in the
+continual observance of its dictates, which guide and control every action
+of his being.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For several days after entering the valley I had been saluted at least
+fifty times in the twenty-four hours with the talismanic word “Taboo”
+shrieked in my ears, at some gross violation of its provisions, of which I
+had unconsciously been guilty. The day after our arrival I happened to
+hand some tobacco to Toby over the head of a native who sat between us. He
+started up, as if stung by an adder; while the whole company, manifesting
+an equal degree of horror, simultaneously screamed out “Taboo!” I never
+again perpetrated a similar piece of ill-manners, which, indeed, was
+forbidden by the canons of good breeding, as well as by the mandates of
+the taboo. But it was not always so easy to perceive wherein you had
+contravened the spirit of this institution. I was many times called to
+order, if I may use the phrase, when I could not for the life of me
+conjecture what particular offence I had committed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One day I was strolling through a secluded portion of the valley, and
+hearing the musical sound of the cloth-mallet at a little distance, I
+turned down a path that conducted me in a few moments to a house where
+there were some half-dozen girls employed in making tappa. This was an
+operation I had frequently witnessed, and had handled the bark in all the
+various stages of its preparation. On the present occasion the females
+were intent upon their occupation, and after looking up and talking gaily
+to me for a few moments, they resumed their employment. I regarded them
+for awhile in silence, and then, carelessly picking up a handful of the
+material that lay around, proceeded unconsciously to pick it apart. While
+thus engaged, I was suddenly startled by a scream, like that of a whole
+boarding-school of young ladies just on the point of going into hysterics.
+Leaping up with the idea of seeing a score of Happar warriors about to
+perform anew the Sabine atrocity, I found myself confronted by the company
+of girls, who, having dropped their work, stood before me with starting
+eyes, swelling bosoms, and fingers pointed in horror towards me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thinking that some venomous reptile must be concealed in the bark which I
+held in my hand, I began cautiously to separate and examine it. Whilst I
+did so the horrified girls redoubled their shrieks. Their wild cries and
+frightened motions actually alarmed me, and throwing down the tappa, I was
+about to rush from the house, when in the same instant their clamours
+ceased, and one of them, seizing me by the arm, pointed to the broken
+fibres that had just fallen from my grasp, and screamed in my ears the
+fatal word “Taboo!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I subsequently found out that the fabric they were engaged in making was
+of a peculiar kind, destined to be worn on the heads of the females, and
+through every stage of its manufacture was guarded by a vigorous taboo,
+which interdicted the whole masculine gender from even so much as touching
+it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Frequently in walking through the groves I observed bread-fruit and
+cocoa-nut trees, with a wreath of leaves twined in a peculiar fashion
+about their trunks. This was the mark of the taboo. The trees themselves,
+their fruit, and even the shadows they cast upon the ground, were
+consecrated by its presence. In the same way a pipe, which the king had
+bestowed upon me, was rendered sacred in the eyes of the natives, none of
+whom could I ever prevail upon to smoke from it. The bowl was encircled by
+a woven band of grass, somewhat resembling those Turks’ heads occasionally
+worked in the handles of our whip-stalks.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A similar badge was once braided about my wrist by the royal hand of
+Mehevi himself, who, as soon as he had concluded the operation, pronounced
+me “Taboo.” This occurred shortly after Toby’s disappearance; and were it
+not that from the first moment I had entered the valley the natives had
+treated me with uniform kindness, I should have supposed that their
+conduct afterwards was to be ascribed to the fact that I received this
+sacred investiture.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The capricious operations of the taboo are not its least remarkable
+feature: to enumerate them all would be impossible. Black hogs—infants to
+a certain age—women in an interesting situation—young men while the
+operation of tattooing their faces is going on—and certain parts of the
+valley during the continuance of a shower—are alike fenced about by the
+operation of the taboo.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I witnessed a striking instance of its effects in the bay of Tior, my
+visit to which place occurred a few days before leaving the ship. On that
+occasion our worthy captain formed one of the party. He was a most
+insatiable sportsman. Outward bound, and off the pitch of Cape Horn, he
+used to sit on the taffrail, and keep the steward loading three or four
+old fowling-pieces, with which he would bring down albatrosses, Cape
+pigeons, jays, petrels, and divers other marine fowl, who followed
+chattering in our wake. The sailors were struck aghast at his impiety, and
+one and all attributed our forty days’ beating about that horrid headland
+to his sacrilegious slaughter of these inoffensive birds.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At Tior, he evinced the same disregard for the religious prejudices of the
+islanders as he had previously shown for the superstitions of the sailors.
+Having heard that there were a considerable number of fowls in the
+valley—the progeny of some cocks and hens accidentally left there by an
+English vessel, and which, being strictly tabooed, flew about almost in a
+wild state—he determined to break through all restraints, and be the death
+of them. Accordingly, he provided himself with a most formidable-looking
+gun, and announced his landing on the beach by shooting down a noble cock,
+that was crowing what proved to be his own funeral dirge on the limb of an
+adjoining tree. “Taboo,” shrieked the affrighted savages. “Oh, hang your
+taboo,” says the nautical sportsman; “talk taboo to the marines”; and bang
+went the piece again, and down came another victim. At this the natives
+ran scampering through the groves, horror-struck at the enormity of the
+act.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+All that afternoon the rocky sides of the valley rang with successive
+reports, and the superb plumage of many a beautiful fowl was ruffled by
+the fatal bullet. Had it not been that the French admiral, with a large
+party, was then in the glen, I have no doubt that the natives, although
+their tribe was small and dispirited, would have inflicted summary
+vengeance upon the man who thus outraged their most sacred institutions;
+as it was, they contrived to annoy him not a little.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thirsting with his exertions, the skipper directed his steps to a stream;
+but the savages, who had followed at a little distance, perceiving his
+object, rushed towards him and forced him away from its bank—his lips
+would have polluted it. Wearied at last, he sought to enter a house that
+he might rest for awhile on the mats; its inmates gathered tumultuously
+about the door and denied him admittance. He coaxed and blustered by
+turns, but in vain; the natives were neither to be intimidated nor
+appeased, and as a final resort he was obliged to call together his boat’s
+crew, and pull away from what he termed the most infernal place he ever
+stepped upon.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Lucky was it for him and for us that we were not honoured on our departure
+by a salute of stones from the hands of the exasperated Tiors. In this
+way, on the neighbouring island of Ropo, were killed, but a few weeks
+previously, and for a nearly similar offence, the master and three of the
+crew of the K——.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I cannot determine, with anything approaching to certainty, what power it
+is that imposes the taboo. When I consider the slight disparity of
+condition among the islanders—the very limited and inconsiderable
+prerogatives of the king and chiefs—and the loose and indefinite functions
+of the priesthood, most of whom were hardly to be distinguished from the
+rest of their countrymen, I am wholly at a loss where to look for the
+authority which regulates this potent institution. It is imposed upon
+something to-day, and withdrawn to-morrow; while its operations in other
+cases are perpetual. Sometimes its restrictions only affect a single
+individual—sometimes a particular family—sometimes a whole tribe; and, in
+a few instances, they extend not merely over the various clans on a single
+island, but over all the inhabitants of an entire group. In illustration
+of this latter peculiarity, I may cite the law which forbids a female to
+enter a canoe—a prohibition which prevails upon all the northern Marquesas
+Islands.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The word itself (taboo) is used in more than one signification. It is
+sometimes used by a parent to his child, when, in the exercise of parental
+authority, he forbids it to perform a particular action. Anything opposed
+to the ordinary customs of the islanders, although not expressly
+prohibited, is said to be “taboo.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The Typee language is one very difficult to be acquired; it bears a close
+resemblance to the other Polynesian dialects, all of which show a common
+origin. The duplication of words, as “lumee lumee,” “poee poee,” “muee
+muee,” is one of their peculiar features. But another, and a more annoying
+one, is the different sense in which one and the same word is employed;
+its various meanings all have a certain connection, which only makes the
+matter more puzzling. So one brisk, lively little word is obliged, like a
+servant in a poor family, to perform all sorts of duties. For instance—one
+particular combination of syllables expresses the ideas of sleep, rest,
+reclining, sitting, leaning, and all other things anyways analogous
+thereto, the particular meaning being shown chiefly by a variety of
+gestures, and the eloquent expression of the countenance.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap30"></a>CHAPTER XXX</h2>
+
+<p class="letter">
+Strange custom of the islanders—Their chanting, and the peculiarity of their
+voice—Rapture of the king at first hearing a song—A new dignity conferred on
+the author—Musical instruments in the valley—Admiration of the savages at
+beholding a pugilistic performance—Swimming infant—Beautiful tresses of the
+girls—Ointment for the hair.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Sadly discursive as I have already been, I must still further entreat the
+reader’s patience, as I am about to string together, without any attempt
+at order, a few odds and ends of things not hitherto mentioned, but which
+are either curious in themselves, or peculiar to the Typees.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There was one singular custom, observed in old Marheyo’s domestic
+establishment, which often excited my surprise. Every night, before
+retiring, the inmates of the house gathered together on the mats, and
+squatting upon their haunches, after the universal practice of these
+islanders, would commence a low, dismal, and monotonous chant,
+accompanying the voice with the instrumental melody produced by two small
+half-rotten sticks tapped slowly together, a pair of which were held in
+the hands of each person present. Thus would they employ themselves for an
+hour or two, sometimes longer. Lying in the gloom which wrapped the
+farther end of the house, I could not avoid looking at them, although the
+spectacle suggested nothing but unpleasant reflections. The flickering
+rays of the “armor” nut just served to reveal their savage lineaments,
+without dispelling the darkness that hovered about them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Sometimes when, after falling into a kind of doze, and awaking suddenly in
+the midst of these doleful chantings, my eye would fall upon the
+wild-looking group engaged in their strange occupation, with their naked
+tattooed limbs, and shaven heads disposed in a circle, I was almost
+tempted to believe that I gazed upon a set of evil beings in the act of
+working a frightful incantation.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What was the meaning or purpose of this custom, whether it was practised
+merely as a diversion, or whether it was a religious exercise, a sort of
+family prayers, I never could discover.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The sounds produced by the natives on these occasions were of a most
+singular description; and had I not actually been present, I never would
+have believed that such curious noises could have been produced by human
+beings.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To savages, generally, is imputed a guttural articulation. This, however,
+is not always the case, especially among the inhabitants of the Polynesian
+Archipelago. The labial melody with which the Typee girls carry on an
+ordinary conversation, giving a musical prolongation to the final syllable
+of every sentence, and chirping out some of the words with a liquid,
+bird-like accent, was singularly pleasing.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The men, however, are not quite so harmonious in their utterance; and when
+excited upon any subject, would work themselves up into a sort of wordy
+paroxysm, during which all descriptions of rough-sided sounds were
+projected from their mouths, with a force and rapidity which was
+absolutely astonishing.
+</p>
+
+<hr />
+
+<p>
+Although these savages are remarkably fond of chanting, still they appear
+to have no idea whatever of singing, at least as the art is practised
+among other nations.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I never shall forget the first time I happened to roar out a stave in the
+presence of the noble Mehevi. It was a stanza from the “Bavarian
+Broom-seller.” His Typean majesty, with all his court, gazed upon me in
+amazement, as if I had displayed some preternatural faculty which Heaven
+had denied to them. The king was delighted with the verse; but the chorus
+fairly transported him. At his solicitation, I sang it again and again,
+and nothing could be more ludicrous than his vain attempts to catch the
+air and the words. The royal savage seemed to think that by screwing all
+the features of his face into the end of his nose, he might possibly
+succeed in the undertaking, but it failed to answer the purpose; and in
+the end he gave it up, and consoled himself by listening to my repetition
+of the sounds fifty times over.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Previous to Mehevi’s making the discovery, I had never been aware that
+there was anything of the nightingale about me; but I was now promoted to
+the place of court minstrel, in which capacity I was afterwards
+perpetually called upon to officiate.
+</p>
+
+<hr />
+
+<p>
+Besides the sticks and the drums, there are no other musical instruments
+among the Typees, except one which might appropriately be denominated a
+nasal flute. It is somewhat longer than an ordinary fife, is made of a
+beautiful scarlet-coloured reed, and has four or five stops, with a large
+hole near one end, which latter is held just beneath the left nostril. The
+other nostril being closed by a peculiar movement of the muscles about the
+nose, the breath is forced into the tube, and produces a soft dulcet
+sound, which is varied by the fingers running at random over the stops.
+This is a favourite recreation with the females, and one in which Fayaway
+greatly excelled. Awkward as such an instrument may appear, it was, in
+Fayaway’s delicate little hands, one of the most graceful I have ever
+seen. A young lady in the act of tormenting a guitar, strung about her
+neck by a couple of yards of blue ribbon, is not half so engaging.
+</p>
+
+<hr />
+
+<p>
+Singing was not the only means I possessed of diverting the royal Mehevi
+and his easy-going subjects. Nothing afforded them more pleasure than to
+see me go through the attitudes of a pugilistic encounter. As not one of
+the natives had soul enough in him to stand up like a man, and allow me to
+hammer away at him, for my own personal gratification and that of the
+king, I was necessitated to fight with an imaginary enemy, whom I
+invariably made to knock under to my superior prowess. Sometimes, when
+this sorely battered shadow retreated precipitately towards a group of the
+savages, and, following him up, I rushed among them, dealing my blows
+right and left, they would disperse in all directions, much to the
+enjoyment of Mehevi, the chiefs, and themselves.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The noble art of self-defence appeared to be regarded by them as the
+peculiar gift of the white man; and I make little doubt but that they
+supposed armies of Europeans were drawn up provided with nothing else but
+bony fists and stout hearts, with which they set to in column, and
+pummelled one another at the word of command.
+</p>
+
+<hr />
+
+<p>
+One day, in company with Kory-Kory, I had repaired to the stream for the
+purpose of bathing, when I observed a woman sitting upon a rock in the
+midst of the current, and watching with the liveliest interest the gambols
+of something, which at first I took to be an uncommonly large species of
+frog that was sporting in the water near her. Attracted by the novelty of
+the sight, I waded towards the spot where she sat, and could hardly credit
+the evidence of my senses when I beheld a little infant, the period of
+whose birth could not have extended back many days, paddling about as if
+it had just risen to the surface, after being hatched into existence at
+the bottom. Occasionally the delighted parent reached out her hand towards
+it, when the little thing, uttering a faint cry, and striking out its tiny
+limbs, would sidle for the rock, and the next moment be clasped to its
+mother’s bosom. This was repeated again and again, the baby remaining in
+the stream about a minute at a time. Once or twice it made wry faces at
+swallowing a mouthful of water, and choked and spluttered as if on the
+point of strangling. At such times, however, the mother snatched it up,
+and by a process scarcely to be mentioned obliged it to eject the fluid.
+For several weeks afterward I observed the woman bringing her child down
+to the stream regularly every day, in the cool of the morning and evening,
+and treating it to a bath. No wonder that the South Sea islanders are so
+amphibious a race, when they are thus launched into the water as soon as
+they see the light. I am convinced that it is as natural for a human being
+to swim as it is for a duck. And yet, in civilized communities, how many
+able-bodied individuals die, like so many drowning kittens, from the
+occurrence of the most trivial accidents!
+</p>
+
+<hr />
+
+<p>
+The long, luxuriant, and glossy tresses of the Typee damsels often
+attracted my admiration. A fine head of hair is the pride and joy of every
+woman’s heart! Whether, against the express will of Providence, it is
+twisted up on the crown of the head and there coiled away; whether it be
+built up in a great tower, with combs and pins, or is plastered over the
+head in sleek, shiny folds; or whether it be permitted to flow over the
+shoulders in natural ringlets, it is always the pride of the owner, and
+the glory of the toilette.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The Typee girls devote much of their time to the dressing of their hair
+and redundant locks. After bathing, as they sometimes do five or six times
+every day, the hair is carefully dried, and if they have been in the sea,
+invariably washed in fresh water, and anointed with a highly-scented oil
+extracted from the meat of the cocoa-nut. This oil is obtained in great
+abundance, by the following very simple process:—
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A large vessel of wood, with holes perforated in the bottom, is filled
+with the pounded meat, and exposed to the rays of the sun. As the
+oleaginous matter exudes, it falls in drops through the apertures into a
+wide-mouthed calabash placed underneath. After a sufficient quantity has
+thus been collected, the oil undergoes a purifying process, and is then
+poured into the small spherical shells of the nuts of the moo-tree, which
+are hollowed out to receive it. These nuts are then hermetically sealed
+with a resinous gum, and the vegetable fragrance of their green rind soon
+imparts to the oil a delightful odour. After a lapse of a few weeks, the
+exterior shell of the nuts becomes quite dry and hard, and assumes a
+beautiful carnation tint; and when opened they are found to be about
+two-thirds full of an ointment of a light yellow colour, and diffusing the
+sweetest perfume. This elegant little odorous globe would not be out of
+place even upon the toilette of a queen. Its merits as a preparation for
+the hair are undeniable,—it imparts to it a superb gloss and a silky
+fineness.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap31"></a>CHAPTER XXXI</h2>
+
+<p class="letter">
+Apprehensions of evil—Frightful discovery—Some remarks on cannibalism—Second
+battle with the Happars—Savage spectacle—Mysterious feast—Subsequent
+disclosures.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From the time of my casual encounter with Karky the artist, my life was
+one of absolute wretchedness. Not a day passed but I was persecuted by the
+solicitations of some of the natives to subject myself to the odious
+operation of tattooing. Their importunities drove me half wild, for I felt
+how easily they might work their will upon me regarding this, or anything
+else which they took into their heads. Still, however, the behaviour of
+the islanders toward me was as kind as ever. Faraway was quite as
+engaging; Kory-Kory as devoted; and Mehevi the king just as gracious and
+condescending as before. But I had now been three months in their valley,
+as nearly as I could estimate; I had grown familiar with the narrow limits
+to which my wanderings had been confined; and I began bitterly to feel the
+state of captivity in which I was held. There was no one with whom I could
+freely converse; no one to whom I could communicate my thoughts; no one
+who could sympathize with my sufferings. A thousand times I thought how
+much more endurable would have been my lot had Toby still been with me.
+But I was left alone, and the thought was terrible to me. Still, despite
+my griefs, I did all in my power to appear composed and cheerful, well
+knowing that by manifesting any uneasiness, or any desire to escape, I
+should only frustrate my object.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was during the period I was in this unhappy frame of mind, that the
+painful malady under which I had been labouring—after having almost
+completely subsided—began again to show itself, and with symptoms as
+violent as ever. This added calamity nearly unmanned me; the recurrence of
+the complaint proved that, without powerful remedial applications, all
+hope of cure was futile; and when I reflected that just beyond the
+elevations which bound me in, was the medical relief I needed, and that,
+although so near, it was impossible for me to avail myself of it, the
+thought was misery.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In this wretched situation, every circumstance which evinced the savage
+nature of the beings at whose mercy I was, augmented the fearful
+apprehensions that consumed me. An occurrence which happened about this
+time affected me most powerfully.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I have already mentioned, that from the ridge-pole of Marheyo’s house were
+suspended a number of packages enveloped in tappa. Many of these I had
+often seen in the hands of the natives, and their contents had been
+examined in my presence. But there were three packages hanging very nearly
+over the place where I lay, which from their remarkable appearance had
+often excited my curiosity. Several times I had asked Kory-Kory to show me
+their contents; but my servitor, who in almost every other particular had
+acceded to my wishes, always refused to gratify me in this.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One day, returning unexpectedly from the Ti, my arrival seemed to throw
+the inmates of the house into the greatest confusion. They were seated
+together on the mats, and by the lines which extended from the roof to the
+floor I immediately perceived that the mysterious packages were, for some
+purpose or other, under inspection. The evident alarm the savages betrayed
+filled me with forebodings of evil, and with an uncontrollable desire to
+penetrate the secret so jealously guarded. Despite the efforts of Marheyo
+and Kory-Kory to restrain me, I forced my way into the midst of the
+circle, and just caught a glimpse of three human heads, which others of
+the party were hurriedly enveloping in the coverings from which they had
+been taken.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One of the three I distinctly saw. It was in a state of perfect
+preservation, and from the slight glimpse I had of it, seemed to have been
+subjected to some smoking operation which had reduced it to the dry, hard,
+and mummy-like appearance it presented. The two long scalp-locks were
+twisted up into balls upon the crown of the head, in the same way that the
+individual had worn them during life. The sunken cheeks were rendered yet
+more ghastly by the rows of glistening teeth which protruded from between
+the lips, while the sockets of the eyes—filled with oval bits of
+mother-of-pearl shell, with a black spot in the centre—heightened the
+hideousness of its aspect.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Two of the three were heads of the islanders; but the third, to my horror,
+was that of a white man. Although it had been quickly removed from my
+sight, still the glimpse I had of it was enough to convince me that I
+could not be mistaken.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Gracious God! what dreadful thoughts entered my mind. In solving this
+mystery, perhaps I had solved another, and the fate of my lost companion
+might be revealed in the shocking spectacle I had just witnessed. I longed
+to have torn off the folds of cloth, and satisfied the awful doubts under
+which I laboured. But before I had recovered from the consternation into
+which I had been thrown, the fatal packages were hoisted aloft and once
+more swung over my head. The natives now gathered round me tumultuously,
+and laboured to convince me that what I had just seen were the heads of
+three Happar warriors, who had been slain in battle. This glaring
+falsehood added to my alarm, and it was not until I reflected that I had
+observed the packages swinging from their elevation before Toby’s
+disappearance, that I could at all recover my composure.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But although this horrible apprehension had been dispelled, I had
+discovered enough to fill me, in my present state of mind, with the most
+bitter reflections. It was plain that I had seen the last relic of some
+unfortunate wretch, who must have been massacred on the beach by the
+savages, in one of those perilous trading adventures which I have before
+described.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was not, however, alone the murder of the stranger that overcame me
+with gloom. I shuddered at the idea of the subsequent fate his inanimate
+body might have met with. Was the same doom reserved for me? Was I
+destined to perish like him—like him, perhaps, to be devoured, and my head
+to be preserved as a fearful memento of the event? My imagination ran riot
+in these horrid speculations, and I felt certain that the worst possible
+evils would befall me. But whatever were my misgivings, I studiously
+concealed them from the islanders, as well as the full extent of the
+discovery I had made.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Although the assurances which the Typees had often given me, that they
+never ate human flesh, had not convinced me that such was the case, yet,
+having been so long a time in the valley without witnessing anything which
+indicated the existence of the practice, I began to hope that it was an
+event of very rare occurrence, and that I should be spared the horror of
+witnessing it during my stay among them: but, alas! these hopes were soon
+destroyed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It is a singular fact, that in all our accounts of cannibal tribes we have
+seldom received the testimony of an eye-witness to the revolting practice.
+The horrible conclusion has almost always been derived from the
+second-hand evidence of Europeans, or else from the admissions of the
+savages themselves, after they have in some degree become civilized. The
+Polynesians are aware of the detestation in which Europeans hold this
+custom, and therefore invariably deny its existence, and, with the craft
+peculiar to savages, endeavour to conceal every trace of it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But to my story.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+About a week after my discovery of the contents of the mysterious
+packages, I happened to be at the Ti, when another war-alarm was sounded,
+and the natives, rushing to their arms, sallied out to resist a second
+incursion of the Happar invaders. The same scene was again repeated, only
+that on this occasion I heard at least fifteen reports of muskets from the
+mountains during the time that the skirmish lasted. An hour or two after
+its termination, loud pæans chanted through the valley announced the
+approach of the victors. I stood with Kory-Kory leaning against the
+railing of the pi-pi, awaiting their advance, when a tumultuous crowd of
+islanders emerged with wild clamours from the neighbouring groves. In the
+midst of them marched four men, one preceding the other at regular
+intervals of eight or ten feet, with poles of a corresponding length,
+extending from shoulder to shoulder, to which were lashed with thongs of
+bark three long narrow bundles, carefully wrapped in ample coverings of
+freshly plucked palm-leaves, tacked together with slivers of bamboo. Here
+and there upon these green winding-sheets might be seen the stains of
+blood, while the warriors who carried the frightful burdens displayed upon
+their naked limbs similar sanguinary marks. The shaven head of the
+foremost had a deep gash upon it, and the clotted gore which had flowed
+from the wound remained in dry patches around it. The savage seemed to be
+sinking under the weight he bore. The bright tattooing upon his body was
+covered with blood and dust; his inflamed eyes rolled in their sockets,
+and his whole appearance denoted extraordinary suffering and exertion;
+yet, sustained by some powerful impulse, he continued to advance, while
+the throng around him with wild cheers sought to encourage him. The other
+three men were marked about the arms and breasts with several slight
+wounds, which they somewhat ostentatiously displayed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These four individuals, having been the most active in the late encounter,
+claimed the honour of bearing the bodies of their slain enemies to the Ti.
+Such was the conclusion I drew from my own observations, and, as far as I
+could understand, from the explanation which Kory-Kory gave me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The royal Mehevi walked by the side of these heroes. He carried in one
+hand a musket, from the barrel of which was suspended a small canvas pouch
+of powder, and in the other he grasped a short javelin, which he held
+before him and regarded with fierce exultation. This javelin he had
+wrested from a celebrated champion of the Happars, who had ignominiously
+fled, and was pursued by his foes beyond the summit of the mountain.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When within a short distance of the Ti, the warrior with the wounded head,
+who proved to be Narmonee, tottered forward two or three steps, and fell
+helplessly to the ground; but not before another had caught the end of the
+pole from his shoulder, and placed it upon his own.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The excited throng of islanders, who surrounded the person of the king and
+the dead bodies of the enemy, approached the spot where I stood,
+brandishing their rude implements of warfare, many of which were bruised
+and broken, and uttering continual shouts of triumph. When the crowd drew
+up opposite the Ti, I set myself to watch their proceedings most
+attentively; but scarcely had they halted when my servitor, who had left
+my side for an instant, touched my arm, and proposed our returning to
+Marheyo’s house. To this I objected; but, to my surprise, Kory-Kory
+reiterated his request, and with an unusual vehemence of manner. Still,
+however, I refused to comply, and was retreating before him, as in his
+importunity he pressed upon me, when I felt a heavy hand laid upon my
+shoulder, and turning round, encountered the bulky form of Mow-Mow, a
+one-eyed chief, who had just detached himself from the crowd below, and
+had mounted the rear of the pi-pi upon which we stood. His cheek had been
+pierced by the point of a spear, and the wound imparted a still more
+frightful expression to his hideously tattooed face, already deformed by
+the loss of an eye. The warrior, without uttering a syllable, pointed
+fiercely in the direction of Marheyo’s house, while Kory-Kory, at the same
+time presenting his back, desired me to mount.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I declined this offer, but intimated my willingness to withdraw, and moved
+slowly along the piazza, wondering what could be the cause of this unusual
+treatment. A few minutes’ consideration convinced me that the savages were
+about to celebrate some hideous rite in connexion with their peculiar
+customs, and at which they were determined I should not be present. I
+descended from the pi-pi, and attended by Kory-Kory, who on this occasion
+did not show his usual commiseration for my lameness, but seemed only
+anxious to hurry me on, walked away from the place. As I passed through
+the noisy throng, which by this time completely environed the Ti, I looked
+with fearful curiosity at the three packages, which now were deposited
+upon the ground; but although I had no doubt as to their contents, still
+their thick coverings prevented my actually detecting the form of a human
+body.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The next morning, shortly after sunrise, the same thundering sounds which
+had awakened me from sleep on the second day of the Feast of Calabashes,
+assured me that the savages were on the eve of celebrating another, and,
+as I fully believed, a horrible solemnity.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+All the inmates of the house, with the exception of Marheyo, his son, and
+Tinor, after assuming their gala dresses, departed in the direction of the
+Taboo Groves.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Although I did not anticipate a compliance with my request, still, with a
+view of testing the truth of my suspicions, I proposed to Kory-Kory that,
+according to our usual custom in the morning, we should take a stroll to
+the Ti: he positively refused; and when I renewed the request, he evinced
+his determination to prevent my going there; and, to divert my mind from
+the subject, he offered to accompany me to the stream. We accordingly
+went, and bathed. On our coming back to the house, I was surprised to find
+that all its inmates had returned, and were lounging upon the mats as
+usual, although the drums still sounded from the groves.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The rest of the day I spent with Kory-Kory and Fayaway, wandering about a
+part of the valley situated in an opposite direction from the Ti, and
+whenever I so much as looked towards that building, although it was hidden
+from view by intervening trees, and at the distance of more than a mile,
+my attendant would exclaim, “Taboo, taboo!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At the various houses where we stopped, I found many of the inhabitants
+reclining at their ease, or pursuing some light occupation, as if nothing
+unusual were going forward; but amongst them all I did not perceive a
+single chief or warrior. When I asked several of the people why they were
+not at the “Hoolah Hoolah” (the feast), they uniformly answered the
+question in a manner which implied that it was not intended for them, but
+for Mehevi, Narmonee, Mow-Mow, Kolor, Womonoo, Kalow, running over, in
+their desire to make me comprehend their meaning, the names of all the
+principal chiefs.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Everything, in short, strengthened my suspicions with regard to the nature
+of the festival they were now celebrating; and which amounted almost to a
+certainty. While in Nukuheva I had frequently been informed that the whole
+tribe were never present at these cannibal banquets, but the chiefs and
+priests only; and everything I now observed agreed with the account.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The sound of the drums continued without intermission the whole day, and
+falling continually upon my ear, caused me a sensation of horror which I
+am unable to describe. On the following day, hearing none of those noisy
+indications of revelry, I concluded that the inhuman feast was terminated,
+and feeling a kind of morbid curiosity to discover whether the Ti might
+furnish any evidence of what had taken place there, I proposed to
+Kory-Kory to walk there. To this proposition he replied by pointing with
+his finger to the newly-risen sun, and then up to the zenith, intimating
+that our visit must be deferred until noon. Shortly after that hour we
+accordingly proceeded to the Taboo Groves, and as soon as we entered their
+precincts, I looked fearfully round in quest of some memorial of the scene
+which had so lately been acted there; but everything appeared as usual. On
+reaching the Ti, we found Mehevi and a few chiefs reclining on the mats,
+who gave me as friendly a reception as ever. No allusions of any kind were
+made by them to the recent events; and I refrained, for obvious reasons,
+from referring to them myself.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After staying a short time, I took my leave. In passing along the piazza,
+previously to descending from the pi-pi, I observed a curiously carved
+vessel of wood, of considerable size, with a cover placed over it, of the
+same material, and which resembled in shape a small canoe. It was
+surrounded by a low railing of bamboos, the top of which was scarcely a
+foot from the ground. As the vessel had been placed in its present
+position since my last visit, I at once concluded that it must have some
+connexion with the recent festival; and, prompted by a curiosity I could
+not repress, in passing it I raised one end of the cover; at the same
+moment the chiefs, perceiving my design, loudly ejaculated, “Taboo!
+taboo!” But the slight glimpse sufficed; my eyes fell upon the disordered
+members of a human skeleton, the bones still fresh with moisture, and with
+particles of flesh clinging to them here and there!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Kory-Kory, who had been a little in advance of me, attracted by the
+exclamations of the chiefs, turned round in time to witness the expression
+of horror on my countenance. He now hurried towards me, pointing at the
+same time to the canoe, and exclaiming, rapidly, “Puarkee! puarkee!” (Pig,
+pig.) I pretended to yield to the deception, and repeated the words after
+him several times, as though acquiescing in what he said. The other
+savages, either deceived by my conduct, or unwilling to manifest their
+displeasure at what could not now be remedied, took no further notice of
+the occurrence, and I immediately left the Ti.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+All that night I lay awake, revolving in my mind the fearful situation in
+which I was placed. The last horrid revelation had now been made, and the
+full sense of my condition rushed upon my mind with a force I had never
+before experienced.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Where, thought I, desponding, is there the slightest prospect of escape?
+The only person who seemed to possess the ability to assist me was the
+stranger, Marnoo; but would he ever return to the valley? and if he did,
+should I be permitted to hold any communication with him? It seemed as if
+I were cut off from every source of hope, and that nothing remained but
+passively to await whatever fate was in store for me. A thousand times I
+endeavoured to account for the mysterious conduct of the natives. For what
+conceivable purpose did they thus retain me a captive? What could be their
+object in treating me with such apparent kindness, and did it not cover
+some treacherous scheme? Or, if they had no other design than to hold me a
+prisoner, how should I be able to pass away my days in this narrow valley,
+deprived of all intercourse with civilized beings, and for ever separated
+from friends and home?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One only hope remained to me. The French could not long defer a visit to
+the bay, and if they should permanently locate any of their troops in the
+valley, the savages could not for any length of time conceal my existence
+from them. But what reason had I to suppose that I should be spared until
+such an event occurred—an event which might be postponed by a hundred
+different contingencies?
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap32"></a>CHAPTER XXXII</h2>
+
+<p class="letter">
+The stranger again arrives in the valley—Singular interview with him—Attempt to
+escape—Failure—Melancholy situation—Sympathy of Marheyo.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Marnoo, Marnoo pemi!” Such were the welcome sounds which fell upon my ear
+some ten days after the event related in the preceding chapter. Once more
+the approach of the stranger was heralded, and the intelligence operated
+upon me like magic. Again I should be able to converse with him in my own
+language; and I resolved, at all hazards, to concert with him some scheme,
+however desperate, to rescue me from a condition that had now become
+insupportable.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As he drew near, I remembered with many misgivings the inauspicious
+termination of our former interview; and when he entered the house, I
+watched with intense anxiety the reception he met with from its inmates.
+To my joy, his appearance was hailed with the liveliest pleasure; and
+accosting me kindly, he seated himself by my side, and entered into
+conversation with the natives around him. It soon appeared, however, that
+on this occasion he had not any intelligence of importance to communicate.
+I inquired of him from whence he had last come? He replied, from Pueearka,
+his native valley, and that he intended to return to it the same day.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At once it struck me that, could I but reach that valley under his
+protection, I might easily from thence reach Nukuheva by water; and,
+animated by the prospect which this plan held out, I disclosed it in a few
+brief words to the stranger, and asked him how it could be best
+accomplished. My heart sunk within me when, in his broken English, he
+answered me that it could never be effected. “Kannaka no let you go
+nowhere,” he said, “you taboo. Why you no like to stay? Plenty moee-moee
+(sleep)—plenty ki-ki (eat)—plenty whihenee (young girls). Oh, very good
+place, Typee! Suppose you no like this bay, why you come? You no hear
+about Typee? All white men afraid Typee, so no white men come.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These words distressed me beyond belief; and when I again related to him
+the circumstances under which I had descended into the valley and sought
+to enlist his sympathies in my behalf, by appealing to the bodily misery I
+endured, he listened to me with impatience, and cut me short by
+exclaiming, passionately, “Me no hear you talk any more; by by Kannaka get
+mad, kill you and me too. No, you see he no want you to speak to me at
+all?—you see—ah! by by you no mind—you get well, he kill you, eat you,
+hang you head up there, like Happar Kannaka. Now you listen—but no talk
+any more. By by I go;—you see way I go. Ah! then some night Kannaka all
+moee-moee (sleep)—you run away—you come Pueearka. I speak Pueearka
+Kannaka—he no harm you—ah! then I take you my canoe Nukuheva, and you no
+run away ship no more.” With these words, enforced by a vehemence of
+gesture I cannot describe, Marnoo started from my side, and immediately
+engaged in conversation with some of the chiefs who had entered the house.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It would have been idle for me to have attempted resuming the interview so
+peremptorily terminated by Marnoo, who was evidently little disposed to
+compromise his own safety by any rash endeavours to ensure mine. But the
+plan he had suggested struck me as one which might possibly be
+accomplished, and I resolved to act upon it as speedily as possible.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Accordingly, when he arose to depart, I accompanied him, with the natives,
+outside of the house, with a view of carefully noting the path he would
+take in leaving the valley. Just before leaping from the pi-pi, he clasped
+my hand, and, looking significantly at me, exclaimed, “Now you see you do
+what I tell you—ah! then you do good;—you no do so—ah! then you die.” The
+next moment he waved his spear in adieu to the islanders, and, following
+the route that conducted to a defile in the mountains lying opposite the
+Happar side, was soon out of sight.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A mode of escape was now presented to me; but how was I to avail myself of
+it? I was continually surrounded by the savages; I could not stir from one
+house to another without being attended by some of them; and even during
+the hours devoted to slumber, the slightest movement which I made seemed
+to attract the notice of those who shared the mats with me. In spite of
+these obstacles, however, I determined forthwith to make the attempt. To
+do so with any prospect of success, it was necessary that I should have at
+least two hours’ start before the islanders should discover my absence;
+for with such facility was any alarm spread through the valley, and so
+familiar, of course, were the inhabitants with the intricacies of the
+groves, that I could not hope, lame and feeble as I was, and ignorant of
+the route, to secure my escape unless I had this advantage. It was also by
+night alone that I could hope to accomplish my object, and then only by
+adopting the utmost precaution.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The entrance to Marheyo’s habitation was through a low narrow opening in
+its wicker-work front. This passage, for no conceivable reason that I
+could devise, was always closed after the household had retired to rest,
+by drawing a heavy slide across it, composed of a dozen or more bits of
+wood, ingeniously fastened together by seizings of sinnate. When any of
+the inmates chose to go outside, the noise occasioned by the removing of
+this rude door awakened everybody else; and on more than one occasion I
+had remarked that the islanders were nearly as irritable as more civilized
+beings under similar circumstances.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The difficulty thus placed in my way I determined to obviate in the
+following manner. I would get up boldly in the course of the night, and,
+drawing the slide, issue from the house, and pretend that my object was
+merely to procure a drink from the calabash, which always stood without
+the dwelling on the corner of the pi-pi. On re-entering I would purposely
+omit closing the passage after me, and trusting that the indolence of the
+savages would prevent them from repairing my neglect, would return to my
+mat, and waiting patiently until all were again asleep, I would then steal
+forth, and at once take the route to Pueearka.
+</p>
+
+<div class="fig" style="width:100%;">
+<a name="illus7"></a>
+<a href="images/illus7.jpg">
+<img src="images/illus7.jpg" width="479" height="600" alt="Illustration:" /></a>
+<p class="caption">ABOUT MIDNIGHT I AROSE AND DREW THE SLIDE</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+The very night which followed Marnoo’s departure, I proceeded to put this
+project into execution. About midnight, as I imagined, I arose and drew
+the slide. The natives, just as I had expected, started up, while some of
+them asked, “Arware poo awa, Tommo?” (where are you going, Tommo?) “Wai,”
+(water,) I laconically answered, grasping the calabash. On hearing my
+reply they sank back again, and in a minute or two I returned to my mat,
+anxiously awaiting the result of the experiment.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One after another the savages, turning restlessly, appeared to resume
+their slumbers, and, rejoicing at the stillness which prevailed, I was
+about to rise again from my couch, when I heard a slight rustling—a dark
+form was intercepted between me and the doorway—the slide was drawn across
+it, and the individual, whoever he was, returned to his mat. This was a
+sad blow to me; but as it might have aroused the suspicions of the
+islanders to have made another attempt that night, I was reluctantly
+obliged to defer it until the next. Several times after I repeated the
+same manœuvre, but with as little success as before. As my pretence for
+withdrawing from the house was to allay my thirst, Kory-Kory, either
+suspecting some design on my part, or else prompted by a desire to please
+me, regularly every evening placed a calabash of water by my side.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Even under these inauspicious circumstances I again and again renewed the
+attempt; but when I did so, my valet always rose with me, as if determined
+I should not remove myself from his observation. For the present,
+therefore, I was obliged to abandon the attempt; but I endeavoured to
+console myself with the idea, that by this mode I might yet effect my
+escape.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Shortly after Marnoo’s visit I was reduced to such a state, that it was
+with extreme difficulty I could walk, even with the assistance of a spear,
+and Kory-Kory, as formerly, was obliged to carry me daily to the stream.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For hours and hours, during the warmest part of the day, I lay upon my
+mat, and while those around me were nearly all dozing away in careless
+ease, I remained awake, gloomily pondering over the fate which it appeared
+now idle for me to resist. When I thought of the loved friends who were
+thousands and thousands of miles from the savage island in which I was
+held a captive—when I reflected that my dreadful fate would for ever be
+concealed from them, and that, with hope deferred, they might continue to
+await my return long after my inanimate form had blended with the dust of
+the valley, I could not repress a shudder of anguish.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+How vividly is impressed upon my mind every minute feature of the scene
+which met my view during those long days of suffering and sorrow. At my
+request my mats were always spread directly facing the door, opposite
+which, and at a little distance, was the hut of boughs that Marheyo was
+building.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Whenever my gentle Fayaway and Kory-Kory, laying themselves down beside
+me, would leave me awhile to uninterrupted repose, I took a strange
+interest in the slightest movements of the eccentric old warrior. All
+alone, during the stillness of the tropical mid-day, he would pursue his
+quiet work, sitting in the shade and weaving together the leaflets of his
+cocoa-nut branches, or rolling upon his knee the twisted fibres of bark to
+form the cords with which he tied together the thatching of his tiny
+house. Frequently suspending his employment, and noticing my melancholy
+eye fixed upon him, he would raise his hand with a gesture expressive of
+deep commiseration, and then, moving towards me slowly, would enter on
+tip-toes, fearful of disturbing the slumbering natives, and, taking the
+fan from my hand, would sit before me, swaying it gently to and fro, and
+gazing earnestly into my face.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Just beyond the pi-pi, and disposed in a triangle before the entrance of
+the house, were three magnificent bread-fruit trees. At this moment I can
+recall to my mind their slender shafts, and the graceful inequalities of
+their bark, on which my eye was accustomed to dwell, day after day, in the
+midst of my solitary musings. It is strange how inanimate objects will
+twine themselves into our affections, especially in the hour of
+affliction. Even now, amidst all the bustle and stir of the proud and busy
+city in which I am dwelling, the image of those three trees seems to come
+as vividly before my eyes as if they were actually present, and I still
+feel the soothing quiet pleasure which I then had in watching, hour after
+hour, their topmost boughs waving gracefully in the breeze.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap33"></a>CHAPTER XXXIII</h2>
+
+<p class="letter">
+The escape.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Nearly three weeks had elapsed since the second visit of Marnoo, and it
+must have been more than four months since I entered the valley, when one
+day, about noon, and whilst everything was in profound silence, Mow-Mow,
+the one-eyed chief, suddenly appeared at the door, and leaning forward
+towards me as I lay directly facing him, said, in a low tone, “Toby pemi
+ena,” (Toby has arrived here.) Gracious heaven! What a tumult of emotions
+rushed upon me at this startling intelligence! Insensible to the pain that
+had before distracted me, I leaped to my feet, and called wildly to
+Kory-Kory, who was reposing by my side. The startled islanders sprang from
+their mats; the news was quickly communicated to them; and the next moment
+I was making my way to the Ti on the back of Kory-Kory, and surrounded by
+the excited savages.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+All that I could comprehend of the particulars which Mow-Mow rehearsed to
+his auditors as we proceeded, was that my long-lost companion had arrived
+in a boat which had just entered the bay. These tidings made me most
+anxious to be carried at once to the sea, lest some untoward circumstance
+should prevent our meeting; but to this they would not consent, and
+continued their course towards the royal abode. As we approached it,
+Mehevi and several chiefs showed themselves from the piazza, and called
+upon us loudly to come to them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As soon as we had approached, I endeavoured to make them understand that I
+was going down to the sea to meet Toby. To this the king objected, and
+motioned Kory-Kory to bring me into the house. It was in vain to resist;
+and in a few moments I found myself within the Ti, surrounded by a noisy
+group engaged in discussing the recent intelligence. Toby’s name was
+frequently repeated, coupled with violent exclamations of astonishment. It
+seemed as if they yet remained in doubt with regard to the fact of his
+arrival, and at every fresh report that was brought from the shore they
+betrayed the liveliest emotions.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Almost frenzied at being held in this state of suspense, I passionately
+besought Mehevi to permit me to proceed. Whether my companion had arrived
+or not, I felt a presentiment that my own fate was about to be decided.
+Again and again I renewed my petition to Mehevi. He regarded me with a
+fixed and serious eye, but at length, yielding to my importunity,
+reluctantly granted my request.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Accompanied by some fifty of the natives, I now rapidly continued my
+journey, every few moments being transferred from the back of one to
+another, and urging my bearer forward all the while with earnest
+entreaties. As I thus hurried forward, no doubt as to the truth of the
+information I had received ever crossed my mind. I was alive only to the
+one overwhelming idea, that a chance of deliverance was now afforded me,
+if the jealous opposition of the savages could be overcome.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Having been prohibited from approaching the sea during the whole of my
+stay in the valley, I had always associated with it the idea of escape.
+Toby, too,—if indeed he had ever voluntarily deserted me,—must have
+effected his flight by the sea; and now that I was drawing near to it
+myself, I indulged in hopes which I had never felt before. It was evident
+that a boat had entered the bay, and I saw little reason to doubt the
+truth of the report that it had brought my companion. Every time,
+therefore, that we gained an elevation, I looked eagerly around, hoping to
+behold him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the midst of an excited throng, who by their violent gestures and wild
+cries appeared to be under the influence of some excitement as strong as
+my own, I was now borne along at a rapid trot, frequently stooping my head
+to avoid the branches which crossed the path, and never ceasing to implore
+those who carried me to accelerate their already swift pace.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In this manner we had proceeded about four or five miles, when we were met
+by a party of some twenty islanders, between whom and those who
+accompanied me ensued an animated conference. Impatient of the delay
+occasioned by this interruption, I was beseeching the man who carried me
+to proceed without his loitering companions, when Kory-Kory, running to my
+side, informed me, in three fatal words, that the news had all proved
+false—that Toby had not arrived—“Toby owlee permi.” Heaven only knows how,
+in the state of mind and body I then was, I ever sustained the agony which
+this intelligence caused me; not that the news was altogether unexpected,
+but I had trusted that the fact might not have been made known until we
+should have arrived upon the beach. As it was, I at once foresaw the
+course the savages would pursue. They had only yielded thus far to my
+entreaties, that I might give a joyful welcome to my long-lost comrade;
+but now that it was known he had not arrived, they would at once oblige me
+to turn back.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My anticipations were but too correct. In spite of the resistance I made,
+they carried me into a house which was near the spot, and left me upon the
+mats. Shortly afterwards, several of those who had accompanied me from the
+Ti, detaching themselves from the others, proceeded in the direction of
+the sea. Those who remained—among whom were Marheyo, Mow-Mow, Kory-Kory,
+and Tinor—gathered about the dwelling, and appeared to be awaiting their
+return.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This convinced me that strangers—perhaps some of my own countrymen—had for
+some cause or other entered the bay. Distracted at the idea of their
+vicinity, and reckless of the pain which I suffered, I heeded not the
+assurances of the islanders that there were no boats at the beach, but,
+starting to my feet, endeavoured to gain the door. Instantly the passage
+was blocked up by several men, who commanded me to resume my seat. The
+fierce looks of the irritated savages admonished me that I could gain
+nothing by force, and that it was by entreaty alone that I could hope to
+compass my object.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Guided by this consideration, I turned to Mow-Mow, the only chief present,
+whom I had been much in the habit of seeing, and, carefully concealing my
+real design, tried to make him comprehend that I still believed Toby to
+have arrived on the shore, and besought him to allow me to go forward to
+welcome him. To all his repeated assertions that my companion had not been
+seen, I pretended to turn a deaf ear: while I urged my solicitations with
+an eloquence of gesture which the one-eyed chief appeared unable to
+resist. He seemed, indeed, to regard me as a froward child, to whose
+wishes he had not the heart to oppose force, and whom he must consequently
+humour. He spoke a few words to the natives, who at once retreated from
+the door, and I immediately passed out of the house.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Here I looked earnestly round for Kory-Kory; but that hitherto faithful
+servitor was nowhere to be seen. Unwilling to linger even for a single
+instant when every moment might be so important, I motioned to a muscular
+fellow near me to take me upon his back: to my surprise he angrily
+refused. I turned to another, but with a like result. A third attempt was
+as unsuccessful, and I immediately perceived what had induced Mow-Mow to
+grant my request, and why the other natives conducted themselves in so
+strange a manner. It was evident that the chief had only given me liberty
+to continue my progress towards the sea, because he supposed that I was
+deprived of the means of reaching it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Convinced by this of their determination to retain me a captive, I became
+desperate; and almost insensible to the pain which I suffered, I seized a
+spear which was leaning against the projecting eaves of the house, and,
+supporting myself with it, resumed the path that swept by the dwelling. To
+my surprise, I was suffered to proceed alone, all the natives remaining in
+front of the house, and engaging in earnest conversation, which every
+moment became more loud and vehement; and, to my unspeakable delight, I
+perceived that some difference of opinion had arisen between them; that
+two parties, in short, were formed, and consequently that, in their
+divided counsels, there was some chance of my deliverance.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Before I had proceeded a hundred yards I was again surrounded by the
+savages, who were still in all the heat of argument, and appeared every
+moment as if they would come to blows. In the midst of this tumult old
+Marheyo came to my side, and I shall never forget the benevolent
+expression of his countenance. He placed his arm upon my shoulder, and
+emphatically pronounced one expressive English word I had taught
+him—“Home.” I at once understood what he meant, and eagerly expressed my
+thanks to him. Fayaway and Kory-Kory were by his side, both weeping
+violently; and it was not until the old man had twice repeated the command
+that his son could bring himself to obey him, and take me again upon his
+back. The one-eyed chief opposed his doing so, but he was overruled, and,
+as it seemed to me, by some of his own party.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We proceeded onwards, and never shall I forget the ecstacy I felt when I
+first heard the roar of the surf breaking upon the beach. Before long, I
+saw the flashing billows themselves through the opening between the trees.
+Oh! glorious sight and sound of ocean! with what rapture did I hail you as
+familiar friends. By this time the shouts of the crowd upon the beach were
+distinctly audible, and in the blended confusion of sounds I almost
+fancied I could distinguish the voices of my own countrymen.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When we reached the open space which lay between the groves and the sea,
+the first object that met my view was an English whale-boat, lying with
+her bow pointed from the shore, and only a few fathoms distant from it. It
+was manned by five islanders, dressed in short tunics of calico. My first
+impression was that they were in the very act of pulling out from the bay;
+and that, after all my exertions, I had come too late. My soul sunk within
+me: but a second glance convinced me that the boat was only hanging off to
+keep out of the surf; and the next moment I heard my own name shouted out
+by a voice from the midst of the crowd.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Looking in the direction of the sound, I perceived, to my indescribable
+joy, the tall figure of Karakoee, an Oahu Kannaka, who had often been
+aboard the <i>Dolly</i> while she lay in Nukuheva. He wore the green
+shooting-jacket, with gilt buttons, which had been given to him by an
+officer of the <i>Reine Blanche</i>—the French flag-ship—and in which I had
+always seen him dressed. I now remembered the Kannaka had frequently told
+me that his person was tabooed in all the valleys of the island, and the
+sight of him at such a moment as this filled my heart with a tumult of
+delight.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Karakoee stood near the edge of the water with a large roll of
+cotton-cloth thrown over one arm, and holding two or three canvas bags of
+powder, while with the other hand he grasped a musket, which he appeared
+to be proffering to several of the chiefs around him. But they turned with
+disgust from his offers, and seemed to be impatient at his presence, with
+vehement gestures waving him off to his boat, and commanding him to
+depart.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The Kannaka, however, still maintained his ground, and I at once perceived
+that he was seeking to purchase my freedom. Animated by the idea, I called
+upon him loudly to come to me; but he replied, in broken English, that the
+islanders had threatened to pierce him with their spears, if he stirred a
+foot towards me. At this time I was still advancing, surrounded by a dense
+throng of the natives, several of whom had their hands upon me, and more
+than one javelin was threateningly pointed at me. Still I perceived
+clearly that many of those least friendly towards me looked irresolute and
+anxious.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I was still some thirty yards from Karakoee, when my farther progress was
+prevented by the natives, who compelled me to sit down upon the ground,
+while they still retained their hold upon my arms. The din and tumult now
+became tenfold, and I perceived that several of the priests were on the
+spot, all of whom were evidently urging Mow-Mow and the other chiefs to
+prevent my departure; and the detestable word—“Roo-ne! Roo-ne!” which I
+had heard repeated a thousand times during the day, was now shouted on
+every side of me. Still I saw that the Kannaka continued his exertions in
+my favour—that he was boldly debating the matter with the savages, and was
+striving to entice them by displaying his cloth and powder, and snapping
+the lock of his musket. But all he said or did appeared only to augment
+the clamours of those around him, who seemed bent upon driving him into
+the sea.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When I remembered the extravagant value placed by these people upon the
+articles which were offered to them in exchange for me, and which were so
+indignantly rejected, I saw a new proof of the same fixed determination of
+purpose they had all along manifested with regard to me, and in despair,
+and reckless of consequences, I exerted all my strength, and, shaking
+myself free from the grasp of those who held me, I sprang upon my feet and
+rushed towards Karakoee.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The rash attempt nearly decided my fate; for, fearful that I might slip
+from them, several of the islanders now raised a simultaneous shout, and
+pressing upon Karakoee, they menaced him with furious gestures, and
+actually forced him into the sea. Appalled at their violence, the poor
+fellow, standing nearly to the waist in the surf, endeavoured to pacify
+them; but at length, fearful that they would do him some fatal violence,
+he beckoned to his comrades to pull in at once, and take him into the
+boat.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was at this agonizing moment, when I thought all hope was ended, that a
+new contest arose between the two parties, who had accompanied me to the
+shore; blows were struck, wounds were given, and blood flowed. In the
+interest excited by the fray, every one had left me except Marheyo,
+Kory-Kory, and poor dear Fayaway, who clung to me, sobbing convulsively. I
+saw that now or never was the moment. Clasping my hands together, I looked
+imploringly at Marheyo, and moved towards the now almost deserted beach.
+The tears were in the old man’s eyes, but neither he nor Kory-Kory
+attempted to hold me, and I soon reached the Kannaka, who had anxiously
+watched my movements; the rowers pulled in as near as they dared to the
+edge of the surf; I gave one parting embrace to Fayaway, who seemed
+speechless with sorrow, and the next instant I found myself safe in the
+boat, and Karakoee by my side, who told the rowers at once to give way.
+Marheyo and Kory-Kory, and a great many of the women, followed me into the
+water, and I was determined, as the only mark of gratitude I could show,
+to give them the articles which had been brought as my ransom. I handed
+the musket to Kory-Kory, in doing which he would fain have taken hold of
+me, threw the roll of cotton to old Marheyo, pointing as I did so to poor
+Fayaway, who had retired from the edge of the water, and was sitting down
+disconsolate on the beach, and tumbled the powder-bags out to the nearest
+young ladies, all of whom were vastly willing to take them. This
+distribution did not occupy ten seconds, and before it was over the boat
+was under full way, the Kannaka all the while exclaiming loudly against
+what he considered a useless throwing away of valuable property.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Although it was clear that my movements had been noticed by several of the
+natives, still they had not suspended the conflict in which they were
+engaged, and it was not until the boat was above fifty yards from the
+shore, that Mow-Mow and some six or seven other warriors rushed into the
+sea and hurled their javelins at us. Some of the weapons passed quite as
+close to us as was desirable, but no one was wounded, and the men pulled
+away gallantly. But although soon out of the reach of the spears, our
+progress was extremely slow; it blew strong upon the shore, and the tide
+was against us; and I saw Karakoee, who was steering the boat, give many a
+look towards a jutting point of the bay round which we had to pass.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For a minute or two after our departure, the savages, who had formed into
+different groups, remained perfectly motionless and silent. All at once
+the enraged chief showed by his gestures that he had resolved what course
+he would take. Shouting loudly to his companions, and pointing with his
+tomahawk towards the headland, he set off at full speed in that direction,
+and was followed by about thirty of the natives, among whom were several
+of the priests, all yelling out, “Roo-ne! Roo-ne!” at the very top of
+their voices. Their intention was evidently to swim off from the headland
+and intercept us in our course. The wind was freshening every minute, and
+was right in our teeth, and it was one of those chopping, angry seas, in
+which it is so difficult to row. Still the chances seemed in our favour,
+but when we came within a hundred yards of the point, the active savages
+were already dashing into the water, and we all feared that within five
+minutes’ time we should have a score of the infuriated wretches around us.
+If so our doom was sealed, for these savages, unlike the feeble swimmers
+of civilized countries, are, if anything, more formidable antagonists in
+the water than when on the land. It was all a trial of strength; our
+natives pulled till their oars bent again, and the crowd of swimmers shot
+through the water, despite its roughness, with fearful rapidity.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By the time we had reached the headland, the savages were spread right
+across our course. Our rowers got out their knives and held them ready
+between their teeth, and I seized the boat-hook. We were all aware that if
+they succeeded in intercepting us, they would practise upon us the
+manœuvre which proved so fatal to many a boat’s crew in these seas. They
+would grapple the oars, and, seizing hold of the gunwale, capsize the
+boat, and then we should be entirely at their mercy.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After a few breathless moments I discerned Mow-Mow. The athletic islander,
+with his tomahawk between his teeth, was dashing the water before him till
+it foamed again. He was the nearest to us, and in another instant he would
+have seized one of the oars. Even at the moment I felt horror at the act I
+was about to commit; but it was no time for pity or compunction, and with
+true aim, and exerting all my strength, I dashed the boat-hook at him. It
+struck him just below the throat, and forced him downwards. I had no time
+to repeat the blow, but I saw him rise to the surface in the wake of the
+boat, and never shall I forget the ferocious expression of his
+countenance.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Only one other of the savages reached the boat. He seized the gunwale, but
+the knives of our rowers so mauled his wrists that he was forced to quit
+his hold, and the next minute we were past them all, and in safety. The
+strong excitement which had thus far kept me up, now left me, and I fell
+back fainting into the arms of Karakoee.
+</p>
+
+<hr />
+
+<p>
+The circumstances connected with my most unexpected escape may be very
+briefly stated. The captain of an Australian vessel being in distress for
+men in these remote seas, had put into Nukuheva in order to recruit his
+ship’s company, but not a single man was to be obtained; and the barque
+was about to get under weigh, when she was boarded by Karakoee, who
+informed the disappointed Englishman that an American sailor was detained
+by the savages in the neighbouring bay of Typee; and he offered, if
+supplied with suitable articles of traffic, to undertake his release. The
+Kannaka had gained his intelligence from Marnoo, to whom, after all, I was
+indebted for my escape. The proposition was acceded to; and Karakoee,
+taking with him five tabooed natives of Nukuheva, again repaired aboard
+the barque, which in a few hours sailed to that part of the island, and
+threw her main-top-sail aback right off the entrance to the Typee bay. The
+whale-boat, manned by the tabooed crew, pulled towards the head of the
+inlet, while the ship lay “off and on” awaiting its return.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The events which ensued have already been detailed, and little more
+remains to be related. On reaching the <i>Julia</i>, I was lifted over the
+side, and my strange appearance, and remarkable adventure, occasioned the
+liveliest interest. Every attention was bestowed upon me that humanity
+could suggest; but to such a state was I reduced, that three months
+elapsed before I recovered my health.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The mystery which hung over the fate of my friend and companion, Toby, has
+never been cleared up. I still remain ignorant whether he succeeded in
+leaving the valley, or perished at the hands of the islanders.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap34"></a>
+SEQUEL</h2>
+
+<p>
+                                CONTAINING
+</p>
+
+<p>
+                            THE STORY OF TOBY
+</p>
+
+<p class="letter">
+NOTE.—The Author of “Typee” was more than two years in the South Seas, after
+escaping from the valley, as recounted in the last chapter. Some time after
+returning home the foregoing narrative was published, though it was little
+thought at the time that this would be the means of revealing the existence of
+Toby, who had long been given up for lost. But so it proved. The story of his
+escape supplies a natural sequel to the adventure, and as such it is now added
+to the volume. It was related to the Author by Toby himself.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The morning my comrade left me, as related in the narrative, he was
+accompanied by a large party of the natives, some of them carrying fruit
+and hogs for the purposes of traffic, as the report had spread that boats
+had touched at the bay.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As they proceeded through the settled parts of the valley, numbers joined
+them from every side, running with animated cries from every pathway. So
+excited were the whole party, that, eager as Toby was to gain the beach,
+it was almost as much as he could do to keep up with them. Making the
+valley ring with their shouts, they hurried along on a swift trot, those
+in advance pausing now and then, and flourishing their weapons to urge the
+rest forward.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Presently they came to a place where the path crossed a bend of the main
+stream of the valley. Here a strange sound came through the grove beyond,
+and the islanders halted. It was Mow-Mow, the one-eyed chief, who had gone
+on before; he was striking his heavy lance against the hollow bough of a
+tree.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This was a signal of alarm;—for nothing was now heard but shouts of
+“Happar! Happar!”—the warriors tilting with their spears and brandishing
+them in the air, and the women and boys shouting to each other, and
+picking up the stones in the bed of the stream. In a moment or two Mow-Mow
+and two or three other chiefs ran out from the grove, and the din
+increased tenfold.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Now, thought Toby, for a fray; and being unarmed, he besought one of the
+young men domiciled with Marheyo for the loan of his spear. But he was
+refused; the youth roguishly telling him, that the weapon was very good
+for him (the Typee), but that a white man could fight much better with his
+fists.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The merry humour of this young wag seemed to be shared by the rest, for in
+spite of their warlike cries and gestures, everybody was capering about
+and laughing, as if it was one of the funniest things in the world to be
+awaiting the flight of a score or two of Happar javelins from an ambush in
+the thickets.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+While my comrade was in vain trying to make out the meaning of all this, a
+good number of the natives separated themselves from the rest and ran off
+into the grove on one side, the others now keeping perfectly still, as if
+awaiting the result. After a little while, however, Mow-Mow, who stood in
+advance, motioned them to come on stealthily, which they did, scarcely
+rustling a leaf. Thus they crept along for ten or fifteen minutes, every
+now and then pausing to listen.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Toby by no means relished this sort of skulking; if there was going to be
+a fight he wanted it to begin at once. But all in good time,—for just
+then, as they went prowling into the thickest of the wood, terrific howls
+burst upon them on all sides, and volleys of darts and stones flew across
+the path. Not an enemy was to be seen, and what was still more surprising,
+not a single man dropped, though the pebbles fell among the leaves like
+hail.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There was a moment’s pause, when the Typees, with wild shrieks, flung
+themselves into the covert, spear in hand; nor was Toby behind-hand.
+Coming so near getting his skull broken by the stones, and animated by an
+old grudge he bore the Happars, he was among the first to dash at them. As
+he broke his way through the underbush, trying, as he did so, to wrest a
+spear from a young chief, the shouts of battle all of a sudden ceased, and
+the wood was as still as death. The next moment, the party who had left
+them so mysteriously rushed out from behind every bush and tree, and
+united with the rest in long and merry peals of laughter.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was all a sham, and Toby, who was quite out of breath with excitement,
+was much incensed at being made a fool of.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It afterwards turned out that the whole affair had been concerted for his
+particular benefit, though with what precise view it would be hard to
+tell. My comrade was the more enraged at this boy’s play, since it had
+consumed so much time, every moment of which might be precious. Perhaps,
+however, it was partly intended for this very purpose; and he was led to
+think so, because, when the natives started again, he observed that they
+did not seem to be in so great a hurry as before. At last, after they had
+gone some distance, Toby, thinking all the while that they never would get
+to the sea, two men came running towards them, and a regular halt ensued,
+followed by a noisy discussion, during which Toby’s name was often
+repeated. All this made him more and more anxious to learn what was going
+on at the beach; but it was in vain that he now tried to push forward; the
+natives held him back.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In a few moments the conference ended, and many of them ran down the path
+in the direction of the water, the rest surrounding Toby, and entreating
+him to “Moee,” or sit down and rest himself. As an additional inducement,
+several calabashes of food, which had been brought along, were now placed
+on the ground, and opened, and pipes also were lighted. Toby bridled his
+impatience awhile, but at last sprang to his feet and dashed forward
+again. He was soon overtaken nevertheless, and again surrounded, but
+without further detention was then permitted to go down to the sea.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They came out on a bright green space between the groves and the water,
+and close under the shadow of the Happar mountain, where a path was seen,
+winding out of sight through a gorge.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+No sign of a boat, however, was beheld; nothing but a tumultuous crowd of
+men and women, and some one in their midst, earnestly talking to them. As
+my comrade advanced, this person came forward, and proved to be no
+stranger. He was an old grizzled sailor, whom Toby and myself had
+frequently seen in Nukuheva, where he lived an easy, devil-may-care life,
+in the household of Mowanna the king, going by the name of “Jimmy.” In
+fact, he was the royal favourite, and had a good deal to say in his
+master’s councils. He wore a Manilla hat, and a sort of tappa morning
+gown, sufficiently loose and negligent to show the verse of a song
+tattooed upon his chest, and a variety of spirited cuts by native artists
+in other parts of his body. He sported a fishing-rod in his hand, and
+carried a sooty old pipe slung about his neck.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This old rover having retired from active life, had resided in Nukuheva
+some time—he could speak the language, and for that reason was frequently
+employed by the French as an interpreter. He was an arrant old gossip,
+too; for ever coming off in his canoe to the ships in the bay, and
+regaling their crews with choice little morsels of court scandal—such, for
+instance, as a shameful intrigue of his majesty with a Happar damsel, a
+public dancer at the feasts—and otherwise relating some incredible tales
+about the Marquesas generally. I remember, in particular, his telling the
+<i>Dolly’s</i> crew what proved to be literally a cock-and-bull story, about
+two natural prodigies, which he said were then on the island. One was an
+old monster of a hermit, having a marvellous reputation for sanctity, and
+reputed a famous sorcerer, who lived away off in a den among the
+mountains, where he hid from the world a great pair of horns that grew out
+of his temples. Notwithstanding his reputation for piety, his horrid old
+fellow was the terror of all the island round, being reported to come out
+from his retreat, and go a man-hunting every dark night. Some anonymous
+Paul Pry, too, coming down the mountain, once got a peep at his den, and
+found it full of bones. In short, he was a most unheard-of monster.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The other prodigy Jimmy told us about, was the younger son of a chief,
+who, although but just turned of ten, had entered upon holy orders,
+because his superstitious countrymen thought him especially intended for
+the priesthood, from the fact of his having a comb on his head like a
+rooster. But this was not all: for, still more wonderful to relate, the
+boy prided himself upon this strange crest, being actually endowed with a
+cock’s voice, and frequently crowing over his peculiarity.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But to return to Toby. The moment he saw the old rover on the beach, he
+ran up to him, the natives following after, and forming a circle round
+them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After welcoming him to the shore, Jimmy went on to tell him how that he
+knew all about our having run away from the ship, and being among the
+Typees, indeed, he had been urged by Mowanna to come over to the valley,
+and, after visiting his friends there, to bring us back with him, his
+royal master being exceedingly anxious to share with him the reward which
+had been held out for our capture. He, however, assured Toby that he had
+indignantly spurned the offer.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+All this astonished my comrade not a little, as neither of us had
+entertained the least idea that any white man ever visited the Typees
+sociably. But Jimmy told him that such was the case, nevertheless,
+although he seldom came into the bay, and scarcely ever went back from the
+beach. One of the priests of the valley, in some way or other connected
+with an old tattooed divine in Nukuheva, was a friend of his, and through
+him he was “taboo.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He said, moreover, that he was sometimes employed to come round to the
+bay, and engage fruit for ships lying in Nukuheva. In fact, he was now on
+that very errand, according to his own account, having just come across
+the mountains by the way of Happar. By noon of the next day, the fruit
+would be heaped up in stacks on the beach, in readiness for the boats,
+which he then intended to bring into the bay.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Jimmy now asked Toby whether he wished to leave the island—if he did,
+there was a ship in want of men, lying in the other harbour, and he would
+be glad to take him over, and see him on board that very day.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“No,” said Toby; “I cannot leave the island, unless my comrade goes with
+me. I left him up the valley because they would not let him come down. Let
+us go now and fetch him.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“But how is he to cross the mountain with us,” replied Jimmy, “even if we
+get him down to the beach? Better let him stay till to-morrow, and I will
+bring him round to Nukuheva in the boats.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“That will never do,” said Toby; “but come along with me now, and let us
+get him down here at any rate”; and yielding to the impulse of the moment,
+he started to hurry back into the valley. But hardly was his back turned,
+when a dozen hands were laid on him, and he learned that he could not go a
+step farther.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was in vain that he fought with them: they would not hear of his
+stirring from the beach. Cut to the heart at this unexpected repulse, Toby
+now conjured the sailor to go after me alone. But Jimmy replied, that in
+the mood the Typees then were, they would not permit him to do so, though,
+at the same time, he was not afraid of their offering him any harm.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Little did Toby then think, as he afterwards had good reason to suspect,
+that this very Jimmy was a heartless villain, who, by his arts, had just
+incited the natives to restrain him, as he was in the act of going after
+me. Well must the old sailor have known, too, that the natives would never
+consent to our leaving together; and he therefore wanted to get Toby off
+alone, for a purpose which he afterwards made plain. Of all this, however,
+my comrade now knew nothing.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He was still struggling with the islanders, when Jimmy again came up to
+him, and warned him against irritating them, saying that he was only
+making matters worse for both of us, and if they became enraged, there was
+no telling what might happen. At last he made Toby sit down on a broken
+canoe, by a pile of stones, upon which was a ruinous little shrine,
+supported by four upright paddles, and in front partly screened by a net.
+The fishing parties met there, when they came in from the sea, for their
+offerings were laid before an image, upon a smooth black stone within.
+This spot, Jimmy said, was strictly “taboo,” and no one would molest or
+come near him while he stayed by its shadow. The old sailor then went off,
+and began speaking very earnestly to Mow-Mow and some other chiefs, while
+all the rest formed a circle round the taboo place, looking intently at
+Toby, and talking to each other without ceasing.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Now, notwithstanding what Jimmy had just told him, there presently came up
+to my comrade an old woman, who seated herself beside him on the canoe.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Typee Mortarkee?” said she. “Mortarkee muee,” said Toby.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+She then asked whether he was going to Nukuheva; he nodded yes; and with a
+plaintive wail, her eyes filling with tears, she rose and left him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This old woman, the sailor afterwards said, was the wife of an aged king
+of a small inland valley, communicating by a deep pass with the country of
+the Typees. The inmates of the two valleys were related to each other by
+blood, and were known by the same name. The old woman had gone down into
+the Typee valley the day before, and was now, with three chiefs, her sons,
+on a visit to her kinsmen.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As the old king’s wife left him, Jimmy again came up to Toby, and told him
+that he had just talked the whole matter over with the natives, and there
+was only one course for him to follow. They would not allow him to go back
+into the valley, and harm would certainly come to both him and me, if he
+remained much longer on the beach. “So,” said he, “you and I had better go
+to Nukuheva now overland, and to-morrow I will bring Tommo, as they call
+him, by water; they have promised to carry him down to the sea for me
+early in the morning, so that there will be no delay.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“No, no,” said Toby desperately, “I will not leave him that way; we must
+escape together.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Then there is no hope for you,” exclaimed the sailor, “for if I leave you
+here on the beach, as soon as I am gone you will be carried back into the
+valley, and then neither of you will ever look upon the sea again.” And
+with many oaths he swore that if he would only go to Nukuheva with him
+that day, he would be sure to have me there the very next morning.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“But how do you know they will bring him down to the beach to-morrow, when
+they will not do so to-day?” said Toby. But the sailor had many reasons,
+all of which were so mixed up with the mysterious customs of the
+islanders, that he was none the wiser. Indeed, their conduct, especially
+in preventing him from returning into the valley, was absolutely
+unaccountable to him; and added to everything else was the bitter
+reflection, that the old sailor, after all, might possibly be deceiving
+him. And then again he had to think of me, left alone with the natives,
+and by no means well. If he went with Jimmy, he might at least hope to
+procure some relief for me. But might not the savages who had acted so
+strangely, hurry me off somewhere before his return? Then, even if he
+remained, perhaps they would not let him go back to the valley where I
+was.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus perplexed was my poor comrade; he knew not what to do, and his
+courageous spirit was of no use to him now. There he was, all by himself,
+seated upon the broken canoe—the natives grouped around him at a distance,
+and eyeing him more and more fixedly.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“It is getting late,” said Jimmy, who was standing behind the rest.
+“Nukuheva is far off, and I cannot cross the Happar country by night. You
+see how it is:—if you come along with me, all will be well; if you do not,
+depend upon it neither of you will ever escape.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“There is no help for it,” said Toby, at last, with a heavy heart, “I will
+have to trust you”; and he came out from the shadow of the little shrine,
+and cast a long look up the valley.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Now keep close to my side,” said the sailor, “and let us be moving
+quickly.” Tinor and Fayaway here appeared; the kind-hearted old woman
+embracing Toby’s knees, and giving way to a flood of tears; while Fayaway,
+hardly less moved, spoke some few words of English she had learned, and
+held up three fingers before him—in so many days he would return.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At last Jimmy pulled Toby out of the crowd, and after calling to a young
+Typee who was standing by with a young pig in his arms, all three started
+for the mountains.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I have told them that you are coming back again,” said the old fellow,
+laughing, as they began the ascent, “but they’ll have to wait a long
+time.” Toby turned, and saw the natives all in motion—the girls waving
+their tappas in adieu, and the men their spears. As the last figure
+entered the grove with one arm raised, and the three fingers spread, his
+heart smote him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As the natives had at last consented to his going, it might have been,
+that some of them, at least, really counted upon his speedy return;
+probably supposing, as indeed he had told them when they were coming down
+the valley, that his only object in leaving them was to procure the
+medicines I needed. This, Jimmy also must have told them. And as they had
+done before, when my comrade, to oblige me, started on his perilous
+journey to Nukuheva, they looked upon me, in his absence, as one of two
+inseparable friends who was a sure guarantee for the other’s return. This
+is only my own supposition, however, for as to all their strange conduct,
+it is still a mystery.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“You see what sort of a taboo man I am,” said the sailor, after for some
+time silently following the path which led up the mountain. “Mow-Mow made
+me a present of this pig here, and the man who carries it will go right
+through Happar, and down into Nukuheva with us. So long as he stays by me
+he is safe, and just so it will be with you, and to-morrow with Tommo.
+Cheer up, then, and rely upon me, you will see him in the morning.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The ascent of the mountain was not very difficult, owing to its being near
+to the sea, where the island ridges are comparatively low; the path, too,
+was a fine one, so that in a short time all three were standing on the
+summit with the two valleys at their feet. The white cascades marking the
+green head of the Typee valley first caught Toby’s eye; Marheyo’s house
+could easily be traced by them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As Jimmy led the way along the ridge, Toby observed that the valley of the
+Happars did not extend near so far inland as that of the Typees. This
+accounted for our mistake in entering the latter valley as we had.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A path leading down from the mountain was soon seen, and, following it,
+the party were in a short time fairly in the Happar valley.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Now,” said Jimmy, as they hurried on, “we taboo men have wives in all the
+bays, and I am going to show you the two I have here.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+So, when they came to the house where he said they lived—which was close
+by the base of the mountain, in a shady nook among the groves,—he went in,
+and was quite furious at finding it empty—the ladies had gone out.
+However, they soon made their appearance, and, to tell the truth, welcomed
+Jimmy quite cordially, as well as Toby, about whom they were very
+inquisitive. Nevertheless, as the report of their arrival spread, and the
+Happars began to assemble, it became evident that the appearance of a
+white stranger among them was not by any means deemed so wonderful an
+event as in the neighbouring valley.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The old sailor bade his wives prepare something to eat, as he must be in
+Nukuheva before dark. A meal of fish, bread-fruit, and bananas, was
+accordingly served up, the party regaling themselves on the mats, in the
+midst of a numerous company.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The Happars put many questions to Jimmy about Toby; and Toby himself
+looked sharply at them, anxious to recognise the fellow who gave him the
+wound from which he was still suffering. But this fiery gentleman, so
+handy with his spear, had the delicacy, it seemed, to keep out of view.
+Certainly the sight of him would not have been any added inducement to
+making him stay in the valley,—some of the afternoon loungers in Happar
+having politely urged Toby to spend a few days with them,—there was a
+feast coming on. He, however, declined.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+All this while the young Typee stuck to Jimmy like his shadow, and though
+as lively a dog as any of his tribe, he was now as meek as a lamb, never
+opening his mouth except to eat. Although some of the Happars looked
+queerly at him, others were more civil, and seemed desirous of taking him
+abroad and showing him the valley. But the Typee was not to be cajoled in
+that way. How many yards he would have to remove from Jimmy before the
+taboo would be powerless, it would be hard to tell, but probably he
+himself knew to a fraction.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On the promise of a red cotton handkerchief, and something else which he
+kept secret, this poor fellow had undertaken a rather ticklish journey,
+though, as far as Toby could ascertain, it was something that had never
+happened before.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The island-punch—arva—was brought in at the conclusion of the repast, and
+passed round in a shallow calabash.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Now my comrade, while seated in the Happar house, began to feel more
+troubled than ever at leaving me: indeed, so sad did he feel that he
+talked about going back to the valley, and wanted Jimmy to escort him as
+far as the mountains. But the sailor would not listen to him, and, by way
+of diverting his thoughts, pressed him to drink of the arva. Knowing its
+narcotic nature, he refused; but Jimmy said he would have something mixed
+with it, which would convert it into an innocent beverage that would
+inspirit them for the rest of their journey. So at last he was induced to
+drink of it, and its effects were just as the sailor had predicted; his
+spirits rose at once, and all his gloomy thoughts left him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The old rover now began to reveal his true character, though he was hardly
+suspected at the time. “If I get you off to a ship,” said he, “you will
+surely give a poor fellow something for saving you.” In short, before they
+left the house, he made Toby promise that he would give him five Spanish
+dollars if he succeeded in getting any part of his wages advanced from the
+vessel, aboard of which they were going; Toby, moreover, engaging to
+reward him still farther, as soon as my deliverance was accomplished.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A little while after this they started again, accompanied by many of the
+natives, and going up the valley, took a steep path near its head, which
+led to Nukuheva. Here the Happars paused, and watched them as they
+ascended the mountain, one group of bandit-looking fellows shaking their
+spears and casting threatening glances at the poor Typee, whose heart as
+well as heels seemed much the lighter when he came to look down upon them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On gaining the heights once more, their way led for a time along several
+ridges covered with enormous ferns. At last they entered upon a wooded
+tract, and here they overtook a party of Nukuheva natives, well armed, and
+carrying bundles of long poles. Jimmy seemed to know them all very well,
+and stopped for awhile, and had a talk about the “Wee-Wees,” as the people
+of Nukuheva call the Monsieurs.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The party with the poles were King Mowanna’s men, and by his orders they
+had been gathering them in the ravines for his allies, the French.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Leaving these fellows to trudge on with their loads, Toby and his
+companions now pushed forward again, as the sun was already low in the
+west. They came upon the valleys of Nukuheva on one side of the bay, where
+the highlands slope off into the sea. The men-of-war were still lying in
+the harbour, and as Toby looked down upon them, the strange events which
+had happened so recently seemed all a dream.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They soon descended towards the beach, and found themselves in Jimmy’s
+house before it was well dark. Here he received another welcome from his
+Nukuheva wives, and after some refreshments in the shape of cocoa-nut milk
+and poee-poee, they entered a canoe (the Typee, of course, going along)
+and paddled off to a whale-ship which was anchored near the shore. This
+was the vessel in want of men. Our own had sailed some time before. The
+captain professed great pleasure at seeing Toby, but thought from his
+exhausted appearance that he must be unfit for duty. However, he agreed to
+ship him, as well as his comrade as soon as he should arrive.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Toby begged hard for an armed boat, in which to go round to Typee and
+rescue me, notwithstanding the promise of Jimmy. But this the captain
+would not hear of, and told him to have patience, for the sailor would be
+faithful to his word. When, too, he demanded the five silver dollars for
+Jimmy, the captain was unwilling to give them. But Toby insisted upon it,
+as he now began to think that Jimmy might be a mere mercenary, who would
+be sure to prove faithless if not well paid. Accordingly he not only gave
+him the money, but took care to assure him, over and over again, that as
+soon as he brought me aboard he would receive a still larger sum.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Before sunrise the next day, Jimmy and the Typee started in two of the
+ship’s boats, which were manned by tabooed natives. Toby, of course, was
+all eagerness to go along, but the sailor told him that if he did, it
+would spoil all; so, hard as it was, he was obliged to remain.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Towards evening he was on the watch, and descried the boats turning the
+headland and entering the bay. He strained his eyes, and thought he saw
+me; but I was not there. Descending from the mast almost distracted, he
+grappled Jimmy as he struck the deck, shouting in a voice that startled
+him, “Where is Tommo?” The old fellow faltered, but soon recovering, did
+all he could to soothe him, assuring him that it had proved to be
+impossible to get me down to the shore that morning; assigning many
+plausible reasons, and adding that early on the morrow he was going to
+visit the bay again in a French boat, when, if he did not find me on the
+beach—as this time he certainly expected to—he would march right back into
+the valley, and carry me away at all hazards. He, however, again refused
+to allow Toby to accompany him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Now, situated as Toby was, his sole dependence for the present was upon
+Jimmy, and therefore he was fain to comfort himself as well as he could
+with what the old sailor told him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The next morning, however, he had the satisfaction of seeing the French
+boat start with Jimmy in it. To-night, then, I will see him, thought Toby;
+but many a long day passed before he ever saw Tommo again. Hardly was the
+boat out of sight, when the captain came forward and ordered the anchor
+weighed; he was going to sea.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Vain were all Toby’s ravings,—they were disregarded; and when he came to
+himself, the sails were set, and the ship fast leaving the land.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+... “Oh! said he to me at our meeting, what sleepless nights were mine.
+Often I started from my hammock, dreaming you were before me, and
+upbraiding me for leaving you on the island.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There is little more to be related. Toby left his vessel at New Zealand,
+and after some further adventures, arrived home in less than two years
+after leaving the Marquesas. He always thought of me as dead—and I had
+every reason to suppose that he, too, was no more; but a strange meeting
+was in store for us, which made Toby’s heart all the lighter.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap35"></a>
+APPENDIX</h2>
+
+<p>
+The author of this volume arrived at Tahiti the very day that the
+iniquitous designs of the French were consummated by inducing the
+subordinate chiefs, during the absence of their queen, to ratify an
+artfully-drawn treaty, by which she was virtually deposed. Both menaces
+and caresses were employed on this occasion, and the 32-pounders which
+peeped out of the port-holes of the frigate were the principal arguments
+adduced to quiet the scruples of the more conscientious islanders.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And yet this piratical seizure of Tahiti, with all the woe and desolation
+which resulted from it, created not half so great a sensation, at least in
+America, as was caused by the proceedings of the English at the Sandwich
+Islands. No transaction has ever been more grossly misrepresented than the
+events which occurred upon the arrival of Lord George Paulet at Oahu.
+During a residence of four months at Honolulu, the metropolis of the
+group, the author was in the confidence of an Englishman who was much
+employed by his lordship; and great was the author’s astonishment on his
+arrival at Boston, in the autumn of 1844, to read the distorted accounts
+and fabrications which had produced in the United States so violent an
+outbreak of indignation against the English. He deems it, therefore, a
+mere act of justice towards a gallant officer briefly to state the leading
+circumstances connected with the event in question.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It is needless to rehearse all the abuse that for some time previous to
+the spring of 1843 had been heaped upon the British residents, especially
+upon Captain Charlton, Her Britannic Majesty’s consul-general, by the
+native authorities of the Sandwich Islands. High in the favour of the
+imbecile king at this time was one Dr. Judd, a sanctimonious
+apothecary-adventurer, who, with other kindred and influential spirits,
+were animated by an inveterate dislike to England. The ascendancy of a
+junta of ignorant and designing Methodist elders in the councils of a
+half-civilised king, ruling with absolute sway over a nation just poised
+between barbarism and civilisation, and exposed by the peculiarities of
+its relations with foreign states to unusual difficulties, was not
+precisely calculated to impart a healthy tone to the policy of the
+government.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At last matters were brought to such an extremity, through the iniquitous
+maladministration of affairs, that the endurance of further insults and
+injuries on the part of the British consul was no longer to be borne.
+Captain Charlton, insultingly forbidden to leave the islands,
+clandestinely withdrew, and arriving at Valparaiso, conferred with
+Rear-Admiral Thomas, the English commander-in-chief on the Pacific
+station. In consequence of this communication, Lord George Paulet was
+despatched by the admiral in the <i>Carysfort</i> frigate, to inquire into and
+correct the alleged abuses. On arriving at his destination, he sent his
+first lieutenant ashore with a letter to the king, couched in terms of the
+utmost courtesy, and soliciting the honour of an audience. The messenger
+was denied access to His Majesty, and Paulet was coolly referred to Dr.
+Judd, and informed that the apothecary was invested with plenary powers to
+treat with him. Rejecting this insolent proposition, his lordship again
+addressed the king by letter, and renewed his previous request; but he
+encountered another repulse. Justly indignant at this treatment, he penned
+a third epistle, enumerating the grievances to be redressed, and demanding
+a compliance with his requisitions, under penalty of immediate
+hostilities.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The government was now obliged to act, and an artful stroke of policy was
+decided upon by the despicable councillors of the king to entrap the
+sympathies and rouse the indignation of Christendom. His Majesty was made
+to intimate to the British captain that he could not, as the conscientious
+ruler of his beloved people, comply with the arbitrary demands of his
+lordship, and in deprecation of the horrors of war, tendered to his
+acceptance the <i>provisional cession</i> of the islands, subject to the result
+of the negotiations then pending in London. Paulet, a bluff and
+straight-forward sailor, took the king at his word, and after some
+preliminary arrangements, entered upon the administration of Hawaiian
+affairs, in the same firm and benignant spirit which marked the discipline
+of his frigate, and which had rendered him the idol of his ship’s company.
+He soon endeared himself to nearly all orders of the islanders; but the
+king and the chiefs, whose feudal sway over the common people was
+laboriously sought to be perpetuated by their missionary advisers,
+regarded all his proceedings with the most vigilant animosity. Jealous of
+his growing popularity, and unable to counteract it, they endeavoured to
+assail his reputation abroad by ostentatiously protesting against his
+acts, and appealing in Oriental phrase to the <i>wide universe</i> to witness
+and compassionate their <i>unparalleled wrongs</i>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Heedless of their idle clamours, Lord George Paulet addressed himself to
+the task of reconciling the differences among the foreign residents,
+remedying their grievances, promoting their mercantile interests, and
+ameliorating, as far as lay in his power, the condition of the degraded
+natives. The iniquities he brought to light and instantly suppressed are
+too numerous to be here recorded; but one instance may be mentioned that
+will give some idea of the lamentable misrule to which these poor
+islanders are subjected.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It is well known that the laws at the Sandwich Islands are subject to the
+most capricious alterations, which, by confounding all ideas of right and
+wrong in the minds of the natives, produce the most pernicious effects. In
+no case is this mischief more plainly descernible than in the continually
+shifting regulations concerning licentiousness. At one time the most
+innocent freedoms between the sexes are punished with fine and
+imprisonment; at another the revocation of the statute is followed by the
+most open and undisguised profligacy.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It so happened that at the period of Paulet’s arrival the Connecticut blue
+laws had been for at least three weeks steadily enforced. In consequence
+of this, the fort at Honolulu was filled with a great number of young
+girls, who were confined there doing penance for their slips from virtue.
+Paulet, although at first unwilling to interfere with regulations having
+reference solely to the natives themselves, was eventually, by the
+prevalence of certain reports, induced to institute a strict inquiry into
+the internal administration of General Kekuanoa, governor of the island of
+Oahu, one of the pillars of the Hawaiian Church, and captain of the fort.
+He soon ascertained that numbers of the young females employed during the
+day at work intended for the benefit of the king, were at night smuggled
+over the ramparts of the fort—which on one side directly overhangs the
+sea—and were conveyed by stealth on board such vessels as had contracted
+with the General to be supplied with them. Before daybreak they returned
+to their quarters, and their own silence with regard to these secret
+excursions was purchased by a small portion of those wages of iniquity
+which were placed in the hands of Kekuanoa.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The vigour with which the laws concerning licentiousness were at that
+period enforced, enabled the General to monopolise in a great measure the
+detestable trade in which he was engaged, and there consequently flowed
+into his coffers—and some say into those of the government
+also—considerable sums of money. It is indeed a lamentable fact that the
+principal revenue of the Hawaiian government is derived from the fines
+levied upon, or rather the licences taken out by Vice, the prosperity of
+which is linked with that of the government. Were the people to become
+virtuous the authorities would become poor; but from present indications
+there is little apprehension to be entertained on that score.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Some five months after the date of the cession, the <i>Dublin</i> frigate,
+carrying the flag of Rear-Admiral Thomas, entered the harbour of Honolulu.
+The excitement that her sudden appearance produced on shore was
+prodigious. Three days after her arrival an English sailor hauled down the
+red cross which had been flying from the heights of the fort, and the
+Hawaiian colours were again displayed upon the same staff. At the same
+moment the long 42-pounders upon Punchbowl Hill opened their iron throats
+in triumphant reply to the thunders of the five men-of-war in the harbour;
+and King Kammahammaha III, surrounded by a splendid group of British and
+American officers, unfurled the royal standard to assembled thousands of
+his subjects, who, attracted by the imposing military display of the
+foreigners, had flocked to witness the formal restoration of the islands
+to their ancient rulers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The admiral, after sanctioning the proceedings of his subaltern, had
+brought the authorities to terms; and so removed the necessity of acting
+any longer under the provisional cession.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The event was made an occasion of riotous rejoicing by the king and the
+principal chiefs, who easily secured a display of enthusiasm from the
+inferior orders, by remitting for a time the accustomed severity of the
+laws. Royal proclamations in English and Hawaiian were placarded in the
+streets of Honolulu, and posted up in the more populous villages of the
+group, in which His Majesty announced to his loving subjects the
+re-establishment of his throne, and called upon them to celebrate it by
+breaking through all moral, legal, and religious restraint for ten
+consecutive days, during which time all the laws of the land were solemnly
+declared to be suspended.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Who that happened to be at Honolulu during those ten memorable days will
+ever forget them! The spectacle of universal broad-day debauchery, which
+was then exhibited, beggars description. The natives of the surrounding
+islands flocked to Honolulu by hundreds, and the crews of two frigates,
+opportunely let loose like so many demons to swell the heathenish uproar,
+gave the crowning flourish to the scene. It was a sort of Polynesian
+saturnalia. Deeds too atrocious to be mentioned were done at noon-day in
+the open street, and some of the islanders, caught in the very act of
+stealing from the foreigners, were, on being taken to the fort by the
+aggrieved party, suffered immediately to go at large and to retain the
+stolen property—Kekuanoa informing the white men, with a sardonic grin,
+that the laws were “hannapa” (tied up).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The history of these ten days reveals in their true colours the character
+of the Sandwich islanders, and furnishes an eloquent commentary on the
+results which have flowed from the labours of the missionaries. Freed from
+the restraint of severe penal laws, the natives almost to a man had
+plunged voluntarily into every species of wickedness and excess, and by
+their utter disregard of all decency plainly showed that, although they
+had been schooled into a seeming submission to the new order of things,
+they were in reality as depraved and vicious as ever.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Such were the events which produced in America so general an outbreak of
+indignation against the spirited and high-minded Paulet. He is not the
+first man who, in the fearless discharge of his duty, has awakened the
+senseless clamours of those whose narrow-minded suspicions blind them to a
+proper appreciation of measures which unusual exigencies may have rendered
+necessary.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It is almost needless to add that the British cabinet never had any idea
+of appropriating the islands; and it furnishes a sufficient vindication of
+the acts of Lord George Paulet, that he not only received the unqualified
+approbation of his own government, but that to this hour the great body of
+the Hawaiian people invoke blessings on his head, and look back with
+gratitude to the time when his liberal and paternal sway diffused peace
+and happiness among them.
+</p>
+
+<div class="fig" style="width:100%;">
+<a href="images/endpaper.jpg">
+<img src="images/endpaper.jpg" width="750" height="486" alt="Illustration:" /></a>
+</div>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2>FOOTNOTES</h2>
+
+<p class="footnote">
+<a name="fn1"></a> <a href="#fnref1">[1]</a>
+The word “kannaka” is at the present day universally used in the South Seas by
+Europeans to designate the islanders. In the various dialects of the principal
+groups it is simply a sexual designation applied to the males; but it is now
+used by the natives in their intercourse with foreigners in the same sense in
+which the latter employ it.<br/>
+    A “tabooed kannaka” is an islander whose person has been made, to a certain
+extent, sacred by the operation of a singular custom hereafter to be explained.
+</p>
+
+<p class="footnote">
+<a name="fn2"></a> <a href="#fnref2">[2]</a>
+I presume this might be translated into “Strong Waters.” Arva is the name
+bestowed upon a root, the properties of which are both inebriating and
+medicinal. “Wai” is the Marquesan word for water.
+</p>
+
+<p class="footnote">
+<a name="fn3"></a> <a href="#fnref3">[3]</a>
+White appears to be the sacred colour among the Marquesans.
+</p>
+
+<p class="footnote">
+<a name="fn4"></a> <a href="#fnref4">[4]</a>
+The word “Artua,” although having some other significations, is in nearly all
+the Polynesian dialects used as the general designation of the gods.
+</p>
+
+<p class="footnote">
+<a name="fn5"></a> <a href="#fnref5">[5]</a>
+The strict honesty which the inhabitants of nearly all the Polynesian Islands
+manifest towards each other, is in striking contrast with the thieving
+propensities some of them evince in their intercourse with foreigners. It would
+almost seem that, according to their peculiar code of morals, the pilfering of
+a hatchet or a wrought nail from a European is looked upon as a praiseworthy
+action. Or rather, it may be presumed, that bearing in mind the wholesale
+forays made upon them by their nautical visitors, they consider the property of
+the latter as a fair object of reprisal. This consideration, while it serves to
+reconcile an apparent contradiction in the moral character of the islanders,
+should in some measure alter that low opinion of it which the reader of South
+Sea voyages is too apt to form.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2>TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE</h2>
+
+<p>
+Obvious typographical errors were corrected:
+</p>
+
+<p class="letter">
+page vi, “Mysterious” changed to “mysterious”<br/>
+page 2, “attentuated” changed to “attenuated”<br/>
+page 3, quote mark added after first “Marquesas!”<br/>
+page 7, double primes changed to primes in first coordinate<br/>
+page 18, “coacoa-nut” changed to “cocoa-nut”<br/>
+page 23, period changed to comma after “home”<br/>
+page 26, “tatooed” changed to “tattooed”<br/>
+page 52, “Decend” changed to “Descend”<br/>
+page 62, “hairbreath” changed to “hairbreadth”<br/>
+page 66, “inceased” changed to “increased”<br/>
+page 89, “interwined” changed to “intertwined”<br/>
+page 112, “preverse” changed to “perverse”<br/>
+page 120, “kemp” changed to “kelp”<br/>
+page 123, “As” changed to “At”<br/>
+page 150, period added after “enemy”<br/>
+page 199, “Figneroa” changed to “Figueroa”<br/>
+page 242, “as” changed to “is”<br/>
+page 273, “tumultous” changed to “tumultuous”<br/>
+page 281, comma added after “course”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Spelling variations were not normalized (e. g. “figure head”,
+“figure-head” and “figurehead”, “forefinger” and “fore-finger”, “clamor”
+and “clamour”, “verd-antique” and “verde-antique”, “incumbrances” and
+“encumber”).
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div style='display:block; margin-top:4em'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TYPEE ***</div>
+<div style='text-align:left'>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Updated editions will replace the previous one&#8212;the old editions will
+be renamed.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
+law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
+so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
+States without permission and without paying copyright
+royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
+of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG&#8482;
+concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
+and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
+the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
+of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
+copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
+easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
+of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
+Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may
+do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
+by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
+license, especially commercial redistribution.
+</div>
+
+<div style='margin:0.83em 0; font-size:1.1em; text-align:center'>START: FULL LICENSE<br />
+<span style='font-size:smaller'>THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE<br />
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</span>
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+To protect the Project Gutenberg&#8482; mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase &#8220;Project
+Gutenberg&#8221;), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
+Project Gutenberg&#8482; License available with this file or online at
+www.gutenberg.org/license.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
+destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works in your
+possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
+Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
+by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person
+or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.B. &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works if you follow the terms of this
+agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (&#8220;the
+Foundation&#8221; or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
+of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works. Nearly all the individual
+works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
+States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
+United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
+claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
+displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
+all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
+that you will support the Project Gutenberg&#8482; mission of promoting
+free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
+Project Gutenberg&#8482; name associated with the work. You can easily
+comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
+same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License when
+you share it without charge with others.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
+in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
+check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
+agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
+distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
+other Project Gutenberg&#8482; work. The Foundation makes no
+representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
+country other than the United States.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
+immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License must appear
+prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg&#8482; work (any work
+on which the phrase &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; appears, or with which the
+phrase &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; is associated) is accessed, displayed,
+performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
+</div>
+
+<blockquote>
+  <div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+    This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
+    other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
+    whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
+    of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
+    at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you
+    are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws
+    of the country where you are located before using this eBook.
+  </div>
+</blockquote>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work is
+derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
+contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
+copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
+the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
+redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase &#8220;Project
+Gutenberg&#8221; associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
+either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
+obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
+additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
+will be linked to the Project Gutenberg&#8482; License for all works
+posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
+beginning of this work.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg&#8482;.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; License.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
+any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
+to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg&#8482; work in a format
+other than &#8220;Plain Vanilla ASCII&#8221; or other format used in the official
+version posted on the official Project Gutenberg&#8482; website
+(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
+to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
+of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original &#8220;Plain
+Vanilla ASCII&#8221; or other form. Any alternate format must include the
+full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg&#8482; works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
+provided that:
+</div>
+
+<div style='margin-left:0.7em;'>
+    <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
+        &#8226; You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+        the use of Project Gutenberg&#8482; works calculated using the method
+        you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
+        to the owner of the Project Gutenberg&#8482; trademark, but he has
+        agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
+        Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
+        within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
+        legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
+        payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
+        Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
+        Section 4, &#8220;Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
+        Literary Archive Foundation.&#8221;
+    </div>
+
+    <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
+        &#8226; You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+        you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+        does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+        License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
+        copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
+        all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+        works.
+    </div>
+
+    <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
+        &#8226; You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
+        any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+        electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
+        receipt of the work.
+    </div>
+
+    <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
+        &#8226; You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+        distribution of Project Gutenberg&#8482; works.
+    </div>
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work or group of works on different terms than
+are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
+from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
+the Project Gutenberg&#8482; trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
+forth in Section 3 below.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
+contain &#8220;Defects,&#8221; such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
+or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
+other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
+cannot be read by your equipment.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the &#8220;Right
+of Replacement or Refund&#8221; described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
+with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
+with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
+lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
+or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
+opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
+the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
+without further opportunities to fix the problem.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you &#8216;AS-IS&#8217;, WITH NO
+OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
+damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
+violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
+agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
+limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
+unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
+remaining provisions.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works in
+accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
+production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
+including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
+the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
+or any Project Gutenberg&#8482; work, (b) alteration, modification, or
+additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg&#8482; work, and (c) any
+Defect you cause.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Project Gutenberg&#8482; is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
+computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
+exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
+from people in all walks of life.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg&#8482;&#8217;s
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg&#8482; collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg&#8482; and future
+generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
+Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation&#8217;s EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
+U.S. federal laws and your state&#8217;s laws.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+The Foundation&#8217;s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
+Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
+to date contact information can be found at the Foundation&#8217;s website
+and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Project Gutenberg&#8482; depends upon and cannot survive without widespread
+public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
+DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state
+visit <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/donate/">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
+donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; concept of a library of electronic works that could be
+freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
+distributed Project Gutenberg&#8482; eBooks with only a loose network of
+volunteer support.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Project Gutenberg&#8482; eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
+the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
+necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
+edition.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
+facility: <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+This website includes information about Project Gutenberg&#8482;,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+</div>
+
+</div>
+
+</body>
+
+</html>
+
+
diff --git a/28656-h/28656-h.html b/28656-h/28656-h.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b16780
--- /dev/null
+++ b/28656-h/28656-h.html
@@ -0,0 +1,12834 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" /><meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /><link rel="schema.DC" href="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" /><meta name="DC.Creator" content="Herman Melville" /><meta name="DC.Title" content="Typee" /><meta name="DC.Date" content="May 1,  2009" /><meta name="DC.Language" content="English" /><meta name="DC.Publisher" content="Project Gutenberg" /><meta name="DC.Identifier" content="http://www.gutenberg.org/etext/28656" /><meta name="DC.Rights" content="This text is in the public domain." /><title>The Project Gutenberg EBook of Typee by Herman Melville</title><style type="text/css">/* 
+The Gnutenberg Press - default CSS2 stylesheet
+
+Any generated element will have a class "tei" and a class "tei-elem"
+where elem is the element name in TEI. 
+The order of statements is important !!! 
+*/
+
+.tei                            { margin: 0; padding: 0; 
+                                  font-size: 100%; font-weight: normal; font-style: normal }
+
+.block                          { display: block; }
+.inline                         { display: inline; }
+.floatleft                      { float: left;  margin: 1em 2em 1em 0; }
+.floatright                     { float: right; margin: 1em 0 1em 2em; }
+.shaded                         { margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em; 
+                                  padding: 1em; background-color: #eee; }
+.boxed                          { margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em; 
+                                  padding: 1em; border: 1px solid black; }
+
+body.tei		        { margin: 4ex 10%; text-align: justify }
+div.tei              	        { margin: 2em 0em }
+p.tei              	        { margin: 0em 0em 1em 0em; text-indent: 0em; }
+blockquote.tei	     	        { margin: 2em 4em }
+
+div.tei-lg                      { margin: 1em 0em; }
+div.tei-l		        { margin: 0em; text-align: left; }
+div.tei-tb                      { text-align: center; }
+div.tei-epigraph     	        { margin: 0em 0em 1em 10em; }
+div.tei-dateline	        { margin: 1ex 0em; text-align: right }
+div.tei-salute                  { margin: 1ex 0em; }
+div.tei-signed                  { margin: 1ex 0em; text-align: right }
+div.tei-byline                  { margin: 1ex 0em; }
+
+                                /* calculate from size of body = 80% */
+div.tei-marginnote		{ margin: 0em 0em 0em -12%; width: 11%; float: left; }
+
+div.tei-sp                      { margin: 1em 0em 1em  2em }
+div.tei-speaker	                { margin: 0em 0em 1em -2em;
+                        	  font-weight: bold; text-indent: 0em }
+div.tei-stage                   { margin: 1em 0em; font-weight: normal; font-style: italic }
+span.tei-stage	     	        { font-weight: normal; font-style: italic }
+
+div.tei-eg             	        { padding: 1em; 
+                     	          color: black; background-color: #eee }
+
+hr.doublepage	     	        { margin: 4em 0em; height: 5px; }
+hr.page            	        { margin: 4em 0em; height: 2px; }
+
+ul.tei-index                    { list-style-type: none }
+
+dl.tei                          { margin: 1em 0em }
+
+dt.tei-notelabel                { font-weight: normal; text-align: right; 
+                     	          float: left; width: 3em }
+dd.tei-notetext                 { margin: 0em 0em 1ex 4em }
+
+span.tei-pb                     { position: absolute; left: 1%; width: 8%;
+                                  font-style: normal; }
+
+span.code          	        { font-family: monospace; font-size: 110%; }
+
+ul.tei-castlist 		{ margin: 0em; list-style-type: none }
+li.tei-castitem		        { margin: 0em; }
+table.tei-castgroup     	{ margin: 0em; }
+ul.tei-castgroup		{ margin: 0em; list-style-type: none; 
+				  padding-right: 2em; border-right: solid black 2px; }
+caption.tei-castgroup-head	{ caption-side: right; width: 50%; text-align: left; 
+				  vertical-align: middle; padding-left: 2em; }
+*.tei-roledesc  		{ font-style: italic }
+*.tei-set			{ font-style: italic }
+
+table.rules                     { border-collapse: collapse; }
+table.rules caption,
+table.rules th,
+table.rules td                  { border: 1px solid black; }
+
+table.tei                       { border-collapse: collapse; }
+table.tei-list                  { width: 100% }
+
+th.tei-head-table	        { padding: 0.5ex 1em }
+
+th.tei-cell		        { padding: 0em 1em }
+td.tei-cell		        { padding: 0em 1em }
+
+td.tei-item		        { padding: 0; font-weight: normal; 
+                                  vertical-align: top; text-align: left; }
+th.tei-label,
+td.tei-label                    { width: 3em; padding: 0; font-weight: normal; 
+                                  vertical-align: top; text-align: right; }
+
+th.tei-label-gloss,
+td.tei-label-gloss              { text-align: left }
+
+td.tei-item-gloss,
+th.tei-headItem-gloss           { padding-left: 4em; }       
+
+img.tei-formula                 { vertical-align: middle; }
+
+</style></head><body class="tei">
+    
+
+    
+      
+ 
+        
+    
+
+<div lang="en" class="tei tei-text" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em" xml:lang="en">
+<div class="tei tei-front" style="margin-bottom: 6.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">
+<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+      <div id="pgheader" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em">The Project Gutenberg EBook of Typee by Herman Melville</p></div><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost
+          and with almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it,
+          give it away or re-use it under the terms of the Project
+          Gutenberg License <a href="#pglicense" class="tei tei-ref">included with this
+          eBook</a> or online at <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/license" class="tei tei-xref">http://www.gutenberg.org/license</a></p></div><pre class="pre tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em">Title: Typee
+
+Author: Herman Melville
+
+Release Date: May 1,  2009 [Ebook #28656]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: UTF-8
+
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TYPEE***
+</pre></div>
+    </div>
+    <div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+      
+    </div>    
+    <div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<div class="tei tei-pb"></div><a name="Pgii" id="Pgii" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<a name="frontis" id="frontis" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"></p><div class="tei tei-figure" style="text-align: center"><img src="images/frontisth.jpg" width="318" height="400" alt="Illustration: FAYAWAY AND I HAD A DELIGHTFUL LITTLE PARTY ON THE LAKE" title="FAYAWAY AND I HAD A DELIGHTFUL LITTLE PARTY ON THE LAKE      Page 142" /><div class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.00em; margin-top: 1.00em"><a href="images/frontis.jpg" class="tei tei-xref" style="text-align: center"><span class="tei tei-hi" style="text-align: center"><span style="font-size: 90%">FAYAWAY AND I HAD A
+  DELIGHTFUL LITTLE PARTY ON THE LAKE</span></span></a>      <a href="#Pg142" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: center"><span class="tei tei-hi" style="text-align: center"><span style="font-style: italic">Page 142</span></span></a></div></div>
+
+</div>
+    <hr class="doublepage" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+
+    
+        <p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+            </p><div class="tei tei-figure" style="width: 100%; text-align: center"><img src="images/titlepage.jpg" width="483" height="700" alt="graphical titlepage" /></div>
+    
+        
+    </div>
+<div class="tei tei-titlePage" style="text-align: center">
+<div class="tei tei-pb" style="text-align: center"></div><a name="Pgiii" id="Pgiii" class="tei tei-anchor" style="text-align: center"></a>
+    <span class="tei tei-docTitle" style="text-align: center">
+        <span class="tei tei-titlePart" style="text-align: center"><span style="font-size: 173%">TYPEE</span></span>
+    </span>
+    <br />
+    <div class="tei tei-byline" style="text-align: center"><span class="tei tei-docAuthor" style="text-align: center"><span style="font-size: 144%">HERMAN MELVILLE</span></span></div>
+    <br /><br /><br />
+    <span class="tei tei-titlePart" style="text-align: center"><span class="tei tei-hi" style="text-align: center"><span style="font-size: 120%">ILLUSTRATIONS BY</span></span><br />
+    <span class="tei tei-hi" style="text-align: center"><span style="font-size: 144%">MEAD SCHAEFFER</span></span></span>
+    <br /><br />
+    <span class="tei tei-docImprint" style="text-align: center"><span class="tei tei-hi" style="text-align: center"><span style="font-size: 120%">DODD, MEAD</span></span><span class="tei tei-hi" style="text-align: center"><span style="font-size: 90%"> AND </span></span><span class="tei tei-hi" style="text-align: center"><span style="font-size: 120%">COMPANY</span></span><br />
+    PUBLISHERS    NEW YORK</span>
+    <div class="tei tei-pb" style="text-align: center"></div><a name="Pgiv" id="Pgiv" class="tei tei-anchor" style="text-align: center"></a>
+</div>    
+    
+<hr class="doublepage" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="pagev">[pg v]</span><a name="Pgv" id="Pgv" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<a name="pdf1" id="pdf1"></a>
+<h1 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 3.46em; margin-top: 3.46em"><span style="font-size: 173%">CONTENTS</span></h1>
+
+    
+    
+<a name="Pgvi" id="Pgvi" class="tei tei-anchor"></a><a name="Pgvii" id="Pgvii" class="tei tei-anchor"></a><a name="Pgviii" id="Pgviii" class="tei tei-anchor"></a><table summary="This is a table" cellspacing="0" class="tei tei-table" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"><colgroup span="3"></colgroup><tbody><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><span class="tei tei-hi" style="text-align: right"><span style="font-size: 81%">  CHAPTER</span></span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><span class="tei tei-hi" style="text-align: right"><span style="font-size: 81%">PAGE</span></span></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right">I</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">A Land-sick Ship</span></span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#Pg001" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">1</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span style="font-size: 90%">The sea—Longings for shore—A land-sick ship—Destination of the voyagers</span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right">II</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">To the Marquesas</span></span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#Pg005" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">5</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span style="font-size: 90%">Passage from the cruising ground to the Marquesas—Sleepy times aboard
+            ship—South Sea scenery—Land ho!—The French squadron discovered at
+            anchor in the bay of Nukuheva—Strange pilot—Escort of canoes—A
+            flotilla of cocoa-nuts—Swimming visitors—The </span><span class="tei tei-name"><span style="font-size: 90%; font-style: italic">Dolly</span></span><span style="font-size: 90%"> boarded by them—State
+            of affairs that ensue.</span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right">III</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">Affairs Aboard</span></span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#Pg014" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">14</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span style="font-size: 90%">State of affairs aboard the ship—Contents of her larder—Length of
+            South Seamen’s voyages—Account of a flying whale-man—Determination
+            to leave the vessel—The bay of Nukuheva—The Typees.</span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right">IV</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">Last Night Aboard</span></span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#Pg021" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">21</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span style="font-size: 90%">Thoughts previous to attempting an escape—Toby, a fellow-sailor,
+            agrees to share the adventure—Last night aboard the ship.</span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right">V</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">The Escape</span></span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#Pg026" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">26</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span style="font-size: 90%">A specimen of nautical oratory—Criticisms of the sailors—The starboard
+            watch are given a holiday—The escape to the mountains.</span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right">VI</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">Disappointment</span></span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#Pg034" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">34</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span style="font-size: 90%">The other side of the mountain—Disappointment—Inventory of articles
+            brought from the ship—Division of the stock of bread—Appearance of
+            the interior of the island—A discovery—A ravine and waterfalls—A
+            sleepless night—Further discoveries—My illness—A Marquesan landscape.</span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right">VII</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">A Wild-goose Chase</span></span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#Pg045" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">45</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span style="font-size: 90%">The important question, Typee or Happar?—A wild-goose chase—My
+            sufferings—Disheartening situation—A night in the ravine—Morning
+            meal—Happy idea of Toby—Journey towards the valley.</span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right">VIII</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">Into the Valley</span></span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#Pg054" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">54</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span style="font-size: 90%">Perilous passage of the ravine—Descent into the valley.</span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right">IX</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">Cautious Advance</span></span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#Pg063" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">63</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span style="font-size: 90%">The head of the valley—Cautious advance—A path—Fruit—Discovery
+            of two of the natives—Their singular conduct—Approach towards the inhabited
+            parts of the vale—Sensation produced by our appearance—Reception
+            at the house of one of the natives.</span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right">X</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">Morning Visitors</span></span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#Pg075" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">75</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span style="font-size: 90%">Midnight reflections—Morning visitors—A warrior in costume—A savage
+Æsculapius—Practice of the healing art—Body-servant—A dwelling-house
+of the valley described—Portraits of its inmates.</span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right">XI</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">Adventure in the Dark</span></span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#Pg090" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">90</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span style="font-size: 90%">Officiousness of Kory-Kory—His devotion—A bath in the stream—Want
+of refinement of the Typee damsels—Stroll with Mehevi—A Typee highway—The
+Taboo groves—The hoolah hoolah ground—The Ti—Timeworn
+savages—Hospitality of Mehevi—Midnight musings—Adventure in the
+dark—Distinguished honours paid to the visitors—Strange procession,
+and return to the house of Marheyo.</span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right">XII</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">Adventure of Toby</span></span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#Pg101" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">101</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span style="font-size: 90%">Attempt to procure relief from Nukuheva—Perilous adventure of Toby
+in the Happar Mountains—Eloquence of Kory-Kory.</span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right">XIII</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">A Great Event</span></span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#Pg109" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">109</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span style="font-size: 90%">A great event happens in the valley—The island telegraph—Something
+befalls Toby—Fayaway displays a tender heart—Melancholy reflections—Mysterious
+conduct of the islanders—Devotion of Kory-Kory—A rural
+couch—A luxury—Kory-Kory strikes a light </span><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-size: 90%; font-style: italic">à la</span></span><span style="font-size: 90%"> Typee.</span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right">XIV</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">Kindness of the Islanders</span></span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#Pg120" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">120</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span style="font-size: 90%">Kindness of Marheyo and the rest of the islanders—A full description
+of the bread-fruit tree—Different modes of preparing the fruit.</span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right">XV</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">Melancholy Condition</span></span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#Pg126" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">126</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span style="font-size: 90%">Melancholy condition—Occurrence at the Ti—Anecdote of Marheyo—Shaving
+the head of a warrior.</span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right">XVI</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">Improvement</span></span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#Pg132" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">132</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span style="font-size: 90%">Improvement in health and spirits—Felicity of the Typees—A skirmish
+in the mountain with the warriors of Happar.</span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right">XVII</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">A Stranger Arrives</span></span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#Pg140" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">140</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span style="font-size: 90%">Swimming in company with the girls of the valley—A canoe—Effects
+of the taboo—A pleasure excursion on the pond—Beautiful freak of Fayaway—Mantua-making—A
+stranger arrives in the valley—His </span><a name="corrvi" id="corrvi" class="tei tei-anchor"></a><span class="tei tei-corr"><span style="font-size: 90%">mysterious</span></span><span style="font-size: 90%">
+conduct—Native oratory—The interview—Its results—Departure of the
+stranger.</span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right">XVIII</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">Battle of the Pop-guns</span></span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#Pg155" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">155</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span style="font-size: 90%">Reflection after Marnoo’s departure—Battle of the pop-guns—Strange
+conceit of Marheyo—Process of making tappa.</span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right">XIX</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">Dances</span></span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#Pg162" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">162</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span style="font-size: 90%">History of a day as usually spent in the Typee valley—Dances of the
+Marquesan girls.</span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right">XX</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">Monuments</span></span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#Pg167" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">167</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span style="font-size: 90%">The spring of Arva Wai—Remarkable monumental remains—Some ideas
+            with regard to the history of the pi-pis found in the valley.</span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right">XXI</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">A Festival</span></span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#Pg171" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">171</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span style="font-size: 90%">Preparations for a grand festival in the valley—Strange doings in the
+            Taboo Groves—Monument of Calabashes—Gala costume of the Typee
+            damsels—Departure for the festival.</span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right">XXII</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">The Feast of Calabashes</span></span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#Pg178" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">178</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span style="font-size: 90%">The Feast of Calabashes.</span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right">XXIII</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">Religion of the Typees</span></span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#Pg185" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">185</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span style="font-size: 90%">Ideas suggested by the Feast of Calabashes—Effigy of a dead warrior—A
+            singular superstition—The priest Kolory and the god Moa Artua—Amazing
+            religious observance—A dilapidated shrine—Kory-Kory and the
+            idol—An inference.</span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right">XXIV</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">Beauty of the Typees</span></span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#Pg196" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">196</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span style="font-size: 90%">General information gathered at the festival—Personal beauty of the
+            Typees—Their superiority over the inhabitants of the other islands—Diversity
+            of complexion—A vegetable cosmetic and ointment—Testimony
+            of voyagers to the uncommon beauty of the Marquesans—Few evidences
+            of intercourse with civilized beings—Dilapidated musket—Primitive simplicity
+            of government—Regal dignity of Mehevi.</span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right">XXV</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">Marriage Customs</span></span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#Pg204" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">204</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span style="font-size: 90%">King Mehevi—Conduct of Marheyo and Mehevi in certain delicate matters—Peculiar
+            system of marriage—Number of population—Uniformity—Embalming—Places
+            of sepulture—Funeral obsequies at Nukuheva—Number
+            of inhabitants in Typee—Location of the dwellings—Happiness enjoyed
+            in the valley.</span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right">XXVI</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">Social Conditions</span></span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#Pg210" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">210</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span style="font-size: 90%">The social condition and general character of the Typees.</span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right">XXVII</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">Fishing Parties</span></span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#Pg216" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">216</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span style="font-size: 90%">Fishing parties—Mode of distributing the fish—Midnight banquet—Timekeeping
+            tapers—Unceremonious style of eating the fish.</span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right">XXVIII</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">Natural History</span></span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#Pg220" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">220</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span style="font-size: 90%">Natural history of the valley—Golden lizards—Tameness of the birds—Mosquitoes—Flies—Dogs—A
+            solitary cat—The climate—The cocoa-nut
+            tree—Singular modes of climbing it—An agile young chief—Fearlessness
+            of the children—Too-too and the cocoa-nut tree—The birds of the valley.</span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right">XXIX</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">Tattooing</span></span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#Pg228" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">228</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span style="font-size: 90%">A professor of the fine arts—His persecutions—Something about tattooing
+            and tabooing—Two anecdotes in illustration of the latter—A few
+            thoughts on the Typee dialect.</span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right">XXX</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">Music</span></span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#Pg238" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">238</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span style="font-size: 90%">Strange custom of the islanders—Their chanting, and the peculiarity of
+            their voice—Rapture of the king at first hearing a song—A new dignity
+            conferred on the author—Musical instruments in the valley—Admiration
+            of the savages at beholding a pugilistic performance—Swimming infant—Beautiful
+            tresses of the girls—Ointment for the hair.</span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right">XXXI</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">Cannibalism</span></span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#Pg244" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">244</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span style="font-size: 90%">Apprehensions of evil—Frightful discovery—Some remarks on cannibalism—Second
+            battle with the Happars—Savage spectacle—Mysterious
+            feast—Subsequent disclosures.</span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right">XXXII</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">Attempt To Escape</span></span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#Pg254" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">254</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span style="font-size: 90%">The stranger again arrives in the valley—Singular interview with him—Attempt
+            to escape—Failure—Melancholy situation—Sympathy of Marheyo.</span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right">XXXIII</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">The Escape</span></span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#Pg260" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">260</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span style="font-size: 90%">The escape</span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">Sequel</span></span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#Pg270" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">270</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-size: 90%; font-variant: small-caps">Note</span></span><span style="font-size: 90%">.—The Author of </span><span class="tei tei-q"><span style="font-size: 90%">“</span><span style="font-size: 90%">Typee</span><span style="font-size: 90%">”</span></span><span style="font-size: 90%"> was more than two years in the South
+            Seas, after escaping from the valley, as recounted in the last chapter.
+            Some time after returning home the foregoing narrative was published,
+            though it was little thought at the time that this would be the means of
+            revealing the existence of Toby, who had long been given up for lost.
+            But so it proved. The story of his escape supplies a natural sequel to
+            the adventure, and as such it is now added to the volume. It was related
+            to the Author by Toby himself.</span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">Appendix</span></span></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#Pg285" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">285</a></td>
+    </tr></tbody></table>
+    
+
+</div><hr class="doublepage" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="pageix">[pg ix]</span><a name="Pgix" id="Pgix" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<a name="toc2" id="toc2"></a><a name="pdf3" id="pdf3"></a>
+<h1 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 3.46em; margin-top: 3.46em"><span style="font-size: 173%">ILLUSTRATIONS</span></h1>
+<table summary="This is a table" cellspacing="0" class="tei tei-table" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"><colgroup span="3"></colgroup><tbody><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell">Fayaway and I had a delightful little party on the</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#frontis" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right"><span class="tei tei-hi" style="text-align: right"><span style="font-style: italic">Frontispiece</span></span></a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell">  lake</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><span class="tei tei-hi" style="text-align: right"><span style="font-size: 81%">FACING PAGE</span></span></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell">I found him ripe for the enterprise, and a very few<br />  words sufficed for a
+        mutual understanding between us</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#illus1" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">22</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell">At last we gained the top of the second elevation</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#illus2" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">48</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell">We were soon completely encircled by a dense throng</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#illus3" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">68</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell">The body was carried into the house and laid on a mat</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#illus4" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">104</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell">Thus arrayed, I would have matched the charming<br />  Fayaway against
+            any beauty in the world </td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#illus5" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">174</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell">Mehevi</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#illus6" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">200</a></td>
+    </tr><tr class="tei tei-row">
+        <td class="tei tei-cell"></td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell">About midnight I arose and drew the slide</td>
+        <td class="tei tei-cell" style="text-align: right"><a href="#illus7" class="tei tei-ref" style="text-align: right">256</a></td>
+    </tr></tbody></table>
+<div class="tei tei-pb"></div><a name="Pgx" id="Pgx" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+</div><hr class="doublepage" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<div class="tei tei-pb"></div><a name="Pgxi" id="Pgxi" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.20em"><span style="font-size: 120%">
+TYPEE
+</span></p>
+
+<div class="tei tei-pb"></div><a name="Pgxii" id="Pgxii" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+</div></div>
+<hr class="doublepage" /><div class="tei tei-body" style="margin-bottom: 6.00em; margin-top: 6.00em">
+    <span class="tei tei-pb" id="page1">[pg 1]</span><a name="Pg001" id="Pg001" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<h1 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 3.46em; margin-top: 3.46em"><span style="font-size: 173%">TYPEE</span></h1>    
+    <div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<a name="toc4" id="toc4"></a><a name="pdf5" id="pdf5"></a>
+        <h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">CHAPTER I</span></h2>
+
+<div class="tei tei-argument" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 0.90em"><span style="font-size: 90%">
+The sea—Longings for shore—A land-sick ship—Destination of the voyagers.
+</span></p></div>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Six months at sea! Yes, reader, as I live, six months out of sight
+of land; cruising after the sperm whale beneath the scorching sun of
+the Line, and tossed on the billows of the wide-rolling Pacific—the
+sky above, the sea around, and nothing else! Weeks and weeks
+ago our fresh provisions were all exhausted. There is not a sweet
+potato left; not a single yam. Those glorious bunches of bananas
+which once decorated our stern and quarter-deck, have, alas, disappeared!
+and the delicious oranges which hung suspended from our
+tops and stays—they, too, are gone! Yes, they are all departed, and
+there is nothing left us but salt-horse and sea-biscuit.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Oh! for a refreshing glimpse of one blade of grass—for a snuff
+at the fragrance of a handful of the loamy earth! Is there nothing
+fresh around us? Is there no green thing to be seen? Yes, the inside
+of our bulwarks is painted green; but what a vile and sickly hue
+it is, as if nothing bearing even the semblance of verdure could flourish
+this weary way from land. Even the bark that once clung to the
+wood we use for fuel has been gnawed off and devoured by the captain’s
+pig; and so long ago, too, that the pig himself has in turn been
+devoured.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+There is but one solitary tenant in the chicken-coop, once a gay and
+dapper young cock, bearing him so bravely among the coy hens. But
+look at him now; there he stands, moping all the day long on that
+everlasting one leg of his. He turns with disgust from the mouldy
+corn before him, and the brackish water in his little trough. He
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page2">[pg 2]</span><a name="Pg002" id="Pg002" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>mourns no doubt his lost companions, literally snatched from him
+one by one, and never seen again. But his days of mourning will be
+few; for Mungo, our black cook, told me yesterday that the word had
+at last gone forth, and poor Pedro’s fate was sealed. His <a name="corr002" id="corr002" class="tei tei-anchor"></a><span class="tei tei-corr">attenuated</span>
+body will be laid out upon the captain’s table next Sunday, and long
+before night will be buried, with all the usual ceremonies, beneath that
+worthy individual’s vest. Who would believe that there could be any
+one so cruel as to long for the decapitation of the luckless Pedro; yet
+the sailors pray every minute, selfish fellows, that the miserable fowl
+may be brought to his end. They say the captain will never point the
+ship for the land so long as he has in anticipation a mess of fresh
+meat. This unhappy bird can alone furnish it; and when he is once
+devoured, the captain will come to his senses. I wish thee no harm,
+Peter; but as thou art doomed, sooner or later, to meet the fate of
+all thy race; and if putting a period to thy existence is to be the
+signal for our deliverance, why—truth to speak—I wish thy throat
+cut this very moment; for, oh! how I wish to see the living earth
+again! The old ship herself longs to look out upon the land from her
+hawseholes once more, as Jack Lewis said right the other day when
+the captain found fault with his steering.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Why, d’ye see, Captain Vangs,”</span> says bold Jack, <span class="tei tei-q">“I’m as good a
+helmsman as ever put hand to spoke; but none of us can steer the
+old lady now. We can’t keep her full and bye, sir: watch her ever
+so close, she will fall off; and then, sir, when I put the helm down
+so gently and try like to coax her to the work, she won’t take it kindly,
+but will fall round off again; and it’s all because she knows the land
+is under the lee, sir, and she won’t go any more to windward.”</span> Ay,
+and why should she, Jack? didn’t every one of her stout timbers grow
+on shore, and hasn’t she sensibilities as well as we?
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Poor old ship! Her very looks denote her desires: how deplorable
+she appears! The paint on her sides, burnt up by the scorching sun,
+is puffed out and cracked. See the weeds she trails along with her,
+and what an unsightly bunch of these horrid barnacles has formed
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page3">[pg 3]</span><a name="Pg003" id="Pg003" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>about her stern-piece; and every time she rises on a sea, she shows
+her copper torn away or hanging in jagged strips.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Poor old ship! I say again: for six months she has been rolling
+and pitching about, never for one moment at rest. But courage, old
+lass, I hope to see thee soon within a biscuit’s toss of the merry land,
+riding snugly at anchor in some green cove, and sheltered from the
+boisterous winds.
+</p>
+
+<div class="tei tei-tb">* * * * * * * * * * </div>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Hurrah, my lads! It’s a settled thing; next week we shape our
+course to the <a name="corr003" id="corr003" class="tei tei-anchor"></a><span class="tei tei-corr">Marquesas!</span>”</span> The Marquesas! What strange visions of
+outlandish things does the very name spirit up! Lovely houris—cannibal
+banquets—groves of cocoa-nuts—coral reefs—tattooed chiefs—and
+bamboo temples; sunny valleys planted with bread-fruit trees—carved
+canoes dancing on the flashing blue waters—savage woodlands
+guarded by horrible idols—<span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">heathenish rites and human sacrifices</span></span>.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Such were the strangely jumbled anticipations that haunted me
+during our passage from the cruising ground. I felt an irresistible
+curiosity to see those islands which the olden voyagers had so glowingly
+described.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The group for which we were now steering (although among the
+earliest of European discoveries in the South Seas, having been first
+visited in the year 1595) still continues to be tenanted by beings as
+strange and barbarous as ever. The missionaries, sent on a heavenly
+errand, had sailed by their lovely shores, and had abandoned them to
+their idols of wood and stone. How interesting the circumstances under
+which they were discovered! In the watery path of Mendanna,
+cruising in quest of some region of gold, these isles had sprung up like
+a scene of enchantment, and for a moment the Spaniard believed his
+bright dream was realized. In honour of the Marquess de Mendoza,
+then viceroy of Peru—under whose auspices the navigator sailed—he
+bestowed upon them the name which denoted the rank of his patron,
+and gave to the world, on his return, a vague and magnificent account
+of their beauty. But these islands, undisturbed for years, relapsed
+into their previous obscurity; and it is only recently that anything
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page4">[pg 4]</span><a name="Pg004" id="Pg004" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>has been known concerning them. Once in the course of a half century,
+to be sure, some adventurous rover would break in upon their
+peaceful repose, and, astonished at the unusual scene, would be almost
+tempted to claim the merit of a new discovery.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Of this interesting group, but little account has ever been given, if
+we except the slight mention made of them in the sketches of South
+Sea voyages. Cook, in his repeated circumnavigations of the globe,
+barely touched at their shores; and all that we know about them is
+from a few general narratives.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Within the last few years, American and English vessels engaged in
+the extensive whale fisheries of the Pacific have occasionally, when
+short of provisions, put into the commodious harbour which there is in
+one of the islands; but a fear of the natives, founded on the recollection
+of the dreadful fate which many white men have received at their hands,
+has deterred their crews from intermixing with the population sufficiently
+to gain any insight into their peculiar customs and manners.
+Indeed, there is no cluster of islands in the Pacific that has been any
+length of time discovered, of which so little has hitherto been known
+as the Marquesas, and it is a pleasing reflection that this narrative of
+mine will do something towards withdrawing the veil from regions so
+romantic and beautiful.
+</p>
+
+</div><hr class="page" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page5">[pg 5]</span><a name="Pg005" id="Pg005" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<a name="toc6" id="toc6"></a><a name="pdf7" id="pdf7"></a>
+<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">CHAPTER II</span></h2>
+
+<div class="tei tei-argument" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 0.90em"><span style="font-size: 90%">
+Passage from the cruising ground to the Marquesas—Sleepy times aboard
+ship—South Sea scenery—Land ho!—The French squadron discovered
+at anchor in the bay of Nukuheva—Strange pilot—Escort of canoes—A
+flotilla of cocoa-nuts—Swimming visitors—The </span><span class="tei tei-name" style="text-align: center"><span style="font-size: 90%; font-style: italic">Dolly</span></span><span style="font-size: 90%"> boarded by them—State
+of affairs that ensue.
+</span></p></div>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I can never forget the eighteen or twenty days during which the light
+trade-winds were silently sweeping us towards the islands. In pursuit
+of the sperm whale, we had been cruising on the line some twenty
+degrees to the westward of the Gallipagos; and all that we had to do,
+when our course was determined on, was to square in the yards and
+keep the vessel before the breeze, and then the good ship and the
+steady gale did the rest between them. The man at the wheel never
+vexed the old lady with any superfluous steering, but comfortably adjusting
+his limbs at the tiller, would doze away by the hour. True
+to her work, the <span class="tei tei-name"><span style="font-style: italic">Dolly</span></span> headed to her course, and like one of those
+characters who always do best when let alone, she jogged on her way
+like a veteran old sea-pacer as she was.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+What a delightful, lazy, languid time we had whilst we were thus
+gliding along! There was nothing to be done; a circumstance
+that happily suited our disinclination to do anything. We abandoned
+the fore-peak altogether, and spreading an awning over the forecastle,
+slept, ate, and lounged under it the live-long day. Every one seemed
+to be under the influence of some narcotic. Even the officers aft,
+whose duty required them never to be seated while keeping a deck
+watch, vainly endeavoured to keep on their pins; and were obliged
+invariably to compromise the matter by leaning up against the bulwarks,
+and gazing abstractedly over the side. Reading was out of
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page6">[pg 6]</span><a name="Pg006" id="Pg006" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>the question; take a book in your hand, and you were asleep in an
+instant.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Although I could not avoid yielding in a great measure to the general
+languor, still at times I contrived to shake off the spell, and to
+appreciate the beauty of the scene around me. The sky presented
+a clear expanse of the most delicate blue, except along the skirts of
+the horizon, where you might see a thin drapery of pale clouds which
+never varied their form or colour. The long, measured, dirge-like
+swell of the Pacific came rolling along, with its surface broken by
+little tiny waves, sparkling in the sunshine. Every now and then a
+shoal of flying fish, scared from the water under the bows, would
+leap into the air, and fall the next moment like a shower of silver into
+the sea. Then you would see the superb albicore with his glittering
+sides, sailing aloft, and after describing an arc in his descent, disappear
+on the surface of the water. Far off, the lofty jet of the whale
+might be seen, and nearer at hand the prowling shark, that villanous
+footpad of the seas, would come skulking along, and, at a wary distance,
+regard us with an evil eye. At times, some shapeless monster
+of the deep, floating on the surface, would, as we approach, sink
+slowly into the blue waters, and fade away from the sight. But the
+most impressive feature of the scene was the almost unbroken silence
+that reigned over sky and water. Scarcely a sound could be heard
+but the occasional breathing of the grampus, and the rippling at the
+cut-water.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+As we drew nearer the land, I hailed with delight the appearance
+of innumerable sea-fowl. Screaming and whirling in spiral tracks,
+they would accompany the vessel, and at times alight on our yards
+and stays. That piratical-looking fellow, appropriately named the
+man-of-war’s-hawk, with his blood-red bill and raven plumage, would
+come sweeping round us in gradually diminishing circles, till you
+could distinctly mark the strange flashings of his eye; and then, as
+if satisfied with his observation, would sail up into the air and disappear
+from the view. Soon, other evidences of our vicinity to the
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page7">[pg 7]</span><a name="Pg007" id="Pg007" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>land were apparent, and it was not long before the glad announcement
+of it being in sight was heard from aloft,—given with that peculiar
+prolongation of sound that a sailor loves—<span class="tei tei-q">“Land ho!”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The captain, darting on deck from the cabin, bawled lustily for his
+spy-glass; the mate in still louder accents hailed the mast-head with
+a tremendous <span class="tei tei-q">“Where-away?”</span> The black cook thrust his woolly head
+from the galley, and Boatswain, the dog, leaped up between the knight-heads,
+and barked most furiously. Land ho! Ay, there it was. A
+hardly perceptible blue irregular outline, indicating the bold contour
+of the lofty heights of Nukuheva.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+This island, although generally called one of the Marquesas, is by
+some navigators considered as forming one of a distinct cluster, comprising
+the islands of Roohka, Ropo, and Nukuheva; upon which three
+the appellation of the Washington Group has been bestowed. They
+form a triangle, and lie within the parallels of 8° <a name="corr007" id="corr007" class="tei tei-anchor"></a><span class="tei tei-corr">38</span>′ and 9° <span class="tei tei-corr">32</span>′
+south latitude, and 139° 20′ and 140° 10′ west longitude, from
+Greenwich. With how little propriety they are to be regarded as
+forming a separate group will be at once apparent, when it is considered
+that they lie in the immediate vicinity of the other islands,
+that is to say, less than a degree to the north-west of them; that their
+inhabitants speak the Marquesan dialect, and that their laws, religion,
+and general customs are identical. The only reason why they were
+ever thus arbitrarily distinguished, may be attributed to the singular
+fact, that their existence was altogether unknown to the world until
+the year 1791, when they were discovered by Captain Ingraham, of
+Boston, Massachusetts, nearly two centuries after the discovery of
+the adjacent islands by the agent of the Spanish Viceroy. Notwithstanding
+this, I shall follow the example of most voyagers, and treat
+of them as forming part and parcel of the Marquesas.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Nukuheva is the most important of these islands, being the only one
+at which ships are much in the habit of touching, and is celebrated as
+being the place where the adventurous Captain Porter refitted his ships
+during the late war between England and the United States, and whence
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page8">[pg 8]</span><a name="Pg008" id="Pg008" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>he sallied out upon the large whaling fleet then sailing under the
+enemy’s flag in the surrounding seas. This island is about twenty
+miles in length, and nearly as many in breadth. It has three good
+harbours on its coast, the largest and best of which is called by the
+people living in its vicinity, <span class="tei tei-q">“Tyohee,”</span> and by Captain Porter was
+denominated Massachusetts Bay. Among the adverse tribes dwelling
+about the shores of the other bays, and by all voyagers, it is generally
+known by the name bestowed upon the island itself—Nukuheva. Its
+inhabitants have become somewhat corrupted, owing to their recent
+commerce with Europeans; but so far as regards their peculiar customs,
+and general mode of life, they retain their original primitive
+character, remaining very nearly in the same state of nature in which
+they were first beheld by white men. The hostile clans, residing in the
+more remote sections of the island, and very seldom holding any communication
+with foreigners, are in every respect unchanged from
+their earliest known condition.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In the bay of Nukuheva was the anchorage we desired to reach.
+We had perceived the loom of the mountains about sunset; so that,
+after running all night with a very light breeze, we found ourselves
+close in with the island the next morning; but as the bay we sought
+lay on its farther side, we were obliged to sail some distance along
+the shore, catching, as we proceeded, short glimpses of blooming valleys,
+deep glens, waterfalls, and waving groves, hidden here and there by
+projecting and rocky headlands, every moment opening to the view
+some new and startling scene of beauty.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Those who for the first time visit the South Seas, generally are surprised
+at the appearance of the islands when beheld from the sea.
+From the vague accounts we sometimes have of their beauty, many
+people are apt to picture to themselves enamelled and softly swelling
+plains, shaded over with delicious groves, and watered by purling brooks,
+and the entire country but little elevated above the surrounding ocean.
+The reality is very different; bold rock-bound coasts, with the surf
+beating high against the lofty cliffs, and broken here and there into
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page9">[pg 9]</span><a name="Pg009" id="Pg009" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>deep inlets, which open to the view thickly-wooded valleys, separated by
+the spurs of mountains clothed with tufted grass, and sweeping down
+towards the sea from an elevated and furrowed interior, form the
+principal features of these islands.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Towards noon we drew abreast the entrance to the harbour, and at
+last we slowly swept by the intervening promontory, and entered the
+bay of Nukuheva. No description can do justice to its beauty; but
+that beauty was lost to me then, and I saw nothing but the tri-coloured
+flag of France, trailing over the stern of six vessels, whose black hulls,
+and bristling broadsides, proclaimed their warlike character. There
+they were, floating in that lovely bay, the green eminences of the shore
+looking down so tranquilly upon them, as if rebuking the sternness
+of their aspect. To my eye, nothing could be more out of keeping
+than the presence of these vessels; but we soon learnt what brought
+them there. The whole group of islands had just been taken possession
+of by Rear-Admiral Du Petit Thouars, in the name of the invincible
+French nation.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+This item of information was imparted to us by a most extraordinary
+individual, a genuine South Sea vagabond, who came alongside of us
+in a whale-boat as soon as we entered the bay, and, by the aid of some
+benevolent persons at the gangway, was assisted on board, for our
+visitor was in that interesting stage of intoxication when a man is
+amiable and helpless. Although he was utterly unable to stand erect,
+or to navigate his body across the deck, he still magnanimously proffered
+his services to pilot the ship to a good and secure anchorage.
+Our captain, however, rather distrusted his ability in this respect, and
+refused to recognise his claim to the character he assumed; but our
+gentleman was determined to play his part, for, by dint of much
+scrambling, he succeeded in getting into the weather-quarter boat,
+where he steadied himself by holding on to a shroud, and then commenced
+issuing his commands with amazing volubility and very peculiar
+gestures. Of course, no one obeyed his orders; but as it was impossible
+to quiet him, we swept by the ships of the squadron with
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page10">[pg 10]</span><a name="Pg010" id="Pg010" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>this strange fellow performing his antics in full view of all the French
+officers.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+We afterwards learned that our eccentric friend had been a lieutenant
+in the English navy, but having disgraced his flag by some criminal
+conduct in one of the principal ports on the main, he had deserted
+his ship, and spent many years wandering among the islands of the
+Pacific, until accidentally being at Nukuheva when the French took
+possession of the place, he had been appointed pilot of the harbour by
+the newly constituted authorities.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+As we slowly advanced up the bay, numerous canoes pushed off
+from the surrounding shores, and we were soon in the midst of quite
+a flotilla of them, their savage occupants struggling to get aboard of
+us, and jostling one another in their ineffectual attempts. Occasionally
+the projecting out-riggers of their slight shallops, running foul of one
+another, would become entangled beneath the water, threatening to
+capsize the canoes, when a scene of confusion would ensue that baffles
+description. Such strange outcries and passionate gesticulations I
+never certainly heard or saw before. You would have thought
+the islanders were on the point of flying at one another’s throats,
+whereas they were only amicably engaged in disentangling their
+boats.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Scattered here and there among the canoes might be seen numbers
+of cocoa-nuts floating closely together in circular groups, and bobbing
+up and down with every wave. By some inexplicable means these
+cocoa-nuts were all steadily approaching towards the ship. As I
+leaned curiously over the side, endeavouring to solve their mysterious
+movements, one mass, far in advance of the rest, attracted my attention.
+In its centre was something I could take for nothing else than a cocoa-nut,
+but which I certainly considered one of the most extraordinary
+specimens of the fruit I had ever seen. It kept twirling and dancing
+about among the rest in the most singular manner: and as it drew
+nearer, I thought it bore a remarkable resemblance to the brown shaven
+skull of one of the savages. Presently it betrayed a pair of eyes, and
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page11">[pg 11]</span><a name="Pg011" id="Pg011" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>soon I became aware that what I had supposed to have been one of the
+fruit was nothing else than the head of an islander, who had adopted
+this singular method of bringing his produce to market. The cocoa-nuts
+were all attached to one another by strips of the husk, partly
+torn from the shell, and rudely fastened together. Their proprietor,
+inserting his head into the midst of them, impelled his necklace of
+cocoa-nuts through the water by striking out beneath the surface with
+his feet.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I was somewhat astonished to perceive that among the number of
+natives that surrounded us, not a single female was to be seen. At
+that time I was ignorant of the fact that by the operation of the
+<span class="tei tei-q">“taboo,”</span> the use of canoes in all parts of the island is rigorously prohibited
+to the entire sex, for whom it is death even to be seen entering
+one when hauled on shore; consequently, whenever a Marquesan
+lady voyages by water, she puts in requisition the paddles of her own
+fair body.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+We had approached within a mile and a half perhaps of the foot of
+the bay, when some of the islanders, who by this time had managed to
+scramble aboard of us at the risk of swamping their canoes, directed
+our attention to a singular commotion in the water ahead of the vessel.
+At first I imagined it to be produced by a shoal of fish sporting
+on the surface, but our savage friends assured us that it was caused by
+a shoal of <span class="tei tei-q">“whinhenies”</span> (young girls), who in this manner were coming
+off from the shore to welcome us. As they drew nearer, and I watched
+the rising and sinking of their forms, and beheld the uplifted right
+arm bearing above the water the girdle of tappa, and their long dark
+hair trailing beside them as they swam, I almost fancied they could
+be nothing else than so many mermaids:—and very like mermaids
+they behaved too.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+We were still some distance from the beach, and under slow headway,
+when we sailed right into the midst of these swimming nymphs,
+and they boarded us at every quarter; many seizing hold of the chainplates
+and springing into the chains; others, at the peril of being run
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page12">[pg 12]</span><a name="Pg012" id="Pg012" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>over by the vessel in her course, catching at the bob-stays, and wreathing
+their slender forms about the ropes, hung suspended in the air.
+All of them at length succeeded in getting up the ship’s side, where
+they clung dripping with the brine and glowing from the bath, their
+jet-black tresses streaming over their shoulders, and half enveloping
+their otherwise naked forms. There they hung, sparkling with savage
+vivacity, laughing gaily at one another, and chattering away with infinite
+glee. Nor were they idle the while, for each one performed the
+simple offices of the toilet for the other. Their luxuriant locks, wound
+up and twisted into the smallest possible compass, were freed from the
+briny element; the whole person carefully dried, and from a little
+round shell that passed from hand to hand, anointed with a fragrant
+oil: their adornments were completed by passing a few loose folds
+of white tappa, in a modest cincture, around the waist. Thus arrayed
+they no longer hesitated, but flung themselves lightly over the bulwarks,
+and were quickly frolicking about the decks. Many of them went
+forward, perching upon the head-rails or running out upon the
+bow-sprit, while others seated themselves upon the taffrail, or reclined at
+full length upon the boats.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Their appearance perfectly amazed me; their extreme youth, the
+light clear brown of their complexions, their delicate features, and inexpressibly
+graceful figures, their softly moulded limbs, and free unstudied
+action, seemed as strange as beautiful.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The <span class="tei tei-name"><span style="font-style: italic">Dolly</span></span> was fairly captured; and never I will say was vessel
+carried before by such a dashing and irresistible party of boarders.
+The ship taken, we could not do otherwise than yield ourselves prisoners,
+and for the whole period that she remained in the bay, the <span class="tei tei-name"><span style="font-style: italic">Dolly</span></span>,
+as well as her crew, were completely in the hands of the mermaids.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In the evening after we had come to an anchor, the deck was illuminated
+with lanterns, and this picturesque band of sylphs, tricked out
+with flowers, and dressed in robes of variegated tappa, got up a ball
+in great style. These females are passionately fond of dancing, and
+in the wild grace and spirit of their style excel everything that I have
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page13">[pg 13]</span><a name="Pg013" id="Pg013" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>ever seen. The varied dances of the Marquesan girls are beautiful in
+the extreme, but there is an abandoned voluptuousness in their character
+which I dare not attempt to describe.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Our ship was now wholly given up to every species of riot and debauchery.
+The grossest licentiousness and the most shameful inebriety
+prevailed, with occasional and but short-lived interruptions,
+through the whole period of her stay. Alas for the poor savages when
+exposed to the influence of these polluting examples! Unsophisticated
+and confiding, they are easily led into every vice, and humanity
+weeps over the ruin thus remorselessly inflicted upon them by their
+European civilizers. Thrice happy are they who, inhabiting some
+yet undiscovered island in the midst of the ocean, have never been
+brought into contaminating contact with the white man.
+</p>
+
+</div><hr class="page" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page14">[pg 14]</span><a name="Pg014" id="Pg014" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<a name="toc8" id="toc8"></a><a name="pdf9" id="pdf9"></a>
+<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">CHAPTER III</span></h2>
+
+<div class="tei tei-argument" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 0.90em"><span style="font-size: 90%">
+State of affairs aboard the ship—Contents of her larder—Length of South
+Seamen’s voyages—Account of a flying whale-man—Determination to
+leave the vessel—The bay of Nukuheva—The Typees.
+</span></p>
+</div>
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+It was in the summer of 1842, that we arrived at the islands. Our
+ship had not been many days in the harbour of Nukuheva, before I
+came to the determination of leaving her. That my reasons for resolving
+to take this step were numerous and weighty, may be inferred from
+the fact that I chose rather to risk my fortunes among the savages of
+the island than to endure another voyage on board the <span class="tei tei-name"><span style="font-style: italic">Dolly</span></span>. To use
+the concise, point-blank phrase of the sailors, I had made up my mind
+to <span class="tei tei-q">“run away.”</span> Now, as a meaning is generally attached to these
+two words no way flattering to the individual to whom they are applied,
+it behoves me, for the sake of my own character, to offer some
+explanation of my conduct.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+When I entered on board the <span class="tei tei-name"><span style="font-style: italic">Dolly</span></span>, I signed, as a matter of course,
+the ship’s articles, thereby voluntarily engaging and legally binding
+myself to serve in a certain capacity for the period of the voyage; and,
+special considerations apart, I was of course bound to fulfil the agreement.
+But in all contracts, if one party fail to perform his share
+of the compact, is not the other virtually absolved from his liability?
+Who is there who will not answer in the affirmative?
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Having settled the principle, then, let me apply it to the particular
+case in question. In numberless instances had not only the implied
+but the specified conditions of the articles been violated on the part
+of the ship in which I served. The usage on board of her was tyrannical;
+the sick had been inhumanly neglected; the provisions had been
+doled out in scanty allowance; and her cruises were unreasonably protracted.
+The captain was the author of these abuses; it was in vain
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page15">[pg 15]</span><a name="Pg015" id="Pg015" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>to think that he would either remedy them, or alter his conduct, which
+was arbitrary and violent in the extreme. His prompt reply to all
+complaints and remonstrances was—the butt-end of a hand-spike, so
+convincingly administered as effectually to silence the aggrieved party.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+To whom could we apply for redress? We had left both law and
+equity on the other side of the Cape; and unfortunately, with a very
+few exceptions, our crew was composed of a parcel of dastardly and
+mean-spirited wretches, divided among themselves, and only united
+in enduring without resistance the unmitigated tyranny of the captain.
+It would have been mere madness for any two or three of the number,
+unassisted by the rest, to attempt making a stand against his ill usage.
+They would only have called down upon themselves the particular
+vengeance of this <span class="tei tei-q">“Lord of the Plank,”</span> and subjected their shipmates
+to additional hardships.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+But, after all, these things could have been endured awhile, had
+we entertained the hope of being speedily delivered from them by the
+due completion of the terms of our servitude. But what a dismal prospect
+awaited us in this quarter! The longevity of Cape Horn whaling
+voyages is proverbial, frequently extending over a period of four or
+five years.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Some long-haired, bare-necked youths, who, forced by the united
+influences of a roving spirit and hard times, embark at Nantucket for
+a pleasure excursion to the Pacific, and whose anxious mothers provide
+them with bottled milk for the occasion, oftentimes return very
+respectable middle-aged gentlemen.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The very preparations made for one of these expeditions are enough
+to frighten one. As the vessel carries out no cargo, her hold is filled
+with provisions for her own consumption. The owners, who officiate
+as caterers for the voyage, supply the larder with an abundance of
+dainties. Delicate morsels of beef and pork, cut on scientific principles
+from every part of the animal, and of all conceivable shapes and
+sizes, are carefully packed in salt, and stored away in barrels; affording
+a never-ending variety in their different degrees of toughness, and in
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page16">[pg 16]</span><a name="Pg016" id="Pg016" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>the peculiarities of their saline properties. Choice old water too, decanted
+into stout six-barrel casks, and two pints of which is allowed
+every day to each soul on board; together with ample store of sea-bread,
+previously reduced to a state of petrifaction, with a view to preserve
+it either from decay or consumption in the ordinary mode, are
+likewise provided for the nourishment and gastronomic enjoyment of
+the crew.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+But not to speak of the quality of these articles of sailors’ fare, the
+abundance in which they are put on board a whaling vessel is almost
+incredible. Oftentimes, when we had occasion to break out in the
+hold, and I beheld the successive tiers of casks and barrels, whose contents
+were all destined to be consumed in due course by the ship’s company,
+my heart has sunk within me.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Although, as a general case, a ship unlucky in falling in with whales
+continues to cruise after them until she has barely sufficient provisions
+remaining to take her home, turning round then quietly and making the
+best of her way to her friends, yet there are instances when even this
+natural obstacle to the further prosecution of the voyage is overcome
+by headstrong captains, who, bartering the fruits of their hard-earned
+toils for a new supply of provisions in some of the ports of Chili or
+Peru, begin the voyage afresh with unabated zeal and perseverance. It
+is in vain that the owners write urgent letters to him to sail for home,
+and for their sake to bring back the ship, since it appears he can put
+nothing in her. Not he. He has registered a vow: he will fill his
+vessel with good sperm oil, or failing to do so, never again strike Yankee
+soundings.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I heard of one whaler, which after many years’ absence was given
+up for lost. The last that had been heard of her was a shadowy report
+of her having touched at some of those unstable islands in the far Pacific,
+whose eccentric wanderings are carefully noted in each new edition
+of the South Sea charts. After a long interval, however, the
+<span class="tei tei-name"><span style="font-style: italic">Perseverance</span></span>—for that was her name—was spoken somewhere in the
+vicinity of the ends of the earth, cruising along as leisurely as ever,
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page17">[pg 17]</span><a name="Pg017" id="Pg017" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>her sails all bepatched and bequilted with rope-yarns, her spars fished
+with old pipe staves, and her rigging knotted and spliced in every
+possible direction. Her crew was composed of some twenty venerable
+Greenwich-pensioner-looking old salts, who just managed to hobble
+about deck. The ends of all the running ropes, with the exception
+of the signal halyards and poop-down-haul, were rove through snatch-blocks,
+and led to the capstan or windlass, so that not a yard was
+braced or a sail set without the assistance of machinery.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Her hull was encrusted with barnacles, which completely encased
+her. Three pet sharks followed in her wake, and every day came
+alongside to regale themselves from the contents of the cook’s
+bucket, which were pitched over to them. A vast shoal of bonetas and
+albicores always kept her company.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Such was the account I heard of this vessel, and the remembrance
+of it always haunted me; what eventually became of her I never
+learned; at any rate she never reached home, and I suppose she is still
+regularly tacking twice in the twenty-four hours somewhere off Buggerry
+Island, or the Devil’s-Tail Peak.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Having said thus much touching the usual length of these voyages,
+when I inform the reader that ours had as it were just commenced,
+we being only fifteen months out, and even at that time hailed as a late
+arrival, and boarded for news, he will readily perceive that there was
+little to encourage one in looking forward to the future, especially as
+I had always had a presentiment that we should make an unfortunate
+voyage, and our experience so far had justified the expectation.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I may here state, and on my faith as an honest man, that some
+time after arriving home from my adventures, I learned that this vessel
+was still in the Pacific, and that she had met with very poor success
+in the fishery. Very many of her crew, also, left her; and her
+voyage lasted about five years.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+But to return to my narrative. Placed in these circumstances, then,
+with no prospect of matters mending if I remained aboard the <span class="tei tei-name"><span style="font-style: italic">Dolly</span></span>,
+I at once made up my mind to leave her: to be sure, it was rather an
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page18">[pg 18]</span><a name="Pg018" id="Pg018" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>inglorious thing to steal away privately from those at whose hands
+I had received wrongs and outrages that I could not resent; but how was
+such a course to be avoided when it was the only alternative left me?
+Having made up my mind, I proceeded to acquire all the information
+I could obtain relating to the island and its inhabitants, with a
+view of shaping my plans of escape accordingly. The result of these
+inquiries I will now state, in order that the ensuing narrative may be
+the better understood.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The bay of Nukuheva, in which we were then lying, is an expanse of
+water not unlike in figure the space included within the limits of a
+horse-shoe. It is, perhaps, nine miles in circumference. You approach
+it from the sea by a narrow entrance, flanked on either side by
+two small twin islets which soar conically to the height of some five
+hundred feet. From these the shore recedes on both hands, and describes
+a deep semicircle.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+From the verge of the water the land rises uniformly on all sides,
+with green and sloping acclivities, until from gently rolling hillsides
+and moderate elevations it insensibly swells into lofty and majestic
+heights, whose blue outlines, ranged all around, close in the view. The
+beautiful aspect of the shore is heightened by deep and romantic glens,
+which come down to it at almost equal distances, all apparently radiating
+from a common centre, and the upper extremities of which are lost
+to the eye beneath the shadow of the mountains. Down each of these
+little valleys flows a clear stream, here and there assuming the form
+of a slender cascade, then stealing invisibly along until it bursts upon
+the sight again in larger and more noisy waterfalls, and at last demurely
+wanders along to the sea.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The houses of the natives, constructed of the yellow bamboo, tastefully
+twisted together in a kind of wickerwork, and thatched with the
+long tapering leaves of the palmetto, are scattered irregularly along
+these valleys beneath the shady branches of the <a name="corr018" id="corr018" class="tei tei-anchor"></a><span class="tei tei-corr">cocoa-nut</span> trees.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Nothing can exceed the imposing scenery of this bay. Viewed from
+our ship as she lay at anchor in the middle of the harbour, it
+pre<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page19">[pg 19]</span><a name="Pg019" id="Pg019" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>sented the appearance of a vast natural amphitheatre in decay, and
+overgrown with vines, the deep glens that furrowed its sides appearing
+like enormous fissures caused by the ravages of time. Very often
+when lost in admiration at its beauty, I have experienced a pang of
+regret that a scene so enchanting should be hidden from the world in
+these remote seas, and seldom meet the eyes of devoted lovers of nature.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Besides this bay the shores of the island are indented by several other
+extensive inlets, into which descend broad and verdant valleys. These
+are inhabited by as many distinct tribes of savages, who, although
+speaking kindred dialects of a common language, and having the
+same religion and laws, have from time immemorial waged hereditary
+warfare against each other. The intervening mountains, generally
+two or three thousand feet above the level of the sea, geographically define
+the territories of each of these hostile tribes, who never cross them,
+save on some expedition of war or plunder. Immediately adjacent to
+Nukuheva, and only separated from it by the mountains seen from
+the harbour, lies the lovely valley of Happar, whose inmates cherish
+the most friendly relations with the inhabitants of Nukuheva. On
+the other side of Happar, and closely adjoining it, is the magnificent
+valley of the dreaded Typees, the unappeasable enemies of both these
+tribes.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+These celebrated warriors appear to inspire the other islanders with
+unspeakable terrors. Their very name is a frightful one; for the
+word <span class="tei tei-q">“Typee”</span> in the Marquesan dialect signifies a lover of human
+flesh. It is rather singular that the title should have been bestowed
+upon them exclusively, inasmuch as the natives of all this group are
+irreclaimable cannibals. The name may, perhaps, have been given
+to denote the peculiar ferocity of this clan, and to convey a special
+stigma along with it.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+These same Typees enjoy a prodigious notoriety all over the islands.
+The natives of Nukuheva would frequently recount in pantomime to our
+ship’s company their terrible feats, and would show the marks of
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page20">[pg 20]</span><a name="Pg020" id="Pg020" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>wounds they had received in desperate encounters with them. When
+ashore they would, try to frighten us by pointing to one of their own number,
+and calling him a Typee, manifesting no little surprise that we
+did not take to our heels at so terrible an announcement. It was quite
+amusing, too, to see with what earnestness they disclaimed all cannibal
+propensities on their own part, while they denounced their enemies—the
+Typees—as inveterate gormandizers of human flesh; but this is a peculiarity
+to which I shall hereafter have occasion to allude.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Although I was convinced that the inhabitants of our bay were as
+arrant cannibals as any of the other tribes on the island, still I could
+not but feel a particular and most unqualified repugnance to the aforesaid
+Typees. Even before visiting the Marquesas, I had heard from
+men who had touched at the group on former voyages some revolting
+stories in connection with these savages; and fresh in my remembrance
+was the adventure of the master of the <span class="tei tei-name"><span style="font-style: italic">Katherine</span></span>, who only a few
+months previous, imprudently venturing into this bay in an armed
+boat for the purpose of barter, was seized by the natives, carried back
+a little distance into their valley, and was only saved from a cruel
+death by the intervention of a young girl, who facilitated his escape
+by night along the beach to Nukuheva.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I had heard, too, of an English vessel that many years ago, after
+a weary cruise, sought to enter the bay of Nukuheva, and arriving
+within two or three miles of the land, was met by a large canoe filled
+with natives, who offered to lead the way to the place of their destination.
+The captain, unacquainted with the localities of the island, joyfully
+acceded to the proposition—the canoe paddled on and the ship
+followed. She was soon conducted to a beautiful inlet, and dropped
+her anchor in its waters beneath the shadows of the lofty shore. That
+same night the perfidious Typees, who had thus inveigled her into their
+fatal bay, flocked aboard the doomed vessel by hundreds, and at a given
+signal murdered every soul on board.
+</p>
+
+</div><hr class="page" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page21">[pg 21]</span><a name="Pg021" id="Pg021" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<a name="toc10" id="toc10"></a><a name="pdf11" id="pdf11"></a>
+<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">CHAPTER IV</span></h2>
+
+<div class="tei tei-argument" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 0.90em"><span style="font-size: 90%">
+Thoughts previous to attempting an escape—Toby, a fellow-sailor, agrees to
+share the adventure—Last night aboard the ship.
+</span></p>
+</div>
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Having fully resolved to leave the vessel clandestinely, and having acquired
+all the knowledge concerning the bay that I could obtain under
+the circumstances in which I was placed, I now deliberately turned
+over in my mind every plan of escape that suggested itself, being determined
+to act with all possible prudence in an attempt where failure
+would be attended with so many disagreeable consequences. The idea
+of being taken and brought back ignominiously to the ship was so inexpressibly
+repulsive to me, that I was determined by no hasty and imprudent
+measures to render such an event probable.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I knew that our worthy captain, who felt such a paternal solicitude
+for the welfare of his crew, would not willingly consent that one
+of his best hands should encounter the perils of a sojourn among the
+natives of a barbarous island; and I was certain that in the event of
+my disappearance his fatherly anxiety would prompt him to offer, by
+way of a reward, yard upon yard of gaily printed calico for my apprehension.
+He might even have appreciated my services at the value of a
+musket, in which case I felt perfectly certain that the whole population
+of the bay would be immediately upon my track, incited by the
+prospect of so magnificent a bounty.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Having ascertained the fact before alluded to, that the islanders,
+from motives of precaution, dwelt together in the depths of the valleys,
+and avoided wandering about the more elevated portions of the shore,
+unless bound on some expedition of war or plunder, I concluded that
+if I could effect unperceived a passage to the mountains, I might
+easily remain among them, supporting myself by such fruits as came
+in my way until the sailing of the ship, an event of which I could not
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page22">[pg 22]</span><a name="Pg022" id="Pg022" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>fail to be immediately apprized, as from my lofty position I should
+command a view of the entire harbour.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The idea pleased me greatly. It seemed to combine a great deal
+of practicability with no inconsiderable enjoyment in a quiet way;
+for how delightful it would be to look down upon the detested old vessel
+from the height of some thousand feet, and contrast the verdant scenery
+about me with the recollection of her narrow decks and gloomy
+forecastle! Why, it was really refreshing even to think of it; and
+so I straightway fell to picturing myself seated beneath a cocoa-nut
+tree on the brow of the mountain, with a cluster of plantains within
+easy reach, criticizing her nautical evolutions as she was working her
+way out of the harbour.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+To be sure there was one rather unpleasant drawback to these agreeable
+anticipations—the possibility of falling in with a foraging party
+of these same bloody-minded Typees, whose appetites, edged perhaps
+by the air of so elevated a region, might prompt them to devour one.
+This, I must confess, was the most disagreeable view of the matter.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Just to think of a party of these unnatural gourmands taking it
+into their heads to make a convivial meal of a poor devil, who would
+have no means of escape or defence: however, there was no help for
+it. I was willing to encounter some risks in order to accomplish my object,
+and counted much upon my ability to elude these prowling cannibals
+amongst the many coverts which the mountains afforded. Besides,
+the chances were ten to one in my favour that they would none of
+them quit their own fastnesses.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I had determined not to communicate my design of withdrawing
+from the vessel to any of my shipmates, and least of all to solicit any
+one to accompany me in my flight. But it so happened one night, that
+being upon deck, revolving over in my mind various plans of escape,
+I perceived one of the ship’s company leaning over the bulwarks, apparently
+plunged in a profound reverie. He was a young fellow about
+my own age, for whom I had all along entertained a great regard; and
+Toby, such was the name by which he went among us, for his real name
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page23">[pg 23]</span><a name="Pg023" id="Pg023" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>he would never tell us, was every way worthy of it. He was active,
+ready, and obliging, of dauntless courage, and singularly open and
+fearless in the expression of his feelings. I had on more than one occasion
+got him out of scrapes into which this had led him; and I know
+not whether it was from this cause, or a certain congeniality of sentiment
+between us, that he had always shown a partiality for my society.
+We had battled out many a long watch together, beguiling the weary
+hours with chat, song, and story, mingled with a good many imprecations
+upon the hard destiny it seemed our common fortune to encounter.
+</p>
+    <a name="illus1" id="illus1" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+    <p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"></p><div class="tei tei-figure" style="text-align: center"><img src="images/illus1th.jpg" width="314" height="400" alt="Illustration: I FOUND HIM RIPE FOR THE ENTERPRISE, AND A VERY FEW WORDS SUFFICED FOR A MUTUAL UNDERSTANDING BETWEEN US" title="I FOUND HIM RIPE FOR THE ENTERPRISE, AND A VERY FEW WORDS SUFFICED FOR A MUTUAL UNDERSTANDING BETWEEN US" /><div class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.00em; margin-top: 1.00em"><a href="images/illus1.jpg" class="tei tei-xref" style="text-align: center"><span class="tei tei-hi" style="text-align: center"><span style="font-size: 90%">I FOUND HIM RIPE FOR THE ENTERPRISE, AND A VERY FEW WORDS SUFFICED FOR A
+MUTUAL UNDERSTANDING BETWEEN US</span></span></a></div></div>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Toby, like myself, had evidently moved in a different sphere of
+life, and his conversation at times betrayed this, although he was
+anxious to conceal it. He was one of that class of rovers you sometimes
+meet at sea, who never reveal their origin, never allude to <a name="corr023" id="corr023" class="tei tei-anchor"></a><span class="tei tei-corr">home,</span>
+and go rambling over the world as if pursued by some mysterious
+fate they cannot possibly elude.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+There was much even in the appearance of Toby calculated to draw
+me towards him, for while the greater part of the crew were as coarse
+in person as in mind, Toby was endowed with a remarkably prepossessing
+exterior. Arrayed in his blue frock and duck trousers, he was as
+smart a looking sailor as ever stepped upon a deck; he was singularly
+small and slightly made, with great flexibility of limb. His naturally
+dark complexion had been deepened by exposure to the tropical sun,
+and a mass of jetty locks clustered about his temples, and threw a
+darker shade into his large black eyes. He was a strange wayward
+being, moody, fitful, and melancholy—at times almost morose. He had
+a quick and fiery temper too, which, when thoroughly roused, transported
+him into a state bordering on delirium.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+It is strange the power that a mind of deep passion has over feebler
+natures. I have seen a brawny fellow, with no lack of ordinary courage,
+fairly quail before this slender stripling, when in one of his furious
+fits. But these paroxysms seldom occurred, and in them my big-hearted
+shipmate vented the bile which more calm-tempered individuals get
+rid of by a continual pettishness at trivial annoyances.
+</p>
+
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page24">[pg 24]</span><a name="Pg024" id="Pg024" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+No one ever saw Toby laugh—I mean in the hearty abandonment
+of broad-mouthed mirth. He did smile sometimes, it is true; and there
+was a good deal of dry, sarcastic humour about him, which told the
+more from the imperturbable gravity of his tone and manner.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Latterly I had observed that Toby’s melancholy had greatly increased,
+and I had frequently seen him since our arrival at the island
+gazing wistfully upon the shore, when the remainder of the crew would
+be rioting below. I was aware that he entertained a cordial detestation
+of the ship, and believed that should a fair chance of escape present itself,
+he would embrace it willingly. But the attempt was so perilous in
+the place where we then lay, that I supposed myself the only individual
+on board the ship who was sufficiently reckless to think of it. In this,
+however, I was mistaken.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+When I perceived Toby leaning, as I have mentioned, against the
+bulwarks and buried in thought, it struck me at once that the subject
+of his meditations might be the same as my own. And if it be so,
+thought I, is he not the very one of all my shipmates whom I would
+choose for the partner of my adventure? and why should I not have
+some comrade with me to divide its dangers and alleviate its hardships?
+Perhaps I might be obliged to lie concealed among the mountains
+for weeks. In such an event what a solace would a companion
+be?
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+These thoughts passed rapidly through my mind, and I wondered
+why I had not before considered the matter in this light. But it was
+not too late. A tap upon the shoulder served to rouse Toby from his
+reverie; I found him ripe for the enterprise, and a very few words
+sufficed for a mutual understanding between us. In an hour’s time we
+had arranged all the preliminaries, and decided upon our plan of action.
+We then ratified our engagement with an affectionate wedding
+of palms, and to elude suspicion repaired each to his hammock, to
+spend the last night on board the <span class="tei tei-name"><span style="font-style: italic">Dolly</span></span>.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The next day the starboard watch, to which we both belonged,
+was to be sent ashore on liberty; and, availing ourselves of this
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page25">[pg 25]</span><a name="Pg025" id="Pg025" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>opportunity we determined, as soon after landing as possible, to separate
+ourselves from the rest of the men without exciting their suspicions,
+and strike back at once for the mountains. Seen from the ship, the
+summits appeared inaccessible, but here and there sloping spurs extended
+from them almost into the sea, buttressing the lofty elevations
+with which they were connected, and forming those radiating valleys
+I have before described. One of these ridges, which appeared more
+practicable than the rest, we determined to climb, convinced that it
+would conduct us to the heights beyond. Accordingly, we carefully
+observed its bearings and locality from the ship, so that when ashore
+we should run no chance of missing it.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In all this the leading object we had in view was to seclude ourselves
+from sight until the departure of the vessel; then to take our
+chance as to the reception the Nukuheva natives might give us; and
+after remaining upon the island as long as we found our stay agreeable,
+to leave it the first favourable opportunity that offered.
+</p>
+
+</div><hr class="page" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page26">[pg 26]</span><a name="Pg026" id="Pg026" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<a name="toc12" id="toc12"></a><a name="pdf13" id="pdf13"></a>
+<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">CHAPTER V</span></h2>
+
+<div class="tei tei-argument" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 0.90em"><span style="font-size: 90%">
+A specimen of nautical oratory—Criticisms of the sailors—The starboard
+watch are given a holiday—The escape to the mountains.
+</span></p>
+</div>
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Early the next morning the starboard watch were mustered upon the
+quarter-deck, and our worthy captain, standing in the cabin gangway,
+harangued us as follows:—
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Now, men, as we are just off a six month’s cruise, and have got
+through most all our work in port here, I suppose you want to go ashore.
+Well, I mean to give your watch liberty to-day, so you may get ready
+as soon as you please, and go; but understand this, I am going to give
+you liberty because I suppose you would growl like so many old
+quarter gunners if I didn’t; at the same time, if you’ll take my
+advice, every mother’s son of you will stay aboard, and keep out of
+the way of the bloody cannibals altogether. Ten to one, men, if you
+go ashore, you will get into some infernal row, and that will be the
+end of you; for if these tattooed scoundrels get you a little ways back
+into their valleys, they’ll nab you—that you may be certain of. Plenty
+of white men have gone ashore here and never been seen any more.
+There was the old <span class="tei tei-name"><span style="font-style: italic">Dido</span></span>, she put in here about two years ago, and
+sent one watch off on liberty; they never were heard of again for a week—the
+natives swore they didn’t know where they were—and only three
+of them ever got back to the ship again, and one with his face damaged
+for life, for the cursed heathens <a name="corr026" id="corr026" class="tei tei-anchor"></a><span class="tei tei-corr">tattooed</span> a broad patch clean across
+his figure head. But it will be no use talking to you, for go you will,
+that I see plainly; so all I have to say is, that you need not blame me
+if the islanders make a meal of you. You may stand some chance of
+escaping them though, if you keep close about the French encampment,
+and are back to the ship again before sunset. Keep that much in
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page27">[pg 27]</span><a name="Pg027" id="Pg027" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>your mind, if you forget all the rest I’ve been saying to you. There,
+go forward: bear a hand and rig yourselves, and stand by for a call.
+At two bells the boat will be manned to take you off, and the Lord have
+mercy on you!”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Various were the emotions depicted upon the countenances of the
+starboard watch whilst listening to this address; but on its conclusion
+there was a general move towards the forecastle, and we soon were all
+busily engaged in getting ready for the holiday so auspiciously announced
+by the skipper. During these preparations, his harangue was
+commented upon in no very measured terms; and one of the party, after
+denouncing him as a lying old son of a sea-cook who begrudged a fellow
+a few hours’ liberty, exclaimed with an oath, <span class="tei tei-q">“But you don’t bounce
+me out of my liberty, old chap, for all your yarns; for I would go ashore
+if every pebble on the beach was a live coal, and every stick a gridiron,
+and the cannibals stood ready to broil me on landing.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The spirit of this sentiment was responded to by all hands, and we
+resolved that in spite of the captain’s croakings we would make a
+glorious day of it.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+But Toby and I had our own game to play, and we availed ourselves
+of the confusion which always reigns among a ship’s company preparatory
+to going ashore, to confer together and complete our arrangements.
+As our object was to effect as rapid a flight as possible to
+the mountains, we determined not to encumber ourselves with any superfluous
+apparel; and accordingly, while the rest were rigging themselves
+out with some idea of making a display, we were content to put on
+new stout duck trousers, serviceable pumps, and heavy Havre frocks,
+which, with a Payta hat, completed our equipment.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+When our shipmates wondered at this, Toby exclaimed, in his odd
+grave way, that the rest might do as they liked, but that he for one preserved
+his go-ashore traps for the Spanish main, where the tie of a
+sailor’s neckerchief might make some difference; but as for a parcel of
+unbreeched heathen, he wouldn’t go to the bottom of his chest for any
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page28">[pg 28]</span><a name="Pg028" id="Pg028" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>of them, and was half disposed to appear among them in buff himself.
+The men laughed at what they thought was one of his strange conceits,
+and so we escaped suspicion.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+It may appear singular that we should have been thus on our guard
+with our own shipmates; but there were some among us who, had they
+possessed the least inkling of our project, would, for a paltry hope of
+reward, have immediately communicated it to the captain.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+As soon as two bells struck, the word was passed for the liberty-men
+to get into the boat. I lingered behind in the forecastle a moment,
+to take a parting glance at its familiar features, and just as I was
+about to ascend to the deck, my eye happened to light on the bread-barge
+and beef-kid, which contained the remnants of our last hasty
+meal. Although I had never before thought of providing anything
+in the way of food for our expedition, as I fully relied upon the fruits
+of the island to sustain us wherever we might wander, yet I could not
+resist the inclination I felt to provide a luncheon from the relics before
+me. Accordingly I took a double handful of those small, broken,
+flinty bits of biscuit which generally go by the name of <span class="tei tei-q">“midshipmen’s
+nuts,”</span> and thrust them into the bosom of my frock; in which same
+ample receptacle I had previously stowed away several pounds of tobacco
+and a few yards of cotton cloth,—articles with which I intended
+to purchase the good-will of the natives, as soon as we should appear
+among them after the departure of our vessel.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+This last addition to my stock caused a considerable protuberance
+in front, which I abated in a measure by shaking the bits of bread
+around my waist, and distributing the plugs of tobacco among the folds
+of the garment.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Hardly had I completed these arrangements when my name was sung
+out by a dozen voices, and I sprung upon the deck, where I found all
+the party in the boat, and impatient to shove off. I dropped over
+the side, and seated myself, with the rest of the watch, in the stern
+sheets, while the poor larboarders shipped their oars, and commenced
+pulling us ashore.
+</p>
+
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page29">[pg 29]</span><a name="Pg029" id="Pg029" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+This happened to be the rainy season at the islands, and the heavens
+had nearly the whole morning betokened one of those heavy showers
+which, during this period, so frequently occur. The large drops fell
+bubbling into the water shortly after our leaving the ship, and by the
+time we had effected a landing, it poured down in torrents. We fled
+for shelter under cover of an immense canoe-house, which stood hard
+by the beach, and waited for the first fury of the storm to pass.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+It continued, however, without cessation; and the monotonous beating
+of the rain overhead began to exert a drowsy influence upon the
+men, who, throwing themselves here and there upon the large war-canoes,
+after chatting awhile, all fell asleep.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+This was the opportunity we desired, and Toby and I availed ourselves
+of it at once, by stealing out of the canoe-house, and plunging
+into the depths of an extensive grove that was in its rear. After ten
+minutes’ rapid progress, we gained an open space, from which we could
+just descry the ridge we intended to mount looming dimly through the
+mists of the tropical shower, and distant from us, as we estimated,
+something more than a mile. Our direct course towards it lay through
+a rather populous part of the bay; but desirous as we were of evading
+the natives and securing an unmolested retreat to the mountains, we
+determined, by taking a circuit through some extensive thickets, to
+avoid their vicinity altogether.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The heavy rain that still continued to fall without intermission, favoured
+our enterprise, as it drove the islanders into their houses, and
+prevented any casual meeting with them. Our heavy frocks soon became
+completely saturated with water, and by their weight, and that
+of the articles we had concealed beneath them, not a little impeded our
+progress. But it was no time to pause, when at any moment we might
+be surprised by a body of the savages, and forced at the very outset to
+relinquish our undertaking.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Since leaving the canoe-house we had scarcely exchanged a single
+syllable with one another, but when we entered a second narrow opening
+in the wood, and again caught sight of the ridge before us, I took Toby
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page30">[pg 30]</span><a name="Pg030" id="Pg030" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>by the arm, and pointing along its sloping outline to the lofty heights
+at its extremity, said, in a low tone, <span class="tei tei-q">“Now, Toby, not a word, nor a
+glance backward, till we stand on the summit of yonder mountain; so
+no more lingering, but let us shove ahead while we can, and in a few
+hours’ time we may laugh aloud. You are the lightest and the nimblest,
+so lead on, and I will follow.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“All right, brother,”</span> said Toby, <span class="tei tei-q">“quick’s our play, only let’s keep
+close together, that’s all”</span>; and so saying, with a bound like a young
+roe, he cleared a brook which ran across our path, and rushed forward
+with a quick step.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+When we arrived within a short distance of the ridge, we were
+stopped by a mass of tall yellow reeds, growing together as thickly as
+they could stand, and as tough and stubborn as so many rods of steel;
+and we perceived, to our chagrin, that they extended midway up the
+elevation we proposed to ascend.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+For a moment we gazed about us in quest of a more practicable route;
+it was, however, at once apparent that there was no resource but to
+pierce this thicket of canes at all hazards. We now reversed our order
+of march, I, being the heaviest, taking the lead, with a view
+of breaking a path through the obstruction, while Toby fell into the
+rear.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Two or three times I endeavoured to insinuate myself between the
+canes, and, by dint of coaxing and bending them, to make some progress;
+but a bull-frog might as well have tried to work a passage through
+the teeth of a comb, and I gave up the attempt in despair.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Half wild with meeting an obstacle we had so little anticipated, I
+threw myself desperately against it, crushing to the ground the canes
+with which I came in contact, and rising to my feet again, repeated the
+action with like effect. Twenty minutes of this violent exercise almost
+exhausted me, but it carried us some way into the thicket; when
+Toby, who had been reaping the benefit of my labours by following
+close at my heels, proposed to become pioneer in turn, and accordingly
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page31">[pg 31]</span><a name="Pg031" id="Pg031" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>passed ahead with a view of affording me a respite from my exertions.
+As, however, with his slight frame he made but bad work of it, I was
+soon obliged to resume my old place again.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+On we toiled, the perspiration starting from our bodies in floods,
+our limbs torn and lacerated with the splintered fragments of the
+broken canes, until we had proceeded perhaps as far as the middle of
+the brake, when suddenly it ceased raining, and the atmosphere around
+us became close and sultry beyond expression. The elasticity of the
+reeds quickly recovering from the temporary pressure of our bodies,
+caused them to spring back to their original position, so that they
+closed in upon us as we advanced, and prevented the circulation of
+the little air which might otherwise have reached us. Besides this,
+their great height completely shut us out from the view of surrounding
+objects, and we were not certain but that we might have been going
+all the time in a wrong direction.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Fatigued with my long-continued efforts, and panting for breath,
+I felt myself completely incapacitated for any further exertion. I
+rolled up the sleeve of my frock, and squeezed the moisture it contained
+into my parched mouth. But the few drops I managed to obtain gave
+me little relief, and I sank down for a moment with a sort of dogged
+apathy, from which I was aroused by Toby, who had devised a plan
+to free us from the net in which we had become entangled.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+He was laying about him lustily with his sheath-knife, lopping the
+canes right and left, like a reaper, and soon made quite a clearing
+around us. This sight reanimated me; and seizing my own knife, I
+hacked and hewed away without mercy. But, alas! the farther we advanced
+the thicker and taller, and apparently the more interminable,
+the reeds became.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I began to think we were fairly snared, and had almost made up my
+mind that without a pair of wings we should never be able to escape
+from the toils, when all at once I discerned a peep of daylight through
+the canes on my right, and, communicating the joyful tidings to Toby,
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page32">[pg 32]</span><a name="Pg032" id="Pg032" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>we both fell to with fresh spirit, and speedily opening a passage towards
+it, we found ourselves clear of perplexities, and in the near vicinity of
+the ridge.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+After resting for a few moments we began the ascent, and after
+a little vigorous climbing found ourselves close to its summit. Instead,
+however, of walking along its ridge, where we should have been in full
+view of the natives in the vales beneath, and at a point where they
+could easily intercept us, were they so inclined, we cautiously advanced
+on one side, crawling on our hands and knees, and screened from observation
+by the grass through which we glided, much in the fashion
+of a couple of serpents. After an hour employed in this unpleasant
+kind of locomotion, we started to our feet again, and pursued our way
+boldly along the crest of the ridge.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+This salient spur of the lofty elevations that encompassed the bay,
+rose with sharp angle from the valleys at its base, and presented, with
+the exception of a few steep acclivities, the appearance of a vast inclined
+plane, sweeping down towards the sea from the heights in the
+distance. We had ascended it near the place of its termination, and at
+its lowest point, and now saw our route to the mountains distinctly
+defined along its narrow crest, which was covered with a soft carpet of
+verdure, and was in many parts only a few feet wide.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Elated with the success which had so far attended our enterprise,
+and invigorated by the refreshing atmosphere we now inhaled, Toby
+and I, in high spirits, were making our way rapidly along the ridge
+when suddenly from the valleys below, which lay on either side of us,
+we heard the distant shouts of the natives, who had just descried us,
+and to whom our figures, brought in bold relief against the sky, were
+plainly revealed.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Glancing our eyes into these valleys, we perceived their savage inhabitants
+hurrying to and fro, seemingly under the influence of some
+sudden alarm, and appearing to the eye scarcely bigger than so many
+pigmies, while their white thatched dwellings, dwarfed by the distance,
+looked like baby-houses. As we looked down upon the islanders from
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page33">[pg 33]</span><a name="Pg033" id="Pg033" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>our lofty elevation, we experienced a sense of security; feeling confident
+that, should they undertake a pursuit, it would, from the start we now
+had, proved entirely fruitless, unless they followed us into the mountains,
+where we knew they cared not to venture.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+However, we thought it was well to make the most of our time; and
+accordingly, where the ground would admit of it, we ran swiftly along
+the summit of the ridge, until we were brought to a stand by a steep
+cliff, which at first seemed to interpose an effectual barrier to our farther
+advance. By dint of much hard scrambling, however, and at some
+risk to our necks, we at last surmounted it, and continued our flight
+with unabated celerity.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+We had left the beach early in the morning, and after an uninterrupted,
+though at times difficult and dangerous ascent, during which
+we had never once turned our faces to the sea, we found ourselves,
+about three hours before sunset, standing on the top of what seemed
+to be the highest land on the island, an immense overhanging cliff
+composed of basaltic rocks, hung round with parasitical plants. We
+must have been more than three thousand feet above the level of the
+sea, and the scenery viewed from this height was magnificent.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The lonely bay of Nukuheva, dotted here and there with the black
+hulls of the vessels composing the French squadron, lay reposing at
+the base of a circular range of elevations, whose verdant sides, perforated
+with deep glens, or diversified with smiling valleys, formed
+altogether the loveliest view I ever beheld, and were I to live a hundred
+years, I shall never forget the feeling of admiration which I then experienced.
+</p>
+
+</div><hr class="page" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page34">[pg 34]</span><a name="Pg034" id="Pg034" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<a name="toc14" id="toc14"></a><a name="pdf15" id="pdf15"></a>
+<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">CHAPTER VI</span></h2>
+
+<div class="tei tei-argument" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 0.90em"><span style="font-size: 90%">
+The other side of the mountain—Disappointment—Inventory of articles
+brought from the ship—Division of the stock of bread—Appearance of
+the interior of the island—A discovery—A ravine and waterfalls—A
+sleepless night—Further discoveries—My illness—A Marquesan landscape.
+</span></p>
+</div>
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+My curiosity had been not a little raised with regard to the description
+of country we should meet on the other side of the mountains; and
+I had supposed, with Toby, that immediately on gaining the heights
+we should be enabled to view the large bays of Happar and Typee
+reposing at our feet on one side, in the same way that Nukuheva lay
+spread out below on the other. But here we were disappointed. Instead
+of finding the mountain we had ascended sweeping down in the
+opposite direction into broad and capacious valleys, the land appeared
+to retain its general elevation, only broken into a series of ridges and
+inter-vales, which as far as the eye could reach stretched away from
+us, with their precipitous sides covered with the brightest verdure,
+and waving here and there with the foliage of clumps of woodland;
+among which, however, we perceived none of those trees upon whose
+fruit we had relied with such certainty.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+This was a most unlooked-for discovery, and one that promised to defeat
+our plans altogether, for we could not think of descending the
+mountain on the Nukuheva side in quest of food. Should we for this
+purpose be induced to retrace our steps, we should run no small chance
+of encountering the natives, who in that case, if they did nothing
+worse to us, would be certain to convey us back to the ship for
+the sake of the reward in calico and trinkets, which we had no
+doubt our skipper would hold out to them as an inducement to our
+capture.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+What was to be done? The <span class="tei tei-name"><span style="font-style: italic">Dolly</span></span> would not sail perhaps for ten
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page35">[pg 35]</span><a name="Pg035" id="Pg035" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>days, and how were we to sustain life during this period? I bitterly
+repented our improvidence in not providing ourselves, as we easily
+might have done, with a supply of biscuit. With a rueful visage I
+now bethought me of the scanty handful of bread I had stuffed into the
+bosom of my frock, and felt somewhat desirous to ascertain what part of
+it had weathered the rather rough usage it had experienced in ascending
+the mountain. I accordingly proposed to Toby that we should enter
+into a joint examination of the various articles we had brought from the
+ship. With this intent we seated ourselves upon the grass; and a
+little curious to see with what kind of judgment my companion had
+filled his frock—which I remarked seemed about as well lined as my
+own—I requested him to commence operations by spreading out its contents.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Thrusting his hand, then, into the bosom of his capacious receptacle,
+he first brought to light about a pound of tobacco, whose component
+parts still adhered together, the whole outside being covered with soft
+particles of sea-bread. Wet and dripping, it had the appearance of
+having been just recovered from the bottom of the sea. But I paid
+slight attention to a substance of so little value to us in our present
+situation, as soon as I perceived the indications it gave of Toby’s
+foresight in laying in a supply of food for the expedition.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I eagerly inquired what quantity he had brought with him, when
+rummaging once more beneath his garment, he produced a small handful
+of something so soft, pulpy, and discoloured, that for a few moments
+he was as much puzzled as myself to tell by what possible instrumentality
+such a villanous compound had become engendered in his bosom.
+I can only describe it as a hash of soaked bread and bits of tobacco,
+brought to a doughy consistency by the united agency of perspiration
+and rain. But repulsive as it might otherwise have been, I now regarded
+it as an invaluable treasure, and proceeded with great care to
+transfer this paste-like mass to a large leaf which I had plucked from a
+bush beside me. Toby informed me that in the morning he had placed
+two whole biscuits in his bosom, with a view of munching them, should
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page36">[pg 36]</span><a name="Pg036" id="Pg036" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>he feel so inclined, during our flight. These were now reduced to the
+equivocal substance which I had just placed on the leaf.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Another dive into the frock brought to view some four or five yards
+of calico print, whose tasteful pattern was rather disfigured by the
+yellow stains of the tobacco with which it had been brought in contact.
+In drawing this calico slowly from his bosom inch by inch,
+Toby reminded me of a juggler performing the feat of the endless ribbon.
+The next cast was a small one, being a sailor’s little <span class="tei tei-q">“ditty bag,”</span>
+containing needles, thread, and other sewing utensils; then came a
+razor-case, followed by two or three separate plugs of negro-head, which
+were fished up from the bottom of the now empty receptacle. These
+various matters being inspected, I produced a few things which I had
+myself brought.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+As might have been anticipated from the state of my companion’s
+edible supplies, I found my own in a deplorable condition, and diminished
+to a quantity that would not have formed half a dozen mouthfuls
+for a hungry man who was partial enough to tobacco not to mind
+swallowing it. A few morsels of bread, with a fathom or two of
+white cotton cloth, and several pounds of choice pigtail, composed the
+extent of my possessions.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Our joint stock of miscellaneous articles were now made up into a
+compact bundle, which it was agreed we should carry alternately. But
+the sorry remains of the biscuit were not to be disposed of so summarily:
+the precarious circumstances in which we were placed made
+us regard them as something on which very probably depended the
+fate of our adventure. After a brief discussion, in which we both of
+us expressed our resolution of not descending into the bay until the
+ship’s departure, I suggested to my companion that little of it as there
+was, we should divide the bread into six equal portions, each of which
+should be a day’s allowance for both of us. This proposition he assented
+to; so I took the silk kerchief from my neck, and cutting it with
+my knife into half a dozen equal pieces, proceeded to make an exact
+division.
+</p>
+
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page37">[pg 37]</span><a name="Pg037" id="Pg037" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+At first, Toby, with a degree of fastidiousness that seemed to me ill-timed,
+was for picking out the minute particles of tobacco with which
+the spongy mass was mixed; but against this proceeding I protested,
+as by such an operation we must have greatly diminished its quantity.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+When the division was accomplished, we found that a day’s allowance
+for the two was not a great deal more than what a table-spoon
+might hold. Each separate portion we immediately rolled up in the
+bit of silk prepared for it, and joining them all together into a small
+package, I committed them, with solemn injunctions of fidelity, to the
+custody of Toby. For the remainder of that day we resolved to fast,
+as we had been fortified by a breakfast in the morning; and now starting
+again to our feet, we looked about us for a shelter during the
+night, which, from the appearance of the heavens, promised to be a
+dark and tempestuous one.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+There was no place near us which would in any way answer our
+purpose; so turning our backs upon Nukuheva, we commenced exploring
+the unknown regions which lay upon the other side of the
+mountain.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In this direction, as far as our vision extended, not a sign of life,
+nor anything that denoted even the transient residence of man could
+be seen. The whole landscape seemed one unbroken solitude, the interior
+of the island having apparently been untenanted since the morning
+of the creation; and as we advanced through this wilderness, our
+voices sounded strangely in our ears, as though human accents had
+never before disturbed the fearful silence of the place, interrupted only
+by the low murmurings of distant waterfalls.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Our disappointment, however, in not finding the various fruits with
+which we had intended to regale ourselves during our stay in these
+wilds, was a good deal lessened by the consideration that from this
+very circumstance we should be much less exposed to a casual meeting
+with the savage tribes about us, who we knew always dwelt beneath the
+shadows of those trees which supplied them with food.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+We wandered along, casting eager glances into every bush we passed,
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page38">[pg 38]</span><a name="Pg038" id="Pg038" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>until just as we had succeeded in mounting one of the many ridges
+that intersected the ground, I saw in the grass before me something
+like an indistinctly traced footpath, which appeared to lead along the
+top of the ridge, and to descend with it into a deep ravine about half
+a mile in advance of us.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Robinson Crusoe could not have been more startled at the footprint
+in the sand than we were at this unwelcome discovery. My first
+impulse was to make as rapid a retreat as possible, and bend our steps
+in some other direction; but our curiosity to see whither this path
+might lead, prompted us to pursue it. So on we went, the track becoming
+more and more visible the farther we proceeded, until it conducted
+us to the verge of the ravine, where it abruptly terminated.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“And so,”</span> said Toby, peering down into the chasm, <span class="tei tei-q">“every one that
+travels this path takes a jump here, eh?”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Not so,”</span> said I, <span class="tei tei-q">“for I think they might manage to descend without
+it; what say you,—shall we attempt the feat?”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“And what, in the name of caves and coal-holes, do you expect to
+find at the bottom of that gulf but a broken neck—why, it looks blacker
+than our ship’s hold, and the roar of those waterfalls down there would
+batter one’s brains to pieces.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Oh, no, Toby,”</span> I exclaimed, laughing; <span class="tei tei-q">“but there’s something to be
+seen here, that’s plain, or there would have been no path, and I am
+resolved to find out what it is.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“I will tell you what, my pleasant fellow,”</span> rejoined Toby, quickly,
+<span class="tei tei-q">“if you are going to pry into everything you meet with here that excites
+your curiosity, you will marvellously soon get knocked on the head;
+to a dead certainty you will come bang upon a party of these savages
+in the midst of your discovery-makings, and I doubt whether such an
+event would particularly delight you. Just take my advice for once,
+and let us ’bout ship and steer in some other direction; besides, it’s
+getting late, and we ought to be mooring ourselves for the night.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“That is just the thing I have been driving at,”</span> replied I; <span class="tei tei-q">“and I
+am thinking that this ravine will exactly answer our purpose, for it is
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page39">[pg 39]</span><a name="Pg039" id="Pg039" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>roomy, secluded, well watered, and may shelter us from the weather.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Ay, and from sleep too, and by the same token will give us sore
+throats, and rheumatism into the bargain,”</span> cried Toby, with evident
+dislike at the idea.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Oh, very well then, my lad,”</span> said I, <span class="tei tei-q">“since you will not accompany
+me, here I go, alone. You will see me in the morning”</span>; and advancing
+to the edge of the cliff upon which we had been standing, I proceeded
+to lower myself down by the tangled roots which clustered
+about all the crevices of the rock. As I had anticipated, Toby, in
+spite of his previous remonstrances, followed my example, and dropping
+himself with the activity of a squirrel from point to point, he quickly
+outstripped me, and effected a landing at the bottom before I had accomplished
+two-thirds of the descent.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The sight that now greeted us was one that will ever be vividly impressed
+upon my mind. Five foaming streams, rushing through as
+many gorges, and swelled and turbid by the recent rains, united together
+in one mad plunge of nearly eighty feet, and fell with wild
+uproar into a deep black pool scooped out of the gloomy-looking rocks
+that lay piled around, and thence in one collected body dashed down a
+narrow sloping channel which seemed to penetrate into the very bowels
+of the earth. Overhead, vast roots of trees hung down from the sides
+of the ravine, dripping with moisture, and trembling with the concussions
+produced by the fall. It was now sunset, and the feeble uncertain
+light that found its way into these caverns and woody depths
+heightened their strange appearance, and reminded us that in a short
+time we should find ourselves in utter darkness.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+As soon as I had satisfied my curiosity by gazing at this scene, I fell
+to wondering how it was that what we had taken for a path should
+have conducted us to so singular a place, and began to suspect that
+after all I might have been deceived in supposing it to have been a
+track formed by the islanders. This was rather an agreeable reflection
+than otherwise, for it diminished our dread of accidentally meeting with
+any of them, and I came to the conclusion that perhaps we could not
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page40">[pg 40]</span><a name="Pg040" id="Pg040" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>have selected a more secure hiding-place than this very spot we had
+so accidentally hit upon. Toby agreed with me in this view of the matter,
+and we immediately began gathering together the limbs of trees
+which lay scattered about, with the view of constructing a temporary
+hut for the night. This we were obliged to build close to the foot of the
+cataract for the current of water extended very nearly to the sides of the
+gorge. The few moments of light that remained we employed in covering
+our hut with a species of broad-bladed grass that grew in every
+fissure of the ravine. Our hut, if it deserved to be called one, consisted
+of six or eight of the straightest branches we could find laid
+obliquely against the steep wall of rock, with their lowered ends within
+a foot of the stream. Into the space thus covered over we managed
+to crawl, and dispose our wearied bodies as best we could.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Shall I ever forget that horrid night! As for poor Toby, I could
+scarcely get a word out of him. It would have been some consolation
+to have heard his voice, but he lay shivering the live-long night like
+a man afflicted with the palsy, with his knees drawn up to his head,
+while his back was supported against the dripping side of the rock.
+During this wretched night there seemed nothing wanting to complete
+the perfect misery of our condition. The rain descended in such
+torrents that our poor shelter proved a mere mockery. In vain did
+I try to elude the incessant streams that poured upon me; by protecting
+one part I only exposed another, and the water was continually
+finding some new opening through which to drench us.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I have had many a ducking in the course of my life, and in general
+cared little about it: but the accumulated horrors of that night,
+the death-like coldness of the place, the appalling darkness and the
+dismal sense of our forlorn condition, almost unmanned me.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+It will not be doubted that the next morning we were early risers,
+and as soon as I could catch the faintest glimpse of anything like
+daylight I shook my companion by the arm, and told him it was sunrise.
+Poor Toby lifted up his head, and after a moment’s pause said,
+in a husky voice, <span class="tei tei-q">“Then, shipmate, my toplights have gone out, for it
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page41">[pg 41]</span><a name="Pg041" id="Pg041" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>appears darker now with my eyes open than it did when they were shut.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Nonsense!”</span> exclaimed I; <span class="tei tei-q">“you are not awake yet.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Awake!”</span> roared Toby, in a rage; <span class="tei tei-q">“awake! You mean to insinuate
+I’ve been asleep, do you? It is an insult to a man to suppose he could
+sleep in such a place as this.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+By the time I had apologized to my friend for having misconstrued
+his silence, it had become somewhat more light, and we crawled out of
+our lair. The rain had ceased, but everything around us was dripping
+with moisture. We stripped off our saturated garments, and wrung
+them as dry as we could. We contrived to make the blood circulate
+in our benumbed limbs by rubbing them vigorously with our hands;
+and after performing our ablutions in the stream, and putting on our
+still wet clothes, we began to think it advisable to break our long fast,
+it being now twenty-four hours since we had tasted food.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Accordingly, our day’s ration was brought out, and seating ourselves
+on a detached fragment of rock, we proceeded to discuss it.
+First we divided it into equal portions, and carefully rolling one
+of them up for our evening’s repast, divided the remainder again as
+equally as possible, and then drew lots for the first choice. I could
+have placed the morsel that fell to my share upon the tip of my
+finger; but notwithstanding this, I took care that it should be full ten
+minutes before I had swallowed the last crumb. What a true saying it
+is that <span class="tei tei-q">“appetite furnishes the best sauce”</span>! There was a flavour and a
+relish to this small particle of food that, under other circumstances, it
+would have been impossible for the most delicate viands to have imparted.
+A copious draught of the pure water which flowed at our feet
+served to complete the meal, and after it we rose sensibly refreshed,
+and prepared for whatever might befall us.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+We now carefully examined the chasm in which we had passed the
+night. We crossed the stream, and gaining the farther side of the
+pool I have mentioned, discovered proofs that the spot must have been
+visited by some one but a short time previous to our arrival. Further
+observation convinced us that it had been regularly frequented, and,
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page42">[pg 42]</span><a name="Pg042" id="Pg042" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>as we afterwards conjectured from particular indications, for the purpose
+of obtaining a certain root, from which the natives obtained a kind
+of ointment.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+These discoveries immediately determined us to abandon a place
+which had presented no inducement for us to remain, except the promise
+of security; and as we looked about us for the means of ascending
+again into the upper regions, we at last found a practicable part
+of the rock, and half-an-hour’s toil carried us to the summit of the
+same cliff from which the preceding evening we had descended.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I now proposed to Toby that instead of rambling about the island,
+exposing ourselves to discovery at every turn, we should select some
+place as our fixed abode for as long a period as our food should hold
+out, build ourselves a comfortable hut, and be as prudent and circumspect
+as possible. To all this my companion assented, and we at once
+set about carrying the plan into execution.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+With this view, after exploring without success a little glen near us,
+we crossed several of the ridges of which I have before spoken; and
+about noon found ourselves ascending a long and gradually rising
+slope, but still without having discovered any place adapted to our purpose.
+Low and heavy clouds betokened an approaching storm, and
+we hurried on to gain a covert in a clump of thick bushes, which appeared
+to terminate the long ascent. We threw ourselves under the lee
+of these bushes, and pulling up the long grass that grew around, covered
+ourselves completely with it, and awaited the shower.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+But it did not come as soon as we had expected, and before many
+minutes my companion was fast asleep, and I was rapidly falling into
+the same state of happy forgetfulness. Just at this juncture, however,
+down came the rain with a violence that put all thoughts of
+slumber to flight. Although in some measure sheltered, our clothes
+soon became as wet as ever; this, after all the trouble we had taken
+to dry them, was provoking enough: but there was no help for it; and
+I recommend all adventurous youths who abandon vessels in
+roman<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page43">[pg 43]</span><a name="Pg043" id="Pg043" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>tic islands during the rainy season, to provide themselves with umbrellas.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+After an hour or so the shower passed away. My companion slept
+through it all, or at least appeared so to do; and now that it was over
+I had not the heart to awaken him. As I lay on my back completely
+shrouded with verdure, the leafy branches drooping over me, and my
+limbs buried in grass, I could not avoid comparing our situation with
+that of the interesting babes in the wood. Poor little sufferers!—no
+wonder their constitutions broke down under the hardships to which
+they were exposed.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+During the hour or two spent under the shelter of these bushes,
+I began to feel symptoms which I at once attributed to the exposure of
+the preceding night. Cold shiverings and a burning fever succeeded
+one another at intervals, while one of my legs was swelled to such a
+degree, and pained me so acutely, that I half suspected I had been
+bitten by some venomous reptile, the congenial inhabitant of the chasm
+from which we had lately emerged. I may here remark by the way—what
+I subsequently learned—that all the islands of Polynesia enjoy
+the reputation, in common with the Hibernian isle, of being free from
+the presence of any vipers; though whether Saint Patrick ever visited
+them, is a question I shall not attempt to decide.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+As the feverish sensation increased upon me I tossed about, still unwilling
+to disturb my slumbering companion, from whose side I removed
+two or three yards. I chanced to push aside a branch, and by
+so doing suddenly disclosed to my view a scene which even now I can
+recall with all the vividness of the first impression. Had a glimpse
+of the gardens of Paradise been revealed to me, I could scarcely have
+been more ravished with the sight.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+From the spot where I lay tranfixed with surprise and delight, I
+looked straight down into the bosom of a valley, which swept away
+in long wavy undulations to the blue waters in the distance. Midway
+towards the sea, and peering here and there amidst the foliage, might
+be seen the palmetto-thatched houses of its inhabitants, glistening in
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page44">[pg 44]</span><a name="Pg044" id="Pg044" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>the sun that had bleached them to a dazzling whiteness. The vale was
+more than three leagues in length, and about a mile across at its
+greatest width.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+On either side it appeared hemmed in by steep and green acclivities,
+which, uniting near the spot where I lay, formed an abrupt and semi-circular
+termination of grassy cliffs and precipices hundreds of feet
+in height, over which flowed numberless small cascades. But the
+crowning beauty of the prospect was its universal verdure; and in
+this indeed consists, I believe, the peculiar charm of every Polynesian
+landscape. Everywhere below me, from the base of the precipice
+upon whose very verge I had been unconsciously reposing, the surface
+of the vale presented a mass of foliage, spread with such rich profusion
+that it was impossible to determine of what description of trees
+it consisted.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+But perhaps there was nothing about the scenery I beheld more impressive
+than those silent cascades, whose slender threads of water,
+after leaping down the steep cliffs, were lost amidst the rich herbage
+of the valley.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Over all the landscape there reigned the most hushed repose, which
+I almost feared to break, lest, like the enchanted gardens in the fairy
+tale, a single syllable might dissolve the spell. For a long time, forgetful
+alike of my own situation, and the vicinity of my still slumbering
+companion, I remained gazing around me, hardly able to comprehend
+by what means I had thus suddenly been made a spectator of such a
+scene.
+</p>
+
+</div><hr class="page" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page45">[pg 45]</span><a name="Pg045" id="Pg045" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<a name="toc16" id="toc16"></a><a name="pdf17" id="pdf17"></a>
+<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">CHAPTER VII</span></h2>
+
+<div class="tei tei-argument" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 0.90em"><span style="font-size: 90%">
+The important question, Typee or Happar?—A wild-goose chase—My sufferings—Disheartening
+situation—A night in the ravine—Morning meal—Happy
+idea of Toby—Journey towards the valley.
+</span></p>
+</div>
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Recovering from my astonishment at the beautiful scene before me,
+I quickly awakened Toby, and informed him of the discovery I had
+made. Together we now repaired to the border of the precipice, and
+my companion’s admiration was equal to my own. A little reflection,
+however, abated our surprise at coming so unexpectedly upon this
+valley, since the large vales of Happar and Typee, lying upon this side
+of Nukuheva, and extending a considerable distance from the sea towards
+the interior, must necessarily terminate somewhere about this
+point.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The question now was as to which of those two places we were looking
+down upon. Toby insisted that it was the abode of the Happars,
+and I that it was tenanted by their enemies, the ferocious Typees. To
+be sure I was not entirely convinced by my own arguments, but Toby’s
+proposition to descend at once into the valley, and partake of the
+hospitality of its inmates, seemed to me to be risking so much upon the
+strength of a mere supposition, that I resolved to oppose it until we
+had more evidence to proceed upon.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The point was one of vital importance, as the natives of Happar
+were not only at peace with Nukuheva, but cultivated with its inhabitants
+the most friendly relations, and enjoyed beside a reputation for
+gentleness and humanity which led us to expect from them, if not
+a cordial reception, at least a shelter during the short period we should
+remain in their territory.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+On the other hand, the very name of Typee struck a panic into my
+heart which I did not attempt to disguise. The thought of voluntarily
+throwing ourselves into the hands of these cruel savages, seemed to
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page46">[pg 46]</span><a name="Pg046" id="Pg046" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>me an act of mere madness; and almost equally so the idea of venturing
+into the valley, uncertain by which of these two tribes it was inhabited.
+That the vale at our feet was tenanted by one of them, was
+a point that appeared to us past all doubt, since we knew that they resided
+in this quarter, although our information did not enlighten us
+further.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+My companion, however, incapable of resisting the tempting prospect
+which the place held out of an abundant supply of food and other
+means of enjoyment, still clung to his own inconsiderate view of the
+subject, nor could all my reasoning shake it. When I reminded him
+that it was impossible for either of us to know anything with certainty,
+and when I dealt upon the horrible fate we should encounter were we
+rashly to descend into the valley, and discover too late the error we
+had committed, he replied by detailing all the evils of our present condition,
+and the sufferings we must undergo should we continue to remain
+where we then were.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Anxious to draw him away from the subject, if possible—for I saw
+that it would be in vain to attempt changing his mind—I directed
+his attention to a long bright unwooded tract of land which, sweeping
+down from the elevations in the interior, descended into the valley before
+us. I then suggested to him that beyond this ridge might lie
+a capacious and untenanted valley, abounding with all manner of
+delicious fruits; for I had heard that there were several such upon
+the island, and proposed that we should endeavour to reach it, and if
+we found our expectations realized we should at once take refuge in
+it and remain there as long as we pleased.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+He acquiesced in the suggestion; and we immediately, therefore,
+began surveying the country lying before us, with a view of determining
+upon the best route for us to pursue; but it presented little choice,
+the whole interval being broken into steep ridges, divided by dark
+ravines, extending in parallel lines at right angles to our direct course.
+All these we would be obliged to cross before we could hope to arrive
+at our destination.
+</p>
+
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page47">[pg 47]</span><a name="Pg047" id="Pg047" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+A weary journey! But we decided to undertake it, though, for
+my own part, I felt little prepared to encounter its fatigues, shivering
+and burning by turns with the ague and fever; for I know not how
+else to describe the alternate sensations I experienced, and suffering
+not a little from the lameness which afflicted me. Added to this
+was the faintness consequent on our meagre diet—a calamity in which
+Toby participated to the same extent as myself.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+These circumstances, however, only augmented my anxiety to reach
+a place which promised us plenty and repose, before I should be reduced
+to a state which would render me altogether unable to perform
+the journey. Accordingly we now commenced it by descending the
+almost perpendicular side of a steep and narrow gorge, bristling with a
+thick growth of reeds. Here there was but one mode for us to adopt.
+We seated ourselves upon the ground, and guided our descent by
+catching at the canes in our path. The velocity with which we thus
+slid down the side of the ravine soon brought us to a point where we
+could use our feet, and in a short time we arrived at the edge of the
+torrent, which rolled impetuously along the bed of the chasm.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+After taking a refreshing draught from the water of the stream,
+we addressed ourselves to a much more difficult undertaking than the
+last. Every foot of our late descent had to be regained in ascending
+the opposite side of the gorge—an operation rendered the less agreeable
+from the consideration that in these perpendicular episodes we
+did not progress a hundred yards on our journey. But, ungrateful
+as the task was, we set about it with exemplary patience, and after a
+snail-like progress of an hour or more, had scaled perhaps one half
+of the distance, when the fever which had left me for awhile returned
+with such violence, and accompanied by so raging a thirst, that
+it required all the entreaties of Toby to prevent me from losing all
+the fruits of my late exertion, by precipitating myself madly down the
+cliffs we had just climbed, in quest of the water which flowed so temptingly
+at their base. At the moment all my hopes and fears appeared
+to be merged in this one desire, careless of the consequences that
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page48">[pg 48]</span><a name="Pg048" id="Pg048" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>might result from its gratification. I am aware of no feeling, either
+of pleasure or of pain, that so completely deprives one of all power
+to resist its impulses, as this same raging thirst.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Toby earnestly conjured me to continue the ascent, assuring me that
+a little more exertion would bring us to the summit, and that then in
+less than five minutes we should find ourselves at the brink of the
+stream, which must necessarily flow on the other side of the ridge.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Do not,”</span> he exclaimed, <span class="tei tei-q">“turn back, now that we have proceeded
+thus far; for I tell you that neither of us will have the courage to repeat
+the attempt, if once more we find ourselves looking up to where
+we now are from the bottom of these rocks!”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I was not yet so perfectly beside myself as to be heedless of these
+representations, and therefore toiled on, ineffectually endeavouring to
+appease the thirst which consumed me, by thinking that in a short
+time I should be able to gratify it to my heart’s content.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+At last we gained the top of the second elevation, the loftiest of those
+I have described as extending in parallel lines between us and the
+valley we desired to reach. It commanded a view of the whole intervening
+distance; and, discouraged as I was by other circumstances,
+this prospect plunged me into the very depths of despair. Nothing
+but dark and fearful chasms, separated by sharp crested and perpendicular
+ridges as far as the eye could reach. Could we have stepped from
+summit to summit of these steep but narrow elevations we could easily
+have accomplished the distance; but we must penetrate to the bottom
+of every yawning gulf, and scale in succession every one of the eminences
+before us. Even Toby, although not suffering as I did, was not
+proof against the disheartening influences of the sight.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+But we did not long stand to contemplate it, impatient as I was
+to reach the waters of the torrent which flowed beneath us. With an
+insensibility to danger which I cannot call to mind without shuddering,
+we threw ourselves down the depths of the ravine, startling its savage
+solitudes with the echoes produced by the falling fragments of rock
+we every moment dislodged from their places, careless of the
+insecu<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page49">[pg 49]</span><a name="Pg049" id="Pg049" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>rity of our footing, and reckless whether the slight roots and twigs we
+clutched at sustained us for the while, or treacherously yielded to our
+grasp. For my own part, I scarcely knew whether I was helplessly
+falling from the heights above, or whether the fearful rapidity with
+which I descended was an act of my own volition.
+</p>
+    <a name="illus2" id="illus2" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"></p><div class="tei tei-figure" style="text-align: center"><img src="images/illus2th.jpg" width="315" height="400" alt="Illustration: AT LAST WE GAINED THE TOP OF THE SECOND ELEVATION" title="AT LAST WE GAINED THE TOP OF THE SECOND ELEVATION" /><div class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.00em; margin-top: 1.00em"><a href="images/illus2.jpg" class="tei tei-xref" style="text-align: center"><span class="tei tei-hi" style="text-align: center"><span style="font-size: 90%">AT LAST WE GAINED THE TOP OF THE SECOND
+      ELEVATION</span></span></a></div></div>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In a few minutes we reached the foot of the gorge, and kneeling
+upon a small ledge of dripping rocks, I bent over to the stream. What
+a delicious sensation was I now to experience! I paused for a second
+to concentrate all my capabilities of enjoyment, and then immerged
+my lips in the clear element before me. Had the apples of Sodom
+turned to ashes in my mouth, I could not have felt a more startling revulsion.
+A single drop of the cold fluid seemed to freeze every drop
+of blood in my body; the fever that had been burning in my veins
+gave place on the instant to death-like chills, which shook me one
+after another like so many shocks of electricity, while the perspiration
+produced by my late violent exertions congealed in icy beads
+upon my forehead. My thirst was gone, and I fairly loathed the
+water. Starting to my feet, the sight of those dank rocks, oozing forth
+moisture at every crevice, and the dark stream shooting along its dismal
+channel, sent fresh chills through my shivering frame, and I felt
+as uncontrollable a desire to climb up towards the genial sunlight as
+I before had to descend the ravine.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+After two hours’ perilous exertions we stood upon the summit of
+another ridge, and it was with difficulty I could bring myself to
+believe that we had ever penetrated the black and yawning chasm which
+then gaped at our feet. Again we gazed upon the prospect which the
+height commanded, but it was just as depressing as the one which had
+before met our eyes. I now felt that in our present situation it was
+in vain for us to think of ever overcoming the obstacles in our way,
+and I gave up all thoughts of reaching the vale which lay beyond this
+series of impediments; while at the same time I could not devise
+any scheme to extricate ourselves from the difficulties in which we
+were involved.
+</p>
+
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page50">[pg 50]</span><a name="Pg050" id="Pg050" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The remotest idea of returning to Nukuheva unless assured of our
+vessel’s departure, never once entered my mind, and indeed it was
+questionable whether we could have succeeded in reaching it, divided
+as we were from the bay by a distance we could not compute, and perplexed
+too in our remembrance of localities by our recent wanderings.
+Besides, it was unendurable the thought of retracing our steps and
+rendering all our painful exertions of no avail.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+There is scarcely anything when a man is in difficulties that he is
+more disposed to look upon with abhorrence than a right-about retrograde
+movement—a systematic going over of the already trodden
+ground: and especially if he has a love of adventure, such a course
+appears indescribably repulsive, so long as there remains the least hope
+to be derived from braving untried difficulties.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+It was this feeling that prompted us to descend the opposite side
+of the elevation we had just scaled, although with what definite object
+in view it would have been impossible for either of us to tell.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Without exchanging a syllable upon the subject, Toby and myself
+simultaneously renounced the design which had lured us thus far—perceiving
+in each other’s countenances that desponding expression
+which speaks more eloquently than words.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Together we stood towards the close of this weary day in the cavity
+of the third gorge we had entered, wholly incapacitated for any further
+exertion, until restored to some degree of strength by food and repose.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+We seated ourselves upon the least uncomfortable spot we could select,
+and Toby produced from the bosom of his frock the sacred package.
+In silence we partook of the small morsel of refreshment that
+had been left from the morning’s repast, and without once proposing to
+violate the sanctity of our engagement with respect to the remainder,
+we rose to our feet, and proceeded to construct some sort of shelter
+under which we might obtain the sleep we so greatly needed.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Fortunately the spot was better adapted to our purpose than the
+one in which we had passed the last wretched night. We cleared away
+the tall reeds from a small but almost level bit of ground, and twisted
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page51">[pg 51]</span><a name="Pg051" id="Pg051" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>them into a low basket-like hut, which we covered with a profusion
+of long thick leaves, gathered from a tree near at hand. We disposed
+them thickly all around, reserving only a slight opening that
+barely permitted us to crawl under the shelter we had thus obtained.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+These deep recesses, though protected from the winds that assail
+the summits of their lofty sides, are damp and chill to a degree that
+one would hardly anticipate in such a climate; and being unprovided
+with anything but our woollen frocks and thin duck trousers to resist
+the cold of the place, we were the more solicitous to render our
+habitation for the night as comfortable as we could. Accordingly,
+in addition to what we had already done, we plucked down all the
+leaves within our reach and threw them in a heap over our little hut,
+into which we now crept, raking after us a reserved supply to form
+our couch.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+That night nothing but the pain I suffered prevented me from
+sleeping most refreshingly. As it was, I caught two or three naps,
+while Toby slept away at my side as soundly as though he had been
+sandwiched between two Holland sheets. Luckily it did not rain, and
+we were preserved from the misery which a heavy shower would have
+occasioned us.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In the morning I was awakened by the sonorous voice of my companion
+ringing in my ears and bidding me rise. I crawled out from
+our heap of leaves, and was astonished at the change which a good
+night’s rest had wrought in his appearance. He was as blithe and
+joyous as a young bird, and was staying the keenness of his morning’s
+appetite by chewing the soft bark of a delicate branch he held in his
+hand, and he recommended the like to me, as an admirable antidote
+against the gnawings of hunger.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+For my own part, though feeling materially better than I had done
+the preceding evening, I could not look at the limb that had pained
+me so violently at intervals during the last twenty-four hours, without
+experiencing a sense of alarm that I strove in vain to shake off. Unwilling
+to disturb the flow of my comrade’s spirits, I managed to
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page52">[pg 52]</span><a name="Pg052" id="Pg052" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>stifle the complaints to which I might otherwise have given vent, and
+calling upon him good-humouredly to speed our banquet, I prepared
+myself for it by washing in the stream. This operation concluded,
+we swallowed, or rather absorbed, by a peculiar kind of slow sucking
+process, our respective morsels of nourishment, and then entered
+into a discussion as to the steps it was necessary for us to pursue.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“What’s to be done now?”</span> inquired I, rather dolefully.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“<a name="corr052" id="corr052" class="tei tei-anchor"></a><span class="tei tei-corr">Descend</span> into that same valley we descried yesterday,”</span> rejoined
+Toby, with a rapidity and loudness of utterance that almost led me
+to suspect he had been slyly devouring the broadside of an ox in some
+of the adjoining thickets. <span class="tei tei-q">“What else,”</span> he continued, <span class="tei tei-q">“remains for
+us to do but that, to be sure? Why, we shall both starve, to a certainty,
+if we remain here; and as to your fears of those Typees—depend
+upon it, it is all nonsense. It is impossible that the inhabitants
+of such a lovely place as we saw can be anything else but good fellows;
+and if you choose rather to perish with hunger in one of these soppy
+caverns, I for one prefer to chance a bold descent into the valley, and
+risk the consequences.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“And who is to pilot us thither,”</span> I asked, <span class="tei tei-q">“even if we should decide
+upon the measure you propose? Are we to go again up and down
+those precipices that we crossed yesterday, until we reach the place
+we started from, and then take a flying leap from the cliffs to the
+valley?”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“’Faith, I didn’t think of that,”</span> said Toby; <span class="tei tei-q">“sure enough, both
+sides of the valley appeared to be hemmed in by precipices, didn’t
+they?”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Yes,”</span> answered I; <span class="tei tei-q">“as steep as the sides of a line-of-battle ship,
+and about a hundred times as high.”</span> My companion sank his head
+upon his breast, and remained for awhile in deep thought. Suddenly
+he sprang to his feet, while his eyes lighted up with that gleam of
+intelligence that marks the presence of some bright idea.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Yes, yes,”</span> he exclaimed; <span class="tei tei-q">“the streams all run in the same direction,
+and must necessarily flow into the valley before they reach the
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page53">[pg 53]</span><a name="Pg053" id="Pg053" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>sea; all we have to do is just to follow this stream, and sooner or later,
+it will lead us into the vale.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“You are right, Toby,”</span> I exclaimed, <span class="tei tei-q">“you are right; it must
+conduct us thither, and quickly too; for, see with what a steep inclination
+the water descends.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“It does, indeed,”</span> burst forth my companion, overjoyed at my verification
+of his theory, <span class="tei tei-q">“it does, indeed; why, it is as plain as a pike-staff.
+Let us proceed at once; come, throw away all those stupid ideas
+about the Typees, and hurrah for the lovely valley of the Happars!”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“You will have it to be Happar, I see, my dear fellow; pray Heaven,
+you may not find yourself deceived,”</span> observed I, with a shake of my
+head.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Amen to all that, and much more,”</span> shouted Toby, rushing forward;
+<span class="tei tei-q">“but Happar it is, for nothing else than Happar can it be. So
+glorious a valley—such forests of bread-fruit trees—such groves of
+cocoa-nut—such wildernesses of guava-bushes! Ah, shipmate! don’t
+linger behind: in the name of all delightful fruits, I am dying to be at
+them. Come on, come on; shove ahead, there’s a lively lad; never
+mind the rocks; kick them out of the way, as I do; and to-morrow, old
+fellow, take my word for it, we shall be in clover. Come on”</span>; and
+so saying, he dashed along the ravine like a madman, forgetting my
+inability to keep up with him. In a few minutes, however, the exuberance
+of his spirits abated, and, pausing for awhile, he permitted me
+to overtake him.
+</p>
+
+</div><hr class="page" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page54">[pg 54]</span><a name="Pg054" id="Pg054" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<a name="toc18" id="toc18"></a><a name="pdf19" id="pdf19"></a>
+<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">CHAPTER VIII</span></h2>
+
+<div class="tei tei-argument" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 0.90em"><span style="font-size: 90%">
+Perilous passage of the ravine—Descent into the valley
+</span></p>
+</div>
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The fearless confidence of Toby was contagious, and I began to adopt
+the Happar side of the question. I could not, however, overcome a
+certain feeling of trepidation, as we made our way along these gloomy
+solitudes. Our progress, at first comparatively easy, became more
+and more difficult. The bed of the watercourse was covered with fragments
+of broken rocks, which had fallen from above, offering so many
+obstructions to the course of the rapid stream, which vexed and fretted
+about them,—forming at intervals small waterfalls, pouring over into
+deep basins, or splashing wildly upon heaps of stones.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+From the narrowness of the gorge, and the steepness of its sides,
+there was no mode of advancing but by wading through the water;
+stumbling every moment over the impediments which lay hidden under
+its surface, or tripping against the huge roots of trees. But the
+most annoying hindrance we encountered was from a multitude of
+crooked boughs, which, shooting out almost horizontally from the sides
+of the chasm, twisted themselves together in fantastic masses almost
+to the surface of the stream, affording us no passage except under the
+low arches which they formed. Under these we were obliged to crawl
+on our hands and feet, sliding along the oozy surface of the rocks, or
+slipping into the deep pools, and with scarce light enough to guide us.
+Occasionally we would strike our heads against some projecting limb
+of a tree; and while imprudently engaged in rubbing the injured part,
+would fall sprawling amongst flinty fragments, cutting and bruising
+ourselves, whilst the unpitying waters flowed over our prostrate bodies.
+Belzoni, worming himself through the subterranean passages of the
+Egyptian catacombs, could not have met with greater impediments
+than those we here encountered. But we struggled against them manfully,
+well knowing our only hope lay in advancing.
+</p>
+
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page55">[pg 55]</span><a name="Pg055" id="Pg055" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Towards sunset we halted at a spot where we made preparations
+for passing the night. Here we constructed a hut, in much the same
+way as before, and crawling into it, endeavoured to forget our sufferings.
+My companion, I believe, slept pretty soundly; but at daybreak,
+when we rolled out of our dwelling, I felt nearly disqualified
+for any further efforts. Toby prescribed as a remedy for my illness
+the contents of one of our little silk packages, to be taken at once
+in a single dose. To this species of medical treatment, however, I
+would by no means accede, much as he insisted upon it; and so we partook
+of our usual morsel, and silently resumed our journey. It was
+the fourth day since we left Nukuheva, and the gnawings of hunger became
+painfully acute. We were fain to pacify them by chewing the
+tender bark of roots and twigs, which, if they did not afford us nourishment,
+were at least sweet and pleasant to the taste.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Our progress along the steep watercourse was necessarily slow, and
+by noon we had not advanced more than a mile. It was somewhere
+near this part of the day that the noise of falling waters, which we
+had faintly caught in the early morning, became more distinct; and
+it was not long before we were arrested by a rocky precipice of nearly
+a hundred feet in depth, that extended all across the channel, and
+over which the wild stream poured in an unbroken leap. On either
+hand the walls of the ravine presented their overhanging sides both
+above and below the fall, affording no means whatever of avoiding the
+cataract by taking a circuit round it.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“What’s to be done now, Toby?”</span> said I.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Why,”</span> rejoined he, <span class="tei tei-q">“as we cannot retreat, I suppose we must keep
+shoving along.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Very true, my dear Toby; but how do you purpose accomplishing
+that desirable object?”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“By jumping from the top of the fall, if there be no other way,”</span>
+unhesitatingly replied my companion; <span class="tei tei-q">“it will be much the quickest
+way of descent; but as you are not quite as active as I am, we will try
+some other way.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page56">[pg 56]</span><a name="Pg056" id="Pg056" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+And so saying, he crept cautiously along and peered over into the
+abyss, while I remained wondering by what possible means we could
+overcome this apparently insuperable obstruction. As soon as my companion
+had completed his survey, I eagerly inquired the result.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“The result of my observations you wish to know, do you?”</span> began
+Toby, deliberately, with one of his odd looks: <span class="tei tei-q">“well, my lad, the result
+of my observation is very quickly imparted. It is at present uncertain
+which of our two necks will have the honour to be broken
+first; but about a hundred to one would be a fair bet in favour of the
+man who takes the first jump.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Then it is an impossible thing, is it?”</span> inquired I, gloomily.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“No, shipmate; on the contrary, it is the easiest thing in life: the
+only awkward point is the sort of usage which our unhappy limbs may
+receive when we arrive at the bottom, and what sort of travelling trim
+we shall be in afterwards. But follow me now, and I will show you
+the only chance we have.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+With this he conducted me to the verge of the cataract, and pointed
+along the side of the ravine to a number of curious-looking roots, some
+three or four inches in thickness, and several feet long, which, after
+twisting among the fissures of the rock, shot perpendicularly from it,
+and ran tapering to a point in the air, hanging over the gulf like so
+many dark icicles. They covered nearly the entire surface of one side
+of the gorge, the lowest of them reaching even to the water. Many
+were moss-grown and decayed, with their extremities snapped short
+off, and those in the immediate vicinity of the fall were slippery with
+moisture.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Toby’s scheme, and it was a desperate one, was to entrust ourselves
+to these treacherous-looking roots, and by slipping down from one to
+another to gain the bottom.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Are you ready to venture it?”</span> asked Toby, looking at me earnestly,
+but without saying a word as to the practicability of the plan.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“I am,”</span> was my reply; for I saw it was our only resource if we
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page57">[pg 57]</span><a name="Pg057" id="Pg057" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>wished to advance, and as for retreating, all thoughts of that sort had
+been long abandoned.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+After I had signified my assent, Toby, without uttering a single
+word, crawled along the dripping ledge until he gained a point from
+whence he could just reach one of the largest of the pendant roots; he
+shook it—it quivered in his grasp, and when he let it go, it twanged
+in the air like a strong wire sharply struck. Satisfied by his scrutiny,
+my light-limbed companion swung himself nimbly upon it, and twisting
+his legs round it in sailor fashion, slipped down eight or ten feet,
+where his weight gave it a motion not unlike that of a pendulum. He
+could not venture to descend any farther; so holding on with one hand,
+he with the other shook one by one all the slender roots around him, and
+at last, finding one which he thought trustworthy, shifted himself to it
+and continued his downward progress.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+So far so well; but I could not avoid comparing my heavier frame
+and disabled condition with his light figure and remarkable activity:
+but there was no help for it, and in less than a minute’s time I was
+swinging directly over his head. As soon as his upturned eyes caught
+a glimpse of me, he exclaimed in his usual dry tone, for the danger did
+not seem to daunt him in the least, <span class="tei tei-q">“Mate, do me the kindness not to
+fall until I get out of your way”</span>; and then swinging himself more on
+one side, he continued his descent. In the meantime, I cautiously
+transferred myself from the limb down which I had been slipping to a
+couple of others that were near it, deeming two strings to my bow better
+than one, and taking care to test their strength before I trusted my
+weight to them.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+On arriving towards the end of the second stage in this vertical
+journey, and shaking the long roots which were round me, to my consternation
+they snapped off one after another like so many pipe stems,
+and fell in fragments against the side of the gulf, splashing at last into
+the waters beneath.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+As one after another the treacherous roots yielded to my grasp,
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page58">[pg 58]</span><a name="Pg058" id="Pg058" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>and fell into the torrent, my heart sunk within me. The branches on
+which I was suspended over the yawning chasm swang to and fro in
+the air, and I expected them every moment to snap in twain. Appalled
+at the dreadful fate that menaced me, I clutched frantically at the
+only large root which remained near me; but in vain; I could not reach
+it, though my fingers were within a few inches of it. Again and again
+I tried to reach it, until at length, maddened with the thought of my
+situation, I swayed myself violently by striking my foot against the
+side of the rock, and at the instant that I approached the large root
+caught desperately at it, and transferred myself to it. It vibrated
+violently under the sudden weight, but fortunately did not give way.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+My brain grew dizzy with the idea of the frightful risk I had just
+run, and I involuntarily closed my eyes to shut out the view of the
+depth beneath me. For the instant I was safe, and I uttered a devout
+ejaculation of thanksgiving for my escape.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Pretty well done,”</span> shouted Toby underneath me; <span class="tei tei-q">“you are nimbler
+than I thought you to be—hopping about up there from root to root
+like any young squirrel. As soon as you have diverted yourself
+sufficiently, I would advise you to proceed.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Ay, ay, Toby, all in good time: two or three more such famous roots
+as this, and I shall be with you.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The residue of my downward progress was comparatively easy;
+the roots were in greater abundance, and in one or two places jutting out
+points of rock assisted me greatly. In a few moments I was standing
+by the side of my companion.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Substituting a stout stick for the one I had thrown aside at the
+top of the precipice, we now continued our course along the bed of the
+ravine. Soon we were saluted by a sound in advance, that grew by degrees
+louder and louder, as the noise of the cataract we were leaving behind
+gradually died on our ears.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Another precipice for us, Toby.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Very good; we can descend them, you know—come on.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Nothing indeed appeared to depress or intimidate this intrepid
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page59">[pg 59]</span><a name="Pg059" id="Pg059" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>fellow. Typee or Niagaras, he was as ready to engage one as the other,
+and I could not avoid a thousand times congratulating myself upon
+having such a companion in an enterprise like the present.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+After an hour’s painful progress, we reached the verge of another
+fall, still loftier than the preceding, and flanked both above and below
+with the same steep masses of rock, presenting, however, here and
+there narrow irregular ledges, supporting a shallow soil, on which
+grew a variety of bushes and trees, whose bright verdure contrasted
+beautifully with the foamy waters that flowed between them.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Toby, who invariably acted as pioneer, now proceeded to reconnoitre.
+On his return, he reported that the shelves of rock on our right would
+enable us to gain with little risk the bottom of the cataract. Accordingly,
+leaving the bed of the stream at the very point where it thundered
+down, we began crawling along one of these sloping ledges until
+it carried us to within a few feet of another that inclined downward
+at a still sharper angle, and upon which, by assisting each other, we
+managed to alight in safety. We warily crept along this, steadying
+ourselves by the naked roots of the shrubs that clung to every fissure.
+As we proceeded, the narrow path became still more contracted, rendering
+it difficult for us to maintain our footing, until suddenly, as we
+reached an angle of the wall of rock where we had expected it to widen,
+we perceived to our consternation, that a yard or two farther on it
+abruptly terminated at a place we could not possibly hope to pass.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Toby, as usual, led the van, and in silence I waited to learn from
+him how he proposed to extricate us from this new difficulty.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Well, my boy,”</span> I exclaimed, after the expiration of several minutes,
+during which time my companion had not uttered a word: <span class="tei tei-q">“what’s
+to be done now?”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+He replied in a tranquil tone that probably the best thing we could
+do in the present strait was to get out of it as soon as possible.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Yes, my dear Toby, but tell me <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">how</span></span> we are to get out of it.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Something in this sort of style,”</span> he replied; and at the same moment,
+to my horror, he slipped sideways off the rock, and, as I then thought,
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page60">[pg 60]</span><a name="Pg060" id="Pg060" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>by good fortune merely, alighted among the spreading branches of a
+species of palm tree, that shooting its hardy roots along a ledge below,
+curved its trunk upwards into the air, and presented a thick mass of
+foliage about twenty feet below the spot where we had thus suddenly
+been brought to a stand-still. I voluntarily held my breath, expecting
+to see the form of my companion, after being sustained for a moment
+by the branches of the tree, sink through their frail support, and
+fall headlong to the bottom. To my surprise and joy, however, he
+recovered himself, and disentangling his limbs from the fractured
+branches, he peered out from his leafy bed, and shouted lustily, <span class="tei tei-q">“Come
+on, my hearty, there is no other alternative!”</span> and with this he ducked
+beneath the foliage, and slipping down the trunk, stood in a moment
+at least fifty feet beneath me, upon the broad shelf of rock from which
+sprung the tree he had descended.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+What would I not have given at that moment to have been by his
+side? The feat he had just accomplished seemed little less than
+miraculous, and I could hardly credit the evidence of my senses when
+I saw the wide distance that a single daring act had so suddenly placed
+between us.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Toby’s animating <span class="tei tei-q">“come on!”</span> again sounded in my ears, and dreading
+to lose all confidence in myself if I remained meditating upon
+the step, I once more gazed down to assure myself of the relative
+bearing of the tree and my own position, and then closing my eyes
+and uttering one comprehensive ejaculation of prayer, I inclined myself
+over towards the abyss, and after one breathless instant fell with
+a crash into the tree, the branches snapping and crackling with my
+weight, as I sunk lower and lower among them until I was stopped by
+coming in contact with a sturdy limb.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In a few moments I was standing at the foot of the tree, manipulating
+myself all over with a view of ascertaining the extent of the
+injuries I had received. To my surprise the only effects of my feat
+were a few slight contusions too trifling to care about. The rest of our
+descent was easily accomplished, and in half an hour after regaining
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page61">[pg 61]</span><a name="Pg061" id="Pg061" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>the ravine, we had partaken of our evening morsel, built our hut as
+usual, and crawled under its shelter.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The next morning, in spite of our debility and the agony of hunger
+under which we were now suffering, though neither of us confessed to
+the fact, we struggled along our dismal and still difficult and dangerous
+path, cheered by the hope of soon catching a glimpse of the valley before
+us, and towards evening the voice of a cataract which had for some
+time sounded like a low deep bass to the music of the smaller waterfalls,
+broke upon our ears in still louder tones, and assured us that we were
+approaching its vicinity.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+That evening we stood on the brink of a precipice, over which the
+dark stream bounded in one final leap of full 300 feet. The sheer
+descent terminated in the region we so long had sought. On either
+side of the fall, two lofty and perpendicular bluffs buttressed the sides
+of the enormous cliff, and projected into the sea of verdure with which
+the valley waved, and a range of similar projecting eminences stood
+disposed in a half circle about the head of the vale. A thick canopy
+of trees hung over the very verge of the fall, leaving an arched aperture
+for the passage of the waters, which imparted a strange picturesqueness
+to the scene.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The valley was now before us; but instead of being conducted into
+its smiling bosom by the gradual descent of the deep watercourse we
+had thus far pursued, all our labours now appeared to have been rendered
+futile by its abrupt termination. But, bitterly disappointed, we
+did not entirely despair.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+As it was now near sunset we determined to pass the night where
+we were and on the morrow, refreshed by sleep, and by eating at one
+meal all our stock of food, to accomplish a descent into the valley, or
+perish in the attempt.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+We laid ourselves down that night on a spot, the recollection of
+which still makes me shudder. A small table of rock which projected
+over the precipice on one side of the stream, and was drenched
+by the spray of the fall, sustained a huge trunk of a tree which must
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page62">[pg 62]</span><a name="Pg062" id="Pg062" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>have been deposited there by some heavy freshet. It lay obliquely,
+with one end resting on the rock and the other supported by the side
+of the ravine. Against it we placed in a sloping direction a number
+of the half-decayed boughs that were strewn about, and covering the
+whole with twigs and leaves, awaited the morning’s light beneath such
+shelter as it afforded.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+During the whole of this night the continual roaring of the cataract—the
+dismal moaning of the gale through the trees—the pattering
+of the rain, and the profound darkness, affected my spirits to a degree
+which nothing had ever before produced. Wet, half-famished, and
+chilled to the heart with the dampness of the place, and nearly wild
+with the pain I endured, I fairly cowered down to the earth under this
+multiplication of hardships, and abandoned myself to frightful anticipations
+of evil; and my companion, whose spirit at last was a good deal
+broken, scarcely uttered a word during the whole night.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+At length the day dawned upon us, and rising from our miserable
+pallet, we stretched our stiffened joints, and after eating all that remained
+of our bread, prepared for the last stage of our journey.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I will not recount every <a name="corr062" id="corr062" class="tei tei-anchor"></a><span class="tei tei-corr">hairbreadth</span> escape, and every fearful difficulty
+that occurred before we succeeded in reaching the bosom of the
+valley. As I have already described similar scenes, it will be sufficient
+to say that at length, after great toil and great dangers, we both stood
+with no limbs broken at the head of that magnificent vale which five
+days before had so suddenly burst upon my sight, and almost beneath
+the shadow of those very cliffs from whose summits we had gazed upon
+the prospect.
+</p>
+
+</div><hr class="page" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page63">[pg 63]</span><a name="Pg063" id="Pg063" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<a name="toc20" id="toc20"></a><a name="pdf21" id="pdf21"></a>
+<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">CHAPTER IX</span></h2>
+
+<div class="tei tei-argument" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 0.90em"><span style="font-size: 90%">
+The head of the valley—Cautious advance—A path—Fruit—Discovery of
+two of the natives—Their singular conduct—Approach towards the inhabited
+parts of the vale—Sensation produced by our appearance—Reception
+at the house of one of the natives.
+</span></p>
+</div>
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+How to obtain the fruit which we felt convinced must grow near at
+hand was our first thought.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Typee or Happar? A frightful death at the hands of the fiercest
+of cannibals, or a kindly reception from a gentler race of savages?
+Which? But it was too late now to discuss a question which would
+so soon be answered.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The part of the valley in which we found ourselves appeared to
+be altogether uninhabited. An almost impenetrable thicket extended
+from side to side, without presenting a single plant affording the
+nourishment we had confidently calculated upon; and with this object,
+we followed the course of the stream, casting quick glances as we proceeded
+into the thick jungles on either hand.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+My companion—to whose solicitations I had yielded in descending
+into the valley—now that the step was taken, began to manifest a degree
+of caution I had little expected from him. He proposed that in
+the event of our finding an adequate supply of fruit, we should remain
+in this unfrequented portion of the valley—where we should run little
+chance of being surprised by its occupants, whoever they might be—until
+sufficiently recruited to resume our journey; when laying in a
+store of food equal to our wants, we might easily regain the bay of
+Nukuheva, after the lapse of a sufficient interval to ensure the departure
+of our vessel.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I objected strongly to this proposition, plausible as it was, as the
+difficulties of the route would almost be insurmountable, unacquainted
+as we were with the general bearings of the country, and I reminded
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page64">[pg 64]</span><a name="Pg064" id="Pg064" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>my companion of the hardships which we had already encountered in
+our uncertain wanderings; in a word, I said that since we had deemed
+it advisable to enter the valley, we ought manfully to face the consequences,
+whatever they might be; the more especially as I was convinced
+there was no alternative left us but to fall in with the natives
+at once, and boldly risk the reception they might give us: and that as
+to myself, I felt the necessity of rest and shelter, and that until I had
+obtained them, I should be wholly unable to encounter such sufferings
+as we had lately passed through. To the justice of these observations
+Toby somewhat reluctantly assented.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+We were surprised that, after moving as far as we had along the
+valley, we would still meet with the same impervious thickets; and
+thinking that although the borders of the stream might be lined for
+some distance with them, yet beyond there might be more open ground,
+I requested Toby to keep a bright look-out upon one side, while I did
+the same on the other, in order to discover some opening in the bushes,
+and especially to watch for the slightest appearance of a path or anything
+else that might indicate the vicinity of the islanders.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+What furtive and anxious glances we cast into those dim-looking
+shades! With what apprehensions we proceeded, ignorant at what
+moment we might be greeted by the javelin of some ambushed savage!
+At last my companion paused, and directed my attention to a narrow
+opening in the foliage. We struck into it, and it soon brought us by
+an indistinctly traced path to a comparatively clear space, at the farther
+end of which we descried a number of the trees, the native name
+of which is <span class="tei tei-q">“annuee,”</span> and which bear a most delicious fruit.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+What a race! I hobbling over the ground like some decrepid wretch,
+and Toby leaping forward like a greyhound. He quickly cleared one
+of the trees on which there were two or three of the fruit, but to our
+chagrin they proved to be much decayed; the rinds partly opened by the
+birds, and their hearts half devoured. However, we quickly despatched
+them, and no ambrosia could have been more delicious.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+We looked about us uncertain whither to direct our steps, since
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page65">[pg 65]</span><a name="Pg065" id="Pg065" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>the path we had so far followed appeared to be lost in the open space
+around us. At last we resolved to enter a grove near at hand, and had
+advanced a few rods, when, just upon its skirts, I picked up a slender
+bread-fruit shoot perfectly green, and with the tender bark freshly
+stript from it. It was slippery with moisture, and appeared as if it
+had been but that moment thrown aside. I said nothing, but merely
+held it up to Toby, who started at this undeniable evidence of the vicinity
+of the savages.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The plot was now thickening.—A short distance farther lay a little
+faggot of the same shoots bound together with a strip of bark.
+Could it have been thrown down by some solitary native, who, alarmed
+at seeing us, had hurried forward to carry the tidings of our approach
+to his countrymen?—Typee or Happar?—But it was too late to
+recede, so we moved on slowly, my companion in advance casting eager
+glances under the trees on either side, until all at once I saw him recoil
+as if stung by an adder. Sinking on his knee, he waved me off
+with one hand, while with the other he held aside some intervening
+leaves, and gazed intently at some object.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Disregarding his injunction, I quickly approached him and caught
+a glimpse of two figures partly hidden by the dense foliage; they were
+standing close together, and were perfectly motionless. They must
+have previously perceived us, and withdrawn into the depths of the
+wood to elude our observation.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+My mind was at once made up. Dropping my staff, and tearing
+open the package of things we had brought from the ship, I unrolled
+the cotton cloth, and holding it in one hand, plucked with the other
+a twig from the bushes beside me, and telling Toby to follow my example,
+I broke through the covert and advanced, waving the branch
+in token of peace towards the shrinking forms before me.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+They were a boy and a girl, slender and graceful, and completely
+naked, with the exception of a slight girdle of bark, from which depended
+at opposite points two of the russet leaves of the bread-fruit
+tree. An arm of the boy, half screened from sight by her wild tresses,
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page66">[pg 66]</span><a name="Pg066" id="Pg066" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>was thrown about the neck of the girl, while with the other he held one
+of her hands in his; and thus they stood together, their heads inclined
+forward, catching the faint noise we made in our progress, and with
+one foot in advance, as if half inclined to fly from our presence.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+As we drew near, their alarm evidently <a name="corr066" id="corr066" class="tei tei-anchor"></a><span class="tei tei-corr">increased</span>. Apprehensive
+that they might fly from us altogether, I stopped short and motioned
+them to advance and receive the gift I extended towards them, but
+they would not; I then uttered a few words of their language with
+which I was acquainted, scarcely expecting that they would understand
+me, but to show that we had not dropped from the clouds upon them.
+This appeared to give them a little confidence, so I approached nearer,
+presenting the cloth with one hand, and holding the bough with the
+other, while they slowly retreated. At last they suffered us to approach
+so near to them that we were enabled to throw the cotton cloth across
+their shoulders, giving them to understand that it was theirs, and by a
+variety of gestures endeavouring to make them understand that we
+entertained the highest possible regard for them.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The frightened pair now stood still, whilst we endeavoured to make
+them comprehend the nature of our wants. In doing this Toby went
+through with a complete series of pantomimic illustrations—opening
+his mouth from ear to ear, and thrusting his fingers down his throat,
+gnashing his teeth and rolling his eyes about, till I verily believe the
+poor creatures took us for a couple of white cannibals who were about
+to make a meal of them. When, however, they understood us, they
+showed no inclination to relieve our wants. At this juncture it began
+to rain violently, and we motioned them to lead us to some place of
+shelter. With this request they appeared willing to comply, but nothing
+could evince more strongly the apprehension with which they regarded
+us, than the way in which, whilst walking before us, they kept
+their eyes constantly turned back to watch every movement we made,
+and even our very looks.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Typee or Happar, Toby?”</span> asked I, as we walked after them.
+</p>
+
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page67">[pg 67]</span><a name="Pg067" id="Pg067" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Of course, Happar,”</span> he replied, with a show of confidence which
+was intended to disguise his doubts.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“We shall soon know,”</span> I exclaimed; and at the same moment I
+stepped forward towards our guides, and pronouncing the two names
+interrogatively, and pointing to the lowest part of the valley, endeavoured
+to come to the point at once. They repeated the words after
+me again and again, but without giving any peculiar emphasis to
+either, so that I was completely at a loss to understand them; for a
+couple of wilier young things than we afterwards found them to have
+been on this particular occasion never probably fell in any traveller’s
+way.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+More and more curious to ascertain our fate, I now threw together
+in the form of a question the words <span class="tei tei-q">“Happar”</span> and <span class="tei tei-q">“Mortarkee,”</span> the
+latter being equivalent to the word <span class="tei tei-q">“good.”</span> The two natives interchanged
+glances of peculiar meaning with one another at this, and
+manifested no little surprise; but on the repetition of the question, after
+some consultation together, to the great joy of Toby, they answered
+in the affirmative. Toby was now in ecstasies, especially as the young
+savages continued to reiterate their answer with great energy, as
+though desirous of impressing us with the idea that being among the
+Happars, we ought to consider ourselves perfectly secure.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Although I had some lingering doubts, I feigned great delight with
+Toby at this announcement, while my companion broke out into a
+pantomimic abhorrence of Typee, and immeasurable love for the particular
+valley in which we were; our guides all the while gazing uneasily
+at one another, as if at a loss to account for our conduct.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+They hurried on, and we followed them; until suddenly they set up
+a strange halloo, which was answered from beyond the grove through
+which we were passing, and the next moment we entered upon some
+open ground, at the extremity of which we descried a long, low hut,
+and in front of it were several young girls. As soon as they perceived
+us they fled with wild screams into the adjoining thickets, like so
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page68">[pg 68]</span><a name="Pg068" id="Pg068" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>many startled fawns. A few moments after the whole valley resounded
+with savage outcries, and the natives came running towards us from
+every direction.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Had an army of invaders made an irruption into their territory,
+they could not have evinced greater excitement. We were soon completely
+encircled by a dense throng, and in their eager desire to behold
+us, they almost arrested our progress; an equal number surrounding
+our youthful guides, who, with amazing volubility, appeared
+to be detailing the circumstances which had attended their meeting with
+us. Every item of intelligence appeared to redouble the astonishment
+of the islanders, and they gazed at us with inquiring looks.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+At last we reached a large and handsome building of bamboos, and
+were by signs told to enter it, the natives opening a lane for us through
+which to pass; on entering, without ceremony we threw our exhausted
+frames upon the mats that covered the floor. In a moment the slight
+tenement was completely full of people, whilst those who were unable
+to gain admittance gazed at us through its open cane-work.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+It was now evening, and by the dim light we could just discern the
+savage countenances around us, gleaming with wild curiosity and
+wonder; the naked forms and tattooed limbs of brawny warriors,
+with here and there the slighter figures of young girls, all engaged
+in a perfect storm of conversation, of which we were of course the
+one only theme; whilst our recent guides were fully occupied in answering
+the innumerable questions which every one put to them.
+Nothing can exceed the fierce gesticulation of these people when animated
+in conversation, and on this occasion they gave loose to all their
+natural vivacity, shouting and dancing about in a manner that well-nigh
+intimidated us.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Close to where we lay, squatting upon their haunches, were some
+eight or ten noble-looking chiefs—for such they subsequently proved
+to be—who, more reserved than the rest, regarded us with a fixed and
+stern attention, which not a little discomposed our equanimity. One
+of them in particular, who appeared to be the highest in rank, placed
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page69">[pg 69]</span><a name="Pg069" id="Pg069" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>himself directly facing me, looking at me with a rigidity of aspect
+under which I absolutely quailed. He never once opened his lips, but
+maintained his severe expression of countenance, without turning his
+face aside for a single moment. Never before had I been subjected to
+so strange and steady a glance; it revealed nothing of the mind of the
+savage, but it appeared to be reading my own.
+</p>
+    <a name="illus3" id="illus3" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+    
+        
+        
+        <p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"></p><div class="tei tei-figure" style="text-align: center"><img src="images/illus3th.jpg" width="323" height="400" alt="Illustration: WE WERE SOON COMPLETELY ENCIRCLED BY A DENSE THRONG" title="WE WERE SOON COMPLETELY ENCIRCLED BY A DENSE THRONG" /><div class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.00em; margin-top: 1.00em"><a href="images/illus3.jpg" class="tei tei-xref" style="text-align: center"><span class="tei tei-hi" style="text-align: center"><span style="font-size: 90%">WE WERE SOON COMPLETELY ENCIRCLED BY A DENSE
+                THRONG</span></span></a></div></div>
+        
+    
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+After undergoing this scrutiny till I grew absolutely nervous, with
+a view of diverting it if possible, and conciliating the good opinion
+of the warrior, I took some tobacco from the bosom of my frock, and
+offered it to him. He quietly rejected the proffered gift, and, without
+speaking, motioned me to return it to its place.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In my previous intercourse with the natives of Nukuheva and Tior,
+I had found that the present of a small piece of tobacco would have
+rendered any of them devoted to my service. Was this act of the chief
+a token of his enmity? Typee or Happar? I asked within myself.
+I started, for at the same moment this identical question was asked by
+the strange being before me. I turned to Toby; the flickering light of
+a native taper showed me his countenance pale with trepidation at this
+fatal question. I paused for a second, and I know not by what impulse
+it was that I answered, <span class="tei tei-q">“Typee.”</span> The piece of dusky statuary nodded
+in approval, and then murmured, <span class="tei tei-q">“Mortarkee?”</span> <span class="tei tei-q">“Mortarkee,”</span> said
+I, without further hesitation—<span class="tei tei-q">“Typee mortarkee.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+What a transition! The dark figures around us leaped to their
+feet, clapped their hands in transport, and shouted again and again
+the talismanic syllables, the utterance of which appeared to have settled
+everything.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+When this commotion had a little subsided, the principal chief
+squatted once more before me, and throwing himself into a sudden
+rage, poured forth a string of philippics, which I was at no loss to understand,
+from the frequent recurrence of the word Happar, as being
+directed against the natives of the adjoining valley. In all these denunciations
+my companion and I acquiesced, while we extolled the
+character of the warlike Typees. To be sure our panegyrics were
+some<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page70">[pg 70]</span><a name="Pg070" id="Pg070" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>what laconic, consisting in the repetition of that name, united with
+the potent adjective, <span class="tei tei-q">“Mortarkee.”</span> But this was sufficient, and served
+to conciliate the good-will of the natives, with whom our congeniality
+of sentiment on this point did more towards inspiring a friendly feeling
+than anything else that could have happened.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+At last the wrath of the chief evaporated, and in a few moments
+he was as placid as ever. Laying his hand upon his breast, he gave
+me to understand that his name was <span class="tei tei-q">“Mehevi,”</span> and that, in return,
+he wished me to communicate my appellation. I hesitated for an
+instant, thinking that it might be difficult for him to pronounce my
+real name, and then, with the most praiseworthy intentions, intimated
+that I was known as <span class="tei tei-q">“Tom.”</span> But I could not have made a worse
+selection; the chief could not master it: <span class="tei tei-q">“Tommo,”</span> <span class="tei tei-q">“Tomma,”</span>
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Tommee,”</span> everything but plain <span class="tei tei-q">“Tom.”</span> As he persisted in garnishing
+the word with an additional syllable, I compromised the matter
+with him at the word <span class="tei tei-q">“Tommo”</span>; and by that name I went during the
+entire period of my stay in the valley. The same proceeding was gone
+through with Toby, whose mellifluous appellation was more easily
+caught.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+An exchange of names is equivalent to a ratification of good-will
+and amity among these simple people; and as we were aware of this
+fact, we were delighted that it had taken place on the present occasion.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Reclining upon our mats, we now held a kind of levee, giving audience
+to successive troops of the natives, who introduced themselves
+to us by pronouncing their respective names, and retired in high good
+humour on receiving ours in return. During the ceremony the greatest
+merriment prevailed, nearly every announcement on the part of
+the islanders being followed by a fresh sally of gaiety, which induced
+me to believe that some of them at least were innocently diverting
+the company at our expense, by bestowing upon themselves a string of
+absurd titles, of the honour of which we were, of course, entirely ignorant.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+All this occupied about an hour, when the throng having a little
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page71">[pg 71]</span><a name="Pg071" id="Pg071" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>diminished, I turned to Mehevi, and gave him to understand that we
+were in need of food and sleep. Immediately the attentive chief addressed
+a few words to one of the crowd, who disappeared, and returned
+in a few moments with a calabash of <span class="tei tei-q">“poee-poee,”</span> and two or
+three young cocoa-nuts stripped of their husks, and with their shells
+partly broken. We both of us forthwith placed one of those natural
+goblets to our lips, and drained it in a moment of the refreshing
+draught it contained. The poee-poee was then placed before us, and
+even famished as I was, I paused to consider in what manner to
+convey it to my mouth.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+This staple article of food among the Marquese islanders is manufactured
+from the produce of the bread-fruit tree. It somewhat resembles
+in its plastic nature our bookbinders’ paste, is of a yellow colour,
+and somewhat tart to the taste.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Such was the dish, the merits of which I was now eager to discuss.
+I eyed it wistfully for a moment, and then, unable any longer to stand
+on ceremony, plunged my hand into the yielding mass, and to the boisterous
+mirth of the natives drew it forth laden with the poee-poee,
+which adhered in lengthening strings to every finger. So stubborn
+was its consistency, that in conveying my heavily-freighted hand to
+my mouth, the connecting links almost raised the calabash from the
+mats on which it had been placed. This display of awkwardness—in
+which, by the bye, Toby kept me company—convulsed the bystanders
+with uncontrollable laughter.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+As soon as their merriment had somewhat subsided, Mehevi, motioning
+us to be attentive, dipped the fore-finger of his right hand in the
+dish, and giving it a rapid and scientific twirl, drew it out coated
+smoothly with the preparation. With a second peculiar flourish he
+prevented the poee-poee from dropping to the ground as he raised it
+to his mouth, into which the finger was inserted, and was drawn forth
+perfectly free of any adhesive matter. This performance was evidently
+intended for our instruction; so I again essayed the feat on the
+principles inculcated, but with very ill success.
+</p>
+
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page72">[pg 72]</span><a name="Pg072" id="Pg072" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+A starving man, however, little heeds conventional proprieties, especially
+on a South Sea island, and accordingly Toby and I partook of
+the dish after our own clumsy fashion, beplastering our faces all over
+with the glutinous compound, and daubing our hands nearly to the
+wrist. This kind of food is by no means disagreeable to the palate
+of a European, though at first the mode of eating it may be. For my
+own part, after the lapse of a few days I became accustomed to its
+singular flavour, and grew remarkably fond of it.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+So much for the first course; several other dishes followed it, some
+of which were positively delicious. We concluded our banquet by
+tossing off the contents of two more young cocoa-nuts, after which we
+regaled ourselves with the soothing fumes of tobacco, inhaled from a
+quaintly carved pipe which passed round the circle.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+During the repast, the natives eyed us with intense curiosity, observing
+our minutest motions, and appearing to discover abundant
+matter for comment in the most trifling occurrence. Their surprise
+mounted the highest, when we began to remove our uncomfortable garments,
+which were saturated with rain. They scanned the whiteness
+of our limbs, and seemed utterly unable to account for the contrast
+they presented to the swarthy hue of our faces, embrowned from a
+six months’ exposure to the scorching sun of the Line. They felt
+our skin, much in the same way that a silk mercer would handle a
+remarkably fine piece of satin; and some of them went so far in their
+investigation as to apply the olfactory organ.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Their singular behaviour almost led me to imagine that they never
+before had beheld a white man; but a few moments’ reflection convinced
+me that this could not have been the case; and a more satisfactory
+reason for their conduct has since suggested itself to my mind.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Deterred by the frightful stories related of its inhabitants, ships
+never enter this bay, while their hostile relations with the tribes in the
+adjoining valleys prevent the Typees from visiting that section of the
+island where vessels occasionally lie. At long intervals, however, some
+intrepid captain will touch on the skirts of the bay, with two or three
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page73">[pg 73]</span><a name="Pg073" id="Pg073" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>armed boats’ crews, and accompanied by an interpreter. The natives
+who live near the sea descry the strangers long before they reach their
+waters, and aware of the purpose for which they come, proclaim loudly
+the news of their approach. By a species of vocal telegraph the intelligence
+reaches the inmost recesses of the vale in an inconceivably
+short space of time, drawing nearly its whole population down to the
+beach laden with every variety of fruit. The interpreter, who is
+invariably a <span class="tei tei-q">“tabooed Kannaka,”</span><a id="noteref_1" name="noteref_1" href="#note_1"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">1</span></span></a> leaps ashore with the goods intended
+for barter, while the boats, with their oars shipped, and every man on
+his thwart, lie just outside the surf, heading off from the shore, in
+readiness at the first untoward event to escape to the open sea. As
+soon as the traffic is concluded, one of the boats pulls in under cover
+of the muskets of the others, the fruit is quickly thrown into her,
+and the transient visitors precipitately retire from what they justly
+consider so dangerous a vicinity.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The intercourse occurring with Europeans being so restricted, no
+wonder that the inhabitants of the valley manifested so much curiosity
+with regard to us, appearing as we did among them under such singular
+circumstances. I have no doubt that we were the first white men who
+ever penetrated thus far back into their territories, or at least the
+first who had ever descended from the head of the vale. What had
+brought us thither must have appeared a complete mystery to them,
+and from our ignorance of the language it was impossible for us to
+enlighten them. In answer to inquiries which the eloquence of their
+gestures enabled us to comprehend, all that we could reply was, that
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page74">[pg 74]</span><a name="Pg074" id="Pg074" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>we had come from Nukuheva, a place, be it remembered, with which
+they were at open war. This intelligence appeared to affect them with
+the most lively emotions. <span class="tei tei-q">“Nukuheva mortarkee?”</span> they asked. Of
+course we replied most energetically in the negative.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+They then plied us with a thousand questions, of which we could
+understand nothing more than that they had reference to the recent
+movements of the French, against whom they seemed to cherish the most
+fierce hatred. So eager were they to obtain information on this point,
+that they still continued to propound their queries long after we had
+shown that we were utterly unable to answer them. Occasionally we
+caught some indistinct idea of their meaning, when we would endeavour
+by every method in our power to communicate the desired intelligence.
+At such times their gratification was boundless, and they
+would redouble their efforts to make us comprehend them more perfectly.
+But all in vain; and in the end they looked at us despairingly,
+as if we were the receptacles of invaluable information, but how to
+come at it they knew not.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+After awhile the group around us gradually dispersed, and we were
+left about midnight (as we conjectured) with those who appeared to
+be permanent residents of the house. These individuals now provided
+us with fresh mats to lie upon, covered us with several folds of tappa,
+and then extinguishing the tapers that had been burning, threw themselves
+down beside us, and after a little desultory conversation were
+soon sound asleep.
+</p>
+
+</div><hr class="page" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page75">[pg 75]</span><a name="Pg075" id="Pg075" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<a name="toc22" id="toc22"></a><a name="pdf23" id="pdf23"></a>
+<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">CHAPTER X</span></h2>
+
+<div class="tei tei-argument" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 0.90em"><span style="font-size: 90%">
+Midnight reflections—Morning visitors—A warrior in costume—A savage
+Æsculapius—Practice
+of the healing art—Body-servant—A dwelling-house
+of the valley described—Portraits of its inmates.
+</span></p>
+</div>
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Various and conflicting were the thoughts which oppressed me during
+the silent hours that followed the events related in the preceding chapter.
+Toby, wearied with the fatigues of the day, slumbered heavily by
+my side; but the pain under which I was suffering effectually prevented
+my sleeping, and I remained distressingly alive to all the fearful circumstances
+of our present situation. Was it possible that, after all our
+vicissitudes, we were really in the terrible valley of Typee, and at the
+mercy of its inmates, a fierce and unrelenting tribe of savages?
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Typee or Happar? I shuddered when I reflected that there was
+no longer any room for doubt; and that, beyond all hope of escape, we
+were now placed in those very circumstances from the bare thought of
+which I had recoiled with such abhorrence but a few days before.
+What might not be our fearful destiny? To be sure, as yet, we had
+been treated with no violence; nay, had been even kindly and hospitably
+entertained. But what dependence could be placed upon the fickle passions
+which sway the bosom of a savage? His inconstancy and treachery
+are proverbial. Might if not be that, beneath these fair appearances,
+the islanders covered some perfidious design, and that their
+friendly reception of us might only precede some horrible catastrophe?
+How strongly did these forebodings spring up in my mind, as I lay
+restlessly upon a couch of mats, surrounded by the dimly-revealed forms
+of those whom I so greatly dreaded.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+From the excitement of these fearful thoughts, I sank, towards
+morning, into an uneasy slumber; and on awaking, with a start, in the
+midst of an appalling dream, looked up into the eager countenances of
+a number of the natives, who were bending over me.
+</p>
+
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page76">[pg 76]</span><a name="Pg076" id="Pg076" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+It was broad day; and the house was nearly filled with young females,
+fancifully decorated with flowers, who gazed upon me as I rose
+with faces in which childish delight and curiosity were vividly portrayed.
+After waking Toby, they seated themselves round us on the
+mats, and gave full play to that prying inquisitiveness which, time out
+of mind, has been attributed to the adorable sex.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+As these unsophisticated young creatures were attended by no jealous
+duennas, their proceedings were altogether informal, and void of
+artificial restraint. Long and minute was the investigation with
+which they honoured us, and so uproarious their mirth, that I felt
+infinitely sheepish; and Toby was immeasurably outraged at their
+familiarity.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+These lively young ladies were at the same time wonderfully polite
+and humane; fanning aside the insects that occasionally lighted on our
+brows; presenting us with food; and compassionately regarding me
+in the midst of my afflictions. But in spite of all their blandishments,
+my feelings of propriety were exceedingly shocked, for I could not but
+consider them as having overstepped the due limits of female decorum.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Having diverted themselves to their hearts’ content, our young visitants
+now withdrew, and gave place to successive troops of the other
+sex, who continued flocking towards the house until near noon; by which
+time I have no doubt that the greater part of the inhabitants of the
+valley had bathed themselves in the light of our benignant countenances.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+As last, when their numbers began to diminish, a superb-looking
+warrior stooped the towering plumes of his head-dress beneath the
+low portal, and entered the house. I saw at once that he was some
+distinguished personage, the natives regarding him with the utmost deference,
+and making room for him as he approached. His aspect was
+imposing. The splendid long drooping tail-feathers of the tropical
+bird, thickly interspersed with the gaudy plumage of the cock, were
+disposed in an immense upright semicircle upon his head, their lower
+extremities being fixed in a crescent of guinea-beads which spanned the
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page77">[pg 77]</span><a name="Pg077" id="Pg077" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>forehead. Around his neck were several enormous necklaces of boar’s
+tusks, polished like ivory, and disposed in such a manner as that the
+longest and largest were upon his capacious chest. Thrust forward
+through the large apertures in his ears were two small and finely
+shaped sperm-whale teeth, presenting their cavities in front, stuffed
+with freshly-plucked leaves, and curiously wrought at the other end
+into strange little images and devices. These barbaric trinkets, garnished
+in this manner at their open extremities, and tapering and curving
+round to a point behind the ear, resembled not a little a pair of
+cornucopias.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The loins of the warrior were girt about with heavy folds of a dark-coloured
+tappa, hanging before and behind in clusters of braided tassels,
+while anklets and bracelets of curling human hair completed his
+unique costume. In his right hand he grasped a beautifully-carved
+paddle-spear, nearly fifteen feet in length, made of the bright koar-wood,
+one end sharply pointed, and the other flattened like an oar-blade.
+Hanging obliquely from his girdle by a loop of sinnate, was a richly-decorated
+pipe; the slender reed forming its stem was coloured with a
+red pigment, and round it, as well as the idol-bowl, fluttered little
+streamers of the thinnest tappa.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+But that which was most remarkable in the appearance of this splendid
+islander, was the elaborate tattooing displayed on every noble
+limb. All imaginable lines and curves and figures were delineated over
+his whole body, and in their grotesque variety and infinite profusion, I
+could only compare them to the crowded groupings of quaint patterns
+we sometimes see in costly pieces of lacework. The most simple and
+remarkable of all these ornaments was that which decorated the countenance
+of the chief. Two broad stripes of tattooing, diverging from the
+centre of his shaven crown, obliquely crossed both eyes—staining the
+lids—to a little below either ear, where they united with another stripe,
+which swept in a straight line along the lips, and formed the base of the
+triangle. The warrior, from the excellence of his physical proportions,
+might certainly have been regarded as one of nature’s noblemen,
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page78">[pg 78]</span><a name="Pg078" id="Pg078" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>and the lines drawn upon his face may possibly have denoted his exalted
+rank.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+This warlike personage, upon entering the house, seated himself at
+some distance from the spot where Toby and myself reposed, while the
+rest of the savages looked alternately from us to him, as if in expectation
+of something they were disappointed in not perceiving. Regarding
+the chief attentively, I thought his lineaments appeared familiar
+to me. As soon as his full face was turned upon me, and I again
+beheld its extraordinary embellishment, and met the strange gaze
+to which I had been subjected the preceding night, I immediately, in
+spite of the alteration in his appearance, recognised the noble Mehevi.
+On addressing him, he advanced at once in the most cordial manner,
+and greeting me warmly, seemed to enjoy not a little the effect his
+barbaric costume had produced upon me.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I forthwith determined to secure, if possible, the goodwill of this individual,
+as I easily perceived he was a man of great authority in his
+tribe, and one who might exert a powerful influence upon our subsequent
+fate. In the endeavour I was not repulsed; for nothing could surpass
+the friendliness he manifested towards both my companion and
+myself. He extended his sturdy limbs by our side, and endeavoured
+to make us comprehend the full extent of the kindly feelings by which
+he was actuated. The almost insuperable difficulty in communicating
+to one another our ideas, affected the chief with no little mortification.
+He evinced a great desire to be enlightened with regard to the
+customs and peculiarities of the far-off country we had left behind us,
+and to which, under the name of Maneeka, he frequently alluded.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+But that which more than any other subject engaged his attention,
+was the late proceedings of the <span class="tei tei-q">“Franee,”</span> as he called the French,
+in the neighbouring bay of Nukuheva. This seemed a never-ending
+theme with him, and one concerning which he was never weary of interrogating
+us. All the information we succeeded in imparting to him
+on this subject was little more than that we had seen six men-of-war
+lying in the hostile bay at the time we had left it. When he received
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page79">[pg 79]</span><a name="Pg079" id="Pg079" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>this intelligence, Mehevi, by the aid of his fingers, went through a
+long numerical calculation, as if estimating the number of Frenchmen
+the squadron might contain.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+It was just after employing his faculties in this way that he happened
+to notice the swelling in my limb. He immediately examined
+it with the utmost attention, and after doing so, despatched a boy, who
+happened to be standing by, with some message.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+After the lapse of a few moments the stripling re-entered the house
+with an aged islander, who might have been taken for old Hippocrates
+himself. His head was as bald as the polished surface of a cocoa-nut
+shell, which article it precisely resembled in smoothness and colour,
+while a long silvery beard swept almost to his girdle of bark. Encircling
+his temples was a bandeau of the twisted leaves of the Omoo
+tree, pressed closely over the brows to shield his feeble vision from the
+glare of the sun. His tottering steps were supported by a long
+slim staff, resembling the wand with which a theatrical magician appears
+on the stage, and in one hand he carried a freshly-plaited fan of
+the green leaflets of the cocoa-nut tree. A flowing robe of tappa,
+knotted over the shoulder, hung loosely round his stooping form, and
+heightened the venerableness of his aspect.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Mehevi, saluting this old gentleman, motioned him to a seat between
+us, and then uncovering my limb, desired him to examine it. The
+leech gazed intently from me to Toby, and then proceeded to business.
+After diligently observing the ailing member, he commenced manipulating
+it; and on the supposition probably that the complaint had deprived
+the leg of all sensation, began to pinch and hammer it in such
+a manner that I absolutely roared with the pain. Thinking that I
+was as capable of making an application of thumps and pinches to the
+part as any one else, I endeavoured to resist this species of medical
+treatment. But it was not so easy a matter to get out of the clutches
+of the old wizard; he fastened on the unfortunate limb as if it were
+something for which he had been long seeking, and muttering some
+kind of incantation continued his discipline, pounding it after a
+fash<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page80">[pg 80]</span><a name="Pg080" id="Pg080" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>ion that set me well-nigh crazy; while Mehevi, upon the same principle
+which prompts an affectionate mother to hold a struggling child in
+a dentist’s chair, restrained me in his powerful grasp, and actually
+encouraged the wretch in this infliction of torture.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Almost frantic with rage and pain, I yelled like a bedlamite; while
+Toby, throwing himself into all the attitudes of a posture-master, vainly
+endeavoured to expostulate with the natives by signs and gestures. To
+have looked at my companion, as, sympathizing with my sufferings, he
+strove to put an end to them, one would have thought that he was the
+deaf and dumb alphabet incarnated. Whether my tormentor yielded
+to Toby’s entreaties, or paused from sheer exhaustion, I do not know;
+but all at once he ceased his operations, and at the same time the chief
+relinquishing his hold upon me, I fell back, faint and breathless with
+the agony I had endured.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+My unfortunate limb was now left much in the same condition as a
+rump-steak after undergoing the castigating process which precedes
+cooking. My physician, having recovered from the fatigues of his
+exertions, as if anxious to make amends for the pain to which he had
+subjected me, now took some herbs out of a little wallet that was suspended
+from his waist, and moistening them in water, applied them
+to the inflamed part, stooping over it at the same time, and either
+whispering a spell, or having a little confidential chat with some
+imaginary demon located in the calf of my leg. My limb was now
+swathed in leafy bandages, and grateful to Providence for the cessation
+of hostilities, I was suffered to rest.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Mehevi shortly after rose to depart; but before he went he spoke
+authoritatively to one of the natives, whom he addressed as Kory-Kory;
+and from the little I could understand of what took place, pointed him
+out to me as a man whose peculiar business henceforth would be to
+attend upon my person. I am not certain that I comprehended as much
+as this at the time, but the subsequent conduct of my trusty body-servant
+fully assured me that such must have been the case.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I could not but be amused at the manner in which the chief
+ad<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page81">[pg 81]</span><a name="Pg081" id="Pg081" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>dressed me upon this occasion, talking to me for at least fifteen or
+twenty minutes as calmly as if I could understand every word that he
+said. I remarked this peculiarity very often afterwards in many
+other of the islanders.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Mehevi having now departed, and the family physician having likewise
+made his exit, we were left about sunset with the ten or twelve
+natives, who by this time I had ascertained composed the household of
+which Toby and I were members. As the dwelling to which we had
+been first introduced was the place of my permanent abode while I
+remained in the valley, and as I was necessarily placed upon the most
+intimate footing with its occupants, I may as well here enter into a
+little description of it and its inhabitants. This description will apply
+also to nearly all the other dwelling-places in the vale, and will furnish
+some idea of the generality of the natives.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Near one side of the valley, and about midway up the ascent of a
+rather abrupt rise of ground waving with the richest verdure, a number
+of large stones were laid in successive courses, to the height of
+nearly eight feet, and disposed in such a manner that their level surface
+corresponded in shape with the habitation which was perched upon
+it. A narrow space, however, was reserved in front of the dwelling,
+upon the summit of this pile of stones (called by the natives a <span class="tei tei-q">“pi-pi”</span>),
+which, being enclosed by a little picket of canes, gave it somewhat the
+appearance of a verandah. The frame of the house was constructed of
+large bamboos planted uprightly, and secured together at intervals by
+transverse stalks of the light wood of the Habiscus, lashed with thongs
+of bark. The rear of the tenement—built up with successive ranges of
+cocoa-nut boughs bound one upon another, with their leaflets cunningly
+woven together—inclined a little from the vertical, and extended from
+the extreme edge of the <span class="tei tei-q">“pi-pi”</span> to about twenty feet from its surface;
+whence the shelving roof—thatched with the long tapering leaves of the
+palmetto—sloped steeply off to within about five feet of the floor; leaving
+the eaves drooping with tassel-like appendages over the front of
+the habitation. This was constructed of light and elegant canes, in a
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page82">[pg 82]</span><a name="Pg082" id="Pg082" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>kind of open screen-work, tastefully adorned with bindings of variegated
+sinnate, which served to hold together its various parts. The sides
+of the house were similarly built; thus presenting three-quarters for
+the circulation of the air, while the whole was impervious to the rain.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In length this picturesque building was perhaps twelve yards, while
+in breadth it could not have exceeded as many feet. So much for the
+exterior; which, with its wire-like reed-twisted sides, not a little reminded
+me of an immense aviary.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Stooping a little, you passed through a narrow aperture in its front;
+and facing you, on entering, lay two long, perfectly straight, and well-polished
+trunks of the cocoa-nut tree, extending the full length of
+the dwelling; one of them placed closely against the rear, and the other
+lying parallel with it some two yards distant, the interval between
+them being spread with a multitude of gaily-worked mats, nearly all
+of a different pattern. This space formed the common couch and lounging-place
+of the natives, answering the purpose of a divan in Oriental
+countries. Here would they slumber through the hours of the night,
+and recline luxuriously during the greater part of the day. The remainder
+of the floor presented only the cool shining surfaces of the
+large stones of which the <span class="tei tei-q">“pi-pi”</span> was composed.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+From the ridge-pole of the house hung suspended a number of large
+packages enveloped in coarse tappa; some of which contained festival
+dresses, and various other matters of the wardrobe, held in high estimation.
+These were easily accessible by means of a line, which, passing
+over the ridge-pole, had one end attached to a bundle, while with the
+other, which led to the side of the dwelling and was there secured,
+the package could be lowered or elevated at pleasure.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Against the farther wall of the house were arranged in tasteful figures
+a variety of spears and javelins, and other implements of savage
+warfare. Outside of the habitation, and built upon the piazza-like
+area in its front, was a little shed used as a sort of larder or pantry,
+and in which were stored various articles of domestic use and convenience.
+A few yards from the pi-pi was a large shed built of
+cocoa-<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page83">[pg 83]</span><a name="Pg083" id="Pg083" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>nut boughs, where the process of preparing the <span class="tei tei-q">“poee-poee”</span> was carried
+on, and all culinary operations attended to.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Thus much for the house, and its appurtenances; and it will be readily
+acknowledged that a more commodious and appropriate dwelling for
+the climate and the people could not possibly be devised. It was cool,
+free to admit the air, scrupulously clean, and elevated above the dampness
+and impurities of the ground.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+But now to sketch the inmates; and here I claim for my tried servitor
+and faithful valet Kory-Kory the precedence of a first description.
+As his character will be gradually unfolded in the course of my narrative,
+I shall for the present content myself with delineating his personal
+appearance. Kory-Kory, though the most devoted and best-natured
+serving-man in the world, was, alas! a hideous object to look
+upon. He was some twenty-five years of age, and about six feet in
+height, robust and well made, and of the most extraordinary aspect.
+His head was carefully shaven with the exception of two circular spots,
+about the size of a dollar, near the top of the cranium, where the hair,
+permitted to grow of an amazing length, was twisted up in two prominent
+knots, that gave him the appearance of being decorated with a pair
+of horns. His beard, plucked out by the root from every other part of
+his face, was suffered to droop in hairy pendants, two of which garnished
+his upper lip, and an equal number hung from the extremity of
+his chin.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Kory-Kory, with the view of improving the handiwork of nature,
+and perhaps prompted by a desire to add to the engaging expression of
+his countenance, had seen fit to embellish his face with three broad
+longitudinal stripes of tattooing, which, like those country roads that
+go straight forward in defiance of all obstacles, crossed his nasal organ,
+descended into the hollow of his eyes, and even skirted the borders
+of his mouth. Each completely spanned his physiognomy; one extending
+in a line with his eyes, another crossing the face in the vicinity
+of the nose, and the third sweeping along his lips from ear to ear.
+His countenance thus triply hooped, as it were, with tattooing, always
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page84">[pg 84]</span><a name="Pg084" id="Pg084" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>reminded me of those unhappy wretches whom I have sometimes observed
+gazing out sentimentally from behind the grated bars of a prison
+window; whilst the entire body of my savage valet, covered all over
+with representations of birds and fishes, and a variety of most unaccountable-looking
+creatures, suggested to me the idea of a pictorial
+museum of natural history, or an illustrated copy of Goldsmith’s
+<span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">Animated Nature</span></span>.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+But it seems really heartless in me to write thus of the poor islander,
+when I owe perhaps to his unremitting attentions the very existence I
+now enjoy. Kory-Kory, I mean thee no harm in what I say in regard
+to thy outward adornings; but they were a little curious to my
+unaccustomed sight, and therefore I dilate upon them. But to underrate
+or forget thy faithful services is something I could never be
+guilty of, even in the giddiest moment of my life.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The father of my attached follower was a native of gigantic frame,
+and had once possessed prodigious physical powers; but the lofty form
+was now yielding to the inroads of time, though the hand of disease
+seemed never to have been laid upon the aged warrior. Marheyo—for
+such was his name—appeared to have retired from all active participation
+in the affairs of the valley, seldom or never accompanying the
+natives in their various expeditions; and employing the greater part of
+his time in throwing up a little shed just outside the house, upon which
+he was engaged to my certain knowledge for four months, without appearing
+to make any sensible advance. I suppose the old gentleman
+was in his dotage, for he manifested in various ways the characteristics
+which mark this particular stage of life.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I remember in particular his having a choice pair of ear-ornaments,
+fabricated from the teeth of some sea-monster. These he would alternately
+wear and take off at least fifty times in the course of the
+day, going and coming from his little hut on each occasion with all
+the tranquillity imaginable. Sometimes slipping them through the
+slits in his ears, he would seize his spear—which in length and slightness
+resembled a fishing-pole—and go stalking beneath the shadows
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page85">[pg 85]</span><a name="Pg085" id="Pg085" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>of the neighbouring groves, as if about to give a hostile meeting to
+some cannibal knight. But he would soon return again, and hiding
+his weapon under the protecting eaves of the house, and rolling his
+clumsy trinkets carefully in a piece of tappa, would resume his more
+pacific operations as quietly as if he had never interrupted them.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+But despite his eccentricities, Marheyo was a most paternal and
+warm-hearted old fellow, and in this particular not a little resembled
+his son Kory-Kory. The mother of the latter was the mistress of the
+family, and a notable housewife, and a most industrious old lady she
+was. If she did not understand the art of making jellies, jams, custards,
+tea-cakes, and such like trashy affairs, she was profoundly skilled
+in the mysteries of preparing <span class="tei tei-q">“amar,”</span> <span class="tei tei-q">“poee-poee,”</span> and <span class="tei tei-q">“kokoo,”</span> with
+other substantial matters. She was a genuine busy-body; bustling
+about the house like a country landlady at an unexpected arrival; for
+ever giving the young girls tasks to perform, which the little hussies as
+often neglected; poking into every corner, and rummaging over bundles
+of old tappa, or making a prodigious clatter among the calabashes.
+Sometimes she might have been seen squatting upon her haunches in
+front of a huge wooden basin, and kneading poee-poee with terrific
+vehemence, dashing the stone pestle about as if she would shiver the
+vessel into fragments: on other occasions, galloping about the valley
+in search of a particular kind of leaf, used in some of her recondite
+operations, and returning home, toiling and sweating, with a bundle,
+under which most women would have sunk.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+To tell the truth, Kory-Kory’s mother was the only industrious person
+in all the valley of Typee; and she could not have employed herself
+more actively had she been left an exceedingly muscular and destitute
+widow, with an inordinate supply of young children, in the bleakest
+part of the civilized world. There was not the slightest necessity for
+the greater portion of the labour performed by the old lady: but she
+deemed to work from some irresistible impulse; her limbs continually
+swaying to and fro, as if there were some indefatigable engine concealed
+within her body which kept her in perpetual motion.
+</p>
+
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page86">[pg 86]</span><a name="Pg086" id="Pg086" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Never suppose that she was a termagant or a shrew for all this:
+she had the kindliest heart in the world, and acted towards me in particular
+in a truly maternal manner, occasionally putting some little
+morsel of choice food into my hand, some outlandish kind of savage
+sweetmeat or pastry, like a doting mother petting a sickly urchin with
+tarts and sugar-plums. Warm indeed are my remembrances of the
+dear, good, affectionate old Tinor!
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Besides the individuals I have mentioned, there belong to the household
+three young men, dissipated, good-for-nothing, roystering blades
+of savages, who were either employed in prosecuting love affairs with
+the maidens of the tribe, or grew boozy on <span class="tei tei-q">“arva”</span> and tobacco in the
+company of congenial spirits, the scapegraces of the valley.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Among the permanent inmates of the house were likewise several
+lovely damsels, who instead of thrumming pianos and reading novels,
+like more enlightened young ladies, substituted for these employments
+the manufacture of a fine species of tappa; but for the greater portion
+of the time were skipping from house to house, gadding and gossiping
+with their acquaintances.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+From the rest of these, however, I must except the beauteous nymph
+Fayaway, who was my peculiar favourite. Her free pliant figure was
+the very perfection of female grace and beauty. Her complexion was
+a rich and mantling olive, and when watching the glow upon her cheeks
+I could almost swear that beneath the transparent medium there
+lurked the blushes of a faint vermilion. The face of this girl was a
+rounded oval, and each feature as perfectly formed as the heart or imagination
+of man could desire. Her full lips, when parted with a
+smile, disclosed teeth of a dazzling whiteness; and when her rosy
+mouth opened with a burst of merriment, they looked like the milk-white
+seeds of the <span class="tei tei-q">“arta,”</span> a fruit of the valley, which, when cleft in
+twain, shows them reposing in rows on either side, embedded in the
+red and juicy pulp. Her hair of the deepest brown, parted irregularly
+in the middle, flowed in natural ringlets over her shoulders, and whenever
+she chanced to stoop, fell over and hid from view her lovely bosom.
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page87">[pg 87]</span><a name="Pg087" id="Pg087" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>Gazing into the depths of her strange blue eyes, when she was in a
+contemplative mood, they seemed most placid yet unfathomable; but
+when illuminated by some lively emotion, they beamed upon the beholder
+like stars. The hands of Fayaway were as soft and delicate as
+those of any countess; for an entire exemption from rude labour marks
+the girlhood and even prime of a Typee woman’s life. Her feet,
+though wholly exposed, were as diminutive and fairly shaped as those
+which peep from beneath the skirts of a Lima lady’s dress. The skin
+of this young creature, from continual ablutions and the use of mollifying
+ointments, was inconceivably smooth and soft.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I may succeed, perhaps, in particularizing some of the individual
+features of Fayaway’s beauty, but that general loveliness of appearance
+which they all contributed to produce I will not attempt to describe.
+The easy unstudied graces of a child of nature like this, breathing
+from infancy an atmosphere of perpetual summer, and nurtured by the
+simple fruits of the earth; enjoying a perfect freedom from care and
+anxiety, and removed effectually from all injurious tendencies, strike
+the eye in a manner which cannot be portrayed. This picture is no
+fancy sketch; it is drawn from the most vivid recollections of the
+person delineated.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Were I asked if the beauteous form of Fayaway was altogether free
+from the hideous blemish of tattooing, I should be constrained to
+answer that it was not. But the practitioners of this barbarous art,
+so remorseless in their inflictions upon the brawny limbs of the warriors
+of the tribe, seem to be conscious that it needs not the resources
+of their profession to augment the charms of the maidens of the vale.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The females are very little embellished in this way, and Fayaway,
+and all the other young girls of her age, were even less so than those
+of their sex more advanced in years. The reason of this peculiarity
+will be alluded to hereafter. All the tattooing that the nymph in question
+exhibited upon her person may be easily described. Three minute
+dots, no bigger than pinheads, decorated either lip, and at a little distance
+were not at all discernible. Just upon the fall of the shoulder
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page88">[pg 88]</span><a name="Pg088" id="Pg088" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>were drawn two parallel lines half an inch apart, and perhaps three
+inches in length, the interval being filled with delicately executed
+figures. These narrow bands of tattooing, thus placed, always reminded
+me of those stripes of gold lace worn by officers in undress,
+and which are in lieu of epaulettes to denote their rank.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Thus much was Fayaway tattooed. The audacious hand which had
+gone so far in its desecrating work stopping short, apparently wanting
+the heart to proceed.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+But I have neglected to describe the dress worn by this nymph of the
+valley.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Fayaway—I must avow the fact—for the most part clung to the
+primitive and summer garb of Eden. But how becoming the costume!
+It showed her fine figure to the best possible advantage; and nothing
+could have been better adapted to her peculiar style of beauty. On
+ordinary occasions she was habited precisely as I have described the
+two youthful savages whom we had met on first entering the valley.
+At other times, when rambling among the groves, or visiting at the
+houses of her acquaintances, she wore a tunic of white tappa, reaching
+from her waist to a little below the knees; and when exposed for any
+length of time to the sun, she invariably protected herself from its
+rays by a floating mantle of the same material, loosely gathered about
+the person. Her gala dress will be described hereafter.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+As the beauties of our own land delight in bedecking themselves with
+fanciful articles of jewelry, suspending them from their ears, hanging
+them about their necks, and clasping them around their wrists; so
+Fayaway and her companions were in the habit of ornamenting themselves
+with similar appendages.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Flora was their jeweller. Sometimes they wore necklaces of small
+carnation flowers, strung like rubies upon a fibre of tappa, or displayed
+in their ears a single white bud, the stem thrust backward through the
+aperture, and showing in front the delicate petals folded together in a
+beautiful sphere, and looking like a drop of the purest pearl. Chaplets,
+too, resembling in their arrangement the strawberry coronal worn by
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page89">[pg 89]</span><a name="Pg089" id="Pg089" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>an English peeress, and composed of
+    <a name="corr089" id="corr089" class="tei tei-anchor"></a><span class="tei tei-corr">intertwined</span> leaves and blossoms,
+often crowned their temples; and bracelets and anklets of the same
+tasteful pattern were frequently to be seen. Indeed, the maidens of the
+island were passionately fond of flowers, and never wearied of decorating
+their persons with them; a lovely trait of character, and one that
+ere long will be more fully alluded to.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Though in my eyes, at least, Fayaway was indisputably the loveliest
+female I saw in Typee, yet the description I have given of her will in
+some measure apply to nearly all the youthful portion of her sex in the
+valley. Judge ye then, reader, what beautiful creatures they must have
+been.
+</p>
+
+</div><hr class="page" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page90">[pg 90]</span><a name="Pg090" id="Pg090" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<a name="toc24" id="toc24"></a><a name="pdf25" id="pdf25"></a>
+<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">CHAPTER XI</span></h2>
+
+<div class="tei tei-argument" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 0.90em"><span style="font-size: 90%">
+Officiousness of Kory-Kory—His devotion—A bath in the stream—Want of
+refinement of the Typee damsels—Stroll with Mehevi—A Typee highway—The
+Taboo groves—The hoolah hoolah ground—The Ti—Timeworn
+savages—Hospitality of Mehevi—Midnight musings—Adventure in the
+dark—Distinguished honours paid to the visitors—Strange procession,
+and return to the house of Marheyo.
+</span></p>
+</div>
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+When Mehevi had departed from the house, as related in the preceding
+chapter, Kory-Kory commenced the functions of the post assigned him.
+He brought us various kinds of food; and, as if I were an infant, insisted
+upon feeding me with his own hands. To this procedure I, of
+course, most earnestly objected, but in vain; and having laid a calabash
+of kokoo before me, he washed his fingers in a vessel of water,
+and then putting his hand into the dish, and rolling the food into little
+balls, put them one after another into my mouth. All my remonstrances
+against this measure only provoked so great a clamor on his part,
+that I was obliged to acquiesce; and the operation of feeding being
+thus facilitated, the meal was quickly despatched. As for Toby, he
+was allowed to help himself after his own fashion.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The repast over, my attendant arranged the mats for repose, and,
+bidding me lie down, covered me with a large robe of tappa, at the
+same time looking approvingly upon me, and exclaiming, <span class="tei tei-q">“Ki-Ki, muee
+muee, ah! moee moee mortarkee,”</span> (eat plenty, ah! sleep very good.)
+The philosophy of this sentiment I did not pretend to question; for
+deprived of sleep for several preceding nights, and the pain in my
+limb having much abated, I now felt inclined to avail myself of the
+opportunity afforded me.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The next morning, on waking, I found Kory-Kory stretched out on
+one side of me, while my companion lay upon the other. I felt sensibly
+refreshed after a night of sound repose, and immediately agreed to
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page91">[pg 91]</span><a name="Pg091" id="Pg091" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>the proposition of my valet that I should repair to the water and wash,
+although dreading the suffering that the exertion might produce. From
+this apprehension, however, I was quickly relieved; for Kory-Kory,
+leaping from the pi-pi, and then backing himself up against it, like
+a porter in readiness to shoulder a trunk, with loud vociferations, and a
+superabundance of gestures gave me to understand that I was to
+mount upon his back, and be thus transported to the stream, which
+flowed perhaps two hundred yards from the house.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Our appearance upon the verandah in front of the habitation drew
+together quite a crowd, who stood looking on, and conversing with one
+another in the most animated manner. They reminded one of a group
+of idlers gathered about the door of a village tavern, when the equipage
+of some distinguished traveller is brought round previous to his departure.
+As soon as I clasped my arms about the neck of the devoted
+fellow, and he jogged off with me, the crowd—composed chiefly of
+young girls and boys—followed after, shouting and capering with
+infinite glee, and accompanied us to the banks of the stream.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+On gaining it, Kory-Kory, wading up to his hips in the water, carried
+me half-way across, and deposited me on a smooth black stone,
+which rose a few inches above the surface. The amphibious rabble
+at our heels plunged in after us; and, climbing to the summit of the
+grass-grown rocks, with which the bed of the brook was here and there
+broken, waited curiously to witness our morning ablutions. I felt
+somewhat embarrassed by the presence of the female portion of the
+company, but, nevertheless, removed my frock, and washed myself
+down to my waist in the stream. As soon as Kory-Kory comprehended
+from my motions that this was to be the extent of my performance,
+he appeared perfectly aghast with astonishment, and rushing toward
+me, poured out a torrent of words in eager deprecation of so limited
+an operation, enjoining me by unmistakable signs to immerse my whole
+body. To this I was forced to consent; and the honest fellow regarding
+me as a froward, inexperienced child, whom it was his duty to serve at
+the risk of offending, lifted me from, the rock, and tenderly bathed my
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page92">[pg 92]</span><a name="Pg092" id="Pg092" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>limbs. This over, and resuming my seat, I could not avoid bursting
+into admiration of the scene around me.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+From the verdant surfaces of the large stones that lay scattered
+about, the natives were now sliding off into the water, diving and ducking
+beneath the surface in all directions; the young girls springing
+buoyantly into the air, with their long tresses dancing about their
+shoulders, their eyes sparkling like drops of dew in the sun, and their
+gay laughter pealing forth at every frolicsome incident.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+On the afternoon of the day that I took my first bath in the valley,
+we received another visit from Mehevi. The noble savage seemed
+to be in the same pleasant mood, and was quite as cordial in his manner
+as before. After remaining about an hour, he rose from the mats,
+and motioning to leave the house, invited Toby and myself to accompany
+him. I pointed to my leg; but Mehevi in his turn pointed
+to Kory-Kory, and removed that objection; so, mounting upon the
+faithful fellow’s shoulders again—like the old man of the sea astride of
+Sinbad—I followed after the chief.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The nature of the route we now pursued struck me more forcibly
+than anything I had yet seen, as illustrating the indolent disposition of
+the islanders. The path was obviously the most beaten one in the valley,
+several others leading from either side into it, and perhaps for
+successive generations it had formed the principal avenue of the
+place. And yet, until I grew more familiar with its impediments, it
+seemed as difficult to travel as the recesses of a wilderness. Part of it
+swept around an abrupt rise of ground, the surface of which was
+broken by frequent inequalities, and thickly strewn with projecting
+masses of rocks, whose summits were often hidden from view by the
+drooping foliage of the luxurious vegetation. Sometimes directly over,
+sometimes evading these obstacles with a wide circuit, the path wound
+along—one moment climbing over a sudden eminence, smooth with
+continued wear, then descending on the other side into a steep glen,
+and crossing the flinty channel of a brook. Here it pursued the
+depths of a glade, occasionally obliging you to stoop beneath vast
+hori<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page93">[pg 93]</span><a name="Pg093" id="Pg093" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>zontal branches; and now you stepped over huge trunks and boughs that
+lay rotting across the track.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Such was the grand thoroughfare of Typee. After proceeding a
+little distance along it—Kory-Kory panting and blowing with the
+weight of his burden—I dismounted from his back, and grasping the
+long spear of Mehevi in my hand, assisted my steps over the numerous
+obstacles of the road; preferring this mode of advance to one
+which, from the difficulties of the way, was equally painful to myself
+and my wearied servitor.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Our journey was soon at an end; for, scaling a sudden height, we
+came abruptly upon the place of our destination. I wish that it were
+possible to sketch in words this spot as vividly as I recollect it.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Here were situated the Taboo groves of the valley—the scene of many
+a prolonged feast, of many a horrid rite. Beneath the dark shadows
+of the consecrated bread-fruit trees there reigned a solemn twilight—a
+cathedral-like gloom. The frightful genius of pagan worship seemed
+to brood in silence over the place, breathing its spell upon every object
+around. Here and there, in the depths of these awful shades, half
+screened from sight by masses of overhanging foliage, rose the idolatrous
+altars of the savages, built of enormous blocks of black and
+polished stone, placed one upon another, without cement, to the height
+of twelve or fifteen feet, and surmounted by a rustic open temple,
+enclosed with a low picket of canes, within which might be seen, in various
+stages of decay, offerings of bread-fruit and cocoa-nuts, and the
+putrefying relics of some recent sacrifice.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In the midst of the wood was the hallowed <span class="tei tei-q">“hoolah hoolah”</span> ground—set
+apart for the celebration of the fantastical religious ritual of these
+people—comprising an extensive oblong pi-pi, terminating at either
+end in a lofty terraced altar, guarded by ranks of hideous wooden
+idols, and with the two remaining sides flanked by ranges of bamboo
+sheds, opening towards the interior of the quadrangle thus formed.
+Vast trees, standing in the middle of this space, and throwing over it
+an umbrageous shade, had their massive trunks built round with slight
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page94">[pg 94]</span><a name="Pg094" id="Pg094" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>stages, elevated a few feet above the ground, and railed in with canes,
+forming so many rustic pulpits, from which the priests harangued their
+devotees.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+This holiest of spots was defended from profanation by the strictest
+edicts of the all-pervading <span class="tei tei-q">“taboo,”</span> which condemned to instant death
+the sacrilegious female who should enter or touch its sacred precincts,
+or even so much as press with her feet the ground made holy by the
+shadows that it cast.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Access was had to the enclosure through an embowered entrance on
+one side, facing a number of towering cocoa-nut trees, planted at intervals
+along a level area of a hundred yards. At the farther extremity
+of this space was to be seen a building of considerable size, reserved
+for the habitation of the priests and religious attendants of the grove.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In its vicinity was another remarkable edifice, built as usual upon
+the summit of a pi-pi, and at least two hundred feet in length, though
+not more than twenty in breadth. The whole front of this latter structure
+was completely open, and from one end to the other ran a narrow
+verandah, fenced in on the edge of the pi-pi with a picket of canes.
+Its interior presented the appearance of an immense lounging-place,
+the entire floor being strewn with successive layers of mats, lying between
+parallel trunks of cocoa-nut trees, selected for the purpose from
+the straightest and most symmetrical the vale afforded.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+To this building, denominated in the language of the natives, the
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Ti,”</span> Mehevi now conducted us. Thus far we had been accompanied
+by a troop of the natives of both sexes; but as soon as we approached
+its vicinity, the females gradually separated themselves from the crowd,
+and standing aloof, permitted us to pass on. The merciless prohibitions
+of the taboo extended likewise to this edifice, and were enforced
+by the same dreadful penalty that secured the hoolah hoolah ground
+from the imaginary pollution of a woman’s presence.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+On entering the house, I was surprised to see six muskets ranged
+against the bamboo on one side, from the barrels of which depended
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page95">[pg 95]</span><a name="Pg095" id="Pg095" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>as many small canvas pouches, partly filled with powder. Disposed
+about these muskets, like the cutlasses that decorate the bulkhead of
+a man-of-war’s cabin, were a great variety of rude spears and paddles,
+javelins, and war-clubs. This then, said I to Toby, must be the armoury
+of the tribe.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+As we advanced farther along the building, we were struck with the
+aspect of four or five hideous old wretches, on whose decrepid forms
+time and tattooing seemed to have obliterated every trace of humanity.
+Owing to the continued operation of this latter process, which only
+terminates among the warriors of the island after all the figures
+stretched upon their limbs in youth have been blended together—an
+effect, however, produced only in cases of extreme longevity—the bodies
+of these men were of a uniform dull green colour—the hue which
+the tattooing gradually assumes as the individual advances in age.
+Their skin had a frightful scaly appearance, which, united with its
+singular colour, made their limbs not a little resemble dusty specimens
+of verde-antique. Their flesh, in parts, hung upon them in huge folds,
+like the overlapping plaits on the flank of a rhinoceros. Their heads
+were completely bald, whilst their faces were puckered into a thousand
+wrinkles, and they presented no vestige of a beard. But the most
+remarkable peculiarity about them was the appearance of their feet;
+the toes, like the radiating lines of the mariner’s compass, pointed to
+every quarter of the horizon. This was doubtless attributable to the
+fact, that during nearly a hundred years of existence the said toes never
+had been subjected to any artificial confinement, and in their old age,
+being averse to close neighbourhood, bid one another keep open order.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+These repulsive-looking creatures appeared to have lost the use of
+their lower limbs altogether; sitting upon the floor cross-legged, in a
+state of torpor. They never heeded us in the least, scarcely looking
+conscious of our presence, while Mehevi seated us upon the mats, and
+Kory-Kory gave utterance to some unintelligible gibberish.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In a few moments, a boy entered with a wooden trencher of
+poee-<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page96">[pg 96]</span><a name="Pg096" id="Pg096" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>poee; and in regaling myself with its contents, I was obliged again
+to submit to the officious intervention of my indefatigable servitor.
+Various other dishes followed, the chief manifesting the most hospitable
+importunity in pressing us to partake, and to remove all bashfulness
+on our part, set us no despicable example in his own person.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The repast concluded, a pipe was lighted, which passed from mouth
+to mouth, and yielding to its soporific influence, the quiet of the place,
+and the deepening shadows of approaching night, my companion and I
+sank into a kind of drowsy repose, while the chief and Kory-Kory
+seemed to be slumbering beside us.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I awoke from an uneasy nap, about midnight, as I supposed; and,
+raising myself partly from the mat, became sensible that we were
+enveloped in utter darkness. Toby lay still asleep, but our late
+companions had disappeared. The only sound that interrupted the
+silence of the place was the asthmatic breathing of the old men I have
+mentioned, who reposed at a little distance from us. Besides them, as
+well as I could judge, there was no one else in the house.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Apprehensive of some evil, I roused my comrade, and we were engaged
+in a whispered conference concerning the unexpected withdrawal
+of the natives, when all at once, from the depths of the grove, in full
+view of us where we lay, shoots of flame were seen to rise, and in a
+few moments illuminated the surrounding trees, casting, by contrast,
+into still deeper gloom the darkness around us.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+While we continued gazing at this sight, dark figures appeared
+moving to and fro before the flames; while others, dancing and capering
+about, looked like so many demons.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Regarding this new phenomenon with no small degree of trepidation,
+I said to my companion, <span class="tei tei-q">“What can all this mean, Toby?”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Oh, nothing,”</span> replied he; <span class="tei tei-q">“getting the fire ready, I suppose.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Fire!”</span> exclaimed I, while my heart took to beating like a trip-hammer,
+<span class="tei tei-q">“what fire?”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Why, the fire to cook us, to be sure; what else would the cannibals
+be kicking up such a row about, if it were not for that?”</span>
+</p>
+
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page97">[pg 97]</span><a name="Pg097" id="Pg097" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Oh, Toby! have done with your jokes; this is no time for them:
+something is about to happen, I feel confident.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Jokes, indeed!”</span> exclaimed Toby, indignantly. <span class="tei tei-q">“Did you ever
+hear me joke? Why, for what do you suppose the devils have been
+feeding us up in this kind of style for during the last three days, unless
+it were for something that you are too much frightened at to talk
+about? Look at that Kory-Kory there!—has he not been stuffing
+you with his confounded mushes, just in the way they treat swine before
+they kill them? Depend upon it, we will be eaten this blessed
+night, and there is the fire we shall be roasted by.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+This view of the matter was not at all calculated to allay my apprehensions,
+and I shuddered when I reflected that we were indeed at
+the mercy of a tribe of cannibals, and that the dreadful contingency to
+which Toby had alluded was by no means removed beyond the bounds
+of possibility.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“There! I told you so! they are coming for us!”</span> exclaimed my companion
+the next moment, as the forms of four of the islanders were
+seen in bold relief against the illuminated background, mounting the
+pi-pi, and approaching us.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+They came on noiselessly, nay, stealthily, and glided along through
+the gloom that surrounded us, as if about to spring upon some object
+they were fearful of disturbing before they should make sure of it.
+Gracious Heaven! the horrible reflections which crowded upon me that
+moment! A cold sweat stood upon my brow, and spell-bound with
+terror, I awaited my fate.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Suddenly the silence was broken by the well-remembered tones of
+Mehevi, and at the kindly accents of his voice, my fears were immediately
+dissipated. <span class="tei tei-q">“Tommo, Toby, ki ki!”</span> (eat). He had waited to
+address us, until he had assured himself that we were both awake, at
+which he seemed somewhat surprised.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Ki ki! is it?”</span> said Toby, in his gruff tones; <span class="tei tei-q">“well, cook us first,
+will you—but what’s this?”</span> he added, as another savage appeared,
+bearing before him a large trencher of wood, containing some kind of
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page98">[pg 98]</span><a name="Pg098" id="Pg098" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>steaming meat, as appeared from the odours it diffused, and which
+he deposited at the feet of Mehevi. <span class="tei tei-q">“A baked baby, I dare say! but
+I will have none of it, never mind what it is. A pretty fool I should
+make of myself, indeed, waked up here in the middle of the night,
+stuffing and guzzling, and all to make a fat meal for a parcel of bloody-minded
+cannibals one of these mornings! No; I see what they are
+at very plainly, so I am resolved to starve myself into a bunch of
+bones and gristle, and then, if they serve me up, they are welcome!
+But, I say, Tommo, you are not going to eat any of that mess there, in
+the dark, are you? Why, how can you tell what it is?”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“By tasting it, to be sure,”</span> said I, masticating a morsel that Kory-Kory
+had just put in my mouth; <span class="tei tei-q">“and excellently good it is, too, very
+much like veal.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“A baked baby, by the soul of Captain Cook!”</span> burst forth Toby,
+with amazing vehemence. <span class="tei tei-q">“Veal? why, there never was a calf on the
+island till you landed. I tell you, you are bolting down mouthfuls
+from a dead Happar’s carcass, as sure as you live, and no
+mistake!”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Emetics and lukewarm water! What a sensation in the abdominal
+regions! Sure enough, where could the fiends incarnate have obtained
+meat? But I resolved to satisfy myself at all hazards; and
+turning to Mehevi, I soon made the ready chief understand that I
+wished a light to be brought. When the taper came, I gazed eagerly
+into the vessel, and recognized the mutilated remains of a juvenile
+porker! <span class="tei tei-q">“Puarkee!”</span> exclaimed Kory-Kory, looking complacently at
+the dish; and from that day to this I have never forgotten that such
+is the designation of a pig in the Typee lingo.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The next morning, after being again abundantly feasted by the
+hospitable Mehevi, Toby and myself arose to depart. But the chief
+requested us to postpone our intention. <span class="tei tei-q">“Abo, abo”</span> (Wait, wait), he
+said, and accordingly we resumed our seats, while, assisted by the
+zealous Kory-Kory, he appeared to be engaged in giving directions to
+a number of the natives outside, who were busily employed in making
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page99">[pg 99]</span><a name="Pg099" id="Pg099" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>arrangements, the nature of which we could not comprehend. But
+we were not left long in our ignorance, for a few moments only had
+elapsed, when the chief beckoned us to approach, and we perceived
+that he had been marshalling a kind of guard of honour to escort us
+on our return to the house of Marheyo.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The procession was led off by two venerable-looking savages, each
+provided with a spear, from the end of which streamed a pennon of
+milk-white tappa. After them went several youths, bearing aloft calabashes
+of poee-poee; and followed in their turn by four stalwart fellows,
+sustaining long bamboos, from the tops of which hung suspended,
+at least twenty feet from the ground, large baskets of green bread-fruit.
+Then came a troop of boys, carrying bunches of ripe bananas,
+and baskets made of woven leaflets of cocoa-nut boughs, filled with the
+young fruit of the tree, the naked shells, stripped of their husks, peeping
+forth from the verdant wicker-work that surrounded them. Last
+of all came a burly islander, holding over his head a wooden trencher,
+in which lay disposed the remnants of our midnight feast, hidden
+from view, however, by a covering of bread-fruit leaves.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Astonished as I was at this exhibition, I could not avoid smiling at
+its grotesque appearance, and the associations it naturally called up.
+Mehevi, it seemed, was bent on replenishing old Marheyo’s larder,
+fearful, perhaps, that without this precaution his guests might not
+fare as well as they could desire.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+As soon as I descended from the pi-pi, the procession formed anew,
+enclosing us in its centre; where I remained, part of the time carried
+by Kory-Kory, and occasionally relieving him from his burden by limping
+along with a spear. When we moved off in this order, the natives
+struck up a musical recitative, which, with various alternations, they
+continued until we arrived at the place of our destination.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+As we proceeded on our way, bands of young girls, darting from
+the surrounding groves, hung upon our skirts, and accompanied us with
+shouts of merriment and delight, which almost drowned the deep notes
+of the recitative. On approaching old Marheyo’s domicile, its inmates
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page100">[pg 100]</span><a name="Pg100" id="Pg100" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>rushed out to receive us; and while the gifts of Mehevi were being
+disposed of, the superannuated warrior did the honours of his mansion
+with all the warmth of hospitality evinced by an English squire, when
+he regales his friends at some fine old patrimonial mansion.
+</p>
+
+</div><hr class="page" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page101">[pg 101]</span><a name="Pg101" id="Pg101" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<a name="toc26" id="toc26"></a><a name="pdf27" id="pdf27"></a>
+<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">CHAPTER XII</span></h2>
+
+<div class="tei tei-argument" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 0.90em"><span style="font-size: 90%">
+Attempt to procure relief from Nukuheva—Perilous adventure of Toby in
+the Happar Mountains—Eloquence of Kory-Kory.
+</span></p>
+</div>
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Amidst these novel scenes a week passed away almost imperceptibly.
+The natives, actuated by some mysterious impulse, day after day redoubled
+their attention to us. Their manner towards us was unaccountable.
+Surely, thought I, they would not act thus if they meant us
+any harm. But why this excess of deferential kindness, or what equivalent
+can they imagine us capable of rendering them for it?
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+We were fairly puzzled. But, despite the apprehensions I could
+not dispel, the horrible character imputed to these Typees appeared to
+be wholly undeserved.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Why, they are cannibals!”</span> said Toby, on one occasion when I
+eulogized the tribe.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Granted,”</span> I replied, <span class="tei tei-q">“but a more humane, gentlemanly, and
+amiable set of epicures do not probably exist in the Pacific.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+But, notwithstanding the kind treatment we received, I was too
+familiar with the fickle disposition of savages not to feel anxious to
+withdraw from the valley, and put myself beyond the reach of that
+fearful death which, under all these smiling appearances, might yet
+menace us. But here there was an obstacle in the way of doing so.
+It was idle for me to think of moving from the place until I should have
+recovered from the severe lameness that afflicted me; indeed my malady
+began seriously to alarm me; for, despite the herbal remedies of the
+natives, it continued to grow worse and worse. Their mild applications,
+though they soothed the pain, did not remove the disorder, and
+I felt convinced that, without better aid, I might anticipate long and
+acute suffering.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+But how was this aid to be procured? From the surgeons of the
+French fleet, which probably still lay in the bay of Nukuheva, it might
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page102">[pg 102]</span><a name="Pg102" id="Pg102" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>easily have been obtained, could I have made my case known to them.
+But how could that be effected?
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+At last, in the exigency to which I was reduced, I proposed to
+Toby that he should endeavour to go round to Nukuheva, and if he
+could not succeed in returning to the valley by water in one of the
+boats of the squadron, and taking me off, he might at least procure
+me some proper medicines, and effect his return overland.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+My companion listened to me in silence, and at first did not appear
+to relish the idea. The truth was, he felt impatient to escape from
+the place, and wished to avail himself of our present high favour
+with the natives to make good our retreat, before we should experience
+some sudden alterations in their behaviour. As he could not think
+of leaving me in my helpless condition, he implored me to be of good
+cheer; assured me that I should soon be better, and enabled in a few
+days to return with him to Nukuheva.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Added to this, he could not bear the idea of again returning to this
+dangerous place; and as for the expectation of persuading the Frenchmen
+to detach a boat’s crew for the purpose of rescuing me from the
+Typees, he looked upon it as idle; and, with arguments that I could
+not answer, urged the improbability of their provoking the hostilities
+of the clan by any such measure; especially as, for the purpose of
+quieting its apprehensions, they had as yet refrained from making
+any visit to the bay. <span class="tei tei-q">“And even should they consent,”</span> said Toby,
+<span class="tei tei-q">“they would only produce a commotion in the valley, in which we
+might both be sacrificed by these ferocious islanders.”</span> This was unanswerable;
+but still I clung to the belief that he might succeed in
+accomplishing the other part of my plan; and at last I overcame his
+scruples, and he agreed to make the attempt.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+As soon as we succeeded in making the natives understand our intention,
+they broke out into the most vehement opposition to the measure,
+and, for a while, I almost despaired of obtaining their consent. At
+the bare thought of one of us leaving them, they manifested the most
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page103">[pg 103]</span><a name="Pg103" id="Pg103" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>lively concern. The grief and consternation of Kory-Kory, in particular,
+was unbounded; he threw himself into a perfect paroxysm of gestures,
+which were intended to convey to us, not only his abhorrence of
+Nukuheva and its uncivilized inhabitants, but also his astonishment
+that, after becoming acquainted with the enlightened Typees, we should
+evince the least desire to withdraw, even for a time, from their agreeable
+society.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+However, I overbore his objections by appealing to my lameness;
+from which I assured the natives I should speedily recover, if Toby
+were permitted to obtain the supplies I needed.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+It was agreed that on the following morning my companion should
+depart, accompanied by some one or two of the household, who should
+point out to him an easy route, by which the bay might be reached before
+sunset.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+At early dawn of the next day, our habitation was astir. One of
+the young men mounted into an adjoining cocoa-nut tree, and threw
+down a number of the young fruit, which old Marheyo quickly stripped
+of the green husks, and strung together upon a short pole. These
+were intended to refresh Toby on his route.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The preparations being completed, with no little emotion I bade
+my companion adieu. He promised to return in three days at
+farthest; and, bidding me keep up my spirits in the interval, turned
+around the corner of the pi-pi, and, under the guidance of the venerable
+Marheyo, was soon out of sight. His departure oppressed me
+with melancholy, and, re-entering the dwelling, I threw myself almost
+in despair upon the matting of the floor.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In two hours’ time the old warrior returned, and gave me to understand,
+that after accompanying my companion a little distance, and
+showing him the route, he had left him journeying on his way.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+It was about noon of this same day, a season which these people are
+wont to pass in sleep, that I lay in the house, surrounded by its slumbering
+inmates, and painfully affected by the strange silence which
+pre<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page104">[pg 104]</span><a name="Pg104" id="Pg104" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>vailed. All at once I thought I heard a faint shout, as if proceeding
+from some persons in the depth of the grove which extended in front
+of our habitation.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The sounds grew louder and nearer, and gradually the whole valley
+rang with wild outcries. The sleepers around me started to their
+feet in alarm, and hurried outside to discover the cause of the commotion.
+Kory-Kory, who had been the first to spring up, soon returned
+almost breathless, and nearly frantic with the excitement under which
+he seemed to be labouring. All that I could understand from him
+was, that some accident had happened to Toby. Apprehensive of some
+dreadful calamity, I rushed out of the house, and caught sight of a
+tumultuous crowd, who, with shrieks and lamentations, were just emerging
+from the grove, bearing in their arms some object, the sight of
+which produced all this transport of sorrow. As they drew near, the
+men redoubled their cries, while the girls, tossing their bare arms in
+the air, exclaimed plaintively, <span class="tei tei-q">“Awha! awha! Toby muckee moee!”</span>—Alas!
+alas! Toby is killed!
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In a moment the crowd opened, and disclosed the apparently lifeless
+body of my companion borne between two men, the head hanging
+heavily against the breast of the foremost. The whole face, neck, and
+bosom were covered with blood, which still trickled slowly from a
+wound behind the temple. In the midst of the greatest uproar and
+confusion, the body was carried into the house and laid on a mat.
+Waving the natives off to give room and air, I bent eagerly over Toby,
+and, laying my hand upon the breast, ascertained that the heart still
+beat. Overjoyed at this, I seized a calabash of water, and dashed its
+contents upon his face, then, wiping away the blood, anxiously examined
+the wound. It was about three inches long, and, on removing the
+clotted hair from about it, showed the skull laid completely bare.
+Immediately with my knife I cut away the heavy locks, and bathed the
+part repeatedly in water.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In a few moments Toby revived, and opening his eyes for a second,
+closed them again, without speaking. Kory-Kory, who had been
+kneel<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page105">[pg 105]</span><a name="Pg105" id="Pg105" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>ing beside me, now chafed his limbs gently with the palms of his hands,
+while a young girl at his head kept fanning him, and I still continued
+to moisten his lips and brow. Soon my poor comrade showed signs of
+animation, and I succeeded in making him swallow from a cocoa-nut
+shell a few mouthfuls of water.
+</p>
+    <a name="illus4" id="illus4" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"></p><div class="tei tei-figure" style="text-align: center"><img src="images/illus4th.jpg" width="319" height="400" alt="Illustration: THE BODY WAS CARRIED INTO THE HOUSE AND LAID ON A MAT" title="THE BODY WAS CARRIED INTO THE HOUSE AND LAID ON A MAT" /><div class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.00em; margin-top: 1.00em"><a href="images/illus4.jpg" class="tei tei-xref" style="text-align: center"><span class="tei tei-hi" style="text-align: center"><span style="font-size: 90%">THE BODY WAS CARRIED INTO THE HOUSE AND LAID ON A
+      MAT</span></span></a></div></div>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Old Tinor now appeared, holding in her hand some simples she had
+gathered, the juice of which she by signs besought me to squeeze into
+the wound. Having done so, I thought it best to leave Toby undisturbed
+until he should have had time to rally his faculties. Several
+times he opened his lips, but, fearful for his safety, I enjoined silence.
+In the course of two or three hours however, he sat up, and was
+sufficiently recovered to tell me what had occurred.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“After leaving the house with Marheyo,”</span> said Toby, <span class="tei tei-q">“we struck
+across the valley, and ascended the opposite heights. Just beyond
+them, my guide informed me, lay the valley of Happar, while along
+their summits, and skirting the head of the vale, was my route to Nukuheva.
+After mounting a little way up the elevation my guide
+paused, and gave me to understand that he could not accompany me
+any farther, and by various signs intimated that he was afraid to approach
+any nearer the territories of the enemies of his tribe. He, however,
+pointed out my path, which now lay clearly before me, and, bidding
+me farewell, hastily descended the mountain.</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Quite elated at being so near the Happars, I pushed up the acclivity,
+and soon gained its summit. It tapered up to a sharp ridge,
+from whence I beheld both the hostile valleys. Here I sat down and
+rested for a moment, refreshing myself with my cocoa-nuts. I was
+soon again pursuing my way along the height, when suddenly I saw
+three of the islanders, who must have just come out of Happar valley,
+standing in the path ahead of me. They were each armed with a
+heavy spear, and one, from his appearance, I took to be a chief. They
+sung out something, I could not understand what, and beckoned me to
+come on.</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Without the least hesitation I advanced towards them, and had
+ap<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page106">[pg 106]</span><a name="Pg106" id="Pg106" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>proached within about a yard of the foremost, when, pointing angrily
+into the Typee valley, and uttering some savage exclamation, he
+wheeled round his weapon like lightning, and struck me in a moment
+to the ground. The blow inflicted this wound, and took away my
+senses. As soon as I came to myself, I perceived the three islanders
+standing a little distance off, and apparently engaged in some violent
+altercation respecting me.</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“My first impulse was to run for it; but, in endeavouring to rise,
+I fell back, and rolled down a little grassy precipice. The shock
+seemed to rally my faculties; so, starting to my feet, I fled down the
+path I had just ascended. I had no need to look behind me, for, from
+the yells I heard, I knew that my enemies were in full pursuit.
+Urged on by their fearful outcries, and heedless of the injury I had
+received—though the blood flowing from the wound trickled over into
+my eyes and almost blinded me—I rushed down the mountain side
+with the speed of the wind. In a short time I had descended nearly
+a third of the distance, and the savages had ceased their cries, when
+suddenly a terrific howl burst upon my ear, and at the same moment
+a heavy javelin darted past me as I fled, and stuck quivering in a tree
+close to me. Another yell followed, and a second spear and a third
+shot through the air within a few feet of my body, both of them
+piercing the ground obliquely in advance of me. The fellows gave a
+roar of rage and disappointment; but they were afraid, I suppose, of
+coming down farther into the Typee valley, and so abandoned the
+chase. I saw them recover their weapons and turn back; and I continued
+my descent as fast as I could.</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“What could have caused this ferocious attack on the part of these
+Happars I could not imagine, unless it were that they had seen me
+ascending the mountain with Marheyo, and that the mere fact of coming
+from the Typee valley was sufficient to provoke them.</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“As long as I was in danger I scarcely felt the wound I had received;
+but when the chase was over I began to suffer from it. I had
+lost my hat in the flight, and the sun scorched my bare head. I felt
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page107">[pg 107]</span><a name="Pg107" id="Pg107" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>faint and giddy; but, fearful of falling to the ground beyond the reach
+of assistance, I staggered on as well as I could, and at last gained the
+level of the valley, and then down I sunk; and I knew nothing more
+until I found myself lying upon these mats, and you stooping over me
+with the calabash of water.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Such was Toby’s account of this sad affair. I afterwards learned
+that fortunately he had fallen close to a spot where the natives go for
+fuel. A party of them caught sight of him as he fell, and, sounding
+the alarm, had lifted him up; and after ineffectually endeavouring to
+restore him at the brook, had hurried forward with him to the house.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+This incident threw a dark cloud over our prospects. It reminded
+us that we were hemmed in by hostile tribes, whose territories we could
+not hope to pass, on our route to Nukuheva, without encountering the
+effects of their savage resentment. There appeared to be no avenue
+opened to our escape but the sea, which washed the lower extremity of
+the vale.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Our Typee friends availed themselves of the recent disaster of Toby
+to exhort us to a due appreciation of the blessings we enjoyed among
+them; contrasting their own generous reception of us with the animosity
+of their neighbours. They likewise dwelt upon the cannibal propensities
+of the Happars, a subject which they were perfectly aware could
+not fail to alarm us; while at the same time they earnestly disclaimed
+all participation in so horrid a custom. Nor did they omit to call upon
+us to admire the natural loveliness of their own abode, and the lavish
+abundance with which it produced all manner of luxuriant fruits;
+exalting it in this particular above any of the surrounding valleys.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Kory-Kory seemed to experience so heartfelt a desire to infuse into
+our minds proper views on these subjects, that, assisted in his endeavours
+by the little knowledge of the language we had acquired, he actually
+made us comprehend a considerable part of what he said. To facilitate
+our correct apprehension of his meaning, he at first condensed
+his ideas into the smallest possible compass.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Happar keekeeno nuee,”</span> he exclaimed; <span class="tei tei-q">“nuee, nuee, ki ki
+kan<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page108">[pg 108]</span><a name="Pg108" id="Pg108" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>naka!—ah! owle motarkee!”</span> which signifies, <span class="tei tei-q">“Terrible fellows those
+Happars!—devour an amazing quantity of men!—ah, shocking bad!”</span>
+Thus far he explained himself by a variety of gestures, during the performance
+of which he would dart out of the house, and point abhorrently
+towards the Happar valley; running in to us again with the rapidity
+that showed he was fearful we would lose one part of his meaning
+before he could complete the other; and continuing his illustrations by
+seizing the fleshy part of my arm in his teeth, intimating, by the operation,
+that the people who lived over in that direction would like
+nothing better than to treat me in that manner.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Having assured himself that we were fully enlightened on this
+point, he proceeded to another branch of the subject. <span class="tei tei-q">“Ah! Typee
+me! arkee!—nuee, nuee mioree—nuee, nuee wai nuee, nuee poee
+poee—nuee, nuee kokoo—ah! nuee, nuee kiki—ah! nuee, nuee, nuee!”</span>
+Which, liberally interpreted as before, would imply, <span class="tei tei-q">“Ah, Typee! isn’t
+it a fine place though!—no danger of starving here, I tell you!—plenty
+of bread-fruit—plenty of water—plenty of pudding—ah! plenty
+of everything, ah! heaps, heaps, heaps!”</span> All this was accompanied
+by a running commentary of signs and gestures which it was impossible
+not to comprehend.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+As he continued his harangue, however, Kory-Kory, in emulation of
+our more polished orators, began to launch out rather diffusely into
+other branches of his subject, enlarging probably upon the moral reflections
+it suggested; and proceeded in such a strain of unintelligible
+and stunning gibberish, that he actually gave me the headache for the
+rest of the day.
+</p>
+
+</div><hr class="page" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page109">[pg 109]</span><a name="Pg109" id="Pg109" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<a name="toc28" id="toc28"></a><a name="pdf29" id="pdf29"></a>
+<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">CHAPTER XIII</span></h2>
+
+<div class="tei tei-argument" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 0.90em"><span style="font-size: 90%">
+A great event happens in the valley—The island telegraph—Something befalls
+Toby—Fayaway displays a tender heart—Melancholy reflections—Mysterious
+conduct of the islanders—Devotion of Kory-Kory—A rural couch—A
+luxury—Kory-Kory strikes a light </span><span class="tei tei-hi" style="text-align: center"><span style="font-size: 90%; font-style: italic">à la</span></span><span style="font-size: 90%"> Typee.
+</span></p>
+</div>
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In the course of a few days Toby had recovered from the effects of
+his adventure with the Happar warriors; the wound on his head rapidly
+healing under the vegetable treatment of the good Tinor. Less fortunate
+than my companion, however, I still continued to languish under
+a complaint, the origin and nature of which was still a mystery. Cut
+off as I was from all intercourse with the civilized world, and feeling
+the inefficacy of anything the natives could do to relieve me; knowing,
+too, that so long as I remained in my present condition it would be
+impossible for me to leave the valley, whatever opportunity might
+present itself; and apprehensive that ere long we might be exposed to
+some caprice on the part of the islanders, I now gave up all hopes of
+recovery, and became a prey to the most gloomy thoughts. A deep
+dejection fell upon me, which neither the friendly remonstrances of
+my companion, the devoted attentions of Kory-Kory, nor all the soothing
+influences of Fayaway, could remove.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+One morning, as I lay on the mats in the house plunged in melancholy
+reverie, and regardless of everything around me, Toby, who had
+left me about an hour, returned in haste, and with great glee told me
+to cheer up and be of good heart, for he believed, from what was going
+on among the natives, that there were boats approaching the bay.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+These tidings operated upon me like magic. The hour of our deliverance
+was at hand, and, starting up, I was soon convinced that
+something unusual was about to occur. The word <span class="tei tei-q">“botee! botee!”</span>
+was vociferated in all directions; and shouts were heard in the distance,
+at first feebly and faintly, but growing louder and nearer at
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page110">[pg 110]</span><a name="Pg110" id="Pg110" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>each successive repetition, until they were caught up by a fellow in
+a cocoa-nut tree a few yards off, who, sounding them in turn, they
+were reiterated from a neighbouring grove, and so died away gradually
+from point to point, as the intelligence penetrated into the farthest
+recesses of the valley. This was the vocal telegraph of the islanders; by
+means of which, condensed items of information could be carried in
+a very few minutes from the sea to their remotest habitation, a distance
+of at least eight or nine miles. On the present occasion it was
+in active operation, one piece of information following another with
+inconceivable rapidity.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The greatest commotion now appeared to prevail. At every fresh
+item of intelligence the natives betrayed the liveliest interest, and redoubled
+the energy with which they employed themselves in collecting
+fruit to sell to the expected visitors. Some were tearing off the husks
+from cocoa-nuts; some, perched in the trees, were throwing down bread-fruit
+to their companions, who gathered them in heaps as they fell;
+while others were plying their fingers rapidly in weaving leafen
+baskets in which to carry the fruit.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+There were other matters, too, going on at the same time. Here
+you would see a stout warrior polishing his spear with a bit of old
+tappa, or adjusting the folds of the girdle about his waist; and there
+you might descry a young damsel decorating herself with flowers, as if
+having in her eye some maidenly conquest; while, as in all cases of
+hurry and confusion in every part of the world, a number of individuals
+kept hurrying to and fro with amazing vigour and perseverance,
+doing nothing themselves, and hindering others.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Never before had we seen the islanders in such a state of bustle
+and excitement; and the scene furnished abundant evidence of the
+fact—that it was only at long intervals any such events occur.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+When I thought of the length of time that might intervene before
+a similar chance of escape would be presented, I bitterly lamented
+that I had not the power of availing myself effectually of the present
+opportunity.
+</p>
+
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page111">[pg 111]</span><a name="Pg111" id="Pg111" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+From all that we could gather, it appeared that the natives were fearful
+of arriving too late upon the beach, unless they made extraordinary
+exertions. Sick and lame as I was, I would have started with
+Toby at once, had not Kory-Kory not only refused to carry me, but
+manifested the most invincible repugnance to our leaving the neighbourhood
+of the house. The rest of the savages were equally opposed
+to our wishes, and seemed grieved and astonished at the earnestness
+of my solicitations. I clearly perceived that, while my attendant
+avoided all appearance of constraining my movements, he was nevertheless
+determined to thwart my wishes. He seemed to me on this
+particular occasion, as well as often afterwards, to be executing the orders
+of some other person with regard to me, though at the same
+time feeling towards me the most lively affection.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Toby, who had made up his mind to accompany the islanders if
+possible as soon as they were in readiness to depart, and who for that
+reason had refrained from showing the same anxiety that I had done,
+now represented to me that it was idle for me to entertain the hope
+of reaching the beach in time to profit by any opportunity that might
+then be presented.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Do you not see,”</span> said he, <span class="tei tei-q">“the savages themselves are fearful of
+being too late, and I should hurry forward myself at once, did I not
+think that, if I showed too much eagerness, I should destroy all our
+hopes of reaping any benefit from this fortunate event. If you will
+only endeavour to appear tranquil or unconcerned, you will quiet their
+suspicions, and I have no doubt they will then let me go with them to
+the beach, supposing that I merely go out of curiosity. Should I succeed
+in getting down to the boats, I will make known the condition in
+which I have left you, and measures may then be taken to secure our
+escape.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In the expediency of this I could not but acquiesce; and as the
+natives had now completed their preparations, I watched with the liveliest
+interest the reception that Toby’s application might meet with. As
+soon as they understood from my companion that I intended to
+re<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page112">[pg 112]</span><a name="Pg112" id="Pg112" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>main, they appeared to make no objection to this proposition, and even
+hailed it with pleasure. Their singular conduct on this occasion not
+a little puzzled me at the time, and imparted to subsequent events an
+additional mystery.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The islanders were now to be seen hurrying along the path which led
+to the sea. I shook Toby warmly by the hand, and gave him my
+Payta hat to shield his wounded head from the sun, as he had lost
+his own. He cordially returned the pressure of my hand, and, solemnly
+promising to return as soon as the boats should leave the shore,
+sprang from my side, and the next minute disappeared in a turn of the
+grove.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In spite of the unpleasant reflections that crowded upon my mind,
+I could not but be entertained by the novel and animated sight which
+now met my view. One after another, the natives crowded along the
+narrow path, laden with every variety of fruit. Here, you might
+have seen one, who, after ineffectually endeavouring to persuade a
+surly porker to be conducted in leading-strings, was obliged at last
+to seize the <a name="corr112" id="corr112" class="tei tei-anchor"></a><span class="tei tei-corr">perverse</span> animal in his arms, and carry him struggling
+again his naked breast, and squealing without intermission. There
+went two, who at a little distance might have been taken for the Hebrew
+spies, on their return to Moses with the goodly bunch of grapes. One
+trotted before the other at a distance of a couple of yards, while between
+them, from a pole resting on their shoulders, was suspended a huge
+cluster of bananas, which swayed to and fro with the rocking gait at
+which they proceeded. Here ran another, perspiring with his exertions,
+and bearing before him a quantity of cocoa-nuts, who, fearful
+of being too late, heeded not the fruit that dropped from his basket, and
+appeared solely intent upon reaching his destination, careless how
+many of his cocoa-nuts kept company with him.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In a short time the last straggler was seen hurrying on his way, and
+the faint shouts of those in advance died insensibly upon the ear.
+Our part of the valley now appeared nearly deserted by its inhabitants,
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page113">[pg 113]</span><a name="Pg113" id="Pg113" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>Kory-Kory, his aged father, and a few decrepid old people being all
+that were left.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Towards sunset, the islanders in small parties began to return from
+the beach, and among them, as they drew near to the house, I sought
+to descry the form of my companion. But one after another they
+passed the dwelling, and I caught no glimpse of him. Supposing, however,
+that he would soon appear with some of the members of the
+household, I quieted my apprehensions, and waited patiently to see him
+advancing, in company with the beautiful Fayaway. At last I perceived
+Tinor coming forward, followed by the girls and young men who
+usually resided in the house of Marheyo; but with them came not my
+comrade, and, filled with a thousand alarms, I eagerly sought to discover
+the cause of his delay.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+My earnest questions appeared to embarrass the natives greatly.
+All their accounts were contradictory: one giving me to understand that
+Toby would be with me in a very short time; another, that he did not
+know where he was; while a third, violently inveighing against him,
+assured me that he had stolen away, and would never come back. It
+appeared to me, at the time, that in making these various statements
+they endeavoured to conceal from me some terrible disaster, lest the
+knowledge of it should overpower me.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Fearful lest some fatal calamity had overtaken him, I sought out
+young Fayaway, and endeavoured to learn from her, if possible, the
+truth.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+This gentle being had early attracted my regard, not only from her
+extraordinary beauty, but from the attractive cast of her countenance,
+singularly expressive of intelligence and humanity. Of all the natives,
+she alone seemed to appreciate the effect which the peculiarity of the
+circumstances in which we were placed had produced upon the minds of
+my companion and myself. In addressing me—especially when I lay
+reclining upon the mats suffering from pain—there was a tenderness
+in her manner which it was impossible to misunderstand or resist.
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page114">[pg 114]</span><a name="Pg114" id="Pg114" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>Whenever she entered the house, the expression of her face indicated
+the liveliest sympathy for me; and moving towards the place where
+I lay, with one arm slightly elevated in a gesture of pity, and her
+large glistening eyes gazing intently into mine, she would murmur
+plaintively, <span class="tei tei-q">“Awha! awha! Tommo,”</span> and seat herself mournfully beside
+me.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Her manner convinced me that she deeply compassionated my situation,
+as being removed from my country and friends, and placed beyond
+the reach of all relief. Indeed, at times I was almost led to believe
+that her mind was swayed by gentle impulses hardly to be anticipated
+from one in her condition; that she appeared to be conscious there
+were ties rudely severed, which had once bound us to our homes; that
+there were sisters and brothers anxiously looking forward to our return,
+who were perhaps never more to behold us.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In this amiable light did Fayaway appear in my eyes; and, reposing
+full confidence in her candour and intelligence, I now had recourse
+to her, in the midst of my alarm with regard to my companion.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+My questions evidently distressed her. She looked round from one
+to another of the bystanders, as if hardly knowing what answer to give
+me. At last, yielding to my importunities, she overcame her scruples,
+and gave me to understand that Toby had gone away with the boats
+which had visited the bay, but had promised to return at the expiration
+of three days. At first I accused him of perfidiously deserting me;
+but as I grew more composed, I upbraided myself for imputing so cowardly
+an action to him, and tranquillized myself with the belief that
+he had availed himself of the opportunity to go round to Nukuheva, in
+order to make some arrangement by which I could be removed from
+the valley. At any rate, thought I, he will return with the medicines I
+require, and then, as soon as I recover, there will be no difficulty in the
+way of our departure.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Consoling myself with these reflections, I lay down that night in a
+happier frame of mind than I had done for some time. The next day
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page115">[pg 115]</span><a name="Pg115" id="Pg115" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>passed without any allusion to Toby on the part of the natives, who
+seemed desirous of avoiding all reference to the subject. This raised
+some apprehensions in my breast; but, when night came, I congratulated
+myself that the second day had now gone by, and that on the morrow
+Toby would again be with me. But the morrow came and went,
+and my companion did not appear. Ah! thought I, he reckons three
+days from the morning of his departure—to-morrow he will arrive.
+But that weary day also closed upon me without his return. Even yet
+I would not despair. I thought that something detained him—that
+he was waiting for the sailing of a boat at Nukuheva, and that in a
+day or two, at farthest, I should see him again. But day after day
+of renewed disappointment passed by; at last hope deserted me, and
+I fell a victim to despair.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Yes, thought I, gloomily, he has secured his own escape, and cares
+not what calamity may befall his unfortunate comrade. Fool that I
+was, to suppose that any one would willingly encounter the perils of
+this valley, after having once got beyond its limits! He has gone, and
+has left me to combat alone all the dangers by which I am surrounded.
+Thus would I sometimes seek to derive a desperate consolation from
+dwelling upon the perfidy of Toby; whilst, at other times, I sunk under
+the bitter remorse which I felt at having, by my own imprudence,
+brought upon myself the fate which I was sure awaited me.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+At other times I thought that perhaps, after all, these treacherous
+savages had made away with him, and thence the confusion into which
+they were thrown by my questions, and their contradictory answers;
+or he might be a captive in some other part of the valley; or, more
+dreadful still, might have met with that fate at which my very soul
+shuddered. But all these speculations were vain; no tidings of Toby
+ever reached me—he had gone never to return.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The conduct of the islanders appeared inexplicable. All reference
+to my lost comrade was carefully evaded, and if at any time
+they were forced to make some reply to my frequent inquiries on the
+subject, they would uniformly denounce him as an ungrateful runaway,
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page116">[pg 116]</span><a name="Pg116" id="Pg116" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>who had deserted his friend, and taken himself off to that vile and detestable
+place Nukuheva.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+But whatever might have been his fate, now that he was gone the
+natives multiplied their acts of kindness and attention towards myself,
+treating me with a degree of deference which could hardly have been
+surpassed had I been some celestial visitant. Kory-Kory never for
+one moment left my side, unless it were to execute my wishes. The
+faithful fellow, twice every day, in the cool of the morning and in the
+evening, insisted upon carrying me to the stream, and bathing me in
+its refreshing water.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Frequently, in the afternoon, he would carry me to a particular part
+of the stream, where the beauty of the scene produced a soothing influence
+upon my mind. At this place the waters flowed between grassy
+banks, planted with enormous bread-fruit trees, whose vast branches,
+interlacing overhead, formed a leafy canopy; near the stream were
+several smooth black rocks. One of these, projecting several feet above
+the surface of the water, had upon its summit a shallow cavity, which,
+filled with freshly-gathered leaves, formed a delightful couch.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Here I often laid for hours, covered with a gauze-like veil of tappa,
+while Fayaway, seated beside me, and holding in her hand a fan woven
+from the leaflets of a young cocoa-nut bough, brushed aside the insects
+that occasionally lighted on my face, and Kory-Kory, with a view of
+chasing away my melancholy, performed a thousand antics in the
+water before us.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+As my eye wandered along this romantic stream, it would fall upon
+the half-immersed figure of a beautiful girl, standing in the transparent
+water, and catching in a little net a species of diminutive shell-fish, of
+which these people are extravagantly fond. Sometimes a chattering
+group would be seated upon the edge of a low rock in the midst of the
+brook, busily engaged in thinning and polishing the shells of cocoa-nuts,
+by rubbing them briskly with a small stone in the water, an operation
+which soon converts them into a light and elegant drinking-vessel, somewhat
+resembling goblets made of tortoise-shell.
+</p>
+
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page117">[pg 117]</span><a name="Pg117" id="Pg117" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+But the tranquillizing influences of beautiful scenery, and the exhibition
+of human life under so novel and charming an aspect, were not
+my only sources of consolation.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Every evening the girls of the house gathered about me on the mats,
+and, after chasing away Kory-Kory from my side—who, nevertheless,
+retired only to a little distance, and watched their proceedings with
+the most jealous attention—would anoint my body with a fragrant oil,
+squeezed from a yellow root, previously pounded between a couple of
+stones, and which in their language is denominated <span class="tei tei-q">“aka.”</span> I used
+to hail with delight the daily recurrence of this luxurious operation,
+in which I forgot all my troubles, and buried for the time every feeling
+of sorrow.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Sometimes, in the cool of the evening, my devoted servitor would
+lead me out upon the pi-pi in front of the house, and, seating me near
+its edge, protect my body from the annoyance of the insects which occasionally
+hovered in the air, by wrapping me round with a large roll of
+tappa. He then bustled about, and employed himself at least twenty
+minutes in adjusting everything to secure my personal comfort.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Having perfected his arrangements, he would get my pipe, and,
+lighting it, would hand it to me. Often he was obliged to strike a light
+for the occasion; and as the mode he adopted was entirely different
+from what I had ever seen or heard of before, I will describe it.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+A straight, dry, and partly-decayed stick of the Habiscus, about
+six feet in length, and half as many inches in diameter, with a smaller
+bit of wood, not more than a foot long, and scarcely an inch wide, is
+as invariably to be met with in every house in Typee, as a box of
+lucifer matches in the corner of a kitchen-cupboard at home.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The islander, placing the larger stick obliquely against some object,
+with one end elevated at an angle of forty-five degrees, mounts astride of
+it, like an urchin about to gallop off upon a cane, and then, grasping
+the smaller one firmly in both hands, he rubs its pointed end slowly
+up and down the extent of a few inches on the principal stick, until
+at last he makes a narrow groove in the wood, with an abrupt
+termina<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page118">[pg 118]</span><a name="Pg118" id="Pg118" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>tion at the point farthest from him, where all the dusty particles which
+the friction creates are accumulated in a little heap.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+At first Kory-Kory goes to work quite leisurely, but gradually quickens
+his pace, and, waxing warm in the employment, drives the stick
+furiously along the smoking channel, plying his hands to and fro with
+amazing rapidity, the perspiration starting from every pore. As he
+approaches the climax of his effort, he pants and gasps for breath, and
+his eyes almost start from their sockets with the violence of his exertions.
+This is the critical stage of the operation; all his previous
+labours are vain if he cannot sustain the rapidity of the movement
+until the reluctant spark is produced. Suddenly he stops, becomes
+perfectly motionless. His hands still retain their hold of the smaller
+stick, which is pressed convulsively against the farther end of the channel,
+among the fine powder there accumulated, as if he had just pierced
+through and through some little viper that was wriggling and struggling
+to escape from his clutches. The next moment a delicate wreath
+of smoke curls spirally into the air, the heap of dusty particles glows
+with fire, and Kory-Kory, almost breathless, dismounts from his steed.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+This operation appeared to me to be the most laborious species of work
+performed in Typee; and had I possessed a sufficient intimacy with
+the language to have conveyed my ideas upon the subject, I should
+certainly have suggested to the most influential of the natives the expediency
+of establishing in a college of vestals, to be centrally located in
+the valley, for the purpose of keeping alive the indispensable article of
+fire, so as to supersede the necessity of such a vast outlay of strength
+and good temper as were usually squandered on these occasions. There
+might, however, be special difficulties in carrying this plan into execution.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+What a striking evidence does this operation furnish of the wide
+difference between the extreme of savage and civilized life! A gentleman
+of Typee can bring up a numerous family of children, and give
+them all a highly respectable cannibal education, with infinitely less
+toil and anxiety than he expends in the simple process of striking a
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page119">[pg 119]</span><a name="Pg119" id="Pg119" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>light; whilst a poor European artisan, who through the instrumentality
+of a lucifer performs the same operation in one second, is put to his
+wit’s end to provide for his starving offspring that food, which the children
+of a Polynesian father, without troubling their parents, pluck
+from the branches of every tree around them.
+</p>
+
+</div><hr class="page" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page120">[pg 120]</span><a name="Pg120" id="Pg120" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<a name="toc30" id="toc30"></a><a name="pdf31" id="pdf31"></a>
+<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">CHAPTER XIV</span></h2>
+
+<div class="tei tei-argument" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 0.90em"><span style="font-size: 90%">
+Kindness of Marheyo and the rest of the islanders—A full description of
+the bread-fruit tree—Different modes of preparing the fruit.
+</span></p>
+</div>
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+All the inhabitants of the valley treated me with great kindness; but
+as to the household of Marheyo, with whom I was now permanently
+domiciled, nothing could surpass their efforts to minister to my comfort.
+To the gratification of my palate they paid the most unwearied
+attention. They continually invited me to partake of food, and when
+after eating heartily I declined the viands they continued to offer
+me, they seemed to think that my appetite stood in need of some
+piquant stimulant to excite its activity.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In pursuance of this idea, old Marheyo himself would hie him away
+to the sea-shore by the break of day, for the purpose of collecting
+various species of rare seaweed; some of which, among these people, are
+considered a great luxury. After a whole day spent in this employment,
+he would return about nightfall with several cocoa-nut shells
+filled with different descriptions of <a name="corr120" id="corr120" class="tei tei-anchor"></a><span class="tei tei-corr">kelp</span>. In preparing these for use,
+he manifested all the ostentation of a professed cook, although the
+chief mystery of the affair appeared to consist in pouring water in
+judicious quantities upon the slimy contents of his cocoa-nut shells.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The first time he submitted one of these saline salads to my critical
+attention, I naturally thought that anything collected at such pains
+must possess peculiar merits; but one mouthful was a complete dose;
+and great was the consternation of the old warrior at the rapidity with
+which I ejected his epicurean treat.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+How true it is, that the rarity of any particular article enhances its
+value amazingly. In some part of the valley—I know not where, but
+probably in the neighbourhood of the sea—the girls were sometimes in
+the habit of procuring small quantities of salt, a thimble-full or so being
+the result of the united labours of a party of five or six employed for the
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page121">[pg 121]</span><a name="Pg121" id="Pg121" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>greater part of the day. This precious commodity they brought to
+the house, enveloped in multitudinous folds of leaves; and as a special
+mark of the esteem in which they held me, would spread an immense
+leaf on the ground, and dropping one by one a few minute particles of
+the salt upon it, invite me to taste them.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+From the extravagant value placed upon the article, I verily believe,
+that with a bushel of common Liverpool salt, all the real estate in
+Typee might have been purchased. With a small pinch of it in one
+hand, and a quarter section of a bread-fruit in the other, the greatest
+chief in the valley would have laughed at all the luxuries of a Parisian
+table.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The celebrity of the bread-fruit tree, and the conspicuous place it
+occupies in a Typee bill of fare, induces me to give at some length
+a general description of the tree, and the various modes in which the
+fruit is prepared.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The bread-fruit tree, in its glorious prime, is a grand and towering
+object, forming the same feature in a Marquesan landscape that the
+patriarchal elm does in New England scenery. The latter tree it not
+a little resembles in height, in the wide spread of its stalwart branches,
+and in its venerable and imposing aspect.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The leaves of the bread-fruit are of great size, and their edges are
+cut and scolloped as fantastically as those of a lady’s lace collar. As
+they annually tend towards decay, they almost rival, in the brilliant variety
+of their gradually changing hues, the fleeting shades of the expiring
+dolphin. The autumnal tints of our American forests, glorious as
+they are, sink into nothing in comparison with this tree.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The leaf, in one particular stage, when nearly all the prismatic
+colours are blended on its surface, is often converted by the natives into
+a superb and striking head-dress. The principal fibre traversing its
+length being split open a convenient distance, and the elastic sides of
+the aperture pressed apart, the head is inserted between them, the
+leaf drooping on one side, with its forward half turned jauntily up on
+the brows, and the remaining part spreading laterally behind the
+ears.
+</p>
+
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page122">[pg 122]</span><a name="Pg122" id="Pg122" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The fruit somewhat resembles in magnitude and general appearance
+one of our citron melons of ordinary size; but, unlike the citron, it has
+no sectional lines drawn along the outside. Its surface is dotted all
+over with little conical prominences, looking not unlike the knobs on
+an antiquated church door. The rind is perhaps an eighth of an inch
+in thickness; and denuded of this, at the time when it is in the
+greatest perfection, the fruit presents a beautiful globe of white pulp,
+the whole of which may be eaten, with the exception of a slender core,
+which is easily removed.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The bread-fruit, however, is never used, and is indeed altogether unfit
+to be eaten, until submitted in one form or other to the action of
+fire.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The most simple manner in which this operation is performed, and,
+I think, the best, consists in placing any number of the freshly-plucked
+fruit, when in a particular state of greenness, among the embers of a
+fire, in the same way that you would roast a potato. After a lapse of ten
+or fifteen minutes, the green rind embrowns and cracks, showing through
+the fissures in its sides the milk-white interior. As soon as it cools the
+rind drops off, and you then have the soft round pulp in its purest
+and most delicious state. Thus eaten, it has a mild and pleasing
+flavour.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Sometimes after having been roasted in the fire, the natives snatch
+it briskly from the embers, and permitting it to slip out of the yielding
+rind into a vessel of cold water, stir up the mixture, which they call
+<span class="tei tei-q">“bo-a-sho.”</span> I never could endure this compound, and indeed the preparation
+is not greatly in vogue among the more polite Typees.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+There is one form, however, in which the fruit is occasionally served,
+that renders it a dish fit for a king. As soon as it is taken from the
+fire the exterior is removed, the core extracted, and the remaining part
+is placed in a sort of shallow stone mortar, and briskly worked with
+a pestle of the same substance. While one person is performing this
+operation, another takes a ripe cocoa-nut, and breaking it in half,
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page123">[pg 123]</span><a name="Pg123" id="Pg123" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>which they also do very cleverly, proceeds to grate the juicy meat into
+fine particles. This is done by means of a piece of mother-of-pearl
+shell, lashed firmly to the extreme end of a heavy stick, with its straight
+side accurately notched like a saw. The stick is sometimes a grotesquely-formed
+limb of a tree, with three or four branches twisting from
+its body like so many shapeless legs, and sustaining it two or three
+feet from the ground.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The native, first placing a calabash beneath the nose, as it were,
+of his curious-looking log-steed, for the purpose of receiving the grated
+fragments as they fall, mounts astride of it as if it were a hobby-horse,
+and twirling the inside of one of his hemispheres of cocoa-nut around
+the sharp teeth of the mother-of-pearl shell, the pure white meat falls
+in snowy showers into the receptacle provided. Having obtained a
+quantity sufficient for his purpose, he places it in a bag made of the
+net-like fibrous substance attached to all cocoa-nut trees, and compressing
+it over the bread-fruit, which being now sufficiently pounded, is
+put into a wooden bowl—extracts a thick creamy milk. The delicious
+liquid soon bubbles round the fruit, and leaves it at last just peeping
+above its surface.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+This preparation is called <span class="tei tei-q">“kokoo,”</span> and a most lucious preparation
+it is. The hobby-horse and the pestle and mortar were in great requisition
+during the time I remained in the house of Marheyo, and Kory-Kory
+had frequent occasion to show his skill in their use.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+But the great staple articles of food into which the bread-fruit is
+converted by these natives are known respectively by the names of
+Amar and Poee-Poee.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<a name="corr123" id="corr123" class="tei tei-anchor"></a><span class="tei tei-corr">At</span> a certain season of the year, when the fruit of the hundred
+groves of the valley has reached its maturity, and hangs in golden
+spheres from every branch, the islanders assemble in harvest groups,
+and garner in the abundance which surrounds them. The trees are
+stripped of their nodding burdens, which, easily freed from the rind
+and core, are gathered together in capacious wooden vessels, where the
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page124">[pg 124]</span><a name="Pg124" id="Pg124" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>pulpy fruit is soon worked by a stone pestle, vigorously applied, into
+a blended mass of a doughy consistency called by the natives <span class="tei tei-q">“Tutao.”</span>
+This is then divided into separate parcels, which, after being made
+up into stout packages, enveloped in successive folds of leaves, and
+bound round with thongs of bark, are stored away in large receptacles
+hollowed in the earth, from whence they are drawn as occasion may
+require.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In this condition the Tutao sometimes remains for years, and even
+is thought to improve by age. Before it is fit to be eaten, however, it
+has to undergo an additional process. A primitive oven is scooped in
+the ground, and its bottom being loosely covered with stones, a large
+fire is kindled within it. As soon as the requisite degree of heat is
+attained, the embers are removed, and the surface of the stones being
+covered with thick layers of leaves, one of the large packages of Tutao
+is deposited upon them, and overspread with another layer of leaves.
+The whole is then quickly heaped up with earth, and forms a sloping
+mound.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The Tutao thus baked is called <span class="tei tei-q">“Amar”</span>; the action of the oven
+having converted it into an amber-coloured caky substance, a little tart,
+but not at all disagreeable to the taste.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+By another and final process the <span class="tei tei-q">“Amar”</span> is changed into <span class="tei tei-q">“Poee-Poee.”</span>
+This transition is rapidly effected. The amar is placed in
+a vessel, and mixed with water until it gains a proper pudding-like
+consistency, when, without further preparation, it is in readiness for
+use. This is the form in which the <span class="tei tei-q">“Tutao”</span> is generally consumed.
+The singular mode of eating it I have already described.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Were it not that the bread-fruit is thus capable of being preserved
+for a length of time, the natives might be reduced to a state of starvation;
+for, owing to some unknown cause, the trees sometimes fail to bear
+fruit; and on such occasions the islanders chiefly depend upon the
+supplies they have been enabled to store away.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+This stately tree, which is rarely met with upon the Sandwich Islands,
+and then only of a very inferior quality, and at Tahiti does not
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page125">[pg 125]</span><a name="Pg125" id="Pg125" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>abound to a degree that renders its fruit the principal article of food,
+attains its greatest excellence in the genial climate of the Marquesan
+group, where it grows to an enormous magnitude, and flourishes in the
+utmost abundance.
+</p>
+
+</div><hr class="page" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page126">[pg 126]</span><a name="Pg126" id="Pg126" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<a name="toc32" id="toc32"></a><a name="pdf33" id="pdf33"></a>
+<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">CHAPTER XV</span></h2>
+
+<div class="tei tei-argument" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 0.90em"><span style="font-size: 90%">
+Melancholy condition—Occurrence at the Ti—Anecdote of Marheyo—Shaving
+the head of a warrior.
+</span></p>
+</div>
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In looking back to this period, and calling to remembrance the numberless
+proofs of kindness and respect which I received from the natives
+of the valley, I can scarcely understand how it was that, in the midst
+of so many consolatory circumstances, my mind should still have been
+consumed by the most dismal forebodings, and have remained a prey to
+the profoundest melancholy. It is true that the suspicious
+circumstances which had attended the disappearance of Toby were
+enough of themselves to excite distrust with regard to the
+savages, in whose power I felt myself to be entirely placed, especially
+when it was combined with the knowledge that these very men, kind
+and respectful as they were to me, were, after all, nothing better than
+a set of cannibals.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+But my chief source of anxiety, and that which poisoned every temporary
+enjoyment, was the mysterious disease in my leg, which still remained
+unabated. All the herbal applications of Tinor, united with
+the severer discipline of the old leech, and the affectionate nursing
+of Kory-Kory, had failed to relieve me. I was almost a cripple, and
+the pain I endured at intervals was agonizing. The unaccountable malady
+showed no signs of amendment; on the contrary, its violence increased
+day by day, and threatened the most fatal results, unless some
+powerful means were employed to counteract it. It seemed as if I
+were destined to sink under this grievous affliction, or at least that it
+would hinder me from availing myself of any opportunity of escaping
+from the valley.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+An incident which occurred as nearly as I can estimate about three
+weeks after the disappearance of Toby, convinced me that the natives,
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page127">[pg 127]</span><a name="Pg127" id="Pg127" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>from some reason or other, would interpose every possible obstacle to
+my leaving them.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+One morning there was no little excitement evinced by the people
+near my abode, and which I soon discovered proceeded from a vague
+report that boats had been seen at a great distance approaching the bay.
+Immediately all was bustle and animation. It so happened that day
+that the pain I suffered having somewhat abated, and feeling in much
+better spirits than usual, I had complied with Kory-Kory’s invitation
+to visit the chief Mehevi at the place called the <span class="tei tei-q">“Ti,”</span> which I have
+before described as being situated within the precincts of the Taboo
+groves. These sacred recesses were at no great distance from Marheyo’s
+habitation, and lay between it and the sea; the path that conducted
+to the beach passing directly in front of the Ti, and thence
+skirting along the border of the groves.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I was reposing upon the mats, within the sacred building, in company
+with Mehevi and several other chiefs, when the announcement was
+first made. It sent a thrill of joy through my whole frame;—perhaps
+Toby was about to return. I rose at once to my feet, and my
+instinctive impulse was to hurry down to the beach, equally regardless
+of the distance that separated me from it, and of my disabled condition.
+As soon as Mehevi noticed the effect the intelligence had produced
+upon me, and the impatience I betrayed to reach the sea, his
+countenance assumed that inflexible rigidity of expression which had
+so awed me on the afternoon of our arrival at the house of Marheyo,
+As I was proceeding to leave the Ti, he laid his hand upon my shoulder,
+and said gravely, <span class="tei tei-q">“abo, abo”</span> (wait, wait). Solely intent upon the one
+thought that occupied my mind, and heedless of his request, I was brushing
+past him, when suddenly he reassumed a tone of authority, and told
+me to <span class="tei tei-q">“moee”</span> (sit down). Though struck by the alteration in his demeanour,
+the excitement under which I laboured was too strong to permit
+me to obey the unexpected command, and I was still limping
+towards the edge of the pi-pi with Kory-Kory clinging to one arm in
+his efforts to restrain me when the natives around me started to their
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page128">[pg 128]</span><a name="Pg128" id="Pg128" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>feet, ranged themselves along the open front of the building, while Mehevi
+looked at me scowlingly, and reiterated his commands still more
+sternly.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+It was at this moment, when fifty savage countenances were glaring
+upon me, that I first truly experienced I was indeed a captive in the
+valley. The conviction rushed upon me with staggering force, and I
+was overwhelmed by this confirmation of my worst fears. I saw at
+once that it was useless for me to resist, and sick at heart, I reseated
+myself upon the mats, and for the moment abandoned myself to despair.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I now perceived the natives one after the other hurrying past the
+Ti and pursuing the route that conducted to the sea. These savages,
+thought I, will soon be holding communication with some of my own
+countrymen perhaps, who with ease could restore me to liberty did
+they know of the situation I was in. No language can describe the
+wretchedness which I felt; and in the bitterness of my soul I imprecated
+a thousand curses on the perfidious Toby, who had thus abandoned
+me to destruction. It was in vain that Kory-Kory tempted me
+with food, or lighted my pipe, or sought to attract my attention by
+performing the uncouth antics that had sometimes diverted me. I was
+fairly knocked down by this last misfortune, which, much as I had
+feared it, I had never before had the courage calmly to contemplate.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Regardless of everything but my own sorrow, I remained in the
+Ti for several hours, until shouts proceeding at intervals from the
+groves beyond the house proclaimed the return of the natives from
+the beach.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Whether any boats visited the bay that morning or not, I never
+could ascertain. The savages assured me that there had not—but I
+was inclined to believe that by deceiving me in this particular they
+sought to allay the violence of my grief. However that might be,
+this incident showed plainly that the Typees intended to hold me a
+prisoner. As they still treated me with the same sedulous attention
+as before, I was utterly at a loss how to account for their singular
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page129">[pg 129]</span><a name="Pg129" id="Pg129" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>conduct. Had I been in a situation to instruct them in any of the
+rudiments of the mechanic arts, or had I manifested a disposition to
+render myself in any way useful among them, their conduct might
+have been attributed to some adequate motive, but as it was, the matter
+seemed to me inexplicable.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+During my whole stay on the island there occurred but two or
+three instances where the natives applied to me with the view of availing
+themselves of my superior information; and these now appear so
+ludicrous that I cannot forbear relating them.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The few things we had brought from Nukuheva had been done
+up into a small bundle which we had carried with us in our descent
+to the valley. This bundle, the first night of our arrival, I had
+used as a pillow, but on the succeeding morning, opening it for the
+inspection of the natives, they gazed upon the miscellaneous contents
+as though I had just revealed to them a casket of diamonds, and they
+insisted that so precious a treasure should be properly secured. A
+line was accordingly attached to it, and the other end being passed
+over the ridge-pole of the house, it was hoisted up to the apex of
+the roof, where it hung suspended directly over the mats where I usually
+reclined. When I desired anything from it I merely raised
+my finger to a bamboo beside me, and taking hold of the string which
+was there fastened, lowered the package. This was exceedingly handy,
+and I took care to let the natives understand how much I applauded
+the invention. Of this package the chief contents were a razor with
+its case, a supply of needles and thread, a pound or two of tobacco, and
+a few yards of a bright-coloured calico.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I should have mentioned, that shortly after Toby’s disappearance,
+perceiving the uncertainty of the time I might be obliged to remain
+in the valley,—if, indeed, I ever should escape from it,—and considering
+that my whole wardrobe consisted of a shirt and a pair of trousers,
+I resolved to doff these garments at once, in order to preserve them
+in a suitable condition for wear, should I again appear among civilized
+beings. I was consequently obliged to assume the Typee costume, a
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page130">[pg 130]</span><a name="Pg130" id="Pg130" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>little altered, however, to suit my own views of propriety, and in
+which I have no doubt I appeared to as much advantage as a senator
+of Rome enveloped in the folds of his toga. A few folds of yellow
+tappa, tucked about my waist, descended to my feet in the style of
+a lady’s petticoat, only I did not have recourse to those voluminous
+paddings in the rear with which our gentle dames are in the habit
+of augmenting the sublime rotundity of their figures. This usually
+comprised my in-door dress: whenever I walked out, I superadded
+to it an ample robe of the same material, which completely enveloped
+my person, and screened it from the rays of the sun.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+One morning I made a rent in this mantle; and to show the islanders
+with what facility it could be repaired, I lowered my bundle, and
+taking from it a needle and thread, proceeded to stitch up the opening.
+They regarded this wonderful application of science with intense
+admiration; and whilst I was stitching away, old Marheyo, who
+was one of the lookers-on, suddenly clapped his hand to his forehead,
+and rushing to a corner of the house, drew forth a soiled and tattered
+strip of faded calico—which he must have procured some time or other
+in traffic on the beach—and besought me eagerly to exercise a little
+of my art upon it. I willingly complied, though certainly so stumpy
+a needle as mine never took such gigantic strides over calico before.
+The repairs completed, old Marheyo gave me a paternal hug; and
+divesting himself of his <span class="tei tei-q">“maro”</span> (girdle), swathed the calico about
+his loins, and slipping the beloved ornaments into his ears, grasped his
+spear and sallied out of the house, like a valiant Templar arrayed
+in a new and costly suit of armour.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I never used my razor during my stay in the island, but, although
+a very subordinate affair, it had been vastly admired by the Typees;
+and Narmonee, a great hero among them, who was exceedingly precise
+in the arrangements of his toilet and the general adjustment of his
+person, being the most accurately tattooed and laboriously horrified individual
+in all the valley, thought it would be a great advantage to
+have it applied to the already shaven crown of his head.
+</p>
+
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page131">[pg 131]</span><a name="Pg131" id="Pg131" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The implement they usually employ is a shark’s tooth, which is
+about as well adapted to the purpose as a one-pronged fork for pitching
+hay. No wonder, then, that the acute Narmonee perceived the
+advantage my razor possessed over the usual implement. Accordingly,
+one day, he requested as a personal favour, that I would just run
+over his head with the razor. In reply, I gave him to understand
+that it was too dull, and could not be used to any purpose without
+being previously sharpened. To assist my meaning, I went through
+an imaginary honing process on the palm of my hand. Narmonee
+took my meaning in an instant, and running out of the house, returned
+the next moment with a huge rough mass of rock as big as a millstone,
+and indicated to me that that was exactly the thing I wanted.
+Of course there was nothing left for me but to proceed to business,
+and I began scraping away at a great rate. He writhed and wriggled
+under the infliction, but, fully convinced of my skill, endured the
+pain like a martyr.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Though I never saw Narmonee in battle, I will, from what I then
+observed, stake my life upon his courage and fortitude. Before commencing
+operations, his head had presented a surface of short bristling
+hairs, and by the time I had concluded my unskilful operation it resembled
+not a little a stubble field after being gone over with a harrow.
+However, as the chief expressed the liveliest satisfaction at the result,
+I was too wise to dissent from his opinion.
+</p>
+
+</div><hr class="page" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page132">[pg 132]</span><a name="Pg132" id="Pg132" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<a name="toc34" id="toc34"></a><a name="pdf35" id="pdf35"></a>
+<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">CHAPTER XVI</span></h2>
+
+<div class="tei tei-argument" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 0.90em"><span style="font-size: 90%">
+Improvement in health and spirits—Felicity of the Typees—A skirmish in the
+mountain with the warriors of Happar.
+</span></p>
+</div>
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Day after day wore on, and still there was no perceptible change in
+the conduct of the islanders towards me. Gradually I lost all knowledge
+of the regular recurrence of the days of the week, and sunk
+insensibly into that kind of apathy which ensues after some violent
+outbreak of despair. My limb suddenly healed, the swelling went
+down, the pain subsided, and I had every reason to suppose I should
+soon completely recover from the affliction that had so long tormented
+me.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+As soon as I was enabled to ramble about the valley in company
+with the natives, troops of whom followed me whenever I sallied
+out of the house, I began to experience an elasticity of mind which
+placed me beyond the reach of those dismal forebodings to which I
+had so lately been a prey. Received wherever I went with the most
+deferential kindness; regaled perpetually with the most delightful
+fruits; ministered to by dark-eyed nymphs; and enjoying besides all
+the services of the devoted Kory-Kory, I thought that, for a sojourn
+among cannibals, no man could have well made a more agreeable
+one.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+To be sure, there were limits set to my wanderings. Toward the
+sea, my progress was barred by an express prohibition of the savages;
+and after having made two or three ineffectual attempts to reach it,
+as much to gratify my curiosity as anything else, I gave up the idea.
+It was in vain to think of reaching it by stealth, since the natives
+escorted me in numbers wherever I went, and not for one single moment
+that I can recall to mind was I ever permitted to be alone.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The green and precipitous elevations that stood ranged around the
+head of the vale where Marheyo’s habitation was situated, effectually
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page133">[pg 133]</span><a name="Pg133" id="Pg133" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>precluded all hope of escape in that quarter, even if I could have
+stolen away from the thousand eyes of the savages.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+But these reflections now seldom obtruded upon me; I gave myself
+up to the passing hour, and if ever disagreeable thoughts arose in
+my mind, I drove them away. When I looked around the verdant recess
+in which I was buried, and gazed up to the summits of the lofty
+eminence that hemmed me in, I was well disposed to think that I
+was in the <span class="tei tei-q">“Happy Valley,”</span> and that beyond those heights there was
+nought but a world of care and anxiety.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In this frame of mind, every object that presented itself to my
+notice struck me in a new light, and the opportunities I now enjoyed
+of observing the manners of the natives, tended to strengthen my favourable
+impressions. One peculiarity that fixed my admiration was the
+perpetual hilarity reigning through the whole extent of the vale. There
+seemed to be no cares, griefs, troubles, or vexations in all Typee.
+The hours tripped along as gaily as the laughing couples down a
+country dance.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+There were none of those thousand sources of irritation that the
+ingenuity of civilized man has created to mar his own felicity. There
+were no foreclosures of mortgages, no protested notes, no bills payable,
+no debts of honour, in Typee; no unreasonable tailors and shoemakers,
+perversely bent on being paid; no duns of any description;
+no assault and battery attorneys, to foment discord, backing their
+clients up to a quarrel, and then knocking their heads together; no poor
+relations everlastingly occupying the spare bed-chamber, and diminishing
+the elbow-room at the family table; no destitute widows with their
+children starving on the cold charities of the world; no beggars; no
+debtor’s prisons; no proud and hard-hearted nabobs in Typee; or, to
+sum up all in one word—no Money! That <span class="tei tei-q">“root of all evil”</span> was not
+to be found in the valley.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In this secluded abode of happiness there were no cross old women,
+no cruel step-dames, no withered spinsters, no love-sick maidens, no sour
+old bachelors, no inattentive husbands, no melancholy young men, no
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page134">[pg 134]</span><a name="Pg134" id="Pg134" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>blubbering youngsters, and no squalling brats. All was mirth, fun,
+and high good humour. Blue devils, hypochondria, and doleful dumps
+went and hid themselves among the nooks and crannies of the
+rocks.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Here you would see a parcel of children frolicking together the
+live-long day, and no quarrelling, no contention among them. The
+same number in our own land could not have played together for the
+space of an hour without biting or scratching one another. There you
+might have seen a throng of young females, not filled with envyings
+of each other’s charms, nor displaying the ridiculous affectations of
+gentility, nor yet moving in whalebone corsets, like so many automatons,
+but free, inartificially happy and unconstrained.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+There were some spots in that sunny vale where they would frequently
+resort to decorate themselves with garlands of flowers. To
+have seen them reclining beneath the shadows of one of the beautiful
+groves, the ground about them strewn with freshly gathered buds
+and blossoms, employed in weaving chaplets and necklaces, one would
+have thought that all the train of Flora had gathered together to keep
+a festival in honour of their mistress.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+With the young men there seemed almost always some matter
+of diversion or business on hand, that afforded a constant variety of
+enjoyment. But whether fishing, or carving canoes, or polishing their
+ornaments, never was there exhibited the least sign of strife or contention
+among them.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+As for the warriors, they maintained a tranquil dignity of demeanour,
+journeying occasionally from house to house, where they were
+always sure to be received with the attention bestowed upon distinguished
+guests. The old men, of whom there were many in the vale,
+seldom stirred from their mats, where they would recline for hours
+and hours, smoking and talking to one another with all the garrulity
+of age.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+But the continual happiness which, so far as I was able to judge,
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page135">[pg 135]</span><a name="Pg135" id="Pg135" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>appeared to prevail in the valley, sprung principally from that all-pervading
+sensation which Rousseau has told us he at one time experienced,
+the mere buoyant sense of a healthful physical existence.
+And, indeed, in this particular the Typees had ample reason to felicitate
+themselves, for sickness was almost unknown. During the whole
+period of my stay, I saw but one invalid among them; and on their
+smooth clear skins you observed no blemish or mark of disease.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The general repose, however, upon which I have just been descanting,
+was broken in upon about this time by an event, which proved
+that the islanders were not entirely exempt from those occurrences
+which disturb the quiet of more civilized communities.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Having now been a considerable time in the valley, I began to feel
+surprised that the violent hostility subsisting between its inhabitants
+and those of the adjoining bay of Happar, should never have manifested
+itself in any warlike encounter. Although the valiant Typees
+would often, by gesticulations, declare their undying hatred against
+their enemies, and the disgust they felt at their cannibal propensities;
+although they dilated upon the manifold injuries they had received at
+their hands, yet, with a forbearance truly commendable, they appeared
+patiently to sit down under their grievances, and to refrain from
+making any reprisals. The Happars, entrenched behind their mountains,
+and never even showing themselves on their summits, did not appear
+to me to furnish adequate cause for that excess of animosity
+evinced towards them by the heroic tenants of our vale, and I was
+inclined to believe that the deeds of blood attributed to them had been
+greatly exaggerated.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+On the other hand, as the clamours of war had not up to this
+period disturbed the serenity of the tribe, I began to distrust the
+truth of those reports which ascribed so fierce and belligerent a character
+to the Typee nation. Surely, thought I, all these terrible stories
+I have heard about the inveteracy with which they carried on the
+feud, their deadly intensity of hatred, and the diabolical malice with
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page136">[pg 136]</span><a name="Pg136" id="Pg136" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>which they glutted their revenge upon the inanimate forms of the
+slain, are nothing more than fables, and I must confess that I experienced
+something like a sense of regret at having my hideous anticipations
+thus disappointed. I felt in some sort like a ’prentice boy
+who, going to the play in the expectation of being delighted with a
+cut-and-thrust tragedy, is almost moved to tears of disappointment at
+the exhibition of a genteel comedy.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I could not avoid thinking that I had fallen in with a greatly traduced
+people, and I moralized not a little upon the disadvantage of
+having a bad name, which in this instance had given a tribe of savages,
+who were as pacific as so many lambkins, the reputation of a confederacy
+of giant-killers.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+But subsequent events proved that I had been a little too premature
+in coming to this conclusion. One day, about noon, happening to be
+at the Ti, I had lain down on the mats with several of the chiefs, and
+had gradually sunk into a most luxurious siesta, when I was awakened
+by a tremendous outcry, and starting up, beheld the natives, seizing
+their spears and hurrying out, while the most puissant of the chiefs,
+grasping the six muskets which were ranged against the bamboos, followed
+after, and soon disappeared in the groves. These movements were
+accompanied by wild shouts, in which <span class="tei tei-q">“Happar, Happar,”</span> greatly predominated.
+The islanders were now to be seen running past the Ti,
+and striking across the valley to the Happar side. Presently I heard
+the sharp report of a musket from the adjoining hills, and then a
+burst of voices in the same direction. At this the women, who had
+congregated in the groves, set up the most violent clamours, as they
+invariably do here as elsewhere on every occasion of excitement and
+alarm, with a view of tranquillizing their own minds and disturbing
+other people. On this particular occasion they made such an outrageous
+noise, and continued it with such perseverance, that for awhile,
+had entire volleys of musketry been fired off in the neighbouring mountains,
+I should not have been able to have heard them.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+When this female commotion had a little subsided I listened
+ea<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page137">[pg 137]</span><a name="Pg137" id="Pg137" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>gerly for further information. At last bang went another shot, and
+then a second volley of yells from the hills. Again all was quiet, and
+continued so for such a length of time that I began to think the
+contending armies had agreed upon a suspension of hostilities; when
+pop went a third gun, followed as before with a yell. After this, for
+nearly two hours nothing occurred worthy of comment, save some straggling
+shouts from the hillside, sounding like the halloos of a parcel
+of truant boys who had lost themselves in the woods.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+During this interval I had remained standing on the piazza of the
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Ti,”</span> which directly fronted the Happar mountain, and with no one
+near me but Kory-Kory and the old superannuated savages I have before
+described. These latter never stirred from their mats, and seemed
+altogether unconscious that anything unusual was going on.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+As for Kory-Kory, he appeared to think that we were in the midst
+of great events, and sought most zealously to impress me with a due
+sense of their importance. Every sound that reached us conveyed
+some momentous item of intelligence to him. At such times, as if he
+were gifted with second sight, he would go through a variety of pantomimic
+illustrations, showing me the precise manner in which the redoubtable
+Typees were at that very moment chastising the insolence of
+the enemy. <span class="tei tei-q">“Mehevi hanna pippee nuee Happar,”</span> he exclaimed every
+five minutes, giving me to understand that under that distinguished
+captain the warriors of his nation were performing prodigies of
+valour.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Having heard only four reports from the muskets, I was led to believe
+that they were worked by the islanders in the same manner as the
+Sultan Solyman’s ponderous artillery at the siege of Byzantium, one
+of them taking an hour or two to load and train. At last, no sound
+whatever proceeding from the mountains, I concluded that the contest
+had been determined one way or the other. Such appeared, indeed, to
+be the case, for in a little while a courier arrived at the <span class="tei tei-q">“Ti,”</span> almost
+breathless with his exertions, and communicated the news of a great
+victory having been achieved by his countrymen: <span class="tei tei-q">“Happar poo
+arva!—<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page138">[pg 138]</span><a name="Pg138" id="Pg138" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>Happar poo arva!”</span> (the cowards had fled). Kory-Kory was in ecstasies,
+and commenced a vehement harangue, which, so far as I understood
+it, implied that the result exactly agreed with his expectations,
+and which, moreover, was intended to convince me that it would be a
+perfectly useless undertaking, even for an army of fire-eaters, to offer
+battle to the irresistible heroes of our valley. In all this I of course
+acquiesced, and looked forward with no little interest to the return of
+the conquerors, whose victory I feared might not have been purchased
+without cost to themselves.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+But here I was again mistaken; for Mehevi, in conducting his warlike
+operations, rather inclined to the Fabian than to the Buonapartean
+tactics, husbanding his resources and exposing his troops to no unnecessary
+hazards. The total loss of the victors in this obstinately contested
+affair was,—in killed, wounded, and missing—one forefinger
+and part of a thumb-nail (which the late proprietor brought along
+with him in his hand), a severely contused arm, and a considerable
+effusion of blood flowing from the thigh of a chief who had received
+an ugly thrust from a Happar spear. What the enemy had suffered
+I could not discover, but I presume they had succeeded in taking off
+with them the bodies of their slain.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Such was the issue of the battle, as far as its results came under my
+observation; and as it appeared to be considered an event of prodigious
+importance, I reasonably concluded that the wars of the natives were
+marked by no very sanguinary traits. I afterwards learned how the
+skirmish had originated. A number of the Happars had been discovered
+prowling for no good purpose on the Typee side of the mountain;
+the alarm sounded, and the invaders, after a protracted resistance,
+had been chased over the frontier. But why had not the intrepid Mehevi
+carried the war into Happar? Why had not he made a descent
+into the hostile vale, and brought away some trophy of his victory—some
+materials for the cannibal entertainment which I had heard usually
+terminated every engagement? After all, I was much inclined
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page139">[pg 139]</span><a name="Pg139" id="Pg139" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>to believe that these shocking festivals must occur very rarely among
+the islanders, if, indeed, they ever take place.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+For two or three days the late event was the theme of general comment;
+after which the excitement gradually wore away, and the valley
+resumed its accustomed tranquillity.
+</p>
+
+</div><hr class="page" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page140">[pg 140]</span><a name="Pg140" id="Pg140" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<a name="toc36" id="toc36"></a><a name="pdf37" id="pdf37"></a>
+<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">CHAPTER XVII</span></h2>
+
+<div class="tei tei-argument" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 0.90em"><span style="font-size: 90%">
+Swimming in company with the girls of the valley—A canoe—Effects of the
+taboo—A pleasure excursion on the pond—Beautiful freak of Fayaway—Mantua-making—A
+stranger arrives in the valley—His mysterious
+conduct—Native oratory—The interview—Its results—Departure of the
+stranger.
+</span></p>
+</div>
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Returning health and peace of mind gave a new interest to everything
+around me. I sought to diversify my time by as many enjoyments
+as lay within my reach. Bathing in company with troops of
+girls, formed one of my chief amusements. We sometimes enjoyed
+the recreation in the waters of a miniature lake, into which the central
+stream of the valley expanded. This lovely sheet of water was almost
+circular in figure, and about three hundred yards across. Its beauty
+was indescribable. All around its banks waved luxuriant masses of
+tropical foliage, soaring high above which were seen, here and there,
+the symmetrical shaft of the cocoa-nut tree, surmounted by its tuft
+of graceful branches, drooping in the air like so many waving ostrich
+plumes.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The ease and grace with which the maidens of the valley propelled
+themselves through the water, and their familiarity with the element,
+were truly astonishing. Sometimes they might be seen gliding along
+just under the surface, without apparently moving hand or foot; then
+throwing themselves on their sides, they darted through the water,
+revealing glimpses of their forms, as, in the course of their rapid progress,
+they shot for an instant partly into the air; at one moment they
+dived deep down into the water, and the next they rose bounding to
+the surface.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I remember upon one occasion plunging in among a parcel of these
+river-nymphs, and counting vainly on my superior strength, sought
+to drag some of them under the water; but I quickly repented my
+tem<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page141">[pg 141]</span><a name="Pg141" id="Pg141" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>erity. The amphibious young creatures swarmed about me like a
+shoal of dolphins, and seizing hold of my devoted limbs, tumbled me
+about and ducked me under the surface, until from the strange noises
+which rang in my ears, and the supernatural visions dancing before
+my eyes, I thought I was in the land of spirits. I stood indeed as
+little chance among them as a cumbrous whale attacked on all sides by
+a legion of sword-fish. When at length they relinquished their hold of
+me, they swam away in every direction, laughing at my clumsy endeavours
+to reach them.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+There was no boat on the lake; but at my solicitation, and for my
+special use, some of the young men attached to Marheyo’s household,
+under the direction of the indefatigable Kory-Kory, brought up a light
+and tastefully carved canoe from the sea. It was launched upon the
+sheet of water, and floated there as gracefully as a swan. But, melancholy
+to relate, it produced an effect I had not anticipated. The
+sweet nymphs, who had sported with me before in the lake, now all fled
+its vicinity. The prohibited craft, guarded by the edicts of the <span class="tei tei-q">“taboo,”</span>
+extended the prohibition to the waters in which it lay.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+For a few days, Kory-Kory, with one or two other youths, accompanied
+me in my excursions to the lake and, while I paddled about in my
+light canoe, would swim after me shouting and gambolling in pursuit.
+But this was far from contenting me. Indeed, I soon began to weary
+of it, and longed more than ever for the pleasant society of the mermaids,
+in whose absence the amusement was dull and insipid. One
+morning I expressed to my faithful servitor my desire for the return
+of the nymphs. The honest fellow looked at me, bewildered for a
+moment, and then shook his head solemnly, and murmured <span class="tei tei-q">“<span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">taboo!
+taboo!</span></span>”</span> giving me to understand that unless the canoe was removed, I
+could not expect to have the young ladies back again. But to this procedure
+I was averse; I not only wanted the canoe to stay where it was,
+but I wanted the beauteous Fayaway to get into it, and paddle with me
+about the lake. This latter proposition completely horrified Kory-Kory’s
+notions of propriety. He inveighed against it, as something
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page142">[pg 142]</span><a name="Pg142" id="Pg142" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>too monstrous to be thought of. It not only shocked their established
+notions of propriety, but was at variance with all their religious ordinances.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+However, although the <span class="tei tei-q">“taboo”</span> was a ticklish thing to meddle with,
+I determined to test its capabilities of resisting an attack. I consulted
+the chief Mehevi, who endeavoured to persuade me from my object:
+but I was not to be repulsed; and accordingly increased the warmth
+of my solicitations. At last he entered into a long, and I have no
+doubt a very learned and eloquent exposition of the history and nature
+of the <span class="tei tei-q">“taboo”</span> as affecting this particular case; employing a variety
+of most extraordinary words, which, from their amazing length and
+sonorousness, I have every reason to believe were of a theological nature.
+But all that he said failed to convince me: partly perhaps, because
+I could not comprehend a word that he uttered; but chiefly, that
+for the life of me, I could not understand why a woman should not
+have as much right to enter a canoe as a man. At last he became a
+little more rational, and intimated that, out of the abundant love he
+bore me, he would consult with the priests and see what could be done.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+How it was that the priesthood of Typee satisfied the affair with their
+consciences, I know not; but so it was, and Fayaway’s dispensation
+from this portion of the taboo was at length procured. Such an event,
+I believe, never before had occurred in the valley; but it was high time
+the islanders should be taught a little gallantry, and I trust that the
+example I set them may produce beneficial effects. Ridiculous, indeed,
+that the lovely creatures should be obliged to paddle about in the water,
+like so many ducks, while a parcel of great strapping fellows skimmed
+over its surface in their canoes.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The first day after Fayaway’s emancipation, I had a delightful little
+party on the lake—the damsel, Kory-Kory, and myself. My zealous
+body-servant brought from the house a calabash of poee-poee, half a
+dozen young cocoa-nuts—stripped of their husks—three pipes, as many
+yams, and me on his back a part of the way. Something of a load;
+but Kory-Kory was a very strong man for his size, and by no means
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page143">[pg 143]</span><a name="Pg143" id="Pg143" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>brittle in the spine. We had a very pleasant day; my trusty valet
+plied the paddle and swept us gently along the margin of the water,
+beneath the shades of the overhanging thickets. Fayaway and I reclined
+in the stern of the canoe, the gentle nymph occasionally placing
+her pipe to her lips, and exhaling the mild fumes of the tobacco, to
+which her rosy breath added a fresh perfume. Strange as it may seem,
+there is nothing in which a young and beautiful female appears to more
+advantage than in the act of smoking. How captivating is a Peruvian
+lady, swinging in her gaily-woven hammock of grass, extended between
+two orange-trees, and inhaling the fragrance of a choice cigarro! But
+Fayaway, holding in her delicately-formed olive hand the long yellow
+reed of her pipe, with its quaintly carved bowl, and every few moments
+languishingly giving forth light wreaths of vapour from her mouth
+and nostrils, looked still more engaging.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+We boated about thus for several hours, when I looked up to the
+warm, glowing, tropical sky, and then down into the transparent depths
+below; and when my eye, wandering from the bewitching scenery
+around, fell upon the grotesquely-tattooed form of Kory-Kory, and
+finally encountered the pensive gaze of Fayaway, I thought I had
+been transported to some fairy region, so unreal did everything appear.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+This lovely piece of water was the coolest spot in all the valley, and
+I now made it a place of continual resort during the hottest period of
+the day. One side of it lay near the termination of a long gradually
+expanding gorge, which mounted to the heights that environed the vale.
+The strong trade-wind, met in its course by these elevations, circled and
+eddied about their summits, and was sometimes driven down the steep
+ravine and swept across the valley, ruffling in its passage the otherwise
+tranquil surface of the lake.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+One day, after we had been paddling about for some time, I disembarked
+Kory-Kory, and paddled the canoe to the windward side of the
+lake. As I turned the canoe, Fayaway, who was with me, seemed all
+at once to be struck with some happy idea. With a wild exclamation
+of delight, she disengaged from her person the ample robe of tappa
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page144">[pg 144]</span><a name="Pg144" id="Pg144" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>which was knotted over her shoulder (for the purpose of shielding her
+from the sun), and spreading it out like a sail, stood erect with up-raised
+arms in the head of the canoe. We American sailors pride
+ourselves upon our straight clean spars, but a prettier little mast than
+Fayaway made was never shipped aboard of any craft.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In a moment the tappa was distended by the breeze—the long brown
+tresses of Fayaway streamed in the air—and the canoe glided rapidly
+through the water, and shot towards the shore. Seated in the stern, I
+directed its course with my paddle until it dashed up the soft sloping
+bank, and Fayaway, with a light spring, alighted on the ground; whilst
+Kory-Kory, who had watched our manœuvres with admiration, now
+clapped his hands in transport, and shouted like a madman. Many a
+time afterwards was this feat repeated.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+If the reader has not observed ere this that I was the declared
+admirer of Miss Fayaway, all I can say is, that he is little conversant
+with affairs of the heart, and I certainly shall not trouble myself to
+enlighten him any farther. Out of the calico I had brought from the
+ship a dress was made for this lovely girl. In it she looked, I must
+confess, something like an opera-dancer. The drapery of the latter
+damsel generally commences a little above the elbows, but my island
+beauty’s began at the waist, and terminated sufficiently far above the
+ground to reveal the most bewitching ankle in the universe.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The day that Fayaway first wore this robe was rendered memorable
+by a new acquaintance being introduced to me. In the afternoon I
+was lying in the house, when I heard a great uproar outside; but being
+by this time pretty well accustomed to the wild halloos which were
+almost continually ringing through the valley, I paid little attention
+to it, until old Marheyo, under the influence of some strange excitement,
+rushed into my presence and communicated the astounding tidings,
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Marnoo pemi!”</span> which being interpreted, implied that an individual
+by the name of Marnoo was approaching. My worthy old
+friend evidently expected that this intelligence would produce a great
+effect upon me, and for a time he stood earnestly regarding me, as if
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page145">[pg 145]</span><a name="Pg145" id="Pg145" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>curious to see how I should conduct myself, but as I remained perfectly
+unmoved, the old gentleman darted out of the house again, in as
+great a hurry as he had entered it.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Marnoo, Marnoo,”</span> cogitated I, <span class="tei tei-q">“I have never heard that name before.
+Some distinguished character, I presume, from the prodigious
+riot the natives are making”</span>; the tumultuous noise drawing nearer and
+nearer every moment, while <span class="tei tei-q">“Marnoo!—Marnoo!”</span> was shouted by
+every tongue.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I made up my mind that some savage warrior of consequence, who
+had not yet enjoyed the honour of an audience, was desirous of paying
+his respects on the present occasion. So vain had I become by the
+lavish attention to which I had been accustomed, that I felt half inclined,
+as a punishment for such neglect, to give this Marnoo a cold reception,
+when the excited throng came within view, convoying one of
+the most striking specimens of humanity that I ever beheld.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The stranger could not have been more than twenty-five years of
+age, and was a little above the ordinary height; had he been a single
+hair’s breadth taller, the matchless symmetry of his form would have
+been destroyed. His unclad limbs were beautifully formed; whilst the
+elegant outline of his figure, together with his beardless cheeks, might
+have entitled him to the distinction of standing for the statue of the
+Polynesian Apollo; and indeed the oval of his countenance and the
+regularity of every feature reminded me of an antique bust. But the
+marble repose of art was supplied by a warmth and liveliness of expression
+only to be seen in the South Sea islander under the most favourable
+developments of nature. The hair of Marnoo was a rich
+curling brown, and twined about his temples and neck in little close
+curling ringlets, which danced up and down continually when he was
+animated in conversation. His cheek was of a feminine softness, and
+his face was free from the least blemish of tattooing, although the rest
+of his body was drawn all over with fanciful figures, which—unlike the
+unconnected sketching usual among these natives—appeared to have
+been executed in conformity with some general design.
+</p>
+
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page146">[pg 146]</span><a name="Pg146" id="Pg146" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The tattooing on his back in particular attracted my attention. The
+artist employed must indeed have excelled in his profession. Traced
+along the course of the spine was accurately delineated the slender, tapering,
+and diamond-checkered shaft of the beautiful <span class="tei tei-q">“artu”</span> tree.
+Branching from the stem on either side, and disposed alternately, were
+the graceful branches drooping with leaves all correctly drawn, and
+elaborately finished. Indeed, this piece of tattooing was the best specimen
+of the Fine Arts I had yet seen in Typee. A rear view of the
+stranger might have suggested the idea of a spreading vine tacked
+against a garden wall. Upon his breast, arms, and legs, were exhibited
+an infinite variety of figures; every one of which, however, appeared
+to have reference to the general effect sought to be produced. The
+tattooing I have described was of the brightest blue, and when contrasted
+with the light olive-colour of the skin, produced an unique and
+even elegant effect. A slight girdle of white tappa, scarcely two inches
+in width, but hanging before and behind in spreading tassels, composed
+the entire costume of the stranger.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+He advanced surrounded by the islanders, carrying under one arm
+a small roll of the native cloth, and grasping in his other hand a long
+and richly-decorated spear. His manner was that of a traveller
+conscious that he is approaching a comfortable stage in his journey.
+Every moment he turned good-humouredly to the throng around him,
+and gave some dashing sort of reply to their incessant queries, which
+appeared to convulse them with uncontrollable mirth.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Struck by his demeanour, and the peculiarity of his appearance, so
+unlike that of the shaven-crowned and face-tattooed natives in general,
+I involuntarily rose as he entered the house, and proffered him a
+seat on the mats beside me. But without deigning to notice the civility,
+or even the more incontrovertible fact of my existence, the stranger
+passed on, utterly regardless of me, and flung himself upon the farther
+end of the long couch that traversed the sole apartment of Marheyo’s
+habitation.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Had the belle of the season, in the pride of her beauty and power,
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page147">[pg 147]</span><a name="Pg147" id="Pg147" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>been cut in a place of public resort by some supercilious exquisite,
+she could not have felt greater indignation than I did at this unexpected
+slight.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I was thrown into utter astonishment. The conduct of the savages
+had prepared me to anticipate from every new-comer the same extravagant
+expression of curiosity and regard. The singularity of his
+conduct, however, only roused my desire to discover who this remarkable
+personage might be, who now engrossed the attention of every one.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Tinor placed before him a calabash of poee-poee, from which the
+stranger regaled himself, alternating every mouthful with some rapid
+exclamation, which was eagerly caught up and echoed by the crowd
+that completely filled the house. When I observed the striking devotion
+of the natives to him, and their temporary withdrawal of all
+attention from myself, I felt not a little piqued. The glory of Tommo
+is departed, thought I, and the sooner he removes from the valley
+the better. These were my feelings at the moment, and they were
+prompted by that glorious principle inherent in all heroic natures—the
+strong-rooted determination to have the biggest share of the pudding
+or to go without any of it.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Marnoo, this all-attractive personage, having satisfied his hunger,
+and inhaled a few whiffs from a pipe which was handed to him,
+launched out into an harangue which completely enchained the attention
+of his auditors.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Little as I understood of the language, yet from his animated
+gestures and the varying expression of his features—reflected as from
+so many mirrors in the countenances around him—I could easily discover
+the nature of those passions which he sought to arouse. From
+the frequent recurrence of the words, <span class="tei tei-q">“Nukuheva”</span> and <span class="tei tei-q">“Franee”</span>
+(French), and some others with the meaning of which I was acquainted,
+he appeared to be rehearsing to his auditors events which had recently
+occurred in the neighboring bays. But how he had gained the knowledge
+of these matters, I could not understand, unless it were that he
+had just come from Nukuheva,—a supposition which his travel-stained
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page148">[pg 148]</span><a name="Pg148" id="Pg148" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>appearance not a little supported. But, if a native of that region, I
+could not account for his friendly reception at the hands of the Typees.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Never, certainly, had I beheld so powerful an exhibition of natural
+eloquence as Marnoo displayed during the course of his oration. The
+grace of the attitudes into which he threw his flexible figure, the
+striking gestures of his naked arms, and above all, the fire which
+shot from his brilliant eyes, imparted an effect to the continually-changing
+accents of his voice, of which the most accomplished orator
+might have been proud. At one moment reclining sideways upon the
+mat, and leaning calmly upon his bended arm, he related circumstantially
+the aggressions of the French—their hostile visit to the
+surrounding bays, enumerating each one in succession—Happar,
+Puerka, Nukuheva, Tior,—and then starting to his feet, and precipitating
+himself forward with clenched hands and a countenance
+distorted with passion, he poured out a tide of invectives. Falling
+back into an attitude of lofty command, he exhorted the Typees to
+resist these encroachments; reminding them, with a fierce glance of exultation,
+that as yet the terror of their name had preserved them from
+attack; and with a scornful sneer, he sketched in ironical terms the
+wondrous intrepidity of the French, who, with five war-canoes and
+hundreds of men, had not dared to assail the naked warriors of their
+valley.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The effect he produced upon his audience was electric; one and
+all they stood regarding him with sparkling eyes and trembling limbs,
+as though they were listening to the inspired voice of a prophet.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+But it soon appeared that Marnoo’s powers were as versatile as they
+were extraordinary. As soon as he had finished his vehement harangue,
+he threw himself again upon the mats, and, singling out
+individuals in the crowd, addressed them by name, in a sort of bantering
+style, the humour of which, though nearly hidden from me, filled
+the whole assembly with uproarious delight.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+He had a word for everybody; and, turning rapidly from one to
+another, gave utterance to some hasty witticism, which was sure to
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page149">[pg 149]</span><a name="Pg149" id="Pg149" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>be followed by peals of laughter. To the females, as well as to the
+men, he addressed his discourse. Heaven only knows what he said to
+them, but he caused smiles and blushes to mantle their ingenuous
+faces. I am, indeed, very much inclined to believe that Marnoo,
+with his handsome person and captivating manners, was a sad deceiver
+among the simple maidens of the island.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+During all this time, he had never for one moment deigned to regard
+me. He appeared, indeed, to be altogether unconscious of my presence.
+I was utterly at a loss how to account for this extraordinary
+conduct, I easily perceived that he was a man of no little consequence
+among the islanders; that he possessed uncommon talents;
+and was gifted with a higher degree of knowledge than the inmates of
+the valley. For these reasons, I therefore greatly feared lest, having,
+from some cause or other, unfriendly feelings towards me, he might
+exert his powerful influence to do me mischief.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+It seemed evident that he was not a permanent resident of the vale,
+and yet, whence could he have come? On all sides the Typees were
+girt in by hostile tribes, and how could he possibly, if belonging to any
+of these, be received with so much cordiality?
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The personal appearance of the enigmatical stranger suggested additional
+perplexities. The face, free from tattooing, and the unshaven
+crown, were peculiarities I had never before remarked in any part
+of the island, and I had always heard that the contrary were considered
+the indispensable distinctions of a Marquesan warrior. Altogether
+the matter was perfectly incomprehensible to me, and I awaited
+its solution with no small degree of anxiety.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+At length, from certain indications, I suspected that he was making
+me the subject of his remarks, although he appeared cautiously to
+avoid either pronouncing my name, or looking in the direction where I
+lay. All at once he rose from the mats where he had been reclining,
+and, still conversing, moved towards me, his eye purposely evading
+mine, and seated himself within less than a yard of me. I had hardly
+recovered from my surprise, when he suddenly turned round, and with
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page150">[pg 150]</span><a name="Pg150" id="Pg150" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>a most benignant countenance, extended his right hand gracefully
+towards me. Of course I accepted the courteous challenge, and, as
+soon as our palms met, he bent towards me, and murmured in musical
+accents,—<span class="tei tei-q">“How you do? How long have you been in this bay?
+You like this bay?”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Had I been pierced simultaneously by three Happar spears, I could
+not have started more than I did at hearing these simple questions.
+For a moment I was overwhelmed with astonishment, and then answered
+something, I know not what; but as soon as I regained my self-possession,
+the thought darted through my mind that from this individual
+I might obtain that information regarding Toby which I suspected
+the natives had purposely withheld from me. Accordingly, I
+questioned him concerning the disappearance of my companion, but
+he denied all knowledge of the matter. I then inquired from whence
+he had come? He replied, from Nukuheva. When I expressed my
+surprise, he looked at me for a moment, as if enjoying my perplexity,
+and then, with his strange vivacity, exclaimed,—<span class="tei tei-q">“Ah! me taboo,—me
+go Nukuheva,—me go Tior,—me go Typee,—me go everywhere,—nobody
+harm me,—taboo.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+This explanation would have been altogether unintelligible to me,
+had it not recalled to my mind something I had previously heard concerning
+a singular custom among these islanders. Though the country
+is possessed by various tribes, whose mutual hostilities almost
+wholly preclude any intercourse between them, yet there are instances
+where a person having ratified friendly relations with some individual
+belonging to the valley, whose inmates are at war with his own, may,
+under particular restrictions, venture with impunity into the country
+of his friend, where, under other circumstances, he would have been
+treated as an <a name="corr150" id="corr150" class="tei tei-anchor"></a><span class="tei tei-corr">enemy.</span> In this light are personal friendships regarded
+among them, and the individual so protected is said to be <span class="tei tei-q">“taboo”</span> and
+his person, to a certain extent, is held as sacred. Thus the stranger
+informed me he had access to all the valleys in the island.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Curious to know how he had acquired his knowledge of English, I
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page151">[pg 151]</span><a name="Pg151" id="Pg151" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>questioned him on the subject. At first, for some reason or other, he
+evaded the inquiry, but afterwards told me that, when a boy, he had
+been carried to sea by the captain of a trading vessel, with whom he had
+stayed three years, living part of the time with him at Sydney, in
+Australia, and that, at a subsequent visit to the island, the captain
+had, at his own request, permitted him to remain among his countrymen.
+The natural quickness of the savage had been wonderfully improved
+by his intercourse with the white men, and his partial knowledge
+of a foreign language gave him a great ascendancy over his less
+accomplished countrymen.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+When I asked the now affable Marnoo why it was that he had not
+previously spoken to me, he eagerly inquired what I had been led to
+think of him from his conduct in that respect. I replied, that I had
+supposed him to be some great chief or warrior, who had seen plenty
+of white men before, and did not think it worth while to notice a
+poor sailor. At this declaration of the exalted opinion I had formed
+of him, he appeared vastly gratified, and gave me to understand that
+he had purposely behaved in that manner, in order to increase my
+astonishment, as soon as he should see proper to address me.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Marnoo now sought to learn my version of the story as to how I
+came to be an inmate of the Typee valley. When I related to him
+the circumstances under which Toby and I had entered it, he listened
+with evident interest; but as soon as I alluded to the absence, yet unaccounted
+for, of my comrade, he endeavoured to change the subject,
+as if it were something he desired not to agitate. It seemed, indeed,
+as if everything connected with Toby was destined to beget distrust
+and anxiety in my bosom. Notwithstanding Marnoo’s denial of any
+knowledge of his fate, I could not avoid suspecting that he was deceiving
+me; and this suspicion revived those frightful apprehensions
+with regard to my own fate, which, for a short time past, had
+subsided in my breast.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Influenced by these feelings, I now felt a strong desire to avail myself
+of the stranger’s protection, and under his safeguard to return to
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page152">[pg 152]</span><a name="Pg152" id="Pg152" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>Nukuheva. But as soon as I hinted at this, he unhesitatingly pronounced
+it to be entirely impracticable; assuring me that the Typees
+would never consent to my leaving the valley. Although what he
+said merely confirmed the impression which I had before entertained,
+still it increased my anxiety to escape from a captivity, which, however
+endurable, nay, delightful it might be in some respects, involved
+in its issues a fate marked by the most frightful contingencies.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I could not conceal from my mind that Toby had been treated in
+the same friendly manner as I had been, and yet all their kindness
+terminated with his mysterious disappearance. Might not the same
+fate await me?—a fate too dreadful to think of. Stimulated by these
+considerations, I urged anew my request to Marnoo; but he only set
+forth in stronger colours the impossibility of my escape, and repeated
+his previous declaration, that the Typees would never be brought
+to consent to my departure.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+When I endeavoured to learn from him the motives which prompted
+them to hold me a prisoner, Marnoo again assumed that mysterious
+tone which had tormented me with apprehensions when I had questioned
+him with regard to the fate of my companion.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Thus repulsed, in a manner which only served, by arousing the
+most dreadful forebodings, to excite me to renewed attempts, I conjured
+him to intercede for me with the natives, and endeavour to procure
+their consent to my leaving them. To this he appeared strongly
+averse; but, yielding at last to my importunities, he addressed several
+of the chiefs, who with the rest had been eyeing us intently during the
+whole of our conversation. His petition, however, was at once met
+with the most violent disapprobation, manifesting itself in angry
+glances and gestures, and a perfect torrent of passionate words, directed
+to both him and myself. Marnoo, evidently repenting the step
+he had taken, earnestly deprecated the resentment of the crowd, and
+in a few moments succeeded in pacifying, to some extent, the clamours
+which had broken out as soon as his proposition had been understood.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+With the most intense interest had I watched the reception his
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page153">[pg 153]</span><a name="Pg153" id="Pg153" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>intercession might receive; and a bitter pang shot through my heart
+at the additional evidence, now furnished, of the unchangeable determination
+of the islanders. Marnoo told me, with evident alarm in
+his countenance, that although admitted into the bay on a friendly
+footing with its inhabitants, he could not presume to meddle with their
+concerns, as such a procedure, if persisted in, would at once absolve
+the Typees from the restraints of the <span class="tei tei-q">“taboo,”</span> although so long as
+he refrained from any such conduct, it screened him effectually from
+the consequences of the enmity they bore his tribe.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+At this moment, Mehevi, who was present, angrily interrupted him;
+and the words which he uttered, in a commanding tone, evidently
+meant that he must at once cease talking to me, and withdraw to the
+other part of the house. Marnoo immediately started up, hurriedly
+enjoining me not to address him again, and, as I valued my safety, to
+refrain from all further allusion to the subject of my departure; and
+then, in compliance with the order of the determined chief, but not
+before it had again been angrily repeated, he withdrew to a distance.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I now perceived, with no small degree of apprehension, the same
+savage expression in the countenances of the natives which had startled
+me during the scene at the Ti. They glanced their eyes suspiciously
+from Marnoo to me, as if distrusting the nature of an intercourse carried
+on, as it was, in a language they could not understand, and they
+seemed to harbour the belief that already we had concerted measures
+calculated to elude their vigilance.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The lively countenances of these people are wonderfully indicative
+of the emotions of the soul, and the imperfections of their oral language
+are more than compensated for by the nervous eloquence of their
+looks and gestures. I could plainly trace, in every varying expression
+of their faces, all those passions which had been thus unexpectedly
+aroused in their bosoms.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+It required no reflection to convince me, from what was going on,
+that the injunction of Marnoo was not to be rashly slighted; and accordingly,
+great as was the effort to suppress my feelings, I accosted
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page154">[pg 154]</span><a name="Pg154" id="Pg154" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>Mehevi in a good-humoured tone, with a view of dissipating any ill
+impression he might have received. But the ireful, angry chief was
+not so easily mollified. He rejected my advances with that peculiarly
+stern expression I have before described, and took care by the whole of
+his behaviour towards me to show the displeasure and resentment
+which he felt.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Marnoo, at the other extremity of the house, apparently desirous of
+making a diversion in my favour, exerted himself to amuse with his
+pleasantries the crowd about him; but his lively attempts were not so
+successful as they had previously been, and, foiled in his efforts, he
+rose gravely to depart. No one expressed any regret at this movement,
+so seizing his roll of tappa, and grasping his spear, he advanced to
+the front of the pi-pi, and waving his hand in adieu to the now silent
+throng, cast upon me a glance of mingled pity and reproach, and flung
+himself into the path which led from the house. I watched his receding
+figure until it was lost in the obscurity of the grove, and then
+gave myself up to the most desponding reflections.
+</p>
+
+</div><hr class="page" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page155">[pg 155]</span><a name="Pg155" id="Pg155" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<a name="toc38" id="toc38"></a><a name="pdf39" id="pdf39"></a>
+<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">CHAPTER XVIII</span></h2>
+
+<div class="tei tei-argument" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 0.90em"><span style="font-size: 90%">
+Reflection after Marnoo’s departure—Battle of the pop-guns—Strange conceit
+of Marheyo—Process of making tappa.
+</span></p>
+</div>
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The knowledge I had now obtained as to the intention of the savages
+deeply affected me.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Marnoo, I perceived, was a man who, by reason of his superior acquirements,
+and the knowledge he possessed of the events which were
+taking place in the different bays of the island, was held in no little
+estimation by the inhabitants of the valley. He had been received
+with the most cordial welcome and respect. The natives had hung
+upon the accents of his voice, and had manifested the highest gratification
+at being individually noticed by him. And yet, despite all this,
+a few words urged in my behalf, with the intent of obtaining my release
+from captivity, had sufficed not only to banish all harmony and good-will,
+but, if I could believe what he told me, had gone nigh to endanger
+his own personal safety.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+How strongly rooted, then, must be the determination of the Typees
+with regard to me, and how suddenly could they display the strangest
+passions! The mere suggestion of my departure had estranged from
+me, for the time at least, Mehevi, who was the most influential of all the
+chiefs, and who had previously exhibited so many instances of his
+friendly sentiments. The rest of the natives had likewise evinced
+their strong repugnance to my wishes, and even Kory-Kory himself
+seemed to share in the general disapprobation bestowed upon me.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In vain I racked my invention to find out some motive for the
+strange desire these people manifested to retain me among them; but
+I could discover none.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+But however this might be, the scene which had just occurred admonished
+me of the danger of trifling with the wayward and passionate
+spirits against whom it was vain to struggle, and might even be fatal
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page156">[pg 156]</span><a name="Pg156" id="Pg156" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>to do so. My only hope was to induce the natives to believe that I
+was reconciled to my detention in the valley, and by assuming a
+tranquil and cheerful demeanour, to allay the suspicions which I had
+so unfortunately aroused. Their confidence revived, they might in a
+short time remit in some degree their watchfulness over my movements,
+and I should then be the better enabled to avail myself of any opportunity
+which presented itself for escape. I determined, therefore, to
+make the best of a bad bargain, and to bear up manfully against whatever
+might betide. In this endeavour I succeeded beyond my own expectations.
+At the period of Marnoo’s visit, I had been in the valley, as
+nearly as I could conjecture, some two months. Although not completely
+recovered from my strange illness, which still lingered about me,
+I was free from pain and able to take exercise. In short, I had every
+reason to anticipate a perfect recovery. Freed from apprehensions on
+this point, and resolved to regard the future without flinching, I
+flung myself anew into all the social pleasures of the valley, and
+sought to bury all regrets, and all remembrances of my previous existence,
+in the wild enjoyments it afforded.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In my various wanderings through the vale, and as I became better
+acquainted with the character of its inhabitants, I was more and more
+struck with the light-hearted joyousness that everywhere prevailed.
+The minds of these simple savages, unoccupied by matters of graver
+moment, were capable of deriving the utmost delight from circumstances
+which would have passed unnoticed in more intelligent communities.
+All their enjoyment, indeed, seemed to be made up of the
+little trifling incidents of the passing hour; but these diminutive items
+swelled altogether to an amount of happiness seldom experienced by
+more enlightened individuals, whose pleasures are drawn from more
+elevated but rarer sources.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+What community, for instance, of refined and intellectual mortals
+would derive the least satisfaction from shooting pop-guns? The mere
+supposition of such a thing being possible would excite their indignation,
+and yet the whole population of Typee did little else for ten days
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page157">[pg 157]</span><a name="Pg157" id="Pg157" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>but occupy themselves with that childish amusement, fairly screaming,
+too, with the delight it afforded them.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+One day I was frolicking with a little spirited urchin, some six
+years old, who chased me with a piece of bamboo about three feet
+long, with which he occasionally belaboured me. Seizing the stick
+from him, the idea happened to suggest itself, that I might make for
+the youngster, out of the slender tube, one of those nursery muskets
+with which I had sometimes seen children playing. Accordingly, with
+my knife, I made two parallel slits in the cane several inches in length,
+and cutting loose at one end the elastic strip between them, bent it
+back and slipped the point into a little notch made for the purpose.
+Any small substance placed against this would be projected with considerable
+force through the tube by merely springing the bent strip
+out of the notch.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Had I possessed the remotest idea of the sensation this piece of
+ordnance was destined to produce, I should certainly have taken out
+a patent for the invention. The boy scampered away with it, half
+delirious with ecstasy, and twenty minutes afterwards I might have
+been seen surrounded by a noisy crowd—venerable old greybeards—responsible
+fathers of families—valiant warriors—matrons—young men—girls
+and children, all holding in their hands bits of bamboo, and
+each clamouring to be served first.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+For three or four hours I was engaged in manufacturing pop-guns,
+but at last made over my good-will and interests in the concern to a
+lad of remarkably quick parts, whom I soon initiated into the art and
+mystery.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Pop, Pop, Pop, Pop, now resounded all over the valley. Duels,
+skirmishes, pitched battles, and general engagements were to be seen
+on every side. Here, as you walked along a path which led through a
+thicket, you fell into a cunningly-laid ambush, and became a target
+for a body of musketeers, whose tattooed limbs you could just see
+peeping into view through the foliage. There, you were assailed by the
+intrepid garrison of a house, who levelled their bamboo rifles at you
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page158">[pg 158]</span><a name="Pg158" id="Pg158" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>from between the upright canes which composed its sides. Farther
+on, you were fired upon by a detachment of sharpshooters, mounted
+upon the top of a pi-pi.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Pop, Pop, Pop, Pop! green guavas, seeds, and berries were flying
+about in every direction, and during this dangerous state of affairs, I
+was half afraid that, like the man and his brazen bull, I should fall
+a victim to my own ingenuity. Like everything else, however, the excitement
+gradually wore away, though ever after occasionally pop-guns
+might be heard at all hours of the day.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+It was towards the close of the pop-gun war, that I was infinitely
+diverted with a strange freak of Marheyo’s.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I had worn, when I quitted the ship, a pair of thick pumps, which,
+from the rough usage they had received in scaling precipices and sliding
+down gorges, were so dilapidated as to be altogether unfit for use—so,
+at least, would have thought the generality of people, and so they
+most certainly were, when considered in the light of shoes. But things
+unserviceable in one way, may with advantage be applied in another—that
+is, if one has genius enough for the purpose. This genius Marheyo
+possessed in a superlative degree, as he abundantly evinced by the
+use to which he put these sorely bruised and battered old shoes.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Every article, however trivial, which belonged to me, the natives appeared
+to regard as sacred; and I observed that for several days after
+becoming an inmate of the house, my pumps were suffered to remain,
+untouched, where I had first happened to throw them. I remembered,
+however, that after awhile I had missed them from their accustomed
+place; but the matter gave me no concern, supposing that Tinor—like
+any other tidy housewife, having come across them in some of her
+domestic occupations—had pitched the useless things out of the house.
+But I was soon undeceived.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+One day I observed old Marheyo bustling about me with unusual
+activity, and to such a degree as almost to supersede Kory-Kory in the
+functions of his office. One moment he volunteered to trot off with me
+on his back to the stream; and when I refused, noways daunted by the
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page159">[pg 159]</span><a name="Pg159" id="Pg159" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>repulse, he continued to frisk about me like a superannuated house-dog.
+I could not for the life of me conjecture what possessed the old gentleman,
+until all at once, availing himself of the temporary absence of
+the household, he went through a variety of uncouth gestures, pointing
+eagerly down to my feet, and then up to a little bundle which swung
+from the ridge-pole overhead. At last I caught a faint idea of his
+meaning, and motioned him to lower the package. He executed the
+order in the twinkling of an eye, and unrolling a piece of tappa, displayed
+to my astonished gaze the identical pumps which I thought had
+been destroyed long before.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I immediately comprehended his desire, and very generously gave
+him the shoes, which had become quite mouldy, wondering for what
+earthly purpose he could want them.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The same afternoon I descried the venerable warrior approaching
+the house, with a slow, stately gait, earrings in ears, and spear in hand,
+with this highly ornamental pair of shoes suspended from his neck
+by a strip of bark, and swinging backwards and forwards on his capacious
+chest. In the gala costume of the tasteful Marheyo, these calf-skin
+pendants ever after formed the most striking feature.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+But to turn to something a little more important. Although the
+whole existence of the inhabitants of the valley seemed to pass away
+exempt from toil, yet there were some light employments which, although
+amusing rather than labourious as occupations, contributed to
+their comfort and luxury. Among these, the most important was the
+manufacture of the native cloth—<span class="tei tei-q">“tappa”</span>—so well known, under
+various modifications, throughout the whole Polynesian Archipelago.
+As is generally understood, this useful and sometimes elegant article
+is fabricated from the bark of different trees. But, as I believe that
+no description of its manufacture has ever been given, I shall state
+what I know regarding it.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In the manufacture of the beautiful white tappa generally worn on
+the Marquesan Islands, the preliminary operation consists in gathering
+a certain quantity of the young branches of the cloth-tree. The
+ex<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page160">[pg 160]</span><a name="Pg160" id="Pg160" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>terior green bark being pulled off as worthless, there remains a slender
+fibrous substance, which is carefully stripped from the stick, to which
+it closely adheres. When a sufficient quantity of it has been collected,
+the various strips are enveloped in a covering of large leaves, which
+the natives use precisely as we do wrapping-paper, and which are
+secured by a few turns of a line passed round them. The package
+is then laid in the bed of some running stream, with a heavy stone
+placed over it, to prevent its being swept away. After it has remained
+for two or three days in this state, it is drawn out, and exposed for a
+short time to the action of the air, every distinct piece being attentively
+inspected, with a view of ascertaining whether it has yet been sufficiently
+affected by the operation. This is repeated again and again,
+until the desired result is obtained.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+When the substance is in a proper state for the next process, it betrays
+evidences of incipient decomposition; the fibres are relaxed and
+softened, and rendered perfectly malleable. The different strips are
+now extended, one by one, in successive layers, upon some smooth
+surface—generally the prostrate trunk of a cocoa-nut tree—and the
+heap thus formed is subjected, at every new increase, to a moderate
+beating, with a sort of wooden mallet, leisurely applied. The mallet
+is made of a hard heavy wood resembling ebony, is about twelve inches
+in length, and perhaps two in breadth, with a rounded handle at one
+end, and in shape is the exact counterpart of one of our four-sided
+razor-strops. The flat surfaces of the implement are marked with
+shallow parallel indentations, varying in depth on the different sides,
+so as to be adapted to the several stages of the operation. These
+marks produce the corduroy sort of stripes descernible in the tappa in
+its finished state. After being beaten in the manner I have described,
+the material soon becomes blended in one mass, which, moistened occasionally
+with water, is at intervals hammered out, by a kind of gold-beating
+process, to any degree of thinness required. In this way the
+cloth is easily made to vary in strength and thickness, so as to suit
+the numerous purposes to which it is applied.
+</p>
+
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page161">[pg 161]</span><a name="Pg161" id="Pg161" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+When the operation last described has been concluded, the new-made
+tappa is spread out on the grass to bleach and dry, and soon becomes of
+a dazzling whiteness. Sometimes, in the first stages of the manufacture,
+the substance is impregnated with a vegetable juice, which
+gives it a permanent colour. A rich brown and a bright yellow are
+occasionally seen, but the simple taste of the Typee people inclines
+them to prefer the natural tint.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The notable wife of Kammahammaha, the renowned conqueror and
+king of the Sandwich Islands, used to pride herself in the skill
+she displayed in dyeing her tappa with contrasting colours disposed
+in regular figures; and, in the midst of the innovations of the times,
+was regarded, towards the decline of her life, as a lady of the old
+school, clinging as she did to the national cloth, in preference to the
+frippery of the European calicoes. But the art of printing the tappa is
+unknown upon the Marquesan Islands.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In passing along the valley, I was often attracted by the noise of
+the mallet, which, when employed in the manufacture of the cloth,
+produces at every stroke of its hard, heavy wood, a clear, ringing, and
+musical sound, capable of being heard at a great distance. When
+several of these implements happen to be in operation at the same time,
+and near one another, the effect upon the ear of a person, at a little
+distance, is really charming.
+</p>
+
+</div><hr class="page" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page162">[pg 162]</span><a name="Pg162" id="Pg162" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<a name="toc40" id="toc40"></a><a name="pdf41" id="pdf41"></a>
+<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">CHAPTER XIX</span></h2>
+
+<div class="tei tei-argument" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 0.90em"><span style="font-size: 90%">
+History of a day as usually spent in the Typee valley—Dances of the Marquesan
+girls.
+</span></p>
+</div>
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Nothing can be more uniform and undiversified than the life of the
+Typees; one tranquil day of ease and happiness follows another in
+quiet succession; and with these unsophisticated savages the history of
+a day is the history of a life. I will therefore, as briefly as I can,
+describe one of our days in the valley.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+To begin with the morning. We were not very early risers—the sun
+would be shooting his golden spikes above the Happar mountain, ere
+I threw aside my tappa robe, and girding my long tunic about my
+waist, sallied out with Fayaway and Kory-Kory, and the rest of the
+household, and bent my steps towards the stream. Here we found
+congregated all those who dwelt in our section of the valley; and here
+we bathed with them. The fresh morning air and the cool flowing
+waters put both soul and body in a glow, and after a half-hour employed
+in this recreation, we sauntered back to the house—Tinor and
+Marheyo gathering dry sticks by the way for firewood; some of the
+young men laying the cocoa-nut trees under contribution as they passed
+beneath them; while Kory-Kory played his outlandish pranks for my
+particular diversion, and Fayaway and I, not arm in arm to be sure,
+but sometimes hand in hand, strolled along, with feelings of perfect
+charity for all the world, and especial good-will towards each other.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Our morning meal was soon prepared. The islanders are somewhat
+abstemious at this repast; reserving the more powerful efforts of their
+appetite to a later period of the day. For my own part, with the assistance
+of my valet, who, as I have before stated, always officiated as
+spoon on these occasions, I ate sparingly from one of Tinor’s trenchers
+of poee-poee; which was devoted exclusively for my own use, being
+mixed with the milky meat of ripe cocoa-nut. A section of a roasted
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page163">[pg 163]</span><a name="Pg163" id="Pg163" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>bread-fruit, a small cake of <span class="tei tei-q">“Amar,”</span> or a mess of <span class="tei tei-q">“Kokoo,”</span> two or three
+bananas, or a Mawmee apple; an annuee, or some other agreeable and
+nutritious fruit, served from day to day to diversify the meal, which
+was finished by tossing off the liquid contents of a young cocoa-nut or
+two.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+While partaking of this simple repast, the inmates of Marheyo’s
+house, after the style of the ancient Romans, reclined in sociable groups
+upon the divan of mats, and digestion was promoted by cheerful conversation.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+After the morning meal was concluded, pipes were lighted; and
+among them my own special pipe, a present from the noble Mehevi.
+The islanders, who only smoke a whiff or two at a time, and at long
+intervals, and who keep their pipes going from hand to hand continually,
+regarded my systematic smoking of four or five pipefuls of
+tobacco in succession as something quite wonderful. When two or
+three pipes had circulated freely, the company gradually broke up.
+Marheyo went to the little hut he was for ever building. Tinor began
+to inspect her rolls of tappa, or employed her busy fingers in plaiting
+grass-mats. The girls anointed themselves with their fragrant
+oils, dressed their hair, or looked over their curious finery, and compared
+together their ivory trinkets, fashioned out of boar’s tusks or
+whale’s teeth. The young men and warriors produced their spears,
+paddles, canoe-gear, battle-clubs, and war-conchs, and occupied themselves
+in carving all sorts of figures upon them with pointed bits of
+shell or flint, and adorning them, especially the war-conchs, with tassels
+of braided bark and tufts of human hair. Some, immediately
+after eating, threw themselves once more upon the inviting mats, and
+resumed the employment of the previous night, sleeping as soundly as
+if they had not closed their eyes for a week. Others sallied out into
+the groves, for the purpose of gathering fruit or fibres of bark and
+leaves; the last two being in constant requisition, and applied to a hundred
+uses. A few, perhaps, among the girls, would slip into the woods
+after flowers, or repair to the stream with small calabashes and
+cocoa-<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page164">[pg 164]</span><a name="Pg164" id="Pg164" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>nut shells, in order to polish them by friction with a smooth stone in
+the water. In truth these innocent people seemed to be at no loss for
+something to occupy their time; and it would be no light task to enumerate
+all their employments, or rather pleasures.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+My own mornings I spent in a variety of ways. Sometimes I
+rambled about from house to house, sure of receiving a cordial welcome
+wherever I went; or, from grove to grove, and from one shady place to
+another, in company with Kory-Kory and Fayaway, and a rabble
+rout of merry young idlers. Sometimes I was too indolent for exercise,
+and, accepting one of the many invitations I was continually receiving,
+stretched myself out on the mats of some hospitable dwelling,
+and occupied myself pleasantly either in watching the proceedings of
+those around me, or taking part in them myself. Whenever I chose
+to do the latter, the delight of the islanders was boundless; and there was
+always a throng of competitors for the honor of instructing me in
+any particular craft. I soon became quite an accomplished hand at
+making tappa—could braid a grass sling as well as the best of them—and
+once, with my knife, carved the handle of a javelin so exquisitely
+that I have no doubt, to this day, Karnoonoo, its owner, preserves it
+as a surprising specimen of my skill. As noon approached, all those
+who had wandered forth from our habitation began to return; and
+when mid-day was fairly come, scarcely a sound was to be heard in
+the valley—a deep sleep fell upon all. The luxurious siesta was hardly
+ever omitted, except by old Marheyo, who was so eccentric a character,
+that he seemed to be governed by no fixed principles whatever; but acting
+just according to the humour of the moment, slept, eat, or tinkered
+away at his little hut, without regard to the proprieties of time or place.
+Frequently he might have been seen taking a nap in the sun at noon-day,
+or a bath in the stream at midnight. Once I beheld him perched
+eighty feet from the ground, in the tuft of a cocoa-nut tree, smoking;
+and often I saw him standing up to the waist in water, engaged in
+plucking out the stray hairs of his beard, using a piece of muscle-shell
+for tweezers.
+</p>
+
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page165">[pg 165]</span><a name="Pg165" id="Pg165" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The noontide slumber lasted generally an hour and a half, very
+often longer; and after the sleepers had arisen from their mats they
+again had recourse to their pipes, and then made preparations for the
+most important meal of the day.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I, however, like those gentlemen of leisure who breakfast at home
+and dine at their club, almost invariably, during my intervals of
+health, enjoyed the afternoon repast with the bachelor chiefs of the
+Ti, who were always rejoiced to see me, and lavishly spread before me
+all the good things which their larder afforded. Mehevi generally produced,
+among other dainties, a baked pig, an article which, I have
+every reason to suppose, was provided for my sole gratification.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The Ti was a right jovial place. It did my heart, as well as my
+body, good to visit it. Secure from female intrusion, there was no restraint
+upon the hilarity of the warriors, who, like the gentlemen of
+Europe after the cloth is drawn, and the ladies retire, freely indulged
+their mirth.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+After spending a considerable portion of the afternoon at the Ti,
+I usually found myself, as the cool of the evening came on, either
+sailing on the little lake with Fayaway, or bathing in the waters of the
+stream with a number of the savages, who, at this hour, always repaired
+thither. As the shadows of night approached, Marheyo’s
+household were once more assembled under his roof; tapers were lit,
+long and curious chants were raised, interminable stories were told
+(for which one present was little the wiser), and all sorts of social
+festivities served to while away the time.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The young girls very often danced by moonlight in front of their
+dwellings. There are a great variety of these dances, in which, however,
+I never saw the men take part. They all consist of active, romping,
+mischievous evolutions, in which every limb is brought into requisition.
+Indeed, the Marquesan girls dance all over, as it were; not only
+do their feet dance, but their arms, hands, fingers, ay, their very eyes
+seem to dance in their heads.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The damsels wear nothing but flowers and their compendious gala
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page166">[pg 166]</span><a name="Pg166" id="Pg166" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>tunics; and when they plume themselves for the dance, one would almost
+think that they were about to take wing.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Unless some particular festivity was going forward, the inmates of
+Marheyo’s house retired to their mats rather early in the evening; but
+not for the night, since after slumbering lightly for awhile, they rose
+again, relit their tapers, partook of the third and last meal of the
+day, at which poee-poee alone was eaten, and then, after inhaling a
+narcotic whiff from a pipe of tobacco, disposed themselves for the
+great business of the night—sleep. With the Marquesans it might
+almost be styled the great business of life, for they pass a large portion
+of their time in the arms of Somnus. The native strength of their
+constitution is no way shown more emphatically than in the quantity
+of sleep they can endure. To many of them, indeed, life is little else
+than an often interrupted and luxurious nap.
+</p>
+
+</div><hr class="page" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page167">[pg 167]</span><a name="Pg167" id="Pg167" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<a name="toc42" id="toc42"></a><a name="pdf43" id="pdf43"></a>
+<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">CHAPTER XX</span></h2>
+
+<div class="tei tei-argument" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 0.90em"><span style="font-size: 90%">
+The spring of Arva Wai—Remarkable monumental remains—Some ideas
+with regard to the history of the pi-pis found in the valley.
+</span></p>
+</div>
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Almost every country has its medicinal springs famed for their healing
+virtues. The Cheltenham of Typee is embosomed in the deepest
+solitude, and but seldom receives a visitor. It is situated remote
+from any dwelling, a little way up the mountain, near the head of the
+valley; and you approach it by a pathway shaded by the most beautiful
+foliage, and adorned with a thousand fragrant plants.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The mineral waters of Arva Wai<a id="noteref_2" name="noteref_2" href="#note_2"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">2</span></span></a> ooze forth from the crevices of a
+rock, and gliding down its mossy side, fall at last, in many clustering
+drops, into a natural basin of stone, fringed round with grass and
+dewy-looking little violet-coloured flowers, as fresh and beautiful as the
+perpetual moisture they enjoy can make them.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The water is held in high estimation by the islanders, some of whom
+consider it an agreeable as well as a medicinal beverage; they bring
+it from the mountain in their calabashes, and store it away beneath
+heaps of leaves in some shady nook near the house. Old Marheyo had
+a great love for the waters of the spring. Every now and then he
+lugged off to the mountain a great round demijohn of a calabash, and,
+panting with his exertions, brought it back filled with his darling fluid.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The water tasted like a solution of a dozen disagreeable things, and
+was sufficiently nauseous to have made the fortune of the proprietor,
+had the spa been situated in the midst of any civilized community.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+As I am no chemist, I cannot give a scientific analysis of the water.
+All I know about the matter is, that one day Marheyo in my presence
+poured out the last drop from his huge calabash, and I observed at the
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page168">[pg 168]</span><a name="Pg168" id="Pg168" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>bottom of the vessel a small quantity of gravelly sediment very much resembling
+our common sand. Whether this is always found in the
+water, and gives it its peculiar flavour and virtues, or whether its presence
+was merely incidental, I was not able to ascertain.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+One day in returning from this spring by a circuitous path, I came
+upon a scene which reminded me of Stonehenge and the architectural
+labours of the Druid.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+At the base of one of the mountains, and surrounded on all sides by
+dense groves, a series of vast terraces of stone rises, step by step, for a
+considerable distance up the hillside. These terraces cannot be less than
+one hundred yards in length and twenty in width. Their magnitude,
+however, is less striking than the immense size of the blocks composing
+them. Some of the stones, of an oblong shape, are from ten to
+fifteen feet in length, and five or six feet thick. Their sides are quite
+smooth, but though square, and of pretty regular formation, they
+bear no mark of the chisel. They are laid together without cement,
+and here and there show gaps between. The topmost terrace and the
+lower one are somewhat peculiar in their construction. They have
+both a quadrangular depression in the centre, leaving the rest of the
+terrace elevated several feet above it. In the intervals of the stones
+immense trees have taken root, and their broad boughs stretching far
+over, and interlacing together, support a canopy almost impenetrable
+to the sun. Overgrowing the greater part of them, and climbing
+from one to another, is a wilderness of vines, in whose sinewy embrace
+many of the stones lie half-hidden, while in some places a thick
+growth of bushes entirely covers them. There is a wild pathway
+which obliquely crosses two of these terraces; and so profound is the
+shade, so dense the vegetation, that a stranger to the place might pass
+along it without being aware of its existence.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+These structures bear every indication of a very high antiquity, and
+Kory-Kory, who was my authority in all matters of scientific research,
+gave me to understand that they were coeval with the creation of
+the world; that the great gods themselves were the builders; and that
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page169">[pg 169]</span><a name="Pg169" id="Pg169" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>they would endure until time shall be no more. Kory-Kory’s
+prompt explanation, and his attributing the work to a divine origin, at
+once convinced me that neither he nor the rest of his countrymen knew
+anything about them.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+As I gazed upon this monument, doubtless the work of an extinct
+and forgotten race, thus buried in the green nook of an island at the
+end of the earth, the existence of which was yesterday unknown, a
+stronger feeling of awe came over me than if I had stood musing at
+the mighty base of the Pyramid of Cheops. There are no inscriptions,
+no sculpture, no clue, by which to conjecture its history: nothing
+but the dumb stones. How many generations of those majestic
+trees which overshadow them have grown and flourished and decayed
+since first they were erected!
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+These remains naturally suggest many interesting reflections. They
+establish the great age of the island, an opinion which the builders
+of theories concerning the creation of the various groups in the South
+Seas are not always inclined to admit. For my own part I think it
+just as probable that human beings were living in the valleys of the
+Marquesas three thousand years ago as that they were inhabiting the
+land of Egypt. The origin of the island of Nukuheva cannot be imputed
+to the coral insect: for indefatigable as that wonderful creature
+is, it would be hardly muscular enough to pile rocks one upon the
+other more than three thousand feet above the level of the sea. That
+the land may have been thrown up by a submarine volcano is as possible
+as anything else. No one can make an affidavit to the contrary,
+and therefore I will say nothing against the supposition: indeed, were
+geologists to assert that the whole continent of America had in like
+manner been formed by the simultaneous explosion of a train of Etnas,
+laid under the water all the way from the North Pole to the parallel
+of Cape Horn, I am the last man in the world to contradict them.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I have already mentioned that the dwellings of the islanders were
+almost invariably built upon massive stone foundations, which they
+call pi-pis. The dimensions of these, however, as well as of the stones
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page170">[pg 170]</span><a name="Pg170" id="Pg170" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>composing them, are comparatively small: but there are other and
+larger erections of a similar description comprising the <span class="tei tei-q">“morais,”</span> or
+burying-grounds, and festival-places, in nearly all the valleys of the
+island. Some of these piles are so extensive, and so great a degree of
+labour and skill must have been requisite in constructing them, that I
+can scarcely believe they were built by the ancestors of the present
+inhabitants. If indeed they were, the race has sadly deteriorated in
+their knowledge of the mechanic arts. To say nothing of their habitual
+indolence, by what contrivance within the reach of so simple a people
+could such enormous masses have been moved or fixed in their
+places? and how could they with their rude implements have chiselled
+and hammered them into shape?
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+All of these larger pi-pis—like that of the Hoolah Hoolah ground in
+the Typee valley—bore incontestable marks of great age; and I am
+disposed to believe that their erection may be ascribed to the same
+race of men who were the builders of the still more ancient remains I
+have just described.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+According to Kory-Kory’s account, the pi-pi, upon which stands
+the Hoolah Hoolah ground, was built a great many moons ago, under
+the direction of Monoo, a great chief and warrior, and, as it would
+appear, master-mason among the Typees. It was erected for the express
+purpose to which it is at present devoted, in the incredibly short
+period of one sun; and was dedicated to the immortal wooden idols
+by a grand festival, which lasted ten days and nights.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Among the smaller pi-pis, upon which stand the dwelling-houses of
+the natives, I never observed any which intimated a recent erection.
+There are in every part of the valley a great many of these massive
+stone foundations which have no houses upon them. This is vastly
+convenient, for whenever an enterprising islander chooses to emigrate
+a few hundred yards from the place where he was born, all he has to
+do in order to establish himself in some new locality, is to select one
+of the many unappropriated pi-pis, and without further ceremony pitch
+his bamboo tent upon it.
+</p>
+
+</div><hr class="page" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page171">[pg 171]</span><a name="Pg171" id="Pg171" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<a name="toc44" id="toc44"></a><a name="pdf45" id="pdf45"></a>
+<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">CHAPTER XXI</span></h2>
+
+<div class="tei tei-argument" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 0.90em"><span style="font-size: 90%">
+Preparations for a grand festival in the valley—Strange doings in the Taboo
+Groves—Monument of Calabashes—Gala costume of the Typee damsels—Departure
+for the festival.
+</span></p>
+</div>
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+From the time that my lameness had decreased I had made a daily
+practice of visiting Mehevi at the Ti, who invariably gave me a most
+cordial reception. I was always accompanied in these excursions by
+Fayaway and the ever-present Kory-Kory. The former, as soon as
+we reached the vicinity of the Ti—which was rigorously tabooed to
+the whole female sex—withdrew to a neighbouring hut, as if her feminine
+delicacy restrained her from approaching a habitation which
+might be regarded as a sort of Bachelor’s Hall.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+And in good truth it might well have been so considered. Although
+it was the permanent residence of several distinguished chiefs, and of
+the noble Mehevi in particular, it was still at certain seasons the favourite
+haunt of all the jolly, talkative, and elderly savages of the vale,
+who resorted thither in the same way that similar characters frequent a
+tavern in civilized countries. There they would remain hour after
+hour, chatting, smoking, eating poee-poee, or busily engaged in sleeping
+for the good of their constitutions.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+This building appeared to be the headquarters of the valley, where
+all flying rumours concentrated; and to have seen it filled with a crowd
+of the natives, all males, conversing in animated clusters, while multitudes
+were continually coming and going, one would have thought it a
+kind of savage exchange, where the rise and fall of Polynesian Stock was
+discussed.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Mehevi acted as supreme lord over the place, spending the greater
+portion of his time there: and often when, at particular hours of the
+day, it was deserted by nearly every one else except the verd-antique
+looking centenarians, who were fixtures in the building, the chief
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page172">[pg 172]</span><a name="Pg172" id="Pg172" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>himself was sure to be found enjoying his <span class="tei tei-q">“otium cum dignitate”</span> upon
+the luxurious mats which covered the floor. Whenever I made my appearance
+he invariably rose, and, like a gentleman doing the honours
+of his mansion, invited me to repose myself wherever I pleased, and
+calling out <span class="tei tei-q">“tammaree!”</span> (boy), a little fellow would appear, and then
+retiring for an instant, return with some savoury mess, from which
+the chief would press me to regale myself. To tell the truth, Mehevi
+was indebted to the excellence of his viands for the honour of my repeated
+visits,—a matter which cannot appear singular, when it is
+borne in mind that bachelors, all the world over, are famous for serving
+up unexceptional repasts.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+One day, on drawing near to the Ti, I observed that extensive preparations
+were going forward, plainly betokening some approaching
+festival. Some of the symptoms reminded me of the stir produced
+among the scullions of a large hotel, where a grand jubilee dinner
+is about to be given. The natives were hurrying about hither and
+thither, engaged in various duties; some lugging off to the stream enormous
+hollow bamboos, for the purpose of filling them with water; others
+chasing furious-looking hogs through the bushes, in their endeavours
+to capture them; and numbers employed in kneading great mountains
+of poee-poee heaped up in huge wooden vessels.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+After observing these lively indications for awhile, I was attracted
+to a neighbouring grove by a prodigious squeaking which I heard there.
+On reaching the spot I found it proceeded from a large hog which
+a number of natives were forcibly holding to the earth, while a
+muscular fellow, armed with a bludgeon, was ineffectually aiming murderous
+blows at the skull of the unfortunate porker. Again and again
+he missed his writhing and struggling victim, but though puffing and
+panting with his exertions, he still continued them; and after striking
+a sufficient number of blows to have demolished an entire drove
+of oxen, with one crashing stroke he laid him dead at his feet.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Without letting any blood from the body, it was immediately carried
+to a fire which had been kindled near at hand, and four savages
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page173">[pg 173]</span><a name="Pg173" id="Pg173" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>taking hold of the carcass by its legs, passed it rapidly to and fro in
+the flames. In a moment the smell of burning bristles betrayed the
+object of this procedure. Having got thus far in the matter, the body
+was removed to a little distance; and, being disembowelled, the entrails
+were laid aside as choice parts, and the whole carcass thoroughly
+washed with water. An ample thick green cloth, composed of the long
+thick leaves of a species of palm tree, ingeniously tacked together with
+little pins of bamboo, was now spread upon the ground, in which the
+body being carefully rolled, it was borne to an oven previously prepared
+to receive it. Here it was at once laid upon the heated stones at the
+bottom, and covered with thick layers of leaves, the whole being
+quickly hidden from sight by a mound of earth raised over it.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Such is the summary style in which the Typees convert perverse-minded
+and rebellious hogs into the most docile and amiable pork; a
+morsel of which placed on the tongue melts like a soft smile from the
+lips of beauty.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I commend their peculiar mode of proceeding to the consideration of
+all butchers, cooks, and housewives. The hapless porker whose fate
+I have just rehearsed, was not the only one who suffered on that memorable
+day. Many a dismal grunt, many an imploring squeak, proclaimed
+what was going on throughout the whole extent of the valley:
+and I verily believe the first-born of every litter perished before the
+setting of that fatal sun.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The scene around the Ti was now most animated. Hogs and poee-poee
+were baking in numerous ovens, which, heaped up with fresh
+earth into slight elevations, looked like so many ant-hills. Scores of
+the savages were vigorously plying their stone pestles in preparing
+masses of poee-poee, and numbers were gathering green bread-fruit and
+young cocoa-nuts in the surrounding groves; while an exceeding great
+multitude, with a view of encouraging the rest in their labours, stood
+still, and kept shouting most lustily without intermission.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+It is a peculiarity among these people, that when engaged in any
+employment they always make a prodigious fuss about it. So seldom
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page174">[pg 174]</span><a name="Pg174" id="Pg174" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>do they ever exert themselves, that when they do work they seem determined
+that so meritorious an action shall not escape the observation
+of those around. If, for example, they have occasion to remove a
+stone to a little distance, which perhaps might be carried by two able-bodied
+men, a whole swarm gather about it, and, after a vast deal of
+palavering, lift it up among them, every one struggling to get hold of
+it, and bear it off yelling and panting as if accomplishing some mighty
+achievement. Seeing them on these occasions, one is reminded of an
+infinity of black ants clustering about and dragging away to some
+hole the leg of a deceased fly.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Having for some time attentively observed these demonstrations of
+good cheer, I entered the Ti, where Mehevi sat complacently looking
+out upon the busy scene, and occasionally issuing his orders. The
+chief appeared to be in an extraordinary flow of spirits, and gave
+me to understand that on the morrow there would be grand doings
+in the groves generally, and at the Ti in particular; and urged me by
+no means to absent himself. In commemoration of what event, however,
+or in honour of what distinguished personage, the feast was
+to be given, altogether passed my comprehension. Mehevi sought to
+enlighten my ignorance, but he failed as signally as when he had endeavoured
+to initiate me into the perplexing arcana of the taboo.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+On leaving the Ti, Kory-Kory, who had, as a matter of course,
+accompanied me, observing that my curiosity remained unabated, resolved
+to make everything plain and satisfactory. With this intent,
+he escorted me through the Taboo Groves, pointing out to my notice
+a variety of objects, and endeavoured to explain them in such an
+indescribable jargon of words, that it almost put me in bodily pain
+to listen to him. In particular, he led me to a remarkable pyramidical
+structure some three yards square at the base, and perhaps ten feet in
+height, which had lately been thrown up, and occupied a very conspicuous
+position. It was composed principally of large empty calabashes,
+with a few polished cocoa-nut shells, and looked not unlike a cenotaph
+of skulls. My cicerone perceived the astonishment with which I gazed
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page175">[pg 175]</span><a name="Pg175" id="Pg175" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>at this monument of savage crockery, and immediately addressed himself
+to the task of enlightening me: but all in vain; and to this hour
+the nature of the monument remains a complete mystery to me. As,
+however, it formed so prominent a feature in the approaching revels,
+I bestowed upon the latter, in my own mind, the title of the <span class="tei tei-q">“Feast of
+Calabashes.”</span>
+</p>
+    <a name="illus5" id="illus5" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"></p><div class="tei tei-figure" style="text-align: center"><img src="images/illus5th.jpg" width="318" height="400" alt="Illustration: THUS ARRAYED, I WOULD HAVE MATCHED THE CHARMING FAYAWAY AGAINST ANY BEAUTY IN THE WORLD" title="THUS ARRAYED, I WOULD HAVE MATCHED THE CHARMING FAYAWAY AGAINST ANY BEAUTY IN THE WORLD" /><div class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.00em; margin-top: 1.00em"><a href="images/illus5.jpg" class="tei tei-xref" style="text-align: center"><span class="tei tei-hi" style="text-align: center"><span style="font-size: 90%">THUS ARRAYED, I WOULD HAVE MATCHED THE CHARMING FAYAWAY AGAINST ANY
+BEAUTY IN THE WORLD</span></span></a></div></div>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The following morning, awakening rather late, I perceived the whole
+of Marheyo’s family busily engaged in preparing for the festival.
+The old warrior himself was arranging in round balls the two grey
+locks of hair that were suffered to grow from the crown of his head;
+his earrings and spear, both well polished, lay beside him, while the
+highly decorative pair of shoes hung suspended from a projecting cane
+against the side of the house. The young men were similarly employed;
+and the fair damsels, including Fayaway, were anointing themselves
+with <span class="tei tei-q">“aka,”</span> arranging their long tresses, and performing other
+matters connected with the duties of the toilet.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Having completed their preparations, the girls now exhibited themselves
+in gala costume; the most conspicuous feature of which was a
+necklace of beautiful white flowers, with the stems removed, and
+strung closely together upon a single fibre of tappa. Corresponding ornaments
+were inserted in their ears, and woven garlands upon their
+heads. About their waist they wore a short tunic of spotless white
+tappa, and some of them superadded to this a mantle of the same
+material, tied in an elaborate bow upon the left shoulder, and falling
+about the figure in picturesque folds.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Thus arrayed, I would have matched the charming Fayaway against
+any beauty in the world.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+People may say what they will about the taste evinced by our fashionable
+ladies in dress. Their jewels, their feathers, their silks
+and their furbelows would have sunk into utter insignificance beside
+the exquisite simplicity of attire adopted by the nymphs of the vale
+on this festive occasion. I should like to have seen a gallery of coronation
+beauties, at Westminster Abbey, confronted for a moment by
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page176">[pg 176]</span><a name="Pg176" id="Pg176" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>this band of Island girls; their stiffness, formality, and affectation
+contrasted with the artless vivacity and unconcealed natural graces of
+these savage maidens. It would be the Venus de Medici placed beside
+a milliner’s doll.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+It was not long before Kory-Kory and myself were left alone in the
+house, the rest of its inmates having departed for the Taboo Groves.
+My valet was all impatience to follow them; and was as fidgety about
+my dilatory movements as a diner out waiting hat in hand at the bottom
+of the stairs for some lagging companion. At last, yielding to
+his importunities, I set out for the Ti. As we passed the houses
+peeping out from the groves through which our route lay, I noticed
+that they were entirely deserted by their inhabitants.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+When we reached the rock that abruptly terminated the path, and
+concealed from us the festive scene, wild shouts and a confused blending
+of voices assured me that the occasion, whatever it might be, had
+drawn together a great multitude. Kory-Kory, previous to mounting
+the elevation, paused for a moment, like a dandy at a ball-room door,
+to put a hasty finish to his toilet. During this short interval, the
+thought struck me that I ought myself perhaps to be taking some little
+pains with my appearance. But as I had no holiday raiment, I was
+not a little puzzled to devise some means of decorating myself. However,
+as I felt desirous to create a sensation, I determined to do all
+that lay in my power; and knowing that I could not delight the
+savages more than by conforming to their style of dress, I removed from
+my person the large robe of tappa which I was accustomed to wear
+over my shoulders whenever I sallied into the open air, and remained
+merely girt about with a short tunic descending from my waist to my
+knees.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+My quick-witted attendant fully appreciated the compliment I was
+paying to the costume of his race, and began more sedulously to arrange
+the folds of the one only garment which remained to me. Whilst
+he was doing this, I caught sight of a knot of young girls, who were
+sitting near us on the grass surrounded by heaps of flowers, which they
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page177">[pg 177]</span><a name="Pg177" id="Pg177" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>were forming into garlands. I motioned to them to bring some of
+their handy-work to me; and in an instant a dozen wreaths were at
+my disposal. One of them I put round the apology for a hat which
+I had been forced to construct for myself out of palmetto-leaves, and
+some of the others I converted into a splendid girdle. These operations
+finished, with a slow and dignified step of a full-dressed beau I
+ascended the rock.
+</p>
+
+</div><hr class="page" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page178">[pg 178]</span><a name="Pg178" id="Pg178" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<a name="toc46" id="toc46"></a><a name="pdf47" id="pdf47"></a>
+<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">CHAPTER XXII</span></h2>
+
+<div class="tei tei-argument" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 0.90em"><span style="font-size: 90%">
+The Feast of Calabashes.
+</span></p>
+</div>
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The whole population of the valley seemed to be gathered within the
+precincts of the grove. In the distance could be seen the long front
+of the Ti, its immense piazza swarming with men, arrayed in every
+variety of fantastic costume, and all vociferating with animated gestures;
+while the whole interval between it and the place where I stood
+was enlivened by groups of females fancifully decorated, dancing,
+capering, and uttering wild exclamations. As soon as they descried me
+they set up a shout of welcome; and a band of them came dancing
+towards me, chanting as they approached some wild recitative. The
+change in my garb seemed to transport them with delight, and clustering
+about me on all sides, they accompanied me towards the Ti. When,
+however, we drew near it, these joyous nymphs paused in their career,
+and parting on either side, permitted me to pass on to the now densely
+thronged building.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+So soon as I mounted to the pi-pi I saw at a glance that the revels
+were fairly under way.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+What lavish plenty reigned around!—Warwick feasting his retainers
+with beef and ale, was a niggard to the noble Mehevi!—All along the
+piazza of the Ti were arranged elaborately-carved canoe-shaped vessels,
+some twenty feet in length, filled with newly-made poee-poee, and
+sheltered from the sun by the broad leaves of the banana. At intervals
+were heaps of green bread-fruit, raised in pyramidical stacks, resembling
+the regular piles of heavy shot to be seen in the yard of an arsenal.
+Inserted into the interstices of the huge stones which formed
+the pi-pi were large boughs of trees; hanging from the branches of
+which, and screened from the sun by their foliage, were innumerable
+little packages with leafy coverings containing the meat of the
+numer<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page179">[pg 179]</span><a name="Pg179" id="Pg179" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>ous hogs which had been slain, done up in this manner to make it
+more accessible to the crowd. Leaning against the railing of the
+piazza were an immense number of long, heavy bamboos, plugged
+at the lower end, and with their projecting muzzles stuffed with a
+wad of leaves. These were filled with water from the stream, and
+each of them might hold from four to five gallons.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The banquet being thus spread, nought remained but for every one
+to help himself at his pleasure. Accordingly, not a moment passed
+but the transplanted boughs I have mentioned were rifled by the throng
+of the fruit they certainly had never borne before. Calabashes of
+poee-poee were continually being replenished from the extensive receptacle
+in which that article was stored, and multitudes of little fires were
+kindled about the Ti for the purpose of roasting the bread-fruit.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Within the building itself was presented a most extraordinary scene.
+The immense lounge of mats lying between the parallel rows of the
+trunks of cocoa-nut trees, and extending the entire length of the
+house, at least two hundred feet, was covered by the reclining forms
+of a host of chiefs and warriors, who were eating at a great rate, or
+soothing the cares of Polynesian life in the sedative fumes of tobacco.
+The smoke was inhaled from large pipes, the bowls of which, made out
+of small cocoa-nut shells, were curiously carved in strange heathenish
+devices. These were passed from mouth to mouth by the recumbent
+smokers, each of whom, taking two or three prodigious whiffs, handed
+the pipe to his neighbour; sometimes for that purpose stretching indolently
+across the body of some dozing individual whose exertions at
+the dinner-table had already induced sleep.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The tobacco used among the Typees was of a very mild and pleasing
+flavour, and as I always saw it in leaves, and the natives appeared
+pretty well supplied with it, I was led to believe that it must have been
+the growth of the valley. Indeed Kory-Kory gave me to understand
+that this was the case; but I never saw a single plant growing on the
+island. At Nukuheva, and I believe, in all the other valleys, the
+weed is very scarce, being only obtained in small quantities from
+for<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page180">[pg 180]</span><a name="Pg180" id="Pg180" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>eigners, and smoking is consequently with the inhabitants of these
+places a very great luxury. How it was that the Typees were so well
+furnished with it I cannot divine. I should think them too indolent
+to devote any attention to its culture; and, indeed, as far as my observation
+extended not a single atom of the soil was under any other
+cultivation than that of shower and sunshine. The tobacco-plant, however,
+like the sugar-cane, may grow wild in some remote part of the
+vale.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+There were many in the Ti for whom the tobacco did not furnish
+a sufficient stimulus, and who accordingly had recourse to <span class="tei tei-q">“arva,”</span>
+as a more powerful agent in producing the desired effect.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Arva”</span> is a root very generally dispersed over the South Seas, and
+from it is extracted a juice, the effects of which upon the system are
+at first stimulating in a moderate degree; but it soon relaxes the muscles,
+and, exerting a narcotic influence, produces a luxurious sleep.
+In the valley this beverage was universally prepared in the following
+way:—Some half-dozen young boys seated themselves in a circle around
+an empty wooden vessel, each one of them being supplied with a certain
+quantity of the roots of the <span class="tei tei-q">“arva,”</span> broken into small bits and laid by
+his side. A cocoa-nut goblet of water was passed around the juvenile
+company, who rinsing their mouth with its contents, proceeded to the
+business before them. This merely consisted in thoroughly masticating
+the <span class="tei tei-q">“arva,”</span> and throwing it mouthful after mouthful into the receptacle
+provided. When a sufficient quantity had been thus obtained,
+water was poured upon the mass, and being stirred about with the
+forefinger of the right hand, the preparation was soon in readiness for
+use. The <span class="tei tei-q">“arva”</span> has medicinal qualities.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Upon the Sandwich Islands it has been employed with no small success
+in the treatment of scrofulous affections, and in combating the
+ravages of a disease which for so many years has been gradually depopulating
+those fine and interesting islands. But the tenants of the
+Typee valley, as yet exempt from these inflictions, generally employ
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page181">[pg 181]</span><a name="Pg181" id="Pg181" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>the <span class="tei tei-q">“arva”</span> as a minister to social enjoyment, and a calabash of the
+liquid circulates among them as the bottle with us.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Mehevi, who was greatly delighted with the change in my costume,
+gave me a cordial welcome. He had reserved for me a most delectable
+mess of <span class="tei tei-q">“cockoo,”</span> well knowing my partiality for that dish; and had
+likewise selected three or four young cocoa-nuts, several roasted bread-fruit,
+and a magnificent bunch of bananas, for my especial comfort
+and gratification. These various matters were at once placed before
+me; but Kory-Kory deemed the banquet entirely insufficient for my
+wants until he had supplied me with one of the leafy packages of
+pork, which, notwithstanding the somewhat hasty manner in which it
+had been prepared, possessed a most excellent flavour, and was surprisingly
+sweet and tender.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Pork is not a staple article of food among the people of the Marquesas,
+consequently they pay little attention to the breeding of the
+swine. The hogs are permitted to roam at large in the groves, where
+they obtain no small portion of their nourishment from the cocoa-nuts
+which continually fall from the trees. But it is only after infinite
+labour and difficulty, that the hungry animal can pierce the husk and
+shell so as to get at the meat. I have frequently been amused at seeing
+one of them, after crunching the obstinate nut with his teeth for
+a long time unsuccessfully, get into a violent passion with it. He
+would then root furiously under the cocoa-nut, and, with a fling of his
+snout, toss it before him on the ground. Following it up, he would
+crunch at it again savagely for a moment, and the next knock it on one
+side, pausing immediately after, as if wondering how it could so
+suddenly have disappeared. In this way the persecuted cocoa-nuts
+were often chased half across the valley.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The second day of the Feast of Calabashes was ushered in by still
+more uproarious noises than the first. The skins of innumerable
+sheep seemed to be resounding to the blows of an army of drummers.
+Startled from my slumbers by the din, I leaped up, and found the
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page182">[pg 182]</span><a name="Pg182" id="Pg182" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>whole household engaged in making preparations for immediate departure.
+Curious to discover of what strange events these novel
+sounds might be the precursors, and not a little desirous to catch a
+sight of the instruments which produced the terrific noise, I accompanied
+the natives as soon as they were in readiness to depart for the
+Taboo Groves.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The comparatively open space that extended from the Ti toward
+the rock, to which I have before alluded as forming the ascent to the
+place, was, with the building itself, now altogether deserted by the
+men; the whole distance being filled by bands of females, shouting
+and dancing under the influence of some strange excitement.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I was amused at the appearance of four or five old women, who
+in a state of utter nudity, with their arms extended flatly down their
+side, and holding themselves perfectly erect, were leaping stiffly into
+the air, like so many sticks bobbing to the surface, after being pressed
+perpendicularly into the water. They preserved the utmost gravity
+of countenance, and continued their extraordinary movements without
+a single moment’s cessation. They did not appear to attract the observation
+of the crowd around them, but I must candidly confess that,
+for my own part, I stared at them most pertinaciously.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Desirous of being enlightened in regard to the meaning of this peculiar
+diversion, I turned inquiringly to Kory-Kory: that learned
+Typee immediately proceeded to explain the whole matter thoroughly.
+But all that I could comprehend from what he said was, that the leaping
+figures before me were bereaved widows, whose partners had been slain
+in battle many moons previously; and who, at every festival, gave
+public evidence in this manner of their calamities. It was evident
+that Kory-Kory considered this an all-sufficient reason for so indecorous
+a custom; but I must say that it did not satisfy me as to its propriety.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Leaving these afflicted females, we passed on to the Hoolah Hoolah
+ground. Within the spacious quadrangle, the whole population of
+the valley seemed to be assembled, and the sight presented was truly
+remarkable. Beneath the sheds of bamboo which opened towards the
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page183">[pg 183]</span><a name="Pg183" id="Pg183" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>interior of the square, reclined the principal chiefs and warriors, while
+a miscellaneous throng lay at their ease under the enormous trees, which
+spread a majestic canopy overhead. Upon the terraces of the gigantic
+altars, at either end, were deposited green bread-fruit in baskets of
+cocoa-nut leaves, large rolls of tappa, bunches of white bananas, clusters
+of mammee-apples, the golden-hued fruit of the artu tree, and
+baked hogs, laid out in large wooden trenchers, fancifully decorated
+with freshly-plucked leaves, whilst a variety of rude implements of
+war were piled in confused heaps before the ranks of hideous idols.
+Fruits of various kinds were likewise suspended in leafen baskets, from
+the tops of poles planted uprightly, and at regular intervals, along the
+lower terraces of both altars. At their base were arranged two parallel
+rows of cumbersome drums, standing at least fifteen feet in
+height, and formed from the hollow trunks of large trees. Their heads
+were covered with shark skins, and their barrels were elaborately carved
+with various quaint figures and devices. At regular intervals, they
+were bound round by a species of sinnate of various colours, and strips
+of native cloth flattened upon them here and there. Behind these instruments
+were built slight platforms, upon which stood a number of
+young men, who, beating violently with the palms of their hands upon
+the drum-heads, produced those outrageous sounds which had awakened
+me in the morning. Every few minutes these musical performers
+hopped down from their elevation into the crowd below, and their
+places were immediately supplied by fresh recruits. Thus an incessant
+din was kept up that might have startled Pandemonium.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Precisely in the middle of the quadrangle were placed perpendicularly
+in the ground a hundred or more slender, fresh-cut poles, stripped
+of their bark, and decorated at the end with a floating pennon of white
+tappa, the whole being fenced about with a little picket of canes. For
+what purpose these singular ornaments were intended, I in vain endeavoured
+to discover.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Another most striking feature of the performance was exhibited by
+a score of old men, who sat cross-legged in the little pulpits, which
+en<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page184">[pg 184]</span><a name="Pg184" id="Pg184" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>circled the trunks of the immense trees growing in the middle of the
+enclosure. These venerable gentlemen, who I presume were the priests,
+kept up an uninterrupted monotonous chant, which was nearly drowned
+in the roar of drums. In the right hand they held a finely-woven grass
+fan, with a heavy black wooden handle, curiously chased: these fans
+they kept in continual motion.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+But no attention whatever seemed to be paid to the drummers or to
+the old priests, the individuals who composed the vast crowd present
+being entirely taken up in chatting and laughing with one another,
+smoking, drinking arva, and eating. For all the observation it attracted,
+or the good it achieved, the whole savage orchestra might, with
+great advantage to its own members and the company in general, have
+ceased the prodigious uproar they were making.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In vain I questioned Kory-Kory and others of the natives, as to the
+meaning of the strange things that were going on; all their explanations
+were conveyed in such a mass of outlandish gibberish and gesticulation
+that I gave up the attempt in despair. All that day the drums
+resounded, the priests chanted, and the multitude feasted and roared till
+sunset, when the throng dispersed, and the Taboo Groves were again
+abandoned to quiet and repose. The next day the same scene was repeated
+until night, when this singular festival terminated.
+</p>
+
+</div><hr class="page" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page185">[pg 185]</span><a name="Pg185" id="Pg185" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<a name="toc48" id="toc48"></a><a name="pdf49" id="pdf49"></a>
+<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">CHAPTER XXIII</span></h2>
+
+<div class="tei tei-argument" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 0.90em"><span style="font-size: 90%">
+Ideas suggested by the Feast of Calabashes—Effigy of a dead warrior—A singular
+superstition—The priest Kolory and the god Moa Artua—Amazing
+religious observance—A dilapidated shrine—Kory-Kory and the idol—An
+inference.
+</span></p>
+</div>
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Although I had been baffled in my attempts to learn the origin of
+the Feast of Calabashes, yet it seemed very plain to me that it was
+principally, if not wholly, of a religious character.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Yet, notwithstanding all I observed on this occasion, I am free to
+confess my almost entire inability to gratify any curiosity that may be
+felt with regard to the theology of the valley. I doubt whether the
+inhabitants themselves could do so. They are either too lazy or too
+sensible to worry themselves about abstract points of religious belief.
+While I was among them, they never held any synods or councils to
+settle the principles of their faith by agitating them. An unbounded
+liberty of conscience seemed to prevail. Those who pleased to do so
+were allowed to repose implicit faith in an ill-favoured god, with a
+large bottle-nose, and fat shapeless arms crossed upon his breast;
+whilst others worshipped an image which, having no likeness either in
+heaven or on earth, could hardly be called an idol. As the islanders
+always maintained a discreet reserve with regard to my own peculiar
+views on religion, I thought it would be excessively ill-bred in me
+to pry into theirs.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+But, although my knowledge of the religious faith of the Typees
+was unavoidably limited, one of their superstitious observances with
+which I became acquainted interested me greatly.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In one of the most secluded portions of the valley, within a stone’s
+cast of Fayaway’s lake—for so I christened the scene of our island
+yachting—and hard by a growth of palms, which stood ranged in order
+along both banks of the stream, waving their green arms as if to
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page186">[pg 186]</span><a name="Pg186" id="Pg186" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>do honour to its passage, was the mausoleum of a deceased warrior-chief.
+Like all the other edifices of any note, it was raised upon a small pi-pi
+of stones, which, being of unusual height, was a conspicuous object
+from a distance. A light thatching of bleached palmetto-leaves hung
+over it like a self-supported canopy; for it was not until you came very
+near that you saw it was supported by four slender columns of bamboo,
+rising at each corner to a little more than the height of a man.
+A clear area of a few yards surrounded the pi-pi, and was enclosed by
+four trunks of cocoa-nut trees, resting at the angles on massive blocks
+of stone. The place was sacred. The sign of the inscrutable Taboo
+was seen, in the shape of a mystic roll of white tappa, suspended by
+a twisted cord of the same material from the top of a slight pole planted
+within the enclosure.<a id="noteref_3" name="noteref_3" href="#note_3"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">3</span></span></a> The sanctity of the spot appeared never to have
+been violated. The stillness of the grave was there, and the calm solitude
+around was beautiful and touching. The soft shadows of those
+lofty palm trees—I can see them now—hanging over the little temple,
+as if to keep out the intrusive sun.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+On all sides, as you approached this silent spot, you caught sight of
+the dead chief’s effigy, seated in the stern of a canoe, which was raised
+on a light frame a few inches above the level of the pi-pi. The canoe
+was about seven feet in length; of a rich, dark-coloured wood, handsomely
+carved, and adorned in many places with variegated bindings
+of stained sinnate, into which were ingeniously wrought a number
+of sparkling sea-shells, and a belt of the same shells ran all round it.
+The body of the figure—of whatever material it might have been made—was
+effectually concealed in a heavy robe of brown tappa, revealing
+only the hands and head; the latter skilfully carved in wood, and surmounted
+by a superb arch of plumes. These plumes, in the subdued
+and gentle gales which found access to this sequestered spot, were never
+for one moment at rest, but kept nodding and waving over the chief’s
+brow. The long leaves of the palmetto dropped over the eaves, and
+through them you saw the warrior, holding his paddle with both hands
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page187">[pg 187]</span><a name="Pg187" id="Pg187" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>in the act of rowing, leaning forward and inclining his head, as if
+eager to hurry on his voyage. Glaring at him for ever, and face to
+face, was a polished human skull, which crowned the prow of the
+canoe. The spectral figure-head, reversed in its position, glancing
+backwards, seemed to mock the impatient attitude of the warrior.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+When I first visited this singular place with Kory-Kory, he told me—or,
+at least, I so understood him—that the chief was paddling his
+way to the realms of bliss and bread-fruit—the Polynesian heaven—where
+every moment the bread-fruit trees dropped their ripened spheres
+to the ground, and where there was no end to the cocoa-nuts and bananas;
+there they reposed through the live-long eternity upon mats
+much finer than those of Typee; and every day bathed their glowing
+limbs in rivers of cocoa-nut oil. In that happy land there were plenty
+of plumes and feathers, and boars’-tusks and sperm-whale teeth, far
+preferable to all the shining trinkets and gay tappa of the white men;
+and, best of all, women, far lovelier than the daughters of earth, were
+there in abundance. <span class="tei tei-q">“A very pleasant place,”</span> Kory-Kory said it was;
+<span class="tei tei-q">“but, after all, not much pleasanter, he thought, than Typee.”</span> <span class="tei tei-q">“Did
+he not, then,”</span> I asked him, <span class="tei tei-q">“wish to accompany the warrior?”</span> <span class="tei tei-q">“Oh,
+no; he was very happy where he was; but supposed that some time
+or other he would go in his own canoe.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Thus far, I think, I clearly comprehended Kory-Kory. But there
+was a singular expression he made use of at the time, enforced by as
+singular a gesture, the meaning of which I would have given much to
+penetrate. I am inclined to believe it must have been a proverb he
+uttered; for I afterwards heard him repeat the same words several
+times, and in what appeared to me to be a somewhat similar sense.
+Indeed, Kory-Kory had a great variety of short, smart-sounding sentences,
+with which he frequently enlivened his discourse; and he introduced
+them with an air which plainly intimated, that, in his opinion,
+they settled the matter in question, whatever it might be.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Could it have been, then, that when I asked him whether he desired
+to go to this heaven of bread-fruit, cocoa-nuts, and young ladies, which
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page188">[pg 188]</span><a name="Pg188" id="Pg188" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>he had been describing, he answered by saying something equivalent
+to our old adage—<span class="tei tei-q">“A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush!”</span>—if
+he did, Kory-Kory was a discreet and sensible fellow, and I cannot
+sufficiently admire his shrewdness.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Whenever, in the course of my rambles through the valley, I happened
+to be near the chief’s mausoleum, I always turned aside to visit
+it. The place had a peculiar charm for me; I hardly know why, but
+so it was. As I leaned over the railing and gazed upon the strange
+effigy, and watched the play of the feathery head-dress, stirred by the
+same breeze which in low tones breathed amidst the lofty palm trees,
+I loved to yield myself up to the fanciful superstition of the islanders,
+and could almost believe that the grim warrior was bound heavenward.
+In this mood, when I turned to depart, I bade him, <span class="tei tei-q">“God speed, and
+a pleasant voyage.”</span> Ay, paddle away, brave chieftain, to the land of
+spirits! To the material eye thou makest but little progress, but, with
+the eye of faith, I see thy canoe cleaving the bright waves, which die
+away on those dimly looming shores of Paradise.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+This strange superstition affords another evidence of the fact, that
+however ignorant man may be, he still feels within him his immortal
+spirit yearning after the unknown future.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Although the religious theories of the islands were a complete mystery
+to me, their practical every-day operation could not be concealed.
+I frequently passed the little temples reposing in the shadows of the
+Taboo Groves, and beheld the offerings—mouldy fruit spread out upon
+a rude altar, or hanging in half-decayed baskets around some uncouth,
+jolly-looking images. I was present during the continuance of the
+festival. I daily beheld the grinning idols marshalled rank and file in
+the Hoolah Hoolah ground, and was often in the habit of meeting those
+whom I supposed to be the priests. But the temples seemed to be abandoned
+to solitude; the festival had been nothing more than a jovial
+mingling of the tribe; the idols were quite as harmless as any other
+logs of wood; and the priests were the merriest dogs in the valley.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In fact, religious affairs in Typee were at a very low ebb. All such
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page189">[pg 189]</span><a name="Pg189" id="Pg189" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>matters sat very lightly upon the thoughtless inhabitants; and, in the
+celebration of many of their strange rites, they appeared merely to seek
+a sort of childish amusement.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+A curious evidence of this was given in a remarkable ceremony,
+in which I frequently saw Mehevi and several other chiefs and warriors
+of note take part; but never a single female.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Among those whom I looked upon as forming the priesthood of the
+valley, there was one in particular who often attracted my notice, and
+whom I could not help regarding as the head of the order. He was a
+noble-looking man, in the prime of his life, and of a most benignant
+aspect. The authority this man, whose name was Kolory, seemed to
+exercise over the rest, the episcopal part he took in the Feast of Calabashes,
+his sleek and complacent appearance, the mystic characters
+which were tattooed upon his chest, and, above all, the mitre he frequently
+wore, in the shape of a towering head-dress, consisting of part
+of a cocoa-nut branch, the stalk planted uprightly on his brow, and
+the leaflets gathered together and passed round the temples and behind
+the ears, all these pointed him out as Lord Primate of Typee.
+Kolory was a sort of Knight Templar—a soldier-priest; for he often
+wore the dress of a Marquesan warrior, and always carried a long spear,
+which, instead of terminating in a paddle at the lower end, after the
+general fashion of these weapons, was curved into a heathenish-looking
+little image. This instrument, however, might perhaps have been emblematic
+of his double functions. With one end, in carnal combat he
+tranfixed the enemies of his tribe; and with the other, as a pastoral
+crook, he kept in order his spiritual flock. But this is not all I have to
+about Kolory. His martial grace very often carried about with
+him what seemed to me the half of a broken war-club. It was swathed
+round with ragged bits of white tappa, and the upper part, which was
+intended to represent a human head, was embellished with a strip of
+scarlet cloth of European manufacture. It required little observation
+to discover that this strange object was revered as a god. By the
+side of the big and lusty images standing sentinel over the altars of
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page190">[pg 190]</span><a name="Pg190" id="Pg190" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>the Hoolah Hoolah ground, it seemed a mere pigmy in tatters. But
+appearances all the world over are deceptive. Little men are sometimes
+very potent, and rags sometimes cover very extensive pretensions.
+In fact, this funny little image was the <span class="tei tei-q">“crack”</span> god of the island;
+lording it over all the wooden lubbers who looked so grim and
+dreadful; its name was Moa Artua.<a id="noteref_4" name="noteref_4" href="#note_4"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">4</span></span></a> And it was in honour of Moa
+Artua, and for the entertainment of those who believe in him, that the
+curious ceremony I am about to describe was observed.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Mehevi and the chieftains of the Ti have just risen from their noontide
+slumbers. There are no affairs of state to dispose of; and having
+eaten two or three breakfasts in the course of the morning, the magnates
+of the valley feel no appetite as yet for dinner. How are their
+leisure moments to be occupied? They smoke, they chat, and at last
+one of their number makes a proposition to the rest, who joyfully acquiescing,
+he darts out of the house, leaps from the pi-pi, and disappears
+in the grove. Soon you see him returning with Kolory, who
+bears the god Moa Artua in his arms, and carries in one hand a small
+trough, hollowed out in the likeness of a canoe. The priest comes
+along dangling his charge as if it were a lachrymose infant he was
+endeavouring to put into a good humour. Presently, entering the Ti,
+he seats himself on the mats as composedly as a juggler about to perform
+his sleight-of-hand tricks; and, with the chiefs disposed in a circle
+around him, commences his ceremony.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In the first place he gives Moa Artua an affectionate hug, then caressingly
+lays him to his breast, and, finally, whispers something in his
+ear, the rest of the company listening eagerly for a reply. But the
+baby-god is deaf or dumb,—perhaps both, for never a word does he
+utter. At last Kolory speaks a little louder, and soon growing angry,
+comes boldly out with what he has to say, and bawls to him. He put
+me in mind of a choleric fellow, who, after trying in vain to communicate
+a secret to a deaf man, all at once flies into a passion and screams
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page191">[pg 191]</span><a name="Pg191" id="Pg191" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>it out so that every one may hear. Still Moa Artua remains as quiet
+as ever, and Kolory, seemingly losing his temper, fetches him a box
+over the head, strips him of his tappa and red cloth, and, laying him in
+a state of nudity in a little trough, covers him from sight. At this
+proceeding all present loudly applaud, and signify their approval by
+uttering the adjective <span class="tei tei-q">“motarkee”</span> with violent emphasis. Kolory,
+however, is so desirous his conduct should meet with unqualified approbation,
+that he inquires of each individual separately whether, under
+existing circumstances, he has not done perfectly right in shutting up
+Moa Artua. The invariable response is <span class="tei tei-q">“Aa, Aa”</span> (yes, yes), repeated
+over again and again in a manner which ought to quiet the
+scruples of the most conscientious. After a few moments Kolory
+brings forth his doll again, and, while arraying it very carefully in
+the tappa and red cloth, alternately fondles and chides it. The toilet
+being completed, he once more speaks to it aloud. The whole company
+hereupon show the greatest interest; while the priest, holding Moa
+Artua to his ear, interprets to them what he pretends the god is confidentially
+communicating to him. Some items of intelligence appear
+to tickle all present amazingly; for one claps his hands in a rapture;
+another shouts with merriment; and a third leaps to his feet and capers
+about like a madman.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+What under the sun Moa Artua on these occasions had to say to
+Kolory I never could find out; but I could not help thinking that the
+former showed a sad want of spirit in being disciplined into making
+those disclosures, which at first he seemed bent on withholding.
+Whether the priest honestly interpreted what he believed the divinity
+said to him, or whether he was not all the while guilty of a vile humbug,
+I shall not presume to decide. At any rate, whatever, as coming
+from the god, was imparted to those present, seemed to be generally
+of a complimentary nature—a fact which illustrates the sagacity of
+Kolory, or else the time-serving disposition of this hardly-used deity.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Moa Artua having nothing more to say, his bearer goes to nursing
+him again, in which occupation, however, he is soon interrupted by a
+question put by one of the warriors to the god. Kolory hereupon
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page192">[pg 192]</span><a name="Pg192" id="Pg192" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>snatches it up to his ear again, and after listening attentively, once
+more officiates as the organ of communication. A multitude of questions
+and answers having passed between the parties, much to the
+satisfaction of those who propose them, the god is put tenderly to bed
+in the trough, and the whole company unite in a long chant, led off
+by Kolory. This ended, the ceremony is over; the chiefs rise to their
+feet in high good humour, and my Lord Archbishop, after chatting
+awhile, and regaling himself with a whiff or two from a pipe of tobacco,
+tucks the canoe under his arm and marches off with it.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The whole of these proceedings were like those of a parcel of children
+playing with dolls and baby-houses.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+For a youngster scarcely ten inches high, and with so few early advantages
+as he doubtless had had, Moa Artua was certainly a precocious
+little fellow, if he really said all that was imputed to him; but for what
+reason this poor devil of a deity, thus cuffed about, cajoled, and shut
+up in a box, was held in greater estimation than the full-grown and
+dignified personages of the Taboo Groves, I cannot divine. And yet
+Mehevi, and other chiefs of unquestionable veracity—to say nothing
+of the Primate himself—assured me over and over again that Moa Artua
+was the tutelary deity of Typee, and was more to be held in honour
+than a whole battalion of the clumsy idols in the Hoolah Hoolah
+grounds. Kory-Kory—who seemed to have devoted considerable attention
+to the study of theology, as he knew the names of all the graven
+images in the valley, and often repeated them over to me—likewise
+entertained some rather enlarged ideas with regard to the character
+and pretensions of Moa Artua. He once gave me to understand, with
+a gesture there was no misconceiving, that if he (Moa Artua) were so
+minded, he could cause a cocoa-nut tree to sprout out of his (Kory-Kory’s)
+head; and that it would be the easiest thing in life for him
+(Moa Artua) to take the whole island of Nukuheva in his mouth, and
+dive down to the bottom of the sea with it.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+But, in sober seriousness, I hardly knew what to make of the religion
+of the valley. There was nothing that so much perplexed the illustrious
+Cook, in his intercourse with the South Sea islanders, as their
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page193">[pg 193]</span><a name="Pg193" id="Pg193" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>sacred rites. Although this prince of navigators was in many instances
+assisted by interpreters in the prosecution of his researches,
+he still frankly acknowledges that he was at a loss to obtain anything
+like a clear insight into the puzzling arcana of their faith. A similar
+admission has been made by other eminent voyagers,—by Carteret,
+Byron, Kotzebue, and Vancouver.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+For my own part, although hardly a day passed while I remained
+upon the island that I did not witness some religious ceremony or
+other, it was very much like seeing a parcel of <span class="tei tei-q">“Freemasons”</span> making
+secret signs to each other: I saw everything, but could comprehend
+nothing.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+On the whole, I am inclined to believe that the islanders in the
+Pacific have no fixed and definite ideas whatever on the subject of religion.
+I am persuaded that Kolory himself would be effectually posed
+were he called upon to draw up the articles of his faith, and pronounce
+the creed by which he hoped to be saved. In truth, the Typees, so
+far as their actions evince, submitted to no laws, human or divine—always
+excepting the thrice mysterious Taboo. The <span class="tei tei-q">“independent
+electors”</span> of the valley were not to be browbeaten by chiefs, priests,
+idols, or devils. As for the luckless idols, they received more hard
+knocks than supplications. I do not wonder that some of them looked
+so grim, and stood so bolt upright, as if fearful of looking to the right
+or the left, lest they should give any one offence. The fact is, they
+had to carry themselves <span class="tei tei-q">“<span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">pretty straight</span></span>,”</span> or suffer the consequences.
+Their worshippers were such a precious set of fickle-minded and irreverent
+heathens, that there was no telling when they might topple one
+of them over, break it to pieces, and making a fire with it on the very
+altar itself, fall to roasting the offerings of bread-fruit, and eat them
+in spite of its teeth.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In how little reverence these unfortunate deities were held by the
+natives, was on one occasion most convincingly proved to me. Walking
+with Kory-Kory through the deepest recesses of the groves, I perceived
+a curious-looking image about six feet in height, which
+origi<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page194">[pg 194]</span><a name="Pg194" id="Pg194" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>nally had been placed upright against a low pi-pi, surmounted by a
+ruinous bamboo temple, but having become fatigued and weak in the
+knees, was now carelessly leaning against it. The idol was partly
+concealed by the foliage of a tree which stood near, and whose leafy
+boughs drooped over the pile of stones, as if to protect the rude fane
+from the decay to which it was rapidly hastening. The image itself
+was nothing more than a grotesquely-shaped log, carved in the likeness
+of a portly naked man, with the arms clasped over the head, the jaws
+thrown wide apart, and its thick shapeless legs bowed into an arch.
+It was much decayed. The lower part was overgrown with a bright
+silky moss. Thin spears of grass sprouted from the distended mouth,
+and fringed the outline of the head and arms. His godship had literally
+attained a green old age. All its prominent points were bruised
+and battered or entirely rotted away. The nose had taken its departure,
+and from the general appearance of the head, it might have been
+supposed that the wooden divinity, in despair at the neglect of its worshippers,
+had been trying to beat its own brains out against the surrounding
+trees.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I drew near, to inspect more closely this strange object of idolatry,
+but halted reverently at the distance of two or three paces, out of regard
+of the religious prejudices of my valet. As soon, however, as
+Kory-Kory perceived that I was in one of my inquiring, scientific
+moods, to my astonishment he sprang to the side of the idol, and pushing
+it away from the stones against which it rested, endeavoured to
+make it stand upon its legs. But the divinity had lost the use of them
+altogether; and while Kory-Kory was trying to prop it up, by placing
+a stick between it and pi-pi, the monster fell clumsily to the ground,
+and would infallibly have broken its neck had not Kory-Kory providentially
+broken its fall, by receiving its whole weight on his own half-crushed
+back. I never saw the honest fellow in such a rage before.
+He leaped furiously to his feet, and, seizing the stick, began beating
+the poor image, every moment or two pausing and talking to it in the
+most violent manner, as if upbraiding it for the accident. When his
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page195">[pg 195]</span><a name="Pg195" id="Pg195" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>indignation had subsided a little, he whirled the idol about most profanely,
+so as to give me an opportunity of examining it on all sides. I
+am quite sure I never should have presumed to have taken such liberties
+with the god myself, and I was not a little shocked at Kory-Kory’s
+impiety.
+</p>
+
+</div><hr class="page" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page196">[pg 196]</span><a name="Pg196" id="Pg196" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<a name="toc50" id="toc50"></a><a name="pdf51" id="pdf51"></a>
+    <h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">CHAPTER XXIV</span></h2>
+
+<div class="tei tei-argument" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 0.90em"><span style="font-size: 90%">
+General information gathered at the festival—Personal beauty of the Typees—Their
+superiority over the inhabitants of the other islands—Diversity
+of complexion—A vegetable cosmetic and ointment—Testimony of voyagers
+to the uncommon beauty of the Marquesans—Few evidences of intercourse
+with civilized beings—Dilapidated musket—Primitive simplicity
+of government—Regal dignity of Mehevi.
+</span></p>
+</div>
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Although I had been unable during the late festival to obtain information
+on many interesting subjects which had much excited my curiosity,
+still that important event had not passed by without adding
+materially to my general knowledge of the islanders.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I was especially struck by the physical strength and beauty which
+they displayed, by their great superiority in these respects over the
+inhabitants of the neighbouring bay of Nukuheva, and by the singular
+contrasts they presented among themselves in their various shades of
+complexion.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In beauty of form they surpassed anything I had ever seen. Not a
+single instance of natural deformity was observable in all the throng
+attending the revels. Occasionally I noticed among the men the scars
+of wounds they had received in battle; and sometimes, though very
+seldom, the loss of a finger, an eye, or an arm, attributable to the same
+cause. With these exceptions, every individual appeared free from
+those blemishes which sometimes mar the effect of an otherwise perfect
+form. But their physical excellence did not merely consist in an
+exemption from these evils; nearly every individual of their number
+might have been taken for a sculptor’s model.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+When I remembered that these islanders derived no advantage from
+dress, but appeared in all the naked simplicity of nature, I could not
+avoid comparing them with the fine gentlemen and dandies who promenade
+such unexceptional figures in our frequented thoroughfares.
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page197">[pg 197]</span><a name="Pg197" id="Pg197" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>Stripped of the cunning artifices of the tailor, and standing forth in
+the garb of Eden,—what a sorry set of round-shouldered, spindle-shanked,
+crane-necked varlets would civilized men appear! Stuffed
+calves, padded breasts, and scientifically cut pantaloons would then
+avail them nothing, and the effect would be truly deplorable.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Nothing in the appearance of the islanders struck me more forcibly
+than the whiteness of their teeth. The novelist always compares the
+masticators of his heroine to ivory; but I boldly pronounce the teeth of
+the Typees to be far more beautiful than ivory itself. The jaws of
+the oldest greybeards among them were much better garnished than
+those of the youths of civilized countries; while the teeth of the young
+and middle-aged, in their purity and whiteness, were actually dazzling
+to the eye. This marvellous whiteness of the teeth is to be ascribed to
+the pure vegetable diet of these people, and the uninterrupted healthfulness
+of their natural mode of life.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The men, in almost every instance, are of lofty stature, scarcely ever
+less than six feet in height, while the other sex are uncommonly diminutive.
+The early period of life at which the human form arrives at
+maturity in this generous tropical climate likewise deserves to be mentioned.
+A little creature, not more than thirteen years of age, who in
+other particulars might be regarded as a mere child, is often seen nursing
+her own baby; whilst lads who, under less ripening skies, would
+be still at school, are here responsible fathers of families.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+On first entering the Typee valley, I had been struck with the marked
+contrast presented by its inhabitants with those of the bay I had previously
+left. In the latter place, I had not been favourably impressed
+with the personal appearance of the male portion of the population; although
+with the females, excepting in some truly melancholy instances,
+I had been wonderfully pleased.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Apart, however, from these considerations, I am inclined to believe
+that there exists a radical difference between the two tribes, if indeed
+they are not distinct races of men. To those who have merely touched
+at Nukuheva Bay, without visiting other portions of the island,
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page198">[pg 198]</span><a name="Pg198" id="Pg198" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>would hardly appear credible the diversities presented between the
+various small clans inhabiting so diminutive a spot. But the hereditary
+hostility which has existed between them for ages fully accounts
+for this.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Not so easy, however, is it to assign an adequate cause for the endless
+variety of complexions to be seen in the Typee valley. During
+the festival, I had noticed several young females whose skins were almost
+as white as any Saxon damsel’s, a slight dash of the mantling
+brown being all that marked the difference. This comparative fairness
+of complexion, though in a great degree perfectly natural, is partly
+the result of an artificial process, and of an entire exclusion from the
+sun. The juice of the <span class="tei tei-q">“papa”</span> root, found in great abundance at the
+head of the valley, is held in great esteem as a cosmetic, with which
+many of the females daily anoint their whole person. The habitual
+use of it whitens and beautifies the skin. Those of the young girls who
+resort to this method of heightening their charms, never expose themselves
+to the rays of the sun; an observance, however, that produces
+little or no inconvenience, since there are but few of the inhabited
+portions of the vale which are not shaded over with a spreading canopy
+of boughs, so that one may journey from house to house, scarcely deviating
+from the direct course, and yet never once see his shadow cast
+upon the ground.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The <span class="tei tei-q">“papa,”</span> when used, is suffered to remain upon the skin for several
+hours; being of a light green colour, it consequently imparts for
+the time a similar hue to the complexion. Nothing, therefore, can be
+imagined more singular than the appearance of these nearly naked
+damsels immediately after the application of the cosmetic. To look
+at one of them you would almost suppose she was some vegetable in an
+unripe state; and that, instead of living in the shade for ever, she
+ought to be placed out in the sun to ripen.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+All the islanders are more or less in the habit of anointing themselves;
+the women preferring the <span class="tei tei-q">“aker”</span> or <span class="tei tei-q">“papa,”</span> and the men using
+the oil of the cocoa-nut. Mehevi was remarkably fond of mollifying
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page199">[pg 199]</span><a name="Pg199" id="Pg199" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>his entire cuticle with this ointment. Sometimes he might be seen
+with his whole body fairly reeking with the perfumed oil of the nut,
+looking as if he had just emerged from a soap-boiler’s vat, or had undergone
+the process of dipping in a tallow-chandlery. To this cause,
+perhaps, united to their frequent bathing, and extreme cleanliness, is
+ascribable, in a great measure, the marvellous purity and smoothness
+of skin exhibited by the natives in general.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The prevailing tint among the women of the valley was a light olive,
+and of this style of complexion Fayaway afforded the most beautiful
+example. Others were still darker, while not a few were of a genuine
+golden colour, and some of a swarthy hue.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+As agreeing with much previously mentioned in this narrative, I
+may here observe, that Mendanna, their discoverer, in his account of
+the Marquesas, described the natives as wondrously beautiful to behold,
+and as nearly resembling the people of Southern Europe. The
+first of these islands seen by Mendanna was La Madelena, which is not
+far distant from Nukuheva; and its inhabitants in every respect resemble
+those dwelling on that and the other islands of the group. <a name="corr199" id="corr199" class="tei tei-anchor"></a><span class="tei tei-corr">Figueroa</span>,
+the chronicler of Mendanna’s voyage, says, that on the morning
+the land was descried, when the Spaniards drew near the shore, there
+sallied forth, in rude procession, about seventy canoes, and at the same
+time many of the inhabitants (females, I presume) made towards the
+ships by swimming. He adds, that <span class="tei tei-q">“in complexion they were nearly
+white, of good stature, and finely formed; and on their faces and
+bodies were delineated representations of fishes and other devices.”</span>
+The old Don then goes on to say, <span class="tei tei-q">“There came, among others, two lads
+paddling their canoe, whose eyes were fixed on the ship; they had
+beautiful faces, and the most promising animation of countenance,
+and were in all things so becoming, that the pilot-mayor, Quiros, affirmed,
+nothing in his life ever caused him so much regret as the leaving
+such fine creatures to be lost in that country.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Some of the natives present at the Feast of Calabashes had displayed
+a few articles of European dress, disposed, however, about their
+per<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page200">[pg 200]</span><a name="Pg200" id="Pg200" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>sons after their own peculiar fashion. Among these I perceived the
+two pieces of cotton cloth which poor Toby and myself had bestowed
+upon our youthful guides the afternoon we entered the valley. They
+were evidently reserved for gala days; and during those of the festival
+they rendered the young islanders who wore them very distinguished
+characters. The small number who were similarly adorned, and the
+great value they appeared to place upon the most common and most
+trivial articles, furnished ample evidence of the very restricted intercourse
+they held with vessels touching at the island. A few cotton
+handkerchiefs of a gay pattern, tied about the neck, and suffered to
+fall over the shoulders, strips of fanciful calico, swathed about the
+loins, were nearly all I saw.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Indeed, throughout the valley, there were few things of any kind
+to be seen of European origin. All I ever saw, besides the articles
+just alluded to, were the six muskets preserved in the Ti, and three or
+four similar implements of warfare hung up in other houses, some
+small canvas bags, partly filled with bullets and powder, and half a
+dozen old hatchet-heads, with the edges blunted and battered to such
+a degree as to render them utterly worthless. These last seemed to
+be regarded as nearly worthless by the natives; and several times they
+held up one of them before me, and throwing it aside with a gesture
+of disgust, manifested their contempt for anything that could so soon
+become unserviceable.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+But the muskets, the powder, and the bullets, were held in most
+extravagant esteem. The former, from their great age and the peculiarities
+they exhibited, were well worthy a place in any antiquarian’s
+armoury. I remember, in particular, one that hung in the Ti,
+and which Mehevi—supposing as a matter of course that I was able
+to repair it—had put into my hands for that purpose. It was one
+of those clumsy, old-fashioned English pieces known generally as Tower
+Hill muskets, and, for aught I know, might have been left on the
+island by Wallace, Carteret, Cook, or Vancouver. The stock was half-rotten
+and worm-eaten; the lock was as rusty and about as well adapted
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page201">[pg 201]</span><a name="Pg201" id="Pg201" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>to its ostensible purpose as an old door-hinge; the threading of the
+screws about the trigger was completely worn away; while the barrel
+shook in the wood. Such was the weapon the chief desired me to
+restore to its original condition. As I did not possess the accomplishments
+of a gunsmith, and was likewise destitute of the necessary tools,
+I was reluctantly obliged to signify my inability to perform the task.
+At this unexpected communication Mehevi regarded me, for a moment,
+as if he half suspected I was some inferior sort of white man, who after
+all did not know much more than a Typee. However, after a most
+laboured explanation of the matter, I succeeded in making him understand
+the extreme difficulty of the task. Scarcely satisfied with my
+apologies, however, he marched off with the superannuated musket in
+something of a huff, as if he would no longer expose it to the indignity
+of being manipulated by such unskilful fingers.
+</p>
+    <a name="illus6" id="illus6" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"></p><div class="tei tei-figure" style="text-align: center"><img src="images/illus6th.jpg" width="320" height="400" alt="Illustration: MEHEVI" title="MEHEVI" /><div class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.00em; margin-top: 1.00em"><a href="images/illus6.jpg" class="tei tei-xref" style="text-align: center"><span class="tei tei-hi" style="text-align: center"><span style="font-size: 90%">MEHEVI</span></span></a></div></div>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+During the festival, I had not failed to remark the simplicity of
+manner, the freedom from all restraint, and, to a certain degree, the
+equality of condition manifested by the natives in general. No one
+appeared to assume any arrogant pretensions. There was little more
+than a slight difference in costume to distinguish the chiefs from the
+other natives. All appeared to mix together freely, and without any
+reserve; although I noticed that the wishes of a chief, even when delivered
+in the mildest tone, received the same immediate obedience
+which elsewhere would have been only accorded to a peremptory command.
+What may be the extent of the authority of the chiefs over
+the rest of the tribe, I will not venture to assert; but from all I saw
+during my stay in the valley, I was induced to believe that in matters
+concerning the general welfare it was very limited. The required degree
+of deference towards them, however, was willingly and cheerfully
+yielded; and as all authority is transmitted from father to son, I have
+no doubt that one of the effects here, as elsewhere, of high birth, is to
+induce respect and obedience.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The particular grades of rank existing among the chiefs of Typee,
+I could not in all cases determine. Previous to the Feast of
+Cala<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page202">[pg 202]</span><a name="Pg202" id="Pg202" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>bashes, I had been puzzled what particular station to assign to Mehevi.
+But the important part he took upon that occasion convinced me that
+he had no superior among the inhabitants of the valley. I had invariably
+noticed a certain degree of deference paid to him by all with
+whom I had ever seen him brought in contact; but when I remembered
+that my wanderings had been confined to a limited portion of the
+valley, and that towards the sea a number of distinguished chiefs resided,
+some of whom had separately visited me at Marheyo’s house,
+and whom, until the festival, I had never seen in the company of Mehevi,
+I felt disposed to believe that his rank, after all, might not be
+particularly elevated.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The revels, however, had brought together all the warriors whom I
+had seen individually and in groups at different times and places.
+Among them Mehevi moved with an easy air of superiority which was
+not to be mistaken; and he whom I had only looked at as the hospitable
+host of the Ti, and one of the military leaders of the tribe, now assumed
+in my eyes the dignity of royal station. His striking costume,
+no less than his naturally commanding figure, seemed indeed to give
+him pre-eminence over the rest. The towering helmet of feathers
+that he wore raised him in height above all who surrounded him; and
+though some others were similarly adorned, the length and luxuriance
+of their plumes were far inferior to his.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Mehevi was in fact the greatest of the chiefs—the head of his clan—the
+sovereign of the valley; and the simplicity of the social institutions
+of the people could not have been more completely proved than by
+the fact, that after having been several weeks in the valley, and almost
+in daily intercourse with Mehevi, I should have remained until
+the time of the festival ignorant of his regal character. But a new
+light had now broken in upon me. The Ti was the palace—and Mehevi
+the king. Both the one and the other of a most simple and patriarchal
+nature it must be allowed, and wholly unattended by the
+ceremonious pomp which usually surrounds the purple.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+After having made this discovery I could not avoid congratulating
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page203">[pg 203]</span><a name="Pg203" id="Pg203" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>myself that Mehevi had from the first taken me as it were under his
+royal protection, and that he still continued to entertain for me the
+warmest regard, as far at least as I was enabled to judge from appearances.
+For the future I determined to pay most assiduous court to
+him, hoping that eventually through his kindness I might obtain my
+liberty.
+</p>
+
+</div><hr class="page" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page204">[pg 204]</span><a name="Pg204" id="Pg204" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<a name="toc52" id="toc52"></a><a name="pdf53" id="pdf53"></a>
+<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">CHAPTER XXV</span></h2>
+
+<div class="tei tei-argument" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 0.90em"><span style="font-size: 90%">
+King Mehevi—Conduct of Marheyo and Mehevi in certain delicate matters—Peculiar
+system of marriage—Number of population—Uniformity—Embalming—Places
+of sepulture—Funeral obsequies at Nukuheva—Number
+of inhabitants in Typee—Location of the dwellings—Happiness
+enjoyed in the valley.
+</span></p>
+</div>
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+King Mehevi!—A goodly sounding title!—and why should I not
+bestow it upon the foremost man in the valley? All hail, therefore,
+Mehevi, king over all the Typees! and long life and prosperity to his
+tropical majesty! But to be sober again after this loyal burst.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Previously to seeing the Dancing Widows I had little idea that
+there were any matrimonial relations subsisting in Typee, and I should
+as soon have thought of a Platonic affection being cultivated between
+the sexes, as of the solemn connexion of man and wife. To be sure,
+there were old Marheyo and Tinor, who seemed to live together quite
+sociably; but for all that, I had sometimes observed a comical-looking
+old gentleman, dressed in a suit of shabby tattooing, who appeared
+to be equally at home. This behaviour, until subsequent discoveries
+enlightened me, puzzled me more than anything else I witnessed in
+Typee.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+As for Mehevi, I had supposed him a confirmed bachelor, as well
+as most of the principal chiefs. At any rate, if they had wives and
+families, they ought to have been ashamed of themselves; for sure I
+am, they never troubled themselves about any domestic affairs. In
+truth, Mehevi seemed to be the president of a club of hearty fellows
+who kept <span class="tei tei-q">“Bachelor’s Hall”</span> in fine style at the Ti. I had no doubt
+but that they regarded children as odious incumbrances; and their
+ideas of domestic felicity were sufficiently shown in the fact, that
+they allowed no meddlesome housekeepers to turn topsy-turvy those
+snug little arrangements they had made in their comfortable dwelling.
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page205">[pg 205]</span><a name="Pg205" id="Pg205" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>I strongly suspected, however, that some of those jolly bachelors were
+carrying on love intrigues with the maidens of the tribe, although they
+did not appear publicly to acknowledge them. I happened to pop
+upon Mehevi three or four times when he was romping—in a most
+undignified manner for a warrior king—with one of the prettiest little
+witches in the valley. She lived with an old woman and a young man,
+in a house near Marheyo’s; and although in appearance a mere child
+herself, had a noble boy about a year old, who bore a marvellous resemblance
+to Mehevi, whom I should certainly have believed to have
+been the father, were it not that the little fellow had no triangle on
+his face. Mehevi, however, was not the only person upon whom the
+damsel Moonoony smiled—the young fellow of fifteen, who permanently
+resided in the house with her, was decidedly in her good graces.
+This too was a mystery which, with others of the same kind, was afterwards
+satisfactorily explained.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+During the second day of the Feast of Calabashes, Kory-Kory—being
+determined that I should have some understanding on these
+matters—had, in the course of his explanations, directed my attention
+to a peculiarity I had frequently marked among many of the females,—principally
+those of a mature age and rather matronly appearance.
+This consisted in having the right hand and the left foot most elaborately
+tattooed; while the rest of the body was wholly free from the operation
+of the art, with the exception of the minutely dotted lips and
+slight marks on the shoulders, to which I have previously referred as
+comprising the sole tattooing exhibited by Fayaway, in common with
+other young girls of her age. The hand and foot thus embellished,
+were, according to Kory-Kory, the distinguishing badge of wedlock, so
+far as that social and highly commendable institution is known among
+these people. It answers, indeed, the same purpose as the plain gold
+ring worn by our fairer spouses.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+After Kory-Kory’s explanation of the subject, I was for some time
+studiously respectful in the presence of all females thus distinguished,
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page206">[pg 206]</span><a name="Pg206" id="Pg206" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>and never ventured to indulge in the slightest approach to flirtation
+with any of their number.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+A further insight, however, into the peculiar domestic customs of
+the inmates of the valley did away in a measure with the severity
+of my scruples, and convinced me that I was deceived in some at
+least of my conclusions. A regular system of polygamy exists among
+the islanders, but of a most extraordinary nature,—a plurality of
+husbands, instead of wives; and this solitary fact speaks volumes for
+the gentle disposition of the male population.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I was not able to learn what particular ceremony was observed in
+forming the marriage contract, but am inclined to think that it must
+have been of a very simple nature. Perhaps the mere <span class="tei tei-q">“popping the
+question,”</span> as it is termed with us, might have been followed by an
+immediate nuptial alliance. At any rate, tedious courtships are unknown
+in the valley of Typee.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The males considerably outnumber the females. This holds true
+of many of the islands of Polynesia, although the reverse of what
+is the case in most civilized countries. The girls are first wooed and
+won, at a very tender age, by some stripling in the household in which
+they reside. This, however, is a mere frolic of the affections, and no
+formal engagement is contracted. By the time this first love has a
+little subsided, a second suitor presents himself, of graver years, and
+carries both boy and girl away to his own habitation. This disinterested
+and generous-hearted fellow now weds the young couple—marrying
+damsel and lover at the same time—and all three thenceforth live
+together as harmoniously as so many turtles. I have heard of some
+men who in civilized countries rashly marry large families with their
+wives, but had no idea that there was any place where people married
+supplementary husbands with them. Infidelity on either side is very
+rare. No man has more than one wife, and no wife of mature years
+has less than two husbands,—sometimes she has three, but such instances
+are not frequent. The marriage tie, whatever it may be, does
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page207">[pg 207]</span><a name="Pg207" id="Pg207" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>not appear to be indissoluble; for separations occasionally happen.
+These, however, when they do take place, produce no unhappiness,
+and are preceded by no bickerings: for the simple reason, that an ill-used
+wife or a hen-pecked husband is not obliged to file a bill in
+chancery to obtain a divorce. As nothing stands in the way of a
+separation, the matrimonial yoke sits easily and lightly, and a Typee
+wife lives on very pleasant and sociable terms with her husbands.
+On the whole, wedlock, as known among these Typees, seems to be of
+a more distinct and enduring nature than is usually the case with
+barbarous people.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+But, notwithstanding its existence among them, the scriptural injunction
+to increase and multiply seems to be but indifferently attended
+to. I never saw any of those large families, in arithmetical or step-ladder
+progression, which one often meets with at home. I never
+knew of more than two youngsters living together in the same home,
+and but seldom even that number. As for the women, it was very
+plain that the anxieties of the nursery but seldom disturbed the
+serenity of their souls; and they were never seen going about
+the valley with half a score of little ones tagging at their apron-strings,
+or rather at the bread-fruit leaf they usually wore in the rear.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I have before had occasion to remark that I never saw any of the
+ordinary signs of a place of sepulture in the valley, a circumstance
+which I attributed, at the time, to my living in a particular part of it,
+and being forbidden to extend my ramble to any considerable distance
+towards the sea. I have since thought it probable, however, that the
+Typees, either desirous of removing from their sight the evidences of
+mortality, or prompted by a taste for rural beauty, may have some
+charming cemetery situated in the shadowy recesses along the base of
+the mountains. At Nukuheva, two or three large quadrangular
+<span class="tei tei-q">“pi-pis,”</span> heavily flagged, enclosed with regular stone walls, and shaded
+over and almost hidden from view by the interlacing branches of
+enormous trees, were pointed out to me as burial-places. The bodies,
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page208">[pg 208]</span><a name="Pg208" id="Pg208" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>I understood, were deposited in rude vaults beneath the flagging, and
+were suffered to remain there without being disinterred. Although
+nothing could be more strange and gloomy than the aspect of these
+places, where the lofty trees threw their dark shadows over rude
+blocks of stone, a stranger looking at them would have discerned none
+of the ordinary evidences of a place of sepulture.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+During my stay in the valley, as none of its inmates were so accommodating
+as to die and be buried in order to gratify my curiosity
+with regard to their funeral rites, I was reluctantly obliged to remain
+in ignorance of them. As I have reason to believe, however, that the
+observances of the Typees in these matters are the same with those
+of all other tribes on the island, I will here relate a scene I chanced
+to witness at Nukuheva.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+A young man had died, about daybreak, in a house near the beach.
+I had been sent ashore that morning, and saw a good deal of the
+preparations they were making for his obsequies. The body, neatly
+wrapped in new white tappa, was laid out in an open shed of cocoa-nut
+boughs, upon a bier constructed of elastic bamboos ingeniously
+twisted together. This was supported, about two feet from the ground,
+by large canes planted uprightly in the earth. Two females, of a dejected
+appearance, watched by its side, plaintively chanting, and
+beating the air with large grass fans whitened with pipe-clay. In
+the dwelling-house adjoining a numerous company were assembled,
+and various articles of food were being prepared for consumption.
+Two or three individuals, distinguished by head-dresses of beautiful
+tappa, and wearing a great number of ornaments, appeared to officiate
+as masters of the ceremonies. By noon the entertainment had fairly
+begun, and we were told that it would last during the whole of the
+two following days. With the exception of those who mourned by the
+corpse, every one seemed disposed to drown the sense of the late
+bereavement in convivial indulgence. The girls, decked out in their
+savage finery, danced; the old men chanted; the warriors smoked and
+chatted; and the young and lusty, of both sexes, feasted plentifully, and
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page209">[pg 209]</span><a name="Pg209" id="Pg209" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>seemed to enjoy themselves as pleasantly as they could have done had
+it been a wedding.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The islanders understand the art of embalming, and practice it
+with such success, that the bodies of their great chiefs are frequently
+preserved for many years in the very houses where they died. I saw
+three of these in my visit to the bay of Tior. One was enveloped in
+immense folds of tappa, with only the face exposed, and hung erect
+against the side of the dwelling. The others were stretched out upon
+biers of bamboo, in open, elevated temples, which seemed consecrated
+to their memory. The heads of enemies killed in battle are invariably
+preserved, and hung up as trophies in the house of the conqueror. I
+am not acquainted with the process which is in use, but believe that
+fumigation is the principal agency employed. All the remains which
+I saw presented the appearance of a ham after being suspended for
+some time in a smoky chimney.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+But to return from the dead to the living. The late festival had
+drawn together, as I had every reason to believe, the whole population
+of the vale, and consequently I was enabled to make some estimate
+with regard to its numbers. I should imagine that there were about
+two thousand inhabitants in Typee; and no number could have been
+better adapted to the extent of the valley. The valley is some nine
+miles in length, and may average one in breadth, the houses being
+distributed at wide intervals throughout its whole extent, principally,
+however, towards the head of the vale. There are no villages. The
+houses stand here and there in the shadow of the groves, or are scattered
+along the banks of the winding stream; their golden-hued bamboo
+sides and gleaming white thatch, forming a beautiful contrast to
+the perpetual verdure in which they are embowered. There are no
+roads of any kind in the valley. Nothing but a labyrinth of footpaths,
+twisting and turning among the thickets without end.
+</p>
+
+</div><hr class="page" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page210">[pg 210]</span><a name="Pg210" id="Pg210" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<a name="toc54" id="toc54"></a><a name="pdf55" id="pdf55"></a>
+<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">CHAPTER XXVI
+</span></h2>
+
+<div class="tei tei-argument" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 0.90em"><span style="font-size: 90%">
+The social condition and general character of the Typees.
+</span></p>
+</div>
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+There seemed to be no rogues of any kind in Typee. In the darkest
+nights the natives slept securely, with all their worldly wealth around
+them, in houses the doors of which were never fastened. The disquieting
+ideas of theft or assassination never disturbed them. Each
+islander reposed beneath his own palmetto-thatching, or sat under
+his own bread-fruit, with none to molest or alarm him. There was not
+a padlock in the valley, nor anything that answered the purpose of one:
+still there was no community of goods. This long spear, so elegantly
+carved and highly polished, belongs to Warmoonoo—it is far handsomer
+than the one which old Marheyo so greatly prizes—it is the most
+valuable article belonging to its owner. And yet I have seen it leaning
+against a cocoa-nut tree in the grove, and there it was found when
+sought for. Here is a sperm-whale tooth, graven all over with cunning
+devices—it is the property of Kurluna. It is the most precious of the
+damsel’s ornaments. In her estimation, its price is far above rubies;
+and yet there hangs the dental jewel, by its cord of braided bark,
+in the girl’s house, which is far back in the valley; the door is left
+open, and all the inmates have gone off to bathe in the stream.<a id="noteref_5" name="noteref_5" href="#note_5"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">5</span></span></a>
+</p>
+
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page211">[pg 211]</span><a name="Pg211" id="Pg211" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+So much for the respect in which such matters are held in Typee.
+As to the land of the valley, whether it was the joint property of its
+inhabitants, or whether it was parcelled out among a certain number
+of landed proprietors, who allowed everybody to roam over it as much
+as they pleased, I never could ascertain. At any rate, musty parchments
+and title-deeds there were none in the island; and I am half
+inclined to believe that its inhabitants hold their broad valleys in
+fee simple from nature herself.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Yesterday I saw Kory-Kory hie him away, armed with a long pole,
+with which, standing on the ground, he knocked down the fruit from
+the topmost boughs of the trees, and brought them home in his basket
+of cocoa-nut leaves. To-day I see an islander, whom I know to reside
+in a distant part of the valley, doing the self-same thing. On the
+sloping bank of the stream were a number of banana trees. I have
+often seen a score or two of young people making a merry foray on
+the great golden clusters, and bearing them off, one after another, to
+different parts of the vale, shouting and tramping as they went. No
+churlish old curmudgeon could have been the owner of that grove of
+bread-fruit trees, or of these gloriously yellow bunches of bananas.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+From what I have said, it will be perceived that there is a vast
+difference between <span class="tei tei-q">“personal property”</span> and <span class="tei tei-q">“real estate”</span> in the valley
+of Typee. Some individuals, of course, are more wealthy than others.
+For example: the ridge-pole of Marheyo’s house bends under the weight
+of many a huge packet of tappa; his long couch is laid with mats placed
+one upon the other seven deep. Outside, Tinor has ranged along in
+her bamboo cupboard—or whatever the place may be called—a goodly
+array of calabashes and wooden trenchers. Now, the house just beyond
+the grove, and next to Marheyo’s, occupied by Ruaruga, is not
+quite so well furnished. There are only three moderate-sized packages
+swinging overhead; there are only two layers of mats beneath; and
+the calabashes and trenchers are not so numerous, nor so tastefully
+stained and carved. But then, Ruaruga has a house—not so pretty
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page212">[pg 212]</span><a name="Pg212" id="Pg212" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>a one, to be sure—but just as commodious as Marheyo’s; and, I suppose,
+if he wished to vie with his neighbour’s establishment, he could
+do so with very little trouble. These, in short, constitute the chief
+differences perceivable in the relative wealth of the people in Typee.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+They lived in great harmony with each other. I will give an instance
+of their fraternal feeling.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+One day, in returning with Kory-Kory from my accustomed visit to
+the Ti, we passed by a little opening in the grove; on one side of which,
+my attendant informed me, was that afternoon to be built a dwelling of
+bamboo. At least a hundred of the natives were bringing materials
+to the ground, some carrying in their hands one or two of the canes
+which were to form the sides, others slender rods of the Habiscus,
+strung with palmetto leaves, for the roof. Every one contributed
+something to the work; and by the united, but easy, and even indolent,
+labours of all, the entire work was completed before sunset. The
+islanders, while employed in erecting this tenement, reminded me
+of a colony of beavers at work. To be sure, they were hardly as silent
+and demure as those wonderful creatures, nor were they by any means
+as diligent. To tell the truth, they were somewhat inclined to be
+lazy, but a perfect tumult of hilarity prevailed; and they worked together
+so unitedly, and seemed actuated by such an instinct of friendliness,
+that it was truly beautiful to behold.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Not a single female took part in this employment: and if the degree
+of consideration in which the ever-adorable sex is held by the men be—as
+the philosophers affirm—a just criterion of the degree of refinement
+among a people, then I may truly pronounce the Typees to be as polished
+a community as ever the sun shone upon. The religious restrictions
+of the taboo alone excepted, the women of the valley were allowed
+every possible indulgence. Nowhere are the ladies more assiduously
+courted; nowhere are they better appreciated as the contributors to
+our highest enjoyments; and nowhere are they more sensible of their
+power. Far different from their condition among many rude nations,
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page213">[pg 213]</span><a name="Pg213" id="Pg213" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>where the women are made to perform all the work, while their ungallant
+lords and masters lie buried in sloth, the gentle sex in the
+valley of Typee were exempt from toil—if toil it might be called—that,
+even in that tropical climate, never distilled one drop of perspiration.
+Their light household occupations, together with the manufacture
+of tappa, the platting of mats, and the polishing of drinking-vessels,
+were the only employments pertaining to the women. And
+even these resembled those pleasant avocations which fill up the elegant
+morning leisure of our fashionable ladies at home. But in these
+occupations, slight and agreeable though they were, the giddy young
+girls very seldom engaged. Indeed, these wilful, care-killing damsels
+were averse to all useful employment. Like so many spoiled beauties,
+they ranged through the groves—bathed in the stream—danced—flirted—played
+all manner of mischievous pranks, and passed their days
+in one merry round of thoughtless happiness.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+During my whole stay on the island I never witnessed a single
+quarrel, nor anything that in the slightest degree approached even to
+a dispute. The natives appeared to form one household, whose members
+were bound together by the ties of strong affection. The love of
+kindred I did not so much perceive, for it seemed blended in the general
+love; and where all were treated as brothers and sisters, it was hard
+to tell who were actually related to each other by blood.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Let it not be supposed that I have overdrawn this picture. I have
+not done so. Nor let it be urged, that the hostility of this tribe to
+foreigners, and the hereditary feuds they carry on against their fellow-islanders
+beyond the mountains, are facts which contradict me.
+Not so; these apparent discrepancies are easily reconciled. By many
+a legendary tale of violence and wrong, as well as by events which
+have passed before their eyes, these people have been taught to look
+upon white men with abhorrence. The cruel invasion of their country
+by Porter has alone furnished them with ample provocation; and
+I can sympathize in the spirit which prompts the Typee warrior to
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page214">[pg 214]</span><a name="Pg214" id="Pg214" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>guard all the passes to his valley with the point of his levelled spear,
+and, standing upon the beach, with his back turned upon his green
+home, to hold at bay the intruding European.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+As to the origin of the enmity of this particular clan towards the
+neighbouring tribes, I cannot so confidently speak. I will not say
+that their foes are the aggressors, nor will I endeavour to palliate
+their conduct. But surely, if our evil passions must find vent, it is
+far better to expend them on strangers and aliens, than in the bosom
+of the community in which we dwell. In many polished countries
+civil contentions, as well as domestic enmities, are prevalent, at the
+same time that the most atrocious foreign wars are waged. How much
+less guilty, then, are our islanders, who of these three sins are only
+chargeable with one, and that the least criminal!
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The reader will, ere long, have reason to suspect that the Typees are
+not free from the guilt of cannibalism; and he will then, perhaps,
+charge me with admiring a people against whom so odious a crime is
+chargeable. But this only enormity in their character is not half
+so horrible as it is usually described. According to the popular fictions,
+the crews of vessels, shipwrecked on some barbarous coast, are
+eaten alive like so many dainty joints by the uncivil inhabitants; and
+unfortunate voyagers are lured into smiling and treacherous bays;
+knocked on the head with outlandish war-clubs; and served up without
+any preliminary dressing. In truth, so horrific and improbable
+are these accounts, that many sensible and well-informed people will
+not believe that any cannibals exist; and place every book of voyages
+which purports to give any account of them, on the same shelf with
+Blue Beard and Jack the Giant-killer. While others, implicitly crediting
+the most extravagant fictions, firmly believe that there are people
+in the world with tastes so depraved, that they would infinitely prefer
+a single mouthful of material humanity to a good dinner of roast beef
+and plum pudding. But here, Truth, who loves to be centrally located,
+is again found between the two extremes; for cannibalism to a
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page215">[pg 215]</span><a name="Pg215" id="Pg215" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>certain moderate extent is practised among several of the primitive
+tribes in the Pacific, but it is upon the bodies of slain enemies alone;
+and horrible and fearful as the custom is, immeasurably as it is to be
+abhorred and condemned, still I assert that those who indulge in it
+are in other respects humane and virtuous.
+</p>
+
+</div><hr class="page" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page216">[pg 216]</span><a name="Pg216" id="Pg216" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<a name="toc56" id="toc56"></a><a name="pdf57" id="pdf57"></a>
+<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">CHAPTER XXVII</span></h2>
+
+<div class="tei tei-argument" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 0.90em"><span style="font-size: 90%">
+Fishing parties—Mode of distributing the fish—Midnight banquet—Timekeeping
+tapers—Unceremonious style of eating the fish.
+</span></p>
+</div>
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+There was no instance in which the social and kindly dispositions of
+the Typees were more forcibly evinced than in the manner they conducted
+their great fishing parties. Four times during my stay in the
+valley the young men assembled near the full of the moon, and went
+together on these excursions. As they were generally absent about
+forty-eight hours, I was led to believe that they went out towards the
+open sea, some distance from the bay. The Polynesians seldom use
+a hook and line, almost always employing large, well-made nets, most
+ingeniously fabricated from the twisted fibres of a certain bark. I examined
+several of them which had been spread to dry upon the beach
+at Nukuheva. They resembled very much our own seines, and I
+should think they were very nearly as durable.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+All the South Sea islanders are passionately fond of fish; but none
+of them can be more so than the inhabitants of Typee. I could not
+comprehend, therefore, why they so seldom sought it in their waters;
+for it was only at stated times that the fishing parties were formed,
+and these occasions were always looked forward to with no small degree
+of interest.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+During their absence, the whole population of the place were in a
+ferment, and nothing was talked of but <span class="tei tei-q">“pehee, pehee”</span> (fish, fish).
+Towards the time when they were expected to return, the vocal telegraph
+was put into operation—the inhabitants, who were scattered
+throughout the length of the valley, leaped upon rocks and into trees,
+shouting with delight at the thoughts of the anticipated treat. As
+soon as the approach of the party was announced, there was a general
+rush of the men towards the beach; some of them remaining, however,
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page217">[pg 217]</span><a name="Pg217" id="Pg217" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>about the Ti, in order to get matters in readiness for the reception of
+the fish, which were brought to the Taboo Groves in immense packages
+of leaves, each one of them being suspended from a pole carried
+on the shoulders of two men.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I was present at the Ti on one of these occasions, and the sight
+was most interesting. After all the packages had arrived, they were
+laid in a row under the verandah of the building, and opened. The
+fish were all quite small, generally about the size of a herring, and
+of every variety of colour. About one-eighth of the whole being reserved
+for the use of the Ti itself, the remainder was divided into
+numerous smaller packages, which were immediately despatched in
+every direction to the remotest part of the valley. Arrived at their
+destination, these were in turn portioned out, and equally distributed
+among the various houses of each particular district. The fish were
+under a strict Taboo, until the distribution was completed, which
+seemed to be effected in the most impartial manner. By the operation
+of this system every man, woman, and child in the vale, were at
+one and the same time partaking of this favourite article of food.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Once, I remember, the party arrived at midnight; but the unseasonableness
+of the hour did not repress the impatience of the islanders.
+The carriers despatched from the Ti were to be seen hurrying in all
+directions through the deep groves; each individual preceded by a boy
+bearing a flaming torch of dried cocoa-nut boughs, which from time to
+time was replenished from the materials scattered along the path.
+The wild glare of these enormous flambeaux, lighting up with a startling
+brilliancy the innermost recesses of the vale, and seen moving
+rapidly along beneath the canopy of leaves, the savage shout of the
+excited messengers sounding the news of their approach, which was
+answered on all sides, and the strange appearance of their naked bodies,
+seen against the gloomy background, produced altogether an effect upon
+my mind that I shall long remember.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+It was on this same occasion that Kory-Kory awakened me at the
+dead hour of night, and in a sort of transport communicated the
+intel<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page218">[pg 218]</span><a name="Pg218" id="Pg218" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>ligence contained in the words <span class="tei tei-q">“pehee perni”</span> (fish come). As I happened
+to have been in a remarkably sound and refreshing slumber, I
+could not imagine why the information had not been deferred until
+morning; indeed, I felt very much inclined to fly into a passion and box
+my valet’s ears; but on second thoughts I got quietly up, and on going
+outside the house was not a little interested by the moving illumination
+which I beheld.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+When old Marheyo received his share of the spoils, immediate
+preparations were made for a midnight banquet; calabashes of poee-poee
+were filled to the brim; green bread-fruit were roasted; and a
+huge cake of <span class="tei tei-q">“amar”</span> was cut up with a sliver of bamboo, and laid
+out on an immense banana leaf.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+At this supper we were lighted by several of the native tapers, held
+in the hands of young girls. These tapers are most ingeniously made.
+There is a nut abounding in the valley, called by the Typees <span class="tei tei-q">“armor,”</span>
+closely resembling our common horse-chestnut. The shell is broken,
+and the contents extracted whole. Any number of these are strung at
+pleasure upon the long elastic fibre that traverses the branches of the
+cocoa-nut tree. Some of these tapers are eight or ten feet in length;
+but being perfectly flexible, one end is held in a coil, while the other
+is lighted. The nut burns with a fitful bluish flame, and the oil that
+it contains is exhausted in about ten minutes. As one burns down,
+the next becomes ignited, and the ashes of the former are knocked
+into a cocoa-nut shell kept for the purpose. This primitive candle
+requires continual attention, and must be constantly held in the hand.
+The person so employed marks the lapse of time by the number of
+nuts consumed, which is easily learned by counting the bits of tappa
+distributed at regular intervals along the string.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I grieve to state so distressing a fact, but the inhabitants of Typee
+were in the habit of devouring fish much in the same way that a civilized
+being would eat a radish, and without any more previous preparation.
+They eat it raw; scales, bones, gills, and all the inside.
+The fish is held by the tail, and the head being introduced into the
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page219">[pg 219]</span><a name="Pg219" id="Pg219" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>mouth, the animal disappears with a rapidity that would at first
+nearly lead one to imagine it had been launched bodily down the
+throat.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Raw fish! Shall I ever forget my sensation when I first saw my
+island beauty devour one? Oh, heavens! Fayaway, how could you
+ever have contracted so vile a habit? However, after the first shock
+had subsided, the custom grew less odious in my eyes, and I soon accustomed
+myself to the sight. Let no one imagine, however, that the
+lovely Fayaway was in the habit of swallowing great vulgar-looking
+fishes: oh, no; with her beautiful small hand she would clasp a delicate,
+little, golden-hued love of a fish, and eat it as elegantly and as
+innocently as though it were a Naples biscuit. But, alas! it was
+after all a raw fish; and all I can say is, that Fayaway ate it in a more
+ladylike manner than any other girl of the valley.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+When at Rome do as the Romans do, I held to be so good a proverb,
+that being in Typee, I made a point of doing as the Typees did. Thus
+I ate poee-poee as they did; I walked about in a garb striking for its
+simplicity; and I reposed on a community of couches; besides doing
+many other things in conformity with their peculiar habits; but the
+farthest I ever went in the way of conformity, was on several occasions
+to regale myself with raw fish. These being remarkably tender,
+and quite small, the undertaking was not so disagreeable in the main,
+and after a few trials I positively began to relish them: however, I
+subjected them to a slight operation with my knife previously to making
+my repast.
+</p>
+
+</div><hr class="page" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page220">[pg 220]</span><a name="Pg220" id="Pg220" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<a name="toc58" id="toc58"></a><a name="pdf59" id="pdf59"></a>
+<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">CHAPTER XXVIII</span></h2>
+
+<div class="tei tei-argument" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 0.90em"><span style="font-size: 90%">
+Natural history of the valley—Golden lizards—Tameness of the birds—Mosquitoes—Flies—Dogs—A
+solitary cat—The climate—The cocoa-nut
+tree—Singular modes of climbing it—An agile young chief—Fearlessness
+of the children—Too-too and the cocoa-nut tree—The birds of the valley.
+</span></p>
+</div>
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+There were some curious-looking dogs in the valley. Dogs!—big,
+hairless rats rather; all with smooth, shining, speckled hides—fat
+sides, and very disagreeable faces. Whence could they have come?
+That they were not the indigenous production of the region, I am
+firmly convinced. Indeed, they seemed aware of their being interlopers,
+looking fairly ashamed, and always trying to hide themselves
+in some dark corner. It was plain enough they did not feel at home in
+the vale—that they wished themselves well out of it, and back to the
+ugly country from which they must have come.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Scurvy curs! they were my abhorrence; I should have liked nothing
+better than to have been the death of every one of them. In fact, on
+one occasion, I intimated the propriety of a canine crusade to Mehevi
+but the benevolent king would not consent to it. He heard me very
+patiently; but when I had finished, shook his head, and told me in
+confidence, that they were <span class="tei tei-q">“taboo.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+As for the animal that made the fortune of my lord mayor Whittington,
+I shall never forget the day that I was lying in the house about
+noon, everybody else being fast asleep; and happening to raise my eyes,
+met those of a big black spectral cat, which sat erect in the doorway,
+looking at me with its frightful goggling green orbs, like one of those
+monstrous imps that tormented some of the olden saints! I am one
+of those unfortunate persons, to whom the sight of these animals is at
+any time an insufferable annoyance.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Thus constitutionally averse to cats in general, the unexpected apparition
+of this one in particular utterly confounded me. When I had
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page221">[pg 221]</span><a name="Pg221" id="Pg221" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>a little recovered from the fascination of its glance, I started up; the
+cat fled, and emboldened by this, I rushed out of the house in pursuit;
+but it had disappeared. It was the only time I ever saw one in the
+valley, and how it got there I cannot imagine. It is just possible that it
+might have escaped from one of the ships at Nukuheva. It was in
+vain to seek information on the subject from the natives, since none
+of them had seen the animal, the appearance of which remains a mystery
+to me to this day.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Among the few animals which are to be met with in Typee, there
+was none which I looked upon with more interest than a beautiful
+golden-hued species of lizard. It measured perhaps five inches from
+head to tail, and was most gracefully proportioned. Numbers of
+those creatures were to be seen basking in the sunshine upon the
+thatching of the houses, and multitudes at all hours of the day showed
+their glittering sides as they ran frolicking between the spears of grass,
+or raced in troops up and down the tall shafts of the cocoa-nut trees.
+But the remarkable beauty of these little animals and their lively
+ways were not their only claims upon my admiration. They were perfectly
+tame and insensible to fear. Frequently, after seating myself
+upon the ground in some shady place during the heat of the day, I
+would be completely overrun with them. If I brushed one off my
+arm, it would leap perhaps into my hair: when I tried to frighten it
+away by gently pinching its leg, it would turn for protection to the
+very hand that attacked it.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The birds are also remarkably tame. If you happened to see one
+perched upon a branch within reach of your arm, and advanced
+towards it, it did not fly away immediately, but waited quietly looking
+at you, until you could almost touch it, and then took wing slowly,
+less alarmed at your presence, it would seem, than desirous of removing
+itself from your path. Had salt been less scarce in the valley
+than it was, this was the very place to have gone birding with it.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I remember that once, on an uninhabited island of the Gallipagos, a
+bird alighted on my outstretched arm, while its mate chirped from
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page222">[pg 222]</span><a name="Pg222" id="Pg222" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>an adjoining tree. Its tameness, far from shocking me, as a similar occurrence
+did Selkirk, imparted to me the most exquisite thrill of delight
+I ever experienced; and with somewhat of the same pleasure did
+I afterwards behold the birds and lizards of the valley show their confidence
+in the kindliness of man.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Among the numerous afflictions which the Europeans have entailed
+upon some of the natives of the South Seas, is the accidental introduction
+among them of that enemy of all repose and ruffler of even
+tempers—the mosquito. At the Sandwich Islands, and at two or three
+of the Society group, there are now thriving colonies of these insects,
+who promise ere long to supplant altogether the aboriginal sand-flies.
+They sting, buzz, and torment, from one end of the year to the other,
+and by incessantly exasperating the natives, materially obstruct the
+benevolent labours of the missionaries.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+From this grievous visitation, however, the Typees are as yet wholly
+exempt; but its place is unfortunately in some degree supplied by the
+occasional presence of a minute species of fly, which, without stinging,
+is nevertheless productive of no little annoyance. The tameness of the
+birds and lizards is as nothing when compared to the fearless confidence
+of this insect. He will perch upon one of your eye-lashes, and go to
+roost there, if you do not disturb him, or force his way through your
+hair, or along the cavity of the nostril, till you almost fancy he is resolved
+to explore the very brain itself. On one occasion I was so inconsiderate
+as to yawn while a number of them were hovering around
+me. I never repeated the act. Some half-dozen darted into the open
+compartment, and began walking about its ceiling; the sensation was
+dreadful. I involuntarily closed my mouth, and the poor creatures,
+being enveloped in inner darkness, must in their consternation have
+stumbled over my palate, and been precipitated into the gulf beneath.
+At any rate, though I afterwards charitably held my mouth open for
+at least five minutes, with a view of affording egress to the stragglers,
+none of them ever availed themselves of the opportunity.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+There are no wild animals of any kind on the island, unless it be
+de<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page223">[pg 223]</span><a name="Pg223" id="Pg223" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>cided that the natives themselves are such. The mountains and the
+interior present to the eye nothing but silent solitudes, unbroken by the
+roar of beasts of prey, and enlivened by few tokens even of minute
+animated existence. There are no venomous reptiles, and no snakes
+of any description to be found in any of the valleys.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In a company of Marquesan natives the weather affords no topic
+of conversation. It can hardly be said to have any vicissitudes. The
+rainy season, it is true, brings frequent showers, but they are intermitting
+and refreshing. When an islander, bound on some expedition,
+rises from his couch in the morning, he is never solicitous to peep
+out and see how the sky looks, or ascertain from what quarter the wind
+blows. He is always sure of a <span class="tei tei-q">“fine day,”</span> and the promise of a few
+genial showers he hails with pleasure. There is never any of that
+<span class="tei tei-q">“remarkable weather”</span> on the islands which from time immemorial has
+been experienced in America, and still continues to call forth the wondering
+conversational exclamations of its elderly citizens. Nor do
+there even occur any of those eccentric meteorological changes which
+elsewhere surprise us. In the valley of Typee ice-creams would never
+be rendered less acceptable by sudden frosts, nor would picnic parties
+be deferred on account of inauspicious snowstorms: for there day follows
+day in one unvarying round of summer and sunshine, and the
+whole year is one long tropical month of June just melting into July.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+It is this genial climate which causes the cocoa-nuts to flourish as
+they do. This invaluable fruit, brought to perfection by the rich soil
+of the Marquesas, and borne aloft on a stately column more than a
+hundred feet from the ground, would seem at first almost inaccessible
+to the simple natives. Indeed, the slender, smooth, and soaring shaft,
+without a single limb or protuberance of any kind to assist one in
+mounting it, presents an obstacle only to be overcome by the surprising
+agility and ingenuity of the islanders. It might be supposed that their
+indolence would lead them patiently to await the period when the ripened
+nuts, slowly parting from their stems, fall one by one to the
+ground. This certainly would be the case, were it not that the young
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page224">[pg 224]</span><a name="Pg224" id="Pg224" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>fruit, encased in a soft green husk, with the incipient meat adhering
+in a jelly-like pellicle to its sides, and containing a bumper of the
+most delicious nectar, is what they chiefly prize. They have at least
+twenty different terms to express as many progressive stages in the
+growth of the nut. Many of them reject the fruit altogether except
+at a particular period of its growth, which, incredible as it may appear,
+they seemed to me to be able to ascertain within an hour or two.
+Others are still more capricious in their tastes; and after gathering
+together a heap of the nuts of all ages, and ingeniously tapping them,
+will first sip from one and then from another, as fastidiously as
+some delicate wine-bibber experimenting, glass in hand, among his
+dusty demijohns of different vintages.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Some of the young men, with more flexible frames than their
+comrades, and perhaps with more courageous souls, had a way of walking
+up the trunk of the cocoa-nut trees which to me seemed little less
+than miraculous; and when looking at them in the act, I experienced
+that curious perplexity a child feels when he beholds a fly moving feet
+uppermost along a ceiling.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I will endeavour to describe the way in which Narnee, a noble young
+chief, sometimes performed this feat for my particular gratification;
+but his preliminary performances must also be recorded. Upon my
+signifying my desire that he should pluck me the young fruit of some
+particular tree, the handsome savage, throwing himself into a sudden
+attitude of surprise, feigns astonishment at the apparent absurdity of
+the request. Maintaining this position for a moment, the strange
+emotions depicted on his countenance soften down into one of humorous
+resignation to my will, and then, looking wistfully up to the
+tufted top of the tree, he stands on tip-toe, straining his neck and elevating
+his arms, as though endeavouring to reach the fruit from the
+ground where he stands. As if defeated in this childish attempt, he
+now sinks to the earth despondingly, beating his breast in well-acted
+despair; and then, starting to his feet all at once, and throwing back
+his head, raises both hands, like a schoolboy about to catch a falling
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page225">[pg 225]</span><a name="Pg225" id="Pg225" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>ball. After continuing this for a moment or two, as if in expectation
+that the fruit was going to be tossed down to him by some good spirit
+in the tree-top, he turns wildly round in another fit of despair, and
+scampers off to the distance of thirty or forty yards. Here he remains
+awhile, eyeing the tree, the very picture of misery; but the
+next moment, receiving, as it were, a flash of inspiration, he rushes
+again towards it, and clasping both arms about the trunk, with one
+elevated a little above the other, he presses the soles of his feet close
+together against the tree, extending his legs from it until they are
+nearly horizontal, and his body becomes doubled into an arch; then,
+hand over hand and foot after foot, he rises from the earth with steady
+rapidity, and almost before you are aware of it, has gained the cradled
+and embowered nest of nuts, and with boisterous glee flings the fruit
+to the ground.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+This mode of walking the tree is only practicable where the trunk
+declines considerably from the perpendicular. This, however, is almost
+always the case; some of the perfectly straight shafts of the
+trees leaning at an angle of thirty degrees.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The less active among the men, and many of the children of the
+valley, have another method of climbing. They take a broad and stout
+piece of bark, and secure either end of it to their ankles: so that when
+the feet thus confined are extended apart, a space of little more than
+twelve inches is left between them. This contrivance greatly facilitates
+the act of climbing. The band pressed against the tree, and closely
+embracing it, yields a pretty firm support; while with the arms clasped
+about the trunk, and at regular intervals sustaining the body, the feet
+are drawn up nearly a yard at a time, and a corresponding elevation of
+the hands immediately succeeds. In this way I have seen little children,
+scarcely five years of age, fearlessly climbing the slender pole of
+a young cocoa-nut tree, and while hanging perhaps fifty feet from the
+ground, receiving the plaudits of their parents beneath, who clapped
+their hands, and encouraged them to mount still higher.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+What, thought I, on first witnessing one of these exhibitions, would
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page226">[pg 226]</span><a name="Pg226" id="Pg226" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>the nervous mothers of America and England say to a similar display
+of hardihood in any of their children? The Lacedemonian nation
+might have approved of it, but most modern dames would have gone
+into hysterics at the sight.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+At the top of the cocoa-nut tree the numerous branches, radiating on
+all sides from a common centre, form a sort of green and waving
+basket, between the leaflets of which you just discern the nuts thickly
+clustering together, and on the loftier trees looking no bigger from
+the ground than bunches of grapes. I remember one adventurous little
+fellow—Too-Too was the rascal’s name—who had built himself a sort
+of aërial baby-house in the picturesque tuft of a tree adjoining Marheyo’s
+habitation. He used to spend hours there,—rustling among the
+branches, and shouting with delight every time the strong gusts of
+wind, rushing down from the mountain side, swayed to and fro the
+tall and flexible column on which he was perched. Whenever I heard
+Too-Too’s musical voice sounding strangely to the ear from so great a
+height, and beheld him peeping down upon me from out his leafy
+covert, he always recalled to my mind Dibdin’s lines—
+</p>
+
+<div class="tei tei-lg" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em; margin-left: 2.00em; margin-top: 1.00em">
+<div class="tei tei-l" style="text-align: left">There’s a sweet little cherub that sits up aloft,</div>
+<div class="tei tei-l" style="text-align: left">To look out for the life of poor Jack.</div>
+</div>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Birds—bright and beautiful birds—fly over the valley of Typee.
+You see them perched aloft among the immovable boughs of the majestic
+bread-fruit trees, or gently swaying on the elastic branches of the
+Omoo; skimming over the palmetto-thatching of the bamboo huts;
+passing like spirits on the wing through the shadows of the grove,
+and sometimes descending into the bosom of the valley in gleaming
+flights from the mountains. Their plumage is purple and azure, crimson
+and white, black and gold; with bills of every tint;—bright bloody-red,
+jet black, and ivory white; and their eyes are bright and sparkling;
+they go sailing through the air in starry throngs; but, alas! the
+spell of dumbness is upon them all—there is not a single warbler in
+the valley!
+</p>
+
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page227">[pg 227]</span><a name="Pg227" id="Pg227" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I know not why it was, but the sight of these birds, generally the
+ministers of gladness, always oppressed me with melancholy. As in
+their dumb beauty they hovered by me whilst I was walking, or looked
+down upon me with steady curious eyes from out the foliage, I was
+almost inclined to fancy that they knew they were gazing upon a
+stranger, and that they commiserated his fate.
+</p>
+
+</div><hr class="page" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page228">[pg 228]</span><a name="Pg228" id="Pg228" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<a name="toc60" id="toc60"></a><a name="pdf61" id="pdf61"></a>
+<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">CHAPTER XXIX</span></h2>
+
+<div class="tei tei-argument" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 0.90em"><span style="font-size: 90%">
+A professor of the fine arts—His persecutions—Something about tattooing
+and tabooing—Two anecdotes in illustration of the latter—A few
+thoughts on the Typee dialect.
+</span></p>
+</div>
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In one of my strolls with Kory-Kory, in passing along the border of
+a thick growth of bushes, my attention was arrested by a singular
+noise. On entering the thicket, I witnessed for the first time the operation
+of tattooing as performed by these islanders.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I beheld a man extended flat upon his back, on the ground, and,
+despite the forced composure of his countenance, it was evident that
+he was suffering agony. His tormentor bent over him, working away
+for all the world like a stone-cutter with mallet and chisel. In one
+hand he held a short slender stick, pointed with a shark’s tooth, on
+the upright end of which he tapped with a small hammer-like piece
+of wood, thus puncturing the skin, and charging it with the colouring
+matter in which the instrument was dipped. A cocoa-nut shell containing
+this fluid was placed upon the ground. It is prepared by
+mixing with a vegetable juice the ashes of the <span class="tei tei-q">“armor,”</span> or candle-nut,
+always preserved for the purpose. Beside the savage, and spread out
+upon a piece of soiled tappa, were a great number of curious black-looking
+little implements of bone and wood, used in the various divisions
+of his art. A few terminated in a single fine point, and, like
+very delicate pencils, were employed in giving the finishing touches, or
+in operating upon the more sensitive portions of the body, as was the
+case of the present instance. Others presented several points distributed
+in a line, somewhat resembling the teeth of a saw. These were
+employed in the coarser parts of the work, and particularly in pricking
+in straight marks. Some presented their points disposed in small figures,
+and being placed upon the body, were, by a single blow of the
+hammer, made to leave their indelible impression. I observed a few,
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page229">[pg 229]</span><a name="Pg229" id="Pg229" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>the handles of which were mysteriously curved, as if intended to be
+introduced into the orifice of the ear, with a view perhaps of beating
+the tattoo upon the tympanum. Altogether, the sight of these strange
+instruments recalled to mind that display of cruel-looking mother-of-pearl-handled
+things which one sees in their velvet-lined cases at the
+elbow of a dentist.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The artist was not at this time engaged on an original sketch, his
+subject being a venerable savage, whose tattooing had become somewhat
+faded with age and needed a few repairs, and accordingly he
+was merely employed in touching up the works of some of the old
+masters of the Typee school, as delineated upon the human canvas before
+him. The parts operated upon were the eyelids, where a longitudinal
+streak, like the one which adorned Kory-Kory, crossed the
+countenance of the victim.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In spite of all the efforts of the poor old man, sundry twitchings
+and screwings of the muscles of the face denoted the exquisite sensibility
+of these shutters to the windows of his soul, which he was now having
+repainted. But the artist, with a heart as callous as that of an
+army surgeon, continued his performance, enlivening his labours with
+a wild chant, tapping away the while as merrily as a woodpecker.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+So deeply engaged was he in his work, that he had not observed our
+approach, until, after having enjoyed an unmolested view of the operation,
+I chose to attract his attention. As soon as he perceived me, supposing
+that I sought him in his professional capacity, he seized hold of
+me in a paroxysm of delight, and was all eagerness to begin the work.
+When, however, I gave him to understand that he had altogether mistaken
+my views, nothing could exceed his grief and disappointment.
+But recovering from this, he seemed determined not to credit my assertion,
+and grasping his implements, he flourished them about in fearful
+vicinity to my face, going through an imaginary performance of
+his art, and every moment bursting into some admiring exclamation
+at the beauty of his designs.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Horrified at the bare thought of being rendered hideous for life
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page230">[pg 230]</span><a name="Pg230" id="Pg230" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>if the wretch were to execute his purpose upon me, I struggled to get
+away from him, while Kory-Kory, turning traitor, stood by, and besought
+me to comply with the outrageous request. On my reiterated
+refusals the excited artist got half beside himself, and was overwhelmed
+with sorrow at losing so noble an opportunity of distinguishing himself
+in his profession.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The idea of engrafting his tattooing upon my white skin filled him
+with all a painter’s enthusiasm: again and again he gazed into my
+countenance, and every fresh glimpse seemed to add to the vehemence
+of his ambition. Not knowing to what extremities he might proceed,
+and shuddering at the ruin he might inflict upon my figurehead, I
+now endeavoured to draw off his attention from it, and holding out my
+arm in a fit of desperation, signed to him to commence operations.
+But he rejected the compromise indignantly, and still continued his
+attack on my face, as though nothing short of that would satisfy him.
+When his forefinger swept across my features, in laying out the borders
+of those parallel bands which were to encircle my countenance, the
+flesh fairly crawled upon my bones. At last, half wild with terror and
+indignation, I succeeded in breaking away from the three savages, and
+fled towards old Marheyo’s house, pursued by the indomitable artist,
+who ran after me, implements in hand. Kory-Kory, however, at last
+interfered, and drew him off from the chase.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+This incident opened my eyes to a new danger; and I now felt
+convinced that in some luckless hour I should be disfigured in such a
+manner as never more to have the <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">face</span></span> to return to my countrymen,
+even should an opportunity offer.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+These apprehensions were greatly increased by the desire which
+King Mehevi and several of the inferior chiefs now manifested that
+I should be tattooed. The pleasure of the king was first signified to
+me some three days after my casual encounter with Karky the artist.
+Heavens! what imprecations I showered upon that Karky. Doubtless
+he had plotted a conspiracy against me and my countenance, and
+would never rest until his diabolical purpose was accomplished.
+Sev<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page231">[pg 231]</span><a name="Pg231" id="Pg231" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>eral times I met him in various parts of the valley, and, invariably,
+whenever he descried me, he came running after me with his mallet and
+chisel, flourishing them about my face as if he longed to begin. What
+an object he would have made of me!
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+When the king first expressed his wish to me, I made known to him
+my utter abhorrence of the measure, and worked myself into such a
+state of excitement, that he absolutely stared at me in amazement. It
+evidently surpassed his majesty’s comprehension how any sober-minded
+and sensible individual could entertain the least possible objection to so
+beautifying an operation.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Soon afterwards he repeated his suggestion, and meeting with a
+like repulse, showed some symptoms of displeasure at my obduracy.
+On his a third time renewing his request, I plainly perceived that
+something must be done, or my visage was ruined for ever; I therefore
+screwed up my courage to the sticking point, and declared my
+willingness to have both arms tattooed from just above the wrist to the
+shoulder. His majesty was greatly pleased at the proposition, and I
+was congratulating myself with having thus compromised the matter,
+when he intimated that as a thing of course my face was first to
+undergo the operation. I was fairly driven to despair; nothing but
+the utter ruin of my <span class="tei tei-q">“face divine,”</span> as the poets call it, would, I perceived,
+satisfy the inexorable Mehevi and his chiefs, or rather that
+infernal Karky, for he was at the bottom of it all.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The only consolation afforded me was a choice of patterns: I was
+at perfect liberty to have my face spanned by three horizontal bars,
+after the fashion of my serving-man’s; or to have as many oblique
+stripes slanting across it: or if, like a true courtier, I chose to model
+my style on that of royalty, I might wear a sort of freemason badge
+upon my countenance in the shape of a mystic triangle. However, I
+would have none of these, though the king most earnestly impressed
+upon my mind that my choice was wholly unrestricted. At last,
+seeing my unconquerable repugnance, he ceased to importune me.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+But not so some other of the savages. Hardly a day passed but I
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page232">[pg 232]</span><a name="Pg232" id="Pg232" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>was subjected to their annoying requests, until at last my existence became
+a burden to me; the pleasures I had previously enjoyed no longer
+afforded me delight, and all my former desire to escape from the
+valley now revived with additional force.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+A fact which I soon afterwards learned augmented my apprehension.
+The whole system of tattooing was, I found, connected with their
+religion; and it was evident, therefore, that they were resolved to make
+a convert of me.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In the decoration of the chiefs, it seems to be necessary to exercise
+the most elaborate pencilling; while some of the inferior natives looked
+as if they had been daubed over indiscriminately with a house-painter’s
+brush. I remember one fellow who prided himself hugely upon a
+great oblong patch, placed high upon his back, and who always reminded
+me of a man with a blister of Spanish flies stuck between his
+shoulders. Another whom I frequently met had the hollow of his
+eyes tattooed in two regular squares, and his visual organs being remarkably
+brilliant, they gleamed forth from out this setting like a
+couple of diamonds inserted in ebony.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Although convinced that tattooing was a religious observance, still
+the nature of the connection between it and the superstitious idolatry
+of the people was a point upon which I could never obtain any information.
+Like the still more important system of the <span class="tei tei-q">“Taboo,”</span> it
+always appeared inexplicable to me.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+There is a marked similarity, almost an identity, between the religious
+institutions of most of the Polynesian islands, and in all exists
+the mysterious <span class="tei tei-q">“Taboo,”</span> restricted in its uses to a greater or less extent.
+So strange and complex in its arrangements is this remarkable
+system, that I have in several cases met with individuals who, after
+residing for years among the islands in the Pacific, and acquiring a
+considerable knowledge of the language, have nevertheless been altogether
+unable to give any satisfactory account of its operations. Situated
+as I was in the Typee valley, I perceived every hour the effects of
+this all-controlling power, without in the least comprehending it. Those
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page233">[pg 233]</span><a name="Pg233" id="Pg233" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>effects were, indeed, wide-spread and universal, pervading the most
+important as well as the minutest transactions of life. The savage, in
+short, lives in the continual observance of its dictates, which guide and
+control every action of his being.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+For several days after entering the valley I had been saluted at
+least fifty times in the twenty-four hours with the talismanic word <span class="tei tei-q">“Taboo”</span>
+shrieked in my ears, at some gross violation of its provisions, of
+which I had unconsciously been guilty. The day after our arrival I
+happened to hand some tobacco to Toby over the head of a native who
+sat between us. He started up, as if stung by an adder; while the
+whole company, manifesting an equal degree of horror, simultaneously
+screamed out <span class="tei tei-q">“Taboo!”</span> I never again perpetrated a similar piece of
+ill-manners, which, indeed, was forbidden by the canons of good breeding,
+as well as by the mandates of the taboo. But it was not always so
+easy to perceive wherein you had contravened the spirit of this institution.
+I was many times called to order, if I may use the phrase,
+when I could not for the life of me conjecture what particular offence
+I had committed.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+One day I was strolling through a secluded portion of the valley,
+and hearing the musical sound of the cloth-mallet at a little distance,
+I turned down a path that conducted me in a few moments to a
+house where there were some half-dozen girls employed in making
+tappa. This was an operation I had frequently witnessed, and had
+handled the bark in all the various stages of its preparation. On
+the present occasion the females were intent upon their occupation,
+and after looking up and talking gaily to me for a few moments, they
+resumed their employment. I regarded them for awhile in silence,
+and then, carelessly picking up a handful of the material that lay
+around, proceeded unconsciously to pick it apart. While thus engaged,
+I was suddenly startled by a scream, like that of a whole
+boarding-school of young ladies just on the point of going into
+hysterics. Leaping up with the idea of seeing a score of Happar warriors
+about to perform anew the Sabine atrocity, I found myself
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page234">[pg 234]</span><a name="Pg234" id="Pg234" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>confronted by the company of girls, who, having dropped their work,
+stood before me with starting eyes, swelling bosoms, and fingers
+pointed in horror towards me.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Thinking that some venomous reptile must be concealed in the
+bark which I held in my hand, I began cautiously to separate and
+examine it. Whilst I did so the horrified girls redoubled their shrieks.
+Their wild cries and frightened motions actually alarmed me, and
+throwing down the tappa, I was about to rush from the house, when
+in the same instant their clamours ceased, and one of them, seizing
+me by the arm, pointed to the broken fibres that had just fallen from
+my grasp, and screamed in my ears the fatal word <span class="tei tei-q">“Taboo!”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I subsequently found out that the fabric they were engaged in making
+was of a peculiar kind, destined to be worn on the heads of the
+females, and through every stage of its manufacture was guarded by a
+vigorous taboo, which interdicted the whole masculine gender from
+even so much as touching it.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Frequently in walking through the groves I observed bread-fruit
+and cocoa-nut trees, with a wreath of leaves twined in a peculiar fashion
+about their trunks. This was the mark of the taboo. The trees
+themselves, their fruit, and even the shadows they cast upon the ground,
+were consecrated by its presence. In the same way a pipe, which
+the king had bestowed upon me, was rendered sacred in the eyes of
+the natives, none of whom could I ever prevail upon to smoke from
+it. The bowl was encircled by a woven band of grass, somewhat resembling
+those Turks’ heads occasionally worked in the handles of
+our whip-stalks.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+A similar badge was once braided about my wrist by the royal
+hand of Mehevi himself, who, as soon as he had concluded the operation,
+pronounced me <span class="tei tei-q">“Taboo.”</span> This occurred shortly after Toby’s
+disappearance; and were it not that from the first moment I had
+entered the valley the natives had treated me with uniform kindness, I
+should have supposed that their conduct afterwards was to be ascribed
+to the fact that I received this sacred investiture.
+</p>
+
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page235">[pg 235]</span><a name="Pg235" id="Pg235" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The capricious operations of the taboo are not its least remarkable
+feature: to enumerate them all would be impossible. Black hogs—infants
+to a certain age—women in an interesting situation—young
+men while the operation of tattooing their faces is going on—and
+certain parts of the valley during the continuance of a shower—are
+alike fenced about by the operation of the taboo.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I witnessed a striking instance of its effects in the bay of Tior, my
+visit to which place occurred a few days before leaving the ship. On
+that occasion our worthy captain formed one of the party. He was
+a most insatiable sportsman. Outward bound, and off the pitch of
+Cape Horn, he used to sit on the taffrail, and keep the steward loading
+three or four old fowling-pieces, with which he would bring down
+albatrosses, Cape pigeons, jays, petrels, and divers other marine fowl,
+who followed chattering in our wake. The sailors were struck aghast
+at his impiety, and one and all attributed our forty days’ beating about
+that horrid headland to his sacrilegious slaughter of these inoffensive
+birds.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+At Tior, he evinced the same disregard for the religious prejudices
+of the islanders as he had previously shown for the superstitions of the
+sailors. Having heard that there were a considerable number of
+fowls in the valley—the progeny of some cocks and hens accidentally
+left there by an English vessel, and which, being strictly tabooed, flew
+about almost in a wild state—he determined to break through all restraints,
+and be the death of them. Accordingly, he provided himself
+with a most formidable-looking gun, and announced his landing on
+the beach by shooting down a noble cock, that was crowing what proved
+to be his own funeral dirge on the limb of an adjoining tree. <span class="tei tei-q">“Taboo,”</span>
+shrieked the affrighted savages. <span class="tei tei-q">“Oh, hang your taboo,”</span> says the
+nautical sportsman; <span class="tei tei-q">“talk taboo to the marines”</span>; and bang went the
+piece again, and down came another victim. At this the natives ran
+scampering through the groves, horror-struck at the enormity of the act.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+All that afternoon the rocky sides of the valley rang with successive
+reports, and the superb plumage of many a beautiful fowl was ruffled
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page236">[pg 236]</span><a name="Pg236" id="Pg236" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>by the fatal bullet. Had it not been that the French admiral, with a
+large party, was then in the glen, I have no doubt that the natives, although
+their tribe was small and dispirited, would have inflicted summary
+vengeance upon the man who thus outraged their most sacred
+institutions; as it was, they contrived to annoy him not a little.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Thirsting with his exertions, the skipper directed his steps to a
+stream; but the savages, who had followed at a little distance, perceiving
+his object, rushed towards him and forced him away from its bank—his
+lips would have polluted it. Wearied at last, he sought to enter
+a house that he might rest for awhile on the mats; its inmates gathered
+tumultuously about the door and denied him admittance. He
+coaxed and blustered by turns, but in vain; the natives were neither to
+be intimidated nor appeased, and as a final resort he was obliged to call
+together his boat’s crew, and pull away from what he termed the most
+infernal place he ever stepped upon.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Lucky was it for him and for us that we were not honoured on our
+departure by a salute of stones from the hands of the exasperated
+Tiors. In this way, on the neighbouring island of Ropo, were killed,
+but a few weeks previously, and for a nearly similar offence, the master
+and three of the crew of the K——.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I cannot determine, with anything approaching to certainty, what
+power it is that imposes the taboo. When I consider the slight disparity
+of condition among the islanders—the very limited and inconsiderable
+prerogatives of the king and chiefs—and the loose and
+indefinite functions of the priesthood, most of whom were hardly
+to be distinguished from the rest of their countrymen, I am wholly
+at a loss where to look for the authority which regulates this potent
+institution. It is imposed upon something to-day, and withdrawn to-morrow;
+while its operations in other cases are perpetual. Sometimes
+its restrictions only affect a single individual—sometimes a particular
+family—sometimes a whole tribe; and, in a few instances, they extend
+not merely over the various clans on a single island, but over all the inhabitants
+of an entire group. In illustration of this latter peculiarity,
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page237">[pg 237]</span><a name="Pg237" id="Pg237" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>I may cite the law which forbids a female to enter a canoe—a prohibition
+which prevails upon all the northern Marquesas Islands.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The word itself (taboo) is used in more than one signification. It
+is sometimes used by a parent to his child, when, in the exercise of parental
+authority, he forbids it to perform a particular action. Anything
+opposed to the ordinary customs of the islanders, although not
+expressly prohibited, is said to be <span class="tei tei-q">“taboo.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The Typee language is one very difficult to be acquired; it bears
+a close resemblance to the other Polynesian dialects, all of which show a
+common origin. The duplication of words, as <span class="tei tei-q">“lumee lumee,”</span> <span class="tei tei-q">“poee
+poee,”</span> <span class="tei tei-q">“muee muee,”</span> is one of their peculiar features. But another,
+and a more annoying one, is the different sense in which one and
+the same word is employed; its various meanings all have a certain
+connection, which only makes the matter more puzzling. So one brisk,
+lively little word is obliged, like a servant in a poor family, to perform
+all sorts of duties. For instance—one particular combination of syllables
+expresses the ideas of sleep, rest, reclining, sitting, leaning, and
+all other things anyways analogous thereto, the particular meaning
+being shown chiefly by a variety of gestures, and the eloquent expression
+of the countenance.
+</p>
+
+</div><hr class="page" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page238">[pg 238]</span><a name="Pg238" id="Pg238" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<a name="toc62" id="toc62"></a><a name="pdf63" id="pdf63"></a>
+<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">CHAPTER XXX</span></h2>
+
+<div class="tei tei-argument" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 0.90em"><span style="font-size: 90%">
+Strange custom of the islanders—Their chanting, and the peculiarity of their
+voice—Rapture of the king at first hearing a song—A new dignity conferred
+on the author—Musical instruments in the valley—Admiration of
+the savages at beholding a pugilistic performance—Swimming infant—Beautiful
+tresses of the girls—Ointment for the hair.
+</span></p>
+</div>
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Sadly discursive as I have already been, I must still further entreat
+the reader’s patience, as I am about to string together, without any
+attempt at order, a few odds and ends of things not hitherto mentioned,
+but which are either curious in themselves, or peculiar to the
+Typees.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+There was one singular custom, observed in old Marheyo’s domestic
+establishment, which often excited my surprise. Every night, before retiring,
+the inmates of the house gathered together on the mats, and squatting
+upon their haunches, after the universal practice of these islanders,
+would commence a low, dismal, and monotonous chant, accompanying
+the voice with the instrumental melody produced by two small half-rotten
+sticks tapped slowly together, a pair of which were held in the
+hands of each person present. Thus would they employ themselves
+for an hour or two, sometimes longer. Lying in the gloom which
+wrapped the farther end of the house, I could not avoid looking at
+them, although the spectacle suggested nothing but unpleasant reflections.
+The flickering rays of the <span class="tei tei-q">“armor”</span> nut just served to reveal
+their savage lineaments, without dispelling the darkness that hovered
+about them.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Sometimes when, after falling into a kind of doze, and awaking
+suddenly in the midst of these doleful chantings, my eye would fall
+upon the wild-looking group engaged in their strange occupation, with
+their naked tattooed limbs, and shaven heads disposed in a circle, I
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page239">[pg 239]</span><a name="Pg239" id="Pg239" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>was almost tempted to believe that I gazed upon a set of evil beings
+in the act of working a frightful incantation.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+What was the meaning or purpose of this custom, whether it was
+practised merely as a diversion, or whether it was a religious exercise,
+a sort of family prayers, I never could discover.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The sounds produced by the natives on these occasions were of a
+most singular description; and had I not actually been present, I
+never would have believed that such curious noises could have been
+produced by human beings.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+To savages, generally, is imputed a guttural articulation. This,
+however, is not always the case, especially among the inhabitants of the
+Polynesian Archipelago. The labial melody with which the Typee
+girls carry on an ordinary conversation, giving a musical prolongation
+to the final syllable of every sentence, and chirping out some of the
+words with a liquid, bird-like accent, was singularly pleasing.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The men, however, are not quite so harmonious in their utterance;
+and when excited upon any subject, would work themselves up into
+a sort of wordy paroxysm, during which all descriptions of rough-sided
+sounds were projected from their mouths, with a force and
+rapidity which was absolutely astonishing.
+</p>
+
+<div class="tei tei-tb">* * * * * * * * * * </div>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Although these savages are remarkably fond of chanting, still they
+appear to have no idea whatever of singing, at least as the art is
+practised among other nations.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I never shall forget the first time I happened to roar out a stave in
+the presence of the noble Mehevi. It was a stanza from the <span class="tei tei-q">“Bavarian
+Broom-seller.”</span> His Typean majesty, with all his court, gazed upon
+me in amazement, as if I had displayed some preternatural faculty
+which Heaven had denied to them. The king was delighted with the
+verse; but the chorus fairly transported him. At his solicitation, I sang
+it again and again, and nothing could be more ludicrous than his vain
+attempts to catch the air and the words. The royal savage seemed to
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page240">[pg 240]</span><a name="Pg240" id="Pg240" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>think that by screwing all the features of his face into the end of his
+nose, he might possibly succeed in the undertaking, but it failed to
+answer the purpose; and in the end he gave it up, and consoled himself
+by listening to my repetition of the sounds fifty times over.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Previous to Mehevi’s making the discovery, I had never been aware
+that there was anything of the nightingale about me; but I was now
+promoted to the place of court minstrel, in which capacity I was afterwards
+perpetually called upon to officiate.
+</p>
+
+<div class="tei tei-tb">* * * * * * * * * * </div>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Besides the sticks and the drums, there are no other musical instruments
+among the Typees, except one which might appropriately be denominated
+a nasal flute. It is somewhat longer than an ordinary fife,
+is made of a beautiful scarlet-coloured reed, and has four or five stops,
+with a large hole near one end, which latter is held just beneath the
+left nostril. The other nostril being closed by a peculiar movement
+of the muscles about the nose, the breath is forced into the tube, and
+produces a soft dulcet sound, which is varied by the fingers running
+at random over the stops. This is a favourite recreation with the
+females, and one in which Fayaway greatly excelled. Awkward as
+such an instrument may appear, it was, in Fayaway’s delicate little
+hands, one of the most graceful I have ever seen. A young lady in the
+act of tormenting a guitar, strung about her neck by a couple of yards
+of blue ribbon, is not half so engaging.
+</p>
+
+<div class="tei tei-tb">* * * * * * * * * * </div>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Singing was not the only means I possessed of diverting the royal
+Mehevi and his easy-going subjects. Nothing afforded them more
+pleasure than to see me go through the attitudes of a pugilistic encounter.
+As not one of the natives had soul enough in him to stand
+up like a man, and allow me to hammer away at him, for my own personal
+gratification and that of the king, I was necessitated to fight with
+an imaginary enemy, whom I invariably made to knock under
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page241">[pg 241]</span><a name="Pg241" id="Pg241" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>to my superior prowess. Sometimes, when this sorely battered shadow
+retreated precipitately towards a group of the savages, and, following
+him up, I rushed among them, dealing my blows right and left, they
+would disperse in all directions, much to the enjoyment of Mehevi, the
+chiefs, and themselves.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The noble art of self-defence appeared to be regarded by them as
+the peculiar gift of the white man; and I make little doubt but that they
+supposed armies of Europeans were drawn up provided with nothing
+else but bony fists and stout hearts, with which they set to in column, and
+pummelled one another at the word of command.
+</p>
+
+<div class="tei tei-tb">* * * * * * * * * * </div>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+One day, in company with Kory-Kory, I had repaired to the stream
+for the purpose of bathing, when I observed a woman sitting upon a
+rock in the midst of the current, and watching with the liveliest interest
+the gambols of something, which at first I took to be an uncommonly
+large species of frog that was sporting in the water near her. Attracted
+by the novelty of the sight, I waded towards the spot where
+she sat, and could hardly credit the evidence of my senses when I beheld
+a little infant, the period of whose birth could not have extended
+back many days, paddling about as if it had just risen to the surface,
+after being hatched into existence at the bottom. Occasionally the delighted
+parent reached out her hand towards it, when the little thing,
+uttering a faint cry, and striking out its tiny limbs, would sidle for
+the rock, and the next moment be clasped to its mother’s bosom. This
+was repeated again and again, the baby remaining in the stream about
+a minute at a time. Once or twice it made wry faces at swallowing
+a mouthful of water, and choked and spluttered as if on the point of
+strangling. At such times, however, the mother snatched it up, and by
+a process scarcely to be mentioned obliged it to eject the fluid. For
+several weeks afterward I observed the woman bringing her child
+down to the stream regularly every day, in the cool of the morning and
+evening, and treating it to a bath. No wonder that the South Sea
+is<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page242">[pg 242]</span><a name="Pg242" id="Pg242" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>landers are so amphibious a race, when they are thus launched into the
+water as soon as they see the light. I am convinced that it <a name="corr242" id="corr242" class="tei tei-anchor"></a><span class="tei tei-corr">is</span> as natural
+for a human being to swim as it is for a duck. And yet, in civilized
+communities, how many able-bodied individuals die, like so many
+drowning kittens, from the occurrence of the most trivial accidents!
+</p>
+
+<div class="tei tei-tb">* * * * * * * * * * </div>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The long, luxuriant, and glossy tresses of the Typee damsels often
+attracted my admiration. A fine head of hair is the pride and joy of
+every woman’s heart! Whether, against the express will of Providence,
+it is twisted up on the crown of the head and there coiled away; whether
+it be built up in a great tower, with combs and pins, or is plastered
+over the head in sleek, shiny folds; or whether it be permitted to flow
+over the shoulders in natural ringlets, it is always the pride of the
+owner, and the glory of the toilette.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The Typee girls devote much of their time to the dressing of their
+hair and redundant locks. After bathing, as they sometimes do five
+or six times every day, the hair is carefully dried, and if they have
+been in the sea, invariably washed in fresh water, and anointed with
+a highly-scented oil extracted from the meat of the cocoa-nut. This
+oil is obtained in great abundance, by the following very simple process:—
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+A large vessel of wood, with holes perforated in the bottom, is filled
+with the pounded meat, and exposed to the rays of the sun. As the
+oleaginous matter exudes, it falls in drops through the apertures into
+a wide-mouthed calabash placed underneath. After a sufficient quantity
+has thus been collected, the oil undergoes a purifying process,
+and is then poured into the small spherical shells of the nuts of the
+moo-tree, which are hollowed out to receive it. These nuts are then
+hermetically sealed with a resinous gum, and the vegetable fragrance
+of their green rind soon imparts to the oil a delightful odour. After
+a lapse of a few weeks, the exterior shell of the nuts becomes quite
+dry and hard, and assumes a beautiful carnation tint; and when opened
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page243">[pg 243]</span><a name="Pg243" id="Pg243" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>they are found to be about two-thirds full of an ointment of a light
+yellow colour, and diffusing the sweetest perfume. This elegant little
+odorous globe would not be out of place even upon the toilette of a
+queen. Its merits as a preparation for the hair are undeniable,—it
+imparts to it a superb gloss and a silky fineness.
+</p>
+
+</div><hr class="page" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page244">[pg 244]</span><a name="Pg244" id="Pg244" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<a name="toc64" id="toc64"></a><a name="pdf65" id="pdf65"></a>
+<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">CHAPTER XXXI</span></h2>
+
+<div class="tei tei-argument" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 0.90em"><span style="font-size: 90%">
+Apprehensions of evil—Frightful discovery—Some remarks on cannibalism—Second
+battle with the Happars—Savage spectacle—Mysterious feast—Subsequent
+disclosures.
+</span></p>
+</div>
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+From the time of my casual encounter with Karky the artist, my
+life was one of absolute wretchedness. Not a day passed but I was
+persecuted by the solicitations of some of the natives to subject myself
+to the odious operation of tattooing. Their importunities drove me
+half wild, for I felt how easily they might work their will upon me regarding
+this, or anything else which they took into their heads. Still,
+however, the behaviour of the islanders toward me was as kind as
+ever. Faraway was quite as engaging; Kory-Kory as devoted; and
+Mehevi the king just as gracious and condescending as before. But
+I had now been three months in their valley, as nearly as I could estimate;
+I had grown familiar with the narrow limits to which my wanderings
+had been confined; and I began bitterly to feel the state of captivity
+in which I was held. There was no one with whom I could
+freely converse; no one to whom I could communicate my thoughts; no
+one who could sympathize with my sufferings. A thousand times I
+thought how much more endurable would have been my lot had Toby
+still been with me. But I was left alone, and the thought was terrible
+to me. Still, despite my griefs, I did all in my power to appear
+composed and cheerful, well knowing that by manifesting any uneasiness,
+or any desire to escape, I should only frustrate my object.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+It was during the period I was in this unhappy frame of mind,
+that the painful malady under which I had been labouring—after
+having almost completely subsided—began again to show itself, and
+with symptoms as violent as ever. This added calamity nearly unmanned
+me; the recurrence of the complaint proved that, without
+powerful remedial applications, all hope of cure was futile; and when
+I reflected that just beyond the elevations which bound me in, was the
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page245">[pg 245]</span><a name="Pg245" id="Pg245" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>medical relief I needed, and that, although so near, it was impossible
+for me to avail myself of it, the thought was misery.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In this wretched situation, every circumstance which evinced the
+savage nature of the beings at whose mercy I was, augmented the fearful
+apprehensions that consumed me. An occurrence which happened
+about this time affected me most powerfully.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I have already mentioned, that from the ridge-pole of Marheyo’s
+house were suspended a number of packages enveloped in tappa. Many
+of these I had often seen in the hands of the natives, and their contents
+had been examined in my presence. But there were three packages
+hanging very nearly over the place where I lay, which from their
+remarkable appearance had often excited my curiosity. Several times
+I had asked Kory-Kory to show me their contents; but my servitor, who
+in almost every other particular had acceded to my wishes, always refused
+to gratify me in this.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+One day, returning unexpectedly from the Ti, my arrival seemed to
+throw the inmates of the house into the greatest confusion. They
+were seated together on the mats, and by the lines which extended
+from the roof to the floor I immediately perceived that the mysterious
+packages were, for some purpose or other, under inspection. The evident
+alarm the savages betrayed filled me with forebodings of evil,
+and with an uncontrollable desire to penetrate the secret so jealously
+guarded. Despite the efforts of Marheyo and Kory-Kory to restrain
+me, I forced my way into the midst of the circle, and just caught a
+glimpse of three human heads, which others of the party were hurriedly
+enveloping in the coverings from which they had been taken.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+One of the three I distinctly saw. It was in a state of perfect
+preservation, and from the slight glimpse I had of it, seemed to have
+been subjected to some smoking operation which had reduced it to the
+dry, hard, and mummy-like appearance it presented. The two long
+scalp-locks were twisted up into balls upon the crown of the head,
+in the same way that the individual had worn them during life. The
+sunken cheeks were rendered yet more ghastly by the rows of glistening
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page246">[pg 246]</span><a name="Pg246" id="Pg246" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>teeth which protruded from between the lips, while the sockets of the
+eyes—filled with oval bits of mother-of-pearl shell, with a black spot
+in the centre—heightened the hideousness of its aspect.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Two of the three were heads of the islanders; but the third, to my
+horror, was that of a white man. Although it had been quickly removed
+from my sight, still the glimpse I had of it was enough to convince
+me that I could not be mistaken.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Gracious God! what dreadful thoughts entered my mind. In solving
+this mystery, perhaps I had solved another, and the fate of my
+lost companion might be revealed in the shocking spectacle I had just
+witnessed. I longed to have torn off the folds of cloth, and satisfied
+the awful doubts under which I laboured. But before I had recovered
+from the consternation into which I had been thrown, the fatal packages
+were hoisted aloft and once more swung over my head. The
+natives now gathered round me tumultuously, and laboured to convince
+me that what I had just seen were the heads of three Happar warriors,
+who had been slain in battle. This glaring falsehood added to my
+alarm, and it was not until I reflected that I had observed the packages
+swinging from their elevation before Toby’s disappearance, that
+I could at all recover my composure.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+But although this horrible apprehension had been dispelled, I had
+discovered enough to fill me, in my present state of mind, with the
+most bitter reflections. It was plain that I had seen the last relic of
+some unfortunate wretch, who must have been massacred on the beach
+by the savages, in one of those perilous trading adventures which I
+have before described.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+It was not, however, alone the murder of the stranger that overcame
+me with gloom. I shuddered at the idea of the subsequent fate
+his inanimate body might have met with. Was the same doom reserved
+for me? Was I destined to perish like him—like him, perhaps,
+to be devoured, and my head to be preserved as a fearful memento
+of the event? My imagination ran riot in these horrid speculations,
+and I felt certain that the worst possible evils would befall me. But
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page247">[pg 247]</span><a name="Pg247" id="Pg247" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>whatever were my misgivings, I studiously concealed them from the
+islanders, as well as the full extent of the discovery I had made.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Although the assurances which the Typees had often given me, that
+they never ate human flesh, had not convinced me that such was the case,
+yet, having been so long a time in the valley without witnessing anything
+which indicated the existence of the practice, I began to hope
+that it was an event of very rare occurrence, and that I should be spared
+the horror of witnessing it during my stay among them: but, alas! these
+hopes were soon destroyed.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+It is a singular fact, that in all our accounts of cannibal tribes we
+have seldom received the testimony of an eye-witness to the revolting
+practice. The horrible conclusion has almost always been derived
+from the second-hand evidence of Europeans, or else from the admissions
+of the savages themselves, after they have in some degree become
+civilized. The Polynesians are aware of the detestation in which
+Europeans hold this custom, and therefore invariably deny its existence,
+and, with the craft peculiar to savages, endeavour to conceal
+every trace of it.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+But to my story.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+About a week after my discovery of the contents of the mysterious
+packages, I happened to be at the Ti, when another war-alarm was
+sounded, and the natives, rushing to their arms, sallied out to resist a
+second incursion of the Happar invaders. The same scene was again
+repeated, only that on this occasion I heard at least fifteen reports of
+muskets from the mountains during the time that the skirmish lasted.
+An hour or two after its termination, loud pæans chanted through the
+valley announced the approach of the victors. I stood with Kory-Kory
+leaning against the railing of the pi-pi, awaiting their advance,
+when a tumultuous crowd of islanders emerged with wild clamours
+from the neighbouring groves. In the midst of them marched
+four men, one preceding the other at regular intervals of eight or
+ten feet, with poles of a corresponding length, extending from shoulder
+to shoulder, to which were lashed with thongs of bark three long
+nar<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page248">[pg 248]</span><a name="Pg248" id="Pg248" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>row bundles, carefully wrapped in ample coverings of freshly plucked
+palm-leaves, tacked together with slivers of bamboo. Here and there
+upon these green winding-sheets might be seen the stains of blood,
+while the warriors who carried the frightful burdens displayed upon
+their naked limbs similar sanguinary marks. The shaven head of the
+foremost had a deep gash upon it, and the clotted gore which had flowed
+from the wound remained in dry patches around it. The savage
+seemed to be sinking under the weight he bore. The bright tattooing
+upon his body was covered with blood and dust; his inflamed eyes
+rolled in their sockets, and his whole appearance denoted extraordinary
+suffering and exertion; yet, sustained by some powerful impulse,
+he continued to advance, while the throng around him with wild cheers
+sought to encourage him. The other three men were marked about
+the arms and breasts with several slight wounds, which they somewhat
+ostentatiously displayed.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+These four individuals, having been the most active in the late
+encounter, claimed the honour of bearing the bodies of their slain
+enemies to the Ti. Such was the conclusion I drew from my own
+observations, and, as far as I could understand, from the explanation
+which Kory-Kory gave me.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The royal Mehevi walked by the side of these heroes. He carried
+in one hand a musket, from the barrel of which was suspended a small
+canvas pouch of powder, and in the other he grasped a short javelin,
+which he held before him and regarded with fierce exultation. This
+javelin he had wrested from a celebrated champion of the Happars,
+who had ignominiously fled, and was pursued by his foes beyond the
+summit of the mountain.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+When within a short distance of the Ti, the warrior with the wounded
+head, who proved to be Narmonee, tottered forward two or three steps,
+and fell helplessly to the ground; but not before another had caught
+the end of the pole from his shoulder, and placed it upon his own.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The excited throng of islanders, who surrounded the person of the
+king and the dead bodies of the enemy, approached the spot where I
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page249">[pg 249]</span><a name="Pg249" id="Pg249" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>stood, brandishing their rude implements of warfare, many of which
+were bruised and broken, and uttering continual shouts of triumph.
+When the crowd drew up opposite the Ti, I set myself to watch their
+proceedings most attentively; but scarcely had they halted when my
+servitor, who had left my side for an instant, touched my arm, and
+proposed our returning to Marheyo’s house. To this I objected; but,
+to my surprise, Kory-Kory reiterated his request, and with an unusual
+vehemence of manner. Still, however, I refused to comply, and was
+retreating before him, as in his importunity he pressed upon me, when
+I felt a heavy hand laid upon my shoulder, and turning round, encountered
+the bulky form of Mow-Mow, a one-eyed chief, who had
+just detached himself from the crowd below, and had mounted the
+rear of the pi-pi upon which we stood. His cheek had been pierced
+by the point of a spear, and the wound imparted a still more frightful
+expression to his hideously tattooed face, already deformed by the
+loss of an eye. The warrior, without uttering a syllable, pointed
+fiercely in the direction of Marheyo’s house, while Kory-Kory, at the
+same time presenting his back, desired me to mount.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I declined this offer, but intimated my willingness to withdraw,
+and moved slowly along the piazza, wondering what could be the
+cause of this unusual treatment. A few minutes’ consideration convinced
+me that the savages were about to celebrate some hideous rite
+in connexion with their peculiar customs, and at which they were determined
+I should not be present. I descended from the pi-pi, and
+attended by Kory-Kory, who on this occasion did not show his usual
+commiseration for my lameness, but seemed only anxious to hurry me
+on, walked away from the place. As I passed through the noisy throng,
+which by this time completely environed the Ti, I looked with fearful
+curiosity at the three packages, which now were deposited upon the
+ground; but although I had no doubt as to their contents, still their
+thick coverings prevented my actually detecting the form of a human
+body.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The next morning, shortly after sunrise, the same thundering sounds
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page250">[pg 250]</span><a name="Pg250" id="Pg250" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>which had awakened me from sleep on the second day of the Feast of
+Calabashes, assured me that the savages were on the eve of celebrating
+another, and, as I fully believed, a horrible solemnity.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+All the inmates of the house, with the exception of Marheyo, his
+son, and Tinor, after assuming their gala dresses, departed in the
+direction of the Taboo Groves.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Although I did not anticipate a compliance with my request, still,
+with a view of testing the truth of my suspicions, I proposed to Kory-Kory
+that, according to our usual custom in the morning, we should
+take a stroll to the Ti: he positively refused; and when I renewed
+the request, he evinced his determination to prevent my going there;
+and, to divert my mind from the subject, he offered to accompany me
+to the stream. We accordingly went, and bathed. On our coming
+back to the house, I was surprised to find that all its inmates had returned,
+and were lounging upon the mats as usual, although the drums
+still sounded from the groves.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The rest of the day I spent with Kory-Kory and Fayaway, wandering
+about a part of the valley situated in an opposite direction from
+the Ti, and whenever I so much as looked towards that building,
+although it was hidden from view by intervening trees, and at the distance
+of more than a mile, my attendant would exclaim, <span class="tei tei-q">“Taboo, taboo!”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+At the various houses where we stopped, I found many of the inhabitants
+reclining at their ease, or pursuing some light occupation,
+as if nothing unusual were going forward; but amongst them all I
+did not perceive a single chief or warrior. When I asked several of
+the people why they were not at the <span class="tei tei-q">“Hoolah Hoolah”</span> (the feast),
+they uniformly answered the question in a manner which implied that
+it was not intended for them, but for Mehevi, Narmonee, Mow-Mow,
+Kolor, Womonoo, Kalow, running over, in their desire to make me
+comprehend their meaning, the names of all the principal chiefs.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Everything, in short, strengthened my suspicions with regard to
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page251">[pg 251]</span><a name="Pg251" id="Pg251" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>the nature of the festival they were now celebrating; and which
+amounted almost to a certainty. While in Nukuheva I had frequently
+been informed that the whole tribe were never present at these cannibal
+banquets, but the chiefs and priests only; and everything I now
+observed agreed with the account.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The sound of the drums continued without intermission the whole
+day, and falling continually upon my ear, caused me a sensation of
+horror which I am unable to describe. On the following day, hearing
+none of those noisy indications of revelry, I concluded that the inhuman
+feast was terminated, and feeling a kind of morbid curiosity
+to discover whether the Ti might furnish any evidence of what had
+taken place there, I proposed to Kory-Kory to walk there. To this
+proposition he replied by pointing with his finger to the newly-risen
+sun, and then up to the zenith, intimating that our visit must be deferred
+until noon. Shortly after that hour we accordingly proceeded
+to the Taboo Groves, and as soon as we entered their precincts, I
+looked fearfully round in quest of some memorial of the scene which
+had so lately been acted there; but everything appeared as usual. On
+reaching the Ti, we found Mehevi and a few chiefs reclining on the
+mats, who gave me as friendly a reception as ever. No allusions of
+any kind were made by them to the recent events; and I refrained,
+for obvious reasons, from referring to them myself.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+After staying a short time, I took my leave. In passing along the
+piazza, previously to descending from the pi-pi, I observed a curiously
+carved vessel of wood, of considerable size, with a cover placed over
+it, of the same material, and which resembled in shape a small canoe.
+It was surrounded by a low railing of bamboos, the top of which was
+scarcely a foot from the ground. As the vessel had been placed in
+its present position since my last visit, I at once concluded that it must
+have some connexion with the recent festival; and, prompted by a
+curiosity I could not repress, in passing it I raised one end of the
+cover; at the same moment the chiefs, perceiving my design, loudly
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page252">[pg 252]</span><a name="Pg252" id="Pg252" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>ejaculated, <span class="tei tei-q">“Taboo! taboo!”</span> But the slight glimpse sufficed; my
+eyes fell upon the disordered members of a human skeleton, the bones
+still fresh with moisture, and with particles of flesh clinging to them
+here and there!
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Kory-Kory, who had been a little in advance of me, attracted by the
+exclamations of the chiefs, turned round in time to witness the expression
+of horror on my countenance. He now hurried towards me,
+pointing at the same time to the canoe, and exclaiming, rapidly, <span class="tei tei-q">“Puarkee!
+puarkee!”</span> (Pig, pig.) I pretended to yield to the deception, and
+repeated the words after him several times, as though acquiescing in
+what he said. The other savages, either deceived by my conduct, or
+unwilling to manifest their displeasure at what could not now be
+remedied, took no further notice of the occurrence, and I immediately
+left the Ti.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+All that night I lay awake, revolving in my mind the fearful situation
+in which I was placed. The last horrid revelation had now been
+made, and the full sense of my condition rushed upon my mind with
+a force I had never before experienced.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Where, thought I, desponding, is there the slightest prospect of
+escape? The only person who seemed to possess the ability to assist
+me was the stranger, Marnoo; but would he ever return to the valley?
+and if he did, should I be permitted to hold any communication with
+him? It seemed as if I were cut off from every source of hope, and
+that nothing remained but passively to await whatever fate was in
+store for me. A thousand times I endeavoured to account for the mysterious
+conduct of the natives. For what conceivable purpose did
+they thus retain me a captive? What could be their object in treating
+me with such apparent kindness, and did it not cover some treacherous
+scheme? Or, if they had no other design than to hold me a
+prisoner, how should I be able to pass away my days in this narrow
+valley, deprived of all intercourse with civilized beings, and for ever
+separated from friends and home?
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+One only hope remained to me. The French could not long defer
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page253">[pg 253]</span><a name="Pg253" id="Pg253" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>a visit to the bay, and if they should permanently locate any of their
+troops in the valley, the savages could not for any length of time conceal
+my existence from them. But what reason had I to suppose
+that I should be spared until such an event occurred—an event which
+might be postponed by a hundred different contingencies?
+</p>
+
+</div><hr class="page" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page254">[pg 254]</span><a name="Pg254" id="Pg254" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<a name="toc66" id="toc66"></a><a name="pdf67" id="pdf67"></a>
+<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">CHAPTER XXXII</span></h2>
+
+<div class="tei tei-argument" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 0.90em"><span style="font-size: 90%">
+The stranger again arrives in the valley—Singular interview with him—Attempt
+to escape—Failure—Melancholy situation—Sympathy of Marheyo.
+</span></p>
+</div>
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Marnoo, Marnoo pemi!”</span> Such were the welcome sounds which
+fell upon my ear some ten days after the event related in the preceding
+chapter. Once more the approach of the stranger was heralded,
+and the intelligence operated upon me like magic. Again I should be
+able to converse with him in my own language; and I resolved, at all
+hazards, to concert with him some scheme, however desperate, to rescue
+me from a condition that had now become insupportable.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+As he drew near, I remembered with many misgivings the inauspicious
+termination of our former interview; and when he entered the
+house, I watched with intense anxiety the reception he met with from
+its inmates. To my joy, his appearance was hailed with the liveliest
+pleasure; and accosting me kindly, he seated himself by my side, and
+entered into conversation with the natives around him. It soon appeared,
+however, that on this occasion he had not any intelligence of
+importance to communicate. I inquired of him from whence he had
+last come? He replied, from Pueearka, his native valley, and that he
+intended to return to it the same day.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+At once it struck me that, could I but reach that valley under his
+protection, I might easily from thence reach Nukuheva by water; and,
+animated by the prospect which this plan held out, I disclosed it in
+a few brief words to the stranger, and asked him how it could be best
+accomplished. My heart sunk within me when, in his broken English,
+he answered me that it could never be effected. <span class="tei tei-q">“Kannaka no let you
+go nowhere,”</span> he said, <span class="tei tei-q">“you taboo. Why you no like to stay? Plenty
+moee-moee (sleep)—plenty ki-ki (eat)—plenty whihenee (young
+girls). Oh, very good place, Typee! Suppose you no like this bay,
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page255">[pg 255]</span><a name="Pg255" id="Pg255" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>why you come? You no hear about Typee? All white men afraid
+Typee, so no white men come.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+These words distressed me beyond belief; and when I again related
+to him the circumstances under which I had descended into the valley
+and sought to enlist his sympathies in my behalf, by appealing to the
+bodily misery I endured, he listened to me with impatience, and cut
+me short by exclaiming, passionately, <span class="tei tei-q">“Me no hear you talk any more;
+by by Kannaka get mad, kill you and me too. No, you see he no want
+you to speak to me at all?—you see—ah! by by you no mind—you get
+well, he kill you, eat you, hang you head up there, like Happar Kannaka.
+Now you listen—but no talk any more. By by I go;—you see
+way I go. Ah! then some night Kannaka all moee-moee (sleep)—you
+run away—you come Pueearka. I speak Pueearka Kannaka—he no
+harm you—ah! then I take you my canoe Nukuheva, and you no run
+away ship no more.”</span> With these words, enforced by a vehemence of
+gesture I cannot describe, Marnoo started from my side, and immediately
+engaged in conversation with some of the chiefs who had entered
+the house.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+It would have been idle for me to have attempted resuming the interview
+so peremptorily terminated by Marnoo, who was evidently little
+disposed to compromise his own safety by any rash endeavours to ensure
+mine. But the plan he had suggested struck me as one which
+might possibly be accomplished, and I resolved to act upon it as speedily
+as possible.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Accordingly, when he arose to depart, I accompanied him, with
+the natives, outside of the house, with a view of carefully noting the
+path he would take in leaving the valley. Just before leaping from
+the pi-pi, he clasped my hand, and, looking significantly at me, exclaimed,
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Now you see you do what I tell you—ah! then you do good;—you
+no do so—ah! then you die.”</span> The next moment he waved his
+spear in adieu to the islanders, and, following the route that conducted
+to a defile in the mountains lying opposite the Happar side, was soon
+out of sight.
+</p>
+
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page256">[pg 256]</span><a name="Pg256" id="Pg256" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+A mode of escape was now presented to me; but how was I to avail
+myself of it? I was continually surrounded by the savages; I could
+not stir from one house to another without being attended by some of
+them; and even during the hours devoted to slumber, the slightest
+movement which I made seemed to attract the notice of those who
+shared the mats with me. In spite of these obstacles, however, I determined
+forthwith to make the attempt. To do so with any prospect
+of success, it was necessary that I should have at least two hours’ start
+before the islanders should discover my absence; for with such facility
+was any alarm spread through the valley, and so familiar, of course,
+were the inhabitants with the intricacies of the groves, that I could not
+hope, lame and feeble as I was, and ignorant of the route, to secure
+my escape unless I had this advantage. It was also by night alone that
+I could hope to accomplish my object, and then only by adopting the
+utmost precaution.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The entrance to Marheyo’s habitation was through a low narrow
+opening in its wicker-work front. This passage, for no conceivable
+reason that I could devise, was always closed after the household had
+retired to rest, by drawing a heavy slide across it, composed of a dozen
+or more bits of wood, ingeniously fastened together by seizings of sinnate.
+When any of the inmates chose to go outside, the noise occasioned
+by the removing of this rude door awakened everybody else; and
+on more than one occasion I had remarked that the islanders were
+nearly as irritable as more civilized beings under similar circumstances.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The difficulty thus placed in my way I determined to obviate in the
+following manner. I would get up boldly in the course of the night,
+and, drawing the slide, issue from the house, and pretend that my object
+was merely to procure a drink from the calabash, which always
+stood without the dwelling on the corner of the pi-pi. On re-entering
+I would purposely omit closing the passage after me, and trusting
+that the indolence of the savages would prevent them from repairing
+my neglect, would return to my mat, and waiting patiently until all
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page257">[pg 257]</span><a name="Pg257" id="Pg257" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>were again asleep, I would then steal forth, and at once take the route
+to Pueearka.
+</p>
+    <a name="illus7" id="illus7" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"></p><div class="tei tei-figure" style="text-align: center"><img src="images/illus7th.jpg" width="319" height="400" alt="Illustration: ABOUT MIDNIGHT I AROSE AND DREW THE SLIDE" title="ABOUT MIDNIGHT I AROSE AND DREW THE SLIDE" /><div class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.00em; margin-top: 1.00em"><a href="images/illus7.jpg" class="tei tei-xref" style="text-align: center"><span class="tei tei-hi" style="text-align: center"><span style="font-size: 90%">ABOUT MIDNIGHT I AROSE AND DREW THE
+      SLIDE</span></span></a></div></div>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The very night which followed Marnoo’s departure, I proceeded to
+put this project into execution. About midnight, as I imagined, I
+arose and drew the slide. The natives, just as I had expected, started
+up, while some of them asked, <span class="tei tei-q">“Arware poo awa, Tommo?”</span> (where
+are you going, Tommo?) <span class="tei tei-q">“Wai,”</span> (water,) I laconically answered,
+grasping the calabash. On hearing my reply they sank back again,
+and in a minute or two I returned to my mat, anxiously awaiting the
+result of the experiment.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+One after another the savages, turning restlessly, appeared to resume
+their slumbers, and, rejoicing at the stillness which prevailed, I was
+about to rise again from my couch, when I heard a slight rustling—a
+dark form was intercepted between me and the doorway—the slide
+was drawn across it, and the individual, whoever he was, returned to
+his mat. This was a sad blow to me; but as it might have aroused the
+suspicions of the islanders to have made another attempt that night,
+I was reluctantly obliged to defer it until the next. Several times
+after I repeated the same manœuvre, but with as little success as before.
+As my pretence for withdrawing from the house was to allay
+my thirst, Kory-Kory, either suspecting some design on my part, or
+else prompted by a desire to please me, regularly every evening placed
+a calabash of water by my side.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Even under these inauspicious circumstances I again and again renewed
+the attempt; but when I did so, my valet always rose with me,
+as if determined I should not remove myself from his observation.
+For the present, therefore, I was obliged to abandon the attempt; but
+I endeavoured to console myself with the idea, that by this mode I
+might yet effect my escape.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Shortly after Marnoo’s visit I was reduced to such a state, that it
+was with extreme difficulty I could walk, even with the assistance of
+a spear, and Kory-Kory, as formerly, was obliged to carry me daily
+to the stream.
+</p>
+
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page258">[pg 258]</span><a name="Pg258" id="Pg258" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+For hours and hours, during the warmest part of the day, I lay
+upon my mat, and while those around me were nearly all dozing away
+in careless ease, I remained awake, gloomily pondering over the fate
+which it appeared now idle for me to resist. When I thought of the
+loved friends who were thousands and thousands of miles from the
+savage island in which I was held a captive—when I reflected that my
+dreadful fate would for ever be concealed from them, and that, with
+hope deferred, they might continue to await my return long after my
+inanimate form had blended with the dust of the valley, I could not repress
+a shudder of anguish.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+How vividly is impressed upon my mind every minute feature of
+the scene which met my view during those long days of suffering and
+sorrow. At my request my mats were always spread directly facing
+the door, opposite which, and at a little distance, was the hut of boughs
+that Marheyo was building.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Whenever my gentle Fayaway and Kory-Kory, laying themselves
+down beside me, would leave me awhile to uninterrupted repose, I took
+a strange interest in the slightest movements of the eccentric old warrior.
+All alone, during the stillness of the tropical mid-day, he would
+pursue his quiet work, sitting in the shade and weaving together the
+leaflets of his cocoa-nut branches, or rolling upon his knee the twisted
+fibres of bark to form the cords with which he tied together the thatching
+of his tiny house. Frequently suspending his employment, and
+noticing my melancholy eye fixed upon him, he would raise his hand
+with a gesture expressive of deep commiseration, and then, moving towards
+me slowly, would enter on tip-toes, fearful of disturbing the
+slumbering natives, and, taking the fan from my hand, would sit
+before me, swaying it gently to and fro, and gazing earnestly into my
+face.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Just beyond the pi-pi, and disposed in a triangle before the entrance
+of the house, were three magnificent bread-fruit trees. At this moment
+I can recall to my mind their slender shafts, and the graceful inequalities
+of their bark, on which my eye was accustomed to dwell,
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page259">[pg 259]</span><a name="Pg259" id="Pg259" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>day after day, in the midst of my solitary musings. It is strange how
+inanimate objects will twine themselves into our affections, especially
+in the hour of affliction. Even now, amidst all the bustle and stir of
+the proud and busy city in which I am dwelling, the image of those
+three trees seems to come as vividly before my eyes as if they were
+actually present, and I still feel the soothing quiet pleasure which I
+then had in watching, hour after hour, their topmost boughs waving
+gracefully in the breeze.
+</p>
+
+</div><hr class="page" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page260">[pg 260]</span><a name="Pg260" id="Pg260" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<a name="toc68" id="toc68"></a><a name="pdf69" id="pdf69"></a>
+<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">CHAPTER XXXIII</span></h2>
+
+<div class="tei tei-argument" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 0.90em"><span style="font-size: 90%">
+The escape.
+</span></p>
+</div>
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Nearly three weeks had elapsed since the second visit of Marnoo, and
+it must have been more than four months since I entered the valley,
+when one day, about noon, and whilst everything was in profound
+silence, Mow-Mow, the one-eyed chief, suddenly appeared at the door,
+and leaning forward towards me as I lay directly facing him, said, in
+a low tone, <span class="tei tei-q">“Toby pemi ena,”</span> (Toby has arrived here.) Gracious
+heaven! What a tumult of emotions rushed upon me at this startling
+intelligence! Insensible to the pain that had before distracted me, I
+leaped to my feet, and called wildly to Kory-Kory, who was reposing
+by my side. The startled islanders sprang from their mats; the news
+was quickly communicated to them; and the next moment I was making
+my way to the Ti on the back of Kory-Kory, and surrounded by
+the excited savages.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+All that I could comprehend of the particulars which Mow-Mow
+rehearsed to his auditors as we proceeded, was that my long-lost companion
+had arrived in a boat which had just entered the bay. These
+tidings made me most anxious to be carried at once to the sea, lest some
+untoward circumstance should prevent our meeting; but to this they
+would not consent, and continued their course towards the royal abode.
+As we approached it, Mehevi and several chiefs showed themselves
+from the piazza, and called upon us loudly to come to them.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+As soon as we had approached, I endeavoured to make them understand
+that I was going down to the sea to meet Toby. To this the
+king objected, and motioned Kory-Kory to bring me into the house.
+It was in vain to resist; and in a few moments I found myself within
+the Ti, surrounded by a noisy group engaged in discussing the recent
+intelligence. Toby’s name was frequently repeated, coupled with violent
+exclamations of astonishment. It seemed as if they yet remained
+in doubt with regard to the fact of his arrival, and at every fresh
+re<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page261">[pg 261]</span><a name="Pg261" id="Pg261" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>port that was brought from the shore they betrayed the liveliest emotions.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Almost frenzied at being held in this state of suspense, I passionately
+besought Mehevi to permit me to proceed. Whether my companion
+had arrived or not, I felt a presentiment that my own fate was about
+to be decided. Again and again I renewed my petition to Mehevi.
+He regarded me with a fixed and serious eye, but at length, yielding
+to my importunity, reluctantly granted my request.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Accompanied by some fifty of the natives, I now rapidly continued
+my journey, every few moments being transferred from the back of
+one to another, and urging my bearer forward all the while with earnest
+entreaties. As I thus hurried forward, no doubt as to the truth of
+the information I had received ever crossed my mind. I was alive
+only to the one overwhelming idea, that a chance of deliverance was now
+afforded me, if the jealous opposition of the savages could be overcome.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Having been prohibited from approaching the sea during the whole
+of my stay in the valley, I had always associated with it the idea of
+escape. Toby, too,—if indeed he had ever voluntarily deserted me,—must
+have effected his flight by the sea; and now that I was drawing
+near to it myself, I indulged in hopes which I had never felt before.
+It was evident that a boat had entered the bay, and I saw little reason
+to doubt the truth of the report that it had brought my companion.
+Every time, therefore, that we gained an elevation, I looked eagerly
+around, hoping to behold him.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In the midst of an excited throng, who by their violent gestures and
+wild cries appeared to be under the influence of some excitement as
+strong as my own, I was now borne along at a rapid trot, frequently
+stooping my head to avoid the branches which crossed the path, and
+never ceasing to implore those who carried me to accelerate their already
+swift pace.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In this manner we had proceeded about four or five miles, when we
+were met by a party of some twenty islanders, between whom and
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page262">[pg 262]</span><a name="Pg262" id="Pg262" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>those who accompanied me ensued an animated conference. Impatient
+of the delay occasioned by this interruption, I was beseeching the
+man who carried me to proceed without his loitering companions,
+when Kory-Kory, running to my side, informed me, in three fatal
+words, that the news had all proved false—that Toby had not arrived—<span class="tei tei-q">“Toby
+owlee permi.”</span> Heaven only knows how, in the state of mind
+and body I then was, I ever sustained the agony which this intelligence
+caused me; not that the news was altogether unexpected, but I had
+trusted that the fact might not have been made known until we should
+have arrived upon the beach. As it was, I at once foresaw the course
+the savages would pursue. They had only yielded thus far to my entreaties,
+that I might give a joyful welcome to my long-lost comrade;
+but now that it was known he had not arrived, they would at once
+oblige me to turn back.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+My anticipations were but too correct. In spite of the resistance
+I made, they carried me into a house which was near the spot, and
+left me upon the mats. Shortly afterwards, several of those who had
+accompanied me from the Ti, detaching themselves from the others,
+proceeded in the direction of the sea. Those who remained—among
+whom were Marheyo, Mow-Mow, Kory-Kory, and Tinor—gathered
+about the dwelling, and appeared to be awaiting their return.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+This convinced me that strangers—perhaps some of my own countrymen—had
+for some cause or other entered the bay. Distracted at
+the idea of their vicinity, and reckless of the pain which I suffered,
+I heeded not the assurances of the islanders that there were no boats
+at the beach, but, starting to my feet, endeavoured to gain the door.
+Instantly the passage was blocked up by several men, who commanded
+me to resume my seat. The fierce looks of the irritated savages admonished
+me that I could gain nothing by force, and that it was by
+entreaty alone that I could hope to compass my object.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Guided by this consideration, I turned to Mow-Mow, the only chief
+present, whom I had been much in the habit of seeing, and, carefully
+concealing my real design, tried to make him comprehend that I still
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page263">[pg 263]</span><a name="Pg263" id="Pg263" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>believed Toby to have arrived on the shore, and besought him to allow
+me to go forward to welcome him. To all his repeated assertions that
+my companion had not been seen, I pretended to turn a deaf ear:
+while I urged my solicitations with an eloquence of gesture which the
+one-eyed chief appeared unable to resist. He seemed, indeed, to regard
+me as a froward child, to whose wishes he had not the heart to
+oppose force, and whom he must consequently humour. He spoke a
+few words to the natives, who at once retreated from the door, and I
+immediately passed out of the house.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Here I looked earnestly round for Kory-Kory; but that hitherto
+faithful servitor was nowhere to be seen. Unwilling to linger even for
+a single instant when every moment might be so important, I motioned
+to a muscular fellow near me to take me upon his back: to my surprise
+he angrily refused. I turned to another, but with a like result. A
+third attempt was as unsuccessful, and I immediately perceived what
+had induced Mow-Mow to grant my request, and why the other natives
+conducted themselves in so strange a manner. It was evident that
+the chief had only given me liberty to continue my progress towards
+the sea, because he supposed that I was deprived of the means of reaching
+it.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Convinced by this of their determination to retain me a captive, I
+became desperate; and almost insensible to the pain which I suffered,
+I seized a spear which was leaning against the projecting eaves of the
+house, and, supporting myself with it, resumed the path that swept
+by the dwelling. To my surprise, I was suffered to proceed alone, all
+the natives remaining in front of the house, and engaging in earnest
+conversation, which every moment became more loud and vehement;
+and, to my unspeakable delight, I perceived that some difference of
+opinion had arisen between them; that two parties, in short, were
+formed, and consequently that, in their divided counsels, there was
+some chance of my deliverance.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Before I had proceeded a hundred yards I was again surrounded by
+the savages, who were still in all the heat of argument, and appeared
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page264">[pg 264]</span><a name="Pg264" id="Pg264" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>every moment as if they would come to blows. In the midst of this
+tumult old Marheyo came to my side, and I shall never forget the benevolent
+expression of his countenance. He placed his arm upon my
+shoulder, and emphatically pronounced one expressive English word
+I had taught him—<span class="tei tei-q">“Home.”</span> I at once understood what he meant,
+and eagerly expressed my thanks to him. Fayaway and Kory-Kory
+were by his side, both weeping violently; and it was not until the old
+man had twice repeated the command that his son could bring himself
+to obey him, and take me again upon his back. The one-eyed chief
+opposed his doing so, but he was overruled, and, as it seemed to me,
+by some of his own party.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+We proceeded onwards, and never shall I forget the ecstacy I felt
+when I first heard the roar of the surf breaking upon the beach. Before
+long, I saw the flashing billows themselves through the opening
+between the trees. Oh! glorious sight and sound of ocean! with what
+rapture did I hail you as familiar friends. By this time the shouts
+of the crowd upon the beach were distinctly audible, and in the blended
+confusion of sounds I almost fancied I could distinguish the voices
+of my own countrymen.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+When we reached the open space which lay between the groves and
+the sea, the first object that met my view was an English whale-boat,
+lying with her bow pointed from the shore, and only a few fathoms
+distant from it. It was manned by five islanders, dressed in short
+tunics of calico. My first impression was that they were in the very
+act of pulling out from the bay; and that, after all my exertions, I
+had come too late. My soul sunk within me: but a second glance convinced
+me that the boat was only hanging off to keep out of the surf;
+and the next moment I heard my own name shouted out by a voice
+from the midst of the crowd.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Looking in the direction of the sound, I perceived, to my indescribable
+joy, the tall figure of Karakoee, an Oahu Kannaka, who had
+often been aboard the <span class="tei tei-name"><span style="font-style: italic">Dolly</span></span> while she lay in Nukuheva. He wore
+the green shooting-jacket, with gilt buttons, which had been given to
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page265">[pg 265]</span><a name="Pg265" id="Pg265" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>him by an officer of the <span class="tei tei-name"><span style="font-style: italic">Reine Blanche</span></span>—the French flag-ship—and in
+which I had always seen him dressed. I now remembered the Kannaka
+had frequently told me that his person was tabooed in all the valleys
+of the island, and the sight of him at such a moment as this filled my
+heart with a tumult of delight.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Karakoee stood near the edge of the water with a large roll of cotton-cloth
+thrown over one arm, and holding two or three canvas bags
+of powder, while with the other hand he grasped a musket, which he
+appeared to be proffering to several of the chiefs around him. But
+they turned with disgust from his offers, and seemed to be impatient
+at his presence, with vehement gestures waving him off to his boat,
+and commanding him to depart.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The Kannaka, however, still maintained his ground, and I at once
+perceived that he was seeking to purchase my freedom. Animated by
+the idea, I called upon him loudly to come to me; but he replied, in
+broken English, that the islanders had threatened to pierce him with
+their spears, if he stirred a foot towards me. At this time I was still
+advancing, surrounded by a dense throng of the natives, several of
+whom had their hands upon me, and more than one javelin was threateningly
+pointed at me. Still I perceived clearly that many of those
+least friendly towards me looked irresolute and anxious.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+I was still some thirty yards from Karakoee, when my farther progress
+was prevented by the natives, who compelled me to sit down upon
+the ground, while they still retained their hold upon my arms. The
+din and tumult now became tenfold, and I perceived that several of
+the priests were on the spot, all of whom were evidently urging Mow-Mow
+and the other chiefs to prevent my departure; and the detestable
+word—<span class="tei tei-q">“Roo-ne! Roo-ne!”</span> which I had heard repeated a thousand
+times during the day, was now shouted on every side of me. Still
+I saw that the Kannaka continued his exertions in my favour—that he
+was boldly debating the matter with the savages, and was striving
+to entice them by displaying his cloth and powder, and snapping the
+lock of his musket. But all he said or did appeared only to augment
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page266">[pg 266]</span><a name="Pg266" id="Pg266" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>the clamours of those around him, who seemed bent upon driving him
+into the sea.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+When I remembered the extravagant value placed by these people
+upon the articles which were offered to them in exchange for me, and
+which were so indignantly rejected, I saw a new proof of the same
+fixed determination of purpose they had all along manifested with regard
+to me, and in despair, and reckless of consequences, I exerted all
+my strength, and, shaking myself free from the grasp of those who
+held me, I sprang upon my feet and rushed towards Karakoee.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The rash attempt nearly decided my fate; for, fearful that I might
+slip from them, several of the islanders now raised a simultaneous shout,
+and pressing upon Karakoee, they menaced him with furious gestures,
+and actually forced him into the sea. Appalled at their violence, the
+poor fellow, standing nearly to the waist in the surf, endeavoured to
+pacify them; but at length, fearful that they would do him some fatal
+violence, he beckoned to his comrades to pull in at once, and take him
+into the boat.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+It was at this agonizing moment, when I thought all hope was
+ended, that a new contest arose between the two parties, who had accompanied
+me to the shore; blows were struck, wounds were given,
+and blood flowed. In the interest excited by the fray, every one had
+left me except Marheyo, Kory-Kory, and poor dear Fayaway, who
+clung to me, sobbing convulsively. I saw that now or never was the
+moment. Clasping my hands together, I looked imploringly at Marheyo,
+and moved towards the now almost deserted beach. The tears
+were in the old man’s eyes, but neither he nor Kory-Kory attempted
+to hold me, and I soon reached the Kannaka, who had anxiously watched
+my movements; the rowers pulled in as near as they dared to the
+edge of the surf; I gave one parting embrace to Fayaway, who seemed
+speechless with sorrow, and the next instant I found myself safe in
+the boat, and Karakoee by my side, who told the rowers at once to
+give way. Marheyo and Kory-Kory, and a great many of the women,
+followed me into the water, and I was determined, as the only mark
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page267">[pg 267]</span><a name="Pg267" id="Pg267" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>of gratitude I could show, to give them the articles which had been
+brought as my ransom. I handed the musket to Kory-Kory, in doing
+which he would fain have taken hold of me, threw the roll of cotton to
+old Marheyo, pointing as I did so to poor Fayaway, who had retired
+from the edge of the water, and was sitting down disconsolate on the
+beach, and tumbled the powder-bags out to the nearest young ladies,
+all of whom were vastly willing to take them. This distribution did
+not occupy ten seconds, and before it was over the boat was under full
+way, the Kannaka all the while exclaiming loudly against what he
+considered a useless throwing away of valuable property.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Although it was clear that my movements had been noticed by several
+of the natives, still they had not suspended the conflict in which
+they were engaged, and it was not until the boat was above fifty yards
+from the shore, that Mow-Mow and some six or seven other warriors
+rushed into the sea and hurled their javelins at us. Some of the weapons
+passed quite as close to us as was desirable, but no one was wounded,
+and the men pulled away gallantly. But although soon out of the reach
+of the spears, our progress was extremely slow; it blew strong upon the
+shore, and the tide was against us; and I saw Karakoee, who was
+steering the boat, give many a look towards a jutting point of the bay
+round which we had to pass.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+For a minute or two after our departure, the savages, who had formed
+into different groups, remained perfectly motionless and silent. All
+at once the enraged chief showed by his gestures that he had resolved
+what course he would take. Shouting loudly to his companions, and
+pointing with his tomahawk towards the headland, he set off at full
+speed in that direction, and was followed by about thirty of the natives,
+among whom were several of the priests, all yelling out, <span class="tei tei-q">“Roo-ne!
+Roo-ne!”</span> at the very top of their voices. Their intention was evidently
+to swim off from the headland and intercept us in our course. The
+wind was freshening every minute, and was right in our teeth, and it
+was one of those chopping, angry seas, in which it is so difficult to
+row. Still the chances seemed in our favour, but when we came within
+a hundred yards of the point, the active savages were already dashing
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page268">[pg 268]</span><a name="Pg268" id="Pg268" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>into the water, and we all feared that within five minutes’ time we
+should have a score of the infuriated wretches around us. If so our
+doom was sealed, for these savages, unlike the feeble swimmers of
+civilized countries, are, if anything, more formidable antagonists in
+the water than when on the land. It was all a trial of strength; our
+natives pulled till their oars bent again, and the crowd of swimmers
+shot through the water, despite its roughness, with fearful rapidity.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+By the time we had reached the headland, the savages were spread
+right across our course. Our rowers got out their knives and held
+them ready between their teeth, and I seized the boat-hook. We were
+all aware that if they succeeded in intercepting us, they would practise
+upon us the manœuvre which proved so fatal to many a boat’s
+crew in these seas. They would grapple the oars, and, seizing hold of
+the gunwale, capsize the boat, and then we should be entirely at their
+mercy.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+After a few breathless moments I discerned Mow-Mow. The athletic
+islander, with his tomahawk between his teeth, was dashing the
+water before him till it foamed again. He was the nearest to us, and
+in another instant he would have seized one of the oars. Even at
+the moment I felt horror at the act I was about to commit; but it was
+no time for pity or compunction, and with true aim, and exerting all
+my strength, I dashed the boat-hook at him. It struck him just below
+the throat, and forced him downwards. I had no time to repeat the
+blow, but I saw him rise to the surface in the wake of the boat, and
+never shall I forget the ferocious expression of his countenance.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Only one other of the savages reached the boat. He seized the
+gunwale, but the knives of our rowers so mauled his wrists that he was
+forced to quit his hold, and the next minute we were past them all, and
+in safety. The strong excitement which had thus far kept me up, now
+left me, and I fell back fainting into the arms of Karakoee.
+</p>
+
+<div class="tei tei-tb">* * * * * * * * * * </div>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The circumstances connected with my most unexpected escape may be
+very briefly stated. The captain of an Australian vessel being in
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page269">[pg 269]</span><a name="Pg269" id="Pg269" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>distress for men in these remote seas, had put into Nukuheva in order
+to recruit his ship’s company, but not a single man was to be obtained;
+and the barque was about to get under weigh, when she was boarded
+by Karakoee, who informed the disappointed Englishman that an
+American sailor was detained by the savages in the neighbouring bay
+of Typee; and he offered, if supplied with suitable articles of traffic,
+to undertake his release. The Kannaka had gained his intelligence
+from Marnoo, to whom, after all, I was indebted for my escape. The
+proposition was acceded to; and Karakoee, taking with him five tabooed
+natives of Nukuheva, again repaired aboard the barque, which
+in a few hours sailed to that part of the island, and threw her main-top-sail
+aback right off the entrance to the Typee bay. The whale-boat,
+manned by the tabooed crew, pulled towards the head of the
+inlet, while the ship lay <span class="tei tei-q">“off and on”</span> awaiting its return.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The events which ensued have already been detailed, and little more
+remains to be related. On reaching the <span class="tei tei-name"><span style="font-style: italic">Julia</span></span>, I was lifted over the
+side, and my strange appearance, and remarkable adventure, occasioned
+the liveliest interest. Every attention was bestowed upon me that
+humanity could suggest; but to such a state was I reduced, that three
+months elapsed before I recovered my health.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The mystery which hung over the fate of my friend and companion,
+Toby, has never been cleared up. I still remain ignorant whether he
+succeeded in leaving the valley, or perished at the hands of the islanders.
+</p>
+</div>
+<hr class="page" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page270">[pg 270]</span><a name="Pg270" id="Pg270" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<a name="toc70" id="toc70"></a><a name="pdf71" id="pdf71"></a>
+<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">SEQUEL</span></h2>
+
+<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">CONTAINING</span></h2>
+
+<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">THE STORY OF TOBY</span></h2>
+
+<div class="block tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em">
+<span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-size: 90%; font-variant: small-caps">Note.</span></span><span style="font-size: 90%">—The Author of </span><span class="tei tei-q"><span style="font-size: 90%">“</span><span style="font-size: 90%">Typee</span><span style="font-size: 90%">”</span></span><span style="font-size: 90%"> was more than two years in the South Seas,
+after escaping from the valley, as recounted in the last chapter. Some time
+after returning home the foregoing narrative was published, though it was
+little thought at the time that this would be the means of revealing the
+existence of Toby, who had long been given up for lost. But so it proved.
+The story of his escape supplies a natural sequel to the adventure, and as
+such it is now added to the volume. It was related to the Author by Toby
+himself.
+</span></div>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The morning my comrade left me, as related in the narrative, he
+was accompanied by a large party of the natives, some of them carrying
+fruit and hogs for the purposes of traffic, as the report had spread
+that boats had touched at the bay.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+As they proceeded through the settled parts of the valley, numbers
+joined them from every side, running with animated cries from every
+pathway. So excited were the whole party, that, eager as Toby was
+to gain the beach, it was almost as much as he could do to keep up
+with them. Making the valley ring with their shouts, they hurried
+along on a swift trot, those in advance pausing now and then, and
+flourishing their weapons to urge the rest forward.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Presently they came to a place where the path crossed a bend of
+the main stream of the valley. Here a strange sound came through the
+grove beyond, and the islanders halted. It was Mow-Mow, the one-eyed
+chief, who had gone on before; he was striking his heavy lance
+against the hollow bough of a tree.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+This was a signal of alarm;—for nothing was now heard but
+shouts of <span class="tei tei-q">“Happar! Happar!”</span>—the warriors tilting with their spears
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page271">[pg 271]</span><a name="Pg271" id="Pg271" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>and brandishing them in the air, and the women and boys shouting
+to each other, and picking up the stones in the bed of the stream. In
+a moment or two Mow-Mow and two or three other chiefs ran out from
+the grove, and the din increased tenfold.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Now, thought Toby, for a fray; and being unarmed, he besought
+one of the young men domiciled with Marheyo for the loan of his
+spear. But he was refused; the youth roguishly telling him, that the
+weapon was very good for him (the Typee), but that a white man
+could fight much better with his fists.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The merry humour of this young wag seemed to be shared by the
+rest, for in spite of their warlike cries and gestures, everybody was
+capering about and laughing, as if it was one of the funniest things in
+the world to be awaiting the flight of a score or two of Happar javelins
+from an ambush in the thickets.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+While my comrade was in vain trying to make out the meaning of
+all this, a good number of the natives separated themselves from the
+rest and ran off into the grove on one side, the others now keeping
+perfectly still, as if awaiting the result. After a little while, however,
+Mow-Mow, who stood in advance, motioned them to come on stealthily,
+which they did, scarcely rustling a leaf. Thus they crept along for
+ten or fifteen minutes, every now and then pausing to listen.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Toby by no means relished this sort of skulking; if there was going
+to be a fight he wanted it to begin at once. But all in good time,—for
+just then, as they went prowling into the thickest of the wood, terrific
+howls burst upon them on all sides, and volleys of darts and stones
+flew across the path. Not an enemy was to be seen, and what was
+still more surprising, not a single man dropped, though the pebbles
+fell among the leaves like hail.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+There was a moment’s pause, when the Typees, with wild shrieks,
+flung themselves into the covert, spear in hand; nor was Toby behind-hand.
+Coming so near getting his skull broken by the stones, and
+animated by an old grudge he bore the Happars, he was among the
+first to dash at them. As he broke his way through the underbush,
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page272">[pg 272]</span><a name="Pg272" id="Pg272" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>trying, as he did so, to wrest a spear from a young chief, the shouts
+of battle all of a sudden ceased, and the wood was as still as death.
+The next moment, the party who had left them so mysteriously rushed
+out from behind every bush and tree, and united with the rest in long
+and merry peals of laughter.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+It was all a sham, and Toby, who was quite out of breath with
+excitement, was much incensed at being made a fool of.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+It afterwards turned out that the whole affair had been concerted
+for his particular benefit, though with what precise view it would be
+hard to tell. My comrade was the more enraged at this boy’s play,
+since it had consumed so much time, every moment of which might
+be precious. Perhaps, however, it was partly intended for this very
+purpose; and he was led to think so, because, when the natives started
+again, he observed that they did not seem to be in so great a hurry as
+before. At last, after they had gone some distance, Toby, thinking all
+the while that they never would get to the sea, two men came running towards
+them, and a regular halt ensued, followed by a noisy discussion,
+during which Toby’s name was often repeated. All this made him
+more and more anxious to learn what was going on at the beach; but
+it was in vain that he now tried to push forward; the natives held
+him back.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+In a few moments the conference ended, and many of them ran
+down the path in the direction of the water, the rest surrounding
+Toby, and entreating him to <span class="tei tei-q">“Moee,”</span> or sit down and rest himself.
+As an additional inducement, several calabashes of food, which had
+been brought along, were now placed on the ground, and opened, and
+pipes also were lighted. Toby bridled his impatience awhile, but at
+last sprang to his feet and dashed forward again. He was soon overtaken
+nevertheless, and again surrounded, but without further detention
+was then permitted to go down to the sea.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+They came out on a bright green space between the groves and
+the water, and close under the shadow of the Happar mountain, where
+a path was seen, winding out of sight through a gorge.
+</p>
+
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page273">[pg 273]</span><a name="Pg273" id="Pg273" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+No sign of a boat, however, was beheld; nothing but a <a name="corr273" id="corr273" class="tei tei-anchor"></a><span class="tei tei-corr">tumultuous</span>
+crowd of men and women, and some one in their midst, earnestly talking
+to them. As my comrade advanced, this person came forward, and
+proved to be no stranger. He was an old grizzled sailor, whom Toby
+and myself had frequently seen in Nukuheva, where he lived an easy,
+devil-may-care life, in the household of Mowanna the king, going by the
+name of <span class="tei tei-q">“Jimmy.”</span> In fact, he was the royal favourite, and had a
+good deal to say in his master’s councils. He wore a Manilla hat, and
+a sort of tappa morning gown, sufficiently loose and negligent to show
+the verse of a song tattooed upon his chest, and a variety of spirited
+cuts by native artists in other parts of his body. He sported a fishing-rod
+in his hand, and carried a sooty old pipe slung about his neck.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+This old rover having retired from active life, had resided in Nukuheva
+some time—he could speak the language, and for that reason
+was frequently employed by the French as an interpreter. He was an
+arrant old gossip, too; for ever coming off in his canoe to the ships
+in the bay, and regaling their crews with choice little morsels of court
+scandal—such, for instance, as a shameful intrigue of his majesty
+with a Happar damsel, a public dancer at the feasts—and otherwise
+relating some incredible tales about the Marquesas generally. I remember,
+in particular, his telling the <span class="tei tei-name"><span style="font-style: italic">Dolly’s</span></span> crew what proved to be
+literally a cock-and-bull story, about two natural prodigies, which he
+said were then on the island. One was an old monster of a hermit,
+having a marvellous reputation for sanctity, and reputed a famous
+sorcerer, who lived away off in a den among the mountains, where he
+hid from the world a great pair of horns that grew out of his temples.
+Notwithstanding his reputation for piety, his horrid old fellow was the
+terror of all the island round, being reported to come out from his
+retreat, and go a man-hunting every dark night. Some anonymous
+Paul Pry, too, coming down the mountain, once got a peep at his
+den, and found it full of bones. In short, he was a most unheard-of
+monster.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The other prodigy Jimmy told us about, was the younger son of a
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page274">[pg 274]</span><a name="Pg274" id="Pg274" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>chief, who, although but just turned of ten, had entered upon holy
+orders, because his superstitious countrymen thought him especially
+intended for the priesthood, from the fact of his having a comb on his
+head like a rooster. But this was not all: for, still more wonderful
+to relate, the boy prided himself upon this strange crest, being actually
+endowed with a cock’s voice, and frequently crowing over his peculiarity.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+But to return to Toby. The moment he saw the old rover on the
+beach, he ran up to him, the natives following after, and forming a
+circle round them.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+After welcoming him to the shore, Jimmy went on to tell him how
+that he knew all about our having run away from the ship, and being
+among the Typees, indeed, he had been urged by Mowanna to come
+over to the valley, and, after visiting his friends there, to bring us back
+with him, his royal master being exceedingly anxious to share with
+him the reward which had been held out for our capture. He, however,
+assured Toby that he had indignantly spurned the offer.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+All this astonished my comrade not a little, as neither of us had
+entertained the least idea that any white man ever visited the Typees
+sociably. But Jimmy told him that such was the case, nevertheless,
+although he seldom came into the bay, and scarcely ever went back from
+the beach. One of the priests of the valley, in some way or other
+connected with an old tattooed divine in Nukuheva, was a friend of
+his, and through him he was <span class="tei tei-q">“taboo.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+He said, moreover, that he was sometimes employed to come round
+to the bay, and engage fruit for ships lying in Nukuheva. In fact,
+he was now on that very errand, according to his own account, having
+just come across the mountains by the way of Happar. By noon of
+the next day, the fruit would be heaped up in stacks on the beach,
+in readiness for the boats, which he then intended to bring into the bay.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Jimmy now asked Toby whether he wished to leave the island—if
+he did, there was a ship in want of men, lying in the other harbour,
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page275">[pg 275]</span><a name="Pg275" id="Pg275" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>and he would be glad to take him over, and see him on board that
+very day.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“No,”</span> said Toby; <span class="tei tei-q">“I cannot leave the island, unless my comrade
+goes with me. I left him up the valley because they would not let him
+come down. Let us go now and fetch him.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“But how is he to cross the mountain with us,”</span> replied Jimmy,
+<span class="tei tei-q">“even if we get him down to the beach? Better let him stay till
+to-morrow, and I will bring him round to Nukuheva in the boats.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“That will never do,”</span> said Toby; <span class="tei tei-q">“but come along with me now,
+and let us get him down here at any rate”</span>; and yielding to the impulse
+of the moment, he started to hurry back into the valley. But
+hardly was his back turned, when a dozen hands were laid on him,
+and he learned that he could not go a step farther.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+It was in vain that he fought with them: they would not hear of
+his stirring from the beach. Cut to the heart at this unexpected repulse,
+Toby now conjured the sailor to go after me alone. But Jimmy
+replied, that in the mood the Typees then were, they would not permit
+him to do so, though, at the same time, he was not afraid of their
+offering him any harm.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Little did Toby then think, as he afterwards had good reason to
+suspect, that this very Jimmy was a heartless villain, who, by his
+arts, had just incited the natives to restrain him, as he was in the
+act of going after me. Well must the old sailor have known, too,
+that the natives would never consent to our leaving together; and he
+therefore wanted to get Toby off alone, for a purpose which he afterwards
+made plain. Of all this, however, my comrade now knew
+nothing.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+He was still struggling with the islanders, when Jimmy again came
+up to him, and warned him against irritating them, saying that he
+was only making matters worse for both of us, and if they became
+enraged, there was no telling what might happen. At last he made
+Toby sit down on a broken canoe, by a pile of stones, upon which was
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page276">[pg 276]</span><a name="Pg276" id="Pg276" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>a ruinous little shrine, supported by four upright paddles, and in
+front partly screened by a net. The fishing parties met there, when
+they came in from the sea, for their offerings were laid before an
+image, upon a smooth black stone within. This spot, Jimmy said,
+was strictly <span class="tei tei-q">“taboo,”</span> and no one would molest or come near him while
+he stayed by its shadow. The old sailor then went off, and began
+speaking very earnestly to Mow-Mow and some other chiefs, while all
+the rest formed a circle round the taboo place, looking intently at
+Toby, and talking to each other without ceasing.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Now, notwithstanding what Jimmy had just told him, there presently
+came up to my comrade an old woman, who seated herself
+beside him on the canoe.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Typee Mortarkee?”</span> said she. <span class="tei tei-q">“Mortarkee muee,”</span> said Toby.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+She then asked whether he was going to Nukuheva; he nodded
+yes; and with a plaintive wail, her eyes filling with tears, she rose
+and left him.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+This old woman, the sailor afterwards said, was the wife of an aged
+king of a small inland valley, communicating by a deep pass with the
+country of the Typees. The inmates of the two valleys were related
+to each other by blood, and were known by the same name. The old
+woman had gone down into the Typee valley the day before, and was
+now, with three chiefs, her sons, on a visit to her kinsmen.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+As the old king’s wife left him, Jimmy again came up to Toby, and
+told him that he had just talked the whole matter over with the natives,
+and there was only one course for him to follow. They would not
+allow him to go back into the valley, and harm would certainly come
+to both him and me, if he remained much longer on the beach. <span class="tei tei-q">“So,”</span>
+said he, <span class="tei tei-q">“you and I had better go to Nukuheva now overland, and to-morrow
+I will bring Tommo, as they call him, by water; they have
+promised to carry him down to the sea for me early in the morning,
+so that there will be no delay.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“No, no,”</span> said Toby desperately, <span class="tei tei-q">“I will not leave him that way;
+we must escape together.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page277">[pg 277]</span><a name="Pg277" id="Pg277" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Then there is no hope for you,”</span> exclaimed the sailor, <span class="tei tei-q">“for if I
+leave you here on the beach, as soon as I am gone you will be carried
+back into the valley, and then neither of you will ever look upon the
+sea again.”</span> And with many oaths he swore that if he would only go
+to Nukuheva with him that day, he would be sure to have me there
+the very next morning.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“But how do you know they will bring him down to the beach to-morrow,
+when they will not do so to-day?”</span> said Toby. But the sailor
+had many reasons, all of which were so mixed up with the mysterious
+customs of the islanders, that he was none the wiser. Indeed, their
+conduct, especially in preventing him from returning into the valley,
+was absolutely unaccountable to him; and added to everything else
+was the bitter reflection, that the old sailor, after all, might possibly
+be deceiving him. And then again he had to think of me, left alone
+with the natives, and by no means well. If he went with Jimmy, he
+might at least hope to procure some relief for me. But might not the
+savages who had acted so strangely, hurry me off somewhere before
+his return? Then, even if he remained, perhaps they would not let
+him go back to the valley where I was.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Thus perplexed was my poor comrade; he knew not what to do, and
+his courageous spirit was of no use to him now. There he was, all by
+himself, seated upon the broken canoe—the natives grouped around him
+at a distance, and eyeing him more and more fixedly.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“It is getting late,”</span> said Jimmy, who was standing behind the rest.
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Nukuheva is far off, and I cannot cross the Happar country by night.
+You see how it is:—if you come along with me, all will be well; if you
+do not, depend upon it neither of you will ever escape.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“There is no help for it,”</span> said Toby, at last, with a heavy heart, <span class="tei tei-q">“I
+will have to trust you”</span>; and he came out from the shadow of the little
+shrine, and cast a long look up the valley.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Now keep close to my side,”</span> said the sailor, <span class="tei tei-q">“and let us be moving
+quickly.”</span> Tinor and Fayaway here appeared; the kind-hearted old
+woman embracing Toby’s knees, and giving way to a flood of tears;
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page278">[pg 278]</span><a name="Pg278" id="Pg278" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>while Fayaway, hardly less moved, spoke some few words of English
+she had learned, and held up three fingers before him—in so many days
+he would return.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+At last Jimmy pulled Toby out of the crowd, and after calling to
+a young Typee who was standing by with a young pig in his arms,
+all three started for the mountains.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“I have told them that you are coming back again,”</span> said the old
+fellow, laughing, as they began the ascent, <span class="tei tei-q">“but they’ll have to wait a
+long time.”</span> Toby turned, and saw the natives all in motion—the
+girls waving their tappas in adieu, and the men their spears. As the
+last figure entered the grove with one arm raised, and the three fingers
+spread, his heart smote him.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+As the natives had at last consented to his going, it might have
+been, that some of them, at least, really counted upon his speedy return;
+probably supposing, as indeed he had told them when they were coming
+down the valley, that his only object in leaving them was to procure
+the medicines I needed. This, Jimmy also must have told them.
+And as they had done before, when my comrade, to oblige me, started
+on his perilous journey to Nukuheva, they looked upon me, in his
+absence, as one of two inseparable friends who was a sure guarantee for
+the other’s return. This is only my own supposition, however, for as
+to all their strange conduct, it is still a mystery.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“You see what sort of a taboo man I am,”</span> said the sailor, after for
+some time silently following the path which led up the mountain.
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Mow-Mow made me a present of this pig here, and the man who
+carries it will go right through Happar, and down into Nukuheva
+with us. So long as he stays by me he is safe, and just so it will be
+with you, and to-morrow with Tommo. Cheer up, then, and rely
+upon me, you will see him in the morning.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The ascent of the mountain was not very difficult, owing to its being
+near to the sea, where the island ridges are comparatively low; the
+path, too, was a fine one, so that in a short time all three were standing
+on the summit with the two valleys at their feet. The white
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page279">[pg 279]</span><a name="Pg279" id="Pg279" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>cascades marking the green head of the Typee valley first caught
+Toby’s eye; Marheyo’s house could easily be traced by them.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+As Jimmy led the way along the ridge, Toby observed that the
+valley of the Happars did not extend near so far inland as that of the
+Typees. This accounted for our mistake in entering the latter valley
+as we had.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+A path leading down from the mountain was soon seen, and, following
+it, the party were in a short time fairly in the Happar valley.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-q">“Now,”</span> said Jimmy, as they hurried on, <span class="tei tei-q">“we taboo men have wives
+in all the bays, and I am going to show you the two I have here.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+So, when they came to the house where he said they lived—which
+was close by the base of the mountain, in a shady nook among the
+groves,—he went in, and was quite furious at finding it empty—the
+ladies had gone out. However, they soon made their appearance, and,
+to tell the truth, welcomed Jimmy quite cordially, as well as Toby,
+about whom they were very inquisitive. Nevertheless, as the report
+of their arrival spread, and the Happars began to assemble, it became
+evident that the appearance of a white stranger among them was not
+by any means deemed so wonderful an event as in the neighbouring
+valley.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The old sailor bade his wives prepare something to eat, as he
+must be in Nukuheva before dark. A meal of fish, bread-fruit, and
+bananas, was accordingly served up, the party regaling themselves on
+the mats, in the midst of a numerous company.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The Happars put many questions to Jimmy about Toby; and
+Toby himself looked sharply at them, anxious to recognise the fellow
+who gave him the wound from which he was still suffering. But this
+fiery gentleman, so handy with his spear, had the delicacy, it seemed,
+to keep out of view. Certainly the sight of him would not have been
+any added inducement to making him stay in the valley,—some of the
+afternoon loungers in Happar having politely urged Toby to spend a
+few days with them,—there was a feast coming on. He, however,
+declined.
+</p>
+
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page280">[pg 280]</span><a name="Pg280" id="Pg280" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+All this while the young Typee stuck to Jimmy like his shadow, and
+though as lively a dog as any of his tribe, he was now as meek as a
+lamb, never opening his mouth except to eat. Although some of the
+Happars looked queerly at him, others were more civil, and seemed
+desirous of taking him abroad and showing him the valley. But the
+Typee was not to be cajoled in that way. How many yards he would
+have to remove from Jimmy before the taboo would be powerless, it
+would be hard to tell, but probably he himself knew to a fraction.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+On the promise of a red cotton handkerchief, and something else
+which he kept secret, this poor fellow had undertaken a rather ticklish
+journey, though, as far as Toby could ascertain, it was something that
+had never happened before.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The island-punch—arva—was brought in at the conclusion of the repast,
+and passed round in a shallow calabash.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Now my comrade, while seated in the Happar house, began to feel
+more troubled than ever at leaving me: indeed, so sad did he feel that
+he talked about going back to the valley, and wanted Jimmy to escort
+him as far as the mountains. But the sailor would not listen to him,
+and, by way of diverting his thoughts, pressed him to drink of the
+arva. Knowing its narcotic nature, he refused; but Jimmy said he
+would have something mixed with it, which would convert it into an
+innocent beverage that would inspirit them for the rest of their journey.
+So at last he was induced to drink of it, and its effects were just as
+the sailor had predicted; his spirits rose at once, and all his gloomy
+thoughts left him.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The old rover now began to reveal his true character, though he was
+hardly suspected at the time. <span class="tei tei-q">“If I get you off to a ship,”</span> said he,
+<span class="tei tei-q">“you will surely give a poor fellow something for saving you.”</span> In
+short, before they left the house, he made Toby promise that he would
+give him five Spanish dollars if he succeeded in getting any part of his
+wages advanced from the vessel, aboard of which they were going;
+Toby, moreover, engaging to reward him still farther, as soon as my
+deliverance was accomplished.
+</p>
+
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page281">[pg 281]</span><a name="Pg281" id="Pg281" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+A little while after this they started again, accompanied by many
+of the natives, and going up the valley, took a steep path near its head,
+which led to Nukuheva. Here the Happars paused, and watched them
+as they ascended the mountain, one group of bandit-looking fellows
+shaking their spears and casting threatening glances at the poor Typee,
+whose heart as well as heels seemed much the lighter when he came to
+look down upon them.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+On gaining the heights once more, their way led for a time along
+several ridges covered with enormous ferns. At last they entered upon
+a wooded tract, and here they overtook a party of Nukuheva natives,
+well armed, and carrying bundles of long poles. Jimmy seemed to
+know them all very well, and stopped for awhile, and had a talk about
+the <span class="tei tei-q">“Wee-Wees,”</span> as the people of Nukuheva call the Monsieurs.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The party with the poles were King Mowanna’s men, and by his
+orders they had been gathering them in the ravines for his allies, the
+French.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Leaving these fellows to trudge on with their loads, Toby and his
+companions now pushed forward again, as the sun was already low in
+the west. They came upon the valleys of Nukuheva on one side
+of the bay, where the highlands slope off into the sea. The men-of-war
+were still lying in the harbour, and as Toby looked down upon
+them, the strange events which had happened so recently seemed all
+a dream.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+They soon descended towards the beach, and found themselves in
+Jimmy’s house before it was well dark. Here he received another
+welcome from his Nukuheva wives, and after some refreshments in
+the shape of cocoa-nut milk and poee-poee, they entered a canoe (the
+Typee, of <a name="corr281" id="corr281" class="tei tei-anchor"></a><span class="tei tei-corr">course,</span> going along) and paddled off to a whale-ship which
+was anchored near the shore. This was the vessel in want of men. Our
+own had sailed some time before. The captain professed great pleasure
+at seeing Toby, but thought from his exhausted appearance that
+he must be unfit for duty. However, he agreed to ship him, as well
+as his comrade as soon as he should arrive.
+</p>
+
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page282">[pg 282]</span><a name="Pg282" id="Pg282" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Toby begged hard for an armed boat, in which to go round to Typee
+and rescue me, notwithstanding the promise of Jimmy. But this the
+captain would not hear of, and told him to have patience, for the sailor
+would be faithful to his word. When, too, he demanded the five
+silver dollars for Jimmy, the captain was unwilling to give them.
+But Toby insisted upon it, as he now began to think that Jimmy
+might be a mere mercenary, who would be sure to prove faithless if not
+well paid. Accordingly he not only gave him the money, but took
+care to assure him, over and over again, that as soon as he brought me
+aboard he would receive a still larger sum.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Before sunrise the next day, Jimmy and the Typee started in two
+of the ship’s boats, which were manned by tabooed natives. Toby, of
+course, was all eagerness to go along, but the sailor told him that if
+he did, it would spoil all; so, hard as it was, he was obliged to remain.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Towards evening he was on the watch, and descried the boats turning
+the headland and entering the bay. He strained his eyes, and thought
+he saw me; but I was not there. Descending from the mast almost
+distracted, he grappled Jimmy as he struck the deck, shouting in a
+voice that startled him, <span class="tei tei-q">“Where is Tommo?”</span> The old fellow faltered,
+but soon recovering, did all he could to soothe him, assuring him that
+it had proved to be impossible to get me down to the shore that morning;
+assigning many plausible reasons, and adding that early on the
+morrow he was going to visit the bay again in a French boat, when,
+if he did not find me on the beach—as this time he certainly expected to—he
+would march right back into the valley, and carry me away at all
+hazards. He, however, again refused to allow Toby to accompany
+him.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Now, situated as Toby was, his sole dependence for the present was
+upon Jimmy, and therefore he was fain to comfort himself as well as
+he could with what the old sailor told him.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The next morning, however, he had the satisfaction of seeing the
+French boat start with Jimmy in it. To-night, then, I will see him,
+thought Toby; but many a long day passed before he ever saw Tommo
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page283">[pg 283]</span><a name="Pg283" id="Pg283" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>again. Hardly was the boat out of sight, when the captain came forward
+and ordered the anchor weighed; he was going to sea.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Vain were all Toby’s ravings,—they were disregarded; and when he
+came to himself, the sails were set, and the ship fast leaving the land.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+... <span class="tei tei-q">“Oh! said he to me at our meeting, what sleepless nights were
+mine. Often I started from my hammock, dreaming you were before
+me, and upbraiding me for leaving you on the island.”</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+There is little more to be related. Toby left his vessel at New
+Zealand, and after some further adventures, arrived home in less
+than two years after leaving the Marquesas. He always thought of me
+as dead—and I had every reason to suppose that he, too, was no
+more; but a strange meeting was in store for us, which made Toby’s
+heart all the lighter.
+</p>
+
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page284">[pg 284]</span><a name="Pg284" id="Pg284" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+
+</div>
+</div>
+        <hr class="doublepage" /><div class="tei tei-back" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 6.00em">
+<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page285">[pg 285]</span><a name="Pg285" id="Pg285" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>
+<a name="toc72" id="toc72"></a><a name="pdf73" id="pdf73"></a>
+<h1 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 3.46em; margin-top: 3.46em"><span style="font-size: 173%">APPENDIX</span></h1>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The author of this volume arrived at Tahiti the very day that the iniquitous
+designs of the French were consummated by inducing the subordinate
+chiefs, during the absence of their queen, to ratify an artfully-drawn treaty,
+by which she was virtually deposed. Both menaces and caresses were employed
+on this occasion, and the 32-pounders which peeped out of the port-holes
+of the frigate were the principal arguments adduced to quiet the
+scruples of the more conscientious islanders.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+And yet this piratical seizure of Tahiti, with all the woe and desolation
+which resulted from it, created not half so great a sensation, at least in
+America, as was caused by the proceedings of the English at the Sandwich
+Islands. No transaction has ever been more grossly misrepresented than the
+events which occurred upon the arrival of Lord George Paulet at Oahu.
+During a residence of four months at Honolulu, the metropolis of the group,
+the author was in the confidence of an Englishman who was much employed
+by his lordship; and great was the author’s astonishment on his arrival at
+Boston, in the autumn of 1844, to read the distorted accounts and fabrications
+which had produced in the United States so violent an outbreak of
+indignation against the English. He deems it, therefore, a mere act of
+justice towards a gallant officer briefly to state the leading circumstances
+connected with the event in question.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+It is needless to rehearse all the abuse that for some time previous to the
+spring of 1843 had been heaped upon the British residents, especially upon
+Captain Charlton, Her Britannic Majesty’s consul-general, by the native
+authorities of the Sandwich Islands. High in the favour of the imbecile
+king at this time was one Dr. Judd, a sanctimonious apothecary-adventurer,
+who, with other kindred and influential spirits, were animated by an inveterate
+dislike to England. The ascendancy of a junta of ignorant and
+designing Methodist elders in the councils of a half-civilised king, ruling
+with absolute sway over a nation just poised between barbarism and civilisation,
+and exposed by the peculiarities of its relations with foreign states to
+unusual difficulties, was not precisely calculated to impart a healthy tone to
+the policy of the government.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+At last matters were brought to such an extremity, through the iniquitous
+maladministration of affairs, that the endurance of further insults and
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page286">[pg 286]</span><a name="Pg286" id="Pg286" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>injuries on the part of the British consul was no longer to be borne.
+Captain Charlton, insultingly forbidden to leave the islands, clandestinely
+withdrew, and arriving at Valparaiso, conferred with Rear-Admiral Thomas,
+the English commander-in-chief on the Pacific station. In consequence of
+this communication, Lord George Paulet was despatched by the admiral in
+the <span class="tei tei-name"><span style="font-style: italic">Carysfort</span></span> frigate, to inquire into and correct the alleged abuses. On
+arriving at his destination, he sent his first lieutenant ashore with a letter
+to the king, couched in terms of the utmost courtesy, and soliciting the
+honour of an audience. The messenger was denied access to His Majesty,
+and Paulet was coolly referred to Dr. Judd, and informed that the apothecary
+was invested with plenary powers to treat with him. Rejecting this
+insolent proposition, his lordship again addressed the king by letter, and
+renewed his previous request; but he encountered another repulse. Justly
+indignant at this treatment, he penned a third epistle, enumerating the
+grievances to be redressed, and demanding a compliance with his requisitions,
+under penalty of immediate hostilities.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The government was now obliged to act, and an artful stroke of policy
+was decided upon by the despicable councillors of the king to entrap the
+sympathies and rouse the indignation of Christendom. His Majesty was
+made to intimate to the British captain that he could not, as the conscientious
+ruler of his beloved people, comply with the arbitrary demands of his
+lordship, and in deprecation of the horrors of war, tendered to his
+acceptance the <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">provisional cession</span></span> of the islands, subject to the result of
+the negotiations then pending in London. Paulet, a bluff and straight-forward
+sailor, took the king at his word, and after some preliminary
+arrangements, entered upon the administration of Hawaiian affairs, in the
+same firm and benignant spirit which marked the discipline of his frigate,
+and which had rendered him the idol of his ship’s company. He soon
+endeared himself to nearly all orders of the islanders; but the king and the
+chiefs, whose feudal sway over the common people was laboriously sought
+to be perpetuated by their missionary advisers, regarded all his proceedings
+with the most vigilant animosity. Jealous of his growing popularity, and
+unable to counteract it, they endeavoured to assail his reputation abroad by
+ostentatiously protesting against his acts, and appealing in Oriental phrase
+to the <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">wide universe</span></span> to witness and compassionate their <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">unparalleled
+wrongs</span></span>.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Heedless of their idle clamours, Lord George Paulet addressed himself
+to the task of reconciling the differences among the foreign residents,
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page287">[pg 287]</span><a name="Pg287" id="Pg287" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>remedying their grievances, promoting their mercantile interests, and
+ameliorating, as far as lay in his power, the condition of the degraded
+natives. The iniquities he brought to light and instantly suppressed are
+too numerous to be here recorded; but one instance may be mentioned that
+will give some idea of the lamentable misrule to which these poor islanders
+are subjected.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+It is well known that the laws at the Sandwich Islands are subject to
+the most capricious alterations, which, by confounding all ideas of right
+and wrong in the minds of the natives, produce the most pernicious effects.
+In no case is this mischief more plainly descernible than in the continually
+shifting regulations concerning licentiousness. At one time the most
+innocent freedoms between the sexes are punished with fine and imprisonment;
+at another the revocation of the statute is followed by the most open
+and undisguised profligacy.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+It so happened that at the period of Paulet’s arrival the Connecticut
+blue laws had been for at least three weeks steadily enforced. In consequence
+of this, the fort at Honolulu was filled with a great number of
+young girls, who were confined there doing penance for their slips from
+virtue. Paulet, although at first unwilling to interfere with regulations
+having reference solely to the natives themselves, was eventually, by the
+prevalence of certain reports, induced to institute a strict inquiry into the
+internal administration of General Kekuanoa, governor of the island of
+Oahu, one of the pillars of the Hawaiian Church, and captain of the fort.
+He soon ascertained that numbers of the young females employed during
+the day at work intended for the benefit of the king, were at night
+smuggled over the ramparts of the fort—which on one side directly overhangs
+the sea—and were conveyed by stealth on board such vessels as had
+contracted with the General to be supplied with them. Before daybreak
+they returned to their quarters, and their own silence with regard to these
+secret excursions was purchased by a small portion of those wages of
+iniquity which were placed in the hands of Kekuanoa.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The vigour with which the laws concerning licentiousness were at that
+period enforced, enabled the General to monopolise in a great measure the
+detestable trade in which he was engaged, and there consequently flowed
+into his coffers—and some say into those of the government also—considerable
+sums of money. It is indeed a lamentable fact that the principal
+revenue of the Hawaiian government is derived from the fines levied upon,
+or rather the licences taken out by Vice, the prosperity of which is linked
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page288">[pg 288]</span><a name="Pg288" id="Pg288" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>with that of the government. Were the people to become virtuous the
+authorities would become poor; but from present indications there is little
+apprehension to be entertained on that score.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Some five months after the date of the cession, the <span class="tei tei-name"><span style="font-style: italic">Dublin</span></span> frigate, carrying
+the flag of Rear-Admiral Thomas, entered the harbour of Honolulu.
+The excitement that her sudden appearance produced on shore was prodigious.
+Three days after her arrival an English sailor hauled down the
+red cross which had been flying from the heights of the fort, and the
+Hawaiian colours were again displayed upon the same staff. At the same
+moment the long 42-pounders upon Punchbowl Hill opened their iron
+throats in triumphant reply to the thunders of the five men-of-war in the
+harbour; and King Kammahammaha III, surrounded by a splendid group
+of British and American officers, unfurled the royal standard to assembled
+thousands of his subjects, who, attracted by the imposing military display
+of the foreigners, had flocked to witness the formal restoration of the
+islands to their ancient rulers.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The admiral, after sanctioning the proceedings of his subaltern, had
+brought the authorities to terms; and so removed the necessity of acting
+any longer under the provisional cession.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The event was made an occasion of riotous rejoicing by the king and the
+principal chiefs, who easily secured a display of enthusiasm from the inferior
+orders, by remitting for a time the accustomed severity of the laws.
+Royal proclamations in English and Hawaiian were placarded in the streets
+of Honolulu, and posted up in the more populous villages of the group, in
+which His Majesty announced to his loving subjects the re-establishment of
+his throne, and called upon them to celebrate it by breaking through all
+moral, legal, and religious restraint for ten consecutive days, during which
+time all the laws of the land were solemnly declared to be suspended.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Who that happened to be at Honolulu during those ten memorable days
+will ever forget them! The spectacle of universal broad-day debauchery,
+which was then exhibited, beggars description. The natives of the surrounding
+islands flocked to Honolulu by hundreds, and the crews of two
+frigates, opportunely let loose like so many demons to swell the heathenish
+uproar, gave the crowning flourish to the scene. It was a sort of Polynesian
+saturnalia. Deeds too atrocious to be mentioned were done at noon-day
+in the open street, and some of the islanders, caught in the very act of
+stealing from the foreigners, were, on being taken to the fort by the
+aggrieved party, suffered immediately to go at large and to retain the stolen
+<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page289">[pg 289]</span><a name="Pg289" id="Pg289" class="tei tei-anchor"></a>property—Kekuanoa informing the white men, with a sardonic grin, that
+the laws were <span class="tei tei-q">“hannapa”</span> (tied up).
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+The history of these ten days reveals in their true colours the character
+of the Sandwich islanders, and furnishes an eloquent commentary on the
+results which have flowed from the labours of the missionaries. Freed
+from the restraint of severe penal laws, the natives almost to a man had
+plunged voluntarily into every species of wickedness and excess, and by
+their utter disregard of all decency plainly showed that, although they had
+been schooled into a seeming submission to the new order of things, they
+were in reality as depraved and vicious as ever.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+Such were the events which produced in America so general an outbreak
+of indignation against the spirited and high-minded Paulet. He is not
+the first man who, in the fearless discharge of his duty, has awakened the
+senseless clamours of those whose narrow-minded suspicions blind them to
+a proper appreciation of measures which unusual exigencies may have
+rendered necessary.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+It is almost needless to add that the British cabinet never had any idea
+of appropriating the islands; and it furnishes a sufficient vindication of
+the acts of Lord George Paulet, that he not only received the unqualified
+approbation of his own government, but that to this hour the great body
+of the Hawaiian people invoke blessings on his head, and look back with
+gratitude to the time when his liberal and paternal sway diffused peace and
+happiness among them.
+</p>
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"></p><div class="tei tei-figure" style="text-align: center"><img src="images/endpaperth.jpg" width="400" height="259" alt="Illustration" title="[Endpaper]" /><div class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 0.90em; margin-top: 0.90em"><a href="images/endpaper.jpg" class="tei tei-xref" style="text-align: center"><span style="font-size: 90%">[Endpaper]</span></a></div></div>
+
+</div>
+            <div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+            
+                
+                
+                    <hr class="doublepage" /><div id="footnotes" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em">
+                        <h1 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 3.46em; margin-top: 3.46em"><span style="font-size: 173%">Footnotes</span></h1>
+                        <dl class="tei tei-list-footnotes"><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_1" name="note_1" href="#noteref_1">1.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext"><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">The word <span class="tei tei-q">“kannaka”</span> is at the present day universally used in the South
+Seas by Europeans to designate the islanders. In the various dialects of
+the principal groups it is simply a sexual designation applied to the males;
+but it is now used by the natives in their intercourse with foreigners in the
+same sense in which the latter employ it.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">
+A <span class="tei tei-q">“tabooed kannaka”</span> is an islander whose person has been made, to a certain
+extent, sacred by the operation of a singular custom hereafter to be
+explained.</p></dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_2" name="note_2" href="#noteref_2">2.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">I presume this might be translated into <span class="tei tei-q">“Strong Waters.”</span> Arva is the
+name bestowed upon a root, the properties of which are both inebriating and
+medicinal. <span class="tei tei-q">“Wai”</span> is the Marquesan word for water.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_3" name="note_3" href="#noteref_3">3.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">White appears to be the sacred colour among the Marquesans.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_4" name="note_4" href="#noteref_4">4.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">The word <span class="tei tei-q">“Artua,”</span> although having some other significations, is in nearly
+all the Polynesian dialects used as the general designation of the gods.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_5" name="note_5" href="#noteref_5">5.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">The strict honesty which the inhabitants of nearly all the Polynesian
+Islands manifest towards each other, is in striking contrast with the thieving
+propensities some of them evince in their intercourse with foreigners. It
+would almost seem that, according to their peculiar code of morals, the pilfering
+of a hatchet or a wrought nail from a European is looked upon as a
+praiseworthy action. Or rather, it may be presumed, that bearing in mind
+the wholesale forays made upon them by their nautical visitors, they consider
+the property of the latter as a fair object of reprisal. This consideration,
+while it serves to reconcile an apparent contradiction in the moral character
+of the islanders, should in some measure alter that low opinion of it which
+the reader of South Sea voyages is too apt to form.</dd></dl>
+                    </div>
+                
+            
+            </div>
+<hr class="doublepage" /><div class="boxed tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+            <a name="pdf74" id="pdf74"></a>
+                <h1 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 3.46em; margin-top: 3.46em"><span style="font-size: 173%">Transcriber’s Note</span></h1>
+            
+                <p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">Obvious typographical errors were corrected:</p>
+                <table summary="This is a list." class="tei tei-list" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em; margin-top: 1.00em"><tbody><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item"><a href="#corrvi" class="tei tei-ref">page vi</a>, <span class="tei tei-q">“Mysterious”</span> changed to <span class="tei tei-q">“mysterious”</span></td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item"><a href="#corr002" class="tei tei-ref">page 2</a>, <span class="tei tei-q">“attentuated”</span> changed to <span class="tei tei-q">“attenuated”</span></td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item"><a href="#corr003" class="tei tei-ref">page 3</a>, quote mark added after first <span class="tei tei-q">“Marquesas!”</span></td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item"><a href="#corr007" class="tei tei-ref">page 7</a>, double primes changed to primes in first coordinate</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item"><a href="#corr018" class="tei tei-ref">page 18</a>, <span class="tei tei-q">“coacoa-nut”</span> changed to <span class="tei tei-q">“cocoa-nut”</span></td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item"><a href="#corr023" class="tei tei-ref">page 23</a>, period changed to comma after <span class="tei tei-q">“home”</span></td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item"><a href="#corr026" class="tei tei-ref">page 26</a>, <span class="tei tei-q">“tatooed”</span> changed to <span class="tei tei-q">“tattooed”</span></td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item"><a href="#corr052" class="tei tei-ref">page 52</a>, <span class="tei tei-q">“Decend”</span> changed to <span class="tei tei-q">“Descend”</span></td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item"><a href="#corr062" class="tei tei-ref">page 62</a>, <span class="tei tei-q">“hairbreath”</span> changed to <span class="tei tei-q">“hairbreadth”</span></td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item"><a href="#corr066" class="tei tei-ref">page 66</a>, <span class="tei tei-q">“inceased”</span> changed to <span class="tei tei-q">“increased”</span></td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item"><a href="#corr089" class="tei tei-ref">page 89</a>, <span class="tei tei-q">“interwined”</span> changed to <span class="tei tei-q">“intertwined”</span></td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item"><a href="#corr112" class="tei tei-ref">page 112</a>, <span class="tei tei-q">“preverse”</span> changed to <span class="tei tei-q">“perverse”</span></td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item"><a href="#corr120" class="tei tei-ref">page 120</a>, <span class="tei tei-q">“kemp”</span> changed to <span class="tei tei-q">“kelp”</span></td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item"><a href="#corr123" class="tei tei-ref">page 123</a>, <span class="tei tei-q">“As”</span> changed to <span class="tei tei-q">“At”</span></td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item"><a href="#corr150" class="tei tei-ref">page 150</a>, period added after <span class="tei tei-q">“enemy”</span></td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item"><a href="#corr199" class="tei tei-ref">page 199</a>, <span class="tei tei-q">“Figneroa”</span> changed to <span class="tei tei-q">“Figueroa”</span></td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item"><a href="#corr242" class="tei tei-ref">page 242</a>, <span class="tei tei-q">“as”</span> changed to <span class="tei tei-q">“is”</span></td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item"><a href="#corr273" class="tei tei-ref">page 273</a>, <span class="tei tei-q">“tumultous”</span> changed to <span class="tei tei-q">“tumultuous”</span></td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item"><a href="#corr281" class="tei tei-ref">page 281</a>, comma added after <span class="tei tei-q">“course”</span></td></tr></tbody></table>
+    <p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">Spelling variations were not normalized (e. g. <span class="tei tei-q">“figure head”</span>, <span class="tei tei-q">“figure-head”</span> and <span class="tei tei-q">“figurehead”</span>,
+        <span class="tei tei-q">“forefinger”</span> and <span class="tei tei-q">“fore-finger”</span>, <span class="tei tei-q">“clamor”</span> and <span class="tei tei-q">“clamour”</span>, <span class="tei tei-q">“verd-antique”</span> and <span class="tei tei-q">“verde-antique”</span>,
+        <span class="tei tei-q">“incumbrances”</span> and <span class="tei tei-q">“encumber”</span>).</p>
+</div>
+<hr class="doublepage" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em">
+      <div id="pgfooter" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"><pre class="pre tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em">***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TYPEE***
+</pre><hr class="doublepage" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"><a name="rightpageheader75" id="rightpageheader75"></a><a name="pgtoc76" id="pgtoc76"></a><a name="pdf77" id="pdf77"></a><h1 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 3.46em; margin-top: 3.46em"><span style="font-size: 173%">Credits</span></h1><table summary="This is a list." class="tei tei-list" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em; margin-top: 1.00em"><tbody><tr><th class="tei tei-label tei-label-gloss">May 1, 2009  </th></tr><tr><td class="tei tei-item"><table summary="This is a list." class="tei tei-list" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em; margin-top: 1.00em"><tbody><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Project Gutenberg TEI edition 1</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item"><span class="tei tei-respStmt">
+                <span class="tei tei-resp">Produced by Juliet Sutherland and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net</span>
+            </span></td></tr></tbody></table></td></tr></tbody></table></div><hr class="doublepage" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"><a name="rightpageheader78" id="rightpageheader78"></a><a name="pgtoc79" id="pgtoc79"></a><a name="pdf80" id="pdf80"></a><h1 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 3.46em; margin-top: 3.46em"><span style="font-size: 173%">A Word from Project Gutenberg</span></h1><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">This file should be named 
+          28656-h.html or 
+          28656-h.zip.</p><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">This and all associated files of various formats will be found
+          in: 
+
+            <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/8/6/5/28656/" class="block tei tei-xref" style="margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><span style="font-size: 90%">http://www.gutenberg.org</span><span style="font-size: 90%">/dirs/2/8/6/5/28656/</span></a></p><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">Updated editions will replace the previous one — the old
+          editions will be renamed.</p><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">Creating the works from public domain print editions means that
+          no one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the
+          Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
+          States without permission and without paying copyright royalties.
+          Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this
+          license, apply to copying and distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works
+          to protect the Project Gutenberg™ concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered
+          trademark, and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks,
+          unless you receive specific permission. If you do not charge
+          anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the rules is
+          very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as
+          creation of derivative works, reports, performances and research.
+          They may be modified and printed and given away — you may do
+          practically <em class="tei tei-emph"><span style="font-style: italic">anything</span></em> with public domain eBooks.
+          Redistribution is subject to the trademark license, especially
+          commercial redistribution.</p></div><hr class="page" /><div id="pglicense" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"><a name="rightpageheader81" id="rightpageheader81"></a><a name="pgtoc82" id="pgtoc82"></a><a name="pdf83" id="pdf83"></a><h1 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 3.46em; margin-top: 3.46em"><span style="font-size: 173%">The Full Project Gutenberg License</span></h1><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"><em class="tei tei-emph"><span style="font-style: italic">Please read this before you distribute or use this
+          work.</span></em></p><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free
+          distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing
+          this work (or any other work associated in any way with the
+          phrase <span class="tei tei-q">“Project Gutenberg”</span>), you agree to comply with all the terms
+          of the Full Project Gutenberg™ License (<a href="#pglicense" class="tei tei-ref">available with this file</a> or online
+          at <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/license" class="tei tei-xref">http://www.gutenberg.org/license</a>).</p><div id="pglicense1" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">Section 1.</span></h2><h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">General Terms of Use &amp; Redistributing Project Gutenberg™
+            electronic works</span></h2><div id="pglicense1A" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">1.A.</span></h3><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg™ electronic
+              work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+              and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual
+              property (trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree
+              to abide by all the terms of this agreement, you must cease
+              using and return or destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic
+              works in your possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a
+              copy of or access to a Project Gutenberg™ electronic work and you do not
+              agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement, you may
+              obtain a refund from the person or entity to whom you paid the
+              fee as set forth in paragraph <a href="#pglicense1E8" class="tei tei-ref">1.E.8.</a></p></div><div id="pglicense1B" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">1.B.</span></h3><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"><span class="tei tei-q">“Project Gutenberg”</span> is a registered trademark. It may only be used on or
+              associated in any way with an electronic work by people who agree to be
+              bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few things that you
+              can do with most Project Gutenberg™ electronic works even without complying with the
+              full terms of this agreement. See paragraph <a href="#pglicense1C" class="tei tei-ref">1.C</a> below. There are a lot of things you can
+              do with Project Gutenberg™ electronic works if you follow the terms of this
+              agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg™ electronic
+              works. See paragraph <a href="#pglicense1E" class="tei tei-ref">1.E</a> below.</p></div><div id="pglicense1C" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">1.C.</span></h3><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (<span class="tei tei-q">“the Foundation”</span> or PGLAF), owns a compilation
+              copyright in the collection of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works. Nearly all the
+              individual works in the collection are in the public domain in the
+              United States. If an individual work is in the public domain in the
+              United States and you are located in the United States, we do not claim
+              a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
+              displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as all
+              references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support
+              the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+              freely sharing Project Gutenberg™ works in compliance with the terms of this
+              agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg™ name associated with the work. You can
+              easily comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in
+              the same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg™ License when you share it
+              without charge with others.</p></div><div id="pglicense1D" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">1.D.</span></h3><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+              what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+              a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+              the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+              before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+              creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project Gutenberg™ work.
+              The Foundation makes no representations concerning the copyright status
+              of any work in any country outside the United States.</p></div><div id="pglicense1E" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">1.E.</span></h3><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:</p><div id="pglicense1E1" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">1.E.1.</h4><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+                access to, the full Project Gutenberg™ License must appear prominently whenever any
+                copy of a Project Gutenberg™ work (any work on which the phrase <span class="tei tei-q">“Project Gutenberg”</span>
+                appears, or with which the phrase <span class="tei tei-q">“Project Gutenberg”</span> is associated) is
+                accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
+
+                    </p><div class="block tei tei-q" style="margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 0.90em"><span style="font-size: 90%">This eBook is for the use of
+                    anyone anywhere at no cost and with almost no
+                    restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it
+                    away or re-use it under the terms of the Project
+                    Gutenberg License included with this eBook or
+                    online at </span><a href="http://www.gutenberg.org" class="tei tei-xref"><span style="font-size: 90%">http://www.gutenberg.org</span></a></p></div></div><div id="pglicense1E2" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">1.E.2.</h4><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is derived from the public
+                domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is posted with
+                permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied and
+                distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees or
+                charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work with
+                the phrase <span class="tei tei-q">“Project Gutenberg”</span> associated with or appearing on the work, you
+                must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs <a href="#pglicense1E1" class="tei tei-ref">1.E.1</a> through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for
+                the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg™ trademark as set forth in paragraphs
+                <a href="#pglicense1E8" class="tei tei-ref">1.E.8</a> or 1.E.9.</p></div><div id="pglicense1E3" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">1.E.3.</h4><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is posted with the permission
+                of the copyright holder, your use and distribution must comply with both
+                paragraphs <a href="#pglicense1E1" class="tei tei-ref">1.E.1</a> through 1.E.7 and any
+                additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will
+                be linked to the Project Gutenberg™ License for all works posted with the permission
+                of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.</p></div><div id="pglicense1E4" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">1.E.4.</h4><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg™ License terms from
+                this work, or any files containing a part of this work or any other work
+                associated with Project Gutenberg™.</p></div><div id="pglicense1E5" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">1.E.5.</h4><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+                electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+                prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph <a href="#pglicense1E1" class="tei tei-ref">1.E.1</a> with active links or immediate access
+                to the full terms of the Project Gutenberg™ License.</p></div><div id="pglicense1E6" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">1.E.6.</h4><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+                compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
+                any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
+                to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg™ work in a format other than
+                <span class="tei tei-q">“Plain Vanilla ASCII”</span> or other format used in the official
+                version posted on the official Project Gutenberg™ web site (http://www.gutenberg.org), you must, at
+                no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a copy, a
+                means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+                request, of the work in its original <span class="tei tei-q">“Plain Vanilla ASCII”</span> or
+                other form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg™ License
+                as specified in paragraph <a href="#pglicense1E1" class="tei tei-ref">1.E.1.</a></p></div><div id="pglicense1E7" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">1.E.7.</h4><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, performing,
+                copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg™ works unless you comply with
+                paragraph <a href="#pglicense1E8" class="tei tei-ref">1.E.8</a> or 1.E.9.</p></div><div id="pglicense1E8" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">1.E.8.</h4><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing access to
+                or distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works provided that</p><table summary="This is a list." class="tei tei-list" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em; margin-top: 1.00em"><tbody><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label">•  </th><td class="tei tei-item"><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+                  the use of Project Gutenberg™ works calculated using the method you already use to
+                  calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed to the owner of the
+                  Project Gutenberg™ trademark, but he has agreed to donate royalties under this
+                  paragraph to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid within 60 days
+                  following each date on which you prepare (or are legally required to
+                  prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty payments should be clearly
+                  marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in <a href="#pglicense4" class="tei tei-ref">Section 4, <span class="tei tei-q">“Information about donations to the
+                  Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.”</span></a></p></td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item"><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+                  you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he does
+                  not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ License. You must require such
+                  a user to return or destroy all copies of the works possessed in a
+                  physical medium and discontinue all use of and all access to other
+                  copies of Project Gutenberg™ works.</p></td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item"><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">You provide, in accordance with paragraph <a href="#pglicense1F3" class="tei tei-ref">1.F.3</a>, a full refund of any money paid for a
+                  work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the electronic work is
+                  discovered and reported to you within 90 days of receipt of the
+                  work.</p></td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item"><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+                  distribution of Project Gutenberg™ works.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><div id="pglicense1E9" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">1.E.9.</h4><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg™ electronic work or
+                group of works on different terms than are set forth in this agreement,
+                you must obtain permission in writing from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+                Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
+                forth in <a href="#pglicense3" class="tei tei-ref">Section 3</a> below.</p></div></div><div id="pglicense1F" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">1.F.</span></h3><div id="pglicense1F1" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">1.F.1.</h4><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable effort to identify,
+                do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread public domain works
+                in creating the Project Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg™
+                electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
+                contain <span class="tei tei-q">“Defects,”</span> such as, but not limited to, incomplete,
+                inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+                intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other
+                medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be
+                read by your equipment.</p></div><div id="pglicense1F2" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">1.F.2.</h4><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES — Except for the <span class="tei tei-q">“Right of
+                Replacement or Refund”</span> described in <a href="#pglicense1F3" class="tei tei-ref">paragraph
+                1.F.3</a>, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, and any
+                other party distributing a Project Gutenberg™ electronic work under this agreement,
+                disclaim all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including
+                legal fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+                LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+                PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK
+                OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE LIABLE TO
+                YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL
+                DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.</p></div><div id="pglicense1F3" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">1.F.3.</h4><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND — If you discover a defect in
+                this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can receive a
+                refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a written
+                explanation to the person you received the work from. If you received
+                the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with your
+                written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with the
+                defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+                refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+                providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+                receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+                is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+                opportunities to fix the problem.</p></div><div id="pglicense1F4" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">1.F.4.</h4><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth in
+                <a href="#pglicense1F3" class="tei tei-ref">paragraph 1.F.3</a>, this work is provided
+                to you 'AS-IS,' WITH NO OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+                IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR
+                FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.</p></div><div id="pglicense1F5" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">1.F.5.</h4><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied warranties or
+                the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. If any
+                disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the law of
+                the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+                interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+                the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+                provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.</p></div><div id="pglicense1F6" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">1.F.6.</h4><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">INDEMNITY — You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+                trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+                providing copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in accordance with this
+                agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, promotion
+                and distribution of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works, harmless from all
+                liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, that arise directly
+                or indirectly from any of the following which you do or cause to occur:
+                (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg™ work, (b) alteration,
+                modification, or additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg™ work, and (c) any
+                Defect you cause.</p></div></div></div><div id="pglicense2" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">Section  2.</span></h2><h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg™</span></h2><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">Project Gutenberg™ is synonymous with the free distribution of electronic works
+            in formats readable by the widest variety of computers including
+            obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists because of the
+            efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from people in all walks
+            of life.</p><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+            assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg™'s goals and
+            ensuring that the Project Gutenberg™ collection will remain freely available for
+            generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a
+            secure and permanent future for Project Gutenberg™ and future generations. To learn
+            more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
+            Sections <a href="#pglicense3" class="tei tei-ref">3</a> and <a href="#pglicense4" class="tei tei-ref">4</a> and the Foundation web page at <a href="http://www.pglaf.org" class="tei tei-xref">http://www.pglaf.org</a>.</p></div><div id="pglicense3" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">Section 3.</span></h2><h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation</span></h2><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit 501(c)(3) educational corporation
+            organized under the laws of the state of Mississippi and granted tax
+            exempt status by the Internal Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or
+            federal tax identification number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter
+            is posted at <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf" class="tei tei-xref">http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf</a>. Contributions
+            to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by U.S.
+            federal laws and your state's laws.</p><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr.
+            S. Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are
+            scattered throughout numerous locations. Its business office is
+            located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801)
+            596-1887, email business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date
+            contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
+            official page at <a href="http://www.pglaf.org" class="tei tei-xref">http://www.pglaf.org</a></p><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">For additional contact information:
+
+              </p><div class="block tei tei-address" style="margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><span class="tei tei-addrLine"><span style="font-size: 90%">Dr. Gregory B. Newby</span></span><br /><span class="tei tei-addrLine"><span style="font-size: 90%">Chief Executive and Director</span></span><br /><span class="tei tei-addrLine"><span style="font-size: 90%">gbnewby@pglaf.org</span></span><br /></div></div><div id="pglicense4" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">Section 4.</span></h2><h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation</span></h2><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without wide spread public
+            support and donations to carry out its mission of increasing the number
+            of public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed in
+            machine readable form accessible by the widest array of equipment
+            including outdated equipment. Many small donations ($1 to $5,000) are
+            particularly important to maintaining tax exempt status with the
+            IRS.</p><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+            charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+            States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+            considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+            with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations where
+            we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
+            DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state
+            visit <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate" class="tei tei-xref">http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate</a></p><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+            have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+            against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+            approach us with offers to donate.</p><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+            any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+            outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.</p><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation methods and
+            addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other ways including
+            checks, online payments and credit card donations. To donate, please
+            visit: <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate" class="tei tei-xref">http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate</a></p></div><div id="pglicense5" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">Section 5.</span></h2><h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">General Information About Project Gutenberg™ electronic
+            works.</span></h2><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"><span class="tei tei-name">Professor Michael S. Hart</span> is the
+            originator of the Project Gutenberg™ concept of a library of electronic works that
+            could be freely shared with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and
+            distributed Project Gutenberg™ eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer
+            support.</p><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">Project Gutenberg™ eBooks are often created from several printed editions, all of
+            which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. unless a copyright
+            notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily keep eBooks in
+            compliance with any particular paper edition.</p><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's
+            eBook number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII,
+            compressed (zipped), HTML and others.</p><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">Corrected <em class="tei tei-emph"><span style="font-style: italic">editions</span></em> of our eBooks replace the old file
+            and take over the old filename and etext number. The replaced older file
+            is renamed. <em class="tei tei-emph"><span style="font-style: italic">Versions</span></em> based on separate sources are treated
+            as new eBooks receiving new filenames and etext numbers.</p><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
+            facility: 
+            
+              <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org" class="block tei tei-xref" style="margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><span style="font-size: 90%">http://www.gutenberg.org</span></a></p><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg™, including how to
+            make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and
+            how to subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.</p></div></div></div>
+    </div>            
+        </div>
+    </div>
+</body></html>
diff --git a/28656-h/images/cover.jpg b/28656-h/images/cover.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..464d324
--- /dev/null
+++ b/28656-h/images/cover.jpg
diff --git a/28656-h/images/endpaper.jpg b/28656-h/images/endpaper.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..856c3e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/28656-h/images/endpaper.jpg
diff --git a/28656-h/images/endpaperth.jpg b/28656-h/images/endpaperth.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cd6c0d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/28656-h/images/endpaperth.jpg
diff --git a/28656-h/images/frontis.jpg b/28656-h/images/frontis.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f3c510
--- /dev/null
+++ b/28656-h/images/frontis.jpg
diff --git a/28656-h/images/frontisth.jpg b/28656-h/images/frontisth.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d86fcc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/28656-h/images/frontisth.jpg
diff --git a/28656-h/images/illus1.jpg b/28656-h/images/illus1.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..585e515
--- /dev/null
+++ b/28656-h/images/illus1.jpg
diff --git a/28656-h/images/illus1th.jpg b/28656-h/images/illus1th.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6af3044
--- /dev/null
+++ b/28656-h/images/illus1th.jpg
diff --git a/28656-h/images/illus2.jpg b/28656-h/images/illus2.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c7ccdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/28656-h/images/illus2.jpg
diff --git a/28656-h/images/illus2th.jpg b/28656-h/images/illus2th.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff4d0fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/28656-h/images/illus2th.jpg
diff --git a/28656-h/images/illus3.jpg b/28656-h/images/illus3.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec6e683
--- /dev/null
+++ b/28656-h/images/illus3.jpg
diff --git a/28656-h/images/illus3th.jpg b/28656-h/images/illus3th.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d00658
--- /dev/null
+++ b/28656-h/images/illus3th.jpg
diff --git a/28656-h/images/illus4.jpg b/28656-h/images/illus4.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fd187a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/28656-h/images/illus4.jpg
diff --git a/28656-h/images/illus4th.jpg b/28656-h/images/illus4th.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..77839da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/28656-h/images/illus4th.jpg
diff --git a/28656-h/images/illus5.jpg b/28656-h/images/illus5.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..652ae69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/28656-h/images/illus5.jpg
diff --git a/28656-h/images/illus5th.jpg b/28656-h/images/illus5th.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c23513
--- /dev/null
+++ b/28656-h/images/illus5th.jpg
diff --git a/28656-h/images/illus6.jpg b/28656-h/images/illus6.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..03ac1b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/28656-h/images/illus6.jpg
diff --git a/28656-h/images/illus6th.jpg b/28656-h/images/illus6th.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bad18be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/28656-h/images/illus6th.jpg
diff --git a/28656-h/images/illus7.jpg b/28656-h/images/illus7.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..50d5363
--- /dev/null
+++ b/28656-h/images/illus7.jpg
diff --git a/28656-h/images/illus7th.jpg b/28656-h/images/illus7th.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..71d84d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/28656-h/images/illus7th.jpg
diff --git a/28656-h/images/illus8.jpg b/28656-h/images/illus8.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f3c510
--- /dev/null
+++ b/28656-h/images/illus8.jpg
diff --git a/28656-h/images/titlepage.jpg b/28656-h/images/titlepage.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c9cc85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/28656-h/images/titlepage.jpg
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e2d513
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #28656 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/28656)
diff --git a/old/28656-8.txt b/old/28656-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b6b2f54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/28656-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,10425 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Typee by Herman Melville
+
+
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with almost no
+restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under
+the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or
+online at http://www.gutenberg.org/license
+
+
+
+Title: Typee
+
+Author: Herman Melville
+
+Release Date: May 1,  2009 [Ebook #28656]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO 8859-1
+
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TYPEE***
+
+
+
+
+
+  [Illustration: FAYAWAY AND I HAD A DELIGHTFUL LITTLE PARTY ON THE
+  LAKE]
+
+
+
+
+
+                                 TYPEE
+                             HERMAN MELVILLE
+
+
+
+ILLUSTRATIONS BY
+MEAD SCHAEFFER
+
+DODD, MEAD AND COMPANY
+PUBLISHERS    NEW YORK
+
+
+
+
+
+                                 CONTENTS
+
+
+  CHAPTER                                                              PAGE
+        I   A LAND-SICK SHIP                                              1
+            The sea--Longings for shore--A land-sick ship--Destination
+            of the voyagers
+       II   TO THE MARQUESAS                                              5
+            Passage from the cruising ground to the Marquesas--Sleepy
+            times aboard ship--South Sea scenery--Land ho!--The French
+            squadron discovered at anchor in the bay of
+            Nukuheva--Strange pilot--Escort of canoes--A flotilla of
+            cocoa-nuts--Swimming visitors--The _Dolly_ boarded by
+            them--State of affairs that ensue.
+      III   AFFAIRS ABOARD                                               14
+            State of affairs aboard the ship--Contents of her
+            larder--Length of South Seamen's voyages--Account of a
+            flying whale-man--Determination to leave the vessel--The
+            bay of Nukuheva--The Typees.
+       IV   LAST NIGHT ABOARD                                            21
+            Thoughts previous to attempting an escape--Toby, a
+            fellow-sailor, agrees to share the adventure--Last night
+            aboard the ship.
+        V   THE ESCAPE                                                   26
+            A specimen of nautical oratory--Criticisms of the
+            sailors--The starboard watch are given a holiday--The
+            escape to the mountains.
+       VI   DISAPPOINTMENT                                               34
+            The other side of the mountain--Disappointment--Inventory
+            of articles brought from the ship--Division of the stock
+            of bread--Appearance of the interior of the island--A
+            discovery--A ravine and waterfalls--A sleepless
+            night--Further discoveries--My illness--A Marquesan
+            landscape.
+      VII   A WILD-GOOSE CHASE                                           45
+            The important question, Typee or Happar?--A wild-goose
+            chase--My sufferings--Disheartening situation--A night in
+            the ravine--Morning meal--Happy idea of Toby--Journey
+            towards the valley.
+     VIII   INTO THE VALLEY                                              54
+            Perilous passage of the ravine--Descent into the valley.
+       IX   CAUTIOUS ADVANCE                                             63
+            The head of the valley--Cautious advance--A
+            path--Fruit--Discovery of two of the natives--Their
+            singular conduct--Approach towards the inhabited parts of
+            the vale--Sensation produced by our appearance--Reception
+            at the house of one of the natives.
+        X   MORNING VISITORS                                             75
+            Midnight reflections--Morning visitors--A warrior in
+            costume--A savage �sculapius--Practice of the healing
+            art--Body-servant--A dwelling-house of the valley
+            described--Portraits of its inmates.
+       XI   ADVENTURE IN THE DARK                                        90
+            Officiousness of Kory-Kory--His devotion--A bath in the
+            stream--Want of refinement of the Typee damsels--Stroll
+            with Mehevi--A Typee highway--The Taboo groves--The hoolah
+            hoolah ground--The Ti--Timeworn savages--Hospitality of
+            Mehevi--Midnight musings--Adventure in the
+            dark--Distinguished honours paid to the visitors--Strange
+            procession, and return to the house of Marheyo.
+      XII   ADVENTURE OF TOBY                                           101
+            Attempt to procure relief from Nukuheva--Perilous
+            adventure of Toby in the Happar Mountains--Eloquence of
+            Kory-Kory.
+     XIII   A GREAT EVENT                                               109
+            A great event happens in the valley--The island
+            telegraph--Something befalls Toby--Fayaway displays a
+            tender heart--Melancholy reflections--Mysterious conduct
+            of the islanders--Devotion of Kory-Kory--A rural couch--A
+            luxury--Kory-Kory strikes a light _� la_ Typee.
+      XIV   KINDNESS OF THE ISLANDERS                                   120
+            Kindness of Marheyo and the rest of the islanders--A full
+            description of the bread-fruit tree--Different modes of
+            preparing the fruit.
+       XV   MELANCHOLY CONDITION                                        126
+            Melancholy condition--Occurrence at the Ti--Anecdote of
+            Marheyo--Shaving the head of a warrior.
+      XVI   IMPROVEMENT                                                 132
+            Improvement in health and spirits--Felicity of the
+            Typees--A skirmish in the mountain with the warriors of
+            Happar.
+     XVII   A STRANGER ARRIVES                                          140
+            Swimming in company with the girls of the valley--A
+            canoe--Effects of the taboo--A pleasure excursion on the
+            pond--Beautiful freak of Fayaway--Mantua-making--A stranger
+            arrives in the valley--His mysterious conduct--Native
+            oratory--The interview--Its results--Departure of the
+            stranger.
+    XVIII   BATTLE OF THE POP-GUNS                                      155
+            Reflection after Marnoo's departure--Battle of the
+            pop-guns--Strange conceit of Marheyo--Process of making
+            tappa.
+      XIX   DANCES                                                      162
+            History of a day as usually spent in the Typee
+            valley--Dances of the Marquesan girls.
+       XX   MONUMENTS                                                   167
+            The spring of Arva Wai--Remarkable monumental
+            remains--Some ideas with regard to the history of the
+            pi-pis found in the valley.
+      XXI   A FESTIVAL                                                  171
+            Preparations for a grand festival in the valley--Strange
+            doings in the Taboo Groves--Monument of Calabashes--Gala
+            costume of the Typee damsels--Departure for the festival.
+     XXII   THE FEAST OF CALABASHES                                     178
+            The Feast of Calabashes.
+    XXIII   RELIGION OF THE TYPEES                                      185
+            Ideas suggested by the Feast of Calabashes--Effigy of a
+            dead warrior--A singular superstition--The priest Kolory
+            and the god Moa Artua--Amazing religious observance--A
+            dilapidated shrine--Kory-Kory and the idol--An inference.
+     XXIV   BEAUTY OF THE TYPEES                                        196
+            General information gathered at the festival--Personal
+            beauty of the Typees--Their superiority over the
+            inhabitants of the other islands--Diversity of
+            complexion--A vegetable cosmetic and ointment--Testimony
+            of voyagers to the uncommon beauty of the Marquesans--Few
+            evidences of intercourse with civilized
+            beings--Dilapidated musket--Primitive simplicity of
+            government--Regal dignity of Mehevi.
+      XXV   MARRIAGE CUSTOMS                                            204
+            King Mehevi--Conduct of Marheyo and Mehevi in certain
+            delicate matters--Peculiar system of marriage--Number of
+            population--Uniformity--Embalming--Places of
+            sepulture--Funeral obsequies at Nukuheva--Number of
+            inhabitants in Typee--Location of the dwellings--Happiness
+            enjoyed in the valley.
+     XXVI   SOCIAL CONDITIONS                                           210
+            The social condition and general character of the
+            Typees.
+    XXVII   FISHING PARTIES                                             216
+            Fishing parties--Mode of distributing the fish--Midnight
+            banquet--Timekeeping tapers--Unceremonious style of eating
+            the fish.
+   XXVIII   NATURAL HISTORY                                             220
+            Natural history of the valley--Golden lizards--Tameness of
+            the birds--Mosquitoes--Flies--Dogs--A solitary cat--The
+            climate--The cocoa-nut tree--Singular modes of climbing
+            it--An agile young chief--Fearlessness of the
+            children--Too-too and the cocoa-nut tree--The birds of the
+            valley.
+     XXIX   TATTOOING                                                   228
+            A professor of the fine arts--His persecutions--Something
+            about tattooing and tabooing--Two anecdotes in
+            illustration of the latter--A few thoughts on the Typee
+            dialect.
+      XXX   MUSIC                                                       238
+            Strange custom of the islanders--Their chanting, and the
+            peculiarity of their voice--Rapture of the king at first
+            hearing a song--A new dignity conferred on the
+            author--Musical instruments in the valley--Admiration of
+            the savages at beholding a pugilistic
+            performance--Swimming infant--Beautiful tresses of the
+            girls--Ointment for the hair.
+     XXXI   CANNIBALISM                                                 244
+            Apprehensions of evil--Frightful discovery--Some remarks
+            on cannibalism--Second battle with the Happars--Savage
+            spectacle--Mysterious feast--Subsequent disclosures.
+    XXXII   ATTEMPT TO ESCAPE                                           254
+            The stranger again arrives in the valley--Singular
+            interview with him--Attempt to escape--Failure--Melancholy
+            situation--Sympathy of Marheyo.
+   XXXIII   THE ESCAPE                                                  260
+            The escape
+            SEQUEL                                                      270
+            NOTE.--The Author of "Typee" was more than two years in
+            the South Seas, after escaping from the valley, as
+            recounted in the last chapter. Some time after returning
+            home the foregoing narrative was published, though it
+            was little thought at the time that this would be the
+            means of revealing the existence of Toby, who had long
+            been given up for lost. But so it proved. The story of
+            his escape supplies a natural sequel to the adventure,
+            and as such it is now added to the volume. It was
+            related to the Author by Toby himself.
+            APPENDIX                                                    285
+
+
+
+
+
+                              ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+
+    Fayaway and I had a delightful little party on the       _Frontispiece_
+      lake                                                      FACING PAGE
+    I found him ripe for the enterprise, and a very few                  22
+      words sufficed for a mutual understanding between us
+    At last we gained the top of the second elevation                    48
+    We were soon completely encircled by a dense throng                  68
+    The body was carried into the house and laid on a mat               104
+    Thus arrayed, I would have matched the charming                     174
+      Fayaway against any beauty in the world
+    Mehevi                                                              200
+    About midnight I arose and drew the slide                           256
+
+
+
+
+
+                                  TYPEE
+
+
+
+
+
+
+                                  TYPEE
+
+
+
+
+
+                                CHAPTER I
+
+
+      The sea--Longings for shore--A land-sick ship--Destination of the
+                                voyagers.
+
+
+Six months at sea! Yes, reader, as I live, six months out of sight of
+land; cruising after the sperm whale beneath the scorching sun of the
+Line, and tossed on the billows of the wide-rolling Pacific--the sky above,
+the sea around, and nothing else! Weeks and weeks ago our fresh provisions
+were all exhausted. There is not a sweet potato left; not a single yam.
+Those glorious bunches of bananas which once decorated our stern and
+quarter-deck, have, alas, disappeared! and the delicious oranges which
+hung suspended from our tops and stays--they, too, are gone! Yes, they are
+all departed, and there is nothing left us but salt-horse and sea-biscuit.
+
+Oh! for a refreshing glimpse of one blade of grass--for a snuff at the
+fragrance of a handful of the loamy earth! Is there nothing fresh around
+us? Is there no green thing to be seen? Yes, the inside of our bulwarks is
+painted green; but what a vile and sickly hue it is, as if nothing bearing
+even the semblance of verdure could flourish this weary way from land.
+Even the bark that once clung to the wood we use for fuel has been gnawed
+off and devoured by the captain's pig; and so long ago, too, that the pig
+himself has in turn been devoured.
+
+There is but one solitary tenant in the chicken-coop, once a gay and
+dapper young cock, bearing him so bravely among the coy hens. But look at
+him now; there he stands, moping all the day long on that everlasting one
+leg of his. He turns with disgust from the mouldy corn before him, and the
+brackish water in his little trough. He mourns no doubt his lost
+companions, literally snatched from him one by one, and never seen again.
+But his days of mourning will be few; for Mungo, our black cook, told me
+yesterday that the word had at last gone forth, and poor Pedro's fate was
+sealed. His attenuated body will be laid out upon the captain's table next
+Sunday, and long before night will be buried, with all the usual
+ceremonies, beneath that worthy individual's vest. Who would believe that
+there could be any one so cruel as to long for the decapitation of the
+luckless Pedro; yet the sailors pray every minute, selfish fellows, that
+the miserable fowl may be brought to his end. They say the captain will
+never point the ship for the land so long as he has in anticipation a mess
+of fresh meat. This unhappy bird can alone furnish it; and when he is once
+devoured, the captain will come to his senses. I wish thee no harm, Peter;
+but as thou art doomed, sooner or later, to meet the fate of all thy race;
+and if putting a period to thy existence is to be the signal for our
+deliverance, why--truth to speak--I wish thy throat cut this very moment;
+for, oh! how I wish to see the living earth again! The old ship herself
+longs to look out upon the land from her hawseholes once more, as Jack
+Lewis said right the other day when the captain found fault with his
+steering.
+
+"Why, d'ye see, Captain Vangs," says bold Jack, "I'm as good a helmsman as
+ever put hand to spoke; but none of us can steer the old lady now. We
+can't keep her full and bye, sir: watch her ever so close, she will fall
+off; and then, sir, when I put the helm down so gently and try like to
+coax her to the work, she won't take it kindly, but will fall round off
+again; and it's all because she knows the land is under the lee, sir, and
+she won't go any more to windward." Ay, and why should she, Jack? didn't
+every one of her stout timbers grow on shore, and hasn't she sensibilities
+as well as we?
+
+Poor old ship! Her very looks denote her desires: how deplorable she
+appears! The paint on her sides, burnt up by the scorching sun, is puffed
+out and cracked. See the weeds she trails along with her, and what an
+unsightly bunch of these horrid barnacles has formed about her
+stern-piece; and every time she rises on a sea, she shows her copper torn
+away or hanging in jagged strips.
+
+Poor old ship! I say again: for six months she has been rolling and
+pitching about, never for one moment at rest. But courage, old lass, I
+hope to see thee soon within a biscuit's toss of the merry land, riding
+snugly at anchor in some green cove, and sheltered from the boisterous
+winds.
+
+                           * * * * * * * * * *
+
+"Hurrah, my lads! It's a settled thing; next week we shape our course to
+the Marquesas!" The Marquesas! What strange visions of outlandish things
+does the very name spirit up! Lovely houris--cannibal banquets--groves of
+cocoa-nuts--coral reefs--tattooed chiefs--and bamboo temples; sunny valleys
+planted with bread-fruit trees--carved canoes dancing on the flashing blue
+waters--savage woodlands guarded by horrible idols--_heathenish rites and
+human sacrifices_.
+
+Such were the strangely jumbled anticipations that haunted me during our
+passage from the cruising ground. I felt an irresistible curiosity to see
+those islands which the olden voyagers had so glowingly described.
+
+The group for which we were now steering (although among the earliest of
+European discoveries in the South Seas, having been first visited in the
+year 1595) still continues to be tenanted by beings as strange and
+barbarous as ever. The missionaries, sent on a heavenly errand, had sailed
+by their lovely shores, and had abandoned them to their idols of wood and
+stone. How interesting the circumstances under which they were discovered!
+In the watery path of Mendanna, cruising in quest of some region of gold,
+these isles had sprung up like a scene of enchantment, and for a moment
+the Spaniard believed his bright dream was realized. In honour of the
+Marquess de Mendoza, then viceroy of Peru--under whose auspices the
+navigator sailed--he bestowed upon them the name which denoted the rank of
+his patron, and gave to the world, on his return, a vague and magnificent
+account of their beauty. But these islands, undisturbed for years,
+relapsed into their previous obscurity; and it is only recently that
+anything has been known concerning them. Once in the course of a half
+century, to be sure, some adventurous rover would break in upon their
+peaceful repose, and, astonished at the unusual scene, would be almost
+tempted to claim the merit of a new discovery.
+
+Of this interesting group, but little account has ever been given, if we
+except the slight mention made of them in the sketches of South Sea
+voyages. Cook, in his repeated circumnavigations of the globe, barely
+touched at their shores; and all that we know about them is from a few
+general narratives.
+
+Within the last few years, American and English vessels engaged in the
+extensive whale fisheries of the Pacific have occasionally, when short of
+provisions, put into the commodious harbour which there is in one of the
+islands; but a fear of the natives, founded on the recollection of the
+dreadful fate which many white men have received at their hands, has
+deterred their crews from intermixing with the population sufficiently to
+gain any insight into their peculiar customs and manners. Indeed, there is
+no cluster of islands in the Pacific that has been any length of time
+discovered, of which so little has hitherto been known as the Marquesas,
+and it is a pleasing reflection that this narrative of mine will do
+something towards withdrawing the veil from regions so romantic and
+beautiful.
+
+
+
+
+
+                                CHAPTER II
+
+
+      Passage from the cruising ground to the Marquesas--Sleepy times
+        aboard ship--South Sea scenery--Land ho!--The French squadron
+     discovered at anchor in the bay of Nukuheva--Strange pilot--Escort
+     of canoes--A flotilla of cocoa-nuts--Swimming visitors--The _Dolly_
+               boarded by them--State of affairs that ensue.
+
+
+I can never forget the eighteen or twenty days during which the light
+trade-winds were silently sweeping us towards the islands. In pursuit of
+the sperm whale, we had been cruising on the line some twenty degrees to
+the westward of the Gallipagos; and all that we had to do, when our course
+was determined on, was to square in the yards and keep the vessel before
+the breeze, and then the good ship and the steady gale did the rest
+between them. The man at the wheel never vexed the old lady with any
+superfluous steering, but comfortably adjusting his limbs at the tiller,
+would doze away by the hour. True to her work, the _Dolly_ headed to her
+course, and like one of those characters who always do best when let
+alone, she jogged on her way like a veteran old sea-pacer as she was.
+
+What a delightful, lazy, languid time we had whilst we were thus gliding
+along! There was nothing to be done; a circumstance that happily suited
+our disinclination to do anything. We abandoned the fore-peak altogether,
+and spreading an awning over the forecastle, slept, ate, and lounged under
+it the live-long day. Every one seemed to be under the influence of some
+narcotic. Even the officers aft, whose duty required them never to be
+seated while keeping a deck watch, vainly endeavoured to keep on their
+pins; and were obliged invariably to compromise the matter by leaning up
+against the bulwarks, and gazing abstractedly over the side. Reading was
+out of the question; take a book in your hand, and you were asleep in an
+instant.
+
+Although I could not avoid yielding in a great measure to the general
+languor, still at times I contrived to shake off the spell, and to
+appreciate the beauty of the scene around me. The sky presented a clear
+expanse of the most delicate blue, except along the skirts of the horizon,
+where you might see a thin drapery of pale clouds which never varied their
+form or colour. The long, measured, dirge-like swell of the Pacific came
+rolling along, with its surface broken by little tiny waves, sparkling in
+the sunshine. Every now and then a shoal of flying fish, scared from the
+water under the bows, would leap into the air, and fall the next moment
+like a shower of silver into the sea. Then you would see the superb
+albicore with his glittering sides, sailing aloft, and after describing an
+arc in his descent, disappear on the surface of the water. Far off, the
+lofty jet of the whale might be seen, and nearer at hand the prowling
+shark, that villanous footpad of the seas, would come skulking along, and,
+at a wary distance, regard us with an evil eye. At times, some shapeless
+monster of the deep, floating on the surface, would, as we approach, sink
+slowly into the blue waters, and fade away from the sight. But the most
+impressive feature of the scene was the almost unbroken silence that
+reigned over sky and water. Scarcely a sound could be heard but the
+occasional breathing of the grampus, and the rippling at the cut-water.
+
+As we drew nearer the land, I hailed with delight the appearance of
+innumerable sea-fowl. Screaming and whirling in spiral tracks, they would
+accompany the vessel, and at times alight on our yards and stays. That
+piratical-looking fellow, appropriately named the man-of-war's-hawk, with
+his blood-red bill and raven plumage, would come sweeping round us in
+gradually diminishing circles, till you could distinctly mark the strange
+flashings of his eye; and then, as if satisfied with his observation,
+would sail up into the air and disappear from the view. Soon, other
+evidences of our vicinity to the land were apparent, and it was not long
+before the glad announcement of it being in sight was heard from
+aloft,--given with that peculiar prolongation of sound that a sailor
+loves--"Land ho!"
+
+The captain, darting on deck from the cabin, bawled lustily for his
+spy-glass; the mate in still louder accents hailed the mast-head with a
+tremendous "Where-away?" The black cook thrust his woolly head from the
+galley, and Boatswain, the dog, leaped up between the knight-heads, and
+barked most furiously. Land ho! Ay, there it was. A hardly perceptible
+blue irregular outline, indicating the bold contour of the lofty heights
+of Nukuheva.
+
+This island, although generally called one of the Marquesas, is by some
+navigators considered as forming one of a distinct cluster, comprising the
+islands of Roohka, Ropo, and Nukuheva; upon which three the appellation of
+the Washington Group has been bestowed. They form a triangle, and lie
+within the parallels of 8� 38{~PRIME~} and 9� 32{~PRIME~} south latitude, and 139� 20{~PRIME~} and
+140� 10{~PRIME~} west longitude, from Greenwich. With how little propriety they
+are to be regarded as forming a separate group will be at once apparent,
+when it is considered that they lie in the immediate vicinity of the other
+islands, that is to say, less than a degree to the north-west of them;
+that their inhabitants speak the Marquesan dialect, and that their laws,
+religion, and general customs are identical. The only reason why they were
+ever thus arbitrarily distinguished, may be attributed to the singular
+fact, that their existence was altogether unknown to the world until the
+year 1791, when they were discovered by Captain Ingraham, of Boston,
+Massachusetts, nearly two centuries after the discovery of the adjacent
+islands by the agent of the Spanish Viceroy. Notwithstanding this, I shall
+follow the example of most voyagers, and treat of them as forming part and
+parcel of the Marquesas.
+
+Nukuheva is the most important of these islands, being the only one at
+which ships are much in the habit of touching, and is celebrated as being
+the place where the adventurous Captain Porter refitted his ships during
+the late war between England and the United States, and whence he sallied
+out upon the large whaling fleet then sailing under the enemy's flag in
+the surrounding seas. This island is about twenty miles in length, and
+nearly as many in breadth. It has three good harbours on its coast, the
+largest and best of which is called by the people living in its vicinity,
+"Tyohee," and by Captain Porter was denominated Massachusetts Bay. Among
+the adverse tribes dwelling about the shores of the other bays, and by all
+voyagers, it is generally known by the name bestowed upon the island
+itself--Nukuheva. Its inhabitants have become somewhat corrupted, owing to
+their recent commerce with Europeans; but so far as regards their peculiar
+customs, and general mode of life, they retain their original primitive
+character, remaining very nearly in the same state of nature in which they
+were first beheld by white men. The hostile clans, residing in the more
+remote sections of the island, and very seldom holding any communication
+with foreigners, are in every respect unchanged from their earliest known
+condition.
+
+In the bay of Nukuheva was the anchorage we desired to reach. We had
+perceived the loom of the mountains about sunset; so that, after running
+all night with a very light breeze, we found ourselves close in with the
+island the next morning; but as the bay we sought lay on its farther side,
+we were obliged to sail some distance along the shore, catching, as we
+proceeded, short glimpses of blooming valleys, deep glens, waterfalls, and
+waving groves, hidden here and there by projecting and rocky headlands,
+every moment opening to the view some new and startling scene of beauty.
+
+Those who for the first time visit the South Seas, generally are surprised
+at the appearance of the islands when beheld from the sea. From the vague
+accounts we sometimes have of their beauty, many people are apt to picture
+to themselves enamelled and softly swelling plains, shaded over with
+delicious groves, and watered by purling brooks, and the entire country
+but little elevated above the surrounding ocean. The reality is very
+different; bold rock-bound coasts, with the surf beating high against the
+lofty cliffs, and broken here and there into deep inlets, which open to
+the view thickly-wooded valleys, separated by the spurs of mountains
+clothed with tufted grass, and sweeping down towards the sea from an
+elevated and furrowed interior, form the principal features of these
+islands.
+
+Towards noon we drew abreast the entrance to the harbour, and at last we
+slowly swept by the intervening promontory, and entered the bay of
+Nukuheva. No description can do justice to its beauty; but that beauty was
+lost to me then, and I saw nothing but the tri-coloured flag of France,
+trailing over the stern of six vessels, whose black hulls, and bristling
+broadsides, proclaimed their warlike character. There they were, floating
+in that lovely bay, the green eminences of the shore looking down so
+tranquilly upon them, as if rebuking the sternness of their aspect. To my
+eye, nothing could be more out of keeping than the presence of these
+vessels; but we soon learnt what brought them there. The whole group of
+islands had just been taken possession of by Rear-Admiral Du Petit
+Thouars, in the name of the invincible French nation.
+
+This item of information was imparted to us by a most extraordinary
+individual, a genuine South Sea vagabond, who came alongside of us in a
+whale-boat as soon as we entered the bay, and, by the aid of some
+benevolent persons at the gangway, was assisted on board, for our visitor
+was in that interesting stage of intoxication when a man is amiable and
+helpless. Although he was utterly unable to stand erect, or to navigate
+his body across the deck, he still magnanimously proffered his services to
+pilot the ship to a good and secure anchorage. Our captain, however,
+rather distrusted his ability in this respect, and refused to recognise
+his claim to the character he assumed; but our gentleman was determined to
+play his part, for, by dint of much scrambling, he succeeded in getting
+into the weather-quarter boat, where he steadied himself by holding on to
+a shroud, and then commenced issuing his commands with amazing volubility
+and very peculiar gestures. Of course, no one obeyed his orders; but as it
+was impossible to quiet him, we swept by the ships of the squadron with
+this strange fellow performing his antics in full view of all the French
+officers.
+
+We afterwards learned that our eccentric friend had been a lieutenant in
+the English navy, but having disgraced his flag by some criminal conduct
+in one of the principal ports on the main, he had deserted his ship, and
+spent many years wandering among the islands of the Pacific, until
+accidentally being at Nukuheva when the French took possession of the
+place, he had been appointed pilot of the harbour by the newly constituted
+authorities.
+
+As we slowly advanced up the bay, numerous canoes pushed off from the
+surrounding shores, and we were soon in the midst of quite a flotilla of
+them, their savage occupants struggling to get aboard of us, and jostling
+one another in their ineffectual attempts. Occasionally the projecting
+out-riggers of their slight shallops, running foul of one another, would
+become entangled beneath the water, threatening to capsize the canoes,
+when a scene of confusion would ensue that baffles description. Such
+strange outcries and passionate gesticulations I never certainly heard or
+saw before. You would have thought the islanders were on the point of
+flying at one another's throats, whereas they were only amicably engaged
+in disentangling their boats.
+
+Scattered here and there among the canoes might be seen numbers of
+cocoa-nuts floating closely together in circular groups, and bobbing up
+and down with every wave. By some inexplicable means these cocoa-nuts were
+all steadily approaching towards the ship. As I leaned curiously over the
+side, endeavouring to solve their mysterious movements, one mass, far in
+advance of the rest, attracted my attention. In its centre was something I
+could take for nothing else than a cocoa-nut, but which I certainly
+considered one of the most extraordinary specimens of the fruit I had ever
+seen. It kept twirling and dancing about among the rest in the most
+singular manner: and as it drew nearer, I thought it bore a remarkable
+resemblance to the brown shaven skull of one of the savages. Presently it
+betrayed a pair of eyes, and soon I became aware that what I had supposed
+to have been one of the fruit was nothing else than the head of an
+islander, who had adopted this singular method of bringing his produce to
+market. The cocoa-nuts were all attached to one another by strips of the
+husk, partly torn from the shell, and rudely fastened together. Their
+proprietor, inserting his head into the midst of them, impelled his
+necklace of cocoa-nuts through the water by striking out beneath the
+surface with his feet.
+
+I was somewhat astonished to perceive that among the number of natives
+that surrounded us, not a single female was to be seen. At that time I was
+ignorant of the fact that by the operation of the "taboo," the use of
+canoes in all parts of the island is rigorously prohibited to the entire
+sex, for whom it is death even to be seen entering one when hauled on
+shore; consequently, whenever a Marquesan lady voyages by water, she puts
+in requisition the paddles of her own fair body.
+
+We had approached within a mile and a half perhaps of the foot of the bay,
+when some of the islanders, who by this time had managed to scramble
+aboard of us at the risk of swamping their canoes, directed our attention
+to a singular commotion in the water ahead of the vessel. At first I
+imagined it to be produced by a shoal of fish sporting on the surface, but
+our savage friends assured us that it was caused by a shoal of
+"whinhenies" (young girls), who in this manner were coming off from the
+shore to welcome us. As they drew nearer, and I watched the rising and
+sinking of their forms, and beheld the uplifted right arm bearing above
+the water the girdle of tappa, and their long dark hair trailing beside
+them as they swam, I almost fancied they could be nothing else than so
+many mermaids:--and very like mermaids they behaved too.
+
+We were still some distance from the beach, and under slow headway, when
+we sailed right into the midst of these swimming nymphs, and they boarded
+us at every quarter; many seizing hold of the chainplates and springing
+into the chains; others, at the peril of being run over by the vessel in
+her course, catching at the bob-stays, and wreathing their slender forms
+about the ropes, hung suspended in the air. All of them at length
+succeeded in getting up the ship's side, where they clung dripping with
+the brine and glowing from the bath, their jet-black tresses streaming
+over their shoulders, and half enveloping their otherwise naked forms.
+There they hung, sparkling with savage vivacity, laughing gaily at one
+another, and chattering away with infinite glee. Nor were they idle the
+while, for each one performed the simple offices of the toilet for the
+other. Their luxuriant locks, wound up and twisted into the smallest
+possible compass, were freed from the briny element; the whole person
+carefully dried, and from a little round shell that passed from hand to
+hand, anointed with a fragrant oil: their adornments were completed by
+passing a few loose folds of white tappa, in a modest cincture, around the
+waist. Thus arrayed they no longer hesitated, but flung themselves lightly
+over the bulwarks, and were quickly frolicking about the decks. Many of
+them went forward, perching upon the head-rails or running out upon the
+bow-sprit, while others seated themselves upon the taffrail, or reclined
+at full length upon the boats.
+
+Their appearance perfectly amazed me; their extreme youth, the light clear
+brown of their complexions, their delicate features, and inexpressibly
+graceful figures, their softly moulded limbs, and free unstudied action,
+seemed as strange as beautiful.
+
+The _Dolly_ was fairly captured; and never I will say was vessel carried
+before by such a dashing and irresistible party of boarders. The ship
+taken, we could not do otherwise than yield ourselves prisoners, and for
+the whole period that she remained in the bay, the _Dolly_, as well as her
+crew, were completely in the hands of the mermaids.
+
+In the evening after we had come to an anchor, the deck was illuminated
+with lanterns, and this picturesque band of sylphs, tricked out with
+flowers, and dressed in robes of variegated tappa, got up a ball in great
+style. These females are passionately fond of dancing, and in the wild
+grace and spirit of their style excel everything that I have ever seen.
+The varied dances of the Marquesan girls are beautiful in the extreme, but
+there is an abandoned voluptuousness in their character which I dare not
+attempt to describe.
+
+Our ship was now wholly given up to every species of riot and debauchery.
+The grossest licentiousness and the most shameful inebriety prevailed,
+with occasional and but short-lived interruptions, through the whole
+period of her stay. Alas for the poor savages when exposed to the
+influence of these polluting examples! Unsophisticated and confiding, they
+are easily led into every vice, and humanity weeps over the ruin thus
+remorselessly inflicted upon them by their European civilizers. Thrice
+happy are they who, inhabiting some yet undiscovered island in the midst
+of the ocean, have never been brought into contaminating contact with the
+white man.
+
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER III
+
+
+    State of affairs aboard the ship--Contents of her larder--Length of
+    South Seamen's voyages--Account of a flying whale-man--Determination
+           to leave the vessel--The bay of Nukuheva--The Typees.
+
+
+It was in the summer of 1842, that we arrived at the islands. Our ship had
+not been many days in the harbour of Nukuheva, before I came to the
+determination of leaving her. That my reasons for resolving to take this
+step were numerous and weighty, may be inferred from the fact that I chose
+rather to risk my fortunes among the savages of the island than to endure
+another voyage on board the _Dolly_. To use the concise, point-blank
+phrase of the sailors, I had made up my mind to "run away." Now, as a
+meaning is generally attached to these two words no way flattering to the
+individual to whom they are applied, it behoves me, for the sake of my own
+character, to offer some explanation of my conduct.
+
+When I entered on board the _Dolly_, I signed, as a matter of course, the
+ship's articles, thereby voluntarily engaging and legally binding myself
+to serve in a certain capacity for the period of the voyage; and, special
+considerations apart, I was of course bound to fulfil the agreement. But
+in all contracts, if one party fail to perform his share of the compact,
+is not the other virtually absolved from his liability? Who is there who
+will not answer in the affirmative?
+
+Having settled the principle, then, let me apply it to the particular case
+in question. In numberless instances had not only the implied but the
+specified conditions of the articles been violated on the part of the ship
+in which I served. The usage on board of her was tyrannical; the sick had
+been inhumanly neglected; the provisions had been doled out in scanty
+allowance; and her cruises were unreasonably protracted. The captain was
+the author of these abuses; it was in vain to think that he would either
+remedy them, or alter his conduct, which was arbitrary and violent in the
+extreme. His prompt reply to all complaints and remonstrances was--the
+butt-end of a hand-spike, so convincingly administered as effectually to
+silence the aggrieved party.
+
+To whom could we apply for redress? We had left both law and equity on the
+other side of the Cape; and unfortunately, with a very few exceptions, our
+crew was composed of a parcel of dastardly and mean-spirited wretches,
+divided among themselves, and only united in enduring without resistance
+the unmitigated tyranny of the captain. It would have been mere madness
+for any two or three of the number, unassisted by the rest, to attempt
+making a stand against his ill usage. They would only have called down
+upon themselves the particular vengeance of this "Lord of the Plank," and
+subjected their shipmates to additional hardships.
+
+But, after all, these things could have been endured awhile, had we
+entertained the hope of being speedily delivered from them by the due
+completion of the terms of our servitude. But what a dismal prospect
+awaited us in this quarter! The longevity of Cape Horn whaling voyages is
+proverbial, frequently extending over a period of four or five years.
+
+Some long-haired, bare-necked youths, who, forced by the united influences
+of a roving spirit and hard times, embark at Nantucket for a pleasure
+excursion to the Pacific, and whose anxious mothers provide them with
+bottled milk for the occasion, oftentimes return very respectable
+middle-aged gentlemen.
+
+The very preparations made for one of these expeditions are enough to
+frighten one. As the vessel carries out no cargo, her hold is filled with
+provisions for her own consumption. The owners, who officiate as caterers
+for the voyage, supply the larder with an abundance of dainties. Delicate
+morsels of beef and pork, cut on scientific principles from every part of
+the animal, and of all conceivable shapes and sizes, are carefully packed
+in salt, and stored away in barrels; affording a never-ending variety in
+their different degrees of toughness, and in the peculiarities of their
+saline properties. Choice old water too, decanted into stout six-barrel
+casks, and two pints of which is allowed every day to each soul on board;
+together with ample store of sea-bread, previously reduced to a state of
+petrifaction, with a view to preserve it either from decay or consumption
+in the ordinary mode, are likewise provided for the nourishment and
+gastronomic enjoyment of the crew.
+
+But not to speak of the quality of these articles of sailors' fare, the
+abundance in which they are put on board a whaling vessel is almost
+incredible. Oftentimes, when we had occasion to break out in the hold, and
+I beheld the successive tiers of casks and barrels, whose contents were
+all destined to be consumed in due course by the ship's company, my heart
+has sunk within me.
+
+Although, as a general case, a ship unlucky in falling in with whales
+continues to cruise after them until she has barely sufficient provisions
+remaining to take her home, turning round then quietly and making the best
+of her way to her friends, yet there are instances when even this natural
+obstacle to the further prosecution of the voyage is overcome by
+headstrong captains, who, bartering the fruits of their hard-earned toils
+for a new supply of provisions in some of the ports of Chili or Peru,
+begin the voyage afresh with unabated zeal and perseverance. It is in vain
+that the owners write urgent letters to him to sail for home, and for
+their sake to bring back the ship, since it appears he can put nothing in
+her. Not he. He has registered a vow: he will fill his vessel with good
+sperm oil, or failing to do so, never again strike Yankee soundings.
+
+I heard of one whaler, which after many years' absence was given up for
+lost. The last that had been heard of her was a shadowy report of her
+having touched at some of those unstable islands in the far Pacific, whose
+eccentric wanderings are carefully noted in each new edition of the South
+Sea charts. After a long interval, however, the _Perseverance_--for that
+was her name--was spoken somewhere in the vicinity of the ends of the
+earth, cruising along as leisurely as ever, her sails all bepatched and
+bequilted with rope-yarns, her spars fished with old pipe staves, and her
+rigging knotted and spliced in every possible direction. Her crew was
+composed of some twenty venerable Greenwich-pensioner-looking old salts,
+who just managed to hobble about deck. The ends of all the running ropes,
+with the exception of the signal halyards and poop-down-haul, were rove
+through snatch-blocks, and led to the capstan or windlass, so that not a
+yard was braced or a sail set without the assistance of machinery.
+
+Her hull was encrusted with barnacles, which completely encased her. Three
+pet sharks followed in her wake, and every day came alongside to regale
+themselves from the contents of the cook's bucket, which were pitched over
+to them. A vast shoal of bonetas and albicores always kept her company.
+
+Such was the account I heard of this vessel, and the remembrance of it
+always haunted me; what eventually became of her I never learned; at any
+rate she never reached home, and I suppose she is still regularly tacking
+twice in the twenty-four hours somewhere off Buggerry Island, or the
+Devil's-Tail Peak.
+
+Having said thus much touching the usual length of these voyages, when I
+inform the reader that ours had as it were just commenced, we being only
+fifteen months out, and even at that time hailed as a late arrival, and
+boarded for news, he will readily perceive that there was little to
+encourage one in looking forward to the future, especially as I had always
+had a presentiment that we should make an unfortunate voyage, and our
+experience so far had justified the expectation.
+
+I may here state, and on my faith as an honest man, that some time after
+arriving home from my adventures, I learned that this vessel was still in
+the Pacific, and that she had met with very poor success in the fishery.
+Very many of her crew, also, left her; and her voyage lasted about five
+years.
+
+But to return to my narrative. Placed in these circumstances, then, with
+no prospect of matters mending if I remained aboard the _Dolly_, I at once
+made up my mind to leave her: to be sure, it was rather an inglorious
+thing to steal away privately from those at whose hands I had received
+wrongs and outrages that I could not resent; but how was such a course to
+be avoided when it was the only alternative left me? Having made up my
+mind, I proceeded to acquire all the information I could obtain relating
+to the island and its inhabitants, with a view of shaping my plans of
+escape accordingly. The result of these inquiries I will now state, in
+order that the ensuing narrative may be the better understood.
+
+The bay of Nukuheva, in which we were then lying, is an expanse of water
+not unlike in figure the space included within the limits of a horse-shoe.
+It is, perhaps, nine miles in circumference. You approach it from the sea
+by a narrow entrance, flanked on either side by two small twin islets
+which soar conically to the height of some five hundred feet. From these
+the shore recedes on both hands, and describes a deep semicircle.
+
+From the verge of the water the land rises uniformly on all sides, with
+green and sloping acclivities, until from gently rolling hillsides and
+moderate elevations it insensibly swells into lofty and majestic heights,
+whose blue outlines, ranged all around, close in the view. The beautiful
+aspect of the shore is heightened by deep and romantic glens, which come
+down to it at almost equal distances, all apparently radiating from a
+common centre, and the upper extremities of which are lost to the eye
+beneath the shadow of the mountains. Down each of these little valleys
+flows a clear stream, here and there assuming the form of a slender
+cascade, then stealing invisibly along until it bursts upon the sight
+again in larger and more noisy waterfalls, and at last demurely wanders
+along to the sea.
+
+The houses of the natives, constructed of the yellow bamboo, tastefully
+twisted together in a kind of wickerwork, and thatched with the long
+tapering leaves of the palmetto, are scattered irregularly along these
+valleys beneath the shady branches of the cocoa-nut trees.
+
+Nothing can exceed the imposing scenery of this bay. Viewed from our ship
+as she lay at anchor in the middle of the harbour, it presented the
+appearance of a vast natural amphitheatre in decay, and overgrown with
+vines, the deep glens that furrowed its sides appearing like enormous
+fissures caused by the ravages of time. Very often when lost in admiration
+at its beauty, I have experienced a pang of regret that a scene so
+enchanting should be hidden from the world in these remote seas, and
+seldom meet the eyes of devoted lovers of nature.
+
+Besides this bay the shores of the island are indented by several other
+extensive inlets, into which descend broad and verdant valleys. These are
+inhabited by as many distinct tribes of savages, who, although speaking
+kindred dialects of a common language, and having the same religion and
+laws, have from time immemorial waged hereditary warfare against each
+other. The intervening mountains, generally two or three thousand feet
+above the level of the sea, geographically define the territories of each
+of these hostile tribes, who never cross them, save on some expedition of
+war or plunder. Immediately adjacent to Nukuheva, and only separated from
+it by the mountains seen from the harbour, lies the lovely valley of
+Happar, whose inmates cherish the most friendly relations with the
+inhabitants of Nukuheva. On the other side of Happar, and closely
+adjoining it, is the magnificent valley of the dreaded Typees, the
+unappeasable enemies of both these tribes.
+
+These celebrated warriors appear to inspire the other islanders with
+unspeakable terrors. Their very name is a frightful one; for the word
+"Typee" in the Marquesan dialect signifies a lover of human flesh. It is
+rather singular that the title should have been bestowed upon them
+exclusively, inasmuch as the natives of all this group are irreclaimable
+cannibals. The name may, perhaps, have been given to denote the peculiar
+ferocity of this clan, and to convey a special stigma along with it.
+
+These same Typees enjoy a prodigious notoriety all over the islands. The
+natives of Nukuheva would frequently recount in pantomime to our ship's
+company their terrible feats, and would show the marks of wounds they had
+received in desperate encounters with them. When ashore they would, try to
+frighten us by pointing to one of their own number, and calling him a
+Typee, manifesting no little surprise that we did not take to our heels at
+so terrible an announcement. It was quite amusing, too, to see with what
+earnestness they disclaimed all cannibal propensities on their own part,
+while they denounced their enemies--the Typees--as inveterate gormandizers
+of human flesh; but this is a peculiarity to which I shall hereafter have
+occasion to allude.
+
+Although I was convinced that the inhabitants of our bay were as arrant
+cannibals as any of the other tribes on the island, still I could not but
+feel a particular and most unqualified repugnance to the aforesaid Typees.
+Even before visiting the Marquesas, I had heard from men who had touched
+at the group on former voyages some revolting stories in connection with
+these savages; and fresh in my remembrance was the adventure of the master
+of the _Katherine_, who only a few months previous, imprudently venturing
+into this bay in an armed boat for the purpose of barter, was seized by
+the natives, carried back a little distance into their valley, and was
+only saved from a cruel death by the intervention of a young girl, who
+facilitated his escape by night along the beach to Nukuheva.
+
+I had heard, too, of an English vessel that many years ago, after a weary
+cruise, sought to enter the bay of Nukuheva, and arriving within two or
+three miles of the land, was met by a large canoe filled with natives, who
+offered to lead the way to the place of their destination. The captain,
+unacquainted with the localities of the island, joyfully acceded to the
+proposition--the canoe paddled on and the ship followed. She was soon
+conducted to a beautiful inlet, and dropped her anchor in its waters
+beneath the shadows of the lofty shore. That same night the perfidious
+Typees, who had thus inveigled her into their fatal bay, flocked aboard
+the doomed vessel by hundreds, and at a given signal murdered every soul
+on board.
+
+
+
+
+
+                                CHAPTER IV
+
+
+     Thoughts previous to attempting an escape--Toby, a fellow-sailor,
+        agrees to share the adventure--Last night aboard the ship.
+
+
+Having fully resolved to leave the vessel clandestinely, and having
+acquired all the knowledge concerning the bay that I could obtain under
+the circumstances in which I was placed, I now deliberately turned over in
+my mind every plan of escape that suggested itself, being determined to
+act with all possible prudence in an attempt where failure would be
+attended with so many disagreeable consequences. The idea of being taken
+and brought back ignominiously to the ship was so inexpressibly repulsive
+to me, that I was determined by no hasty and imprudent measures to render
+such an event probable.
+
+I knew that our worthy captain, who felt such a paternal solicitude for
+the welfare of his crew, would not willingly consent that one of his best
+hands should encounter the perils of a sojourn among the natives of a
+barbarous island; and I was certain that in the event of my disappearance
+his fatherly anxiety would prompt him to offer, by way of a reward, yard
+upon yard of gaily printed calico for my apprehension. He might even have
+appreciated my services at the value of a musket, in which case I felt
+perfectly certain that the whole population of the bay would be
+immediately upon my track, incited by the prospect of so magnificent a
+bounty.
+
+Having ascertained the fact before alluded to, that the islanders, from
+motives of precaution, dwelt together in the depths of the valleys, and
+avoided wandering about the more elevated portions of the shore, unless
+bound on some expedition of war or plunder, I concluded that if I could
+effect unperceived a passage to the mountains, I might easily remain among
+them, supporting myself by such fruits as came in my way until the sailing
+of the ship, an event of which I could not fail to be immediately
+apprized, as from my lofty position I should command a view of the entire
+harbour.
+
+The idea pleased me greatly. It seemed to combine a great deal of
+practicability with no inconsiderable enjoyment in a quiet way; for how
+delightful it would be to look down upon the detested old vessel from the
+height of some thousand feet, and contrast the verdant scenery about me
+with the recollection of her narrow decks and gloomy forecastle! Why, it
+was really refreshing even to think of it; and so I straightway fell to
+picturing myself seated beneath a cocoa-nut tree on the brow of the
+mountain, with a cluster of plantains within easy reach, criticizing her
+nautical evolutions as she was working her way out of the harbour.
+
+To be sure there was one rather unpleasant drawback to these agreeable
+anticipations--the possibility of falling in with a foraging party of these
+same bloody-minded Typees, whose appetites, edged perhaps by the air of so
+elevated a region, might prompt them to devour one. This, I must confess,
+was the most disagreeable view of the matter.
+
+Just to think of a party of these unnatural gourmands taking it into their
+heads to make a convivial meal of a poor devil, who would have no means of
+escape or defence: however, there was no help for it. I was willing to
+encounter some risks in order to accomplish my object, and counted much
+upon my ability to elude these prowling cannibals amongst the many coverts
+which the mountains afforded. Besides, the chances were ten to one in my
+favour that they would none of them quit their own fastnesses.
+
+I had determined not to communicate my design of withdrawing from the
+vessel to any of my shipmates, and least of all to solicit any one to
+accompany me in my flight. But it so happened one night, that being upon
+deck, revolving over in my mind various plans of escape, I perceived one
+of the ship's company leaning over the bulwarks, apparently plunged in a
+profound reverie. He was a young fellow about my own age, for whom I had
+all along entertained a great regard; and Toby, such was the name by which
+he went among us, for his real name he would never tell us, was every way
+worthy of it. He was active, ready, and obliging, of dauntless courage,
+and singularly open and fearless in the expression of his feelings. I had
+on more than one occasion got him out of scrapes into which this had led
+him; and I know not whether it was from this cause, or a certain
+congeniality of sentiment between us, that he had always shown a
+partiality for my society. We had battled out many a long watch together,
+beguiling the weary hours with chat, song, and story, mingled with a good
+many imprecations upon the hard destiny it seemed our common fortune to
+encounter.
+
+  [Illustration: I FOUND HIM RIPE FOR THE ENTERPRISE, AND A VERY FEW
+  WORDS SUFFICED FOR A MUTUAL UNDERSTANDING BETWEEN US]
+
+Toby, like myself, had evidently moved in a different sphere of life, and
+his conversation at times betrayed this, although he was anxious to
+conceal it. He was one of that class of rovers you sometimes meet at sea,
+who never reveal their origin, never allude to home, and go rambling over
+the world as if pursued by some mysterious fate they cannot possibly
+elude.
+
+There was much even in the appearance of Toby calculated to draw me
+towards him, for while the greater part of the crew were as coarse in
+person as in mind, Toby was endowed with a remarkably prepossessing
+exterior. Arrayed in his blue frock and duck trousers, he was as smart a
+looking sailor as ever stepped upon a deck; he was singularly small and
+slightly made, with great flexibility of limb. His naturally dark
+complexion had been deepened by exposure to the tropical sun, and a mass
+of jetty locks clustered about his temples, and threw a darker shade into
+his large black eyes. He was a strange wayward being, moody, fitful, and
+melancholy--at times almost morose. He had a quick and fiery temper too,
+which, when thoroughly roused, transported him into a state bordering on
+delirium.
+
+It is strange the power that a mind of deep passion has over feebler
+natures. I have seen a brawny fellow, with no lack of ordinary courage,
+fairly quail before this slender stripling, when in one of his furious
+fits. But these paroxysms seldom occurred, and in them my big-hearted
+shipmate vented the bile which more calm-tempered individuals get rid of
+by a continual pettishness at trivial annoyances.
+
+No one ever saw Toby laugh--I mean in the hearty abandonment of
+broad-mouthed mirth. He did smile sometimes, it is true; and there was a
+good deal of dry, sarcastic humour about him, which told the more from the
+imperturbable gravity of his tone and manner.
+
+Latterly I had observed that Toby's melancholy had greatly increased, and
+I had frequently seen him since our arrival at the island gazing wistfully
+upon the shore, when the remainder of the crew would be rioting below. I
+was aware that he entertained a cordial detestation of the ship, and
+believed that should a fair chance of escape present itself, he would
+embrace it willingly. But the attempt was so perilous in the place where
+we then lay, that I supposed myself the only individual on board the ship
+who was sufficiently reckless to think of it. In this, however, I was
+mistaken.
+
+When I perceived Toby leaning, as I have mentioned, against the bulwarks
+and buried in thought, it struck me at once that the subject of his
+meditations might be the same as my own. And if it be so, thought I, is he
+not the very one of all my shipmates whom I would choose for the partner
+of my adventure? and why should I not have some comrade with me to divide
+its dangers and alleviate its hardships? Perhaps I might be obliged to lie
+concealed among the mountains for weeks. In such an event what a solace
+would a companion be?
+
+These thoughts passed rapidly through my mind, and I wondered why I had
+not before considered the matter in this light. But it was not too late. A
+tap upon the shoulder served to rouse Toby from his reverie; I found him
+ripe for the enterprise, and a very few words sufficed for a mutual
+understanding between us. In an hour's time we had arranged all the
+preliminaries, and decided upon our plan of action. We then ratified our
+engagement with an affectionate wedding of palms, and to elude suspicion
+repaired each to his hammock, to spend the last night on board the
+_Dolly_.
+
+The next day the starboard watch, to which we both belonged, was to be
+sent ashore on liberty; and, availing ourselves of this opportunity we
+determined, as soon after landing as possible, to separate ourselves from
+the rest of the men without exciting their suspicions, and strike back at
+once for the mountains. Seen from the ship, the summits appeared
+inaccessible, but here and there sloping spurs extended from them almost
+into the sea, buttressing the lofty elevations with which they were
+connected, and forming those radiating valleys I have before described.
+One of these ridges, which appeared more practicable than the rest, we
+determined to climb, convinced that it would conduct us to the heights
+beyond. Accordingly, we carefully observed its bearings and locality from
+the ship, so that when ashore we should run no chance of missing it.
+
+In all this the leading object we had in view was to seclude ourselves
+from sight until the departure of the vessel; then to take our chance as
+to the reception the Nukuheva natives might give us; and after remaining
+upon the island as long as we found our stay agreeable, to leave it the
+first favourable opportunity that offered.
+
+
+
+
+
+                                CHAPTER V
+
+
+       A specimen of nautical oratory--Criticisms of the sailors--The
+     starboard watch are given a holiday--The escape to the mountains.
+
+
+Early the next morning the starboard watch were mustered upon the
+quarter-deck, and our worthy captain, standing in the cabin gangway,
+harangued us as follows:--
+
+"Now, men, as we are just off a six month's cruise, and have got through
+most all our work in port here, I suppose you want to go ashore. Well, I
+mean to give your watch liberty to-day, so you may get ready as soon as
+you please, and go; but understand this, I am going to give you liberty
+because I suppose you would growl like so many old quarter gunners if I
+didn't; at the same time, if you'll take my advice, every mother's son of
+you will stay aboard, and keep out of the way of the bloody cannibals
+altogether. Ten to one, men, if you go ashore, you will get into some
+infernal row, and that will be the end of you; for if these tattooed
+scoundrels get you a little ways back into their valleys, they'll nab
+you--that you may be certain of. Plenty of white men have gone ashore here
+and never been seen any more. There was the old _Dido_, she put in here
+about two years ago, and sent one watch off on liberty; they never were
+heard of again for a week--the natives swore they didn't know where they
+were--and only three of them ever got back to the ship again, and one with
+his face damaged for life, for the cursed heathens tattooed a broad patch
+clean across his figure head. But it will be no use talking to you, for go
+you will, that I see plainly; so all I have to say is, that you need not
+blame me if the islanders make a meal of you. You may stand some chance of
+escaping them though, if you keep close about the French encampment, and
+are back to the ship again before sunset. Keep that much in your mind, if
+you forget all the rest I've been saying to you. There, go forward: bear a
+hand and rig yourselves, and stand by for a call. At two bells the boat
+will be manned to take you off, and the Lord have mercy on you!"
+
+Various were the emotions depicted upon the countenances of the starboard
+watch whilst listening to this address; but on its conclusion there was a
+general move towards the forecastle, and we soon were all busily engaged
+in getting ready for the holiday so auspiciously announced by the skipper.
+During these preparations, his harangue was commented upon in no very
+measured terms; and one of the party, after denouncing him as a lying old
+son of a sea-cook who begrudged a fellow a few hours' liberty, exclaimed
+with an oath, "But you don't bounce me out of my liberty, old chap, for
+all your yarns; for I would go ashore if every pebble on the beach was a
+live coal, and every stick a gridiron, and the cannibals stood ready to
+broil me on landing."
+
+The spirit of this sentiment was responded to by all hands, and we
+resolved that in spite of the captain's croakings we would make a glorious
+day of it.
+
+But Toby and I had our own game to play, and we availed ourselves of the
+confusion which always reigns among a ship's company preparatory to going
+ashore, to confer together and complete our arrangements. As our object
+was to effect as rapid a flight as possible to the mountains, we
+determined not to encumber ourselves with any superfluous apparel; and
+accordingly, while the rest were rigging themselves out with some idea of
+making a display, we were content to put on new stout duck trousers,
+serviceable pumps, and heavy Havre frocks, which, with a Payta hat,
+completed our equipment.
+
+When our shipmates wondered at this, Toby exclaimed, in his odd grave way,
+that the rest might do as they liked, but that he for one preserved his
+go-ashore traps for the Spanish main, where the tie of a sailor's
+neckerchief might make some difference; but as for a parcel of unbreeched
+heathen, he wouldn't go to the bottom of his chest for any of them, and
+was half disposed to appear among them in buff himself. The men laughed at
+what they thought was one of his strange conceits, and so we escaped
+suspicion.
+
+It may appear singular that we should have been thus on our guard with our
+own shipmates; but there were some among us who, had they possessed the
+least inkling of our project, would, for a paltry hope of reward, have
+immediately communicated it to the captain.
+
+As soon as two bells struck, the word was passed for the liberty-men to
+get into the boat. I lingered behind in the forecastle a moment, to take a
+parting glance at its familiar features, and just as I was about to ascend
+to the deck, my eye happened to light on the bread-barge and beef-kid,
+which contained the remnants of our last hasty meal. Although I had never
+before thought of providing anything in the way of food for our
+expedition, as I fully relied upon the fruits of the island to sustain us
+wherever we might wander, yet I could not resist the inclination I felt to
+provide a luncheon from the relics before me. Accordingly I took a double
+handful of those small, broken, flinty bits of biscuit which generally go
+by the name of "midshipmen's nuts," and thrust them into the bosom of my
+frock; in which same ample receptacle I had previously stowed away several
+pounds of tobacco and a few yards of cotton cloth,--articles with which I
+intended to purchase the good-will of the natives, as soon as we should
+appear among them after the departure of our vessel.
+
+This last addition to my stock caused a considerable protuberance in
+front, which I abated in a measure by shaking the bits of bread around my
+waist, and distributing the plugs of tobacco among the folds of the
+garment.
+
+Hardly had I completed these arrangements when my name was sung out by a
+dozen voices, and I sprung upon the deck, where I found all the party in
+the boat, and impatient to shove off. I dropped over the side, and seated
+myself, with the rest of the watch, in the stern sheets, while the poor
+larboarders shipped their oars, and commenced pulling us ashore.
+
+This happened to be the rainy season at the islands, and the heavens had
+nearly the whole morning betokened one of those heavy showers which,
+during this period, so frequently occur. The large drops fell bubbling
+into the water shortly after our leaving the ship, and by the time we had
+effected a landing, it poured down in torrents. We fled for shelter under
+cover of an immense canoe-house, which stood hard by the beach, and waited
+for the first fury of the storm to pass.
+
+It continued, however, without cessation; and the monotonous beating of
+the rain overhead began to exert a drowsy influence upon the men, who,
+throwing themselves here and there upon the large war-canoes, after
+chatting awhile, all fell asleep.
+
+This was the opportunity we desired, and Toby and I availed ourselves of
+it at once, by stealing out of the canoe-house, and plunging into the
+depths of an extensive grove that was in its rear. After ten minutes'
+rapid progress, we gained an open space, from which we could just descry
+the ridge we intended to mount looming dimly through the mists of the
+tropical shower, and distant from us, as we estimated, something more than
+a mile. Our direct course towards it lay through a rather populous part of
+the bay; but desirous as we were of evading the natives and securing an
+unmolested retreat to the mountains, we determined, by taking a circuit
+through some extensive thickets, to avoid their vicinity altogether.
+
+The heavy rain that still continued to fall without intermission, favoured
+our enterprise, as it drove the islanders into their houses, and prevented
+any casual meeting with them. Our heavy frocks soon became completely
+saturated with water, and by their weight, and that of the articles we had
+concealed beneath them, not a little impeded our progress. But it was no
+time to pause, when at any moment we might be surprised by a body of the
+savages, and forced at the very outset to relinquish our undertaking.
+
+Since leaving the canoe-house we had scarcely exchanged a single syllable
+with one another, but when we entered a second narrow opening in the wood,
+and again caught sight of the ridge before us, I took Toby by the arm, and
+pointing along its sloping outline to the lofty heights at its extremity,
+said, in a low tone, "Now, Toby, not a word, nor a glance backward, till
+we stand on the summit of yonder mountain; so no more lingering, but let
+us shove ahead while we can, and in a few hours' time we may laugh aloud.
+You are the lightest and the nimblest, so lead on, and I will follow."
+
+"All right, brother," said Toby, "quick's our play, only let's keep close
+together, that's all"; and so saying, with a bound like a young roe, he
+cleared a brook which ran across our path, and rushed forward with a quick
+step.
+
+When we arrived within a short distance of the ridge, we were stopped by a
+mass of tall yellow reeds, growing together as thickly as they could
+stand, and as tough and stubborn as so many rods of steel; and we
+perceived, to our chagrin, that they extended midway up the elevation we
+proposed to ascend.
+
+For a moment we gazed about us in quest of a more practicable route; it
+was, however, at once apparent that there was no resource but to pierce
+this thicket of canes at all hazards. We now reversed our order of march,
+I, being the heaviest, taking the lead, with a view of breaking a path
+through the obstruction, while Toby fell into the rear.
+
+Two or three times I endeavoured to insinuate myself between the canes,
+and, by dint of coaxing and bending them, to make some progress; but a
+bull-frog might as well have tried to work a passage through the teeth of
+a comb, and I gave up the attempt in despair.
+
+Half wild with meeting an obstacle we had so little anticipated, I threw
+myself desperately against it, crushing to the ground the canes with which
+I came in contact, and rising to my feet again, repeated the action with
+like effect. Twenty minutes of this violent exercise almost exhausted me,
+but it carried us some way into the thicket; when Toby, who had been
+reaping the benefit of my labours by following close at my heels, proposed
+to become pioneer in turn, and accordingly passed ahead with a view of
+affording me a respite from my exertions. As, however, with his slight
+frame he made but bad work of it, I was soon obliged to resume my old
+place again.
+
+On we toiled, the perspiration starting from our bodies in floods, our
+limbs torn and lacerated with the splintered fragments of the broken
+canes, until we had proceeded perhaps as far as the middle of the brake,
+when suddenly it ceased raining, and the atmosphere around us became close
+and sultry beyond expression. The elasticity of the reeds quickly
+recovering from the temporary pressure of our bodies, caused them to
+spring back to their original position, so that they closed in upon us as
+we advanced, and prevented the circulation of the little air which might
+otherwise have reached us. Besides this, their great height completely
+shut us out from the view of surrounding objects, and we were not certain
+but that we might have been going all the time in a wrong direction.
+
+Fatigued with my long-continued efforts, and panting for breath, I felt
+myself completely incapacitated for any further exertion. I rolled up the
+sleeve of my frock, and squeezed the moisture it contained into my parched
+mouth. But the few drops I managed to obtain gave me little relief, and I
+sank down for a moment with a sort of dogged apathy, from which I was
+aroused by Toby, who had devised a plan to free us from the net in which
+we had become entangled.
+
+He was laying about him lustily with his sheath-knife, lopping the canes
+right and left, like a reaper, and soon made quite a clearing around us.
+This sight reanimated me; and seizing my own knife, I hacked and hewed
+away without mercy. But, alas! the farther we advanced the thicker and
+taller, and apparently the more interminable, the reeds became.
+
+I began to think we were fairly snared, and had almost made up my mind
+that without a pair of wings we should never be able to escape from the
+toils, when all at once I discerned a peep of daylight through the canes
+on my right, and, communicating the joyful tidings to Toby, we both fell
+to with fresh spirit, and speedily opening a passage towards it, we found
+ourselves clear of perplexities, and in the near vicinity of the ridge.
+
+After resting for a few moments we began the ascent, and after a little
+vigorous climbing found ourselves close to its summit. Instead, however,
+of walking along its ridge, where we should have been in full view of the
+natives in the vales beneath, and at a point where they could easily
+intercept us, were they so inclined, we cautiously advanced on one side,
+crawling on our hands and knees, and screened from observation by the
+grass through which we glided, much in the fashion of a couple of
+serpents. After an hour employed in this unpleasant kind of locomotion, we
+started to our feet again, and pursued our way boldly along the crest of
+the ridge.
+
+This salient spur of the lofty elevations that encompassed the bay, rose
+with sharp angle from the valleys at its base, and presented, with the
+exception of a few steep acclivities, the appearance of a vast inclined
+plane, sweeping down towards the sea from the heights in the distance. We
+had ascended it near the place of its termination, and at its lowest
+point, and now saw our route to the mountains distinctly defined along its
+narrow crest, which was covered with a soft carpet of verdure, and was in
+many parts only a few feet wide.
+
+Elated with the success which had so far attended our enterprise, and
+invigorated by the refreshing atmosphere we now inhaled, Toby and I, in
+high spirits, were making our way rapidly along the ridge when suddenly
+from the valleys below, which lay on either side of us, we heard the
+distant shouts of the natives, who had just descried us, and to whom our
+figures, brought in bold relief against the sky, were plainly revealed.
+
+Glancing our eyes into these valleys, we perceived their savage
+inhabitants hurrying to and fro, seemingly under the influence of some
+sudden alarm, and appearing to the eye scarcely bigger than so many
+pigmies, while their white thatched dwellings, dwarfed by the distance,
+looked like baby-houses. As we looked down upon the islanders from our
+lofty elevation, we experienced a sense of security; feeling confident
+that, should they undertake a pursuit, it would, from the start we now
+had, proved entirely fruitless, unless they followed us into the
+mountains, where we knew they cared not to venture.
+
+However, we thought it was well to make the most of our time; and
+accordingly, where the ground would admit of it, we ran swiftly along the
+summit of the ridge, until we were brought to a stand by a steep cliff,
+which at first seemed to interpose an effectual barrier to our farther
+advance. By dint of much hard scrambling, however, and at some risk to our
+necks, we at last surmounted it, and continued our flight with unabated
+celerity.
+
+We had left the beach early in the morning, and after an uninterrupted,
+though at times difficult and dangerous ascent, during which we had never
+once turned our faces to the sea, we found ourselves, about three hours
+before sunset, standing on the top of what seemed to be the highest land
+on the island, an immense overhanging cliff composed of basaltic rocks,
+hung round with parasitical plants. We must have been more than three
+thousand feet above the level of the sea, and the scenery viewed from this
+height was magnificent.
+
+The lonely bay of Nukuheva, dotted here and there with the black hulls of
+the vessels composing the French squadron, lay reposing at the base of a
+circular range of elevations, whose verdant sides, perforated with deep
+glens, or diversified with smiling valleys, formed altogether the
+loveliest view I ever beheld, and were I to live a hundred years, I shall
+never forget the feeling of admiration which I then experienced.
+
+
+
+
+
+                                CHAPTER VI
+
+
+        The other side of the mountain--Disappointment--Inventory of
+         articles brought from the ship--Division of the stock of
+       bread--Appearance of the interior of the island--A discovery--A
+      ravine and waterfalls--A sleepless night--Further discoveries--My
+                      illness--A Marquesan landscape.
+
+
+My curiosity had been not a little raised with regard to the description
+of country we should meet on the other side of the mountains; and I had
+supposed, with Toby, that immediately on gaining the heights we should be
+enabled to view the large bays of Happar and Typee reposing at our feet on
+one side, in the same way that Nukuheva lay spread out below on the other.
+But here we were disappointed. Instead of finding the mountain we had
+ascended sweeping down in the opposite direction into broad and capacious
+valleys, the land appeared to retain its general elevation, only broken
+into a series of ridges and inter-vales, which as far as the eye could
+reach stretched away from us, with their precipitous sides covered with
+the brightest verdure, and waving here and there with the foliage of
+clumps of woodland; among which, however, we perceived none of those trees
+upon whose fruit we had relied with such certainty.
+
+This was a most unlooked-for discovery, and one that promised to defeat
+our plans altogether, for we could not think of descending the mountain on
+the Nukuheva side in quest of food. Should we for this purpose be induced
+to retrace our steps, we should run no small chance of encountering the
+natives, who in that case, if they did nothing worse to us, would be
+certain to convey us back to the ship for the sake of the reward in calico
+and trinkets, which we had no doubt our skipper would hold out to them as
+an inducement to our capture.
+
+What was to be done? The _Dolly_ would not sail perhaps for ten days, and
+how were we to sustain life during this period? I bitterly repented our
+improvidence in not providing ourselves, as we easily might have done,
+with a supply of biscuit. With a rueful visage I now bethought me of the
+scanty handful of bread I had stuffed into the bosom of my frock, and felt
+somewhat desirous to ascertain what part of it had weathered the rather
+rough usage it had experienced in ascending the mountain. I accordingly
+proposed to Toby that we should enter into a joint examination of the
+various articles we had brought from the ship. With this intent we seated
+ourselves upon the grass; and a little curious to see with what kind of
+judgment my companion had filled his frock--which I remarked seemed about
+as well lined as my own--I requested him to commence operations by
+spreading out its contents.
+
+Thrusting his hand, then, into the bosom of his capacious receptacle, he
+first brought to light about a pound of tobacco, whose component parts
+still adhered together, the whole outside being covered with soft
+particles of sea-bread. Wet and dripping, it had the appearance of having
+been just recovered from the bottom of the sea. But I paid slight
+attention to a substance of so little value to us in our present
+situation, as soon as I perceived the indications it gave of Toby's
+foresight in laying in a supply of food for the expedition.
+
+I eagerly inquired what quantity he had brought with him, when rummaging
+once more beneath his garment, he produced a small handful of something so
+soft, pulpy, and discoloured, that for a few moments he was as much
+puzzled as myself to tell by what possible instrumentality such a
+villanous compound had become engendered in his bosom. I can only describe
+it as a hash of soaked bread and bits of tobacco, brought to a doughy
+consistency by the united agency of perspiration and rain. But repulsive
+as it might otherwise have been, I now regarded it as an invaluable
+treasure, and proceeded with great care to transfer this paste-like mass
+to a large leaf which I had plucked from a bush beside me. Toby informed
+me that in the morning he had placed two whole biscuits in his bosom, with
+a view of munching them, should he feel so inclined, during our flight.
+These were now reduced to the equivocal substance which I had just placed
+on the leaf.
+
+Another dive into the frock brought to view some four or five yards of
+calico print, whose tasteful pattern was rather disfigured by the yellow
+stains of the tobacco with which it had been brought in contact. In
+drawing this calico slowly from his bosom inch by inch, Toby reminded me
+of a juggler performing the feat of the endless ribbon. The next cast was
+a small one, being a sailor's little "ditty bag," containing needles,
+thread, and other sewing utensils; then came a razor-case, followed by two
+or three separate plugs of negro-head, which were fished up from the
+bottom of the now empty receptacle. These various matters being inspected,
+I produced a few things which I had myself brought.
+
+As might have been anticipated from the state of my companion's edible
+supplies, I found my own in a deplorable condition, and diminished to a
+quantity that would not have formed half a dozen mouthfuls for a hungry
+man who was partial enough to tobacco not to mind swallowing it. A few
+morsels of bread, with a fathom or two of white cotton cloth, and several
+pounds of choice pigtail, composed the extent of my possessions.
+
+Our joint stock of miscellaneous articles were now made up into a compact
+bundle, which it was agreed we should carry alternately. But the sorry
+remains of the biscuit were not to be disposed of so summarily: the
+precarious circumstances in which we were placed made us regard them as
+something on which very probably depended the fate of our adventure. After
+a brief discussion, in which we both of us expressed our resolution of not
+descending into the bay until the ship's departure, I suggested to my
+companion that little of it as there was, we should divide the bread into
+six equal portions, each of which should be a day's allowance for both of
+us. This proposition he assented to; so I took the silk kerchief from my
+neck, and cutting it with my knife into half a dozen equal pieces,
+proceeded to make an exact division.
+
+At first, Toby, with a degree of fastidiousness that seemed to me
+ill-timed, was for picking out the minute particles of tobacco with which
+the spongy mass was mixed; but against this proceeding I protested, as by
+such an operation we must have greatly diminished its quantity.
+
+When the division was accomplished, we found that a day's allowance for
+the two was not a great deal more than what a table-spoon might hold. Each
+separate portion we immediately rolled up in the bit of silk prepared for
+it, and joining them all together into a small package, I committed them,
+with solemn injunctions of fidelity, to the custody of Toby. For the
+remainder of that day we resolved to fast, as we had been fortified by a
+breakfast in the morning; and now starting again to our feet, we looked
+about us for a shelter during the night, which, from the appearance of the
+heavens, promised to be a dark and tempestuous one.
+
+There was no place near us which would in any way answer our purpose; so
+turning our backs upon Nukuheva, we commenced exploring the unknown
+regions which lay upon the other side of the mountain.
+
+In this direction, as far as our vision extended, not a sign of life, nor
+anything that denoted even the transient residence of man could be seen.
+The whole landscape seemed one unbroken solitude, the interior of the
+island having apparently been untenanted since the morning of the
+creation; and as we advanced through this wilderness, our voices sounded
+strangely in our ears, as though human accents had never before disturbed
+the fearful silence of the place, interrupted only by the low murmurings
+of distant waterfalls.
+
+Our disappointment, however, in not finding the various fruits with which
+we had intended to regale ourselves during our stay in these wilds, was a
+good deal lessened by the consideration that from this very circumstance
+we should be much less exposed to a casual meeting with the savage tribes
+about us, who we knew always dwelt beneath the shadows of those trees
+which supplied them with food.
+
+We wandered along, casting eager glances into every bush we passed, until
+just as we had succeeded in mounting one of the many ridges that
+intersected the ground, I saw in the grass before me something like an
+indistinctly traced footpath, which appeared to lead along the top of the
+ridge, and to descend with it into a deep ravine about half a mile in
+advance of us.
+
+Robinson Crusoe could not have been more startled at the footprint in the
+sand than we were at this unwelcome discovery. My first impulse was to
+make as rapid a retreat as possible, and bend our steps in some other
+direction; but our curiosity to see whither this path might lead, prompted
+us to pursue it. So on we went, the track becoming more and more visible
+the farther we proceeded, until it conducted us to the verge of the
+ravine, where it abruptly terminated.
+
+"And so," said Toby, peering down into the chasm, "every one that travels
+this path takes a jump here, eh?"
+
+"Not so," said I, "for I think they might manage to descend without it;
+what say you,--shall we attempt the feat?"
+
+"And what, in the name of caves and coal-holes, do you expect to find at
+the bottom of that gulf but a broken neck--why, it looks blacker than our
+ship's hold, and the roar of those waterfalls down there would batter
+one's brains to pieces."
+
+"Oh, no, Toby," I exclaimed, laughing; "but there's something to be seen
+here, that's plain, or there would have been no path, and I am resolved to
+find out what it is."
+
+"I will tell you what, my pleasant fellow," rejoined Toby, quickly, "if
+you are going to pry into everything you meet with here that excites your
+curiosity, you will marvellously soon get knocked on the head; to a dead
+certainty you will come bang upon a party of these savages in the midst of
+your discovery-makings, and I doubt whether such an event would
+particularly delight you. Just take my advice for once, and let us 'bout
+ship and steer in some other direction; besides, it's getting late, and we
+ought to be mooring ourselves for the night."
+
+"That is just the thing I have been driving at," replied I; "and I am
+thinking that this ravine will exactly answer our purpose, for it is
+roomy, secluded, well watered, and may shelter us from the weather."
+
+"Ay, and from sleep too, and by the same token will give us sore throats,
+and rheumatism into the bargain," cried Toby, with evident dislike at the
+idea.
+
+"Oh, very well then, my lad," said I, "since you will not accompany me,
+here I go, alone. You will see me in the morning"; and advancing to the
+edge of the cliff upon which we had been standing, I proceeded to lower
+myself down by the tangled roots which clustered about all the crevices of
+the rock. As I had anticipated, Toby, in spite of his previous
+remonstrances, followed my example, and dropping himself with the activity
+of a squirrel from point to point, he quickly outstripped me, and effected
+a landing at the bottom before I had accomplished two-thirds of the
+descent.
+
+The sight that now greeted us was one that will ever be vividly impressed
+upon my mind. Five foaming streams, rushing through as many gorges, and
+swelled and turbid by the recent rains, united together in one mad plunge
+of nearly eighty feet, and fell with wild uproar into a deep black pool
+scooped out of the gloomy-looking rocks that lay piled around, and thence
+in one collected body dashed down a narrow sloping channel which seemed to
+penetrate into the very bowels of the earth. Overhead, vast roots of trees
+hung down from the sides of the ravine, dripping with moisture, and
+trembling with the concussions produced by the fall. It was now sunset,
+and the feeble uncertain light that found its way into these caverns and
+woody depths heightened their strange appearance, and reminded us that in
+a short time we should find ourselves in utter darkness.
+
+As soon as I had satisfied my curiosity by gazing at this scene, I fell to
+wondering how it was that what we had taken for a path should have
+conducted us to so singular a place, and began to suspect that after all I
+might have been deceived in supposing it to have been a track formed by
+the islanders. This was rather an agreeable reflection than otherwise, for
+it diminished our dread of accidentally meeting with any of them, and I
+came to the conclusion that perhaps we could not have selected a more
+secure hiding-place than this very spot we had so accidentally hit upon.
+Toby agreed with me in this view of the matter, and we immediately began
+gathering together the limbs of trees which lay scattered about, with the
+view of constructing a temporary hut for the night. This we were obliged
+to build close to the foot of the cataract for the current of water
+extended very nearly to the sides of the gorge. The few moments of light
+that remained we employed in covering our hut with a species of
+broad-bladed grass that grew in every fissure of the ravine. Our hut, if
+it deserved to be called one, consisted of six or eight of the straightest
+branches we could find laid obliquely against the steep wall of rock, with
+their lowered ends within a foot of the stream. Into the space thus
+covered over we managed to crawl, and dispose our wearied bodies as best
+we could.
+
+Shall I ever forget that horrid night! As for poor Toby, I could scarcely
+get a word out of him. It would have been some consolation to have heard
+his voice, but he lay shivering the live-long night like a man afflicted
+with the palsy, with his knees drawn up to his head, while his back was
+supported against the dripping side of the rock. During this wretched
+night there seemed nothing wanting to complete the perfect misery of our
+condition. The rain descended in such torrents that our poor shelter
+proved a mere mockery. In vain did I try to elude the incessant streams
+that poured upon me; by protecting one part I only exposed another, and
+the water was continually finding some new opening through which to drench
+us.
+
+I have had many a ducking in the course of my life, and in general cared
+little about it: but the accumulated horrors of that night, the death-like
+coldness of the place, the appalling darkness and the dismal sense of our
+forlorn condition, almost unmanned me.
+
+It will not be doubted that the next morning we were early risers, and as
+soon as I could catch the faintest glimpse of anything like daylight I
+shook my companion by the arm, and told him it was sunrise. Poor Toby
+lifted up his head, and after a moment's pause said, in a husky voice,
+"Then, shipmate, my toplights have gone out, for it appears darker now
+with my eyes open than it did when they were shut."
+
+"Nonsense!" exclaimed I; "you are not awake yet."
+
+"Awake!" roared Toby, in a rage; "awake! You mean to insinuate I've been
+asleep, do you? It is an insult to a man to suppose he could sleep in such
+a place as this."
+
+By the time I had apologized to my friend for having misconstrued his
+silence, it had become somewhat more light, and we crawled out of our
+lair. The rain had ceased, but everything around us was dripping with
+moisture. We stripped off our saturated garments, and wrung them as dry as
+we could. We contrived to make the blood circulate in our benumbed limbs
+by rubbing them vigorously with our hands; and after performing our
+ablutions in the stream, and putting on our still wet clothes, we began to
+think it advisable to break our long fast, it being now twenty-four hours
+since we had tasted food.
+
+Accordingly, our day's ration was brought out, and seating ourselves on a
+detached fragment of rock, we proceeded to discuss it. First we divided it
+into equal portions, and carefully rolling one of them up for our
+evening's repast, divided the remainder again as equally as possible, and
+then drew lots for the first choice. I could have placed the morsel that
+fell to my share upon the tip of my finger; but notwithstanding this, I
+took care that it should be full ten minutes before I had swallowed the
+last crumb. What a true saying it is that "appetite furnishes the best
+sauce"! There was a flavour and a relish to this small particle of food
+that, under other circumstances, it would have been impossible for the
+most delicate viands to have imparted. A copious draught of the pure water
+which flowed at our feet served to complete the meal, and after it we rose
+sensibly refreshed, and prepared for whatever might befall us.
+
+We now carefully examined the chasm in which we had passed the night. We
+crossed the stream, and gaining the farther side of the pool I have
+mentioned, discovered proofs that the spot must have been visited by some
+one but a short time previous to our arrival. Further observation
+convinced us that it had been regularly frequented, and, as we afterwards
+conjectured from particular indications, for the purpose of obtaining a
+certain root, from which the natives obtained a kind of ointment.
+
+These discoveries immediately determined us to abandon a place which had
+presented no inducement for us to remain, except the promise of security;
+and as we looked about us for the means of ascending again into the upper
+regions, we at last found a practicable part of the rock, and
+half-an-hour's toil carried us to the summit of the same cliff from which
+the preceding evening we had descended.
+
+I now proposed to Toby that instead of rambling about the island, exposing
+ourselves to discovery at every turn, we should select some place as our
+fixed abode for as long a period as our food should hold out, build
+ourselves a comfortable hut, and be as prudent and circumspect as
+possible. To all this my companion assented, and we at once set about
+carrying the plan into execution.
+
+With this view, after exploring without success a little glen near us, we
+crossed several of the ridges of which I have before spoken; and about
+noon found ourselves ascending a long and gradually rising slope, but
+still without having discovered any place adapted to our purpose. Low and
+heavy clouds betokened an approaching storm, and we hurried on to gain a
+covert in a clump of thick bushes, which appeared to terminate the long
+ascent. We threw ourselves under the lee of these bushes, and pulling up
+the long grass that grew around, covered ourselves completely with it, and
+awaited the shower.
+
+But it did not come as soon as we had expected, and before many minutes my
+companion was fast asleep, and I was rapidly falling into the same state
+of happy forgetfulness. Just at this juncture, however, down came the rain
+with a violence that put all thoughts of slumber to flight. Although in
+some measure sheltered, our clothes soon became as wet as ever; this,
+after all the trouble we had taken to dry them, was provoking enough: but
+there was no help for it; and I recommend all adventurous youths who
+abandon vessels in romantic islands during the rainy season, to provide
+themselves with umbrellas.
+
+After an hour or so the shower passed away. My companion slept through it
+all, or at least appeared so to do; and now that it was over I had not the
+heart to awaken him. As I lay on my back completely shrouded with verdure,
+the leafy branches drooping over me, and my limbs buried in grass, I could
+not avoid comparing our situation with that of the interesting babes in
+the wood. Poor little sufferers!--no wonder their constitutions broke down
+under the hardships to which they were exposed.
+
+During the hour or two spent under the shelter of these bushes, I began to
+feel symptoms which I at once attributed to the exposure of the preceding
+night. Cold shiverings and a burning fever succeeded one another at
+intervals, while one of my legs was swelled to such a degree, and pained
+me so acutely, that I half suspected I had been bitten by some venomous
+reptile, the congenial inhabitant of the chasm from which we had lately
+emerged. I may here remark by the way--what I subsequently learned--that all
+the islands of Polynesia enjoy the reputation, in common with the
+Hibernian isle, of being free from the presence of any vipers; though
+whether Saint Patrick ever visited them, is a question I shall not attempt
+to decide.
+
+As the feverish sensation increased upon me I tossed about, still
+unwilling to disturb my slumbering companion, from whose side I removed
+two or three yards. I chanced to push aside a branch, and by so doing
+suddenly disclosed to my view a scene which even now I can recall with all
+the vividness of the first impression. Had a glimpse of the gardens of
+Paradise been revealed to me, I could scarcely have been more ravished
+with the sight.
+
+From the spot where I lay tranfixed with surprise and delight, I looked
+straight down into the bosom of a valley, which swept away in long wavy
+undulations to the blue waters in the distance. Midway towards the sea,
+and peering here and there amidst the foliage, might be seen the
+palmetto-thatched houses of its inhabitants, glistening in the sun that
+had bleached them to a dazzling whiteness. The vale was more than three
+leagues in length, and about a mile across at its greatest width.
+
+On either side it appeared hemmed in by steep and green acclivities,
+which, uniting near the spot where I lay, formed an abrupt and
+semi-circular termination of grassy cliffs and precipices hundreds of feet
+in height, over which flowed numberless small cascades. But the crowning
+beauty of the prospect was its universal verdure; and in this indeed
+consists, I believe, the peculiar charm of every Polynesian landscape.
+Everywhere below me, from the base of the precipice upon whose very verge
+I had been unconsciously reposing, the surface of the vale presented a
+mass of foliage, spread with such rich profusion that it was impossible to
+determine of what description of trees it consisted.
+
+But perhaps there was nothing about the scenery I beheld more impressive
+than those silent cascades, whose slender threads of water, after leaping
+down the steep cliffs, were lost amidst the rich herbage of the valley.
+
+Over all the landscape there reigned the most hushed repose, which I
+almost feared to break, lest, like the enchanted gardens in the fairy
+tale, a single syllable might dissolve the spell. For a long time,
+forgetful alike of my own situation, and the vicinity of my still
+slumbering companion, I remained gazing around me, hardly able to
+comprehend by what means I had thus suddenly been made a spectator of such
+a scene.
+
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER VII
+
+
+      The important question, Typee or Happar?--A wild-goose chase--My
+     sufferings--Disheartening situation--A night in the ravine--Morning
+           meal--Happy idea of Toby--Journey towards the valley.
+
+
+Recovering from my astonishment at the beautiful scene before me, I
+quickly awakened Toby, and informed him of the discovery I had made.
+Together we now repaired to the border of the precipice, and my
+companion's admiration was equal to my own. A little reflection, however,
+abated our surprise at coming so unexpectedly upon this valley, since the
+large vales of Happar and Typee, lying upon this side of Nukuheva, and
+extending a considerable distance from the sea towards the interior, must
+necessarily terminate somewhere about this point.
+
+The question now was as to which of those two places we were looking down
+upon. Toby insisted that it was the abode of the Happars, and I that it
+was tenanted by their enemies, the ferocious Typees. To be sure I was not
+entirely convinced by my own arguments, but Toby's proposition to descend
+at once into the valley, and partake of the hospitality of its inmates,
+seemed to me to be risking so much upon the strength of a mere
+supposition, that I resolved to oppose it until we had more evidence to
+proceed upon.
+
+The point was one of vital importance, as the natives of Happar were not
+only at peace with Nukuheva, but cultivated with its inhabitants the most
+friendly relations, and enjoyed beside a reputation for gentleness and
+humanity which led us to expect from them, if not a cordial reception, at
+least a shelter during the short period we should remain in their
+territory.
+
+On the other hand, the very name of Typee struck a panic into my heart
+which I did not attempt to disguise. The thought of voluntarily throwing
+ourselves into the hands of these cruel savages, seemed to me an act of
+mere madness; and almost equally so the idea of venturing into the valley,
+uncertain by which of these two tribes it was inhabited. That the vale at
+our feet was tenanted by one of them, was a point that appeared to us past
+all doubt, since we knew that they resided in this quarter, although our
+information did not enlighten us further.
+
+My companion, however, incapable of resisting the tempting prospect which
+the place held out of an abundant supply of food and other means of
+enjoyment, still clung to his own inconsiderate view of the subject, nor
+could all my reasoning shake it. When I reminded him that it was
+impossible for either of us to know anything with certainty, and when I
+dealt upon the horrible fate we should encounter were we rashly to descend
+into the valley, and discover too late the error we had committed, he
+replied by detailing all the evils of our present condition, and the
+sufferings we must undergo should we continue to remain where we then
+were.
+
+Anxious to draw him away from the subject, if possible--for I saw that it
+would be in vain to attempt changing his mind--I directed his attention to
+a long bright unwooded tract of land which, sweeping down from the
+elevations in the interior, descended into the valley before us. I then
+suggested to him that beyond this ridge might lie a capacious and
+untenanted valley, abounding with all manner of delicious fruits; for I
+had heard that there were several such upon the island, and proposed that
+we should endeavour to reach it, and if we found our expectations realized
+we should at once take refuge in it and remain there as long as we
+pleased.
+
+He acquiesced in the suggestion; and we immediately, therefore, began
+surveying the country lying before us, with a view of determining upon the
+best route for us to pursue; but it presented little choice, the whole
+interval being broken into steep ridges, divided by dark ravines,
+extending in parallel lines at right angles to our direct course. All
+these we would be obliged to cross before we could hope to arrive at our
+destination.
+
+A weary journey! But we decided to undertake it, though, for my own part,
+I felt little prepared to encounter its fatigues, shivering and burning by
+turns with the ague and fever; for I know not how else to describe the
+alternate sensations I experienced, and suffering not a little from the
+lameness which afflicted me. Added to this was the faintness consequent on
+our meagre diet--a calamity in which Toby participated to the same extent
+as myself.
+
+These circumstances, however, only augmented my anxiety to reach a place
+which promised us plenty and repose, before I should be reduced to a state
+which would render me altogether unable to perform the journey.
+Accordingly we now commenced it by descending the almost perpendicular
+side of a steep and narrow gorge, bristling with a thick growth of reeds.
+Here there was but one mode for us to adopt. We seated ourselves upon the
+ground, and guided our descent by catching at the canes in our path. The
+velocity with which we thus slid down the side of the ravine soon brought
+us to a point where we could use our feet, and in a short time we arrived
+at the edge of the torrent, which rolled impetuously along the bed of the
+chasm.
+
+After taking a refreshing draught from the water of the stream, we
+addressed ourselves to a much more difficult undertaking than the last.
+Every foot of our late descent had to be regained in ascending the
+opposite side of the gorge--an operation rendered the less agreeable from
+the consideration that in these perpendicular episodes we did not progress
+a hundred yards on our journey. But, ungrateful as the task was, we set
+about it with exemplary patience, and after a snail-like progress of an
+hour or more, had scaled perhaps one half of the distance, when the fever
+which had left me for awhile returned with such violence, and accompanied
+by so raging a thirst, that it required all the entreaties of Toby to
+prevent me from losing all the fruits of my late exertion, by
+precipitating myself madly down the cliffs we had just climbed, in quest
+of the water which flowed so temptingly at their base. At the moment all
+my hopes and fears appeared to be merged in this one desire, careless of
+the consequences that might result from its gratification. I am aware of
+no feeling, either of pleasure or of pain, that so completely deprives one
+of all power to resist its impulses, as this same raging thirst.
+
+Toby earnestly conjured me to continue the ascent, assuring me that a
+little more exertion would bring us to the summit, and that then in less
+than five minutes we should find ourselves at the brink of the stream,
+which must necessarily flow on the other side of the ridge.
+
+"Do not," he exclaimed, "turn back, now that we have proceeded thus far;
+for I tell you that neither of us will have the courage to repeat the
+attempt, if once more we find ourselves looking up to where we now are
+from the bottom of these rocks!"
+
+I was not yet so perfectly beside myself as to be heedless of these
+representations, and therefore toiled on, ineffectually endeavouring to
+appease the thirst which consumed me, by thinking that in a short time I
+should be able to gratify it to my heart's content.
+
+At last we gained the top of the second elevation, the loftiest of those I
+have described as extending in parallel lines between us and the valley we
+desired to reach. It commanded a view of the whole intervening distance;
+and, discouraged as I was by other circumstances, this prospect plunged me
+into the very depths of despair. Nothing but dark and fearful chasms,
+separated by sharp crested and perpendicular ridges as far as the eye
+could reach. Could we have stepped from summit to summit of these steep
+but narrow elevations we could easily have accomplished the distance; but
+we must penetrate to the bottom of every yawning gulf, and scale in
+succession every one of the eminences before us. Even Toby, although not
+suffering as I did, was not proof against the disheartening influences of
+the sight.
+
+But we did not long stand to contemplate it, impatient as I was to reach
+the waters of the torrent which flowed beneath us. With an insensibility
+to danger which I cannot call to mind without shuddering, we threw
+ourselves down the depths of the ravine, startling its savage solitudes
+with the echoes produced by the falling fragments of rock we every moment
+dislodged from their places, careless of the insecurity of our footing,
+and reckless whether the slight roots and twigs we clutched at sustained
+us for the while, or treacherously yielded to our grasp. For my own part,
+I scarcely knew whether I was helplessly falling from the heights above,
+or whether the fearful rapidity with which I descended was an act of my
+own volition.
+
+  [Illustration: AT LAST WE GAINED THE TOP OF THE SECOND ELEVATION]
+
+In a few minutes we reached the foot of the gorge, and kneeling upon a
+small ledge of dripping rocks, I bent over to the stream. What a delicious
+sensation was I now to experience! I paused for a second to concentrate
+all my capabilities of enjoyment, and then immerged my lips in the clear
+element before me. Had the apples of Sodom turned to ashes in my mouth, I
+could not have felt a more startling revulsion. A single drop of the cold
+fluid seemed to freeze every drop of blood in my body; the fever that had
+been burning in my veins gave place on the instant to death-like chills,
+which shook me one after another like so many shocks of electricity, while
+the perspiration produced by my late violent exertions congealed in icy
+beads upon my forehead. My thirst was gone, and I fairly loathed the
+water. Starting to my feet, the sight of those dank rocks, oozing forth
+moisture at every crevice, and the dark stream shooting along its dismal
+channel, sent fresh chills through my shivering frame, and I felt as
+uncontrollable a desire to climb up towards the genial sunlight as I
+before had to descend the ravine.
+
+After two hours' perilous exertions we stood upon the summit of another
+ridge, and it was with difficulty I could bring myself to believe that we
+had ever penetrated the black and yawning chasm which then gaped at our
+feet. Again we gazed upon the prospect which the height commanded, but it
+was just as depressing as the one which had before met our eyes. I now
+felt that in our present situation it was in vain for us to think of ever
+overcoming the obstacles in our way, and I gave up all thoughts of
+reaching the vale which lay beyond this series of impediments; while at
+the same time I could not devise any scheme to extricate ourselves from
+the difficulties in which we were involved.
+
+The remotest idea of returning to Nukuheva unless assured of our vessel's
+departure, never once entered my mind, and indeed it was questionable
+whether we could have succeeded in reaching it, divided as we were from
+the bay by a distance we could not compute, and perplexed too in our
+remembrance of localities by our recent wanderings. Besides, it was
+unendurable the thought of retracing our steps and rendering all our
+painful exertions of no avail.
+
+There is scarcely anything when a man is in difficulties that he is more
+disposed to look upon with abhorrence than a right-about retrograde
+movement--a systematic going over of the already trodden ground: and
+especially if he has a love of adventure, such a course appears
+indescribably repulsive, so long as there remains the least hope to be
+derived from braving untried difficulties.
+
+It was this feeling that prompted us to descend the opposite side of the
+elevation we had just scaled, although with what definite object in view
+it would have been impossible for either of us to tell.
+
+Without exchanging a syllable upon the subject, Toby and myself
+simultaneously renounced the design which had lured us thus far--perceiving
+in each other's countenances that desponding expression which speaks more
+eloquently than words.
+
+Together we stood towards the close of this weary day in the cavity of the
+third gorge we had entered, wholly incapacitated for any further exertion,
+until restored to some degree of strength by food and repose.
+
+We seated ourselves upon the least uncomfortable spot we could select, and
+Toby produced from the bosom of his frock the sacred package. In silence
+we partook of the small morsel of refreshment that had been left from the
+morning's repast, and without once proposing to violate the sanctity of
+our engagement with respect to the remainder, we rose to our feet, and
+proceeded to construct some sort of shelter under which we might obtain
+the sleep we so greatly needed.
+
+Fortunately the spot was better adapted to our purpose than the one in
+which we had passed the last wretched night. We cleared away the tall
+reeds from a small but almost level bit of ground, and twisted them into a
+low basket-like hut, which we covered with a profusion of long thick
+leaves, gathered from a tree near at hand. We disposed them thickly all
+around, reserving only a slight opening that barely permitted us to crawl
+under the shelter we had thus obtained.
+
+These deep recesses, though protected from the winds that assail the
+summits of their lofty sides, are damp and chill to a degree that one
+would hardly anticipate in such a climate; and being unprovided with
+anything but our woollen frocks and thin duck trousers to resist the cold
+of the place, we were the more solicitous to render our habitation for the
+night as comfortable as we could. Accordingly, in addition to what we had
+already done, we plucked down all the leaves within our reach and threw
+them in a heap over our little hut, into which we now crept, raking after
+us a reserved supply to form our couch.
+
+That night nothing but the pain I suffered prevented me from sleeping most
+refreshingly. As it was, I caught two or three naps, while Toby slept away
+at my side as soundly as though he had been sandwiched between two Holland
+sheets. Luckily it did not rain, and we were preserved from the misery
+which a heavy shower would have occasioned us.
+
+In the morning I was awakened by the sonorous voice of my companion
+ringing in my ears and bidding me rise. I crawled out from our heap of
+leaves, and was astonished at the change which a good night's rest had
+wrought in his appearance. He was as blithe and joyous as a young bird,
+and was staying the keenness of his morning's appetite by chewing the soft
+bark of a delicate branch he held in his hand, and he recommended the like
+to me, as an admirable antidote against the gnawings of hunger.
+
+For my own part, though feeling materially better than I had done the
+preceding evening, I could not look at the limb that had pained me so
+violently at intervals during the last twenty-four hours, without
+experiencing a sense of alarm that I strove in vain to shake off.
+Unwilling to disturb the flow of my comrade's spirits, I managed to stifle
+the complaints to which I might otherwise have given vent, and calling
+upon him good-humouredly to speed our banquet, I prepared myself for it by
+washing in the stream. This operation concluded, we swallowed, or rather
+absorbed, by a peculiar kind of slow sucking process, our respective
+morsels of nourishment, and then entered into a discussion as to the steps
+it was necessary for us to pursue.
+
+"What's to be done now?" inquired I, rather dolefully.
+
+"Descend into that same valley we descried yesterday," rejoined Toby, with
+a rapidity and loudness of utterance that almost led me to suspect he had
+been slyly devouring the broadside of an ox in some of the adjoining
+thickets. "What else," he continued, "remains for us to do but that, to be
+sure? Why, we shall both starve, to a certainty, if we remain here; and as
+to your fears of those Typees--depend upon it, it is all nonsense. It is
+impossible that the inhabitants of such a lovely place as we saw can be
+anything else but good fellows; and if you choose rather to perish with
+hunger in one of these soppy caverns, I for one prefer to chance a bold
+descent into the valley, and risk the consequences."
+
+"And who is to pilot us thither," I asked, "even if we should decide upon
+the measure you propose? Are we to go again up and down those precipices
+that we crossed yesterday, until we reach the place we started from, and
+then take a flying leap from the cliffs to the valley?"
+
+"'Faith, I didn't think of that," said Toby; "sure enough, both sides of
+the valley appeared to be hemmed in by precipices, didn't they?"
+
+"Yes," answered I; "as steep as the sides of a line-of-battle ship, and
+about a hundred times as high." My companion sank his head upon his
+breast, and remained for awhile in deep thought. Suddenly he sprang to his
+feet, while his eyes lighted up with that gleam of intelligence that marks
+the presence of some bright idea.
+
+"Yes, yes," he exclaimed; "the streams all run in the same direction, and
+must necessarily flow into the valley before they reach the sea; all we
+have to do is just to follow this stream, and sooner or later, it will
+lead us into the vale."
+
+"You are right, Toby," I exclaimed, "you are right; it must conduct us
+thither, and quickly too; for, see with what a steep inclination the water
+descends."
+
+"It does, indeed," burst forth my companion, overjoyed at my verification
+of his theory, "it does, indeed; why, it is as plain as a pike-staff. Let
+us proceed at once; come, throw away all those stupid ideas about the
+Typees, and hurrah for the lovely valley of the Happars!"
+
+"You will have it to be Happar, I see, my dear fellow; pray Heaven, you
+may not find yourself deceived," observed I, with a shake of my head.
+
+"Amen to all that, and much more," shouted Toby, rushing forward; "but
+Happar it is, for nothing else than Happar can it be. So glorious a
+valley--such forests of bread-fruit trees--such groves of cocoa-nut--such
+wildernesses of guava-bushes! Ah, shipmate! don't linger behind: in the
+name of all delightful fruits, I am dying to be at them. Come on, come on;
+shove ahead, there's a lively lad; never mind the rocks; kick them out of
+the way, as I do; and to-morrow, old fellow, take my word for it, we shall
+be in clover. Come on"; and so saying, he dashed along the ravine like a
+madman, forgetting my inability to keep up with him. In a few minutes,
+however, the exuberance of his spirits abated, and, pausing for awhile, he
+permitted me to overtake him.
+
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER VIII
+
+
+          Perilous passage of the ravine--Descent into the valley
+
+
+The fearless confidence of Toby was contagious, and I began to adopt the
+Happar side of the question. I could not, however, overcome a certain
+feeling of trepidation, as we made our way along these gloomy solitudes.
+Our progress, at first comparatively easy, became more and more difficult.
+The bed of the watercourse was covered with fragments of broken rocks,
+which had fallen from above, offering so many obstructions to the course
+of the rapid stream, which vexed and fretted about them,--forming at
+intervals small waterfalls, pouring over into deep basins, or splashing
+wildly upon heaps of stones.
+
+From the narrowness of the gorge, and the steepness of its sides, there
+was no mode of advancing but by wading through the water; stumbling every
+moment over the impediments which lay hidden under its surface, or
+tripping against the huge roots of trees. But the most annoying hindrance
+we encountered was from a multitude of crooked boughs, which, shooting out
+almost horizontally from the sides of the chasm, twisted themselves
+together in fantastic masses almost to the surface of the stream,
+affording us no passage except under the low arches which they formed.
+Under these we were obliged to crawl on our hands and feet, sliding along
+the oozy surface of the rocks, or slipping into the deep pools, and with
+scarce light enough to guide us. Occasionally we would strike our heads
+against some projecting limb of a tree; and while imprudently engaged in
+rubbing the injured part, would fall sprawling amongst flinty fragments,
+cutting and bruising ourselves, whilst the unpitying waters flowed over
+our prostrate bodies. Belzoni, worming himself through the subterranean
+passages of the Egyptian catacombs, could not have met with greater
+impediments than those we here encountered. But we struggled against them
+manfully, well knowing our only hope lay in advancing.
+
+Towards sunset we halted at a spot where we made preparations for passing
+the night. Here we constructed a hut, in much the same way as before, and
+crawling into it, endeavoured to forget our sufferings. My companion, I
+believe, slept pretty soundly; but at daybreak, when we rolled out of our
+dwelling, I felt nearly disqualified for any further efforts. Toby
+prescribed as a remedy for my illness the contents of one of our little
+silk packages, to be taken at once in a single dose. To this species of
+medical treatment, however, I would by no means accede, much as he
+insisted upon it; and so we partook of our usual morsel, and silently
+resumed our journey. It was the fourth day since we left Nukuheva, and the
+gnawings of hunger became painfully acute. We were fain to pacify them by
+chewing the tender bark of roots and twigs, which, if they did not afford
+us nourishment, were at least sweet and pleasant to the taste.
+
+Our progress along the steep watercourse was necessarily slow, and by noon
+we had not advanced more than a mile. It was somewhere near this part of
+the day that the noise of falling waters, which we had faintly caught in
+the early morning, became more distinct; and it was not long before we
+were arrested by a rocky precipice of nearly a hundred feet in depth, that
+extended all across the channel, and over which the wild stream poured in
+an unbroken leap. On either hand the walls of the ravine presented their
+overhanging sides both above and below the fall, affording no means
+whatever of avoiding the cataract by taking a circuit round it.
+
+"What's to be done now, Toby?" said I.
+
+"Why," rejoined he, "as we cannot retreat, I suppose we must keep shoving
+along."
+
+"Very true, my dear Toby; but how do you purpose accomplishing that
+desirable object?"
+
+"By jumping from the top of the fall, if there be no other way,"
+unhesitatingly replied my companion; "it will be much the quickest way of
+descent; but as you are not quite as active as I am, we will try some
+other way."
+
+And so saying, he crept cautiously along and peered over into the abyss,
+while I remained wondering by what possible means we could overcome this
+apparently insuperable obstruction. As soon as my companion had completed
+his survey, I eagerly inquired the result.
+
+"The result of my observations you wish to know, do you?" began Toby,
+deliberately, with one of his odd looks: "well, my lad, the result of my
+observation is very quickly imparted. It is at present uncertain which of
+our two necks will have the honour to be broken first; but about a hundred
+to one would be a fair bet in favour of the man who takes the first jump."
+
+"Then it is an impossible thing, is it?" inquired I, gloomily.
+
+"No, shipmate; on the contrary, it is the easiest thing in life: the only
+awkward point is the sort of usage which our unhappy limbs may receive
+when we arrive at the bottom, and what sort of travelling trim we shall be
+in afterwards. But follow me now, and I will show you the only chance we
+have."
+
+With this he conducted me to the verge of the cataract, and pointed along
+the side of the ravine to a number of curious-looking roots, some three or
+four inches in thickness, and several feet long, which, after twisting
+among the fissures of the rock, shot perpendicularly from it, and ran
+tapering to a point in the air, hanging over the gulf like so many dark
+icicles. They covered nearly the entire surface of one side of the gorge,
+the lowest of them reaching even to the water. Many were moss-grown and
+decayed, with their extremities snapped short off, and those in the
+immediate vicinity of the fall were slippery with moisture.
+
+Toby's scheme, and it was a desperate one, was to entrust ourselves to
+these treacherous-looking roots, and by slipping down from one to another
+to gain the bottom.
+
+"Are you ready to venture it?" asked Toby, looking at me earnestly, but
+without saying a word as to the practicability of the plan.
+
+"I am," was my reply; for I saw it was our only resource if we wished to
+advance, and as for retreating, all thoughts of that sort had been long
+abandoned.
+
+After I had signified my assent, Toby, without uttering a single word,
+crawled along the dripping ledge until he gained a point from whence he
+could just reach one of the largest of the pendant roots; he shook it--it
+quivered in his grasp, and when he let it go, it twanged in the air like a
+strong wire sharply struck. Satisfied by his scrutiny, my light-limbed
+companion swung himself nimbly upon it, and twisting his legs round it in
+sailor fashion, slipped down eight or ten feet, where his weight gave it a
+motion not unlike that of a pendulum. He could not venture to descend any
+farther; so holding on with one hand, he with the other shook one by one
+all the slender roots around him, and at last, finding one which he
+thought trustworthy, shifted himself to it and continued his downward
+progress.
+
+So far so well; but I could not avoid comparing my heavier frame and
+disabled condition with his light figure and remarkable activity: but
+there was no help for it, and in less than a minute's time I was swinging
+directly over his head. As soon as his upturned eyes caught a glimpse of
+me, he exclaimed in his usual dry tone, for the danger did not seem to
+daunt him in the least, "Mate, do me the kindness not to fall until I get
+out of your way"; and then swinging himself more on one side, he continued
+his descent. In the meantime, I cautiously transferred myself from the
+limb down which I had been slipping to a couple of others that were near
+it, deeming two strings to my bow better than one, and taking care to test
+their strength before I trusted my weight to them.
+
+On arriving towards the end of the second stage in this vertical journey,
+and shaking the long roots which were round me, to my consternation they
+snapped off one after another like so many pipe stems, and fell in
+fragments against the side of the gulf, splashing at last into the waters
+beneath.
+
+As one after another the treacherous roots yielded to my grasp, and fell
+into the torrent, my heart sunk within me. The branches on which I was
+suspended over the yawning chasm swang to and fro in the air, and I
+expected them every moment to snap in twain. Appalled at the dreadful fate
+that menaced me, I clutched frantically at the only large root which
+remained near me; but in vain; I could not reach it, though my fingers
+were within a few inches of it. Again and again I tried to reach it, until
+at length, maddened with the thought of my situation, I swayed myself
+violently by striking my foot against the side of the rock, and at the
+instant that I approached the large root caught desperately at it, and
+transferred myself to it. It vibrated violently under the sudden weight,
+but fortunately did not give way.
+
+My brain grew dizzy with the idea of the frightful risk I had just run,
+and I involuntarily closed my eyes to shut out the view of the depth
+beneath me. For the instant I was safe, and I uttered a devout ejaculation
+of thanksgiving for my escape.
+
+"Pretty well done," shouted Toby underneath me; "you are nimbler than I
+thought you to be--hopping about up there from root to root like any young
+squirrel. As soon as you have diverted yourself sufficiently, I would
+advise you to proceed."
+
+"Ay, ay, Toby, all in good time: two or three more such famous roots as
+this, and I shall be with you."
+
+The residue of my downward progress was comparatively easy; the roots were
+in greater abundance, and in one or two places jutting out points of rock
+assisted me greatly. In a few moments I was standing by the side of my
+companion.
+
+Substituting a stout stick for the one I had thrown aside at the top of
+the precipice, we now continued our course along the bed of the ravine.
+Soon we were saluted by a sound in advance, that grew by degrees louder
+and louder, as the noise of the cataract we were leaving behind gradually
+died on our ears.
+
+"Another precipice for us, Toby."
+
+"Very good; we can descend them, you know--come on."
+
+Nothing indeed appeared to depress or intimidate this intrepid fellow.
+Typee or Niagaras, he was as ready to engage one as the other, and I could
+not avoid a thousand times congratulating myself upon having such a
+companion in an enterprise like the present.
+
+After an hour's painful progress, we reached the verge of another fall,
+still loftier than the preceding, and flanked both above and below with
+the same steep masses of rock, presenting, however, here and there narrow
+irregular ledges, supporting a shallow soil, on which grew a variety of
+bushes and trees, whose bright verdure contrasted beautifully with the
+foamy waters that flowed between them.
+
+Toby, who invariably acted as pioneer, now proceeded to reconnoitre. On
+his return, he reported that the shelves of rock on our right would enable
+us to gain with little risk the bottom of the cataract. Accordingly,
+leaving the bed of the stream at the very point where it thundered down,
+we began crawling along one of these sloping ledges until it carried us to
+within a few feet of another that inclined downward at a still sharper
+angle, and upon which, by assisting each other, we managed to alight in
+safety. We warily crept along this, steadying ourselves by the naked roots
+of the shrubs that clung to every fissure. As we proceeded, the narrow
+path became still more contracted, rendering it difficult for us to
+maintain our footing, until suddenly, as we reached an angle of the wall
+of rock where we had expected it to widen, we perceived to our
+consternation, that a yard or two farther on it abruptly terminated at a
+place we could not possibly hope to pass.
+
+Toby, as usual, led the van, and in silence I waited to learn from him how
+he proposed to extricate us from this new difficulty.
+
+"Well, my boy," I exclaimed, after the expiration of several minutes,
+during which time my companion had not uttered a word: "what's to be done
+now?"
+
+He replied in a tranquil tone that probably the best thing we could do in
+the present strait was to get out of it as soon as possible.
+
+"Yes, my dear Toby, but tell me _how_ we are to get out of it."
+
+"Something in this sort of style," he replied; and at the same moment, to
+my horror, he slipped sideways off the rock, and, as I then thought, by
+good fortune merely, alighted among the spreading branches of a species of
+palm tree, that shooting its hardy roots along a ledge below, curved its
+trunk upwards into the air, and presented a thick mass of foliage about
+twenty feet below the spot where we had thus suddenly been brought to a
+stand-still. I voluntarily held my breath, expecting to see the form of my
+companion, after being sustained for a moment by the branches of the tree,
+sink through their frail support, and fall headlong to the bottom. To my
+surprise and joy, however, he recovered himself, and disentangling his
+limbs from the fractured branches, he peered out from his leafy bed, and
+shouted lustily, "Come on, my hearty, there is no other alternative!" and
+with this he ducked beneath the foliage, and slipping down the trunk,
+stood in a moment at least fifty feet beneath me, upon the broad shelf of
+rock from which sprung the tree he had descended.
+
+What would I not have given at that moment to have been by his side? The
+feat he had just accomplished seemed little less than miraculous, and I
+could hardly credit the evidence of my senses when I saw the wide distance
+that a single daring act had so suddenly placed between us.
+
+Toby's animating "come on!" again sounded in my ears, and dreading to lose
+all confidence in myself if I remained meditating upon the step, I once
+more gazed down to assure myself of the relative bearing of the tree and
+my own position, and then closing my eyes and uttering one comprehensive
+ejaculation of prayer, I inclined myself over towards the abyss, and after
+one breathless instant fell with a crash into the tree, the branches
+snapping and crackling with my weight, as I sunk lower and lower among
+them until I was stopped by coming in contact with a sturdy limb.
+
+In a few moments I was standing at the foot of the tree, manipulating
+myself all over with a view of ascertaining the extent of the injuries I
+had received. To my surprise the only effects of my feat were a few slight
+contusions too trifling to care about. The rest of our descent was easily
+accomplished, and in half an hour after regaining the ravine, we had
+partaken of our evening morsel, built our hut as usual, and crawled under
+its shelter.
+
+The next morning, in spite of our debility and the agony of hunger under
+which we were now suffering, though neither of us confessed to the fact,
+we struggled along our dismal and still difficult and dangerous path,
+cheered by the hope of soon catching a glimpse of the valley before us,
+and towards evening the voice of a cataract which had for some time
+sounded like a low deep bass to the music of the smaller waterfalls, broke
+upon our ears in still louder tones, and assured us that we were
+approaching its vicinity.
+
+That evening we stood on the brink of a precipice, over which the dark
+stream bounded in one final leap of full 300 feet. The sheer descent
+terminated in the region we so long had sought. On either side of the
+fall, two lofty and perpendicular bluffs buttressed the sides of the
+enormous cliff, and projected into the sea of verdure with which the
+valley waved, and a range of similar projecting eminences stood disposed
+in a half circle about the head of the vale. A thick canopy of trees hung
+over the very verge of the fall, leaving an arched aperture for the
+passage of the waters, which imparted a strange picturesqueness to the
+scene.
+
+The valley was now before us; but instead of being conducted into its
+smiling bosom by the gradual descent of the deep watercourse we had thus
+far pursued, all our labours now appeared to have been rendered futile by
+its abrupt termination. But, bitterly disappointed, we did not entirely
+despair.
+
+As it was now near sunset we determined to pass the night where we were
+and on the morrow, refreshed by sleep, and by eating at one meal all our
+stock of food, to accomplish a descent into the valley, or perish in the
+attempt.
+
+We laid ourselves down that night on a spot, the recollection of which
+still makes me shudder. A small table of rock which projected over the
+precipice on one side of the stream, and was drenched by the spray of the
+fall, sustained a huge trunk of a tree which must have been deposited
+there by some heavy freshet. It lay obliquely, with one end resting on the
+rock and the other supported by the side of the ravine. Against it we
+placed in a sloping direction a number of the half-decayed boughs that
+were strewn about, and covering the whole with twigs and leaves, awaited
+the morning's light beneath such shelter as it afforded.
+
+During the whole of this night the continual roaring of the cataract--the
+dismal moaning of the gale through the trees--the pattering of the rain,
+and the profound darkness, affected my spirits to a degree which nothing
+had ever before produced. Wet, half-famished, and chilled to the heart
+with the dampness of the place, and nearly wild with the pain I endured, I
+fairly cowered down to the earth under this multiplication of hardships,
+and abandoned myself to frightful anticipations of evil; and my companion,
+whose spirit at last was a good deal broken, scarcely uttered a word
+during the whole night.
+
+At length the day dawned upon us, and rising from our miserable pallet, we
+stretched our stiffened joints, and after eating all that remained of our
+bread, prepared for the last stage of our journey.
+
+I will not recount every hairbreadth escape, and every fearful difficulty
+that occurred before we succeeded in reaching the bosom of the valley. As
+I have already described similar scenes, it will be sufficient to say that
+at length, after great toil and great dangers, we both stood with no limbs
+broken at the head of that magnificent vale which five days before had so
+suddenly burst upon my sight, and almost beneath the shadow of those very
+cliffs from whose summits we had gazed upon the prospect.
+
+
+
+
+
+                                CHAPTER IX
+
+
+    The head of the valley--Cautious advance--A path--Fruit--Discovery of
+      two of the natives--Their singular conduct--Approach towards the
+          inhabited parts of the vale--Sensation produced by our
+         appearance--Reception at the house of one of the natives.
+
+
+How to obtain the fruit which we felt convinced must grow near at hand was
+our first thought.
+
+Typee or Happar? A frightful death at the hands of the fiercest of
+cannibals, or a kindly reception from a gentler race of savages? Which?
+But it was too late now to discuss a question which would so soon be
+answered.
+
+The part of the valley in which we found ourselves appeared to be
+altogether uninhabited. An almost impenetrable thicket extended from side
+to side, without presenting a single plant affording the nourishment we
+had confidently calculated upon; and with this object, we followed the
+course of the stream, casting quick glances as we proceeded into the thick
+jungles on either hand.
+
+My companion--to whose solicitations I had yielded in descending into the
+valley--now that the step was taken, began to manifest a degree of caution
+I had little expected from him. He proposed that in the event of our
+finding an adequate supply of fruit, we should remain in this unfrequented
+portion of the valley--where we should run little chance of being surprised
+by its occupants, whoever they might be--until sufficiently recruited to
+resume our journey; when laying in a store of food equal to our wants, we
+might easily regain the bay of Nukuheva, after the lapse of a sufficient
+interval to ensure the departure of our vessel.
+
+I objected strongly to this proposition, plausible as it was, as the
+difficulties of the route would almost be insurmountable, unacquainted as
+we were with the general bearings of the country, and I reminded my
+companion of the hardships which we had already encountered in our
+uncertain wanderings; in a word, I said that since we had deemed it
+advisable to enter the valley, we ought manfully to face the consequences,
+whatever they might be; the more especially as I was convinced there was
+no alternative left us but to fall in with the natives at once, and boldly
+risk the reception they might give us: and that as to myself, I felt the
+necessity of rest and shelter, and that until I had obtained them, I
+should be wholly unable to encounter such sufferings as we had lately
+passed through. To the justice of these observations Toby somewhat
+reluctantly assented.
+
+We were surprised that, after moving as far as we had along the valley, we
+would still meet with the same impervious thickets; and thinking that
+although the borders of the stream might be lined for some distance with
+them, yet beyond there might be more open ground, I requested Toby to keep
+a bright look-out upon one side, while I did the same on the other, in
+order to discover some opening in the bushes, and especially to watch for
+the slightest appearance of a path or anything else that might indicate
+the vicinity of the islanders.
+
+What furtive and anxious glances we cast into those dim-looking shades!
+With what apprehensions we proceeded, ignorant at what moment we might be
+greeted by the javelin of some ambushed savage! At last my companion
+paused, and directed my attention to a narrow opening in the foliage. We
+struck into it, and it soon brought us by an indistinctly traced path to a
+comparatively clear space, at the farther end of which we descried a
+number of the trees, the native name of which is "annuee," and which bear
+a most delicious fruit.
+
+What a race! I hobbling over the ground like some decrepid wretch, and
+Toby leaping forward like a greyhound. He quickly cleared one of the trees
+on which there were two or three of the fruit, but to our chagrin they
+proved to be much decayed; the rinds partly opened by the birds, and their
+hearts half devoured. However, we quickly despatched them, and no ambrosia
+could have been more delicious.
+
+We looked about us uncertain whither to direct our steps, since the path
+we had so far followed appeared to be lost in the open space around us. At
+last we resolved to enter a grove near at hand, and had advanced a few
+rods, when, just upon its skirts, I picked up a slender bread-fruit shoot
+perfectly green, and with the tender bark freshly stript from it. It was
+slippery with moisture, and appeared as if it had been but that moment
+thrown aside. I said nothing, but merely held it up to Toby, who started
+at this undeniable evidence of the vicinity of the savages.
+
+The plot was now thickening.--A short distance farther lay a little faggot
+of the same shoots bound together with a strip of bark. Could it have been
+thrown down by some solitary native, who, alarmed at seeing us, had
+hurried forward to carry the tidings of our approach to his
+countrymen?--Typee or Happar?--But it was too late to recede, so we moved on
+slowly, my companion in advance casting eager glances under the trees on
+either side, until all at once I saw him recoil as if stung by an adder.
+Sinking on his knee, he waved me off with one hand, while with the other
+he held aside some intervening leaves, and gazed intently at some object.
+
+Disregarding his injunction, I quickly approached him and caught a glimpse
+of two figures partly hidden by the dense foliage; they were standing
+close together, and were perfectly motionless. They must have previously
+perceived us, and withdrawn into the depths of the wood to elude our
+observation.
+
+My mind was at once made up. Dropping my staff, and tearing open the
+package of things we had brought from the ship, I unrolled the cotton
+cloth, and holding it in one hand, plucked with the other a twig from the
+bushes beside me, and telling Toby to follow my example, I broke through
+the covert and advanced, waving the branch in token of peace towards the
+shrinking forms before me.
+
+They were a boy and a girl, slender and graceful, and completely naked,
+with the exception of a slight girdle of bark, from which depended at
+opposite points two of the russet leaves of the bread-fruit tree. An arm
+of the boy, half screened from sight by her wild tresses, was thrown about
+the neck of the girl, while with the other he held one of her hands in
+his; and thus they stood together, their heads inclined forward, catching
+the faint noise we made in our progress, and with one foot in advance, as
+if half inclined to fly from our presence.
+
+As we drew near, their alarm evidently increased. Apprehensive that they
+might fly from us altogether, I stopped short and motioned them to advance
+and receive the gift I extended towards them, but they would not; I then
+uttered a few words of their language with which I was acquainted,
+scarcely expecting that they would understand me, but to show that we had
+not dropped from the clouds upon them. This appeared to give them a little
+confidence, so I approached nearer, presenting the cloth with one hand,
+and holding the bough with the other, while they slowly retreated. At last
+they suffered us to approach so near to them that we were enabled to throw
+the cotton cloth across their shoulders, giving them to understand that it
+was theirs, and by a variety of gestures endeavouring to make them
+understand that we entertained the highest possible regard for them.
+
+The frightened pair now stood still, whilst we endeavoured to make them
+comprehend the nature of our wants. In doing this Toby went through with a
+complete series of pantomimic illustrations--opening his mouth from ear to
+ear, and thrusting his fingers down his throat, gnashing his teeth and
+rolling his eyes about, till I verily believe the poor creatures took us
+for a couple of white cannibals who were about to make a meal of them.
+When, however, they understood us, they showed no inclination to relieve
+our wants. At this juncture it began to rain violently, and we motioned
+them to lead us to some place of shelter. With this request they appeared
+willing to comply, but nothing could evince more strongly the apprehension
+with which they regarded us, than the way in which, whilst walking before
+us, they kept their eyes constantly turned back to watch every movement we
+made, and even our very looks.
+
+"Typee or Happar, Toby?" asked I, as we walked after them.
+
+"Of course, Happar," he replied, with a show of confidence which was
+intended to disguise his doubts.
+
+"We shall soon know," I exclaimed; and at the same moment I stepped
+forward towards our guides, and pronouncing the two names interrogatively,
+and pointing to the lowest part of the valley, endeavoured to come to the
+point at once. They repeated the words after me again and again, but
+without giving any peculiar emphasis to either, so that I was completely
+at a loss to understand them; for a couple of wilier young things than we
+afterwards found them to have been on this particular occasion never
+probably fell in any traveller's way.
+
+More and more curious to ascertain our fate, I now threw together in the
+form of a question the words "Happar" and "Mortarkee," the latter being
+equivalent to the word "good." The two natives interchanged glances of
+peculiar meaning with one another at this, and manifested no little
+surprise; but on the repetition of the question, after some consultation
+together, to the great joy of Toby, they answered in the affirmative. Toby
+was now in ecstasies, especially as the young savages continued to
+reiterate their answer with great energy, as though desirous of impressing
+us with the idea that being among the Happars, we ought to consider
+ourselves perfectly secure.
+
+Although I had some lingering doubts, I feigned great delight with Toby at
+this announcement, while my companion broke out into a pantomimic
+abhorrence of Typee, and immeasurable love for the particular valley in
+which we were; our guides all the while gazing uneasily at one another, as
+if at a loss to account for our conduct.
+
+They hurried on, and we followed them; until suddenly they set up a
+strange halloo, which was answered from beyond the grove through which we
+were passing, and the next moment we entered upon some open ground, at the
+extremity of which we descried a long, low hut, and in front of it were
+several young girls. As soon as they perceived us they fled with wild
+screams into the adjoining thickets, like so many startled fawns. A few
+moments after the whole valley resounded with savage outcries, and the
+natives came running towards us from every direction.
+
+Had an army of invaders made an irruption into their territory, they could
+not have evinced greater excitement. We were soon completely encircled by
+a dense throng, and in their eager desire to behold us, they almost
+arrested our progress; an equal number surrounding our youthful guides,
+who, with amazing volubility, appeared to be detailing the circumstances
+which had attended their meeting with us. Every item of intelligence
+appeared to redouble the astonishment of the islanders, and they gazed at
+us with inquiring looks.
+
+At last we reached a large and handsome building of bamboos, and were by
+signs told to enter it, the natives opening a lane for us through which to
+pass; on entering, without ceremony we threw our exhausted frames upon the
+mats that covered the floor. In a moment the slight tenement was
+completely full of people, whilst those who were unable to gain admittance
+gazed at us through its open cane-work.
+
+It was now evening, and by the dim light we could just discern the savage
+countenances around us, gleaming with wild curiosity and wonder; the naked
+forms and tattooed limbs of brawny warriors, with here and there the
+slighter figures of young girls, all engaged in a perfect storm of
+conversation, of which we were of course the one only theme; whilst our
+recent guides were fully occupied in answering the innumerable questions
+which every one put to them. Nothing can exceed the fierce gesticulation
+of these people when animated in conversation, and on this occasion they
+gave loose to all their natural vivacity, shouting and dancing about in a
+manner that well-nigh intimidated us.
+
+Close to where we lay, squatting upon their haunches, were some eight or
+ten noble-looking chiefs--for such they subsequently proved to be--who, more
+reserved than the rest, regarded us with a fixed and stern attention,
+which not a little discomposed our equanimity. One of them in particular,
+who appeared to be the highest in rank, placed himself directly facing me,
+looking at me with a rigidity of aspect under which I absolutely quailed.
+He never once opened his lips, but maintained his severe expression of
+countenance, without turning his face aside for a single moment. Never
+before had I been subjected to so strange and steady a glance; it revealed
+nothing of the mind of the savage, but it appeared to be reading my own.
+
+  [Illustration: WE WERE SOON COMPLETELY ENCIRCLED BY A DENSE THRONG]
+
+After undergoing this scrutiny till I grew absolutely nervous, with a view
+of diverting it if possible, and conciliating the good opinion of the
+warrior, I took some tobacco from the bosom of my frock, and offered it to
+him. He quietly rejected the proffered gift, and, without speaking,
+motioned me to return it to its place.
+
+In my previous intercourse with the natives of Nukuheva and Tior, I had
+found that the present of a small piece of tobacco would have rendered any
+of them devoted to my service. Was this act of the chief a token of his
+enmity? Typee or Happar? I asked within myself. I started, for at the same
+moment this identical question was asked by the strange being before me. I
+turned to Toby; the flickering light of a native taper showed me his
+countenance pale with trepidation at this fatal question. I paused for a
+second, and I know not by what impulse it was that I answered, "Typee."
+The piece of dusky statuary nodded in approval, and then murmured,
+"Mortarkee?" "Mortarkee," said I, without further hesitation--"Typee
+mortarkee."
+
+What a transition! The dark figures around us leaped to their feet,
+clapped their hands in transport, and shouted again and again the
+talismanic syllables, the utterance of which appeared to have settled
+everything.
+
+When this commotion had a little subsided, the principal chief squatted
+once more before me, and throwing himself into a sudden rage, poured forth
+a string of philippics, which I was at no loss to understand, from the
+frequent recurrence of the word Happar, as being directed against the
+natives of the adjoining valley. In all these denunciations my companion
+and I acquiesced, while we extolled the character of the warlike Typees.
+To be sure our panegyrics were somewhat laconic, consisting in the
+repetition of that name, united with the potent adjective, "Mortarkee."
+But this was sufficient, and served to conciliate the good-will of the
+natives, with whom our congeniality of sentiment on this point did more
+towards inspiring a friendly feeling than anything else that could have
+happened.
+
+At last the wrath of the chief evaporated, and in a few moments he was as
+placid as ever. Laying his hand upon his breast, he gave me to understand
+that his name was "Mehevi," and that, in return, he wished me to
+communicate my appellation. I hesitated for an instant, thinking that it
+might be difficult for him to pronounce my real name, and then, with the
+most praiseworthy intentions, intimated that I was known as "Tom." But I
+could not have made a worse selection; the chief could not master it:
+"Tommo," "Tomma," "Tommee," everything but plain "Tom." As he persisted in
+garnishing the word with an additional syllable, I compromised the matter
+with him at the word "Tommo"; and by that name I went during the entire
+period of my stay in the valley. The same proceeding was gone through with
+Toby, whose mellifluous appellation was more easily caught.
+
+An exchange of names is equivalent to a ratification of good-will and
+amity among these simple people; and as we were aware of this fact, we
+were delighted that it had taken place on the present occasion.
+
+Reclining upon our mats, we now held a kind of levee, giving audience to
+successive troops of the natives, who introduced themselves to us by
+pronouncing their respective names, and retired in high good humour on
+receiving ours in return. During the ceremony the greatest merriment
+prevailed, nearly every announcement on the part of the islanders being
+followed by a fresh sally of gaiety, which induced me to believe that some
+of them at least were innocently diverting the company at our expense, by
+bestowing upon themselves a string of absurd titles, of the honour of
+which we were, of course, entirely ignorant.
+
+All this occupied about an hour, when the throng having a little
+diminished, I turned to Mehevi, and gave him to understand that we were in
+need of food and sleep. Immediately the attentive chief addressed a few
+words to one of the crowd, who disappeared, and returned in a few moments
+with a calabash of "poee-poee," and two or three young cocoa-nuts stripped
+of their husks, and with their shells partly broken. We both of us
+forthwith placed one of those natural goblets to our lips, and drained it
+in a moment of the refreshing draught it contained. The poee-poee was then
+placed before us, and even famished as I was, I paused to consider in what
+manner to convey it to my mouth.
+
+This staple article of food among the Marquese islanders is manufactured
+from the produce of the bread-fruit tree. It somewhat resembles in its
+plastic nature our bookbinders' paste, is of a yellow colour, and somewhat
+tart to the taste.
+
+Such was the dish, the merits of which I was now eager to discuss. I eyed
+it wistfully for a moment, and then, unable any longer to stand on
+ceremony, plunged my hand into the yielding mass, and to the boisterous
+mirth of the natives drew it forth laden with the poee-poee, which adhered
+in lengthening strings to every finger. So stubborn was its consistency,
+that in conveying my heavily-freighted hand to my mouth, the connecting
+links almost raised the calabash from the mats on which it had been
+placed. This display of awkwardness--in which, by the bye, Toby kept me
+company--convulsed the bystanders with uncontrollable laughter.
+
+As soon as their merriment had somewhat subsided, Mehevi, motioning us to
+be attentive, dipped the fore-finger of his right hand in the dish, and
+giving it a rapid and scientific twirl, drew it out coated smoothly with
+the preparation. With a second peculiar flourish he prevented the
+poee-poee from dropping to the ground as he raised it to his mouth, into
+which the finger was inserted, and was drawn forth perfectly free of any
+adhesive matter. This performance was evidently intended for our
+instruction; so I again essayed the feat on the principles inculcated, but
+with very ill success.
+
+A starving man, however, little heeds conventional proprieties, especially
+on a South Sea island, and accordingly Toby and I partook of the dish
+after our own clumsy fashion, beplastering our faces all over with the
+glutinous compound, and daubing our hands nearly to the wrist. This kind
+of food is by no means disagreeable to the palate of a European, though at
+first the mode of eating it may be. For my own part, after the lapse of a
+few days I became accustomed to its singular flavour, and grew remarkably
+fond of it.
+
+So much for the first course; several other dishes followed it, some of
+which were positively delicious. We concluded our banquet by tossing off
+the contents of two more young cocoa-nuts, after which we regaled
+ourselves with the soothing fumes of tobacco, inhaled from a quaintly
+carved pipe which passed round the circle.
+
+During the repast, the natives eyed us with intense curiosity, observing
+our minutest motions, and appearing to discover abundant matter for
+comment in the most trifling occurrence. Their surprise mounted the
+highest, when we began to remove our uncomfortable garments, which were
+saturated with rain. They scanned the whiteness of our limbs, and seemed
+utterly unable to account for the contrast they presented to the swarthy
+hue of our faces, embrowned from a six months' exposure to the scorching
+sun of the Line. They felt our skin, much in the same way that a silk
+mercer would handle a remarkably fine piece of satin; and some of them
+went so far in their investigation as to apply the olfactory organ.
+
+Their singular behaviour almost led me to imagine that they never before
+had beheld a white man; but a few moments' reflection convinced me that
+this could not have been the case; and a more satisfactory reason for
+their conduct has since suggested itself to my mind.
+
+Deterred by the frightful stories related of its inhabitants, ships never
+enter this bay, while their hostile relations with the tribes in the
+adjoining valleys prevent the Typees from visiting that section of the
+island where vessels occasionally lie. At long intervals, however, some
+intrepid captain will touch on the skirts of the bay, with two or three
+armed boats' crews, and accompanied by an interpreter. The natives who
+live near the sea descry the strangers long before they reach their
+waters, and aware of the purpose for which they come, proclaim loudly the
+news of their approach. By a species of vocal telegraph the intelligence
+reaches the inmost recesses of the vale in an inconceivably short space of
+time, drawing nearly its whole population down to the beach laden with
+every variety of fruit. The interpreter, who is invariably a "tabooed
+Kannaka,"(1) leaps ashore with the goods intended for barter, while the
+boats, with their oars shipped, and every man on his thwart, lie just
+outside the surf, heading off from the shore, in readiness at the first
+untoward event to escape to the open sea. As soon as the traffic is
+concluded, one of the boats pulls in under cover of the muskets of the
+others, the fruit is quickly thrown into her, and the transient visitors
+precipitately retire from what they justly consider so dangerous a
+vicinity.
+
+The intercourse occurring with Europeans being so restricted, no wonder
+that the inhabitants of the valley manifested so much curiosity with
+regard to us, appearing as we did among them under such singular
+circumstances. I have no doubt that we were the first white men who ever
+penetrated thus far back into their territories, or at least the first who
+had ever descended from the head of the vale. What had brought us thither
+must have appeared a complete mystery to them, and from our ignorance of
+the language it was impossible for us to enlighten them. In answer to
+inquiries which the eloquence of their gestures enabled us to comprehend,
+all that we could reply was, that we had come from Nukuheva, a place, be
+it remembered, with which they were at open war. This intelligence
+appeared to affect them with the most lively emotions. "Nukuheva
+mortarkee?" they asked. Of course we replied most energetically in the
+negative.
+
+They then plied us with a thousand questions, of which we could understand
+nothing more than that they had reference to the recent movements of the
+French, against whom they seemed to cherish the most fierce hatred. So
+eager were they to obtain information on this point, that they still
+continued to propound their queries long after we had shown that we were
+utterly unable to answer them. Occasionally we caught some indistinct idea
+of their meaning, when we would endeavour by every method in our power to
+communicate the desired intelligence. At such times their gratification
+was boundless, and they would redouble their efforts to make us comprehend
+them more perfectly. But all in vain; and in the end they looked at us
+despairingly, as if we were the receptacles of invaluable information, but
+how to come at it they knew not.
+
+After awhile the group around us gradually dispersed, and we were left
+about midnight (as we conjectured) with those who appeared to be permanent
+residents of the house. These individuals now provided us with fresh mats
+to lie upon, covered us with several folds of tappa, and then
+extinguishing the tapers that had been burning, threw themselves down
+beside us, and after a little desultory conversation were soon sound
+asleep.
+
+
+
+
+
+                                CHAPTER X
+
+
+       Midnight reflections--Morning visitors--A warrior in costume--A
+       savage �sculapius--Practice of the healing art--Body-servant--A
+     dwelling-house of the valley described--Portraits of its inmates.
+
+
+Various and conflicting were the thoughts which oppressed me during the
+silent hours that followed the events related in the preceding chapter.
+Toby, wearied with the fatigues of the day, slumbered heavily by my side;
+but the pain under which I was suffering effectually prevented my
+sleeping, and I remained distressingly alive to all the fearful
+circumstances of our present situation. Was it possible that, after all
+our vicissitudes, we were really in the terrible valley of Typee, and at
+the mercy of its inmates, a fierce and unrelenting tribe of savages?
+
+Typee or Happar? I shuddered when I reflected that there was no longer any
+room for doubt; and that, beyond all hope of escape, we were now placed in
+those very circumstances from the bare thought of which I had recoiled
+with such abhorrence but a few days before. What might not be our fearful
+destiny? To be sure, as yet, we had been treated with no violence; nay,
+had been even kindly and hospitably entertained. But what dependence could
+be placed upon the fickle passions which sway the bosom of a savage? His
+inconstancy and treachery are proverbial. Might if not be that, beneath
+these fair appearances, the islanders covered some perfidious design, and
+that their friendly reception of us might only precede some horrible
+catastrophe? How strongly did these forebodings spring up in my mind, as I
+lay restlessly upon a couch of mats, surrounded by the dimly-revealed
+forms of those whom I so greatly dreaded.
+
+From the excitement of these fearful thoughts, I sank, towards morning,
+into an uneasy slumber; and on awaking, with a start, in the midst of an
+appalling dream, looked up into the eager countenances of a number of the
+natives, who were bending over me.
+
+It was broad day; and the house was nearly filled with young females,
+fancifully decorated with flowers, who gazed upon me as I rose with faces
+in which childish delight and curiosity were vividly portrayed. After
+waking Toby, they seated themselves round us on the mats, and gave full
+play to that prying inquisitiveness which, time out of mind, has been
+attributed to the adorable sex.
+
+As these unsophisticated young creatures were attended by no jealous
+duennas, their proceedings were altogether informal, and void of
+artificial restraint. Long and minute was the investigation with which
+they honoured us, and so uproarious their mirth, that I felt infinitely
+sheepish; and Toby was immeasurably outraged at their familiarity.
+
+These lively young ladies were at the same time wonderfully polite and
+humane; fanning aside the insects that occasionally lighted on our brows;
+presenting us with food; and compassionately regarding me in the midst of
+my afflictions. But in spite of all their blandishments, my feelings of
+propriety were exceedingly shocked, for I could not but consider them as
+having overstepped the due limits of female decorum.
+
+Having diverted themselves to their hearts' content, our young visitants
+now withdrew, and gave place to successive troops of the other sex, who
+continued flocking towards the house until near noon; by which time I have
+no doubt that the greater part of the inhabitants of the valley had bathed
+themselves in the light of our benignant countenances.
+
+As last, when their numbers began to diminish, a superb-looking warrior
+stooped the towering plumes of his head-dress beneath the low portal, and
+entered the house. I saw at once that he was some distinguished personage,
+the natives regarding him with the utmost deference, and making room for
+him as he approached. His aspect was imposing. The splendid long drooping
+tail-feathers of the tropical bird, thickly interspersed with the gaudy
+plumage of the cock, were disposed in an immense upright semicircle upon
+his head, their lower extremities being fixed in a crescent of
+guinea-beads which spanned the forehead. Around his neck were several
+enormous necklaces of boar's tusks, polished like ivory, and disposed in
+such a manner as that the longest and largest were upon his capacious
+chest. Thrust forward through the large apertures in his ears were two
+small and finely shaped sperm-whale teeth, presenting their cavities in
+front, stuffed with freshly-plucked leaves, and curiously wrought at the
+other end into strange little images and devices. These barbaric trinkets,
+garnished in this manner at their open extremities, and tapering and
+curving round to a point behind the ear, resembled not a little a pair of
+cornucopias.
+
+The loins of the warrior were girt about with heavy folds of a
+dark-coloured tappa, hanging before and behind in clusters of braided
+tassels, while anklets and bracelets of curling human hair completed his
+unique costume. In his right hand he grasped a beautifully-carved
+paddle-spear, nearly fifteen feet in length, made of the bright koar-wood,
+one end sharply pointed, and the other flattened like an oar-blade.
+Hanging obliquely from his girdle by a loop of sinnate, was a
+richly-decorated pipe; the slender reed forming its stem was coloured with
+a red pigment, and round it, as well as the idol-bowl, fluttered little
+streamers of the thinnest tappa.
+
+But that which was most remarkable in the appearance of this splendid
+islander, was the elaborate tattooing displayed on every noble limb. All
+imaginable lines and curves and figures were delineated over his whole
+body, and in their grotesque variety and infinite profusion, I could only
+compare them to the crowded groupings of quaint patterns we sometimes see
+in costly pieces of lacework. The most simple and remarkable of all these
+ornaments was that which decorated the countenance of the chief. Two broad
+stripes of tattooing, diverging from the centre of his shaven crown,
+obliquely crossed both eyes--staining the lids--to a little below either
+ear, where they united with another stripe, which swept in a straight line
+along the lips, and formed the base of the triangle. The warrior, from the
+excellence of his physical proportions, might certainly have been regarded
+as one of nature's noblemen, and the lines drawn upon his face may
+possibly have denoted his exalted rank.
+
+This warlike personage, upon entering the house, seated himself at some
+distance from the spot where Toby and myself reposed, while the rest of
+the savages looked alternately from us to him, as if in expectation of
+something they were disappointed in not perceiving. Regarding the chief
+attentively, I thought his lineaments appeared familiar to me. As soon as
+his full face was turned upon me, and I again beheld its extraordinary
+embellishment, and met the strange gaze to which I had been subjected the
+preceding night, I immediately, in spite of the alteration in his
+appearance, recognised the noble Mehevi. On addressing him, he advanced at
+once in the most cordial manner, and greeting me warmly, seemed to enjoy
+not a little the effect his barbaric costume had produced upon me.
+
+I forthwith determined to secure, if possible, the goodwill of this
+individual, as I easily perceived he was a man of great authority in his
+tribe, and one who might exert a powerful influence upon our subsequent
+fate. In the endeavour I was not repulsed; for nothing could surpass the
+friendliness he manifested towards both my companion and myself. He
+extended his sturdy limbs by our side, and endeavoured to make us
+comprehend the full extent of the kindly feelings by which he was
+actuated. The almost insuperable difficulty in communicating to one
+another our ideas, affected the chief with no little mortification. He
+evinced a great desire to be enlightened with regard to the customs and
+peculiarities of the far-off country we had left behind us, and to which,
+under the name of Maneeka, he frequently alluded.
+
+But that which more than any other subject engaged his attention, was the
+late proceedings of the "Franee," as he called the French, in the
+neighbouring bay of Nukuheva. This seemed a never-ending theme with him,
+and one concerning which he was never weary of interrogating us. All the
+information we succeeded in imparting to him on this subject was little
+more than that we had seen six men-of-war lying in the hostile bay at the
+time we had left it. When he received this intelligence, Mehevi, by the
+aid of his fingers, went through a long numerical calculation, as if
+estimating the number of Frenchmen the squadron might contain.
+
+It was just after employing his faculties in this way that he happened to
+notice the swelling in my limb. He immediately examined it with the utmost
+attention, and after doing so, despatched a boy, who happened to be
+standing by, with some message.
+
+After the lapse of a few moments the stripling re-entered the house with
+an aged islander, who might have been taken for old Hippocrates himself.
+His head was as bald as the polished surface of a cocoa-nut shell, which
+article it precisely resembled in smoothness and colour, while a long
+silvery beard swept almost to his girdle of bark. Encircling his temples
+was a bandeau of the twisted leaves of the Omoo tree, pressed closely over
+the brows to shield his feeble vision from the glare of the sun. His
+tottering steps were supported by a long slim staff, resembling the wand
+with which a theatrical magician appears on the stage, and in one hand he
+carried a freshly-plaited fan of the green leaflets of the cocoa-nut tree.
+A flowing robe of tappa, knotted over the shoulder, hung loosely round his
+stooping form, and heightened the venerableness of his aspect.
+
+Mehevi, saluting this old gentleman, motioned him to a seat between us,
+and then uncovering my limb, desired him to examine it. The leech gazed
+intently from me to Toby, and then proceeded to business. After diligently
+observing the ailing member, he commenced manipulating it; and on the
+supposition probably that the complaint had deprived the leg of all
+sensation, began to pinch and hammer it in such a manner that I absolutely
+roared with the pain. Thinking that I was as capable of making an
+application of thumps and pinches to the part as any one else, I
+endeavoured to resist this species of medical treatment. But it was not so
+easy a matter to get out of the clutches of the old wizard; he fastened on
+the unfortunate limb as if it were something for which he had been long
+seeking, and muttering some kind of incantation continued his discipline,
+pounding it after a fashion that set me well-nigh crazy; while Mehevi,
+upon the same principle which prompts an affectionate mother to hold a
+struggling child in a dentist's chair, restrained me in his powerful
+grasp, and actually encouraged the wretch in this infliction of torture.
+
+Almost frantic with rage and pain, I yelled like a bedlamite; while Toby,
+throwing himself into all the attitudes of a posture-master, vainly
+endeavoured to expostulate with the natives by signs and gestures. To have
+looked at my companion, as, sympathizing with my sufferings, he strove to
+put an end to them, one would have thought that he was the deaf and dumb
+alphabet incarnated. Whether my tormentor yielded to Toby's entreaties, or
+paused from sheer exhaustion, I do not know; but all at once he ceased his
+operations, and at the same time the chief relinquishing his hold upon me,
+I fell back, faint and breathless with the agony I had endured.
+
+My unfortunate limb was now left much in the same condition as a
+rump-steak after undergoing the castigating process which precedes
+cooking. My physician, having recovered from the fatigues of his
+exertions, as if anxious to make amends for the pain to which he had
+subjected me, now took some herbs out of a little wallet that was
+suspended from his waist, and moistening them in water, applied them to
+the inflamed part, stooping over it at the same time, and either
+whispering a spell, or having a little confidential chat with some
+imaginary demon located in the calf of my leg. My limb was now swathed in
+leafy bandages, and grateful to Providence for the cessation of
+hostilities, I was suffered to rest.
+
+Mehevi shortly after rose to depart; but before he went he spoke
+authoritatively to one of the natives, whom he addressed as Kory-Kory; and
+from the little I could understand of what took place, pointed him out to
+me as a man whose peculiar business henceforth would be to attend upon my
+person. I am not certain that I comprehended as much as this at the time,
+but the subsequent conduct of my trusty body-servant fully assured me that
+such must have been the case.
+
+I could not but be amused at the manner in which the chief addressed me
+upon this occasion, talking to me for at least fifteen or twenty minutes
+as calmly as if I could understand every word that he said. I remarked
+this peculiarity very often afterwards in many other of the islanders.
+
+Mehevi having now departed, and the family physician having likewise made
+his exit, we were left about sunset with the ten or twelve natives, who by
+this time I had ascertained composed the household of which Toby and I
+were members. As the dwelling to which we had been first introduced was
+the place of my permanent abode while I remained in the valley, and as I
+was necessarily placed upon the most intimate footing with its occupants,
+I may as well here enter into a little description of it and its
+inhabitants. This description will apply also to nearly all the other
+dwelling-places in the vale, and will furnish some idea of the generality
+of the natives.
+
+Near one side of the valley, and about midway up the ascent of a rather
+abrupt rise of ground waving with the richest verdure, a number of large
+stones were laid in successive courses, to the height of nearly eight
+feet, and disposed in such a manner that their level surface corresponded
+in shape with the habitation which was perched upon it. A narrow space,
+however, was reserved in front of the dwelling, upon the summit of this
+pile of stones (called by the natives a "pi-pi"), which, being enclosed by
+a little picket of canes, gave it somewhat the appearance of a verandah.
+The frame of the house was constructed of large bamboos planted uprightly,
+and secured together at intervals by transverse stalks of the light wood
+of the Habiscus, lashed with thongs of bark. The rear of the
+tenement--built up with successive ranges of cocoa-nut boughs bound one
+upon another, with their leaflets cunningly woven together--inclined a
+little from the vertical, and extended from the extreme edge of the
+"pi-pi" to about twenty feet from its surface; whence the shelving
+roof--thatched with the long tapering leaves of the palmetto--sloped steeply
+off to within about five feet of the floor; leaving the eaves drooping
+with tassel-like appendages over the front of the habitation. This was
+constructed of light and elegant canes, in a kind of open screen-work,
+tastefully adorned with bindings of variegated sinnate, which served to
+hold together its various parts. The sides of the house were similarly
+built; thus presenting three-quarters for the circulation of the air,
+while the whole was impervious to the rain.
+
+In length this picturesque building was perhaps twelve yards, while in
+breadth it could not have exceeded as many feet. So much for the exterior;
+which, with its wire-like reed-twisted sides, not a little reminded me of
+an immense aviary.
+
+Stooping a little, you passed through a narrow aperture in its front; and
+facing you, on entering, lay two long, perfectly straight, and
+well-polished trunks of the cocoa-nut tree, extending the full length of
+the dwelling; one of them placed closely against the rear, and the other
+lying parallel with it some two yards distant, the interval between them
+being spread with a multitude of gaily-worked mats, nearly all of a
+different pattern. This space formed the common couch and lounging-place
+of the natives, answering the purpose of a divan in Oriental countries.
+Here would they slumber through the hours of the night, and recline
+luxuriously during the greater part of the day. The remainder of the floor
+presented only the cool shining surfaces of the large stones of which the
+"pi-pi" was composed.
+
+From the ridge-pole of the house hung suspended a number of large packages
+enveloped in coarse tappa; some of which contained festival dresses, and
+various other matters of the wardrobe, held in high estimation. These were
+easily accessible by means of a line, which, passing over the ridge-pole,
+had one end attached to a bundle, while with the other, which led to the
+side of the dwelling and was there secured, the package could be lowered
+or elevated at pleasure.
+
+Against the farther wall of the house were arranged in tasteful figures a
+variety of spears and javelins, and other implements of savage warfare.
+Outside of the habitation, and built upon the piazza-like area in its
+front, was a little shed used as a sort of larder or pantry, and in which
+were stored various articles of domestic use and convenience. A few yards
+from the pi-pi was a large shed built of cocoa-nut boughs, where the
+process of preparing the "poee-poee" was carried on, and all culinary
+operations attended to.
+
+Thus much for the house, and its appurtenances; and it will be readily
+acknowledged that a more commodious and appropriate dwelling for the
+climate and the people could not possibly be devised. It was cool, free to
+admit the air, scrupulously clean, and elevated above the dampness and
+impurities of the ground.
+
+But now to sketch the inmates; and here I claim for my tried servitor and
+faithful valet Kory-Kory the precedence of a first description. As his
+character will be gradually unfolded in the course of my narrative, I
+shall for the present content myself with delineating his personal
+appearance. Kory-Kory, though the most devoted and best-natured
+serving-man in the world, was, alas! a hideous object to look upon. He was
+some twenty-five years of age, and about six feet in height, robust and
+well made, and of the most extraordinary aspect. His head was carefully
+shaven with the exception of two circular spots, about the size of a
+dollar, near the top of the cranium, where the hair, permitted to grow of
+an amazing length, was twisted up in two prominent knots, that gave him
+the appearance of being decorated with a pair of horns. His beard, plucked
+out by the root from every other part of his face, was suffered to droop
+in hairy pendants, two of which garnished his upper lip, and an equal
+number hung from the extremity of his chin.
+
+Kory-Kory, with the view of improving the handiwork of nature, and perhaps
+prompted by a desire to add to the engaging expression of his countenance,
+had seen fit to embellish his face with three broad longitudinal stripes
+of tattooing, which, like those country roads that go straight forward in
+defiance of all obstacles, crossed his nasal organ, descended into the
+hollow of his eyes, and even skirted the borders of his mouth. Each
+completely spanned his physiognomy; one extending in a line with his eyes,
+another crossing the face in the vicinity of the nose, and the third
+sweeping along his lips from ear to ear. His countenance thus triply
+hooped, as it were, with tattooing, always reminded me of those unhappy
+wretches whom I have sometimes observed gazing out sentimentally from
+behind the grated bars of a prison window; whilst the entire body of my
+savage valet, covered all over with representations of birds and fishes,
+and a variety of most unaccountable-looking creatures, suggested to me the
+idea of a pictorial museum of natural history, or an illustrated copy of
+Goldsmith's _Animated Nature_.
+
+But it seems really heartless in me to write thus of the poor islander,
+when I owe perhaps to his unremitting attentions the very existence I now
+enjoy. Kory-Kory, I mean thee no harm in what I say in regard to thy
+outward adornings; but they were a little curious to my unaccustomed
+sight, and therefore I dilate upon them. But to underrate or forget thy
+faithful services is something I could never be guilty of, even in the
+giddiest moment of my life.
+
+The father of my attached follower was a native of gigantic frame, and had
+once possessed prodigious physical powers; but the lofty form was now
+yielding to the inroads of time, though the hand of disease seemed never
+to have been laid upon the aged warrior. Marheyo--for such was his
+name--appeared to have retired from all active participation in the affairs
+of the valley, seldom or never accompanying the natives in their various
+expeditions; and employing the greater part of his time in throwing up a
+little shed just outside the house, upon which he was engaged to my
+certain knowledge for four months, without appearing to make any sensible
+advance. I suppose the old gentleman was in his dotage, for he manifested
+in various ways the characteristics which mark this particular stage of
+life.
+
+I remember in particular his having a choice pair of ear-ornaments,
+fabricated from the teeth of some sea-monster. These he would alternately
+wear and take off at least fifty times in the course of the day, going and
+coming from his little hut on each occasion with all the tranquillity
+imaginable. Sometimes slipping them through the slits in his ears, he
+would seize his spear--which in length and slightness resembled a
+fishing-pole--and go stalking beneath the shadows of the neighbouring
+groves, as if about to give a hostile meeting to some cannibal knight. But
+he would soon return again, and hiding his weapon under the protecting
+eaves of the house, and rolling his clumsy trinkets carefully in a piece
+of tappa, would resume his more pacific operations as quietly as if he had
+never interrupted them.
+
+But despite his eccentricities, Marheyo was a most paternal and
+warm-hearted old fellow, and in this particular not a little resembled his
+son Kory-Kory. The mother of the latter was the mistress of the family,
+and a notable housewife, and a most industrious old lady she was. If she
+did not understand the art of making jellies, jams, custards, tea-cakes,
+and such like trashy affairs, she was profoundly skilled in the mysteries
+of preparing "amar," "poee-poee," and "kokoo," with other substantial
+matters. She was a genuine busy-body; bustling about the house like a
+country landlady at an unexpected arrival; for ever giving the young girls
+tasks to perform, which the little hussies as often neglected; poking into
+every corner, and rummaging over bundles of old tappa, or making a
+prodigious clatter among the calabashes. Sometimes she might have been
+seen squatting upon her haunches in front of a huge wooden basin, and
+kneading poee-poee with terrific vehemence, dashing the stone pestle about
+as if she would shiver the vessel into fragments: on other occasions,
+galloping about the valley in search of a particular kind of leaf, used in
+some of her recondite operations, and returning home, toiling and
+sweating, with a bundle, under which most women would have sunk.
+
+To tell the truth, Kory-Kory's mother was the only industrious person in
+all the valley of Typee; and she could not have employed herself more
+actively had she been left an exceedingly muscular and destitute widow,
+with an inordinate supply of young children, in the bleakest part of the
+civilized world. There was not the slightest necessity for the greater
+portion of the labour performed by the old lady: but she deemed to work
+from some irresistible impulse; her limbs continually swaying to and fro,
+as if there were some indefatigable engine concealed within her body which
+kept her in perpetual motion.
+
+Never suppose that she was a termagant or a shrew for all this: she had
+the kindliest heart in the world, and acted towards me in particular in a
+truly maternal manner, occasionally putting some little morsel of choice
+food into my hand, some outlandish kind of savage sweetmeat or pastry,
+like a doting mother petting a sickly urchin with tarts and sugar-plums.
+Warm indeed are my remembrances of the dear, good, affectionate old Tinor!
+
+Besides the individuals I have mentioned, there belong to the household
+three young men, dissipated, good-for-nothing, roystering blades of
+savages, who were either employed in prosecuting love affairs with the
+maidens of the tribe, or grew boozy on "arva" and tobacco in the company
+of congenial spirits, the scapegraces of the valley.
+
+Among the permanent inmates of the house were likewise several lovely
+damsels, who instead of thrumming pianos and reading novels, like more
+enlightened young ladies, substituted for these employments the
+manufacture of a fine species of tappa; but for the greater portion of the
+time were skipping from house to house, gadding and gossiping with their
+acquaintances.
+
+From the rest of these, however, I must except the beauteous nymph
+Fayaway, who was my peculiar favourite. Her free pliant figure was the
+very perfection of female grace and beauty. Her complexion was a rich and
+mantling olive, and when watching the glow upon her cheeks I could almost
+swear that beneath the transparent medium there lurked the blushes of a
+faint vermilion. The face of this girl was a rounded oval, and each
+feature as perfectly formed as the heart or imagination of man could
+desire. Her full lips, when parted with a smile, disclosed teeth of a
+dazzling whiteness; and when her rosy mouth opened with a burst of
+merriment, they looked like the milk-white seeds of the "arta," a fruit of
+the valley, which, when cleft in twain, shows them reposing in rows on
+either side, embedded in the red and juicy pulp. Her hair of the deepest
+brown, parted irregularly in the middle, flowed in natural ringlets over
+her shoulders, and whenever she chanced to stoop, fell over and hid from
+view her lovely bosom. Gazing into the depths of her strange blue eyes,
+when she was in a contemplative mood, they seemed most placid yet
+unfathomable; but when illuminated by some lively emotion, they beamed
+upon the beholder like stars. The hands of Fayaway were as soft and
+delicate as those of any countess; for an entire exemption from rude
+labour marks the girlhood and even prime of a Typee woman's life. Her
+feet, though wholly exposed, were as diminutive and fairly shaped as those
+which peep from beneath the skirts of a Lima lady's dress. The skin of
+this young creature, from continual ablutions and the use of mollifying
+ointments, was inconceivably smooth and soft.
+
+I may succeed, perhaps, in particularizing some of the individual features
+of Fayaway's beauty, but that general loveliness of appearance which they
+all contributed to produce I will not attempt to describe. The easy
+unstudied graces of a child of nature like this, breathing from infancy an
+atmosphere of perpetual summer, and nurtured by the simple fruits of the
+earth; enjoying a perfect freedom from care and anxiety, and removed
+effectually from all injurious tendencies, strike the eye in a manner
+which cannot be portrayed. This picture is no fancy sketch; it is drawn
+from the most vivid recollections of the person delineated.
+
+Were I asked if the beauteous form of Fayaway was altogether free from the
+hideous blemish of tattooing, I should be constrained to answer that it
+was not. But the practitioners of this barbarous art, so remorseless in
+their inflictions upon the brawny limbs of the warriors of the tribe, seem
+to be conscious that it needs not the resources of their profession to
+augment the charms of the maidens of the vale.
+
+The females are very little embellished in this way, and Fayaway, and all
+the other young girls of her age, were even less so than those of their
+sex more advanced in years. The reason of this peculiarity will be alluded
+to hereafter. All the tattooing that the nymph in question exhibited upon
+her person may be easily described. Three minute dots, no bigger than
+pinheads, decorated either lip, and at a little distance were not at all
+discernible. Just upon the fall of the shoulder were drawn two parallel
+lines half an inch apart, and perhaps three inches in length, the interval
+being filled with delicately executed figures. These narrow bands of
+tattooing, thus placed, always reminded me of those stripes of gold lace
+worn by officers in undress, and which are in lieu of epaulettes to denote
+their rank.
+
+Thus much was Fayaway tattooed. The audacious hand which had gone so far
+in its desecrating work stopping short, apparently wanting the heart to
+proceed.
+
+But I have neglected to describe the dress worn by this nymph of the
+valley.
+
+Fayaway--I must avow the fact--for the most part clung to the primitive and
+summer garb of Eden. But how becoming the costume! It showed her fine
+figure to the best possible advantage; and nothing could have been better
+adapted to her peculiar style of beauty. On ordinary occasions she was
+habited precisely as I have described the two youthful savages whom we had
+met on first entering the valley. At other times, when rambling among the
+groves, or visiting at the houses of her acquaintances, she wore a tunic
+of white tappa, reaching from her waist to a little below the knees; and
+when exposed for any length of time to the sun, she invariably protected
+herself from its rays by a floating mantle of the same material, loosely
+gathered about the person. Her gala dress will be described hereafter.
+
+As the beauties of our own land delight in bedecking themselves with
+fanciful articles of jewelry, suspending them from their ears, hanging
+them about their necks, and clasping them around their wrists; so Fayaway
+and her companions were in the habit of ornamenting themselves with
+similar appendages.
+
+Flora was their jeweller. Sometimes they wore necklaces of small carnation
+flowers, strung like rubies upon a fibre of tappa, or displayed in their
+ears a single white bud, the stem thrust backward through the aperture,
+and showing in front the delicate petals folded together in a beautiful
+sphere, and looking like a drop of the purest pearl. Chaplets, too,
+resembling in their arrangement the strawberry coronal worn by an English
+peeress, and composed of intertwined leaves and blossoms, often crowned
+their temples; and bracelets and anklets of the same tasteful pattern were
+frequently to be seen. Indeed, the maidens of the island were passionately
+fond of flowers, and never wearied of decorating their persons with them;
+a lovely trait of character, and one that ere long will be more fully
+alluded to.
+
+Though in my eyes, at least, Fayaway was indisputably the loveliest female
+I saw in Typee, yet the description I have given of her will in some
+measure apply to nearly all the youthful portion of her sex in the valley.
+Judge ye then, reader, what beautiful creatures they must have been.
+
+
+
+
+
+                                CHAPTER XI
+
+
+    Officiousness of Kory-Kory--His devotion--A bath in the stream--Want
+      of refinement of the Typee damsels--Stroll with Mehevi--A Typee
+    highway--The Taboo groves--The hoolah hoolah ground--The Ti--Timeworn
+     savages--Hospitality of Mehevi--Midnight musings--Adventure in the
+         dark--Distinguished honours paid to the visitors--Strange
+             procession, and return to the house of Marheyo.
+
+
+When Mehevi had departed from the house, as related in the preceding
+chapter, Kory-Kory commenced the functions of the post assigned him. He
+brought us various kinds of food; and, as if I were an infant, insisted
+upon feeding me with his own hands. To this procedure I, of course, most
+earnestly objected, but in vain; and having laid a calabash of kokoo
+before me, he washed his fingers in a vessel of water, and then putting
+his hand into the dish, and rolling the food into little balls, put them
+one after another into my mouth. All my remonstrances against this measure
+only provoked so great a clamor on his part, that I was obliged to
+acquiesce; and the operation of feeding being thus facilitated, the meal
+was quickly despatched. As for Toby, he was allowed to help himself after
+his own fashion.
+
+The repast over, my attendant arranged the mats for repose, and, bidding
+me lie down, covered me with a large robe of tappa, at the same time
+looking approvingly upon me, and exclaiming, "Ki-Ki, muee muee, ah! moee
+moee mortarkee," (eat plenty, ah! sleep very good.) The philosophy of this
+sentiment I did not pretend to question; for deprived of sleep for several
+preceding nights, and the pain in my limb having much abated, I now felt
+inclined to avail myself of the opportunity afforded me.
+
+The next morning, on waking, I found Kory-Kory stretched out on one side
+of me, while my companion lay upon the other. I felt sensibly refreshed
+after a night of sound repose, and immediately agreed to the proposition
+of my valet that I should repair to the water and wash, although dreading
+the suffering that the exertion might produce. From this apprehension,
+however, I was quickly relieved; for Kory-Kory, leaping from the pi-pi,
+and then backing himself up against it, like a porter in readiness to
+shoulder a trunk, with loud vociferations, and a superabundance of
+gestures gave me to understand that I was to mount upon his back, and be
+thus transported to the stream, which flowed perhaps two hundred yards
+from the house.
+
+Our appearance upon the verandah in front of the habitation drew together
+quite a crowd, who stood looking on, and conversing with one another in
+the most animated manner. They reminded one of a group of idlers gathered
+about the door of a village tavern, when the equipage of some
+distinguished traveller is brought round previous to his departure. As
+soon as I clasped my arms about the neck of the devoted fellow, and he
+jogged off with me, the crowd--composed chiefly of young girls and
+boys--followed after, shouting and capering with infinite glee, and
+accompanied us to the banks of the stream.
+
+On gaining it, Kory-Kory, wading up to his hips in the water, carried me
+half-way across, and deposited me on a smooth black stone, which rose a
+few inches above the surface. The amphibious rabble at our heels plunged
+in after us; and, climbing to the summit of the grass-grown rocks, with
+which the bed of the brook was here and there broken, waited curiously to
+witness our morning ablutions. I felt somewhat embarrassed by the presence
+of the female portion of the company, but, nevertheless, removed my frock,
+and washed myself down to my waist in the stream. As soon as Kory-Kory
+comprehended from my motions that this was to be the extent of my
+performance, he appeared perfectly aghast with astonishment, and rushing
+toward me, poured out a torrent of words in eager deprecation of so
+limited an operation, enjoining me by unmistakable signs to immerse my
+whole body. To this I was forced to consent; and the honest fellow
+regarding me as a froward, inexperienced child, whom it was his duty to
+serve at the risk of offending, lifted me from, the rock, and tenderly
+bathed my limbs. This over, and resuming my seat, I could not avoid
+bursting into admiration of the scene around me.
+
+From the verdant surfaces of the large stones that lay scattered about,
+the natives were now sliding off into the water, diving and ducking
+beneath the surface in all directions; the young girls springing buoyantly
+into the air, with their long tresses dancing about their shoulders, their
+eyes sparkling like drops of dew in the sun, and their gay laughter
+pealing forth at every frolicsome incident.
+
+On the afternoon of the day that I took my first bath in the valley, we
+received another visit from Mehevi. The noble savage seemed to be in the
+same pleasant mood, and was quite as cordial in his manner as before.
+After remaining about an hour, he rose from the mats, and motioning to
+leave the house, invited Toby and myself to accompany him. I pointed to my
+leg; but Mehevi in his turn pointed to Kory-Kory, and removed that
+objection; so, mounting upon the faithful fellow's shoulders again--like
+the old man of the sea astride of Sinbad--I followed after the chief.
+
+The nature of the route we now pursued struck me more forcibly than
+anything I had yet seen, as illustrating the indolent disposition of the
+islanders. The path was obviously the most beaten one in the valley,
+several others leading from either side into it, and perhaps for
+successive generations it had formed the principal avenue of the place.
+And yet, until I grew more familiar with its impediments, it seemed as
+difficult to travel as the recesses of a wilderness. Part of it swept
+around an abrupt rise of ground, the surface of which was broken by
+frequent inequalities, and thickly strewn with projecting masses of rocks,
+whose summits were often hidden from view by the drooping foliage of the
+luxurious vegetation. Sometimes directly over, sometimes evading these
+obstacles with a wide circuit, the path wound along--one moment climbing
+over a sudden eminence, smooth with continued wear, then descending on the
+other side into a steep glen, and crossing the flinty channel of a brook.
+Here it pursued the depths of a glade, occasionally obliging you to stoop
+beneath vast horizontal branches; and now you stepped over huge trunks and
+boughs that lay rotting across the track.
+
+Such was the grand thoroughfare of Typee. After proceeding a little
+distance along it--Kory-Kory panting and blowing with the weight of his
+burden--I dismounted from his back, and grasping the long spear of Mehevi
+in my hand, assisted my steps over the numerous obstacles of the road;
+preferring this mode of advance to one which, from the difficulties of the
+way, was equally painful to myself and my wearied servitor.
+
+Our journey was soon at an end; for, scaling a sudden height, we came
+abruptly upon the place of our destination. I wish that it were possible
+to sketch in words this spot as vividly as I recollect it.
+
+Here were situated the Taboo groves of the valley--the scene of many a
+prolonged feast, of many a horrid rite. Beneath the dark shadows of the
+consecrated bread-fruit trees there reigned a solemn twilight--a
+cathedral-like gloom. The frightful genius of pagan worship seemed to
+brood in silence over the place, breathing its spell upon every object
+around. Here and there, in the depths of these awful shades, half screened
+from sight by masses of overhanging foliage, rose the idolatrous altars of
+the savages, built of enormous blocks of black and polished stone, placed
+one upon another, without cement, to the height of twelve or fifteen feet,
+and surmounted by a rustic open temple, enclosed with a low picket of
+canes, within which might be seen, in various stages of decay, offerings
+of bread-fruit and cocoa-nuts, and the putrefying relics of some recent
+sacrifice.
+
+In the midst of the wood was the hallowed "hoolah hoolah" ground--set apart
+for the celebration of the fantastical religious ritual of these
+people--comprising an extensive oblong pi-pi, terminating at either end in
+a lofty terraced altar, guarded by ranks of hideous wooden idols, and with
+the two remaining sides flanked by ranges of bamboo sheds, opening towards
+the interior of the quadrangle thus formed. Vast trees, standing in the
+middle of this space, and throwing over it an umbrageous shade, had their
+massive trunks built round with slight stages, elevated a few feet above
+the ground, and railed in with canes, forming so many rustic pulpits, from
+which the priests harangued their devotees.
+
+This holiest of spots was defended from profanation by the strictest
+edicts of the all-pervading "taboo," which condemned to instant death the
+sacrilegious female who should enter or touch its sacred precincts, or
+even so much as press with her feet the ground made holy by the shadows
+that it cast.
+
+Access was had to the enclosure through an embowered entrance on one side,
+facing a number of towering cocoa-nut trees, planted at intervals along a
+level area of a hundred yards. At the farther extremity of this space was
+to be seen a building of considerable size, reserved for the habitation of
+the priests and religious attendants of the grove.
+
+In its vicinity was another remarkable edifice, built as usual upon the
+summit of a pi-pi, and at least two hundred feet in length, though not
+more than twenty in breadth. The whole front of this latter structure was
+completely open, and from one end to the other ran a narrow verandah,
+fenced in on the edge of the pi-pi with a picket of canes. Its interior
+presented the appearance of an immense lounging-place, the entire floor
+being strewn with successive layers of mats, lying between parallel trunks
+of cocoa-nut trees, selected for the purpose from the straightest and most
+symmetrical the vale afforded.
+
+To this building, denominated in the language of the natives, the "Ti,"
+Mehevi now conducted us. Thus far we had been accompanied by a troop of
+the natives of both sexes; but as soon as we approached its vicinity, the
+females gradually separated themselves from the crowd, and standing aloof,
+permitted us to pass on. The merciless prohibitions of the taboo extended
+likewise to this edifice, and were enforced by the same dreadful penalty
+that secured the hoolah hoolah ground from the imaginary pollution of a
+woman's presence.
+
+On entering the house, I was surprised to see six muskets ranged against
+the bamboo on one side, from the barrels of which depended as many small
+canvas pouches, partly filled with powder. Disposed about these muskets,
+like the cutlasses that decorate the bulkhead of a man-of-war's cabin,
+were a great variety of rude spears and paddles, javelins, and war-clubs.
+This then, said I to Toby, must be the armoury of the tribe.
+
+As we advanced farther along the building, we were struck with the aspect
+of four or five hideous old wretches, on whose decrepid forms time and
+tattooing seemed to have obliterated every trace of humanity. Owing to the
+continued operation of this latter process, which only terminates among
+the warriors of the island after all the figures stretched upon their
+limbs in youth have been blended together--an effect, however, produced
+only in cases of extreme longevity--the bodies of these men were of a
+uniform dull green colour--the hue which the tattooing gradually assumes as
+the individual advances in age. Their skin had a frightful scaly
+appearance, which, united with its singular colour, made their limbs not a
+little resemble dusty specimens of verde-antique. Their flesh, in parts,
+hung upon them in huge folds, like the overlapping plaits on the flank of
+a rhinoceros. Their heads were completely bald, whilst their faces were
+puckered into a thousand wrinkles, and they presented no vestige of a
+beard. But the most remarkable peculiarity about them was the appearance
+of their feet; the toes, like the radiating lines of the mariner's
+compass, pointed to every quarter of the horizon. This was doubtless
+attributable to the fact, that during nearly a hundred years of existence
+the said toes never had been subjected to any artificial confinement, and
+in their old age, being averse to close neighbourhood, bid one another
+keep open order.
+
+These repulsive-looking creatures appeared to have lost the use of their
+lower limbs altogether; sitting upon the floor cross-legged, in a state of
+torpor. They never heeded us in the least, scarcely looking conscious of
+our presence, while Mehevi seated us upon the mats, and Kory-Kory gave
+utterance to some unintelligible gibberish.
+
+In a few moments, a boy entered with a wooden trencher of poee-poee; and
+in regaling myself with its contents, I was obliged again to submit to the
+officious intervention of my indefatigable servitor. Various other dishes
+followed, the chief manifesting the most hospitable importunity in
+pressing us to partake, and to remove all bashfulness on our part, set us
+no despicable example in his own person.
+
+The repast concluded, a pipe was lighted, which passed from mouth to
+mouth, and yielding to its soporific influence, the quiet of the place,
+and the deepening shadows of approaching night, my companion and I sank
+into a kind of drowsy repose, while the chief and Kory-Kory seemed to be
+slumbering beside us.
+
+I awoke from an uneasy nap, about midnight, as I supposed; and, raising
+myself partly from the mat, became sensible that we were enveloped in
+utter darkness. Toby lay still asleep, but our late companions had
+disappeared. The only sound that interrupted the silence of the place was
+the asthmatic breathing of the old men I have mentioned, who reposed at a
+little distance from us. Besides them, as well as I could judge, there was
+no one else in the house.
+
+Apprehensive of some evil, I roused my comrade, and we were engaged in a
+whispered conference concerning the unexpected withdrawal of the natives,
+when all at once, from the depths of the grove, in full view of us where
+we lay, shoots of flame were seen to rise, and in a few moments
+illuminated the surrounding trees, casting, by contrast, into still deeper
+gloom the darkness around us.
+
+While we continued gazing at this sight, dark figures appeared moving to
+and fro before the flames; while others, dancing and capering about,
+looked like so many demons.
+
+Regarding this new phenomenon with no small degree of trepidation, I said
+to my companion, "What can all this mean, Toby?"
+
+"Oh, nothing," replied he; "getting the fire ready, I suppose."
+
+"Fire!" exclaimed I, while my heart took to beating like a trip-hammer,
+"what fire?"
+
+"Why, the fire to cook us, to be sure; what else would the cannibals be
+kicking up such a row about, if it were not for that?"
+
+"Oh, Toby! have done with your jokes; this is no time for them: something
+is about to happen, I feel confident."
+
+"Jokes, indeed!" exclaimed Toby, indignantly. "Did you ever hear me joke?
+Why, for what do you suppose the devils have been feeding us up in this
+kind of style for during the last three days, unless it were for something
+that you are too much frightened at to talk about? Look at that Kory-Kory
+there!--has he not been stuffing you with his confounded mushes, just in
+the way they treat swine before they kill them? Depend upon it, we will be
+eaten this blessed night, and there is the fire we shall be roasted by."
+
+This view of the matter was not at all calculated to allay my
+apprehensions, and I shuddered when I reflected that we were indeed at the
+mercy of a tribe of cannibals, and that the dreadful contingency to which
+Toby had alluded was by no means removed beyond the bounds of possibility.
+
+"There! I told you so! they are coming for us!" exclaimed my companion the
+next moment, as the forms of four of the islanders were seen in bold
+relief against the illuminated background, mounting the pi-pi, and
+approaching us.
+
+They came on noiselessly, nay, stealthily, and glided along through the
+gloom that surrounded us, as if about to spring upon some object they were
+fearful of disturbing before they should make sure of it. Gracious Heaven!
+the horrible reflections which crowded upon me that moment! A cold sweat
+stood upon my brow, and spell-bound with terror, I awaited my fate.
+
+Suddenly the silence was broken by the well-remembered tones of Mehevi,
+and at the kindly accents of his voice, my fears were immediately
+dissipated. "Tommo, Toby, ki ki!" (eat). He had waited to address us,
+until he had assured himself that we were both awake, at which he seemed
+somewhat surprised.
+
+"Ki ki! is it?" said Toby, in his gruff tones; "well, cook us first, will
+you--but what's this?" he added, as another savage appeared, bearing before
+him a large trencher of wood, containing some kind of steaming meat, as
+appeared from the odours it diffused, and which he deposited at the feet
+of Mehevi. "A baked baby, I dare say! but I will have none of it, never
+mind what it is. A pretty fool I should make of myself, indeed, waked up
+here in the middle of the night, stuffing and guzzling, and all to make a
+fat meal for a parcel of bloody-minded cannibals one of these mornings!
+No; I see what they are at very plainly, so I am resolved to starve myself
+into a bunch of bones and gristle, and then, if they serve me up, they are
+welcome! But, I say, Tommo, you are not going to eat any of that mess
+there, in the dark, are you? Why, how can you tell what it is?"
+
+"By tasting it, to be sure," said I, masticating a morsel that Kory-Kory
+had just put in my mouth; "and excellently good it is, too, very much like
+veal."
+
+"A baked baby, by the soul of Captain Cook!" burst forth Toby, with
+amazing vehemence. "Veal? why, there never was a calf on the island till
+you landed. I tell you, you are bolting down mouthfuls from a dead
+Happar's carcass, as sure as you live, and no mistake!"
+
+Emetics and lukewarm water! What a sensation in the abdominal regions!
+Sure enough, where could the fiends incarnate have obtained meat? But I
+resolved to satisfy myself at all hazards; and turning to Mehevi, I soon
+made the ready chief understand that I wished a light to be brought. When
+the taper came, I gazed eagerly into the vessel, and recognized the
+mutilated remains of a juvenile porker! "Puarkee!" exclaimed Kory-Kory,
+looking complacently at the dish; and from that day to this I have never
+forgotten that such is the designation of a pig in the Typee lingo.
+
+The next morning, after being again abundantly feasted by the hospitable
+Mehevi, Toby and myself arose to depart. But the chief requested us to
+postpone our intention. "Abo, abo" (Wait, wait), he said, and accordingly
+we resumed our seats, while, assisted by the zealous Kory-Kory, he
+appeared to be engaged in giving directions to a number of the natives
+outside, who were busily employed in making arrangements, the nature of
+which we could not comprehend. But we were not left long in our ignorance,
+for a few moments only had elapsed, when the chief beckoned us to
+approach, and we perceived that he had been marshalling a kind of guard of
+honour to escort us on our return to the house of Marheyo.
+
+The procession was led off by two venerable-looking savages, each provided
+with a spear, from the end of which streamed a pennon of milk-white tappa.
+After them went several youths, bearing aloft calabashes of poee-poee; and
+followed in their turn by four stalwart fellows, sustaining long bamboos,
+from the tops of which hung suspended, at least twenty feet from the
+ground, large baskets of green bread-fruit. Then came a troop of boys,
+carrying bunches of ripe bananas, and baskets made of woven leaflets of
+cocoa-nut boughs, filled with the young fruit of the tree, the naked
+shells, stripped of their husks, peeping forth from the verdant
+wicker-work that surrounded them. Last of all came a burly islander,
+holding over his head a wooden trencher, in which lay disposed the
+remnants of our midnight feast, hidden from view, however, by a covering
+of bread-fruit leaves.
+
+Astonished as I was at this exhibition, I could not avoid smiling at its
+grotesque appearance, and the associations it naturally called up. Mehevi,
+it seemed, was bent on replenishing old Marheyo's larder, fearful,
+perhaps, that without this precaution his guests might not fare as well as
+they could desire.
+
+As soon as I descended from the pi-pi, the procession formed anew,
+enclosing us in its centre; where I remained, part of the time carried by
+Kory-Kory, and occasionally relieving him from his burden by limping along
+with a spear. When we moved off in this order, the natives struck up a
+musical recitative, which, with various alternations, they continued until
+we arrived at the place of our destination.
+
+As we proceeded on our way, bands of young girls, darting from the
+surrounding groves, hung upon our skirts, and accompanied us with shouts
+of merriment and delight, which almost drowned the deep notes of the
+recitative. On approaching old Marheyo's domicile, its inmates rushed out
+to receive us; and while the gifts of Mehevi were being disposed of, the
+superannuated warrior did the honours of his mansion with all the warmth
+of hospitality evinced by an English squire, when he regales his friends
+at some fine old patrimonial mansion.
+
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER XII
+
+
+    Attempt to procure relief from Nukuheva--Perilous adventure of Toby
+             in the Happar Mountains--Eloquence of Kory-Kory.
+
+
+Amidst these novel scenes a week passed away almost imperceptibly. The
+natives, actuated by some mysterious impulse, day after day redoubled
+their attention to us. Their manner towards us was unaccountable. Surely,
+thought I, they would not act thus if they meant us any harm. But why this
+excess of deferential kindness, or what equivalent can they imagine us
+capable of rendering them for it?
+
+We were fairly puzzled. But, despite the apprehensions I could not dispel,
+the horrible character imputed to these Typees appeared to be wholly
+undeserved.
+
+"Why, they are cannibals!" said Toby, on one occasion when I eulogized the
+tribe.
+
+"Granted," I replied, "but a more humane, gentlemanly, and amiable set of
+epicures do not probably exist in the Pacific."
+
+But, notwithstanding the kind treatment we received, I was too familiar
+with the fickle disposition of savages not to feel anxious to withdraw
+from the valley, and put myself beyond the reach of that fearful death
+which, under all these smiling appearances, might yet menace us. But here
+there was an obstacle in the way of doing so. It was idle for me to think
+of moving from the place until I should have recovered from the severe
+lameness that afflicted me; indeed my malady began seriously to alarm me;
+for, despite the herbal remedies of the natives, it continued to grow
+worse and worse. Their mild applications, though they soothed the pain,
+did not remove the disorder, and I felt convinced that, without better
+aid, I might anticipate long and acute suffering.
+
+But how was this aid to be procured? From the surgeons of the French
+fleet, which probably still lay in the bay of Nukuheva, it might easily
+have been obtained, could I have made my case known to them. But how could
+that be effected?
+
+At last, in the exigency to which I was reduced, I proposed to Toby that
+he should endeavour to go round to Nukuheva, and if he could not succeed
+in returning to the valley by water in one of the boats of the squadron,
+and taking me off, he might at least procure me some proper medicines, and
+effect his return overland.
+
+My companion listened to me in silence, and at first did not appear to
+relish the idea. The truth was, he felt impatient to escape from the
+place, and wished to avail himself of our present high favour with the
+natives to make good our retreat, before we should experience some sudden
+alterations in their behaviour. As he could not think of leaving me in my
+helpless condition, he implored me to be of good cheer; assured me that I
+should soon be better, and enabled in a few days to return with him to
+Nukuheva.
+
+Added to this, he could not bear the idea of again returning to this
+dangerous place; and as for the expectation of persuading the Frenchmen to
+detach a boat's crew for the purpose of rescuing me from the Typees, he
+looked upon it as idle; and, with arguments that I could not answer, urged
+the improbability of their provoking the hostilities of the clan by any
+such measure; especially as, for the purpose of quieting its
+apprehensions, they had as yet refrained from making any visit to the bay.
+"And even should they consent," said Toby, "they would only produce a
+commotion in the valley, in which we might both be sacrificed by these
+ferocious islanders." This was unanswerable; but still I clung to the
+belief that he might succeed in accomplishing the other part of my plan;
+and at last I overcame his scruples, and he agreed to make the attempt.
+
+As soon as we succeeded in making the natives understand our intention,
+they broke out into the most vehement opposition to the measure, and, for
+a while, I almost despaired of obtaining their consent. At the bare
+thought of one of us leaving them, they manifested the most lively
+concern. The grief and consternation of Kory-Kory, in particular, was
+unbounded; he threw himself into a perfect paroxysm of gestures, which
+were intended to convey to us, not only his abhorrence of Nukuheva and its
+uncivilized inhabitants, but also his astonishment that, after becoming
+acquainted with the enlightened Typees, we should evince the least desire
+to withdraw, even for a time, from their agreeable society.
+
+However, I overbore his objections by appealing to my lameness; from which
+I assured the natives I should speedily recover, if Toby were permitted to
+obtain the supplies I needed.
+
+It was agreed that on the following morning my companion should depart,
+accompanied by some one or two of the household, who should point out to
+him an easy route, by which the bay might be reached before sunset.
+
+At early dawn of the next day, our habitation was astir. One of the young
+men mounted into an adjoining cocoa-nut tree, and threw down a number of
+the young fruit, which old Marheyo quickly stripped of the green husks,
+and strung together upon a short pole. These were intended to refresh Toby
+on his route.
+
+The preparations being completed, with no little emotion I bade my
+companion adieu. He promised to return in three days at farthest; and,
+bidding me keep up my spirits in the interval, turned around the corner of
+the pi-pi, and, under the guidance of the venerable Marheyo, was soon out
+of sight. His departure oppressed me with melancholy, and, re-entering the
+dwelling, I threw myself almost in despair upon the matting of the floor.
+
+In two hours' time the old warrior returned, and gave me to understand,
+that after accompanying my companion a little distance, and showing him
+the route, he had left him journeying on his way.
+
+It was about noon of this same day, a season which these people are wont
+to pass in sleep, that I lay in the house, surrounded by its slumbering
+inmates, and painfully affected by the strange silence which prevailed.
+All at once I thought I heard a faint shout, as if proceeding from some
+persons in the depth of the grove which extended in front of our
+habitation.
+
+The sounds grew louder and nearer, and gradually the whole valley rang
+with wild outcries. The sleepers around me started to their feet in alarm,
+and hurried outside to discover the cause of the commotion. Kory-Kory, who
+had been the first to spring up, soon returned almost breathless, and
+nearly frantic with the excitement under which he seemed to be labouring.
+All that I could understand from him was, that some accident had happened
+to Toby. Apprehensive of some dreadful calamity, I rushed out of the
+house, and caught sight of a tumultuous crowd, who, with shrieks and
+lamentations, were just emerging from the grove, bearing in their arms
+some object, the sight of which produced all this transport of sorrow. As
+they drew near, the men redoubled their cries, while the girls, tossing
+their bare arms in the air, exclaimed plaintively, "Awha! awha! Toby
+muckee moee!"--Alas! alas! Toby is killed!
+
+In a moment the crowd opened, and disclosed the apparently lifeless body
+of my companion borne between two men, the head hanging heavily against
+the breast of the foremost. The whole face, neck, and bosom were covered
+with blood, which still trickled slowly from a wound behind the temple. In
+the midst of the greatest uproar and confusion, the body was carried into
+the house and laid on a mat. Waving the natives off to give room and air,
+I bent eagerly over Toby, and, laying my hand upon the breast, ascertained
+that the heart still beat. Overjoyed at this, I seized a calabash of
+water, and dashed its contents upon his face, then, wiping away the blood,
+anxiously examined the wound. It was about three inches long, and, on
+removing the clotted hair from about it, showed the skull laid completely
+bare. Immediately with my knife I cut away the heavy locks, and bathed the
+part repeatedly in water.
+
+In a few moments Toby revived, and opening his eyes for a second, closed
+them again, without speaking. Kory-Kory, who had been kneeling beside me,
+now chafed his limbs gently with the palms of his hands, while a young
+girl at his head kept fanning him, and I still continued to moisten his
+lips and brow. Soon my poor comrade showed signs of animation, and I
+succeeded in making him swallow from a cocoa-nut shell a few mouthfuls of
+water.
+
+  [Illustration: THE BODY WAS CARRIED INTO THE HOUSE AND LAID ON A MAT]
+
+Old Tinor now appeared, holding in her hand some simples she had gathered,
+the juice of which she by signs besought me to squeeze into the wound.
+Having done so, I thought it best to leave Toby undisturbed until he
+should have had time to rally his faculties. Several times he opened his
+lips, but, fearful for his safety, I enjoined silence. In the course of
+two or three hours however, he sat up, and was sufficiently recovered to
+tell me what had occurred.
+
+"After leaving the house with Marheyo," said Toby, "we struck across the
+valley, and ascended the opposite heights. Just beyond them, my guide
+informed me, lay the valley of Happar, while along their summits, and
+skirting the head of the vale, was my route to Nukuheva. After mounting a
+little way up the elevation my guide paused, and gave me to understand
+that he could not accompany me any farther, and by various signs intimated
+that he was afraid to approach any nearer the territories of the enemies
+of his tribe. He, however, pointed out my path, which now lay clearly
+before me, and, bidding me farewell, hastily descended the mountain.
+
+"Quite elated at being so near the Happars, I pushed up the acclivity, and
+soon gained its summit. It tapered up to a sharp ridge, from whence I
+beheld both the hostile valleys. Here I sat down and rested for a moment,
+refreshing myself with my cocoa-nuts. I was soon again pursuing my way
+along the height, when suddenly I saw three of the islanders, who must
+have just come out of Happar valley, standing in the path ahead of me.
+They were each armed with a heavy spear, and one, from his appearance, I
+took to be a chief. They sung out something, I could not understand what,
+and beckoned me to come on.
+
+"Without the least hesitation I advanced towards them, and had approached
+within about a yard of the foremost, when, pointing angrily into the Typee
+valley, and uttering some savage exclamation, he wheeled round his weapon
+like lightning, and struck me in a moment to the ground. The blow
+inflicted this wound, and took away my senses. As soon as I came to
+myself, I perceived the three islanders standing a little distance off,
+and apparently engaged in some violent altercation respecting me.
+
+"My first impulse was to run for it; but, in endeavouring to rise, I fell
+back, and rolled down a little grassy precipice. The shock seemed to rally
+my faculties; so, starting to my feet, I fled down the path I had just
+ascended. I had no need to look behind me, for, from the yells I heard, I
+knew that my enemies were in full pursuit. Urged on by their fearful
+outcries, and heedless of the injury I had received--though the blood
+flowing from the wound trickled over into my eyes and almost blinded me--I
+rushed down the mountain side with the speed of the wind. In a short time
+I had descended nearly a third of the distance, and the savages had ceased
+their cries, when suddenly a terrific howl burst upon my ear, and at the
+same moment a heavy javelin darted past me as I fled, and stuck quivering
+in a tree close to me. Another yell followed, and a second spear and a
+third shot through the air within a few feet of my body, both of them
+piercing the ground obliquely in advance of me. The fellows gave a roar of
+rage and disappointment; but they were afraid, I suppose, of coming down
+farther into the Typee valley, and so abandoned the chase. I saw them
+recover their weapons and turn back; and I continued my descent as fast as
+I could.
+
+"What could have caused this ferocious attack on the part of these Happars
+I could not imagine, unless it were that they had seen me ascending the
+mountain with Marheyo, and that the mere fact of coming from the Typee
+valley was sufficient to provoke them.
+
+"As long as I was in danger I scarcely felt the wound I had received; but
+when the chase was over I began to suffer from it. I had lost my hat in
+the flight, and the sun scorched my bare head. I felt faint and giddy;
+but, fearful of falling to the ground beyond the reach of assistance, I
+staggered on as well as I could, and at last gained the level of the
+valley, and then down I sunk; and I knew nothing more until I found myself
+lying upon these mats, and you stooping over me with the calabash of
+water."
+
+Such was Toby's account of this sad affair. I afterwards learned that
+fortunately he had fallen close to a spot where the natives go for fuel. A
+party of them caught sight of him as he fell, and, sounding the alarm, had
+lifted him up; and after ineffectually endeavouring to restore him at the
+brook, had hurried forward with him to the house.
+
+This incident threw a dark cloud over our prospects. It reminded us that
+we were hemmed in by hostile tribes, whose territories we could not hope
+to pass, on our route to Nukuheva, without encountering the effects of
+their savage resentment. There appeared to be no avenue opened to our
+escape but the sea, which washed the lower extremity of the vale.
+
+Our Typee friends availed themselves of the recent disaster of Toby to
+exhort us to a due appreciation of the blessings we enjoyed among them;
+contrasting their own generous reception of us with the animosity of their
+neighbours. They likewise dwelt upon the cannibal propensities of the
+Happars, a subject which they were perfectly aware could not fail to alarm
+us; while at the same time they earnestly disclaimed all participation in
+so horrid a custom. Nor did they omit to call upon us to admire the
+natural loveliness of their own abode, and the lavish abundance with which
+it produced all manner of luxuriant fruits; exalting it in this particular
+above any of the surrounding valleys.
+
+Kory-Kory seemed to experience so heartfelt a desire to infuse into our
+minds proper views on these subjects, that, assisted in his endeavours by
+the little knowledge of the language we had acquired, he actually made us
+comprehend a considerable part of what he said. To facilitate our correct
+apprehension of his meaning, he at first condensed his ideas into the
+smallest possible compass.
+
+"Happar keekeeno nuee," he exclaimed; "nuee, nuee, ki ki kannaka!--ah! owle
+motarkee!" which signifies, "Terrible fellows those Happars!--devour an
+amazing quantity of men!--ah, shocking bad!" Thus far he explained himself
+by a variety of gestures, during the performance of which he would dart
+out of the house, and point abhorrently towards the Happar valley; running
+in to us again with the rapidity that showed he was fearful we would lose
+one part of his meaning before he could complete the other; and continuing
+his illustrations by seizing the fleshy part of my arm in his teeth,
+intimating, by the operation, that the people who lived over in that
+direction would like nothing better than to treat me in that manner.
+
+Having assured himself that we were fully enlightened on this point, he
+proceeded to another branch of the subject. "Ah! Typee me! arkee!--nuee,
+nuee mioree--nuee, nuee wai nuee, nuee poee poee--nuee, nuee kokoo--ah! nuee,
+nuee kiki--ah! nuee, nuee, nuee!" Which, liberally interpreted as before,
+would imply, "Ah, Typee! isn't it a fine place though!--no danger of
+starving here, I tell you!--plenty of bread-fruit--plenty of water--plenty of
+pudding--ah! plenty of everything, ah! heaps, heaps, heaps!" All this was
+accompanied by a running commentary of signs and gestures which it was
+impossible not to comprehend.
+
+As he continued his harangue, however, Kory-Kory, in emulation of our more
+polished orators, began to launch out rather diffusely into other branches
+of his subject, enlarging probably upon the moral reflections it
+suggested; and proceeded in such a strain of unintelligible and stunning
+gibberish, that he actually gave me the headache for the rest of the day.
+
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER XIII
+
+
+    A great event happens in the valley--The island telegraph--Something
+         befalls Toby--Fayaway displays a tender heart--Melancholy
+       reflections--Mysterious conduct of the islanders--Devotion of
+    Kory-Kory--A rural couch--A luxury--Kory-Kory strikes a light _� la_
+                                  Typee.
+
+
+In the course of a few days Toby had recovered from the effects of his
+adventure with the Happar warriors; the wound on his head rapidly healing
+under the vegetable treatment of the good Tinor. Less fortunate than my
+companion, however, I still continued to languish under a complaint, the
+origin and nature of which was still a mystery. Cut off as I was from all
+intercourse with the civilized world, and feeling the inefficacy of
+anything the natives could do to relieve me; knowing, too, that so long as
+I remained in my present condition it would be impossible for me to leave
+the valley, whatever opportunity might present itself; and apprehensive
+that ere long we might be exposed to some caprice on the part of the
+islanders, I now gave up all hopes of recovery, and became a prey to the
+most gloomy thoughts. A deep dejection fell upon me, which neither the
+friendly remonstrances of my companion, the devoted attentions of
+Kory-Kory, nor all the soothing influences of Fayaway, could remove.
+
+One morning, as I lay on the mats in the house plunged in melancholy
+reverie, and regardless of everything around me, Toby, who had left me
+about an hour, returned in haste, and with great glee told me to cheer up
+and be of good heart, for he believed, from what was going on among the
+natives, that there were boats approaching the bay.
+
+These tidings operated upon me like magic. The hour of our deliverance was
+at hand, and, starting up, I was soon convinced that something unusual was
+about to occur. The word "botee! botee!" was vociferated in all
+directions; and shouts were heard in the distance, at first feebly and
+faintly, but growing louder and nearer at each successive repetition,
+until they were caught up by a fellow in a cocoa-nut tree a few yards off,
+who, sounding them in turn, they were reiterated from a neighbouring
+grove, and so died away gradually from point to point, as the intelligence
+penetrated into the farthest recesses of the valley. This was the vocal
+telegraph of the islanders; by means of which, condensed items of
+information could be carried in a very few minutes from the sea to their
+remotest habitation, a distance of at least eight or nine miles. On the
+present occasion it was in active operation, one piece of information
+following another with inconceivable rapidity.
+
+The greatest commotion now appeared to prevail. At every fresh item of
+intelligence the natives betrayed the liveliest interest, and redoubled
+the energy with which they employed themselves in collecting fruit to sell
+to the expected visitors. Some were tearing off the husks from cocoa-nuts;
+some, perched in the trees, were throwing down bread-fruit to their
+companions, who gathered them in heaps as they fell; while others were
+plying their fingers rapidly in weaving leafen baskets in which to carry
+the fruit.
+
+There were other matters, too, going on at the same time. Here you would
+see a stout warrior polishing his spear with a bit of old tappa, or
+adjusting the folds of the girdle about his waist; and there you might
+descry a young damsel decorating herself with flowers, as if having in her
+eye some maidenly conquest; while, as in all cases of hurry and confusion
+in every part of the world, a number of individuals kept hurrying to and
+fro with amazing vigour and perseverance, doing nothing themselves, and
+hindering others.
+
+Never before had we seen the islanders in such a state of bustle and
+excitement; and the scene furnished abundant evidence of the fact--that it
+was only at long intervals any such events occur.
+
+When I thought of the length of time that might intervene before a similar
+chance of escape would be presented, I bitterly lamented that I had not
+the power of availing myself effectually of the present opportunity.
+
+From all that we could gather, it appeared that the natives were fearful
+of arriving too late upon the beach, unless they made extraordinary
+exertions. Sick and lame as I was, I would have started with Toby at once,
+had not Kory-Kory not only refused to carry me, but manifested the most
+invincible repugnance to our leaving the neighbourhood of the house. The
+rest of the savages were equally opposed to our wishes, and seemed grieved
+and astonished at the earnestness of my solicitations. I clearly perceived
+that, while my attendant avoided all appearance of constraining my
+movements, he was nevertheless determined to thwart my wishes. He seemed
+to me on this particular occasion, as well as often afterwards, to be
+executing the orders of some other person with regard to me, though at the
+same time feeling towards me the most lively affection.
+
+Toby, who had made up his mind to accompany the islanders if possible as
+soon as they were in readiness to depart, and who for that reason had
+refrained from showing the same anxiety that I had done, now represented
+to me that it was idle for me to entertain the hope of reaching the beach
+in time to profit by any opportunity that might then be presented.
+
+"Do you not see," said he, "the savages themselves are fearful of being
+too late, and I should hurry forward myself at once, did I not think that,
+if I showed too much eagerness, I should destroy all our hopes of reaping
+any benefit from this fortunate event. If you will only endeavour to
+appear tranquil or unconcerned, you will quiet their suspicions, and I
+have no doubt they will then let me go with them to the beach, supposing
+that I merely go out of curiosity. Should I succeed in getting down to the
+boats, I will make known the condition in which I have left you, and
+measures may then be taken to secure our escape."
+
+In the expediency of this I could not but acquiesce; and as the natives
+had now completed their preparations, I watched with the liveliest
+interest the reception that Toby's application might meet with. As soon as
+they understood from my companion that I intended to remain, they appeared
+to make no objection to this proposition, and even hailed it with
+pleasure. Their singular conduct on this occasion not a little puzzled me
+at the time, and imparted to subsequent events an additional mystery.
+
+The islanders were now to be seen hurrying along the path which led to the
+sea. I shook Toby warmly by the hand, and gave him my Payta hat to shield
+his wounded head from the sun, as he had lost his own. He cordially
+returned the pressure of my hand, and, solemnly promising to return as
+soon as the boats should leave the shore, sprang from my side, and the
+next minute disappeared in a turn of the grove.
+
+In spite of the unpleasant reflections that crowded upon my mind, I could
+not but be entertained by the novel and animated sight which now met my
+view. One after another, the natives crowded along the narrow path, laden
+with every variety of fruit. Here, you might have seen one, who, after
+ineffectually endeavouring to persuade a surly porker to be conducted in
+leading-strings, was obliged at last to seize the perverse animal in his
+arms, and carry him struggling again his naked breast, and squealing
+without intermission. There went two, who at a little distance might have
+been taken for the Hebrew spies, on their return to Moses with the goodly
+bunch of grapes. One trotted before the other at a distance of a couple of
+yards, while between them, from a pole resting on their shoulders, was
+suspended a huge cluster of bananas, which swayed to and fro with the
+rocking gait at which they proceeded. Here ran another, perspiring with
+his exertions, and bearing before him a quantity of cocoa-nuts, who,
+fearful of being too late, heeded not the fruit that dropped from his
+basket, and appeared solely intent upon reaching his destination, careless
+how many of his cocoa-nuts kept company with him.
+
+In a short time the last straggler was seen hurrying on his way, and the
+faint shouts of those in advance died insensibly upon the ear. Our part of
+the valley now appeared nearly deserted by its inhabitants, Kory-Kory, his
+aged father, and a few decrepid old people being all that were left.
+
+Towards sunset, the islanders in small parties began to return from the
+beach, and among them, as they drew near to the house, I sought to descry
+the form of my companion. But one after another they passed the dwelling,
+and I caught no glimpse of him. Supposing, however, that he would soon
+appear with some of the members of the household, I quieted my
+apprehensions, and waited patiently to see him advancing, in company with
+the beautiful Fayaway. At last I perceived Tinor coming forward, followed
+by the girls and young men who usually resided in the house of Marheyo;
+but with them came not my comrade, and, filled with a thousand alarms, I
+eagerly sought to discover the cause of his delay.
+
+My earnest questions appeared to embarrass the natives greatly. All their
+accounts were contradictory: one giving me to understand that Toby would
+be with me in a very short time; another, that he did not know where he
+was; while a third, violently inveighing against him, assured me that he
+had stolen away, and would never come back. It appeared to me, at the
+time, that in making these various statements they endeavoured to conceal
+from me some terrible disaster, lest the knowledge of it should overpower
+me.
+
+Fearful lest some fatal calamity had overtaken him, I sought out young
+Fayaway, and endeavoured to learn from her, if possible, the truth.
+
+This gentle being had early attracted my regard, not only from her
+extraordinary beauty, but from the attractive cast of her countenance,
+singularly expressive of intelligence and humanity. Of all the natives,
+she alone seemed to appreciate the effect which the peculiarity of the
+circumstances in which we were placed had produced upon the minds of my
+companion and myself. In addressing me--especially when I lay reclining
+upon the mats suffering from pain--there was a tenderness in her manner
+which it was impossible to misunderstand or resist. Whenever she entered
+the house, the expression of her face indicated the liveliest sympathy for
+me; and moving towards the place where I lay, with one arm slightly
+elevated in a gesture of pity, and her large glistening eyes gazing
+intently into mine, she would murmur plaintively, "Awha! awha! Tommo," and
+seat herself mournfully beside me.
+
+Her manner convinced me that she deeply compassionated my situation, as
+being removed from my country and friends, and placed beyond the reach of
+all relief. Indeed, at times I was almost led to believe that her mind was
+swayed by gentle impulses hardly to be anticipated from one in her
+condition; that she appeared to be conscious there were ties rudely
+severed, which had once bound us to our homes; that there were sisters and
+brothers anxiously looking forward to our return, who were perhaps never
+more to behold us.
+
+In this amiable light did Fayaway appear in my eyes; and, reposing full
+confidence in her candour and intelligence, I now had recourse to her, in
+the midst of my alarm with regard to my companion.
+
+My questions evidently distressed her. She looked round from one to
+another of the bystanders, as if hardly knowing what answer to give me. At
+last, yielding to my importunities, she overcame her scruples, and gave me
+to understand that Toby had gone away with the boats which had visited the
+bay, but had promised to return at the expiration of three days. At first
+I accused him of perfidiously deserting me; but as I grew more composed, I
+upbraided myself for imputing so cowardly an action to him, and
+tranquillized myself with the belief that he had availed himself of the
+opportunity to go round to Nukuheva, in order to make some arrangement by
+which I could be removed from the valley. At any rate, thought I, he will
+return with the medicines I require, and then, as soon as I recover, there
+will be no difficulty in the way of our departure.
+
+Consoling myself with these reflections, I lay down that night in a
+happier frame of mind than I had done for some time. The next day passed
+without any allusion to Toby on the part of the natives, who seemed
+desirous of avoiding all reference to the subject. This raised some
+apprehensions in my breast; but, when night came, I congratulated myself
+that the second day had now gone by, and that on the morrow Toby would
+again be with me. But the morrow came and went, and my companion did not
+appear. Ah! thought I, he reckons three days from the morning of his
+departure--to-morrow he will arrive. But that weary day also closed upon me
+without his return. Even yet I would not despair. I thought that something
+detained him--that he was waiting for the sailing of a boat at Nukuheva,
+and that in a day or two, at farthest, I should see him again. But day
+after day of renewed disappointment passed by; at last hope deserted me,
+and I fell a victim to despair.
+
+Yes, thought I, gloomily, he has secured his own escape, and cares not
+what calamity may befall his unfortunate comrade. Fool that I was, to
+suppose that any one would willingly encounter the perils of this valley,
+after having once got beyond its limits! He has gone, and has left me to
+combat alone all the dangers by which I am surrounded. Thus would I
+sometimes seek to derive a desperate consolation from dwelling upon the
+perfidy of Toby; whilst, at other times, I sunk under the bitter remorse
+which I felt at having, by my own imprudence, brought upon myself the fate
+which I was sure awaited me.
+
+At other times I thought that perhaps, after all, these treacherous
+savages had made away with him, and thence the confusion into which they
+were thrown by my questions, and their contradictory answers; or he might
+be a captive in some other part of the valley; or, more dreadful still,
+might have met with that fate at which my very soul shuddered. But all
+these speculations were vain; no tidings of Toby ever reached me--he had
+gone never to return.
+
+The conduct of the islanders appeared inexplicable. All reference to my
+lost comrade was carefully evaded, and if at any time they were forced to
+make some reply to my frequent inquiries on the subject, they would
+uniformly denounce him as an ungrateful runaway, who had deserted his
+friend, and taken himself off to that vile and detestable place Nukuheva.
+
+But whatever might have been his fate, now that he was gone the natives
+multiplied their acts of kindness and attention towards myself, treating
+me with a degree of deference which could hardly have been surpassed had I
+been some celestial visitant. Kory-Kory never for one moment left my side,
+unless it were to execute my wishes. The faithful fellow, twice every day,
+in the cool of the morning and in the evening, insisted upon carrying me
+to the stream, and bathing me in its refreshing water.
+
+Frequently, in the afternoon, he would carry me to a particular part of
+the stream, where the beauty of the scene produced a soothing influence
+upon my mind. At this place the waters flowed between grassy banks,
+planted with enormous bread-fruit trees, whose vast branches, interlacing
+overhead, formed a leafy canopy; near the stream were several smooth black
+rocks. One of these, projecting several feet above the surface of the
+water, had upon its summit a shallow cavity, which, filled with
+freshly-gathered leaves, formed a delightful couch.
+
+Here I often laid for hours, covered with a gauze-like veil of tappa,
+while Fayaway, seated beside me, and holding in her hand a fan woven from
+the leaflets of a young cocoa-nut bough, brushed aside the insects that
+occasionally lighted on my face, and Kory-Kory, with a view of chasing
+away my melancholy, performed a thousand antics in the water before us.
+
+As my eye wandered along this romantic stream, it would fall upon the
+half-immersed figure of a beautiful girl, standing in the transparent
+water, and catching in a little net a species of diminutive shell-fish, of
+which these people are extravagantly fond. Sometimes a chattering group
+would be seated upon the edge of a low rock in the midst of the brook,
+busily engaged in thinning and polishing the shells of cocoa-nuts, by
+rubbing them briskly with a small stone in the water, an operation which
+soon converts them into a light and elegant drinking-vessel, somewhat
+resembling goblets made of tortoise-shell.
+
+But the tranquillizing influences of beautiful scenery, and the exhibition
+of human life under so novel and charming an aspect, were not my only
+sources of consolation.
+
+Every evening the girls of the house gathered about me on the mats, and,
+after chasing away Kory-Kory from my side--who, nevertheless, retired only
+to a little distance, and watched their proceedings with the most jealous
+attention--would anoint my body with a fragrant oil, squeezed from a yellow
+root, previously pounded between a couple of stones, and which in their
+language is denominated "aka." I used to hail with delight the daily
+recurrence of this luxurious operation, in which I forgot all my troubles,
+and buried for the time every feeling of sorrow.
+
+Sometimes, in the cool of the evening, my devoted servitor would lead me
+out upon the pi-pi in front of the house, and, seating me near its edge,
+protect my body from the annoyance of the insects which occasionally
+hovered in the air, by wrapping me round with a large roll of tappa. He
+then bustled about, and employed himself at least twenty minutes in
+adjusting everything to secure my personal comfort.
+
+Having perfected his arrangements, he would get my pipe, and, lighting it,
+would hand it to me. Often he was obliged to strike a light for the
+occasion; and as the mode he adopted was entirely different from what I
+had ever seen or heard of before, I will describe it.
+
+A straight, dry, and partly-decayed stick of the Habiscus, about six feet
+in length, and half as many inches in diameter, with a smaller bit of
+wood, not more than a foot long, and scarcely an inch wide, is as
+invariably to be met with in every house in Typee, as a box of lucifer
+matches in the corner of a kitchen-cupboard at home.
+
+The islander, placing the larger stick obliquely against some object, with
+one end elevated at an angle of forty-five degrees, mounts astride of it,
+like an urchin about to gallop off upon a cane, and then, grasping the
+smaller one firmly in both hands, he rubs its pointed end slowly up and
+down the extent of a few inches on the principal stick, until at last he
+makes a narrow groove in the wood, with an abrupt termination at the point
+farthest from him, where all the dusty particles which the friction
+creates are accumulated in a little heap.
+
+At first Kory-Kory goes to work quite leisurely, but gradually quickens
+his pace, and, waxing warm in the employment, drives the stick furiously
+along the smoking channel, plying his hands to and fro with amazing
+rapidity, the perspiration starting from every pore. As he approaches the
+climax of his effort, he pants and gasps for breath, and his eyes almost
+start from their sockets with the violence of his exertions. This is the
+critical stage of the operation; all his previous labours are vain if he
+cannot sustain the rapidity of the movement until the reluctant spark is
+produced. Suddenly he stops, becomes perfectly motionless. His hands still
+retain their hold of the smaller stick, which is pressed convulsively
+against the farther end of the channel, among the fine powder there
+accumulated, as if he had just pierced through and through some little
+viper that was wriggling and struggling to escape from his clutches. The
+next moment a delicate wreath of smoke curls spirally into the air, the
+heap of dusty particles glows with fire, and Kory-Kory, almost breathless,
+dismounts from his steed.
+
+This operation appeared to me to be the most laborious species of work
+performed in Typee; and had I possessed a sufficient intimacy with the
+language to have conveyed my ideas upon the subject, I should certainly
+have suggested to the most influential of the natives the expediency of
+establishing in a college of vestals, to be centrally located in the
+valley, for the purpose of keeping alive the indispensable article of
+fire, so as to supersede the necessity of such a vast outlay of strength
+and good temper as were usually squandered on these occasions. There
+might, however, be special difficulties in carrying this plan into
+execution.
+
+What a striking evidence does this operation furnish of the wide
+difference between the extreme of savage and civilized life! A gentleman
+of Typee can bring up a numerous family of children, and give them all a
+highly respectable cannibal education, with infinitely less toil and
+anxiety than he expends in the simple process of striking a light; whilst
+a poor European artisan, who through the instrumentality of a lucifer
+performs the same operation in one second, is put to his wit's end to
+provide for his starving offspring that food, which the children of a
+Polynesian father, without troubling their parents, pluck from the
+branches of every tree around them.
+
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER XIV
+
+
+         Kindness of Marheyo and the rest of the islanders--A full
+     description of the bread-fruit tree--Different modes of preparing
+                                the fruit.
+
+
+All the inhabitants of the valley treated me with great kindness; but as
+to the household of Marheyo, with whom I was now permanently domiciled,
+nothing could surpass their efforts to minister to my comfort. To the
+gratification of my palate they paid the most unwearied attention. They
+continually invited me to partake of food, and when after eating heartily
+I declined the viands they continued to offer me, they seemed to think
+that my appetite stood in need of some piquant stimulant to excite its
+activity.
+
+In pursuance of this idea, old Marheyo himself would hie him away to the
+sea-shore by the break of day, for the purpose of collecting various
+species of rare seaweed; some of which, among these people, are considered
+a great luxury. After a whole day spent in this employment, he would
+return about nightfall with several cocoa-nut shells filled with different
+descriptions of kelp. In preparing these for use, he manifested all the
+ostentation of a professed cook, although the chief mystery of the affair
+appeared to consist in pouring water in judicious quantities upon the
+slimy contents of his cocoa-nut shells.
+
+The first time he submitted one of these saline salads to my critical
+attention, I naturally thought that anything collected at such pains must
+possess peculiar merits; but one mouthful was a complete dose; and great
+was the consternation of the old warrior at the rapidity with which I
+ejected his epicurean treat.
+
+How true it is, that the rarity of any particular article enhances its
+value amazingly. In some part of the valley--I know not where, but probably
+in the neighbourhood of the sea--the girls were sometimes in the habit of
+procuring small quantities of salt, a thimble-full or so being the result
+of the united labours of a party of five or six employed for the greater
+part of the day. This precious commodity they brought to the house,
+enveloped in multitudinous folds of leaves; and as a special mark of the
+esteem in which they held me, would spread an immense leaf on the ground,
+and dropping one by one a few minute particles of the salt upon it, invite
+me to taste them.
+
+From the extravagant value placed upon the article, I verily believe, that
+with a bushel of common Liverpool salt, all the real estate in Typee might
+have been purchased. With a small pinch of it in one hand, and a quarter
+section of a bread-fruit in the other, the greatest chief in the valley
+would have laughed at all the luxuries of a Parisian table.
+
+The celebrity of the bread-fruit tree, and the conspicuous place it
+occupies in a Typee bill of fare, induces me to give at some length a
+general description of the tree, and the various modes in which the fruit
+is prepared.
+
+The bread-fruit tree, in its glorious prime, is a grand and towering
+object, forming the same feature in a Marquesan landscape that the
+patriarchal elm does in New England scenery. The latter tree it not a
+little resembles in height, in the wide spread of its stalwart branches,
+and in its venerable and imposing aspect.
+
+The leaves of the bread-fruit are of great size, and their edges are cut
+and scolloped as fantastically as those of a lady's lace collar. As they
+annually tend towards decay, they almost rival, in the brilliant variety
+of their gradually changing hues, the fleeting shades of the expiring
+dolphin. The autumnal tints of our American forests, glorious as they are,
+sink into nothing in comparison with this tree.
+
+The leaf, in one particular stage, when nearly all the prismatic colours
+are blended on its surface, is often converted by the natives into a
+superb and striking head-dress. The principal fibre traversing its length
+being split open a convenient distance, and the elastic sides of the
+aperture pressed apart, the head is inserted between them, the leaf
+drooping on one side, with its forward half turned jauntily up on the
+brows, and the remaining part spreading laterally behind the ears.
+
+The fruit somewhat resembles in magnitude and general appearance one of
+our citron melons of ordinary size; but, unlike the citron, it has no
+sectional lines drawn along the outside. Its surface is dotted all over
+with little conical prominences, looking not unlike the knobs on an
+antiquated church door. The rind is perhaps an eighth of an inch in
+thickness; and denuded of this, at the time when it is in the greatest
+perfection, the fruit presents a beautiful globe of white pulp, the whole
+of which may be eaten, with the exception of a slender core, which is
+easily removed.
+
+The bread-fruit, however, is never used, and is indeed altogether unfit to
+be eaten, until submitted in one form or other to the action of fire.
+
+The most simple manner in which this operation is performed, and, I think,
+the best, consists in placing any number of the freshly-plucked fruit,
+when in a particular state of greenness, among the embers of a fire, in
+the same way that you would roast a potato. After a lapse of ten or
+fifteen minutes, the green rind embrowns and cracks, showing through the
+fissures in its sides the milk-white interior. As soon as it cools the
+rind drops off, and you then have the soft round pulp in its purest and
+most delicious state. Thus eaten, it has a mild and pleasing flavour.
+
+Sometimes after having been roasted in the fire, the natives snatch it
+briskly from the embers, and permitting it to slip out of the yielding
+rind into a vessel of cold water, stir up the mixture, which they call
+"bo-a-sho." I never could endure this compound, and indeed the preparation
+is not greatly in vogue among the more polite Typees.
+
+There is one form, however, in which the fruit is occasionally served,
+that renders it a dish fit for a king. As soon as it is taken from the
+fire the exterior is removed, the core extracted, and the remaining part
+is placed in a sort of shallow stone mortar, and briskly worked with a
+pestle of the same substance. While one person is performing this
+operation, another takes a ripe cocoa-nut, and breaking it in half, which
+they also do very cleverly, proceeds to grate the juicy meat into fine
+particles. This is done by means of a piece of mother-of-pearl shell,
+lashed firmly to the extreme end of a heavy stick, with its straight side
+accurately notched like a saw. The stick is sometimes a grotesquely-formed
+limb of a tree, with three or four branches twisting from its body like so
+many shapeless legs, and sustaining it two or three feet from the ground.
+
+The native, first placing a calabash beneath the nose, as it were, of his
+curious-looking log-steed, for the purpose of receiving the grated
+fragments as they fall, mounts astride of it as if it were a hobby-horse,
+and twirling the inside of one of his hemispheres of cocoa-nut around the
+sharp teeth of the mother-of-pearl shell, the pure white meat falls in
+snowy showers into the receptacle provided. Having obtained a quantity
+sufficient for his purpose, he places it in a bag made of the net-like
+fibrous substance attached to all cocoa-nut trees, and compressing it over
+the bread-fruit, which being now sufficiently pounded, is put into a
+wooden bowl--extracts a thick creamy milk. The delicious liquid soon
+bubbles round the fruit, and leaves it at last just peeping above its
+surface.
+
+This preparation is called "kokoo," and a most lucious preparation it is.
+The hobby-horse and the pestle and mortar were in great requisition during
+the time I remained in the house of Marheyo, and Kory-Kory had frequent
+occasion to show his skill in their use.
+
+But the great staple articles of food into which the bread-fruit is
+converted by these natives are known respectively by the names of Amar and
+Poee-Poee.
+
+At a certain season of the year, when the fruit of the hundred groves of
+the valley has reached its maturity, and hangs in golden spheres from
+every branch, the islanders assemble in harvest groups, and garner in the
+abundance which surrounds them. The trees are stripped of their nodding
+burdens, which, easily freed from the rind and core, are gathered together
+in capacious wooden vessels, where the pulpy fruit is soon worked by a
+stone pestle, vigorously applied, into a blended mass of a doughy
+consistency called by the natives "Tutao." This is then divided into
+separate parcels, which, after being made up into stout packages,
+enveloped in successive folds of leaves, and bound round with thongs of
+bark, are stored away in large receptacles hollowed in the earth, from
+whence they are drawn as occasion may require.
+
+In this condition the Tutao sometimes remains for years, and even is
+thought to improve by age. Before it is fit to be eaten, however, it has
+to undergo an additional process. A primitive oven is scooped in the
+ground, and its bottom being loosely covered with stones, a large fire is
+kindled within it. As soon as the requisite degree of heat is attained,
+the embers are removed, and the surface of the stones being covered with
+thick layers of leaves, one of the large packages of Tutao is deposited
+upon them, and overspread with another layer of leaves. The whole is then
+quickly heaped up with earth, and forms a sloping mound.
+
+The Tutao thus baked is called "Amar"; the action of the oven having
+converted it into an amber-coloured caky substance, a little tart, but not
+at all disagreeable to the taste.
+
+By another and final process the "Amar" is changed into "Poee-Poee." This
+transition is rapidly effected. The amar is placed in a vessel, and mixed
+with water until it gains a proper pudding-like consistency, when, without
+further preparation, it is in readiness for use. This is the form in which
+the "Tutao" is generally consumed. The singular mode of eating it I have
+already described.
+
+Were it not that the bread-fruit is thus capable of being preserved for a
+length of time, the natives might be reduced to a state of starvation;
+for, owing to some unknown cause, the trees sometimes fail to bear fruit;
+and on such occasions the islanders chiefly depend upon the supplies they
+have been enabled to store away.
+
+This stately tree, which is rarely met with upon the Sandwich Islands, and
+then only of a very inferior quality, and at Tahiti does not abound to a
+degree that renders its fruit the principal article of food, attains its
+greatest excellence in the genial climate of the Marquesan group, where it
+grows to an enormous magnitude, and flourishes in the utmost abundance.
+
+
+
+
+
+                                CHAPTER XV
+
+
+          Melancholy condition--Occurrence at the Ti--Anecdote of
+                  Marheyo--Shaving the head of a warrior.
+
+
+In looking back to this period, and calling to remembrance the numberless
+proofs of kindness and respect which I received from the natives of the
+valley, I can scarcely understand how it was that, in the midst of so many
+consolatory circumstances, my mind should still have been consumed by the
+most dismal forebodings, and have remained a prey to the profoundest
+melancholy. It is true that the suspicious circumstances which had
+attended the disappearance of Toby were enough of themselves to excite
+distrust with regard to the savages, in whose power I felt myself to be
+entirely placed, especially when it was combined with the knowledge that
+these very men, kind and respectful as they were to me, were, after all,
+nothing better than a set of cannibals.
+
+But my chief source of anxiety, and that which poisoned every temporary
+enjoyment, was the mysterious disease in my leg, which still remained
+unabated. All the herbal applications of Tinor, united with the severer
+discipline of the old leech, and the affectionate nursing of Kory-Kory,
+had failed to relieve me. I was almost a cripple, and the pain I endured
+at intervals was agonizing. The unaccountable malady showed no signs of
+amendment; on the contrary, its violence increased day by day, and
+threatened the most fatal results, unless some powerful means were
+employed to counteract it. It seemed as if I were destined to sink under
+this grievous affliction, or at least that it would hinder me from
+availing myself of any opportunity of escaping from the valley.
+
+An incident which occurred as nearly as I can estimate about three weeks
+after the disappearance of Toby, convinced me that the natives, from some
+reason or other, would interpose every possible obstacle to my leaving
+them.
+
+One morning there was no little excitement evinced by the people near my
+abode, and which I soon discovered proceeded from a vague report that
+boats had been seen at a great distance approaching the bay. Immediately
+all was bustle and animation. It so happened that day that the pain I
+suffered having somewhat abated, and feeling in much better spirits than
+usual, I had complied with Kory-Kory's invitation to visit the chief
+Mehevi at the place called the "Ti," which I have before described as
+being situated within the precincts of the Taboo groves. These sacred
+recesses were at no great distance from Marheyo's habitation, and lay
+between it and the sea; the path that conducted to the beach passing
+directly in front of the Ti, and thence skirting along the border of the
+groves.
+
+I was reposing upon the mats, within the sacred building, in company with
+Mehevi and several other chiefs, when the announcement was first made. It
+sent a thrill of joy through my whole frame;--perhaps Toby was about to
+return. I rose at once to my feet, and my instinctive impulse was to hurry
+down to the beach, equally regardless of the distance that separated me
+from it, and of my disabled condition. As soon as Mehevi noticed the
+effect the intelligence had produced upon me, and the impatience I
+betrayed to reach the sea, his countenance assumed that inflexible
+rigidity of expression which had so awed me on the afternoon of our
+arrival at the house of Marheyo, As I was proceeding to leave the Ti, he
+laid his hand upon my shoulder, and said gravely, "abo, abo" (wait, wait).
+Solely intent upon the one thought that occupied my mind, and heedless of
+his request, I was brushing past him, when suddenly he reassumed a tone of
+authority, and told me to "moee" (sit down). Though struck by the
+alteration in his demeanour, the excitement under which I laboured was too
+strong to permit me to obey the unexpected command, and I was still
+limping towards the edge of the pi-pi with Kory-Kory clinging to one arm
+in his efforts to restrain me when the natives around me started to their
+feet, ranged themselves along the open front of the building, while Mehevi
+looked at me scowlingly, and reiterated his commands still more sternly.
+
+It was at this moment, when fifty savage countenances were glaring upon
+me, that I first truly experienced I was indeed a captive in the valley.
+The conviction rushed upon me with staggering force, and I was overwhelmed
+by this confirmation of my worst fears. I saw at once that it was useless
+for me to resist, and sick at heart, I reseated myself upon the mats, and
+for the moment abandoned myself to despair.
+
+I now perceived the natives one after the other hurrying past the Ti and
+pursuing the route that conducted to the sea. These savages, thought I,
+will soon be holding communication with some of my own countrymen perhaps,
+who with ease could restore me to liberty did they know of the situation I
+was in. No language can describe the wretchedness which I felt; and in the
+bitterness of my soul I imprecated a thousand curses on the perfidious
+Toby, who had thus abandoned me to destruction. It was in vain that
+Kory-Kory tempted me with food, or lighted my pipe, or sought to attract
+my attention by performing the uncouth antics that had sometimes diverted
+me. I was fairly knocked down by this last misfortune, which, much as I
+had feared it, I had never before had the courage calmly to contemplate.
+
+Regardless of everything but my own sorrow, I remained in the Ti for
+several hours, until shouts proceeding at intervals from the groves beyond
+the house proclaimed the return of the natives from the beach.
+
+Whether any boats visited the bay that morning or not, I never could
+ascertain. The savages assured me that there had not--but I was inclined to
+believe that by deceiving me in this particular they sought to allay the
+violence of my grief. However that might be, this incident showed plainly
+that the Typees intended to hold me a prisoner. As they still treated me
+with the same sedulous attention as before, I was utterly at a loss how to
+account for their singular conduct. Had I been in a situation to instruct
+them in any of the rudiments of the mechanic arts, or had I manifested a
+disposition to render myself in any way useful among them, their conduct
+might have been attributed to some adequate motive, but as it was, the
+matter seemed to me inexplicable.
+
+During my whole stay on the island there occurred but two or three
+instances where the natives applied to me with the view of availing
+themselves of my superior information; and these now appear so ludicrous
+that I cannot forbear relating them.
+
+The few things we had brought from Nukuheva had been done up into a small
+bundle which we had carried with us in our descent to the valley. This
+bundle, the first night of our arrival, I had used as a pillow, but on the
+succeeding morning, opening it for the inspection of the natives, they
+gazed upon the miscellaneous contents as though I had just revealed to
+them a casket of diamonds, and they insisted that so precious a treasure
+should be properly secured. A line was accordingly attached to it, and the
+other end being passed over the ridge-pole of the house, it was hoisted up
+to the apex of the roof, where it hung suspended directly over the mats
+where I usually reclined. When I desired anything from it I merely raised
+my finger to a bamboo beside me, and taking hold of the string which was
+there fastened, lowered the package. This was exceedingly handy, and I
+took care to let the natives understand how much I applauded the
+invention. Of this package the chief contents were a razor with its case,
+a supply of needles and thread, a pound or two of tobacco, and a few yards
+of a bright-coloured calico.
+
+I should have mentioned, that shortly after Toby's disappearance,
+perceiving the uncertainty of the time I might be obliged to remain in the
+valley,--if, indeed, I ever should escape from it,--and considering that my
+whole wardrobe consisted of a shirt and a pair of trousers, I resolved to
+doff these garments at once, in order to preserve them in a suitable
+condition for wear, should I again appear among civilized beings. I was
+consequently obliged to assume the Typee costume, a little altered,
+however, to suit my own views of propriety, and in which I have no doubt I
+appeared to as much advantage as a senator of Rome enveloped in the folds
+of his toga. A few folds of yellow tappa, tucked about my waist, descended
+to my feet in the style of a lady's petticoat, only I did not have
+recourse to those voluminous paddings in the rear with which our gentle
+dames are in the habit of augmenting the sublime rotundity of their
+figures. This usually comprised my in-door dress: whenever I walked out, I
+superadded to it an ample robe of the same material, which completely
+enveloped my person, and screened it from the rays of the sun.
+
+One morning I made a rent in this mantle; and to show the islanders with
+what facility it could be repaired, I lowered my bundle, and taking from
+it a needle and thread, proceeded to stitch up the opening. They regarded
+this wonderful application of science with intense admiration; and whilst
+I was stitching away, old Marheyo, who was one of the lookers-on, suddenly
+clapped his hand to his forehead, and rushing to a corner of the house,
+drew forth a soiled and tattered strip of faded calico--which he must have
+procured some time or other in traffic on the beach--and besought me
+eagerly to exercise a little of my art upon it. I willingly complied,
+though certainly so stumpy a needle as mine never took such gigantic
+strides over calico before. The repairs completed, old Marheyo gave me a
+paternal hug; and divesting himself of his "maro" (girdle), swathed the
+calico about his loins, and slipping the beloved ornaments into his ears,
+grasped his spear and sallied out of the house, like a valiant Templar
+arrayed in a new and costly suit of armour.
+
+I never used my razor during my stay in the island, but, although a very
+subordinate affair, it had been vastly admired by the Typees; and
+Narmonee, a great hero among them, who was exceedingly precise in the
+arrangements of his toilet and the general adjustment of his person, being
+the most accurately tattooed and laboriously horrified individual in all
+the valley, thought it would be a great advantage to have it applied to
+the already shaven crown of his head.
+
+The implement they usually employ is a shark's tooth, which is about as
+well adapted to the purpose as a one-pronged fork for pitching hay. No
+wonder, then, that the acute Narmonee perceived the advantage my razor
+possessed over the usual implement. Accordingly, one day, he requested as
+a personal favour, that I would just run over his head with the razor. In
+reply, I gave him to understand that it was too dull, and could not be
+used to any purpose without being previously sharpened. To assist my
+meaning, I went through an imaginary honing process on the palm of my
+hand. Narmonee took my meaning in an instant, and running out of the
+house, returned the next moment with a huge rough mass of rock as big as a
+millstone, and indicated to me that that was exactly the thing I wanted.
+Of course there was nothing left for me but to proceed to business, and I
+began scraping away at a great rate. He writhed and wriggled under the
+infliction, but, fully convinced of my skill, endured the pain like a
+martyr.
+
+Though I never saw Narmonee in battle, I will, from what I then observed,
+stake my life upon his courage and fortitude. Before commencing
+operations, his head had presented a surface of short bristling hairs, and
+by the time I had concluded my unskilful operation it resembled not a
+little a stubble field after being gone over with a harrow. However, as
+the chief expressed the liveliest satisfaction at the result, I was too
+wise to dissent from his opinion.
+
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER XVI
+
+
+        Improvement in health and spirits--Felicity of the Typees--A
+          skirmish in the mountain with the warriors of Happar.
+
+
+Day after day wore on, and still there was no perceptible change in the
+conduct of the islanders towards me. Gradually I lost all knowledge of the
+regular recurrence of the days of the week, and sunk insensibly into that
+kind of apathy which ensues after some violent outbreak of despair. My
+limb suddenly healed, the swelling went down, the pain subsided, and I had
+every reason to suppose I should soon completely recover from the
+affliction that had so long tormented me.
+
+As soon as I was enabled to ramble about the valley in company with the
+natives, troops of whom followed me whenever I sallied out of the house, I
+began to experience an elasticity of mind which placed me beyond the reach
+of those dismal forebodings to which I had so lately been a prey. Received
+wherever I went with the most deferential kindness; regaled perpetually
+with the most delightful fruits; ministered to by dark-eyed nymphs; and
+enjoying besides all the services of the devoted Kory-Kory, I thought
+that, for a sojourn among cannibals, no man could have well made a more
+agreeable one.
+
+To be sure, there were limits set to my wanderings. Toward the sea, my
+progress was barred by an express prohibition of the savages; and after
+having made two or three ineffectual attempts to reach it, as much to
+gratify my curiosity as anything else, I gave up the idea. It was in vain
+to think of reaching it by stealth, since the natives escorted me in
+numbers wherever I went, and not for one single moment that I can recall
+to mind was I ever permitted to be alone.
+
+The green and precipitous elevations that stood ranged around the head of
+the vale where Marheyo's habitation was situated, effectually precluded
+all hope of escape in that quarter, even if I could have stolen away from
+the thousand eyes of the savages.
+
+But these reflections now seldom obtruded upon me; I gave myself up to the
+passing hour, and if ever disagreeable thoughts arose in my mind, I drove
+them away. When I looked around the verdant recess in which I was buried,
+and gazed up to the summits of the lofty eminence that hemmed me in, I was
+well disposed to think that I was in the "Happy Valley," and that beyond
+those heights there was nought but a world of care and anxiety.
+
+In this frame of mind, every object that presented itself to my notice
+struck me in a new light, and the opportunities I now enjoyed of observing
+the manners of the natives, tended to strengthen my favourable
+impressions. One peculiarity that fixed my admiration was the perpetual
+hilarity reigning through the whole extent of the vale. There seemed to be
+no cares, griefs, troubles, or vexations in all Typee. The hours tripped
+along as gaily as the laughing couples down a country dance.
+
+There were none of those thousand sources of irritation that the ingenuity
+of civilized man has created to mar his own felicity. There were no
+foreclosures of mortgages, no protested notes, no bills payable, no debts
+of honour, in Typee; no unreasonable tailors and shoemakers, perversely
+bent on being paid; no duns of any description; no assault and battery
+attorneys, to foment discord, backing their clients up to a quarrel, and
+then knocking their heads together; no poor relations everlastingly
+occupying the spare bed-chamber, and diminishing the elbow-room at the
+family table; no destitute widows with their children starving on the cold
+charities of the world; no beggars; no debtor's prisons; no proud and
+hard-hearted nabobs in Typee; or, to sum up all in one word--no Money! That
+"root of all evil" was not to be found in the valley.
+
+In this secluded abode of happiness there were no cross old women, no
+cruel step-dames, no withered spinsters, no love-sick maidens, no sour old
+bachelors, no inattentive husbands, no melancholy young men, no blubbering
+youngsters, and no squalling brats. All was mirth, fun, and high good
+humour. Blue devils, hypochondria, and doleful dumps went and hid
+themselves among the nooks and crannies of the rocks.
+
+Here you would see a parcel of children frolicking together the live-long
+day, and no quarrelling, no contention among them. The same number in our
+own land could not have played together for the space of an hour without
+biting or scratching one another. There you might have seen a throng of
+young females, not filled with envyings of each other's charms, nor
+displaying the ridiculous affectations of gentility, nor yet moving in
+whalebone corsets, like so many automatons, but free, inartificially happy
+and unconstrained.
+
+There were some spots in that sunny vale where they would frequently
+resort to decorate themselves with garlands of flowers. To have seen them
+reclining beneath the shadows of one of the beautiful groves, the ground
+about them strewn with freshly gathered buds and blossoms, employed in
+weaving chaplets and necklaces, one would have thought that all the train
+of Flora had gathered together to keep a festival in honour of their
+mistress.
+
+With the young men there seemed almost always some matter of diversion or
+business on hand, that afforded a constant variety of enjoyment. But
+whether fishing, or carving canoes, or polishing their ornaments, never
+was there exhibited the least sign of strife or contention among them.
+
+As for the warriors, they maintained a tranquil dignity of demeanour,
+journeying occasionally from house to house, where they were always sure
+to be received with the attention bestowed upon distinguished guests. The
+old men, of whom there were many in the vale, seldom stirred from their
+mats, where they would recline for hours and hours, smoking and talking to
+one another with all the garrulity of age.
+
+But the continual happiness which, so far as I was able to judge, appeared
+to prevail in the valley, sprung principally from that all-pervading
+sensation which Rousseau has told us he at one time experienced, the mere
+buoyant sense of a healthful physical existence. And, indeed, in this
+particular the Typees had ample reason to felicitate themselves, for
+sickness was almost unknown. During the whole period of my stay, I saw but
+one invalid among them; and on their smooth clear skins you observed no
+blemish or mark of disease.
+
+The general repose, however, upon which I have just been descanting, was
+broken in upon about this time by an event, which proved that the
+islanders were not entirely exempt from those occurrences which disturb
+the quiet of more civilized communities.
+
+Having now been a considerable time in the valley, I began to feel
+surprised that the violent hostility subsisting between its inhabitants
+and those of the adjoining bay of Happar, should never have manifested
+itself in any warlike encounter. Although the valiant Typees would often,
+by gesticulations, declare their undying hatred against their enemies, and
+the disgust they felt at their cannibal propensities; although they
+dilated upon the manifold injuries they had received at their hands, yet,
+with a forbearance truly commendable, they appeared patiently to sit down
+under their grievances, and to refrain from making any reprisals. The
+Happars, entrenched behind their mountains, and never even showing
+themselves on their summits, did not appear to me to furnish adequate
+cause for that excess of animosity evinced towards them by the heroic
+tenants of our vale, and I was inclined to believe that the deeds of blood
+attributed to them had been greatly exaggerated.
+
+On the other hand, as the clamours of war had not up to this period
+disturbed the serenity of the tribe, I began to distrust the truth of
+those reports which ascribed so fierce and belligerent a character to the
+Typee nation. Surely, thought I, all these terrible stories I have heard
+about the inveteracy with which they carried on the feud, their deadly
+intensity of hatred, and the diabolical malice with which they glutted
+their revenge upon the inanimate forms of the slain, are nothing more than
+fables, and I must confess that I experienced something like a sense of
+regret at having my hideous anticipations thus disappointed. I felt in
+some sort like a 'prentice boy who, going to the play in the expectation
+of being delighted with a cut-and-thrust tragedy, is almost moved to tears
+of disappointment at the exhibition of a genteel comedy.
+
+I could not avoid thinking that I had fallen in with a greatly traduced
+people, and I moralized not a little upon the disadvantage of having a bad
+name, which in this instance had given a tribe of savages, who were as
+pacific as so many lambkins, the reputation of a confederacy of
+giant-killers.
+
+But subsequent events proved that I had been a little too premature in
+coming to this conclusion. One day, about noon, happening to be at the Ti,
+I had lain down on the mats with several of the chiefs, and had gradually
+sunk into a most luxurious siesta, when I was awakened by a tremendous
+outcry, and starting up, beheld the natives, seizing their spears and
+hurrying out, while the most puissant of the chiefs, grasping the six
+muskets which were ranged against the bamboos, followed after, and soon
+disappeared in the groves. These movements were accompanied by wild
+shouts, in which "Happar, Happar," greatly predominated. The islanders
+were now to be seen running past the Ti, and striking across the valley to
+the Happar side. Presently I heard the sharp report of a musket from the
+adjoining hills, and then a burst of voices in the same direction. At this
+the women, who had congregated in the groves, set up the most violent
+clamours, as they invariably do here as elsewhere on every occasion of
+excitement and alarm, with a view of tranquillizing their own minds and
+disturbing other people. On this particular occasion they made such an
+outrageous noise, and continued it with such perseverance, that for
+awhile, had entire volleys of musketry been fired off in the neighbouring
+mountains, I should not have been able to have heard them.
+
+When this female commotion had a little subsided I listened eagerly for
+further information. At last bang went another shot, and then a second
+volley of yells from the hills. Again all was quiet, and continued so for
+such a length of time that I began to think the contending armies had
+agreed upon a suspension of hostilities; when pop went a third gun,
+followed as before with a yell. After this, for nearly two hours nothing
+occurred worthy of comment, save some straggling shouts from the hillside,
+sounding like the halloos of a parcel of truant boys who had lost
+themselves in the woods.
+
+During this interval I had remained standing on the piazza of the "Ti,"
+which directly fronted the Happar mountain, and with no one near me but
+Kory-Kory and the old superannuated savages I have before described. These
+latter never stirred from their mats, and seemed altogether unconscious
+that anything unusual was going on.
+
+As for Kory-Kory, he appeared to think that we were in the midst of great
+events, and sought most zealously to impress me with a due sense of their
+importance. Every sound that reached us conveyed some momentous item of
+intelligence to him. At such times, as if he were gifted with second
+sight, he would go through a variety of pantomimic illustrations, showing
+me the precise manner in which the redoubtable Typees were at that very
+moment chastising the insolence of the enemy. "Mehevi hanna pippee nuee
+Happar," he exclaimed every five minutes, giving me to understand that
+under that distinguished captain the warriors of his nation were
+performing prodigies of valour.
+
+Having heard only four reports from the muskets, I was led to believe that
+they were worked by the islanders in the same manner as the Sultan
+Solyman's ponderous artillery at the siege of Byzantium, one of them
+taking an hour or two to load and train. At last, no sound whatever
+proceeding from the mountains, I concluded that the contest had been
+determined one way or the other. Such appeared, indeed, to be the case,
+for in a little while a courier arrived at the "Ti," almost breathless
+with his exertions, and communicated the news of a great victory having
+been achieved by his countrymen: "Happar poo arva!--Happar poo arva!" (the
+cowards had fled). Kory-Kory was in ecstasies, and commenced a vehement
+harangue, which, so far as I understood it, implied that the result
+exactly agreed with his expectations, and which, moreover, was intended to
+convince me that it would be a perfectly useless undertaking, even for an
+army of fire-eaters, to offer battle to the irresistible heroes of our
+valley. In all this I of course acquiesced, and looked forward with no
+little interest to the return of the conquerors, whose victory I feared
+might not have been purchased without cost to themselves.
+
+But here I was again mistaken; for Mehevi, in conducting his warlike
+operations, rather inclined to the Fabian than to the Buonapartean
+tactics, husbanding his resources and exposing his troops to no
+unnecessary hazards. The total loss of the victors in this obstinately
+contested affair was,--in killed, wounded, and missing--one forefinger and
+part of a thumb-nail (which the late proprietor brought along with him in
+his hand), a severely contused arm, and a considerable effusion of blood
+flowing from the thigh of a chief who had received an ugly thrust from a
+Happar spear. What the enemy had suffered I could not discover, but I
+presume they had succeeded in taking off with them the bodies of their
+slain.
+
+Such was the issue of the battle, as far as its results came under my
+observation; and as it appeared to be considered an event of prodigious
+importance, I reasonably concluded that the wars of the natives were
+marked by no very sanguinary traits. I afterwards learned how the skirmish
+had originated. A number of the Happars had been discovered prowling for
+no good purpose on the Typee side of the mountain; the alarm sounded, and
+the invaders, after a protracted resistance, had been chased over the
+frontier. But why had not the intrepid Mehevi carried the war into Happar?
+Why had not he made a descent into the hostile vale, and brought away some
+trophy of his victory--some materials for the cannibal entertainment which
+I had heard usually terminated every engagement? After all, I was much
+inclined to believe that these shocking festivals must occur very rarely
+among the islanders, if, indeed, they ever take place.
+
+For two or three days the late event was the theme of general comment;
+after which the excitement gradually wore away, and the valley resumed its
+accustomed tranquillity.
+
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER XVII
+
+
+     Swimming in company with the girls of the valley--A canoe--Effects
+     of the taboo--A pleasure excursion on the pond--Beautiful freak of
+        Fayaway--Mantua-making--A stranger arrives in the valley--His
+           mysterious conduct--Native oratory--The interview--Its
+                    results--Departure of the stranger.
+
+
+Returning health and peace of mind gave a new interest to everything
+around me. I sought to diversify my time by as many enjoyments as lay
+within my reach. Bathing in company with troops of girls, formed one of my
+chief amusements. We sometimes enjoyed the recreation in the waters of a
+miniature lake, into which the central stream of the valley expanded. This
+lovely sheet of water was almost circular in figure, and about three
+hundred yards across. Its beauty was indescribable. All around its banks
+waved luxuriant masses of tropical foliage, soaring high above which were
+seen, here and there, the symmetrical shaft of the cocoa-nut tree,
+surmounted by its tuft of graceful branches, drooping in the air like so
+many waving ostrich plumes.
+
+The ease and grace with which the maidens of the valley propelled
+themselves through the water, and their familiarity with the element, were
+truly astonishing. Sometimes they might be seen gliding along just under
+the surface, without apparently moving hand or foot; then throwing
+themselves on their sides, they darted through the water, revealing
+glimpses of their forms, as, in the course of their rapid progress, they
+shot for an instant partly into the air; at one moment they dived deep
+down into the water, and the next they rose bounding to the surface.
+
+I remember upon one occasion plunging in among a parcel of these
+river-nymphs, and counting vainly on my superior strength, sought to drag
+some of them under the water; but I quickly repented my temerity. The
+amphibious young creatures swarmed about me like a shoal of dolphins, and
+seizing hold of my devoted limbs, tumbled me about and ducked me under the
+surface, until from the strange noises which rang in my ears, and the
+supernatural visions dancing before my eyes, I thought I was in the land
+of spirits. I stood indeed as little chance among them as a cumbrous whale
+attacked on all sides by a legion of sword-fish. When at length they
+relinquished their hold of me, they swam away in every direction, laughing
+at my clumsy endeavours to reach them.
+
+There was no boat on the lake; but at my solicitation, and for my special
+use, some of the young men attached to Marheyo's household, under the
+direction of the indefatigable Kory-Kory, brought up a light and
+tastefully carved canoe from the sea. It was launched upon the sheet of
+water, and floated there as gracefully as a swan. But, melancholy to
+relate, it produced an effect I had not anticipated. The sweet nymphs, who
+had sported with me before in the lake, now all fled its vicinity. The
+prohibited craft, guarded by the edicts of the "taboo," extended the
+prohibition to the waters in which it lay.
+
+For a few days, Kory-Kory, with one or two other youths, accompanied me in
+my excursions to the lake and, while I paddled about in my light canoe,
+would swim after me shouting and gambolling in pursuit. But this was far
+from contenting me. Indeed, I soon began to weary of it, and longed more
+than ever for the pleasant society of the mermaids, in whose absence the
+amusement was dull and insipid. One morning I expressed to my faithful
+servitor my desire for the return of the nymphs. The honest fellow looked
+at me, bewildered for a moment, and then shook his head solemnly, and
+murmured "_taboo! taboo!_" giving me to understand that unless the canoe
+was removed, I could not expect to have the young ladies back again. But
+to this procedure I was averse; I not only wanted the canoe to stay where
+it was, but I wanted the beauteous Fayaway to get into it, and paddle with
+me about the lake. This latter proposition completely horrified
+Kory-Kory's notions of propriety. He inveighed against it, as something
+too monstrous to be thought of. It not only shocked their established
+notions of propriety, but was at variance with all their religious
+ordinances.
+
+However, although the "taboo" was a ticklish thing to meddle with, I
+determined to test its capabilities of resisting an attack. I consulted
+the chief Mehevi, who endeavoured to persuade me from my object: but I was
+not to be repulsed; and accordingly increased the warmth of my
+solicitations. At last he entered into a long, and I have no doubt a very
+learned and eloquent exposition of the history and nature of the "taboo"
+as affecting this particular case; employing a variety of most
+extraordinary words, which, from their amazing length and sonorousness, I
+have every reason to believe were of a theological nature. But all that he
+said failed to convince me: partly perhaps, because I could not comprehend
+a word that he uttered; but chiefly, that for the life of me, I could not
+understand why a woman should not have as much right to enter a canoe as a
+man. At last he became a little more rational, and intimated that, out of
+the abundant love he bore me, he would consult with the priests and see
+what could be done.
+
+How it was that the priesthood of Typee satisfied the affair with their
+consciences, I know not; but so it was, and Fayaway's dispensation from
+this portion of the taboo was at length procured. Such an event, I
+believe, never before had occurred in the valley; but it was high time the
+islanders should be taught a little gallantry, and I trust that the
+example I set them may produce beneficial effects. Ridiculous, indeed,
+that the lovely creatures should be obliged to paddle about in the water,
+like so many ducks, while a parcel of great strapping fellows skimmed over
+its surface in their canoes.
+
+The first day after Fayaway's emancipation, I had a delightful little
+party on the lake--the damsel, Kory-Kory, and myself. My zealous
+body-servant brought from the house a calabash of poee-poee, half a dozen
+young cocoa-nuts--stripped of their husks--three pipes, as many yams, and me
+on his back a part of the way. Something of a load; but Kory-Kory was a
+very strong man for his size, and by no means brittle in the spine. We had
+a very pleasant day; my trusty valet plied the paddle and swept us gently
+along the margin of the water, beneath the shades of the overhanging
+thickets. Fayaway and I reclined in the stern of the canoe, the gentle
+nymph occasionally placing her pipe to her lips, and exhaling the mild
+fumes of the tobacco, to which her rosy breath added a fresh perfume.
+Strange as it may seem, there is nothing in which a young and beautiful
+female appears to more advantage than in the act of smoking. How
+captivating is a Peruvian lady, swinging in her gaily-woven hammock of
+grass, extended between two orange-trees, and inhaling the fragrance of a
+choice cigarro! But Fayaway, holding in her delicately-formed olive hand
+the long yellow reed of her pipe, with its quaintly carved bowl, and every
+few moments languishingly giving forth light wreaths of vapour from her
+mouth and nostrils, looked still more engaging.
+
+We boated about thus for several hours, when I looked up to the warm,
+glowing, tropical sky, and then down into the transparent depths below;
+and when my eye, wandering from the bewitching scenery around, fell upon
+the grotesquely-tattooed form of Kory-Kory, and finally encountered the
+pensive gaze of Fayaway, I thought I had been transported to some fairy
+region, so unreal did everything appear.
+
+This lovely piece of water was the coolest spot in all the valley, and I
+now made it a place of continual resort during the hottest period of the
+day. One side of it lay near the termination of a long gradually expanding
+gorge, which mounted to the heights that environed the vale. The strong
+trade-wind, met in its course by these elevations, circled and eddied
+about their summits, and was sometimes driven down the steep ravine and
+swept across the valley, ruffling in its passage the otherwise tranquil
+surface of the lake.
+
+One day, after we had been paddling about for some time, I disembarked
+Kory-Kory, and paddled the canoe to the windward side of the lake. As I
+turned the canoe, Fayaway, who was with me, seemed all at once to be
+struck with some happy idea. With a wild exclamation of delight, she
+disengaged from her person the ample robe of tappa which was knotted over
+her shoulder (for the purpose of shielding her from the sun), and
+spreading it out like a sail, stood erect with up-raised arms in the head
+of the canoe. We American sailors pride ourselves upon our straight clean
+spars, but a prettier little mast than Fayaway made was never shipped
+aboard of any craft.
+
+In a moment the tappa was distended by the breeze--the long brown tresses
+of Fayaway streamed in the air--and the canoe glided rapidly through the
+water, and shot towards the shore. Seated in the stern, I directed its
+course with my paddle until it dashed up the soft sloping bank, and
+Fayaway, with a light spring, alighted on the ground; whilst Kory-Kory,
+who had watched our manoeuvres with admiration, now clapped his hands in
+transport, and shouted like a madman. Many a time afterwards was this feat
+repeated.
+
+If the reader has not observed ere this that I was the declared admirer of
+Miss Fayaway, all I can say is, that he is little conversant with affairs
+of the heart, and I certainly shall not trouble myself to enlighten him
+any farther. Out of the calico I had brought from the ship a dress was
+made for this lovely girl. In it she looked, I must confess, something
+like an opera-dancer. The drapery of the latter damsel generally commences
+a little above the elbows, but my island beauty's began at the waist, and
+terminated sufficiently far above the ground to reveal the most bewitching
+ankle in the universe.
+
+The day that Fayaway first wore this robe was rendered memorable by a new
+acquaintance being introduced to me. In the afternoon I was lying in the
+house, when I heard a great uproar outside; but being by this time pretty
+well accustomed to the wild halloos which were almost continually ringing
+through the valley, I paid little attention to it, until old Marheyo,
+under the influence of some strange excitement, rushed into my presence
+and communicated the astounding tidings, "Marnoo pemi!" which being
+interpreted, implied that an individual by the name of Marnoo was
+approaching. My worthy old friend evidently expected that this
+intelligence would produce a great effect upon me, and for a time he stood
+earnestly regarding me, as if curious to see how I should conduct myself,
+but as I remained perfectly unmoved, the old gentleman darted out of the
+house again, in as great a hurry as he had entered it.
+
+"Marnoo, Marnoo," cogitated I, "I have never heard that name before. Some
+distinguished character, I presume, from the prodigious riot the natives
+are making"; the tumultuous noise drawing nearer and nearer every moment,
+while "Marnoo!--Marnoo!" was shouted by every tongue.
+
+I made up my mind that some savage warrior of consequence, who had not yet
+enjoyed the honour of an audience, was desirous of paying his respects on
+the present occasion. So vain had I become by the lavish attention to
+which I had been accustomed, that I felt half inclined, as a punishment
+for such neglect, to give this Marnoo a cold reception, when the excited
+throng came within view, convoying one of the most striking specimens of
+humanity that I ever beheld.
+
+The stranger could not have been more than twenty-five years of age, and
+was a little above the ordinary height; had he been a single hair's
+breadth taller, the matchless symmetry of his form would have been
+destroyed. His unclad limbs were beautifully formed; whilst the elegant
+outline of his figure, together with his beardless cheeks, might have
+entitled him to the distinction of standing for the statue of the
+Polynesian Apollo; and indeed the oval of his countenance and the
+regularity of every feature reminded me of an antique bust. But the marble
+repose of art was supplied by a warmth and liveliness of expression only
+to be seen in the South Sea islander under the most favourable
+developments of nature. The hair of Marnoo was a rich curling brown, and
+twined about his temples and neck in little close curling ringlets, which
+danced up and down continually when he was animated in conversation. His
+cheek was of a feminine softness, and his face was free from the least
+blemish of tattooing, although the rest of his body was drawn all over
+with fanciful figures, which--unlike the unconnected sketching usual among
+these natives--appeared to have been executed in conformity with some
+general design.
+
+The tattooing on his back in particular attracted my attention. The artist
+employed must indeed have excelled in his profession. Traced along the
+course of the spine was accurately delineated the slender, tapering, and
+diamond-checkered shaft of the beautiful "artu" tree. Branching from the
+stem on either side, and disposed alternately, were the graceful branches
+drooping with leaves all correctly drawn, and elaborately finished.
+Indeed, this piece of tattooing was the best specimen of the Fine Arts I
+had yet seen in Typee. A rear view of the stranger might have suggested
+the idea of a spreading vine tacked against a garden wall. Upon his
+breast, arms, and legs, were exhibited an infinite variety of figures;
+every one of which, however, appeared to have reference to the general
+effect sought to be produced. The tattooing I have described was of the
+brightest blue, and when contrasted with the light olive-colour of the
+skin, produced an unique and even elegant effect. A slight girdle of white
+tappa, scarcely two inches in width, but hanging before and behind in
+spreading tassels, composed the entire costume of the stranger.
+
+He advanced surrounded by the islanders, carrying under one arm a small
+roll of the native cloth, and grasping in his other hand a long and
+richly-decorated spear. His manner was that of a traveller conscious that
+he is approaching a comfortable stage in his journey. Every moment he
+turned good-humouredly to the throng around him, and gave some dashing
+sort of reply to their incessant queries, which appeared to convulse them
+with uncontrollable mirth.
+
+Struck by his demeanour, and the peculiarity of his appearance, so unlike
+that of the shaven-crowned and face-tattooed natives in general, I
+involuntarily rose as he entered the house, and proffered him a seat on
+the mats beside me. But without deigning to notice the civility, or even
+the more incontrovertible fact of my existence, the stranger passed on,
+utterly regardless of me, and flung himself upon the farther end of the
+long couch that traversed the sole apartment of Marheyo's habitation.
+
+Had the belle of the season, in the pride of her beauty and power, been
+cut in a place of public resort by some supercilious exquisite, she could
+not have felt greater indignation than I did at this unexpected slight.
+
+I was thrown into utter astonishment. The conduct of the savages had
+prepared me to anticipate from every new-comer the same extravagant
+expression of curiosity and regard. The singularity of his conduct,
+however, only roused my desire to discover who this remarkable personage
+might be, who now engrossed the attention of every one.
+
+Tinor placed before him a calabash of poee-poee, from which the stranger
+regaled himself, alternating every mouthful with some rapid exclamation,
+which was eagerly caught up and echoed by the crowd that completely filled
+the house. When I observed the striking devotion of the natives to him,
+and their temporary withdrawal of all attention from myself, I felt not a
+little piqued. The glory of Tommo is departed, thought I, and the sooner
+he removes from the valley the better. These were my feelings at the
+moment, and they were prompted by that glorious principle inherent in all
+heroic natures--the strong-rooted determination to have the biggest share
+of the pudding or to go without any of it.
+
+Marnoo, this all-attractive personage, having satisfied his hunger, and
+inhaled a few whiffs from a pipe which was handed to him, launched out
+into an harangue which completely enchained the attention of his auditors.
+
+Little as I understood of the language, yet from his animated gestures and
+the varying expression of his features--reflected as from so many mirrors
+in the countenances around him--I could easily discover the nature of those
+passions which he sought to arouse. From the frequent recurrence of the
+words, "Nukuheva" and "Franee" (French), and some others with the meaning
+of which I was acquainted, he appeared to be rehearsing to his auditors
+events which had recently occurred in the neighboring bays. But how he had
+gained the knowledge of these matters, I could not understand, unless it
+were that he had just come from Nukuheva,--a supposition which his
+travel-stained appearance not a little supported. But, if a native of that
+region, I could not account for his friendly reception at the hands of the
+Typees.
+
+Never, certainly, had I beheld so powerful an exhibition of natural
+eloquence as Marnoo displayed during the course of his oration. The grace
+of the attitudes into which he threw his flexible figure, the striking
+gestures of his naked arms, and above all, the fire which shot from his
+brilliant eyes, imparted an effect to the continually-changing accents of
+his voice, of which the most accomplished orator might have been proud. At
+one moment reclining sideways upon the mat, and leaning calmly upon his
+bended arm, he related circumstantially the aggressions of the
+French--their hostile visit to the surrounding bays, enumerating each one
+in succession--Happar, Puerka, Nukuheva, Tior,--and then starting to his
+feet, and precipitating himself forward with clenched hands and a
+countenance distorted with passion, he poured out a tide of invectives.
+Falling back into an attitude of lofty command, he exhorted the Typees to
+resist these encroachments; reminding them, with a fierce glance of
+exultation, that as yet the terror of their name had preserved them from
+attack; and with a scornful sneer, he sketched in ironical terms the
+wondrous intrepidity of the French, who, with five war-canoes and hundreds
+of men, had not dared to assail the naked warriors of their valley.
+
+The effect he produced upon his audience was electric; one and all they
+stood regarding him with sparkling eyes and trembling limbs, as though
+they were listening to the inspired voice of a prophet.
+
+But it soon appeared that Marnoo's powers were as versatile as they were
+extraordinary. As soon as he had finished his vehement harangue, he threw
+himself again upon the mats, and, singling out individuals in the crowd,
+addressed them by name, in a sort of bantering style, the humour of which,
+though nearly hidden from me, filled the whole assembly with uproarious
+delight.
+
+He had a word for everybody; and, turning rapidly from one to another,
+gave utterance to some hasty witticism, which was sure to be followed by
+peals of laughter. To the females, as well as to the men, he addressed his
+discourse. Heaven only knows what he said to them, but he caused smiles
+and blushes to mantle their ingenuous faces. I am, indeed, very much
+inclined to believe that Marnoo, with his handsome person and captivating
+manners, was a sad deceiver among the simple maidens of the island.
+
+During all this time, he had never for one moment deigned to regard me. He
+appeared, indeed, to be altogether unconscious of my presence. I was
+utterly at a loss how to account for this extraordinary conduct, I easily
+perceived that he was a man of no little consequence among the islanders;
+that he possessed uncommon talents; and was gifted with a higher degree of
+knowledge than the inmates of the valley. For these reasons, I therefore
+greatly feared lest, having, from some cause or other, unfriendly feelings
+towards me, he might exert his powerful influence to do me mischief.
+
+It seemed evident that he was not a permanent resident of the vale, and
+yet, whence could he have come? On all sides the Typees were girt in by
+hostile tribes, and how could he possibly, if belonging to any of these,
+be received with so much cordiality?
+
+The personal appearance of the enigmatical stranger suggested additional
+perplexities. The face, free from tattooing, and the unshaven crown, were
+peculiarities I had never before remarked in any part of the island, and I
+had always heard that the contrary were considered the indispensable
+distinctions of a Marquesan warrior. Altogether the matter was perfectly
+incomprehensible to me, and I awaited its solution with no small degree of
+anxiety.
+
+At length, from certain indications, I suspected that he was making me the
+subject of his remarks, although he appeared cautiously to avoid either
+pronouncing my name, or looking in the direction where I lay. All at once
+he rose from the mats where he had been reclining, and, still conversing,
+moved towards me, his eye purposely evading mine, and seated himself
+within less than a yard of me. I had hardly recovered from my surprise,
+when he suddenly turned round, and with a most benignant countenance,
+extended his right hand gracefully towards me. Of course I accepted the
+courteous challenge, and, as soon as our palms met, he bent towards me,
+and murmured in musical accents,--"How you do? How long have you been in
+this bay? You like this bay?"
+
+Had I been pierced simultaneously by three Happar spears, I could not have
+started more than I did at hearing these simple questions. For a moment I
+was overwhelmed with astonishment, and then answered something, I know not
+what; but as soon as I regained my self-possession, the thought darted
+through my mind that from this individual I might obtain that information
+regarding Toby which I suspected the natives had purposely withheld from
+me. Accordingly, I questioned him concerning the disappearance of my
+companion, but he denied all knowledge of the matter. I then inquired from
+whence he had come? He replied, from Nukuheva. When I expressed my
+surprise, he looked at me for a moment, as if enjoying my perplexity, and
+then, with his strange vivacity, exclaimed,--"Ah! me taboo,--me go
+Nukuheva,--me go Tior,--me go Typee,--me go everywhere,--nobody harm
+me,--taboo."
+
+This explanation would have been altogether unintelligible to me, had it
+not recalled to my mind something I had previously heard concerning a
+singular custom among these islanders. Though the country is possessed by
+various tribes, whose mutual hostilities almost wholly preclude any
+intercourse between them, yet there are instances where a person having
+ratified friendly relations with some individual belonging to the valley,
+whose inmates are at war with his own, may, under particular restrictions,
+venture with impunity into the country of his friend, where, under other
+circumstances, he would have been treated as an enemy. In this light are
+personal friendships regarded among them, and the individual so protected
+is said to be "taboo" and his person, to a certain extent, is held as
+sacred. Thus the stranger informed me he had access to all the valleys in
+the island.
+
+Curious to know how he had acquired his knowledge of English, I questioned
+him on the subject. At first, for some reason or other, he evaded the
+inquiry, but afterwards told me that, when a boy, he had been carried to
+sea by the captain of a trading vessel, with whom he had stayed three
+years, living part of the time with him at Sydney, in Australia, and that,
+at a subsequent visit to the island, the captain had, at his own request,
+permitted him to remain among his countrymen. The natural quickness of the
+savage had been wonderfully improved by his intercourse with the white
+men, and his partial knowledge of a foreign language gave him a great
+ascendancy over his less accomplished countrymen.
+
+When I asked the now affable Marnoo why it was that he had not previously
+spoken to me, he eagerly inquired what I had been led to think of him from
+his conduct in that respect. I replied, that I had supposed him to be some
+great chief or warrior, who had seen plenty of white men before, and did
+not think it worth while to notice a poor sailor. At this declaration of
+the exalted opinion I had formed of him, he appeared vastly gratified, and
+gave me to understand that he had purposely behaved in that manner, in
+order to increase my astonishment, as soon as he should see proper to
+address me.
+
+Marnoo now sought to learn my version of the story as to how I came to be
+an inmate of the Typee valley. When I related to him the circumstances
+under which Toby and I had entered it, he listened with evident interest;
+but as soon as I alluded to the absence, yet unaccounted for, of my
+comrade, he endeavoured to change the subject, as if it were something he
+desired not to agitate. It seemed, indeed, as if everything connected with
+Toby was destined to beget distrust and anxiety in my bosom.
+Notwithstanding Marnoo's denial of any knowledge of his fate, I could not
+avoid suspecting that he was deceiving me; and this suspicion revived
+those frightful apprehensions with regard to my own fate, which, for a
+short time past, had subsided in my breast.
+
+Influenced by these feelings, I now felt a strong desire to avail myself
+of the stranger's protection, and under his safeguard to return to
+Nukuheva. But as soon as I hinted at this, he unhesitatingly pronounced it
+to be entirely impracticable; assuring me that the Typees would never
+consent to my leaving the valley. Although what he said merely confirmed
+the impression which I had before entertained, still it increased my
+anxiety to escape from a captivity, which, however endurable, nay,
+delightful it might be in some respects, involved in its issues a fate
+marked by the most frightful contingencies.
+
+I could not conceal from my mind that Toby had been treated in the same
+friendly manner as I had been, and yet all their kindness terminated with
+his mysterious disappearance. Might not the same fate await me?--a fate too
+dreadful to think of. Stimulated by these considerations, I urged anew my
+request to Marnoo; but he only set forth in stronger colours the
+impossibility of my escape, and repeated his previous declaration, that
+the Typees would never be brought to consent to my departure.
+
+When I endeavoured to learn from him the motives which prompted them to
+hold me a prisoner, Marnoo again assumed that mysterious tone which had
+tormented me with apprehensions when I had questioned him with regard to
+the fate of my companion.
+
+Thus repulsed, in a manner which only served, by arousing the most
+dreadful forebodings, to excite me to renewed attempts, I conjured him to
+intercede for me with the natives, and endeavour to procure their consent
+to my leaving them. To this he appeared strongly averse; but, yielding at
+last to my importunities, he addressed several of the chiefs, who with the
+rest had been eyeing us intently during the whole of our conversation. His
+petition, however, was at once met with the most violent disapprobation,
+manifesting itself in angry glances and gestures, and a perfect torrent of
+passionate words, directed to both him and myself. Marnoo, evidently
+repenting the step he had taken, earnestly deprecated the resentment of
+the crowd, and in a few moments succeeded in pacifying, to some extent,
+the clamours which had broken out as soon as his proposition had been
+understood.
+
+With the most intense interest had I watched the reception his
+intercession might receive; and a bitter pang shot through my heart at the
+additional evidence, now furnished, of the unchangeable determination of
+the islanders. Marnoo told me, with evident alarm in his countenance, that
+although admitted into the bay on a friendly footing with its inhabitants,
+he could not presume to meddle with their concerns, as such a procedure,
+if persisted in, would at once absolve the Typees from the restraints of
+the "taboo," although so long as he refrained from any such conduct, it
+screened him effectually from the consequences of the enmity they bore his
+tribe.
+
+At this moment, Mehevi, who was present, angrily interrupted him; and the
+words which he uttered, in a commanding tone, evidently meant that he must
+at once cease talking to me, and withdraw to the other part of the house.
+Marnoo immediately started up, hurriedly enjoining me not to address him
+again, and, as I valued my safety, to refrain from all further allusion to
+the subject of my departure; and then, in compliance with the order of the
+determined chief, but not before it had again been angrily repeated, he
+withdrew to a distance.
+
+I now perceived, with no small degree of apprehension, the same savage
+expression in the countenances of the natives which had startled me during
+the scene at the Ti. They glanced their eyes suspiciously from Marnoo to
+me, as if distrusting the nature of an intercourse carried on, as it was,
+in a language they could not understand, and they seemed to harbour the
+belief that already we had concerted measures calculated to elude their
+vigilance.
+
+The lively countenances of these people are wonderfully indicative of the
+emotions of the soul, and the imperfections of their oral language are
+more than compensated for by the nervous eloquence of their looks and
+gestures. I could plainly trace, in every varying expression of their
+faces, all those passions which had been thus unexpectedly aroused in
+their bosoms.
+
+It required no reflection to convince me, from what was going on, that the
+injunction of Marnoo was not to be rashly slighted; and accordingly, great
+as was the effort to suppress my feelings, I accosted Mehevi in a
+good-humoured tone, with a view of dissipating any ill impression he might
+have received. But the ireful, angry chief was not so easily mollified. He
+rejected my advances with that peculiarly stern expression I have before
+described, and took care by the whole of his behaviour towards me to show
+the displeasure and resentment which he felt.
+
+Marnoo, at the other extremity of the house, apparently desirous of making
+a diversion in my favour, exerted himself to amuse with his pleasantries
+the crowd about him; but his lively attempts were not so successful as
+they had previously been, and, foiled in his efforts, he rose gravely to
+depart. No one expressed any regret at this movement, so seizing his roll
+of tappa, and grasping his spear, he advanced to the front of the pi-pi,
+and waving his hand in adieu to the now silent throng, cast upon me a
+glance of mingled pity and reproach, and flung himself into the path which
+led from the house. I watched his receding figure until it was lost in the
+obscurity of the grove, and then gave myself up to the most desponding
+reflections.
+
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XVIII
+
+
+    Reflection after Marnoo's departure--Battle of the pop-guns--Strange
+               conceit of Marheyo--Process of making tappa.
+
+
+The knowledge I had now obtained as to the intention of the savages deeply
+affected me.
+
+Marnoo, I perceived, was a man who, by reason of his superior
+acquirements, and the knowledge he possessed of the events which were
+taking place in the different bays of the island, was held in no little
+estimation by the inhabitants of the valley. He had been received with the
+most cordial welcome and respect. The natives had hung upon the accents of
+his voice, and had manifested the highest gratification at being
+individually noticed by him. And yet, despite all this, a few words urged
+in my behalf, with the intent of obtaining my release from captivity, had
+sufficed not only to banish all harmony and good-will, but, if I could
+believe what he told me, had gone nigh to endanger his own personal
+safety.
+
+How strongly rooted, then, must be the determination of the Typees with
+regard to me, and how suddenly could they display the strangest passions!
+The mere suggestion of my departure had estranged from me, for the time at
+least, Mehevi, who was the most influential of all the chiefs, and who had
+previously exhibited so many instances of his friendly sentiments. The
+rest of the natives had likewise evinced their strong repugnance to my
+wishes, and even Kory-Kory himself seemed to share in the general
+disapprobation bestowed upon me.
+
+In vain I racked my invention to find out some motive for the strange
+desire these people manifested to retain me among them; but I could
+discover none.
+
+But however this might be, the scene which had just occurred admonished me
+of the danger of trifling with the wayward and passionate spirits against
+whom it was vain to struggle, and might even be fatal to do so. My only
+hope was to induce the natives to believe that I was reconciled to my
+detention in the valley, and by assuming a tranquil and cheerful
+demeanour, to allay the suspicions which I had so unfortunately aroused.
+Their confidence revived, they might in a short time remit in some degree
+their watchfulness over my movements, and I should then be the better
+enabled to avail myself of any opportunity which presented itself for
+escape. I determined, therefore, to make the best of a bad bargain, and to
+bear up manfully against whatever might betide. In this endeavour I
+succeeded beyond my own expectations. At the period of Marnoo's visit, I
+had been in the valley, as nearly as I could conjecture, some two months.
+Although not completely recovered from my strange illness, which still
+lingered about me, I was free from pain and able to take exercise. In
+short, I had every reason to anticipate a perfect recovery. Freed from
+apprehensions on this point, and resolved to regard the future without
+flinching, I flung myself anew into all the social pleasures of the
+valley, and sought to bury all regrets, and all remembrances of my
+previous existence, in the wild enjoyments it afforded.
+
+In my various wanderings through the vale, and as I became better
+acquainted with the character of its inhabitants, I was more and more
+struck with the light-hearted joyousness that everywhere prevailed. The
+minds of these simple savages, unoccupied by matters of graver moment,
+were capable of deriving the utmost delight from circumstances which would
+have passed unnoticed in more intelligent communities. All their
+enjoyment, indeed, seemed to be made up of the little trifling incidents
+of the passing hour; but these diminutive items swelled altogether to an
+amount of happiness seldom experienced by more enlightened individuals,
+whose pleasures are drawn from more elevated but rarer sources.
+
+What community, for instance, of refined and intellectual mortals would
+derive the least satisfaction from shooting pop-guns? The mere supposition
+of such a thing being possible would excite their indignation, and yet the
+whole population of Typee did little else for ten days but occupy
+themselves with that childish amusement, fairly screaming, too, with the
+delight it afforded them.
+
+One day I was frolicking with a little spirited urchin, some six years
+old, who chased me with a piece of bamboo about three feet long, with
+which he occasionally belaboured me. Seizing the stick from him, the idea
+happened to suggest itself, that I might make for the youngster, out of
+the slender tube, one of those nursery muskets with which I had sometimes
+seen children playing. Accordingly, with my knife, I made two parallel
+slits in the cane several inches in length, and cutting loose at one end
+the elastic strip between them, bent it back and slipped the point into a
+little notch made for the purpose. Any small substance placed against this
+would be projected with considerable force through the tube by merely
+springing the bent strip out of the notch.
+
+Had I possessed the remotest idea of the sensation this piece of ordnance
+was destined to produce, I should certainly have taken out a patent for
+the invention. The boy scampered away with it, half delirious with
+ecstasy, and twenty minutes afterwards I might have been seen surrounded
+by a noisy crowd--venerable old greybeards--responsible fathers of
+families--valiant warriors--matrons--young men--girls and children, all
+holding in their hands bits of bamboo, and each clamouring to be served
+first.
+
+For three or four hours I was engaged in manufacturing pop-guns, but at
+last made over my good-will and interests in the concern to a lad of
+remarkably quick parts, whom I soon initiated into the art and mystery.
+
+Pop, Pop, Pop, Pop, now resounded all over the valley. Duels, skirmishes,
+pitched battles, and general engagements were to be seen on every side.
+Here, as you walked along a path which led through a thicket, you fell
+into a cunningly-laid ambush, and became a target for a body of
+musketeers, whose tattooed limbs you could just see peeping into view
+through the foliage. There, you were assailed by the intrepid garrison of
+a house, who levelled their bamboo rifles at you from between the upright
+canes which composed its sides. Farther on, you were fired upon by a
+detachment of sharpshooters, mounted upon the top of a pi-pi.
+
+Pop, Pop, Pop, Pop! green guavas, seeds, and berries were flying about in
+every direction, and during this dangerous state of affairs, I was half
+afraid that, like the man and his brazen bull, I should fall a victim to
+my own ingenuity. Like everything else, however, the excitement gradually
+wore away, though ever after occasionally pop-guns might be heard at all
+hours of the day.
+
+It was towards the close of the pop-gun war, that I was infinitely
+diverted with a strange freak of Marheyo's.
+
+I had worn, when I quitted the ship, a pair of thick pumps, which, from
+the rough usage they had received in scaling precipices and sliding down
+gorges, were so dilapidated as to be altogether unfit for use--so, at
+least, would have thought the generality of people, and so they most
+certainly were, when considered in the light of shoes. But things
+unserviceable in one way, may with advantage be applied in another--that
+is, if one has genius enough for the purpose. This genius Marheyo
+possessed in a superlative degree, as he abundantly evinced by the use to
+which he put these sorely bruised and battered old shoes.
+
+Every article, however trivial, which belonged to me, the natives appeared
+to regard as sacred; and I observed that for several days after becoming
+an inmate of the house, my pumps were suffered to remain, untouched, where
+I had first happened to throw them. I remembered, however, that after
+awhile I had missed them from their accustomed place; but the matter gave
+me no concern, supposing that Tinor--like any other tidy housewife, having
+come across them in some of her domestic occupations--had pitched the
+useless things out of the house. But I was soon undeceived.
+
+One day I observed old Marheyo bustling about me with unusual activity,
+and to such a degree as almost to supersede Kory-Kory in the functions of
+his office. One moment he volunteered to trot off with me on his back to
+the stream; and when I refused, noways daunted by the repulse, he
+continued to frisk about me like a superannuated house-dog. I could not
+for the life of me conjecture what possessed the old gentleman, until all
+at once, availing himself of the temporary absence of the household, he
+went through a variety of uncouth gestures, pointing eagerly down to my
+feet, and then up to a little bundle which swung from the ridge-pole
+overhead. At last I caught a faint idea of his meaning, and motioned him
+to lower the package. He executed the order in the twinkling of an eye,
+and unrolling a piece of tappa, displayed to my astonished gaze the
+identical pumps which I thought had been destroyed long before.
+
+I immediately comprehended his desire, and very generously gave him the
+shoes, which had become quite mouldy, wondering for what earthly purpose
+he could want them.
+
+The same afternoon I descried the venerable warrior approaching the house,
+with a slow, stately gait, earrings in ears, and spear in hand, with this
+highly ornamental pair of shoes suspended from his neck by a strip of
+bark, and swinging backwards and forwards on his capacious chest. In the
+gala costume of the tasteful Marheyo, these calf-skin pendants ever after
+formed the most striking feature.
+
+But to turn to something a little more important. Although the whole
+existence of the inhabitants of the valley seemed to pass away exempt from
+toil, yet there were some light employments which, although amusing rather
+than labourious as occupations, contributed to their comfort and luxury.
+Among these, the most important was the manufacture of the native
+cloth--"tappa"--so well known, under various modifications, throughout the
+whole Polynesian Archipelago. As is generally understood, this useful and
+sometimes elegant article is fabricated from the bark of different trees.
+But, as I believe that no description of its manufacture has ever been
+given, I shall state what I know regarding it.
+
+In the manufacture of the beautiful white tappa generally worn on the
+Marquesan Islands, the preliminary operation consists in gathering a
+certain quantity of the young branches of the cloth-tree. The exterior
+green bark being pulled off as worthless, there remains a slender fibrous
+substance, which is carefully stripped from the stick, to which it closely
+adheres. When a sufficient quantity of it has been collected, the various
+strips are enveloped in a covering of large leaves, which the natives use
+precisely as we do wrapping-paper, and which are secured by a few turns of
+a line passed round them. The package is then laid in the bed of some
+running stream, with a heavy stone placed over it, to prevent its being
+swept away. After it has remained for two or three days in this state, it
+is drawn out, and exposed for a short time to the action of the air, every
+distinct piece being attentively inspected, with a view of ascertaining
+whether it has yet been sufficiently affected by the operation. This is
+repeated again and again, until the desired result is obtained.
+
+When the substance is in a proper state for the next process, it betrays
+evidences of incipient decomposition; the fibres are relaxed and softened,
+and rendered perfectly malleable. The different strips are now extended,
+one by one, in successive layers, upon some smooth surface--generally the
+prostrate trunk of a cocoa-nut tree--and the heap thus formed is subjected,
+at every new increase, to a moderate beating, with a sort of wooden
+mallet, leisurely applied. The mallet is made of a hard heavy wood
+resembling ebony, is about twelve inches in length, and perhaps two in
+breadth, with a rounded handle at one end, and in shape is the exact
+counterpart of one of our four-sided razor-strops. The flat surfaces of
+the implement are marked with shallow parallel indentations, varying in
+depth on the different sides, so as to be adapted to the several stages of
+the operation. These marks produce the corduroy sort of stripes
+descernible in the tappa in its finished state. After being beaten in the
+manner I have described, the material soon becomes blended in one mass,
+which, moistened occasionally with water, is at intervals hammered out, by
+a kind of gold-beating process, to any degree of thinness required. In
+this way the cloth is easily made to vary in strength and thickness, so as
+to suit the numerous purposes to which it is applied.
+
+When the operation last described has been concluded, the new-made tappa
+is spread out on the grass to bleach and dry, and soon becomes of a
+dazzling whiteness. Sometimes, in the first stages of the manufacture, the
+substance is impregnated with a vegetable juice, which gives it a
+permanent colour. A rich brown and a bright yellow are occasionally seen,
+but the simple taste of the Typee people inclines them to prefer the
+natural tint.
+
+The notable wife of Kammahammaha, the renowned conqueror and king of the
+Sandwich Islands, used to pride herself in the skill she displayed in
+dyeing her tappa with contrasting colours disposed in regular figures;
+and, in the midst of the innovations of the times, was regarded, towards
+the decline of her life, as a lady of the old school, clinging as she did
+to the national cloth, in preference to the frippery of the European
+calicoes. But the art of printing the tappa is unknown upon the Marquesan
+Islands.
+
+In passing along the valley, I was often attracted by the noise of the
+mallet, which, when employed in the manufacture of the cloth, produces at
+every stroke of its hard, heavy wood, a clear, ringing, and musical sound,
+capable of being heard at a great distance. When several of these
+implements happen to be in operation at the same time, and near one
+another, the effect upon the ear of a person, at a little distance, is
+really charming.
+
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER XIX
+
+
+     History of a day as usually spent in the Typee valley--Dances of
+                           the Marquesan girls.
+
+
+Nothing can be more uniform and undiversified than the life of the Typees;
+one tranquil day of ease and happiness follows another in quiet
+succession; and with these unsophisticated savages the history of a day is
+the history of a life. I will therefore, as briefly as I can, describe one
+of our days in the valley.
+
+To begin with the morning. We were not very early risers--the sun would be
+shooting his golden spikes above the Happar mountain, ere I threw aside my
+tappa robe, and girding my long tunic about my waist, sallied out with
+Fayaway and Kory-Kory, and the rest of the household, and bent my steps
+towards the stream. Here we found congregated all those who dwelt in our
+section of the valley; and here we bathed with them. The fresh morning air
+and the cool flowing waters put both soul and body in a glow, and after a
+half-hour employed in this recreation, we sauntered back to the
+house--Tinor and Marheyo gathering dry sticks by the way for firewood; some
+of the young men laying the cocoa-nut trees under contribution as they
+passed beneath them; while Kory-Kory played his outlandish pranks for my
+particular diversion, and Fayaway and I, not arm in arm to be sure, but
+sometimes hand in hand, strolled along, with feelings of perfect charity
+for all the world, and especial good-will towards each other.
+
+Our morning meal was soon prepared. The islanders are somewhat abstemious
+at this repast; reserving the more powerful efforts of their appetite to a
+later period of the day. For my own part, with the assistance of my valet,
+who, as I have before stated, always officiated as spoon on these
+occasions, I ate sparingly from one of Tinor's trenchers of poee-poee;
+which was devoted exclusively for my own use, being mixed with the milky
+meat of ripe cocoa-nut. A section of a roasted bread-fruit, a small cake
+of "Amar," or a mess of "Kokoo," two or three bananas, or a Mawmee apple;
+an annuee, or some other agreeable and nutritious fruit, served from day
+to day to diversify the meal, which was finished by tossing off the liquid
+contents of a young cocoa-nut or two.
+
+While partaking of this simple repast, the inmates of Marheyo's house,
+after the style of the ancient Romans, reclined in sociable groups upon
+the divan of mats, and digestion was promoted by cheerful conversation.
+
+After the morning meal was concluded, pipes were lighted; and among them
+my own special pipe, a present from the noble Mehevi. The islanders, who
+only smoke a whiff or two at a time, and at long intervals, and who keep
+their pipes going from hand to hand continually, regarded my systematic
+smoking of four or five pipefuls of tobacco in succession as something
+quite wonderful. When two or three pipes had circulated freely, the
+company gradually broke up. Marheyo went to the little hut he was for ever
+building. Tinor began to inspect her rolls of tappa, or employed her busy
+fingers in plaiting grass-mats. The girls anointed themselves with their
+fragrant oils, dressed their hair, or looked over their curious finery,
+and compared together their ivory trinkets, fashioned out of boar's tusks
+or whale's teeth. The young men and warriors produced their spears,
+paddles, canoe-gear, battle-clubs, and war-conchs, and occupied themselves
+in carving all sorts of figures upon them with pointed bits of shell or
+flint, and adorning them, especially the war-conchs, with tassels of
+braided bark and tufts of human hair. Some, immediately after eating,
+threw themselves once more upon the inviting mats, and resumed the
+employment of the previous night, sleeping as soundly as if they had not
+closed their eyes for a week. Others sallied out into the groves, for the
+purpose of gathering fruit or fibres of bark and leaves; the last two
+being in constant requisition, and applied to a hundred uses. A few,
+perhaps, among the girls, would slip into the woods after flowers, or
+repair to the stream with small calabashes and cocoa-nut shells, in order
+to polish them by friction with a smooth stone in the water. In truth
+these innocent people seemed to be at no loss for something to occupy
+their time; and it would be no light task to enumerate all their
+employments, or rather pleasures.
+
+My own mornings I spent in a variety of ways. Sometimes I rambled about
+from house to house, sure of receiving a cordial welcome wherever I went;
+or, from grove to grove, and from one shady place to another, in company
+with Kory-Kory and Fayaway, and a rabble rout of merry young idlers.
+Sometimes I was too indolent for exercise, and, accepting one of the many
+invitations I was continually receiving, stretched myself out on the mats
+of some hospitable dwelling, and occupied myself pleasantly either in
+watching the proceedings of those around me, or taking part in them
+myself. Whenever I chose to do the latter, the delight of the islanders
+was boundless; and there was always a throng of competitors for the honor
+of instructing me in any particular craft. I soon became quite an
+accomplished hand at making tappa--could braid a grass sling as well as the
+best of them--and once, with my knife, carved the handle of a javelin so
+exquisitely that I have no doubt, to this day, Karnoonoo, its owner,
+preserves it as a surprising specimen of my skill. As noon approached, all
+those who had wandered forth from our habitation began to return; and when
+mid-day was fairly come, scarcely a sound was to be heard in the valley--a
+deep sleep fell upon all. The luxurious siesta was hardly ever omitted,
+except by old Marheyo, who was so eccentric a character, that he seemed to
+be governed by no fixed principles whatever; but acting just according to
+the humour of the moment, slept, eat, or tinkered away at his little hut,
+without regard to the proprieties of time or place. Frequently he might
+have been seen taking a nap in the sun at noon-day, or a bath in the
+stream at midnight. Once I beheld him perched eighty feet from the ground,
+in the tuft of a cocoa-nut tree, smoking; and often I saw him standing up
+to the waist in water, engaged in plucking out the stray hairs of his
+beard, using a piece of muscle-shell for tweezers.
+
+The noontide slumber lasted generally an hour and a half, very often
+longer; and after the sleepers had arisen from their mats they again had
+recourse to their pipes, and then made preparations for the most important
+meal of the day.
+
+I, however, like those gentlemen of leisure who breakfast at home and dine
+at their club, almost invariably, during my intervals of health, enjoyed
+the afternoon repast with the bachelor chiefs of the Ti, who were always
+rejoiced to see me, and lavishly spread before me all the good things
+which their larder afforded. Mehevi generally produced, among other
+dainties, a baked pig, an article which, I have every reason to suppose,
+was provided for my sole gratification.
+
+The Ti was a right jovial place. It did my heart, as well as my body, good
+to visit it. Secure from female intrusion, there was no restraint upon the
+hilarity of the warriors, who, like the gentlemen of Europe after the
+cloth is drawn, and the ladies retire, freely indulged their mirth.
+
+After spending a considerable portion of the afternoon at the Ti, I
+usually found myself, as the cool of the evening came on, either sailing
+on the little lake with Fayaway, or bathing in the waters of the stream
+with a number of the savages, who, at this hour, always repaired thither.
+As the shadows of night approached, Marheyo's household were once more
+assembled under his roof; tapers were lit, long and curious chants were
+raised, interminable stories were told (for which one present was little
+the wiser), and all sorts of social festivities served to while away the
+time.
+
+The young girls very often danced by moonlight in front of their
+dwellings. There are a great variety of these dances, in which, however, I
+never saw the men take part. They all consist of active, romping,
+mischievous evolutions, in which every limb is brought into requisition.
+Indeed, the Marquesan girls dance all over, as it were; not only do their
+feet dance, but their arms, hands, fingers, ay, their very eyes seem to
+dance in their heads.
+
+The damsels wear nothing but flowers and their compendious gala tunics;
+and when they plume themselves for the dance, one would almost think that
+they were about to take wing.
+
+Unless some particular festivity was going forward, the inmates of
+Marheyo's house retired to their mats rather early in the evening; but not
+for the night, since after slumbering lightly for awhile, they rose again,
+relit their tapers, partook of the third and last meal of the day, at
+which poee-poee alone was eaten, and then, after inhaling a narcotic whiff
+from a pipe of tobacco, disposed themselves for the great business of the
+night--sleep. With the Marquesans it might almost be styled the great
+business of life, for they pass a large portion of their time in the arms
+of Somnus. The native strength of their constitution is no way shown more
+emphatically than in the quantity of sleep they can endure. To many of
+them, indeed, life is little else than an often interrupted and luxurious
+nap.
+
+
+
+
+
+                                CHAPTER XX
+
+
+     The spring of Arva Wai--Remarkable monumental remains--Some ideas
+      with regard to the history of the pi-pis found in the valley.
+
+
+Almost every country has its medicinal springs famed for their healing
+virtues. The Cheltenham of Typee is embosomed in the deepest solitude, and
+but seldom receives a visitor. It is situated remote from any dwelling, a
+little way up the mountain, near the head of the valley; and you approach
+it by a pathway shaded by the most beautiful foliage, and adorned with a
+thousand fragrant plants.
+
+The mineral waters of Arva Wai(2) ooze forth from the crevices of a rock,
+and gliding down its mossy side, fall at last, in many clustering drops,
+into a natural basin of stone, fringed round with grass and dewy-looking
+little violet-coloured flowers, as fresh and beautiful as the perpetual
+moisture they enjoy can make them.
+
+The water is held in high estimation by the islanders, some of whom
+consider it an agreeable as well as a medicinal beverage; they bring it
+from the mountain in their calabashes, and store it away beneath heaps of
+leaves in some shady nook near the house. Old Marheyo had a great love for
+the waters of the spring. Every now and then he lugged off to the mountain
+a great round demijohn of a calabash, and, panting with his exertions,
+brought it back filled with his darling fluid.
+
+The water tasted like a solution of a dozen disagreeable things, and was
+sufficiently nauseous to have made the fortune of the proprietor, had the
+spa been situated in the midst of any civilized community.
+
+As I am no chemist, I cannot give a scientific analysis of the water. All
+I know about the matter is, that one day Marheyo in my presence poured out
+the last drop from his huge calabash, and I observed at the bottom of the
+vessel a small quantity of gravelly sediment very much resembling our
+common sand. Whether this is always found in the water, and gives it its
+peculiar flavour and virtues, or whether its presence was merely
+incidental, I was not able to ascertain.
+
+One day in returning from this spring by a circuitous path, I came upon a
+scene which reminded me of Stonehenge and the architectural labours of the
+Druid.
+
+At the base of one of the mountains, and surrounded on all sides by dense
+groves, a series of vast terraces of stone rises, step by step, for a
+considerable distance up the hillside. These terraces cannot be less than
+one hundred yards in length and twenty in width. Their magnitude, however,
+is less striking than the immense size of the blocks composing them. Some
+of the stones, of an oblong shape, are from ten to fifteen feet in length,
+and five or six feet thick. Their sides are quite smooth, but though
+square, and of pretty regular formation, they bear no mark of the chisel.
+They are laid together without cement, and here and there show gaps
+between. The topmost terrace and the lower one are somewhat peculiar in
+their construction. They have both a quadrangular depression in the
+centre, leaving the rest of the terrace elevated several feet above it. In
+the intervals of the stones immense trees have taken root, and their broad
+boughs stretching far over, and interlacing together, support a canopy
+almost impenetrable to the sun. Overgrowing the greater part of them, and
+climbing from one to another, is a wilderness of vines, in whose sinewy
+embrace many of the stones lie half-hidden, while in some places a thick
+growth of bushes entirely covers them. There is a wild pathway which
+obliquely crosses two of these terraces; and so profound is the shade, so
+dense the vegetation, that a stranger to the place might pass along it
+without being aware of its existence.
+
+These structures bear every indication of a very high antiquity, and
+Kory-Kory, who was my authority in all matters of scientific research,
+gave me to understand that they were coeval with the creation of the
+world; that the great gods themselves were the builders; and that they
+would endure until time shall be no more. Kory-Kory's prompt explanation,
+and his attributing the work to a divine origin, at once convinced me that
+neither he nor the rest of his countrymen knew anything about them.
+
+As I gazed upon this monument, doubtless the work of an extinct and
+forgotten race, thus buried in the green nook of an island at the end of
+the earth, the existence of which was yesterday unknown, a stronger
+feeling of awe came over me than if I had stood musing at the mighty base
+of the Pyramid of Cheops. There are no inscriptions, no sculpture, no
+clue, by which to conjecture its history: nothing but the dumb stones. How
+many generations of those majestic trees which overshadow them have grown
+and flourished and decayed since first they were erected!
+
+These remains naturally suggest many interesting reflections. They
+establish the great age of the island, an opinion which the builders of
+theories concerning the creation of the various groups in the South Seas
+are not always inclined to admit. For my own part I think it just as
+probable that human beings were living in the valleys of the Marquesas
+three thousand years ago as that they were inhabiting the land of Egypt.
+The origin of the island of Nukuheva cannot be imputed to the coral
+insect: for indefatigable as that wonderful creature is, it would be
+hardly muscular enough to pile rocks one upon the other more than three
+thousand feet above the level of the sea. That the land may have been
+thrown up by a submarine volcano is as possible as anything else. No one
+can make an affidavit to the contrary, and therefore I will say nothing
+against the supposition: indeed, were geologists to assert that the whole
+continent of America had in like manner been formed by the simultaneous
+explosion of a train of Etnas, laid under the water all the way from the
+North Pole to the parallel of Cape Horn, I am the last man in the world to
+contradict them.
+
+I have already mentioned that the dwellings of the islanders were almost
+invariably built upon massive stone foundations, which they call pi-pis.
+The dimensions of these, however, as well as of the stones composing them,
+are comparatively small: but there are other and larger erections of a
+similar description comprising the "morais," or burying-grounds, and
+festival-places, in nearly all the valleys of the island. Some of these
+piles are so extensive, and so great a degree of labour and skill must
+have been requisite in constructing them, that I can scarcely believe they
+were built by the ancestors of the present inhabitants. If indeed they
+were, the race has sadly deteriorated in their knowledge of the mechanic
+arts. To say nothing of their habitual indolence, by what contrivance
+within the reach of so simple a people could such enormous masses have
+been moved or fixed in their places? and how could they with their rude
+implements have chiselled and hammered them into shape?
+
+All of these larger pi-pis--like that of the Hoolah Hoolah ground in the
+Typee valley--bore incontestable marks of great age; and I am disposed to
+believe that their erection may be ascribed to the same race of men who
+were the builders of the still more ancient remains I have just described.
+
+According to Kory-Kory's account, the pi-pi, upon which stands the Hoolah
+Hoolah ground, was built a great many moons ago, under the direction of
+Monoo, a great chief and warrior, and, as it would appear, master-mason
+among the Typees. It was erected for the express purpose to which it is at
+present devoted, in the incredibly short period of one sun; and was
+dedicated to the immortal wooden idols by a grand festival, which lasted
+ten days and nights.
+
+Among the smaller pi-pis, upon which stand the dwelling-houses of the
+natives, I never observed any which intimated a recent erection. There are
+in every part of the valley a great many of these massive stone
+foundations which have no houses upon them. This is vastly convenient, for
+whenever an enterprising islander chooses to emigrate a few hundred yards
+from the place where he was born, all he has to do in order to establish
+himself in some new locality, is to select one of the many unappropriated
+pi-pis, and without further ceremony pitch his bamboo tent upon it.
+
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER XXI
+
+
+    Preparations for a grand festival in the valley--Strange doings in
+    the Taboo Groves--Monument of Calabashes--Gala costume of the Typee
+                   damsels--Departure for the festival.
+
+
+From the time that my lameness had decreased I had made a daily practice
+of visiting Mehevi at the Ti, who invariably gave me a most cordial
+reception. I was always accompanied in these excursions by Fayaway and the
+ever-present Kory-Kory. The former, as soon as we reached the vicinity of
+the Ti--which was rigorously tabooed to the whole female sex--withdrew to a
+neighbouring hut, as if her feminine delicacy restrained her from
+approaching a habitation which might be regarded as a sort of Bachelor's
+Hall.
+
+And in good truth it might well have been so considered. Although it was
+the permanent residence of several distinguished chiefs, and of the noble
+Mehevi in particular, it was still at certain seasons the favourite haunt
+of all the jolly, talkative, and elderly savages of the vale, who resorted
+thither in the same way that similar characters frequent a tavern in
+civilized countries. There they would remain hour after hour, chatting,
+smoking, eating poee-poee, or busily engaged in sleeping for the good of
+their constitutions.
+
+This building appeared to be the headquarters of the valley, where all
+flying rumours concentrated; and to have seen it filled with a crowd of
+the natives, all males, conversing in animated clusters, while multitudes
+were continually coming and going, one would have thought it a kind of
+savage exchange, where the rise and fall of Polynesian Stock was
+discussed.
+
+Mehevi acted as supreme lord over the place, spending the greater portion
+of his time there: and often when, at particular hours of the day, it was
+deserted by nearly every one else except the verd-antique looking
+centenarians, who were fixtures in the building, the chief himself was
+sure to be found enjoying his "otium cum dignitate" upon the luxurious
+mats which covered the floor. Whenever I made my appearance he invariably
+rose, and, like a gentleman doing the honours of his mansion, invited me
+to repose myself wherever I pleased, and calling out "tammaree!" (boy), a
+little fellow would appear, and then retiring for an instant, return with
+some savoury mess, from which the chief would press me to regale myself.
+To tell the truth, Mehevi was indebted to the excellence of his viands for
+the honour of my repeated visits,--a matter which cannot appear singular,
+when it is borne in mind that bachelors, all the world over, are famous
+for serving up unexceptional repasts.
+
+One day, on drawing near to the Ti, I observed that extensive preparations
+were going forward, plainly betokening some approaching festival. Some of
+the symptoms reminded me of the stir produced among the scullions of a
+large hotel, where a grand jubilee dinner is about to be given. The
+natives were hurrying about hither and thither, engaged in various duties;
+some lugging off to the stream enormous hollow bamboos, for the purpose of
+filling them with water; others chasing furious-looking hogs through the
+bushes, in their endeavours to capture them; and numbers employed in
+kneading great mountains of poee-poee heaped up in huge wooden vessels.
+
+After observing these lively indications for awhile, I was attracted to a
+neighbouring grove by a prodigious squeaking which I heard there. On
+reaching the spot I found it proceeded from a large hog which a number of
+natives were forcibly holding to the earth, while a muscular fellow, armed
+with a bludgeon, was ineffectually aiming murderous blows at the skull of
+the unfortunate porker. Again and again he missed his writhing and
+struggling victim, but though puffing and panting with his exertions, he
+still continued them; and after striking a sufficient number of blows to
+have demolished an entire drove of oxen, with one crashing stroke he laid
+him dead at his feet.
+
+Without letting any blood from the body, it was immediately carried to a
+fire which had been kindled near at hand, and four savages taking hold of
+the carcass by its legs, passed it rapidly to and fro in the flames. In a
+moment the smell of burning bristles betrayed the object of this
+procedure. Having got thus far in the matter, the body was removed to a
+little distance; and, being disembowelled, the entrails were laid aside as
+choice parts, and the whole carcass thoroughly washed with water. An ample
+thick green cloth, composed of the long thick leaves of a species of palm
+tree, ingeniously tacked together with little pins of bamboo, was now
+spread upon the ground, in which the body being carefully rolled, it was
+borne to an oven previously prepared to receive it. Here it was at once
+laid upon the heated stones at the bottom, and covered with thick layers
+of leaves, the whole being quickly hidden from sight by a mound of earth
+raised over it.
+
+Such is the summary style in which the Typees convert perverse-minded and
+rebellious hogs into the most docile and amiable pork; a morsel of which
+placed on the tongue melts like a soft smile from the lips of beauty.
+
+I commend their peculiar mode of proceeding to the consideration of all
+butchers, cooks, and housewives. The hapless porker whose fate I have just
+rehearsed, was not the only one who suffered on that memorable day. Many a
+dismal grunt, many an imploring squeak, proclaimed what was going on
+throughout the whole extent of the valley: and I verily believe the
+first-born of every litter perished before the setting of that fatal sun.
+
+The scene around the Ti was now most animated. Hogs and poee-poee were
+baking in numerous ovens, which, heaped up with fresh earth into slight
+elevations, looked like so many ant-hills. Scores of the savages were
+vigorously plying their stone pestles in preparing masses of poee-poee,
+and numbers were gathering green bread-fruit and young cocoa-nuts in the
+surrounding groves; while an exceeding great multitude, with a view of
+encouraging the rest in their labours, stood still, and kept shouting most
+lustily without intermission.
+
+It is a peculiarity among these people, that when engaged in any
+employment they always make a prodigious fuss about it. So seldom do they
+ever exert themselves, that when they do work they seem determined that so
+meritorious an action shall not escape the observation of those around.
+If, for example, they have occasion to remove a stone to a little
+distance, which perhaps might be carried by two able-bodied men, a whole
+swarm gather about it, and, after a vast deal of palavering, lift it up
+among them, every one struggling to get hold of it, and bear it off
+yelling and panting as if accomplishing some mighty achievement. Seeing
+them on these occasions, one is reminded of an infinity of black ants
+clustering about and dragging away to some hole the leg of a deceased fly.
+
+Having for some time attentively observed these demonstrations of good
+cheer, I entered the Ti, where Mehevi sat complacently looking out upon
+the busy scene, and occasionally issuing his orders. The chief appeared to
+be in an extraordinary flow of spirits, and gave me to understand that on
+the morrow there would be grand doings in the groves generally, and at the
+Ti in particular; and urged me by no means to absent himself. In
+commemoration of what event, however, or in honour of what distinguished
+personage, the feast was to be given, altogether passed my comprehension.
+Mehevi sought to enlighten my ignorance, but he failed as signally as when
+he had endeavoured to initiate me into the perplexing arcana of the taboo.
+
+On leaving the Ti, Kory-Kory, who had, as a matter of course, accompanied
+me, observing that my curiosity remained unabated, resolved to make
+everything plain and satisfactory. With this intent, he escorted me
+through the Taboo Groves, pointing out to my notice a variety of objects,
+and endeavoured to explain them in such an indescribable jargon of words,
+that it almost put me in bodily pain to listen to him. In particular, he
+led me to a remarkable pyramidical structure some three yards square at
+the base, and perhaps ten feet in height, which had lately been thrown up,
+and occupied a very conspicuous position. It was composed principally of
+large empty calabashes, with a few polished cocoa-nut shells, and looked
+not unlike a cenotaph of skulls. My cicerone perceived the astonishment
+with which I gazed at this monument of savage crockery, and immediately
+addressed himself to the task of enlightening me: but all in vain; and to
+this hour the nature of the monument remains a complete mystery to me. As,
+however, it formed so prominent a feature in the approaching revels, I
+bestowed upon the latter, in my own mind, the title of the "Feast of
+Calabashes."
+
+  [Illustration: THUS ARRAYED, I WOULD HAVE MATCHED THE CHARMING FAYAWAY
+  AGAINST ANY BEAUTY IN THE WORLD]
+
+The following morning, awakening rather late, I perceived the whole of
+Marheyo's family busily engaged in preparing for the festival. The old
+warrior himself was arranging in round balls the two grey locks of hair
+that were suffered to grow from the crown of his head; his earrings and
+spear, both well polished, lay beside him, while the highly decorative
+pair of shoes hung suspended from a projecting cane against the side of
+the house. The young men were similarly employed; and the fair damsels,
+including Fayaway, were anointing themselves with "aka," arranging their
+long tresses, and performing other matters connected with the duties of
+the toilet.
+
+Having completed their preparations, the girls now exhibited themselves in
+gala costume; the most conspicuous feature of which was a necklace of
+beautiful white flowers, with the stems removed, and strung closely
+together upon a single fibre of tappa. Corresponding ornaments were
+inserted in their ears, and woven garlands upon their heads. About their
+waist they wore a short tunic of spotless white tappa, and some of them
+superadded to this a mantle of the same material, tied in an elaborate bow
+upon the left shoulder, and falling about the figure in picturesque folds.
+
+Thus arrayed, I would have matched the charming Fayaway against any beauty
+in the world.
+
+People may say what they will about the taste evinced by our fashionable
+ladies in dress. Their jewels, their feathers, their silks and their
+furbelows would have sunk into utter insignificance beside the exquisite
+simplicity of attire adopted by the nymphs of the vale on this festive
+occasion. I should like to have seen a gallery of coronation beauties, at
+Westminster Abbey, confronted for a moment by this band of Island girls;
+their stiffness, formality, and affectation contrasted with the artless
+vivacity and unconcealed natural graces of these savage maidens. It would
+be the Venus de Medici placed beside a milliner's doll.
+
+It was not long before Kory-Kory and myself were left alone in the house,
+the rest of its inmates having departed for the Taboo Groves. My valet was
+all impatience to follow them; and was as fidgety about my dilatory
+movements as a diner out waiting hat in hand at the bottom of the stairs
+for some lagging companion. At last, yielding to his importunities, I set
+out for the Ti. As we passed the houses peeping out from the groves
+through which our route lay, I noticed that they were entirely deserted by
+their inhabitants.
+
+When we reached the rock that abruptly terminated the path, and concealed
+from us the festive scene, wild shouts and a confused blending of voices
+assured me that the occasion, whatever it might be, had drawn together a
+great multitude. Kory-Kory, previous to mounting the elevation, paused for
+a moment, like a dandy at a ball-room door, to put a hasty finish to his
+toilet. During this short interval, the thought struck me that I ought
+myself perhaps to be taking some little pains with my appearance. But as I
+had no holiday raiment, I was not a little puzzled to devise some means of
+decorating myself. However, as I felt desirous to create a sensation, I
+determined to do all that lay in my power; and knowing that I could not
+delight the savages more than by conforming to their style of dress, I
+removed from my person the large robe of tappa which I was accustomed to
+wear over my shoulders whenever I sallied into the open air, and remained
+merely girt about with a short tunic descending from my waist to my knees.
+
+My quick-witted attendant fully appreciated the compliment I was paying to
+the costume of his race, and began more sedulously to arrange the folds of
+the one only garment which remained to me. Whilst he was doing this, I
+caught sight of a knot of young girls, who were sitting near us on the
+grass surrounded by heaps of flowers, which they were forming into
+garlands. I motioned to them to bring some of their handy-work to me; and
+in an instant a dozen wreaths were at my disposal. One of them I put round
+the apology for a hat which I had been forced to construct for myself out
+of palmetto-leaves, and some of the others I converted into a splendid
+girdle. These operations finished, with a slow and dignified step of a
+full-dressed beau I ascended the rock.
+
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER XXII
+
+
+                         The Feast of Calabashes.
+
+
+The whole population of the valley seemed to be gathered within the
+precincts of the grove. In the distance could be seen the long front of
+the Ti, its immense piazza swarming with men, arrayed in every variety of
+fantastic costume, and all vociferating with animated gestures; while the
+whole interval between it and the place where I stood was enlivened by
+groups of females fancifully decorated, dancing, capering, and uttering
+wild exclamations. As soon as they descried me they set up a shout of
+welcome; and a band of them came dancing towards me, chanting as they
+approached some wild recitative. The change in my garb seemed to transport
+them with delight, and clustering about me on all sides, they accompanied
+me towards the Ti. When, however, we drew near it, these joyous nymphs
+paused in their career, and parting on either side, permitted me to pass
+on to the now densely thronged building.
+
+So soon as I mounted to the pi-pi I saw at a glance that the revels were
+fairly under way.
+
+What lavish plenty reigned around!--Warwick feasting his retainers with
+beef and ale, was a niggard to the noble Mehevi!--All along the piazza of
+the Ti were arranged elaborately-carved canoe-shaped vessels, some twenty
+feet in length, filled with newly-made poee-poee, and sheltered from the
+sun by the broad leaves of the banana. At intervals were heaps of green
+bread-fruit, raised in pyramidical stacks, resembling the regular piles of
+heavy shot to be seen in the yard of an arsenal. Inserted into the
+interstices of the huge stones which formed the pi-pi were large boughs of
+trees; hanging from the branches of which, and screened from the sun by
+their foliage, were innumerable little packages with leafy coverings
+containing the meat of the numerous hogs which had been slain, done up in
+this manner to make it more accessible to the crowd. Leaning against the
+railing of the piazza were an immense number of long, heavy bamboos,
+plugged at the lower end, and with their projecting muzzles stuffed with a
+wad of leaves. These were filled with water from the stream, and each of
+them might hold from four to five gallons.
+
+The banquet being thus spread, nought remained but for every one to help
+himself at his pleasure. Accordingly, not a moment passed but the
+transplanted boughs I have mentioned were rifled by the throng of the
+fruit they certainly had never borne before. Calabashes of poee-poee were
+continually being replenished from the extensive receptacle in which that
+article was stored, and multitudes of little fires were kindled about the
+Ti for the purpose of roasting the bread-fruit.
+
+Within the building itself was presented a most extraordinary scene. The
+immense lounge of mats lying between the parallel rows of the trunks of
+cocoa-nut trees, and extending the entire length of the house, at least
+two hundred feet, was covered by the reclining forms of a host of chiefs
+and warriors, who were eating at a great rate, or soothing the cares of
+Polynesian life in the sedative fumes of tobacco. The smoke was inhaled
+from large pipes, the bowls of which, made out of small cocoa-nut shells,
+were curiously carved in strange heathenish devices. These were passed
+from mouth to mouth by the recumbent smokers, each of whom, taking two or
+three prodigious whiffs, handed the pipe to his neighbour; sometimes for
+that purpose stretching indolently across the body of some dozing
+individual whose exertions at the dinner-table had already induced sleep.
+
+The tobacco used among the Typees was of a very mild and pleasing flavour,
+and as I always saw it in leaves, and the natives appeared pretty well
+supplied with it, I was led to believe that it must have been the growth
+of the valley. Indeed Kory-Kory gave me to understand that this was the
+case; but I never saw a single plant growing on the island. At Nukuheva,
+and I believe, in all the other valleys, the weed is very scarce, being
+only obtained in small quantities from foreigners, and smoking is
+consequently with the inhabitants of these places a very great luxury. How
+it was that the Typees were so well furnished with it I cannot divine. I
+should think them too indolent to devote any attention to its culture;
+and, indeed, as far as my observation extended not a single atom of the
+soil was under any other cultivation than that of shower and sunshine. The
+tobacco-plant, however, like the sugar-cane, may grow wild in some remote
+part of the vale.
+
+There were many in the Ti for whom the tobacco did not furnish a
+sufficient stimulus, and who accordingly had recourse to "arva," as a more
+powerful agent in producing the desired effect.
+
+"Arva" is a root very generally dispersed over the South Seas, and from it
+is extracted a juice, the effects of which upon the system are at first
+stimulating in a moderate degree; but it soon relaxes the muscles, and,
+exerting a narcotic influence, produces a luxurious sleep. In the valley
+this beverage was universally prepared in the following way:--Some
+half-dozen young boys seated themselves in a circle around an empty wooden
+vessel, each one of them being supplied with a certain quantity of the
+roots of the "arva," broken into small bits and laid by his side. A
+cocoa-nut goblet of water was passed around the juvenile company, who
+rinsing their mouth with its contents, proceeded to the business before
+them. This merely consisted in thoroughly masticating the "arva," and
+throwing it mouthful after mouthful into the receptacle provided. When a
+sufficient quantity had been thus obtained, water was poured upon the
+mass, and being stirred about with the forefinger of the right hand, the
+preparation was soon in readiness for use. The "arva" has medicinal
+qualities.
+
+Upon the Sandwich Islands it has been employed with no small success in
+the treatment of scrofulous affections, and in combating the ravages of a
+disease which for so many years has been gradually depopulating those fine
+and interesting islands. But the tenants of the Typee valley, as yet
+exempt from these inflictions, generally employ the "arva" as a minister
+to social enjoyment, and a calabash of the liquid circulates among them as
+the bottle with us.
+
+Mehevi, who was greatly delighted with the change in my costume, gave me a
+cordial welcome. He had reserved for me a most delectable mess of
+"cockoo," well knowing my partiality for that dish; and had likewise
+selected three or four young cocoa-nuts, several roasted bread-fruit, and
+a magnificent bunch of bananas, for my especial comfort and gratification.
+These various matters were at once placed before me; but Kory-Kory deemed
+the banquet entirely insufficient for my wants until he had supplied me
+with one of the leafy packages of pork, which, notwithstanding the
+somewhat hasty manner in which it had been prepared, possessed a most
+excellent flavour, and was surprisingly sweet and tender.
+
+Pork is not a staple article of food among the people of the Marquesas,
+consequently they pay little attention to the breeding of the swine. The
+hogs are permitted to roam at large in the groves, where they obtain no
+small portion of their nourishment from the cocoa-nuts which continually
+fall from the trees. But it is only after infinite labour and difficulty,
+that the hungry animal can pierce the husk and shell so as to get at the
+meat. I have frequently been amused at seeing one of them, after crunching
+the obstinate nut with his teeth for a long time unsuccessfully, get into
+a violent passion with it. He would then root furiously under the
+cocoa-nut, and, with a fling of his snout, toss it before him on the
+ground. Following it up, he would crunch at it again savagely for a
+moment, and the next knock it on one side, pausing immediately after, as
+if wondering how it could so suddenly have disappeared. In this way the
+persecuted cocoa-nuts were often chased half across the valley.
+
+The second day of the Feast of Calabashes was ushered in by still more
+uproarious noises than the first. The skins of innumerable sheep seemed to
+be resounding to the blows of an army of drummers. Startled from my
+slumbers by the din, I leaped up, and found the whole household engaged in
+making preparations for immediate departure. Curious to discover of what
+strange events these novel sounds might be the precursors, and not a
+little desirous to catch a sight of the instruments which produced the
+terrific noise, I accompanied the natives as soon as they were in
+readiness to depart for the Taboo Groves.
+
+The comparatively open space that extended from the Ti toward the rock, to
+which I have before alluded as forming the ascent to the place, was, with
+the building itself, now altogether deserted by the men; the whole
+distance being filled by bands of females, shouting and dancing under the
+influence of some strange excitement.
+
+I was amused at the appearance of four or five old women, who in a state
+of utter nudity, with their arms extended flatly down their side, and
+holding themselves perfectly erect, were leaping stiffly into the air,
+like so many sticks bobbing to the surface, after being pressed
+perpendicularly into the water. They preserved the utmost gravity of
+countenance, and continued their extraordinary movements without a single
+moment's cessation. They did not appear to attract the observation of the
+crowd around them, but I must candidly confess that, for my own part, I
+stared at them most pertinaciously.
+
+Desirous of being enlightened in regard to the meaning of this peculiar
+diversion, I turned inquiringly to Kory-Kory: that learned Typee
+immediately proceeded to explain the whole matter thoroughly. But all that
+I could comprehend from what he said was, that the leaping figures before
+me were bereaved widows, whose partners had been slain in battle many
+moons previously; and who, at every festival, gave public evidence in this
+manner of their calamities. It was evident that Kory-Kory considered this
+an all-sufficient reason for so indecorous a custom; but I must say that
+it did not satisfy me as to its propriety.
+
+Leaving these afflicted females, we passed on to the Hoolah Hoolah ground.
+Within the spacious quadrangle, the whole population of the valley seemed
+to be assembled, and the sight presented was truly remarkable. Beneath the
+sheds of bamboo which opened towards the interior of the square, reclined
+the principal chiefs and warriors, while a miscellaneous throng lay at
+their ease under the enormous trees, which spread a majestic canopy
+overhead. Upon the terraces of the gigantic altars, at either end, were
+deposited green bread-fruit in baskets of cocoa-nut leaves, large rolls of
+tappa, bunches of white bananas, clusters of mammee-apples, the
+golden-hued fruit of the artu tree, and baked hogs, laid out in large
+wooden trenchers, fancifully decorated with freshly-plucked leaves, whilst
+a variety of rude implements of war were piled in confused heaps before
+the ranks of hideous idols. Fruits of various kinds were likewise
+suspended in leafen baskets, from the tops of poles planted uprightly, and
+at regular intervals, along the lower terraces of both altars. At their
+base were arranged two parallel rows of cumbersome drums, standing at
+least fifteen feet in height, and formed from the hollow trunks of large
+trees. Their heads were covered with shark skins, and their barrels were
+elaborately carved with various quaint figures and devices. At regular
+intervals, they were bound round by a species of sinnate of various
+colours, and strips of native cloth flattened upon them here and there.
+Behind these instruments were built slight platforms, upon which stood a
+number of young men, who, beating violently with the palms of their hands
+upon the drum-heads, produced those outrageous sounds which had awakened
+me in the morning. Every few minutes these musical performers hopped down
+from their elevation into the crowd below, and their places were
+immediately supplied by fresh recruits. Thus an incessant din was kept up
+that might have startled Pandemonium.
+
+Precisely in the middle of the quadrangle were placed perpendicularly in
+the ground a hundred or more slender, fresh-cut poles, stripped of their
+bark, and decorated at the end with a floating pennon of white tappa, the
+whole being fenced about with a little picket of canes. For what purpose
+these singular ornaments were intended, I in vain endeavoured to discover.
+
+Another most striking feature of the performance was exhibited by a score
+of old men, who sat cross-legged in the little pulpits, which encircled
+the trunks of the immense trees growing in the middle of the enclosure.
+These venerable gentlemen, who I presume were the priests, kept up an
+uninterrupted monotonous chant, which was nearly drowned in the roar of
+drums. In the right hand they held a finely-woven grass fan, with a heavy
+black wooden handle, curiously chased: these fans they kept in continual
+motion.
+
+But no attention whatever seemed to be paid to the drummers or to the old
+priests, the individuals who composed the vast crowd present being
+entirely taken up in chatting and laughing with one another, smoking,
+drinking arva, and eating. For all the observation it attracted, or the
+good it achieved, the whole savage orchestra might, with great advantage
+to its own members and the company in general, have ceased the prodigious
+uproar they were making.
+
+In vain I questioned Kory-Kory and others of the natives, as to the
+meaning of the strange things that were going on; all their explanations
+were conveyed in such a mass of outlandish gibberish and gesticulation
+that I gave up the attempt in despair. All that day the drums resounded,
+the priests chanted, and the multitude feasted and roared till sunset,
+when the throng dispersed, and the Taboo Groves were again abandoned to
+quiet and repose. The next day the same scene was repeated until night,
+when this singular festival terminated.
+
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XXIII
+
+
+       Ideas suggested by the Feast of Calabashes--Effigy of a dead
+    warrior--A singular superstition--The priest Kolory and the god Moa
+    Artua--Amazing religious observance--A dilapidated shrine--Kory-Kory
+                        and the idol--An inference.
+
+
+Although I had been baffled in my attempts to learn the origin of the
+Feast of Calabashes, yet it seemed very plain to me that it was
+principally, if not wholly, of a religious character.
+
+Yet, notwithstanding all I observed on this occasion, I am free to confess
+my almost entire inability to gratify any curiosity that may be felt with
+regard to the theology of the valley. I doubt whether the inhabitants
+themselves could do so. They are either too lazy or too sensible to worry
+themselves about abstract points of religious belief. While I was among
+them, they never held any synods or councils to settle the principles of
+their faith by agitating them. An unbounded liberty of conscience seemed
+to prevail. Those who pleased to do so were allowed to repose implicit
+faith in an ill-favoured god, with a large bottle-nose, and fat shapeless
+arms crossed upon his breast; whilst others worshipped an image which,
+having no likeness either in heaven or on earth, could hardly be called an
+idol. As the islanders always maintained a discreet reserve with regard to
+my own peculiar views on religion, I thought it would be excessively
+ill-bred in me to pry into theirs.
+
+But, although my knowledge of the religious faith of the Typees was
+unavoidably limited, one of their superstitious observances with which I
+became acquainted interested me greatly.
+
+In one of the most secluded portions of the valley, within a stone's cast
+of Fayaway's lake--for so I christened the scene of our island yachting--and
+hard by a growth of palms, which stood ranged in order along both banks of
+the stream, waving their green arms as if to do honour to its passage, was
+the mausoleum of a deceased warrior-chief. Like all the other edifices of
+any note, it was raised upon a small pi-pi of stones, which, being of
+unusual height, was a conspicuous object from a distance. A light
+thatching of bleached palmetto-leaves hung over it like a self-supported
+canopy; for it was not until you came very near that you saw it was
+supported by four slender columns of bamboo, rising at each corner to a
+little more than the height of a man. A clear area of a few yards
+surrounded the pi-pi, and was enclosed by four trunks of cocoa-nut trees,
+resting at the angles on massive blocks of stone. The place was sacred.
+The sign of the inscrutable Taboo was seen, in the shape of a mystic roll
+of white tappa, suspended by a twisted cord of the same material from the
+top of a slight pole planted within the enclosure.(3) The sanctity of the
+spot appeared never to have been violated. The stillness of the grave was
+there, and the calm solitude around was beautiful and touching. The soft
+shadows of those lofty palm trees--I can see them now--hanging over the
+little temple, as if to keep out the intrusive sun.
+
+On all sides, as you approached this silent spot, you caught sight of the
+dead chief's effigy, seated in the stern of a canoe, which was raised on a
+light frame a few inches above the level of the pi-pi. The canoe was about
+seven feet in length; of a rich, dark-coloured wood, handsomely carved,
+and adorned in many places with variegated bindings of stained sinnate,
+into which were ingeniously wrought a number of sparkling sea-shells, and
+a belt of the same shells ran all round it. The body of the figure--of
+whatever material it might have been made--was effectually concealed in a
+heavy robe of brown tappa, revealing only the hands and head; the latter
+skilfully carved in wood, and surmounted by a superb arch of plumes. These
+plumes, in the subdued and gentle gales which found access to this
+sequestered spot, were never for one moment at rest, but kept nodding and
+waving over the chief's brow. The long leaves of the palmetto dropped over
+the eaves, and through them you saw the warrior, holding his paddle with
+both hands in the act of rowing, leaning forward and inclining his head,
+as if eager to hurry on his voyage. Glaring at him for ever, and face to
+face, was a polished human skull, which crowned the prow of the canoe. The
+spectral figure-head, reversed in its position, glancing backwards, seemed
+to mock the impatient attitude of the warrior.
+
+When I first visited this singular place with Kory-Kory, he told me--or, at
+least, I so understood him--that the chief was paddling his way to the
+realms of bliss and bread-fruit--the Polynesian heaven--where every moment
+the bread-fruit trees dropped their ripened spheres to the ground, and
+where there was no end to the cocoa-nuts and bananas; there they reposed
+through the live-long eternity upon mats much finer than those of Typee;
+and every day bathed their glowing limbs in rivers of cocoa-nut oil. In
+that happy land there were plenty of plumes and feathers, and boars'-tusks
+and sperm-whale teeth, far preferable to all the shining trinkets and gay
+tappa of the white men; and, best of all, women, far lovelier than the
+daughters of earth, were there in abundance. "A very pleasant place,"
+Kory-Kory said it was; "but, after all, not much pleasanter, he thought,
+than Typee." "Did he not, then," I asked him, "wish to accompany the
+warrior?" "Oh, no; he was very happy where he was; but supposed that some
+time or other he would go in his own canoe."
+
+Thus far, I think, I clearly comprehended Kory-Kory. But there was a
+singular expression he made use of at the time, enforced by as singular a
+gesture, the meaning of which I would have given much to penetrate. I am
+inclined to believe it must have been a proverb he uttered; for I
+afterwards heard him repeat the same words several times, and in what
+appeared to me to be a somewhat similar sense. Indeed, Kory-Kory had a
+great variety of short, smart-sounding sentences, with which he frequently
+enlivened his discourse; and he introduced them with an air which plainly
+intimated, that, in his opinion, they settled the matter in question,
+whatever it might be.
+
+Could it have been, then, that when I asked him whether he desired to go
+to this heaven of bread-fruit, cocoa-nuts, and young ladies, which he had
+been describing, he answered by saying something equivalent to our old
+adage--"A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush!"--if he did, Kory-Kory
+was a discreet and sensible fellow, and I cannot sufficiently admire his
+shrewdness.
+
+Whenever, in the course of my rambles through the valley, I happened to be
+near the chief's mausoleum, I always turned aside to visit it. The place
+had a peculiar charm for me; I hardly know why, but so it was. As I leaned
+over the railing and gazed upon the strange effigy, and watched the play
+of the feathery head-dress, stirred by the same breeze which in low tones
+breathed amidst the lofty palm trees, I loved to yield myself up to the
+fanciful superstition of the islanders, and could almost believe that the
+grim warrior was bound heavenward. In this mood, when I turned to depart,
+I bade him, "God speed, and a pleasant voyage." Ay, paddle away, brave
+chieftain, to the land of spirits! To the material eye thou makest but
+little progress, but, with the eye of faith, I see thy canoe cleaving the
+bright waves, which die away on those dimly looming shores of Paradise.
+
+This strange superstition affords another evidence of the fact, that
+however ignorant man may be, he still feels within him his immortal spirit
+yearning after the unknown future.
+
+Although the religious theories of the islands were a complete mystery to
+me, their practical every-day operation could not be concealed. I
+frequently passed the little temples reposing in the shadows of the Taboo
+Groves, and beheld the offerings--mouldy fruit spread out upon a rude
+altar, or hanging in half-decayed baskets around some uncouth,
+jolly-looking images. I was present during the continuance of the
+festival. I daily beheld the grinning idols marshalled rank and file in
+the Hoolah Hoolah ground, and was often in the habit of meeting those whom
+I supposed to be the priests. But the temples seemed to be abandoned to
+solitude; the festival had been nothing more than a jovial mingling of the
+tribe; the idols were quite as harmless as any other logs of wood; and the
+priests were the merriest dogs in the valley.
+
+In fact, religious affairs in Typee were at a very low ebb. All such
+matters sat very lightly upon the thoughtless inhabitants; and, in the
+celebration of many of their strange rites, they appeared merely to seek a
+sort of childish amusement.
+
+A curious evidence of this was given in a remarkable ceremony, in which I
+frequently saw Mehevi and several other chiefs and warriors of note take
+part; but never a single female.
+
+Among those whom I looked upon as forming the priesthood of the valley,
+there was one in particular who often attracted my notice, and whom I
+could not help regarding as the head of the order. He was a noble-looking
+man, in the prime of his life, and of a most benignant aspect. The
+authority this man, whose name was Kolory, seemed to exercise over the
+rest, the episcopal part he took in the Feast of Calabashes, his sleek and
+complacent appearance, the mystic characters which were tattooed upon his
+chest, and, above all, the mitre he frequently wore, in the shape of a
+towering head-dress, consisting of part of a cocoa-nut branch, the stalk
+planted uprightly on his brow, and the leaflets gathered together and
+passed round the temples and behind the ears, all these pointed him out as
+Lord Primate of Typee. Kolory was a sort of Knight Templar--a
+soldier-priest; for he often wore the dress of a Marquesan warrior, and
+always carried a long spear, which, instead of terminating in a paddle at
+the lower end, after the general fashion of these weapons, was curved into
+a heathenish-looking little image. This instrument, however, might perhaps
+have been emblematic of his double functions. With one end, in carnal
+combat he tranfixed the enemies of his tribe; and with the other, as a
+pastoral crook, he kept in order his spiritual flock. But this is not all
+I have to about Kolory. His martial grace very often carried about with
+him what seemed to me the half of a broken war-club. It was swathed round
+with ragged bits of white tappa, and the upper part, which was intended to
+represent a human head, was embellished with a strip of scarlet cloth of
+European manufacture. It required little observation to discover that this
+strange object was revered as a god. By the side of the big and lusty
+images standing sentinel over the altars of the Hoolah Hoolah ground, it
+seemed a mere pigmy in tatters. But appearances all the world over are
+deceptive. Little men are sometimes very potent, and rags sometimes cover
+very extensive pretensions. In fact, this funny little image was the
+"crack" god of the island; lording it over all the wooden lubbers who
+looked so grim and dreadful; its name was Moa Artua.(4) And it was in
+honour of Moa Artua, and for the entertainment of those who believe in
+him, that the curious ceremony I am about to describe was observed.
+
+Mehevi and the chieftains of the Ti have just risen from their noontide
+slumbers. There are no affairs of state to dispose of; and having eaten
+two or three breakfasts in the course of the morning, the magnates of the
+valley feel no appetite as yet for dinner. How are their leisure moments
+to be occupied? They smoke, they chat, and at last one of their number
+makes a proposition to the rest, who joyfully acquiescing, he darts out of
+the house, leaps from the pi-pi, and disappears in the grove. Soon you see
+him returning with Kolory, who bears the god Moa Artua in his arms, and
+carries in one hand a small trough, hollowed out in the likeness of a
+canoe. The priest comes along dangling his charge as if it were a
+lachrymose infant he was endeavouring to put into a good humour.
+Presently, entering the Ti, he seats himself on the mats as composedly as
+a juggler about to perform his sleight-of-hand tricks; and, with the
+chiefs disposed in a circle around him, commences his ceremony.
+
+In the first place he gives Moa Artua an affectionate hug, then
+caressingly lays him to his breast, and, finally, whispers something in
+his ear, the rest of the company listening eagerly for a reply. But the
+baby-god is deaf or dumb,--perhaps both, for never a word does he utter. At
+last Kolory speaks a little louder, and soon growing angry, comes boldly
+out with what he has to say, and bawls to him. He put me in mind of a
+choleric fellow, who, after trying in vain to communicate a secret to a
+deaf man, all at once flies into a passion and screams it out so that
+every one may hear. Still Moa Artua remains as quiet as ever, and Kolory,
+seemingly losing his temper, fetches him a box over the head, strips him
+of his tappa and red cloth, and, laying him in a state of nudity in a
+little trough, covers him from sight. At this proceeding all present
+loudly applaud, and signify their approval by uttering the adjective
+"motarkee" with violent emphasis. Kolory, however, is so desirous his
+conduct should meet with unqualified approbation, that he inquires of each
+individual separately whether, under existing circumstances, he has not
+done perfectly right in shutting up Moa Artua. The invariable response is
+"Aa, Aa" (yes, yes), repeated over again and again in a manner which ought
+to quiet the scruples of the most conscientious. After a few moments
+Kolory brings forth his doll again, and, while arraying it very carefully
+in the tappa and red cloth, alternately fondles and chides it. The toilet
+being completed, he once more speaks to it aloud. The whole company
+hereupon show the greatest interest; while the priest, holding Moa Artua
+to his ear, interprets to them what he pretends the god is confidentially
+communicating to him. Some items of intelligence appear to tickle all
+present amazingly; for one claps his hands in a rapture; another shouts
+with merriment; and a third leaps to his feet and capers about like a
+madman.
+
+What under the sun Moa Artua on these occasions had to say to Kolory I
+never could find out; but I could not help thinking that the former showed
+a sad want of spirit in being disciplined into making those disclosures,
+which at first he seemed bent on withholding. Whether the priest honestly
+interpreted what he believed the divinity said to him, or whether he was
+not all the while guilty of a vile humbug, I shall not presume to decide.
+At any rate, whatever, as coming from the god, was imparted to those
+present, seemed to be generally of a complimentary nature--a fact which
+illustrates the sagacity of Kolory, or else the time-serving disposition
+of this hardly-used deity.
+
+Moa Artua having nothing more to say, his bearer goes to nursing him
+again, in which occupation, however, he is soon interrupted by a question
+put by one of the warriors to the god. Kolory hereupon snatches it up to
+his ear again, and after listening attentively, once more officiates as
+the organ of communication. A multitude of questions and answers having
+passed between the parties, much to the satisfaction of those who propose
+them, the god is put tenderly to bed in the trough, and the whole company
+unite in a long chant, led off by Kolory. This ended, the ceremony is
+over; the chiefs rise to their feet in high good humour, and my Lord
+Archbishop, after chatting awhile, and regaling himself with a whiff or
+two from a pipe of tobacco, tucks the canoe under his arm and marches off
+with it.
+
+The whole of these proceedings were like those of a parcel of children
+playing with dolls and baby-houses.
+
+For a youngster scarcely ten inches high, and with so few early advantages
+as he doubtless had had, Moa Artua was certainly a precocious little
+fellow, if he really said all that was imputed to him; but for what reason
+this poor devil of a deity, thus cuffed about, cajoled, and shut up in a
+box, was held in greater estimation than the full-grown and dignified
+personages of the Taboo Groves, I cannot divine. And yet Mehevi, and other
+chiefs of unquestionable veracity--to say nothing of the Primate
+himself--assured me over and over again that Moa Artua was the tutelary
+deity of Typee, and was more to be held in honour than a whole battalion
+of the clumsy idols in the Hoolah Hoolah grounds. Kory-Kory--who seemed to
+have devoted considerable attention to the study of theology, as he knew
+the names of all the graven images in the valley, and often repeated them
+over to me--likewise entertained some rather enlarged ideas with regard to
+the character and pretensions of Moa Artua. He once gave me to understand,
+with a gesture there was no misconceiving, that if he (Moa Artua) were so
+minded, he could cause a cocoa-nut tree to sprout out of his (Kory-Kory's)
+head; and that it would be the easiest thing in life for him (Moa Artua)
+to take the whole island of Nukuheva in his mouth, and dive down to the
+bottom of the sea with it.
+
+But, in sober seriousness, I hardly knew what to make of the religion of
+the valley. There was nothing that so much perplexed the illustrious Cook,
+in his intercourse with the South Sea islanders, as their sacred rites.
+Although this prince of navigators was in many instances assisted by
+interpreters in the prosecution of his researches, he still frankly
+acknowledges that he was at a loss to obtain anything like a clear insight
+into the puzzling arcana of their faith. A similar admission has been made
+by other eminent voyagers,--by Carteret, Byron, Kotzebue, and Vancouver.
+
+For my own part, although hardly a day passed while I remained upon the
+island that I did not witness some religious ceremony or other, it was
+very much like seeing a parcel of "Freemasons" making secret signs to each
+other: I saw everything, but could comprehend nothing.
+
+On the whole, I am inclined to believe that the islanders in the Pacific
+have no fixed and definite ideas whatever on the subject of religion. I am
+persuaded that Kolory himself would be effectually posed were he called
+upon to draw up the articles of his faith, and pronounce the creed by
+which he hoped to be saved. In truth, the Typees, so far as their actions
+evince, submitted to no laws, human or divine--always excepting the thrice
+mysterious Taboo. The "independent electors" of the valley were not to be
+browbeaten by chiefs, priests, idols, or devils. As for the luckless
+idols, they received more hard knocks than supplications. I do not wonder
+that some of them looked so grim, and stood so bolt upright, as if fearful
+of looking to the right or the left, lest they should give any one
+offence. The fact is, they had to carry themselves "_pretty straight_," or
+suffer the consequences. Their worshippers were such a precious set of
+fickle-minded and irreverent heathens, that there was no telling when they
+might topple one of them over, break it to pieces, and making a fire with
+it on the very altar itself, fall to roasting the offerings of
+bread-fruit, and eat them in spite of its teeth.
+
+In how little reverence these unfortunate deities were held by the
+natives, was on one occasion most convincingly proved to me. Walking with
+Kory-Kory through the deepest recesses of the groves, I perceived a
+curious-looking image about six feet in height, which originally had been
+placed upright against a low pi-pi, surmounted by a ruinous bamboo temple,
+but having become fatigued and weak in the knees, was now carelessly
+leaning against it. The idol was partly concealed by the foliage of a tree
+which stood near, and whose leafy boughs drooped over the pile of stones,
+as if to protect the rude fane from the decay to which it was rapidly
+hastening. The image itself was nothing more than a grotesquely-shaped
+log, carved in the likeness of a portly naked man, with the arms clasped
+over the head, the jaws thrown wide apart, and its thick shapeless legs
+bowed into an arch. It was much decayed. The lower part was overgrown with
+a bright silky moss. Thin spears of grass sprouted from the distended
+mouth, and fringed the outline of the head and arms. His godship had
+literally attained a green old age. All its prominent points were bruised
+and battered or entirely rotted away. The nose had taken its departure,
+and from the general appearance of the head, it might have been supposed
+that the wooden divinity, in despair at the neglect of its worshippers,
+had been trying to beat its own brains out against the surrounding trees.
+
+I drew near, to inspect more closely this strange object of idolatry, but
+halted reverently at the distance of two or three paces, out of regard of
+the religious prejudices of my valet. As soon, however, as Kory-Kory
+perceived that I was in one of my inquiring, scientific moods, to my
+astonishment he sprang to the side of the idol, and pushing it away from
+the stones against which it rested, endeavoured to make it stand upon its
+legs. But the divinity had lost the use of them altogether; and while
+Kory-Kory was trying to prop it up, by placing a stick between it and
+pi-pi, the monster fell clumsily to the ground, and would infallibly have
+broken its neck had not Kory-Kory providentially broken its fall, by
+receiving its whole weight on his own half-crushed back. I never saw the
+honest fellow in such a rage before. He leaped furiously to his feet, and,
+seizing the stick, began beating the poor image, every moment or two
+pausing and talking to it in the most violent manner, as if upbraiding it
+for the accident. When his indignation had subsided a little, he whirled
+the idol about most profanely, so as to give me an opportunity of
+examining it on all sides. I am quite sure I never should have presumed to
+have taken such liberties with the god myself, and I was not a little
+shocked at Kory-Kory's impiety.
+
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER XXIV
+
+
+     General information gathered at the festival--Personal beauty of
+      the Typees--Their superiority over the inhabitants of the other
+         islands--Diversity of complexion--A vegetable cosmetic and
+       ointment--Testimony of voyagers to the uncommon beauty of the
+          Marquesans--Few evidences of intercourse with civilized
+    beings--Dilapidated musket--Primitive simplicity of government--Regal
+                            dignity of Mehevi.
+
+
+Although I had been unable during the late festival to obtain information
+on many interesting subjects which had much excited my curiosity, still
+that important event had not passed by without adding materially to my
+general knowledge of the islanders.
+
+I was especially struck by the physical strength and beauty which they
+displayed, by their great superiority in these respects over the
+inhabitants of the neighbouring bay of Nukuheva, and by the singular
+contrasts they presented among themselves in their various shades of
+complexion.
+
+In beauty of form they surpassed anything I had ever seen. Not a single
+instance of natural deformity was observable in all the throng attending
+the revels. Occasionally I noticed among the men the scars of wounds they
+had received in battle; and sometimes, though very seldom, the loss of a
+finger, an eye, or an arm, attributable to the same cause. With these
+exceptions, every individual appeared free from those blemishes which
+sometimes mar the effect of an otherwise perfect form. But their physical
+excellence did not merely consist in an exemption from these evils; nearly
+every individual of their number might have been taken for a sculptor's
+model.
+
+When I remembered that these islanders derived no advantage from dress,
+but appeared in all the naked simplicity of nature, I could not avoid
+comparing them with the fine gentlemen and dandies who promenade such
+unexceptional figures in our frequented thoroughfares. Stripped of the
+cunning artifices of the tailor, and standing forth in the garb of
+Eden,--what a sorry set of round-shouldered, spindle-shanked, crane-necked
+varlets would civilized men appear! Stuffed calves, padded breasts, and
+scientifically cut pantaloons would then avail them nothing, and the
+effect would be truly deplorable.
+
+Nothing in the appearance of the islanders struck me more forcibly than
+the whiteness of their teeth. The novelist always compares the masticators
+of his heroine to ivory; but I boldly pronounce the teeth of the Typees to
+be far more beautiful than ivory itself. The jaws of the oldest greybeards
+among them were much better garnished than those of the youths of
+civilized countries; while the teeth of the young and middle-aged, in
+their purity and whiteness, were actually dazzling to the eye. This
+marvellous whiteness of the teeth is to be ascribed to the pure vegetable
+diet of these people, and the uninterrupted healthfulness of their natural
+mode of life.
+
+The men, in almost every instance, are of lofty stature, scarcely ever
+less than six feet in height, while the other sex are uncommonly
+diminutive. The early period of life at which the human form arrives at
+maturity in this generous tropical climate likewise deserves to be
+mentioned. A little creature, not more than thirteen years of age, who in
+other particulars might be regarded as a mere child, is often seen nursing
+her own baby; whilst lads who, under less ripening skies, would be still
+at school, are here responsible fathers of families.
+
+On first entering the Typee valley, I had been struck with the marked
+contrast presented by its inhabitants with those of the bay I had
+previously left. In the latter place, I had not been favourably impressed
+with the personal appearance of the male portion of the population;
+although with the females, excepting in some truly melancholy instances, I
+had been wonderfully pleased.
+
+Apart, however, from these considerations, I am inclined to believe that
+there exists a radical difference between the two tribes, if indeed they
+are not distinct races of men. To those who have merely touched at
+Nukuheva Bay, without visiting other portions of the island, would hardly
+appear credible the diversities presented between the various small clans
+inhabiting so diminutive a spot. But the hereditary hostility which has
+existed between them for ages fully accounts for this.
+
+Not so easy, however, is it to assign an adequate cause for the endless
+variety of complexions to be seen in the Typee valley. During the
+festival, I had noticed several young females whose skins were almost as
+white as any Saxon damsel's, a slight dash of the mantling brown being all
+that marked the difference. This comparative fairness of complexion,
+though in a great degree perfectly natural, is partly the result of an
+artificial process, and of an entire exclusion from the sun. The juice of
+the "papa" root, found in great abundance at the head of the valley, is
+held in great esteem as a cosmetic, with which many of the females daily
+anoint their whole person. The habitual use of it whitens and beautifies
+the skin. Those of the young girls who resort to this method of
+heightening their charms, never expose themselves to the rays of the sun;
+an observance, however, that produces little or no inconvenience, since
+there are but few of the inhabited portions of the vale which are not
+shaded over with a spreading canopy of boughs, so that one may journey
+from house to house, scarcely deviating from the direct course, and yet
+never once see his shadow cast upon the ground.
+
+The "papa," when used, is suffered to remain upon the skin for several
+hours; being of a light green colour, it consequently imparts for the time
+a similar hue to the complexion. Nothing, therefore, can be imagined more
+singular than the appearance of these nearly naked damsels immediately
+after the application of the cosmetic. To look at one of them you would
+almost suppose she was some vegetable in an unripe state; and that,
+instead of living in the shade for ever, she ought to be placed out in the
+sun to ripen.
+
+All the islanders are more or less in the habit of anointing themselves;
+the women preferring the "aker" or "papa," and the men using the oil of
+the cocoa-nut. Mehevi was remarkably fond of mollifying his entire cuticle
+with this ointment. Sometimes he might be seen with his whole body fairly
+reeking with the perfumed oil of the nut, looking as if he had just
+emerged from a soap-boiler's vat, or had undergone the process of dipping
+in a tallow-chandlery. To this cause, perhaps, united to their frequent
+bathing, and extreme cleanliness, is ascribable, in a great measure, the
+marvellous purity and smoothness of skin exhibited by the natives in
+general.
+
+The prevailing tint among the women of the valley was a light olive, and
+of this style of complexion Fayaway afforded the most beautiful example.
+Others were still darker, while not a few were of a genuine golden colour,
+and some of a swarthy hue.
+
+As agreeing with much previously mentioned in this narrative, I may here
+observe, that Mendanna, their discoverer, in his account of the Marquesas,
+described the natives as wondrously beautiful to behold, and as nearly
+resembling the people of Southern Europe. The first of these islands seen
+by Mendanna was La Madelena, which is not far distant from Nukuheva; and
+its inhabitants in every respect resemble those dwelling on that and the
+other islands of the group. Figueroa, the chronicler of Mendanna's voyage,
+says, that on the morning the land was descried, when the Spaniards drew
+near the shore, there sallied forth, in rude procession, about seventy
+canoes, and at the same time many of the inhabitants (females, I presume)
+made towards the ships by swimming. He adds, that "in complexion they were
+nearly white, of good stature, and finely formed; and on their faces and
+bodies were delineated representations of fishes and other devices." The
+old Don then goes on to say, "There came, among others, two lads paddling
+their canoe, whose eyes were fixed on the ship; they had beautiful faces,
+and the most promising animation of countenance, and were in all things so
+becoming, that the pilot-mayor, Quiros, affirmed, nothing in his life ever
+caused him so much regret as the leaving such fine creatures to be lost in
+that country."
+
+Some of the natives present at the Feast of Calabashes had displayed a few
+articles of European dress, disposed, however, about their persons after
+their own peculiar fashion. Among these I perceived the two pieces of
+cotton cloth which poor Toby and myself had bestowed upon our youthful
+guides the afternoon we entered the valley. They were evidently reserved
+for gala days; and during those of the festival they rendered the young
+islanders who wore them very distinguished characters. The small number
+who were similarly adorned, and the great value they appeared to place
+upon the most common and most trivial articles, furnished ample evidence
+of the very restricted intercourse they held with vessels touching at the
+island. A few cotton handkerchiefs of a gay pattern, tied about the neck,
+and suffered to fall over the shoulders, strips of fanciful calico,
+swathed about the loins, were nearly all I saw.
+
+Indeed, throughout the valley, there were few things of any kind to be
+seen of European origin. All I ever saw, besides the articles just alluded
+to, were the six muskets preserved in the Ti, and three or four similar
+implements of warfare hung up in other houses, some small canvas bags,
+partly filled with bullets and powder, and half a dozen old hatchet-heads,
+with the edges blunted and battered to such a degree as to render them
+utterly worthless. These last seemed to be regarded as nearly worthless by
+the natives; and several times they held up one of them before me, and
+throwing it aside with a gesture of disgust, manifested their contempt for
+anything that could so soon become unserviceable.
+
+But the muskets, the powder, and the bullets, were held in most
+extravagant esteem. The former, from their great age and the peculiarities
+they exhibited, were well worthy a place in any antiquarian's armoury. I
+remember, in particular, one that hung in the Ti, and which
+Mehevi--supposing as a matter of course that I was able to repair it--had
+put into my hands for that purpose. It was one of those clumsy,
+old-fashioned English pieces known generally as Tower Hill muskets, and,
+for aught I know, might have been left on the island by Wallace, Carteret,
+Cook, or Vancouver. The stock was half-rotten and worm-eaten; the lock was
+as rusty and about as well adapted to its ostensible purpose as an old
+door-hinge; the threading of the screws about the trigger was completely
+worn away; while the barrel shook in the wood. Such was the weapon the
+chief desired me to restore to its original condition. As I did not
+possess the accomplishments of a gunsmith, and was likewise destitute of
+the necessary tools, I was reluctantly obliged to signify my inability to
+perform the task. At this unexpected communication Mehevi regarded me, for
+a moment, as if he half suspected I was some inferior sort of white man,
+who after all did not know much more than a Typee. However, after a most
+laboured explanation of the matter, I succeeded in making him understand
+the extreme difficulty of the task. Scarcely satisfied with my apologies,
+however, he marched off with the superannuated musket in something of a
+huff, as if he would no longer expose it to the indignity of being
+manipulated by such unskilful fingers.
+
+  [Illustration: MEHEVI]
+
+During the festival, I had not failed to remark the simplicity of manner,
+the freedom from all restraint, and, to a certain degree, the equality of
+condition manifested by the natives in general. No one appeared to assume
+any arrogant pretensions. There was little more than a slight difference
+in costume to distinguish the chiefs from the other natives. All appeared
+to mix together freely, and without any reserve; although I noticed that
+the wishes of a chief, even when delivered in the mildest tone, received
+the same immediate obedience which elsewhere would have been only accorded
+to a peremptory command. What may be the extent of the authority of the
+chiefs over the rest of the tribe, I will not venture to assert; but from
+all I saw during my stay in the valley, I was induced to believe that in
+matters concerning the general welfare it was very limited. The required
+degree of deference towards them, however, was willingly and cheerfully
+yielded; and as all authority is transmitted from father to son, I have no
+doubt that one of the effects here, as elsewhere, of high birth, is to
+induce respect and obedience.
+
+The particular grades of rank existing among the chiefs of Typee, I could
+not in all cases determine. Previous to the Feast of Calabashes, I had
+been puzzled what particular station to assign to Mehevi. But the
+important part he took upon that occasion convinced me that he had no
+superior among the inhabitants of the valley. I had invariably noticed a
+certain degree of deference paid to him by all with whom I had ever seen
+him brought in contact; but when I remembered that my wanderings had been
+confined to a limited portion of the valley, and that towards the sea a
+number of distinguished chiefs resided, some of whom had separately
+visited me at Marheyo's house, and whom, until the festival, I had never
+seen in the company of Mehevi, I felt disposed to believe that his rank,
+after all, might not be particularly elevated.
+
+The revels, however, had brought together all the warriors whom I had seen
+individually and in groups at different times and places. Among them
+Mehevi moved with an easy air of superiority which was not to be mistaken;
+and he whom I had only looked at as the hospitable host of the Ti, and one
+of the military leaders of the tribe, now assumed in my eyes the dignity
+of royal station. His striking costume, no less than his naturally
+commanding figure, seemed indeed to give him pre-eminence over the rest.
+The towering helmet of feathers that he wore raised him in height above
+all who surrounded him; and though some others were similarly adorned, the
+length and luxuriance of their plumes were far inferior to his.
+
+Mehevi was in fact the greatest of the chiefs--the head of his clan--the
+sovereign of the valley; and the simplicity of the social institutions of
+the people could not have been more completely proved than by the fact,
+that after having been several weeks in the valley, and almost in daily
+intercourse with Mehevi, I should have remained until the time of the
+festival ignorant of his regal character. But a new light had now broken
+in upon me. The Ti was the palace--and Mehevi the king. Both the one and
+the other of a most simple and patriarchal nature it must be allowed, and
+wholly unattended by the ceremonious pomp which usually surrounds the
+purple.
+
+After having made this discovery I could not avoid congratulating myself
+that Mehevi had from the first taken me as it were under his royal
+protection, and that he still continued to entertain for me the warmest
+regard, as far at least as I was enabled to judge from appearances. For
+the future I determined to pay most assiduous court to him, hoping that
+eventually through his kindness I might obtain my liberty.
+
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER XXV
+
+
+      King Mehevi--Conduct of Marheyo and Mehevi in certain delicate
+              matters--Peculiar system of marriage--Number of
+       population--Uniformity--Embalming--Places of sepulture--Funeral
+     obsequies at Nukuheva--Number of inhabitants in Typee--Location of
+              the dwellings--Happiness enjoyed in the valley.
+
+
+King Mehevi!--A goodly sounding title!--and why should I not bestow it upon
+the foremost man in the valley? All hail, therefore, Mehevi, king over all
+the Typees! and long life and prosperity to his tropical majesty! But to
+be sober again after this loyal burst.
+
+Previously to seeing the Dancing Widows I had little idea that there were
+any matrimonial relations subsisting in Typee, and I should as soon have
+thought of a Platonic affection being cultivated between the sexes, as of
+the solemn connexion of man and wife. To be sure, there were old Marheyo
+and Tinor, who seemed to live together quite sociably; but for all that, I
+had sometimes observed a comical-looking old gentleman, dressed in a suit
+of shabby tattooing, who appeared to be equally at home. This behaviour,
+until subsequent discoveries enlightened me, puzzled me more than anything
+else I witnessed in Typee.
+
+As for Mehevi, I had supposed him a confirmed bachelor, as well as most of
+the principal chiefs. At any rate, if they had wives and families, they
+ought to have been ashamed of themselves; for sure I am, they never
+troubled themselves about any domestic affairs. In truth, Mehevi seemed to
+be the president of a club of hearty fellows who kept "Bachelor's Hall" in
+fine style at the Ti. I had no doubt but that they regarded children as
+odious incumbrances; and their ideas of domestic felicity were
+sufficiently shown in the fact, that they allowed no meddlesome
+housekeepers to turn topsy-turvy those snug little arrangements they had
+made in their comfortable dwelling. I strongly suspected, however, that
+some of those jolly bachelors were carrying on love intrigues with the
+maidens of the tribe, although they did not appear publicly to acknowledge
+them. I happened to pop upon Mehevi three or four times when he was
+romping--in a most undignified manner for a warrior king--with one of the
+prettiest little witches in the valley. She lived with an old woman and a
+young man, in a house near Marheyo's; and although in appearance a mere
+child herself, had a noble boy about a year old, who bore a marvellous
+resemblance to Mehevi, whom I should certainly have believed to have been
+the father, were it not that the little fellow had no triangle on his
+face. Mehevi, however, was not the only person upon whom the damsel
+Moonoony smiled--the young fellow of fifteen, who permanently resided in
+the house with her, was decidedly in her good graces. This too was a
+mystery which, with others of the same kind, was afterwards satisfactorily
+explained.
+
+During the second day of the Feast of Calabashes, Kory-Kory--being
+determined that I should have some understanding on these matters--had, in
+the course of his explanations, directed my attention to a peculiarity I
+had frequently marked among many of the females,--principally those of a
+mature age and rather matronly appearance. This consisted in having the
+right hand and the left foot most elaborately tattooed; while the rest of
+the body was wholly free from the operation of the art, with the exception
+of the minutely dotted lips and slight marks on the shoulders, to which I
+have previously referred as comprising the sole tattooing exhibited by
+Fayaway, in common with other young girls of her age. The hand and foot
+thus embellished, were, according to Kory-Kory, the distinguishing badge
+of wedlock, so far as that social and highly commendable institution is
+known among these people. It answers, indeed, the same purpose as the
+plain gold ring worn by our fairer spouses.
+
+After Kory-Kory's explanation of the subject, I was for some time
+studiously respectful in the presence of all females thus distinguished,
+and never ventured to indulge in the slightest approach to flirtation with
+any of their number.
+
+A further insight, however, into the peculiar domestic customs of the
+inmates of the valley did away in a measure with the severity of my
+scruples, and convinced me that I was deceived in some at least of my
+conclusions. A regular system of polygamy exists among the islanders, but
+of a most extraordinary nature,--a plurality of husbands, instead of wives;
+and this solitary fact speaks volumes for the gentle disposition of the
+male population.
+
+I was not able to learn what particular ceremony was observed in forming
+the marriage contract, but am inclined to think that it must have been of
+a very simple nature. Perhaps the mere "popping the question," as it is
+termed with us, might have been followed by an immediate nuptial alliance.
+At any rate, tedious courtships are unknown in the valley of Typee.
+
+The males considerably outnumber the females. This holds true of many of
+the islands of Polynesia, although the reverse of what is the case in most
+civilized countries. The girls are first wooed and won, at a very tender
+age, by some stripling in the household in which they reside. This,
+however, is a mere frolic of the affections, and no formal engagement is
+contracted. By the time this first love has a little subsided, a second
+suitor presents himself, of graver years, and carries both boy and girl
+away to his own habitation. This disinterested and generous-hearted fellow
+now weds the young couple--marrying damsel and lover at the same time--and
+all three thenceforth live together as harmoniously as so many turtles. I
+have heard of some men who in civilized countries rashly marry large
+families with their wives, but had no idea that there was any place where
+people married supplementary husbands with them. Infidelity on either side
+is very rare. No man has more than one wife, and no wife of mature years
+has less than two husbands,--sometimes she has three, but such instances
+are not frequent. The marriage tie, whatever it may be, does not appear to
+be indissoluble; for separations occasionally happen. These, however, when
+they do take place, produce no unhappiness, and are preceded by no
+bickerings: for the simple reason, that an ill-used wife or a hen-pecked
+husband is not obliged to file a bill in chancery to obtain a divorce. As
+nothing stands in the way of a separation, the matrimonial yoke sits
+easily and lightly, and a Typee wife lives on very pleasant and sociable
+terms with her husbands. On the whole, wedlock, as known among these
+Typees, seems to be of a more distinct and enduring nature than is usually
+the case with barbarous people.
+
+But, notwithstanding its existence among them, the scriptural injunction
+to increase and multiply seems to be but indifferently attended to. I
+never saw any of those large families, in arithmetical or step-ladder
+progression, which one often meets with at home. I never knew of more than
+two youngsters living together in the same home, and but seldom even that
+number. As for the women, it was very plain that the anxieties of the
+nursery but seldom disturbed the serenity of their souls; and they were
+never seen going about the valley with half a score of little ones tagging
+at their apron-strings, or rather at the bread-fruit leaf they usually
+wore in the rear.
+
+I have before had occasion to remark that I never saw any of the ordinary
+signs of a place of sepulture in the valley, a circumstance which I
+attributed, at the time, to my living in a particular part of it, and
+being forbidden to extend my ramble to any considerable distance towards
+the sea. I have since thought it probable, however, that the Typees,
+either desirous of removing from their sight the evidences of mortality,
+or prompted by a taste for rural beauty, may have some charming cemetery
+situated in the shadowy recesses along the base of the mountains. At
+Nukuheva, two or three large quadrangular "pi-pis," heavily flagged,
+enclosed with regular stone walls, and shaded over and almost hidden from
+view by the interlacing branches of enormous trees, were pointed out to me
+as burial-places. The bodies, I understood, were deposited in rude vaults
+beneath the flagging, and were suffered to remain there without being
+disinterred. Although nothing could be more strange and gloomy than the
+aspect of these places, where the lofty trees threw their dark shadows
+over rude blocks of stone, a stranger looking at them would have discerned
+none of the ordinary evidences of a place of sepulture.
+
+During my stay in the valley, as none of its inmates were so accommodating
+as to die and be buried in order to gratify my curiosity with regard to
+their funeral rites, I was reluctantly obliged to remain in ignorance of
+them. As I have reason to believe, however, that the observances of the
+Typees in these matters are the same with those of all other tribes on the
+island, I will here relate a scene I chanced to witness at Nukuheva.
+
+A young man had died, about daybreak, in a house near the beach. I had
+been sent ashore that morning, and saw a good deal of the preparations
+they were making for his obsequies. The body, neatly wrapped in new white
+tappa, was laid out in an open shed of cocoa-nut boughs, upon a bier
+constructed of elastic bamboos ingeniously twisted together. This was
+supported, about two feet from the ground, by large canes planted
+uprightly in the earth. Two females, of a dejected appearance, watched by
+its side, plaintively chanting, and beating the air with large grass fans
+whitened with pipe-clay. In the dwelling-house adjoining a numerous
+company were assembled, and various articles of food were being prepared
+for consumption. Two or three individuals, distinguished by head-dresses
+of beautiful tappa, and wearing a great number of ornaments, appeared to
+officiate as masters of the ceremonies. By noon the entertainment had
+fairly begun, and we were told that it would last during the whole of the
+two following days. With the exception of those who mourned by the corpse,
+every one seemed disposed to drown the sense of the late bereavement in
+convivial indulgence. The girls, decked out in their savage finery,
+danced; the old men chanted; the warriors smoked and chatted; and the
+young and lusty, of both sexes, feasted plentifully, and seemed to enjoy
+themselves as pleasantly as they could have done had it been a wedding.
+
+The islanders understand the art of embalming, and practice it with such
+success, that the bodies of their great chiefs are frequently preserved
+for many years in the very houses where they died. I saw three of these in
+my visit to the bay of Tior. One was enveloped in immense folds of tappa,
+with only the face exposed, and hung erect against the side of the
+dwelling. The others were stretched out upon biers of bamboo, in open,
+elevated temples, which seemed consecrated to their memory. The heads of
+enemies killed in battle are invariably preserved, and hung up as trophies
+in the house of the conqueror. I am not acquainted with the process which
+is in use, but believe that fumigation is the principal agency employed.
+All the remains which I saw presented the appearance of a ham after being
+suspended for some time in a smoky chimney.
+
+But to return from the dead to the living. The late festival had drawn
+together, as I had every reason to believe, the whole population of the
+vale, and consequently I was enabled to make some estimate with regard to
+its numbers. I should imagine that there were about two thousand
+inhabitants in Typee; and no number could have been better adapted to the
+extent of the valley. The valley is some nine miles in length, and may
+average one in breadth, the houses being distributed at wide intervals
+throughout its whole extent, principally, however, towards the head of the
+vale. There are no villages. The houses stand here and there in the shadow
+of the groves, or are scattered along the banks of the winding stream;
+their golden-hued bamboo sides and gleaming white thatch, forming a
+beautiful contrast to the perpetual verdure in which they are embowered.
+There are no roads of any kind in the valley. Nothing but a labyrinth of
+footpaths, twisting and turning among the thickets without end.
+
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER XXVI
+
+
+        The social condition and general character of the Typees.
+
+
+There seemed to be no rogues of any kind in Typee. In the darkest nights
+the natives slept securely, with all their worldly wealth around them, in
+houses the doors of which were never fastened. The disquieting ideas of
+theft or assassination never disturbed them. Each islander reposed beneath
+his own palmetto-thatching, or sat under his own bread-fruit, with none to
+molest or alarm him. There was not a padlock in the valley, nor anything
+that answered the purpose of one: still there was no community of goods.
+This long spear, so elegantly carved and highly polished, belongs to
+Warmoonoo--it is far handsomer than the one which old Marheyo so greatly
+prizes--it is the most valuable article belonging to its owner. And yet I
+have seen it leaning against a cocoa-nut tree in the grove, and there it
+was found when sought for. Here is a sperm-whale tooth, graven all over
+with cunning devices--it is the property of Kurluna. It is the most
+precious of the damsel's ornaments. In her estimation, its price is far
+above rubies; and yet there hangs the dental jewel, by its cord of braided
+bark, in the girl's house, which is far back in the valley; the door is
+left open, and all the inmates have gone off to bathe in the stream.(5)
+
+So much for the respect in which such matters are held in Typee. As to the
+land of the valley, whether it was the joint property of its inhabitants,
+or whether it was parcelled out among a certain number of landed
+proprietors, who allowed everybody to roam over it as much as they
+pleased, I never could ascertain. At any rate, musty parchments and
+title-deeds there were none in the island; and I am half inclined to
+believe that its inhabitants hold their broad valleys in fee simple from
+nature herself.
+
+Yesterday I saw Kory-Kory hie him away, armed with a long pole, with
+which, standing on the ground, he knocked down the fruit from the topmost
+boughs of the trees, and brought them home in his basket of cocoa-nut
+leaves. To-day I see an islander, whom I know to reside in a distant part
+of the valley, doing the self-same thing. On the sloping bank of the
+stream were a number of banana trees. I have often seen a score or two of
+young people making a merry foray on the great golden clusters, and
+bearing them off, one after another, to different parts of the vale,
+shouting and tramping as they went. No churlish old curmudgeon could have
+been the owner of that grove of bread-fruit trees, or of these gloriously
+yellow bunches of bananas.
+
+From what I have said, it will be perceived that there is a vast
+difference between "personal property" and "real estate" in the valley of
+Typee. Some individuals, of course, are more wealthy than others. For
+example: the ridge-pole of Marheyo's house bends under the weight of many
+a huge packet of tappa; his long couch is laid with mats placed one upon
+the other seven deep. Outside, Tinor has ranged along in her bamboo
+cupboard--or whatever the place may be called--a goodly array of calabashes
+and wooden trenchers. Now, the house just beyond the grove, and next to
+Marheyo's, occupied by Ruaruga, is not quite so well furnished. There are
+only three moderate-sized packages swinging overhead; there are only two
+layers of mats beneath; and the calabashes and trenchers are not so
+numerous, nor so tastefully stained and carved. But then, Ruaruga has a
+house--not so pretty a one, to be sure--but just as commodious as Marheyo's;
+and, I suppose, if he wished to vie with his neighbour's establishment, he
+could do so with very little trouble. These, in short, constitute the
+chief differences perceivable in the relative wealth of the people in
+Typee.
+
+They lived in great harmony with each other. I will give an instance of
+their fraternal feeling.
+
+One day, in returning with Kory-Kory from my accustomed visit to the Ti,
+we passed by a little opening in the grove; on one side of which, my
+attendant informed me, was that afternoon to be built a dwelling of
+bamboo. At least a hundred of the natives were bringing materials to the
+ground, some carrying in their hands one or two of the canes which were to
+form the sides, others slender rods of the Habiscus, strung with palmetto
+leaves, for the roof. Every one contributed something to the work; and by
+the united, but easy, and even indolent, labours of all, the entire work
+was completed before sunset. The islanders, while employed in erecting
+this tenement, reminded me of a colony of beavers at work. To be sure,
+they were hardly as silent and demure as those wonderful creatures, nor
+were they by any means as diligent. To tell the truth, they were somewhat
+inclined to be lazy, but a perfect tumult of hilarity prevailed; and they
+worked together so unitedly, and seemed actuated by such an instinct of
+friendliness, that it was truly beautiful to behold.
+
+Not a single female took part in this employment: and if the degree of
+consideration in which the ever-adorable sex is held by the men be--as the
+philosophers affirm--a just criterion of the degree of refinement among a
+people, then I may truly pronounce the Typees to be as polished a
+community as ever the sun shone upon. The religious restrictions of the
+taboo alone excepted, the women of the valley were allowed every possible
+indulgence. Nowhere are the ladies more assiduously courted; nowhere are
+they better appreciated as the contributors to our highest enjoyments; and
+nowhere are they more sensible of their power. Far different from their
+condition among many rude nations, where the women are made to perform all
+the work, while their ungallant lords and masters lie buried in sloth, the
+gentle sex in the valley of Typee were exempt from toil--if toil it might
+be called--that, even in that tropical climate, never distilled one drop of
+perspiration. Their light household occupations, together with the
+manufacture of tappa, the platting of mats, and the polishing of
+drinking-vessels, were the only employments pertaining to the women. And
+even these resembled those pleasant avocations which fill up the elegant
+morning leisure of our fashionable ladies at home. But in these
+occupations, slight and agreeable though they were, the giddy young girls
+very seldom engaged. Indeed, these wilful, care-killing damsels were
+averse to all useful employment. Like so many spoiled beauties, they
+ranged through the groves--bathed in the stream--danced--flirted--played all
+manner of mischievous pranks, and passed their days in one merry round of
+thoughtless happiness.
+
+During my whole stay on the island I never witnessed a single quarrel, nor
+anything that in the slightest degree approached even to a dispute. The
+natives appeared to form one household, whose members were bound together
+by the ties of strong affection. The love of kindred I did not so much
+perceive, for it seemed blended in the general love; and where all were
+treated as brothers and sisters, it was hard to tell who were actually
+related to each other by blood.
+
+Let it not be supposed that I have overdrawn this picture. I have not done
+so. Nor let it be urged, that the hostility of this tribe to foreigners,
+and the hereditary feuds they carry on against their fellow-islanders
+beyond the mountains, are facts which contradict me. Not so; these
+apparent discrepancies are easily reconciled. By many a legendary tale of
+violence and wrong, as well as by events which have passed before their
+eyes, these people have been taught to look upon white men with
+abhorrence. The cruel invasion of their country by Porter has alone
+furnished them with ample provocation; and I can sympathize in the spirit
+which prompts the Typee warrior to guard all the passes to his valley with
+the point of his levelled spear, and, standing upon the beach, with his
+back turned upon his green home, to hold at bay the intruding European.
+
+As to the origin of the enmity of this particular clan towards the
+neighbouring tribes, I cannot so confidently speak. I will not say that
+their foes are the aggressors, nor will I endeavour to palliate their
+conduct. But surely, if our evil passions must find vent, it is far better
+to expend them on strangers and aliens, than in the bosom of the community
+in which we dwell. In many polished countries civil contentions, as well
+as domestic enmities, are prevalent, at the same time that the most
+atrocious foreign wars are waged. How much less guilty, then, are our
+islanders, who of these three sins are only chargeable with one, and that
+the least criminal!
+
+The reader will, ere long, have reason to suspect that the Typees are not
+free from the guilt of cannibalism; and he will then, perhaps, charge me
+with admiring a people against whom so odious a crime is chargeable. But
+this only enormity in their character is not half so horrible as it is
+usually described. According to the popular fictions, the crews of
+vessels, shipwrecked on some barbarous coast, are eaten alive like so many
+dainty joints by the uncivil inhabitants; and unfortunate voyagers are
+lured into smiling and treacherous bays; knocked on the head with
+outlandish war-clubs; and served up without any preliminary dressing. In
+truth, so horrific and improbable are these accounts, that many sensible
+and well-informed people will not believe that any cannibals exist; and
+place every book of voyages which purports to give any account of them, on
+the same shelf with Blue Beard and Jack the Giant-killer. While others,
+implicitly crediting the most extravagant fictions, firmly believe that
+there are people in the world with tastes so depraved, that they would
+infinitely prefer a single mouthful of material humanity to a good dinner
+of roast beef and plum pudding. But here, Truth, who loves to be centrally
+located, is again found between the two extremes; for cannibalism to a
+certain moderate extent is practised among several of the primitive tribes
+in the Pacific, but it is upon the bodies of slain enemies alone; and
+horrible and fearful as the custom is, immeasurably as it is to be
+abhorred and condemned, still I assert that those who indulge in it are in
+other respects humane and virtuous.
+
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XXVII
+
+
+          Fishing parties--Mode of distributing the fish--Midnight
+    banquet--Timekeeping tapers--Unceremonious style of eating the fish.
+
+
+There was no instance in which the social and kindly dispositions of the
+Typees were more forcibly evinced than in the manner they conducted their
+great fishing parties. Four times during my stay in the valley the young
+men assembled near the full of the moon, and went together on these
+excursions. As they were generally absent about forty-eight hours, I was
+led to believe that they went out towards the open sea, some distance from
+the bay. The Polynesians seldom use a hook and line, almost always
+employing large, well-made nets, most ingeniously fabricated from the
+twisted fibres of a certain bark. I examined several of them which had
+been spread to dry upon the beach at Nukuheva. They resembled very much
+our own seines, and I should think they were very nearly as durable.
+
+All the South Sea islanders are passionately fond of fish; but none of
+them can be more so than the inhabitants of Typee. I could not comprehend,
+therefore, why they so seldom sought it in their waters; for it was only
+at stated times that the fishing parties were formed, and these occasions
+were always looked forward to with no small degree of interest.
+
+During their absence, the whole population of the place were in a ferment,
+and nothing was talked of but "pehee, pehee" (fish, fish). Towards the
+time when they were expected to return, the vocal telegraph was put into
+operation--the inhabitants, who were scattered throughout the length of the
+valley, leaped upon rocks and into trees, shouting with delight at the
+thoughts of the anticipated treat. As soon as the approach of the party
+was announced, there was a general rush of the men towards the beach; some
+of them remaining, however, about the Ti, in order to get matters in
+readiness for the reception of the fish, which were brought to the Taboo
+Groves in immense packages of leaves, each one of them being suspended
+from a pole carried on the shoulders of two men.
+
+I was present at the Ti on one of these occasions, and the sight was most
+interesting. After all the packages had arrived, they were laid in a row
+under the verandah of the building, and opened. The fish were all quite
+small, generally about the size of a herring, and of every variety of
+colour. About one-eighth of the whole being reserved for the use of the Ti
+itself, the remainder was divided into numerous smaller packages, which
+were immediately despatched in every direction to the remotest part of the
+valley. Arrived at their destination, these were in turn portioned out,
+and equally distributed among the various houses of each particular
+district. The fish were under a strict Taboo, until the distribution was
+completed, which seemed to be effected in the most impartial manner. By
+the operation of this system every man, woman, and child in the vale, were
+at one and the same time partaking of this favourite article of food.
+
+Once, I remember, the party arrived at midnight; but the unseasonableness
+of the hour did not repress the impatience of the islanders. The carriers
+despatched from the Ti were to be seen hurrying in all directions through
+the deep groves; each individual preceded by a boy bearing a flaming torch
+of dried cocoa-nut boughs, which from time to time was replenished from
+the materials scattered along the path. The wild glare of these enormous
+flambeaux, lighting up with a startling brilliancy the innermost recesses
+of the vale, and seen moving rapidly along beneath the canopy of leaves,
+the savage shout of the excited messengers sounding the news of their
+approach, which was answered on all sides, and the strange appearance of
+their naked bodies, seen against the gloomy background, produced
+altogether an effect upon my mind that I shall long remember.
+
+It was on this same occasion that Kory-Kory awakened me at the dead hour
+of night, and in a sort of transport communicated the intelligence
+contained in the words "pehee perni" (fish come). As I happened to have
+been in a remarkably sound and refreshing slumber, I could not imagine why
+the information had not been deferred until morning; indeed, I felt very
+much inclined to fly into a passion and box my valet's ears; but on second
+thoughts I got quietly up, and on going outside the house was not a little
+interested by the moving illumination which I beheld.
+
+When old Marheyo received his share of the spoils, immediate preparations
+were made for a midnight banquet; calabashes of poee-poee were filled to
+the brim; green bread-fruit were roasted; and a huge cake of "amar" was
+cut up with a sliver of bamboo, and laid out on an immense banana leaf.
+
+At this supper we were lighted by several of the native tapers, held in
+the hands of young girls. These tapers are most ingeniously made. There is
+a nut abounding in the valley, called by the Typees "armor," closely
+resembling our common horse-chestnut. The shell is broken, and the
+contents extracted whole. Any number of these are strung at pleasure upon
+the long elastic fibre that traverses the branches of the cocoa-nut tree.
+Some of these tapers are eight or ten feet in length; but being perfectly
+flexible, one end is held in a coil, while the other is lighted. The nut
+burns with a fitful bluish flame, and the oil that it contains is
+exhausted in about ten minutes. As one burns down, the next becomes
+ignited, and the ashes of the former are knocked into a cocoa-nut shell
+kept for the purpose. This primitive candle requires continual attention,
+and must be constantly held in the hand. The person so employed marks the
+lapse of time by the number of nuts consumed, which is easily learned by
+counting the bits of tappa distributed at regular intervals along the
+string.
+
+I grieve to state so distressing a fact, but the inhabitants of Typee were
+in the habit of devouring fish much in the same way that a civilized being
+would eat a radish, and without any more previous preparation. They eat it
+raw; scales, bones, gills, and all the inside. The fish is held by the
+tail, and the head being introduced into the mouth, the animal disappears
+with a rapidity that would at first nearly lead one to imagine it had been
+launched bodily down the throat.
+
+Raw fish! Shall I ever forget my sensation when I first saw my island
+beauty devour one? Oh, heavens! Fayaway, how could you ever have
+contracted so vile a habit? However, after the first shock had subsided,
+the custom grew less odious in my eyes, and I soon accustomed myself to
+the sight. Let no one imagine, however, that the lovely Fayaway was in the
+habit of swallowing great vulgar-looking fishes: oh, no; with her
+beautiful small hand she would clasp a delicate, little, golden-hued love
+of a fish, and eat it as elegantly and as innocently as though it were a
+Naples biscuit. But, alas! it was after all a raw fish; and all I can say
+is, that Fayaway ate it in a more ladylike manner than any other girl of
+the valley.
+
+When at Rome do as the Romans do, I held to be so good a proverb, that
+being in Typee, I made a point of doing as the Typees did. Thus I ate
+poee-poee as they did; I walked about in a garb striking for its
+simplicity; and I reposed on a community of couches; besides doing many
+other things in conformity with their peculiar habits; but the farthest I
+ever went in the way of conformity, was on several occasions to regale
+myself with raw fish. These being remarkably tender, and quite small, the
+undertaking was not so disagreeable in the main, and after a few trials I
+positively began to relish them: however, I subjected them to a slight
+operation with my knife previously to making my repast.
+
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XXVIII
+
+
+       Natural history of the valley--Golden lizards--Tameness of the
+        birds--Mosquitoes--Flies--Dogs--A solitary cat--The climate--The
+       cocoa-nut tree--Singular modes of climbing it--An agile young
+       chief--Fearlessness of the children--Too-too and the cocoa-nut
+                      tree--The birds of the valley.
+
+
+There were some curious-looking dogs in the valley. Dogs!--big, hairless
+rats rather; all with smooth, shining, speckled hides--fat sides, and very
+disagreeable faces. Whence could they have come? That they were not the
+indigenous production of the region, I am firmly convinced. Indeed, they
+seemed aware of their being interlopers, looking fairly ashamed, and
+always trying to hide themselves in some dark corner. It was plain enough
+they did not feel at home in the vale--that they wished themselves well out
+of it, and back to the ugly country from which they must have come.
+
+Scurvy curs! they were my abhorrence; I should have liked nothing better
+than to have been the death of every one of them. In fact, on one
+occasion, I intimated the propriety of a canine crusade to Mehevi but the
+benevolent king would not consent to it. He heard me very patiently; but
+when I had finished, shook his head, and told me in confidence, that they
+were "taboo."
+
+As for the animal that made the fortune of my lord mayor Whittington, I
+shall never forget the day that I was lying in the house about noon,
+everybody else being fast asleep; and happening to raise my eyes, met
+those of a big black spectral cat, which sat erect in the doorway, looking
+at me with its frightful goggling green orbs, like one of those monstrous
+imps that tormented some of the olden saints! I am one of those
+unfortunate persons, to whom the sight of these animals is at any time an
+insufferable annoyance.
+
+Thus constitutionally averse to cats in general, the unexpected apparition
+of this one in particular utterly confounded me. When I had a little
+recovered from the fascination of its glance, I started up; the cat fled,
+and emboldened by this, I rushed out of the house in pursuit; but it had
+disappeared. It was the only time I ever saw one in the valley, and how it
+got there I cannot imagine. It is just possible that it might have escaped
+from one of the ships at Nukuheva. It was in vain to seek information on
+the subject from the natives, since none of them had seen the animal, the
+appearance of which remains a mystery to me to this day.
+
+Among the few animals which are to be met with in Typee, there was none
+which I looked upon with more interest than a beautiful golden-hued
+species of lizard. It measured perhaps five inches from head to tail, and
+was most gracefully proportioned. Numbers of those creatures were to be
+seen basking in the sunshine upon the thatching of the houses, and
+multitudes at all hours of the day showed their glittering sides as they
+ran frolicking between the spears of grass, or raced in troops up and down
+the tall shafts of the cocoa-nut trees. But the remarkable beauty of these
+little animals and their lively ways were not their only claims upon my
+admiration. They were perfectly tame and insensible to fear. Frequently,
+after seating myself upon the ground in some shady place during the heat
+of the day, I would be completely overrun with them. If I brushed one off
+my arm, it would leap perhaps into my hair: when I tried to frighten it
+away by gently pinching its leg, it would turn for protection to the very
+hand that attacked it.
+
+The birds are also remarkably tame. If you happened to see one perched
+upon a branch within reach of your arm, and advanced towards it, it did
+not fly away immediately, but waited quietly looking at you, until you
+could almost touch it, and then took wing slowly, less alarmed at your
+presence, it would seem, than desirous of removing itself from your path.
+Had salt been less scarce in the valley than it was, this was the very
+place to have gone birding with it.
+
+I remember that once, on an uninhabited island of the Gallipagos, a bird
+alighted on my outstretched arm, while its mate chirped from an adjoining
+tree. Its tameness, far from shocking me, as a similar occurrence did
+Selkirk, imparted to me the most exquisite thrill of delight I ever
+experienced; and with somewhat of the same pleasure did I afterwards
+behold the birds and lizards of the valley show their confidence in the
+kindliness of man.
+
+Among the numerous afflictions which the Europeans have entailed upon some
+of the natives of the South Seas, is the accidental introduction among
+them of that enemy of all repose and ruffler of even tempers--the mosquito.
+At the Sandwich Islands, and at two or three of the Society group, there
+are now thriving colonies of these insects, who promise ere long to
+supplant altogether the aboriginal sand-flies. They sting, buzz, and
+torment, from one end of the year to the other, and by incessantly
+exasperating the natives, materially obstruct the benevolent labours of
+the missionaries.
+
+From this grievous visitation, however, the Typees are as yet wholly
+exempt; but its place is unfortunately in some degree supplied by the
+occasional presence of a minute species of fly, which, without stinging,
+is nevertheless productive of no little annoyance. The tameness of the
+birds and lizards is as nothing when compared to the fearless confidence
+of this insect. He will perch upon one of your eye-lashes, and go to roost
+there, if you do not disturb him, or force his way through your hair, or
+along the cavity of the nostril, till you almost fancy he is resolved to
+explore the very brain itself. On one occasion I was so inconsiderate as
+to yawn while a number of them were hovering around me. I never repeated
+the act. Some half-dozen darted into the open compartment, and began
+walking about its ceiling; the sensation was dreadful. I involuntarily
+closed my mouth, and the poor creatures, being enveloped in inner
+darkness, must in their consternation have stumbled over my palate, and
+been precipitated into the gulf beneath. At any rate, though I afterwards
+charitably held my mouth open for at least five minutes, with a view of
+affording egress to the stragglers, none of them ever availed themselves
+of the opportunity.
+
+There are no wild animals of any kind on the island, unless it be decided
+that the natives themselves are such. The mountains and the interior
+present to the eye nothing but silent solitudes, unbroken by the roar of
+beasts of prey, and enlivened by few tokens even of minute animated
+existence. There are no venomous reptiles, and no snakes of any
+description to be found in any of the valleys.
+
+In a company of Marquesan natives the weather affords no topic of
+conversation. It can hardly be said to have any vicissitudes. The rainy
+season, it is true, brings frequent showers, but they are intermitting and
+refreshing. When an islander, bound on some expedition, rises from his
+couch in the morning, he is never solicitous to peep out and see how the
+sky looks, or ascertain from what quarter the wind blows. He is always
+sure of a "fine day," and the promise of a few genial showers he hails
+with pleasure. There is never any of that "remarkable weather" on the
+islands which from time immemorial has been experienced in America, and
+still continues to call forth the wondering conversational exclamations of
+its elderly citizens. Nor do there even occur any of those eccentric
+meteorological changes which elsewhere surprise us. In the valley of Typee
+ice-creams would never be rendered less acceptable by sudden frosts, nor
+would picnic parties be deferred on account of inauspicious snowstorms:
+for there day follows day in one unvarying round of summer and sunshine,
+and the whole year is one long tropical month of June just melting into
+July.
+
+It is this genial climate which causes the cocoa-nuts to flourish as they
+do. This invaluable fruit, brought to perfection by the rich soil of the
+Marquesas, and borne aloft on a stately column more than a hundred feet
+from the ground, would seem at first almost inaccessible to the simple
+natives. Indeed, the slender, smooth, and soaring shaft, without a single
+limb or protuberance of any kind to assist one in mounting it, presents an
+obstacle only to be overcome by the surprising agility and ingenuity of
+the islanders. It might be supposed that their indolence would lead them
+patiently to await the period when the ripened nuts, slowly parting from
+their stems, fall one by one to the ground. This certainly would be the
+case, were it not that the young fruit, encased in a soft green husk, with
+the incipient meat adhering in a jelly-like pellicle to its sides, and
+containing a bumper of the most delicious nectar, is what they chiefly
+prize. They have at least twenty different terms to express as many
+progressive stages in the growth of the nut. Many of them reject the fruit
+altogether except at a particular period of its growth, which, incredible
+as it may appear, they seemed to me to be able to ascertain within an hour
+or two. Others are still more capricious in their tastes; and after
+gathering together a heap of the nuts of all ages, and ingeniously tapping
+them, will first sip from one and then from another, as fastidiously as
+some delicate wine-bibber experimenting, glass in hand, among his dusty
+demijohns of different vintages.
+
+Some of the young men, with more flexible frames than their comrades, and
+perhaps with more courageous souls, had a way of walking up the trunk of
+the cocoa-nut trees which to me seemed little less than miraculous; and
+when looking at them in the act, I experienced that curious perplexity a
+child feels when he beholds a fly moving feet uppermost along a ceiling.
+
+I will endeavour to describe the way in which Narnee, a noble young chief,
+sometimes performed this feat for my particular gratification; but his
+preliminary performances must also be recorded. Upon my signifying my
+desire that he should pluck me the young fruit of some particular tree,
+the handsome savage, throwing himself into a sudden attitude of surprise,
+feigns astonishment at the apparent absurdity of the request. Maintaining
+this position for a moment, the strange emotions depicted on his
+countenance soften down into one of humorous resignation to my will, and
+then, looking wistfully up to the tufted top of the tree, he stands on
+tip-toe, straining his neck and elevating his arms, as though endeavouring
+to reach the fruit from the ground where he stands. As if defeated in this
+childish attempt, he now sinks to the earth despondingly, beating his
+breast in well-acted despair; and then, starting to his feet all at once,
+and throwing back his head, raises both hands, like a schoolboy about to
+catch a falling ball. After continuing this for a moment or two, as if in
+expectation that the fruit was going to be tossed down to him by some good
+spirit in the tree-top, he turns wildly round in another fit of despair,
+and scampers off to the distance of thirty or forty yards. Here he remains
+awhile, eyeing the tree, the very picture of misery; but the next moment,
+receiving, as it were, a flash of inspiration, he rushes again towards it,
+and clasping both arms about the trunk, with one elevated a little above
+the other, he presses the soles of his feet close together against the
+tree, extending his legs from it until they are nearly horizontal, and his
+body becomes doubled into an arch; then, hand over hand and foot after
+foot, he rises from the earth with steady rapidity, and almost before you
+are aware of it, has gained the cradled and embowered nest of nuts, and
+with boisterous glee flings the fruit to the ground.
+
+This mode of walking the tree is only practicable where the trunk declines
+considerably from the perpendicular. This, however, is almost always the
+case; some of the perfectly straight shafts of the trees leaning at an
+angle of thirty degrees.
+
+The less active among the men, and many of the children of the valley,
+have another method of climbing. They take a broad and stout piece of
+bark, and secure either end of it to their ankles: so that when the feet
+thus confined are extended apart, a space of little more than twelve
+inches is left between them. This contrivance greatly facilitates the act
+of climbing. The band pressed against the tree, and closely embracing it,
+yields a pretty firm support; while with the arms clasped about the trunk,
+and at regular intervals sustaining the body, the feet are drawn up nearly
+a yard at a time, and a corresponding elevation of the hands immediately
+succeeds. In this way I have seen little children, scarcely five years of
+age, fearlessly climbing the slender pole of a young cocoa-nut tree, and
+while hanging perhaps fifty feet from the ground, receiving the plaudits
+of their parents beneath, who clapped their hands, and encouraged them to
+mount still higher.
+
+What, thought I, on first witnessing one of these exhibitions, would the
+nervous mothers of America and England say to a similar display of
+hardihood in any of their children? The Lacedemonian nation might have
+approved of it, but most modern dames would have gone into hysterics at
+the sight.
+
+At the top of the cocoa-nut tree the numerous branches, radiating on all
+sides from a common centre, form a sort of green and waving basket,
+between the leaflets of which you just discern the nuts thickly clustering
+together, and on the loftier trees looking no bigger from the ground than
+bunches of grapes. I remember one adventurous little fellow--Too-Too was
+the rascal's name--who had built himself a sort of a�rial baby-house in the
+picturesque tuft of a tree adjoining Marheyo's habitation. He used to
+spend hours there,--rustling among the branches, and shouting with delight
+every time the strong gusts of wind, rushing down from the mountain side,
+swayed to and fro the tall and flexible column on which he was perched.
+Whenever I heard Too-Too's musical voice sounding strangely to the ear
+from so great a height, and beheld him peeping down upon me from out his
+leafy covert, he always recalled to my mind Dibdin's lines--
+
+  There's a sweet little cherub that sits up aloft,
+  To look out for the life of poor Jack.
+
+Birds--bright and beautiful birds--fly over the valley of Typee. You see
+them perched aloft among the immovable boughs of the majestic bread-fruit
+trees, or gently swaying on the elastic branches of the Omoo; skimming
+over the palmetto-thatching of the bamboo huts; passing like spirits on
+the wing through the shadows of the grove, and sometimes descending into
+the bosom of the valley in gleaming flights from the mountains. Their
+plumage is purple and azure, crimson and white, black and gold; with bills
+of every tint;--bright bloody-red, jet black, and ivory white; and their
+eyes are bright and sparkling; they go sailing through the air in starry
+throngs; but, alas! the spell of dumbness is upon them all--there is not a
+single warbler in the valley!
+
+I know not why it was, but the sight of these birds, generally the
+ministers of gladness, always oppressed me with melancholy. As in their
+dumb beauty they hovered by me whilst I was walking, or looked down upon
+me with steady curious eyes from out the foliage, I was almost inclined to
+fancy that they knew they were gazing upon a stranger, and that they
+commiserated his fate.
+
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER XXIX
+
+
+      A professor of the fine arts--His persecutions--Something about
+       tattooing and tabooing--Two anecdotes in illustration of the
+               latter--A few thoughts on the Typee dialect.
+
+
+In one of my strolls with Kory-Kory, in passing along the border of a
+thick growth of bushes, my attention was arrested by a singular noise. On
+entering the thicket, I witnessed for the first time the operation of
+tattooing as performed by these islanders.
+
+I beheld a man extended flat upon his back, on the ground, and, despite
+the forced composure of his countenance, it was evident that he was
+suffering agony. His tormentor bent over him, working away for all the
+world like a stone-cutter with mallet and chisel. In one hand he held a
+short slender stick, pointed with a shark's tooth, on the upright end of
+which he tapped with a small hammer-like piece of wood, thus puncturing
+the skin, and charging it with the colouring matter in which the
+instrument was dipped. A cocoa-nut shell containing this fluid was placed
+upon the ground. It is prepared by mixing with a vegetable juice the ashes
+of the "armor," or candle-nut, always preserved for the purpose. Beside
+the savage, and spread out upon a piece of soiled tappa, were a great
+number of curious black-looking little implements of bone and wood, used
+in the various divisions of his art. A few terminated in a single fine
+point, and, like very delicate pencils, were employed in giving the
+finishing touches, or in operating upon the more sensitive portions of the
+body, as was the case of the present instance. Others presented several
+points distributed in a line, somewhat resembling the teeth of a saw.
+These were employed in the coarser parts of the work, and particularly in
+pricking in straight marks. Some presented their points disposed in small
+figures, and being placed upon the body, were, by a single blow of the
+hammer, made to leave their indelible impression. I observed a few, the
+handles of which were mysteriously curved, as if intended to be introduced
+into the orifice of the ear, with a view perhaps of beating the tattoo
+upon the tympanum. Altogether, the sight of these strange instruments
+recalled to mind that display of cruel-looking mother-of-pearl-handled
+things which one sees in their velvet-lined cases at the elbow of a
+dentist.
+
+The artist was not at this time engaged on an original sketch, his subject
+being a venerable savage, whose tattooing had become somewhat faded with
+age and needed a few repairs, and accordingly he was merely employed in
+touching up the works of some of the old masters of the Typee school, as
+delineated upon the human canvas before him. The parts operated upon were
+the eyelids, where a longitudinal streak, like the one which adorned
+Kory-Kory, crossed the countenance of the victim.
+
+In spite of all the efforts of the poor old man, sundry twitchings and
+screwings of the muscles of the face denoted the exquisite sensibility of
+these shutters to the windows of his soul, which he was now having
+repainted. But the artist, with a heart as callous as that of an army
+surgeon, continued his performance, enlivening his labours with a wild
+chant, tapping away the while as merrily as a woodpecker.
+
+So deeply engaged was he in his work, that he had not observed our
+approach, until, after having enjoyed an unmolested view of the operation,
+I chose to attract his attention. As soon as he perceived me, supposing
+that I sought him in his professional capacity, he seized hold of me in a
+paroxysm of delight, and was all eagerness to begin the work. When,
+however, I gave him to understand that he had altogether mistaken my
+views, nothing could exceed his grief and disappointment. But recovering
+from this, he seemed determined not to credit my assertion, and grasping
+his implements, he flourished them about in fearful vicinity to my face,
+going through an imaginary performance of his art, and every moment
+bursting into some admiring exclamation at the beauty of his designs.
+
+Horrified at the bare thought of being rendered hideous for life if the
+wretch were to execute his purpose upon me, I struggled to get away from
+him, while Kory-Kory, turning traitor, stood by, and besought me to comply
+with the outrageous request. On my reiterated refusals the excited artist
+got half beside himself, and was overwhelmed with sorrow at losing so
+noble an opportunity of distinguishing himself in his profession.
+
+The idea of engrafting his tattooing upon my white skin filled him with
+all a painter's enthusiasm: again and again he gazed into my countenance,
+and every fresh glimpse seemed to add to the vehemence of his ambition.
+Not knowing to what extremities he might proceed, and shuddering at the
+ruin he might inflict upon my figurehead, I now endeavoured to draw off
+his attention from it, and holding out my arm in a fit of desperation,
+signed to him to commence operations. But he rejected the compromise
+indignantly, and still continued his attack on my face, as though nothing
+short of that would satisfy him. When his forefinger swept across my
+features, in laying out the borders of those parallel bands which were to
+encircle my countenance, the flesh fairly crawled upon my bones. At last,
+half wild with terror and indignation, I succeeded in breaking away from
+the three savages, and fled towards old Marheyo's house, pursued by the
+indomitable artist, who ran after me, implements in hand. Kory-Kory,
+however, at last interfered, and drew him off from the chase.
+
+This incident opened my eyes to a new danger; and I now felt convinced
+that in some luckless hour I should be disfigured in such a manner as
+never more to have the _face_ to return to my countrymen, even should an
+opportunity offer.
+
+These apprehensions were greatly increased by the desire which King Mehevi
+and several of the inferior chiefs now manifested that I should be
+tattooed. The pleasure of the king was first signified to me some three
+days after my casual encounter with Karky the artist. Heavens! what
+imprecations I showered upon that Karky. Doubtless he had plotted a
+conspiracy against me and my countenance, and would never rest until his
+diabolical purpose was accomplished. Several times I met him in various
+parts of the valley, and, invariably, whenever he descried me, he came
+running after me with his mallet and chisel, flourishing them about my
+face as if he longed to begin. What an object he would have made of me!
+
+When the king first expressed his wish to me, I made known to him my utter
+abhorrence of the measure, and worked myself into such a state of
+excitement, that he absolutely stared at me in amazement. It evidently
+surpassed his majesty's comprehension how any sober-minded and sensible
+individual could entertain the least possible objection to so beautifying
+an operation.
+
+Soon afterwards he repeated his suggestion, and meeting with a like
+repulse, showed some symptoms of displeasure at my obduracy. On his a
+third time renewing his request, I plainly perceived that something must
+be done, or my visage was ruined for ever; I therefore screwed up my
+courage to the sticking point, and declared my willingness to have both
+arms tattooed from just above the wrist to the shoulder. His majesty was
+greatly pleased at the proposition, and I was congratulating myself with
+having thus compromised the matter, when he intimated that as a thing of
+course my face was first to undergo the operation. I was fairly driven to
+despair; nothing but the utter ruin of my "face divine," as the poets call
+it, would, I perceived, satisfy the inexorable Mehevi and his chiefs, or
+rather that infernal Karky, for he was at the bottom of it all.
+
+The only consolation afforded me was a choice of patterns: I was at
+perfect liberty to have my face spanned by three horizontal bars, after
+the fashion of my serving-man's; or to have as many oblique stripes
+slanting across it: or if, like a true courtier, I chose to model my style
+on that of royalty, I might wear a sort of freemason badge upon my
+countenance in the shape of a mystic triangle. However, I would have none
+of these, though the king most earnestly impressed upon my mind that my
+choice was wholly unrestricted. At last, seeing my unconquerable
+repugnance, he ceased to importune me.
+
+But not so some other of the savages. Hardly a day passed but I was
+subjected to their annoying requests, until at last my existence became a
+burden to me; the pleasures I had previously enjoyed no longer afforded me
+delight, and all my former desire to escape from the valley now revived
+with additional force.
+
+A fact which I soon afterwards learned augmented my apprehension. The
+whole system of tattooing was, I found, connected with their religion; and
+it was evident, therefore, that they were resolved to make a convert of
+me.
+
+In the decoration of the chiefs, it seems to be necessary to exercise the
+most elaborate pencilling; while some of the inferior natives looked as if
+they had been daubed over indiscriminately with a house-painter's brush. I
+remember one fellow who prided himself hugely upon a great oblong patch,
+placed high upon his back, and who always reminded me of a man with a
+blister of Spanish flies stuck between his shoulders. Another whom I
+frequently met had the hollow of his eyes tattooed in two regular squares,
+and his visual organs being remarkably brilliant, they gleamed forth from
+out this setting like a couple of diamonds inserted in ebony.
+
+Although convinced that tattooing was a religious observance, still the
+nature of the connection between it and the superstitious idolatry of the
+people was a point upon which I could never obtain any information. Like
+the still more important system of the "Taboo," it always appeared
+inexplicable to me.
+
+There is a marked similarity, almost an identity, between the religious
+institutions of most of the Polynesian islands, and in all exists the
+mysterious "Taboo," restricted in its uses to a greater or less extent. So
+strange and complex in its arrangements is this remarkable system, that I
+have in several cases met with individuals who, after residing for years
+among the islands in the Pacific, and acquiring a considerable knowledge
+of the language, have nevertheless been altogether unable to give any
+satisfactory account of its operations. Situated as I was in the Typee
+valley, I perceived every hour the effects of this all-controlling power,
+without in the least comprehending it. Those effects were, indeed,
+wide-spread and universal, pervading the most important as well as the
+minutest transactions of life. The savage, in short, lives in the
+continual observance of its dictates, which guide and control every action
+of his being.
+
+For several days after entering the valley I had been saluted at least
+fifty times in the twenty-four hours with the talismanic word "Taboo"
+shrieked in my ears, at some gross violation of its provisions, of which I
+had unconsciously been guilty. The day after our arrival I happened to
+hand some tobacco to Toby over the head of a native who sat between us. He
+started up, as if stung by an adder; while the whole company, manifesting
+an equal degree of horror, simultaneously screamed out "Taboo!" I never
+again perpetrated a similar piece of ill-manners, which, indeed, was
+forbidden by the canons of good breeding, as well as by the mandates of
+the taboo. But it was not always so easy to perceive wherein you had
+contravened the spirit of this institution. I was many times called to
+order, if I may use the phrase, when I could not for the life of me
+conjecture what particular offence I had committed.
+
+One day I was strolling through a secluded portion of the valley, and
+hearing the musical sound of the cloth-mallet at a little distance, I
+turned down a path that conducted me in a few moments to a house where
+there were some half-dozen girls employed in making tappa. This was an
+operation I had frequently witnessed, and had handled the bark in all the
+various stages of its preparation. On the present occasion the females
+were intent upon their occupation, and after looking up and talking gaily
+to me for a few moments, they resumed their employment. I regarded them
+for awhile in silence, and then, carelessly picking up a handful of the
+material that lay around, proceeded unconsciously to pick it apart. While
+thus engaged, I was suddenly startled by a scream, like that of a whole
+boarding-school of young ladies just on the point of going into hysterics.
+Leaping up with the idea of seeing a score of Happar warriors about to
+perform anew the Sabine atrocity, I found myself confronted by the company
+of girls, who, having dropped their work, stood before me with starting
+eyes, swelling bosoms, and fingers pointed in horror towards me.
+
+Thinking that some venomous reptile must be concealed in the bark which I
+held in my hand, I began cautiously to separate and examine it. Whilst I
+did so the horrified girls redoubled their shrieks. Their wild cries and
+frightened motions actually alarmed me, and throwing down the tappa, I was
+about to rush from the house, when in the same instant their clamours
+ceased, and one of them, seizing me by the arm, pointed to the broken
+fibres that had just fallen from my grasp, and screamed in my ears the
+fatal word "Taboo!"
+
+I subsequently found out that the fabric they were engaged in making was
+of a peculiar kind, destined to be worn on the heads of the females, and
+through every stage of its manufacture was guarded by a vigorous taboo,
+which interdicted the whole masculine gender from even so much as touching
+it.
+
+Frequently in walking through the groves I observed bread-fruit and
+cocoa-nut trees, with a wreath of leaves twined in a peculiar fashion
+about their trunks. This was the mark of the taboo. The trees themselves,
+their fruit, and even the shadows they cast upon the ground, were
+consecrated by its presence. In the same way a pipe, which the king had
+bestowed upon me, was rendered sacred in the eyes of the natives, none of
+whom could I ever prevail upon to smoke from it. The bowl was encircled by
+a woven band of grass, somewhat resembling those Turks' heads occasionally
+worked in the handles of our whip-stalks.
+
+A similar badge was once braided about my wrist by the royal hand of
+Mehevi himself, who, as soon as he had concluded the operation, pronounced
+me "Taboo." This occurred shortly after Toby's disappearance; and were it
+not that from the first moment I had entered the valley the natives had
+treated me with uniform kindness, I should have supposed that their
+conduct afterwards was to be ascribed to the fact that I received this
+sacred investiture.
+
+The capricious operations of the taboo are not its least remarkable
+feature: to enumerate them all would be impossible. Black hogs--infants to
+a certain age--women in an interesting situation--young men while the
+operation of tattooing their faces is going on--and certain parts of the
+valley during the continuance of a shower--are alike fenced about by the
+operation of the taboo.
+
+I witnessed a striking instance of its effects in the bay of Tior, my
+visit to which place occurred a few days before leaving the ship. On that
+occasion our worthy captain formed one of the party. He was a most
+insatiable sportsman. Outward bound, and off the pitch of Cape Horn, he
+used to sit on the taffrail, and keep the steward loading three or four
+old fowling-pieces, with which he would bring down albatrosses, Cape
+pigeons, jays, petrels, and divers other marine fowl, who followed
+chattering in our wake. The sailors were struck aghast at his impiety, and
+one and all attributed our forty days' beating about that horrid headland
+to his sacrilegious slaughter of these inoffensive birds.
+
+At Tior, he evinced the same disregard for the religious prejudices of the
+islanders as he had previously shown for the superstitions of the sailors.
+Having heard that there were a considerable number of fowls in the
+valley--the progeny of some cocks and hens accidentally left there by an
+English vessel, and which, being strictly tabooed, flew about almost in a
+wild state--he determined to break through all restraints, and be the death
+of them. Accordingly, he provided himself with a most formidable-looking
+gun, and announced his landing on the beach by shooting down a noble cock,
+that was crowing what proved to be his own funeral dirge on the limb of an
+adjoining tree. "Taboo," shrieked the affrighted savages. "Oh, hang your
+taboo," says the nautical sportsman; "talk taboo to the marines"; and bang
+went the piece again, and down came another victim. At this the natives
+ran scampering through the groves, horror-struck at the enormity of the
+act.
+
+All that afternoon the rocky sides of the valley rang with successive
+reports, and the superb plumage of many a beautiful fowl was ruffled by
+the fatal bullet. Had it not been that the French admiral, with a large
+party, was then in the glen, I have no doubt that the natives, although
+their tribe was small and dispirited, would have inflicted summary
+vengeance upon the man who thus outraged their most sacred institutions;
+as it was, they contrived to annoy him not a little.
+
+Thirsting with his exertions, the skipper directed his steps to a stream;
+but the savages, who had followed at a little distance, perceiving his
+object, rushed towards him and forced him away from its bank--his lips
+would have polluted it. Wearied at last, he sought to enter a house that
+he might rest for awhile on the mats; its inmates gathered tumultuously
+about the door and denied him admittance. He coaxed and blustered by
+turns, but in vain; the natives were neither to be intimidated nor
+appeased, and as a final resort he was obliged to call together his boat's
+crew, and pull away from what he termed the most infernal place he ever
+stepped upon.
+
+Lucky was it for him and for us that we were not honoured on our departure
+by a salute of stones from the hands of the exasperated Tiors. In this
+way, on the neighbouring island of Ropo, were killed, but a few weeks
+previously, and for a nearly similar offence, the master and three of the
+crew of the K----.
+
+I cannot determine, with anything approaching to certainty, what power it
+is that imposes the taboo. When I consider the slight disparity of
+condition among the islanders--the very limited and inconsiderable
+prerogatives of the king and chiefs--and the loose and indefinite functions
+of the priesthood, most of whom were hardly to be distinguished from the
+rest of their countrymen, I am wholly at a loss where to look for the
+authority which regulates this potent institution. It is imposed upon
+something to-day, and withdrawn to-morrow; while its operations in other
+cases are perpetual. Sometimes its restrictions only affect a single
+individual--sometimes a particular family--sometimes a whole tribe; and, in
+a few instances, they extend not merely over the various clans on a single
+island, but over all the inhabitants of an entire group. In illustration
+of this latter peculiarity, I may cite the law which forbids a female to
+enter a canoe--a prohibition which prevails upon all the northern Marquesas
+Islands.
+
+The word itself (taboo) is used in more than one signification. It is
+sometimes used by a parent to his child, when, in the exercise of parental
+authority, he forbids it to perform a particular action. Anything opposed
+to the ordinary customs of the islanders, although not expressly
+prohibited, is said to be "taboo."
+
+The Typee language is one very difficult to be acquired; it bears a close
+resemblance to the other Polynesian dialects, all of which show a common
+origin. The duplication of words, as "lumee lumee," "poee poee," "muee
+muee," is one of their peculiar features. But another, and a more annoying
+one, is the different sense in which one and the same word is employed;
+its various meanings all have a certain connection, which only makes the
+matter more puzzling. So one brisk, lively little word is obliged, like a
+servant in a poor family, to perform all sorts of duties. For instance--one
+particular combination of syllables expresses the ideas of sleep, rest,
+reclining, sitting, leaning, and all other things anyways analogous
+thereto, the particular meaning being shown chiefly by a variety of
+gestures, and the eloquent expression of the countenance.
+
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER XXX
+
+
+         Strange custom of the islanders--Their chanting, and the
+    peculiarity of their voice--Rapture of the king at first hearing a
+    song--A new dignity conferred on the author--Musical instruments in
+      the valley--Admiration of the savages at beholding a pugilistic
+           performance--Swimming infant--Beautiful tresses of the
+                       girls--Ointment for the hair.
+
+
+Sadly discursive as I have already been, I must still further entreat the
+reader's patience, as I am about to string together, without any attempt
+at order, a few odds and ends of things not hitherto mentioned, but which
+are either curious in themselves, or peculiar to the Typees.
+
+There was one singular custom, observed in old Marheyo's domestic
+establishment, which often excited my surprise. Every night, before
+retiring, the inmates of the house gathered together on the mats, and
+squatting upon their haunches, after the universal practice of these
+islanders, would commence a low, dismal, and monotonous chant,
+accompanying the voice with the instrumental melody produced by two small
+half-rotten sticks tapped slowly together, a pair of which were held in
+the hands of each person present. Thus would they employ themselves for an
+hour or two, sometimes longer. Lying in the gloom which wrapped the
+farther end of the house, I could not avoid looking at them, although the
+spectacle suggested nothing but unpleasant reflections. The flickering
+rays of the "armor" nut just served to reveal their savage lineaments,
+without dispelling the darkness that hovered about them.
+
+Sometimes when, after falling into a kind of doze, and awaking suddenly in
+the midst of these doleful chantings, my eye would fall upon the
+wild-looking group engaged in their strange occupation, with their naked
+tattooed limbs, and shaven heads disposed in a circle, I was almost
+tempted to believe that I gazed upon a set of evil beings in the act of
+working a frightful incantation.
+
+What was the meaning or purpose of this custom, whether it was practised
+merely as a diversion, or whether it was a religious exercise, a sort of
+family prayers, I never could discover.
+
+The sounds produced by the natives on these occasions were of a most
+singular description; and had I not actually been present, I never would
+have believed that such curious noises could have been produced by human
+beings.
+
+To savages, generally, is imputed a guttural articulation. This, however,
+is not always the case, especially among the inhabitants of the Polynesian
+Archipelago. The labial melody with which the Typee girls carry on an
+ordinary conversation, giving a musical prolongation to the final syllable
+of every sentence, and chirping out some of the words with a liquid,
+bird-like accent, was singularly pleasing.
+
+The men, however, are not quite so harmonious in their utterance; and when
+excited upon any subject, would work themselves up into a sort of wordy
+paroxysm, during which all descriptions of rough-sided sounds were
+projected from their mouths, with a force and rapidity which was
+absolutely astonishing.
+
+                           * * * * * * * * * *
+
+Although these savages are remarkably fond of chanting, still they appear
+to have no idea whatever of singing, at least as the art is practised
+among other nations.
+
+I never shall forget the first time I happened to roar out a stave in the
+presence of the noble Mehevi. It was a stanza from the "Bavarian
+Broom-seller." His Typean majesty, with all his court, gazed upon me in
+amazement, as if I had displayed some preternatural faculty which Heaven
+had denied to them. The king was delighted with the verse; but the chorus
+fairly transported him. At his solicitation, I sang it again and again,
+and nothing could be more ludicrous than his vain attempts to catch the
+air and the words. The royal savage seemed to think that by screwing all
+the features of his face into the end of his nose, he might possibly
+succeed in the undertaking, but it failed to answer the purpose; and in
+the end he gave it up, and consoled himself by listening to my repetition
+of the sounds fifty times over.
+
+Previous to Mehevi's making the discovery, I had never been aware that
+there was anything of the nightingale about me; but I was now promoted to
+the place of court minstrel, in which capacity I was afterwards
+perpetually called upon to officiate.
+
+                           * * * * * * * * * *
+
+Besides the sticks and the drums, there are no other musical instruments
+among the Typees, except one which might appropriately be denominated a
+nasal flute. It is somewhat longer than an ordinary fife, is made of a
+beautiful scarlet-coloured reed, and has four or five stops, with a large
+hole near one end, which latter is held just beneath the left nostril. The
+other nostril being closed by a peculiar movement of the muscles about the
+nose, the breath is forced into the tube, and produces a soft dulcet
+sound, which is varied by the fingers running at random over the stops.
+This is a favourite recreation with the females, and one in which Fayaway
+greatly excelled. Awkward as such an instrument may appear, it was, in
+Fayaway's delicate little hands, one of the most graceful I have ever
+seen. A young lady in the act of tormenting a guitar, strung about her
+neck by a couple of yards of blue ribbon, is not half so engaging.
+
+                           * * * * * * * * * *
+
+Singing was not the only means I possessed of diverting the royal Mehevi
+and his easy-going subjects. Nothing afforded them more pleasure than to
+see me go through the attitudes of a pugilistic encounter. As not one of
+the natives had soul enough in him to stand up like a man, and allow me to
+hammer away at him, for my own personal gratification and that of the
+king, I was necessitated to fight with an imaginary enemy, whom I
+invariably made to knock under to my superior prowess. Sometimes, when
+this sorely battered shadow retreated precipitately towards a group of the
+savages, and, following him up, I rushed among them, dealing my blows
+right and left, they would disperse in all directions, much to the
+enjoyment of Mehevi, the chiefs, and themselves.
+
+The noble art of self-defence appeared to be regarded by them as the
+peculiar gift of the white man; and I make little doubt but that they
+supposed armies of Europeans were drawn up provided with nothing else but
+bony fists and stout hearts, with which they set to in column, and
+pummelled one another at the word of command.
+
+                           * * * * * * * * * *
+
+One day, in company with Kory-Kory, I had repaired to the stream for the
+purpose of bathing, when I observed a woman sitting upon a rock in the
+midst of the current, and watching with the liveliest interest the gambols
+of something, which at first I took to be an uncommonly large species of
+frog that was sporting in the water near her. Attracted by the novelty of
+the sight, I waded towards the spot where she sat, and could hardly credit
+the evidence of my senses when I beheld a little infant, the period of
+whose birth could not have extended back many days, paddling about as if
+it had just risen to the surface, after being hatched into existence at
+the bottom. Occasionally the delighted parent reached out her hand towards
+it, when the little thing, uttering a faint cry, and striking out its tiny
+limbs, would sidle for the rock, and the next moment be clasped to its
+mother's bosom. This was repeated again and again, the baby remaining in
+the stream about a minute at a time. Once or twice it made wry faces at
+swallowing a mouthful of water, and choked and spluttered as if on the
+point of strangling. At such times, however, the mother snatched it up,
+and by a process scarcely to be mentioned obliged it to eject the fluid.
+For several weeks afterward I observed the woman bringing her child down
+to the stream regularly every day, in the cool of the morning and evening,
+and treating it to a bath. No wonder that the South Sea islanders are so
+amphibious a race, when they are thus launched into the water as soon as
+they see the light. I am convinced that it is as natural for a human being
+to swim as it is for a duck. And yet, in civilized communities, how many
+able-bodied individuals die, like so many drowning kittens, from the
+occurrence of the most trivial accidents!
+
+                           * * * * * * * * * *
+
+The long, luxuriant, and glossy tresses of the Typee damsels often
+attracted my admiration. A fine head of hair is the pride and joy of every
+woman's heart! Whether, against the express will of Providence, it is
+twisted up on the crown of the head and there coiled away; whether it be
+built up in a great tower, with combs and pins, or is plastered over the
+head in sleek, shiny folds; or whether it be permitted to flow over the
+shoulders in natural ringlets, it is always the pride of the owner, and
+the glory of the toilette.
+
+The Typee girls devote much of their time to the dressing of their hair
+and redundant locks. After bathing, as they sometimes do five or six times
+every day, the hair is carefully dried, and if they have been in the sea,
+invariably washed in fresh water, and anointed with a highly-scented oil
+extracted from the meat of the cocoa-nut. This oil is obtained in great
+abundance, by the following very simple process:--
+
+A large vessel of wood, with holes perforated in the bottom, is filled
+with the pounded meat, and exposed to the rays of the sun. As the
+oleaginous matter exudes, it falls in drops through the apertures into a
+wide-mouthed calabash placed underneath. After a sufficient quantity has
+thus been collected, the oil undergoes a purifying process, and is then
+poured into the small spherical shells of the nuts of the moo-tree, which
+are hollowed out to receive it. These nuts are then hermetically sealed
+with a resinous gum, and the vegetable fragrance of their green rind soon
+imparts to the oil a delightful odour. After a lapse of a few weeks, the
+exterior shell of the nuts becomes quite dry and hard, and assumes a
+beautiful carnation tint; and when opened they are found to be about
+two-thirds full of an ointment of a light yellow colour, and diffusing the
+sweetest perfume. This elegant little odorous globe would not be out of
+place even upon the toilette of a queen. Its merits as a preparation for
+the hair are undeniable,--it imparts to it a superb gloss and a silky
+fineness.
+
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER XXXI
+
+
+        Apprehensions of evil--Frightful discovery--Some remarks on
+            cannibalism--Second battle with the Happars--Savage
+            spectacle--Mysterious feast--Subsequent disclosures.
+
+
+From the time of my casual encounter with Karky the artist, my life was
+one of absolute wretchedness. Not a day passed but I was persecuted by the
+solicitations of some of the natives to subject myself to the odious
+operation of tattooing. Their importunities drove me half wild, for I felt
+how easily they might work their will upon me regarding this, or anything
+else which they took into their heads. Still, however, the behaviour of
+the islanders toward me was as kind as ever. Faraway was quite as
+engaging; Kory-Kory as devoted; and Mehevi the king just as gracious and
+condescending as before. But I had now been three months in their valley,
+as nearly as I could estimate; I had grown familiar with the narrow limits
+to which my wanderings had been confined; and I began bitterly to feel the
+state of captivity in which I was held. There was no one with whom I could
+freely converse; no one to whom I could communicate my thoughts; no one
+who could sympathize with my sufferings. A thousand times I thought how
+much more endurable would have been my lot had Toby still been with me.
+But I was left alone, and the thought was terrible to me. Still, despite
+my griefs, I did all in my power to appear composed and cheerful, well
+knowing that by manifesting any uneasiness, or any desire to escape, I
+should only frustrate my object.
+
+It was during the period I was in this unhappy frame of mind, that the
+painful malady under which I had been labouring--after having almost
+completely subsided--began again to show itself, and with symptoms as
+violent as ever. This added calamity nearly unmanned me; the recurrence of
+the complaint proved that, without powerful remedial applications, all
+hope of cure was futile; and when I reflected that just beyond the
+elevations which bound me in, was the medical relief I needed, and that,
+although so near, it was impossible for me to avail myself of it, the
+thought was misery.
+
+In this wretched situation, every circumstance which evinced the savage
+nature of the beings at whose mercy I was, augmented the fearful
+apprehensions that consumed me. An occurrence which happened about this
+time affected me most powerfully.
+
+I have already mentioned, that from the ridge-pole of Marheyo's house were
+suspended a number of packages enveloped in tappa. Many of these I had
+often seen in the hands of the natives, and their contents had been
+examined in my presence. But there were three packages hanging very nearly
+over the place where I lay, which from their remarkable appearance had
+often excited my curiosity. Several times I had asked Kory-Kory to show me
+their contents; but my servitor, who in almost every other particular had
+acceded to my wishes, always refused to gratify me in this.
+
+One day, returning unexpectedly from the Ti, my arrival seemed to throw
+the inmates of the house into the greatest confusion. They were seated
+together on the mats, and by the lines which extended from the roof to the
+floor I immediately perceived that the mysterious packages were, for some
+purpose or other, under inspection. The evident alarm the savages betrayed
+filled me with forebodings of evil, and with an uncontrollable desire to
+penetrate the secret so jealously guarded. Despite the efforts of Marheyo
+and Kory-Kory to restrain me, I forced my way into the midst of the
+circle, and just caught a glimpse of three human heads, which others of
+the party were hurriedly enveloping in the coverings from which they had
+been taken.
+
+One of the three I distinctly saw. It was in a state of perfect
+preservation, and from the slight glimpse I had of it, seemed to have been
+subjected to some smoking operation which had reduced it to the dry, hard,
+and mummy-like appearance it presented. The two long scalp-locks were
+twisted up into balls upon the crown of the head, in the same way that the
+individual had worn them during life. The sunken cheeks were rendered yet
+more ghastly by the rows of glistening teeth which protruded from between
+the lips, while the sockets of the eyes--filled with oval bits of
+mother-of-pearl shell, with a black spot in the centre--heightened the
+hideousness of its aspect.
+
+Two of the three were heads of the islanders; but the third, to my horror,
+was that of a white man. Although it had been quickly removed from my
+sight, still the glimpse I had of it was enough to convince me that I
+could not be mistaken.
+
+Gracious God! what dreadful thoughts entered my mind. In solving this
+mystery, perhaps I had solved another, and the fate of my lost companion
+might be revealed in the shocking spectacle I had just witnessed. I longed
+to have torn off the folds of cloth, and satisfied the awful doubts under
+which I laboured. But before I had recovered from the consternation into
+which I had been thrown, the fatal packages were hoisted aloft and once
+more swung over my head. The natives now gathered round me tumultuously,
+and laboured to convince me that what I had just seen were the heads of
+three Happar warriors, who had been slain in battle. This glaring
+falsehood added to my alarm, and it was not until I reflected that I had
+observed the packages swinging from their elevation before Toby's
+disappearance, that I could at all recover my composure.
+
+But although this horrible apprehension had been dispelled, I had
+discovered enough to fill me, in my present state of mind, with the most
+bitter reflections. It was plain that I had seen the last relic of some
+unfortunate wretch, who must have been massacred on the beach by the
+savages, in one of those perilous trading adventures which I have before
+described.
+
+It was not, however, alone the murder of the stranger that overcame me
+with gloom. I shuddered at the idea of the subsequent fate his inanimate
+body might have met with. Was the same doom reserved for me? Was I
+destined to perish like him--like him, perhaps, to be devoured, and my head
+to be preserved as a fearful memento of the event? My imagination ran riot
+in these horrid speculations, and I felt certain that the worst possible
+evils would befall me. But whatever were my misgivings, I studiously
+concealed them from the islanders, as well as the full extent of the
+discovery I had made.
+
+Although the assurances which the Typees had often given me, that they
+never ate human flesh, had not convinced me that such was the case, yet,
+having been so long a time in the valley without witnessing anything which
+indicated the existence of the practice, I began to hope that it was an
+event of very rare occurrence, and that I should be spared the horror of
+witnessing it during my stay among them: but, alas! these hopes were soon
+destroyed.
+
+It is a singular fact, that in all our accounts of cannibal tribes we have
+seldom received the testimony of an eye-witness to the revolting practice.
+The horrible conclusion has almost always been derived from the
+second-hand evidence of Europeans, or else from the admissions of the
+savages themselves, after they have in some degree become civilized. The
+Polynesians are aware of the detestation in which Europeans hold this
+custom, and therefore invariably deny its existence, and, with the craft
+peculiar to savages, endeavour to conceal every trace of it.
+
+But to my story.
+
+About a week after my discovery of the contents of the mysterious
+packages, I happened to be at the Ti, when another war-alarm was sounded,
+and the natives, rushing to their arms, sallied out to resist a second
+incursion of the Happar invaders. The same scene was again repeated, only
+that on this occasion I heard at least fifteen reports of muskets from the
+mountains during the time that the skirmish lasted. An hour or two after
+its termination, loud p�ans chanted through the valley announced the
+approach of the victors. I stood with Kory-Kory leaning against the
+railing of the pi-pi, awaiting their advance, when a tumultuous crowd of
+islanders emerged with wild clamours from the neighbouring groves. In the
+midst of them marched four men, one preceding the other at regular
+intervals of eight or ten feet, with poles of a corresponding length,
+extending from shoulder to shoulder, to which were lashed with thongs of
+bark three long narrow bundles, carefully wrapped in ample coverings of
+freshly plucked palm-leaves, tacked together with slivers of bamboo. Here
+and there upon these green winding-sheets might be seen the stains of
+blood, while the warriors who carried the frightful burdens displayed upon
+their naked limbs similar sanguinary marks. The shaven head of the
+foremost had a deep gash upon it, and the clotted gore which had flowed
+from the wound remained in dry patches around it. The savage seemed to be
+sinking under the weight he bore. The bright tattooing upon his body was
+covered with blood and dust; his inflamed eyes rolled in their sockets,
+and his whole appearance denoted extraordinary suffering and exertion;
+yet, sustained by some powerful impulse, he continued to advance, while
+the throng around him with wild cheers sought to encourage him. The other
+three men were marked about the arms and breasts with several slight
+wounds, which they somewhat ostentatiously displayed.
+
+These four individuals, having been the most active in the late encounter,
+claimed the honour of bearing the bodies of their slain enemies to the Ti.
+Such was the conclusion I drew from my own observations, and, as far as I
+could understand, from the explanation which Kory-Kory gave me.
+
+The royal Mehevi walked by the side of these heroes. He carried in one
+hand a musket, from the barrel of which was suspended a small canvas pouch
+of powder, and in the other he grasped a short javelin, which he held
+before him and regarded with fierce exultation. This javelin he had
+wrested from a celebrated champion of the Happars, who had ignominiously
+fled, and was pursued by his foes beyond the summit of the mountain.
+
+When within a short distance of the Ti, the warrior with the wounded head,
+who proved to be Narmonee, tottered forward two or three steps, and fell
+helplessly to the ground; but not before another had caught the end of the
+pole from his shoulder, and placed it upon his own.
+
+The excited throng of islanders, who surrounded the person of the king and
+the dead bodies of the enemy, approached the spot where I stood,
+brandishing their rude implements of warfare, many of which were bruised
+and broken, and uttering continual shouts of triumph. When the crowd drew
+up opposite the Ti, I set myself to watch their proceedings most
+attentively; but scarcely had they halted when my servitor, who had left
+my side for an instant, touched my arm, and proposed our returning to
+Marheyo's house. To this I objected; but, to my surprise, Kory-Kory
+reiterated his request, and with an unusual vehemence of manner. Still,
+however, I refused to comply, and was retreating before him, as in his
+importunity he pressed upon me, when I felt a heavy hand laid upon my
+shoulder, and turning round, encountered the bulky form of Mow-Mow, a
+one-eyed chief, who had just detached himself from the crowd below, and
+had mounted the rear of the pi-pi upon which we stood. His cheek had been
+pierced by the point of a spear, and the wound imparted a still more
+frightful expression to his hideously tattooed face, already deformed by
+the loss of an eye. The warrior, without uttering a syllable, pointed
+fiercely in the direction of Marheyo's house, while Kory-Kory, at the same
+time presenting his back, desired me to mount.
+
+I declined this offer, but intimated my willingness to withdraw, and moved
+slowly along the piazza, wondering what could be the cause of this unusual
+treatment. A few minutes' consideration convinced me that the savages were
+about to celebrate some hideous rite in connexion with their peculiar
+customs, and at which they were determined I should not be present. I
+descended from the pi-pi, and attended by Kory-Kory, who on this occasion
+did not show his usual commiseration for my lameness, but seemed only
+anxious to hurry me on, walked away from the place. As I passed through
+the noisy throng, which by this time completely environed the Ti, I looked
+with fearful curiosity at the three packages, which now were deposited
+upon the ground; but although I had no doubt as to their contents, still
+their thick coverings prevented my actually detecting the form of a human
+body.
+
+The next morning, shortly after sunrise, the same thundering sounds which
+had awakened me from sleep on the second day of the Feast of Calabashes,
+assured me that the savages were on the eve of celebrating another, and,
+as I fully believed, a horrible solemnity.
+
+All the inmates of the house, with the exception of Marheyo, his son, and
+Tinor, after assuming their gala dresses, departed in the direction of the
+Taboo Groves.
+
+Although I did not anticipate a compliance with my request, still, with a
+view of testing the truth of my suspicions, I proposed to Kory-Kory that,
+according to our usual custom in the morning, we should take a stroll to
+the Ti: he positively refused; and when I renewed the request, he evinced
+his determination to prevent my going there; and, to divert my mind from
+the subject, he offered to accompany me to the stream. We accordingly
+went, and bathed. On our coming back to the house, I was surprised to find
+that all its inmates had returned, and were lounging upon the mats as
+usual, although the drums still sounded from the groves.
+
+The rest of the day I spent with Kory-Kory and Fayaway, wandering about a
+part of the valley situated in an opposite direction from the Ti, and
+whenever I so much as looked towards that building, although it was hidden
+from view by intervening trees, and at the distance of more than a mile,
+my attendant would exclaim, "Taboo, taboo!"
+
+At the various houses where we stopped, I found many of the inhabitants
+reclining at their ease, or pursuing some light occupation, as if nothing
+unusual were going forward; but amongst them all I did not perceive a
+single chief or warrior. When I asked several of the people why they were
+not at the "Hoolah Hoolah" (the feast), they uniformly answered the
+question in a manner which implied that it was not intended for them, but
+for Mehevi, Narmonee, Mow-Mow, Kolor, Womonoo, Kalow, running over, in
+their desire to make me comprehend their meaning, the names of all the
+principal chiefs.
+
+Everything, in short, strengthened my suspicions with regard to the nature
+of the festival they were now celebrating; and which amounted almost to a
+certainty. While in Nukuheva I had frequently been informed that the whole
+tribe were never present at these cannibal banquets, but the chiefs and
+priests only; and everything I now observed agreed with the account.
+
+The sound of the drums continued without intermission the whole day, and
+falling continually upon my ear, caused me a sensation of horror which I
+am unable to describe. On the following day, hearing none of those noisy
+indications of revelry, I concluded that the inhuman feast was terminated,
+and feeling a kind of morbid curiosity to discover whether the Ti might
+furnish any evidence of what had taken place there, I proposed to
+Kory-Kory to walk there. To this proposition he replied by pointing with
+his finger to the newly-risen sun, and then up to the zenith, intimating
+that our visit must be deferred until noon. Shortly after that hour we
+accordingly proceeded to the Taboo Groves, and as soon as we entered their
+precincts, I looked fearfully round in quest of some memorial of the scene
+which had so lately been acted there; but everything appeared as usual. On
+reaching the Ti, we found Mehevi and a few chiefs reclining on the mats,
+who gave me as friendly a reception as ever. No allusions of any kind were
+made by them to the recent events; and I refrained, for obvious reasons,
+from referring to them myself.
+
+After staying a short time, I took my leave. In passing along the piazza,
+previously to descending from the pi-pi, I observed a curiously carved
+vessel of wood, of considerable size, with a cover placed over it, of the
+same material, and which resembled in shape a small canoe. It was
+surrounded by a low railing of bamboos, the top of which was scarcely a
+foot from the ground. As the vessel had been placed in its present
+position since my last visit, I at once concluded that it must have some
+connexion with the recent festival; and, prompted by a curiosity I could
+not repress, in passing it I raised one end of the cover; at the same
+moment the chiefs, perceiving my design, loudly ejaculated, "Taboo!
+taboo!" But the slight glimpse sufficed; my eyes fell upon the disordered
+members of a human skeleton, the bones still fresh with moisture, and with
+particles of flesh clinging to them here and there!
+
+Kory-Kory, who had been a little in advance of me, attracted by the
+exclamations of the chiefs, turned round in time to witness the expression
+of horror on my countenance. He now hurried towards me, pointing at the
+same time to the canoe, and exclaiming, rapidly, "Puarkee! puarkee!" (Pig,
+pig.) I pretended to yield to the deception, and repeated the words after
+him several times, as though acquiescing in what he said. The other
+savages, either deceived by my conduct, or unwilling to manifest their
+displeasure at what could not now be remedied, took no further notice of
+the occurrence, and I immediately left the Ti.
+
+All that night I lay awake, revolving in my mind the fearful situation in
+which I was placed. The last horrid revelation had now been made, and the
+full sense of my condition rushed upon my mind with a force I had never
+before experienced.
+
+Where, thought I, desponding, is there the slightest prospect of escape?
+The only person who seemed to possess the ability to assist me was the
+stranger, Marnoo; but would he ever return to the valley? and if he did,
+should I be permitted to hold any communication with him? It seemed as if
+I were cut off from every source of hope, and that nothing remained but
+passively to await whatever fate was in store for me. A thousand times I
+endeavoured to account for the mysterious conduct of the natives. For what
+conceivable purpose did they thus retain me a captive? What could be their
+object in treating me with such apparent kindness, and did it not cover
+some treacherous scheme? Or, if they had no other design than to hold me a
+prisoner, how should I be able to pass away my days in this narrow valley,
+deprived of all intercourse with civilized beings, and for ever separated
+from friends and home?
+
+One only hope remained to me. The French could not long defer a visit to
+the bay, and if they should permanently locate any of their troops in the
+valley, the savages could not for any length of time conceal my existence
+from them. But what reason had I to suppose that I should be spared until
+such an event occurred--an event which might be postponed by a hundred
+different contingencies?
+
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XXXII
+
+
+     The stranger again arrives in the valley--Singular interview with
+      him--Attempt to escape--Failure--Melancholy situation--Sympathy of
+                                 Marheyo.
+
+
+"Marnoo, Marnoo pemi!" Such were the welcome sounds which fell upon my ear
+some ten days after the event related in the preceding chapter. Once more
+the approach of the stranger was heralded, and the intelligence operated
+upon me like magic. Again I should be able to converse with him in my own
+language; and I resolved, at all hazards, to concert with him some scheme,
+however desperate, to rescue me from a condition that had now become
+insupportable.
+
+As he drew near, I remembered with many misgivings the inauspicious
+termination of our former interview; and when he entered the house, I
+watched with intense anxiety the reception he met with from its inmates.
+To my joy, his appearance was hailed with the liveliest pleasure; and
+accosting me kindly, he seated himself by my side, and entered into
+conversation with the natives around him. It soon appeared, however, that
+on this occasion he had not any intelligence of importance to communicate.
+I inquired of him from whence he had last come? He replied, from Pueearka,
+his native valley, and that he intended to return to it the same day.
+
+At once it struck me that, could I but reach that valley under his
+protection, I might easily from thence reach Nukuheva by water; and,
+animated by the prospect which this plan held out, I disclosed it in a few
+brief words to the stranger, and asked him how it could be best
+accomplished. My heart sunk within me when, in his broken English, he
+answered me that it could never be effected. "Kannaka no let you go
+nowhere," he said, "you taboo. Why you no like to stay? Plenty moee-moee
+(sleep)--plenty ki-ki (eat)--plenty whihenee (young girls). Oh, very good
+place, Typee! Suppose you no like this bay, why you come? You no hear
+about Typee? All white men afraid Typee, so no white men come."
+
+These words distressed me beyond belief; and when I again related to him
+the circumstances under which I had descended into the valley and sought
+to enlist his sympathies in my behalf, by appealing to the bodily misery I
+endured, he listened to me with impatience, and cut me short by
+exclaiming, passionately, "Me no hear you talk any more; by by Kannaka get
+mad, kill you and me too. No, you see he no want you to speak to me at
+all?--you see--ah! by by you no mind--you get well, he kill you, eat you,
+hang you head up there, like Happar Kannaka. Now you listen--but no talk
+any more. By by I go;--you see way I go. Ah! then some night Kannaka all
+moee-moee (sleep)--you run away--you come Pueearka. I speak Pueearka
+Kannaka--he no harm you--ah! then I take you my canoe Nukuheva, and you no
+run away ship no more." With these words, enforced by a vehemence of
+gesture I cannot describe, Marnoo started from my side, and immediately
+engaged in conversation with some of the chiefs who had entered the house.
+
+It would have been idle for me to have attempted resuming the interview so
+peremptorily terminated by Marnoo, who was evidently little disposed to
+compromise his own safety by any rash endeavours to ensure mine. But the
+plan he had suggested struck me as one which might possibly be
+accomplished, and I resolved to act upon it as speedily as possible.
+
+Accordingly, when he arose to depart, I accompanied him, with the natives,
+outside of the house, with a view of carefully noting the path he would
+take in leaving the valley. Just before leaping from the pi-pi, he clasped
+my hand, and, looking significantly at me, exclaimed, "Now you see you do
+what I tell you--ah! then you do good;--you no do so--ah! then you die." The
+next moment he waved his spear in adieu to the islanders, and, following
+the route that conducted to a defile in the mountains lying opposite the
+Happar side, was soon out of sight.
+
+A mode of escape was now presented to me; but how was I to avail myself of
+it? I was continually surrounded by the savages; I could not stir from one
+house to another without being attended by some of them; and even during
+the hours devoted to slumber, the slightest movement which I made seemed
+to attract the notice of those who shared the mats with me. In spite of
+these obstacles, however, I determined forthwith to make the attempt. To
+do so with any prospect of success, it was necessary that I should have at
+least two hours' start before the islanders should discover my absence;
+for with such facility was any alarm spread through the valley, and so
+familiar, of course, were the inhabitants with the intricacies of the
+groves, that I could not hope, lame and feeble as I was, and ignorant of
+the route, to secure my escape unless I had this advantage. It was also by
+night alone that I could hope to accomplish my object, and then only by
+adopting the utmost precaution.
+
+The entrance to Marheyo's habitation was through a low narrow opening in
+its wicker-work front. This passage, for no conceivable reason that I
+could devise, was always closed after the household had retired to rest,
+by drawing a heavy slide across it, composed of a dozen or more bits of
+wood, ingeniously fastened together by seizings of sinnate. When any of
+the inmates chose to go outside, the noise occasioned by the removing of
+this rude door awakened everybody else; and on more than one occasion I
+had remarked that the islanders were nearly as irritable as more civilized
+beings under similar circumstances.
+
+The difficulty thus placed in my way I determined to obviate in the
+following manner. I would get up boldly in the course of the night, and,
+drawing the slide, issue from the house, and pretend that my object was
+merely to procure a drink from the calabash, which always stood without
+the dwelling on the corner of the pi-pi. On re-entering I would purposely
+omit closing the passage after me, and trusting that the indolence of the
+savages would prevent them from repairing my neglect, would return to my
+mat, and waiting patiently until all were again asleep, I would then steal
+forth, and at once take the route to Pueearka.
+
+  [Illustration: ABOUT MIDNIGHT I AROSE AND DREW THE SLIDE]
+
+The very night which followed Marnoo's departure, I proceeded to put this
+project into execution. About midnight, as I imagined, I arose and drew
+the slide. The natives, just as I had expected, started up, while some of
+them asked, "Arware poo awa, Tommo?" (where are you going, Tommo?) "Wai,"
+(water,) I laconically answered, grasping the calabash. On hearing my
+reply they sank back again, and in a minute or two I returned to my mat,
+anxiously awaiting the result of the experiment.
+
+One after another the savages, turning restlessly, appeared to resume
+their slumbers, and, rejoicing at the stillness which prevailed, I was
+about to rise again from my couch, when I heard a slight rustling--a dark
+form was intercepted between me and the doorway--the slide was drawn across
+it, and the individual, whoever he was, returned to his mat. This was a
+sad blow to me; but as it might have aroused the suspicions of the
+islanders to have made another attempt that night, I was reluctantly
+obliged to defer it until the next. Several times after I repeated the
+same manoeuvre, but with as little success as before. As my pretence for
+withdrawing from the house was to allay my thirst, Kory-Kory, either
+suspecting some design on my part, or else prompted by a desire to please
+me, regularly every evening placed a calabash of water by my side.
+
+Even under these inauspicious circumstances I again and again renewed the
+attempt; but when I did so, my valet always rose with me, as if determined
+I should not remove myself from his observation. For the present,
+therefore, I was obliged to abandon the attempt; but I endeavoured to
+console myself with the idea, that by this mode I might yet effect my
+escape.
+
+Shortly after Marnoo's visit I was reduced to such a state, that it was
+with extreme difficulty I could walk, even with the assistance of a spear,
+and Kory-Kory, as formerly, was obliged to carry me daily to the stream.
+
+For hours and hours, during the warmest part of the day, I lay upon my
+mat, and while those around me were nearly all dozing away in careless
+ease, I remained awake, gloomily pondering over the fate which it appeared
+now idle for me to resist. When I thought of the loved friends who were
+thousands and thousands of miles from the savage island in which I was
+held a captive--when I reflected that my dreadful fate would for ever be
+concealed from them, and that, with hope deferred, they might continue to
+await my return long after my inanimate form had blended with the dust of
+the valley, I could not repress a shudder of anguish.
+
+How vividly is impressed upon my mind every minute feature of the scene
+which met my view during those long days of suffering and sorrow. At my
+request my mats were always spread directly facing the door, opposite
+which, and at a little distance, was the hut of boughs that Marheyo was
+building.
+
+Whenever my gentle Fayaway and Kory-Kory, laying themselves down beside
+me, would leave me awhile to uninterrupted repose, I took a strange
+interest in the slightest movements of the eccentric old warrior. All
+alone, during the stillness of the tropical mid-day, he would pursue his
+quiet work, sitting in the shade and weaving together the leaflets of his
+cocoa-nut branches, or rolling upon his knee the twisted fibres of bark to
+form the cords with which he tied together the thatching of his tiny
+house. Frequently suspending his employment, and noticing my melancholy
+eye fixed upon him, he would raise his hand with a gesture expressive of
+deep commiseration, and then, moving towards me slowly, would enter on
+tip-toes, fearful of disturbing the slumbering natives, and, taking the
+fan from my hand, would sit before me, swaying it gently to and fro, and
+gazing earnestly into my face.
+
+Just beyond the pi-pi, and disposed in a triangle before the entrance of
+the house, were three magnificent bread-fruit trees. At this moment I can
+recall to my mind their slender shafts, and the graceful inequalities of
+their bark, on which my eye was accustomed to dwell, day after day, in the
+midst of my solitary musings. It is strange how inanimate objects will
+twine themselves into our affections, especially in the hour of
+affliction. Even now, amidst all the bustle and stir of the proud and busy
+city in which I am dwelling, the image of those three trees seems to come
+as vividly before my eyes as if they were actually present, and I still
+feel the soothing quiet pleasure which I then had in watching, hour after
+hour, their topmost boughs waving gracefully in the breeze.
+
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XXXIII
+
+
+                               The escape.
+
+
+Nearly three weeks had elapsed since the second visit of Marnoo, and it
+must have been more than four months since I entered the valley, when one
+day, about noon, and whilst everything was in profound silence, Mow-Mow,
+the one-eyed chief, suddenly appeared at the door, and leaning forward
+towards me as I lay directly facing him, said, in a low tone, "Toby pemi
+ena," (Toby has arrived here.) Gracious heaven! What a tumult of emotions
+rushed upon me at this startling intelligence! Insensible to the pain that
+had before distracted me, I leaped to my feet, and called wildly to
+Kory-Kory, who was reposing by my side. The startled islanders sprang from
+their mats; the news was quickly communicated to them; and the next moment
+I was making my way to the Ti on the back of Kory-Kory, and surrounded by
+the excited savages.
+
+All that I could comprehend of the particulars which Mow-Mow rehearsed to
+his auditors as we proceeded, was that my long-lost companion had arrived
+in a boat which had just entered the bay. These tidings made me most
+anxious to be carried at once to the sea, lest some untoward circumstance
+should prevent our meeting; but to this they would not consent, and
+continued their course towards the royal abode. As we approached it,
+Mehevi and several chiefs showed themselves from the piazza, and called
+upon us loudly to come to them.
+
+As soon as we had approached, I endeavoured to make them understand that I
+was going down to the sea to meet Toby. To this the king objected, and
+motioned Kory-Kory to bring me into the house. It was in vain to resist;
+and in a few moments I found myself within the Ti, surrounded by a noisy
+group engaged in discussing the recent intelligence. Toby's name was
+frequently repeated, coupled with violent exclamations of astonishment. It
+seemed as if they yet remained in doubt with regard to the fact of his
+arrival, and at every fresh report that was brought from the shore they
+betrayed the liveliest emotions.
+
+Almost frenzied at being held in this state of suspense, I passionately
+besought Mehevi to permit me to proceed. Whether my companion had arrived
+or not, I felt a presentiment that my own fate was about to be decided.
+Again and again I renewed my petition to Mehevi. He regarded me with a
+fixed and serious eye, but at length, yielding to my importunity,
+reluctantly granted my request.
+
+Accompanied by some fifty of the natives, I now rapidly continued my
+journey, every few moments being transferred from the back of one to
+another, and urging my bearer forward all the while with earnest
+entreaties. As I thus hurried forward, no doubt as to the truth of the
+information I had received ever crossed my mind. I was alive only to the
+one overwhelming idea, that a chance of deliverance was now afforded me,
+if the jealous opposition of the savages could be overcome.
+
+Having been prohibited from approaching the sea during the whole of my
+stay in the valley, I had always associated with it the idea of escape.
+Toby, too,--if indeed he had ever voluntarily deserted me,--must have
+effected his flight by the sea; and now that I was drawing near to it
+myself, I indulged in hopes which I had never felt before. It was evident
+that a boat had entered the bay, and I saw little reason to doubt the
+truth of the report that it had brought my companion. Every time,
+therefore, that we gained an elevation, I looked eagerly around, hoping to
+behold him.
+
+In the midst of an excited throng, who by their violent gestures and wild
+cries appeared to be under the influence of some excitement as strong as
+my own, I was now borne along at a rapid trot, frequently stooping my head
+to avoid the branches which crossed the path, and never ceasing to implore
+those who carried me to accelerate their already swift pace.
+
+In this manner we had proceeded about four or five miles, when we were met
+by a party of some twenty islanders, between whom and those who
+accompanied me ensued an animated conference. Impatient of the delay
+occasioned by this interruption, I was beseeching the man who carried me
+to proceed without his loitering companions, when Kory-Kory, running to my
+side, informed me, in three fatal words, that the news had all proved
+false--that Toby had not arrived--"Toby owlee permi." Heaven only knows how,
+in the state of mind and body I then was, I ever sustained the agony which
+this intelligence caused me; not that the news was altogether unexpected,
+but I had trusted that the fact might not have been made known until we
+should have arrived upon the beach. As it was, I at once foresaw the
+course the savages would pursue. They had only yielded thus far to my
+entreaties, that I might give a joyful welcome to my long-lost comrade;
+but now that it was known he had not arrived, they would at once oblige me
+to turn back.
+
+My anticipations were but too correct. In spite of the resistance I made,
+they carried me into a house which was near the spot, and left me upon the
+mats. Shortly afterwards, several of those who had accompanied me from the
+Ti, detaching themselves from the others, proceeded in the direction of
+the sea. Those who remained--among whom were Marheyo, Mow-Mow, Kory-Kory,
+and Tinor--gathered about the dwelling, and appeared to be awaiting their
+return.
+
+This convinced me that strangers--perhaps some of my own countrymen--had for
+some cause or other entered the bay. Distracted at the idea of their
+vicinity, and reckless of the pain which I suffered, I heeded not the
+assurances of the islanders that there were no boats at the beach, but,
+starting to my feet, endeavoured to gain the door. Instantly the passage
+was blocked up by several men, who commanded me to resume my seat. The
+fierce looks of the irritated savages admonished me that I could gain
+nothing by force, and that it was by entreaty alone that I could hope to
+compass my object.
+
+Guided by this consideration, I turned to Mow-Mow, the only chief present,
+whom I had been much in the habit of seeing, and, carefully concealing my
+real design, tried to make him comprehend that I still believed Toby to
+have arrived on the shore, and besought him to allow me to go forward to
+welcome him. To all his repeated assertions that my companion had not been
+seen, I pretended to turn a deaf ear: while I urged my solicitations with
+an eloquence of gesture which the one-eyed chief appeared unable to
+resist. He seemed, indeed, to regard me as a froward child, to whose
+wishes he had not the heart to oppose force, and whom he must consequently
+humour. He spoke a few words to the natives, who at once retreated from
+the door, and I immediately passed out of the house.
+
+Here I looked earnestly round for Kory-Kory; but that hitherto faithful
+servitor was nowhere to be seen. Unwilling to linger even for a single
+instant when every moment might be so important, I motioned to a muscular
+fellow near me to take me upon his back: to my surprise he angrily
+refused. I turned to another, but with a like result. A third attempt was
+as unsuccessful, and I immediately perceived what had induced Mow-Mow to
+grant my request, and why the other natives conducted themselves in so
+strange a manner. It was evident that the chief had only given me liberty
+to continue my progress towards the sea, because he supposed that I was
+deprived of the means of reaching it.
+
+Convinced by this of their determination to retain me a captive, I became
+desperate; and almost insensible to the pain which I suffered, I seized a
+spear which was leaning against the projecting eaves of the house, and,
+supporting myself with it, resumed the path that swept by the dwelling. To
+my surprise, I was suffered to proceed alone, all the natives remaining in
+front of the house, and engaging in earnest conversation, which every
+moment became more loud and vehement; and, to my unspeakable delight, I
+perceived that some difference of opinion had arisen between them; that
+two parties, in short, were formed, and consequently that, in their
+divided counsels, there was some chance of my deliverance.
+
+Before I had proceeded a hundred yards I was again surrounded by the
+savages, who were still in all the heat of argument, and appeared every
+moment as if they would come to blows. In the midst of this tumult old
+Marheyo came to my side, and I shall never forget the benevolent
+expression of his countenance. He placed his arm upon my shoulder, and
+emphatically pronounced one expressive English word I had taught
+him--"Home." I at once understood what he meant, and eagerly expressed my
+thanks to him. Fayaway and Kory-Kory were by his side, both weeping
+violently; and it was not until the old man had twice repeated the command
+that his son could bring himself to obey him, and take me again upon his
+back. The one-eyed chief opposed his doing so, but he was overruled, and,
+as it seemed to me, by some of his own party.
+
+We proceeded onwards, and never shall I forget the ecstacy I felt when I
+first heard the roar of the surf breaking upon the beach. Before long, I
+saw the flashing billows themselves through the opening between the trees.
+Oh! glorious sight and sound of ocean! with what rapture did I hail you as
+familiar friends. By this time the shouts of the crowd upon the beach were
+distinctly audible, and in the blended confusion of sounds I almost
+fancied I could distinguish the voices of my own countrymen.
+
+When we reached the open space which lay between the groves and the sea,
+the first object that met my view was an English whale-boat, lying with
+her bow pointed from the shore, and only a few fathoms distant from it. It
+was manned by five islanders, dressed in short tunics of calico. My first
+impression was that they were in the very act of pulling out from the bay;
+and that, after all my exertions, I had come too late. My soul sunk within
+me: but a second glance convinced me that the boat was only hanging off to
+keep out of the surf; and the next moment I heard my own name shouted out
+by a voice from the midst of the crowd.
+
+Looking in the direction of the sound, I perceived, to my indescribable
+joy, the tall figure of Karakoee, an Oahu Kannaka, who had often been
+aboard the _Dolly_ while she lay in Nukuheva. He wore the green
+shooting-jacket, with gilt buttons, which had been given to him by an
+officer of the _Reine Blanche_--the French flag-ship--and in which I had
+always seen him dressed. I now remembered the Kannaka had frequently told
+me that his person was tabooed in all the valleys of the island, and the
+sight of him at such a moment as this filled my heart with a tumult of
+delight.
+
+Karakoee stood near the edge of the water with a large roll of
+cotton-cloth thrown over one arm, and holding two or three canvas bags of
+powder, while with the other hand he grasped a musket, which he appeared
+to be proffering to several of the chiefs around him. But they turned with
+disgust from his offers, and seemed to be impatient at his presence, with
+vehement gestures waving him off to his boat, and commanding him to
+depart.
+
+The Kannaka, however, still maintained his ground, and I at once perceived
+that he was seeking to purchase my freedom. Animated by the idea, I called
+upon him loudly to come to me; but he replied, in broken English, that the
+islanders had threatened to pierce him with their spears, if he stirred a
+foot towards me. At this time I was still advancing, surrounded by a dense
+throng of the natives, several of whom had their hands upon me, and more
+than one javelin was threateningly pointed at me. Still I perceived
+clearly that many of those least friendly towards me looked irresolute and
+anxious.
+
+I was still some thirty yards from Karakoee, when my farther progress was
+prevented by the natives, who compelled me to sit down upon the ground,
+while they still retained their hold upon my arms. The din and tumult now
+became tenfold, and I perceived that several of the priests were on the
+spot, all of whom were evidently urging Mow-Mow and the other chiefs to
+prevent my departure; and the detestable word--"Roo-ne! Roo-ne!" which I
+had heard repeated a thousand times during the day, was now shouted on
+every side of me. Still I saw that the Kannaka continued his exertions in
+my favour--that he was boldly debating the matter with the savages, and was
+striving to entice them by displaying his cloth and powder, and snapping
+the lock of his musket. But all he said or did appeared only to augment
+the clamours of those around him, who seemed bent upon driving him into
+the sea.
+
+When I remembered the extravagant value placed by these people upon the
+articles which were offered to them in exchange for me, and which were so
+indignantly rejected, I saw a new proof of the same fixed determination of
+purpose they had all along manifested with regard to me, and in despair,
+and reckless of consequences, I exerted all my strength, and, shaking
+myself free from the grasp of those who held me, I sprang upon my feet and
+rushed towards Karakoee.
+
+The rash attempt nearly decided my fate; for, fearful that I might slip
+from them, several of the islanders now raised a simultaneous shout, and
+pressing upon Karakoee, they menaced him with furious gestures, and
+actually forced him into the sea. Appalled at their violence, the poor
+fellow, standing nearly to the waist in the surf, endeavoured to pacify
+them; but at length, fearful that they would do him some fatal violence,
+he beckoned to his comrades to pull in at once, and take him into the
+boat.
+
+It was at this agonizing moment, when I thought all hope was ended, that a
+new contest arose between the two parties, who had accompanied me to the
+shore; blows were struck, wounds were given, and blood flowed. In the
+interest excited by the fray, every one had left me except Marheyo,
+Kory-Kory, and poor dear Fayaway, who clung to me, sobbing convulsively. I
+saw that now or never was the moment. Clasping my hands together, I looked
+imploringly at Marheyo, and moved towards the now almost deserted beach.
+The tears were in the old man's eyes, but neither he nor Kory-Kory
+attempted to hold me, and I soon reached the Kannaka, who had anxiously
+watched my movements; the rowers pulled in as near as they dared to the
+edge of the surf; I gave one parting embrace to Fayaway, who seemed
+speechless with sorrow, and the next instant I found myself safe in the
+boat, and Karakoee by my side, who told the rowers at once to give way.
+Marheyo and Kory-Kory, and a great many of the women, followed me into the
+water, and I was determined, as the only mark of gratitude I could show,
+to give them the articles which had been brought as my ransom. I handed
+the musket to Kory-Kory, in doing which he would fain have taken hold of
+me, threw the roll of cotton to old Marheyo, pointing as I did so to poor
+Fayaway, who had retired from the edge of the water, and was sitting down
+disconsolate on the beach, and tumbled the powder-bags out to the nearest
+young ladies, all of whom were vastly willing to take them. This
+distribution did not occupy ten seconds, and before it was over the boat
+was under full way, the Kannaka all the while exclaiming loudly against
+what he considered a useless throwing away of valuable property.
+
+Although it was clear that my movements had been noticed by several of the
+natives, still they had not suspended the conflict in which they were
+engaged, and it was not until the boat was above fifty yards from the
+shore, that Mow-Mow and some six or seven other warriors rushed into the
+sea and hurled their javelins at us. Some of the weapons passed quite as
+close to us as was desirable, but no one was wounded, and the men pulled
+away gallantly. But although soon out of the reach of the spears, our
+progress was extremely slow; it blew strong upon the shore, and the tide
+was against us; and I saw Karakoee, who was steering the boat, give many a
+look towards a jutting point of the bay round which we had to pass.
+
+For a minute or two after our departure, the savages, who had formed into
+different groups, remained perfectly motionless and silent. All at once
+the enraged chief showed by his gestures that he had resolved what course
+he would take. Shouting loudly to his companions, and pointing with his
+tomahawk towards the headland, he set off at full speed in that direction,
+and was followed by about thirty of the natives, among whom were several
+of the priests, all yelling out, "Roo-ne! Roo-ne!" at the very top of
+their voices. Their intention was evidently to swim off from the headland
+and intercept us in our course. The wind was freshening every minute, and
+was right in our teeth, and it was one of those chopping, angry seas, in
+which it is so difficult to row. Still the chances seemed in our favour,
+but when we came within a hundred yards of the point, the active savages
+were already dashing into the water, and we all feared that within five
+minutes' time we should have a score of the infuriated wretches around us.
+If so our doom was sealed, for these savages, unlike the feeble swimmers
+of civilized countries, are, if anything, more formidable antagonists in
+the water than when on the land. It was all a trial of strength; our
+natives pulled till their oars bent again, and the crowd of swimmers shot
+through the water, despite its roughness, with fearful rapidity.
+
+By the time we had reached the headland, the savages were spread right
+across our course. Our rowers got out their knives and held them ready
+between their teeth, and I seized the boat-hook. We were all aware that if
+they succeeded in intercepting us, they would practise upon us the
+manoeuvre which proved so fatal to many a boat's crew in these seas. They
+would grapple the oars, and, seizing hold of the gunwale, capsize the
+boat, and then we should be entirely at their mercy.
+
+After a few breathless moments I discerned Mow-Mow. The athletic islander,
+with his tomahawk between his teeth, was dashing the water before him till
+it foamed again. He was the nearest to us, and in another instant he would
+have seized one of the oars. Even at the moment I felt horror at the act I
+was about to commit; but it was no time for pity or compunction, and with
+true aim, and exerting all my strength, I dashed the boat-hook at him. It
+struck him just below the throat, and forced him downwards. I had no time
+to repeat the blow, but I saw him rise to the surface in the wake of the
+boat, and never shall I forget the ferocious expression of his
+countenance.
+
+Only one other of the savages reached the boat. He seized the gunwale, but
+the knives of our rowers so mauled his wrists that he was forced to quit
+his hold, and the next minute we were past them all, and in safety. The
+strong excitement which had thus far kept me up, now left me, and I fell
+back fainting into the arms of Karakoee.
+
+                           * * * * * * * * * *
+
+The circumstances connected with my most unexpected escape may be very
+briefly stated. The captain of an Australian vessel being in distress for
+men in these remote seas, had put into Nukuheva in order to recruit his
+ship's company, but not a single man was to be obtained; and the barque
+was about to get under weigh, when she was boarded by Karakoee, who
+informed the disappointed Englishman that an American sailor was detained
+by the savages in the neighbouring bay of Typee; and he offered, if
+supplied with suitable articles of traffic, to undertake his release. The
+Kannaka had gained his intelligence from Marnoo, to whom, after all, I was
+indebted for my escape. The proposition was acceded to; and Karakoee,
+taking with him five tabooed natives of Nukuheva, again repaired aboard
+the barque, which in a few hours sailed to that part of the island, and
+threw her main-top-sail aback right off the entrance to the Typee bay. The
+whale-boat, manned by the tabooed crew, pulled towards the head of the
+inlet, while the ship lay "off and on" awaiting its return.
+
+The events which ensued have already been detailed, and little more
+remains to be related. On reaching the _Julia_, I was lifted over the
+side, and my strange appearance, and remarkable adventure, occasioned the
+liveliest interest. Every attention was bestowed upon me that humanity
+could suggest; but to such a state was I reduced, that three months
+elapsed before I recovered my health.
+
+The mystery which hung over the fate of my friend and companion, Toby, has
+never been cleared up. I still remain ignorant whether he succeeded in
+leaving the valley, or perished at the hands of the islanders.
+
+
+
+
+
+                                  SEQUEL
+
+
+                                CONTAINING
+
+
+                            THE STORY OF TOBY
+
+
+    NOTE.--The Author of "Typee" was more than two years in the South
+    Seas, after escaping from the valley, as recounted in the last
+    chapter. Some time after returning home the foregoing narrative
+    was published, though it was little thought at the time that this
+    would be the means of revealing the existence of Toby, who had
+    long been given up for lost. But so it proved. The story of his
+    escape supplies a natural sequel to the adventure, and as such it
+    is now added to the volume. It was related to the Author by Toby
+    himself.
+
+
+The morning my comrade left me, as related in the narrative, he was
+accompanied by a large party of the natives, some of them carrying fruit
+and hogs for the purposes of traffic, as the report had spread that boats
+had touched at the bay.
+
+As they proceeded through the settled parts of the valley, numbers joined
+them from every side, running with animated cries from every pathway. So
+excited were the whole party, that, eager as Toby was to gain the beach,
+it was almost as much as he could do to keep up with them. Making the
+valley ring with their shouts, they hurried along on a swift trot, those
+in advance pausing now and then, and flourishing their weapons to urge the
+rest forward.
+
+Presently they came to a place where the path crossed a bend of the main
+stream of the valley. Here a strange sound came through the grove beyond,
+and the islanders halted. It was Mow-Mow, the one-eyed chief, who had gone
+on before; he was striking his heavy lance against the hollow bough of a
+tree.
+
+This was a signal of alarm;--for nothing was now heard but shouts of
+"Happar! Happar!"--the warriors tilting with their spears and brandishing
+them in the air, and the women and boys shouting to each other, and
+picking up the stones in the bed of the stream. In a moment or two Mow-Mow
+and two or three other chiefs ran out from the grove, and the din
+increased tenfold.
+
+Now, thought Toby, for a fray; and being unarmed, he besought one of the
+young men domiciled with Marheyo for the loan of his spear. But he was
+refused; the youth roguishly telling him, that the weapon was very good
+for him (the Typee), but that a white man could fight much better with his
+fists.
+
+The merry humour of this young wag seemed to be shared by the rest, for in
+spite of their warlike cries and gestures, everybody was capering about
+and laughing, as if it was one of the funniest things in the world to be
+awaiting the flight of a score or two of Happar javelins from an ambush in
+the thickets.
+
+While my comrade was in vain trying to make out the meaning of all this, a
+good number of the natives separated themselves from the rest and ran off
+into the grove on one side, the others now keeping perfectly still, as if
+awaiting the result. After a little while, however, Mow-Mow, who stood in
+advance, motioned them to come on stealthily, which they did, scarcely
+rustling a leaf. Thus they crept along for ten or fifteen minutes, every
+now and then pausing to listen.
+
+Toby by no means relished this sort of skulking; if there was going to be
+a fight he wanted it to begin at once. But all in good time,--for just
+then, as they went prowling into the thickest of the wood, terrific howls
+burst upon them on all sides, and volleys of darts and stones flew across
+the path. Not an enemy was to be seen, and what was still more surprising,
+not a single man dropped, though the pebbles fell among the leaves like
+hail.
+
+There was a moment's pause, when the Typees, with wild shrieks, flung
+themselves into the covert, spear in hand; nor was Toby behind-hand.
+Coming so near getting his skull broken by the stones, and animated by an
+old grudge he bore the Happars, he was among the first to dash at them. As
+he broke his way through the underbush, trying, as he did so, to wrest a
+spear from a young chief, the shouts of battle all of a sudden ceased, and
+the wood was as still as death. The next moment, the party who had left
+them so mysteriously rushed out from behind every bush and tree, and
+united with the rest in long and merry peals of laughter.
+
+It was all a sham, and Toby, who was quite out of breath with excitement,
+was much incensed at being made a fool of.
+
+It afterwards turned out that the whole affair had been concerted for his
+particular benefit, though with what precise view it would be hard to
+tell. My comrade was the more enraged at this boy's play, since it had
+consumed so much time, every moment of which might be precious. Perhaps,
+however, it was partly intended for this very purpose; and he was led to
+think so, because, when the natives started again, he observed that they
+did not seem to be in so great a hurry as before. At last, after they had
+gone some distance, Toby, thinking all the while that they never would get
+to the sea, two men came running towards them, and a regular halt ensued,
+followed by a noisy discussion, during which Toby's name was often
+repeated. All this made him more and more anxious to learn what was going
+on at the beach; but it was in vain that he now tried to push forward; the
+natives held him back.
+
+In a few moments the conference ended, and many of them ran down the path
+in the direction of the water, the rest surrounding Toby, and entreating
+him to "Moee," or sit down and rest himself. As an additional inducement,
+several calabashes of food, which had been brought along, were now placed
+on the ground, and opened, and pipes also were lighted. Toby bridled his
+impatience awhile, but at last sprang to his feet and dashed forward
+again. He was soon overtaken nevertheless, and again surrounded, but
+without further detention was then permitted to go down to the sea.
+
+They came out on a bright green space between the groves and the water,
+and close under the shadow of the Happar mountain, where a path was seen,
+winding out of sight through a gorge.
+
+No sign of a boat, however, was beheld; nothing but a tumultuous crowd of
+men and women, and some one in their midst, earnestly talking to them. As
+my comrade advanced, this person came forward, and proved to be no
+stranger. He was an old grizzled sailor, whom Toby and myself had
+frequently seen in Nukuheva, where he lived an easy, devil-may-care life,
+in the household of Mowanna the king, going by the name of "Jimmy." In
+fact, he was the royal favourite, and had a good deal to say in his
+master's councils. He wore a Manilla hat, and a sort of tappa morning
+gown, sufficiently loose and negligent to show the verse of a song
+tattooed upon his chest, and a variety of spirited cuts by native artists
+in other parts of his body. He sported a fishing-rod in his hand, and
+carried a sooty old pipe slung about his neck.
+
+This old rover having retired from active life, had resided in Nukuheva
+some time--he could speak the language, and for that reason was frequently
+employed by the French as an interpreter. He was an arrant old gossip,
+too; for ever coming off in his canoe to the ships in the bay, and
+regaling their crews with choice little morsels of court scandal--such, for
+instance, as a shameful intrigue of his majesty with a Happar damsel, a
+public dancer at the feasts--and otherwise relating some incredible tales
+about the Marquesas generally. I remember, in particular, his telling the
+_Dolly's_ crew what proved to be literally a cock-and-bull story, about
+two natural prodigies, which he said were then on the island. One was an
+old monster of a hermit, having a marvellous reputation for sanctity, and
+reputed a famous sorcerer, who lived away off in a den among the
+mountains, where he hid from the world a great pair of horns that grew out
+of his temples. Notwithstanding his reputation for piety, his horrid old
+fellow was the terror of all the island round, being reported to come out
+from his retreat, and go a man-hunting every dark night. Some anonymous
+Paul Pry, too, coming down the mountain, once got a peep at his den, and
+found it full of bones. In short, he was a most unheard-of monster.
+
+The other prodigy Jimmy told us about, was the younger son of a chief,
+who, although but just turned of ten, had entered upon holy orders,
+because his superstitious countrymen thought him especially intended for
+the priesthood, from the fact of his having a comb on his head like a
+rooster. But this was not all: for, still more wonderful to relate, the
+boy prided himself upon this strange crest, being actually endowed with a
+cock's voice, and frequently crowing over his peculiarity.
+
+But to return to Toby. The moment he saw the old rover on the beach, he
+ran up to him, the natives following after, and forming a circle round
+them.
+
+After welcoming him to the shore, Jimmy went on to tell him how that he
+knew all about our having run away from the ship, and being among the
+Typees, indeed, he had been urged by Mowanna to come over to the valley,
+and, after visiting his friends there, to bring us back with him, his
+royal master being exceedingly anxious to share with him the reward which
+had been held out for our capture. He, however, assured Toby that he had
+indignantly spurned the offer.
+
+All this astonished my comrade not a little, as neither of us had
+entertained the least idea that any white man ever visited the Typees
+sociably. But Jimmy told him that such was the case, nevertheless,
+although he seldom came into the bay, and scarcely ever went back from the
+beach. One of the priests of the valley, in some way or other connected
+with an old tattooed divine in Nukuheva, was a friend of his, and through
+him he was "taboo."
+
+He said, moreover, that he was sometimes employed to come round to the
+bay, and engage fruit for ships lying in Nukuheva. In fact, he was now on
+that very errand, according to his own account, having just come across
+the mountains by the way of Happar. By noon of the next day, the fruit
+would be heaped up in stacks on the beach, in readiness for the boats,
+which he then intended to bring into the bay.
+
+Jimmy now asked Toby whether he wished to leave the island--if he did,
+there was a ship in want of men, lying in the other harbour, and he would
+be glad to take him over, and see him on board that very day.
+
+"No," said Toby; "I cannot leave the island, unless my comrade goes with
+me. I left him up the valley because they would not let him come down. Let
+us go now and fetch him."
+
+"But how is he to cross the mountain with us," replied Jimmy, "even if we
+get him down to the beach? Better let him stay till to-morrow, and I will
+bring him round to Nukuheva in the boats."
+
+"That will never do," said Toby; "but come along with me now, and let us
+get him down here at any rate"; and yielding to the impulse of the moment,
+he started to hurry back into the valley. But hardly was his back turned,
+when a dozen hands were laid on him, and he learned that he could not go a
+step farther.
+
+It was in vain that he fought with them: they would not hear of his
+stirring from the beach. Cut to the heart at this unexpected repulse, Toby
+now conjured the sailor to go after me alone. But Jimmy replied, that in
+the mood the Typees then were, they would not permit him to do so, though,
+at the same time, he was not afraid of their offering him any harm.
+
+Little did Toby then think, as he afterwards had good reason to suspect,
+that this very Jimmy was a heartless villain, who, by his arts, had just
+incited the natives to restrain him, as he was in the act of going after
+me. Well must the old sailor have known, too, that the natives would never
+consent to our leaving together; and he therefore wanted to get Toby off
+alone, for a purpose which he afterwards made plain. Of all this, however,
+my comrade now knew nothing.
+
+He was still struggling with the islanders, when Jimmy again came up to
+him, and warned him against irritating them, saying that he was only
+making matters worse for both of us, and if they became enraged, there was
+no telling what might happen. At last he made Toby sit down on a broken
+canoe, by a pile of stones, upon which was a ruinous little shrine,
+supported by four upright paddles, and in front partly screened by a net.
+The fishing parties met there, when they came in from the sea, for their
+offerings were laid before an image, upon a smooth black stone within.
+This spot, Jimmy said, was strictly "taboo," and no one would molest or
+come near him while he stayed by its shadow. The old sailor then went off,
+and began speaking very earnestly to Mow-Mow and some other chiefs, while
+all the rest formed a circle round the taboo place, looking intently at
+Toby, and talking to each other without ceasing.
+
+Now, notwithstanding what Jimmy had just told him, there presently came up
+to my comrade an old woman, who seated herself beside him on the canoe.
+
+"Typee Mortarkee?" said she. "Mortarkee muee," said Toby.
+
+She then asked whether he was going to Nukuheva; he nodded yes; and with a
+plaintive wail, her eyes filling with tears, she rose and left him.
+
+This old woman, the sailor afterwards said, was the wife of an aged king
+of a small inland valley, communicating by a deep pass with the country of
+the Typees. The inmates of the two valleys were related to each other by
+blood, and were known by the same name. The old woman had gone down into
+the Typee valley the day before, and was now, with three chiefs, her sons,
+on a visit to her kinsmen.
+
+As the old king's wife left him, Jimmy again came up to Toby, and told him
+that he had just talked the whole matter over with the natives, and there
+was only one course for him to follow. They would not allow him to go back
+into the valley, and harm would certainly come to both him and me, if he
+remained much longer on the beach. "So," said he, "you and I had better go
+to Nukuheva now overland, and to-morrow I will bring Tommo, as they call
+him, by water; they have promised to carry him down to the sea for me
+early in the morning, so that there will be no delay."
+
+"No, no," said Toby desperately, "I will not leave him that way; we must
+escape together."
+
+"Then there is no hope for you," exclaimed the sailor, "for if I leave you
+here on the beach, as soon as I am gone you will be carried back into the
+valley, and then neither of you will ever look upon the sea again." And
+with many oaths he swore that if he would only go to Nukuheva with him
+that day, he would be sure to have me there the very next morning.
+
+"But how do you know they will bring him down to the beach to-morrow, when
+they will not do so to-day?" said Toby. But the sailor had many reasons,
+all of which were so mixed up with the mysterious customs of the
+islanders, that he was none the wiser. Indeed, their conduct, especially
+in preventing him from returning into the valley, was absolutely
+unaccountable to him; and added to everything else was the bitter
+reflection, that the old sailor, after all, might possibly be deceiving
+him. And then again he had to think of me, left alone with the natives,
+and by no means well. If he went with Jimmy, he might at least hope to
+procure some relief for me. But might not the savages who had acted so
+strangely, hurry me off somewhere before his return? Then, even if he
+remained, perhaps they would not let him go back to the valley where I
+was.
+
+Thus perplexed was my poor comrade; he knew not what to do, and his
+courageous spirit was of no use to him now. There he was, all by himself,
+seated upon the broken canoe--the natives grouped around him at a distance,
+and eyeing him more and more fixedly.
+
+"It is getting late," said Jimmy, who was standing behind the rest.
+"Nukuheva is far off, and I cannot cross the Happar country by night. You
+see how it is:--if you come along with me, all will be well; if you do not,
+depend upon it neither of you will ever escape."
+
+"There is no help for it," said Toby, at last, with a heavy heart, "I will
+have to trust you"; and he came out from the shadow of the little shrine,
+and cast a long look up the valley.
+
+"Now keep close to my side," said the sailor, "and let us be moving
+quickly." Tinor and Fayaway here appeared; the kind-hearted old woman
+embracing Toby's knees, and giving way to a flood of tears; while Fayaway,
+hardly less moved, spoke some few words of English she had learned, and
+held up three fingers before him--in so many days he would return.
+
+At last Jimmy pulled Toby out of the crowd, and after calling to a young
+Typee who was standing by with a young pig in his arms, all three started
+for the mountains.
+
+"I have told them that you are coming back again," said the old fellow,
+laughing, as they began the ascent, "but they'll have to wait a long
+time." Toby turned, and saw the natives all in motion--the girls waving
+their tappas in adieu, and the men their spears. As the last figure
+entered the grove with one arm raised, and the three fingers spread, his
+heart smote him.
+
+As the natives had at last consented to his going, it might have been,
+that some of them, at least, really counted upon his speedy return;
+probably supposing, as indeed he had told them when they were coming down
+the valley, that his only object in leaving them was to procure the
+medicines I needed. This, Jimmy also must have told them. And as they had
+done before, when my comrade, to oblige me, started on his perilous
+journey to Nukuheva, they looked upon me, in his absence, as one of two
+inseparable friends who was a sure guarantee for the other's return. This
+is only my own supposition, however, for as to all their strange conduct,
+it is still a mystery.
+
+"You see what sort of a taboo man I am," said the sailor, after for some
+time silently following the path which led up the mountain. "Mow-Mow made
+me a present of this pig here, and the man who carries it will go right
+through Happar, and down into Nukuheva with us. So long as he stays by me
+he is safe, and just so it will be with you, and to-morrow with Tommo.
+Cheer up, then, and rely upon me, you will see him in the morning."
+
+The ascent of the mountain was not very difficult, owing to its being near
+to the sea, where the island ridges are comparatively low; the path, too,
+was a fine one, so that in a short time all three were standing on the
+summit with the two valleys at their feet. The white cascades marking the
+green head of the Typee valley first caught Toby's eye; Marheyo's house
+could easily be traced by them.
+
+As Jimmy led the way along the ridge, Toby observed that the valley of the
+Happars did not extend near so far inland as that of the Typees. This
+accounted for our mistake in entering the latter valley as we had.
+
+A path leading down from the mountain was soon seen, and, following it,
+the party were in a short time fairly in the Happar valley.
+
+"Now," said Jimmy, as they hurried on, "we taboo men have wives in all the
+bays, and I am going to show you the two I have here."
+
+So, when they came to the house where he said they lived--which was close
+by the base of the mountain, in a shady nook among the groves,--he went in,
+and was quite furious at finding it empty--the ladies had gone out.
+However, they soon made their appearance, and, to tell the truth, welcomed
+Jimmy quite cordially, as well as Toby, about whom they were very
+inquisitive. Nevertheless, as the report of their arrival spread, and the
+Happars began to assemble, it became evident that the appearance of a
+white stranger among them was not by any means deemed so wonderful an
+event as in the neighbouring valley.
+
+The old sailor bade his wives prepare something to eat, as he must be in
+Nukuheva before dark. A meal of fish, bread-fruit, and bananas, was
+accordingly served up, the party regaling themselves on the mats, in the
+midst of a numerous company.
+
+The Happars put many questions to Jimmy about Toby; and Toby himself
+looked sharply at them, anxious to recognise the fellow who gave him the
+wound from which he was still suffering. But this fiery gentleman, so
+handy with his spear, had the delicacy, it seemed, to keep out of view.
+Certainly the sight of him would not have been any added inducement to
+making him stay in the valley,--some of the afternoon loungers in Happar
+having politely urged Toby to spend a few days with them,--there was a
+feast coming on. He, however, declined.
+
+All this while the young Typee stuck to Jimmy like his shadow, and though
+as lively a dog as any of his tribe, he was now as meek as a lamb, never
+opening his mouth except to eat. Although some of the Happars looked
+queerly at him, others were more civil, and seemed desirous of taking him
+abroad and showing him the valley. But the Typee was not to be cajoled in
+that way. How many yards he would have to remove from Jimmy before the
+taboo would be powerless, it would be hard to tell, but probably he
+himself knew to a fraction.
+
+On the promise of a red cotton handkerchief, and something else which he
+kept secret, this poor fellow had undertaken a rather ticklish journey,
+though, as far as Toby could ascertain, it was something that had never
+happened before.
+
+The island-punch--arva--was brought in at the conclusion of the repast, and
+passed round in a shallow calabash.
+
+Now my comrade, while seated in the Happar house, began to feel more
+troubled than ever at leaving me: indeed, so sad did he feel that he
+talked about going back to the valley, and wanted Jimmy to escort him as
+far as the mountains. But the sailor would not listen to him, and, by way
+of diverting his thoughts, pressed him to drink of the arva. Knowing its
+narcotic nature, he refused; but Jimmy said he would have something mixed
+with it, which would convert it into an innocent beverage that would
+inspirit them for the rest of their journey. So at last he was induced to
+drink of it, and its effects were just as the sailor had predicted; his
+spirits rose at once, and all his gloomy thoughts left him.
+
+The old rover now began to reveal his true character, though he was hardly
+suspected at the time. "If I get you off to a ship," said he, "you will
+surely give a poor fellow something for saving you." In short, before they
+left the house, he made Toby promise that he would give him five Spanish
+dollars if he succeeded in getting any part of his wages advanced from the
+vessel, aboard of which they were going; Toby, moreover, engaging to
+reward him still farther, as soon as my deliverance was accomplished.
+
+A little while after this they started again, accompanied by many of the
+natives, and going up the valley, took a steep path near its head, which
+led to Nukuheva. Here the Happars paused, and watched them as they
+ascended the mountain, one group of bandit-looking fellows shaking their
+spears and casting threatening glances at the poor Typee, whose heart as
+well as heels seemed much the lighter when he came to look down upon them.
+
+On gaining the heights once more, their way led for a time along several
+ridges covered with enormous ferns. At last they entered upon a wooded
+tract, and here they overtook a party of Nukuheva natives, well armed, and
+carrying bundles of long poles. Jimmy seemed to know them all very well,
+and stopped for awhile, and had a talk about the "Wee-Wees," as the people
+of Nukuheva call the Monsieurs.
+
+The party with the poles were King Mowanna's men, and by his orders they
+had been gathering them in the ravines for his allies, the French.
+
+Leaving these fellows to trudge on with their loads, Toby and his
+companions now pushed forward again, as the sun was already low in the
+west. They came upon the valleys of Nukuheva on one side of the bay, where
+the highlands slope off into the sea. The men-of-war were still lying in
+the harbour, and as Toby looked down upon them, the strange events which
+had happened so recently seemed all a dream.
+
+They soon descended towards the beach, and found themselves in Jimmy's
+house before it was well dark. Here he received another welcome from his
+Nukuheva wives, and after some refreshments in the shape of cocoa-nut milk
+and poee-poee, they entered a canoe (the Typee, of course, going along)
+and paddled off to a whale-ship which was anchored near the shore. This
+was the vessel in want of men. Our own had sailed some time before. The
+captain professed great pleasure at seeing Toby, but thought from his
+exhausted appearance that he must be unfit for duty. However, he agreed to
+ship him, as well as his comrade as soon as he should arrive.
+
+Toby begged hard for an armed boat, in which to go round to Typee and
+rescue me, notwithstanding the promise of Jimmy. But this the captain
+would not hear of, and told him to have patience, for the sailor would be
+faithful to his word. When, too, he demanded the five silver dollars for
+Jimmy, the captain was unwilling to give them. But Toby insisted upon it,
+as he now began to think that Jimmy might be a mere mercenary, who would
+be sure to prove faithless if not well paid. Accordingly he not only gave
+him the money, but took care to assure him, over and over again, that as
+soon as he brought me aboard he would receive a still larger sum.
+
+Before sunrise the next day, Jimmy and the Typee started in two of the
+ship's boats, which were manned by tabooed natives. Toby, of course, was
+all eagerness to go along, but the sailor told him that if he did, it
+would spoil all; so, hard as it was, he was obliged to remain.
+
+Towards evening he was on the watch, and descried the boats turning the
+headland and entering the bay. He strained his eyes, and thought he saw
+me; but I was not there. Descending from the mast almost distracted, he
+grappled Jimmy as he struck the deck, shouting in a voice that startled
+him, "Where is Tommo?" The old fellow faltered, but soon recovering, did
+all he could to soothe him, assuring him that it had proved to be
+impossible to get me down to the shore that morning; assigning many
+plausible reasons, and adding that early on the morrow he was going to
+visit the bay again in a French boat, when, if he did not find me on the
+beach--as this time he certainly expected to--he would march right back into
+the valley, and carry me away at all hazards. He, however, again refused
+to allow Toby to accompany him.
+
+Now, situated as Toby was, his sole dependence for the present was upon
+Jimmy, and therefore he was fain to comfort himself as well as he could
+with what the old sailor told him.
+
+The next morning, however, he had the satisfaction of seeing the French
+boat start with Jimmy in it. To-night, then, I will see him, thought Toby;
+but many a long day passed before he ever saw Tommo again. Hardly was the
+boat out of sight, when the captain came forward and ordered the anchor
+weighed; he was going to sea.
+
+Vain were all Toby's ravings,--they were disregarded; and when he came to
+himself, the sails were set, and the ship fast leaving the land.
+
+... "Oh! said he to me at our meeting, what sleepless nights were mine.
+Often I started from my hammock, dreaming you were before me, and
+upbraiding me for leaving you on the island."
+
+There is little more to be related. Toby left his vessel at New Zealand,
+and after some further adventures, arrived home in less than two years
+after leaving the Marquesas. He always thought of me as dead--and I had
+every reason to suppose that he, too, was no more; but a strange meeting
+was in store for us, which made Toby's heart all the lighter.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+                                 APPENDIX
+
+
+The author of this volume arrived at Tahiti the very day that the
+iniquitous designs of the French were consummated by inducing the
+subordinate chiefs, during the absence of their queen, to ratify an
+artfully-drawn treaty, by which she was virtually deposed. Both menaces
+and caresses were employed on this occasion, and the 32-pounders which
+peeped out of the port-holes of the frigate were the principal arguments
+adduced to quiet the scruples of the more conscientious islanders.
+
+And yet this piratical seizure of Tahiti, with all the woe and desolation
+which resulted from it, created not half so great a sensation, at least in
+America, as was caused by the proceedings of the English at the Sandwich
+Islands. No transaction has ever been more grossly misrepresented than the
+events which occurred upon the arrival of Lord George Paulet at Oahu.
+During a residence of four months at Honolulu, the metropolis of the
+group, the author was in the confidence of an Englishman who was much
+employed by his lordship; and great was the author's astonishment on his
+arrival at Boston, in the autumn of 1844, to read the distorted accounts
+and fabrications which had produced in the United States so violent an
+outbreak of indignation against the English. He deems it, therefore, a
+mere act of justice towards a gallant officer briefly to state the leading
+circumstances connected with the event in question.
+
+It is needless to rehearse all the abuse that for some time previous to
+the spring of 1843 had been heaped upon the British residents, especially
+upon Captain Charlton, Her Britannic Majesty's consul-general, by the
+native authorities of the Sandwich Islands. High in the favour of the
+imbecile king at this time was one Dr. Judd, a sanctimonious
+apothecary-adventurer, who, with other kindred and influential spirits,
+were animated by an inveterate dislike to England. The ascendancy of a
+junta of ignorant and designing Methodist elders in the councils of a
+half-civilised king, ruling with absolute sway over a nation just poised
+between barbarism and civilisation, and exposed by the peculiarities of
+its relations with foreign states to unusual difficulties, was not
+precisely calculated to impart a healthy tone to the policy of the
+government.
+
+At last matters were brought to such an extremity, through the iniquitous
+maladministration of affairs, that the endurance of further insults and
+injuries on the part of the British consul was no longer to be borne.
+Captain Charlton, insultingly forbidden to leave the islands,
+clandestinely withdrew, and arriving at Valparaiso, conferred with
+Rear-Admiral Thomas, the English commander-in-chief on the Pacific
+station. In consequence of this communication, Lord George Paulet was
+despatched by the admiral in the _Carysfort_ frigate, to inquire into and
+correct the alleged abuses. On arriving at his destination, he sent his
+first lieutenant ashore with a letter to the king, couched in terms of the
+utmost courtesy, and soliciting the honour of an audience. The messenger
+was denied access to His Majesty, and Paulet was coolly referred to Dr.
+Judd, and informed that the apothecary was invested with plenary powers to
+treat with him. Rejecting this insolent proposition, his lordship again
+addressed the king by letter, and renewed his previous request; but he
+encountered another repulse. Justly indignant at this treatment, he penned
+a third epistle, enumerating the grievances to be redressed, and demanding
+a compliance with his requisitions, under penalty of immediate
+hostilities.
+
+The government was now obliged to act, and an artful stroke of policy was
+decided upon by the despicable councillors of the king to entrap the
+sympathies and rouse the indignation of Christendom. His Majesty was made
+to intimate to the British captain that he could not, as the conscientious
+ruler of his beloved people, comply with the arbitrary demands of his
+lordship, and in deprecation of the horrors of war, tendered to his
+acceptance the _provisional cession_ of the islands, subject to the result
+of the negotiations then pending in London. Paulet, a bluff and
+straight-forward sailor, took the king at his word, and after some
+preliminary arrangements, entered upon the administration of Hawaiian
+affairs, in the same firm and benignant spirit which marked the discipline
+of his frigate, and which had rendered him the idol of his ship's company.
+He soon endeared himself to nearly all orders of the islanders; but the
+king and the chiefs, whose feudal sway over the common people was
+laboriously sought to be perpetuated by their missionary advisers,
+regarded all his proceedings with the most vigilant animosity. Jealous of
+his growing popularity, and unable to counteract it, they endeavoured to
+assail his reputation abroad by ostentatiously protesting against his
+acts, and appealing in Oriental phrase to the _wide universe_ to witness
+and compassionate their _unparalleled wrongs_.
+
+Heedless of their idle clamours, Lord George Paulet addressed himself to
+the task of reconciling the differences among the foreign residents,
+remedying their grievances, promoting their mercantile interests, and
+ameliorating, as far as lay in his power, the condition of the degraded
+natives. The iniquities he brought to light and instantly suppressed are
+too numerous to be here recorded; but one instance may be mentioned that
+will give some idea of the lamentable misrule to which these poor
+islanders are subjected.
+
+It is well known that the laws at the Sandwich Islands are subject to the
+most capricious alterations, which, by confounding all ideas of right and
+wrong in the minds of the natives, produce the most pernicious effects. In
+no case is this mischief more plainly descernible than in the continually
+shifting regulations concerning licentiousness. At one time the most
+innocent freedoms between the sexes are punished with fine and
+imprisonment; at another the revocation of the statute is followed by the
+most open and undisguised profligacy.
+
+It so happened that at the period of Paulet's arrival the Connecticut blue
+laws had been for at least three weeks steadily enforced. In consequence
+of this, the fort at Honolulu was filled with a great number of young
+girls, who were confined there doing penance for their slips from virtue.
+Paulet, although at first unwilling to interfere with regulations having
+reference solely to the natives themselves, was eventually, by the
+prevalence of certain reports, induced to institute a strict inquiry into
+the internal administration of General Kekuanoa, governor of the island of
+Oahu, one of the pillars of the Hawaiian Church, and captain of the fort.
+He soon ascertained that numbers of the young females employed during the
+day at work intended for the benefit of the king, were at night smuggled
+over the ramparts of the fort--which on one side directly overhangs the
+sea--and were conveyed by stealth on board such vessels as had contracted
+with the General to be supplied with them. Before daybreak they returned
+to their quarters, and their own silence with regard to these secret
+excursions was purchased by a small portion of those wages of iniquity
+which were placed in the hands of Kekuanoa.
+
+The vigour with which the laws concerning licentiousness were at that
+period enforced, enabled the General to monopolise in a great measure the
+detestable trade in which he was engaged, and there consequently flowed
+into his coffers--and some say into those of the government
+also--considerable sums of money. It is indeed a lamentable fact that the
+principal revenue of the Hawaiian government is derived from the fines
+levied upon, or rather the licences taken out by Vice, the prosperity of
+which is linked with that of the government. Were the people to become
+virtuous the authorities would become poor; but from present indications
+there is little apprehension to be entertained on that score.
+
+Some five months after the date of the cession, the _Dublin_ frigate,
+carrying the flag of Rear-Admiral Thomas, entered the harbour of Honolulu.
+The excitement that her sudden appearance produced on shore was
+prodigious. Three days after her arrival an English sailor hauled down the
+red cross which had been flying from the heights of the fort, and the
+Hawaiian colours were again displayed upon the same staff. At the same
+moment the long 42-pounders upon Punchbowl Hill opened their iron throats
+in triumphant reply to the thunders of the five men-of-war in the harbour;
+and King Kammahammaha III, surrounded by a splendid group of British and
+American officers, unfurled the royal standard to assembled thousands of
+his subjects, who, attracted by the imposing military display of the
+foreigners, had flocked to witness the formal restoration of the islands
+to their ancient rulers.
+
+The admiral, after sanctioning the proceedings of his subaltern, had
+brought the authorities to terms; and so removed the necessity of acting
+any longer under the provisional cession.
+
+The event was made an occasion of riotous rejoicing by the king and the
+principal chiefs, who easily secured a display of enthusiasm from the
+inferior orders, by remitting for a time the accustomed severity of the
+laws. Royal proclamations in English and Hawaiian were placarded in the
+streets of Honolulu, and posted up in the more populous villages of the
+group, in which His Majesty announced to his loving subjects the
+re-establishment of his throne, and called upon them to celebrate it by
+breaking through all moral, legal, and religious restraint for ten
+consecutive days, during which time all the laws of the land were solemnly
+declared to be suspended.
+
+Who that happened to be at Honolulu during those ten memorable days will
+ever forget them! The spectacle of universal broad-day debauchery, which
+was then exhibited, beggars description. The natives of the surrounding
+islands flocked to Honolulu by hundreds, and the crews of two frigates,
+opportunely let loose like so many demons to swell the heathenish uproar,
+gave the crowning flourish to the scene. It was a sort of Polynesian
+saturnalia. Deeds too atrocious to be mentioned were done at noon-day in
+the open street, and some of the islanders, caught in the very act of
+stealing from the foreigners, were, on being taken to the fort by the
+aggrieved party, suffered immediately to go at large and to retain the
+stolen property--Kekuanoa informing the white men, with a sardonic grin,
+that the laws were "hannapa" (tied up).
+
+The history of these ten days reveals in their true colours the character
+of the Sandwich islanders, and furnishes an eloquent commentary on the
+results which have flowed from the labours of the missionaries. Freed from
+the restraint of severe penal laws, the natives almost to a man had
+plunged voluntarily into every species of wickedness and excess, and by
+their utter disregard of all decency plainly showed that, although they
+had been schooled into a seeming submission to the new order of things,
+they were in reality as depraved and vicious as ever.
+
+Such were the events which produced in America so general an outbreak of
+indignation against the spirited and high-minded Paulet. He is not the
+first man who, in the fearless discharge of his duty, has awakened the
+senseless clamours of those whose narrow-minded suspicions blind them to a
+proper appreciation of measures which unusual exigencies may have rendered
+necessary.
+
+It is almost needless to add that the British cabinet never had any idea
+of appropriating the islands; and it furnishes a sufficient vindication of
+the acts of Lord George Paulet, that he not only received the unqualified
+approbation of his own government, but that to this hour the great body of
+the Hawaiian people invoke blessings on his head, and look back with
+gratitude to the time when his liberal and paternal sway diffused peace
+and happiness among them.
+
+
+
+
+
+                                FOOTNOTES
+
+
+    1 The word "kannaka" is at the present day universally used in the
+      South Seas by Europeans to designate the islanders. In the various
+      dialects of the principal groups it is simply a sexual designation
+      applied to the males; but it is now used by the natives in their
+      intercourse with foreigners in the same sense in which the latter
+      employ it.
+
+      A "tabooed kannaka" is an islander whose person has been made, to a
+      certain extent, sacred by the operation of a singular custom
+      hereafter to be explained.
+
+    2 I presume this might be translated into "Strong Waters." Arva is the
+      name bestowed upon a root, the properties of which are both
+      inebriating and medicinal. "Wai" is the Marquesan word for water.
+
+    3 White appears to be the sacred colour among the Marquesans.
+
+    4 The word "Artua," although having some other significations, is in
+      nearly all the Polynesian dialects used as the general designation
+      of the gods.
+
+    5 The strict honesty which the inhabitants of nearly all the
+      Polynesian Islands manifest towards each other, is in striking
+      contrast with the thieving propensities some of them evince in their
+      intercourse with foreigners. It would almost seem that, according to
+      their peculiar code of morals, the pilfering of a hatchet or a
+      wrought nail from a European is looked upon as a praiseworthy
+      action. Or rather, it may be presumed, that bearing in mind the
+      wholesale forays made upon them by their nautical visitors, they
+      consider the property of the latter as a fair object of reprisal.
+      This consideration, while it serves to reconcile an apparent
+      contradiction in the moral character of the islanders, should in
+      some measure alter that low opinion of it which the reader of South
+      Sea voyages is too apt to form.
+
+
+
+
+
+                            TRANSCRIBER'S NOTE
+
+
+Obvious typographical errors were corrected:
+
+      page vi, "Mysterious" changed to "mysterious"
+      page 2, "attentuated" changed to "attenuated"
+      page 3, quote mark added after first "Marquesas!"
+      page 7, double primes changed to primes in first coordinate
+      page 18, "coacoa-nut" changed to "cocoa-nut"
+      page 23, period changed to comma after "home"
+      page 26, "tatooed" changed to "tattooed"
+      page 52, "Decend" changed to "Descend"
+      page 62, "hairbreath" changed to "hairbreadth"
+      page 66, "inceased" changed to "increased"
+      page 89, "interwined" changed to "intertwined"
+      page 112, "preverse" changed to "perverse"
+      page 120, "kemp" changed to "kelp"
+      page 123, "As" changed to "At"
+      page 150, period added after "enemy"
+      page 199, "Figneroa" changed to "Figueroa"
+      page 242, "as" changed to "is"
+      page 273, "tumultous" changed to "tumultuous"
+      page 281, comma added after "course"
+
+Spelling variations were not normalized (e. g. "figure head",
+"figure-head" and "figurehead", "forefinger" and "fore-finger", "clamor"
+and "clamour", "verd-antique" and "verde-antique", "incumbrances" and
+"encumber").
+
+
+
+
+
+***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TYPEE***
+
+
+
+                                 CREDITS
+
+
+May 1, 2009
+
+            Project Gutenberg TEI edition 1
+            Produced by Juliet Sutherland and the Online Distributed
+            Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+                      A WORD FROM PROJECT GUTENBERG
+
+
+This file should be named 28656-8.txt or 28656-8.zip.
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+
+
+    http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/8/6/5/28656/
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one -- the old editions will be
+renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no one
+owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation (and
+you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without permission
+and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth in the
+General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to copying and
+distributing Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic works to protect the Project
+Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered
+trademark, and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you
+receive specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of
+this eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
+for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
+performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given away
+-- you may do practically _anything_ with public domain eBooks.
+Redistribution is subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+                    THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+
+
+_Please read this before you distribute or use this work._
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work (or
+any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project Gutenberg"),
+you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~}
+License (available with this file or online at
+http://www.gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+                                Section 1.
+
+
+General Terms of Use & Redistributing Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic works
+
+
+                                   1.A.
+
+
+By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic work,
+you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to and accept all the
+terms of this license and intellectual property (trademark/copyright)
+agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all the terms of this
+agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy all copies of
+Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic works in your possession. If you paid a fee
+for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic work
+and you do not agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement, you may
+obtain a refund from the person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set
+forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+
+                                   1.B.
+
+
+"Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be used on or
+associated in any way with an electronic work by people who agree to be
+bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few things that you can
+do with most Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic works even without complying
+with the full terms of this agreement. See paragraph 1.C below. There are
+a lot of things you can do with Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic works if you
+follow the terms of this agreement and help preserve free future access to
+Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+
+                                   1.C.
+
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" or
+PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an individual
+work is in the public domain in the United States and you are located in
+the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from copying,
+distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative works based on
+the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of
+course, we hope that you will support the Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} mission of
+promoting free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project
+Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for
+keeping the Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} name associated with the work. You can
+easily comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
+same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} License when you
+share it without charge with others.
+
+
+                                   1.D.
+
+
+The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern what you
+can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in a constant
+state of change. If you are outside the United States, check the laws of
+your country in addition to the terms of this agreement before
+downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or creating
+derivative works based on this work or any other Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} work.
+The Foundation makes no representations concerning the copyright status of
+any work in any country outside the United States.
+
+
+                                   1.E.
+
+
+Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+
+                                  1.E.1.
+
+
+The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate access
+to, the full Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} License must appear prominently whenever
+any copy of a Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} work (any work on which the phrase
+"Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project Gutenberg"
+is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, copied or
+distributed:
+
+
+    This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+    almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away
+    or re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License
+    included with this eBook or online at http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+                                  1.E.2.
+
+
+If an individual Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic work is derived from the
+public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is posted with
+permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied and
+distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees or
+charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work with the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you
+must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7
+or obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~}
+trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+
+                                  1.E.3.
+
+
+If an individual Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic work is posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution must comply
+with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional terms imposed
+by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked to the Project
+Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} License for all works posted with the permission of the
+copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+
+                                  1.E.4.
+
+
+Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} License
+terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this work or any
+other work associated with Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~}.
+
+
+                                  1.E.5.
+
+
+Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this electronic
+work, or any part of this electronic work, without prominently displaying
+the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with active links or immediate
+access to the full terms of the Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} License.
+
+
+                                  1.E.6.
+
+
+You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, compressed,
+marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any word
+processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version posted
+on the official Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} web site (http://www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other form.
+Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} License as
+specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+
+                                  1.E.7.
+
+
+Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, performing,
+copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} works unless you comply
+with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+
+                                  1.E.8.
+
+
+You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing access to or
+distributing Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic works provided that
+
+    - You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+      the use of Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} works calculated using the method you
+      already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed to
+      the owner of the Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} trademark, but he has agreed to
+      donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project Gutenberg
+      Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid within 60
+      days following each date on which you prepare (or are legally
+      required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty payments
+      should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg
+      Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in Section 4,
+      "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+      Archive Foundation."
+
+      You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+      you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+      does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} License.
+      You must require such a user to return or destroy all copies of the
+      works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue all use of and
+      all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} works.
+
+      You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
+      any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+      electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
+      receipt of the work.
+
+      You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+      distribution of Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} works.
+
+
+                                  1.E.9.
+
+
+If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic
+work or group of works on different terms than are set forth in this
+agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from both the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael Hart, the owner of the
+Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in
+Section 3 below.
+
+
+                                   1.F.
+
+
+                                  1.F.1.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable effort to
+identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread public domain
+works in creating the Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} collection. Despite these
+efforts, Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic works, and the medium on which they
+may be stored, may contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to,
+incomplete, inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright
+or other intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk
+or other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot
+be read by your equipment.
+
+
+                                  1.F.2.
+
+
+LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES -- Except for the "Right of
+Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~}
+trademark, and any other party distributing a Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~}
+electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all liability to you for
+damages, costs and expenses, including legal fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE
+NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH
+OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE
+FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT
+WILL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL,
+PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY
+OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+
+                                  1.F.3.
+
+
+LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND -- If you discover a defect in this
+electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can receive a refund
+of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a written explanation to
+the person you received the work from. If you received the work on a
+physical medium, you must return the medium with your written explanation.
+The person or entity that provided you with the defective work may elect
+to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a refund. If you received the
+work electronically, the person or entity providing it to you may choose
+to give you a second opportunity to receive the work electronically in
+lieu of a refund. If the second copy is also defective, you may demand a
+refund in writing without further opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+
+                                  1.F.4.
+
+
+Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth in
+paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS,' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+
+                                  1.F.5.
+
+
+Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied warranties or the
+exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. If any disclaimer or
+limitation set forth in this agreement violates the law of the state
+applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be interpreted to make
+the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by the applicable state
+law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this agreement
+shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+
+                                  1.F.6.
+
+
+INDEMNITY -- You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the trademark
+owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone providing copies of
+Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic works in accordance with this agreement, and
+any volunteers associated with the production, promotion and distribution
+of Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs
+and expenses, including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from
+any of the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of
+this or any Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} work, (b) alteration, modification, or
+additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} work, and (c) any Defect
+you cause.
+
+
+                               Section  2.
+
+
+           Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~}
+
+
+Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} is synonymous with the free distribution of electronic
+works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers including
+obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists because of the
+efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from people in all walks
+of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the assistance
+they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~}'s goals and ensuring
+that the Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} collection will remain freely available for
+generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation was created to provide a secure and permanent future for
+Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} and future generations. To learn more about the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations
+can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation web page at
+http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+                                Section 3.
+
+
+   Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the state of
+Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal Revenue Service.
+The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification number is 64-6221541.
+Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf. Contributions to the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full
+extent permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr.
+S. Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809 North
+1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact information
+can be found at the Foundation's web site and official page at
+http://www.pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+
+
+    Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+    Chief Executive and Director
+    gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+                                Section 4.
+
+
+  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+                                Foundation
+
+
+Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} depends upon and cannot survive without wide spread
+public support and donations to carry out its mission of increasing the
+number of public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed
+in machine readable form accessible by the widest array of equipment
+including outdated equipment. Many small donations ($1 to $5,000) are
+particularly important to maintaining tax exempt status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United States.
+Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a considerable
+effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up with these
+requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations where we have not
+received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND DONATIONS or
+determine the status of compliance for any particular state visit
+http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we have
+not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition against
+accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who approach us
+with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make any
+statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from outside the
+United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation methods
+and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other ways including
+checks, online payments and credit card donations. To donate, please
+visit: http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+
+                                Section 5.
+
+
+      General Information About Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic works.
+
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~}
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared with
+anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~}
+eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} eBooks are often created from several printed editions,
+all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. unless a copyright
+notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily keep eBooks in compliance
+with any particular paper edition.
+
+Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's eBook
+number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII, compressed
+(zipped), HTML and others.
+
+Corrected _editions_ of our eBooks replace the old file and take over the
+old filename and etext number. The replaced older file is renamed.
+_Versions_ based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving
+new filenames and etext numbers.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+
+    http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~}, including how
+to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation,
+how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email
+newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+***FINIS***
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/old/28656-8.zip b/old/28656-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf6c2e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/28656-8.zip
diff --git a/old/28656-pdf.pdf b/old/28656-pdf.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b07ec29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/28656-pdf.pdf
diff --git a/old/28656-pdf.zip b/old/28656-pdf.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..32795f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/28656-pdf.zip
diff --git a/old/28656-tei.zip b/old/28656-tei.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..615a925
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/28656-tei.zip
diff --git a/old/28656-tei/28656-tei.tei b/old/28656-tei/28656-tei.tei
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa6f89e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/28656-tei/28656-tei.tei
@@ -0,0 +1,12688 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
+<!DOCTYPE TEI.2 SYSTEM "http://www.gutenberg.org/tei/marcello/0.4/dtd/pgtei.dtd">
+<TEI.2 lang="en">
+    <teiHeader>
+        <fileDesc>
+            <titleStmt>
+                <title>Typee</title>
+                <author><name reg="Melville, Herman">Herman Melville</name></author>
+            </titleStmt>
+            <publicationStmt>
+                <publisher>Project Gutenberg TEI Edition 1</publisher>
+                <date value="2009-05-01">May 1,  2009</date>
+                <idno type='etext-no'>28656</idno>
+                <availability>
+                  <p>This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere
+                  at no cost and with almost no restrictions whatsoever.
+                  You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under
+                  the terms of the Project Gutenberg License online at
+                  www.gutenberg.org/license</p>
+                </availability>
+            </publicationStmt>
+            <sourceDesc>
+                <bibl>Herman Melville: Typee. New York: Dodd, Mead.</bibl>
+            </sourceDesc>
+        </fileDesc>
+        <encodingDesc>
+            <editorialDecl><p>See transcriber's note in the back.</p></editorialDecl>
+        </encodingDesc>
+        <profileDesc>
+          <langUsage>
+              <language id="en" />
+          </langUsage>
+        </profileDesc>
+        <revisionDesc>
+          <change>
+            <date value="2009-05-01">May 1, 2009</date>
+            <respStmt>
+                <resp>Produced by Juliet Sutherland and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net</resp>
+            </respStmt>
+            <item>Project Gutenberg TEI edition 1</item>
+          </change>
+        </revisionDesc>
+    </teiHeader>
+
+    <pgExtensions>
+      <pgStyleSheet>
+                  .italic    { font-style: italic } 
+        .smallcaps { font-variant: small-caps }
+          .center    { text-align: center }
+                  argument   { font-size: small }
+        figure     { text-align: center }
+        head       { text-align: center }
+                lg         { margin-left: 2 }
+      </pgStyleSheet>
+ <!-- uncomment this CharMap to directly generate ISO 8859-1; replace "(two hyphens)" in the first char with the characters mentioned -->
+        <!--<pgCharMap formats="txt">
+             <char id="U0x2014">
+        <charName>mdash</charName>
+        <desc>EM DASH</desc>
+        <mapping>(two hyphens)</mapping>
+    </char>
+       <char id="U0x2019">
+        <charName>rsquo</charName>
+        <desc>RIGHT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK</desc>
+        <mapping>'</mapping>
+    </char>
+    <char id="U0x201C">
+        <charName>ldquo</charName>
+        <desc>LEFT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK</desc>
+        <mapping>"</mapping>
+    </char>
+    <char id="U0x201D">
+        <charName>rdquo</charName>
+        <desc>RIGHT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK</desc>
+        <mapping>"</mapping>
+    </char>
+    <char id="U0x153">
+        <charName>oelig</charName>
+        <desc>LATIN SMALL LIGATURE OE</desc>
+        <mapping>oe</mapping>
+    </char>
+            <char id="U0x2032">
+        <charName>prime</charName>
+        <desc>PRIME</desc>
+        <mapping>'</mapping>
+    </char>
+        </pgCharMap>-->
+    </pgExtensions>
+
+<text lang="en">
+<front>
+<div>
+      <divGen type="pgheader" />
+    </div>
+    <div>
+      <divGen type="encodingDesc" />
+    </div>    
+    <div>
+<pb/><anchor id='Pgii'/>
+<anchor id="frontis"/>
+<pgIf output='txt'><then><p rend="margin-left: 2; margin-right: 2">[Illustration: FAYAWAY AND I HAD A DELIGHTFUL LITTLE PARTY ON THE LAKE]</p>
+</then><else><pgIf output="pdf"><then><p><figure url="images/frontis.jpg" rend="width: 100%"><head><hi rend="font-size: small">FAYAWAY AND I HAD A
+  DELIGHTFUL LITTLE PARTY ON THE LAKE</hi>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<hi rend='italic'>Page 142</hi></head></figure></p></then>
+<else><p><figure url="images/frontisth.jpg"><head><xref url="images/frontis.jpg"><hi rend="font-size: small">FAYAWAY AND I HAD A
+  DELIGHTFUL LITTLE PARTY ON THE LAKE</hi></xref>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<ref target="Pg142"><hi rend='italic'>Page 142</hi></ref></head>
+  <figDesc>Illustration: FAYAWAY AND I HAD A DELIGHTFUL LITTLE PARTY ON THE LAKE</figDesc></figure></p></else></pgIf>
+</else></pgIf>
+</div>
+    <div rend="page-break-before: right">
+<pgIf output="txt">
+    <else>
+        <p>
+            <figure url="images/titlepage.jpg" rend="width: 100%">
+                <figDesc>graphical titlepage</figDesc>
+            </figure>
+        </p>
+    </else>
+</pgIf>        
+    </div>
+<titlePage rend="center">
+<pb/><anchor id='Pgiii'/>
+    <docTitle>
+        <titlePart rend="font-size: xx-large">TYPEE</titlePart>
+    </docTitle>
+    <lb/>
+    <byline rend="font-size: x-large"><docAuthor>HERMAN MELVILLE</docAuthor></byline>
+    <lb/><lb/><lb/>
+    <titlePart><hi rend="font-size: large">ILLUSTRATIONS BY</hi><lb/>
+    <hi rend="font-size: x-large">MEAD SCHAEFFER</hi></titlePart>
+    <lb/><lb/>
+    <docImprint><hi rend="font-size: large">DODD, MEAD</hi><hi rend="font-size: small"> AND </hi><hi rend="font-size: large">COMPANY</hi><lb/>
+    PUBLISHERS&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;NEW YORK</docImprint>
+    <pb/><anchor id='Pgiv'/>
+</titlePage>    
+    
+<div type="contents" rend="page-break-before: right">
+<pb n='v'/><anchor id='Pgv'/>
+<index index="pdf"/>
+<head>CONTENTS</head>
+<pgIf output="pdf">
+    <then>
+<divGen type="toc"/>        
+    </then>
+    <else>
+<table rend="tblcolumns: 'r lw(56m) r'; latexcolumns: 'llr">
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><hi rend="font-size: x-small">&nbsp;&nbsp;CHAPTER</hi></cell>
+        <cell></cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><hi rend="font-size: x-small">PAGE</hi></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right">I</cell>
+        <cell><hi rend='smallcaps'>A Land-sick Ship</hi></cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="Pg001">1</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+        <cell rend="font-size: small">The sea—Longings for shore—A land-sick ship—Destination of the voyagers</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right">II</cell>
+        <cell><hi rend='smallcaps'>To the Marquesas</hi></cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="Pg005">5</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+        <cell rend="font-size: small">Passage from the cruising ground to the Marquesas—Sleepy times aboard
+            ship—South Sea scenery—Land ho!—The French squadron discovered at
+            anchor in the bay of Nukuheva—Strange pilot—Escort of canoes—A
+            flotilla of cocoa-nuts—Swimming visitors—The <name type="ship" rend="italic">Dolly</name> boarded by them—State
+            of affairs that ensue.</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right">III</cell>
+        <cell><hi rend='smallcaps'>Affairs Aboard</hi></cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="Pg014">14</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+        <cell rend="font-size: small">State of affairs aboard the ship—Contents of her larder—Length of
+            South Seamen’s voyages—Account of a flying whale-man—Determination
+            to leave the vessel—The bay of Nukuheva—The Typees.</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right">IV</cell>
+        <cell><hi rend='smallcaps'>Last Night Aboard</hi></cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="Pg021">21</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+        <cell rend="font-size: small">Thoughts previous to attempting an escape—Toby, a fellow-sailor,
+            agrees to share the adventure—Last night aboard the ship.</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right">V</cell>
+        <cell><hi rend='smallcaps'>The Escape</hi></cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="Pg026">26</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+        <cell rend="font-size: small">A specimen of nautical oratory—Criticisms of the sailors—The starboard
+            watch are given a holiday—The escape to the mountains.</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right">VI</cell>
+        <cell><hi rend='smallcaps'>Disappointment</hi></cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="Pg034">34</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+        <cell rend="font-size: small">The other side of the mountain—Disappointment—Inventory of articles
+            brought from the ship—Division of the stock of bread—Appearance of
+            the interior of the island—A discovery—A ravine and waterfalls—A
+            sleepless night—Further discoveries—My illness—A Marquesan landscape.</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right">VII</cell>
+        <cell><hi rend='smallcaps'>A Wild-goose Chase</hi></cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="Pg045">45</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+        <cell rend="font-size: small">The important question, Typee or Happar?—A wild-goose chase—My
+            sufferings—Disheartening situation—A night in the ravine—Morning
+            meal—Happy idea of Toby—Journey towards the valley.</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right">VIII</cell>
+        <cell><hi rend='smallcaps'>Into the Valley</hi></cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="Pg054">54</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+        <cell rend="font-size: small">Perilous passage of the ravine—Descent into the valley.</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right">IX</cell>
+        <cell><hi rend='smallcaps'>Cautious Advance</hi></cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="Pg063">63</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+        <cell rend="font-size: small">The head of the valley—Cautious advance—A path—Fruit—Discovery
+            of two of the natives—Their singular conduct—Approach towards the inhabited
+            parts of the vale—Sensation produced by our appearance—Reception
+            at the house of one of the natives.</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+    </row>
+    <pb n='vi'/><anchor id='Pgvi'/>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right">X</cell>
+        <cell><hi rend='smallcaps'>Morning Visitors</hi></cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="Pg075">75</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+        <cell rend="font-size: small">Midnight reflections—Morning visitors—A warrior in costume—A savage
+Æsculapius—Practice of the healing art—Body-servant—A dwelling-house
+of the valley described—Portraits of its inmates.</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right">XI</cell>
+        <cell><hi rend='smallcaps'>Adventure in the Dark</hi></cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="Pg090">90</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+        <cell rend="font-size: small">Officiousness of Kory-Kory—His devotion—A bath in the stream—Want
+of refinement of the Typee damsels—Stroll with Mehevi—A Typee highway—The
+Taboo groves—The hoolah hoolah ground—The Ti—Timeworn
+savages—Hospitality of Mehevi—Midnight musings—Adventure in the
+dark—Distinguished honours paid to the visitors—Strange procession,
+and return to the house of Marheyo.</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right">XII</cell>
+        <cell><hi rend='smallcaps'>Adventure of Toby</hi></cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="Pg101">101</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+        <cell rend="font-size: small">Attempt to procure relief from Nukuheva—Perilous adventure of Toby
+in the Happar Mountains—Eloquence of Kory-Kory.</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right">XIII</cell>
+        <cell><hi rend='smallcaps'>A Great Event</hi></cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="Pg109">109</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+        <cell rend="font-size: small">A great event happens in the valley—The island telegraph—Something
+befalls Toby—Fayaway displays a tender heart—Melancholy reflections—Mysterious
+conduct of the islanders—Devotion of Kory-Kory—A rural
+couch—A luxury—Kory-Kory strikes a light <hi rend='italic'>à la</hi> Typee.</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right">XIV</cell>
+        <cell><hi rend='smallcaps'>Kindness of the Islanders</hi></cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="Pg120">120</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+        <cell rend="font-size: small">Kindness of Marheyo and the rest of the islanders—A full description
+of the bread-fruit tree—Different modes of preparing the fruit.</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right">XV</cell>
+        <cell><hi rend='smallcaps'>Melancholy Condition</hi></cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="Pg126">126</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+        <cell rend="font-size: small">Melancholy condition—Occurrence at the Ti—Anecdote of Marheyo—Shaving
+the head of a warrior.</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right">XVI</cell>
+        <cell><hi rend='smallcaps'>Improvement</hi></cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="Pg132">132</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+        <cell rend="font-size: small">Improvement in health and spirits—Felicity of the Typees—A skirmish
+in the mountain with the warriors of Happar.</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right">XVII</cell>
+        <cell><hi rend='smallcaps'>A Stranger Arrives</hi></cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="Pg140">140</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+        <cell rend="font-size: small">Swimming in company with the girls of the valley—A canoe—Effects
+of the taboo—A pleasure excursion on the pond—Beautiful freak of Fayaway—Mantua-making—A
+stranger arrives in the valley—His <anchor id="corrvi"/><corr sic="Mysterious">mysterious</corr>
+conduct—Native oratory—The interview—Its results—Departure of the
+stranger.</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right">XVIII</cell>
+        <cell><hi rend='smallcaps'>Battle of the Pop-guns</hi></cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="Pg155">155</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+        <cell rend="font-size: small">Reflection after Marnoo’s departure—Battle of the pop-guns—Strange
+conceit of Marheyo—Process of making tappa.</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right">XIX</cell>
+        <cell><hi rend='smallcaps'>Dances</hi></cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="Pg162">162</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+        <cell rend="font-size: small">History of a day as usually spent in the Typee valley—Dances of the
+Marquesan girls.</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+    </row>
+    <pb n='vii'/><anchor id='Pgvii'/>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right">XX</cell>
+        <cell><hi rend='smallcaps'>Monuments</hi></cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="Pg167">167</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+        <cell rend="font-size: small">The spring of Arva Wai—Remarkable monumental remains—Some ideas
+            with regard to the history of the pi-pis found in the valley.</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right">XXI</cell>
+        <cell><hi rend='smallcaps'>A Festival</hi></cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="Pg171">171</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+        <cell rend="font-size: small">Preparations for a grand festival in the valley—Strange doings in the
+            Taboo Groves—Monument of Calabashes—Gala costume of the Typee
+            damsels—Departure for the festival.</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right">XXII</cell>
+        <cell><hi rend='smallcaps'>The Feast of Calabashes</hi></cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="Pg178">178</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+        <cell rend="font-size: small">The Feast of Calabashes.</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right">XXIII</cell>
+        <cell><hi rend='smallcaps'>Religion of the Typees</hi></cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="Pg185">185</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+        <cell rend="font-size: small">Ideas suggested by the Feast of Calabashes—Effigy of a dead warrior—A
+            singular superstition—The priest Kolory and the god Moa Artua—Amazing
+            religious observance—A dilapidated shrine—Kory-Kory and the
+            idol—An inference.</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right">XXIV</cell>
+        <cell><hi rend='smallcaps'>Beauty of the Typees</hi></cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="Pg196">196</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+        <cell rend="font-size: small">General information gathered at the festival—Personal beauty of the
+            Typees—Their superiority over the inhabitants of the other islands—Diversity
+            of complexion—A vegetable cosmetic and ointment—Testimony
+            of voyagers to the uncommon beauty of the Marquesans—Few evidences
+            of intercourse with civilized beings—Dilapidated musket—Primitive simplicity
+            of government—Regal dignity of Mehevi.</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right">XXV</cell>
+        <cell><hi rend='smallcaps'>Marriage Customs</hi></cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="Pg204">204</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+        <cell rend="font-size: small">King Mehevi—Conduct of Marheyo and Mehevi in certain delicate matters—Peculiar
+            system of marriage—Number of population—Uniformity—Embalming—Places
+            of sepulture—Funeral obsequies at Nukuheva—Number
+            of inhabitants in Typee—Location of the dwellings—Happiness enjoyed
+            in the valley.</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right">XXVI</cell>
+        <cell><hi rend='smallcaps'>Social Conditions</hi></cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="Pg210">210</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+        <cell rend="font-size: small">The social condition and general character of the Typees.</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right">XXVII</cell>
+        <cell><hi rend='smallcaps'>Fishing Parties</hi></cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="Pg216">216</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+        <cell rend="font-size: small">Fishing parties—Mode of distributing the fish—Midnight banquet—Timekeeping
+            tapers—Unceremonious style of eating the fish.</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right">XXVIII</cell>
+        <cell><hi rend='smallcaps'>Natural History</hi></cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="Pg220">220</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+        <cell rend="font-size: small">Natural history of the valley—Golden lizards—Tameness of the birds—Mosquitoes—Flies—Dogs—A
+            solitary cat—The climate—The cocoa-nut
+            tree—Singular modes of climbing it—An agile young chief—Fearlessness
+            of the children—Too-too and the cocoa-nut tree—The birds of the valley.</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right">XXIX</cell>
+        <cell><hi rend='smallcaps'>Tattooing</hi></cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="Pg228">228</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+        <cell rend="font-size: small">A professor of the fine arts—His persecutions—Something about tattooing
+            and tabooing—Two anecdotes in illustration of the latter—A few
+            thoughts on the Typee dialect.</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+    </row>
+    <pb n='viii'/><anchor id='Pgviii'/>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right">XXX</cell>
+        <cell><hi rend='smallcaps'>Music</hi></cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="Pg238">238</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+        <cell rend="font-size: small">Strange custom of the islanders—Their chanting, and the peculiarity of
+            their voice—Rapture of the king at first hearing a song—A new dignity
+            conferred on the author—Musical instruments in the valley—Admiration
+            of the savages at beholding a pugilistic performance—Swimming infant—Beautiful
+            tresses of the girls—Ointment for the hair.</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right">XXXI</cell>
+        <cell><hi rend='smallcaps'>Cannibalism</hi></cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="Pg244">244</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+        <cell rend="font-size: small">Apprehensions of evil—Frightful discovery—Some remarks on cannibalism—Second
+            battle with the Happars—Savage spectacle—Mysterious
+            feast—Subsequent disclosures.</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right">XXXII</cell>
+        <cell><hi rend='smallcaps'>Attempt To Escape</hi></cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="Pg254">254</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+        <cell rend="font-size: small">The stranger again arrives in the valley—Singular interview with him—Attempt
+            to escape—Failure—Melancholy situation—Sympathy of Marheyo.</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right">XXXIII</cell>
+        <cell><hi rend='smallcaps'>The Escape</hi></cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="Pg260">260</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+        <cell rend="font-size: small">The escape</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+        <cell><hi rend='smallcaps'>Sequel</hi></cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="Pg270">270</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+        <cell rend="font-size: small"><hi rend='smallcaps'>Note</hi>.—The Author of <q>Typee</q> was more than two years in the South
+            Seas, after escaping from the valley, as recounted in the last chapter.
+            Some time after returning home the foregoing narrative was published,
+            though it was little thought at the time that this would be the means of
+            revealing the existence of Toby, who had long been given up for lost.
+            But so it proved. The story of his escape supplies a natural sequel to
+            the adventure, and as such it is now added to the volume. It was related
+            to the Author by Toby himself.</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"></cell>
+        <cell><hi rend='smallcaps'>Appendix</hi></cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="Pg285">285</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+</table>
+    </else>
+</pgIf>
+</div><div type="illustrations" rend="page-break-before: right">
+<pb n='ix'/><anchor id='Pgix'/>
+<index index="toc"/><index index="pdf"/>
+<head>ILLUSTRATIONS</head>
+<table rend="tblcolumns: 'lw(1m) lw(54m) r'; latexcolumns: 'lp{6cm}r'">
+    <row>
+        <cell></cell>
+        <cell>Fayaway and I had a delightful little party on the</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="frontis"><hi rend='italic'>Frontispiece</hi></ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell></cell>
+        <cell>&nbsp;&nbsp;lake</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><hi rend="font-size: x-small">FACING&nbsp;PAGE</hi></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell></cell>
+        <cell>I found him ripe for the enterprise, and a very few<lb/>&nbsp;&nbsp;words sufficed for a
+        mutual understanding between us</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="illus1">22</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell></cell>
+        <cell>At last we gained the top of the second elevation</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="illus2">48</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell></cell>
+        <cell>We were soon completely encircled by a dense throng</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="illus3">68</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell></cell>
+        <cell>The body was carried into the house and laid on a mat</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="illus4">104</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell></cell>
+        <cell>Thus arrayed, I would have matched the charming<lb/>&nbsp;&nbsp;Fayaway against
+            any beauty in the world </cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="illus5">174</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell></cell>
+        <cell>Mehevi</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="illus6">200</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+        <cell></cell>
+        <cell>About midnight I arose and drew the slide</cell>
+        <cell rend="text-align: right"><ref target="illus7">256</ref></cell>
+    </row>
+</table>
+<pb/><anchor id='Pgx'/>
+
+</div><div rend="page-break-before: right">
+<pb/><anchor id='Pgxi'/>
+
+<p rend="font-size: large; center">
+TYPEE
+</p>
+
+<pb/><anchor id='Pgxii'/>
+
+</div></front>
+<body rend="page-break-before: right">
+    <pb n='1'/><anchor id='Pg001'/>
+<head>TYPEE</head>    
+    <div>
+<index index="toc" level1="I. A Land-sick Ship"/><index index="pdf"/>
+        <head>CHAPTER I</head>
+
+<argument><p>
+The sea—Longings for shore—A land-sick ship—Destination of the voyagers.
+</p></argument>
+
+<p>
+Six months at sea! Yes, reader, as I live, six months out of sight
+of land; cruising after the sperm whale beneath the scorching sun of
+the Line, and tossed on the billows of the wide-rolling Pacific—the
+sky above, the sea around, and nothing else! Weeks and weeks
+ago our fresh provisions were all exhausted. There is not a sweet
+potato left; not a single yam. Those glorious bunches of bananas
+which once decorated our stern and quarter-deck, have, alas, disappeared!
+and the delicious oranges which hung suspended from our
+tops and stays—they, too, are gone! Yes, they are all departed, and
+there is nothing left us but salt-horse and sea-biscuit.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Oh! for a refreshing glimpse of one blade of grass—for a snuff
+at the fragrance of a handful of the loamy earth! Is there nothing
+fresh around us? Is there no green thing to be seen? Yes, the inside
+of our bulwarks is painted green; but what a vile and sickly hue
+it is, as if nothing bearing even the semblance of verdure could flourish
+this weary way from land. Even the bark that once clung to the
+wood we use for fuel has been gnawed off and devoured by the captain’s
+pig; and so long ago, too, that the pig himself has in turn been
+devoured.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There is but one solitary tenant in the chicken-coop, once a gay and
+dapper young cock, bearing him so bravely among the coy hens. But
+look at him now; there he stands, moping all the day long on that
+everlasting one leg of his. He turns with disgust from the mouldy
+corn before him, and the brackish water in his little trough. He
+<pb n='2'/><anchor id='Pg002'/>mourns no doubt his lost companions, literally snatched from him
+one by one, and never seen again. But his days of mourning will be
+few; for Mungo, our black cook, told me yesterday that the word had
+at last gone forth, and poor Pedro’s fate was sealed. His <anchor id="corr002"/><corr sic="attentuated">attenuated</corr>
+body will be laid out upon the captain’s table next Sunday, and long
+before night will be buried, with all the usual ceremonies, beneath that
+worthy individual’s vest. Who would believe that there could be any
+one so cruel as to long for the decapitation of the luckless Pedro; yet
+the sailors pray every minute, selfish fellows, that the miserable fowl
+may be brought to his end. They say the captain will never point the
+ship for the land so long as he has in anticipation a mess of fresh
+meat. This unhappy bird can alone furnish it; and when he is once
+devoured, the captain will come to his senses. I wish thee no harm,
+Peter; but as thou art doomed, sooner or later, to meet the fate of
+all thy race; and if putting a period to thy existence is to be the
+signal for our deliverance, why—truth to speak—I wish thy throat
+cut this very moment; for, oh! how I wish to see the living earth
+again! The old ship herself longs to look out upon the land from her
+hawseholes once more, as Jack Lewis said right the other day when
+the captain found fault with his steering.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Why, d’ye see, Captain Vangs,</q> says bold Jack, <q>I’m as good a
+helmsman as ever put hand to spoke; but none of us can steer the
+old lady now. We can’t keep her full and bye, sir: watch her ever
+so close, she will fall off; and then, sir, when I put the helm down
+so gently and try like to coax her to the work, she won’t take it kindly,
+but will fall round off again; and it’s all because she knows the land
+is under the lee, sir, and she won’t go any more to windward.</q> Ay,
+and why should she, Jack? didn’t every one of her stout timbers grow
+on shore, and hasn’t she sensibilities as well as we?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Poor old ship! Her very looks denote her desires: how deplorable
+she appears! The paint on her sides, burnt up by the scorching sun,
+is puffed out and cracked. See the weeds she trails along with her,
+and what an unsightly bunch of these horrid barnacles has formed
+<pb n='3'/><anchor id='Pg003'/>about her stern-piece; and every time she rises on a sea, she shows
+her copper torn away or hanging in jagged strips.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Poor old ship! I say again: for six months she has been rolling
+and pitching about, never for one moment at rest. But courage, old
+lass, I hope to see thee soon within a biscuit’s toss of the merry land,
+riding snugly at anchor in some green cove, and sheltered from the
+boisterous winds.
+</p>
+
+<milestone unit="tb" rend="stars: 10"/>
+
+<p>
+<q>Hurrah, my lads! It’s a settled thing; next week we shape our
+course to the <anchor id="corr003"/><corr sic="quote mark missing">Marquesas!</corr></q> The Marquesas! What strange visions of
+outlandish things does the very name spirit up! Lovely houris—cannibal
+banquets—groves of cocoa-nuts—coral reefs—tattooed chiefs—and
+bamboo temples; sunny valleys planted with bread-fruit trees—carved
+canoes dancing on the flashing blue waters—savage woodlands
+guarded by horrible idols—<hi rend='italic'>heathenish rites and human sacrifices</hi>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Such were the strangely jumbled anticipations that haunted me
+during our passage from the cruising ground. I felt an irresistible
+curiosity to see those islands which the olden voyagers had so glowingly
+described.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The group for which we were now steering (although among the
+earliest of European discoveries in the South Seas, having been first
+visited in the year 1595) still continues to be tenanted by beings as
+strange and barbarous as ever. The missionaries, sent on a heavenly
+errand, had sailed by their lovely shores, and had abandoned them to
+their idols of wood and stone. How interesting the circumstances under
+which they were discovered! In the watery path of Mendanna,
+cruising in quest of some region of gold, these isles had sprung up like
+a scene of enchantment, and for a moment the Spaniard believed his
+bright dream was realized. In honour of the Marquess de Mendoza,
+then viceroy of Peru—under whose auspices the navigator sailed—he
+bestowed upon them the name which denoted the rank of his patron,
+and gave to the world, on his return, a vague and magnificent account
+of their beauty. But these islands, undisturbed for years, relapsed
+into their previous obscurity; and it is only recently that anything
+<pb n='4'/><anchor id='Pg004'/>has been known concerning them. Once in the course of a half century,
+to be sure, some adventurous rover would break in upon their
+peaceful repose, and, astonished at the unusual scene, would be almost
+tempted to claim the merit of a new discovery.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Of this interesting group, but little account has ever been given, if
+we except the slight mention made of them in the sketches of South
+Sea voyages. Cook, in his repeated circumnavigations of the globe,
+barely touched at their shores; and all that we know about them is
+from a few general narratives.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Within the last few years, American and English vessels engaged in
+the extensive whale fisheries of the Pacific have occasionally, when
+short of provisions, put into the commodious harbour which there is in
+one of the islands; but a fear of the natives, founded on the recollection
+of the dreadful fate which many white men have received at their hands,
+has deterred their crews from intermixing with the population sufficiently
+to gain any insight into their peculiar customs and manners.
+Indeed, there is no cluster of islands in the Pacific that has been any
+length of time discovered, of which so little has hitherto been known
+as the Marquesas, and it is a pleasing reflection that this narrative of
+mine will do something towards withdrawing the veil from regions so
+romantic and beautiful.
+</p>
+
+</div><div type="chapter" n="2" rend="page-break-before: always">
+<pb n='5'/><anchor id='Pg005'/>
+<index index="toc" level1="II. To the Marquesas"/><index index="pdf"/>
+<head>CHAPTER II</head>
+
+<argument><p>
+Passage from the cruising ground to the Marquesas—Sleepy times aboard
+ship—South Sea scenery—Land ho!—The French squadron discovered
+at anchor in the bay of Nukuheva—Strange pilot—Escort of canoes—A
+flotilla of cocoa-nuts—Swimming visitors—The <name type="ship" rend="italic">Dolly</name> boarded by them—State
+of affairs that ensue.
+</p></argument>
+
+<p>
+I can never forget the eighteen or twenty days during which the light
+trade-winds were silently sweeping us towards the islands. In pursuit
+of the sperm whale, we had been cruising on the line some twenty
+degrees to the westward of the Gallipagos; and all that we had to do,
+when our course was determined on, was to square in the yards and
+keep the vessel before the breeze, and then the good ship and the
+steady gale did the rest between them. The man at the wheel never
+vexed the old lady with any superfluous steering, but comfortably adjusting
+his limbs at the tiller, would doze away by the hour. True
+to her work, the <name type="ship">Dolly</name> headed to her course, and like one of those
+characters who always do best when let alone, she jogged on her way
+like a veteran old sea-pacer as she was.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What a delightful, lazy, languid time we had whilst we were thus
+gliding along! There was nothing to be done; a circumstance
+that happily suited our disinclination to do anything. We abandoned
+the fore-peak altogether, and spreading an awning over the forecastle,
+slept, ate, and lounged under it the live-long day. Every one seemed
+to be under the influence of some narcotic. Even the officers aft,
+whose duty required them never to be seated while keeping a deck
+watch, vainly endeavoured to keep on their pins; and were obliged
+invariably to compromise the matter by leaning up against the bulwarks,
+and gazing abstractedly over the side. Reading was out of
+<pb n='6'/><anchor id='Pg006'/>the question; take a book in your hand, and you were asleep in an
+instant.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Although I could not avoid yielding in a great measure to the general
+languor, still at times I contrived to shake off the spell, and to
+appreciate the beauty of the scene around me. The sky presented
+a clear expanse of the most delicate blue, except along the skirts of
+the horizon, where you might see a thin drapery of pale clouds which
+never varied their form or colour. The long, measured, dirge-like
+swell of the Pacific came rolling along, with its surface broken by
+little tiny waves, sparkling in the sunshine. Every now and then a
+shoal of flying fish, scared from the water under the bows, would
+leap into the air, and fall the next moment like a shower of silver into
+the sea. Then you would see the superb albicore with his glittering
+sides, sailing aloft, and after describing an arc in his descent, disappear
+on the surface of the water. Far off, the lofty jet of the whale
+might be seen, and nearer at hand the prowling shark, that villanous
+footpad of the seas, would come skulking along, and, at a wary distance,
+regard us with an evil eye. At times, some shapeless monster
+of the deep, floating on the surface, would, as we approach, sink
+slowly into the blue waters, and fade away from the sight. But the
+most impressive feature of the scene was the almost unbroken silence
+that reigned over sky and water. Scarcely a sound could be heard
+but the occasional breathing of the grampus, and the rippling at the
+cut-water.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As we drew nearer the land, I hailed with delight the appearance
+of innumerable sea-fowl. Screaming and whirling in spiral tracks,
+they would accompany the vessel, and at times alight on our yards
+and stays. That piratical-looking fellow, appropriately named the
+man-of-war’s-hawk, with his blood-red bill and raven plumage, would
+come sweeping round us in gradually diminishing circles, till you
+could distinctly mark the strange flashings of his eye; and then, as
+if satisfied with his observation, would sail up into the air and disappear
+from the view. Soon, other evidences of our vicinity to the
+<pb n='7'/><anchor id='Pg007'/>land were apparent, and it was not long before the glad announcement
+of it being in sight was heard from aloft,—given with that peculiar
+prolongation of sound that a sailor loves—<q>Land ho!</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The captain, darting on deck from the cabin, bawled lustily for his
+spy-glass; the mate in still louder accents hailed the mast-head with
+a tremendous <q>Where-away?</q> The black cook thrust his woolly head
+from the galley, and Boatswain, the dog, leaped up between the knight-heads,
+and barked most furiously. Land ho! Ay, there it was. A
+hardly perceptible blue irregular outline, indicating the bold contour
+of the lofty heights of Nukuheva.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This island, although generally called one of the Marquesas, is by
+some navigators considered as forming one of a distinct cluster, comprising
+the islands of Roohka, Ropo, and Nukuheva; upon which three
+the appellation of the Washington Group has been bestowed. They
+form a triangle, and lie within the parallels of 8° <anchor id="corr007"/><corr sic='38"'>38</corr>&#x2032; and 9° <corr sic='32"'>32</corr>&#x2032;
+south latitude, and 139° 20&#x2032; and 140° 10&#x2032; west longitude, from
+Greenwich. With how little propriety they are to be regarded as
+forming a separate group will be at once apparent, when it is considered
+that they lie in the immediate vicinity of the other islands,
+that is to say, less than a degree to the north-west of them; that their
+inhabitants speak the Marquesan dialect, and that their laws, religion,
+and general customs are identical. The only reason why they were
+ever thus arbitrarily distinguished, may be attributed to the singular
+fact, that their existence was altogether unknown to the world until
+the year 1791, when they were discovered by Captain Ingraham, of
+Boston, Massachusetts, nearly two centuries after the discovery of
+the adjacent islands by the agent of the Spanish Viceroy. Notwithstanding
+this, I shall follow the example of most voyagers, and treat
+of them as forming part and parcel of the Marquesas.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Nukuheva is the most important of these islands, being the only one
+at which ships are much in the habit of touching, and is celebrated as
+being the place where the adventurous Captain Porter refitted his ships
+during the late war between England and the United States, and whence
+<pb n='8'/><anchor id='Pg008'/>he sallied out upon the large whaling fleet then sailing under the
+enemy’s flag in the surrounding seas. This island is about twenty
+miles in length, and nearly as many in breadth. It has three good
+harbours on its coast, the largest and best of which is called by the
+people living in its vicinity, <q>Tyohee,</q> and by Captain Porter was
+denominated Massachusetts Bay. Among the adverse tribes dwelling
+about the shores of the other bays, and by all voyagers, it is generally
+known by the name bestowed upon the island itself—Nukuheva. Its
+inhabitants have become somewhat corrupted, owing to their recent
+commerce with Europeans; but so far as regards their peculiar customs,
+and general mode of life, they retain their original primitive
+character, remaining very nearly in the same state of nature in which
+they were first beheld by white men. The hostile clans, residing in the
+more remote sections of the island, and very seldom holding any communication
+with foreigners, are in every respect unchanged from
+their earliest known condition.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the bay of Nukuheva was the anchorage we desired to reach.
+We had perceived the loom of the mountains about sunset; so that,
+after running all night with a very light breeze, we found ourselves
+close in with the island the next morning; but as the bay we sought
+lay on its farther side, we were obliged to sail some distance along
+the shore, catching, as we proceeded, short glimpses of blooming valleys,
+deep glens, waterfalls, and waving groves, hidden here and there by
+projecting and rocky headlands, every moment opening to the view
+some new and startling scene of beauty.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Those who for the first time visit the South Seas, generally are surprised
+at the appearance of the islands when beheld from the sea.
+From the vague accounts we sometimes have of their beauty, many
+people are apt to picture to themselves enamelled and softly swelling
+plains, shaded over with delicious groves, and watered by purling brooks,
+and the entire country but little elevated above the surrounding ocean.
+The reality is very different; bold rock-bound coasts, with the surf
+beating high against the lofty cliffs, and broken here and there into
+<pb n='9'/><anchor id='Pg009'/>deep inlets, which open to the view thickly-wooded valleys, separated by
+the spurs of mountains clothed with tufted grass, and sweeping down
+towards the sea from an elevated and furrowed interior, form the
+principal features of these islands.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Towards noon we drew abreast the entrance to the harbour, and at
+last we slowly swept by the intervening promontory, and entered the
+bay of Nukuheva. No description can do justice to its beauty; but
+that beauty was lost to me then, and I saw nothing but the tri-coloured
+flag of France, trailing over the stern of six vessels, whose black hulls,
+and bristling broadsides, proclaimed their warlike character. There
+they were, floating in that lovely bay, the green eminences of the shore
+looking down so tranquilly upon them, as if rebuking the sternness
+of their aspect. To my eye, nothing could be more out of keeping
+than the presence of these vessels; but we soon learnt what brought
+them there. The whole group of islands had just been taken possession
+of by Rear-Admiral Du Petit Thouars, in the name of the invincible
+French nation.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This item of information was imparted to us by a most extraordinary
+individual, a genuine South Sea vagabond, who came alongside of us
+in a whale-boat as soon as we entered the bay, and, by the aid of some
+benevolent persons at the gangway, was assisted on board, for our
+visitor was in that interesting stage of intoxication when a man is
+amiable and helpless. Although he was utterly unable to stand erect,
+or to navigate his body across the deck, he still magnanimously proffered
+his services to pilot the ship to a good and secure anchorage.
+Our captain, however, rather distrusted his ability in this respect, and
+refused to recognise his claim to the character he assumed; but our
+gentleman was determined to play his part, for, by dint of much
+scrambling, he succeeded in getting into the weather-quarter boat,
+where he steadied himself by holding on to a shroud, and then commenced
+issuing his commands with amazing volubility and very peculiar
+gestures. Of course, no one obeyed his orders; but as it was impossible
+to quiet him, we swept by the ships of the squadron with
+<pb n='10'/><anchor id='Pg010'/>this strange fellow performing his antics in full view of all the French
+officers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We afterwards learned that our eccentric friend had been a lieutenant
+in the English navy, but having disgraced his flag by some criminal
+conduct in one of the principal ports on the main, he had deserted
+his ship, and spent many years wandering among the islands of the
+Pacific, until accidentally being at Nukuheva when the French took
+possession of the place, he had been appointed pilot of the harbour by
+the newly constituted authorities.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As we slowly advanced up the bay, numerous canoes pushed off
+from the surrounding shores, and we were soon in the midst of quite
+a flotilla of them, their savage occupants struggling to get aboard of
+us, and jostling one another in their ineffectual attempts. Occasionally
+the projecting out-riggers of their slight shallops, running foul of one
+another, would become entangled beneath the water, threatening to
+capsize the canoes, when a scene of confusion would ensue that baffles
+description. Such strange outcries and passionate gesticulations I
+never certainly heard or saw before. You would have thought
+the islanders were on the point of flying at one another’s throats,
+whereas they were only amicably engaged in disentangling their
+boats.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Scattered here and there among the canoes might be seen numbers
+of cocoa-nuts floating closely together in circular groups, and bobbing
+up and down with every wave. By some inexplicable means these
+cocoa-nuts were all steadily approaching towards the ship. As I
+leaned curiously over the side, endeavouring to solve their mysterious
+movements, one mass, far in advance of the rest, attracted my attention.
+In its centre was something I could take for nothing else than a cocoa-nut,
+but which I certainly considered one of the most extraordinary
+specimens of the fruit I had ever seen. It kept twirling and dancing
+about among the rest in the most singular manner: and as it drew
+nearer, I thought it bore a remarkable resemblance to the brown shaven
+skull of one of the savages. Presently it betrayed a pair of eyes, and
+<pb n='11'/><anchor id='Pg011'/>soon I became aware that what I had supposed to have been one of the
+fruit was nothing else than the head of an islander, who had adopted
+this singular method of bringing his produce to market. The cocoa-nuts
+were all attached to one another by strips of the husk, partly
+torn from the shell, and rudely fastened together. Their proprietor,
+inserting his head into the midst of them, impelled his necklace of
+cocoa-nuts through the water by striking out beneath the surface with
+his feet.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I was somewhat astonished to perceive that among the number of
+natives that surrounded us, not a single female was to be seen. At
+that time I was ignorant of the fact that by the operation of the
+<q>taboo,</q> the use of canoes in all parts of the island is rigorously prohibited
+to the entire sex, for whom it is death even to be seen entering
+one when hauled on shore; consequently, whenever a Marquesan
+lady voyages by water, she puts in requisition the paddles of her own
+fair body.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We had approached within a mile and a half perhaps of the foot of
+the bay, when some of the islanders, who by this time had managed to
+scramble aboard of us at the risk of swamping their canoes, directed
+our attention to a singular commotion in the water ahead of the vessel.
+At first I imagined it to be produced by a shoal of fish sporting
+on the surface, but our savage friends assured us that it was caused by
+a shoal of <q>whinhenies</q> (young girls), who in this manner were coming
+off from the shore to welcome us. As they drew nearer, and I watched
+the rising and sinking of their forms, and beheld the uplifted right
+arm bearing above the water the girdle of tappa, and their long dark
+hair trailing beside them as they swam, I almost fancied they could
+be nothing else than so many mermaids:—and very like mermaids
+they behaved too.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We were still some distance from the beach, and under slow headway,
+when we sailed right into the midst of these swimming nymphs,
+and they boarded us at every quarter; many seizing hold of the chainplates
+and springing into the chains; others, at the peril of being run
+<pb n='12'/><anchor id='Pg012'/>over by the vessel in her course, catching at the bob-stays, and wreathing
+their slender forms about the ropes, hung suspended in the air.
+All of them at length succeeded in getting up the ship’s side, where
+they clung dripping with the brine and glowing from the bath, their
+jet-black tresses streaming over their shoulders, and half enveloping
+their otherwise naked forms. There they hung, sparkling with savage
+vivacity, laughing gaily at one another, and chattering away with infinite
+glee. Nor were they idle the while, for each one performed the
+simple offices of the toilet for the other. Their luxuriant locks, wound
+up and twisted into the smallest possible compass, were freed from the
+briny element; the whole person carefully dried, and from a little
+round shell that passed from hand to hand, anointed with a fragrant
+oil: their adornments were completed by passing a few loose folds
+of white tappa, in a modest cincture, around the waist. Thus arrayed
+they no longer hesitated, but flung themselves lightly over the bulwarks,
+and were quickly frolicking about the decks. Many of them went
+forward, perching upon the head-rails or running out upon the
+bow-sprit, while others seated themselves upon the taffrail, or reclined at
+full length upon the boats.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Their appearance perfectly amazed me; their extreme youth, the
+light clear brown of their complexions, their delicate features, and inexpressibly
+graceful figures, their softly moulded limbs, and free unstudied
+action, seemed as strange as beautiful.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The <name type="ship">Dolly</name> was fairly captured; and never I will say was vessel
+carried before by such a dashing and irresistible party of boarders.
+The ship taken, we could not do otherwise than yield ourselves prisoners,
+and for the whole period that she remained in the bay, the <name type="ship">Dolly</name>,
+as well as her crew, were completely in the hands of the mermaids.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the evening after we had come to an anchor, the deck was illuminated
+with lanterns, and this picturesque band of sylphs, tricked out
+with flowers, and dressed in robes of variegated tappa, got up a ball
+in great style. These females are passionately fond of dancing, and
+in the wild grace and spirit of their style excel everything that I have
+<pb n='13'/><anchor id='Pg013'/>ever seen. The varied dances of the Marquesan girls are beautiful in
+the extreme, but there is an abandoned voluptuousness in their character
+which I dare not attempt to describe.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Our ship was now wholly given up to every species of riot and debauchery.
+The grossest licentiousness and the most shameful inebriety
+prevailed, with occasional and but short-lived interruptions,
+through the whole period of her stay. Alas for the poor savages when
+exposed to the influence of these polluting examples! Unsophisticated
+and confiding, they are easily led into every vice, and humanity
+weeps over the ruin thus remorselessly inflicted upon them by their
+European civilizers. Thrice happy are they who, inhabiting some
+yet undiscovered island in the midst of the ocean, have never been
+brought into contaminating contact with the white man.
+</p>
+
+</div><div type="chapter" n="3" rend="page-break-before: always">
+<pb n='14'/><anchor id='Pg014'/>
+<index index="toc" level1="III. Affairs Aboard"/><index index="pdf"/>
+<head>CHAPTER III</head>
+
+<argument><p>
+State of affairs aboard the ship—Contents of her larder—Length of South
+Seamen’s voyages—Account of a flying whale-man—Determination to
+leave the vessel—The bay of Nukuheva—The Typees.
+</p>
+</argument>
+<p>
+It was in the summer of 1842, that we arrived at the islands. Our
+ship had not been many days in the harbour of Nukuheva, before I
+came to the determination of leaving her. That my reasons for resolving
+to take this step were numerous and weighty, may be inferred from
+the fact that I chose rather to risk my fortunes among the savages of
+the island than to endure another voyage on board the <name type="ship">Dolly</name>. To use
+the concise, point-blank phrase of the sailors, I had made up my mind
+to <q>run away.</q> Now, as a meaning is generally attached to these
+two words no way flattering to the individual to whom they are applied,
+it behoves me, for the sake of my own character, to offer some
+explanation of my conduct.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When I entered on board the <name type="ship">Dolly</name>, I signed, as a matter of course,
+the ship’s articles, thereby voluntarily engaging and legally binding
+myself to serve in a certain capacity for the period of the voyage; and,
+special considerations apart, I was of course bound to fulfil the agreement.
+But in all contracts, if one party fail to perform his share
+of the compact, is not the other virtually absolved from his liability?
+Who is there who will not answer in the affirmative?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Having settled the principle, then, let me apply it to the particular
+case in question. In numberless instances had not only the implied
+but the specified conditions of the articles been violated on the part
+of the ship in which I served. The usage on board of her was tyrannical;
+the sick had been inhumanly neglected; the provisions had been
+doled out in scanty allowance; and her cruises were unreasonably protracted.
+The captain was the author of these abuses; it was in vain
+<pb n='15'/><anchor id='Pg015'/>to think that he would either remedy them, or alter his conduct, which
+was arbitrary and violent in the extreme. His prompt reply to all
+complaints and remonstrances was—the butt-end of a hand-spike, so
+convincingly administered as effectually to silence the aggrieved party.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To whom could we apply for redress? We had left both law and
+equity on the other side of the Cape; and unfortunately, with a very
+few exceptions, our crew was composed of a parcel of dastardly and
+mean-spirited wretches, divided among themselves, and only united
+in enduring without resistance the unmitigated tyranny of the captain.
+It would have been mere madness for any two or three of the number,
+unassisted by the rest, to attempt making a stand against his ill usage.
+They would only have called down upon themselves the particular
+vengeance of this <q>Lord of the Plank,</q> and subjected their shipmates
+to additional hardships.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But, after all, these things could have been endured awhile, had
+we entertained the hope of being speedily delivered from them by the
+due completion of the terms of our servitude. But what a dismal prospect
+awaited us in this quarter! The longevity of Cape Horn whaling
+voyages is proverbial, frequently extending over a period of four or
+five years.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Some long-haired, bare-necked youths, who, forced by the united
+influences of a roving spirit and hard times, embark at Nantucket for
+a pleasure excursion to the Pacific, and whose anxious mothers provide
+them with bottled milk for the occasion, oftentimes return very
+respectable middle-aged gentlemen.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The very preparations made for one of these expeditions are enough
+to frighten one. As the vessel carries out no cargo, her hold is filled
+with provisions for her own consumption. The owners, who officiate
+as caterers for the voyage, supply the larder with an abundance of
+dainties. Delicate morsels of beef and pork, cut on scientific principles
+from every part of the animal, and of all conceivable shapes and
+sizes, are carefully packed in salt, and stored away in barrels; affording
+a never-ending variety in their different degrees of toughness, and in
+<pb n='16'/><anchor id='Pg016'/>the peculiarities of their saline properties. Choice old water too, decanted
+into stout six-barrel casks, and two pints of which is allowed
+every day to each soul on board; together with ample store of sea-bread,
+previously reduced to a state of petrifaction, with a view to preserve
+it either from decay or consumption in the ordinary mode, are
+likewise provided for the nourishment and gastronomic enjoyment of
+the crew.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But not to speak of the quality of these articles of sailors’ fare, the
+abundance in which they are put on board a whaling vessel is almost
+incredible. Oftentimes, when we had occasion to break out in the
+hold, and I beheld the successive tiers of casks and barrels, whose contents
+were all destined to be consumed in due course by the ship’s company,
+my heart has sunk within me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Although, as a general case, a ship unlucky in falling in with whales
+continues to cruise after them until she has barely sufficient provisions
+remaining to take her home, turning round then quietly and making the
+best of her way to her friends, yet there are instances when even this
+natural obstacle to the further prosecution of the voyage is overcome
+by headstrong captains, who, bartering the fruits of their hard-earned
+toils for a new supply of provisions in some of the ports of Chili or
+Peru, begin the voyage afresh with unabated zeal and perseverance. It
+is in vain that the owners write urgent letters to him to sail for home,
+and for their sake to bring back the ship, since it appears he can put
+nothing in her. Not he. He has registered a vow: he will fill his
+vessel with good sperm oil, or failing to do so, never again strike Yankee
+soundings.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I heard of one whaler, which after many years’ absence was given
+up for lost. The last that had been heard of her was a shadowy report
+of her having touched at some of those unstable islands in the far Pacific,
+whose eccentric wanderings are carefully noted in each new edition
+of the South Sea charts. After a long interval, however, the
+<name type="ship">Perseverance</name>—for that was her name—was spoken somewhere in the
+vicinity of the ends of the earth, cruising along as leisurely as ever,
+<pb n='17'/><anchor id='Pg017'/>her sails all bepatched and bequilted with rope-yarns, her spars fished
+with old pipe staves, and her rigging knotted and spliced in every
+possible direction. Her crew was composed of some twenty venerable
+Greenwich-pensioner-looking old salts, who just managed to hobble
+about deck. The ends of all the running ropes, with the exception
+of the signal halyards and poop-down-haul, were rove through snatch-blocks,
+and led to the capstan or windlass, so that not a yard was
+braced or a sail set without the assistance of machinery.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Her hull was encrusted with barnacles, which completely encased
+her. Three pet sharks followed in her wake, and every day came
+alongside to regale themselves from the contents of the cook’s
+bucket, which were pitched over to them. A vast shoal of bonetas and
+albicores always kept her company.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Such was the account I heard of this vessel, and the remembrance
+of it always haunted me; what eventually became of her I never
+learned; at any rate she never reached home, and I suppose she is still
+regularly tacking twice in the twenty-four hours somewhere off Buggerry
+Island, or the Devil’s-Tail Peak.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Having said thus much touching the usual length of these voyages,
+when I inform the reader that ours had as it were just commenced,
+we being only fifteen months out, and even at that time hailed as a late
+arrival, and boarded for news, he will readily perceive that there was
+little to encourage one in looking forward to the future, especially as
+I had always had a presentiment that we should make an unfortunate
+voyage, and our experience so far had justified the expectation.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I may here state, and on my faith as an honest man, that some
+time after arriving home from my adventures, I learned that this vessel
+was still in the Pacific, and that she had met with very poor success
+in the fishery. Very many of her crew, also, left her; and her
+voyage lasted about five years.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But to return to my narrative. Placed in these circumstances, then,
+with no prospect of matters mending if I remained aboard the <name type="ship">Dolly</name>,
+I at once made up my mind to leave her: to be sure, it was rather an
+<pb n='18'/><anchor id='Pg018'/>inglorious thing to steal away privately from those at whose hands
+I had received wrongs and outrages that I could not resent; but how was
+such a course to be avoided when it was the only alternative left me?
+Having made up my mind, I proceeded to acquire all the information
+I could obtain relating to the island and its inhabitants, with a
+view of shaping my plans of escape accordingly. The result of these
+inquiries I will now state, in order that the ensuing narrative may be
+the better understood.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The bay of Nukuheva, in which we were then lying, is an expanse of
+water not unlike in figure the space included within the limits of a
+horse-shoe. It is, perhaps, nine miles in circumference. You approach
+it from the sea by a narrow entrance, flanked on either side by
+two small twin islets which soar conically to the height of some five
+hundred feet. From these the shore recedes on both hands, and describes
+a deep semicircle.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From the verge of the water the land rises uniformly on all sides,
+with green and sloping acclivities, until from gently rolling hillsides
+and moderate elevations it insensibly swells into lofty and majestic
+heights, whose blue outlines, ranged all around, close in the view. The
+beautiful aspect of the shore is heightened by deep and romantic glens,
+which come down to it at almost equal distances, all apparently radiating
+from a common centre, and the upper extremities of which are lost
+to the eye beneath the shadow of the mountains. Down each of these
+little valleys flows a clear stream, here and there assuming the form
+of a slender cascade, then stealing invisibly along until it bursts upon
+the sight again in larger and more noisy waterfalls, and at last demurely
+wanders along to the sea.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The houses of the natives, constructed of the yellow bamboo, tastefully
+twisted together in a kind of wickerwork, and thatched with the
+long tapering leaves of the palmetto, are scattered irregularly along
+these valleys beneath the shady branches of the <anchor id="corr018"/><corr sic="coacoa-nut">cocoa-nut</corr> trees.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Nothing can exceed the imposing scenery of this bay. Viewed from
+our ship as she lay at anchor in the middle of the harbour, it
+pre<pb n='19'/><anchor id='Pg019'/>sented the appearance of a vast natural amphitheatre in decay, and
+overgrown with vines, the deep glens that furrowed its sides appearing
+like enormous fissures caused by the ravages of time. Very often
+when lost in admiration at its beauty, I have experienced a pang of
+regret that a scene so enchanting should be hidden from the world in
+these remote seas, and seldom meet the eyes of devoted lovers of nature.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Besides this bay the shores of the island are indented by several other
+extensive inlets, into which descend broad and verdant valleys. These
+are inhabited by as many distinct tribes of savages, who, although
+speaking kindred dialects of a common language, and having the
+same religion and laws, have from time immemorial waged hereditary
+warfare against each other. The intervening mountains, generally
+two or three thousand feet above the level of the sea, geographically define
+the territories of each of these hostile tribes, who never cross them,
+save on some expedition of war or plunder. Immediately adjacent to
+Nukuheva, and only separated from it by the mountains seen from
+the harbour, lies the lovely valley of Happar, whose inmates cherish
+the most friendly relations with the inhabitants of Nukuheva. On
+the other side of Happar, and closely adjoining it, is the magnificent
+valley of the dreaded Typees, the unappeasable enemies of both these
+tribes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These celebrated warriors appear to inspire the other islanders with
+unspeakable terrors. Their very name is a frightful one; for the
+word <q>Typee</q> in the Marquesan dialect signifies a lover of human
+flesh. It is rather singular that the title should have been bestowed
+upon them exclusively, inasmuch as the natives of all this group are
+irreclaimable cannibals. The name may, perhaps, have been given
+to denote the peculiar ferocity of this clan, and to convey a special
+stigma along with it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These same Typees enjoy a prodigious notoriety all over the islands.
+The natives of Nukuheva would frequently recount in pantomime to our
+ship’s company their terrible feats, and would show the marks of
+<pb n='20'/><anchor id='Pg020'/>wounds they had received in desperate encounters with them. When
+ashore they would, try to frighten us by pointing to one of their own number,
+and calling him a Typee, manifesting no little surprise that we
+did not take to our heels at so terrible an announcement. It was quite
+amusing, too, to see with what earnestness they disclaimed all cannibal
+propensities on their own part, while they denounced their enemies—the
+Typees—as inveterate gormandizers of human flesh; but this is a peculiarity
+to which I shall hereafter have occasion to allude.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Although I was convinced that the inhabitants of our bay were as
+arrant cannibals as any of the other tribes on the island, still I could
+not but feel a particular and most unqualified repugnance to the aforesaid
+Typees. Even before visiting the Marquesas, I had heard from
+men who had touched at the group on former voyages some revolting
+stories in connection with these savages; and fresh in my remembrance
+was the adventure of the master of the <name type="ship">Katherine</name>, who only a few
+months previous, imprudently venturing into this bay in an armed
+boat for the purpose of barter, was seized by the natives, carried back
+a little distance into their valley, and was only saved from a cruel
+death by the intervention of a young girl, who facilitated his escape
+by night along the beach to Nukuheva.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I had heard, too, of an English vessel that many years ago, after
+a weary cruise, sought to enter the bay of Nukuheva, and arriving
+within two or three miles of the land, was met by a large canoe filled
+with natives, who offered to lead the way to the place of their destination.
+The captain, unacquainted with the localities of the island, joyfully
+acceded to the proposition—the canoe paddled on and the ship
+followed. She was soon conducted to a beautiful inlet, and dropped
+her anchor in its waters beneath the shadows of the lofty shore. That
+same night the perfidious Typees, who had thus inveigled her into their
+fatal bay, flocked aboard the doomed vessel by hundreds, and at a given
+signal murdered every soul on board.
+</p>
+
+</div><div type="chapter" n="4" rend="page-break-before: always">
+<pb n='21'/><anchor id='Pg021'/>
+<index index="toc" level1="IV. Last Night Aboard"/><index index="pdf"/>
+<head>CHAPTER IV</head>
+
+<argument><p>
+Thoughts previous to attempting an escape—Toby, a fellow-sailor, agrees to
+share the adventure—Last night aboard the ship.
+</p>
+</argument>
+<p>
+Having fully resolved to leave the vessel clandestinely, and having acquired
+all the knowledge concerning the bay that I could obtain under
+the circumstances in which I was placed, I now deliberately turned
+over in my mind every plan of escape that suggested itself, being determined
+to act with all possible prudence in an attempt where failure
+would be attended with so many disagreeable consequences. The idea
+of being taken and brought back ignominiously to the ship was so inexpressibly
+repulsive to me, that I was determined by no hasty and imprudent
+measures to render such an event probable.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I knew that our worthy captain, who felt such a paternal solicitude
+for the welfare of his crew, would not willingly consent that one
+of his best hands should encounter the perils of a sojourn among the
+natives of a barbarous island; and I was certain that in the event of
+my disappearance his fatherly anxiety would prompt him to offer, by
+way of a reward, yard upon yard of gaily printed calico for my apprehension.
+He might even have appreciated my services at the value of a
+musket, in which case I felt perfectly certain that the whole population
+of the bay would be immediately upon my track, incited by the
+prospect of so magnificent a bounty.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Having ascertained the fact before alluded to, that the islanders,
+from motives of precaution, dwelt together in the depths of the valleys,
+and avoided wandering about the more elevated portions of the shore,
+unless bound on some expedition of war or plunder, I concluded that
+if I could effect unperceived a passage to the mountains, I might
+easily remain among them, supporting myself by such fruits as came
+in my way until the sailing of the ship, an event of which I could not
+<pb n='22'/><anchor id='Pg022'/>fail to be immediately apprized, as from my lofty position I should
+command a view of the entire harbour.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The idea pleased me greatly. It seemed to combine a great deal
+of practicability with no inconsiderable enjoyment in a quiet way;
+for how delightful it would be to look down upon the detested old vessel
+from the height of some thousand feet, and contrast the verdant scenery
+about me with the recollection of her narrow decks and gloomy
+forecastle! Why, it was really refreshing even to think of it; and
+so I straightway fell to picturing myself seated beneath a cocoa-nut
+tree on the brow of the mountain, with a cluster of plantains within
+easy reach, criticizing her nautical evolutions as she was working her
+way out of the harbour.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To be sure there was one rather unpleasant drawback to these agreeable
+anticipations—the possibility of falling in with a foraging party
+of these same bloody-minded Typees, whose appetites, edged perhaps
+by the air of so elevated a region, might prompt them to devour one.
+This, I must confess, was the most disagreeable view of the matter.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Just to think of a party of these unnatural gourmands taking it
+into their heads to make a convivial meal of a poor devil, who would
+have no means of escape or defence: however, there was no help for
+it. I was willing to encounter some risks in order to accomplish my object,
+and counted much upon my ability to elude these prowling cannibals
+amongst the many coverts which the mountains afforded. Besides,
+the chances were ten to one in my favour that they would none of
+them quit their own fastnesses.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I had determined not to communicate my design of withdrawing
+from the vessel to any of my shipmates, and least of all to solicit any
+one to accompany me in my flight. But it so happened one night, that
+being upon deck, revolving over in my mind various plans of escape,
+I perceived one of the ship’s company leaning over the bulwarks, apparently
+plunged in a profound reverie. He was a young fellow about
+my own age, for whom I had all along entertained a great regard; and
+Toby, such was the name by which he went among us, for his real name
+<pb n='23'/><anchor id='Pg023'/>he would never tell us, was every way worthy of it. He was active,
+ready, and obliging, of dauntless courage, and singularly open and
+fearless in the expression of his feelings. I had on more than one occasion
+got him out of scrapes into which this had led him; and I know
+not whether it was from this cause, or a certain congeniality of sentiment
+between us, that he had always shown a partiality for my society.
+We had battled out many a long watch together, beguiling the weary
+hours with chat, song, and story, mingled with a good many imprecations
+upon the hard destiny it seemed our common fortune to encounter.
+</p>
+    <anchor id="illus1"/>
+<pgIf output='txt'><then><p rend="margin-left: 2; margin-right: 2">[Illustration: I FOUND HIM RIPE FOR THE ENTERPRISE, AND A VERY FEW WORDS SUFFICED FOR A
+MUTUAL UNDERSTANDING BETWEEN US]</p>
+</then><else><pgIf output="pdf"><then><p><figure url="images/illus1.jpg" rend="width: 100%"><head><hi rend="font-size: small">I FOUND HIM RIPE FOR THE ENTERPRISE, AND A VERY FEW WORDS SUFFICED FOR A
+MUTUAL UNDERSTANDING BETWEEN US</hi></head></figure></p></then>
+    <else><p><figure url="images/illus1th.jpg"><head><xref url="images/illus1.jpg"><hi rend="font-size: small">I FOUND HIM RIPE FOR THE ENTERPRISE, AND A VERY FEW WORDS SUFFICED FOR A
+MUTUAL UNDERSTANDING BETWEEN US</hi></xref></head><figDesc>Illustration: I FOUND HIM RIPE FOR THE ENTERPRISE, AND A VERY FEW WORDS SUFFICED FOR A
+MUTUAL UNDERSTANDING BETWEEN US</figDesc></figure></p></else></pgIf>
+</else></pgIf>
+<p>
+Toby, like myself, had evidently moved in a different sphere of
+life, and his conversation at times betrayed this, although he was
+anxious to conceal it. He was one of that class of rovers you sometimes
+meet at sea, who never reveal their origin, never allude to <anchor id="corr023"/><corr sic="home.">home,</corr>
+and go rambling over the world as if pursued by some mysterious
+fate they cannot possibly elude.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There was much even in the appearance of Toby calculated to draw
+me towards him, for while the greater part of the crew were as coarse
+in person as in mind, Toby was endowed with a remarkably prepossessing
+exterior. Arrayed in his blue frock and duck trousers, he was as
+smart a looking sailor as ever stepped upon a deck; he was singularly
+small and slightly made, with great flexibility of limb. His naturally
+dark complexion had been deepened by exposure to the tropical sun,
+and a mass of jetty locks clustered about his temples, and threw a
+darker shade into his large black eyes. He was a strange wayward
+being, moody, fitful, and melancholy—at times almost morose. He had
+a quick and fiery temper too, which, when thoroughly roused, transported
+him into a state bordering on delirium.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It is strange the power that a mind of deep passion has over feebler
+natures. I have seen a brawny fellow, with no lack of ordinary courage,
+fairly quail before this slender stripling, when in one of his furious
+fits. But these paroxysms seldom occurred, and in them my big-hearted
+shipmate vented the bile which more calm-tempered individuals get
+rid of by a continual pettishness at trivial annoyances.
+</p>
+
+<pb n='24'/><anchor id='Pg024'/>
+
+<p>
+No one ever saw Toby laugh—I mean in the hearty abandonment
+of broad-mouthed mirth. He did smile sometimes, it is true; and there
+was a good deal of dry, sarcastic humour about him, which told the
+more from the imperturbable gravity of his tone and manner.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Latterly I had observed that Toby’s melancholy had greatly increased,
+and I had frequently seen him since our arrival at the island
+gazing wistfully upon the shore, when the remainder of the crew would
+be rioting below. I was aware that he entertained a cordial detestation
+of the ship, and believed that should a fair chance of escape present itself,
+he would embrace it willingly. But the attempt was so perilous in
+the place where we then lay, that I supposed myself the only individual
+on board the ship who was sufficiently reckless to think of it. In this,
+however, I was mistaken.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When I perceived Toby leaning, as I have mentioned, against the
+bulwarks and buried in thought, it struck me at once that the subject
+of his meditations might be the same as my own. And if it be so,
+thought I, is he not the very one of all my shipmates whom I would
+choose for the partner of my adventure? and why should I not have
+some comrade with me to divide its dangers and alleviate its hardships?
+Perhaps I might be obliged to lie concealed among the mountains
+for weeks. In such an event what a solace would a companion
+be?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These thoughts passed rapidly through my mind, and I wondered
+why I had not before considered the matter in this light. But it was
+not too late. A tap upon the shoulder served to rouse Toby from his
+reverie; I found him ripe for the enterprise, and a very few words
+sufficed for a mutual understanding between us. In an hour’s time we
+had arranged all the preliminaries, and decided upon our plan of action.
+We then ratified our engagement with an affectionate wedding
+of palms, and to elude suspicion repaired each to his hammock, to
+spend the last night on board the <name type="ship">Dolly</name>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The next day the starboard watch, to which we both belonged,
+was to be sent ashore on liberty; and, availing ourselves of this
+<pb n='25'/><anchor id='Pg025'/>opportunity we determined, as soon after landing as possible, to separate
+ourselves from the rest of the men without exciting their suspicions,
+and strike back at once for the mountains. Seen from the ship, the
+summits appeared inaccessible, but here and there sloping spurs extended
+from them almost into the sea, buttressing the lofty elevations
+with which they were connected, and forming those radiating valleys
+I have before described. One of these ridges, which appeared more
+practicable than the rest, we determined to climb, convinced that it
+would conduct us to the heights beyond. Accordingly, we carefully
+observed its bearings and locality from the ship, so that when ashore
+we should run no chance of missing it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In all this the leading object we had in view was to seclude ourselves
+from sight until the departure of the vessel; then to take our
+chance as to the reception the Nukuheva natives might give us; and
+after remaining upon the island as long as we found our stay agreeable,
+to leave it the first favourable opportunity that offered.
+</p>
+
+</div><div type="chapter" n="5" rend="page-break-before: always">
+<pb n='26'/><anchor id='Pg026'/>
+<index index="toc" level1="V. The Escape"/><index index="pdf"/>
+<head>CHAPTER V</head>
+
+<argument><p>
+A specimen of nautical oratory—Criticisms of the sailors—The starboard
+watch are given a holiday—The escape to the mountains.
+</p>
+</argument>
+<p>
+Early the next morning the starboard watch were mustered upon the
+quarter-deck, and our worthy captain, standing in the cabin gangway,
+harangued us as follows:—
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Now, men, as we are just off a six month’s cruise, and have got
+through most all our work in port here, I suppose you want to go ashore.
+Well, I mean to give your watch liberty to-day, so you may get ready
+as soon as you please, and go; but understand this, I am going to give
+you liberty because I suppose you would growl like so many old
+quarter gunners if I didn’t; at the same time, if you’ll take my
+advice, every mother’s son of you will stay aboard, and keep out of
+the way of the bloody cannibals altogether. Ten to one, men, if you
+go ashore, you will get into some infernal row, and that will be the
+end of you; for if these tattooed scoundrels get you a little ways back
+into their valleys, they’ll nab you—that you may be certain of. Plenty
+of white men have gone ashore here and never been seen any more.
+There was the old <name type="ship">Dido</name>, she put in here about two years ago, and
+sent one watch off on liberty; they never were heard of again for a week—the
+natives swore they didn’t know where they were—and only three
+of them ever got back to the ship again, and one with his face damaged
+for life, for the cursed heathens <anchor id="corr026"/><corr sic="tatooed">tattooed</corr> a broad patch clean across
+his figure head. But it will be no use talking to you, for go you will,
+that I see plainly; so all I have to say is, that you need not blame me
+if the islanders make a meal of you. You may stand some chance of
+escaping them though, if you keep close about the French encampment,
+and are back to the ship again before sunset. Keep that much in
+<pb n='27'/><anchor id='Pg027'/>your mind, if you forget all the rest I’ve been saying to you. There,
+go forward: bear a hand and rig yourselves, and stand by for a call.
+At two bells the boat will be manned to take you off, and the Lord have
+mercy on you!</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Various were the emotions depicted upon the countenances of the
+starboard watch whilst listening to this address; but on its conclusion
+there was a general move towards the forecastle, and we soon were all
+busily engaged in getting ready for the holiday so auspiciously announced
+by the skipper. During these preparations, his harangue was
+commented upon in no very measured terms; and one of the party, after
+denouncing him as a lying old son of a sea-cook who begrudged a fellow
+a few hours’ liberty, exclaimed with an oath, <q>But you don’t bounce
+me out of my liberty, old chap, for all your yarns; for I would go ashore
+if every pebble on the beach was a live coal, and every stick a gridiron,
+and the cannibals stood ready to broil me on landing.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The spirit of this sentiment was responded to by all hands, and we
+resolved that in spite of the captain’s croakings we would make a
+glorious day of it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But Toby and I had our own game to play, and we availed ourselves
+of the confusion which always reigns among a ship’s company preparatory
+to going ashore, to confer together and complete our arrangements.
+As our object was to effect as rapid a flight as possible to
+the mountains, we determined not to encumber ourselves with any superfluous
+apparel; and accordingly, while the rest were rigging themselves
+out with some idea of making a display, we were content to put on
+new stout duck trousers, serviceable pumps, and heavy Havre frocks,
+which, with a Payta hat, completed our equipment.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When our shipmates wondered at this, Toby exclaimed, in his odd
+grave way, that the rest might do as they liked, but that he for one preserved
+his go-ashore traps for the Spanish main, where the tie of a
+sailor’s neckerchief might make some difference; but as for a parcel of
+unbreeched heathen, he wouldn’t go to the bottom of his chest for any
+<pb n='28'/><anchor id='Pg028'/>of them, and was half disposed to appear among them in buff himself.
+The men laughed at what they thought was one of his strange conceits,
+and so we escaped suspicion.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It may appear singular that we should have been thus on our guard
+with our own shipmates; but there were some among us who, had they
+possessed the least inkling of our project, would, for a paltry hope of
+reward, have immediately communicated it to the captain.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As soon as two bells struck, the word was passed for the liberty-men
+to get into the boat. I lingered behind in the forecastle a moment,
+to take a parting glance at its familiar features, and just as I was
+about to ascend to the deck, my eye happened to light on the bread-barge
+and beef-kid, which contained the remnants of our last hasty
+meal. Although I had never before thought of providing anything
+in the way of food for our expedition, as I fully relied upon the fruits
+of the island to sustain us wherever we might wander, yet I could not
+resist the inclination I felt to provide a luncheon from the relics before
+me. Accordingly I took a double handful of those small, broken,
+flinty bits of biscuit which generally go by the name of <q>midshipmen’s
+nuts,</q> and thrust them into the bosom of my frock; in which same
+ample receptacle I had previously stowed away several pounds of tobacco
+and a few yards of cotton cloth,—articles with which I intended
+to purchase the good-will of the natives, as soon as we should appear
+among them after the departure of our vessel.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This last addition to my stock caused a considerable protuberance
+in front, which I abated in a measure by shaking the bits of bread
+around my waist, and distributing the plugs of tobacco among the folds
+of the garment.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Hardly had I completed these arrangements when my name was sung
+out by a dozen voices, and I sprung upon the deck, where I found all
+the party in the boat, and impatient to shove off. I dropped over
+the side, and seated myself, with the rest of the watch, in the stern
+sheets, while the poor larboarders shipped their oars, and commenced
+pulling us ashore.
+</p>
+
+<pb n='29'/><anchor id='Pg029'/>
+
+<p>
+This happened to be the rainy season at the islands, and the heavens
+had nearly the whole morning betokened one of those heavy showers
+which, during this period, so frequently occur. The large drops fell
+bubbling into the water shortly after our leaving the ship, and by the
+time we had effected a landing, it poured down in torrents. We fled
+for shelter under cover of an immense canoe-house, which stood hard
+by the beach, and waited for the first fury of the storm to pass.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It continued, however, without cessation; and the monotonous beating
+of the rain overhead began to exert a drowsy influence upon the
+men, who, throwing themselves here and there upon the large war-canoes,
+after chatting awhile, all fell asleep.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This was the opportunity we desired, and Toby and I availed ourselves
+of it at once, by stealing out of the canoe-house, and plunging
+into the depths of an extensive grove that was in its rear. After ten
+minutes’ rapid progress, we gained an open space, from which we could
+just descry the ridge we intended to mount looming dimly through the
+mists of the tropical shower, and distant from us, as we estimated,
+something more than a mile. Our direct course towards it lay through
+a rather populous part of the bay; but desirous as we were of evading
+the natives and securing an unmolested retreat to the mountains, we
+determined, by taking a circuit through some extensive thickets, to
+avoid their vicinity altogether.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The heavy rain that still continued to fall without intermission, favoured
+our enterprise, as it drove the islanders into their houses, and
+prevented any casual meeting with them. Our heavy frocks soon became
+completely saturated with water, and by their weight, and that
+of the articles we had concealed beneath them, not a little impeded our
+progress. But it was no time to pause, when at any moment we might
+be surprised by a body of the savages, and forced at the very outset to
+relinquish our undertaking.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Since leaving the canoe-house we had scarcely exchanged a single
+syllable with one another, but when we entered a second narrow opening
+in the wood, and again caught sight of the ridge before us, I took Toby
+<pb n='30'/><anchor id='Pg030'/>by the arm, and pointing along its sloping outline to the lofty heights
+at its extremity, said, in a low tone, <q>Now, Toby, not a word, nor a
+glance backward, till we stand on the summit of yonder mountain; so
+no more lingering, but let us shove ahead while we can, and in a few
+hours’ time we may laugh aloud. You are the lightest and the nimblest,
+so lead on, and I will follow.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>All right, brother,</q> said Toby, <q>quick’s our play, only let’s keep
+close together, that’s all</q>; and so saying, with a bound like a young
+roe, he cleared a brook which ran across our path, and rushed forward
+with a quick step.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When we arrived within a short distance of the ridge, we were
+stopped by a mass of tall yellow reeds, growing together as thickly as
+they could stand, and as tough and stubborn as so many rods of steel;
+and we perceived, to our chagrin, that they extended midway up the
+elevation we proposed to ascend.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For a moment we gazed about us in quest of a more practicable route;
+it was, however, at once apparent that there was no resource but to
+pierce this thicket of canes at all hazards. We now reversed our order
+of march, I, being the heaviest, taking the lead, with a view
+of breaking a path through the obstruction, while Toby fell into the
+rear.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Two or three times I endeavoured to insinuate myself between the
+canes, and, by dint of coaxing and bending them, to make some progress;
+but a bull-frog might as well have tried to work a passage through
+the teeth of a comb, and I gave up the attempt in despair.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Half wild with meeting an obstacle we had so little anticipated, I
+threw myself desperately against it, crushing to the ground the canes
+with which I came in contact, and rising to my feet again, repeated the
+action with like effect. Twenty minutes of this violent exercise almost
+exhausted me, but it carried us some way into the thicket; when
+Toby, who had been reaping the benefit of my labours by following
+close at my heels, proposed to become pioneer in turn, and accordingly
+<pb n='31'/><anchor id='Pg031'/>passed ahead with a view of affording me a respite from my exertions.
+As, however, with his slight frame he made but bad work of it, I was
+soon obliged to resume my old place again.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On we toiled, the perspiration starting from our bodies in floods,
+our limbs torn and lacerated with the splintered fragments of the
+broken canes, until we had proceeded perhaps as far as the middle of
+the brake, when suddenly it ceased raining, and the atmosphere around
+us became close and sultry beyond expression. The elasticity of the
+reeds quickly recovering from the temporary pressure of our bodies,
+caused them to spring back to their original position, so that they
+closed in upon us as we advanced, and prevented the circulation of
+the little air which might otherwise have reached us. Besides this,
+their great height completely shut us out from the view of surrounding
+objects, and we were not certain but that we might have been going
+all the time in a wrong direction.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Fatigued with my long-continued efforts, and panting for breath,
+I felt myself completely incapacitated for any further exertion. I
+rolled up the sleeve of my frock, and squeezed the moisture it contained
+into my parched mouth. But the few drops I managed to obtain gave
+me little relief, and I sank down for a moment with a sort of dogged
+apathy, from which I was aroused by Toby, who had devised a plan
+to free us from the net in which we had become entangled.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He was laying about him lustily with his sheath-knife, lopping the
+canes right and left, like a reaper, and soon made quite a clearing
+around us. This sight reanimated me; and seizing my own knife, I
+hacked and hewed away without mercy. But, alas! the farther we advanced
+the thicker and taller, and apparently the more interminable,
+the reeds became.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I began to think we were fairly snared, and had almost made up my
+mind that without a pair of wings we should never be able to escape
+from the toils, when all at once I discerned a peep of daylight through
+the canes on my right, and, communicating the joyful tidings to Toby,
+<pb n='32'/><anchor id='Pg032'/>we both fell to with fresh spirit, and speedily opening a passage towards
+it, we found ourselves clear of perplexities, and in the near vicinity of
+the ridge.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After resting for a few moments we began the ascent, and after
+a little vigorous climbing found ourselves close to its summit. Instead,
+however, of walking along its ridge, where we should have been in full
+view of the natives in the vales beneath, and at a point where they
+could easily intercept us, were they so inclined, we cautiously advanced
+on one side, crawling on our hands and knees, and screened from observation
+by the grass through which we glided, much in the fashion
+of a couple of serpents. After an hour employed in this unpleasant
+kind of locomotion, we started to our feet again, and pursued our way
+boldly along the crest of the ridge.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This salient spur of the lofty elevations that encompassed the bay,
+rose with sharp angle from the valleys at its base, and presented, with
+the exception of a few steep acclivities, the appearance of a vast inclined
+plane, sweeping down towards the sea from the heights in the
+distance. We had ascended it near the place of its termination, and at
+its lowest point, and now saw our route to the mountains distinctly
+defined along its narrow crest, which was covered with a soft carpet of
+verdure, and was in many parts only a few feet wide.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Elated with the success which had so far attended our enterprise,
+and invigorated by the refreshing atmosphere we now inhaled, Toby
+and I, in high spirits, were making our way rapidly along the ridge
+when suddenly from the valleys below, which lay on either side of us,
+we heard the distant shouts of the natives, who had just descried us,
+and to whom our figures, brought in bold relief against the sky, were
+plainly revealed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Glancing our eyes into these valleys, we perceived their savage inhabitants
+hurrying to and fro, seemingly under the influence of some
+sudden alarm, and appearing to the eye scarcely bigger than so many
+pigmies, while their white thatched dwellings, dwarfed by the distance,
+looked like baby-houses. As we looked down upon the islanders from
+<pb n='33'/><anchor id='Pg033'/>our lofty elevation, we experienced a sense of security; feeling confident
+that, should they undertake a pursuit, it would, from the start we now
+had, proved entirely fruitless, unless they followed us into the mountains,
+where we knew they cared not to venture.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+However, we thought it was well to make the most of our time; and
+accordingly, where the ground would admit of it, we ran swiftly along
+the summit of the ridge, until we were brought to a stand by a steep
+cliff, which at first seemed to interpose an effectual barrier to our farther
+advance. By dint of much hard scrambling, however, and at some
+risk to our necks, we at last surmounted it, and continued our flight
+with unabated celerity.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We had left the beach early in the morning, and after an uninterrupted,
+though at times difficult and dangerous ascent, during which
+we had never once turned our faces to the sea, we found ourselves,
+about three hours before sunset, standing on the top of what seemed
+to be the highest land on the island, an immense overhanging cliff
+composed of basaltic rocks, hung round with parasitical plants. We
+must have been more than three thousand feet above the level of the
+sea, and the scenery viewed from this height was magnificent.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The lonely bay of Nukuheva, dotted here and there with the black
+hulls of the vessels composing the French squadron, lay reposing at
+the base of a circular range of elevations, whose verdant sides, perforated
+with deep glens, or diversified with smiling valleys, formed
+altogether the loveliest view I ever beheld, and were I to live a hundred
+years, I shall never forget the feeling of admiration which I then experienced.
+</p>
+
+</div><div type="chapter" n="6" rend="page-break-before: always">
+<pb n='34'/><anchor id='Pg034'/>
+<index index="toc" level1="VI. Disappointment"/><index index="pdf"/>
+<head>CHAPTER VI</head>
+
+<argument><p>
+The other side of the mountain—Disappointment—Inventory of articles
+brought from the ship—Division of the stock of bread—Appearance of
+the interior of the island—A discovery—A ravine and waterfalls—A
+sleepless night—Further discoveries—My illness—A Marquesan landscape.
+</p>
+</argument>
+<p>
+My curiosity had been not a little raised with regard to the description
+of country we should meet on the other side of the mountains; and
+I had supposed, with Toby, that immediately on gaining the heights
+we should be enabled to view the large bays of Happar and Typee
+reposing at our feet on one side, in the same way that Nukuheva lay
+spread out below on the other. But here we were disappointed. Instead
+of finding the mountain we had ascended sweeping down in the
+opposite direction into broad and capacious valleys, the land appeared
+to retain its general elevation, only broken into a series of ridges and
+inter-vales, which as far as the eye could reach stretched away from
+us, with their precipitous sides covered with the brightest verdure,
+and waving here and there with the foliage of clumps of woodland;
+among which, however, we perceived none of those trees upon whose
+fruit we had relied with such certainty.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This was a most unlooked-for discovery, and one that promised to defeat
+our plans altogether, for we could not think of descending the
+mountain on the Nukuheva side in quest of food. Should we for this
+purpose be induced to retrace our steps, we should run no small chance
+of encountering the natives, who in that case, if they did nothing
+worse to us, would be certain to convey us back to the ship for
+the sake of the reward in calico and trinkets, which we had no
+doubt our skipper would hold out to them as an inducement to our
+capture.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What was to be done? The <name type="ship">Dolly</name> would not sail perhaps for ten
+<pb n='35'/><anchor id='Pg035'/>days, and how were we to sustain life during this period? I bitterly
+repented our improvidence in not providing ourselves, as we easily
+might have done, with a supply of biscuit. With a rueful visage I
+now bethought me of the scanty handful of bread I had stuffed into the
+bosom of my frock, and felt somewhat desirous to ascertain what part of
+it had weathered the rather rough usage it had experienced in ascending
+the mountain. I accordingly proposed to Toby that we should enter
+into a joint examination of the various articles we had brought from the
+ship. With this intent we seated ourselves upon the grass; and a
+little curious to see with what kind of judgment my companion had
+filled his frock—which I remarked seemed about as well lined as my
+own—I requested him to commence operations by spreading out its contents.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thrusting his hand, then, into the bosom of his capacious receptacle,
+he first brought to light about a pound of tobacco, whose component
+parts still adhered together, the whole outside being covered with soft
+particles of sea-bread. Wet and dripping, it had the appearance of
+having been just recovered from the bottom of the sea. But I paid
+slight attention to a substance of so little value to us in our present
+situation, as soon as I perceived the indications it gave of Toby’s
+foresight in laying in a supply of food for the expedition.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I eagerly inquired what quantity he had brought with him, when
+rummaging once more beneath his garment, he produced a small handful
+of something so soft, pulpy, and discoloured, that for a few moments
+he was as much puzzled as myself to tell by what possible instrumentality
+such a villanous compound had become engendered in his bosom.
+I can only describe it as a hash of soaked bread and bits of tobacco,
+brought to a doughy consistency by the united agency of perspiration
+and rain. But repulsive as it might otherwise have been, I now regarded
+it as an invaluable treasure, and proceeded with great care to
+transfer this paste-like mass to a large leaf which I had plucked from a
+bush beside me. Toby informed me that in the morning he had placed
+two whole biscuits in his bosom, with a view of munching them, should
+<pb n='36'/><anchor id='Pg036'/>he feel so inclined, during our flight. These were now reduced to the
+equivocal substance which I had just placed on the leaf.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Another dive into the frock brought to view some four or five yards
+of calico print, whose tasteful pattern was rather disfigured by the
+yellow stains of the tobacco with which it had been brought in contact.
+In drawing this calico slowly from his bosom inch by inch,
+Toby reminded me of a juggler performing the feat of the endless ribbon.
+The next cast was a small one, being a sailor’s little <q>ditty bag,</q>
+containing needles, thread, and other sewing utensils; then came a
+razor-case, followed by two or three separate plugs of negro-head, which
+were fished up from the bottom of the now empty receptacle. These
+various matters being inspected, I produced a few things which I had
+myself brought.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As might have been anticipated from the state of my companion’s
+edible supplies, I found my own in a deplorable condition, and diminished
+to a quantity that would not have formed half a dozen mouthfuls
+for a hungry man who was partial enough to tobacco not to mind
+swallowing it. A few morsels of bread, with a fathom or two of
+white cotton cloth, and several pounds of choice pigtail, composed the
+extent of my possessions.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Our joint stock of miscellaneous articles were now made up into a
+compact bundle, which it was agreed we should carry alternately. But
+the sorry remains of the biscuit were not to be disposed of so summarily:
+the precarious circumstances in which we were placed made
+us regard them as something on which very probably depended the
+fate of our adventure. After a brief discussion, in which we both of
+us expressed our resolution of not descending into the bay until the
+ship’s departure, I suggested to my companion that little of it as there
+was, we should divide the bread into six equal portions, each of which
+should be a day’s allowance for both of us. This proposition he assented
+to; so I took the silk kerchief from my neck, and cutting it with
+my knife into half a dozen equal pieces, proceeded to make an exact
+division.
+</p>
+
+<pb n='37'/><anchor id='Pg037'/>
+
+<p>
+At first, Toby, with a degree of fastidiousness that seemed to me ill-timed,
+was for picking out the minute particles of tobacco with which
+the spongy mass was mixed; but against this proceeding I protested,
+as by such an operation we must have greatly diminished its quantity.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When the division was accomplished, we found that a day’s allowance
+for the two was not a great deal more than what a table-spoon
+might hold. Each separate portion we immediately rolled up in the
+bit of silk prepared for it, and joining them all together into a small
+package, I committed them, with solemn injunctions of fidelity, to the
+custody of Toby. For the remainder of that day we resolved to fast,
+as we had been fortified by a breakfast in the morning; and now starting
+again to our feet, we looked about us for a shelter during the
+night, which, from the appearance of the heavens, promised to be a
+dark and tempestuous one.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There was no place near us which would in any way answer our
+purpose; so turning our backs upon Nukuheva, we commenced exploring
+the unknown regions which lay upon the other side of the
+mountain.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In this direction, as far as our vision extended, not a sign of life,
+nor anything that denoted even the transient residence of man could
+be seen. The whole landscape seemed one unbroken solitude, the interior
+of the island having apparently been untenanted since the morning
+of the creation; and as we advanced through this wilderness, our
+voices sounded strangely in our ears, as though human accents had
+never before disturbed the fearful silence of the place, interrupted only
+by the low murmurings of distant waterfalls.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Our disappointment, however, in not finding the various fruits with
+which we had intended to regale ourselves during our stay in these
+wilds, was a good deal lessened by the consideration that from this
+very circumstance we should be much less exposed to a casual meeting
+with the savage tribes about us, who we knew always dwelt beneath the
+shadows of those trees which supplied them with food.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We wandered along, casting eager glances into every bush we passed,
+<pb n='38'/><anchor id='Pg038'/>until just as we had succeeded in mounting one of the many ridges
+that intersected the ground, I saw in the grass before me something
+like an indistinctly traced footpath, which appeared to lead along the
+top of the ridge, and to descend with it into a deep ravine about half
+a mile in advance of us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Robinson Crusoe could not have been more startled at the footprint
+in the sand than we were at this unwelcome discovery. My first
+impulse was to make as rapid a retreat as possible, and bend our steps
+in some other direction; but our curiosity to see whither this path
+might lead, prompted us to pursue it. So on we went, the track becoming
+more and more visible the farther we proceeded, until it conducted
+us to the verge of the ravine, where it abruptly terminated.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>And so,</q> said Toby, peering down into the chasm, <q>every one that
+travels this path takes a jump here, eh?</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Not so,</q> said I, <q>for I think they might manage to descend without
+it; what say you,—shall we attempt the feat?</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>And what, in the name of caves and coal-holes, do you expect to
+find at the bottom of that gulf but a broken neck—why, it looks blacker
+than our ship’s hold, and the roar of those waterfalls down there would
+batter one’s brains to pieces.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Oh, no, Toby,</q> I exclaimed, laughing; <q>but there’s something to be
+seen here, that’s plain, or there would have been no path, and I am
+resolved to find out what it is.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>I will tell you what, my pleasant fellow,</q> rejoined Toby, quickly,
+<q>if you are going to pry into everything you meet with here that excites
+your curiosity, you will marvellously soon get knocked on the head;
+to a dead certainty you will come bang upon a party of these savages
+in the midst of your discovery-makings, and I doubt whether such an
+event would particularly delight you. Just take my advice for once,
+and let us ’bout ship and steer in some other direction; besides, it’s
+getting late, and we ought to be mooring ourselves for the night.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>That is just the thing I have been driving at,</q> replied I; <q>and I
+am thinking that this ravine will exactly answer our purpose, for it is
+<pb n='39'/><anchor id='Pg039'/>roomy, secluded, well watered, and may shelter us from the weather.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Ay, and from sleep too, and by the same token will give us sore
+throats, and rheumatism into the bargain,</q> cried Toby, with evident
+dislike at the idea.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Oh, very well then, my lad,</q> said I, <q>since you will not accompany
+me, here I go, alone. You will see me in the morning</q>; and advancing
+to the edge of the cliff upon which we had been standing, I proceeded
+to lower myself down by the tangled roots which clustered
+about all the crevices of the rock. As I had anticipated, Toby, in
+spite of his previous remonstrances, followed my example, and dropping
+himself with the activity of a squirrel from point to point, he quickly
+outstripped me, and effected a landing at the bottom before I had accomplished
+two-thirds of the descent.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The sight that now greeted us was one that will ever be vividly impressed
+upon my mind. Five foaming streams, rushing through as
+many gorges, and swelled and turbid by the recent rains, united together
+in one mad plunge of nearly eighty feet, and fell with wild
+uproar into a deep black pool scooped out of the gloomy-looking rocks
+that lay piled around, and thence in one collected body dashed down a
+narrow sloping channel which seemed to penetrate into the very bowels
+of the earth. Overhead, vast roots of trees hung down from the sides
+of the ravine, dripping with moisture, and trembling with the concussions
+produced by the fall. It was now sunset, and the feeble uncertain
+light that found its way into these caverns and woody depths
+heightened their strange appearance, and reminded us that in a short
+time we should find ourselves in utter darkness.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As soon as I had satisfied my curiosity by gazing at this scene, I fell
+to wondering how it was that what we had taken for a path should
+have conducted us to so singular a place, and began to suspect that
+after all I might have been deceived in supposing it to have been a
+track formed by the islanders. This was rather an agreeable reflection
+than otherwise, for it diminished our dread of accidentally meeting with
+any of them, and I came to the conclusion that perhaps we could not
+<pb n='40'/><anchor id='Pg040'/>have selected a more secure hiding-place than this very spot we had
+so accidentally hit upon. Toby agreed with me in this view of the matter,
+and we immediately began gathering together the limbs of trees
+which lay scattered about, with the view of constructing a temporary
+hut for the night. This we were obliged to build close to the foot of the
+cataract for the current of water extended very nearly to the sides of the
+gorge. The few moments of light that remained we employed in covering
+our hut with a species of broad-bladed grass that grew in every
+fissure of the ravine. Our hut, if it deserved to be called one, consisted
+of six or eight of the straightest branches we could find laid
+obliquely against the steep wall of rock, with their lowered ends within
+a foot of the stream. Into the space thus covered over we managed
+to crawl, and dispose our wearied bodies as best we could.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Shall I ever forget that horrid night! As for poor Toby, I could
+scarcely get a word out of him. It would have been some consolation
+to have heard his voice, but he lay shivering the live-long night like
+a man afflicted with the palsy, with his knees drawn up to his head,
+while his back was supported against the dripping side of the rock.
+During this wretched night there seemed nothing wanting to complete
+the perfect misery of our condition. The rain descended in such
+torrents that our poor shelter proved a mere mockery. In vain did
+I try to elude the incessant streams that poured upon me; by protecting
+one part I only exposed another, and the water was continually
+finding some new opening through which to drench us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I have had many a ducking in the course of my life, and in general
+cared little about it: but the accumulated horrors of that night,
+the death-like coldness of the place, the appalling darkness and the
+dismal sense of our forlorn condition, almost unmanned me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It will not be doubted that the next morning we were early risers,
+and as soon as I could catch the faintest glimpse of anything like
+daylight I shook my companion by the arm, and told him it was sunrise.
+Poor Toby lifted up his head, and after a moment’s pause said,
+in a husky voice, <q>Then, shipmate, my toplights have gone out, for it
+<pb n='41'/><anchor id='Pg041'/>appears darker now with my eyes open than it did when they were shut.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Nonsense!</q> exclaimed I; <q>you are not awake yet.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Awake!</q> roared Toby, in a rage; <q>awake! You mean to insinuate
+I’ve been asleep, do you? It is an insult to a man to suppose he could
+sleep in such a place as this.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By the time I had apologized to my friend for having misconstrued
+his silence, it had become somewhat more light, and we crawled out of
+our lair. The rain had ceased, but everything around us was dripping
+with moisture. We stripped off our saturated garments, and wrung
+them as dry as we could. We contrived to make the blood circulate
+in our benumbed limbs by rubbing them vigorously with our hands;
+and after performing our ablutions in the stream, and putting on our
+still wet clothes, we began to think it advisable to break our long fast,
+it being now twenty-four hours since we had tasted food.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Accordingly, our day’s ration was brought out, and seating ourselves
+on a detached fragment of rock, we proceeded to discuss it.
+First we divided it into equal portions, and carefully rolling one
+of them up for our evening’s repast, divided the remainder again as
+equally as possible, and then drew lots for the first choice. I could
+have placed the morsel that fell to my share upon the tip of my
+finger; but notwithstanding this, I took care that it should be full ten
+minutes before I had swallowed the last crumb. What a true saying it
+is that <q>appetite furnishes the best sauce</q>! There was a flavour and a
+relish to this small particle of food that, under other circumstances, it
+would have been impossible for the most delicate viands to have imparted.
+A copious draught of the pure water which flowed at our feet
+served to complete the meal, and after it we rose sensibly refreshed,
+and prepared for whatever might befall us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We now carefully examined the chasm in which we had passed the
+night. We crossed the stream, and gaining the farther side of the
+pool I have mentioned, discovered proofs that the spot must have been
+visited by some one but a short time previous to our arrival. Further
+observation convinced us that it had been regularly frequented, and,
+<pb n='42'/><anchor id='Pg042'/>as we afterwards conjectured from particular indications, for the purpose
+of obtaining a certain root, from which the natives obtained a kind
+of ointment.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These discoveries immediately determined us to abandon a place
+which had presented no inducement for us to remain, except the promise
+of security; and as we looked about us for the means of ascending
+again into the upper regions, we at last found a practicable part
+of the rock, and half-an-hour’s toil carried us to the summit of the
+same cliff from which the preceding evening we had descended.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I now proposed to Toby that instead of rambling about the island,
+exposing ourselves to discovery at every turn, we should select some
+place as our fixed abode for as long a period as our food should hold
+out, build ourselves a comfortable hut, and be as prudent and circumspect
+as possible. To all this my companion assented, and we at once
+set about carrying the plan into execution.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With this view, after exploring without success a little glen near us,
+we crossed several of the ridges of which I have before spoken; and
+about noon found ourselves ascending a long and gradually rising
+slope, but still without having discovered any place adapted to our purpose.
+Low and heavy clouds betokened an approaching storm, and
+we hurried on to gain a covert in a clump of thick bushes, which appeared
+to terminate the long ascent. We threw ourselves under the lee
+of these bushes, and pulling up the long grass that grew around, covered
+ourselves completely with it, and awaited the shower.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But it did not come as soon as we had expected, and before many
+minutes my companion was fast asleep, and I was rapidly falling into
+the same state of happy forgetfulness. Just at this juncture, however,
+down came the rain with a violence that put all thoughts of
+slumber to flight. Although in some measure sheltered, our clothes
+soon became as wet as ever; this, after all the trouble we had taken
+to dry them, was provoking enough: but there was no help for it; and
+I recommend all adventurous youths who abandon vessels in
+roman<pb n='43'/><anchor id='Pg043'/>tic islands during the rainy season, to provide themselves with umbrellas.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After an hour or so the shower passed away. My companion slept
+through it all, or at least appeared so to do; and now that it was over
+I had not the heart to awaken him. As I lay on my back completely
+shrouded with verdure, the leafy branches drooping over me, and my
+limbs buried in grass, I could not avoid comparing our situation with
+that of the interesting babes in the wood. Poor little sufferers!—no
+wonder their constitutions broke down under the hardships to which
+they were exposed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+During the hour or two spent under the shelter of these bushes,
+I began to feel symptoms which I at once attributed to the exposure of
+the preceding night. Cold shiverings and a burning fever succeeded
+one another at intervals, while one of my legs was swelled to such a
+degree, and pained me so acutely, that I half suspected I had been
+bitten by some venomous reptile, the congenial inhabitant of the chasm
+from which we had lately emerged. I may here remark by the way—what
+I subsequently learned—that all the islands of Polynesia enjoy
+the reputation, in common with the Hibernian isle, of being free from
+the presence of any vipers; though whether Saint Patrick ever visited
+them, is a question I shall not attempt to decide.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As the feverish sensation increased upon me I tossed about, still unwilling
+to disturb my slumbering companion, from whose side I removed
+two or three yards. I chanced to push aside a branch, and by
+so doing suddenly disclosed to my view a scene which even now I can
+recall with all the vividness of the first impression. Had a glimpse
+of the gardens of Paradise been revealed to me, I could scarcely have
+been more ravished with the sight.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From the spot where I lay tranfixed with surprise and delight, I
+looked straight down into the bosom of a valley, which swept away
+in long wavy undulations to the blue waters in the distance. Midway
+towards the sea, and peering here and there amidst the foliage, might
+be seen the palmetto-thatched houses of its inhabitants, glistening in
+<pb n='44'/><anchor id='Pg044'/>the sun that had bleached them to a dazzling whiteness. The vale was
+more than three leagues in length, and about a mile across at its
+greatest width.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On either side it appeared hemmed in by steep and green acclivities,
+which, uniting near the spot where I lay, formed an abrupt and semi-circular
+termination of grassy cliffs and precipices hundreds of feet
+in height, over which flowed numberless small cascades. But the
+crowning beauty of the prospect was its universal verdure; and in
+this indeed consists, I believe, the peculiar charm of every Polynesian
+landscape. Everywhere below me, from the base of the precipice
+upon whose very verge I had been unconsciously reposing, the surface
+of the vale presented a mass of foliage, spread with such rich profusion
+that it was impossible to determine of what description of trees
+it consisted.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But perhaps there was nothing about the scenery I beheld more impressive
+than those silent cascades, whose slender threads of water,
+after leaping down the steep cliffs, were lost amidst the rich herbage
+of the valley.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Over all the landscape there reigned the most hushed repose, which
+I almost feared to break, lest, like the enchanted gardens in the fairy
+tale, a single syllable might dissolve the spell. For a long time, forgetful
+alike of my own situation, and the vicinity of my still slumbering
+companion, I remained gazing around me, hardly able to comprehend
+by what means I had thus suddenly been made a spectator of such a
+scene.
+</p>
+
+</div><div type="chapter" n="7" rend="page-break-before: always">
+<pb n='45'/><anchor id='Pg045'/>
+<index index="toc" level1="VII. A Wild-goose Chase"/><index index="pdf"/>
+<head>CHAPTER VII</head>
+
+<argument><p>
+The important question, Typee or Happar?—A wild-goose chase—My sufferings—Disheartening
+situation—A night in the ravine—Morning meal—Happy
+idea of Toby—Journey towards the valley.
+</p>
+</argument>
+<p>
+Recovering from my astonishment at the beautiful scene before me,
+I quickly awakened Toby, and informed him of the discovery I had
+made. Together we now repaired to the border of the precipice, and
+my companion’s admiration was equal to my own. A little reflection,
+however, abated our surprise at coming so unexpectedly upon this
+valley, since the large vales of Happar and Typee, lying upon this side
+of Nukuheva, and extending a considerable distance from the sea towards
+the interior, must necessarily terminate somewhere about this
+point.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The question now was as to which of those two places we were looking
+down upon. Toby insisted that it was the abode of the Happars,
+and I that it was tenanted by their enemies, the ferocious Typees. To
+be sure I was not entirely convinced by my own arguments, but Toby’s
+proposition to descend at once into the valley, and partake of the
+hospitality of its inmates, seemed to me to be risking so much upon the
+strength of a mere supposition, that I resolved to oppose it until we
+had more evidence to proceed upon.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The point was one of vital importance, as the natives of Happar
+were not only at peace with Nukuheva, but cultivated with its inhabitants
+the most friendly relations, and enjoyed beside a reputation for
+gentleness and humanity which led us to expect from them, if not
+a cordial reception, at least a shelter during the short period we should
+remain in their territory.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On the other hand, the very name of Typee struck a panic into my
+heart which I did not attempt to disguise. The thought of voluntarily
+throwing ourselves into the hands of these cruel savages, seemed to
+<pb n='46'/><anchor id='Pg046'/>me an act of mere madness; and almost equally so the idea of venturing
+into the valley, uncertain by which of these two tribes it was inhabited.
+That the vale at our feet was tenanted by one of them, was
+a point that appeared to us past all doubt, since we knew that they resided
+in this quarter, although our information did not enlighten us
+further.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My companion, however, incapable of resisting the tempting prospect
+which the place held out of an abundant supply of food and other
+means of enjoyment, still clung to his own inconsiderate view of the
+subject, nor could all my reasoning shake it. When I reminded him
+that it was impossible for either of us to know anything with certainty,
+and when I dealt upon the horrible fate we should encounter were we
+rashly to descend into the valley, and discover too late the error we
+had committed, he replied by detailing all the evils of our present condition,
+and the sufferings we must undergo should we continue to remain
+where we then were.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Anxious to draw him away from the subject, if possible—for I saw
+that it would be in vain to attempt changing his mind—I directed
+his attention to a long bright unwooded tract of land which, sweeping
+down from the elevations in the interior, descended into the valley before
+us. I then suggested to him that beyond this ridge might lie
+a capacious and untenanted valley, abounding with all manner of
+delicious fruits; for I had heard that there were several such upon
+the island, and proposed that we should endeavour to reach it, and if
+we found our expectations realized we should at once take refuge in
+it and remain there as long as we pleased.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He acquiesced in the suggestion; and we immediately, therefore,
+began surveying the country lying before us, with a view of determining
+upon the best route for us to pursue; but it presented little choice,
+the whole interval being broken into steep ridges, divided by dark
+ravines, extending in parallel lines at right angles to our direct course.
+All these we would be obliged to cross before we could hope to arrive
+at our destination.
+</p>
+
+<pb n='47'/><anchor id='Pg047'/>
+
+<p>
+A weary journey! But we decided to undertake it, though, for
+my own part, I felt little prepared to encounter its fatigues, shivering
+and burning by turns with the ague and fever; for I know not how
+else to describe the alternate sensations I experienced, and suffering
+not a little from the lameness which afflicted me. Added to this
+was the faintness consequent on our meagre diet—a calamity in which
+Toby participated to the same extent as myself.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These circumstances, however, only augmented my anxiety to reach
+a place which promised us plenty and repose, before I should be reduced
+to a state which would render me altogether unable to perform
+the journey. Accordingly we now commenced it by descending the
+almost perpendicular side of a steep and narrow gorge, bristling with a
+thick growth of reeds. Here there was but one mode for us to adopt.
+We seated ourselves upon the ground, and guided our descent by
+catching at the canes in our path. The velocity with which we thus
+slid down the side of the ravine soon brought us to a point where we
+could use our feet, and in a short time we arrived at the edge of the
+torrent, which rolled impetuously along the bed of the chasm.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After taking a refreshing draught from the water of the stream,
+we addressed ourselves to a much more difficult undertaking than the
+last. Every foot of our late descent had to be regained in ascending
+the opposite side of the gorge—an operation rendered the less agreeable
+from the consideration that in these perpendicular episodes we
+did not progress a hundred yards on our journey. But, ungrateful
+as the task was, we set about it with exemplary patience, and after a
+snail-like progress of an hour or more, had scaled perhaps one half
+of the distance, when the fever which had left me for awhile returned
+with such violence, and accompanied by so raging a thirst, that
+it required all the entreaties of Toby to prevent me from losing all
+the fruits of my late exertion, by precipitating myself madly down the
+cliffs we had just climbed, in quest of the water which flowed so temptingly
+at their base. At the moment all my hopes and fears appeared
+to be merged in this one desire, careless of the consequences that
+<pb n='48'/><anchor id='Pg048'/>might result from its gratification. I am aware of no feeling, either
+of pleasure or of pain, that so completely deprives one of all power
+to resist its impulses, as this same raging thirst.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Toby earnestly conjured me to continue the ascent, assuring me that
+a little more exertion would bring us to the summit, and that then in
+less than five minutes we should find ourselves at the brink of the
+stream, which must necessarily flow on the other side of the ridge.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Do not,</q> he exclaimed, <q>turn back, now that we have proceeded
+thus far; for I tell you that neither of us will have the courage to repeat
+the attempt, if once more we find ourselves looking up to where
+we now are from the bottom of these rocks!</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I was not yet so perfectly beside myself as to be heedless of these
+representations, and therefore toiled on, ineffectually endeavouring to
+appease the thirst which consumed me, by thinking that in a short
+time I should be able to gratify it to my heart’s content.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At last we gained the top of the second elevation, the loftiest of those
+I have described as extending in parallel lines between us and the
+valley we desired to reach. It commanded a view of the whole intervening
+distance; and, discouraged as I was by other circumstances,
+this prospect plunged me into the very depths of despair. Nothing
+but dark and fearful chasms, separated by sharp crested and perpendicular
+ridges as far as the eye could reach. Could we have stepped from
+summit to summit of these steep but narrow elevations we could easily
+have accomplished the distance; but we must penetrate to the bottom
+of every yawning gulf, and scale in succession every one of the eminences
+before us. Even Toby, although not suffering as I did, was not
+proof against the disheartening influences of the sight.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But we did not long stand to contemplate it, impatient as I was
+to reach the waters of the torrent which flowed beneath us. With an
+insensibility to danger which I cannot call to mind without shuddering,
+we threw ourselves down the depths of the ravine, startling its savage
+solitudes with the echoes produced by the falling fragments of rock
+we every moment dislodged from their places, careless of the
+insecu<pb n='49'/><anchor id='Pg049'/>rity of our footing, and reckless whether the slight roots and twigs we
+clutched at sustained us for the while, or treacherously yielded to our
+grasp. For my own part, I scarcely knew whether I was helplessly
+falling from the heights above, or whether the fearful rapidity with
+which I descended was an act of my own volition.
+</p>
+    <anchor id="illus2"/>
+<pgIf output='txt'><then><p rend="margin-left: 2; margin-right: 2">[Illustration: AT LAST WE GAINED THE TOP OF THE 
+    SECOND ELEVATION]</p>
+</then><else><pgIf output="pdf"><then><p><figure url="images/illus2.jpg" rend="width: 100 %"><head><hi rend="font-size: small">AT LAST WE GAINED THE TOP OF THE SECOND
+ELEVATION</hi></head></figure></p></then>
+<else><p><figure url="images/illus2th.jpg"><head><xref url="images/illus2.jpg"><hi rend="font-size: small">AT LAST WE GAINED THE TOP OF THE SECOND
+      ELEVATION</hi></xref></head><figDesc>Illustration: AT LAST WE GAINED THE TOP OF THE SECOND ELEVATION</figDesc></figure></p></else></pgIf>
+</else></pgIf>
+<p>
+In a few minutes we reached the foot of the gorge, and kneeling
+upon a small ledge of dripping rocks, I bent over to the stream. What
+a delicious sensation was I now to experience! I paused for a second
+to concentrate all my capabilities of enjoyment, and then immerged
+my lips in the clear element before me. Had the apples of Sodom
+turned to ashes in my mouth, I could not have felt a more startling revulsion.
+A single drop of the cold fluid seemed to freeze every drop
+of blood in my body; the fever that had been burning in my veins
+gave place on the instant to death-like chills, which shook me one
+after another like so many shocks of electricity, while the perspiration
+produced by my late violent exertions congealed in icy beads
+upon my forehead. My thirst was gone, and I fairly loathed the
+water. Starting to my feet, the sight of those dank rocks, oozing forth
+moisture at every crevice, and the dark stream shooting along its dismal
+channel, sent fresh chills through my shivering frame, and I felt
+as uncontrollable a desire to climb up towards the genial sunlight as
+I before had to descend the ravine.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After two hours’ perilous exertions we stood upon the summit of
+another ridge, and it was with difficulty I could bring myself to
+believe that we had ever penetrated the black and yawning chasm which
+then gaped at our feet. Again we gazed upon the prospect which the
+height commanded, but it was just as depressing as the one which had
+before met our eyes. I now felt that in our present situation it was
+in vain for us to think of ever overcoming the obstacles in our way,
+and I gave up all thoughts of reaching the vale which lay beyond this
+series of impediments; while at the same time I could not devise
+any scheme to extricate ourselves from the difficulties in which we
+were involved.
+</p>
+
+<pb n='50'/><anchor id='Pg050'/>
+
+<p>
+The remotest idea of returning to Nukuheva unless assured of our
+vessel’s departure, never once entered my mind, and indeed it was
+questionable whether we could have succeeded in reaching it, divided
+as we were from the bay by a distance we could not compute, and perplexed
+too in our remembrance of localities by our recent wanderings.
+Besides, it was unendurable the thought of retracing our steps and
+rendering all our painful exertions of no avail.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There is scarcely anything when a man is in difficulties that he is
+more disposed to look upon with abhorrence than a right-about retrograde
+movement—a systematic going over of the already trodden
+ground: and especially if he has a love of adventure, such a course
+appears indescribably repulsive, so long as there remains the least hope
+to be derived from braving untried difficulties.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was this feeling that prompted us to descend the opposite side
+of the elevation we had just scaled, although with what definite object
+in view it would have been impossible for either of us to tell.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Without exchanging a syllable upon the subject, Toby and myself
+simultaneously renounced the design which had lured us thus far—perceiving
+in each other’s countenances that desponding expression
+which speaks more eloquently than words.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Together we stood towards the close of this weary day in the cavity
+of the third gorge we had entered, wholly incapacitated for any further
+exertion, until restored to some degree of strength by food and repose.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We seated ourselves upon the least uncomfortable spot we could select,
+and Toby produced from the bosom of his frock the sacred package.
+In silence we partook of the small morsel of refreshment that
+had been left from the morning’s repast, and without once proposing to
+violate the sanctity of our engagement with respect to the remainder,
+we rose to our feet, and proceeded to construct some sort of shelter
+under which we might obtain the sleep we so greatly needed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Fortunately the spot was better adapted to our purpose than the
+one in which we had passed the last wretched night. We cleared away
+the tall reeds from a small but almost level bit of ground, and twisted
+<pb n='51'/><anchor id='Pg051'/>them into a low basket-like hut, which we covered with a profusion
+of long thick leaves, gathered from a tree near at hand. We disposed
+them thickly all around, reserving only a slight opening that
+barely permitted us to crawl under the shelter we had thus obtained.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These deep recesses, though protected from the winds that assail
+the summits of their lofty sides, are damp and chill to a degree that
+one would hardly anticipate in such a climate; and being unprovided
+with anything but our woollen frocks and thin duck trousers to resist
+the cold of the place, we were the more solicitous to render our
+habitation for the night as comfortable as we could. Accordingly,
+in addition to what we had already done, we plucked down all the
+leaves within our reach and threw them in a heap over our little hut,
+into which we now crept, raking after us a reserved supply to form
+our couch.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+That night nothing but the pain I suffered prevented me from
+sleeping most refreshingly. As it was, I caught two or three naps,
+while Toby slept away at my side as soundly as though he had been
+sandwiched between two Holland sheets. Luckily it did not rain, and
+we were preserved from the misery which a heavy shower would have
+occasioned us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the morning I was awakened by the sonorous voice of my companion
+ringing in my ears and bidding me rise. I crawled out from
+our heap of leaves, and was astonished at the change which a good
+night’s rest had wrought in his appearance. He was as blithe and
+joyous as a young bird, and was staying the keenness of his morning’s
+appetite by chewing the soft bark of a delicate branch he held in his
+hand, and he recommended the like to me, as an admirable antidote
+against the gnawings of hunger.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For my own part, though feeling materially better than I had done
+the preceding evening, I could not look at the limb that had pained
+me so violently at intervals during the last twenty-four hours, without
+experiencing a sense of alarm that I strove in vain to shake off. Unwilling
+to disturb the flow of my comrade’s spirits, I managed to
+<pb n='52'/><anchor id='Pg052'/>stifle the complaints to which I might otherwise have given vent, and
+calling upon him good-humouredly to speed our banquet, I prepared
+myself for it by washing in the stream. This operation concluded,
+we swallowed, or rather absorbed, by a peculiar kind of slow sucking
+process, our respective morsels of nourishment, and then entered
+into a discussion as to the steps it was necessary for us to pursue.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>What’s to be done now?</q> inquired I, rather dolefully.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q><anchor id="corr052"/><corr sic="Decend">Descend</corr> into that same valley we descried yesterday,</q> rejoined
+Toby, with a rapidity and loudness of utterance that almost led me
+to suspect he had been slyly devouring the broadside of an ox in some
+of the adjoining thickets. <q>What else,</q> he continued, <q>remains for
+us to do but that, to be sure? Why, we shall both starve, to a certainty,
+if we remain here; and as to your fears of those Typees—depend
+upon it, it is all nonsense. It is impossible that the inhabitants
+of such a lovely place as we saw can be anything else but good fellows;
+and if you choose rather to perish with hunger in one of these soppy
+caverns, I for one prefer to chance a bold descent into the valley, and
+risk the consequences.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>And who is to pilot us thither,</q> I asked, <q>even if we should decide
+upon the measure you propose? Are we to go again up and down
+those precipices that we crossed yesterday, until we reach the place
+we started from, and then take a flying leap from the cliffs to the
+valley?</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>’Faith, I didn’t think of that,</q> said Toby; <q>sure enough, both
+sides of the valley appeared to be hemmed in by precipices, didn’t
+they?</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Yes,</q> answered I; <q>as steep as the sides of a line-of-battle ship,
+and about a hundred times as high.</q> My companion sank his head
+upon his breast, and remained for awhile in deep thought. Suddenly
+he sprang to his feet, while his eyes lighted up with that gleam of
+intelligence that marks the presence of some bright idea.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Yes, yes,</q> he exclaimed; <q>the streams all run in the same direction,
+and must necessarily flow into the valley before they reach the
+<pb n='53'/><anchor id='Pg053'/>sea; all we have to do is just to follow this stream, and sooner or later,
+it will lead us into the vale.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>You are right, Toby,</q> I exclaimed, <q>you are right; it must
+conduct us thither, and quickly too; for, see with what a steep inclination
+the water descends.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>It does, indeed,</q> burst forth my companion, overjoyed at my verification
+of his theory, <q>it does, indeed; why, it is as plain as a pike-staff.
+Let us proceed at once; come, throw away all those stupid ideas
+about the Typees, and hurrah for the lovely valley of the Happars!</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>You will have it to be Happar, I see, my dear fellow; pray Heaven,
+you may not find yourself deceived,</q> observed I, with a shake of my
+head.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Amen to all that, and much more,</q> shouted Toby, rushing forward;
+<q>but Happar it is, for nothing else than Happar can it be. So
+glorious a valley—such forests of bread-fruit trees—such groves of
+cocoa-nut—such wildernesses of guava-bushes! Ah, shipmate! don’t
+linger behind: in the name of all delightful fruits, I am dying to be at
+them. Come on, come on; shove ahead, there’s a lively lad; never
+mind the rocks; kick them out of the way, as I do; and to-morrow, old
+fellow, take my word for it, we shall be in clover. Come on</q>; and
+so saying, he dashed along the ravine like a madman, forgetting my
+inability to keep up with him. In a few minutes, however, the exuberance
+of his spirits abated, and, pausing for awhile, he permitted me
+to overtake him.
+</p>
+
+</div><div type="chapter" n="8" rend="page-break-before: always">
+<pb n='54'/><anchor id='Pg054'/>
+<index index="toc" level1="VIII. Into the Valley"/><index index="pdf"/>
+<head>CHAPTER VIII</head>
+
+<argument><p>
+Perilous passage of the ravine—Descent into the valley
+</p>
+</argument>
+<p>
+The fearless confidence of Toby was contagious, and I began to adopt
+the Happar side of the question. I could not, however, overcome a
+certain feeling of trepidation, as we made our way along these gloomy
+solitudes. Our progress, at first comparatively easy, became more
+and more difficult. The bed of the watercourse was covered with fragments
+of broken rocks, which had fallen from above, offering so many
+obstructions to the course of the rapid stream, which vexed and fretted
+about them,—forming at intervals small waterfalls, pouring over into
+deep basins, or splashing wildly upon heaps of stones.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From the narrowness of the gorge, and the steepness of its sides,
+there was no mode of advancing but by wading through the water;
+stumbling every moment over the impediments which lay hidden under
+its surface, or tripping against the huge roots of trees. But the
+most annoying hindrance we encountered was from a multitude of
+crooked boughs, which, shooting out almost horizontally from the sides
+of the chasm, twisted themselves together in fantastic masses almost
+to the surface of the stream, affording us no passage except under the
+low arches which they formed. Under these we were obliged to crawl
+on our hands and feet, sliding along the oozy surface of the rocks, or
+slipping into the deep pools, and with scarce light enough to guide us.
+Occasionally we would strike our heads against some projecting limb
+of a tree; and while imprudently engaged in rubbing the injured part,
+would fall sprawling amongst flinty fragments, cutting and bruising
+ourselves, whilst the unpitying waters flowed over our prostrate bodies.
+Belzoni, worming himself through the subterranean passages of the
+Egyptian catacombs, could not have met with greater impediments
+than those we here encountered. But we struggled against them manfully,
+well knowing our only hope lay in advancing.
+</p>
+
+<pb n='55'/><anchor id='Pg055'/>
+
+<p>
+Towards sunset we halted at a spot where we made preparations
+for passing the night. Here we constructed a hut, in much the same
+way as before, and crawling into it, endeavoured to forget our sufferings.
+My companion, I believe, slept pretty soundly; but at daybreak,
+when we rolled out of our dwelling, I felt nearly disqualified
+for any further efforts. Toby prescribed as a remedy for my illness
+the contents of one of our little silk packages, to be taken at once
+in a single dose. To this species of medical treatment, however, I
+would by no means accede, much as he insisted upon it; and so we partook
+of our usual morsel, and silently resumed our journey. It was
+the fourth day since we left Nukuheva, and the gnawings of hunger became
+painfully acute. We were fain to pacify them by chewing the
+tender bark of roots and twigs, which, if they did not afford us nourishment,
+were at least sweet and pleasant to the taste.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Our progress along the steep watercourse was necessarily slow, and
+by noon we had not advanced more than a mile. It was somewhere
+near this part of the day that the noise of falling waters, which we
+had faintly caught in the early morning, became more distinct; and
+it was not long before we were arrested by a rocky precipice of nearly
+a hundred feet in depth, that extended all across the channel, and
+over which the wild stream poured in an unbroken leap. On either
+hand the walls of the ravine presented their overhanging sides both
+above and below the fall, affording no means whatever of avoiding the
+cataract by taking a circuit round it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>What’s to be done now, Toby?</q> said I.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Why,</q> rejoined he, <q>as we cannot retreat, I suppose we must keep
+shoving along.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Very true, my dear Toby; but how do you purpose accomplishing
+that desirable object?</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>By jumping from the top of the fall, if there be no other way,</q>
+unhesitatingly replied my companion; <q>it will be much the quickest
+way of descent; but as you are not quite as active as I am, we will try
+some other way.</q>
+</p>
+
+<pb n='56'/><anchor id='Pg056'/>
+
+<p>
+And so saying, he crept cautiously along and peered over into the
+abyss, while I remained wondering by what possible means we could
+overcome this apparently insuperable obstruction. As soon as my companion
+had completed his survey, I eagerly inquired the result.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>The result of my observations you wish to know, do you?</q> began
+Toby, deliberately, with one of his odd looks: <q>well, my lad, the result
+of my observation is very quickly imparted. It is at present uncertain
+which of our two necks will have the honour to be broken
+first; but about a hundred to one would be a fair bet in favour of the
+man who takes the first jump.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Then it is an impossible thing, is it?</q> inquired I, gloomily.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>No, shipmate; on the contrary, it is the easiest thing in life: the
+only awkward point is the sort of usage which our unhappy limbs may
+receive when we arrive at the bottom, and what sort of travelling trim
+we shall be in afterwards. But follow me now, and I will show you
+the only chance we have.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With this he conducted me to the verge of the cataract, and pointed
+along the side of the ravine to a number of curious-looking roots, some
+three or four inches in thickness, and several feet long, which, after
+twisting among the fissures of the rock, shot perpendicularly from it,
+and ran tapering to a point in the air, hanging over the gulf like so
+many dark icicles. They covered nearly the entire surface of one side
+of the gorge, the lowest of them reaching even to the water. Many
+were moss-grown and decayed, with their extremities snapped short
+off, and those in the immediate vicinity of the fall were slippery with
+moisture.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Toby’s scheme, and it was a desperate one, was to entrust ourselves
+to these treacherous-looking roots, and by slipping down from one to
+another to gain the bottom.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Are you ready to venture it?</q> asked Toby, looking at me earnestly,
+but without saying a word as to the practicability of the plan.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>I am,</q> was my reply; for I saw it was our only resource if we
+<pb n='57'/><anchor id='Pg057'/>wished to advance, and as for retreating, all thoughts of that sort had
+been long abandoned.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After I had signified my assent, Toby, without uttering a single
+word, crawled along the dripping ledge until he gained a point from
+whence he could just reach one of the largest of the pendant roots; he
+shook it—it quivered in his grasp, and when he let it go, it twanged
+in the air like a strong wire sharply struck. Satisfied by his scrutiny,
+my light-limbed companion swung himself nimbly upon it, and twisting
+his legs round it in sailor fashion, slipped down eight or ten feet,
+where his weight gave it a motion not unlike that of a pendulum. He
+could not venture to descend any farther; so holding on with one hand,
+he with the other shook one by one all the slender roots around him, and
+at last, finding one which he thought trustworthy, shifted himself to it
+and continued his downward progress.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+So far so well; but I could not avoid comparing my heavier frame
+and disabled condition with his light figure and remarkable activity:
+but there was no help for it, and in less than a minute’s time I was
+swinging directly over his head. As soon as his upturned eyes caught
+a glimpse of me, he exclaimed in his usual dry tone, for the danger did
+not seem to daunt him in the least, <q>Mate, do me the kindness not to
+fall until I get out of your way</q>; and then swinging himself more on
+one side, he continued his descent. In the meantime, I cautiously
+transferred myself from the limb down which I had been slipping to a
+couple of others that were near it, deeming two strings to my bow better
+than one, and taking care to test their strength before I trusted my
+weight to them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On arriving towards the end of the second stage in this vertical
+journey, and shaking the long roots which were round me, to my consternation
+they snapped off one after another like so many pipe stems,
+and fell in fragments against the side of the gulf, splashing at last into
+the waters beneath.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As one after another the treacherous roots yielded to my grasp,
+<pb n='58'/><anchor id='Pg058'/>and fell into the torrent, my heart sunk within me. The branches on
+which I was suspended over the yawning chasm swang to and fro in
+the air, and I expected them every moment to snap in twain. Appalled
+at the dreadful fate that menaced me, I clutched frantically at the
+only large root which remained near me; but in vain; I could not reach
+it, though my fingers were within a few inches of it. Again and again
+I tried to reach it, until at length, maddened with the thought of my
+situation, I swayed myself violently by striking my foot against the
+side of the rock, and at the instant that I approached the large root
+caught desperately at it, and transferred myself to it. It vibrated
+violently under the sudden weight, but fortunately did not give way.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My brain grew dizzy with the idea of the frightful risk I had just
+run, and I involuntarily closed my eyes to shut out the view of the
+depth beneath me. For the instant I was safe, and I uttered a devout
+ejaculation of thanksgiving for my escape.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Pretty well done,</q> shouted Toby underneath me; <q>you are nimbler
+than I thought you to be—hopping about up there from root to root
+like any young squirrel. As soon as you have diverted yourself
+sufficiently, I would advise you to proceed.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Ay, ay, Toby, all in good time: two or three more such famous roots
+as this, and I shall be with you.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The residue of my downward progress was comparatively easy;
+the roots were in greater abundance, and in one or two places jutting out
+points of rock assisted me greatly. In a few moments I was standing
+by the side of my companion.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Substituting a stout stick for the one I had thrown aside at the
+top of the precipice, we now continued our course along the bed of the
+ravine. Soon we were saluted by a sound in advance, that grew by degrees
+louder and louder, as the noise of the cataract we were leaving behind
+gradually died on our ears.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Another precipice for us, Toby.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Very good; we can descend them, you know—come on.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Nothing indeed appeared to depress or intimidate this intrepid
+<pb n='59'/><anchor id='Pg059'/>fellow. Typee or Niagaras, he was as ready to engage one as the other,
+and I could not avoid a thousand times congratulating myself upon
+having such a companion in an enterprise like the present.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After an hour’s painful progress, we reached the verge of another
+fall, still loftier than the preceding, and flanked both above and below
+with the same steep masses of rock, presenting, however, here and
+there narrow irregular ledges, supporting a shallow soil, on which
+grew a variety of bushes and trees, whose bright verdure contrasted
+beautifully with the foamy waters that flowed between them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Toby, who invariably acted as pioneer, now proceeded to reconnoitre.
+On his return, he reported that the shelves of rock on our right would
+enable us to gain with little risk the bottom of the cataract. Accordingly,
+leaving the bed of the stream at the very point where it thundered
+down, we began crawling along one of these sloping ledges until
+it carried us to within a few feet of another that inclined downward
+at a still sharper angle, and upon which, by assisting each other, we
+managed to alight in safety. We warily crept along this, steadying
+ourselves by the naked roots of the shrubs that clung to every fissure.
+As we proceeded, the narrow path became still more contracted, rendering
+it difficult for us to maintain our footing, until suddenly, as we
+reached an angle of the wall of rock where we had expected it to widen,
+we perceived to our consternation, that a yard or two farther on it
+abruptly terminated at a place we could not possibly hope to pass.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Toby, as usual, led the van, and in silence I waited to learn from
+him how he proposed to extricate us from this new difficulty.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Well, my boy,</q> I exclaimed, after the expiration of several minutes,
+during which time my companion had not uttered a word: <q>what’s
+to be done now?</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He replied in a tranquil tone that probably the best thing we could
+do in the present strait was to get out of it as soon as possible.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Yes, my dear Toby, but tell me <hi rend='italic'>how</hi> we are to get out of it.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Something in this sort of style,</q> he replied; and at the same moment,
+to my horror, he slipped sideways off the rock, and, as I then thought,
+<pb n='60'/><anchor id='Pg060'/>by good fortune merely, alighted among the spreading branches of a
+species of palm tree, that shooting its hardy roots along a ledge below,
+curved its trunk upwards into the air, and presented a thick mass of
+foliage about twenty feet below the spot where we had thus suddenly
+been brought to a stand-still. I voluntarily held my breath, expecting
+to see the form of my companion, after being sustained for a moment
+by the branches of the tree, sink through their frail support, and
+fall headlong to the bottom. To my surprise and joy, however, he
+recovered himself, and disentangling his limbs from the fractured
+branches, he peered out from his leafy bed, and shouted lustily, <q>Come
+on, my hearty, there is no other alternative!</q> and with this he ducked
+beneath the foliage, and slipping down the trunk, stood in a moment
+at least fifty feet beneath me, upon the broad shelf of rock from which
+sprung the tree he had descended.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What would I not have given at that moment to have been by his
+side? The feat he had just accomplished seemed little less than
+miraculous, and I could hardly credit the evidence of my senses when
+I saw the wide distance that a single daring act had so suddenly placed
+between us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Toby’s animating <q>come on!</q> again sounded in my ears, and dreading
+to lose all confidence in myself if I remained meditating upon
+the step, I once more gazed down to assure myself of the relative
+bearing of the tree and my own position, and then closing my eyes
+and uttering one comprehensive ejaculation of prayer, I inclined myself
+over towards the abyss, and after one breathless instant fell with
+a crash into the tree, the branches snapping and crackling with my
+weight, as I sunk lower and lower among them until I was stopped by
+coming in contact with a sturdy limb.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In a few moments I was standing at the foot of the tree, manipulating
+myself all over with a view of ascertaining the extent of the
+injuries I had received. To my surprise the only effects of my feat
+were a few slight contusions too trifling to care about. The rest of our
+descent was easily accomplished, and in half an hour after regaining
+<pb n='61'/><anchor id='Pg061'/>the ravine, we had partaken of our evening morsel, built our hut as
+usual, and crawled under its shelter.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The next morning, in spite of our debility and the agony of hunger
+under which we were now suffering, though neither of us confessed to
+the fact, we struggled along our dismal and still difficult and dangerous
+path, cheered by the hope of soon catching a glimpse of the valley before
+us, and towards evening the voice of a cataract which had for some
+time sounded like a low deep bass to the music of the smaller waterfalls,
+broke upon our ears in still louder tones, and assured us that we were
+approaching its vicinity.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+That evening we stood on the brink of a precipice, over which the
+dark stream bounded in one final leap of full 300 feet. The sheer
+descent terminated in the region we so long had sought. On either
+side of the fall, two lofty and perpendicular bluffs buttressed the sides
+of the enormous cliff, and projected into the sea of verdure with which
+the valley waved, and a range of similar projecting eminences stood
+disposed in a half circle about the head of the vale. A thick canopy
+of trees hung over the very verge of the fall, leaving an arched aperture
+for the passage of the waters, which imparted a strange picturesqueness
+to the scene.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The valley was now before us; but instead of being conducted into
+its smiling bosom by the gradual descent of the deep watercourse we
+had thus far pursued, all our labours now appeared to have been rendered
+futile by its abrupt termination. But, bitterly disappointed, we
+did not entirely despair.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As it was now near sunset we determined to pass the night where
+we were and on the morrow, refreshed by sleep, and by eating at one
+meal all our stock of food, to accomplish a descent into the valley, or
+perish in the attempt.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We laid ourselves down that night on a spot, the recollection of
+which still makes me shudder. A small table of rock which projected
+over the precipice on one side of the stream, and was drenched
+by the spray of the fall, sustained a huge trunk of a tree which must
+<pb n='62'/><anchor id='Pg062'/>have been deposited there by some heavy freshet. It lay obliquely,
+with one end resting on the rock and the other supported by the side
+of the ravine. Against it we placed in a sloping direction a number
+of the half-decayed boughs that were strewn about, and covering the
+whole with twigs and leaves, awaited the morning’s light beneath such
+shelter as it afforded.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+During the whole of this night the continual roaring of the cataract—the
+dismal moaning of the gale through the trees—the pattering
+of the rain, and the profound darkness, affected my spirits to a degree
+which nothing had ever before produced. Wet, half-famished, and
+chilled to the heart with the dampness of the place, and nearly wild
+with the pain I endured, I fairly cowered down to the earth under this
+multiplication of hardships, and abandoned myself to frightful anticipations
+of evil; and my companion, whose spirit at last was a good deal
+broken, scarcely uttered a word during the whole night.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At length the day dawned upon us, and rising from our miserable
+pallet, we stretched our stiffened joints, and after eating all that remained
+of our bread, prepared for the last stage of our journey.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I will not recount every <anchor id="corr062"/><corr sic="hairbreath">hairbreadth</corr> escape, and every fearful difficulty
+that occurred before we succeeded in reaching the bosom of the
+valley. As I have already described similar scenes, it will be sufficient
+to say that at length, after great toil and great dangers, we both stood
+with no limbs broken at the head of that magnificent vale which five
+days before had so suddenly burst upon my sight, and almost beneath
+the shadow of those very cliffs from whose summits we had gazed upon
+the prospect.
+</p>
+
+</div><div type="chapter" n="9" rend="page-break-before: always">
+<pb n='63'/><anchor id='Pg063'/>
+<index index="toc" level1="IX. Cautious Advance"/><index index="pdf"/>
+<head>CHAPTER IX</head>
+
+<argument><p>
+The head of the valley—Cautious advance—A path—Fruit—Discovery of
+two of the natives—Their singular conduct—Approach towards the inhabited
+parts of the vale—Sensation produced by our appearance—Reception
+at the house of one of the natives.
+</p>
+</argument>
+<p>
+How to obtain the fruit which we felt convinced must grow near at
+hand was our first thought.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Typee or Happar? A frightful death at the hands of the fiercest
+of cannibals, or a kindly reception from a gentler race of savages?
+Which? But it was too late now to discuss a question which would
+so soon be answered.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The part of the valley in which we found ourselves appeared to
+be altogether uninhabited. An almost impenetrable thicket extended
+from side to side, without presenting a single plant affording the
+nourishment we had confidently calculated upon; and with this object,
+we followed the course of the stream, casting quick glances as we proceeded
+into the thick jungles on either hand.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My companion—to whose solicitations I had yielded in descending
+into the valley—now that the step was taken, began to manifest a degree
+of caution I had little expected from him. He proposed that in
+the event of our finding an adequate supply of fruit, we should remain
+in this unfrequented portion of the valley—where we should run little
+chance of being surprised by its occupants, whoever they might be—until
+sufficiently recruited to resume our journey; when laying in a
+store of food equal to our wants, we might easily regain the bay of
+Nukuheva, after the lapse of a sufficient interval to ensure the departure
+of our vessel.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I objected strongly to this proposition, plausible as it was, as the
+difficulties of the route would almost be insurmountable, unacquainted
+as we were with the general bearings of the country, and I reminded
+<pb n='64'/><anchor id='Pg064'/>my companion of the hardships which we had already encountered in
+our uncertain wanderings; in a word, I said that since we had deemed
+it advisable to enter the valley, we ought manfully to face the consequences,
+whatever they might be; the more especially as I was convinced
+there was no alternative left us but to fall in with the natives
+at once, and boldly risk the reception they might give us: and that as
+to myself, I felt the necessity of rest and shelter, and that until I had
+obtained them, I should be wholly unable to encounter such sufferings
+as we had lately passed through. To the justice of these observations
+Toby somewhat reluctantly assented.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We were surprised that, after moving as far as we had along the
+valley, we would still meet with the same impervious thickets; and
+thinking that although the borders of the stream might be lined for
+some distance with them, yet beyond there might be more open ground,
+I requested Toby to keep a bright look-out upon one side, while I did
+the same on the other, in order to discover some opening in the bushes,
+and especially to watch for the slightest appearance of a path or anything
+else that might indicate the vicinity of the islanders.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What furtive and anxious glances we cast into those dim-looking
+shades! With what apprehensions we proceeded, ignorant at what
+moment we might be greeted by the javelin of some ambushed savage!
+At last my companion paused, and directed my attention to a narrow
+opening in the foliage. We struck into it, and it soon brought us by
+an indistinctly traced path to a comparatively clear space, at the farther
+end of which we descried a number of the trees, the native name
+of which is <q>annuee,</q> and which bear a most delicious fruit.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What a race! I hobbling over the ground like some decrepid wretch,
+and Toby leaping forward like a greyhound. He quickly cleared one
+of the trees on which there were two or three of the fruit, but to our
+chagrin they proved to be much decayed; the rinds partly opened by the
+birds, and their hearts half devoured. However, we quickly despatched
+them, and no ambrosia could have been more delicious.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We looked about us uncertain whither to direct our steps, since
+<pb n='65'/><anchor id='Pg065'/>the path we had so far followed appeared to be lost in the open space
+around us. At last we resolved to enter a grove near at hand, and had
+advanced a few rods, when, just upon its skirts, I picked up a slender
+bread-fruit shoot perfectly green, and with the tender bark freshly
+stript from it. It was slippery with moisture, and appeared as if it
+had been but that moment thrown aside. I said nothing, but merely
+held it up to Toby, who started at this undeniable evidence of the vicinity
+of the savages.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The plot was now thickening.—A short distance farther lay a little
+faggot of the same shoots bound together with a strip of bark.
+Could it have been thrown down by some solitary native, who, alarmed
+at seeing us, had hurried forward to carry the tidings of our approach
+to his countrymen?—Typee or Happar?—But it was too late to
+recede, so we moved on slowly, my companion in advance casting eager
+glances under the trees on either side, until all at once I saw him recoil
+as if stung by an adder. Sinking on his knee, he waved me off
+with one hand, while with the other he held aside some intervening
+leaves, and gazed intently at some object.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Disregarding his injunction, I quickly approached him and caught
+a glimpse of two figures partly hidden by the dense foliage; they were
+standing close together, and were perfectly motionless. They must
+have previously perceived us, and withdrawn into the depths of the
+wood to elude our observation.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My mind was at once made up. Dropping my staff, and tearing
+open the package of things we had brought from the ship, I unrolled
+the cotton cloth, and holding it in one hand, plucked with the other
+a twig from the bushes beside me, and telling Toby to follow my example,
+I broke through the covert and advanced, waving the branch
+in token of peace towards the shrinking forms before me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They were a boy and a girl, slender and graceful, and completely
+naked, with the exception of a slight girdle of bark, from which depended
+at opposite points two of the russet leaves of the bread-fruit
+tree. An arm of the boy, half screened from sight by her wild tresses,
+<pb n='66'/><anchor id='Pg066'/>was thrown about the neck of the girl, while with the other he held one
+of her hands in his; and thus they stood together, their heads inclined
+forward, catching the faint noise we made in our progress, and with
+one foot in advance, as if half inclined to fly from our presence.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As we drew near, their alarm evidently <anchor id="corr066"/><corr sic="inceased">increased</corr>. Apprehensive
+that they might fly from us altogether, I stopped short and motioned
+them to advance and receive the gift I extended towards them, but
+they would not; I then uttered a few words of their language with
+which I was acquainted, scarcely expecting that they would understand
+me, but to show that we had not dropped from the clouds upon them.
+This appeared to give them a little confidence, so I approached nearer,
+presenting the cloth with one hand, and holding the bough with the
+other, while they slowly retreated. At last they suffered us to approach
+so near to them that we were enabled to throw the cotton cloth across
+their shoulders, giving them to understand that it was theirs, and by a
+variety of gestures endeavouring to make them understand that we
+entertained the highest possible regard for them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The frightened pair now stood still, whilst we endeavoured to make
+them comprehend the nature of our wants. In doing this Toby went
+through with a complete series of pantomimic illustrations—opening
+his mouth from ear to ear, and thrusting his fingers down his throat,
+gnashing his teeth and rolling his eyes about, till I verily believe the
+poor creatures took us for a couple of white cannibals who were about
+to make a meal of them. When, however, they understood us, they
+showed no inclination to relieve our wants. At this juncture it began
+to rain violently, and we motioned them to lead us to some place of
+shelter. With this request they appeared willing to comply, but nothing
+could evince more strongly the apprehension with which they regarded
+us, than the way in which, whilst walking before us, they kept
+their eyes constantly turned back to watch every movement we made,
+and even our very looks.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Typee or Happar, Toby?</q> asked I, as we walked after them.
+</p>
+
+<pb n='67'/><anchor id='Pg067'/>
+
+<p>
+<q>Of course, Happar,</q> he replied, with a show of confidence which
+was intended to disguise his doubts.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>We shall soon know,</q> I exclaimed; and at the same moment I
+stepped forward towards our guides, and pronouncing the two names
+interrogatively, and pointing to the lowest part of the valley, endeavoured
+to come to the point at once. They repeated the words after
+me again and again, but without giving any peculiar emphasis to
+either, so that I was completely at a loss to understand them; for a
+couple of wilier young things than we afterwards found them to have
+been on this particular occasion never probably fell in any traveller’s
+way.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+More and more curious to ascertain our fate, I now threw together
+in the form of a question the words <q>Happar</q> and <q>Mortarkee,</q> the
+latter being equivalent to the word <q>good.</q> The two natives interchanged
+glances of peculiar meaning with one another at this, and
+manifested no little surprise; but on the repetition of the question, after
+some consultation together, to the great joy of Toby, they answered
+in the affirmative. Toby was now in ecstasies, especially as the young
+savages continued to reiterate their answer with great energy, as
+though desirous of impressing us with the idea that being among the
+Happars, we ought to consider ourselves perfectly secure.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Although I had some lingering doubts, I feigned great delight with
+Toby at this announcement, while my companion broke out into a
+pantomimic abhorrence of Typee, and immeasurable love for the particular
+valley in which we were; our guides all the while gazing uneasily
+at one another, as if at a loss to account for our conduct.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They hurried on, and we followed them; until suddenly they set up
+a strange halloo, which was answered from beyond the grove through
+which we were passing, and the next moment we entered upon some
+open ground, at the extremity of which we descried a long, low hut,
+and in front of it were several young girls. As soon as they perceived
+us they fled with wild screams into the adjoining thickets, like so
+<pb n='68'/><anchor id='Pg068'/>many startled fawns. A few moments after the whole valley resounded
+with savage outcries, and the natives came running towards us from
+every direction.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Had an army of invaders made an irruption into their territory,
+they could not have evinced greater excitement. We were soon completely
+encircled by a dense throng, and in their eager desire to behold
+us, they almost arrested our progress; an equal number surrounding
+our youthful guides, who, with amazing volubility, appeared
+to be detailing the circumstances which had attended their meeting with
+us. Every item of intelligence appeared to redouble the astonishment
+of the islanders, and they gazed at us with inquiring looks.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At last we reached a large and handsome building of bamboos, and
+were by signs told to enter it, the natives opening a lane for us through
+which to pass; on entering, without ceremony we threw our exhausted
+frames upon the mats that covered the floor. In a moment the slight
+tenement was completely full of people, whilst those who were unable
+to gain admittance gazed at us through its open cane-work.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was now evening, and by the dim light we could just discern the
+savage countenances around us, gleaming with wild curiosity and
+wonder; the naked forms and tattooed limbs of brawny warriors,
+with here and there the slighter figures of young girls, all engaged
+in a perfect storm of conversation, of which we were of course the
+one only theme; whilst our recent guides were fully occupied in answering
+the innumerable questions which every one put to them.
+Nothing can exceed the fierce gesticulation of these people when animated
+in conversation, and on this occasion they gave loose to all their
+natural vivacity, shouting and dancing about in a manner that well-nigh
+intimidated us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Close to where we lay, squatting upon their haunches, were some
+eight or ten noble-looking chiefs—for such they subsequently proved
+to be—who, more reserved than the rest, regarded us with a fixed and
+stern attention, which not a little discomposed our equanimity. One
+of them in particular, who appeared to be the highest in rank, placed
+<pb n='69'/><anchor id='Pg069'/>himself directly facing me, looking at me with a rigidity of aspect
+under which I absolutely quailed. He never once opened his lips, but
+maintained his severe expression of countenance, without turning his
+face aside for a single moment. Never before had I been subjected to
+so strange and steady a glance; it revealed nothing of the mind of the
+savage, but it appeared to be reading my own.
+</p>
+    <anchor id="illus3"/>
+    <pgIf output="txt">
+        <then><p rend="margin-left: 2; margin-right: 2">[Illustration: WE WERE SOON COMPLETELY ENCIRCLED BY A DENSE THRONG]</p></then>
+        <else><pgIf output="pdf"><then><p><figure url="images/illus3.jpg" rend="width: 100%"><head><hi rend="font-size: small">WE WERE SOON COMPLETELY ENCIRCLED BY A DENSE
+        THRONG</hi></head></figure></p></then>
+        <else><p><figure url="images/illus3th.jpg"><head><xref url="images/illus3.jpg"><hi rend="font-size: small">WE WERE SOON COMPLETELY ENCIRCLED BY A DENSE
+                THRONG</hi></xref></head><figDesc>Illustration: WE WERE SOON COMPLETELY ENCIRCLED BY A DENSE THRONG</figDesc></figure></p></else></pgIf>
+        </else>
+    </pgIf>
+<p>
+After undergoing this scrutiny till I grew absolutely nervous, with
+a view of diverting it if possible, and conciliating the good opinion
+of the warrior, I took some tobacco from the bosom of my frock, and
+offered it to him. He quietly rejected the proffered gift, and, without
+speaking, motioned me to return it to its place.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In my previous intercourse with the natives of Nukuheva and Tior,
+I had found that the present of a small piece of tobacco would have
+rendered any of them devoted to my service. Was this act of the chief
+a token of his enmity? Typee or Happar? I asked within myself.
+I started, for at the same moment this identical question was asked by
+the strange being before me. I turned to Toby; the flickering light of
+a native taper showed me his countenance pale with trepidation at this
+fatal question. I paused for a second, and I know not by what impulse
+it was that I answered, <q>Typee.</q> The piece of dusky statuary nodded
+in approval, and then murmured, <q>Mortarkee?</q> <q>Mortarkee,</q> said
+I, without further hesitation—<q>Typee mortarkee.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What a transition! The dark figures around us leaped to their
+feet, clapped their hands in transport, and shouted again and again
+the talismanic syllables, the utterance of which appeared to have settled
+everything.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When this commotion had a little subsided, the principal chief
+squatted once more before me, and throwing himself into a sudden
+rage, poured forth a string of philippics, which I was at no loss to understand,
+from the frequent recurrence of the word Happar, as being
+directed against the natives of the adjoining valley. In all these denunciations
+my companion and I acquiesced, while we extolled the
+character of the warlike Typees. To be sure our panegyrics were
+some<pb n='70'/><anchor id='Pg070'/>what laconic, consisting in the repetition of that name, united with
+the potent adjective, <q>Mortarkee.</q> But this was sufficient, and served
+to conciliate the good-will of the natives, with whom our congeniality
+of sentiment on this point did more towards inspiring a friendly feeling
+than anything else that could have happened.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At last the wrath of the chief evaporated, and in a few moments
+he was as placid as ever. Laying his hand upon his breast, he gave
+me to understand that his name was <q>Mehevi,</q> and that, in return,
+he wished me to communicate my appellation. I hesitated for an
+instant, thinking that it might be difficult for him to pronounce my
+real name, and then, with the most praiseworthy intentions, intimated
+that I was known as <q>Tom.</q> But I could not have made a worse
+selection; the chief could not master it: <q>Tommo,</q> <q>Tomma,</q>
+<q>Tommee,</q> everything but plain <q>Tom.</q> As he persisted in garnishing
+the word with an additional syllable, I compromised the matter
+with him at the word <q>Tommo</q>; and by that name I went during the
+entire period of my stay in the valley. The same proceeding was gone
+through with Toby, whose mellifluous appellation was more easily
+caught.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+An exchange of names is equivalent to a ratification of good-will
+and amity among these simple people; and as we were aware of this
+fact, we were delighted that it had taken place on the present occasion.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Reclining upon our mats, we now held a kind of levee, giving audience
+to successive troops of the natives, who introduced themselves
+to us by pronouncing their respective names, and retired in high good
+humour on receiving ours in return. During the ceremony the greatest
+merriment prevailed, nearly every announcement on the part of
+the islanders being followed by a fresh sally of gaiety, which induced
+me to believe that some of them at least were innocently diverting
+the company at our expense, by bestowing upon themselves a string of
+absurd titles, of the honour of which we were, of course, entirely ignorant.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+All this occupied about an hour, when the throng having a little
+<pb n='71'/><anchor id='Pg071'/>diminished, I turned to Mehevi, and gave him to understand that we
+were in need of food and sleep. Immediately the attentive chief addressed
+a few words to one of the crowd, who disappeared, and returned
+in a few moments with a calabash of <q>poee-poee,</q> and two or
+three young cocoa-nuts stripped of their husks, and with their shells
+partly broken. We both of us forthwith placed one of those natural
+goblets to our lips, and drained it in a moment of the refreshing
+draught it contained. The poee-poee was then placed before us, and
+even famished as I was, I paused to consider in what manner to
+convey it to my mouth.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This staple article of food among the Marquese islanders is manufactured
+from the produce of the bread-fruit tree. It somewhat resembles
+in its plastic nature our bookbinders’ paste, is of a yellow colour,
+and somewhat tart to the taste.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Such was the dish, the merits of which I was now eager to discuss.
+I eyed it wistfully for a moment, and then, unable any longer to stand
+on ceremony, plunged my hand into the yielding mass, and to the boisterous
+mirth of the natives drew it forth laden with the poee-poee,
+which adhered in lengthening strings to every finger. So stubborn
+was its consistency, that in conveying my heavily-freighted hand to
+my mouth, the connecting links almost raised the calabash from the
+mats on which it had been placed. This display of awkwardness—in
+which, by the bye, Toby kept me company—convulsed the bystanders
+with uncontrollable laughter.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As soon as their merriment had somewhat subsided, Mehevi, motioning
+us to be attentive, dipped the fore-finger of his right hand in the
+dish, and giving it a rapid and scientific twirl, drew it out coated
+smoothly with the preparation. With a second peculiar flourish he
+prevented the poee-poee from dropping to the ground as he raised it
+to his mouth, into which the finger was inserted, and was drawn forth
+perfectly free of any adhesive matter. This performance was evidently
+intended for our instruction; so I again essayed the feat on the
+principles inculcated, but with very ill success.
+</p>
+
+<pb n='72'/><anchor id='Pg072'/>
+
+<p>
+A starving man, however, little heeds conventional proprieties, especially
+on a South Sea island, and accordingly Toby and I partook of
+the dish after our own clumsy fashion, beplastering our faces all over
+with the glutinous compound, and daubing our hands nearly to the
+wrist. This kind of food is by no means disagreeable to the palate
+of a European, though at first the mode of eating it may be. For my
+own part, after the lapse of a few days I became accustomed to its
+singular flavour, and grew remarkably fond of it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+So much for the first course; several other dishes followed it, some
+of which were positively delicious. We concluded our banquet by
+tossing off the contents of two more young cocoa-nuts, after which we
+regaled ourselves with the soothing fumes of tobacco, inhaled from a
+quaintly carved pipe which passed round the circle.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+During the repast, the natives eyed us with intense curiosity, observing
+our minutest motions, and appearing to discover abundant
+matter for comment in the most trifling occurrence. Their surprise
+mounted the highest, when we began to remove our uncomfortable garments,
+which were saturated with rain. They scanned the whiteness
+of our limbs, and seemed utterly unable to account for the contrast
+they presented to the swarthy hue of our faces, embrowned from a
+six months’ exposure to the scorching sun of the Line. They felt
+our skin, much in the same way that a silk mercer would handle a
+remarkably fine piece of satin; and some of them went so far in their
+investigation as to apply the olfactory organ.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Their singular behaviour almost led me to imagine that they never
+before had beheld a white man; but a few moments’ reflection convinced
+me that this could not have been the case; and a more satisfactory
+reason for their conduct has since suggested itself to my mind.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Deterred by the frightful stories related of its inhabitants, ships
+never enter this bay, while their hostile relations with the tribes in the
+adjoining valleys prevent the Typees from visiting that section of the
+island where vessels occasionally lie. At long intervals, however, some
+intrepid captain will touch on the skirts of the bay, with two or three
+<pb n='73'/><anchor id='Pg073'/>armed boats’ crews, and accompanied by an interpreter. The natives
+who live near the sea descry the strangers long before they reach their
+waters, and aware of the purpose for which they come, proclaim loudly
+the news of their approach. By a species of vocal telegraph the intelligence
+reaches the inmost recesses of the vale in an inconceivably
+short space of time, drawing nearly its whole population down to the
+beach laden with every variety of fruit. The interpreter, who is
+invariably a <q>tabooed Kannaka,</q><note place="foot"><p>The word <q>kannaka</q> is at the present day universally used in the South
+Seas by Europeans to designate the islanders. In the various dialects of
+the principal groups it is simply a sexual designation applied to the males;
+but it is now used by the natives in their intercourse with foreigners in the
+same sense in which the latter employ it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A <q>tabooed kannaka</q> is an islander whose person has been made, to a certain
+extent, sacred by the operation of a singular custom hereafter to be
+explained.</p></note> leaps ashore with the goods intended
+for barter, while the boats, with their oars shipped, and every man on
+his thwart, lie just outside the surf, heading off from the shore, in
+readiness at the first untoward event to escape to the open sea. As
+soon as the traffic is concluded, one of the boats pulls in under cover
+of the muskets of the others, the fruit is quickly thrown into her,
+and the transient visitors precipitately retire from what they justly
+consider so dangerous a vicinity.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The intercourse occurring with Europeans being so restricted, no
+wonder that the inhabitants of the valley manifested so much curiosity
+with regard to us, appearing as we did among them under such singular
+circumstances. I have no doubt that we were the first white men who
+ever penetrated thus far back into their territories, or at least the
+first who had ever descended from the head of the vale. What had
+brought us thither must have appeared a complete mystery to them,
+and from our ignorance of the language it was impossible for us to
+enlighten them. In answer to inquiries which the eloquence of their
+gestures enabled us to comprehend, all that we could reply was, that
+<pb n='74'/><anchor id='Pg074'/>we had come from Nukuheva, a place, be it remembered, with which
+they were at open war. This intelligence appeared to affect them with
+the most lively emotions. <q>Nukuheva mortarkee?</q> they asked. Of
+course we replied most energetically in the negative.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They then plied us with a thousand questions, of which we could
+understand nothing more than that they had reference to the recent
+movements of the French, against whom they seemed to cherish the most
+fierce hatred. So eager were they to obtain information on this point,
+that they still continued to propound their queries long after we had
+shown that we were utterly unable to answer them. Occasionally we
+caught some indistinct idea of their meaning, when we would endeavour
+by every method in our power to communicate the desired intelligence.
+At such times their gratification was boundless, and they
+would redouble their efforts to make us comprehend them more perfectly.
+But all in vain; and in the end they looked at us despairingly,
+as if we were the receptacles of invaluable information, but how to
+come at it they knew not.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After awhile the group around us gradually dispersed, and we were
+left about midnight (as we conjectured) with those who appeared to
+be permanent residents of the house. These individuals now provided
+us with fresh mats to lie upon, covered us with several folds of tappa,
+and then extinguishing the tapers that had been burning, threw themselves
+down beside us, and after a little desultory conversation were
+soon sound asleep.
+</p>
+
+</div><div type="chapter" n="10" rend="page-break-before: always">
+<pb n='75'/><anchor id='Pg075'/>
+<index index="toc" level1="X. Morning Visitors"/><index index="pdf"/>
+<head>CHAPTER X</head>
+
+<argument><p>
+Midnight reflections—Morning visitors—A warrior in costume—A savage
+Æsculapius—Practice
+of the healing art—Body-servant—A dwelling-house
+of the valley described—Portraits of its inmates.
+</p>
+</argument>
+<p>
+Various and conflicting were the thoughts which oppressed me during
+the silent hours that followed the events related in the preceding chapter.
+Toby, wearied with the fatigues of the day, slumbered heavily by
+my side; but the pain under which I was suffering effectually prevented
+my sleeping, and I remained distressingly alive to all the fearful circumstances
+of our present situation. Was it possible that, after all our
+vicissitudes, we were really in the terrible valley of Typee, and at the
+mercy of its inmates, a fierce and unrelenting tribe of savages?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Typee or Happar? I shuddered when I reflected that there was
+no longer any room for doubt; and that, beyond all hope of escape, we
+were now placed in those very circumstances from the bare thought of
+which I had recoiled with such abhorrence but a few days before.
+What might not be our fearful destiny? To be sure, as yet, we had
+been treated with no violence; nay, had been even kindly and hospitably
+entertained. But what dependence could be placed upon the fickle passions
+which sway the bosom of a savage? His inconstancy and treachery
+are proverbial. Might if not be that, beneath these fair appearances,
+the islanders covered some perfidious design, and that their
+friendly reception of us might only precede some horrible catastrophe?
+How strongly did these forebodings spring up in my mind, as I lay
+restlessly upon a couch of mats, surrounded by the dimly-revealed forms
+of those whom I so greatly dreaded.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From the excitement of these fearful thoughts, I sank, towards
+morning, into an uneasy slumber; and on awaking, with a start, in the
+midst of an appalling dream, looked up into the eager countenances of
+a number of the natives, who were bending over me.
+</p>
+
+<pb n='76'/><anchor id='Pg076'/>
+
+<p>
+It was broad day; and the house was nearly filled with young females,
+fancifully decorated with flowers, who gazed upon me as I rose
+with faces in which childish delight and curiosity were vividly portrayed.
+After waking Toby, they seated themselves round us on the
+mats, and gave full play to that prying inquisitiveness which, time out
+of mind, has been attributed to the adorable sex.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As these unsophisticated young creatures were attended by no jealous
+duennas, their proceedings were altogether informal, and void of
+artificial restraint. Long and minute was the investigation with
+which they honoured us, and so uproarious their mirth, that I felt
+infinitely sheepish; and Toby was immeasurably outraged at their
+familiarity.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These lively young ladies were at the same time wonderfully polite
+and humane; fanning aside the insects that occasionally lighted on our
+brows; presenting us with food; and compassionately regarding me
+in the midst of my afflictions. But in spite of all their blandishments,
+my feelings of propriety were exceedingly shocked, for I could not but
+consider them as having overstepped the due limits of female decorum.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Having diverted themselves to their hearts’ content, our young visitants
+now withdrew, and gave place to successive troops of the other
+sex, who continued flocking towards the house until near noon; by which
+time I have no doubt that the greater part of the inhabitants of the
+valley had bathed themselves in the light of our benignant countenances.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As last, when their numbers began to diminish, a superb-looking
+warrior stooped the towering plumes of his head-dress beneath the
+low portal, and entered the house. I saw at once that he was some
+distinguished personage, the natives regarding him with the utmost deference,
+and making room for him as he approached. His aspect was
+imposing. The splendid long drooping tail-feathers of the tropical
+bird, thickly interspersed with the gaudy plumage of the cock, were
+disposed in an immense upright semicircle upon his head, their lower
+extremities being fixed in a crescent of guinea-beads which spanned the
+<pb n='77'/><anchor id='Pg077'/>forehead. Around his neck were several enormous necklaces of boar’s
+tusks, polished like ivory, and disposed in such a manner as that the
+longest and largest were upon his capacious chest. Thrust forward
+through the large apertures in his ears were two small and finely
+shaped sperm-whale teeth, presenting their cavities in front, stuffed
+with freshly-plucked leaves, and curiously wrought at the other end
+into strange little images and devices. These barbaric trinkets, garnished
+in this manner at their open extremities, and tapering and curving
+round to a point behind the ear, resembled not a little a pair of
+cornucopias.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The loins of the warrior were girt about with heavy folds of a dark-coloured
+tappa, hanging before and behind in clusters of braided tassels,
+while anklets and bracelets of curling human hair completed his
+unique costume. In his right hand he grasped a beautifully-carved
+paddle-spear, nearly fifteen feet in length, made of the bright koar-wood,
+one end sharply pointed, and the other flattened like an oar-blade.
+Hanging obliquely from his girdle by a loop of sinnate, was a richly-decorated
+pipe; the slender reed forming its stem was coloured with a
+red pigment, and round it, as well as the idol-bowl, fluttered little
+streamers of the thinnest tappa.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But that which was most remarkable in the appearance of this splendid
+islander, was the elaborate tattooing displayed on every noble
+limb. All imaginable lines and curves and figures were delineated over
+his whole body, and in their grotesque variety and infinite profusion, I
+could only compare them to the crowded groupings of quaint patterns
+we sometimes see in costly pieces of lacework. The most simple and
+remarkable of all these ornaments was that which decorated the countenance
+of the chief. Two broad stripes of tattooing, diverging from the
+centre of his shaven crown, obliquely crossed both eyes—staining the
+lids—to a little below either ear, where they united with another stripe,
+which swept in a straight line along the lips, and formed the base of the
+triangle. The warrior, from the excellence of his physical proportions,
+might certainly have been regarded as one of nature’s noblemen,
+<pb n='78'/><anchor id='Pg078'/>and the lines drawn upon his face may possibly have denoted his exalted
+rank.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This warlike personage, upon entering the house, seated himself at
+some distance from the spot where Toby and myself reposed, while the
+rest of the savages looked alternately from us to him, as if in expectation
+of something they were disappointed in not perceiving. Regarding
+the chief attentively, I thought his lineaments appeared familiar
+to me. As soon as his full face was turned upon me, and I again
+beheld its extraordinary embellishment, and met the strange gaze
+to which I had been subjected the preceding night, I immediately, in
+spite of the alteration in his appearance, recognised the noble Mehevi.
+On addressing him, he advanced at once in the most cordial manner,
+and greeting me warmly, seemed to enjoy not a little the effect his
+barbaric costume had produced upon me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I forthwith determined to secure, if possible, the goodwill of this individual,
+as I easily perceived he was a man of great authority in his
+tribe, and one who might exert a powerful influence upon our subsequent
+fate. In the endeavour I was not repulsed; for nothing could surpass
+the friendliness he manifested towards both my companion and
+myself. He extended his sturdy limbs by our side, and endeavoured
+to make us comprehend the full extent of the kindly feelings by which
+he was actuated. The almost insuperable difficulty in communicating
+to one another our ideas, affected the chief with no little mortification.
+He evinced a great desire to be enlightened with regard to the
+customs and peculiarities of the far-off country we had left behind us,
+and to which, under the name of Maneeka, he frequently alluded.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But that which more than any other subject engaged his attention,
+was the late proceedings of the <q>Franee,</q> as he called the French,
+in the neighbouring bay of Nukuheva. This seemed a never-ending
+theme with him, and one concerning which he was never weary of interrogating
+us. All the information we succeeded in imparting to him
+on this subject was little more than that we had seen six men-of-war
+lying in the hostile bay at the time we had left it. When he received
+<pb n='79'/><anchor id='Pg079'/>this intelligence, Mehevi, by the aid of his fingers, went through a
+long numerical calculation, as if estimating the number of Frenchmen
+the squadron might contain.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was just after employing his faculties in this way that he happened
+to notice the swelling in my limb. He immediately examined
+it with the utmost attention, and after doing so, despatched a boy, who
+happened to be standing by, with some message.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After the lapse of a few moments the stripling re-entered the house
+with an aged islander, who might have been taken for old Hippocrates
+himself. His head was as bald as the polished surface of a cocoa-nut
+shell, which article it precisely resembled in smoothness and colour,
+while a long silvery beard swept almost to his girdle of bark. Encircling
+his temples was a bandeau of the twisted leaves of the Omoo
+tree, pressed closely over the brows to shield his feeble vision from the
+glare of the sun. His tottering steps were supported by a long
+slim staff, resembling the wand with which a theatrical magician appears
+on the stage, and in one hand he carried a freshly-plaited fan of
+the green leaflets of the cocoa-nut tree. A flowing robe of tappa,
+knotted over the shoulder, hung loosely round his stooping form, and
+heightened the venerableness of his aspect.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mehevi, saluting this old gentleman, motioned him to a seat between
+us, and then uncovering my limb, desired him to examine it. The
+leech gazed intently from me to Toby, and then proceeded to business.
+After diligently observing the ailing member, he commenced manipulating
+it; and on the supposition probably that the complaint had deprived
+the leg of all sensation, began to pinch and hammer it in such
+a manner that I absolutely roared with the pain. Thinking that I
+was as capable of making an application of thumps and pinches to the
+part as any one else, I endeavoured to resist this species of medical
+treatment. But it was not so easy a matter to get out of the clutches
+of the old wizard; he fastened on the unfortunate limb as if it were
+something for which he had been long seeking, and muttering some
+kind of incantation continued his discipline, pounding it after a
+fash<pb n='80'/><anchor id='Pg080'/>ion that set me well-nigh crazy; while Mehevi, upon the same principle
+which prompts an affectionate mother to hold a struggling child in
+a dentist’s chair, restrained me in his powerful grasp, and actually
+encouraged the wretch in this infliction of torture.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Almost frantic with rage and pain, I yelled like a bedlamite; while
+Toby, throwing himself into all the attitudes of a posture-master, vainly
+endeavoured to expostulate with the natives by signs and gestures. To
+have looked at my companion, as, sympathizing with my sufferings, he
+strove to put an end to them, one would have thought that he was the
+deaf and dumb alphabet incarnated. Whether my tormentor yielded
+to Toby’s entreaties, or paused from sheer exhaustion, I do not know;
+but all at once he ceased his operations, and at the same time the chief
+relinquishing his hold upon me, I fell back, faint and breathless with
+the agony I had endured.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My unfortunate limb was now left much in the same condition as a
+rump-steak after undergoing the castigating process which precedes
+cooking. My physician, having recovered from the fatigues of his
+exertions, as if anxious to make amends for the pain to which he had
+subjected me, now took some herbs out of a little wallet that was suspended
+from his waist, and moistening them in water, applied them
+to the inflamed part, stooping over it at the same time, and either
+whispering a spell, or having a little confidential chat with some
+imaginary demon located in the calf of my leg. My limb was now
+swathed in leafy bandages, and grateful to Providence for the cessation
+of hostilities, I was suffered to rest.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mehevi shortly after rose to depart; but before he went he spoke
+authoritatively to one of the natives, whom he addressed as Kory-Kory;
+and from the little I could understand of what took place, pointed him
+out to me as a man whose peculiar business henceforth would be to
+attend upon my person. I am not certain that I comprehended as much
+as this at the time, but the subsequent conduct of my trusty body-servant
+fully assured me that such must have been the case.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I could not but be amused at the manner in which the chief
+ad<pb n='81'/><anchor id='Pg081'/>dressed me upon this occasion, talking to me for at least fifteen or
+twenty minutes as calmly as if I could understand every word that he
+said. I remarked this peculiarity very often afterwards in many
+other of the islanders.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mehevi having now departed, and the family physician having likewise
+made his exit, we were left about sunset with the ten or twelve
+natives, who by this time I had ascertained composed the household of
+which Toby and I were members. As the dwelling to which we had
+been first introduced was the place of my permanent abode while I
+remained in the valley, and as I was necessarily placed upon the most
+intimate footing with its occupants, I may as well here enter into a
+little description of it and its inhabitants. This description will apply
+also to nearly all the other dwelling-places in the vale, and will furnish
+some idea of the generality of the natives.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Near one side of the valley, and about midway up the ascent of a
+rather abrupt rise of ground waving with the richest verdure, a number
+of large stones were laid in successive courses, to the height of
+nearly eight feet, and disposed in such a manner that their level surface
+corresponded in shape with the habitation which was perched upon
+it. A narrow space, however, was reserved in front of the dwelling,
+upon the summit of this pile of stones (called by the natives a <q>pi-pi</q>),
+which, being enclosed by a little picket of canes, gave it somewhat the
+appearance of a verandah. The frame of the house was constructed of
+large bamboos planted uprightly, and secured together at intervals by
+transverse stalks of the light wood of the Habiscus, lashed with thongs
+of bark. The rear of the tenement—built up with successive ranges of
+cocoa-nut boughs bound one upon another, with their leaflets cunningly
+woven together—inclined a little from the vertical, and extended from
+the extreme edge of the <q>pi-pi</q> to about twenty feet from its surface;
+whence the shelving roof—thatched with the long tapering leaves of the
+palmetto—sloped steeply off to within about five feet of the floor; leaving
+the eaves drooping with tassel-like appendages over the front of
+the habitation. This was constructed of light and elegant canes, in a
+<pb n='82'/><anchor id='Pg082'/>kind of open screen-work, tastefully adorned with bindings of variegated
+sinnate, which served to hold together its various parts. The sides
+of the house were similarly built; thus presenting three-quarters for
+the circulation of the air, while the whole was impervious to the rain.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In length this picturesque building was perhaps twelve yards, while
+in breadth it could not have exceeded as many feet. So much for the
+exterior; which, with its wire-like reed-twisted sides, not a little reminded
+me of an immense aviary.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Stooping a little, you passed through a narrow aperture in its front;
+and facing you, on entering, lay two long, perfectly straight, and well-polished
+trunks of the cocoa-nut tree, extending the full length of
+the dwelling; one of them placed closely against the rear, and the other
+lying parallel with it some two yards distant, the interval between
+them being spread with a multitude of gaily-worked mats, nearly all
+of a different pattern. This space formed the common couch and lounging-place
+of the natives, answering the purpose of a divan in Oriental
+countries. Here would they slumber through the hours of the night,
+and recline luxuriously during the greater part of the day. The remainder
+of the floor presented only the cool shining surfaces of the
+large stones of which the <q>pi-pi</q> was composed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From the ridge-pole of the house hung suspended a number of large
+packages enveloped in coarse tappa; some of which contained festival
+dresses, and various other matters of the wardrobe, held in high estimation.
+These were easily accessible by means of a line, which, passing
+over the ridge-pole, had one end attached to a bundle, while with the
+other, which led to the side of the dwelling and was there secured,
+the package could be lowered or elevated at pleasure.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Against the farther wall of the house were arranged in tasteful figures
+a variety of spears and javelins, and other implements of savage
+warfare. Outside of the habitation, and built upon the piazza-like
+area in its front, was a little shed used as a sort of larder or pantry,
+and in which were stored various articles of domestic use and convenience.
+A few yards from the pi-pi was a large shed built of
+cocoa-<pb n='83'/><anchor id='Pg083'/>nut boughs, where the process of preparing the <q>poee-poee</q> was carried
+on, and all culinary operations attended to.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus much for the house, and its appurtenances; and it will be readily
+acknowledged that a more commodious and appropriate dwelling for
+the climate and the people could not possibly be devised. It was cool,
+free to admit the air, scrupulously clean, and elevated above the dampness
+and impurities of the ground.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But now to sketch the inmates; and here I claim for my tried servitor
+and faithful valet Kory-Kory the precedence of a first description.
+As his character will be gradually unfolded in the course of my narrative,
+I shall for the present content myself with delineating his personal
+appearance. Kory-Kory, though the most devoted and best-natured
+serving-man in the world, was, alas! a hideous object to look
+upon. He was some twenty-five years of age, and about six feet in
+height, robust and well made, and of the most extraordinary aspect.
+His head was carefully shaven with the exception of two circular spots,
+about the size of a dollar, near the top of the cranium, where the hair,
+permitted to grow of an amazing length, was twisted up in two prominent
+knots, that gave him the appearance of being decorated with a pair
+of horns. His beard, plucked out by the root from every other part of
+his face, was suffered to droop in hairy pendants, two of which garnished
+his upper lip, and an equal number hung from the extremity of
+his chin.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Kory-Kory, with the view of improving the handiwork of nature,
+and perhaps prompted by a desire to add to the engaging expression of
+his countenance, had seen fit to embellish his face with three broad
+longitudinal stripes of tattooing, which, like those country roads that
+go straight forward in defiance of all obstacles, crossed his nasal organ,
+descended into the hollow of his eyes, and even skirted the borders
+of his mouth. Each completely spanned his physiognomy; one extending
+in a line with his eyes, another crossing the face in the vicinity
+of the nose, and the third sweeping along his lips from ear to ear.
+His countenance thus triply hooped, as it were, with tattooing, always
+<pb n='84'/><anchor id='Pg084'/>reminded me of those unhappy wretches whom I have sometimes observed
+gazing out sentimentally from behind the grated bars of a prison
+window; whilst the entire body of my savage valet, covered all over
+with representations of birds and fishes, and a variety of most unaccountable-looking
+creatures, suggested to me the idea of a pictorial
+museum of natural history, or an illustrated copy of Goldsmith’s
+<hi rend='italic'>Animated Nature</hi>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But it seems really heartless in me to write thus of the poor islander,
+when I owe perhaps to his unremitting attentions the very existence I
+now enjoy. Kory-Kory, I mean thee no harm in what I say in regard
+to thy outward adornings; but they were a little curious to my
+unaccustomed sight, and therefore I dilate upon them. But to underrate
+or forget thy faithful services is something I could never be
+guilty of, even in the giddiest moment of my life.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The father of my attached follower was a native of gigantic frame,
+and had once possessed prodigious physical powers; but the lofty form
+was now yielding to the inroads of time, though the hand of disease
+seemed never to have been laid upon the aged warrior. Marheyo—for
+such was his name—appeared to have retired from all active participation
+in the affairs of the valley, seldom or never accompanying the
+natives in their various expeditions; and employing the greater part of
+his time in throwing up a little shed just outside the house, upon which
+he was engaged to my certain knowledge for four months, without appearing
+to make any sensible advance. I suppose the old gentleman
+was in his dotage, for he manifested in various ways the characteristics
+which mark this particular stage of life.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I remember in particular his having a choice pair of ear-ornaments,
+fabricated from the teeth of some sea-monster. These he would alternately
+wear and take off at least fifty times in the course of the
+day, going and coming from his little hut on each occasion with all
+the tranquillity imaginable. Sometimes slipping them through the
+slits in his ears, he would seize his spear—which in length and slightness
+resembled a fishing-pole—and go stalking beneath the shadows
+<pb n='85'/><anchor id='Pg085'/>of the neighbouring groves, as if about to give a hostile meeting to
+some cannibal knight. But he would soon return again, and hiding
+his weapon under the protecting eaves of the house, and rolling his
+clumsy trinkets carefully in a piece of tappa, would resume his more
+pacific operations as quietly as if he had never interrupted them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But despite his eccentricities, Marheyo was a most paternal and
+warm-hearted old fellow, and in this particular not a little resembled
+his son Kory-Kory. The mother of the latter was the mistress of the
+family, and a notable housewife, and a most industrious old lady she
+was. If she did not understand the art of making jellies, jams, custards,
+tea-cakes, and such like trashy affairs, she was profoundly skilled
+in the mysteries of preparing <q>amar,</q> <q>poee-poee,</q> and <q>kokoo,</q> with
+other substantial matters. She was a genuine busy-body; bustling
+about the house like a country landlady at an unexpected arrival; for
+ever giving the young girls tasks to perform, which the little hussies as
+often neglected; poking into every corner, and rummaging over bundles
+of old tappa, or making a prodigious clatter among the calabashes.
+Sometimes she might have been seen squatting upon her haunches in
+front of a huge wooden basin, and kneading poee-poee with terrific
+vehemence, dashing the stone pestle about as if she would shiver the
+vessel into fragments: on other occasions, galloping about the valley
+in search of a particular kind of leaf, used in some of her recondite
+operations, and returning home, toiling and sweating, with a bundle,
+under which most women would have sunk.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To tell the truth, Kory-Kory’s mother was the only industrious person
+in all the valley of Typee; and she could not have employed herself
+more actively had she been left an exceedingly muscular and destitute
+widow, with an inordinate supply of young children, in the bleakest
+part of the civilized world. There was not the slightest necessity for
+the greater portion of the labour performed by the old lady: but she
+deemed to work from some irresistible impulse; her limbs continually
+swaying to and fro, as if there were some indefatigable engine concealed
+within her body which kept her in perpetual motion.
+</p>
+
+<pb n='86'/><anchor id='Pg086'/>
+
+<p>
+Never suppose that she was a termagant or a shrew for all this:
+she had the kindliest heart in the world, and acted towards me in particular
+in a truly maternal manner, occasionally putting some little
+morsel of choice food into my hand, some outlandish kind of savage
+sweetmeat or pastry, like a doting mother petting a sickly urchin with
+tarts and sugar-plums. Warm indeed are my remembrances of the
+dear, good, affectionate old Tinor!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Besides the individuals I have mentioned, there belong to the household
+three young men, dissipated, good-for-nothing, roystering blades
+of savages, who were either employed in prosecuting love affairs with
+the maidens of the tribe, or grew boozy on <q>arva</q> and tobacco in the
+company of congenial spirits, the scapegraces of the valley.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Among the permanent inmates of the house were likewise several
+lovely damsels, who instead of thrumming pianos and reading novels,
+like more enlightened young ladies, substituted for these employments
+the manufacture of a fine species of tappa; but for the greater portion
+of the time were skipping from house to house, gadding and gossiping
+with their acquaintances.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From the rest of these, however, I must except the beauteous nymph
+Fayaway, who was my peculiar favourite. Her free pliant figure was
+the very perfection of female grace and beauty. Her complexion was
+a rich and mantling olive, and when watching the glow upon her cheeks
+I could almost swear that beneath the transparent medium there
+lurked the blushes of a faint vermilion. The face of this girl was a
+rounded oval, and each feature as perfectly formed as the heart or imagination
+of man could desire. Her full lips, when parted with a
+smile, disclosed teeth of a dazzling whiteness; and when her rosy
+mouth opened with a burst of merriment, they looked like the milk-white
+seeds of the <q>arta,</q> a fruit of the valley, which, when cleft in
+twain, shows them reposing in rows on either side, embedded in the
+red and juicy pulp. Her hair of the deepest brown, parted irregularly
+in the middle, flowed in natural ringlets over her shoulders, and whenever
+she chanced to stoop, fell over and hid from view her lovely bosom.
+<pb n='87'/><anchor id='Pg087'/>Gazing into the depths of her strange blue eyes, when she was in a
+contemplative mood, they seemed most placid yet unfathomable; but
+when illuminated by some lively emotion, they beamed upon the beholder
+like stars. The hands of Fayaway were as soft and delicate as
+those of any countess; for an entire exemption from rude labour marks
+the girlhood and even prime of a Typee woman’s life. Her feet,
+though wholly exposed, were as diminutive and fairly shaped as those
+which peep from beneath the skirts of a Lima lady’s dress. The skin
+of this young creature, from continual ablutions and the use of mollifying
+ointments, was inconceivably smooth and soft.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I may succeed, perhaps, in particularizing some of the individual
+features of Fayaway’s beauty, but that general loveliness of appearance
+which they all contributed to produce I will not attempt to describe.
+The easy unstudied graces of a child of nature like this, breathing
+from infancy an atmosphere of perpetual summer, and nurtured by the
+simple fruits of the earth; enjoying a perfect freedom from care and
+anxiety, and removed effectually from all injurious tendencies, strike
+the eye in a manner which cannot be portrayed. This picture is no
+fancy sketch; it is drawn from the most vivid recollections of the
+person delineated.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Were I asked if the beauteous form of Fayaway was altogether free
+from the hideous blemish of tattooing, I should be constrained to
+answer that it was not. But the practitioners of this barbarous art,
+so remorseless in their inflictions upon the brawny limbs of the warriors
+of the tribe, seem to be conscious that it needs not the resources
+of their profession to augment the charms of the maidens of the vale.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The females are very little embellished in this way, and Fayaway,
+and all the other young girls of her age, were even less so than those
+of their sex more advanced in years. The reason of this peculiarity
+will be alluded to hereafter. All the tattooing that the nymph in question
+exhibited upon her person may be easily described. Three minute
+dots, no bigger than pinheads, decorated either lip, and at a little distance
+were not at all discernible. Just upon the fall of the shoulder
+<pb n='88'/><anchor id='Pg088'/>were drawn two parallel lines half an inch apart, and perhaps three
+inches in length, the interval being filled with delicately executed
+figures. These narrow bands of tattooing, thus placed, always reminded
+me of those stripes of gold lace worn by officers in undress,
+and which are in lieu of epaulettes to denote their rank.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus much was Fayaway tattooed. The audacious hand which had
+gone so far in its desecrating work stopping short, apparently wanting
+the heart to proceed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But I have neglected to describe the dress worn by this nymph of the
+valley.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Fayaway—I must avow the fact—for the most part clung to the
+primitive and summer garb of Eden. But how becoming the costume!
+It showed her fine figure to the best possible advantage; and nothing
+could have been better adapted to her peculiar style of beauty. On
+ordinary occasions she was habited precisely as I have described the
+two youthful savages whom we had met on first entering the valley.
+At other times, when rambling among the groves, or visiting at the
+houses of her acquaintances, she wore a tunic of white tappa, reaching
+from her waist to a little below the knees; and when exposed for any
+length of time to the sun, she invariably protected herself from its
+rays by a floating mantle of the same material, loosely gathered about
+the person. Her gala dress will be described hereafter.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As the beauties of our own land delight in bedecking themselves with
+fanciful articles of jewelry, suspending them from their ears, hanging
+them about their necks, and clasping them around their wrists; so
+Fayaway and her companions were in the habit of ornamenting themselves
+with similar appendages.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Flora was their jeweller. Sometimes they wore necklaces of small
+carnation flowers, strung like rubies upon a fibre of tappa, or displayed
+in their ears a single white bud, the stem thrust backward through the
+aperture, and showing in front the delicate petals folded together in a
+beautiful sphere, and looking like a drop of the purest pearl. Chaplets,
+too, resembling in their arrangement the strawberry coronal worn by
+<pb n='89'/><anchor id='Pg089'/>an English peeress, and composed of
+    <anchor id="corr089"/><corr sic="interwined">intertwined</corr> leaves and blossoms,
+often crowned their temples; and bracelets and anklets of the same
+tasteful pattern were frequently to be seen. Indeed, the maidens of the
+island were passionately fond of flowers, and never wearied of decorating
+their persons with them; a lovely trait of character, and one that
+ere long will be more fully alluded to.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Though in my eyes, at least, Fayaway was indisputably the loveliest
+female I saw in Typee, yet the description I have given of her will in
+some measure apply to nearly all the youthful portion of her sex in the
+valley. Judge ye then, reader, what beautiful creatures they must have
+been.
+</p>
+
+</div><div type="chapter" n="11" rend="page-break-before: always">
+<pb n='90'/><anchor id='Pg090'/>
+<index index="toc" level1="XI. Adventure in the Dark"/><index index="pdf"/>
+<head>CHAPTER XI</head>
+
+<argument><p>
+Officiousness of Kory-Kory—His devotion—A bath in the stream—Want of
+refinement of the Typee damsels—Stroll with Mehevi—A Typee highway—The
+Taboo groves—The hoolah hoolah ground—The Ti—Timeworn
+savages—Hospitality of Mehevi—Midnight musings—Adventure in the
+dark—Distinguished honours paid to the visitors—Strange procession,
+and return to the house of Marheyo.
+</p>
+</argument>
+<p>
+When Mehevi had departed from the house, as related in the preceding
+chapter, Kory-Kory commenced the functions of the post assigned him.
+He brought us various kinds of food; and, as if I were an infant, insisted
+upon feeding me with his own hands. To this procedure I, of
+course, most earnestly objected, but in vain; and having laid a calabash
+of kokoo before me, he washed his fingers in a vessel of water,
+and then putting his hand into the dish, and rolling the food into little
+balls, put them one after another into my mouth. All my remonstrances
+against this measure only provoked so great a clamor on his part,
+that I was obliged to acquiesce; and the operation of feeding being
+thus facilitated, the meal was quickly despatched. As for Toby, he
+was allowed to help himself after his own fashion.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The repast over, my attendant arranged the mats for repose, and,
+bidding me lie down, covered me with a large robe of tappa, at the
+same time looking approvingly upon me, and exclaiming, <q>Ki-Ki, muee
+muee, ah! moee moee mortarkee,</q> (eat plenty, ah! sleep very good.)
+The philosophy of this sentiment I did not pretend to question; for
+deprived of sleep for several preceding nights, and the pain in my
+limb having much abated, I now felt inclined to avail myself of the
+opportunity afforded me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The next morning, on waking, I found Kory-Kory stretched out on
+one side of me, while my companion lay upon the other. I felt sensibly
+refreshed after a night of sound repose, and immediately agreed to
+<pb n='91'/><anchor id='Pg091'/>the proposition of my valet that I should repair to the water and wash,
+although dreading the suffering that the exertion might produce. From
+this apprehension, however, I was quickly relieved; for Kory-Kory,
+leaping from the pi-pi, and then backing himself up against it, like
+a porter in readiness to shoulder a trunk, with loud vociferations, and a
+superabundance of gestures gave me to understand that I was to
+mount upon his back, and be thus transported to the stream, which
+flowed perhaps two hundred yards from the house.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Our appearance upon the verandah in front of the habitation drew
+together quite a crowd, who stood looking on, and conversing with one
+another in the most animated manner. They reminded one of a group
+of idlers gathered about the door of a village tavern, when the equipage
+of some distinguished traveller is brought round previous to his departure.
+As soon as I clasped my arms about the neck of the devoted
+fellow, and he jogged off with me, the crowd—composed chiefly of
+young girls and boys—followed after, shouting and capering with
+infinite glee, and accompanied us to the banks of the stream.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On gaining it, Kory-Kory, wading up to his hips in the water, carried
+me half-way across, and deposited me on a smooth black stone,
+which rose a few inches above the surface. The amphibious rabble
+at our heels plunged in after us; and, climbing to the summit of the
+grass-grown rocks, with which the bed of the brook was here and there
+broken, waited curiously to witness our morning ablutions. I felt
+somewhat embarrassed by the presence of the female portion of the
+company, but, nevertheless, removed my frock, and washed myself
+down to my waist in the stream. As soon as Kory-Kory comprehended
+from my motions that this was to be the extent of my performance,
+he appeared perfectly aghast with astonishment, and rushing toward
+me, poured out a torrent of words in eager deprecation of so limited
+an operation, enjoining me by unmistakable signs to immerse my whole
+body. To this I was forced to consent; and the honest fellow regarding
+me as a froward, inexperienced child, whom it was his duty to serve at
+the risk of offending, lifted me from, the rock, and tenderly bathed my
+<pb n='92'/><anchor id='Pg092'/>limbs. This over, and resuming my seat, I could not avoid bursting
+into admiration of the scene around me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From the verdant surfaces of the large stones that lay scattered
+about, the natives were now sliding off into the water, diving and ducking
+beneath the surface in all directions; the young girls springing
+buoyantly into the air, with their long tresses dancing about their
+shoulders, their eyes sparkling like drops of dew in the sun, and their
+gay laughter pealing forth at every frolicsome incident.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On the afternoon of the day that I took my first bath in the valley,
+we received another visit from Mehevi. The noble savage seemed
+to be in the same pleasant mood, and was quite as cordial in his manner
+as before. After remaining about an hour, he rose from the mats,
+and motioning to leave the house, invited Toby and myself to accompany
+him. I pointed to my leg; but Mehevi in his turn pointed
+to Kory-Kory, and removed that objection; so, mounting upon the
+faithful fellow’s shoulders again—like the old man of the sea astride of
+Sinbad—I followed after the chief.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The nature of the route we now pursued struck me more forcibly
+than anything I had yet seen, as illustrating the indolent disposition of
+the islanders. The path was obviously the most beaten one in the valley,
+several others leading from either side into it, and perhaps for
+successive generations it had formed the principal avenue of the
+place. And yet, until I grew more familiar with its impediments, it
+seemed as difficult to travel as the recesses of a wilderness. Part of it
+swept around an abrupt rise of ground, the surface of which was
+broken by frequent inequalities, and thickly strewn with projecting
+masses of rocks, whose summits were often hidden from view by the
+drooping foliage of the luxurious vegetation. Sometimes directly over,
+sometimes evading these obstacles with a wide circuit, the path wound
+along—one moment climbing over a sudden eminence, smooth with
+continued wear, then descending on the other side into a steep glen,
+and crossing the flinty channel of a brook. Here it pursued the
+depths of a glade, occasionally obliging you to stoop beneath vast
+hori<pb n='93'/><anchor id='Pg093'/>zontal branches; and now you stepped over huge trunks and boughs that
+lay rotting across the track.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Such was the grand thoroughfare of Typee. After proceeding a
+little distance along it—Kory-Kory panting and blowing with the
+weight of his burden—I dismounted from his back, and grasping the
+long spear of Mehevi in my hand, assisted my steps over the numerous
+obstacles of the road; preferring this mode of advance to one
+which, from the difficulties of the way, was equally painful to myself
+and my wearied servitor.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Our journey was soon at an end; for, scaling a sudden height, we
+came abruptly upon the place of our destination. I wish that it were
+possible to sketch in words this spot as vividly as I recollect it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Here were situated the Taboo groves of the valley—the scene of many
+a prolonged feast, of many a horrid rite. Beneath the dark shadows
+of the consecrated bread-fruit trees there reigned a solemn twilight—a
+cathedral-like gloom. The frightful genius of pagan worship seemed
+to brood in silence over the place, breathing its spell upon every object
+around. Here and there, in the depths of these awful shades, half
+screened from sight by masses of overhanging foliage, rose the idolatrous
+altars of the savages, built of enormous blocks of black and
+polished stone, placed one upon another, without cement, to the height
+of twelve or fifteen feet, and surmounted by a rustic open temple,
+enclosed with a low picket of canes, within which might be seen, in various
+stages of decay, offerings of bread-fruit and cocoa-nuts, and the
+putrefying relics of some recent sacrifice.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the midst of the wood was the hallowed <q>hoolah hoolah</q> ground—set
+apart for the celebration of the fantastical religious ritual of these
+people—comprising an extensive oblong pi-pi, terminating at either
+end in a lofty terraced altar, guarded by ranks of hideous wooden
+idols, and with the two remaining sides flanked by ranges of bamboo
+sheds, opening towards the interior of the quadrangle thus formed.
+Vast trees, standing in the middle of this space, and throwing over it
+an umbrageous shade, had their massive trunks built round with slight
+<pb n='94'/><anchor id='Pg094'/>stages, elevated a few feet above the ground, and railed in with canes,
+forming so many rustic pulpits, from which the priests harangued their
+devotees.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This holiest of spots was defended from profanation by the strictest
+edicts of the all-pervading <q>taboo,</q> which condemned to instant death
+the sacrilegious female who should enter or touch its sacred precincts,
+or even so much as press with her feet the ground made holy by the
+shadows that it cast.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Access was had to the enclosure through an embowered entrance on
+one side, facing a number of towering cocoa-nut trees, planted at intervals
+along a level area of a hundred yards. At the farther extremity
+of this space was to be seen a building of considerable size, reserved
+for the habitation of the priests and religious attendants of the grove.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In its vicinity was another remarkable edifice, built as usual upon
+the summit of a pi-pi, and at least two hundred feet in length, though
+not more than twenty in breadth. The whole front of this latter structure
+was completely open, and from one end to the other ran a narrow
+verandah, fenced in on the edge of the pi-pi with a picket of canes.
+Its interior presented the appearance of an immense lounging-place,
+the entire floor being strewn with successive layers of mats, lying between
+parallel trunks of cocoa-nut trees, selected for the purpose from
+the straightest and most symmetrical the vale afforded.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To this building, denominated in the language of the natives, the
+<q>Ti,</q> Mehevi now conducted us. Thus far we had been accompanied
+by a troop of the natives of both sexes; but as soon as we approached
+its vicinity, the females gradually separated themselves from the crowd,
+and standing aloof, permitted us to pass on. The merciless prohibitions
+of the taboo extended likewise to this edifice, and were enforced
+by the same dreadful penalty that secured the hoolah hoolah ground
+from the imaginary pollution of a woman’s presence.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On entering the house, I was surprised to see six muskets ranged
+against the bamboo on one side, from the barrels of which depended
+<pb n='95'/><anchor id='Pg095'/>as many small canvas pouches, partly filled with powder. Disposed
+about these muskets, like the cutlasses that decorate the bulkhead of
+a man-of-war’s cabin, were a great variety of rude spears and paddles,
+javelins, and war-clubs. This then, said I to Toby, must be the armoury
+of the tribe.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As we advanced farther along the building, we were struck with the
+aspect of four or five hideous old wretches, on whose decrepid forms
+time and tattooing seemed to have obliterated every trace of humanity.
+Owing to the continued operation of this latter process, which only
+terminates among the warriors of the island after all the figures
+stretched upon their limbs in youth have been blended together—an
+effect, however, produced only in cases of extreme longevity—the bodies
+of these men were of a uniform dull green colour—the hue which
+the tattooing gradually assumes as the individual advances in age.
+Their skin had a frightful scaly appearance, which, united with its
+singular colour, made their limbs not a little resemble dusty specimens
+of verde-antique. Their flesh, in parts, hung upon them in huge folds,
+like the overlapping plaits on the flank of a rhinoceros. Their heads
+were completely bald, whilst their faces were puckered into a thousand
+wrinkles, and they presented no vestige of a beard. But the most
+remarkable peculiarity about them was the appearance of their feet;
+the toes, like the radiating lines of the mariner’s compass, pointed to
+every quarter of the horizon. This was doubtless attributable to the
+fact, that during nearly a hundred years of existence the said toes never
+had been subjected to any artificial confinement, and in their old age,
+being averse to close neighbourhood, bid one another keep open order.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These repulsive-looking creatures appeared to have lost the use of
+their lower limbs altogether; sitting upon the floor cross-legged, in a
+state of torpor. They never heeded us in the least, scarcely looking
+conscious of our presence, while Mehevi seated us upon the mats, and
+Kory-Kory gave utterance to some unintelligible gibberish.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In a few moments, a boy entered with a wooden trencher of
+poee-<pb n='96'/><anchor id='Pg096'/>poee; and in regaling myself with its contents, I was obliged again
+to submit to the officious intervention of my indefatigable servitor.
+Various other dishes followed, the chief manifesting the most hospitable
+importunity in pressing us to partake, and to remove all bashfulness
+on our part, set us no despicable example in his own person.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The repast concluded, a pipe was lighted, which passed from mouth
+to mouth, and yielding to its soporific influence, the quiet of the place,
+and the deepening shadows of approaching night, my companion and I
+sank into a kind of drowsy repose, while the chief and Kory-Kory
+seemed to be slumbering beside us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I awoke from an uneasy nap, about midnight, as I supposed; and,
+raising myself partly from the mat, became sensible that we were
+enveloped in utter darkness. Toby lay still asleep, but our late
+companions had disappeared. The only sound that interrupted the
+silence of the place was the asthmatic breathing of the old men I have
+mentioned, who reposed at a little distance from us. Besides them, as
+well as I could judge, there was no one else in the house.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Apprehensive of some evil, I roused my comrade, and we were engaged
+in a whispered conference concerning the unexpected withdrawal
+of the natives, when all at once, from the depths of the grove, in full
+view of us where we lay, shoots of flame were seen to rise, and in a
+few moments illuminated the surrounding trees, casting, by contrast,
+into still deeper gloom the darkness around us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+While we continued gazing at this sight, dark figures appeared
+moving to and fro before the flames; while others, dancing and capering
+about, looked like so many demons.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Regarding this new phenomenon with no small degree of trepidation,
+I said to my companion, <q>What can all this mean, Toby?</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Oh, nothing,</q> replied he; <q>getting the fire ready, I suppose.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Fire!</q> exclaimed I, while my heart took to beating like a trip-hammer,
+<q>what fire?</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Why, the fire to cook us, to be sure; what else would the cannibals
+be kicking up such a row about, if it were not for that?</q>
+</p>
+
+<pb n='97'/><anchor id='Pg097'/>
+
+<p>
+<q>Oh, Toby! have done with your jokes; this is no time for them:
+something is about to happen, I feel confident.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Jokes, indeed!</q> exclaimed Toby, indignantly. <q>Did you ever
+hear me joke? Why, for what do you suppose the devils have been
+feeding us up in this kind of style for during the last three days, unless
+it were for something that you are too much frightened at to talk
+about? Look at that Kory-Kory there!—has he not been stuffing
+you with his confounded mushes, just in the way they treat swine before
+they kill them? Depend upon it, we will be eaten this blessed
+night, and there is the fire we shall be roasted by.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This view of the matter was not at all calculated to allay my apprehensions,
+and I shuddered when I reflected that we were indeed at
+the mercy of a tribe of cannibals, and that the dreadful contingency to
+which Toby had alluded was by no means removed beyond the bounds
+of possibility.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>There! I told you so! they are coming for us!</q> exclaimed my companion
+the next moment, as the forms of four of the islanders were
+seen in bold relief against the illuminated background, mounting the
+pi-pi, and approaching us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They came on noiselessly, nay, stealthily, and glided along through
+the gloom that surrounded us, as if about to spring upon some object
+they were fearful of disturbing before they should make sure of it.
+Gracious Heaven! the horrible reflections which crowded upon me that
+moment! A cold sweat stood upon my brow, and spell-bound with
+terror, I awaited my fate.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Suddenly the silence was broken by the well-remembered tones of
+Mehevi, and at the kindly accents of his voice, my fears were immediately
+dissipated. <q>Tommo, Toby, ki ki!</q> (eat). He had waited to
+address us, until he had assured himself that we were both awake, at
+which he seemed somewhat surprised.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Ki ki! is it?</q> said Toby, in his gruff tones; <q>well, cook us first,
+will you—but what’s this?</q> he added, as another savage appeared,
+bearing before him a large trencher of wood, containing some kind of
+<pb n='98'/><anchor id='Pg098'/>steaming meat, as appeared from the odours it diffused, and which
+he deposited at the feet of Mehevi. <q>A baked baby, I dare say! but
+I will have none of it, never mind what it is. A pretty fool I should
+make of myself, indeed, waked up here in the middle of the night,
+stuffing and guzzling, and all to make a fat meal for a parcel of bloody-minded
+cannibals one of these mornings! No; I see what they are
+at very plainly, so I am resolved to starve myself into a bunch of
+bones and gristle, and then, if they serve me up, they are welcome!
+But, I say, Tommo, you are not going to eat any of that mess there, in
+the dark, are you? Why, how can you tell what it is?</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>By tasting it, to be sure,</q> said I, masticating a morsel that Kory-Kory
+had just put in my mouth; <q>and excellently good it is, too, very
+much like veal.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>A baked baby, by the soul of Captain Cook!</q> burst forth Toby,
+with amazing vehemence. <q>Veal? why, there never was a calf on the
+island till you landed. I tell you, you are bolting down mouthfuls
+from a dead Happar’s carcass, as sure as you live, and no
+mistake!</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Emetics and lukewarm water! What a sensation in the abdominal
+regions! Sure enough, where could the fiends incarnate have obtained
+meat? But I resolved to satisfy myself at all hazards; and
+turning to Mehevi, I soon made the ready chief understand that I
+wished a light to be brought. When the taper came, I gazed eagerly
+into the vessel, and recognized the mutilated remains of a juvenile
+porker! <q>Puarkee!</q> exclaimed Kory-Kory, looking complacently at
+the dish; and from that day to this I have never forgotten that such
+is the designation of a pig in the Typee lingo.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The next morning, after being again abundantly feasted by the
+hospitable Mehevi, Toby and myself arose to depart. But the chief
+requested us to postpone our intention. <q>Abo, abo</q> (Wait, wait), he
+said, and accordingly we resumed our seats, while, assisted by the
+zealous Kory-Kory, he appeared to be engaged in giving directions to
+a number of the natives outside, who were busily employed in making
+<pb n='99'/><anchor id='Pg099'/>arrangements, the nature of which we could not comprehend. But
+we were not left long in our ignorance, for a few moments only had
+elapsed, when the chief beckoned us to approach, and we perceived
+that he had been marshalling a kind of guard of honour to escort us
+on our return to the house of Marheyo.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The procession was led off by two venerable-looking savages, each
+provided with a spear, from the end of which streamed a pennon of
+milk-white tappa. After them went several youths, bearing aloft calabashes
+of poee-poee; and followed in their turn by four stalwart fellows,
+sustaining long bamboos, from the tops of which hung suspended,
+at least twenty feet from the ground, large baskets of green bread-fruit.
+Then came a troop of boys, carrying bunches of ripe bananas,
+and baskets made of woven leaflets of cocoa-nut boughs, filled with the
+young fruit of the tree, the naked shells, stripped of their husks, peeping
+forth from the verdant wicker-work that surrounded them. Last
+of all came a burly islander, holding over his head a wooden trencher,
+in which lay disposed the remnants of our midnight feast, hidden
+from view, however, by a covering of bread-fruit leaves.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Astonished as I was at this exhibition, I could not avoid smiling at
+its grotesque appearance, and the associations it naturally called up.
+Mehevi, it seemed, was bent on replenishing old Marheyo’s larder,
+fearful, perhaps, that without this precaution his guests might not
+fare as well as they could desire.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As soon as I descended from the pi-pi, the procession formed anew,
+enclosing us in its centre; where I remained, part of the time carried
+by Kory-Kory, and occasionally relieving him from his burden by limping
+along with a spear. When we moved off in this order, the natives
+struck up a musical recitative, which, with various alternations, they
+continued until we arrived at the place of our destination.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As we proceeded on our way, bands of young girls, darting from
+the surrounding groves, hung upon our skirts, and accompanied us with
+shouts of merriment and delight, which almost drowned the deep notes
+of the recitative. On approaching old Marheyo’s domicile, its inmates
+<pb n='100'/><anchor id='Pg100'/>rushed out to receive us; and while the gifts of Mehevi were being
+disposed of, the superannuated warrior did the honours of his mansion
+with all the warmth of hospitality evinced by an English squire, when
+he regales his friends at some fine old patrimonial mansion.
+</p>
+
+</div><div type="chapter" n="12" rend="page-break-before: always">
+<pb n='101'/><anchor id='Pg101'/>
+<index index="toc" level1="XII. Adventure of Toby"/><index index="pdf"/>
+<head>CHAPTER XII</head>
+
+<argument><p>
+Attempt to procure relief from Nukuheva—Perilous adventure of Toby in
+the Happar Mountains—Eloquence of Kory-Kory.
+</p>
+</argument>
+<p>
+Amidst these novel scenes a week passed away almost imperceptibly.
+The natives, actuated by some mysterious impulse, day after day redoubled
+their attention to us. Their manner towards us was unaccountable.
+Surely, thought I, they would not act thus if they meant us
+any harm. But why this excess of deferential kindness, or what equivalent
+can they imagine us capable of rendering them for it?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We were fairly puzzled. But, despite the apprehensions I could
+not dispel, the horrible character imputed to these Typees appeared to
+be wholly undeserved.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Why, they are cannibals!</q> said Toby, on one occasion when I
+eulogized the tribe.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Granted,</q> I replied, <q>but a more humane, gentlemanly, and
+amiable set of epicures do not probably exist in the Pacific.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But, notwithstanding the kind treatment we received, I was too
+familiar with the fickle disposition of savages not to feel anxious to
+withdraw from the valley, and put myself beyond the reach of that
+fearful death which, under all these smiling appearances, might yet
+menace us. But here there was an obstacle in the way of doing so.
+It was idle for me to think of moving from the place until I should have
+recovered from the severe lameness that afflicted me; indeed my malady
+began seriously to alarm me; for, despite the herbal remedies of the
+natives, it continued to grow worse and worse. Their mild applications,
+though they soothed the pain, did not remove the disorder, and
+I felt convinced that, without better aid, I might anticipate long and
+acute suffering.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But how was this aid to be procured? From the surgeons of the
+French fleet, which probably still lay in the bay of Nukuheva, it might
+<pb n='102'/><anchor id='Pg102'/>easily have been obtained, could I have made my case known to them.
+But how could that be effected?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At last, in the exigency to which I was reduced, I proposed to
+Toby that he should endeavour to go round to Nukuheva, and if he
+could not succeed in returning to the valley by water in one of the
+boats of the squadron, and taking me off, he might at least procure
+me some proper medicines, and effect his return overland.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My companion listened to me in silence, and at first did not appear
+to relish the idea. The truth was, he felt impatient to escape from
+the place, and wished to avail himself of our present high favour
+with the natives to make good our retreat, before we should experience
+some sudden alterations in their behaviour. As he could not think
+of leaving me in my helpless condition, he implored me to be of good
+cheer; assured me that I should soon be better, and enabled in a few
+days to return with him to Nukuheva.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Added to this, he could not bear the idea of again returning to this
+dangerous place; and as for the expectation of persuading the Frenchmen
+to detach a boat’s crew for the purpose of rescuing me from the
+Typees, he looked upon it as idle; and, with arguments that I could
+not answer, urged the improbability of their provoking the hostilities
+of the clan by any such measure; especially as, for the purpose of
+quieting its apprehensions, they had as yet refrained from making
+any visit to the bay. <q>And even should they consent,</q> said Toby,
+<q>they would only produce a commotion in the valley, in which we
+might both be sacrificed by these ferocious islanders.</q> This was unanswerable;
+but still I clung to the belief that he might succeed in
+accomplishing the other part of my plan; and at last I overcame his
+scruples, and he agreed to make the attempt.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As soon as we succeeded in making the natives understand our intention,
+they broke out into the most vehement opposition to the measure,
+and, for a while, I almost despaired of obtaining their consent. At
+the bare thought of one of us leaving them, they manifested the most
+<pb n='103'/><anchor id='Pg103'/>lively concern. The grief and consternation of Kory-Kory, in particular,
+was unbounded; he threw himself into a perfect paroxysm of gestures,
+which were intended to convey to us, not only his abhorrence of
+Nukuheva and its uncivilized inhabitants, but also his astonishment
+that, after becoming acquainted with the enlightened Typees, we should
+evince the least desire to withdraw, even for a time, from their agreeable
+society.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+However, I overbore his objections by appealing to my lameness;
+from which I assured the natives I should speedily recover, if Toby
+were permitted to obtain the supplies I needed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was agreed that on the following morning my companion should
+depart, accompanied by some one or two of the household, who should
+point out to him an easy route, by which the bay might be reached before
+sunset.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At early dawn of the next day, our habitation was astir. One of
+the young men mounted into an adjoining cocoa-nut tree, and threw
+down a number of the young fruit, which old Marheyo quickly stripped
+of the green husks, and strung together upon a short pole. These
+were intended to refresh Toby on his route.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The preparations being completed, with no little emotion I bade
+my companion adieu. He promised to return in three days at
+farthest; and, bidding me keep up my spirits in the interval, turned
+around the corner of the pi-pi, and, under the guidance of the venerable
+Marheyo, was soon out of sight. His departure oppressed me
+with melancholy, and, re-entering the dwelling, I threw myself almost
+in despair upon the matting of the floor.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In two hours’ time the old warrior returned, and gave me to understand,
+that after accompanying my companion a little distance, and
+showing him the route, he had left him journeying on his way.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was about noon of this same day, a season which these people are
+wont to pass in sleep, that I lay in the house, surrounded by its slumbering
+inmates, and painfully affected by the strange silence which
+pre<pb n='104'/><anchor id='Pg104'/>vailed. All at once I thought I heard a faint shout, as if proceeding
+from some persons in the depth of the grove which extended in front
+of our habitation.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The sounds grew louder and nearer, and gradually the whole valley
+rang with wild outcries. The sleepers around me started to their
+feet in alarm, and hurried outside to discover the cause of the commotion.
+Kory-Kory, who had been the first to spring up, soon returned
+almost breathless, and nearly frantic with the excitement under which
+he seemed to be labouring. All that I could understand from him
+was, that some accident had happened to Toby. Apprehensive of some
+dreadful calamity, I rushed out of the house, and caught sight of a
+tumultuous crowd, who, with shrieks and lamentations, were just emerging
+from the grove, bearing in their arms some object, the sight of
+which produced all this transport of sorrow. As they drew near, the
+men redoubled their cries, while the girls, tossing their bare arms in
+the air, exclaimed plaintively, <q>Awha! awha! Toby muckee moee!</q>—Alas!
+alas! Toby is killed!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In a moment the crowd opened, and disclosed the apparently lifeless
+body of my companion borne between two men, the head hanging
+heavily against the breast of the foremost. The whole face, neck, and
+bosom were covered with blood, which still trickled slowly from a
+wound behind the temple. In the midst of the greatest uproar and
+confusion, the body was carried into the house and laid on a mat.
+Waving the natives off to give room and air, I bent eagerly over Toby,
+and, laying my hand upon the breast, ascertained that the heart still
+beat. Overjoyed at this, I seized a calabash of water, and dashed its
+contents upon his face, then, wiping away the blood, anxiously examined
+the wound. It was about three inches long, and, on removing the
+clotted hair from about it, showed the skull laid completely bare.
+Immediately with my knife I cut away the heavy locks, and bathed the
+part repeatedly in water.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In a few moments Toby revived, and opening his eyes for a second,
+closed them again, without speaking. Kory-Kory, who had been
+kneel<pb n='105'/><anchor id='Pg105'/>ing beside me, now chafed his limbs gently with the palms of his hands,
+while a young girl at his head kept fanning him, and I still continued
+to moisten his lips and brow. Soon my poor comrade showed signs of
+animation, and I succeeded in making him swallow from a cocoa-nut
+shell a few mouthfuls of water.
+</p>
+    <anchor id="illus4"/>
+<pgIf output='txt'><then>
+  <p rend="margin-left: 2; margin-right: 2">[Illustration: THE BODY WAS CARRIED INTO THE HOUSE AND LAID ON A MAT]</p>
+</then><else><pgIf output="pdf"><then><p><figure url="images/illus4.jpg" rend="width: 100%"><head><hi rend="font-size: small">THE BODY WAS CARRIED INTO THE HOUSE AND LAID ON A
+MAT</hi></head></figure></p></then>
+<else><p><figure url="images/illus4th.jpg"><head><xref url="images/illus4.jpg"><hi rend="font-size: small">THE BODY WAS CARRIED INTO THE HOUSE AND LAID ON A
+      MAT</hi></xref></head><figDesc>Illustration: THE BODY WAS CARRIED INTO THE HOUSE AND LAID ON A MAT</figDesc></figure></p></else></pgIf>
+</else></pgIf>
+<p>
+Old Tinor now appeared, holding in her hand some simples she had
+gathered, the juice of which she by signs besought me to squeeze into
+the wound. Having done so, I thought it best to leave Toby undisturbed
+until he should have had time to rally his faculties. Several
+times he opened his lips, but, fearful for his safety, I enjoined silence.
+In the course of two or three hours however, he sat up, and was
+sufficiently recovered to tell me what had occurred.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>After leaving the house with Marheyo,</q> said Toby, <q rend="post: none">we struck
+across the valley, and ascended the opposite heights. Just beyond
+them, my guide informed me, lay the valley of Happar, while along
+their summits, and skirting the head of the vale, was my route to Nukuheva.
+After mounting a little way up the elevation my guide
+paused, and gave me to understand that he could not accompany me
+any farther, and by various signs intimated that he was afraid to approach
+any nearer the territories of the enemies of his tribe. He, however,
+pointed out my path, which now lay clearly before me, and, bidding
+me farewell, hastily descended the mountain.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q rend="post: none">Quite elated at being so near the Happars, I pushed up the acclivity,
+and soon gained its summit. It tapered up to a sharp ridge,
+from whence I beheld both the hostile valleys. Here I sat down and
+rested for a moment, refreshing myself with my cocoa-nuts. I was
+soon again pursuing my way along the height, when suddenly I saw
+three of the islanders, who must have just come out of Happar valley,
+standing in the path ahead of me. They were each armed with a
+heavy spear, and one, from his appearance, I took to be a chief. They
+sung out something, I could not understand what, and beckoned me to
+come on.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q rend="post: none">Without the least hesitation I advanced towards them, and had
+ap<pb n='106'/><anchor id='Pg106'/>proached within about a yard of the foremost, when, pointing angrily
+into the Typee valley, and uttering some savage exclamation, he
+wheeled round his weapon like lightning, and struck me in a moment
+to the ground. The blow inflicted this wound, and took away my
+senses. As soon as I came to myself, I perceived the three islanders
+standing a little distance off, and apparently engaged in some violent
+altercation respecting me.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q rend="post: none">My first impulse was to run for it; but, in endeavouring to rise,
+I fell back, and rolled down a little grassy precipice. The shock
+seemed to rally my faculties; so, starting to my feet, I fled down the
+path I had just ascended. I had no need to look behind me, for, from
+the yells I heard, I knew that my enemies were in full pursuit.
+Urged on by their fearful outcries, and heedless of the injury I had
+received—though the blood flowing from the wound trickled over into
+my eyes and almost blinded me—I rushed down the mountain side
+with the speed of the wind. In a short time I had descended nearly
+a third of the distance, and the savages had ceased their cries, when
+suddenly a terrific howl burst upon my ear, and at the same moment
+a heavy javelin darted past me as I fled, and stuck quivering in a tree
+close to me. Another yell followed, and a second spear and a third
+shot through the air within a few feet of my body, both of them
+piercing the ground obliquely in advance of me. The fellows gave a
+roar of rage and disappointment; but they were afraid, I suppose, of
+coming down farther into the Typee valley, and so abandoned the
+chase. I saw them recover their weapons and turn back; and I continued
+my descent as fast as I could.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q rend="post: none">What could have caused this ferocious attack on the part of these
+Happars I could not imagine, unless it were that they had seen me
+ascending the mountain with Marheyo, and that the mere fact of coming
+from the Typee valley was sufficient to provoke them.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>As long as I was in danger I scarcely felt the wound I had received;
+but when the chase was over I began to suffer from it. I had
+lost my hat in the flight, and the sun scorched my bare head. I felt
+<pb n='107'/><anchor id='Pg107'/>faint and giddy; but, fearful of falling to the ground beyond the reach
+of assistance, I staggered on as well as I could, and at last gained the
+level of the valley, and then down I sunk; and I knew nothing more
+until I found myself lying upon these mats, and you stooping over me
+with the calabash of water.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Such was Toby’s account of this sad affair. I afterwards learned
+that fortunately he had fallen close to a spot where the natives go for
+fuel. A party of them caught sight of him as he fell, and, sounding
+the alarm, had lifted him up; and after ineffectually endeavouring to
+restore him at the brook, had hurried forward with him to the house.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This incident threw a dark cloud over our prospects. It reminded
+us that we were hemmed in by hostile tribes, whose territories we could
+not hope to pass, on our route to Nukuheva, without encountering the
+effects of their savage resentment. There appeared to be no avenue
+opened to our escape but the sea, which washed the lower extremity of
+the vale.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Our Typee friends availed themselves of the recent disaster of Toby
+to exhort us to a due appreciation of the blessings we enjoyed among
+them; contrasting their own generous reception of us with the animosity
+of their neighbours. They likewise dwelt upon the cannibal propensities
+of the Happars, a subject which they were perfectly aware could
+not fail to alarm us; while at the same time they earnestly disclaimed
+all participation in so horrid a custom. Nor did they omit to call upon
+us to admire the natural loveliness of their own abode, and the lavish
+abundance with which it produced all manner of luxuriant fruits;
+exalting it in this particular above any of the surrounding valleys.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Kory-Kory seemed to experience so heartfelt a desire to infuse into
+our minds proper views on these subjects, that, assisted in his endeavours
+by the little knowledge of the language we had acquired, he actually
+made us comprehend a considerable part of what he said. To facilitate
+our correct apprehension of his meaning, he at first condensed
+his ideas into the smallest possible compass.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Happar keekeeno nuee,</q> he exclaimed; <q>nuee, nuee, ki ki
+kan<pb n='108'/><anchor id='Pg108'/>naka!—ah! owle motarkee!</q> which signifies, <q>Terrible fellows those
+Happars!—devour an amazing quantity of men!—ah, shocking bad!</q>
+Thus far he explained himself by a variety of gestures, during the performance
+of which he would dart out of the house, and point abhorrently
+towards the Happar valley; running in to us again with the rapidity
+that showed he was fearful we would lose one part of his meaning
+before he could complete the other; and continuing his illustrations by
+seizing the fleshy part of my arm in his teeth, intimating, by the operation,
+that the people who lived over in that direction would like
+nothing better than to treat me in that manner.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Having assured himself that we were fully enlightened on this
+point, he proceeded to another branch of the subject. <q>Ah! Typee
+me! arkee!—nuee, nuee mioree—nuee, nuee wai nuee, nuee poee
+poee—nuee, nuee kokoo—ah! nuee, nuee kiki—ah! nuee, nuee, nuee!</q>
+Which, liberally interpreted as before, would imply, <q>Ah, Typee! isn’t
+it a fine place though!—no danger of starving here, I tell you!—plenty
+of bread-fruit—plenty of water—plenty of pudding—ah! plenty
+of everything, ah! heaps, heaps, heaps!</q> All this was accompanied
+by a running commentary of signs and gestures which it was impossible
+not to comprehend.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As he continued his harangue, however, Kory-Kory, in emulation of
+our more polished orators, began to launch out rather diffusely into
+other branches of his subject, enlarging probably upon the moral reflections
+it suggested; and proceeded in such a strain of unintelligible
+and stunning gibberish, that he actually gave me the headache for the
+rest of the day.
+</p>
+
+</div><div type="chapter" n="13" rend="page-break-before: always">
+<pb n='109'/><anchor id='Pg109'/>
+<index index="toc" level1="XIII. A Great Event"/><index index="pdf"/>
+<head>CHAPTER XIII</head>
+
+<argument><p>
+A great event happens in the valley—The island telegraph—Something befalls
+Toby—Fayaway displays a tender heart—Melancholy reflections—Mysterious
+conduct of the islanders—Devotion of Kory-Kory—A rural couch—A
+luxury—Kory-Kory strikes a light <hi rend='italic'>à la</hi> Typee.
+</p>
+</argument>
+<p>
+In the course of a few days Toby had recovered from the effects of
+his adventure with the Happar warriors; the wound on his head rapidly
+healing under the vegetable treatment of the good Tinor. Less fortunate
+than my companion, however, I still continued to languish under
+a complaint, the origin and nature of which was still a mystery. Cut
+off as I was from all intercourse with the civilized world, and feeling
+the inefficacy of anything the natives could do to relieve me; knowing,
+too, that so long as I remained in my present condition it would be
+impossible for me to leave the valley, whatever opportunity might
+present itself; and apprehensive that ere long we might be exposed to
+some caprice on the part of the islanders, I now gave up all hopes of
+recovery, and became a prey to the most gloomy thoughts. A deep
+dejection fell upon me, which neither the friendly remonstrances of
+my companion, the devoted attentions of Kory-Kory, nor all the soothing
+influences of Fayaway, could remove.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One morning, as I lay on the mats in the house plunged in melancholy
+reverie, and regardless of everything around me, Toby, who had
+left me about an hour, returned in haste, and with great glee told me
+to cheer up and be of good heart, for he believed, from what was going
+on among the natives, that there were boats approaching the bay.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These tidings operated upon me like magic. The hour of our deliverance
+was at hand, and, starting up, I was soon convinced that
+something unusual was about to occur. The word <q>botee! botee!</q>
+was vociferated in all directions; and shouts were heard in the distance,
+at first feebly and faintly, but growing louder and nearer at
+<pb n='110'/><anchor id='Pg110'/>each successive repetition, until they were caught up by a fellow in
+a cocoa-nut tree a few yards off, who, sounding them in turn, they
+were reiterated from a neighbouring grove, and so died away gradually
+from point to point, as the intelligence penetrated into the farthest
+recesses of the valley. This was the vocal telegraph of the islanders; by
+means of which, condensed items of information could be carried in
+a very few minutes from the sea to their remotest habitation, a distance
+of at least eight or nine miles. On the present occasion it was
+in active operation, one piece of information following another with
+inconceivable rapidity.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The greatest commotion now appeared to prevail. At every fresh
+item of intelligence the natives betrayed the liveliest interest, and redoubled
+the energy with which they employed themselves in collecting
+fruit to sell to the expected visitors. Some were tearing off the husks
+from cocoa-nuts; some, perched in the trees, were throwing down bread-fruit
+to their companions, who gathered them in heaps as they fell;
+while others were plying their fingers rapidly in weaving leafen
+baskets in which to carry the fruit.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There were other matters, too, going on at the same time. Here
+you would see a stout warrior polishing his spear with a bit of old
+tappa, or adjusting the folds of the girdle about his waist; and there
+you might descry a young damsel decorating herself with flowers, as if
+having in her eye some maidenly conquest; while, as in all cases of
+hurry and confusion in every part of the world, a number of individuals
+kept hurrying to and fro with amazing vigour and perseverance,
+doing nothing themselves, and hindering others.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Never before had we seen the islanders in such a state of bustle
+and excitement; and the scene furnished abundant evidence of the
+fact—that it was only at long intervals any such events occur.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When I thought of the length of time that might intervene before
+a similar chance of escape would be presented, I bitterly lamented
+that I had not the power of availing myself effectually of the present
+opportunity.
+</p>
+
+<pb n='111'/><anchor id='Pg111'/>
+
+<p>
+From all that we could gather, it appeared that the natives were fearful
+of arriving too late upon the beach, unless they made extraordinary
+exertions. Sick and lame as I was, I would have started with
+Toby at once, had not Kory-Kory not only refused to carry me, but
+manifested the most invincible repugnance to our leaving the neighbourhood
+of the house. The rest of the savages were equally opposed
+to our wishes, and seemed grieved and astonished at the earnestness
+of my solicitations. I clearly perceived that, while my attendant
+avoided all appearance of constraining my movements, he was nevertheless
+determined to thwart my wishes. He seemed to me on this
+particular occasion, as well as often afterwards, to be executing the orders
+of some other person with regard to me, though at the same
+time feeling towards me the most lively affection.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Toby, who had made up his mind to accompany the islanders if
+possible as soon as they were in readiness to depart, and who for that
+reason had refrained from showing the same anxiety that I had done,
+now represented to me that it was idle for me to entertain the hope
+of reaching the beach in time to profit by any opportunity that might
+then be presented.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Do you not see,</q> said he, <q>the savages themselves are fearful of
+being too late, and I should hurry forward myself at once, did I not
+think that, if I showed too much eagerness, I should destroy all our
+hopes of reaping any benefit from this fortunate event. If you will
+only endeavour to appear tranquil or unconcerned, you will quiet their
+suspicions, and I have no doubt they will then let me go with them to
+the beach, supposing that I merely go out of curiosity. Should I succeed
+in getting down to the boats, I will make known the condition in
+which I have left you, and measures may then be taken to secure our
+escape.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the expediency of this I could not but acquiesce; and as the
+natives had now completed their preparations, I watched with the liveliest
+interest the reception that Toby’s application might meet with. As
+soon as they understood from my companion that I intended to
+re<pb n='112'/><anchor id='Pg112'/>main, they appeared to make no objection to this proposition, and even
+hailed it with pleasure. Their singular conduct on this occasion not
+a little puzzled me at the time, and imparted to subsequent events an
+additional mystery.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The islanders were now to be seen hurrying along the path which led
+to the sea. I shook Toby warmly by the hand, and gave him my
+Payta hat to shield his wounded head from the sun, as he had lost
+his own. He cordially returned the pressure of my hand, and, solemnly
+promising to return as soon as the boats should leave the shore,
+sprang from my side, and the next minute disappeared in a turn of the
+grove.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In spite of the unpleasant reflections that crowded upon my mind,
+I could not but be entertained by the novel and animated sight which
+now met my view. One after another, the natives crowded along the
+narrow path, laden with every variety of fruit. Here, you might
+have seen one, who, after ineffectually endeavouring to persuade a
+surly porker to be conducted in leading-strings, was obliged at last
+to seize the <anchor id="corr112"/><corr sic="preverse">perverse</corr> animal in his arms, and carry him struggling
+again his naked breast, and squealing without intermission. There
+went two, who at a little distance might have been taken for the Hebrew
+spies, on their return to Moses with the goodly bunch of grapes. One
+trotted before the other at a distance of a couple of yards, while between
+them, from a pole resting on their shoulders, was suspended a huge
+cluster of bananas, which swayed to and fro with the rocking gait at
+which they proceeded. Here ran another, perspiring with his exertions,
+and bearing before him a quantity of cocoa-nuts, who, fearful
+of being too late, heeded not the fruit that dropped from his basket, and
+appeared solely intent upon reaching his destination, careless how
+many of his cocoa-nuts kept company with him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In a short time the last straggler was seen hurrying on his way, and
+the faint shouts of those in advance died insensibly upon the ear.
+Our part of the valley now appeared nearly deserted by its inhabitants,
+<pb n='113'/><anchor id='Pg113'/>Kory-Kory, his aged father, and a few decrepid old people being all
+that were left.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Towards sunset, the islanders in small parties began to return from
+the beach, and among them, as they drew near to the house, I sought
+to descry the form of my companion. But one after another they
+passed the dwelling, and I caught no glimpse of him. Supposing, however,
+that he would soon appear with some of the members of the
+household, I quieted my apprehensions, and waited patiently to see him
+advancing, in company with the beautiful Fayaway. At last I perceived
+Tinor coming forward, followed by the girls and young men who
+usually resided in the house of Marheyo; but with them came not my
+comrade, and, filled with a thousand alarms, I eagerly sought to discover
+the cause of his delay.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My earnest questions appeared to embarrass the natives greatly.
+All their accounts were contradictory: one giving me to understand that
+Toby would be with me in a very short time; another, that he did not
+know where he was; while a third, violently inveighing against him,
+assured me that he had stolen away, and would never come back. It
+appeared to me, at the time, that in making these various statements
+they endeavoured to conceal from me some terrible disaster, lest the
+knowledge of it should overpower me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Fearful lest some fatal calamity had overtaken him, I sought out
+young Fayaway, and endeavoured to learn from her, if possible, the
+truth.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This gentle being had early attracted my regard, not only from her
+extraordinary beauty, but from the attractive cast of her countenance,
+singularly expressive of intelligence and humanity. Of all the natives,
+she alone seemed to appreciate the effect which the peculiarity of the
+circumstances in which we were placed had produced upon the minds of
+my companion and myself. In addressing me—especially when I lay
+reclining upon the mats suffering from pain—there was a tenderness
+in her manner which it was impossible to misunderstand or resist.
+<pb n='114'/><anchor id='Pg114'/>Whenever she entered the house, the expression of her face indicated
+the liveliest sympathy for me; and moving towards the place where
+I lay, with one arm slightly elevated in a gesture of pity, and her
+large glistening eyes gazing intently into mine, she would murmur
+plaintively, <q>Awha! awha! Tommo,</q> and seat herself mournfully beside
+me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Her manner convinced me that she deeply compassionated my situation,
+as being removed from my country and friends, and placed beyond
+the reach of all relief. Indeed, at times I was almost led to believe
+that her mind was swayed by gentle impulses hardly to be anticipated
+from one in her condition; that she appeared to be conscious there
+were ties rudely severed, which had once bound us to our homes; that
+there were sisters and brothers anxiously looking forward to our return,
+who were perhaps never more to behold us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In this amiable light did Fayaway appear in my eyes; and, reposing
+full confidence in her candour and intelligence, I now had recourse
+to her, in the midst of my alarm with regard to my companion.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My questions evidently distressed her. She looked round from one
+to another of the bystanders, as if hardly knowing what answer to give
+me. At last, yielding to my importunities, she overcame her scruples,
+and gave me to understand that Toby had gone away with the boats
+which had visited the bay, but had promised to return at the expiration
+of three days. At first I accused him of perfidiously deserting me;
+but as I grew more composed, I upbraided myself for imputing so cowardly
+an action to him, and tranquillized myself with the belief that
+he had availed himself of the opportunity to go round to Nukuheva, in
+order to make some arrangement by which I could be removed from
+the valley. At any rate, thought I, he will return with the medicines I
+require, and then, as soon as I recover, there will be no difficulty in the
+way of our departure.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Consoling myself with these reflections, I lay down that night in a
+happier frame of mind than I had done for some time. The next day
+<pb n='115'/><anchor id='Pg115'/>passed without any allusion to Toby on the part of the natives, who
+seemed desirous of avoiding all reference to the subject. This raised
+some apprehensions in my breast; but, when night came, I congratulated
+myself that the second day had now gone by, and that on the morrow
+Toby would again be with me. But the morrow came and went,
+and my companion did not appear. Ah! thought I, he reckons three
+days from the morning of his departure—to-morrow he will arrive.
+But that weary day also closed upon me without his return. Even yet
+I would not despair. I thought that something detained him—that
+he was waiting for the sailing of a boat at Nukuheva, and that in a
+day or two, at farthest, I should see him again. But day after day
+of renewed disappointment passed by; at last hope deserted me, and
+I fell a victim to despair.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Yes, thought I, gloomily, he has secured his own escape, and cares
+not what calamity may befall his unfortunate comrade. Fool that I
+was, to suppose that any one would willingly encounter the perils of
+this valley, after having once got beyond its limits! He has gone, and
+has left me to combat alone all the dangers by which I am surrounded.
+Thus would I sometimes seek to derive a desperate consolation from
+dwelling upon the perfidy of Toby; whilst, at other times, I sunk under
+the bitter remorse which I felt at having, by my own imprudence,
+brought upon myself the fate which I was sure awaited me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At other times I thought that perhaps, after all, these treacherous
+savages had made away with him, and thence the confusion into which
+they were thrown by my questions, and their contradictory answers;
+or he might be a captive in some other part of the valley; or, more
+dreadful still, might have met with that fate at which my very soul
+shuddered. But all these speculations were vain; no tidings of Toby
+ever reached me—he had gone never to return.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The conduct of the islanders appeared inexplicable. All reference
+to my lost comrade was carefully evaded, and if at any time
+they were forced to make some reply to my frequent inquiries on the
+subject, they would uniformly denounce him as an ungrateful runaway,
+<pb n='116'/><anchor id='Pg116'/>who had deserted his friend, and taken himself off to that vile and detestable
+place Nukuheva.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But whatever might have been his fate, now that he was gone the
+natives multiplied their acts of kindness and attention towards myself,
+treating me with a degree of deference which could hardly have been
+surpassed had I been some celestial visitant. Kory-Kory never for
+one moment left my side, unless it were to execute my wishes. The
+faithful fellow, twice every day, in the cool of the morning and in the
+evening, insisted upon carrying me to the stream, and bathing me in
+its refreshing water.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Frequently, in the afternoon, he would carry me to a particular part
+of the stream, where the beauty of the scene produced a soothing influence
+upon my mind. At this place the waters flowed between grassy
+banks, planted with enormous bread-fruit trees, whose vast branches,
+interlacing overhead, formed a leafy canopy; near the stream were
+several smooth black rocks. One of these, projecting several feet above
+the surface of the water, had upon its summit a shallow cavity, which,
+filled with freshly-gathered leaves, formed a delightful couch.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Here I often laid for hours, covered with a gauze-like veil of tappa,
+while Fayaway, seated beside me, and holding in her hand a fan woven
+from the leaflets of a young cocoa-nut bough, brushed aside the insects
+that occasionally lighted on my face, and Kory-Kory, with a view of
+chasing away my melancholy, performed a thousand antics in the
+water before us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As my eye wandered along this romantic stream, it would fall upon
+the half-immersed figure of a beautiful girl, standing in the transparent
+water, and catching in a little net a species of diminutive shell-fish, of
+which these people are extravagantly fond. Sometimes a chattering
+group would be seated upon the edge of a low rock in the midst of the
+brook, busily engaged in thinning and polishing the shells of cocoa-nuts,
+by rubbing them briskly with a small stone in the water, an operation
+which soon converts them into a light and elegant drinking-vessel, somewhat
+resembling goblets made of tortoise-shell.
+</p>
+
+<pb n='117'/><anchor id='Pg117'/>
+
+<p>
+But the tranquillizing influences of beautiful scenery, and the exhibition
+of human life under so novel and charming an aspect, were not
+my only sources of consolation.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Every evening the girls of the house gathered about me on the mats,
+and, after chasing away Kory-Kory from my side—who, nevertheless,
+retired only to a little distance, and watched their proceedings with
+the most jealous attention—would anoint my body with a fragrant oil,
+squeezed from a yellow root, previously pounded between a couple of
+stones, and which in their language is denominated <q>aka.</q> I used
+to hail with delight the daily recurrence of this luxurious operation,
+in which I forgot all my troubles, and buried for the time every feeling
+of sorrow.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Sometimes, in the cool of the evening, my devoted servitor would
+lead me out upon the pi-pi in front of the house, and, seating me near
+its edge, protect my body from the annoyance of the insects which occasionally
+hovered in the air, by wrapping me round with a large roll of
+tappa. He then bustled about, and employed himself at least twenty
+minutes in adjusting everything to secure my personal comfort.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Having perfected his arrangements, he would get my pipe, and,
+lighting it, would hand it to me. Often he was obliged to strike a light
+for the occasion; and as the mode he adopted was entirely different
+from what I had ever seen or heard of before, I will describe it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A straight, dry, and partly-decayed stick of the Habiscus, about
+six feet in length, and half as many inches in diameter, with a smaller
+bit of wood, not more than a foot long, and scarcely an inch wide, is
+as invariably to be met with in every house in Typee, as a box of
+lucifer matches in the corner of a kitchen-cupboard at home.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The islander, placing the larger stick obliquely against some object,
+with one end elevated at an angle of forty-five degrees, mounts astride of
+it, like an urchin about to gallop off upon a cane, and then, grasping
+the smaller one firmly in both hands, he rubs its pointed end slowly
+up and down the extent of a few inches on the principal stick, until
+at last he makes a narrow groove in the wood, with an abrupt
+termina<pb n='118'/><anchor id='Pg118'/>tion at the point farthest from him, where all the dusty particles which
+the friction creates are accumulated in a little heap.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At first Kory-Kory goes to work quite leisurely, but gradually quickens
+his pace, and, waxing warm in the employment, drives the stick
+furiously along the smoking channel, plying his hands to and fro with
+amazing rapidity, the perspiration starting from every pore. As he
+approaches the climax of his effort, he pants and gasps for breath, and
+his eyes almost start from their sockets with the violence of his exertions.
+This is the critical stage of the operation; all his previous
+labours are vain if he cannot sustain the rapidity of the movement
+until the reluctant spark is produced. Suddenly he stops, becomes
+perfectly motionless. His hands still retain their hold of the smaller
+stick, which is pressed convulsively against the farther end of the channel,
+among the fine powder there accumulated, as if he had just pierced
+through and through some little viper that was wriggling and struggling
+to escape from his clutches. The next moment a delicate wreath
+of smoke curls spirally into the air, the heap of dusty particles glows
+with fire, and Kory-Kory, almost breathless, dismounts from his steed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This operation appeared to me to be the most laborious species of work
+performed in Typee; and had I possessed a sufficient intimacy with
+the language to have conveyed my ideas upon the subject, I should
+certainly have suggested to the most influential of the natives the expediency
+of establishing in a college of vestals, to be centrally located in
+the valley, for the purpose of keeping alive the indispensable article of
+fire, so as to supersede the necessity of such a vast outlay of strength
+and good temper as were usually squandered on these occasions. There
+might, however, be special difficulties in carrying this plan into execution.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What a striking evidence does this operation furnish of the wide
+difference between the extreme of savage and civilized life! A gentleman
+of Typee can bring up a numerous family of children, and give
+them all a highly respectable cannibal education, with infinitely less
+toil and anxiety than he expends in the simple process of striking a
+<pb n='119'/><anchor id='Pg119'/>light; whilst a poor European artisan, who through the instrumentality
+of a lucifer performs the same operation in one second, is put to his
+wit’s end to provide for his starving offspring that food, which the children
+of a Polynesian father, without troubling their parents, pluck
+from the branches of every tree around them.
+</p>
+
+</div><div type="chapter" n="14" rend="page-break-before: always">
+<pb n='120'/><anchor id='Pg120'/>
+<index index="toc" level1="XIV. Kindness of the Islanders"/><index index="pdf"/>
+<head>CHAPTER XIV</head>
+
+<argument><p>
+Kindness of Marheyo and the rest of the islanders—A full description of
+the bread-fruit tree—Different modes of preparing the fruit.
+</p>
+</argument>
+<p>
+All the inhabitants of the valley treated me with great kindness; but
+as to the household of Marheyo, with whom I was now permanently
+domiciled, nothing could surpass their efforts to minister to my comfort.
+To the gratification of my palate they paid the most unwearied
+attention. They continually invited me to partake of food, and when
+after eating heartily I declined the viands they continued to offer
+me, they seemed to think that my appetite stood in need of some
+piquant stimulant to excite its activity.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In pursuance of this idea, old Marheyo himself would hie him away
+to the sea-shore by the break of day, for the purpose of collecting
+various species of rare seaweed; some of which, among these people, are
+considered a great luxury. After a whole day spent in this employment,
+he would return about nightfall with several cocoa-nut shells
+filled with different descriptions of <anchor id="corr120"/><corr sic="kemp">kelp</corr>. In preparing these for use,
+he manifested all the ostentation of a professed cook, although the
+chief mystery of the affair appeared to consist in pouring water in
+judicious quantities upon the slimy contents of his cocoa-nut shells.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The first time he submitted one of these saline salads to my critical
+attention, I naturally thought that anything collected at such pains
+must possess peculiar merits; but one mouthful was a complete dose;
+and great was the consternation of the old warrior at the rapidity with
+which I ejected his epicurean treat.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+How true it is, that the rarity of any particular article enhances its
+value amazingly. In some part of the valley—I know not where, but
+probably in the neighbourhood of the sea—the girls were sometimes in
+the habit of procuring small quantities of salt, a thimble-full or so being
+the result of the united labours of a party of five or six employed for the
+<pb n='121'/><anchor id='Pg121'/>greater part of the day. This precious commodity they brought to
+the house, enveloped in multitudinous folds of leaves; and as a special
+mark of the esteem in which they held me, would spread an immense
+leaf on the ground, and dropping one by one a few minute particles of
+the salt upon it, invite me to taste them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From the extravagant value placed upon the article, I verily believe,
+that with a bushel of common Liverpool salt, all the real estate in
+Typee might have been purchased. With a small pinch of it in one
+hand, and a quarter section of a bread-fruit in the other, the greatest
+chief in the valley would have laughed at all the luxuries of a Parisian
+table.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The celebrity of the bread-fruit tree, and the conspicuous place it
+occupies in a Typee bill of fare, induces me to give at some length
+a general description of the tree, and the various modes in which the
+fruit is prepared.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The bread-fruit tree, in its glorious prime, is a grand and towering
+object, forming the same feature in a Marquesan landscape that the
+patriarchal elm does in New England scenery. The latter tree it not
+a little resembles in height, in the wide spread of its stalwart branches,
+and in its venerable and imposing aspect.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The leaves of the bread-fruit are of great size, and their edges are
+cut and scolloped as fantastically as those of a lady’s lace collar. As
+they annually tend towards decay, they almost rival, in the brilliant variety
+of their gradually changing hues, the fleeting shades of the expiring
+dolphin. The autumnal tints of our American forests, glorious as
+they are, sink into nothing in comparison with this tree.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The leaf, in one particular stage, when nearly all the prismatic
+colours are blended on its surface, is often converted by the natives into
+a superb and striking head-dress. The principal fibre traversing its
+length being split open a convenient distance, and the elastic sides of
+the aperture pressed apart, the head is inserted between them, the
+leaf drooping on one side, with its forward half turned jauntily up on
+the brows, and the remaining part spreading laterally behind the
+ears.
+</p>
+
+<pb n='122'/><anchor id='Pg122'/>
+
+<p>
+The fruit somewhat resembles in magnitude and general appearance
+one of our citron melons of ordinary size; but, unlike the citron, it has
+no sectional lines drawn along the outside. Its surface is dotted all
+over with little conical prominences, looking not unlike the knobs on
+an antiquated church door. The rind is perhaps an eighth of an inch
+in thickness; and denuded of this, at the time when it is in the
+greatest perfection, the fruit presents a beautiful globe of white pulp,
+the whole of which may be eaten, with the exception of a slender core,
+which is easily removed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The bread-fruit, however, is never used, and is indeed altogether unfit
+to be eaten, until submitted in one form or other to the action of
+fire.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The most simple manner in which this operation is performed, and,
+I think, the best, consists in placing any number of the freshly-plucked
+fruit, when in a particular state of greenness, among the embers of a
+fire, in the same way that you would roast a potato. After a lapse of ten
+or fifteen minutes, the green rind embrowns and cracks, showing through
+the fissures in its sides the milk-white interior. As soon as it cools the
+rind drops off, and you then have the soft round pulp in its purest
+and most delicious state. Thus eaten, it has a mild and pleasing
+flavour.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Sometimes after having been roasted in the fire, the natives snatch
+it briskly from the embers, and permitting it to slip out of the yielding
+rind into a vessel of cold water, stir up the mixture, which they call
+<q>bo-a-sho.</q> I never could endure this compound, and indeed the preparation
+is not greatly in vogue among the more polite Typees.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There is one form, however, in which the fruit is occasionally served,
+that renders it a dish fit for a king. As soon as it is taken from the
+fire the exterior is removed, the core extracted, and the remaining part
+is placed in a sort of shallow stone mortar, and briskly worked with
+a pestle of the same substance. While one person is performing this
+operation, another takes a ripe cocoa-nut, and breaking it in half,
+<pb n='123'/><anchor id='Pg123'/>which they also do very cleverly, proceeds to grate the juicy meat into
+fine particles. This is done by means of a piece of mother-of-pearl
+shell, lashed firmly to the extreme end of a heavy stick, with its straight
+side accurately notched like a saw. The stick is sometimes a grotesquely-formed
+limb of a tree, with three or four branches twisting from
+its body like so many shapeless legs, and sustaining it two or three
+feet from the ground.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The native, first placing a calabash beneath the nose, as it were,
+of his curious-looking log-steed, for the purpose of receiving the grated
+fragments as they fall, mounts astride of it as if it were a hobby-horse,
+and twirling the inside of one of his hemispheres of cocoa-nut around
+the sharp teeth of the mother-of-pearl shell, the pure white meat falls
+in snowy showers into the receptacle provided. Having obtained a
+quantity sufficient for his purpose, he places it in a bag made of the
+net-like fibrous substance attached to all cocoa-nut trees, and compressing
+it over the bread-fruit, which being now sufficiently pounded, is
+put into a wooden bowl—extracts a thick creamy milk. The delicious
+liquid soon bubbles round the fruit, and leaves it at last just peeping
+above its surface.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This preparation is called <q>kokoo,</q> and a most lucious preparation
+it is. The hobby-horse and the pestle and mortar were in great requisition
+during the time I remained in the house of Marheyo, and Kory-Kory
+had frequent occasion to show his skill in their use.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But the great staple articles of food into which the bread-fruit is
+converted by these natives are known respectively by the names of
+Amar and Poee-Poee.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<anchor id="corr123"/><corr sic="As">At</corr> a certain season of the year, when the fruit of the hundred
+groves of the valley has reached its maturity, and hangs in golden
+spheres from every branch, the islanders assemble in harvest groups,
+and garner in the abundance which surrounds them. The trees are
+stripped of their nodding burdens, which, easily freed from the rind
+and core, are gathered together in capacious wooden vessels, where the
+<pb n='124'/><anchor id='Pg124'/>pulpy fruit is soon worked by a stone pestle, vigorously applied, into
+a blended mass of a doughy consistency called by the natives <q>Tutao.</q>
+This is then divided into separate parcels, which, after being made
+up into stout packages, enveloped in successive folds of leaves, and
+bound round with thongs of bark, are stored away in large receptacles
+hollowed in the earth, from whence they are drawn as occasion may
+require.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In this condition the Tutao sometimes remains for years, and even
+is thought to improve by age. Before it is fit to be eaten, however, it
+has to undergo an additional process. A primitive oven is scooped in
+the ground, and its bottom being loosely covered with stones, a large
+fire is kindled within it. As soon as the requisite degree of heat is
+attained, the embers are removed, and the surface of the stones being
+covered with thick layers of leaves, one of the large packages of Tutao
+is deposited upon them, and overspread with another layer of leaves.
+The whole is then quickly heaped up with earth, and forms a sloping
+mound.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The Tutao thus baked is called <q>Amar</q>; the action of the oven
+having converted it into an amber-coloured caky substance, a little tart,
+but not at all disagreeable to the taste.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By another and final process the <q>Amar</q> is changed into <q>Poee-Poee.</q>
+This transition is rapidly effected. The amar is placed in
+a vessel, and mixed with water until it gains a proper pudding-like
+consistency, when, without further preparation, it is in readiness for
+use. This is the form in which the <q>Tutao</q> is generally consumed.
+The singular mode of eating it I have already described.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Were it not that the bread-fruit is thus capable of being preserved
+for a length of time, the natives might be reduced to a state of starvation;
+for, owing to some unknown cause, the trees sometimes fail to bear
+fruit; and on such occasions the islanders chiefly depend upon the
+supplies they have been enabled to store away.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This stately tree, which is rarely met with upon the Sandwich Islands,
+and then only of a very inferior quality, and at Tahiti does not
+<pb n='125'/><anchor id='Pg125'/>abound to a degree that renders its fruit the principal article of food,
+attains its greatest excellence in the genial climate of the Marquesan
+group, where it grows to an enormous magnitude, and flourishes in the
+utmost abundance.
+</p>
+
+</div><div type="chapter" n="15" rend="page-break-before: always">
+<pb n='126'/><anchor id='Pg126'/>
+<index index="toc" level1="XV. Melancholy Condition"/><index index="pdf"/>
+<head>CHAPTER XV</head>
+
+<argument><p>
+Melancholy condition—Occurrence at the Ti—Anecdote of Marheyo—Shaving
+the head of a warrior.
+</p>
+</argument>
+<p>
+In looking back to this period, and calling to remembrance the numberless
+proofs of kindness and respect which I received from the natives
+of the valley, I can scarcely understand how it was that, in the midst
+of so many consolatory circumstances, my mind should still have been
+consumed by the most dismal forebodings, and have remained a prey to
+the profoundest melancholy. It is true that the suspicious
+circumstances which had attended the disappearance of Toby were
+enough of themselves to excite distrust with regard to the
+savages, in whose power I felt myself to be entirely placed, especially
+when it was combined with the knowledge that these very men, kind
+and respectful as they were to me, were, after all, nothing better than
+a set of cannibals.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But my chief source of anxiety, and that which poisoned every temporary
+enjoyment, was the mysterious disease in my leg, which still remained
+unabated. All the herbal applications of Tinor, united with
+the severer discipline of the old leech, and the affectionate nursing
+of Kory-Kory, had failed to relieve me. I was almost a cripple, and
+the pain I endured at intervals was agonizing. The unaccountable malady
+showed no signs of amendment; on the contrary, its violence increased
+day by day, and threatened the most fatal results, unless some
+powerful means were employed to counteract it. It seemed as if I
+were destined to sink under this grievous affliction, or at least that it
+would hinder me from availing myself of any opportunity of escaping
+from the valley.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+An incident which occurred as nearly as I can estimate about three
+weeks after the disappearance of Toby, convinced me that the natives,
+<pb n='127'/><anchor id='Pg127'/>from some reason or other, would interpose every possible obstacle to
+my leaving them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One morning there was no little excitement evinced by the people
+near my abode, and which I soon discovered proceeded from a vague
+report that boats had been seen at a great distance approaching the bay.
+Immediately all was bustle and animation. It so happened that day
+that the pain I suffered having somewhat abated, and feeling in much
+better spirits than usual, I had complied with Kory-Kory’s invitation
+to visit the chief Mehevi at the place called the <q>Ti,</q> which I have
+before described as being situated within the precincts of the Taboo
+groves. These sacred recesses were at no great distance from Marheyo’s
+habitation, and lay between it and the sea; the path that conducted
+to the beach passing directly in front of the Ti, and thence
+skirting along the border of the groves.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I was reposing upon the mats, within the sacred building, in company
+with Mehevi and several other chiefs, when the announcement was
+first made. It sent a thrill of joy through my whole frame;—perhaps
+Toby was about to return. I rose at once to my feet, and my
+instinctive impulse was to hurry down to the beach, equally regardless
+of the distance that separated me from it, and of my disabled condition.
+As soon as Mehevi noticed the effect the intelligence had produced
+upon me, and the impatience I betrayed to reach the sea, his
+countenance assumed that inflexible rigidity of expression which had
+so awed me on the afternoon of our arrival at the house of Marheyo,
+As I was proceeding to leave the Ti, he laid his hand upon my shoulder,
+and said gravely, <q>abo, abo</q> (wait, wait). Solely intent upon the one
+thought that occupied my mind, and heedless of his request, I was brushing
+past him, when suddenly he reassumed a tone of authority, and told
+me to <q>moee</q> (sit down). Though struck by the alteration in his demeanour,
+the excitement under which I laboured was too strong to permit
+me to obey the unexpected command, and I was still limping
+towards the edge of the pi-pi with Kory-Kory clinging to one arm in
+his efforts to restrain me when the natives around me started to their
+<pb n='128'/><anchor id='Pg128'/>feet, ranged themselves along the open front of the building, while Mehevi
+looked at me scowlingly, and reiterated his commands still more
+sternly.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was at this moment, when fifty savage countenances were glaring
+upon me, that I first truly experienced I was indeed a captive in the
+valley. The conviction rushed upon me with staggering force, and I
+was overwhelmed by this confirmation of my worst fears. I saw at
+once that it was useless for me to resist, and sick at heart, I reseated
+myself upon the mats, and for the moment abandoned myself to despair.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I now perceived the natives one after the other hurrying past the
+Ti and pursuing the route that conducted to the sea. These savages,
+thought I, will soon be holding communication with some of my own
+countrymen perhaps, who with ease could restore me to liberty did
+they know of the situation I was in. No language can describe the
+wretchedness which I felt; and in the bitterness of my soul I imprecated
+a thousand curses on the perfidious Toby, who had thus abandoned
+me to destruction. It was in vain that Kory-Kory tempted me
+with food, or lighted my pipe, or sought to attract my attention by
+performing the uncouth antics that had sometimes diverted me. I was
+fairly knocked down by this last misfortune, which, much as I had
+feared it, I had never before had the courage calmly to contemplate.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Regardless of everything but my own sorrow, I remained in the
+Ti for several hours, until shouts proceeding at intervals from the
+groves beyond the house proclaimed the return of the natives from
+the beach.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Whether any boats visited the bay that morning or not, I never
+could ascertain. The savages assured me that there had not—but I
+was inclined to believe that by deceiving me in this particular they
+sought to allay the violence of my grief. However that might be,
+this incident showed plainly that the Typees intended to hold me a
+prisoner. As they still treated me with the same sedulous attention
+as before, I was utterly at a loss how to account for their singular
+<pb n='129'/><anchor id='Pg129'/>conduct. Had I been in a situation to instruct them in any of the
+rudiments of the mechanic arts, or had I manifested a disposition to
+render myself in any way useful among them, their conduct might
+have been attributed to some adequate motive, but as it was, the matter
+seemed to me inexplicable.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+During my whole stay on the island there occurred but two or
+three instances where the natives applied to me with the view of availing
+themselves of my superior information; and these now appear so
+ludicrous that I cannot forbear relating them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The few things we had brought from Nukuheva had been done
+up into a small bundle which we had carried with us in our descent
+to the valley. This bundle, the first night of our arrival, I had
+used as a pillow, but on the succeeding morning, opening it for the
+inspection of the natives, they gazed upon the miscellaneous contents
+as though I had just revealed to them a casket of diamonds, and they
+insisted that so precious a treasure should be properly secured. A
+line was accordingly attached to it, and the other end being passed
+over the ridge-pole of the house, it was hoisted up to the apex of
+the roof, where it hung suspended directly over the mats where I usually
+reclined. When I desired anything from it I merely raised
+my finger to a bamboo beside me, and taking hold of the string which
+was there fastened, lowered the package. This was exceedingly handy,
+and I took care to let the natives understand how much I applauded
+the invention. Of this package the chief contents were a razor with
+its case, a supply of needles and thread, a pound or two of tobacco, and
+a few yards of a bright-coloured calico.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I should have mentioned, that shortly after Toby’s disappearance,
+perceiving the uncertainty of the time I might be obliged to remain
+in the valley,—if, indeed, I ever should escape from it,—and considering
+that my whole wardrobe consisted of a shirt and a pair of trousers,
+I resolved to doff these garments at once, in order to preserve them
+in a suitable condition for wear, should I again appear among civilized
+beings. I was consequently obliged to assume the Typee costume, a
+<pb n='130'/><anchor id='Pg130'/>little altered, however, to suit my own views of propriety, and in
+which I have no doubt I appeared to as much advantage as a senator
+of Rome enveloped in the folds of his toga. A few folds of yellow
+tappa, tucked about my waist, descended to my feet in the style of
+a lady’s petticoat, only I did not have recourse to those voluminous
+paddings in the rear with which our gentle dames are in the habit
+of augmenting the sublime rotundity of their figures. This usually
+comprised my in-door dress: whenever I walked out, I superadded
+to it an ample robe of the same material, which completely enveloped
+my person, and screened it from the rays of the sun.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One morning I made a rent in this mantle; and to show the islanders
+with what facility it could be repaired, I lowered my bundle, and
+taking from it a needle and thread, proceeded to stitch up the opening.
+They regarded this wonderful application of science with intense
+admiration; and whilst I was stitching away, old Marheyo, who
+was one of the lookers-on, suddenly clapped his hand to his forehead,
+and rushing to a corner of the house, drew forth a soiled and tattered
+strip of faded calico—which he must have procured some time or other
+in traffic on the beach—and besought me eagerly to exercise a little
+of my art upon it. I willingly complied, though certainly so stumpy
+a needle as mine never took such gigantic strides over calico before.
+The repairs completed, old Marheyo gave me a paternal hug; and
+divesting himself of his <q>maro</q> (girdle), swathed the calico about
+his loins, and slipping the beloved ornaments into his ears, grasped his
+spear and sallied out of the house, like a valiant Templar arrayed
+in a new and costly suit of armour.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I never used my razor during my stay in the island, but, although
+a very subordinate affair, it had been vastly admired by the Typees;
+and Narmonee, a great hero among them, who was exceedingly precise
+in the arrangements of his toilet and the general adjustment of his
+person, being the most accurately tattooed and laboriously horrified individual
+in all the valley, thought it would be a great advantage to
+have it applied to the already shaven crown of his head.
+</p>
+
+<pb n='131'/><anchor id='Pg131'/>
+
+<p>
+The implement they usually employ is a shark’s tooth, which is
+about as well adapted to the purpose as a one-pronged fork for pitching
+hay. No wonder, then, that the acute Narmonee perceived the
+advantage my razor possessed over the usual implement. Accordingly,
+one day, he requested as a personal favour, that I would just run
+over his head with the razor. In reply, I gave him to understand
+that it was too dull, and could not be used to any purpose without
+being previously sharpened. To assist my meaning, I went through
+an imaginary honing process on the palm of my hand. Narmonee
+took my meaning in an instant, and running out of the house, returned
+the next moment with a huge rough mass of rock as big as a millstone,
+and indicated to me that that was exactly the thing I wanted.
+Of course there was nothing left for me but to proceed to business,
+and I began scraping away at a great rate. He writhed and wriggled
+under the infliction, but, fully convinced of my skill, endured the
+pain like a martyr.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Though I never saw Narmonee in battle, I will, from what I then
+observed, stake my life upon his courage and fortitude. Before commencing
+operations, his head had presented a surface of short bristling
+hairs, and by the time I had concluded my unskilful operation it resembled
+not a little a stubble field after being gone over with a harrow.
+However, as the chief expressed the liveliest satisfaction at the result,
+I was too wise to dissent from his opinion.
+</p>
+
+</div><div type="chapter" n="16" rend="page-break-before: always">
+<pb n='132'/><anchor id='Pg132'/>
+<index index="toc" level1="XVI. Improvement"/><index index="pdf"/>
+<head>CHAPTER XVI</head>
+
+<argument><p>
+Improvement in health and spirits—Felicity of the Typees—A skirmish in the
+mountain with the warriors of Happar.
+</p>
+</argument>
+<p>
+Day after day wore on, and still there was no perceptible change in
+the conduct of the islanders towards me. Gradually I lost all knowledge
+of the regular recurrence of the days of the week, and sunk
+insensibly into that kind of apathy which ensues after some violent
+outbreak of despair. My limb suddenly healed, the swelling went
+down, the pain subsided, and I had every reason to suppose I should
+soon completely recover from the affliction that had so long tormented
+me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As soon as I was enabled to ramble about the valley in company
+with the natives, troops of whom followed me whenever I sallied
+out of the house, I began to experience an elasticity of mind which
+placed me beyond the reach of those dismal forebodings to which I
+had so lately been a prey. Received wherever I went with the most
+deferential kindness; regaled perpetually with the most delightful
+fruits; ministered to by dark-eyed nymphs; and enjoying besides all
+the services of the devoted Kory-Kory, I thought that, for a sojourn
+among cannibals, no man could have well made a more agreeable
+one.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To be sure, there were limits set to my wanderings. Toward the
+sea, my progress was barred by an express prohibition of the savages;
+and after having made two or three ineffectual attempts to reach it,
+as much to gratify my curiosity as anything else, I gave up the idea.
+It was in vain to think of reaching it by stealth, since the natives
+escorted me in numbers wherever I went, and not for one single moment
+that I can recall to mind was I ever permitted to be alone.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The green and precipitous elevations that stood ranged around the
+head of the vale where Marheyo’s habitation was situated, effectually
+<pb n='133'/><anchor id='Pg133'/>precluded all hope of escape in that quarter, even if I could have
+stolen away from the thousand eyes of the savages.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But these reflections now seldom obtruded upon me; I gave myself
+up to the passing hour, and if ever disagreeable thoughts arose in
+my mind, I drove them away. When I looked around the verdant recess
+in which I was buried, and gazed up to the summits of the lofty
+eminence that hemmed me in, I was well disposed to think that I
+was in the <q>Happy Valley,</q> and that beyond those heights there was
+nought but a world of care and anxiety.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In this frame of mind, every object that presented itself to my
+notice struck me in a new light, and the opportunities I now enjoyed
+of observing the manners of the natives, tended to strengthen my favourable
+impressions. One peculiarity that fixed my admiration was the
+perpetual hilarity reigning through the whole extent of the vale. There
+seemed to be no cares, griefs, troubles, or vexations in all Typee.
+The hours tripped along as gaily as the laughing couples down a
+country dance.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There were none of those thousand sources of irritation that the
+ingenuity of civilized man has created to mar his own felicity. There
+were no foreclosures of mortgages, no protested notes, no bills payable,
+no debts of honour, in Typee; no unreasonable tailors and shoemakers,
+perversely bent on being paid; no duns of any description;
+no assault and battery attorneys, to foment discord, backing their
+clients up to a quarrel, and then knocking their heads together; no poor
+relations everlastingly occupying the spare bed-chamber, and diminishing
+the elbow-room at the family table; no destitute widows with their
+children starving on the cold charities of the world; no beggars; no
+debtor’s prisons; no proud and hard-hearted nabobs in Typee; or, to
+sum up all in one word—no Money! That <q>root of all evil</q> was not
+to be found in the valley.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In this secluded abode of happiness there were no cross old women,
+no cruel step-dames, no withered spinsters, no love-sick maidens, no sour
+old bachelors, no inattentive husbands, no melancholy young men, no
+<pb n='134'/><anchor id='Pg134'/>blubbering youngsters, and no squalling brats. All was mirth, fun,
+and high good humour. Blue devils, hypochondria, and doleful dumps
+went and hid themselves among the nooks and crannies of the
+rocks.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Here you would see a parcel of children frolicking together the
+live-long day, and no quarrelling, no contention among them. The
+same number in our own land could not have played together for the
+space of an hour without biting or scratching one another. There you
+might have seen a throng of young females, not filled with envyings
+of each other’s charms, nor displaying the ridiculous affectations of
+gentility, nor yet moving in whalebone corsets, like so many automatons,
+but free, inartificially happy and unconstrained.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There were some spots in that sunny vale where they would frequently
+resort to decorate themselves with garlands of flowers. To
+have seen them reclining beneath the shadows of one of the beautiful
+groves, the ground about them strewn with freshly gathered buds
+and blossoms, employed in weaving chaplets and necklaces, one would
+have thought that all the train of Flora had gathered together to keep
+a festival in honour of their mistress.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With the young men there seemed almost always some matter
+of diversion or business on hand, that afforded a constant variety of
+enjoyment. But whether fishing, or carving canoes, or polishing their
+ornaments, never was there exhibited the least sign of strife or contention
+among them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As for the warriors, they maintained a tranquil dignity of demeanour,
+journeying occasionally from house to house, where they were
+always sure to be received with the attention bestowed upon distinguished
+guests. The old men, of whom there were many in the vale,
+seldom stirred from their mats, where they would recline for hours
+and hours, smoking and talking to one another with all the garrulity
+of age.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But the continual happiness which, so far as I was able to judge,
+<pb n='135'/><anchor id='Pg135'/>appeared to prevail in the valley, sprung principally from that all-pervading
+sensation which Rousseau has told us he at one time experienced,
+the mere buoyant sense of a healthful physical existence.
+And, indeed, in this particular the Typees had ample reason to felicitate
+themselves, for sickness was almost unknown. During the whole
+period of my stay, I saw but one invalid among them; and on their
+smooth clear skins you observed no blemish or mark of disease.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The general repose, however, upon which I have just been descanting,
+was broken in upon about this time by an event, which proved
+that the islanders were not entirely exempt from those occurrences
+which disturb the quiet of more civilized communities.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Having now been a considerable time in the valley, I began to feel
+surprised that the violent hostility subsisting between its inhabitants
+and those of the adjoining bay of Happar, should never have manifested
+itself in any warlike encounter. Although the valiant Typees
+would often, by gesticulations, declare their undying hatred against
+their enemies, and the disgust they felt at their cannibal propensities;
+although they dilated upon the manifold injuries they had received at
+their hands, yet, with a forbearance truly commendable, they appeared
+patiently to sit down under their grievances, and to refrain from
+making any reprisals. The Happars, entrenched behind their mountains,
+and never even showing themselves on their summits, did not appear
+to me to furnish adequate cause for that excess of animosity
+evinced towards them by the heroic tenants of our vale, and I was
+inclined to believe that the deeds of blood attributed to them had been
+greatly exaggerated.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On the other hand, as the clamours of war had not up to this
+period disturbed the serenity of the tribe, I began to distrust the
+truth of those reports which ascribed so fierce and belligerent a character
+to the Typee nation. Surely, thought I, all these terrible stories
+I have heard about the inveteracy with which they carried on the
+feud, their deadly intensity of hatred, and the diabolical malice with
+<pb n='136'/><anchor id='Pg136'/>which they glutted their revenge upon the inanimate forms of the
+slain, are nothing more than fables, and I must confess that I experienced
+something like a sense of regret at having my hideous anticipations
+thus disappointed. I felt in some sort like a ’prentice boy
+who, going to the play in the expectation of being delighted with a
+cut-and-thrust tragedy, is almost moved to tears of disappointment at
+the exhibition of a genteel comedy.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I could not avoid thinking that I had fallen in with a greatly traduced
+people, and I moralized not a little upon the disadvantage of
+having a bad name, which in this instance had given a tribe of savages,
+who were as pacific as so many lambkins, the reputation of a confederacy
+of giant-killers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But subsequent events proved that I had been a little too premature
+in coming to this conclusion. One day, about noon, happening to be
+at the Ti, I had lain down on the mats with several of the chiefs, and
+had gradually sunk into a most luxurious siesta, when I was awakened
+by a tremendous outcry, and starting up, beheld the natives, seizing
+their spears and hurrying out, while the most puissant of the chiefs,
+grasping the six muskets which were ranged against the bamboos, followed
+after, and soon disappeared in the groves. These movements were
+accompanied by wild shouts, in which <q>Happar, Happar,</q> greatly predominated.
+The islanders were now to be seen running past the Ti,
+and striking across the valley to the Happar side. Presently I heard
+the sharp report of a musket from the adjoining hills, and then a
+burst of voices in the same direction. At this the women, who had
+congregated in the groves, set up the most violent clamours, as they
+invariably do here as elsewhere on every occasion of excitement and
+alarm, with a view of tranquillizing their own minds and disturbing
+other people. On this particular occasion they made such an outrageous
+noise, and continued it with such perseverance, that for awhile,
+had entire volleys of musketry been fired off in the neighbouring mountains,
+I should not have been able to have heard them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When this female commotion had a little subsided I listened
+ea<pb n='137'/><anchor id='Pg137'/>gerly for further information. At last bang went another shot, and
+then a second volley of yells from the hills. Again all was quiet, and
+continued so for such a length of time that I began to think the
+contending armies had agreed upon a suspension of hostilities; when
+pop went a third gun, followed as before with a yell. After this, for
+nearly two hours nothing occurred worthy of comment, save some straggling
+shouts from the hillside, sounding like the halloos of a parcel
+of truant boys who had lost themselves in the woods.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+During this interval I had remained standing on the piazza of the
+<q>Ti,</q> which directly fronted the Happar mountain, and with no one
+near me but Kory-Kory and the old superannuated savages I have before
+described. These latter never stirred from their mats, and seemed
+altogether unconscious that anything unusual was going on.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As for Kory-Kory, he appeared to think that we were in the midst
+of great events, and sought most zealously to impress me with a due
+sense of their importance. Every sound that reached us conveyed
+some momentous item of intelligence to him. At such times, as if he
+were gifted with second sight, he would go through a variety of pantomimic
+illustrations, showing me the precise manner in which the redoubtable
+Typees were at that very moment chastising the insolence of
+the enemy. <q>Mehevi hanna pippee nuee Happar,</q> he exclaimed every
+five minutes, giving me to understand that under that distinguished
+captain the warriors of his nation were performing prodigies of
+valour.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Having heard only four reports from the muskets, I was led to believe
+that they were worked by the islanders in the same manner as the
+Sultan Solyman’s ponderous artillery at the siege of Byzantium, one
+of them taking an hour or two to load and train. At last, no sound
+whatever proceeding from the mountains, I concluded that the contest
+had been determined one way or the other. Such appeared, indeed, to
+be the case, for in a little while a courier arrived at the <q>Ti,</q> almost
+breathless with his exertions, and communicated the news of a great
+victory having been achieved by his countrymen: <q>Happar poo
+arva!—<pb n='138'/><anchor id='Pg138'/>Happar poo arva!</q> (the cowards had fled). Kory-Kory was in ecstasies,
+and commenced a vehement harangue, which, so far as I understood
+it, implied that the result exactly agreed with his expectations,
+and which, moreover, was intended to convince me that it would be a
+perfectly useless undertaking, even for an army of fire-eaters, to offer
+battle to the irresistible heroes of our valley. In all this I of course
+acquiesced, and looked forward with no little interest to the return of
+the conquerors, whose victory I feared might not have been purchased
+without cost to themselves.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But here I was again mistaken; for Mehevi, in conducting his warlike
+operations, rather inclined to the Fabian than to the Buonapartean
+tactics, husbanding his resources and exposing his troops to no unnecessary
+hazards. The total loss of the victors in this obstinately contested
+affair was,—in killed, wounded, and missing—one forefinger
+and part of a thumb-nail (which the late proprietor brought along
+with him in his hand), a severely contused arm, and a considerable
+effusion of blood flowing from the thigh of a chief who had received
+an ugly thrust from a Happar spear. What the enemy had suffered
+I could not discover, but I presume they had succeeded in taking off
+with them the bodies of their slain.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Such was the issue of the battle, as far as its results came under my
+observation; and as it appeared to be considered an event of prodigious
+importance, I reasonably concluded that the wars of the natives were
+marked by no very sanguinary traits. I afterwards learned how the
+skirmish had originated. A number of the Happars had been discovered
+prowling for no good purpose on the Typee side of the mountain;
+the alarm sounded, and the invaders, after a protracted resistance,
+had been chased over the frontier. But why had not the intrepid Mehevi
+carried the war into Happar? Why had not he made a descent
+into the hostile vale, and brought away some trophy of his victory—some
+materials for the cannibal entertainment which I had heard usually
+terminated every engagement? After all, I was much inclined
+<pb n='139'/><anchor id='Pg139'/>to believe that these shocking festivals must occur very rarely among
+the islanders, if, indeed, they ever take place.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For two or three days the late event was the theme of general comment;
+after which the excitement gradually wore away, and the valley
+resumed its accustomed tranquillity.
+</p>
+
+</div><div type="chapter" n="17" rend="page-break-before: always">
+<pb n='140'/><anchor id='Pg140'/>
+<index index="toc" level1="XVII. A Stranger Arrives"/><index index="pdf"/>
+<head>CHAPTER XVII</head>
+
+<argument><p>
+Swimming in company with the girls of the valley—A canoe—Effects of the
+taboo—A pleasure excursion on the pond—Beautiful freak of Fayaway—Mantua-making—A
+stranger arrives in the valley—His mysterious
+conduct—Native oratory—The interview—Its results—Departure of the
+stranger.
+</p>
+</argument>
+<p>
+Returning health and peace of mind gave a new interest to everything
+around me. I sought to diversify my time by as many enjoyments
+as lay within my reach. Bathing in company with troops of
+girls, formed one of my chief amusements. We sometimes enjoyed
+the recreation in the waters of a miniature lake, into which the central
+stream of the valley expanded. This lovely sheet of water was almost
+circular in figure, and about three hundred yards across. Its beauty
+was indescribable. All around its banks waved luxuriant masses of
+tropical foliage, soaring high above which were seen, here and there,
+the symmetrical shaft of the cocoa-nut tree, surmounted by its tuft
+of graceful branches, drooping in the air like so many waving ostrich
+plumes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The ease and grace with which the maidens of the valley propelled
+themselves through the water, and their familiarity with the element,
+were truly astonishing. Sometimes they might be seen gliding along
+just under the surface, without apparently moving hand or foot; then
+throwing themselves on their sides, they darted through the water,
+revealing glimpses of their forms, as, in the course of their rapid progress,
+they shot for an instant partly into the air; at one moment they
+dived deep down into the water, and the next they rose bounding to
+the surface.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I remember upon one occasion plunging in among a parcel of these
+river-nymphs, and counting vainly on my superior strength, sought
+to drag some of them under the water; but I quickly repented my
+tem<pb n='141'/><anchor id='Pg141'/>erity. The amphibious young creatures swarmed about me like a
+shoal of dolphins, and seizing hold of my devoted limbs, tumbled me
+about and ducked me under the surface, until from the strange noises
+which rang in my ears, and the supernatural visions dancing before
+my eyes, I thought I was in the land of spirits. I stood indeed as
+little chance among them as a cumbrous whale attacked on all sides by
+a legion of sword-fish. When at length they relinquished their hold of
+me, they swam away in every direction, laughing at my clumsy endeavours
+to reach them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There was no boat on the lake; but at my solicitation, and for my
+special use, some of the young men attached to Marheyo’s household,
+under the direction of the indefatigable Kory-Kory, brought up a light
+and tastefully carved canoe from the sea. It was launched upon the
+sheet of water, and floated there as gracefully as a swan. But, melancholy
+to relate, it produced an effect I had not anticipated. The
+sweet nymphs, who had sported with me before in the lake, now all fled
+its vicinity. The prohibited craft, guarded by the edicts of the <q>taboo,</q>
+extended the prohibition to the waters in which it lay.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For a few days, Kory-Kory, with one or two other youths, accompanied
+me in my excursions to the lake and, while I paddled about in my
+light canoe, would swim after me shouting and gambolling in pursuit.
+But this was far from contenting me. Indeed, I soon began to weary
+of it, and longed more than ever for the pleasant society of the mermaids,
+in whose absence the amusement was dull and insipid. One
+morning I expressed to my faithful servitor my desire for the return
+of the nymphs. The honest fellow looked at me, bewildered for a
+moment, and then shook his head solemnly, and murmured <q><hi rend='italic'>taboo!
+taboo!</hi></q> giving me to understand that unless the canoe was removed, I
+could not expect to have the young ladies back again. But to this procedure
+I was averse; I not only wanted the canoe to stay where it was,
+but I wanted the beauteous Fayaway to get into it, and paddle with me
+about the lake. This latter proposition completely horrified Kory-Kory’s
+notions of propriety. He inveighed against it, as something
+<pb n='142'/><anchor id='Pg142'/>too monstrous to be thought of. It not only shocked their established
+notions of propriety, but was at variance with all their religious ordinances.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+However, although the <q>taboo</q> was a ticklish thing to meddle with,
+I determined to test its capabilities of resisting an attack. I consulted
+the chief Mehevi, who endeavoured to persuade me from my object:
+but I was not to be repulsed; and accordingly increased the warmth
+of my solicitations. At last he entered into a long, and I have no
+doubt a very learned and eloquent exposition of the history and nature
+of the <q>taboo</q> as affecting this particular case; employing a variety
+of most extraordinary words, which, from their amazing length and
+sonorousness, I have every reason to believe were of a theological nature.
+But all that he said failed to convince me: partly perhaps, because
+I could not comprehend a word that he uttered; but chiefly, that
+for the life of me, I could not understand why a woman should not
+have as much right to enter a canoe as a man. At last he became a
+little more rational, and intimated that, out of the abundant love he
+bore me, he would consult with the priests and see what could be done.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+How it was that the priesthood of Typee satisfied the affair with their
+consciences, I know not; but so it was, and Fayaway’s dispensation
+from this portion of the taboo was at length procured. Such an event,
+I believe, never before had occurred in the valley; but it was high time
+the islanders should be taught a little gallantry, and I trust that the
+example I set them may produce beneficial effects. Ridiculous, indeed,
+that the lovely creatures should be obliged to paddle about in the water,
+like so many ducks, while a parcel of great strapping fellows skimmed
+over its surface in their canoes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The first day after Fayaway’s emancipation, I had a delightful little
+party on the lake—the damsel, Kory-Kory, and myself. My zealous
+body-servant brought from the house a calabash of poee-poee, half a
+dozen young cocoa-nuts—stripped of their husks—three pipes, as many
+yams, and me on his back a part of the way. Something of a load;
+but Kory-Kory was a very strong man for his size, and by no means
+<pb n='143'/><anchor id='Pg143'/>brittle in the spine. We had a very pleasant day; my trusty valet
+plied the paddle and swept us gently along the margin of the water,
+beneath the shades of the overhanging thickets. Fayaway and I reclined
+in the stern of the canoe, the gentle nymph occasionally placing
+her pipe to her lips, and exhaling the mild fumes of the tobacco, to
+which her rosy breath added a fresh perfume. Strange as it may seem,
+there is nothing in which a young and beautiful female appears to more
+advantage than in the act of smoking. How captivating is a Peruvian
+lady, swinging in her gaily-woven hammock of grass, extended between
+two orange-trees, and inhaling the fragrance of a choice cigarro! But
+Fayaway, holding in her delicately-formed olive hand the long yellow
+reed of her pipe, with its quaintly carved bowl, and every few moments
+languishingly giving forth light wreaths of vapour from her mouth
+and nostrils, looked still more engaging.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We boated about thus for several hours, when I looked up to the
+warm, glowing, tropical sky, and then down into the transparent depths
+below; and when my eye, wandering from the bewitching scenery
+around, fell upon the grotesquely-tattooed form of Kory-Kory, and
+finally encountered the pensive gaze of Fayaway, I thought I had
+been transported to some fairy region, so unreal did everything appear.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This lovely piece of water was the coolest spot in all the valley, and
+I now made it a place of continual resort during the hottest period of
+the day. One side of it lay near the termination of a long gradually
+expanding gorge, which mounted to the heights that environed the vale.
+The strong trade-wind, met in its course by these elevations, circled and
+eddied about their summits, and was sometimes driven down the steep
+ravine and swept across the valley, ruffling in its passage the otherwise
+tranquil surface of the lake.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One day, after we had been paddling about for some time, I disembarked
+Kory-Kory, and paddled the canoe to the windward side of the
+lake. As I turned the canoe, Fayaway, who was with me, seemed all
+at once to be struck with some happy idea. With a wild exclamation
+of delight, she disengaged from her person the ample robe of tappa
+<pb n='144'/><anchor id='Pg144'/>which was knotted over her shoulder (for the purpose of shielding her
+from the sun), and spreading it out like a sail, stood erect with up-raised
+arms in the head of the canoe. We American sailors pride
+ourselves upon our straight clean spars, but a prettier little mast than
+Fayaway made was never shipped aboard of any craft.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In a moment the tappa was distended by the breeze—the long brown
+tresses of Fayaway streamed in the air—and the canoe glided rapidly
+through the water, and shot towards the shore. Seated in the stern, I
+directed its course with my paddle until it dashed up the soft sloping
+bank, and Fayaway, with a light spring, alighted on the ground; whilst
+Kory-Kory, who had watched our manœuvres with admiration, now
+clapped his hands in transport, and shouted like a madman. Many a
+time afterwards was this feat repeated.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If the reader has not observed ere this that I was the declared
+admirer of Miss Fayaway, all I can say is, that he is little conversant
+with affairs of the heart, and I certainly shall not trouble myself to
+enlighten him any farther. Out of the calico I had brought from the
+ship a dress was made for this lovely girl. In it she looked, I must
+confess, something like an opera-dancer. The drapery of the latter
+damsel generally commences a little above the elbows, but my island
+beauty’s began at the waist, and terminated sufficiently far above the
+ground to reveal the most bewitching ankle in the universe.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The day that Fayaway first wore this robe was rendered memorable
+by a new acquaintance being introduced to me. In the afternoon I
+was lying in the house, when I heard a great uproar outside; but being
+by this time pretty well accustomed to the wild halloos which were
+almost continually ringing through the valley, I paid little attention
+to it, until old Marheyo, under the influence of some strange excitement,
+rushed into my presence and communicated the astounding tidings,
+<q>Marnoo pemi!</q> which being interpreted, implied that an individual
+by the name of Marnoo was approaching. My worthy old
+friend evidently expected that this intelligence would produce a great
+effect upon me, and for a time he stood earnestly regarding me, as if
+<pb n='145'/><anchor id='Pg145'/>curious to see how I should conduct myself, but as I remained perfectly
+unmoved, the old gentleman darted out of the house again, in as
+great a hurry as he had entered it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Marnoo, Marnoo,</q> cogitated I, <q>I have never heard that name before.
+Some distinguished character, I presume, from the prodigious
+riot the natives are making</q>; the tumultuous noise drawing nearer and
+nearer every moment, while <q>Marnoo!—Marnoo!</q> was shouted by
+every tongue.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I made up my mind that some savage warrior of consequence, who
+had not yet enjoyed the honour of an audience, was desirous of paying
+his respects on the present occasion. So vain had I become by the
+lavish attention to which I had been accustomed, that I felt half inclined,
+as a punishment for such neglect, to give this Marnoo a cold reception,
+when the excited throng came within view, convoying one of
+the most striking specimens of humanity that I ever beheld.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The stranger could not have been more than twenty-five years of
+age, and was a little above the ordinary height; had he been a single
+hair’s breadth taller, the matchless symmetry of his form would have
+been destroyed. His unclad limbs were beautifully formed; whilst the
+elegant outline of his figure, together with his beardless cheeks, might
+have entitled him to the distinction of standing for the statue of the
+Polynesian Apollo; and indeed the oval of his countenance and the
+regularity of every feature reminded me of an antique bust. But the
+marble repose of art was supplied by a warmth and liveliness of expression
+only to be seen in the South Sea islander under the most favourable
+developments of nature. The hair of Marnoo was a rich
+curling brown, and twined about his temples and neck in little close
+curling ringlets, which danced up and down continually when he was
+animated in conversation. His cheek was of a feminine softness, and
+his face was free from the least blemish of tattooing, although the rest
+of his body was drawn all over with fanciful figures, which—unlike the
+unconnected sketching usual among these natives—appeared to have
+been executed in conformity with some general design.
+</p>
+
+<pb n='146'/><anchor id='Pg146'/>
+
+<p>
+The tattooing on his back in particular attracted my attention. The
+artist employed must indeed have excelled in his profession. Traced
+along the course of the spine was accurately delineated the slender, tapering,
+and diamond-checkered shaft of the beautiful <q>artu</q> tree.
+Branching from the stem on either side, and disposed alternately, were
+the graceful branches drooping with leaves all correctly drawn, and
+elaborately finished. Indeed, this piece of tattooing was the best specimen
+of the Fine Arts I had yet seen in Typee. A rear view of the
+stranger might have suggested the idea of a spreading vine tacked
+against a garden wall. Upon his breast, arms, and legs, were exhibited
+an infinite variety of figures; every one of which, however, appeared
+to have reference to the general effect sought to be produced. The
+tattooing I have described was of the brightest blue, and when contrasted
+with the light olive-colour of the skin, produced an unique and
+even elegant effect. A slight girdle of white tappa, scarcely two inches
+in width, but hanging before and behind in spreading tassels, composed
+the entire costume of the stranger.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He advanced surrounded by the islanders, carrying under one arm
+a small roll of the native cloth, and grasping in his other hand a long
+and richly-decorated spear. His manner was that of a traveller
+conscious that he is approaching a comfortable stage in his journey.
+Every moment he turned good-humouredly to the throng around him,
+and gave some dashing sort of reply to their incessant queries, which
+appeared to convulse them with uncontrollable mirth.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Struck by his demeanour, and the peculiarity of his appearance, so
+unlike that of the shaven-crowned and face-tattooed natives in general,
+I involuntarily rose as he entered the house, and proffered him a
+seat on the mats beside me. But without deigning to notice the civility,
+or even the more incontrovertible fact of my existence, the stranger
+passed on, utterly regardless of me, and flung himself upon the farther
+end of the long couch that traversed the sole apartment of Marheyo’s
+habitation.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Had the belle of the season, in the pride of her beauty and power,
+<pb n='147'/><anchor id='Pg147'/>been cut in a place of public resort by some supercilious exquisite,
+she could not have felt greater indignation than I did at this unexpected
+slight.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I was thrown into utter astonishment. The conduct of the savages
+had prepared me to anticipate from every new-comer the same extravagant
+expression of curiosity and regard. The singularity of his
+conduct, however, only roused my desire to discover who this remarkable
+personage might be, who now engrossed the attention of every one.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Tinor placed before him a calabash of poee-poee, from which the
+stranger regaled himself, alternating every mouthful with some rapid
+exclamation, which was eagerly caught up and echoed by the crowd
+that completely filled the house. When I observed the striking devotion
+of the natives to him, and their temporary withdrawal of all
+attention from myself, I felt not a little piqued. The glory of Tommo
+is departed, thought I, and the sooner he removes from the valley
+the better. These were my feelings at the moment, and they were
+prompted by that glorious principle inherent in all heroic natures—the
+strong-rooted determination to have the biggest share of the pudding
+or to go without any of it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Marnoo, this all-attractive personage, having satisfied his hunger,
+and inhaled a few whiffs from a pipe which was handed to him,
+launched out into an harangue which completely enchained the attention
+of his auditors.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Little as I understood of the language, yet from his animated
+gestures and the varying expression of his features—reflected as from
+so many mirrors in the countenances around him—I could easily discover
+the nature of those passions which he sought to arouse. From
+the frequent recurrence of the words, <q>Nukuheva</q> and <q>Franee</q>
+(French), and some others with the meaning of which I was acquainted,
+he appeared to be rehearsing to his auditors events which had recently
+occurred in the neighboring bays. But how he had gained the knowledge
+of these matters, I could not understand, unless it were that he
+had just come from Nukuheva,—a supposition which his travel-stained
+<pb n='148'/><anchor id='Pg148'/>appearance not a little supported. But, if a native of that region, I
+could not account for his friendly reception at the hands of the Typees.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Never, certainly, had I beheld so powerful an exhibition of natural
+eloquence as Marnoo displayed during the course of his oration. The
+grace of the attitudes into which he threw his flexible figure, the
+striking gestures of his naked arms, and above all, the fire which
+shot from his brilliant eyes, imparted an effect to the continually-changing
+accents of his voice, of which the most accomplished orator
+might have been proud. At one moment reclining sideways upon the
+mat, and leaning calmly upon his bended arm, he related circumstantially
+the aggressions of the French—their hostile visit to the
+surrounding bays, enumerating each one in succession—Happar,
+Puerka, Nukuheva, Tior,—and then starting to his feet, and precipitating
+himself forward with clenched hands and a countenance
+distorted with passion, he poured out a tide of invectives. Falling
+back into an attitude of lofty command, he exhorted the Typees to
+resist these encroachments; reminding them, with a fierce glance of exultation,
+that as yet the terror of their name had preserved them from
+attack; and with a scornful sneer, he sketched in ironical terms the
+wondrous intrepidity of the French, who, with five war-canoes and
+hundreds of men, had not dared to assail the naked warriors of their
+valley.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The effect he produced upon his audience was electric; one and
+all they stood regarding him with sparkling eyes and trembling limbs,
+as though they were listening to the inspired voice of a prophet.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But it soon appeared that Marnoo’s powers were as versatile as they
+were extraordinary. As soon as he had finished his vehement harangue,
+he threw himself again upon the mats, and, singling out
+individuals in the crowd, addressed them by name, in a sort of bantering
+style, the humour of which, though nearly hidden from me, filled
+the whole assembly with uproarious delight.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He had a word for everybody; and, turning rapidly from one to
+another, gave utterance to some hasty witticism, which was sure to
+<pb n='149'/><anchor id='Pg149'/>be followed by peals of laughter. To the females, as well as to the
+men, he addressed his discourse. Heaven only knows what he said to
+them, but he caused smiles and blushes to mantle their ingenuous
+faces. I am, indeed, very much inclined to believe that Marnoo,
+with his handsome person and captivating manners, was a sad deceiver
+among the simple maidens of the island.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+During all this time, he had never for one moment deigned to regard
+me. He appeared, indeed, to be altogether unconscious of my presence.
+I was utterly at a loss how to account for this extraordinary
+conduct, I easily perceived that he was a man of no little consequence
+among the islanders; that he possessed uncommon talents;
+and was gifted with a higher degree of knowledge than the inmates of
+the valley. For these reasons, I therefore greatly feared lest, having,
+from some cause or other, unfriendly feelings towards me, he might
+exert his powerful influence to do me mischief.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It seemed evident that he was not a permanent resident of the vale,
+and yet, whence could he have come? On all sides the Typees were
+girt in by hostile tribes, and how could he possibly, if belonging to any
+of these, be received with so much cordiality?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The personal appearance of the enigmatical stranger suggested additional
+perplexities. The face, free from tattooing, and the unshaven
+crown, were peculiarities I had never before remarked in any part
+of the island, and I had always heard that the contrary were considered
+the indispensable distinctions of a Marquesan warrior. Altogether
+the matter was perfectly incomprehensible to me, and I awaited
+its solution with no small degree of anxiety.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At length, from certain indications, I suspected that he was making
+me the subject of his remarks, although he appeared cautiously to
+avoid either pronouncing my name, or looking in the direction where I
+lay. All at once he rose from the mats where he had been reclining,
+and, still conversing, moved towards me, his eye purposely evading
+mine, and seated himself within less than a yard of me. I had hardly
+recovered from my surprise, when he suddenly turned round, and with
+<pb n='150'/><anchor id='Pg150'/>a most benignant countenance, extended his right hand gracefully
+towards me. Of course I accepted the courteous challenge, and, as
+soon as our palms met, he bent towards me, and murmured in musical
+accents,—<q>How you do? How long have you been in this bay?
+You like this bay?</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Had I been pierced simultaneously by three Happar spears, I could
+not have started more than I did at hearing these simple questions.
+For a moment I was overwhelmed with astonishment, and then answered
+something, I know not what; but as soon as I regained my self-possession,
+the thought darted through my mind that from this individual
+I might obtain that information regarding Toby which I suspected
+the natives had purposely withheld from me. Accordingly, I
+questioned him concerning the disappearance of my companion, but
+he denied all knowledge of the matter. I then inquired from whence
+he had come? He replied, from Nukuheva. When I expressed my
+surprise, he looked at me for a moment, as if enjoying my perplexity,
+and then, with his strange vivacity, exclaimed,—<q>Ah! me taboo,—me
+go Nukuheva,—me go Tior,—me go Typee,—me go everywhere,—nobody
+harm me,—taboo.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This explanation would have been altogether unintelligible to me,
+had it not recalled to my mind something I had previously heard concerning
+a singular custom among these islanders. Though the country
+is possessed by various tribes, whose mutual hostilities almost
+wholly preclude any intercourse between them, yet there are instances
+where a person having ratified friendly relations with some individual
+belonging to the valley, whose inmates are at war with his own, may,
+under particular restrictions, venture with impunity into the country
+of his friend, where, under other circumstances, he would have been
+treated as an <anchor id="corr150"/><corr sic="enemy">enemy.</corr> In this light are personal friendships regarded
+among them, and the individual so protected is said to be <q>taboo</q> and
+his person, to a certain extent, is held as sacred. Thus the stranger
+informed me he had access to all the valleys in the island.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Curious to know how he had acquired his knowledge of English, I
+<pb n='151'/><anchor id='Pg151'/>questioned him on the subject. At first, for some reason or other, he
+evaded the inquiry, but afterwards told me that, when a boy, he had
+been carried to sea by the captain of a trading vessel, with whom he had
+stayed three years, living part of the time with him at Sydney, in
+Australia, and that, at a subsequent visit to the island, the captain
+had, at his own request, permitted him to remain among his countrymen.
+The natural quickness of the savage had been wonderfully improved
+by his intercourse with the white men, and his partial knowledge
+of a foreign language gave him a great ascendancy over his less
+accomplished countrymen.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When I asked the now affable Marnoo why it was that he had not
+previously spoken to me, he eagerly inquired what I had been led to
+think of him from his conduct in that respect. I replied, that I had
+supposed him to be some great chief or warrior, who had seen plenty
+of white men before, and did not think it worth while to notice a
+poor sailor. At this declaration of the exalted opinion I had formed
+of him, he appeared vastly gratified, and gave me to understand that
+he had purposely behaved in that manner, in order to increase my
+astonishment, as soon as he should see proper to address me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Marnoo now sought to learn my version of the story as to how I
+came to be an inmate of the Typee valley. When I related to him
+the circumstances under which Toby and I had entered it, he listened
+with evident interest; but as soon as I alluded to the absence, yet unaccounted
+for, of my comrade, he endeavoured to change the subject,
+as if it were something he desired not to agitate. It seemed, indeed,
+as if everything connected with Toby was destined to beget distrust
+and anxiety in my bosom. Notwithstanding Marnoo’s denial of any
+knowledge of his fate, I could not avoid suspecting that he was deceiving
+me; and this suspicion revived those frightful apprehensions
+with regard to my own fate, which, for a short time past, had
+subsided in my breast.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Influenced by these feelings, I now felt a strong desire to avail myself
+of the stranger’s protection, and under his safeguard to return to
+<pb n='152'/><anchor id='Pg152'/>Nukuheva. But as soon as I hinted at this, he unhesitatingly pronounced
+it to be entirely impracticable; assuring me that the Typees
+would never consent to my leaving the valley. Although what he
+said merely confirmed the impression which I had before entertained,
+still it increased my anxiety to escape from a captivity, which, however
+endurable, nay, delightful it might be in some respects, involved
+in its issues a fate marked by the most frightful contingencies.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I could not conceal from my mind that Toby had been treated in
+the same friendly manner as I had been, and yet all their kindness
+terminated with his mysterious disappearance. Might not the same
+fate await me?—a fate too dreadful to think of. Stimulated by these
+considerations, I urged anew my request to Marnoo; but he only set
+forth in stronger colours the impossibility of my escape, and repeated
+his previous declaration, that the Typees would never be brought
+to consent to my departure.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When I endeavoured to learn from him the motives which prompted
+them to hold me a prisoner, Marnoo again assumed that mysterious
+tone which had tormented me with apprehensions when I had questioned
+him with regard to the fate of my companion.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus repulsed, in a manner which only served, by arousing the
+most dreadful forebodings, to excite me to renewed attempts, I conjured
+him to intercede for me with the natives, and endeavour to procure
+their consent to my leaving them. To this he appeared strongly
+averse; but, yielding at last to my importunities, he addressed several
+of the chiefs, who with the rest had been eyeing us intently during the
+whole of our conversation. His petition, however, was at once met
+with the most violent disapprobation, manifesting itself in angry
+glances and gestures, and a perfect torrent of passionate words, directed
+to both him and myself. Marnoo, evidently repenting the step
+he had taken, earnestly deprecated the resentment of the crowd, and
+in a few moments succeeded in pacifying, to some extent, the clamours
+which had broken out as soon as his proposition had been understood.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With the most intense interest had I watched the reception his
+<pb n='153'/><anchor id='Pg153'/>intercession might receive; and a bitter pang shot through my heart
+at the additional evidence, now furnished, of the unchangeable determination
+of the islanders. Marnoo told me, with evident alarm in
+his countenance, that although admitted into the bay on a friendly
+footing with its inhabitants, he could not presume to meddle with their
+concerns, as such a procedure, if persisted in, would at once absolve
+the Typees from the restraints of the <q>taboo,</q> although so long as
+he refrained from any such conduct, it screened him effectually from
+the consequences of the enmity they bore his tribe.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At this moment, Mehevi, who was present, angrily interrupted him;
+and the words which he uttered, in a commanding tone, evidently
+meant that he must at once cease talking to me, and withdraw to the
+other part of the house. Marnoo immediately started up, hurriedly
+enjoining me not to address him again, and, as I valued my safety, to
+refrain from all further allusion to the subject of my departure; and
+then, in compliance with the order of the determined chief, but not
+before it had again been angrily repeated, he withdrew to a distance.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I now perceived, with no small degree of apprehension, the same
+savage expression in the countenances of the natives which had startled
+me during the scene at the Ti. They glanced their eyes suspiciously
+from Marnoo to me, as if distrusting the nature of an intercourse carried
+on, as it was, in a language they could not understand, and they
+seemed to harbour the belief that already we had concerted measures
+calculated to elude their vigilance.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The lively countenances of these people are wonderfully indicative
+of the emotions of the soul, and the imperfections of their oral language
+are more than compensated for by the nervous eloquence of their
+looks and gestures. I could plainly trace, in every varying expression
+of their faces, all those passions which had been thus unexpectedly
+aroused in their bosoms.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It required no reflection to convince me, from what was going on,
+that the injunction of Marnoo was not to be rashly slighted; and accordingly,
+great as was the effort to suppress my feelings, I accosted
+<pb n='154'/><anchor id='Pg154'/>Mehevi in a good-humoured tone, with a view of dissipating any ill
+impression he might have received. But the ireful, angry chief was
+not so easily mollified. He rejected my advances with that peculiarly
+stern expression I have before described, and took care by the whole of
+his behaviour towards me to show the displeasure and resentment
+which he felt.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Marnoo, at the other extremity of the house, apparently desirous of
+making a diversion in my favour, exerted himself to amuse with his
+pleasantries the crowd about him; but his lively attempts were not so
+successful as they had previously been, and, foiled in his efforts, he
+rose gravely to depart. No one expressed any regret at this movement,
+so seizing his roll of tappa, and grasping his spear, he advanced to
+the front of the pi-pi, and waving his hand in adieu to the now silent
+throng, cast upon me a glance of mingled pity and reproach, and flung
+himself into the path which led from the house. I watched his receding
+figure until it was lost in the obscurity of the grove, and then
+gave myself up to the most desponding reflections.
+</p>
+
+</div><div type="chapter" n="18" rend="page-break-before: always">
+<pb n='155'/><anchor id='Pg155'/>
+<index index="toc" level1="XVIII. Battle of the Pop-guns"/><index index="pdf"/>
+<head>CHAPTER XVIII</head>
+
+<argument><p>
+Reflection after Marnoo’s departure—Battle of the pop-guns—Strange conceit
+of Marheyo—Process of making tappa.
+</p>
+</argument>
+<p>
+The knowledge I had now obtained as to the intention of the savages
+deeply affected me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Marnoo, I perceived, was a man who, by reason of his superior acquirements,
+and the knowledge he possessed of the events which were
+taking place in the different bays of the island, was held in no little
+estimation by the inhabitants of the valley. He had been received
+with the most cordial welcome and respect. The natives had hung
+upon the accents of his voice, and had manifested the highest gratification
+at being individually noticed by him. And yet, despite all this,
+a few words urged in my behalf, with the intent of obtaining my release
+from captivity, had sufficed not only to banish all harmony and good-will,
+but, if I could believe what he told me, had gone nigh to endanger
+his own personal safety.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+How strongly rooted, then, must be the determination of the Typees
+with regard to me, and how suddenly could they display the strangest
+passions! The mere suggestion of my departure had estranged from
+me, for the time at least, Mehevi, who was the most influential of all the
+chiefs, and who had previously exhibited so many instances of his
+friendly sentiments. The rest of the natives had likewise evinced
+their strong repugnance to my wishes, and even Kory-Kory himself
+seemed to share in the general disapprobation bestowed upon me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In vain I racked my invention to find out some motive for the
+strange desire these people manifested to retain me among them; but
+I could discover none.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But however this might be, the scene which had just occurred admonished
+me of the danger of trifling with the wayward and passionate
+spirits against whom it was vain to struggle, and might even be fatal
+<pb n='156'/><anchor id='Pg156'/>to do so. My only hope was to induce the natives to believe that I
+was reconciled to my detention in the valley, and by assuming a
+tranquil and cheerful demeanour, to allay the suspicions which I had
+so unfortunately aroused. Their confidence revived, they might in a
+short time remit in some degree their watchfulness over my movements,
+and I should then be the better enabled to avail myself of any opportunity
+which presented itself for escape. I determined, therefore, to
+make the best of a bad bargain, and to bear up manfully against whatever
+might betide. In this endeavour I succeeded beyond my own expectations.
+At the period of Marnoo’s visit, I had been in the valley, as
+nearly as I could conjecture, some two months. Although not completely
+recovered from my strange illness, which still lingered about me,
+I was free from pain and able to take exercise. In short, I had every
+reason to anticipate a perfect recovery. Freed from apprehensions on
+this point, and resolved to regard the future without flinching, I
+flung myself anew into all the social pleasures of the valley, and
+sought to bury all regrets, and all remembrances of my previous existence,
+in the wild enjoyments it afforded.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In my various wanderings through the vale, and as I became better
+acquainted with the character of its inhabitants, I was more and more
+struck with the light-hearted joyousness that everywhere prevailed.
+The minds of these simple savages, unoccupied by matters of graver
+moment, were capable of deriving the utmost delight from circumstances
+which would have passed unnoticed in more intelligent communities.
+All their enjoyment, indeed, seemed to be made up of the
+little trifling incidents of the passing hour; but these diminutive items
+swelled altogether to an amount of happiness seldom experienced by
+more enlightened individuals, whose pleasures are drawn from more
+elevated but rarer sources.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What community, for instance, of refined and intellectual mortals
+would derive the least satisfaction from shooting pop-guns? The mere
+supposition of such a thing being possible would excite their indignation,
+and yet the whole population of Typee did little else for ten days
+<pb n='157'/><anchor id='Pg157'/>but occupy themselves with that childish amusement, fairly screaming,
+too, with the delight it afforded them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One day I was frolicking with a little spirited urchin, some six
+years old, who chased me with a piece of bamboo about three feet
+long, with which he occasionally belaboured me. Seizing the stick
+from him, the idea happened to suggest itself, that I might make for
+the youngster, out of the slender tube, one of those nursery muskets
+with which I had sometimes seen children playing. Accordingly, with
+my knife, I made two parallel slits in the cane several inches in length,
+and cutting loose at one end the elastic strip between them, bent it
+back and slipped the point into a little notch made for the purpose.
+Any small substance placed against this would be projected with considerable
+force through the tube by merely springing the bent strip
+out of the notch.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Had I possessed the remotest idea of the sensation this piece of
+ordnance was destined to produce, I should certainly have taken out
+a patent for the invention. The boy scampered away with it, half
+delirious with ecstasy, and twenty minutes afterwards I might have
+been seen surrounded by a noisy crowd—venerable old greybeards—responsible
+fathers of families—valiant warriors—matrons—young men—girls
+and children, all holding in their hands bits of bamboo, and
+each clamouring to be served first.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For three or four hours I was engaged in manufacturing pop-guns,
+but at last made over my good-will and interests in the concern to a
+lad of remarkably quick parts, whom I soon initiated into the art and
+mystery.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Pop, Pop, Pop, Pop, now resounded all over the valley. Duels,
+skirmishes, pitched battles, and general engagements were to be seen
+on every side. Here, as you walked along a path which led through a
+thicket, you fell into a cunningly-laid ambush, and became a target
+for a body of musketeers, whose tattooed limbs you could just see
+peeping into view through the foliage. There, you were assailed by the
+intrepid garrison of a house, who levelled their bamboo rifles at you
+<pb n='158'/><anchor id='Pg158'/>from between the upright canes which composed its sides. Farther
+on, you were fired upon by a detachment of sharpshooters, mounted
+upon the top of a pi-pi.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Pop, Pop, Pop, Pop! green guavas, seeds, and berries were flying
+about in every direction, and during this dangerous state of affairs, I
+was half afraid that, like the man and his brazen bull, I should fall
+a victim to my own ingenuity. Like everything else, however, the excitement
+gradually wore away, though ever after occasionally pop-guns
+might be heard at all hours of the day.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was towards the close of the pop-gun war, that I was infinitely
+diverted with a strange freak of Marheyo’s.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I had worn, when I quitted the ship, a pair of thick pumps, which,
+from the rough usage they had received in scaling precipices and sliding
+down gorges, were so dilapidated as to be altogether unfit for use—so,
+at least, would have thought the generality of people, and so they
+most certainly were, when considered in the light of shoes. But things
+unserviceable in one way, may with advantage be applied in another—that
+is, if one has genius enough for the purpose. This genius Marheyo
+possessed in a superlative degree, as he abundantly evinced by the
+use to which he put these sorely bruised and battered old shoes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Every article, however trivial, which belonged to me, the natives appeared
+to regard as sacred; and I observed that for several days after
+becoming an inmate of the house, my pumps were suffered to remain,
+untouched, where I had first happened to throw them. I remembered,
+however, that after awhile I had missed them from their accustomed
+place; but the matter gave me no concern, supposing that Tinor—like
+any other tidy housewife, having come across them in some of her
+domestic occupations—had pitched the useless things out of the house.
+But I was soon undeceived.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One day I observed old Marheyo bustling about me with unusual
+activity, and to such a degree as almost to supersede Kory-Kory in the
+functions of his office. One moment he volunteered to trot off with me
+on his back to the stream; and when I refused, noways daunted by the
+<pb n='159'/><anchor id='Pg159'/>repulse, he continued to frisk about me like a superannuated house-dog.
+I could not for the life of me conjecture what possessed the old gentleman,
+until all at once, availing himself of the temporary absence of
+the household, he went through a variety of uncouth gestures, pointing
+eagerly down to my feet, and then up to a little bundle which swung
+from the ridge-pole overhead. At last I caught a faint idea of his
+meaning, and motioned him to lower the package. He executed the
+order in the twinkling of an eye, and unrolling a piece of tappa, displayed
+to my astonished gaze the identical pumps which I thought had
+been destroyed long before.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I immediately comprehended his desire, and very generously gave
+him the shoes, which had become quite mouldy, wondering for what
+earthly purpose he could want them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The same afternoon I descried the venerable warrior approaching
+the house, with a slow, stately gait, earrings in ears, and spear in hand,
+with this highly ornamental pair of shoes suspended from his neck
+by a strip of bark, and swinging backwards and forwards on his capacious
+chest. In the gala costume of the tasteful Marheyo, these calf-skin
+pendants ever after formed the most striking feature.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But to turn to something a little more important. Although the
+whole existence of the inhabitants of the valley seemed to pass away
+exempt from toil, yet there were some light employments which, although
+amusing rather than labourious as occupations, contributed to
+their comfort and luxury. Among these, the most important was the
+manufacture of the native cloth—<q>tappa</q>—so well known, under
+various modifications, throughout the whole Polynesian Archipelago.
+As is generally understood, this useful and sometimes elegant article
+is fabricated from the bark of different trees. But, as I believe that
+no description of its manufacture has ever been given, I shall state
+what I know regarding it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the manufacture of the beautiful white tappa generally worn on
+the Marquesan Islands, the preliminary operation consists in gathering
+a certain quantity of the young branches of the cloth-tree. The
+ex<pb n='160'/><anchor id='Pg160'/>terior green bark being pulled off as worthless, there remains a slender
+fibrous substance, which is carefully stripped from the stick, to which
+it closely adheres. When a sufficient quantity of it has been collected,
+the various strips are enveloped in a covering of large leaves, which
+the natives use precisely as we do wrapping-paper, and which are
+secured by a few turns of a line passed round them. The package
+is then laid in the bed of some running stream, with a heavy stone
+placed over it, to prevent its being swept away. After it has remained
+for two or three days in this state, it is drawn out, and exposed for a
+short time to the action of the air, every distinct piece being attentively
+inspected, with a view of ascertaining whether it has yet been sufficiently
+affected by the operation. This is repeated again and again,
+until the desired result is obtained.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When the substance is in a proper state for the next process, it betrays
+evidences of incipient decomposition; the fibres are relaxed and
+softened, and rendered perfectly malleable. The different strips are
+now extended, one by one, in successive layers, upon some smooth
+surface—generally the prostrate trunk of a cocoa-nut tree—and the
+heap thus formed is subjected, at every new increase, to a moderate
+beating, with a sort of wooden mallet, leisurely applied. The mallet
+is made of a hard heavy wood resembling ebony, is about twelve inches
+in length, and perhaps two in breadth, with a rounded handle at one
+end, and in shape is the exact counterpart of one of our four-sided
+razor-strops. The flat surfaces of the implement are marked with
+shallow parallel indentations, varying in depth on the different sides,
+so as to be adapted to the several stages of the operation. These
+marks produce the corduroy sort of stripes descernible in the tappa in
+its finished state. After being beaten in the manner I have described,
+the material soon becomes blended in one mass, which, moistened occasionally
+with water, is at intervals hammered out, by a kind of gold-beating
+process, to any degree of thinness required. In this way the
+cloth is easily made to vary in strength and thickness, so as to suit
+the numerous purposes to which it is applied.
+</p>
+
+<pb n='161'/><anchor id='Pg161'/>
+
+<p>
+When the operation last described has been concluded, the new-made
+tappa is spread out on the grass to bleach and dry, and soon becomes of
+a dazzling whiteness. Sometimes, in the first stages of the manufacture,
+the substance is impregnated with a vegetable juice, which
+gives it a permanent colour. A rich brown and a bright yellow are
+occasionally seen, but the simple taste of the Typee people inclines
+them to prefer the natural tint.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The notable wife of Kammahammaha, the renowned conqueror and
+king of the Sandwich Islands, used to pride herself in the skill
+she displayed in dyeing her tappa with contrasting colours disposed
+in regular figures; and, in the midst of the innovations of the times,
+was regarded, towards the decline of her life, as a lady of the old
+school, clinging as she did to the national cloth, in preference to the
+frippery of the European calicoes. But the art of printing the tappa is
+unknown upon the Marquesan Islands.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In passing along the valley, I was often attracted by the noise of
+the mallet, which, when employed in the manufacture of the cloth,
+produces at every stroke of its hard, heavy wood, a clear, ringing, and
+musical sound, capable of being heard at a great distance. When
+several of these implements happen to be in operation at the same time,
+and near one another, the effect upon the ear of a person, at a little
+distance, is really charming.
+</p>
+
+</div><div type="chapter" n="19" rend="page-break-before: always">
+<pb n='162'/><anchor id='Pg162'/>
+<index index="toc" level1="XIX. Dances"/><index index="pdf"/>
+<head>CHAPTER XIX</head>
+
+<argument><p>
+History of a day as usually spent in the Typee valley—Dances of the Marquesan
+girls.
+</p>
+</argument>
+<p>
+Nothing can be more uniform and undiversified than the life of the
+Typees; one tranquil day of ease and happiness follows another in
+quiet succession; and with these unsophisticated savages the history of
+a day is the history of a life. I will therefore, as briefly as I can,
+describe one of our days in the valley.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To begin with the morning. We were not very early risers—the sun
+would be shooting his golden spikes above the Happar mountain, ere
+I threw aside my tappa robe, and girding my long tunic about my
+waist, sallied out with Fayaway and Kory-Kory, and the rest of the
+household, and bent my steps towards the stream. Here we found
+congregated all those who dwelt in our section of the valley; and here
+we bathed with them. The fresh morning air and the cool flowing
+waters put both soul and body in a glow, and after a half-hour employed
+in this recreation, we sauntered back to the house—Tinor and
+Marheyo gathering dry sticks by the way for firewood; some of the
+young men laying the cocoa-nut trees under contribution as they passed
+beneath them; while Kory-Kory played his outlandish pranks for my
+particular diversion, and Fayaway and I, not arm in arm to be sure,
+but sometimes hand in hand, strolled along, with feelings of perfect
+charity for all the world, and especial good-will towards each other.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Our morning meal was soon prepared. The islanders are somewhat
+abstemious at this repast; reserving the more powerful efforts of their
+appetite to a later period of the day. For my own part, with the assistance
+of my valet, who, as I have before stated, always officiated as
+spoon on these occasions, I ate sparingly from one of Tinor’s trenchers
+of poee-poee; which was devoted exclusively for my own use, being
+mixed with the milky meat of ripe cocoa-nut. A section of a roasted
+<pb n='163'/><anchor id='Pg163'/>bread-fruit, a small cake of <q>Amar,</q> or a mess of <q>Kokoo,</q> two or three
+bananas, or a Mawmee apple; an annuee, or some other agreeable and
+nutritious fruit, served from day to day to diversify the meal, which
+was finished by tossing off the liquid contents of a young cocoa-nut or
+two.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+While partaking of this simple repast, the inmates of Marheyo’s
+house, after the style of the ancient Romans, reclined in sociable groups
+upon the divan of mats, and digestion was promoted by cheerful conversation.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After the morning meal was concluded, pipes were lighted; and
+among them my own special pipe, a present from the noble Mehevi.
+The islanders, who only smoke a whiff or two at a time, and at long
+intervals, and who keep their pipes going from hand to hand continually,
+regarded my systematic smoking of four or five pipefuls of
+tobacco in succession as something quite wonderful. When two or
+three pipes had circulated freely, the company gradually broke up.
+Marheyo went to the little hut he was for ever building. Tinor began
+to inspect her rolls of tappa, or employed her busy fingers in plaiting
+grass-mats. The girls anointed themselves with their fragrant
+oils, dressed their hair, or looked over their curious finery, and compared
+together their ivory trinkets, fashioned out of boar’s tusks or
+whale’s teeth. The young men and warriors produced their spears,
+paddles, canoe-gear, battle-clubs, and war-conchs, and occupied themselves
+in carving all sorts of figures upon them with pointed bits of
+shell or flint, and adorning them, especially the war-conchs, with tassels
+of braided bark and tufts of human hair. Some, immediately
+after eating, threw themselves once more upon the inviting mats, and
+resumed the employment of the previous night, sleeping as soundly as
+if they had not closed their eyes for a week. Others sallied out into
+the groves, for the purpose of gathering fruit or fibres of bark and
+leaves; the last two being in constant requisition, and applied to a hundred
+uses. A few, perhaps, among the girls, would slip into the woods
+after flowers, or repair to the stream with small calabashes and
+cocoa-<pb n='164'/><anchor id='Pg164'/>nut shells, in order to polish them by friction with a smooth stone in
+the water. In truth these innocent people seemed to be at no loss for
+something to occupy their time; and it would be no light task to enumerate
+all their employments, or rather pleasures.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My own mornings I spent in a variety of ways. Sometimes I
+rambled about from house to house, sure of receiving a cordial welcome
+wherever I went; or, from grove to grove, and from one shady place to
+another, in company with Kory-Kory and Fayaway, and a rabble
+rout of merry young idlers. Sometimes I was too indolent for exercise,
+and, accepting one of the many invitations I was continually receiving,
+stretched myself out on the mats of some hospitable dwelling,
+and occupied myself pleasantly either in watching the proceedings of
+those around me, or taking part in them myself. Whenever I chose
+to do the latter, the delight of the islanders was boundless; and there was
+always a throng of competitors for the honor of instructing me in
+any particular craft. I soon became quite an accomplished hand at
+making tappa—could braid a grass sling as well as the best of them—and
+once, with my knife, carved the handle of a javelin so exquisitely
+that I have no doubt, to this day, Karnoonoo, its owner, preserves it
+as a surprising specimen of my skill. As noon approached, all those
+who had wandered forth from our habitation began to return; and
+when mid-day was fairly come, scarcely a sound was to be heard in
+the valley—a deep sleep fell upon all. The luxurious siesta was hardly
+ever omitted, except by old Marheyo, who was so eccentric a character,
+that he seemed to be governed by no fixed principles whatever; but acting
+just according to the humour of the moment, slept, eat, or tinkered
+away at his little hut, without regard to the proprieties of time or place.
+Frequently he might have been seen taking a nap in the sun at noon-day,
+or a bath in the stream at midnight. Once I beheld him perched
+eighty feet from the ground, in the tuft of a cocoa-nut tree, smoking;
+and often I saw him standing up to the waist in water, engaged in
+plucking out the stray hairs of his beard, using a piece of muscle-shell
+for tweezers.
+</p>
+
+<pb n='165'/><anchor id='Pg165'/>
+
+<p>
+The noontide slumber lasted generally an hour and a half, very
+often longer; and after the sleepers had arisen from their mats they
+again had recourse to their pipes, and then made preparations for the
+most important meal of the day.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I, however, like those gentlemen of leisure who breakfast at home
+and dine at their club, almost invariably, during my intervals of
+health, enjoyed the afternoon repast with the bachelor chiefs of the
+Ti, who were always rejoiced to see me, and lavishly spread before me
+all the good things which their larder afforded. Mehevi generally produced,
+among other dainties, a baked pig, an article which, I have
+every reason to suppose, was provided for my sole gratification.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The Ti was a right jovial place. It did my heart, as well as my
+body, good to visit it. Secure from female intrusion, there was no restraint
+upon the hilarity of the warriors, who, like the gentlemen of
+Europe after the cloth is drawn, and the ladies retire, freely indulged
+their mirth.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After spending a considerable portion of the afternoon at the Ti,
+I usually found myself, as the cool of the evening came on, either
+sailing on the little lake with Fayaway, or bathing in the waters of the
+stream with a number of the savages, who, at this hour, always repaired
+thither. As the shadows of night approached, Marheyo’s
+household were once more assembled under his roof; tapers were lit,
+long and curious chants were raised, interminable stories were told
+(for which one present was little the wiser), and all sorts of social
+festivities served to while away the time.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The young girls very often danced by moonlight in front of their
+dwellings. There are a great variety of these dances, in which, however,
+I never saw the men take part. They all consist of active, romping,
+mischievous evolutions, in which every limb is brought into requisition.
+Indeed, the Marquesan girls dance all over, as it were; not only
+do their feet dance, but their arms, hands, fingers, ay, their very eyes
+seem to dance in their heads.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The damsels wear nothing but flowers and their compendious gala
+<pb n='166'/><anchor id='Pg166'/>tunics; and when they plume themselves for the dance, one would almost
+think that they were about to take wing.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Unless some particular festivity was going forward, the inmates of
+Marheyo’s house retired to their mats rather early in the evening; but
+not for the night, since after slumbering lightly for awhile, they rose
+again, relit their tapers, partook of the third and last meal of the
+day, at which poee-poee alone was eaten, and then, after inhaling a
+narcotic whiff from a pipe of tobacco, disposed themselves for the
+great business of the night—sleep. With the Marquesans it might
+almost be styled the great business of life, for they pass a large portion
+of their time in the arms of Somnus. The native strength of their
+constitution is no way shown more emphatically than in the quantity
+of sleep they can endure. To many of them, indeed, life is little else
+than an often interrupted and luxurious nap.
+</p>
+
+</div><div type="chapter" n="20" rend="page-break-before: always">
+<pb n='167'/><anchor id='Pg167'/>
+<index index="toc" level1="XX. Monuments"/><index index="pdf"/>
+<head>CHAPTER XX</head>
+
+<argument><p>
+The spring of Arva Wai—Remarkable monumental remains—Some ideas
+with regard to the history of the pi-pis found in the valley.
+</p>
+</argument>
+<p>
+Almost every country has its medicinal springs famed for their healing
+virtues. The Cheltenham of Typee is embosomed in the deepest
+solitude, and but seldom receives a visitor. It is situated remote
+from any dwelling, a little way up the mountain, near the head of the
+valley; and you approach it by a pathway shaded by the most beautiful
+foliage, and adorned with a thousand fragrant plants.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The mineral waters of Arva Wai<note place="foot">I presume this might be translated into <q>Strong Waters.</q> Arva is the
+name bestowed upon a root, the properties of which are both inebriating and
+medicinal. <q>Wai</q> is the Marquesan word for water.</note> ooze forth from the crevices of a
+rock, and gliding down its mossy side, fall at last, in many clustering
+drops, into a natural basin of stone, fringed round with grass and
+dewy-looking little violet-coloured flowers, as fresh and beautiful as the
+perpetual moisture they enjoy can make them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The water is held in high estimation by the islanders, some of whom
+consider it an agreeable as well as a medicinal beverage; they bring
+it from the mountain in their calabashes, and store it away beneath
+heaps of leaves in some shady nook near the house. Old Marheyo had
+a great love for the waters of the spring. Every now and then he
+lugged off to the mountain a great round demijohn of a calabash, and,
+panting with his exertions, brought it back filled with his darling fluid.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The water tasted like a solution of a dozen disagreeable things, and
+was sufficiently nauseous to have made the fortune of the proprietor,
+had the spa been situated in the midst of any civilized community.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As I am no chemist, I cannot give a scientific analysis of the water.
+All I know about the matter is, that one day Marheyo in my presence
+poured out the last drop from his huge calabash, and I observed at the
+<pb n='168'/><anchor id='Pg168'/>bottom of the vessel a small quantity of gravelly sediment very much resembling
+our common sand. Whether this is always found in the
+water, and gives it its peculiar flavour and virtues, or whether its presence
+was merely incidental, I was not able to ascertain.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One day in returning from this spring by a circuitous path, I came
+upon a scene which reminded me of Stonehenge and the architectural
+labours of the Druid.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At the base of one of the mountains, and surrounded on all sides by
+dense groves, a series of vast terraces of stone rises, step by step, for a
+considerable distance up the hillside. These terraces cannot be less than
+one hundred yards in length and twenty in width. Their magnitude,
+however, is less striking than the immense size of the blocks composing
+them. Some of the stones, of an oblong shape, are from ten to
+fifteen feet in length, and five or six feet thick. Their sides are quite
+smooth, but though square, and of pretty regular formation, they
+bear no mark of the chisel. They are laid together without cement,
+and here and there show gaps between. The topmost terrace and the
+lower one are somewhat peculiar in their construction. They have
+both a quadrangular depression in the centre, leaving the rest of the
+terrace elevated several feet above it. In the intervals of the stones
+immense trees have taken root, and their broad boughs stretching far
+over, and interlacing together, support a canopy almost impenetrable
+to the sun. Overgrowing the greater part of them, and climbing
+from one to another, is a wilderness of vines, in whose sinewy embrace
+many of the stones lie half-hidden, while in some places a thick
+growth of bushes entirely covers them. There is a wild pathway
+which obliquely crosses two of these terraces; and so profound is the
+shade, so dense the vegetation, that a stranger to the place might pass
+along it without being aware of its existence.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These structures bear every indication of a very high antiquity, and
+Kory-Kory, who was my authority in all matters of scientific research,
+gave me to understand that they were coeval with the creation of
+the world; that the great gods themselves were the builders; and that
+<pb n='169'/><anchor id='Pg169'/>they would endure until time shall be no more. Kory-Kory’s
+prompt explanation, and his attributing the work to a divine origin, at
+once convinced me that neither he nor the rest of his countrymen knew
+anything about them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As I gazed upon this monument, doubtless the work of an extinct
+and forgotten race, thus buried in the green nook of an island at the
+end of the earth, the existence of which was yesterday unknown, a
+stronger feeling of awe came over me than if I had stood musing at
+the mighty base of the Pyramid of Cheops. There are no inscriptions,
+no sculpture, no clue, by which to conjecture its history: nothing
+but the dumb stones. How many generations of those majestic
+trees which overshadow them have grown and flourished and decayed
+since first they were erected!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These remains naturally suggest many interesting reflections. They
+establish the great age of the island, an opinion which the builders
+of theories concerning the creation of the various groups in the South
+Seas are not always inclined to admit. For my own part I think it
+just as probable that human beings were living in the valleys of the
+Marquesas three thousand years ago as that they were inhabiting the
+land of Egypt. The origin of the island of Nukuheva cannot be imputed
+to the coral insect: for indefatigable as that wonderful creature
+is, it would be hardly muscular enough to pile rocks one upon the
+other more than three thousand feet above the level of the sea. That
+the land may have been thrown up by a submarine volcano is as possible
+as anything else. No one can make an affidavit to the contrary,
+and therefore I will say nothing against the supposition: indeed, were
+geologists to assert that the whole continent of America had in like
+manner been formed by the simultaneous explosion of a train of Etnas,
+laid under the water all the way from the North Pole to the parallel
+of Cape Horn, I am the last man in the world to contradict them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I have already mentioned that the dwellings of the islanders were
+almost invariably built upon massive stone foundations, which they
+call pi-pis. The dimensions of these, however, as well as of the stones
+<pb n='170'/><anchor id='Pg170'/>composing them, are comparatively small: but there are other and
+larger erections of a similar description comprising the <q>morais,</q> or
+burying-grounds, and festival-places, in nearly all the valleys of the
+island. Some of these piles are so extensive, and so great a degree of
+labour and skill must have been requisite in constructing them, that I
+can scarcely believe they were built by the ancestors of the present
+inhabitants. If indeed they were, the race has sadly deteriorated in
+their knowledge of the mechanic arts. To say nothing of their habitual
+indolence, by what contrivance within the reach of so simple a people
+could such enormous masses have been moved or fixed in their
+places? and how could they with their rude implements have chiselled
+and hammered them into shape?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+All of these larger pi-pis—like that of the Hoolah Hoolah ground in
+the Typee valley—bore incontestable marks of great age; and I am
+disposed to believe that their erection may be ascribed to the same
+race of men who were the builders of the still more ancient remains I
+have just described.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+According to Kory-Kory’s account, the pi-pi, upon which stands
+the Hoolah Hoolah ground, was built a great many moons ago, under
+the direction of Monoo, a great chief and warrior, and, as it would
+appear, master-mason among the Typees. It was erected for the express
+purpose to which it is at present devoted, in the incredibly short
+period of one sun; and was dedicated to the immortal wooden idols
+by a grand festival, which lasted ten days and nights.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Among the smaller pi-pis, upon which stand the dwelling-houses of
+the natives, I never observed any which intimated a recent erection.
+There are in every part of the valley a great many of these massive
+stone foundations which have no houses upon them. This is vastly
+convenient, for whenever an enterprising islander chooses to emigrate
+a few hundred yards from the place where he was born, all he has to
+do in order to establish himself in some new locality, is to select one
+of the many unappropriated pi-pis, and without further ceremony pitch
+his bamboo tent upon it.
+</p>
+
+</div><div type="chapter" n="21" rend="page-break-before: always">
+<pb n='171'/><anchor id='Pg171'/>
+<index index="toc" level1="XXI. A Festival"/><index index="pdf"/>
+<head>CHAPTER XXI</head>
+
+<argument><p>
+Preparations for a grand festival in the valley—Strange doings in the Taboo
+Groves—Monument of Calabashes—Gala costume of the Typee damsels—Departure
+for the festival.
+</p>
+</argument>
+<p>
+From the time that my lameness had decreased I had made a daily
+practice of visiting Mehevi at the Ti, who invariably gave me a most
+cordial reception. I was always accompanied in these excursions by
+Fayaway and the ever-present Kory-Kory. The former, as soon as
+we reached the vicinity of the Ti—which was rigorously tabooed to
+the whole female sex—withdrew to a neighbouring hut, as if her feminine
+delicacy restrained her from approaching a habitation which
+might be regarded as a sort of Bachelor’s Hall.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And in good truth it might well have been so considered. Although
+it was the permanent residence of several distinguished chiefs, and of
+the noble Mehevi in particular, it was still at certain seasons the favourite
+haunt of all the jolly, talkative, and elderly savages of the vale,
+who resorted thither in the same way that similar characters frequent a
+tavern in civilized countries. There they would remain hour after
+hour, chatting, smoking, eating poee-poee, or busily engaged in sleeping
+for the good of their constitutions.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This building appeared to be the headquarters of the valley, where
+all flying rumours concentrated; and to have seen it filled with a crowd
+of the natives, all males, conversing in animated clusters, while multitudes
+were continually coming and going, one would have thought it a
+kind of savage exchange, where the rise and fall of Polynesian Stock was
+discussed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mehevi acted as supreme lord over the place, spending the greater
+portion of his time there: and often when, at particular hours of the
+day, it was deserted by nearly every one else except the verd-antique
+looking centenarians, who were fixtures in the building, the chief
+<pb n='172'/><anchor id='Pg172'/>himself was sure to be found enjoying his <q>otium cum dignitate</q> upon
+the luxurious mats which covered the floor. Whenever I made my appearance
+he invariably rose, and, like a gentleman doing the honours
+of his mansion, invited me to repose myself wherever I pleased, and
+calling out <q>tammaree!</q> (boy), a little fellow would appear, and then
+retiring for an instant, return with some savoury mess, from which
+the chief would press me to regale myself. To tell the truth, Mehevi
+was indebted to the excellence of his viands for the honour of my repeated
+visits,—a matter which cannot appear singular, when it is
+borne in mind that bachelors, all the world over, are famous for serving
+up unexceptional repasts.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One day, on drawing near to the Ti, I observed that extensive preparations
+were going forward, plainly betokening some approaching
+festival. Some of the symptoms reminded me of the stir produced
+among the scullions of a large hotel, where a grand jubilee dinner
+is about to be given. The natives were hurrying about hither and
+thither, engaged in various duties; some lugging off to the stream enormous
+hollow bamboos, for the purpose of filling them with water; others
+chasing furious-looking hogs through the bushes, in their endeavours
+to capture them; and numbers employed in kneading great mountains
+of poee-poee heaped up in huge wooden vessels.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After observing these lively indications for awhile, I was attracted
+to a neighbouring grove by a prodigious squeaking which I heard there.
+On reaching the spot I found it proceeded from a large hog which
+a number of natives were forcibly holding to the earth, while a
+muscular fellow, armed with a bludgeon, was ineffectually aiming murderous
+blows at the skull of the unfortunate porker. Again and again
+he missed his writhing and struggling victim, but though puffing and
+panting with his exertions, he still continued them; and after striking
+a sufficient number of blows to have demolished an entire drove
+of oxen, with one crashing stroke he laid him dead at his feet.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Without letting any blood from the body, it was immediately carried
+to a fire which had been kindled near at hand, and four savages
+<pb n='173'/><anchor id='Pg173'/>taking hold of the carcass by its legs, passed it rapidly to and fro in
+the flames. In a moment the smell of burning bristles betrayed the
+object of this procedure. Having got thus far in the matter, the body
+was removed to a little distance; and, being disembowelled, the entrails
+were laid aside as choice parts, and the whole carcass thoroughly
+washed with water. An ample thick green cloth, composed of the long
+thick leaves of a species of palm tree, ingeniously tacked together with
+little pins of bamboo, was now spread upon the ground, in which the
+body being carefully rolled, it was borne to an oven previously prepared
+to receive it. Here it was at once laid upon the heated stones at the
+bottom, and covered with thick layers of leaves, the whole being
+quickly hidden from sight by a mound of earth raised over it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Such is the summary style in which the Typees convert perverse-minded
+and rebellious hogs into the most docile and amiable pork; a
+morsel of which placed on the tongue melts like a soft smile from the
+lips of beauty.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I commend their peculiar mode of proceeding to the consideration of
+all butchers, cooks, and housewives. The hapless porker whose fate
+I have just rehearsed, was not the only one who suffered on that memorable
+day. Many a dismal grunt, many an imploring squeak, proclaimed
+what was going on throughout the whole extent of the valley:
+and I verily believe the first-born of every litter perished before the
+setting of that fatal sun.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The scene around the Ti was now most animated. Hogs and poee-poee
+were baking in numerous ovens, which, heaped up with fresh
+earth into slight elevations, looked like so many ant-hills. Scores of
+the savages were vigorously plying their stone pestles in preparing
+masses of poee-poee, and numbers were gathering green bread-fruit and
+young cocoa-nuts in the surrounding groves; while an exceeding great
+multitude, with a view of encouraging the rest in their labours, stood
+still, and kept shouting most lustily without intermission.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It is a peculiarity among these people, that when engaged in any
+employment they always make a prodigious fuss about it. So seldom
+<pb n='174'/><anchor id='Pg174'/>do they ever exert themselves, that when they do work they seem determined
+that so meritorious an action shall not escape the observation
+of those around. If, for example, they have occasion to remove a
+stone to a little distance, which perhaps might be carried by two able-bodied
+men, a whole swarm gather about it, and, after a vast deal of
+palavering, lift it up among them, every one struggling to get hold of
+it, and bear it off yelling and panting as if accomplishing some mighty
+achievement. Seeing them on these occasions, one is reminded of an
+infinity of black ants clustering about and dragging away to some
+hole the leg of a deceased fly.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Having for some time attentively observed these demonstrations of
+good cheer, I entered the Ti, where Mehevi sat complacently looking
+out upon the busy scene, and occasionally issuing his orders. The
+chief appeared to be in an extraordinary flow of spirits, and gave
+me to understand that on the morrow there would be grand doings
+in the groves generally, and at the Ti in particular; and urged me by
+no means to absent himself. In commemoration of what event, however,
+or in honour of what distinguished personage, the feast was
+to be given, altogether passed my comprehension. Mehevi sought to
+enlighten my ignorance, but he failed as signally as when he had endeavoured
+to initiate me into the perplexing arcana of the taboo.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On leaving the Ti, Kory-Kory, who had, as a matter of course,
+accompanied me, observing that my curiosity remained unabated, resolved
+to make everything plain and satisfactory. With this intent,
+he escorted me through the Taboo Groves, pointing out to my notice
+a variety of objects, and endeavoured to explain them in such an
+indescribable jargon of words, that it almost put me in bodily pain
+to listen to him. In particular, he led me to a remarkable pyramidical
+structure some three yards square at the base, and perhaps ten feet in
+height, which had lately been thrown up, and occupied a very conspicuous
+position. It was composed principally of large empty calabashes,
+with a few polished cocoa-nut shells, and looked not unlike a cenotaph
+of skulls. My cicerone perceived the astonishment with which I gazed
+<pb n='175'/><anchor id='Pg175'/>at this monument of savage crockery, and immediately addressed himself
+to the task of enlightening me: but all in vain; and to this hour
+the nature of the monument remains a complete mystery to me. As,
+however, it formed so prominent a feature in the approaching revels,
+I bestowed upon the latter, in my own mind, the title of the <q>Feast of
+Calabashes.</q>
+</p>
+    <anchor id="illus5"/>
+<pgIf output='txt'><then>
+  <p rend="margin-left: 2; margin-right: 2">[Illustration: THUS ARRAYED, I WOULD HAVE MATCHED THE CHARMING FAYAWAY AGAINST ANY
+BEAUTY IN THE WORLD]</p>
+</then><else><pgIf output="pdf"><then><p><figure url="images/illus5.jpg" rend="width: 100%"><head><hi rend="font-size: small">THUS ARRAYED, I WOULD HAVE MATCHED THE CHARMING FAYAWAY AGAINST ANY
+BEAUTY IN THE WORLD</hi></head></figure></p></then>
+<else><p><figure url="images/illus5th.jpg"><head><xref url="images/illus5.jpg"><hi rend="font-size: small">THUS ARRAYED, I WOULD HAVE MATCHED THE CHARMING FAYAWAY AGAINST ANY
+BEAUTY IN THE WORLD</hi></xref></head><figDesc>Illustration: THUS ARRAYED, I WOULD HAVE MATCHED THE CHARMING FAYAWAY AGAINST ANY BEAUTY IN THE WORLD</figDesc></figure></p></else></pgIf>
+</else></pgIf>
+<p>
+The following morning, awakening rather late, I perceived the whole
+of Marheyo’s family busily engaged in preparing for the festival.
+The old warrior himself was arranging in round balls the two grey
+locks of hair that were suffered to grow from the crown of his head;
+his earrings and spear, both well polished, lay beside him, while the
+highly decorative pair of shoes hung suspended from a projecting cane
+against the side of the house. The young men were similarly employed;
+and the fair damsels, including Fayaway, were anointing themselves
+with <q>aka,</q> arranging their long tresses, and performing other
+matters connected with the duties of the toilet.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Having completed their preparations, the girls now exhibited themselves
+in gala costume; the most conspicuous feature of which was a
+necklace of beautiful white flowers, with the stems removed, and
+strung closely together upon a single fibre of tappa. Corresponding ornaments
+were inserted in their ears, and woven garlands upon their
+heads. About their waist they wore a short tunic of spotless white
+tappa, and some of them superadded to this a mantle of the same
+material, tied in an elaborate bow upon the left shoulder, and falling
+about the figure in picturesque folds.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus arrayed, I would have matched the charming Fayaway against
+any beauty in the world.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+People may say what they will about the taste evinced by our fashionable
+ladies in dress. Their jewels, their feathers, their silks
+and their furbelows would have sunk into utter insignificance beside
+the exquisite simplicity of attire adopted by the nymphs of the vale
+on this festive occasion. I should like to have seen a gallery of coronation
+beauties, at Westminster Abbey, confronted for a moment by
+<pb n='176'/><anchor id='Pg176'/>this band of Island girls; their stiffness, formality, and affectation
+contrasted with the artless vivacity and unconcealed natural graces of
+these savage maidens. It would be the Venus de Medici placed beside
+a milliner’s doll.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was not long before Kory-Kory and myself were left alone in the
+house, the rest of its inmates having departed for the Taboo Groves.
+My valet was all impatience to follow them; and was as fidgety about
+my dilatory movements as a diner out waiting hat in hand at the bottom
+of the stairs for some lagging companion. At last, yielding to
+his importunities, I set out for the Ti. As we passed the houses
+peeping out from the groves through which our route lay, I noticed
+that they were entirely deserted by their inhabitants.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When we reached the rock that abruptly terminated the path, and
+concealed from us the festive scene, wild shouts and a confused blending
+of voices assured me that the occasion, whatever it might be, had
+drawn together a great multitude. Kory-Kory, previous to mounting
+the elevation, paused for a moment, like a dandy at a ball-room door,
+to put a hasty finish to his toilet. During this short interval, the
+thought struck me that I ought myself perhaps to be taking some little
+pains with my appearance. But as I had no holiday raiment, I was
+not a little puzzled to devise some means of decorating myself. However,
+as I felt desirous to create a sensation, I determined to do all
+that lay in my power; and knowing that I could not delight the
+savages more than by conforming to their style of dress, I removed from
+my person the large robe of tappa which I was accustomed to wear
+over my shoulders whenever I sallied into the open air, and remained
+merely girt about with a short tunic descending from my waist to my
+knees.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My quick-witted attendant fully appreciated the compliment I was
+paying to the costume of his race, and began more sedulously to arrange
+the folds of the one only garment which remained to me. Whilst
+he was doing this, I caught sight of a knot of young girls, who were
+sitting near us on the grass surrounded by heaps of flowers, which they
+<pb n='177'/><anchor id='Pg177'/>were forming into garlands. I motioned to them to bring some of
+their handy-work to me; and in an instant a dozen wreaths were at
+my disposal. One of them I put round the apology for a hat which
+I had been forced to construct for myself out of palmetto-leaves, and
+some of the others I converted into a splendid girdle. These operations
+finished, with a slow and dignified step of a full-dressed beau I
+ascended the rock.
+</p>
+
+</div><div type="chapter" n="22" rend="page-break-before: always">
+<pb n='178'/><anchor id='Pg178'/>
+<index index="toc" level1="XXII. The Feast of Calabashes"/><index index="pdf"/>
+<head>CHAPTER XXII</head>
+
+<argument><p>
+The Feast of Calabashes.
+</p>
+</argument>
+<p>
+The whole population of the valley seemed to be gathered within the
+precincts of the grove. In the distance could be seen the long front
+of the Ti, its immense piazza swarming with men, arrayed in every
+variety of fantastic costume, and all vociferating with animated gestures;
+while the whole interval between it and the place where I stood
+was enlivened by groups of females fancifully decorated, dancing,
+capering, and uttering wild exclamations. As soon as they descried me
+they set up a shout of welcome; and a band of them came dancing
+towards me, chanting as they approached some wild recitative. The
+change in my garb seemed to transport them with delight, and clustering
+about me on all sides, they accompanied me towards the Ti. When,
+however, we drew near it, these joyous nymphs paused in their career,
+and parting on either side, permitted me to pass on to the now densely
+thronged building.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+So soon as I mounted to the pi-pi I saw at a glance that the revels
+were fairly under way.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What lavish plenty reigned around!—Warwick feasting his retainers
+with beef and ale, was a niggard to the noble Mehevi!—All along the
+piazza of the Ti were arranged elaborately-carved canoe-shaped vessels,
+some twenty feet in length, filled with newly-made poee-poee, and
+sheltered from the sun by the broad leaves of the banana. At intervals
+were heaps of green bread-fruit, raised in pyramidical stacks, resembling
+the regular piles of heavy shot to be seen in the yard of an arsenal.
+Inserted into the interstices of the huge stones which formed
+the pi-pi were large boughs of trees; hanging from the branches of
+which, and screened from the sun by their foliage, were innumerable
+little packages with leafy coverings containing the meat of the
+numer<pb n='179'/><anchor id='Pg179'/>ous hogs which had been slain, done up in this manner to make it
+more accessible to the crowd. Leaning against the railing of the
+piazza were an immense number of long, heavy bamboos, plugged
+at the lower end, and with their projecting muzzles stuffed with a
+wad of leaves. These were filled with water from the stream, and
+each of them might hold from four to five gallons.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The banquet being thus spread, nought remained but for every one
+to help himself at his pleasure. Accordingly, not a moment passed
+but the transplanted boughs I have mentioned were rifled by the throng
+of the fruit they certainly had never borne before. Calabashes of
+poee-poee were continually being replenished from the extensive receptacle
+in which that article was stored, and multitudes of little fires were
+kindled about the Ti for the purpose of roasting the bread-fruit.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Within the building itself was presented a most extraordinary scene.
+The immense lounge of mats lying between the parallel rows of the
+trunks of cocoa-nut trees, and extending the entire length of the
+house, at least two hundred feet, was covered by the reclining forms
+of a host of chiefs and warriors, who were eating at a great rate, or
+soothing the cares of Polynesian life in the sedative fumes of tobacco.
+The smoke was inhaled from large pipes, the bowls of which, made out
+of small cocoa-nut shells, were curiously carved in strange heathenish
+devices. These were passed from mouth to mouth by the recumbent
+smokers, each of whom, taking two or three prodigious whiffs, handed
+the pipe to his neighbour; sometimes for that purpose stretching indolently
+across the body of some dozing individual whose exertions at
+the dinner-table had already induced sleep.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The tobacco used among the Typees was of a very mild and pleasing
+flavour, and as I always saw it in leaves, and the natives appeared
+pretty well supplied with it, I was led to believe that it must have been
+the growth of the valley. Indeed Kory-Kory gave me to understand
+that this was the case; but I never saw a single plant growing on the
+island. At Nukuheva, and I believe, in all the other valleys, the
+weed is very scarce, being only obtained in small quantities from
+for<pb n='180'/><anchor id='Pg180'/>eigners, and smoking is consequently with the inhabitants of these
+places a very great luxury. How it was that the Typees were so well
+furnished with it I cannot divine. I should think them too indolent
+to devote any attention to its culture; and, indeed, as far as my observation
+extended not a single atom of the soil was under any other
+cultivation than that of shower and sunshine. The tobacco-plant, however,
+like the sugar-cane, may grow wild in some remote part of the
+vale.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There were many in the Ti for whom the tobacco did not furnish
+a sufficient stimulus, and who accordingly had recourse to <q>arva,</q>
+as a more powerful agent in producing the desired effect.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Arva</q> is a root very generally dispersed over the South Seas, and
+from it is extracted a juice, the effects of which upon the system are
+at first stimulating in a moderate degree; but it soon relaxes the muscles,
+and, exerting a narcotic influence, produces a luxurious sleep.
+In the valley this beverage was universally prepared in the following
+way:—Some half-dozen young boys seated themselves in a circle around
+an empty wooden vessel, each one of them being supplied with a certain
+quantity of the roots of the <q>arva,</q> broken into small bits and laid by
+his side. A cocoa-nut goblet of water was passed around the juvenile
+company, who rinsing their mouth with its contents, proceeded to the
+business before them. This merely consisted in thoroughly masticating
+the <q>arva,</q> and throwing it mouthful after mouthful into the receptacle
+provided. When a sufficient quantity had been thus obtained,
+water was poured upon the mass, and being stirred about with the
+forefinger of the right hand, the preparation was soon in readiness for
+use. The <q>arva</q> has medicinal qualities.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Upon the Sandwich Islands it has been employed with no small success
+in the treatment of scrofulous affections, and in combating the
+ravages of a disease which for so many years has been gradually depopulating
+those fine and interesting islands. But the tenants of the
+Typee valley, as yet exempt from these inflictions, generally employ
+<pb n='181'/><anchor id='Pg181'/>the <q>arva</q> as a minister to social enjoyment, and a calabash of the
+liquid circulates among them as the bottle with us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mehevi, who was greatly delighted with the change in my costume,
+gave me a cordial welcome. He had reserved for me a most delectable
+mess of <q>cockoo,</q> well knowing my partiality for that dish; and had
+likewise selected three or four young cocoa-nuts, several roasted bread-fruit,
+and a magnificent bunch of bananas, for my especial comfort
+and gratification. These various matters were at once placed before
+me; but Kory-Kory deemed the banquet entirely insufficient for my
+wants until he had supplied me with one of the leafy packages of
+pork, which, notwithstanding the somewhat hasty manner in which it
+had been prepared, possessed a most excellent flavour, and was surprisingly
+sweet and tender.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Pork is not a staple article of food among the people of the Marquesas,
+consequently they pay little attention to the breeding of the
+swine. The hogs are permitted to roam at large in the groves, where
+they obtain no small portion of their nourishment from the cocoa-nuts
+which continually fall from the trees. But it is only after infinite
+labour and difficulty, that the hungry animal can pierce the husk and
+shell so as to get at the meat. I have frequently been amused at seeing
+one of them, after crunching the obstinate nut with his teeth for
+a long time unsuccessfully, get into a violent passion with it. He
+would then root furiously under the cocoa-nut, and, with a fling of his
+snout, toss it before him on the ground. Following it up, he would
+crunch at it again savagely for a moment, and the next knock it on one
+side, pausing immediately after, as if wondering how it could so
+suddenly have disappeared. In this way the persecuted cocoa-nuts
+were often chased half across the valley.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The second day of the Feast of Calabashes was ushered in by still
+more uproarious noises than the first. The skins of innumerable
+sheep seemed to be resounding to the blows of an army of drummers.
+Startled from my slumbers by the din, I leaped up, and found the
+<pb n='182'/><anchor id='Pg182'/>whole household engaged in making preparations for immediate departure.
+Curious to discover of what strange events these novel
+sounds might be the precursors, and not a little desirous to catch a
+sight of the instruments which produced the terrific noise, I accompanied
+the natives as soon as they were in readiness to depart for the
+Taboo Groves.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The comparatively open space that extended from the Ti toward
+the rock, to which I have before alluded as forming the ascent to the
+place, was, with the building itself, now altogether deserted by the
+men; the whole distance being filled by bands of females, shouting
+and dancing under the influence of some strange excitement.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I was amused at the appearance of four or five old women, who
+in a state of utter nudity, with their arms extended flatly down their
+side, and holding themselves perfectly erect, were leaping stiffly into
+the air, like so many sticks bobbing to the surface, after being pressed
+perpendicularly into the water. They preserved the utmost gravity
+of countenance, and continued their extraordinary movements without
+a single moment’s cessation. They did not appear to attract the observation
+of the crowd around them, but I must candidly confess that,
+for my own part, I stared at them most pertinaciously.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Desirous of being enlightened in regard to the meaning of this peculiar
+diversion, I turned inquiringly to Kory-Kory: that learned
+Typee immediately proceeded to explain the whole matter thoroughly.
+But all that I could comprehend from what he said was, that the leaping
+figures before me were bereaved widows, whose partners had been slain
+in battle many moons previously; and who, at every festival, gave
+public evidence in this manner of their calamities. It was evident
+that Kory-Kory considered this an all-sufficient reason for so indecorous
+a custom; but I must say that it did not satisfy me as to its propriety.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Leaving these afflicted females, we passed on to the Hoolah Hoolah
+ground. Within the spacious quadrangle, the whole population of
+the valley seemed to be assembled, and the sight presented was truly
+remarkable. Beneath the sheds of bamboo which opened towards the
+<pb n='183'/><anchor id='Pg183'/>interior of the square, reclined the principal chiefs and warriors, while
+a miscellaneous throng lay at their ease under the enormous trees, which
+spread a majestic canopy overhead. Upon the terraces of the gigantic
+altars, at either end, were deposited green bread-fruit in baskets of
+cocoa-nut leaves, large rolls of tappa, bunches of white bananas, clusters
+of mammee-apples, the golden-hued fruit of the artu tree, and
+baked hogs, laid out in large wooden trenchers, fancifully decorated
+with freshly-plucked leaves, whilst a variety of rude implements of
+war were piled in confused heaps before the ranks of hideous idols.
+Fruits of various kinds were likewise suspended in leafen baskets, from
+the tops of poles planted uprightly, and at regular intervals, along the
+lower terraces of both altars. At their base were arranged two parallel
+rows of cumbersome drums, standing at least fifteen feet in
+height, and formed from the hollow trunks of large trees. Their heads
+were covered with shark skins, and their barrels were elaborately carved
+with various quaint figures and devices. At regular intervals, they
+were bound round by a species of sinnate of various colours, and strips
+of native cloth flattened upon them here and there. Behind these instruments
+were built slight platforms, upon which stood a number of
+young men, who, beating violently with the palms of their hands upon
+the drum-heads, produced those outrageous sounds which had awakened
+me in the morning. Every few minutes these musical performers
+hopped down from their elevation into the crowd below, and their
+places were immediately supplied by fresh recruits. Thus an incessant
+din was kept up that might have startled Pandemonium.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Precisely in the middle of the quadrangle were placed perpendicularly
+in the ground a hundred or more slender, fresh-cut poles, stripped
+of their bark, and decorated at the end with a floating pennon of white
+tappa, the whole being fenced about with a little picket of canes. For
+what purpose these singular ornaments were intended, I in vain endeavoured
+to discover.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Another most striking feature of the performance was exhibited by
+a score of old men, who sat cross-legged in the little pulpits, which
+en<pb n='184'/><anchor id='Pg184'/>circled the trunks of the immense trees growing in the middle of the
+enclosure. These venerable gentlemen, who I presume were the priests,
+kept up an uninterrupted monotonous chant, which was nearly drowned
+in the roar of drums. In the right hand they held a finely-woven grass
+fan, with a heavy black wooden handle, curiously chased: these fans
+they kept in continual motion.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But no attention whatever seemed to be paid to the drummers or to
+the old priests, the individuals who composed the vast crowd present
+being entirely taken up in chatting and laughing with one another,
+smoking, drinking arva, and eating. For all the observation it attracted,
+or the good it achieved, the whole savage orchestra might, with
+great advantage to its own members and the company in general, have
+ceased the prodigious uproar they were making.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In vain I questioned Kory-Kory and others of the natives, as to the
+meaning of the strange things that were going on; all their explanations
+were conveyed in such a mass of outlandish gibberish and gesticulation
+that I gave up the attempt in despair. All that day the drums
+resounded, the priests chanted, and the multitude feasted and roared till
+sunset, when the throng dispersed, and the Taboo Groves were again
+abandoned to quiet and repose. The next day the same scene was repeated
+until night, when this singular festival terminated.
+</p>
+
+</div><div type="chapter" n="23" rend="page-break-before: always">
+<pb n='185'/><anchor id='Pg185'/>
+<index index="toc" level1="XXIII. Religion of the Typees"/><index index="pdf"/>
+<head>CHAPTER XXIII</head>
+
+<argument><p>
+Ideas suggested by the Feast of Calabashes—Effigy of a dead warrior—A singular
+superstition—The priest Kolory and the god Moa Artua—Amazing
+religious observance—A dilapidated shrine—Kory-Kory and the idol—An
+inference.
+</p>
+</argument>
+<p>
+Although I had been baffled in my attempts to learn the origin of
+the Feast of Calabashes, yet it seemed very plain to me that it was
+principally, if not wholly, of a religious character.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Yet, notwithstanding all I observed on this occasion, I am free to
+confess my almost entire inability to gratify any curiosity that may be
+felt with regard to the theology of the valley. I doubt whether the
+inhabitants themselves could do so. They are either too lazy or too
+sensible to worry themselves about abstract points of religious belief.
+While I was among them, they never held any synods or councils to
+settle the principles of their faith by agitating them. An unbounded
+liberty of conscience seemed to prevail. Those who pleased to do so
+were allowed to repose implicit faith in an ill-favoured god, with a
+large bottle-nose, and fat shapeless arms crossed upon his breast;
+whilst others worshipped an image which, having no likeness either in
+heaven or on earth, could hardly be called an idol. As the islanders
+always maintained a discreet reserve with regard to my own peculiar
+views on religion, I thought it would be excessively ill-bred in me
+to pry into theirs.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But, although my knowledge of the religious faith of the Typees
+was unavoidably limited, one of their superstitious observances with
+which I became acquainted interested me greatly.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In one of the most secluded portions of the valley, within a stone’s
+cast of Fayaway’s lake—for so I christened the scene of our island
+yachting—and hard by a growth of palms, which stood ranged in order
+along both banks of the stream, waving their green arms as if to
+<pb n='186'/><anchor id='Pg186'/>do honour to its passage, was the mausoleum of a deceased warrior-chief.
+Like all the other edifices of any note, it was raised upon a small pi-pi
+of stones, which, being of unusual height, was a conspicuous object
+from a distance. A light thatching of bleached palmetto-leaves hung
+over it like a self-supported canopy; for it was not until you came very
+near that you saw it was supported by four slender columns of bamboo,
+rising at each corner to a little more than the height of a man.
+A clear area of a few yards surrounded the pi-pi, and was enclosed by
+four trunks of cocoa-nut trees, resting at the angles on massive blocks
+of stone. The place was sacred. The sign of the inscrutable Taboo
+was seen, in the shape of a mystic roll of white tappa, suspended by
+a twisted cord of the same material from the top of a slight pole planted
+within the enclosure.<note place="foot">White appears to be the sacred colour among the Marquesans.</note> The sanctity of the spot appeared never to have
+been violated. The stillness of the grave was there, and the calm solitude
+around was beautiful and touching. The soft shadows of those
+lofty palm trees—I can see them now—hanging over the little temple,
+as if to keep out the intrusive sun.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On all sides, as you approached this silent spot, you caught sight of
+the dead chief’s effigy, seated in the stern of a canoe, which was raised
+on a light frame a few inches above the level of the pi-pi. The canoe
+was about seven feet in length; of a rich, dark-coloured wood, handsomely
+carved, and adorned in many places with variegated bindings
+of stained sinnate, into which were ingeniously wrought a number
+of sparkling sea-shells, and a belt of the same shells ran all round it.
+The body of the figure—of whatever material it might have been made—was
+effectually concealed in a heavy robe of brown tappa, revealing
+only the hands and head; the latter skilfully carved in wood, and surmounted
+by a superb arch of plumes. These plumes, in the subdued
+and gentle gales which found access to this sequestered spot, were never
+for one moment at rest, but kept nodding and waving over the chief’s
+brow. The long leaves of the palmetto dropped over the eaves, and
+through them you saw the warrior, holding his paddle with both hands
+<pb n='187'/><anchor id='Pg187'/>in the act of rowing, leaning forward and inclining his head, as if
+eager to hurry on his voyage. Glaring at him for ever, and face to
+face, was a polished human skull, which crowned the prow of the
+canoe. The spectral figure-head, reversed in its position, glancing
+backwards, seemed to mock the impatient attitude of the warrior.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When I first visited this singular place with Kory-Kory, he told me—or,
+at least, I so understood him—that the chief was paddling his
+way to the realms of bliss and bread-fruit—the Polynesian heaven—where
+every moment the bread-fruit trees dropped their ripened spheres
+to the ground, and where there was no end to the cocoa-nuts and bananas;
+there they reposed through the live-long eternity upon mats
+much finer than those of Typee; and every day bathed their glowing
+limbs in rivers of cocoa-nut oil. In that happy land there were plenty
+of plumes and feathers, and boars’-tusks and sperm-whale teeth, far
+preferable to all the shining trinkets and gay tappa of the white men;
+and, best of all, women, far lovelier than the daughters of earth, were
+there in abundance. <q>A very pleasant place,</q> Kory-Kory said it was;
+<q>but, after all, not much pleasanter, he thought, than Typee.</q> <q>Did
+he not, then,</q> I asked him, <q>wish to accompany the warrior?</q> <q>Oh,
+no; he was very happy where he was; but supposed that some time
+or other he would go in his own canoe.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus far, I think, I clearly comprehended Kory-Kory. But there
+was a singular expression he made use of at the time, enforced by as
+singular a gesture, the meaning of which I would have given much to
+penetrate. I am inclined to believe it must have been a proverb he
+uttered; for I afterwards heard him repeat the same words several
+times, and in what appeared to me to be a somewhat similar sense.
+Indeed, Kory-Kory had a great variety of short, smart-sounding sentences,
+with which he frequently enlivened his discourse; and he introduced
+them with an air which plainly intimated, that, in his opinion,
+they settled the matter in question, whatever it might be.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Could it have been, then, that when I asked him whether he desired
+to go to this heaven of bread-fruit, cocoa-nuts, and young ladies, which
+<pb n='188'/><anchor id='Pg188'/>he had been describing, he answered by saying something equivalent
+to our old adage—<q>A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush!</q>—if
+he did, Kory-Kory was a discreet and sensible fellow, and I cannot
+sufficiently admire his shrewdness.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Whenever, in the course of my rambles through the valley, I happened
+to be near the chief’s mausoleum, I always turned aside to visit
+it. The place had a peculiar charm for me; I hardly know why, but
+so it was. As I leaned over the railing and gazed upon the strange
+effigy, and watched the play of the feathery head-dress, stirred by the
+same breeze which in low tones breathed amidst the lofty palm trees,
+I loved to yield myself up to the fanciful superstition of the islanders,
+and could almost believe that the grim warrior was bound heavenward.
+In this mood, when I turned to depart, I bade him, <q>God speed, and
+a pleasant voyage.</q> Ay, paddle away, brave chieftain, to the land of
+spirits! To the material eye thou makest but little progress, but, with
+the eye of faith, I see thy canoe cleaving the bright waves, which die
+away on those dimly looming shores of Paradise.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This strange superstition affords another evidence of the fact, that
+however ignorant man may be, he still feels within him his immortal
+spirit yearning after the unknown future.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Although the religious theories of the islands were a complete mystery
+to me, their practical every-day operation could not be concealed.
+I frequently passed the little temples reposing in the shadows of the
+Taboo Groves, and beheld the offerings—mouldy fruit spread out upon
+a rude altar, or hanging in half-decayed baskets around some uncouth,
+jolly-looking images. I was present during the continuance of the
+festival. I daily beheld the grinning idols marshalled rank and file in
+the Hoolah Hoolah ground, and was often in the habit of meeting those
+whom I supposed to be the priests. But the temples seemed to be abandoned
+to solitude; the festival had been nothing more than a jovial
+mingling of the tribe; the idols were quite as harmless as any other
+logs of wood; and the priests were the merriest dogs in the valley.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In fact, religious affairs in Typee were at a very low ebb. All such
+<pb n='189'/><anchor id='Pg189'/>matters sat very lightly upon the thoughtless inhabitants; and, in the
+celebration of many of their strange rites, they appeared merely to seek
+a sort of childish amusement.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A curious evidence of this was given in a remarkable ceremony,
+in which I frequently saw Mehevi and several other chiefs and warriors
+of note take part; but never a single female.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Among those whom I looked upon as forming the priesthood of the
+valley, there was one in particular who often attracted my notice, and
+whom I could not help regarding as the head of the order. He was a
+noble-looking man, in the prime of his life, and of a most benignant
+aspect. The authority this man, whose name was Kolory, seemed to
+exercise over the rest, the episcopal part he took in the Feast of Calabashes,
+his sleek and complacent appearance, the mystic characters
+which were tattooed upon his chest, and, above all, the mitre he frequently
+wore, in the shape of a towering head-dress, consisting of part
+of a cocoa-nut branch, the stalk planted uprightly on his brow, and
+the leaflets gathered together and passed round the temples and behind
+the ears, all these pointed him out as Lord Primate of Typee.
+Kolory was a sort of Knight Templar—a soldier-priest; for he often
+wore the dress of a Marquesan warrior, and always carried a long spear,
+which, instead of terminating in a paddle at the lower end, after the
+general fashion of these weapons, was curved into a heathenish-looking
+little image. This instrument, however, might perhaps have been emblematic
+of his double functions. With one end, in carnal combat he
+tranfixed the enemies of his tribe; and with the other, as a pastoral
+crook, he kept in order his spiritual flock. But this is not all I have to
+about Kolory. His martial grace very often carried about with
+him what seemed to me the half of a broken war-club. It was swathed
+round with ragged bits of white tappa, and the upper part, which was
+intended to represent a human head, was embellished with a strip of
+scarlet cloth of European manufacture. It required little observation
+to discover that this strange object was revered as a god. By the
+side of the big and lusty images standing sentinel over the altars of
+<pb n='190'/><anchor id='Pg190'/>the Hoolah Hoolah ground, it seemed a mere pigmy in tatters. But
+appearances all the world over are deceptive. Little men are sometimes
+very potent, and rags sometimes cover very extensive pretensions.
+In fact, this funny little image was the <q>crack</q> god of the island;
+lording it over all the wooden lubbers who looked so grim and
+dreadful; its name was Moa Artua.<note place="foot">The word <q>Artua,</q> although having some other significations, is in nearly
+all the Polynesian dialects used as the general designation of the gods.</note> And it was in honour of Moa
+Artua, and for the entertainment of those who believe in him, that the
+curious ceremony I am about to describe was observed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mehevi and the chieftains of the Ti have just risen from their noontide
+slumbers. There are no affairs of state to dispose of; and having
+eaten two or three breakfasts in the course of the morning, the magnates
+of the valley feel no appetite as yet for dinner. How are their
+leisure moments to be occupied? They smoke, they chat, and at last
+one of their number makes a proposition to the rest, who joyfully acquiescing,
+he darts out of the house, leaps from the pi-pi, and disappears
+in the grove. Soon you see him returning with Kolory, who
+bears the god Moa Artua in his arms, and carries in one hand a small
+trough, hollowed out in the likeness of a canoe. The priest comes
+along dangling his charge as if it were a lachrymose infant he was
+endeavouring to put into a good humour. Presently, entering the Ti,
+he seats himself on the mats as composedly as a juggler about to perform
+his sleight-of-hand tricks; and, with the chiefs disposed in a circle
+around him, commences his ceremony.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the first place he gives Moa Artua an affectionate hug, then caressingly
+lays him to his breast, and, finally, whispers something in his
+ear, the rest of the company listening eagerly for a reply. But the
+baby-god is deaf or dumb,—perhaps both, for never a word does he
+utter. At last Kolory speaks a little louder, and soon growing angry,
+comes boldly out with what he has to say, and bawls to him. He put
+me in mind of a choleric fellow, who, after trying in vain to communicate
+a secret to a deaf man, all at once flies into a passion and screams
+<pb n='191'/><anchor id='Pg191'/>it out so that every one may hear. Still Moa Artua remains as quiet
+as ever, and Kolory, seemingly losing his temper, fetches him a box
+over the head, strips him of his tappa and red cloth, and, laying him in
+a state of nudity in a little trough, covers him from sight. At this
+proceeding all present loudly applaud, and signify their approval by
+uttering the adjective <q>motarkee</q> with violent emphasis. Kolory,
+however, is so desirous his conduct should meet with unqualified approbation,
+that he inquires of each individual separately whether, under
+existing circumstances, he has not done perfectly right in shutting up
+Moa Artua. The invariable response is <q>Aa, Aa</q> (yes, yes), repeated
+over again and again in a manner which ought to quiet the
+scruples of the most conscientious. After a few moments Kolory
+brings forth his doll again, and, while arraying it very carefully in
+the tappa and red cloth, alternately fondles and chides it. The toilet
+being completed, he once more speaks to it aloud. The whole company
+hereupon show the greatest interest; while the priest, holding Moa
+Artua to his ear, interprets to them what he pretends the god is confidentially
+communicating to him. Some items of intelligence appear
+to tickle all present amazingly; for one claps his hands in a rapture;
+another shouts with merriment; and a third leaps to his feet and capers
+about like a madman.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What under the sun Moa Artua on these occasions had to say to
+Kolory I never could find out; but I could not help thinking that the
+former showed a sad want of spirit in being disciplined into making
+those disclosures, which at first he seemed bent on withholding.
+Whether the priest honestly interpreted what he believed the divinity
+said to him, or whether he was not all the while guilty of a vile humbug,
+I shall not presume to decide. At any rate, whatever, as coming
+from the god, was imparted to those present, seemed to be generally
+of a complimentary nature—a fact which illustrates the sagacity of
+Kolory, or else the time-serving disposition of this hardly-used deity.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Moa Artua having nothing more to say, his bearer goes to nursing
+him again, in which occupation, however, he is soon interrupted by a
+question put by one of the warriors to the god. Kolory hereupon
+<pb n='192'/><anchor id='Pg192'/>snatches it up to his ear again, and after listening attentively, once
+more officiates as the organ of communication. A multitude of questions
+and answers having passed between the parties, much to the
+satisfaction of those who propose them, the god is put tenderly to bed
+in the trough, and the whole company unite in a long chant, led off
+by Kolory. This ended, the ceremony is over; the chiefs rise to their
+feet in high good humour, and my Lord Archbishop, after chatting
+awhile, and regaling himself with a whiff or two from a pipe of tobacco,
+tucks the canoe under his arm and marches off with it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The whole of these proceedings were like those of a parcel of children
+playing with dolls and baby-houses.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For a youngster scarcely ten inches high, and with so few early advantages
+as he doubtless had had, Moa Artua was certainly a precocious
+little fellow, if he really said all that was imputed to him; but for what
+reason this poor devil of a deity, thus cuffed about, cajoled, and shut
+up in a box, was held in greater estimation than the full-grown and
+dignified personages of the Taboo Groves, I cannot divine. And yet
+Mehevi, and other chiefs of unquestionable veracity—to say nothing
+of the Primate himself—assured me over and over again that Moa Artua
+was the tutelary deity of Typee, and was more to be held in honour
+than a whole battalion of the clumsy idols in the Hoolah Hoolah
+grounds. Kory-Kory—who seemed to have devoted considerable attention
+to the study of theology, as he knew the names of all the graven
+images in the valley, and often repeated them over to me—likewise
+entertained some rather enlarged ideas with regard to the character
+and pretensions of Moa Artua. He once gave me to understand, with
+a gesture there was no misconceiving, that if he (Moa Artua) were so
+minded, he could cause a cocoa-nut tree to sprout out of his (Kory-Kory’s)
+head; and that it would be the easiest thing in life for him
+(Moa Artua) to take the whole island of Nukuheva in his mouth, and
+dive down to the bottom of the sea with it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But, in sober seriousness, I hardly knew what to make of the religion
+of the valley. There was nothing that so much perplexed the illustrious
+Cook, in his intercourse with the South Sea islanders, as their
+<pb n='193'/><anchor id='Pg193'/>sacred rites. Although this prince of navigators was in many instances
+assisted by interpreters in the prosecution of his researches,
+he still frankly acknowledges that he was at a loss to obtain anything
+like a clear insight into the puzzling arcana of their faith. A similar
+admission has been made by other eminent voyagers,—by Carteret,
+Byron, Kotzebue, and Vancouver.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For my own part, although hardly a day passed while I remained
+upon the island that I did not witness some religious ceremony or
+other, it was very much like seeing a parcel of <q>Freemasons</q> making
+secret signs to each other: I saw everything, but could comprehend
+nothing.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On the whole, I am inclined to believe that the islanders in the
+Pacific have no fixed and definite ideas whatever on the subject of religion.
+I am persuaded that Kolory himself would be effectually posed
+were he called upon to draw up the articles of his faith, and pronounce
+the creed by which he hoped to be saved. In truth, the Typees, so
+far as their actions evince, submitted to no laws, human or divine—always
+excepting the thrice mysterious Taboo. The <q>independent
+electors</q> of the valley were not to be browbeaten by chiefs, priests,
+idols, or devils. As for the luckless idols, they received more hard
+knocks than supplications. I do not wonder that some of them looked
+so grim, and stood so bolt upright, as if fearful of looking to the right
+or the left, lest they should give any one offence. The fact is, they
+had to carry themselves <q><hi rend='italic'>pretty straight</hi>,</q> or suffer the consequences.
+Their worshippers were such a precious set of fickle-minded and irreverent
+heathens, that there was no telling when they might topple one
+of them over, break it to pieces, and making a fire with it on the very
+altar itself, fall to roasting the offerings of bread-fruit, and eat them
+in spite of its teeth.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In how little reverence these unfortunate deities were held by the
+natives, was on one occasion most convincingly proved to me. Walking
+with Kory-Kory through the deepest recesses of the groves, I perceived
+a curious-looking image about six feet in height, which
+origi<pb n='194'/><anchor id='Pg194'/>nally had been placed upright against a low pi-pi, surmounted by a
+ruinous bamboo temple, but having become fatigued and weak in the
+knees, was now carelessly leaning against it. The idol was partly
+concealed by the foliage of a tree which stood near, and whose leafy
+boughs drooped over the pile of stones, as if to protect the rude fane
+from the decay to which it was rapidly hastening. The image itself
+was nothing more than a grotesquely-shaped log, carved in the likeness
+of a portly naked man, with the arms clasped over the head, the jaws
+thrown wide apart, and its thick shapeless legs bowed into an arch.
+It was much decayed. The lower part was overgrown with a bright
+silky moss. Thin spears of grass sprouted from the distended mouth,
+and fringed the outline of the head and arms. His godship had literally
+attained a green old age. All its prominent points were bruised
+and battered or entirely rotted away. The nose had taken its departure,
+and from the general appearance of the head, it might have been
+supposed that the wooden divinity, in despair at the neglect of its worshippers,
+had been trying to beat its own brains out against the surrounding
+trees.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I drew near, to inspect more closely this strange object of idolatry,
+but halted reverently at the distance of two or three paces, out of regard
+of the religious prejudices of my valet. As soon, however, as
+Kory-Kory perceived that I was in one of my inquiring, scientific
+moods, to my astonishment he sprang to the side of the idol, and pushing
+it away from the stones against which it rested, endeavoured to
+make it stand upon its legs. But the divinity had lost the use of them
+altogether; and while Kory-Kory was trying to prop it up, by placing
+a stick between it and pi-pi, the monster fell clumsily to the ground,
+and would infallibly have broken its neck had not Kory-Kory providentially
+broken its fall, by receiving its whole weight on his own half-crushed
+back. I never saw the honest fellow in such a rage before.
+He leaped furiously to his feet, and, seizing the stick, began beating
+the poor image, every moment or two pausing and talking to it in the
+most violent manner, as if upbraiding it for the accident. When his
+<pb n='195'/><anchor id='Pg195'/>indignation had subsided a little, he whirled the idol about most profanely,
+so as to give me an opportunity of examining it on all sides. I
+am quite sure I never should have presumed to have taken such liberties
+with the god myself, and I was not a little shocked at Kory-Kory’s
+impiety.
+</p>
+
+</div><div type="chapter" n="24" rend="page-break-before: always">
+<pb n='196'/><anchor id='Pg196'/>
+<index index="toc" level1="XXIV. Beauty of the Typees"/><index index="pdf"/>
+    <head>CHAPTER XXIV</head>
+
+<argument><p>
+General information gathered at the festival—Personal beauty of the Typees—Their
+superiority over the inhabitants of the other islands—Diversity
+of complexion—A vegetable cosmetic and ointment—Testimony of voyagers
+to the uncommon beauty of the Marquesans—Few evidences of intercourse
+with civilized beings—Dilapidated musket—Primitive simplicity
+of government—Regal dignity of Mehevi.
+</p>
+</argument>
+<p>
+Although I had been unable during the late festival to obtain information
+on many interesting subjects which had much excited my curiosity,
+still that important event had not passed by without adding
+materially to my general knowledge of the islanders.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I was especially struck by the physical strength and beauty which
+they displayed, by their great superiority in these respects over the
+inhabitants of the neighbouring bay of Nukuheva, and by the singular
+contrasts they presented among themselves in their various shades of
+complexion.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In beauty of form they surpassed anything I had ever seen. Not a
+single instance of natural deformity was observable in all the throng
+attending the revels. Occasionally I noticed among the men the scars
+of wounds they had received in battle; and sometimes, though very
+seldom, the loss of a finger, an eye, or an arm, attributable to the same
+cause. With these exceptions, every individual appeared free from
+those blemishes which sometimes mar the effect of an otherwise perfect
+form. But their physical excellence did not merely consist in an
+exemption from these evils; nearly every individual of their number
+might have been taken for a sculptor’s model.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When I remembered that these islanders derived no advantage from
+dress, but appeared in all the naked simplicity of nature, I could not
+avoid comparing them with the fine gentlemen and dandies who promenade
+such unexceptional figures in our frequented thoroughfares.
+<pb n='197'/><anchor id='Pg197'/>Stripped of the cunning artifices of the tailor, and standing forth in
+the garb of Eden,—what a sorry set of round-shouldered, spindle-shanked,
+crane-necked varlets would civilized men appear! Stuffed
+calves, padded breasts, and scientifically cut pantaloons would then
+avail them nothing, and the effect would be truly deplorable.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Nothing in the appearance of the islanders struck me more forcibly
+than the whiteness of their teeth. The novelist always compares the
+masticators of his heroine to ivory; but I boldly pronounce the teeth of
+the Typees to be far more beautiful than ivory itself. The jaws of
+the oldest greybeards among them were much better garnished than
+those of the youths of civilized countries; while the teeth of the young
+and middle-aged, in their purity and whiteness, were actually dazzling
+to the eye. This marvellous whiteness of the teeth is to be ascribed to
+the pure vegetable diet of these people, and the uninterrupted healthfulness
+of their natural mode of life.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The men, in almost every instance, are of lofty stature, scarcely ever
+less than six feet in height, while the other sex are uncommonly diminutive.
+The early period of life at which the human form arrives at
+maturity in this generous tropical climate likewise deserves to be mentioned.
+A little creature, not more than thirteen years of age, who in
+other particulars might be regarded as a mere child, is often seen nursing
+her own baby; whilst lads who, under less ripening skies, would
+be still at school, are here responsible fathers of families.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On first entering the Typee valley, I had been struck with the marked
+contrast presented by its inhabitants with those of the bay I had previously
+left. In the latter place, I had not been favourably impressed
+with the personal appearance of the male portion of the population; although
+with the females, excepting in some truly melancholy instances,
+I had been wonderfully pleased.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Apart, however, from these considerations, I am inclined to believe
+that there exists a radical difference between the two tribes, if indeed
+they are not distinct races of men. To those who have merely touched
+at Nukuheva Bay, without visiting other portions of the island,
+<pb n='198'/><anchor id='Pg198'/>would hardly appear credible the diversities presented between the
+various small clans inhabiting so diminutive a spot. But the hereditary
+hostility which has existed between them for ages fully accounts
+for this.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Not so easy, however, is it to assign an adequate cause for the endless
+variety of complexions to be seen in the Typee valley. During
+the festival, I had noticed several young females whose skins were almost
+as white as any Saxon damsel’s, a slight dash of the mantling
+brown being all that marked the difference. This comparative fairness
+of complexion, though in a great degree perfectly natural, is partly
+the result of an artificial process, and of an entire exclusion from the
+sun. The juice of the <q>papa</q> root, found in great abundance at the
+head of the valley, is held in great esteem as a cosmetic, with which
+many of the females daily anoint their whole person. The habitual
+use of it whitens and beautifies the skin. Those of the young girls who
+resort to this method of heightening their charms, never expose themselves
+to the rays of the sun; an observance, however, that produces
+little or no inconvenience, since there are but few of the inhabited
+portions of the vale which are not shaded over with a spreading canopy
+of boughs, so that one may journey from house to house, scarcely deviating
+from the direct course, and yet never once see his shadow cast
+upon the ground.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The <q>papa,</q> when used, is suffered to remain upon the skin for several
+hours; being of a light green colour, it consequently imparts for
+the time a similar hue to the complexion. Nothing, therefore, can be
+imagined more singular than the appearance of these nearly naked
+damsels immediately after the application of the cosmetic. To look
+at one of them you would almost suppose she was some vegetable in an
+unripe state; and that, instead of living in the shade for ever, she
+ought to be placed out in the sun to ripen.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+All the islanders are more or less in the habit of anointing themselves;
+the women preferring the <q>aker</q> or <q>papa,</q> and the men using
+the oil of the cocoa-nut. Mehevi was remarkably fond of mollifying
+<pb n='199'/><anchor id='Pg199'/>his entire cuticle with this ointment. Sometimes he might be seen
+with his whole body fairly reeking with the perfumed oil of the nut,
+looking as if he had just emerged from a soap-boiler’s vat, or had undergone
+the process of dipping in a tallow-chandlery. To this cause,
+perhaps, united to their frequent bathing, and extreme cleanliness, is
+ascribable, in a great measure, the marvellous purity and smoothness
+of skin exhibited by the natives in general.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The prevailing tint among the women of the valley was a light olive,
+and of this style of complexion Fayaway afforded the most beautiful
+example. Others were still darker, while not a few were of a genuine
+golden colour, and some of a swarthy hue.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As agreeing with much previously mentioned in this narrative, I
+may here observe, that Mendanna, their discoverer, in his account of
+the Marquesas, described the natives as wondrously beautiful to behold,
+and as nearly resembling the people of Southern Europe. The
+first of these islands seen by Mendanna was La Madelena, which is not
+far distant from Nukuheva; and its inhabitants in every respect resemble
+those dwelling on that and the other islands of the group. <anchor id="corr199"/><corr sic="Figneroa">Figueroa</corr>,
+the chronicler of Mendanna’s voyage, says, that on the morning
+the land was descried, when the Spaniards drew near the shore, there
+sallied forth, in rude procession, about seventy canoes, and at the same
+time many of the inhabitants (females, I presume) made towards the
+ships by swimming. He adds, that <q>in complexion they were nearly
+white, of good stature, and finely formed; and on their faces and
+bodies were delineated representations of fishes and other devices.</q>
+The old Don then goes on to say, <q>There came, among others, two lads
+paddling their canoe, whose eyes were fixed on the ship; they had
+beautiful faces, and the most promising animation of countenance,
+and were in all things so becoming, that the pilot-mayor, Quiros, affirmed,
+nothing in his life ever caused him so much regret as the leaving
+such fine creatures to be lost in that country.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Some of the natives present at the Feast of Calabashes had displayed
+a few articles of European dress, disposed, however, about their
+per<pb n='200'/><anchor id='Pg200'/>sons after their own peculiar fashion. Among these I perceived the
+two pieces of cotton cloth which poor Toby and myself had bestowed
+upon our youthful guides the afternoon we entered the valley. They
+were evidently reserved for gala days; and during those of the festival
+they rendered the young islanders who wore them very distinguished
+characters. The small number who were similarly adorned, and the
+great value they appeared to place upon the most common and most
+trivial articles, furnished ample evidence of the very restricted intercourse
+they held with vessels touching at the island. A few cotton
+handkerchiefs of a gay pattern, tied about the neck, and suffered to
+fall over the shoulders, strips of fanciful calico, swathed about the
+loins, were nearly all I saw.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Indeed, throughout the valley, there were few things of any kind
+to be seen of European origin. All I ever saw, besides the articles
+just alluded to, were the six muskets preserved in the Ti, and three or
+four similar implements of warfare hung up in other houses, some
+small canvas bags, partly filled with bullets and powder, and half a
+dozen old hatchet-heads, with the edges blunted and battered to such
+a degree as to render them utterly worthless. These last seemed to
+be regarded as nearly worthless by the natives; and several times they
+held up one of them before me, and throwing it aside with a gesture
+of disgust, manifested their contempt for anything that could so soon
+become unserviceable.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But the muskets, the powder, and the bullets, were held in most
+extravagant esteem. The former, from their great age and the peculiarities
+they exhibited, were well worthy a place in any antiquarian’s
+armoury. I remember, in particular, one that hung in the Ti,
+and which Mehevi—supposing as a matter of course that I was able
+to repair it—had put into my hands for that purpose. It was one
+of those clumsy, old-fashioned English pieces known generally as Tower
+Hill muskets, and, for aught I know, might have been left on the
+island by Wallace, Carteret, Cook, or Vancouver. The stock was half-rotten
+and worm-eaten; the lock was as rusty and about as well adapted
+<pb n='201'/><anchor id='Pg201'/>to its ostensible purpose as an old door-hinge; the threading of the
+screws about the trigger was completely worn away; while the barrel
+shook in the wood. Such was the weapon the chief desired me to
+restore to its original condition. As I did not possess the accomplishments
+of a gunsmith, and was likewise destitute of the necessary tools,
+I was reluctantly obliged to signify my inability to perform the task.
+At this unexpected communication Mehevi regarded me, for a moment,
+as if he half suspected I was some inferior sort of white man, who after
+all did not know much more than a Typee. However, after a most
+laboured explanation of the matter, I succeeded in making him understand
+the extreme difficulty of the task. Scarcely satisfied with my
+apologies, however, he marched off with the superannuated musket in
+something of a huff, as if he would no longer expose it to the indignity
+of being manipulated by such unskilful fingers.
+</p>
+    <anchor id="illus6"/>
+<pgIf output='txt'><then>
+  <p rend="margin-left: 2; margin-right: 2">[Illustration: MEHEVI]</p>
+</then><else><pgIf output="pdf"><then><p><figure url="images/illus6.jpg" rend="width: 100%"><head><hi rend="font-size: small">MEHEVI</hi></head></figure></p></then>
+<else><p><figure url="images/illus6th.jpg"><head><xref url="images/illus6.jpg"><hi rend="font-size: small">MEHEVI</hi></xref></head><figDesc>Illustration: MEHEVI</figDesc></figure></p></else></pgIf>
+</else></pgIf>
+<p>
+During the festival, I had not failed to remark the simplicity of
+manner, the freedom from all restraint, and, to a certain degree, the
+equality of condition manifested by the natives in general. No one
+appeared to assume any arrogant pretensions. There was little more
+than a slight difference in costume to distinguish the chiefs from the
+other natives. All appeared to mix together freely, and without any
+reserve; although I noticed that the wishes of a chief, even when delivered
+in the mildest tone, received the same immediate obedience
+which elsewhere would have been only accorded to a peremptory command.
+What may be the extent of the authority of the chiefs over
+the rest of the tribe, I will not venture to assert; but from all I saw
+during my stay in the valley, I was induced to believe that in matters
+concerning the general welfare it was very limited. The required degree
+of deference towards them, however, was willingly and cheerfully
+yielded; and as all authority is transmitted from father to son, I have
+no doubt that one of the effects here, as elsewhere, of high birth, is to
+induce respect and obedience.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The particular grades of rank existing among the chiefs of Typee,
+I could not in all cases determine. Previous to the Feast of
+Cala<pb n='202'/><anchor id='Pg202'/>bashes, I had been puzzled what particular station to assign to Mehevi.
+But the important part he took upon that occasion convinced me that
+he had no superior among the inhabitants of the valley. I had invariably
+noticed a certain degree of deference paid to him by all with
+whom I had ever seen him brought in contact; but when I remembered
+that my wanderings had been confined to a limited portion of the
+valley, and that towards the sea a number of distinguished chiefs resided,
+some of whom had separately visited me at Marheyo’s house,
+and whom, until the festival, I had never seen in the company of Mehevi,
+I felt disposed to believe that his rank, after all, might not be
+particularly elevated.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The revels, however, had brought together all the warriors whom I
+had seen individually and in groups at different times and places.
+Among them Mehevi moved with an easy air of superiority which was
+not to be mistaken; and he whom I had only looked at as the hospitable
+host of the Ti, and one of the military leaders of the tribe, now assumed
+in my eyes the dignity of royal station. His striking costume,
+no less than his naturally commanding figure, seemed indeed to give
+him pre-eminence over the rest. The towering helmet of feathers
+that he wore raised him in height above all who surrounded him; and
+though some others were similarly adorned, the length and luxuriance
+of their plumes were far inferior to his.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mehevi was in fact the greatest of the chiefs—the head of his clan—the
+sovereign of the valley; and the simplicity of the social institutions
+of the people could not have been more completely proved than by
+the fact, that after having been several weeks in the valley, and almost
+in daily intercourse with Mehevi, I should have remained until
+the time of the festival ignorant of his regal character. But a new
+light had now broken in upon me. The Ti was the palace—and Mehevi
+the king. Both the one and the other of a most simple and patriarchal
+nature it must be allowed, and wholly unattended by the
+ceremonious pomp which usually surrounds the purple.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After having made this discovery I could not avoid congratulating
+<pb n='203'/><anchor id='Pg203'/>myself that Mehevi had from the first taken me as it were under his
+royal protection, and that he still continued to entertain for me the
+warmest regard, as far at least as I was enabled to judge from appearances.
+For the future I determined to pay most assiduous court to
+him, hoping that eventually through his kindness I might obtain my
+liberty.
+</p>
+
+</div><div type="chapter" n="25" rend="page-break-before: always">
+<pb n='204'/><anchor id='Pg204'/>
+<index index="toc" level1="XXV. Marriage Customs"/><index index="pdf"/>
+<head>CHAPTER XXV</head>
+
+<argument><p>
+King Mehevi—Conduct of Marheyo and Mehevi in certain delicate matters—Peculiar
+system of marriage—Number of population—Uniformity—Embalming—Places
+of sepulture—Funeral obsequies at Nukuheva—Number
+of inhabitants in Typee—Location of the dwellings—Happiness
+enjoyed in the valley.
+</p>
+</argument>
+<p>
+King Mehevi!—A goodly sounding title!—and why should I not
+bestow it upon the foremost man in the valley? All hail, therefore,
+Mehevi, king over all the Typees! and long life and prosperity to his
+tropical majesty! But to be sober again after this loyal burst.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Previously to seeing the Dancing Widows I had little idea that
+there were any matrimonial relations subsisting in Typee, and I should
+as soon have thought of a Platonic affection being cultivated between
+the sexes, as of the solemn connexion of man and wife. To be sure,
+there were old Marheyo and Tinor, who seemed to live together quite
+sociably; but for all that, I had sometimes observed a comical-looking
+old gentleman, dressed in a suit of shabby tattooing, who appeared
+to be equally at home. This behaviour, until subsequent discoveries
+enlightened me, puzzled me more than anything else I witnessed in
+Typee.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As for Mehevi, I had supposed him a confirmed bachelor, as well
+as most of the principal chiefs. At any rate, if they had wives and
+families, they ought to have been ashamed of themselves; for sure I
+am, they never troubled themselves about any domestic affairs. In
+truth, Mehevi seemed to be the president of a club of hearty fellows
+who kept <q>Bachelor’s Hall</q> in fine style at the Ti. I had no doubt
+but that they regarded children as odious incumbrances; and their
+ideas of domestic felicity were sufficiently shown in the fact, that
+they allowed no meddlesome housekeepers to turn topsy-turvy those
+snug little arrangements they had made in their comfortable dwelling.
+<pb n='205'/><anchor id='Pg205'/>I strongly suspected, however, that some of those jolly bachelors were
+carrying on love intrigues with the maidens of the tribe, although they
+did not appear publicly to acknowledge them. I happened to pop
+upon Mehevi three or four times when he was romping—in a most
+undignified manner for a warrior king—with one of the prettiest little
+witches in the valley. She lived with an old woman and a young man,
+in a house near Marheyo’s; and although in appearance a mere child
+herself, had a noble boy about a year old, who bore a marvellous resemblance
+to Mehevi, whom I should certainly have believed to have
+been the father, were it not that the little fellow had no triangle on
+his face. Mehevi, however, was not the only person upon whom the
+damsel Moonoony smiled—the young fellow of fifteen, who permanently
+resided in the house with her, was decidedly in her good graces.
+This too was a mystery which, with others of the same kind, was afterwards
+satisfactorily explained.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+During the second day of the Feast of Calabashes, Kory-Kory—being
+determined that I should have some understanding on these
+matters—had, in the course of his explanations, directed my attention
+to a peculiarity I had frequently marked among many of the females,—principally
+those of a mature age and rather matronly appearance.
+This consisted in having the right hand and the left foot most elaborately
+tattooed; while the rest of the body was wholly free from the operation
+of the art, with the exception of the minutely dotted lips and
+slight marks on the shoulders, to which I have previously referred as
+comprising the sole tattooing exhibited by Fayaway, in common with
+other young girls of her age. The hand and foot thus embellished,
+were, according to Kory-Kory, the distinguishing badge of wedlock, so
+far as that social and highly commendable institution is known among
+these people. It answers, indeed, the same purpose as the plain gold
+ring worn by our fairer spouses.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After Kory-Kory’s explanation of the subject, I was for some time
+studiously respectful in the presence of all females thus distinguished,
+<pb n='206'/><anchor id='Pg206'/>and never ventured to indulge in the slightest approach to flirtation
+with any of their number.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A further insight, however, into the peculiar domestic customs of
+the inmates of the valley did away in a measure with the severity
+of my scruples, and convinced me that I was deceived in some at
+least of my conclusions. A regular system of polygamy exists among
+the islanders, but of a most extraordinary nature,—a plurality of
+husbands, instead of wives; and this solitary fact speaks volumes for
+the gentle disposition of the male population.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I was not able to learn what particular ceremony was observed in
+forming the marriage contract, but am inclined to think that it must
+have been of a very simple nature. Perhaps the mere <q>popping the
+question,</q> as it is termed with us, might have been followed by an
+immediate nuptial alliance. At any rate, tedious courtships are unknown
+in the valley of Typee.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The males considerably outnumber the females. This holds true
+of many of the islands of Polynesia, although the reverse of what
+is the case in most civilized countries. The girls are first wooed and
+won, at a very tender age, by some stripling in the household in which
+they reside. This, however, is a mere frolic of the affections, and no
+formal engagement is contracted. By the time this first love has a
+little subsided, a second suitor presents himself, of graver years, and
+carries both boy and girl away to his own habitation. This disinterested
+and generous-hearted fellow now weds the young couple—marrying
+damsel and lover at the same time—and all three thenceforth live
+together as harmoniously as so many turtles. I have heard of some
+men who in civilized countries rashly marry large families with their
+wives, but had no idea that there was any place where people married
+supplementary husbands with them. Infidelity on either side is very
+rare. No man has more than one wife, and no wife of mature years
+has less than two husbands,—sometimes she has three, but such instances
+are not frequent. The marriage tie, whatever it may be, does
+<pb n='207'/><anchor id='Pg207'/>not appear to be indissoluble; for separations occasionally happen.
+These, however, when they do take place, produce no unhappiness,
+and are preceded by no bickerings: for the simple reason, that an ill-used
+wife or a hen-pecked husband is not obliged to file a bill in
+chancery to obtain a divorce. As nothing stands in the way of a
+separation, the matrimonial yoke sits easily and lightly, and a Typee
+wife lives on very pleasant and sociable terms with her husbands.
+On the whole, wedlock, as known among these Typees, seems to be of
+a more distinct and enduring nature than is usually the case with
+barbarous people.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But, notwithstanding its existence among them, the scriptural injunction
+to increase and multiply seems to be but indifferently attended
+to. I never saw any of those large families, in arithmetical or step-ladder
+progression, which one often meets with at home. I never
+knew of more than two youngsters living together in the same home,
+and but seldom even that number. As for the women, it was very
+plain that the anxieties of the nursery but seldom disturbed the
+serenity of their souls; and they were never seen going about
+the valley with half a score of little ones tagging at their apron-strings,
+or rather at the bread-fruit leaf they usually wore in the rear.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I have before had occasion to remark that I never saw any of the
+ordinary signs of a place of sepulture in the valley, a circumstance
+which I attributed, at the time, to my living in a particular part of it,
+and being forbidden to extend my ramble to any considerable distance
+towards the sea. I have since thought it probable, however, that the
+Typees, either desirous of removing from their sight the evidences of
+mortality, or prompted by a taste for rural beauty, may have some
+charming cemetery situated in the shadowy recesses along the base of
+the mountains. At Nukuheva, two or three large quadrangular
+<q>pi-pis,</q> heavily flagged, enclosed with regular stone walls, and shaded
+over and almost hidden from view by the interlacing branches of
+enormous trees, were pointed out to me as burial-places. The bodies,
+<pb n='208'/><anchor id='Pg208'/>I understood, were deposited in rude vaults beneath the flagging, and
+were suffered to remain there without being disinterred. Although
+nothing could be more strange and gloomy than the aspect of these
+places, where the lofty trees threw their dark shadows over rude
+blocks of stone, a stranger looking at them would have discerned none
+of the ordinary evidences of a place of sepulture.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+During my stay in the valley, as none of its inmates were so accommodating
+as to die and be buried in order to gratify my curiosity
+with regard to their funeral rites, I was reluctantly obliged to remain
+in ignorance of them. As I have reason to believe, however, that the
+observances of the Typees in these matters are the same with those
+of all other tribes on the island, I will here relate a scene I chanced
+to witness at Nukuheva.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A young man had died, about daybreak, in a house near the beach.
+I had been sent ashore that morning, and saw a good deal of the
+preparations they were making for his obsequies. The body, neatly
+wrapped in new white tappa, was laid out in an open shed of cocoa-nut
+boughs, upon a bier constructed of elastic bamboos ingeniously
+twisted together. This was supported, about two feet from the ground,
+by large canes planted uprightly in the earth. Two females, of a dejected
+appearance, watched by its side, plaintively chanting, and
+beating the air with large grass fans whitened with pipe-clay. In
+the dwelling-house adjoining a numerous company were assembled,
+and various articles of food were being prepared for consumption.
+Two or three individuals, distinguished by head-dresses of beautiful
+tappa, and wearing a great number of ornaments, appeared to officiate
+as masters of the ceremonies. By noon the entertainment had fairly
+begun, and we were told that it would last during the whole of the
+two following days. With the exception of those who mourned by the
+corpse, every one seemed disposed to drown the sense of the late
+bereavement in convivial indulgence. The girls, decked out in their
+savage finery, danced; the old men chanted; the warriors smoked and
+chatted; and the young and lusty, of both sexes, feasted plentifully, and
+<pb n='209'/><anchor id='Pg209'/>seemed to enjoy themselves as pleasantly as they could have done had
+it been a wedding.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The islanders understand the art of embalming, and practice it
+with such success, that the bodies of their great chiefs are frequently
+preserved for many years in the very houses where they died. I saw
+three of these in my visit to the bay of Tior. One was enveloped in
+immense folds of tappa, with only the face exposed, and hung erect
+against the side of the dwelling. The others were stretched out upon
+biers of bamboo, in open, elevated temples, which seemed consecrated
+to their memory. The heads of enemies killed in battle are invariably
+preserved, and hung up as trophies in the house of the conqueror. I
+am not acquainted with the process which is in use, but believe that
+fumigation is the principal agency employed. All the remains which
+I saw presented the appearance of a ham after being suspended for
+some time in a smoky chimney.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But to return from the dead to the living. The late festival had
+drawn together, as I had every reason to believe, the whole population
+of the vale, and consequently I was enabled to make some estimate
+with regard to its numbers. I should imagine that there were about
+two thousand inhabitants in Typee; and no number could have been
+better adapted to the extent of the valley. The valley is some nine
+miles in length, and may average one in breadth, the houses being
+distributed at wide intervals throughout its whole extent, principally,
+however, towards the head of the vale. There are no villages. The
+houses stand here and there in the shadow of the groves, or are scattered
+along the banks of the winding stream; their golden-hued bamboo
+sides and gleaming white thatch, forming a beautiful contrast to
+the perpetual verdure in which they are embowered. There are no
+roads of any kind in the valley. Nothing but a labyrinth of footpaths,
+twisting and turning among the thickets without end.
+</p>
+
+</div><div type="chapter" n="26" rend="page-break-before: always">
+<pb n='210'/><anchor id='Pg210'/>
+<index index="toc" level1="XXVI. Social Conditions"/><index index="pdf"/>
+<head>CHAPTER XXVI
+</head>
+
+<argument><p>
+The social condition and general character of the Typees.
+</p>
+</argument>
+<p>
+There seemed to be no rogues of any kind in Typee. In the darkest
+nights the natives slept securely, with all their worldly wealth around
+them, in houses the doors of which were never fastened. The disquieting
+ideas of theft or assassination never disturbed them. Each
+islander reposed beneath his own palmetto-thatching, or sat under
+his own bread-fruit, with none to molest or alarm him. There was not
+a padlock in the valley, nor anything that answered the purpose of one:
+still there was no community of goods. This long spear, so elegantly
+carved and highly polished, belongs to Warmoonoo—it is far handsomer
+than the one which old Marheyo so greatly prizes—it is the most
+valuable article belonging to its owner. And yet I have seen it leaning
+against a cocoa-nut tree in the grove, and there it was found when
+sought for. Here is a sperm-whale tooth, graven all over with cunning
+devices—it is the property of Kurluna. It is the most precious of the
+damsel’s ornaments. In her estimation, its price is far above rubies;
+and yet there hangs the dental jewel, by its cord of braided bark,
+in the girl’s house, which is far back in the valley; the door is left
+open, and all the inmates have gone off to bathe in the stream.<note place="foot">The strict honesty which the inhabitants of nearly all the Polynesian
+Islands manifest towards each other, is in striking contrast with the thieving
+propensities some of them evince in their intercourse with foreigners. It
+would almost seem that, according to their peculiar code of morals, the pilfering
+of a hatchet or a wrought nail from a European is looked upon as a
+praiseworthy action. Or rather, it may be presumed, that bearing in mind
+the wholesale forays made upon them by their nautical visitors, they consider
+the property of the latter as a fair object of reprisal. This consideration,
+while it serves to reconcile an apparent contradiction in the moral character
+of the islanders, should in some measure alter that low opinion of it which
+the reader of South Sea voyages is too apt to form.</note>
+</p>
+
+<pb n='211'/><anchor id='Pg211'/>
+
+<p>
+So much for the respect in which such matters are held in Typee.
+As to the land of the valley, whether it was the joint property of its
+inhabitants, or whether it was parcelled out among a certain number
+of landed proprietors, who allowed everybody to roam over it as much
+as they pleased, I never could ascertain. At any rate, musty parchments
+and title-deeds there were none in the island; and I am half
+inclined to believe that its inhabitants hold their broad valleys in
+fee simple from nature herself.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Yesterday I saw Kory-Kory hie him away, armed with a long pole,
+with which, standing on the ground, he knocked down the fruit from
+the topmost boughs of the trees, and brought them home in his basket
+of cocoa-nut leaves. To-day I see an islander, whom I know to reside
+in a distant part of the valley, doing the self-same thing. On the
+sloping bank of the stream were a number of banana trees. I have
+often seen a score or two of young people making a merry foray on
+the great golden clusters, and bearing them off, one after another, to
+different parts of the vale, shouting and tramping as they went. No
+churlish old curmudgeon could have been the owner of that grove of
+bread-fruit trees, or of these gloriously yellow bunches of bananas.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From what I have said, it will be perceived that there is a vast
+difference between <q>personal property</q> and <q>real estate</q> in the valley
+of Typee. Some individuals, of course, are more wealthy than others.
+For example: the ridge-pole of Marheyo’s house bends under the weight
+of many a huge packet of tappa; his long couch is laid with mats placed
+one upon the other seven deep. Outside, Tinor has ranged along in
+her bamboo cupboard—or whatever the place may be called—a goodly
+array of calabashes and wooden trenchers. Now, the house just beyond
+the grove, and next to Marheyo’s, occupied by Ruaruga, is not
+quite so well furnished. There are only three moderate-sized packages
+swinging overhead; there are only two layers of mats beneath; and
+the calabashes and trenchers are not so numerous, nor so tastefully
+stained and carved. But then, Ruaruga has a house—not so pretty
+<pb n='212'/><anchor id='Pg212'/>a one, to be sure—but just as commodious as Marheyo’s; and, I suppose,
+if he wished to vie with his neighbour’s establishment, he could
+do so with very little trouble. These, in short, constitute the chief
+differences perceivable in the relative wealth of the people in Typee.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They lived in great harmony with each other. I will give an instance
+of their fraternal feeling.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One day, in returning with Kory-Kory from my accustomed visit to
+the Ti, we passed by a little opening in the grove; on one side of which,
+my attendant informed me, was that afternoon to be built a dwelling of
+bamboo. At least a hundred of the natives were bringing materials
+to the ground, some carrying in their hands one or two of the canes
+which were to form the sides, others slender rods of the Habiscus,
+strung with palmetto leaves, for the roof. Every one contributed
+something to the work; and by the united, but easy, and even indolent,
+labours of all, the entire work was completed before sunset. The
+islanders, while employed in erecting this tenement, reminded me
+of a colony of beavers at work. To be sure, they were hardly as silent
+and demure as those wonderful creatures, nor were they by any means
+as diligent. To tell the truth, they were somewhat inclined to be
+lazy, but a perfect tumult of hilarity prevailed; and they worked together
+so unitedly, and seemed actuated by such an instinct of friendliness,
+that it was truly beautiful to behold.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Not a single female took part in this employment: and if the degree
+of consideration in which the ever-adorable sex is held by the men be—as
+the philosophers affirm—a just criterion of the degree of refinement
+among a people, then I may truly pronounce the Typees to be as polished
+a community as ever the sun shone upon. The religious restrictions
+of the taboo alone excepted, the women of the valley were allowed
+every possible indulgence. Nowhere are the ladies more assiduously
+courted; nowhere are they better appreciated as the contributors to
+our highest enjoyments; and nowhere are they more sensible of their
+power. Far different from their condition among many rude nations,
+<pb n='213'/><anchor id='Pg213'/>where the women are made to perform all the work, while their ungallant
+lords and masters lie buried in sloth, the gentle sex in the
+valley of Typee were exempt from toil—if toil it might be called—that,
+even in that tropical climate, never distilled one drop of perspiration.
+Their light household occupations, together with the manufacture
+of tappa, the platting of mats, and the polishing of drinking-vessels,
+were the only employments pertaining to the women. And
+even these resembled those pleasant avocations which fill up the elegant
+morning leisure of our fashionable ladies at home. But in these
+occupations, slight and agreeable though they were, the giddy young
+girls very seldom engaged. Indeed, these wilful, care-killing damsels
+were averse to all useful employment. Like so many spoiled beauties,
+they ranged through the groves—bathed in the stream—danced—flirted—played
+all manner of mischievous pranks, and passed their days
+in one merry round of thoughtless happiness.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+During my whole stay on the island I never witnessed a single
+quarrel, nor anything that in the slightest degree approached even to
+a dispute. The natives appeared to form one household, whose members
+were bound together by the ties of strong affection. The love of
+kindred I did not so much perceive, for it seemed blended in the general
+love; and where all were treated as brothers and sisters, it was hard
+to tell who were actually related to each other by blood.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Let it not be supposed that I have overdrawn this picture. I have
+not done so. Nor let it be urged, that the hostility of this tribe to
+foreigners, and the hereditary feuds they carry on against their fellow-islanders
+beyond the mountains, are facts which contradict me.
+Not so; these apparent discrepancies are easily reconciled. By many
+a legendary tale of violence and wrong, as well as by events which
+have passed before their eyes, these people have been taught to look
+upon white men with abhorrence. The cruel invasion of their country
+by Porter has alone furnished them with ample provocation; and
+I can sympathize in the spirit which prompts the Typee warrior to
+<pb n='214'/><anchor id='Pg214'/>guard all the passes to his valley with the point of his levelled spear,
+and, standing upon the beach, with his back turned upon his green
+home, to hold at bay the intruding European.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As to the origin of the enmity of this particular clan towards the
+neighbouring tribes, I cannot so confidently speak. I will not say
+that their foes are the aggressors, nor will I endeavour to palliate
+their conduct. But surely, if our evil passions must find vent, it is
+far better to expend them on strangers and aliens, than in the bosom
+of the community in which we dwell. In many polished countries
+civil contentions, as well as domestic enmities, are prevalent, at the
+same time that the most atrocious foreign wars are waged. How much
+less guilty, then, are our islanders, who of these three sins are only
+chargeable with one, and that the least criminal!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The reader will, ere long, have reason to suspect that the Typees are
+not free from the guilt of cannibalism; and he will then, perhaps,
+charge me with admiring a people against whom so odious a crime is
+chargeable. But this only enormity in their character is not half
+so horrible as it is usually described. According to the popular fictions,
+the crews of vessels, shipwrecked on some barbarous coast, are
+eaten alive like so many dainty joints by the uncivil inhabitants; and
+unfortunate voyagers are lured into smiling and treacherous bays;
+knocked on the head with outlandish war-clubs; and served up without
+any preliminary dressing. In truth, so horrific and improbable
+are these accounts, that many sensible and well-informed people will
+not believe that any cannibals exist; and place every book of voyages
+which purports to give any account of them, on the same shelf with
+Blue Beard and Jack the Giant-killer. While others, implicitly crediting
+the most extravagant fictions, firmly believe that there are people
+in the world with tastes so depraved, that they would infinitely prefer
+a single mouthful of material humanity to a good dinner of roast beef
+and plum pudding. But here, Truth, who loves to be centrally located,
+is again found between the two extremes; for cannibalism to a
+<pb n='215'/><anchor id='Pg215'/>certain moderate extent is practised among several of the primitive
+tribes in the Pacific, but it is upon the bodies of slain enemies alone;
+and horrible and fearful as the custom is, immeasurably as it is to be
+abhorred and condemned, still I assert that those who indulge in it
+are in other respects humane and virtuous.
+</p>
+
+</div><div type="chapter" n="27" rend="page-break-before: always">
+<pb n='216'/><anchor id='Pg216'/>
+<index index="toc" level1="XXVII. Fishing Parties"/><index index="pdf"/>
+<head>CHAPTER XXVII</head>
+
+<argument><p>
+Fishing parties—Mode of distributing the fish—Midnight banquet—Timekeeping
+tapers—Unceremonious style of eating the fish.
+</p>
+</argument>
+<p>
+There was no instance in which the social and kindly dispositions of
+the Typees were more forcibly evinced than in the manner they conducted
+their great fishing parties. Four times during my stay in the
+valley the young men assembled near the full of the moon, and went
+together on these excursions. As they were generally absent about
+forty-eight hours, I was led to believe that they went out towards the
+open sea, some distance from the bay. The Polynesians seldom use
+a hook and line, almost always employing large, well-made nets, most
+ingeniously fabricated from the twisted fibres of a certain bark. I examined
+several of them which had been spread to dry upon the beach
+at Nukuheva. They resembled very much our own seines, and I
+should think they were very nearly as durable.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+All the South Sea islanders are passionately fond of fish; but none
+of them can be more so than the inhabitants of Typee. I could not
+comprehend, therefore, why they so seldom sought it in their waters;
+for it was only at stated times that the fishing parties were formed,
+and these occasions were always looked forward to with no small degree
+of interest.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+During their absence, the whole population of the place were in a
+ferment, and nothing was talked of but <q>pehee, pehee</q> (fish, fish).
+Towards the time when they were expected to return, the vocal telegraph
+was put into operation—the inhabitants, who were scattered
+throughout the length of the valley, leaped upon rocks and into trees,
+shouting with delight at the thoughts of the anticipated treat. As
+soon as the approach of the party was announced, there was a general
+rush of the men towards the beach; some of them remaining, however,
+<pb n='217'/><anchor id='Pg217'/>about the Ti, in order to get matters in readiness for the reception of
+the fish, which were brought to the Taboo Groves in immense packages
+of leaves, each one of them being suspended from a pole carried
+on the shoulders of two men.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I was present at the Ti on one of these occasions, and the sight
+was most interesting. After all the packages had arrived, they were
+laid in a row under the verandah of the building, and opened. The
+fish were all quite small, generally about the size of a herring, and
+of every variety of colour. About one-eighth of the whole being reserved
+for the use of the Ti itself, the remainder was divided into
+numerous smaller packages, which were immediately despatched in
+every direction to the remotest part of the valley. Arrived at their
+destination, these were in turn portioned out, and equally distributed
+among the various houses of each particular district. The fish were
+under a strict Taboo, until the distribution was completed, which
+seemed to be effected in the most impartial manner. By the operation
+of this system every man, woman, and child in the vale, were at
+one and the same time partaking of this favourite article of food.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Once, I remember, the party arrived at midnight; but the unseasonableness
+of the hour did not repress the impatience of the islanders.
+The carriers despatched from the Ti were to be seen hurrying in all
+directions through the deep groves; each individual preceded by a boy
+bearing a flaming torch of dried cocoa-nut boughs, which from time to
+time was replenished from the materials scattered along the path.
+The wild glare of these enormous flambeaux, lighting up with a startling
+brilliancy the innermost recesses of the vale, and seen moving
+rapidly along beneath the canopy of leaves, the savage shout of the
+excited messengers sounding the news of their approach, which was
+answered on all sides, and the strange appearance of their naked bodies,
+seen against the gloomy background, produced altogether an effect upon
+my mind that I shall long remember.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was on this same occasion that Kory-Kory awakened me at the
+dead hour of night, and in a sort of transport communicated the
+intel<pb n='218'/><anchor id='Pg218'/>ligence contained in the words <q>pehee perni</q> (fish come). As I happened
+to have been in a remarkably sound and refreshing slumber, I
+could not imagine why the information had not been deferred until
+morning; indeed, I felt very much inclined to fly into a passion and box
+my valet’s ears; but on second thoughts I got quietly up, and on going
+outside the house was not a little interested by the moving illumination
+which I beheld.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When old Marheyo received his share of the spoils, immediate
+preparations were made for a midnight banquet; calabashes of poee-poee
+were filled to the brim; green bread-fruit were roasted; and a
+huge cake of <q>amar</q> was cut up with a sliver of bamboo, and laid
+out on an immense banana leaf.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At this supper we were lighted by several of the native tapers, held
+in the hands of young girls. These tapers are most ingeniously made.
+There is a nut abounding in the valley, called by the Typees <q>armor,</q>
+closely resembling our common horse-chestnut. The shell is broken,
+and the contents extracted whole. Any number of these are strung at
+pleasure upon the long elastic fibre that traverses the branches of the
+cocoa-nut tree. Some of these tapers are eight or ten feet in length;
+but being perfectly flexible, one end is held in a coil, while the other
+is lighted. The nut burns with a fitful bluish flame, and the oil that
+it contains is exhausted in about ten minutes. As one burns down,
+the next becomes ignited, and the ashes of the former are knocked
+into a cocoa-nut shell kept for the purpose. This primitive candle
+requires continual attention, and must be constantly held in the hand.
+The person so employed marks the lapse of time by the number of
+nuts consumed, which is easily learned by counting the bits of tappa
+distributed at regular intervals along the string.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I grieve to state so distressing a fact, but the inhabitants of Typee
+were in the habit of devouring fish much in the same way that a civilized
+being would eat a radish, and without any more previous preparation.
+They eat it raw; scales, bones, gills, and all the inside.
+The fish is held by the tail, and the head being introduced into the
+<pb n='219'/><anchor id='Pg219'/>mouth, the animal disappears with a rapidity that would at first
+nearly lead one to imagine it had been launched bodily down the
+throat.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Raw fish! Shall I ever forget my sensation when I first saw my
+island beauty devour one? Oh, heavens! Fayaway, how could you
+ever have contracted so vile a habit? However, after the first shock
+had subsided, the custom grew less odious in my eyes, and I soon accustomed
+myself to the sight. Let no one imagine, however, that the
+lovely Fayaway was in the habit of swallowing great vulgar-looking
+fishes: oh, no; with her beautiful small hand she would clasp a delicate,
+little, golden-hued love of a fish, and eat it as elegantly and as
+innocently as though it were a Naples biscuit. But, alas! it was
+after all a raw fish; and all I can say is, that Fayaway ate it in a more
+ladylike manner than any other girl of the valley.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When at Rome do as the Romans do, I held to be so good a proverb,
+that being in Typee, I made a point of doing as the Typees did. Thus
+I ate poee-poee as they did; I walked about in a garb striking for its
+simplicity; and I reposed on a community of couches; besides doing
+many other things in conformity with their peculiar habits; but the
+farthest I ever went in the way of conformity, was on several occasions
+to regale myself with raw fish. These being remarkably tender,
+and quite small, the undertaking was not so disagreeable in the main,
+and after a few trials I positively began to relish them: however, I
+subjected them to a slight operation with my knife previously to making
+my repast.
+</p>
+
+</div><div type="chapter" n="28" rend="page-break-before: always">
+<pb n='220'/><anchor id='Pg220'/>
+<index index="toc" level1="XXVIII. Natural History"/><index index="pdf"/>
+<head>CHAPTER XXVIII</head>
+
+<argument><p>
+Natural history of the valley—Golden lizards—Tameness of the birds—Mosquitoes—Flies—Dogs—A
+solitary cat—The climate—The cocoa-nut
+tree—Singular modes of climbing it—An agile young chief—Fearlessness
+of the children—Too-too and the cocoa-nut tree—The birds of the valley.
+</p>
+</argument>
+<p>
+There were some curious-looking dogs in the valley. Dogs!—big,
+hairless rats rather; all with smooth, shining, speckled hides—fat
+sides, and very disagreeable faces. Whence could they have come?
+That they were not the indigenous production of the region, I am
+firmly convinced. Indeed, they seemed aware of their being interlopers,
+looking fairly ashamed, and always trying to hide themselves
+in some dark corner. It was plain enough they did not feel at home in
+the vale—that they wished themselves well out of it, and back to the
+ugly country from which they must have come.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Scurvy curs! they were my abhorrence; I should have liked nothing
+better than to have been the death of every one of them. In fact, on
+one occasion, I intimated the propriety of a canine crusade to Mehevi
+but the benevolent king would not consent to it. He heard me very
+patiently; but when I had finished, shook his head, and told me in
+confidence, that they were <q>taboo.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As for the animal that made the fortune of my lord mayor Whittington,
+I shall never forget the day that I was lying in the house about
+noon, everybody else being fast asleep; and happening to raise my eyes,
+met those of a big black spectral cat, which sat erect in the doorway,
+looking at me with its frightful goggling green orbs, like one of those
+monstrous imps that tormented some of the olden saints! I am one
+of those unfortunate persons, to whom the sight of these animals is at
+any time an insufferable annoyance.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus constitutionally averse to cats in general, the unexpected apparition
+of this one in particular utterly confounded me. When I had
+<pb n='221'/><anchor id='Pg221'/>a little recovered from the fascination of its glance, I started up; the
+cat fled, and emboldened by this, I rushed out of the house in pursuit;
+but it had disappeared. It was the only time I ever saw one in the
+valley, and how it got there I cannot imagine. It is just possible that it
+might have escaped from one of the ships at Nukuheva. It was in
+vain to seek information on the subject from the natives, since none
+of them had seen the animal, the appearance of which remains a mystery
+to me to this day.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Among the few animals which are to be met with in Typee, there
+was none which I looked upon with more interest than a beautiful
+golden-hued species of lizard. It measured perhaps five inches from
+head to tail, and was most gracefully proportioned. Numbers of
+those creatures were to be seen basking in the sunshine upon the
+thatching of the houses, and multitudes at all hours of the day showed
+their glittering sides as they ran frolicking between the spears of grass,
+or raced in troops up and down the tall shafts of the cocoa-nut trees.
+But the remarkable beauty of these little animals and their lively
+ways were not their only claims upon my admiration. They were perfectly
+tame and insensible to fear. Frequently, after seating myself
+upon the ground in some shady place during the heat of the day, I
+would be completely overrun with them. If I brushed one off my
+arm, it would leap perhaps into my hair: when I tried to frighten it
+away by gently pinching its leg, it would turn for protection to the
+very hand that attacked it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The birds are also remarkably tame. If you happened to see one
+perched upon a branch within reach of your arm, and advanced
+towards it, it did not fly away immediately, but waited quietly looking
+at you, until you could almost touch it, and then took wing slowly,
+less alarmed at your presence, it would seem, than desirous of removing
+itself from your path. Had salt been less scarce in the valley
+than it was, this was the very place to have gone birding with it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I remember that once, on an uninhabited island of the Gallipagos, a
+bird alighted on my outstretched arm, while its mate chirped from
+<pb n='222'/><anchor id='Pg222'/>an adjoining tree. Its tameness, far from shocking me, as a similar occurrence
+did Selkirk, imparted to me the most exquisite thrill of delight
+I ever experienced; and with somewhat of the same pleasure did
+I afterwards behold the birds and lizards of the valley show their confidence
+in the kindliness of man.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Among the numerous afflictions which the Europeans have entailed
+upon some of the natives of the South Seas, is the accidental introduction
+among them of that enemy of all repose and ruffler of even
+tempers—the mosquito. At the Sandwich Islands, and at two or three
+of the Society group, there are now thriving colonies of these insects,
+who promise ere long to supplant altogether the aboriginal sand-flies.
+They sting, buzz, and torment, from one end of the year to the other,
+and by incessantly exasperating the natives, materially obstruct the
+benevolent labours of the missionaries.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From this grievous visitation, however, the Typees are as yet wholly
+exempt; but its place is unfortunately in some degree supplied by the
+occasional presence of a minute species of fly, which, without stinging,
+is nevertheless productive of no little annoyance. The tameness of the
+birds and lizards is as nothing when compared to the fearless confidence
+of this insect. He will perch upon one of your eye-lashes, and go to
+roost there, if you do not disturb him, or force his way through your
+hair, or along the cavity of the nostril, till you almost fancy he is resolved
+to explore the very brain itself. On one occasion I was so inconsiderate
+as to yawn while a number of them were hovering around
+me. I never repeated the act. Some half-dozen darted into the open
+compartment, and began walking about its ceiling; the sensation was
+dreadful. I involuntarily closed my mouth, and the poor creatures,
+being enveloped in inner darkness, must in their consternation have
+stumbled over my palate, and been precipitated into the gulf beneath.
+At any rate, though I afterwards charitably held my mouth open for
+at least five minutes, with a view of affording egress to the stragglers,
+none of them ever availed themselves of the opportunity.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There are no wild animals of any kind on the island, unless it be
+de<pb n='223'/><anchor id='Pg223'/>cided that the natives themselves are such. The mountains and the
+interior present to the eye nothing but silent solitudes, unbroken by the
+roar of beasts of prey, and enlivened by few tokens even of minute
+animated existence. There are no venomous reptiles, and no snakes
+of any description to be found in any of the valleys.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In a company of Marquesan natives the weather affords no topic
+of conversation. It can hardly be said to have any vicissitudes. The
+rainy season, it is true, brings frequent showers, but they are intermitting
+and refreshing. When an islander, bound on some expedition,
+rises from his couch in the morning, he is never solicitous to peep
+out and see how the sky looks, or ascertain from what quarter the wind
+blows. He is always sure of a <q>fine day,</q> and the promise of a few
+genial showers he hails with pleasure. There is never any of that
+<q>remarkable weather</q> on the islands which from time immemorial has
+been experienced in America, and still continues to call forth the wondering
+conversational exclamations of its elderly citizens. Nor do
+there even occur any of those eccentric meteorological changes which
+elsewhere surprise us. In the valley of Typee ice-creams would never
+be rendered less acceptable by sudden frosts, nor would picnic parties
+be deferred on account of inauspicious snowstorms: for there day follows
+day in one unvarying round of summer and sunshine, and the
+whole year is one long tropical month of June just melting into July.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It is this genial climate which causes the cocoa-nuts to flourish as
+they do. This invaluable fruit, brought to perfection by the rich soil
+of the Marquesas, and borne aloft on a stately column more than a
+hundred feet from the ground, would seem at first almost inaccessible
+to the simple natives. Indeed, the slender, smooth, and soaring shaft,
+without a single limb or protuberance of any kind to assist one in
+mounting it, presents an obstacle only to be overcome by the surprising
+agility and ingenuity of the islanders. It might be supposed that their
+indolence would lead them patiently to await the period when the ripened
+nuts, slowly parting from their stems, fall one by one to the
+ground. This certainly would be the case, were it not that the young
+<pb n='224'/><anchor id='Pg224'/>fruit, encased in a soft green husk, with the incipient meat adhering
+in a jelly-like pellicle to its sides, and containing a bumper of the
+most delicious nectar, is what they chiefly prize. They have at least
+twenty different terms to express as many progressive stages in the
+growth of the nut. Many of them reject the fruit altogether except
+at a particular period of its growth, which, incredible as it may appear,
+they seemed to me to be able to ascertain within an hour or two.
+Others are still more capricious in their tastes; and after gathering
+together a heap of the nuts of all ages, and ingeniously tapping them,
+will first sip from one and then from another, as fastidiously as
+some delicate wine-bibber experimenting, glass in hand, among his
+dusty demijohns of different vintages.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Some of the young men, with more flexible frames than their
+comrades, and perhaps with more courageous souls, had a way of walking
+up the trunk of the cocoa-nut trees which to me seemed little less
+than miraculous; and when looking at them in the act, I experienced
+that curious perplexity a child feels when he beholds a fly moving feet
+uppermost along a ceiling.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I will endeavour to describe the way in which Narnee, a noble young
+chief, sometimes performed this feat for my particular gratification;
+but his preliminary performances must also be recorded. Upon my
+signifying my desire that he should pluck me the young fruit of some
+particular tree, the handsome savage, throwing himself into a sudden
+attitude of surprise, feigns astonishment at the apparent absurdity of
+the request. Maintaining this position for a moment, the strange
+emotions depicted on his countenance soften down into one of humorous
+resignation to my will, and then, looking wistfully up to the
+tufted top of the tree, he stands on tip-toe, straining his neck and elevating
+his arms, as though endeavouring to reach the fruit from the
+ground where he stands. As if defeated in this childish attempt, he
+now sinks to the earth despondingly, beating his breast in well-acted
+despair; and then, starting to his feet all at once, and throwing back
+his head, raises both hands, like a schoolboy about to catch a falling
+<pb n='225'/><anchor id='Pg225'/>ball. After continuing this for a moment or two, as if in expectation
+that the fruit was going to be tossed down to him by some good spirit
+in the tree-top, he turns wildly round in another fit of despair, and
+scampers off to the distance of thirty or forty yards. Here he remains
+awhile, eyeing the tree, the very picture of misery; but the
+next moment, receiving, as it were, a flash of inspiration, he rushes
+again towards it, and clasping both arms about the trunk, with one
+elevated a little above the other, he presses the soles of his feet close
+together against the tree, extending his legs from it until they are
+nearly horizontal, and his body becomes doubled into an arch; then,
+hand over hand and foot after foot, he rises from the earth with steady
+rapidity, and almost before you are aware of it, has gained the cradled
+and embowered nest of nuts, and with boisterous glee flings the fruit
+to the ground.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This mode of walking the tree is only practicable where the trunk
+declines considerably from the perpendicular. This, however, is almost
+always the case; some of the perfectly straight shafts of the
+trees leaning at an angle of thirty degrees.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The less active among the men, and many of the children of the
+valley, have another method of climbing. They take a broad and stout
+piece of bark, and secure either end of it to their ankles: so that when
+the feet thus confined are extended apart, a space of little more than
+twelve inches is left between them. This contrivance greatly facilitates
+the act of climbing. The band pressed against the tree, and closely
+embracing it, yields a pretty firm support; while with the arms clasped
+about the trunk, and at regular intervals sustaining the body, the feet
+are drawn up nearly a yard at a time, and a corresponding elevation of
+the hands immediately succeeds. In this way I have seen little children,
+scarcely five years of age, fearlessly climbing the slender pole of
+a young cocoa-nut tree, and while hanging perhaps fifty feet from the
+ground, receiving the plaudits of their parents beneath, who clapped
+their hands, and encouraged them to mount still higher.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What, thought I, on first witnessing one of these exhibitions, would
+<pb n='226'/><anchor id='Pg226'/>the nervous mothers of America and England say to a similar display
+of hardihood in any of their children? The Lacedemonian nation
+might have approved of it, but most modern dames would have gone
+into hysterics at the sight.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At the top of the cocoa-nut tree the numerous branches, radiating on
+all sides from a common centre, form a sort of green and waving
+basket, between the leaflets of which you just discern the nuts thickly
+clustering together, and on the loftier trees looking no bigger from
+the ground than bunches of grapes. I remember one adventurous little
+fellow—Too-Too was the rascal’s name—who had built himself a sort
+of aërial baby-house in the picturesque tuft of a tree adjoining Marheyo’s
+habitation. He used to spend hours there,—rustling among the
+branches, and shouting with delight every time the strong gusts of
+wind, rushing down from the mountain side, swayed to and fro the
+tall and flexible column on which he was perched. Whenever I heard
+Too-Too’s musical voice sounding strangely to the ear from so great a
+height, and beheld him peeping down upon me from out his leafy
+covert, he always recalled to my mind Dibdin’s lines—
+</p>
+
+<lg>
+<l>There’s a sweet little cherub that sits up aloft,</l>
+<l>To look out for the life of poor Jack.</l>
+</lg>
+
+<p>
+Birds—bright and beautiful birds—fly over the valley of Typee.
+You see them perched aloft among the immovable boughs of the majestic
+bread-fruit trees, or gently swaying on the elastic branches of the
+Omoo; skimming over the palmetto-thatching of the bamboo huts;
+passing like spirits on the wing through the shadows of the grove,
+and sometimes descending into the bosom of the valley in gleaming
+flights from the mountains. Their plumage is purple and azure, crimson
+and white, black and gold; with bills of every tint;—bright bloody-red,
+jet black, and ivory white; and their eyes are bright and sparkling;
+they go sailing through the air in starry throngs; but, alas! the
+spell of dumbness is upon them all—there is not a single warbler in
+the valley!
+</p>
+
+<pb n='227'/><anchor id='Pg227'/>
+
+<p>
+I know not why it was, but the sight of these birds, generally the
+ministers of gladness, always oppressed me with melancholy. As in
+their dumb beauty they hovered by me whilst I was walking, or looked
+down upon me with steady curious eyes from out the foliage, I was
+almost inclined to fancy that they knew they were gazing upon a
+stranger, and that they commiserated his fate.
+</p>
+
+</div><div type="chapter" n="29" rend="page-break-before: always">
+<pb n='228'/><anchor id='Pg228'/>
+<index index="toc" level1="XXIX. Tattooing"/><index index="pdf"/>
+<head>CHAPTER XXIX</head>
+
+<argument><p>
+A professor of the fine arts—His persecutions—Something about tattooing
+and tabooing—Two anecdotes in illustration of the latter—A few
+thoughts on the Typee dialect.
+</p>
+</argument>
+<p>
+In one of my strolls with Kory-Kory, in passing along the border of
+a thick growth of bushes, my attention was arrested by a singular
+noise. On entering the thicket, I witnessed for the first time the operation
+of tattooing as performed by these islanders.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I beheld a man extended flat upon his back, on the ground, and,
+despite the forced composure of his countenance, it was evident that
+he was suffering agony. His tormentor bent over him, working away
+for all the world like a stone-cutter with mallet and chisel. In one
+hand he held a short slender stick, pointed with a shark’s tooth, on
+the upright end of which he tapped with a small hammer-like piece
+of wood, thus puncturing the skin, and charging it with the colouring
+matter in which the instrument was dipped. A cocoa-nut shell containing
+this fluid was placed upon the ground. It is prepared by
+mixing with a vegetable juice the ashes of the <q>armor,</q> or candle-nut,
+always preserved for the purpose. Beside the savage, and spread out
+upon a piece of soiled tappa, were a great number of curious black-looking
+little implements of bone and wood, used in the various divisions
+of his art. A few terminated in a single fine point, and, like
+very delicate pencils, were employed in giving the finishing touches, or
+in operating upon the more sensitive portions of the body, as was the
+case of the present instance. Others presented several points distributed
+in a line, somewhat resembling the teeth of a saw. These were
+employed in the coarser parts of the work, and particularly in pricking
+in straight marks. Some presented their points disposed in small figures,
+and being placed upon the body, were, by a single blow of the
+hammer, made to leave their indelible impression. I observed a few,
+<pb n='229'/><anchor id='Pg229'/>the handles of which were mysteriously curved, as if intended to be
+introduced into the orifice of the ear, with a view perhaps of beating
+the tattoo upon the tympanum. Altogether, the sight of these strange
+instruments recalled to mind that display of cruel-looking mother-of-pearl-handled
+things which one sees in their velvet-lined cases at the
+elbow of a dentist.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The artist was not at this time engaged on an original sketch, his
+subject being a venerable savage, whose tattooing had become somewhat
+faded with age and needed a few repairs, and accordingly he
+was merely employed in touching up the works of some of the old
+masters of the Typee school, as delineated upon the human canvas before
+him. The parts operated upon were the eyelids, where a longitudinal
+streak, like the one which adorned Kory-Kory, crossed the
+countenance of the victim.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In spite of all the efforts of the poor old man, sundry twitchings
+and screwings of the muscles of the face denoted the exquisite sensibility
+of these shutters to the windows of his soul, which he was now having
+repainted. But the artist, with a heart as callous as that of an
+army surgeon, continued his performance, enlivening his labours with
+a wild chant, tapping away the while as merrily as a woodpecker.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+So deeply engaged was he in his work, that he had not observed our
+approach, until, after having enjoyed an unmolested view of the operation,
+I chose to attract his attention. As soon as he perceived me, supposing
+that I sought him in his professional capacity, he seized hold of
+me in a paroxysm of delight, and was all eagerness to begin the work.
+When, however, I gave him to understand that he had altogether mistaken
+my views, nothing could exceed his grief and disappointment.
+But recovering from this, he seemed determined not to credit my assertion,
+and grasping his implements, he flourished them about in fearful
+vicinity to my face, going through an imaginary performance of
+his art, and every moment bursting into some admiring exclamation
+at the beauty of his designs.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Horrified at the bare thought of being rendered hideous for life
+<pb n='230'/><anchor id='Pg230'/>if the wretch were to execute his purpose upon me, I struggled to get
+away from him, while Kory-Kory, turning traitor, stood by, and besought
+me to comply with the outrageous request. On my reiterated
+refusals the excited artist got half beside himself, and was overwhelmed
+with sorrow at losing so noble an opportunity of distinguishing himself
+in his profession.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The idea of engrafting his tattooing upon my white skin filled him
+with all a painter’s enthusiasm: again and again he gazed into my
+countenance, and every fresh glimpse seemed to add to the vehemence
+of his ambition. Not knowing to what extremities he might proceed,
+and shuddering at the ruin he might inflict upon my figurehead, I
+now endeavoured to draw off his attention from it, and holding out my
+arm in a fit of desperation, signed to him to commence operations.
+But he rejected the compromise indignantly, and still continued his
+attack on my face, as though nothing short of that would satisfy him.
+When his forefinger swept across my features, in laying out the borders
+of those parallel bands which were to encircle my countenance, the
+flesh fairly crawled upon my bones. At last, half wild with terror and
+indignation, I succeeded in breaking away from the three savages, and
+fled towards old Marheyo’s house, pursued by the indomitable artist,
+who ran after me, implements in hand. Kory-Kory, however, at last
+interfered, and drew him off from the chase.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This incident opened my eyes to a new danger; and I now felt
+convinced that in some luckless hour I should be disfigured in such a
+manner as never more to have the <hi rend='italic'>face</hi> to return to my countrymen,
+even should an opportunity offer.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These apprehensions were greatly increased by the desire which
+King Mehevi and several of the inferior chiefs now manifested that
+I should be tattooed. The pleasure of the king was first signified to
+me some three days after my casual encounter with Karky the artist.
+Heavens! what imprecations I showered upon that Karky. Doubtless
+he had plotted a conspiracy against me and my countenance, and
+would never rest until his diabolical purpose was accomplished.
+Sev<pb n='231'/><anchor id='Pg231'/>eral times I met him in various parts of the valley, and, invariably,
+whenever he descried me, he came running after me with his mallet and
+chisel, flourishing them about my face as if he longed to begin. What
+an object he would have made of me!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When the king first expressed his wish to me, I made known to him
+my utter abhorrence of the measure, and worked myself into such a
+state of excitement, that he absolutely stared at me in amazement. It
+evidently surpassed his majesty’s comprehension how any sober-minded
+and sensible individual could entertain the least possible objection to so
+beautifying an operation.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Soon afterwards he repeated his suggestion, and meeting with a
+like repulse, showed some symptoms of displeasure at my obduracy.
+On his a third time renewing his request, I plainly perceived that
+something must be done, or my visage was ruined for ever; I therefore
+screwed up my courage to the sticking point, and declared my
+willingness to have both arms tattooed from just above the wrist to the
+shoulder. His majesty was greatly pleased at the proposition, and I
+was congratulating myself with having thus compromised the matter,
+when he intimated that as a thing of course my face was first to
+undergo the operation. I was fairly driven to despair; nothing but
+the utter ruin of my <q>face divine,</q> as the poets call it, would, I perceived,
+satisfy the inexorable Mehevi and his chiefs, or rather that
+infernal Karky, for he was at the bottom of it all.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The only consolation afforded me was a choice of patterns: I was
+at perfect liberty to have my face spanned by three horizontal bars,
+after the fashion of my serving-man’s; or to have as many oblique
+stripes slanting across it: or if, like a true courtier, I chose to model
+my style on that of royalty, I might wear a sort of freemason badge
+upon my countenance in the shape of a mystic triangle. However, I
+would have none of these, though the king most earnestly impressed
+upon my mind that my choice was wholly unrestricted. At last,
+seeing my unconquerable repugnance, he ceased to importune me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But not so some other of the savages. Hardly a day passed but I
+<pb n='232'/><anchor id='Pg232'/>was subjected to their annoying requests, until at last my existence became
+a burden to me; the pleasures I had previously enjoyed no longer
+afforded me delight, and all my former desire to escape from the
+valley now revived with additional force.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A fact which I soon afterwards learned augmented my apprehension.
+The whole system of tattooing was, I found, connected with their
+religion; and it was evident, therefore, that they were resolved to make
+a convert of me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the decoration of the chiefs, it seems to be necessary to exercise
+the most elaborate pencilling; while some of the inferior natives looked
+as if they had been daubed over indiscriminately with a house-painter’s
+brush. I remember one fellow who prided himself hugely upon a
+great oblong patch, placed high upon his back, and who always reminded
+me of a man with a blister of Spanish flies stuck between his
+shoulders. Another whom I frequently met had the hollow of his
+eyes tattooed in two regular squares, and his visual organs being remarkably
+brilliant, they gleamed forth from out this setting like a
+couple of diamonds inserted in ebony.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Although convinced that tattooing was a religious observance, still
+the nature of the connection between it and the superstitious idolatry
+of the people was a point upon which I could never obtain any information.
+Like the still more important system of the <q>Taboo,</q> it
+always appeared inexplicable to me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There is a marked similarity, almost an identity, between the religious
+institutions of most of the Polynesian islands, and in all exists
+the mysterious <q>Taboo,</q> restricted in its uses to a greater or less extent.
+So strange and complex in its arrangements is this remarkable
+system, that I have in several cases met with individuals who, after
+residing for years among the islands in the Pacific, and acquiring a
+considerable knowledge of the language, have nevertheless been altogether
+unable to give any satisfactory account of its operations. Situated
+as I was in the Typee valley, I perceived every hour the effects of
+this all-controlling power, without in the least comprehending it. Those
+<pb n='233'/><anchor id='Pg233'/>effects were, indeed, wide-spread and universal, pervading the most
+important as well as the minutest transactions of life. The savage, in
+short, lives in the continual observance of its dictates, which guide and
+control every action of his being.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For several days after entering the valley I had been saluted at
+least fifty times in the twenty-four hours with the talismanic word <q>Taboo</q>
+shrieked in my ears, at some gross violation of its provisions, of
+which I had unconsciously been guilty. The day after our arrival I
+happened to hand some tobacco to Toby over the head of a native who
+sat between us. He started up, as if stung by an adder; while the
+whole company, manifesting an equal degree of horror, simultaneously
+screamed out <q>Taboo!</q> I never again perpetrated a similar piece of
+ill-manners, which, indeed, was forbidden by the canons of good breeding,
+as well as by the mandates of the taboo. But it was not always so
+easy to perceive wherein you had contravened the spirit of this institution.
+I was many times called to order, if I may use the phrase,
+when I could not for the life of me conjecture what particular offence
+I had committed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One day I was strolling through a secluded portion of the valley,
+and hearing the musical sound of the cloth-mallet at a little distance,
+I turned down a path that conducted me in a few moments to a
+house where there were some half-dozen girls employed in making
+tappa. This was an operation I had frequently witnessed, and had
+handled the bark in all the various stages of its preparation. On
+the present occasion the females were intent upon their occupation,
+and after looking up and talking gaily to me for a few moments, they
+resumed their employment. I regarded them for awhile in silence,
+and then, carelessly picking up a handful of the material that lay
+around, proceeded unconsciously to pick it apart. While thus engaged,
+I was suddenly startled by a scream, like that of a whole
+boarding-school of young ladies just on the point of going into
+hysterics. Leaping up with the idea of seeing a score of Happar warriors
+about to perform anew the Sabine atrocity, I found myself
+<pb n='234'/><anchor id='Pg234'/>confronted by the company of girls, who, having dropped their work,
+stood before me with starting eyes, swelling bosoms, and fingers
+pointed in horror towards me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thinking that some venomous reptile must be concealed in the
+bark which I held in my hand, I began cautiously to separate and
+examine it. Whilst I did so the horrified girls redoubled their shrieks.
+Their wild cries and frightened motions actually alarmed me, and
+throwing down the tappa, I was about to rush from the house, when
+in the same instant their clamours ceased, and one of them, seizing
+me by the arm, pointed to the broken fibres that had just fallen from
+my grasp, and screamed in my ears the fatal word <q>Taboo!</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I subsequently found out that the fabric they were engaged in making
+was of a peculiar kind, destined to be worn on the heads of the
+females, and through every stage of its manufacture was guarded by a
+vigorous taboo, which interdicted the whole masculine gender from
+even so much as touching it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Frequently in walking through the groves I observed bread-fruit
+and cocoa-nut trees, with a wreath of leaves twined in a peculiar fashion
+about their trunks. This was the mark of the taboo. The trees
+themselves, their fruit, and even the shadows they cast upon the ground,
+were consecrated by its presence. In the same way a pipe, which
+the king had bestowed upon me, was rendered sacred in the eyes of
+the natives, none of whom could I ever prevail upon to smoke from
+it. The bowl was encircled by a woven band of grass, somewhat resembling
+those Turks’ heads occasionally worked in the handles of
+our whip-stalks.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A similar badge was once braided about my wrist by the royal
+hand of Mehevi himself, who, as soon as he had concluded the operation,
+pronounced me <q>Taboo.</q> This occurred shortly after Toby’s
+disappearance; and were it not that from the first moment I had
+entered the valley the natives had treated me with uniform kindness, I
+should have supposed that their conduct afterwards was to be ascribed
+to the fact that I received this sacred investiture.
+</p>
+
+<pb n='235'/><anchor id='Pg235'/>
+
+<p>
+The capricious operations of the taboo are not its least remarkable
+feature: to enumerate them all would be impossible. Black hogs—infants
+to a certain age—women in an interesting situation—young
+men while the operation of tattooing their faces is going on—and
+certain parts of the valley during the continuance of a shower—are
+alike fenced about by the operation of the taboo.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I witnessed a striking instance of its effects in the bay of Tior, my
+visit to which place occurred a few days before leaving the ship. On
+that occasion our worthy captain formed one of the party. He was
+a most insatiable sportsman. Outward bound, and off the pitch of
+Cape Horn, he used to sit on the taffrail, and keep the steward loading
+three or four old fowling-pieces, with which he would bring down
+albatrosses, Cape pigeons, jays, petrels, and divers other marine fowl,
+who followed chattering in our wake. The sailors were struck aghast
+at his impiety, and one and all attributed our forty days’ beating about
+that horrid headland to his sacrilegious slaughter of these inoffensive
+birds.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At Tior, he evinced the same disregard for the religious prejudices
+of the islanders as he had previously shown for the superstitions of the
+sailors. Having heard that there were a considerable number of
+fowls in the valley—the progeny of some cocks and hens accidentally
+left there by an English vessel, and which, being strictly tabooed, flew
+about almost in a wild state—he determined to break through all restraints,
+and be the death of them. Accordingly, he provided himself
+with a most formidable-looking gun, and announced his landing on
+the beach by shooting down a noble cock, that was crowing what proved
+to be his own funeral dirge on the limb of an adjoining tree. <q>Taboo,</q>
+shrieked the affrighted savages. <q>Oh, hang your taboo,</q> says the
+nautical sportsman; <q>talk taboo to the marines</q>; and bang went the
+piece again, and down came another victim. At this the natives ran
+scampering through the groves, horror-struck at the enormity of the act.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+All that afternoon the rocky sides of the valley rang with successive
+reports, and the superb plumage of many a beautiful fowl was ruffled
+<pb n='236'/><anchor id='Pg236'/>by the fatal bullet. Had it not been that the French admiral, with a
+large party, was then in the glen, I have no doubt that the natives, although
+their tribe was small and dispirited, would have inflicted summary
+vengeance upon the man who thus outraged their most sacred
+institutions; as it was, they contrived to annoy him not a little.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thirsting with his exertions, the skipper directed his steps to a
+stream; but the savages, who had followed at a little distance, perceiving
+his object, rushed towards him and forced him away from its bank—his
+lips would have polluted it. Wearied at last, he sought to enter
+a house that he might rest for awhile on the mats; its inmates gathered
+tumultuously about the door and denied him admittance. He
+coaxed and blustered by turns, but in vain; the natives were neither to
+be intimidated nor appeased, and as a final resort he was obliged to call
+together his boat’s crew, and pull away from what he termed the most
+infernal place he ever stepped upon.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Lucky was it for him and for us that we were not honoured on our
+departure by a salute of stones from the hands of the exasperated
+Tiors. In this way, on the neighbouring island of Ropo, were killed,
+but a few weeks previously, and for a nearly similar offence, the master
+and three of the crew of the K——.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I cannot determine, with anything approaching to certainty, what
+power it is that imposes the taboo. When I consider the slight disparity
+of condition among the islanders—the very limited and inconsiderable
+prerogatives of the king and chiefs—and the loose and
+indefinite functions of the priesthood, most of whom were hardly
+to be distinguished from the rest of their countrymen, I am wholly
+at a loss where to look for the authority which regulates this potent
+institution. It is imposed upon something to-day, and withdrawn to-morrow;
+while its operations in other cases are perpetual. Sometimes
+its restrictions only affect a single individual—sometimes a particular
+family—sometimes a whole tribe; and, in a few instances, they extend
+not merely over the various clans on a single island, but over all the inhabitants
+of an entire group. In illustration of this latter peculiarity,
+<pb n='237'/><anchor id='Pg237'/>I may cite the law which forbids a female to enter a canoe—a prohibition
+which prevails upon all the northern Marquesas Islands.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The word itself (taboo) is used in more than one signification. It
+is sometimes used by a parent to his child, when, in the exercise of parental
+authority, he forbids it to perform a particular action. Anything
+opposed to the ordinary customs of the islanders, although not
+expressly prohibited, is said to be <q>taboo.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The Typee language is one very difficult to be acquired; it bears
+a close resemblance to the other Polynesian dialects, all of which show a
+common origin. The duplication of words, as <q>lumee lumee,</q> <q>poee
+poee,</q> <q>muee muee,</q> is one of their peculiar features. But another,
+and a more annoying one, is the different sense in which one and
+the same word is employed; its various meanings all have a certain
+connection, which only makes the matter more puzzling. So one brisk,
+lively little word is obliged, like a servant in a poor family, to perform
+all sorts of duties. For instance—one particular combination of syllables
+expresses the ideas of sleep, rest, reclining, sitting, leaning, and
+all other things anyways analogous thereto, the particular meaning
+being shown chiefly by a variety of gestures, and the eloquent expression
+of the countenance.
+</p>
+
+</div><div type="chapter" n="30" rend="page-break-before: always">
+<pb n='238'/><anchor id='Pg238'/>
+<index index="toc" level1="XXX. Music"/><index index="pdf"/>
+<head>CHAPTER XXX</head>
+
+<argument><p>
+Strange custom of the islanders—Their chanting, and the peculiarity of their
+voice—Rapture of the king at first hearing a song—A new dignity conferred
+on the author—Musical instruments in the valley—Admiration of
+the savages at beholding a pugilistic performance—Swimming infant—Beautiful
+tresses of the girls—Ointment for the hair.
+</p>
+</argument>
+<p>
+Sadly discursive as I have already been, I must still further entreat
+the reader’s patience, as I am about to string together, without any
+attempt at order, a few odds and ends of things not hitherto mentioned,
+but which are either curious in themselves, or peculiar to the
+Typees.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There was one singular custom, observed in old Marheyo’s domestic
+establishment, which often excited my surprise. Every night, before retiring,
+the inmates of the house gathered together on the mats, and squatting
+upon their haunches, after the universal practice of these islanders,
+would commence a low, dismal, and monotonous chant, accompanying
+the voice with the instrumental melody produced by two small half-rotten
+sticks tapped slowly together, a pair of which were held in the
+hands of each person present. Thus would they employ themselves
+for an hour or two, sometimes longer. Lying in the gloom which
+wrapped the farther end of the house, I could not avoid looking at
+them, although the spectacle suggested nothing but unpleasant reflections.
+The flickering rays of the <q>armor</q> nut just served to reveal
+their savage lineaments, without dispelling the darkness that hovered
+about them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Sometimes when, after falling into a kind of doze, and awaking
+suddenly in the midst of these doleful chantings, my eye would fall
+upon the wild-looking group engaged in their strange occupation, with
+their naked tattooed limbs, and shaven heads disposed in a circle, I
+<pb n='239'/><anchor id='Pg239'/>was almost tempted to believe that I gazed upon a set of evil beings
+in the act of working a frightful incantation.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What was the meaning or purpose of this custom, whether it was
+practised merely as a diversion, or whether it was a religious exercise,
+a sort of family prayers, I never could discover.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The sounds produced by the natives on these occasions were of a
+most singular description; and had I not actually been present, I
+never would have believed that such curious noises could have been
+produced by human beings.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To savages, generally, is imputed a guttural articulation. This,
+however, is not always the case, especially among the inhabitants of the
+Polynesian Archipelago. The labial melody with which the Typee
+girls carry on an ordinary conversation, giving a musical prolongation
+to the final syllable of every sentence, and chirping out some of the
+words with a liquid, bird-like accent, was singularly pleasing.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The men, however, are not quite so harmonious in their utterance;
+and when excited upon any subject, would work themselves up into
+a sort of wordy paroxysm, during which all descriptions of rough-sided
+sounds were projected from their mouths, with a force and
+rapidity which was absolutely astonishing.
+</p>
+
+<milestone unit="tb" rend="stars: 10"/>
+
+<p>
+Although these savages are remarkably fond of chanting, still they
+appear to have no idea whatever of singing, at least as the art is
+practised among other nations.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I never shall forget the first time I happened to roar out a stave in
+the presence of the noble Mehevi. It was a stanza from the <q>Bavarian
+Broom-seller.</q> His Typean majesty, with all his court, gazed upon
+me in amazement, as if I had displayed some preternatural faculty
+which Heaven had denied to them. The king was delighted with the
+verse; but the chorus fairly transported him. At his solicitation, I sang
+it again and again, and nothing could be more ludicrous than his vain
+attempts to catch the air and the words. The royal savage seemed to
+<pb n='240'/><anchor id='Pg240'/>think that by screwing all the features of his face into the end of his
+nose, he might possibly succeed in the undertaking, but it failed to
+answer the purpose; and in the end he gave it up, and consoled himself
+by listening to my repetition of the sounds fifty times over.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Previous to Mehevi’s making the discovery, I had never been aware
+that there was anything of the nightingale about me; but I was now
+promoted to the place of court minstrel, in which capacity I was afterwards
+perpetually called upon to officiate.
+</p>
+
+<milestone unit="tb" rend="stars: 10"/>
+
+<p>
+Besides the sticks and the drums, there are no other musical instruments
+among the Typees, except one which might appropriately be denominated
+a nasal flute. It is somewhat longer than an ordinary fife,
+is made of a beautiful scarlet-coloured reed, and has four or five stops,
+with a large hole near one end, which latter is held just beneath the
+left nostril. The other nostril being closed by a peculiar movement
+of the muscles about the nose, the breath is forced into the tube, and
+produces a soft dulcet sound, which is varied by the fingers running
+at random over the stops. This is a favourite recreation with the
+females, and one in which Fayaway greatly excelled. Awkward as
+such an instrument may appear, it was, in Fayaway’s delicate little
+hands, one of the most graceful I have ever seen. A young lady in the
+act of tormenting a guitar, strung about her neck by a couple of yards
+of blue ribbon, is not half so engaging.
+</p>
+
+<milestone unit="tb" rend="stars: 10"/>
+
+<p>
+Singing was not the only means I possessed of diverting the royal
+Mehevi and his easy-going subjects. Nothing afforded them more
+pleasure than to see me go through the attitudes of a pugilistic encounter.
+As not one of the natives had soul enough in him to stand
+up like a man, and allow me to hammer away at him, for my own personal
+gratification and that of the king, I was necessitated to fight with
+an imaginary enemy, whom I invariably made to knock under
+<pb n='241'/><anchor id='Pg241'/>to my superior prowess. Sometimes, when this sorely battered shadow
+retreated precipitately towards a group of the savages, and, following
+him up, I rushed among them, dealing my blows right and left, they
+would disperse in all directions, much to the enjoyment of Mehevi, the
+chiefs, and themselves.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The noble art of self-defence appeared to be regarded by them as
+the peculiar gift of the white man; and I make little doubt but that they
+supposed armies of Europeans were drawn up provided with nothing
+else but bony fists and stout hearts, with which they set to in column, and
+pummelled one another at the word of command.
+</p>
+
+<milestone unit="tb" rend="stars: 10"/>
+
+<p>
+One day, in company with Kory-Kory, I had repaired to the stream
+for the purpose of bathing, when I observed a woman sitting upon a
+rock in the midst of the current, and watching with the liveliest interest
+the gambols of something, which at first I took to be an uncommonly
+large species of frog that was sporting in the water near her. Attracted
+by the novelty of the sight, I waded towards the spot where
+she sat, and could hardly credit the evidence of my senses when I beheld
+a little infant, the period of whose birth could not have extended
+back many days, paddling about as if it had just risen to the surface,
+after being hatched into existence at the bottom. Occasionally the delighted
+parent reached out her hand towards it, when the little thing,
+uttering a faint cry, and striking out its tiny limbs, would sidle for
+the rock, and the next moment be clasped to its mother’s bosom. This
+was repeated again and again, the baby remaining in the stream about
+a minute at a time. Once or twice it made wry faces at swallowing
+a mouthful of water, and choked and spluttered as if on the point of
+strangling. At such times, however, the mother snatched it up, and by
+a process scarcely to be mentioned obliged it to eject the fluid. For
+several weeks afterward I observed the woman bringing her child
+down to the stream regularly every day, in the cool of the morning and
+evening, and treating it to a bath. No wonder that the South Sea
+is<pb n='242'/><anchor id='Pg242'/>landers are so amphibious a race, when they are thus launched into the
+water as soon as they see the light. I am convinced that it <anchor id="corr242"/><corr sic="as">is</corr> as natural
+for a human being to swim as it is for a duck. And yet, in civilized
+communities, how many able-bodied individuals die, like so many
+drowning kittens, from the occurrence of the most trivial accidents!
+</p>
+
+<milestone unit="tb" rend="stars: 10"/>
+
+<p>
+The long, luxuriant, and glossy tresses of the Typee damsels often
+attracted my admiration. A fine head of hair is the pride and joy of
+every woman’s heart! Whether, against the express will of Providence,
+it is twisted up on the crown of the head and there coiled away; whether
+it be built up in a great tower, with combs and pins, or is plastered
+over the head in sleek, shiny folds; or whether it be permitted to flow
+over the shoulders in natural ringlets, it is always the pride of the
+owner, and the glory of the toilette.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The Typee girls devote much of their time to the dressing of their
+hair and redundant locks. After bathing, as they sometimes do five
+or six times every day, the hair is carefully dried, and if they have
+been in the sea, invariably washed in fresh water, and anointed with
+a highly-scented oil extracted from the meat of the cocoa-nut. This
+oil is obtained in great abundance, by the following very simple process:—
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A large vessel of wood, with holes perforated in the bottom, is filled
+with the pounded meat, and exposed to the rays of the sun. As the
+oleaginous matter exudes, it falls in drops through the apertures into
+a wide-mouthed calabash placed underneath. After a sufficient quantity
+has thus been collected, the oil undergoes a purifying process,
+and is then poured into the small spherical shells of the nuts of the
+moo-tree, which are hollowed out to receive it. These nuts are then
+hermetically sealed with a resinous gum, and the vegetable fragrance
+of their green rind soon imparts to the oil a delightful odour. After
+a lapse of a few weeks, the exterior shell of the nuts becomes quite
+dry and hard, and assumes a beautiful carnation tint; and when opened
+<pb n='243'/><anchor id='Pg243'/>they are found to be about two-thirds full of an ointment of a light
+yellow colour, and diffusing the sweetest perfume. This elegant little
+odorous globe would not be out of place even upon the toilette of a
+queen. Its merits as a preparation for the hair are undeniable,—it
+imparts to it a superb gloss and a silky fineness.
+</p>
+
+</div><div type="chapter" n="31" rend="page-break-before: always">
+<pb n='244'/><anchor id='Pg244'/>
+<index index="toc" level1="XXXI. Cannibalism"/><index index="pdf"/>
+<head>CHAPTER XXXI</head>
+
+<argument><p>
+Apprehensions of evil—Frightful discovery—Some remarks on cannibalism—Second
+battle with the Happars—Savage spectacle—Mysterious feast—Subsequent
+disclosures.
+</p>
+</argument>
+<p>
+From the time of my casual encounter with Karky the artist, my
+life was one of absolute wretchedness. Not a day passed but I was
+persecuted by the solicitations of some of the natives to subject myself
+to the odious operation of tattooing. Their importunities drove me
+half wild, for I felt how easily they might work their will upon me regarding
+this, or anything else which they took into their heads. Still,
+however, the behaviour of the islanders toward me was as kind as
+ever. Faraway was quite as engaging; Kory-Kory as devoted; and
+Mehevi the king just as gracious and condescending as before. But
+I had now been three months in their valley, as nearly as I could estimate;
+I had grown familiar with the narrow limits to which my wanderings
+had been confined; and I began bitterly to feel the state of captivity
+in which I was held. There was no one with whom I could
+freely converse; no one to whom I could communicate my thoughts; no
+one who could sympathize with my sufferings. A thousand times I
+thought how much more endurable would have been my lot had Toby
+still been with me. But I was left alone, and the thought was terrible
+to me. Still, despite my griefs, I did all in my power to appear
+composed and cheerful, well knowing that by manifesting any uneasiness,
+or any desire to escape, I should only frustrate my object.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was during the period I was in this unhappy frame of mind,
+that the painful malady under which I had been labouring—after
+having almost completely subsided—began again to show itself, and
+with symptoms as violent as ever. This added calamity nearly unmanned
+me; the recurrence of the complaint proved that, without
+powerful remedial applications, all hope of cure was futile; and when
+I reflected that just beyond the elevations which bound me in, was the
+<pb n='245'/><anchor id='Pg245'/>medical relief I needed, and that, although so near, it was impossible
+for me to avail myself of it, the thought was misery.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In this wretched situation, every circumstance which evinced the
+savage nature of the beings at whose mercy I was, augmented the fearful
+apprehensions that consumed me. An occurrence which happened
+about this time affected me most powerfully.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I have already mentioned, that from the ridge-pole of Marheyo’s
+house were suspended a number of packages enveloped in tappa. Many
+of these I had often seen in the hands of the natives, and their contents
+had been examined in my presence. But there were three packages
+hanging very nearly over the place where I lay, which from their
+remarkable appearance had often excited my curiosity. Several times
+I had asked Kory-Kory to show me their contents; but my servitor, who
+in almost every other particular had acceded to my wishes, always refused
+to gratify me in this.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One day, returning unexpectedly from the Ti, my arrival seemed to
+throw the inmates of the house into the greatest confusion. They
+were seated together on the mats, and by the lines which extended
+from the roof to the floor I immediately perceived that the mysterious
+packages were, for some purpose or other, under inspection. The evident
+alarm the savages betrayed filled me with forebodings of evil,
+and with an uncontrollable desire to penetrate the secret so jealously
+guarded. Despite the efforts of Marheyo and Kory-Kory to restrain
+me, I forced my way into the midst of the circle, and just caught a
+glimpse of three human heads, which others of the party were hurriedly
+enveloping in the coverings from which they had been taken.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One of the three I distinctly saw. It was in a state of perfect
+preservation, and from the slight glimpse I had of it, seemed to have
+been subjected to some smoking operation which had reduced it to the
+dry, hard, and mummy-like appearance it presented. The two long
+scalp-locks were twisted up into balls upon the crown of the head,
+in the same way that the individual had worn them during life. The
+sunken cheeks were rendered yet more ghastly by the rows of glistening
+<pb n='246'/><anchor id='Pg246'/>teeth which protruded from between the lips, while the sockets of the
+eyes—filled with oval bits of mother-of-pearl shell, with a black spot
+in the centre—heightened the hideousness of its aspect.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Two of the three were heads of the islanders; but the third, to my
+horror, was that of a white man. Although it had been quickly removed
+from my sight, still the glimpse I had of it was enough to convince
+me that I could not be mistaken.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Gracious God! what dreadful thoughts entered my mind. In solving
+this mystery, perhaps I had solved another, and the fate of my
+lost companion might be revealed in the shocking spectacle I had just
+witnessed. I longed to have torn off the folds of cloth, and satisfied
+the awful doubts under which I laboured. But before I had recovered
+from the consternation into which I had been thrown, the fatal packages
+were hoisted aloft and once more swung over my head. The
+natives now gathered round me tumultuously, and laboured to convince
+me that what I had just seen were the heads of three Happar warriors,
+who had been slain in battle. This glaring falsehood added to my
+alarm, and it was not until I reflected that I had observed the packages
+swinging from their elevation before Toby’s disappearance, that
+I could at all recover my composure.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But although this horrible apprehension had been dispelled, I had
+discovered enough to fill me, in my present state of mind, with the
+most bitter reflections. It was plain that I had seen the last relic of
+some unfortunate wretch, who must have been massacred on the beach
+by the savages, in one of those perilous trading adventures which I
+have before described.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was not, however, alone the murder of the stranger that overcame
+me with gloom. I shuddered at the idea of the subsequent fate
+his inanimate body might have met with. Was the same doom reserved
+for me? Was I destined to perish like him—like him, perhaps,
+to be devoured, and my head to be preserved as a fearful memento
+of the event? My imagination ran riot in these horrid speculations,
+and I felt certain that the worst possible evils would befall me. But
+<pb n='247'/><anchor id='Pg247'/>whatever were my misgivings, I studiously concealed them from the
+islanders, as well as the full extent of the discovery I had made.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Although the assurances which the Typees had often given me, that
+they never ate human flesh, had not convinced me that such was the case,
+yet, having been so long a time in the valley without witnessing anything
+which indicated the existence of the practice, I began to hope
+that it was an event of very rare occurrence, and that I should be spared
+the horror of witnessing it during my stay among them: but, alas! these
+hopes were soon destroyed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It is a singular fact, that in all our accounts of cannibal tribes we
+have seldom received the testimony of an eye-witness to the revolting
+practice. The horrible conclusion has almost always been derived
+from the second-hand evidence of Europeans, or else from the admissions
+of the savages themselves, after they have in some degree become
+civilized. The Polynesians are aware of the detestation in which
+Europeans hold this custom, and therefore invariably deny its existence,
+and, with the craft peculiar to savages, endeavour to conceal
+every trace of it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But to my story.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+About a week after my discovery of the contents of the mysterious
+packages, I happened to be at the Ti, when another war-alarm was
+sounded, and the natives, rushing to their arms, sallied out to resist a
+second incursion of the Happar invaders. The same scene was again
+repeated, only that on this occasion I heard at least fifteen reports of
+muskets from the mountains during the time that the skirmish lasted.
+An hour or two after its termination, loud pæans chanted through the
+valley announced the approach of the victors. I stood with Kory-Kory
+leaning against the railing of the pi-pi, awaiting their advance,
+when a tumultuous crowd of islanders emerged with wild clamours
+from the neighbouring groves. In the midst of them marched
+four men, one preceding the other at regular intervals of eight or
+ten feet, with poles of a corresponding length, extending from shoulder
+to shoulder, to which were lashed with thongs of bark three long
+nar<pb n='248'/><anchor id='Pg248'/>row bundles, carefully wrapped in ample coverings of freshly plucked
+palm-leaves, tacked together with slivers of bamboo. Here and there
+upon these green winding-sheets might be seen the stains of blood,
+while the warriors who carried the frightful burdens displayed upon
+their naked limbs similar sanguinary marks. The shaven head of the
+foremost had a deep gash upon it, and the clotted gore which had flowed
+from the wound remained in dry patches around it. The savage
+seemed to be sinking under the weight he bore. The bright tattooing
+upon his body was covered with blood and dust; his inflamed eyes
+rolled in their sockets, and his whole appearance denoted extraordinary
+suffering and exertion; yet, sustained by some powerful impulse,
+he continued to advance, while the throng around him with wild cheers
+sought to encourage him. The other three men were marked about
+the arms and breasts with several slight wounds, which they somewhat
+ostentatiously displayed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These four individuals, having been the most active in the late
+encounter, claimed the honour of bearing the bodies of their slain
+enemies to the Ti. Such was the conclusion I drew from my own
+observations, and, as far as I could understand, from the explanation
+which Kory-Kory gave me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The royal Mehevi walked by the side of these heroes. He carried
+in one hand a musket, from the barrel of which was suspended a small
+canvas pouch of powder, and in the other he grasped a short javelin,
+which he held before him and regarded with fierce exultation. This
+javelin he had wrested from a celebrated champion of the Happars,
+who had ignominiously fled, and was pursued by his foes beyond the
+summit of the mountain.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When within a short distance of the Ti, the warrior with the wounded
+head, who proved to be Narmonee, tottered forward two or three steps,
+and fell helplessly to the ground; but not before another had caught
+the end of the pole from his shoulder, and placed it upon his own.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The excited throng of islanders, who surrounded the person of the
+king and the dead bodies of the enemy, approached the spot where I
+<pb n='249'/><anchor id='Pg249'/>stood, brandishing their rude implements of warfare, many of which
+were bruised and broken, and uttering continual shouts of triumph.
+When the crowd drew up opposite the Ti, I set myself to watch their
+proceedings most attentively; but scarcely had they halted when my
+servitor, who had left my side for an instant, touched my arm, and
+proposed our returning to Marheyo’s house. To this I objected; but,
+to my surprise, Kory-Kory reiterated his request, and with an unusual
+vehemence of manner. Still, however, I refused to comply, and was
+retreating before him, as in his importunity he pressed upon me, when
+I felt a heavy hand laid upon my shoulder, and turning round, encountered
+the bulky form of Mow-Mow, a one-eyed chief, who had
+just detached himself from the crowd below, and had mounted the
+rear of the pi-pi upon which we stood. His cheek had been pierced
+by the point of a spear, and the wound imparted a still more frightful
+expression to his hideously tattooed face, already deformed by the
+loss of an eye. The warrior, without uttering a syllable, pointed
+fiercely in the direction of Marheyo’s house, while Kory-Kory, at the
+same time presenting his back, desired me to mount.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I declined this offer, but intimated my willingness to withdraw,
+and moved slowly along the piazza, wondering what could be the
+cause of this unusual treatment. A few minutes’ consideration convinced
+me that the savages were about to celebrate some hideous rite
+in connexion with their peculiar customs, and at which they were determined
+I should not be present. I descended from the pi-pi, and
+attended by Kory-Kory, who on this occasion did not show his usual
+commiseration for my lameness, but seemed only anxious to hurry me
+on, walked away from the place. As I passed through the noisy throng,
+which by this time completely environed the Ti, I looked with fearful
+curiosity at the three packages, which now were deposited upon the
+ground; but although I had no doubt as to their contents, still their
+thick coverings prevented my actually detecting the form of a human
+body.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The next morning, shortly after sunrise, the same thundering sounds
+<pb n='250'/><anchor id='Pg250'/>which had awakened me from sleep on the second day of the Feast of
+Calabashes, assured me that the savages were on the eve of celebrating
+another, and, as I fully believed, a horrible solemnity.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+All the inmates of the house, with the exception of Marheyo, his
+son, and Tinor, after assuming their gala dresses, departed in the
+direction of the Taboo Groves.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Although I did not anticipate a compliance with my request, still,
+with a view of testing the truth of my suspicions, I proposed to Kory-Kory
+that, according to our usual custom in the morning, we should
+take a stroll to the Ti: he positively refused; and when I renewed
+the request, he evinced his determination to prevent my going there;
+and, to divert my mind from the subject, he offered to accompany me
+to the stream. We accordingly went, and bathed. On our coming
+back to the house, I was surprised to find that all its inmates had returned,
+and were lounging upon the mats as usual, although the drums
+still sounded from the groves.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The rest of the day I spent with Kory-Kory and Fayaway, wandering
+about a part of the valley situated in an opposite direction from
+the Ti, and whenever I so much as looked towards that building,
+although it was hidden from view by intervening trees, and at the distance
+of more than a mile, my attendant would exclaim, <q>Taboo, taboo!</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At the various houses where we stopped, I found many of the inhabitants
+reclining at their ease, or pursuing some light occupation,
+as if nothing unusual were going forward; but amongst them all I
+did not perceive a single chief or warrior. When I asked several of
+the people why they were not at the <q>Hoolah Hoolah</q> (the feast),
+they uniformly answered the question in a manner which implied that
+it was not intended for them, but for Mehevi, Narmonee, Mow-Mow,
+Kolor, Womonoo, Kalow, running over, in their desire to make me
+comprehend their meaning, the names of all the principal chiefs.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Everything, in short, strengthened my suspicions with regard to
+<pb n='251'/><anchor id='Pg251'/>the nature of the festival they were now celebrating; and which
+amounted almost to a certainty. While in Nukuheva I had frequently
+been informed that the whole tribe were never present at these cannibal
+banquets, but the chiefs and priests only; and everything I now
+observed agreed with the account.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The sound of the drums continued without intermission the whole
+day, and falling continually upon my ear, caused me a sensation of
+horror which I am unable to describe. On the following day, hearing
+none of those noisy indications of revelry, I concluded that the inhuman
+feast was terminated, and feeling a kind of morbid curiosity
+to discover whether the Ti might furnish any evidence of what had
+taken place there, I proposed to Kory-Kory to walk there. To this
+proposition he replied by pointing with his finger to the newly-risen
+sun, and then up to the zenith, intimating that our visit must be deferred
+until noon. Shortly after that hour we accordingly proceeded
+to the Taboo Groves, and as soon as we entered their precincts, I
+looked fearfully round in quest of some memorial of the scene which
+had so lately been acted there; but everything appeared as usual. On
+reaching the Ti, we found Mehevi and a few chiefs reclining on the
+mats, who gave me as friendly a reception as ever. No allusions of
+any kind were made by them to the recent events; and I refrained,
+for obvious reasons, from referring to them myself.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After staying a short time, I took my leave. In passing along the
+piazza, previously to descending from the pi-pi, I observed a curiously
+carved vessel of wood, of considerable size, with a cover placed over
+it, of the same material, and which resembled in shape a small canoe.
+It was surrounded by a low railing of bamboos, the top of which was
+scarcely a foot from the ground. As the vessel had been placed in
+its present position since my last visit, I at once concluded that it must
+have some connexion with the recent festival; and, prompted by a
+curiosity I could not repress, in passing it I raised one end of the
+cover; at the same moment the chiefs, perceiving my design, loudly
+<pb n='252'/><anchor id='Pg252'/>ejaculated, <q>Taboo! taboo!</q> But the slight glimpse sufficed; my
+eyes fell upon the disordered members of a human skeleton, the bones
+still fresh with moisture, and with particles of flesh clinging to them
+here and there!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Kory-Kory, who had been a little in advance of me, attracted by the
+exclamations of the chiefs, turned round in time to witness the expression
+of horror on my countenance. He now hurried towards me,
+pointing at the same time to the canoe, and exclaiming, rapidly, <q>Puarkee!
+puarkee!</q> (Pig, pig.) I pretended to yield to the deception, and
+repeated the words after him several times, as though acquiescing in
+what he said. The other savages, either deceived by my conduct, or
+unwilling to manifest their displeasure at what could not now be
+remedied, took no further notice of the occurrence, and I immediately
+left the Ti.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+All that night I lay awake, revolving in my mind the fearful situation
+in which I was placed. The last horrid revelation had now been
+made, and the full sense of my condition rushed upon my mind with
+a force I had never before experienced.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Where, thought I, desponding, is there the slightest prospect of
+escape? The only person who seemed to possess the ability to assist
+me was the stranger, Marnoo; but would he ever return to the valley?
+and if he did, should I be permitted to hold any communication with
+him? It seemed as if I were cut off from every source of hope, and
+that nothing remained but passively to await whatever fate was in
+store for me. A thousand times I endeavoured to account for the mysterious
+conduct of the natives. For what conceivable purpose did
+they thus retain me a captive? What could be their object in treating
+me with such apparent kindness, and did it not cover some treacherous
+scheme? Or, if they had no other design than to hold me a
+prisoner, how should I be able to pass away my days in this narrow
+valley, deprived of all intercourse with civilized beings, and for ever
+separated from friends and home?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One only hope remained to me. The French could not long defer
+<pb n='253'/><anchor id='Pg253'/>a visit to the bay, and if they should permanently locate any of their
+troops in the valley, the savages could not for any length of time conceal
+my existence from them. But what reason had I to suppose
+that I should be spared until such an event occurred—an event which
+might be postponed by a hundred different contingencies?
+</p>
+
+</div><div type="chapter" n="32" rend="page-break-before: always">
+<pb n='254'/><anchor id='Pg254'/>
+<index index="toc" level1="XXXII. Attempt To Escape"/><index index="pdf"/>
+<head>CHAPTER XXXII</head>
+
+<argument><p>
+The stranger again arrives in the valley—Singular interview with him—Attempt
+to escape—Failure—Melancholy situation—Sympathy of Marheyo.
+</p>
+</argument>
+<p>
+<q>Marnoo, Marnoo pemi!</q> Such were the welcome sounds which
+fell upon my ear some ten days after the event related in the preceding
+chapter. Once more the approach of the stranger was heralded,
+and the intelligence operated upon me like magic. Again I should be
+able to converse with him in my own language; and I resolved, at all
+hazards, to concert with him some scheme, however desperate, to rescue
+me from a condition that had now become insupportable.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As he drew near, I remembered with many misgivings the inauspicious
+termination of our former interview; and when he entered the
+house, I watched with intense anxiety the reception he met with from
+its inmates. To my joy, his appearance was hailed with the liveliest
+pleasure; and accosting me kindly, he seated himself by my side, and
+entered into conversation with the natives around him. It soon appeared,
+however, that on this occasion he had not any intelligence of
+importance to communicate. I inquired of him from whence he had
+last come? He replied, from Pueearka, his native valley, and that he
+intended to return to it the same day.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At once it struck me that, could I but reach that valley under his
+protection, I might easily from thence reach Nukuheva by water; and,
+animated by the prospect which this plan held out, I disclosed it in
+a few brief words to the stranger, and asked him how it could be best
+accomplished. My heart sunk within me when, in his broken English,
+he answered me that it could never be effected. <q>Kannaka no let you
+go nowhere,</q> he said, <q>you taboo. Why you no like to stay? Plenty
+moee-moee (sleep)—plenty ki-ki (eat)—plenty whihenee (young
+girls). Oh, very good place, Typee! Suppose you no like this bay,
+<pb n='255'/><anchor id='Pg255'/>why you come? You no hear about Typee? All white men afraid
+Typee, so no white men come.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These words distressed me beyond belief; and when I again related
+to him the circumstances under which I had descended into the valley
+and sought to enlist his sympathies in my behalf, by appealing to the
+bodily misery I endured, he listened to me with impatience, and cut
+me short by exclaiming, passionately, <q>Me no hear you talk any more;
+by by Kannaka get mad, kill you and me too. No, you see he no want
+you to speak to me at all?—you see—ah! by by you no mind—you get
+well, he kill you, eat you, hang you head up there, like Happar Kannaka.
+Now you listen—but no talk any more. By by I go;—you see
+way I go. Ah! then some night Kannaka all moee-moee (sleep)—you
+run away—you come Pueearka. I speak Pueearka Kannaka—he no
+harm you—ah! then I take you my canoe Nukuheva, and you no run
+away ship no more.</q> With these words, enforced by a vehemence of
+gesture I cannot describe, Marnoo started from my side, and immediately
+engaged in conversation with some of the chiefs who had entered
+the house.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It would have been idle for me to have attempted resuming the interview
+so peremptorily terminated by Marnoo, who was evidently little
+disposed to compromise his own safety by any rash endeavours to ensure
+mine. But the plan he had suggested struck me as one which
+might possibly be accomplished, and I resolved to act upon it as speedily
+as possible.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Accordingly, when he arose to depart, I accompanied him, with
+the natives, outside of the house, with a view of carefully noting the
+path he would take in leaving the valley. Just before leaping from
+the pi-pi, he clasped my hand, and, looking significantly at me, exclaimed,
+<q>Now you see you do what I tell you—ah! then you do good;—you
+no do so—ah! then you die.</q> The next moment he waved his
+spear in adieu to the islanders, and, following the route that conducted
+to a defile in the mountains lying opposite the Happar side, was soon
+out of sight.
+</p>
+
+<pb n='256'/><anchor id='Pg256'/>
+
+<p>
+A mode of escape was now presented to me; but how was I to avail
+myself of it? I was continually surrounded by the savages; I could
+not stir from one house to another without being attended by some of
+them; and even during the hours devoted to slumber, the slightest
+movement which I made seemed to attract the notice of those who
+shared the mats with me. In spite of these obstacles, however, I determined
+forthwith to make the attempt. To do so with any prospect
+of success, it was necessary that I should have at least two hours’ start
+before the islanders should discover my absence; for with such facility
+was any alarm spread through the valley, and so familiar, of course,
+were the inhabitants with the intricacies of the groves, that I could not
+hope, lame and feeble as I was, and ignorant of the route, to secure
+my escape unless I had this advantage. It was also by night alone that
+I could hope to accomplish my object, and then only by adopting the
+utmost precaution.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The entrance to Marheyo’s habitation was through a low narrow
+opening in its wicker-work front. This passage, for no conceivable
+reason that I could devise, was always closed after the household had
+retired to rest, by drawing a heavy slide across it, composed of a dozen
+or more bits of wood, ingeniously fastened together by seizings of sinnate.
+When any of the inmates chose to go outside, the noise occasioned
+by the removing of this rude door awakened everybody else; and
+on more than one occasion I had remarked that the islanders were
+nearly as irritable as more civilized beings under similar circumstances.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The difficulty thus placed in my way I determined to obviate in the
+following manner. I would get up boldly in the course of the night,
+and, drawing the slide, issue from the house, and pretend that my object
+was merely to procure a drink from the calabash, which always
+stood without the dwelling on the corner of the pi-pi. On re-entering
+I would purposely omit closing the passage after me, and trusting
+that the indolence of the savages would prevent them from repairing
+my neglect, would return to my mat, and waiting patiently until all
+<pb n='257'/><anchor id='Pg257'/>were again asleep, I would then steal forth, and at once take the route
+to Pueearka.
+</p>
+    <anchor id="illus7"/>
+<pgIf output='txt'><then>
+  <p rend="margin-left: 2; margin-right: 2">[Illustration: ABOUT MIDNIGHT I AROSE AND DREW THE SLIDE]</p>
+</then><else><pgIf output="pdf"><then><p><figure url="images/illus7.jpg" rend="width: 100%"><head><hi rend="font-size: small">ABOUT MIDNIGHT I AROSE AND DREW THE
+SLIDE</hi></head></figure></p></then>
+<else><p><figure url="images/illus7th.jpg"><head><xref url="images/illus7.jpg"><hi rend="font-size: small">ABOUT MIDNIGHT I AROSE AND DREW THE
+      SLIDE</hi></xref></head><figDesc>Illustration: ABOUT MIDNIGHT I AROSE AND DREW THE SLIDE</figDesc></figure></p></else></pgIf>
+</else></pgIf>
+<p>
+The very night which followed Marnoo’s departure, I proceeded to
+put this project into execution. About midnight, as I imagined, I
+arose and drew the slide. The natives, just as I had expected, started
+up, while some of them asked, <q>Arware poo awa, Tommo?</q> (where
+are you going, Tommo?) <q>Wai,</q> (water,) I laconically answered,
+grasping the calabash. On hearing my reply they sank back again,
+and in a minute or two I returned to my mat, anxiously awaiting the
+result of the experiment.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One after another the savages, turning restlessly, appeared to resume
+their slumbers, and, rejoicing at the stillness which prevailed, I was
+about to rise again from my couch, when I heard a slight rustling—a
+dark form was intercepted between me and the doorway—the slide
+was drawn across it, and the individual, whoever he was, returned to
+his mat. This was a sad blow to me; but as it might have aroused the
+suspicions of the islanders to have made another attempt that night,
+I was reluctantly obliged to defer it until the next. Several times
+after I repeated the same manœuvre, but with as little success as before.
+As my pretence for withdrawing from the house was to allay
+my thirst, Kory-Kory, either suspecting some design on my part, or
+else prompted by a desire to please me, regularly every evening placed
+a calabash of water by my side.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Even under these inauspicious circumstances I again and again renewed
+the attempt; but when I did so, my valet always rose with me,
+as if determined I should not remove myself from his observation.
+For the present, therefore, I was obliged to abandon the attempt; but
+I endeavoured to console myself with the idea, that by this mode I
+might yet effect my escape.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Shortly after Marnoo’s visit I was reduced to such a state, that it
+was with extreme difficulty I could walk, even with the assistance of
+a spear, and Kory-Kory, as formerly, was obliged to carry me daily
+to the stream.
+</p>
+
+<pb n='258'/><anchor id='Pg258'/>
+
+<p>
+For hours and hours, during the warmest part of the day, I lay
+upon my mat, and while those around me were nearly all dozing away
+in careless ease, I remained awake, gloomily pondering over the fate
+which it appeared now idle for me to resist. When I thought of the
+loved friends who were thousands and thousands of miles from the
+savage island in which I was held a captive—when I reflected that my
+dreadful fate would for ever be concealed from them, and that, with
+hope deferred, they might continue to await my return long after my
+inanimate form had blended with the dust of the valley, I could not repress
+a shudder of anguish.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+How vividly is impressed upon my mind every minute feature of
+the scene which met my view during those long days of suffering and
+sorrow. At my request my mats were always spread directly facing
+the door, opposite which, and at a little distance, was the hut of boughs
+that Marheyo was building.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Whenever my gentle Fayaway and Kory-Kory, laying themselves
+down beside me, would leave me awhile to uninterrupted repose, I took
+a strange interest in the slightest movements of the eccentric old warrior.
+All alone, during the stillness of the tropical mid-day, he would
+pursue his quiet work, sitting in the shade and weaving together the
+leaflets of his cocoa-nut branches, or rolling upon his knee the twisted
+fibres of bark to form the cords with which he tied together the thatching
+of his tiny house. Frequently suspending his employment, and
+noticing my melancholy eye fixed upon him, he would raise his hand
+with a gesture expressive of deep commiseration, and then, moving towards
+me slowly, would enter on tip-toes, fearful of disturbing the
+slumbering natives, and, taking the fan from my hand, would sit
+before me, swaying it gently to and fro, and gazing earnestly into my
+face.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Just beyond the pi-pi, and disposed in a triangle before the entrance
+of the house, were three magnificent bread-fruit trees. At this moment
+I can recall to my mind their slender shafts, and the graceful inequalities
+of their bark, on which my eye was accustomed to dwell,
+<pb n='259'/><anchor id='Pg259'/>day after day, in the midst of my solitary musings. It is strange how
+inanimate objects will twine themselves into our affections, especially
+in the hour of affliction. Even now, amidst all the bustle and stir of
+the proud and busy city in which I am dwelling, the image of those
+three trees seems to come as vividly before my eyes as if they were
+actually present, and I still feel the soothing quiet pleasure which I
+then had in watching, hour after hour, their topmost boughs waving
+gracefully in the breeze.
+</p>
+
+</div><div type="chapter" n="33" rend="page-break-before: always">
+<pb n='260'/><anchor id='Pg260'/>
+<index index="toc" level1="XXXIII. The Escape"/><index index="pdf"/>
+<head>CHAPTER XXXIII</head>
+
+<argument><p>
+The escape.
+</p>
+</argument>
+<p>
+Nearly three weeks had elapsed since the second visit of Marnoo, and
+it must have been more than four months since I entered the valley,
+when one day, about noon, and whilst everything was in profound
+silence, Mow-Mow, the one-eyed chief, suddenly appeared at the door,
+and leaning forward towards me as I lay directly facing him, said, in
+a low tone, <q>Toby pemi ena,</q> (Toby has arrived here.) Gracious
+heaven! What a tumult of emotions rushed upon me at this startling
+intelligence! Insensible to the pain that had before distracted me, I
+leaped to my feet, and called wildly to Kory-Kory, who was reposing
+by my side. The startled islanders sprang from their mats; the news
+was quickly communicated to them; and the next moment I was making
+my way to the Ti on the back of Kory-Kory, and surrounded by
+the excited savages.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+All that I could comprehend of the particulars which Mow-Mow
+rehearsed to his auditors as we proceeded, was that my long-lost companion
+had arrived in a boat which had just entered the bay. These
+tidings made me most anxious to be carried at once to the sea, lest some
+untoward circumstance should prevent our meeting; but to this they
+would not consent, and continued their course towards the royal abode.
+As we approached it, Mehevi and several chiefs showed themselves
+from the piazza, and called upon us loudly to come to them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As soon as we had approached, I endeavoured to make them understand
+that I was going down to the sea to meet Toby. To this the
+king objected, and motioned Kory-Kory to bring me into the house.
+It was in vain to resist; and in a few moments I found myself within
+the Ti, surrounded by a noisy group engaged in discussing the recent
+intelligence. Toby’s name was frequently repeated, coupled with violent
+exclamations of astonishment. It seemed as if they yet remained
+in doubt with regard to the fact of his arrival, and at every fresh
+re<pb n='261'/><anchor id='Pg261'/>port that was brought from the shore they betrayed the liveliest emotions.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Almost frenzied at being held in this state of suspense, I passionately
+besought Mehevi to permit me to proceed. Whether my companion
+had arrived or not, I felt a presentiment that my own fate was about
+to be decided. Again and again I renewed my petition to Mehevi.
+He regarded me with a fixed and serious eye, but at length, yielding
+to my importunity, reluctantly granted my request.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Accompanied by some fifty of the natives, I now rapidly continued
+my journey, every few moments being transferred from the back of
+one to another, and urging my bearer forward all the while with earnest
+entreaties. As I thus hurried forward, no doubt as to the truth of
+the information I had received ever crossed my mind. I was alive
+only to the one overwhelming idea, that a chance of deliverance was now
+afforded me, if the jealous opposition of the savages could be overcome.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Having been prohibited from approaching the sea during the whole
+of my stay in the valley, I had always associated with it the idea of
+escape. Toby, too,—if indeed he had ever voluntarily deserted me,—must
+have effected his flight by the sea; and now that I was drawing
+near to it myself, I indulged in hopes which I had never felt before.
+It was evident that a boat had entered the bay, and I saw little reason
+to doubt the truth of the report that it had brought my companion.
+Every time, therefore, that we gained an elevation, I looked eagerly
+around, hoping to behold him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the midst of an excited throng, who by their violent gestures and
+wild cries appeared to be under the influence of some excitement as
+strong as my own, I was now borne along at a rapid trot, frequently
+stooping my head to avoid the branches which crossed the path, and
+never ceasing to implore those who carried me to accelerate their already
+swift pace.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In this manner we had proceeded about four or five miles, when we
+were met by a party of some twenty islanders, between whom and
+<pb n='262'/><anchor id='Pg262'/>those who accompanied me ensued an animated conference. Impatient
+of the delay occasioned by this interruption, I was beseeching the
+man who carried me to proceed without his loitering companions,
+when Kory-Kory, running to my side, informed me, in three fatal
+words, that the news had all proved false—that Toby had not arrived—<q>Toby
+owlee permi.</q> Heaven only knows how, in the state of mind
+and body I then was, I ever sustained the agony which this intelligence
+caused me; not that the news was altogether unexpected, but I had
+trusted that the fact might not have been made known until we should
+have arrived upon the beach. As it was, I at once foresaw the course
+the savages would pursue. They had only yielded thus far to my entreaties,
+that I might give a joyful welcome to my long-lost comrade;
+but now that it was known he had not arrived, they would at once
+oblige me to turn back.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My anticipations were but too correct. In spite of the resistance
+I made, they carried me into a house which was near the spot, and
+left me upon the mats. Shortly afterwards, several of those who had
+accompanied me from the Ti, detaching themselves from the others,
+proceeded in the direction of the sea. Those who remained—among
+whom were Marheyo, Mow-Mow, Kory-Kory, and Tinor—gathered
+about the dwelling, and appeared to be awaiting their return.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This convinced me that strangers—perhaps some of my own countrymen—had
+for some cause or other entered the bay. Distracted at
+the idea of their vicinity, and reckless of the pain which I suffered,
+I heeded not the assurances of the islanders that there were no boats
+at the beach, but, starting to my feet, endeavoured to gain the door.
+Instantly the passage was blocked up by several men, who commanded
+me to resume my seat. The fierce looks of the irritated savages admonished
+me that I could gain nothing by force, and that it was by
+entreaty alone that I could hope to compass my object.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Guided by this consideration, I turned to Mow-Mow, the only chief
+present, whom I had been much in the habit of seeing, and, carefully
+concealing my real design, tried to make him comprehend that I still
+<pb n='263'/><anchor id='Pg263'/>believed Toby to have arrived on the shore, and besought him to allow
+me to go forward to welcome him. To all his repeated assertions that
+my companion had not been seen, I pretended to turn a deaf ear:
+while I urged my solicitations with an eloquence of gesture which the
+one-eyed chief appeared unable to resist. He seemed, indeed, to regard
+me as a froward child, to whose wishes he had not the heart to
+oppose force, and whom he must consequently humour. He spoke a
+few words to the natives, who at once retreated from the door, and I
+immediately passed out of the house.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Here I looked earnestly round for Kory-Kory; but that hitherto
+faithful servitor was nowhere to be seen. Unwilling to linger even for
+a single instant when every moment might be so important, I motioned
+to a muscular fellow near me to take me upon his back: to my surprise
+he angrily refused. I turned to another, but with a like result. A
+third attempt was as unsuccessful, and I immediately perceived what
+had induced Mow-Mow to grant my request, and why the other natives
+conducted themselves in so strange a manner. It was evident that
+the chief had only given me liberty to continue my progress towards
+the sea, because he supposed that I was deprived of the means of reaching
+it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Convinced by this of their determination to retain me a captive, I
+became desperate; and almost insensible to the pain which I suffered,
+I seized a spear which was leaning against the projecting eaves of the
+house, and, supporting myself with it, resumed the path that swept
+by the dwelling. To my surprise, I was suffered to proceed alone, all
+the natives remaining in front of the house, and engaging in earnest
+conversation, which every moment became more loud and vehement;
+and, to my unspeakable delight, I perceived that some difference of
+opinion had arisen between them; that two parties, in short, were
+formed, and consequently that, in their divided counsels, there was
+some chance of my deliverance.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Before I had proceeded a hundred yards I was again surrounded by
+the savages, who were still in all the heat of argument, and appeared
+<pb n='264'/><anchor id='Pg264'/>every moment as if they would come to blows. In the midst of this
+tumult old Marheyo came to my side, and I shall never forget the benevolent
+expression of his countenance. He placed his arm upon my
+shoulder, and emphatically pronounced one expressive English word
+I had taught him—<q>Home.</q> I at once understood what he meant,
+and eagerly expressed my thanks to him. Fayaway and Kory-Kory
+were by his side, both weeping violently; and it was not until the old
+man had twice repeated the command that his son could bring himself
+to obey him, and take me again upon his back. The one-eyed chief
+opposed his doing so, but he was overruled, and, as it seemed to me,
+by some of his own party.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We proceeded onwards, and never shall I forget the ecstacy I felt
+when I first heard the roar of the surf breaking upon the beach. Before
+long, I saw the flashing billows themselves through the opening
+between the trees. Oh! glorious sight and sound of ocean! with what
+rapture did I hail you as familiar friends. By this time the shouts
+of the crowd upon the beach were distinctly audible, and in the blended
+confusion of sounds I almost fancied I could distinguish the voices
+of my own countrymen.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When we reached the open space which lay between the groves and
+the sea, the first object that met my view was an English whale-boat,
+lying with her bow pointed from the shore, and only a few fathoms
+distant from it. It was manned by five islanders, dressed in short
+tunics of calico. My first impression was that they were in the very
+act of pulling out from the bay; and that, after all my exertions, I
+had come too late. My soul sunk within me: but a second glance convinced
+me that the boat was only hanging off to keep out of the surf;
+and the next moment I heard my own name shouted out by a voice
+from the midst of the crowd.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Looking in the direction of the sound, I perceived, to my indescribable
+joy, the tall figure of Karakoee, an Oahu Kannaka, who had
+often been aboard the <name type="ship">Dolly</name> while she lay in Nukuheva. He wore
+the green shooting-jacket, with gilt buttons, which had been given to
+<pb n='265'/><anchor id='Pg265'/>him by an officer of the <name type="ship">Reine Blanche</name>—the French flag-ship—and in
+which I had always seen him dressed. I now remembered the Kannaka
+had frequently told me that his person was tabooed in all the valleys
+of the island, and the sight of him at such a moment as this filled my
+heart with a tumult of delight.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Karakoee stood near the edge of the water with a large roll of cotton-cloth
+thrown over one arm, and holding two or three canvas bags
+of powder, while with the other hand he grasped a musket, which he
+appeared to be proffering to several of the chiefs around him. But
+they turned with disgust from his offers, and seemed to be impatient
+at his presence, with vehement gestures waving him off to his boat,
+and commanding him to depart.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The Kannaka, however, still maintained his ground, and I at once
+perceived that he was seeking to purchase my freedom. Animated by
+the idea, I called upon him loudly to come to me; but he replied, in
+broken English, that the islanders had threatened to pierce him with
+their spears, if he stirred a foot towards me. At this time I was still
+advancing, surrounded by a dense throng of the natives, several of
+whom had their hands upon me, and more than one javelin was threateningly
+pointed at me. Still I perceived clearly that many of those
+least friendly towards me looked irresolute and anxious.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I was still some thirty yards from Karakoee, when my farther progress
+was prevented by the natives, who compelled me to sit down upon
+the ground, while they still retained their hold upon my arms. The
+din and tumult now became tenfold, and I perceived that several of
+the priests were on the spot, all of whom were evidently urging Mow-Mow
+and the other chiefs to prevent my departure; and the detestable
+word—<q>Roo-ne! Roo-ne!</q> which I had heard repeated a thousand
+times during the day, was now shouted on every side of me. Still
+I saw that the Kannaka continued his exertions in my favour—that he
+was boldly debating the matter with the savages, and was striving
+to entice them by displaying his cloth and powder, and snapping the
+lock of his musket. But all he said or did appeared only to augment
+<pb n='266'/><anchor id='Pg266'/>the clamours of those around him, who seemed bent upon driving him
+into the sea.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When I remembered the extravagant value placed by these people
+upon the articles which were offered to them in exchange for me, and
+which were so indignantly rejected, I saw a new proof of the same
+fixed determination of purpose they had all along manifested with regard
+to me, and in despair, and reckless of consequences, I exerted all
+my strength, and, shaking myself free from the grasp of those who
+held me, I sprang upon my feet and rushed towards Karakoee.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The rash attempt nearly decided my fate; for, fearful that I might
+slip from them, several of the islanders now raised a simultaneous shout,
+and pressing upon Karakoee, they menaced him with furious gestures,
+and actually forced him into the sea. Appalled at their violence, the
+poor fellow, standing nearly to the waist in the surf, endeavoured to
+pacify them; but at length, fearful that they would do him some fatal
+violence, he beckoned to his comrades to pull in at once, and take him
+into the boat.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was at this agonizing moment, when I thought all hope was
+ended, that a new contest arose between the two parties, who had accompanied
+me to the shore; blows were struck, wounds were given,
+and blood flowed. In the interest excited by the fray, every one had
+left me except Marheyo, Kory-Kory, and poor dear Fayaway, who
+clung to me, sobbing convulsively. I saw that now or never was the
+moment. Clasping my hands together, I looked imploringly at Marheyo,
+and moved towards the now almost deserted beach. The tears
+were in the old man’s eyes, but neither he nor Kory-Kory attempted
+to hold me, and I soon reached the Kannaka, who had anxiously watched
+my movements; the rowers pulled in as near as they dared to the
+edge of the surf; I gave one parting embrace to Fayaway, who seemed
+speechless with sorrow, and the next instant I found myself safe in
+the boat, and Karakoee by my side, who told the rowers at once to
+give way. Marheyo and Kory-Kory, and a great many of the women,
+followed me into the water, and I was determined, as the only mark
+<pb n='267'/><anchor id='Pg267'/>of gratitude I could show, to give them the articles which had been
+brought as my ransom. I handed the musket to Kory-Kory, in doing
+which he would fain have taken hold of me, threw the roll of cotton to
+old Marheyo, pointing as I did so to poor Fayaway, who had retired
+from the edge of the water, and was sitting down disconsolate on the
+beach, and tumbled the powder-bags out to the nearest young ladies,
+all of whom were vastly willing to take them. This distribution did
+not occupy ten seconds, and before it was over the boat was under full
+way, the Kannaka all the while exclaiming loudly against what he
+considered a useless throwing away of valuable property.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Although it was clear that my movements had been noticed by several
+of the natives, still they had not suspended the conflict in which
+they were engaged, and it was not until the boat was above fifty yards
+from the shore, that Mow-Mow and some six or seven other warriors
+rushed into the sea and hurled their javelins at us. Some of the weapons
+passed quite as close to us as was desirable, but no one was wounded,
+and the men pulled away gallantly. But although soon out of the reach
+of the spears, our progress was extremely slow; it blew strong upon the
+shore, and the tide was against us; and I saw Karakoee, who was
+steering the boat, give many a look towards a jutting point of the bay
+round which we had to pass.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For a minute or two after our departure, the savages, who had formed
+into different groups, remained perfectly motionless and silent. All
+at once the enraged chief showed by his gestures that he had resolved
+what course he would take. Shouting loudly to his companions, and
+pointing with his tomahawk towards the headland, he set off at full
+speed in that direction, and was followed by about thirty of the natives,
+among whom were several of the priests, all yelling out, <q>Roo-ne!
+Roo-ne!</q> at the very top of their voices. Their intention was evidently
+to swim off from the headland and intercept us in our course. The
+wind was freshening every minute, and was right in our teeth, and it
+was one of those chopping, angry seas, in which it is so difficult to
+row. Still the chances seemed in our favour, but when we came within
+a hundred yards of the point, the active savages were already dashing
+<pb n='268'/><anchor id='Pg268'/>into the water, and we all feared that within five minutes’ time we
+should have a score of the infuriated wretches around us. If so our
+doom was sealed, for these savages, unlike the feeble swimmers of
+civilized countries, are, if anything, more formidable antagonists in
+the water than when on the land. It was all a trial of strength; our
+natives pulled till their oars bent again, and the crowd of swimmers
+shot through the water, despite its roughness, with fearful rapidity.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By the time we had reached the headland, the savages were spread
+right across our course. Our rowers got out their knives and held
+them ready between their teeth, and I seized the boat-hook. We were
+all aware that if they succeeded in intercepting us, they would practise
+upon us the manœuvre which proved so fatal to many a boat’s
+crew in these seas. They would grapple the oars, and, seizing hold of
+the gunwale, capsize the boat, and then we should be entirely at their
+mercy.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After a few breathless moments I discerned Mow-Mow. The athletic
+islander, with his tomahawk between his teeth, was dashing the
+water before him till it foamed again. He was the nearest to us, and
+in another instant he would have seized one of the oars. Even at
+the moment I felt horror at the act I was about to commit; but it was
+no time for pity or compunction, and with true aim, and exerting all
+my strength, I dashed the boat-hook at him. It struck him just below
+the throat, and forced him downwards. I had no time to repeat the
+blow, but I saw him rise to the surface in the wake of the boat, and
+never shall I forget the ferocious expression of his countenance.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Only one other of the savages reached the boat. He seized the
+gunwale, but the knives of our rowers so mauled his wrists that he was
+forced to quit his hold, and the next minute we were past them all, and
+in safety. The strong excitement which had thus far kept me up, now
+left me, and I fell back fainting into the arms of Karakoee.
+</p>
+
+<milestone unit="tb" rend="stars: 10"/>
+
+<p>
+The circumstances connected with my most unexpected escape may be
+very briefly stated. The captain of an Australian vessel being in
+<pb n='269'/><anchor id='Pg269'/>distress for men in these remote seas, had put into Nukuheva in order
+to recruit his ship’s company, but not a single man was to be obtained;
+and the barque was about to get under weigh, when she was boarded
+by Karakoee, who informed the disappointed Englishman that an
+American sailor was detained by the savages in the neighbouring bay
+of Typee; and he offered, if supplied with suitable articles of traffic,
+to undertake his release. The Kannaka had gained his intelligence
+from Marnoo, to whom, after all, I was indebted for my escape. The
+proposition was acceded to; and Karakoee, taking with him five tabooed
+natives of Nukuheva, again repaired aboard the barque, which
+in a few hours sailed to that part of the island, and threw her main-top-sail
+aback right off the entrance to the Typee bay. The whale-boat,
+manned by the tabooed crew, pulled towards the head of the
+inlet, while the ship lay <q>off and on</q> awaiting its return.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The events which ensued have already been detailed, and little more
+remains to be related. On reaching the <name type="ship">Julia</name>, I was lifted over the
+side, and my strange appearance, and remarkable adventure, occasioned
+the liveliest interest. Every attention was bestowed upon me that
+humanity could suggest; but to such a state was I reduced, that three
+months elapsed before I recovered my health.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The mystery which hung over the fate of my friend and companion,
+Toby, has never been cleared up. I still remain ignorant whether he
+succeeded in leaving the valley, or perished at the hands of the islanders.
+</p>
+</div>
+<div type="chapter" rend="page-break-before: always">
+<pb n='270'/><anchor id='Pg270'/>
+<index index="toc"/><index index="pdf" level1="SEQUEL"/>
+<head>SEQUEL</head>
+
+<head type="sub">CONTAINING</head>
+
+<head>THE STORY OF TOBY</head>
+
+<p rend="display">
+<hi rend='smallcaps'>Note.</hi>—The Author of <q>Typee</q> was more than two years in the South Seas,
+after escaping from the valley, as recounted in the last chapter. Some time
+after returning home the foregoing narrative was published, though it was
+little thought at the time that this would be the means of revealing the
+existence of Toby, who had long been given up for lost. But so it proved.
+The story of his escape supplies a natural sequel to the adventure, and as
+such it is now added to the volume. It was related to the Author by Toby
+himself.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The morning my comrade left me, as related in the narrative, he
+was accompanied by a large party of the natives, some of them carrying
+fruit and hogs for the purposes of traffic, as the report had spread
+that boats had touched at the bay.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As they proceeded through the settled parts of the valley, numbers
+joined them from every side, running with animated cries from every
+pathway. So excited were the whole party, that, eager as Toby was
+to gain the beach, it was almost as much as he could do to keep up
+with them. Making the valley ring with their shouts, they hurried
+along on a swift trot, those in advance pausing now and then, and
+flourishing their weapons to urge the rest forward.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Presently they came to a place where the path crossed a bend of
+the main stream of the valley. Here a strange sound came through the
+grove beyond, and the islanders halted. It was Mow-Mow, the one-eyed
+chief, who had gone on before; he was striking his heavy lance
+against the hollow bough of a tree.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This was a signal of alarm;—for nothing was now heard but
+shouts of <q>Happar! Happar!</q>—the warriors tilting with their spears
+<pb n='271'/><anchor id='Pg271'/>and brandishing them in the air, and the women and boys shouting
+to each other, and picking up the stones in the bed of the stream. In
+a moment or two Mow-Mow and two or three other chiefs ran out from
+the grove, and the din increased tenfold.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Now, thought Toby, for a fray; and being unarmed, he besought
+one of the young men domiciled with Marheyo for the loan of his
+spear. But he was refused; the youth roguishly telling him, that the
+weapon was very good for him (the Typee), but that a white man
+could fight much better with his fists.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The merry humour of this young wag seemed to be shared by the
+rest, for in spite of their warlike cries and gestures, everybody was
+capering about and laughing, as if it was one of the funniest things in
+the world to be awaiting the flight of a score or two of Happar javelins
+from an ambush in the thickets.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+While my comrade was in vain trying to make out the meaning of
+all this, a good number of the natives separated themselves from the
+rest and ran off into the grove on one side, the others now keeping
+perfectly still, as if awaiting the result. After a little while, however,
+Mow-Mow, who stood in advance, motioned them to come on stealthily,
+which they did, scarcely rustling a leaf. Thus they crept along for
+ten or fifteen minutes, every now and then pausing to listen.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Toby by no means relished this sort of skulking; if there was going
+to be a fight he wanted it to begin at once. But all in good time,—for
+just then, as they went prowling into the thickest of the wood, terrific
+howls burst upon them on all sides, and volleys of darts and stones
+flew across the path. Not an enemy was to be seen, and what was
+still more surprising, not a single man dropped, though the pebbles
+fell among the leaves like hail.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There was a moment’s pause, when the Typees, with wild shrieks,
+flung themselves into the covert, spear in hand; nor was Toby behind-hand.
+Coming so near getting his skull broken by the stones, and
+animated by an old grudge he bore the Happars, he was among the
+first to dash at them. As he broke his way through the underbush,
+<pb n='272'/><anchor id='Pg272'/>trying, as he did so, to wrest a spear from a young chief, the shouts
+of battle all of a sudden ceased, and the wood was as still as death.
+The next moment, the party who had left them so mysteriously rushed
+out from behind every bush and tree, and united with the rest in long
+and merry peals of laughter.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was all a sham, and Toby, who was quite out of breath with
+excitement, was much incensed at being made a fool of.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It afterwards turned out that the whole affair had been concerted
+for his particular benefit, though with what precise view it would be
+hard to tell. My comrade was the more enraged at this boy’s play,
+since it had consumed so much time, every moment of which might
+be precious. Perhaps, however, it was partly intended for this very
+purpose; and he was led to think so, because, when the natives started
+again, he observed that they did not seem to be in so great a hurry as
+before. At last, after they had gone some distance, Toby, thinking all
+the while that they never would get to the sea, two men came running towards
+them, and a regular halt ensued, followed by a noisy discussion,
+during which Toby’s name was often repeated. All this made him
+more and more anxious to learn what was going on at the beach; but
+it was in vain that he now tried to push forward; the natives held
+him back.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In a few moments the conference ended, and many of them ran
+down the path in the direction of the water, the rest surrounding
+Toby, and entreating him to <q>Moee,</q> or sit down and rest himself.
+As an additional inducement, several calabashes of food, which had
+been brought along, were now placed on the ground, and opened, and
+pipes also were lighted. Toby bridled his impatience awhile, but at
+last sprang to his feet and dashed forward again. He was soon overtaken
+nevertheless, and again surrounded, but without further detention
+was then permitted to go down to the sea.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They came out on a bright green space between the groves and
+the water, and close under the shadow of the Happar mountain, where
+a path was seen, winding out of sight through a gorge.
+</p>
+
+<pb n='273'/><anchor id='Pg273'/>
+
+<p>
+No sign of a boat, however, was beheld; nothing but a <anchor id="corr273"/><corr sic="tumultous">tumultuous</corr>
+crowd of men and women, and some one in their midst, earnestly talking
+to them. As my comrade advanced, this person came forward, and
+proved to be no stranger. He was an old grizzled sailor, whom Toby
+and myself had frequently seen in Nukuheva, where he lived an easy,
+devil-may-care life, in the household of Mowanna the king, going by the
+name of <q>Jimmy.</q> In fact, he was the royal favourite, and had a
+good deal to say in his master’s councils. He wore a Manilla hat, and
+a sort of tappa morning gown, sufficiently loose and negligent to show
+the verse of a song tattooed upon his chest, and a variety of spirited
+cuts by native artists in other parts of his body. He sported a fishing-rod
+in his hand, and carried a sooty old pipe slung about his neck.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This old rover having retired from active life, had resided in Nukuheva
+some time—he could speak the language, and for that reason
+was frequently employed by the French as an interpreter. He was an
+arrant old gossip, too; for ever coming off in his canoe to the ships
+in the bay, and regaling their crews with choice little morsels of court
+scandal—such, for instance, as a shameful intrigue of his majesty
+with a Happar damsel, a public dancer at the feasts—and otherwise
+relating some incredible tales about the Marquesas generally. I remember,
+in particular, his telling the <name type="ship">Dolly’s</name> crew what proved to be
+literally a cock-and-bull story, about two natural prodigies, which he
+said were then on the island. One was an old monster of a hermit,
+having a marvellous reputation for sanctity, and reputed a famous
+sorcerer, who lived away off in a den among the mountains, where he
+hid from the world a great pair of horns that grew out of his temples.
+Notwithstanding his reputation for piety, his horrid old fellow was the
+terror of all the island round, being reported to come out from his
+retreat, and go a man-hunting every dark night. Some anonymous
+Paul Pry, too, coming down the mountain, once got a peep at his
+den, and found it full of bones. In short, he was a most unheard-of
+monster.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The other prodigy Jimmy told us about, was the younger son of a
+<pb n='274'/><anchor id='Pg274'/>chief, who, although but just turned of ten, had entered upon holy
+orders, because his superstitious countrymen thought him especially
+intended for the priesthood, from the fact of his having a comb on his
+head like a rooster. But this was not all: for, still more wonderful
+to relate, the boy prided himself upon this strange crest, being actually
+endowed with a cock’s voice, and frequently crowing over his peculiarity.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But to return to Toby. The moment he saw the old rover on the
+beach, he ran up to him, the natives following after, and forming a
+circle round them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After welcoming him to the shore, Jimmy went on to tell him how
+that he knew all about our having run away from the ship, and being
+among the Typees, indeed, he had been urged by Mowanna to come
+over to the valley, and, after visiting his friends there, to bring us back
+with him, his royal master being exceedingly anxious to share with
+him the reward which had been held out for our capture. He, however,
+assured Toby that he had indignantly spurned the offer.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+All this astonished my comrade not a little, as neither of us had
+entertained the least idea that any white man ever visited the Typees
+sociably. But Jimmy told him that such was the case, nevertheless,
+although he seldom came into the bay, and scarcely ever went back from
+the beach. One of the priests of the valley, in some way or other
+connected with an old tattooed divine in Nukuheva, was a friend of
+his, and through him he was <q>taboo.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He said, moreover, that he was sometimes employed to come round
+to the bay, and engage fruit for ships lying in Nukuheva. In fact,
+he was now on that very errand, according to his own account, having
+just come across the mountains by the way of Happar. By noon of
+the next day, the fruit would be heaped up in stacks on the beach,
+in readiness for the boats, which he then intended to bring into the bay.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Jimmy now asked Toby whether he wished to leave the island—if
+he did, there was a ship in want of men, lying in the other harbour,
+<pb n='275'/><anchor id='Pg275'/>and he would be glad to take him over, and see him on board that
+very day.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>No,</q> said Toby; <q>I cannot leave the island, unless my comrade
+goes with me. I left him up the valley because they would not let him
+come down. Let us go now and fetch him.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>But how is he to cross the mountain with us,</q> replied Jimmy,
+<q>even if we get him down to the beach? Better let him stay till
+to-morrow, and I will bring him round to Nukuheva in the boats.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>That will never do,</q> said Toby; <q>but come along with me now,
+and let us get him down here at any rate</q>; and yielding to the impulse
+of the moment, he started to hurry back into the valley. But
+hardly was his back turned, when a dozen hands were laid on him,
+and he learned that he could not go a step farther.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was in vain that he fought with them: they would not hear of
+his stirring from the beach. Cut to the heart at this unexpected repulse,
+Toby now conjured the sailor to go after me alone. But Jimmy
+replied, that in the mood the Typees then were, they would not permit
+him to do so, though, at the same time, he was not afraid of their
+offering him any harm.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Little did Toby then think, as he afterwards had good reason to
+suspect, that this very Jimmy was a heartless villain, who, by his
+arts, had just incited the natives to restrain him, as he was in the
+act of going after me. Well must the old sailor have known, too,
+that the natives would never consent to our leaving together; and he
+therefore wanted to get Toby off alone, for a purpose which he afterwards
+made plain. Of all this, however, my comrade now knew
+nothing.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He was still struggling with the islanders, when Jimmy again came
+up to him, and warned him against irritating them, saying that he
+was only making matters worse for both of us, and if they became
+enraged, there was no telling what might happen. At last he made
+Toby sit down on a broken canoe, by a pile of stones, upon which was
+<pb n='276'/><anchor id='Pg276'/>a ruinous little shrine, supported by four upright paddles, and in
+front partly screened by a net. The fishing parties met there, when
+they came in from the sea, for their offerings were laid before an
+image, upon a smooth black stone within. This spot, Jimmy said,
+was strictly <q>taboo,</q> and no one would molest or come near him while
+he stayed by its shadow. The old sailor then went off, and began
+speaking very earnestly to Mow-Mow and some other chiefs, while all
+the rest formed a circle round the taboo place, looking intently at
+Toby, and talking to each other without ceasing.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Now, notwithstanding what Jimmy had just told him, there presently
+came up to my comrade an old woman, who seated herself
+beside him on the canoe.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Typee Mortarkee?</q> said she. <q>Mortarkee muee,</q> said Toby.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+She then asked whether he was going to Nukuheva; he nodded
+yes; and with a plaintive wail, her eyes filling with tears, she rose
+and left him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This old woman, the sailor afterwards said, was the wife of an aged
+king of a small inland valley, communicating by a deep pass with the
+country of the Typees. The inmates of the two valleys were related
+to each other by blood, and were known by the same name. The old
+woman had gone down into the Typee valley the day before, and was
+now, with three chiefs, her sons, on a visit to her kinsmen.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As the old king’s wife left him, Jimmy again came up to Toby, and
+told him that he had just talked the whole matter over with the natives,
+and there was only one course for him to follow. They would not
+allow him to go back into the valley, and harm would certainly come
+to both him and me, if he remained much longer on the beach. <q>So,</q>
+said he, <q>you and I had better go to Nukuheva now overland, and to-morrow
+I will bring Tommo, as they call him, by water; they have
+promised to carry him down to the sea for me early in the morning,
+so that there will be no delay.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>No, no,</q> said Toby desperately, <q>I will not leave him that way;
+we must escape together.</q>
+</p>
+
+<pb n='277'/><anchor id='Pg277'/>
+
+<p>
+<q>Then there is no hope for you,</q> exclaimed the sailor, <q>for if I
+leave you here on the beach, as soon as I am gone you will be carried
+back into the valley, and then neither of you will ever look upon the
+sea again.</q> And with many oaths he swore that if he would only go
+to Nukuheva with him that day, he would be sure to have me there
+the very next morning.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>But how do you know they will bring him down to the beach to-morrow,
+when they will not do so to-day?</q> said Toby. But the sailor
+had many reasons, all of which were so mixed up with the mysterious
+customs of the islanders, that he was none the wiser. Indeed, their
+conduct, especially in preventing him from returning into the valley,
+was absolutely unaccountable to him; and added to everything else
+was the bitter reflection, that the old sailor, after all, might possibly
+be deceiving him. And then again he had to think of me, left alone
+with the natives, and by no means well. If he went with Jimmy, he
+might at least hope to procure some relief for me. But might not the
+savages who had acted so strangely, hurry me off somewhere before
+his return? Then, even if he remained, perhaps they would not let
+him go back to the valley where I was.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus perplexed was my poor comrade; he knew not what to do, and
+his courageous spirit was of no use to him now. There he was, all by
+himself, seated upon the broken canoe—the natives grouped around him
+at a distance, and eyeing him more and more fixedly.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>It is getting late,</q> said Jimmy, who was standing behind the rest.
+<q>Nukuheva is far off, and I cannot cross the Happar country by night.
+You see how it is:—if you come along with me, all will be well; if you
+do not, depend upon it neither of you will ever escape.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>There is no help for it,</q> said Toby, at last, with a heavy heart, <q>I
+will have to trust you</q>; and he came out from the shadow of the little
+shrine, and cast a long look up the valley.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Now keep close to my side,</q> said the sailor, <q>and let us be moving
+quickly.</q> Tinor and Fayaway here appeared; the kind-hearted old
+woman embracing Toby’s knees, and giving way to a flood of tears;
+<pb n='278'/><anchor id='Pg278'/>while Fayaway, hardly less moved, spoke some few words of English
+she had learned, and held up three fingers before him—in so many days
+he would return.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At last Jimmy pulled Toby out of the crowd, and after calling to
+a young Typee who was standing by with a young pig in his arms,
+all three started for the mountains.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>I have told them that you are coming back again,</q> said the old
+fellow, laughing, as they began the ascent, <q>but they’ll have to wait a
+long time.</q> Toby turned, and saw the natives all in motion—the
+girls waving their tappas in adieu, and the men their spears. As the
+last figure entered the grove with one arm raised, and the three fingers
+spread, his heart smote him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As the natives had at last consented to his going, it might have
+been, that some of them, at least, really counted upon his speedy return;
+probably supposing, as indeed he had told them when they were coming
+down the valley, that his only object in leaving them was to procure
+the medicines I needed. This, Jimmy also must have told them.
+And as they had done before, when my comrade, to oblige me, started
+on his perilous journey to Nukuheva, they looked upon me, in his
+absence, as one of two inseparable friends who was a sure guarantee for
+the other’s return. This is only my own supposition, however, for as
+to all their strange conduct, it is still a mystery.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>You see what sort of a taboo man I am,</q> said the sailor, after for
+some time silently following the path which led up the mountain.
+<q>Mow-Mow made me a present of this pig here, and the man who
+carries it will go right through Happar, and down into Nukuheva
+with us. So long as he stays by me he is safe, and just so it will be
+with you, and to-morrow with Tommo. Cheer up, then, and rely
+upon me, you will see him in the morning.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The ascent of the mountain was not very difficult, owing to its being
+near to the sea, where the island ridges are comparatively low; the
+path, too, was a fine one, so that in a short time all three were standing
+on the summit with the two valleys at their feet. The white
+<pb n='279'/><anchor id='Pg279'/>cascades marking the green head of the Typee valley first caught
+Toby’s eye; Marheyo’s house could easily be traced by them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As Jimmy led the way along the ridge, Toby observed that the
+valley of the Happars did not extend near so far inland as that of the
+Typees. This accounted for our mistake in entering the latter valley
+as we had.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A path leading down from the mountain was soon seen, and, following
+it, the party were in a short time fairly in the Happar valley.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<q>Now,</q> said Jimmy, as they hurried on, <q>we taboo men have wives
+in all the bays, and I am going to show you the two I have here.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+So, when they came to the house where he said they lived—which
+was close by the base of the mountain, in a shady nook among the
+groves,—he went in, and was quite furious at finding it empty—the
+ladies had gone out. However, they soon made their appearance, and,
+to tell the truth, welcomed Jimmy quite cordially, as well as Toby,
+about whom they were very inquisitive. Nevertheless, as the report
+of their arrival spread, and the Happars began to assemble, it became
+evident that the appearance of a white stranger among them was not
+by any means deemed so wonderful an event as in the neighbouring
+valley.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The old sailor bade his wives prepare something to eat, as he
+must be in Nukuheva before dark. A meal of fish, bread-fruit, and
+bananas, was accordingly served up, the party regaling themselves on
+the mats, in the midst of a numerous company.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The Happars put many questions to Jimmy about Toby; and
+Toby himself looked sharply at them, anxious to recognise the fellow
+who gave him the wound from which he was still suffering. But this
+fiery gentleman, so handy with his spear, had the delicacy, it seemed,
+to keep out of view. Certainly the sight of him would not have been
+any added inducement to making him stay in the valley,—some of the
+afternoon loungers in Happar having politely urged Toby to spend a
+few days with them,—there was a feast coming on. He, however,
+declined.
+</p>
+
+<pb n='280'/><anchor id='Pg280'/>
+
+<p>
+All this while the young Typee stuck to Jimmy like his shadow, and
+though as lively a dog as any of his tribe, he was now as meek as a
+lamb, never opening his mouth except to eat. Although some of the
+Happars looked queerly at him, others were more civil, and seemed
+desirous of taking him abroad and showing him the valley. But the
+Typee was not to be cajoled in that way. How many yards he would
+have to remove from Jimmy before the taboo would be powerless, it
+would be hard to tell, but probably he himself knew to a fraction.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On the promise of a red cotton handkerchief, and something else
+which he kept secret, this poor fellow had undertaken a rather ticklish
+journey, though, as far as Toby could ascertain, it was something that
+had never happened before.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The island-punch—arva—was brought in at the conclusion of the repast,
+and passed round in a shallow calabash.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Now my comrade, while seated in the Happar house, began to feel
+more troubled than ever at leaving me: indeed, so sad did he feel that
+he talked about going back to the valley, and wanted Jimmy to escort
+him as far as the mountains. But the sailor would not listen to him,
+and, by way of diverting his thoughts, pressed him to drink of the
+arva. Knowing its narcotic nature, he refused; but Jimmy said he
+would have something mixed with it, which would convert it into an
+innocent beverage that would inspirit them for the rest of their journey.
+So at last he was induced to drink of it, and its effects were just as
+the sailor had predicted; his spirits rose at once, and all his gloomy
+thoughts left him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The old rover now began to reveal his true character, though he was
+hardly suspected at the time. <q>If I get you off to a ship,</q> said he,
+<q>you will surely give a poor fellow something for saving you.</q> In
+short, before they left the house, he made Toby promise that he would
+give him five Spanish dollars if he succeeded in getting any part of his
+wages advanced from the vessel, aboard of which they were going;
+Toby, moreover, engaging to reward him still farther, as soon as my
+deliverance was accomplished.
+</p>
+
+<pb n='281'/><anchor id='Pg281'/>
+
+<p>
+A little while after this they started again, accompanied by many
+of the natives, and going up the valley, took a steep path near its head,
+which led to Nukuheva. Here the Happars paused, and watched them
+as they ascended the mountain, one group of bandit-looking fellows
+shaking their spears and casting threatening glances at the poor Typee,
+whose heart as well as heels seemed much the lighter when he came to
+look down upon them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On gaining the heights once more, their way led for a time along
+several ridges covered with enormous ferns. At last they entered upon
+a wooded tract, and here they overtook a party of Nukuheva natives,
+well armed, and carrying bundles of long poles. Jimmy seemed to
+know them all very well, and stopped for awhile, and had a talk about
+the <q>Wee-Wees,</q> as the people of Nukuheva call the Monsieurs.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The party with the poles were King Mowanna’s men, and by his
+orders they had been gathering them in the ravines for his allies, the
+French.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Leaving these fellows to trudge on with their loads, Toby and his
+companions now pushed forward again, as the sun was already low in
+the west. They came upon the valleys of Nukuheva on one side
+of the bay, where the highlands slope off into the sea. The men-of-war
+were still lying in the harbour, and as Toby looked down upon
+them, the strange events which had happened so recently seemed all
+a dream.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They soon descended towards the beach, and found themselves in
+Jimmy’s house before it was well dark. Here he received another
+welcome from his Nukuheva wives, and after some refreshments in
+the shape of cocoa-nut milk and poee-poee, they entered a canoe (the
+Typee, of <anchor id="corr281"/><corr sic="course">course,</corr> going along) and paddled off to a whale-ship which
+was anchored near the shore. This was the vessel in want of men. Our
+own had sailed some time before. The captain professed great pleasure
+at seeing Toby, but thought from his exhausted appearance that
+he must be unfit for duty. However, he agreed to ship him, as well
+as his comrade as soon as he should arrive.
+</p>
+
+<pb n='282'/><anchor id='Pg282'/>
+
+<p>
+Toby begged hard for an armed boat, in which to go round to Typee
+and rescue me, notwithstanding the promise of Jimmy. But this the
+captain would not hear of, and told him to have patience, for the sailor
+would be faithful to his word. When, too, he demanded the five
+silver dollars for Jimmy, the captain was unwilling to give them.
+But Toby insisted upon it, as he now began to think that Jimmy
+might be a mere mercenary, who would be sure to prove faithless if not
+well paid. Accordingly he not only gave him the money, but took
+care to assure him, over and over again, that as soon as he brought me
+aboard he would receive a still larger sum.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Before sunrise the next day, Jimmy and the Typee started in two
+of the ship’s boats, which were manned by tabooed natives. Toby, of
+course, was all eagerness to go along, but the sailor told him that if
+he did, it would spoil all; so, hard as it was, he was obliged to remain.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Towards evening he was on the watch, and descried the boats turning
+the headland and entering the bay. He strained his eyes, and thought
+he saw me; but I was not there. Descending from the mast almost
+distracted, he grappled Jimmy as he struck the deck, shouting in a
+voice that startled him, <q>Where is Tommo?</q> The old fellow faltered,
+but soon recovering, did all he could to soothe him, assuring him that
+it had proved to be impossible to get me down to the shore that morning;
+assigning many plausible reasons, and adding that early on the
+morrow he was going to visit the bay again in a French boat, when,
+if he did not find me on the beach—as this time he certainly expected to—he
+would march right back into the valley, and carry me away at all
+hazards. He, however, again refused to allow Toby to accompany
+him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Now, situated as Toby was, his sole dependence for the present was
+upon Jimmy, and therefore he was fain to comfort himself as well as
+he could with what the old sailor told him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The next morning, however, he had the satisfaction of seeing the
+French boat start with Jimmy in it. To-night, then, I will see him,
+thought Toby; but many a long day passed before he ever saw Tommo
+<pb n='283'/><anchor id='Pg283'/>again. Hardly was the boat out of sight, when the captain came forward
+and ordered the anchor weighed; he was going to sea.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Vain were all Toby’s ravings,—they were disregarded; and when he
+came to himself, the sails were set, and the ship fast leaving the land.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+... <q>Oh! said he to me at our meeting, what sleepless nights were
+mine. Often I started from my hammock, dreaming you were before
+me, and upbraiding me for leaving you on the island.</q>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There is little more to be related. Toby left his vessel at New
+Zealand, and after some further adventures, arrived home in less
+than two years after leaving the Marquesas. He always thought of me
+as dead—and I had every reason to suppose that he, too, was no
+more; but a strange meeting was in store for us, which made Toby’s
+heart all the lighter.
+</p>
+
+<pb n='284'/><anchor id='Pg284'/>
+
+</div>
+</body>
+        <back rend="page-break-before: right">
+<div type="appendix">
+<pb n='285'/><anchor id='Pg285'/>
+<index index="toc"/><index index="pdf"/>
+<head>APPENDIX</head>
+
+<p>
+The author of this volume arrived at Tahiti the very day that the iniquitous
+designs of the French were consummated by inducing the subordinate
+chiefs, during the absence of their queen, to ratify an artfully-drawn treaty,
+by which she was virtually deposed. Both menaces and caresses were employed
+on this occasion, and the 32-pounders which peeped out of the port-holes
+of the frigate were the principal arguments adduced to quiet the
+scruples of the more conscientious islanders.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And yet this piratical seizure of Tahiti, with all the woe and desolation
+which resulted from it, created not half so great a sensation, at least in
+America, as was caused by the proceedings of the English at the Sandwich
+Islands. No transaction has ever been more grossly misrepresented than the
+events which occurred upon the arrival of Lord George Paulet at Oahu.
+During a residence of four months at Honolulu, the metropolis of the group,
+the author was in the confidence of an Englishman who was much employed
+by his lordship; and great was the author’s astonishment on his arrival at
+Boston, in the autumn of 1844, to read the distorted accounts and fabrications
+which had produced in the United States so violent an outbreak of
+indignation against the English. He deems it, therefore, a mere act of
+justice towards a gallant officer briefly to state the leading circumstances
+connected with the event in question.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It is needless to rehearse all the abuse that for some time previous to the
+spring of 1843 had been heaped upon the British residents, especially upon
+Captain Charlton, Her Britannic Majesty’s consul-general, by the native
+authorities of the Sandwich Islands. High in the favour of the imbecile
+king at this time was one Dr. Judd, a sanctimonious apothecary-adventurer,
+who, with other kindred and influential spirits, were animated by an inveterate
+dislike to England. The ascendancy of a junta of ignorant and
+designing Methodist elders in the councils of a half-civilised king, ruling
+with absolute sway over a nation just poised between barbarism and civilisation,
+and exposed by the peculiarities of its relations with foreign states to
+unusual difficulties, was not precisely calculated to impart a healthy tone to
+the policy of the government.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At last matters were brought to such an extremity, through the iniquitous
+maladministration of affairs, that the endurance of further insults and
+<pb n='286'/><anchor id='Pg286'/>injuries on the part of the British consul was no longer to be borne.
+Captain Charlton, insultingly forbidden to leave the islands, clandestinely
+withdrew, and arriving at Valparaiso, conferred with Rear-Admiral Thomas,
+the English commander-in-chief on the Pacific station. In consequence of
+this communication, Lord George Paulet was despatched by the admiral in
+the <name type="ship">Carysfort</name> frigate, to inquire into and correct the alleged abuses. On
+arriving at his destination, he sent his first lieutenant ashore with a letter
+to the king, couched in terms of the utmost courtesy, and soliciting the
+honour of an audience. The messenger was denied access to His Majesty,
+and Paulet was coolly referred to Dr. Judd, and informed that the apothecary
+was invested with plenary powers to treat with him. Rejecting this
+insolent proposition, his lordship again addressed the king by letter, and
+renewed his previous request; but he encountered another repulse. Justly
+indignant at this treatment, he penned a third epistle, enumerating the
+grievances to be redressed, and demanding a compliance with his requisitions,
+under penalty of immediate hostilities.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The government was now obliged to act, and an artful stroke of policy
+was decided upon by the despicable councillors of the king to entrap the
+sympathies and rouse the indignation of Christendom. His Majesty was
+made to intimate to the British captain that he could not, as the conscientious
+ruler of his beloved people, comply with the arbitrary demands of his
+lordship, and in deprecation of the horrors of war, tendered to his
+acceptance the <hi rend='italic'>provisional cession</hi> of the islands, subject to the result of
+the negotiations then pending in London. Paulet, a bluff and straight-forward
+sailor, took the king at his word, and after some preliminary
+arrangements, entered upon the administration of Hawaiian affairs, in the
+same firm and benignant spirit which marked the discipline of his frigate,
+and which had rendered him the idol of his ship’s company. He soon
+endeared himself to nearly all orders of the islanders; but the king and the
+chiefs, whose feudal sway over the common people was laboriously sought
+to be perpetuated by their missionary advisers, regarded all his proceedings
+with the most vigilant animosity. Jealous of his growing popularity, and
+unable to counteract it, they endeavoured to assail his reputation abroad by
+ostentatiously protesting against his acts, and appealing in Oriental phrase
+to the <hi rend='italic'>wide universe</hi> to witness and compassionate their <hi rend='italic'>unparalleled
+wrongs</hi>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Heedless of their idle clamours, Lord George Paulet addressed himself
+to the task of reconciling the differences among the foreign residents,
+<pb n='287'/><anchor id='Pg287'/>remedying their grievances, promoting their mercantile interests, and
+ameliorating, as far as lay in his power, the condition of the degraded
+natives. The iniquities he brought to light and instantly suppressed are
+too numerous to be here recorded; but one instance may be mentioned that
+will give some idea of the lamentable misrule to which these poor islanders
+are subjected.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It is well known that the laws at the Sandwich Islands are subject to
+the most capricious alterations, which, by confounding all ideas of right
+and wrong in the minds of the natives, produce the most pernicious effects.
+In no case is this mischief more plainly descernible than in the continually
+shifting regulations concerning licentiousness. At one time the most
+innocent freedoms between the sexes are punished with fine and imprisonment;
+at another the revocation of the statute is followed by the most open
+and undisguised profligacy.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It so happened that at the period of Paulet’s arrival the Connecticut
+blue laws had been for at least three weeks steadily enforced. In consequence
+of this, the fort at Honolulu was filled with a great number of
+young girls, who were confined there doing penance for their slips from
+virtue. Paulet, although at first unwilling to interfere with regulations
+having reference solely to the natives themselves, was eventually, by the
+prevalence of certain reports, induced to institute a strict inquiry into the
+internal administration of General Kekuanoa, governor of the island of
+Oahu, one of the pillars of the Hawaiian Church, and captain of the fort.
+He soon ascertained that numbers of the young females employed during
+the day at work intended for the benefit of the king, were at night
+smuggled over the ramparts of the fort—which on one side directly overhangs
+the sea—and were conveyed by stealth on board such vessels as had
+contracted with the General to be supplied with them. Before daybreak
+they returned to their quarters, and their own silence with regard to these
+secret excursions was purchased by a small portion of those wages of
+iniquity which were placed in the hands of Kekuanoa.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The vigour with which the laws concerning licentiousness were at that
+period enforced, enabled the General to monopolise in a great measure the
+detestable trade in which he was engaged, and there consequently flowed
+into his coffers—and some say into those of the government also—considerable
+sums of money. It is indeed a lamentable fact that the principal
+revenue of the Hawaiian government is derived from the fines levied upon,
+or rather the licences taken out by Vice, the prosperity of which is linked
+<pb n='288'/><anchor id='Pg288'/>with that of the government. Were the people to become virtuous the
+authorities would become poor; but from present indications there is little
+apprehension to be entertained on that score.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Some five months after the date of the cession, the <name type="ship">Dublin</name> frigate, carrying
+the flag of Rear-Admiral Thomas, entered the harbour of Honolulu.
+The excitement that her sudden appearance produced on shore was prodigious.
+Three days after her arrival an English sailor hauled down the
+red cross which had been flying from the heights of the fort, and the
+Hawaiian colours were again displayed upon the same staff. At the same
+moment the long 42-pounders upon Punchbowl Hill opened their iron
+throats in triumphant reply to the thunders of the five men-of-war in the
+harbour; and King Kammahammaha III, surrounded by a splendid group
+of British and American officers, unfurled the royal standard to assembled
+thousands of his subjects, who, attracted by the imposing military display
+of the foreigners, had flocked to witness the formal restoration of the
+islands to their ancient rulers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The admiral, after sanctioning the proceedings of his subaltern, had
+brought the authorities to terms; and so removed the necessity of acting
+any longer under the provisional cession.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The event was made an occasion of riotous rejoicing by the king and the
+principal chiefs, who easily secured a display of enthusiasm from the inferior
+orders, by remitting for a time the accustomed severity of the laws.
+Royal proclamations in English and Hawaiian were placarded in the streets
+of Honolulu, and posted up in the more populous villages of the group, in
+which His Majesty announced to his loving subjects the re-establishment of
+his throne, and called upon them to celebrate it by breaking through all
+moral, legal, and religious restraint for ten consecutive days, during which
+time all the laws of the land were solemnly declared to be suspended.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Who that happened to be at Honolulu during those ten memorable days
+will ever forget them! The spectacle of universal broad-day debauchery,
+which was then exhibited, beggars description. The natives of the surrounding
+islands flocked to Honolulu by hundreds, and the crews of two
+frigates, opportunely let loose like so many demons to swell the heathenish
+uproar, gave the crowning flourish to the scene. It was a sort of Polynesian
+saturnalia. Deeds too atrocious to be mentioned were done at noon-day
+in the open street, and some of the islanders, caught in the very act of
+stealing from the foreigners, were, on being taken to the fort by the
+aggrieved party, suffered immediately to go at large and to retain the stolen
+<pb n='289'/><anchor id='Pg289'/>property—Kekuanoa informing the white men, with a sardonic grin, that
+the laws were <q>hannapa</q> (tied up).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The history of these ten days reveals in their true colours the character
+of the Sandwich islanders, and furnishes an eloquent commentary on the
+results which have flowed from the labours of the missionaries. Freed
+from the restraint of severe penal laws, the natives almost to a man had
+plunged voluntarily into every species of wickedness and excess, and by
+their utter disregard of all decency plainly showed that, although they had
+been schooled into a seeming submission to the new order of things, they
+were in reality as depraved and vicious as ever.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Such were the events which produced in America so general an outbreak
+of indignation against the spirited and high-minded Paulet. He is not
+the first man who, in the fearless discharge of his duty, has awakened the
+senseless clamours of those whose narrow-minded suspicions blind them to
+a proper appreciation of measures which unusual exigencies may have
+rendered necessary.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It is almost needless to add that the British cabinet never had any idea
+of appropriating the islands; and it furnishes a sufficient vindication of
+the acts of Lord George Paulet, that he not only received the unqualified
+approbation of his own government, but that to this hour the great body
+of the Hawaiian people invoke blessings on his head, and look back with
+gratitude to the time when his liberal and paternal sway diffused peace and
+happiness among them.
+</p>
+<pgIf output="html"><then><p><figure url="images/endpaperth.jpg"><head rend="font-size: small"><xref url="images/endpaper.jpg">[Endpaper]</xref></head><figDesc>Illustration</figDesc></figure></p></then>
+<else><pgIf output="pdf"><then><p><figure url="images/endpaper.jpg" rend="width: 100%"></figure></p></then>
+<else></else></pgIf></else></pgIf>
+</div>
+            <div>
+            <pgIf output="pdf">
+                <then></then>
+                <else>
+                    <div id="footnotes" rend="page-break-before: right">
+                        <head>Footnotes</head>
+                        <divGen type="footnotes" />
+                    </div>
+                </else>
+            </pgIf>
+            </div>
+<div rend="page-break-before: right; x-class: boxed">
+            <index index="pdf" level1="Transcriber's Note"/>
+                <head>Transcriber&rsquo;s Note</head>
+            
+                <p>Obvious typographical errors were corrected:</p>
+                <list>
+                    <item><ref target="corrvi">page vi</ref>, <q>Mysterious</q> changed to <q>mysterious</q></item>
+                    <item><ref target="corr002">page 2</ref>, <q>attentuated</q> changed to <q>attenuated</q></item>
+                    <item><ref target="corr003">page 3</ref>, quote mark added after first <q>Marquesas!</q></item>
+                    <item><ref target="corr007">page 7</ref>, double primes changed to primes in first coordinate</item>
+                    <item><ref target="corr018">page 18</ref>, <q>coacoa-nut</q> changed to <q>cocoa-nut</q></item>
+                    <item><ref target="corr023">page 23</ref>, period changed to comma after <q>home</q></item>
+                    <item><ref target="corr026">page 26</ref>, <q>tatooed</q> changed to <q>tattooed</q></item>
+                    <item><ref target="corr052">page 52</ref>, <q>Decend</q> changed to <q>Descend</q></item>
+                    <item><ref target="corr062">page 62</ref>, <q>hairbreath</q> changed to <q>hairbreadth</q></item>
+                    <item><ref target="corr066">page 66</ref>, <q>inceased</q> changed to <q>increased</q></item>
+                    <item><ref target="corr089">page 89</ref>, <q>interwined</q> changed to <q>intertwined</q></item>
+                    <item><ref target="corr112">page 112</ref>, <q>preverse</q> changed to <q>perverse</q></item>
+                    <item><ref target="corr120">page 120</ref>, <q>kemp</q> changed to <q>kelp</q></item>
+                    <item><ref target="corr123">page 123</ref>, <q>As</q> changed to <q>At</q></item>
+                    <item><ref target="corr150">page 150</ref>, period added after <q>enemy</q></item>
+                    <item><ref target="corr199">page 199</ref>, <q>Figneroa</q> changed to <q>Figueroa</q></item>
+                    <item><ref target="corr242">page 242</ref>, <q>as</q> changed to <q>is</q></item>
+                    <item><ref target="corr273">page 273</ref>, <q>tumultous</q> changed to <q>tumultuous</q></item>
+                    <item><ref target="corr281">page 281</ref>, comma added after <q>course</q></item>
+                </list>
+    <p>Spelling variations were not normalized (e. g. <q>figure head</q>, <q>figure-head</q> and <q>figurehead</q>,
+        <q>forefinger</q> and <q>fore-finger</q>, <q>clamor</q> and <q>clamour</q>, <q>verd-antique</q> and <q>verde-antique</q>,
+        <q>incumbrances</q> and <q>encumber</q>).</p>
+</div>
+<div rend="page-break-before: right">
+      <divGen type="pgfooter"/>
+    </div>            
+        </back>
+    </text>
+</TEI.2>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/old/28656-tei/images/endpaper.jpg b/old/28656-tei/images/endpaper.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..856c3e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/28656-tei/images/endpaper.jpg
diff --git a/old/28656-tei/images/endpaperth.jpg b/old/28656-tei/images/endpaperth.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cd6c0d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/28656-tei/images/endpaperth.jpg
diff --git a/old/28656-tei/images/frontis.jpg b/old/28656-tei/images/frontis.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f3c510
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/28656-tei/images/frontis.jpg
diff --git a/old/28656-tei/images/frontisth.jpg b/old/28656-tei/images/frontisth.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d86fcc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/28656-tei/images/frontisth.jpg
diff --git a/old/28656-tei/images/illus1.jpg b/old/28656-tei/images/illus1.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..585e515
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/28656-tei/images/illus1.jpg
diff --git a/old/28656-tei/images/illus1th.jpg b/old/28656-tei/images/illus1th.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6af3044
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/28656-tei/images/illus1th.jpg
diff --git a/old/28656-tei/images/illus2.jpg b/old/28656-tei/images/illus2.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c7ccdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/28656-tei/images/illus2.jpg
diff --git a/old/28656-tei/images/illus2th.jpg b/old/28656-tei/images/illus2th.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff4d0fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/28656-tei/images/illus2th.jpg
diff --git a/old/28656-tei/images/illus3.jpg b/old/28656-tei/images/illus3.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec6e683
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/28656-tei/images/illus3.jpg
diff --git a/old/28656-tei/images/illus3th.jpg b/old/28656-tei/images/illus3th.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d00658
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/28656-tei/images/illus3th.jpg
diff --git a/old/28656-tei/images/illus4.jpg b/old/28656-tei/images/illus4.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fd187a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/28656-tei/images/illus4.jpg
diff --git a/old/28656-tei/images/illus4th.jpg b/old/28656-tei/images/illus4th.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..77839da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/28656-tei/images/illus4th.jpg
diff --git a/old/28656-tei/images/illus5.jpg b/old/28656-tei/images/illus5.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..652ae69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/28656-tei/images/illus5.jpg
diff --git a/old/28656-tei/images/illus5th.jpg b/old/28656-tei/images/illus5th.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c23513
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/28656-tei/images/illus5th.jpg
diff --git a/old/28656-tei/images/illus6.jpg b/old/28656-tei/images/illus6.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..03ac1b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/28656-tei/images/illus6.jpg
diff --git a/old/28656-tei/images/illus6th.jpg b/old/28656-tei/images/illus6th.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bad18be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/28656-tei/images/illus6th.jpg
diff --git a/old/28656-tei/images/illus7.jpg b/old/28656-tei/images/illus7.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..50d5363
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/28656-tei/images/illus7.jpg
diff --git a/old/28656-tei/images/illus7th.jpg b/old/28656-tei/images/illus7th.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..71d84d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/28656-tei/images/illus7th.jpg
diff --git a/old/28656-tei/images/titlepage.jpg b/old/28656-tei/images/titlepage.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c9cc85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/28656-tei/images/titlepage.jpg
diff --git a/old/28656.txt b/old/28656.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..116fd31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/28656.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,10425 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Typee by Herman Melville
+
+
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with almost no
+restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under
+the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or
+online at http://www.gutenberg.org/license
+
+
+
+Title: Typee
+
+Author: Herman Melville
+
+Release Date: May 1,  2009 [Ebook #28656]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: US-ASCII
+
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TYPEE***
+
+
+
+
+
+  [Illustration: FAYAWAY AND I HAD A DELIGHTFUL LITTLE PARTY ON THE
+  LAKE]
+
+
+
+
+
+                                 TYPEE
+                             HERMAN MELVILLE
+
+
+
+ILLUSTRATIONS BY
+MEAD SCHAEFFER
+
+DODD, MEAD AND COMPANY
+PUBLISHERS    NEW YORK
+
+
+
+
+
+                                 CONTENTS
+
+
+  CHAPTER                                                              PAGE
+        I   A LAND-SICK SHIP                                              1
+            The sea--Longings for shore--A land-sick ship--Destination
+            of the voyagers
+       II   TO THE MARQUESAS                                              5
+            Passage from the cruising ground to the Marquesas--Sleepy
+            times aboard ship--South Sea scenery--Land ho!--The French
+            squadron discovered at anchor in the bay of
+            Nukuheva--Strange pilot--Escort of canoes--A flotilla of
+            cocoa-nuts--Swimming visitors--The _Dolly_ boarded by
+            them--State of affairs that ensue.
+      III   AFFAIRS ABOARD                                               14
+            State of affairs aboard the ship--Contents of her
+            larder--Length of South Seamen's voyages--Account of a
+            flying whale-man--Determination to leave the vessel--The
+            bay of Nukuheva--The Typees.
+       IV   LAST NIGHT ABOARD                                            21
+            Thoughts previous to attempting an escape--Toby, a
+            fellow-sailor, agrees to share the adventure--Last night
+            aboard the ship.
+        V   THE ESCAPE                                                   26
+            A specimen of nautical oratory--Criticisms of the
+            sailors--The starboard watch are given a holiday--The
+            escape to the mountains.
+       VI   DISAPPOINTMENT                                               34
+            The other side of the mountain--Disappointment--Inventory
+            of articles brought from the ship--Division of the stock
+            of bread--Appearance of the interior of the island--A
+            discovery--A ravine and waterfalls--A sleepless
+            night--Further discoveries--My illness--A Marquesan
+            landscape.
+      VII   A WILD-GOOSE CHASE                                           45
+            The important question, Typee or Happar?--A wild-goose
+            chase--My sufferings--Disheartening situation--A night in
+            the ravine--Morning meal--Happy idea of Toby--Journey
+            towards the valley.
+     VIII   INTO THE VALLEY                                              54
+            Perilous passage of the ravine--Descent into the valley.
+       IX   CAUTIOUS ADVANCE                                             63
+            The head of the valley--Cautious advance--A
+            path--Fruit--Discovery of two of the natives--Their
+            singular conduct--Approach towards the inhabited parts of
+            the vale--Sensation produced by our appearance--Reception
+            at the house of one of the natives.
+        X   MORNING VISITORS                                             75
+            Midnight reflections--Morning visitors--A warrior in
+            costume--A savage AEsculapius--Practice of the healing
+            art--Body-servant--A dwelling-house of the valley
+            described--Portraits of its inmates.
+       XI   ADVENTURE IN THE DARK                                        90
+            Officiousness of Kory-Kory--His devotion--A bath in the
+            stream--Want of refinement of the Typee damsels--Stroll
+            with Mehevi--A Typee highway--The Taboo groves--The hoolah
+            hoolah ground--The Ti--Timeworn savages--Hospitality of
+            Mehevi--Midnight musings--Adventure in the
+            dark--Distinguished honours paid to the visitors--Strange
+            procession, and return to the house of Marheyo.
+      XII   ADVENTURE OF TOBY                                           101
+            Attempt to procure relief from Nukuheva--Perilous
+            adventure of Toby in the Happar Mountains--Eloquence of
+            Kory-Kory.
+     XIII   A GREAT EVENT                                               109
+            A great event happens in the valley--The island
+            telegraph--Something befalls Toby--Fayaway displays a
+            tender heart--Melancholy reflections--Mysterious conduct
+            of the islanders--Devotion of Kory-Kory--A rural couch--A
+            luxury--Kory-Kory strikes a light _a la_ Typee.
+      XIV   KINDNESS OF THE ISLANDERS                                   120
+            Kindness of Marheyo and the rest of the islanders--A full
+            description of the bread-fruit tree--Different modes of
+            preparing the fruit.
+       XV   MELANCHOLY CONDITION                                        126
+            Melancholy condition--Occurrence at the Ti--Anecdote of
+            Marheyo--Shaving the head of a warrior.
+      XVI   IMPROVEMENT                                                 132
+            Improvement in health and spirits--Felicity of the
+            Typees--A skirmish in the mountain with the warriors of
+            Happar.
+     XVII   A STRANGER ARRIVES                                          140
+            Swimming in company with the girls of the valley--A
+            canoe--Effects of the taboo--A pleasure excursion on the
+            pond--Beautiful freak of Fayaway--Mantua-making--A stranger
+            arrives in the valley--His mysterious conduct--Native
+            oratory--The interview--Its results--Departure of the
+            stranger.
+    XVIII   BATTLE OF THE POP-GUNS                                      155
+            Reflection after Marnoo's departure--Battle of the
+            pop-guns--Strange conceit of Marheyo--Process of making
+            tappa.
+      XIX   DANCES                                                      162
+            History of a day as usually spent in the Typee
+            valley--Dances of the Marquesan girls.
+       XX   MONUMENTS                                                   167
+            The spring of Arva Wai--Remarkable monumental
+            remains--Some ideas with regard to the history of the
+            pi-pis found in the valley.
+      XXI   A FESTIVAL                                                  171
+            Preparations for a grand festival in the valley--Strange
+            doings in the Taboo Groves--Monument of Calabashes--Gala
+            costume of the Typee damsels--Departure for the festival.
+     XXII   THE FEAST OF CALABASHES                                     178
+            The Feast of Calabashes.
+    XXIII   RELIGION OF THE TYPEES                                      185
+            Ideas suggested by the Feast of Calabashes--Effigy of a
+            dead warrior--A singular superstition--The priest Kolory
+            and the god Moa Artua--Amazing religious observance--A
+            dilapidated shrine--Kory-Kory and the idol--An inference.
+     XXIV   BEAUTY OF THE TYPEES                                        196
+            General information gathered at the festival--Personal
+            beauty of the Typees--Their superiority over the
+            inhabitants of the other islands--Diversity of
+            complexion--A vegetable cosmetic and ointment--Testimony
+            of voyagers to the uncommon beauty of the Marquesans--Few
+            evidences of intercourse with civilized
+            beings--Dilapidated musket--Primitive simplicity of
+            government--Regal dignity of Mehevi.
+      XXV   MARRIAGE CUSTOMS                                            204
+            King Mehevi--Conduct of Marheyo and Mehevi in certain
+            delicate matters--Peculiar system of marriage--Number of
+            population--Uniformity--Embalming--Places of
+            sepulture--Funeral obsequies at Nukuheva--Number of
+            inhabitants in Typee--Location of the dwellings--Happiness
+            enjoyed in the valley.
+     XXVI   SOCIAL CONDITIONS                                           210
+            The social condition and general character of the
+            Typees.
+    XXVII   FISHING PARTIES                                             216
+            Fishing parties--Mode of distributing the fish--Midnight
+            banquet--Timekeeping tapers--Unceremonious style of eating
+            the fish.
+   XXVIII   NATURAL HISTORY                                             220
+            Natural history of the valley--Golden lizards--Tameness of
+            the birds--Mosquitoes--Flies--Dogs--A solitary cat--The
+            climate--The cocoa-nut tree--Singular modes of climbing
+            it--An agile young chief--Fearlessness of the
+            children--Too-too and the cocoa-nut tree--The birds of the
+            valley.
+     XXIX   TATTOOING                                                   228
+            A professor of the fine arts--His persecutions--Something
+            about tattooing and tabooing--Two anecdotes in
+            illustration of the latter--A few thoughts on the Typee
+            dialect.
+      XXX   MUSIC                                                       238
+            Strange custom of the islanders--Their chanting, and the
+            peculiarity of their voice--Rapture of the king at first
+            hearing a song--A new dignity conferred on the
+            author--Musical instruments in the valley--Admiration of
+            the savages at beholding a pugilistic
+            performance--Swimming infant--Beautiful tresses of the
+            girls--Ointment for the hair.
+     XXXI   CANNIBALISM                                                 244
+            Apprehensions of evil--Frightful discovery--Some remarks
+            on cannibalism--Second battle with the Happars--Savage
+            spectacle--Mysterious feast--Subsequent disclosures.
+    XXXII   ATTEMPT TO ESCAPE                                           254
+            The stranger again arrives in the valley--Singular
+            interview with him--Attempt to escape--Failure--Melancholy
+            situation--Sympathy of Marheyo.
+   XXXIII   THE ESCAPE                                                  260
+            The escape
+            SEQUEL                                                      270
+            NOTE.--The Author of "Typee" was more than two years in
+            the South Seas, after escaping from the valley, as
+            recounted in the last chapter. Some time after returning
+            home the foregoing narrative was published, though it
+            was little thought at the time that this would be the
+            means of revealing the existence of Toby, who had long
+            been given up for lost. But so it proved. The story of
+            his escape supplies a natural sequel to the adventure,
+            and as such it is now added to the volume. It was
+            related to the Author by Toby himself.
+            APPENDIX                                                    285
+
+
+
+
+
+                              ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+
+    Fayaway and I had a delightful little party on the       _Frontispiece_
+      lake                                                      FACING PAGE
+    I found him ripe for the enterprise, and a very few                  22
+      words sufficed for a mutual understanding between us
+    At last we gained the top of the second elevation                    48
+    We were soon completely encircled by a dense throng                  68
+    The body was carried into the house and laid on a mat               104
+    Thus arrayed, I would have matched the charming                     174
+      Fayaway against any beauty in the world
+    Mehevi                                                              200
+    About midnight I arose and drew the slide                           256
+
+
+
+
+
+                                  TYPEE
+
+
+
+
+
+
+                                  TYPEE
+
+
+
+
+
+                                CHAPTER I
+
+
+      The sea--Longings for shore--A land-sick ship--Destination of the
+                                voyagers.
+
+
+Six months at sea! Yes, reader, as I live, six months out of sight of
+land; cruising after the sperm whale beneath the scorching sun of the
+Line, and tossed on the billows of the wide-rolling Pacific--the sky above,
+the sea around, and nothing else! Weeks and weeks ago our fresh provisions
+were all exhausted. There is not a sweet potato left; not a single yam.
+Those glorious bunches of bananas which once decorated our stern and
+quarter-deck, have, alas, disappeared! and the delicious oranges which
+hung suspended from our tops and stays--they, too, are gone! Yes, they are
+all departed, and there is nothing left us but salt-horse and sea-biscuit.
+
+Oh! for a refreshing glimpse of one blade of grass--for a snuff at the
+fragrance of a handful of the loamy earth! Is there nothing fresh around
+us? Is there no green thing to be seen? Yes, the inside of our bulwarks is
+painted green; but what a vile and sickly hue it is, as if nothing bearing
+even the semblance of verdure could flourish this weary way from land.
+Even the bark that once clung to the wood we use for fuel has been gnawed
+off and devoured by the captain's pig; and so long ago, too, that the pig
+himself has in turn been devoured.
+
+There is but one solitary tenant in the chicken-coop, once a gay and
+dapper young cock, bearing him so bravely among the coy hens. But look at
+him now; there he stands, moping all the day long on that everlasting one
+leg of his. He turns with disgust from the mouldy corn before him, and the
+brackish water in his little trough. He mourns no doubt his lost
+companions, literally snatched from him one by one, and never seen again.
+But his days of mourning will be few; for Mungo, our black cook, told me
+yesterday that the word had at last gone forth, and poor Pedro's fate was
+sealed. His attenuated body will be laid out upon the captain's table next
+Sunday, and long before night will be buried, with all the usual
+ceremonies, beneath that worthy individual's vest. Who would believe that
+there could be any one so cruel as to long for the decapitation of the
+luckless Pedro; yet the sailors pray every minute, selfish fellows, that
+the miserable fowl may be brought to his end. They say the captain will
+never point the ship for the land so long as he has in anticipation a mess
+of fresh meat. This unhappy bird can alone furnish it; and when he is once
+devoured, the captain will come to his senses. I wish thee no harm, Peter;
+but as thou art doomed, sooner or later, to meet the fate of all thy race;
+and if putting a period to thy existence is to be the signal for our
+deliverance, why--truth to speak--I wish thy throat cut this very moment;
+for, oh! how I wish to see the living earth again! The old ship herself
+longs to look out upon the land from her hawseholes once more, as Jack
+Lewis said right the other day when the captain found fault with his
+steering.
+
+"Why, d'ye see, Captain Vangs," says bold Jack, "I'm as good a helmsman as
+ever put hand to spoke; but none of us can steer the old lady now. We
+can't keep her full and bye, sir: watch her ever so close, she will fall
+off; and then, sir, when I put the helm down so gently and try like to
+coax her to the work, she won't take it kindly, but will fall round off
+again; and it's all because she knows the land is under the lee, sir, and
+she won't go any more to windward." Ay, and why should she, Jack? didn't
+every one of her stout timbers grow on shore, and hasn't she sensibilities
+as well as we?
+
+Poor old ship! Her very looks denote her desires: how deplorable she
+appears! The paint on her sides, burnt up by the scorching sun, is puffed
+out and cracked. See the weeds she trails along with her, and what an
+unsightly bunch of these horrid barnacles has formed about her
+stern-piece; and every time she rises on a sea, she shows her copper torn
+away or hanging in jagged strips.
+
+Poor old ship! I say again: for six months she has been rolling and
+pitching about, never for one moment at rest. But courage, old lass, I
+hope to see thee soon within a biscuit's toss of the merry land, riding
+snugly at anchor in some green cove, and sheltered from the boisterous
+winds.
+
+                           * * * * * * * * * *
+
+"Hurrah, my lads! It's a settled thing; next week we shape our course to
+the Marquesas!" The Marquesas! What strange visions of outlandish things
+does the very name spirit up! Lovely houris--cannibal banquets--groves of
+cocoa-nuts--coral reefs--tattooed chiefs--and bamboo temples; sunny valleys
+planted with bread-fruit trees--carved canoes dancing on the flashing blue
+waters--savage woodlands guarded by horrible idols--_heathenish rites and
+human sacrifices_.
+
+Such were the strangely jumbled anticipations that haunted me during our
+passage from the cruising ground. I felt an irresistible curiosity to see
+those islands which the olden voyagers had so glowingly described.
+
+The group for which we were now steering (although among the earliest of
+European discoveries in the South Seas, having been first visited in the
+year 1595) still continues to be tenanted by beings as strange and
+barbarous as ever. The missionaries, sent on a heavenly errand, had sailed
+by their lovely shores, and had abandoned them to their idols of wood and
+stone. How interesting the circumstances under which they were discovered!
+In the watery path of Mendanna, cruising in quest of some region of gold,
+these isles had sprung up like a scene of enchantment, and for a moment
+the Spaniard believed his bright dream was realized. In honour of the
+Marquess de Mendoza, then viceroy of Peru--under whose auspices the
+navigator sailed--he bestowed upon them the name which denoted the rank of
+his patron, and gave to the world, on his return, a vague and magnificent
+account of their beauty. But these islands, undisturbed for years,
+relapsed into their previous obscurity; and it is only recently that
+anything has been known concerning them. Once in the course of a half
+century, to be sure, some adventurous rover would break in upon their
+peaceful repose, and, astonished at the unusual scene, would be almost
+tempted to claim the merit of a new discovery.
+
+Of this interesting group, but little account has ever been given, if we
+except the slight mention made of them in the sketches of South Sea
+voyages. Cook, in his repeated circumnavigations of the globe, barely
+touched at their shores; and all that we know about them is from a few
+general narratives.
+
+Within the last few years, American and English vessels engaged in the
+extensive whale fisheries of the Pacific have occasionally, when short of
+provisions, put into the commodious harbour which there is in one of the
+islands; but a fear of the natives, founded on the recollection of the
+dreadful fate which many white men have received at their hands, has
+deterred their crews from intermixing with the population sufficiently to
+gain any insight into their peculiar customs and manners. Indeed, there is
+no cluster of islands in the Pacific that has been any length of time
+discovered, of which so little has hitherto been known as the Marquesas,
+and it is a pleasing reflection that this narrative of mine will do
+something towards withdrawing the veil from regions so romantic and
+beautiful.
+
+
+
+
+
+                                CHAPTER II
+
+
+      Passage from the cruising ground to the Marquesas--Sleepy times
+        aboard ship--South Sea scenery--Land ho!--The French squadron
+     discovered at anchor in the bay of Nukuheva--Strange pilot--Escort
+     of canoes--A flotilla of cocoa-nuts--Swimming visitors--The _Dolly_
+               boarded by them--State of affairs that ensue.
+
+
+I can never forget the eighteen or twenty days during which the light
+trade-winds were silently sweeping us towards the islands. In pursuit of
+the sperm whale, we had been cruising on the line some twenty degrees to
+the westward of the Gallipagos; and all that we had to do, when our course
+was determined on, was to square in the yards and keep the vessel before
+the breeze, and then the good ship and the steady gale did the rest
+between them. The man at the wheel never vexed the old lady with any
+superfluous steering, but comfortably adjusting his limbs at the tiller,
+would doze away by the hour. True to her work, the _Dolly_ headed to her
+course, and like one of those characters who always do best when let
+alone, she jogged on her way like a veteran old sea-pacer as she was.
+
+What a delightful, lazy, languid time we had whilst we were thus gliding
+along! There was nothing to be done; a circumstance that happily suited
+our disinclination to do anything. We abandoned the fore-peak altogether,
+and spreading an awning over the forecastle, slept, ate, and lounged under
+it the live-long day. Every one seemed to be under the influence of some
+narcotic. Even the officers aft, whose duty required them never to be
+seated while keeping a deck watch, vainly endeavoured to keep on their
+pins; and were obliged invariably to compromise the matter by leaning up
+against the bulwarks, and gazing abstractedly over the side. Reading was
+out of the question; take a book in your hand, and you were asleep in an
+instant.
+
+Although I could not avoid yielding in a great measure to the general
+languor, still at times I contrived to shake off the spell, and to
+appreciate the beauty of the scene around me. The sky presented a clear
+expanse of the most delicate blue, except along the skirts of the horizon,
+where you might see a thin drapery of pale clouds which never varied their
+form or colour. The long, measured, dirge-like swell of the Pacific came
+rolling along, with its surface broken by little tiny waves, sparkling in
+the sunshine. Every now and then a shoal of flying fish, scared from the
+water under the bows, would leap into the air, and fall the next moment
+like a shower of silver into the sea. Then you would see the superb
+albicore with his glittering sides, sailing aloft, and after describing an
+arc in his descent, disappear on the surface of the water. Far off, the
+lofty jet of the whale might be seen, and nearer at hand the prowling
+shark, that villanous footpad of the seas, would come skulking along, and,
+at a wary distance, regard us with an evil eye. At times, some shapeless
+monster of the deep, floating on the surface, would, as we approach, sink
+slowly into the blue waters, and fade away from the sight. But the most
+impressive feature of the scene was the almost unbroken silence that
+reigned over sky and water. Scarcely a sound could be heard but the
+occasional breathing of the grampus, and the rippling at the cut-water.
+
+As we drew nearer the land, I hailed with delight the appearance of
+innumerable sea-fowl. Screaming and whirling in spiral tracks, they would
+accompany the vessel, and at times alight on our yards and stays. That
+piratical-looking fellow, appropriately named the man-of-war's-hawk, with
+his blood-red bill and raven plumage, would come sweeping round us in
+gradually diminishing circles, till you could distinctly mark the strange
+flashings of his eye; and then, as if satisfied with his observation,
+would sail up into the air and disappear from the view. Soon, other
+evidences of our vicinity to the land were apparent, and it was not long
+before the glad announcement of it being in sight was heard from
+aloft,--given with that peculiar prolongation of sound that a sailor
+loves--"Land ho!"
+
+The captain, darting on deck from the cabin, bawled lustily for his
+spy-glass; the mate in still louder accents hailed the mast-head with a
+tremendous "Where-away?" The black cook thrust his woolly head from the
+galley, and Boatswain, the dog, leaped up between the knight-heads, and
+barked most furiously. Land ho! Ay, there it was. A hardly perceptible
+blue irregular outline, indicating the bold contour of the lofty heights
+of Nukuheva.
+
+This island, although generally called one of the Marquesas, is by some
+navigators considered as forming one of a distinct cluster, comprising the
+islands of Roohka, Ropo, and Nukuheva; upon which three the appellation of
+the Washington Group has been bestowed. They form a triangle, and lie
+within the parallels of 8 deg. 38{~PRIME~} and 9 deg. 32{~PRIME~} south latitude, and 139 deg. 20{~PRIME~} and
+140 deg. 10{~PRIME~} west longitude, from Greenwich. With how little propriety they
+are to be regarded as forming a separate group will be at once apparent,
+when it is considered that they lie in the immediate vicinity of the other
+islands, that is to say, less than a degree to the north-west of them;
+that their inhabitants speak the Marquesan dialect, and that their laws,
+religion, and general customs are identical. The only reason why they were
+ever thus arbitrarily distinguished, may be attributed to the singular
+fact, that their existence was altogether unknown to the world until the
+year 1791, when they were discovered by Captain Ingraham, of Boston,
+Massachusetts, nearly two centuries after the discovery of the adjacent
+islands by the agent of the Spanish Viceroy. Notwithstanding this, I shall
+follow the example of most voyagers, and treat of them as forming part and
+parcel of the Marquesas.
+
+Nukuheva is the most important of these islands, being the only one at
+which ships are much in the habit of touching, and is celebrated as being
+the place where the adventurous Captain Porter refitted his ships during
+the late war between England and the United States, and whence he sallied
+out upon the large whaling fleet then sailing under the enemy's flag in
+the surrounding seas. This island is about twenty miles in length, and
+nearly as many in breadth. It has three good harbours on its coast, the
+largest and best of which is called by the people living in its vicinity,
+"Tyohee," and by Captain Porter was denominated Massachusetts Bay. Among
+the adverse tribes dwelling about the shores of the other bays, and by all
+voyagers, it is generally known by the name bestowed upon the island
+itself--Nukuheva. Its inhabitants have become somewhat corrupted, owing to
+their recent commerce with Europeans; but so far as regards their peculiar
+customs, and general mode of life, they retain their original primitive
+character, remaining very nearly in the same state of nature in which they
+were first beheld by white men. The hostile clans, residing in the more
+remote sections of the island, and very seldom holding any communication
+with foreigners, are in every respect unchanged from their earliest known
+condition.
+
+In the bay of Nukuheva was the anchorage we desired to reach. We had
+perceived the loom of the mountains about sunset; so that, after running
+all night with a very light breeze, we found ourselves close in with the
+island the next morning; but as the bay we sought lay on its farther side,
+we were obliged to sail some distance along the shore, catching, as we
+proceeded, short glimpses of blooming valleys, deep glens, waterfalls, and
+waving groves, hidden here and there by projecting and rocky headlands,
+every moment opening to the view some new and startling scene of beauty.
+
+Those who for the first time visit the South Seas, generally are surprised
+at the appearance of the islands when beheld from the sea. From the vague
+accounts we sometimes have of their beauty, many people are apt to picture
+to themselves enamelled and softly swelling plains, shaded over with
+delicious groves, and watered by purling brooks, and the entire country
+but little elevated above the surrounding ocean. The reality is very
+different; bold rock-bound coasts, with the surf beating high against the
+lofty cliffs, and broken here and there into deep inlets, which open to
+the view thickly-wooded valleys, separated by the spurs of mountains
+clothed with tufted grass, and sweeping down towards the sea from an
+elevated and furrowed interior, form the principal features of these
+islands.
+
+Towards noon we drew abreast the entrance to the harbour, and at last we
+slowly swept by the intervening promontory, and entered the bay of
+Nukuheva. No description can do justice to its beauty; but that beauty was
+lost to me then, and I saw nothing but the tri-coloured flag of France,
+trailing over the stern of six vessels, whose black hulls, and bristling
+broadsides, proclaimed their warlike character. There they were, floating
+in that lovely bay, the green eminences of the shore looking down so
+tranquilly upon them, as if rebuking the sternness of their aspect. To my
+eye, nothing could be more out of keeping than the presence of these
+vessels; but we soon learnt what brought them there. The whole group of
+islands had just been taken possession of by Rear-Admiral Du Petit
+Thouars, in the name of the invincible French nation.
+
+This item of information was imparted to us by a most extraordinary
+individual, a genuine South Sea vagabond, who came alongside of us in a
+whale-boat as soon as we entered the bay, and, by the aid of some
+benevolent persons at the gangway, was assisted on board, for our visitor
+was in that interesting stage of intoxication when a man is amiable and
+helpless. Although he was utterly unable to stand erect, or to navigate
+his body across the deck, he still magnanimously proffered his services to
+pilot the ship to a good and secure anchorage. Our captain, however,
+rather distrusted his ability in this respect, and refused to recognise
+his claim to the character he assumed; but our gentleman was determined to
+play his part, for, by dint of much scrambling, he succeeded in getting
+into the weather-quarter boat, where he steadied himself by holding on to
+a shroud, and then commenced issuing his commands with amazing volubility
+and very peculiar gestures. Of course, no one obeyed his orders; but as it
+was impossible to quiet him, we swept by the ships of the squadron with
+this strange fellow performing his antics in full view of all the French
+officers.
+
+We afterwards learned that our eccentric friend had been a lieutenant in
+the English navy, but having disgraced his flag by some criminal conduct
+in one of the principal ports on the main, he had deserted his ship, and
+spent many years wandering among the islands of the Pacific, until
+accidentally being at Nukuheva when the French took possession of the
+place, he had been appointed pilot of the harbour by the newly constituted
+authorities.
+
+As we slowly advanced up the bay, numerous canoes pushed off from the
+surrounding shores, and we were soon in the midst of quite a flotilla of
+them, their savage occupants struggling to get aboard of us, and jostling
+one another in their ineffectual attempts. Occasionally the projecting
+out-riggers of their slight shallops, running foul of one another, would
+become entangled beneath the water, threatening to capsize the canoes,
+when a scene of confusion would ensue that baffles description. Such
+strange outcries and passionate gesticulations I never certainly heard or
+saw before. You would have thought the islanders were on the point of
+flying at one another's throats, whereas they were only amicably engaged
+in disentangling their boats.
+
+Scattered here and there among the canoes might be seen numbers of
+cocoa-nuts floating closely together in circular groups, and bobbing up
+and down with every wave. By some inexplicable means these cocoa-nuts were
+all steadily approaching towards the ship. As I leaned curiously over the
+side, endeavouring to solve their mysterious movements, one mass, far in
+advance of the rest, attracted my attention. In its centre was something I
+could take for nothing else than a cocoa-nut, but which I certainly
+considered one of the most extraordinary specimens of the fruit I had ever
+seen. It kept twirling and dancing about among the rest in the most
+singular manner: and as it drew nearer, I thought it bore a remarkable
+resemblance to the brown shaven skull of one of the savages. Presently it
+betrayed a pair of eyes, and soon I became aware that what I had supposed
+to have been one of the fruit was nothing else than the head of an
+islander, who had adopted this singular method of bringing his produce to
+market. The cocoa-nuts were all attached to one another by strips of the
+husk, partly torn from the shell, and rudely fastened together. Their
+proprietor, inserting his head into the midst of them, impelled his
+necklace of cocoa-nuts through the water by striking out beneath the
+surface with his feet.
+
+I was somewhat astonished to perceive that among the number of natives
+that surrounded us, not a single female was to be seen. At that time I was
+ignorant of the fact that by the operation of the "taboo," the use of
+canoes in all parts of the island is rigorously prohibited to the entire
+sex, for whom it is death even to be seen entering one when hauled on
+shore; consequently, whenever a Marquesan lady voyages by water, she puts
+in requisition the paddles of her own fair body.
+
+We had approached within a mile and a half perhaps of the foot of the bay,
+when some of the islanders, who by this time had managed to scramble
+aboard of us at the risk of swamping their canoes, directed our attention
+to a singular commotion in the water ahead of the vessel. At first I
+imagined it to be produced by a shoal of fish sporting on the surface, but
+our savage friends assured us that it was caused by a shoal of
+"whinhenies" (young girls), who in this manner were coming off from the
+shore to welcome us. As they drew nearer, and I watched the rising and
+sinking of their forms, and beheld the uplifted right arm bearing above
+the water the girdle of tappa, and their long dark hair trailing beside
+them as they swam, I almost fancied they could be nothing else than so
+many mermaids:--and very like mermaids they behaved too.
+
+We were still some distance from the beach, and under slow headway, when
+we sailed right into the midst of these swimming nymphs, and they boarded
+us at every quarter; many seizing hold of the chainplates and springing
+into the chains; others, at the peril of being run over by the vessel in
+her course, catching at the bob-stays, and wreathing their slender forms
+about the ropes, hung suspended in the air. All of them at length
+succeeded in getting up the ship's side, where they clung dripping with
+the brine and glowing from the bath, their jet-black tresses streaming
+over their shoulders, and half enveloping their otherwise naked forms.
+There they hung, sparkling with savage vivacity, laughing gaily at one
+another, and chattering away with infinite glee. Nor were they idle the
+while, for each one performed the simple offices of the toilet for the
+other. Their luxuriant locks, wound up and twisted into the smallest
+possible compass, were freed from the briny element; the whole person
+carefully dried, and from a little round shell that passed from hand to
+hand, anointed with a fragrant oil: their adornments were completed by
+passing a few loose folds of white tappa, in a modest cincture, around the
+waist. Thus arrayed they no longer hesitated, but flung themselves lightly
+over the bulwarks, and were quickly frolicking about the decks. Many of
+them went forward, perching upon the head-rails or running out upon the
+bow-sprit, while others seated themselves upon the taffrail, or reclined
+at full length upon the boats.
+
+Their appearance perfectly amazed me; their extreme youth, the light clear
+brown of their complexions, their delicate features, and inexpressibly
+graceful figures, their softly moulded limbs, and free unstudied action,
+seemed as strange as beautiful.
+
+The _Dolly_ was fairly captured; and never I will say was vessel carried
+before by such a dashing and irresistible party of boarders. The ship
+taken, we could not do otherwise than yield ourselves prisoners, and for
+the whole period that she remained in the bay, the _Dolly_, as well as her
+crew, were completely in the hands of the mermaids.
+
+In the evening after we had come to an anchor, the deck was illuminated
+with lanterns, and this picturesque band of sylphs, tricked out with
+flowers, and dressed in robes of variegated tappa, got up a ball in great
+style. These females are passionately fond of dancing, and in the wild
+grace and spirit of their style excel everything that I have ever seen.
+The varied dances of the Marquesan girls are beautiful in the extreme, but
+there is an abandoned voluptuousness in their character which I dare not
+attempt to describe.
+
+Our ship was now wholly given up to every species of riot and debauchery.
+The grossest licentiousness and the most shameful inebriety prevailed,
+with occasional and but short-lived interruptions, through the whole
+period of her stay. Alas for the poor savages when exposed to the
+influence of these polluting examples! Unsophisticated and confiding, they
+are easily led into every vice, and humanity weeps over the ruin thus
+remorselessly inflicted upon them by their European civilizers. Thrice
+happy are they who, inhabiting some yet undiscovered island in the midst
+of the ocean, have never been brought into contaminating contact with the
+white man.
+
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER III
+
+
+    State of affairs aboard the ship--Contents of her larder--Length of
+    South Seamen's voyages--Account of a flying whale-man--Determination
+           to leave the vessel--The bay of Nukuheva--The Typees.
+
+
+It was in the summer of 1842, that we arrived at the islands. Our ship had
+not been many days in the harbour of Nukuheva, before I came to the
+determination of leaving her. That my reasons for resolving to take this
+step were numerous and weighty, may be inferred from the fact that I chose
+rather to risk my fortunes among the savages of the island than to endure
+another voyage on board the _Dolly_. To use the concise, point-blank
+phrase of the sailors, I had made up my mind to "run away." Now, as a
+meaning is generally attached to these two words no way flattering to the
+individual to whom they are applied, it behoves me, for the sake of my own
+character, to offer some explanation of my conduct.
+
+When I entered on board the _Dolly_, I signed, as a matter of course, the
+ship's articles, thereby voluntarily engaging and legally binding myself
+to serve in a certain capacity for the period of the voyage; and, special
+considerations apart, I was of course bound to fulfil the agreement. But
+in all contracts, if one party fail to perform his share of the compact,
+is not the other virtually absolved from his liability? Who is there who
+will not answer in the affirmative?
+
+Having settled the principle, then, let me apply it to the particular case
+in question. In numberless instances had not only the implied but the
+specified conditions of the articles been violated on the part of the ship
+in which I served. The usage on board of her was tyrannical; the sick had
+been inhumanly neglected; the provisions had been doled out in scanty
+allowance; and her cruises were unreasonably protracted. The captain was
+the author of these abuses; it was in vain to think that he would either
+remedy them, or alter his conduct, which was arbitrary and violent in the
+extreme. His prompt reply to all complaints and remonstrances was--the
+butt-end of a hand-spike, so convincingly administered as effectually to
+silence the aggrieved party.
+
+To whom could we apply for redress? We had left both law and equity on the
+other side of the Cape; and unfortunately, with a very few exceptions, our
+crew was composed of a parcel of dastardly and mean-spirited wretches,
+divided among themselves, and only united in enduring without resistance
+the unmitigated tyranny of the captain. It would have been mere madness
+for any two or three of the number, unassisted by the rest, to attempt
+making a stand against his ill usage. They would only have called down
+upon themselves the particular vengeance of this "Lord of the Plank," and
+subjected their shipmates to additional hardships.
+
+But, after all, these things could have been endured awhile, had we
+entertained the hope of being speedily delivered from them by the due
+completion of the terms of our servitude. But what a dismal prospect
+awaited us in this quarter! The longevity of Cape Horn whaling voyages is
+proverbial, frequently extending over a period of four or five years.
+
+Some long-haired, bare-necked youths, who, forced by the united influences
+of a roving spirit and hard times, embark at Nantucket for a pleasure
+excursion to the Pacific, and whose anxious mothers provide them with
+bottled milk for the occasion, oftentimes return very respectable
+middle-aged gentlemen.
+
+The very preparations made for one of these expeditions are enough to
+frighten one. As the vessel carries out no cargo, her hold is filled with
+provisions for her own consumption. The owners, who officiate as caterers
+for the voyage, supply the larder with an abundance of dainties. Delicate
+morsels of beef and pork, cut on scientific principles from every part of
+the animal, and of all conceivable shapes and sizes, are carefully packed
+in salt, and stored away in barrels; affording a never-ending variety in
+their different degrees of toughness, and in the peculiarities of their
+saline properties. Choice old water too, decanted into stout six-barrel
+casks, and two pints of which is allowed every day to each soul on board;
+together with ample store of sea-bread, previously reduced to a state of
+petrifaction, with a view to preserve it either from decay or consumption
+in the ordinary mode, are likewise provided for the nourishment and
+gastronomic enjoyment of the crew.
+
+But not to speak of the quality of these articles of sailors' fare, the
+abundance in which they are put on board a whaling vessel is almost
+incredible. Oftentimes, when we had occasion to break out in the hold, and
+I beheld the successive tiers of casks and barrels, whose contents were
+all destined to be consumed in due course by the ship's company, my heart
+has sunk within me.
+
+Although, as a general case, a ship unlucky in falling in with whales
+continues to cruise after them until she has barely sufficient provisions
+remaining to take her home, turning round then quietly and making the best
+of her way to her friends, yet there are instances when even this natural
+obstacle to the further prosecution of the voyage is overcome by
+headstrong captains, who, bartering the fruits of their hard-earned toils
+for a new supply of provisions in some of the ports of Chili or Peru,
+begin the voyage afresh with unabated zeal and perseverance. It is in vain
+that the owners write urgent letters to him to sail for home, and for
+their sake to bring back the ship, since it appears he can put nothing in
+her. Not he. He has registered a vow: he will fill his vessel with good
+sperm oil, or failing to do so, never again strike Yankee soundings.
+
+I heard of one whaler, which after many years' absence was given up for
+lost. The last that had been heard of her was a shadowy report of her
+having touched at some of those unstable islands in the far Pacific, whose
+eccentric wanderings are carefully noted in each new edition of the South
+Sea charts. After a long interval, however, the _Perseverance_--for that
+was her name--was spoken somewhere in the vicinity of the ends of the
+earth, cruising along as leisurely as ever, her sails all bepatched and
+bequilted with rope-yarns, her spars fished with old pipe staves, and her
+rigging knotted and spliced in every possible direction. Her crew was
+composed of some twenty venerable Greenwich-pensioner-looking old salts,
+who just managed to hobble about deck. The ends of all the running ropes,
+with the exception of the signal halyards and poop-down-haul, were rove
+through snatch-blocks, and led to the capstan or windlass, so that not a
+yard was braced or a sail set without the assistance of machinery.
+
+Her hull was encrusted with barnacles, which completely encased her. Three
+pet sharks followed in her wake, and every day came alongside to regale
+themselves from the contents of the cook's bucket, which were pitched over
+to them. A vast shoal of bonetas and albicores always kept her company.
+
+Such was the account I heard of this vessel, and the remembrance of it
+always haunted me; what eventually became of her I never learned; at any
+rate she never reached home, and I suppose she is still regularly tacking
+twice in the twenty-four hours somewhere off Buggerry Island, or the
+Devil's-Tail Peak.
+
+Having said thus much touching the usual length of these voyages, when I
+inform the reader that ours had as it were just commenced, we being only
+fifteen months out, and even at that time hailed as a late arrival, and
+boarded for news, he will readily perceive that there was little to
+encourage one in looking forward to the future, especially as I had always
+had a presentiment that we should make an unfortunate voyage, and our
+experience so far had justified the expectation.
+
+I may here state, and on my faith as an honest man, that some time after
+arriving home from my adventures, I learned that this vessel was still in
+the Pacific, and that she had met with very poor success in the fishery.
+Very many of her crew, also, left her; and her voyage lasted about five
+years.
+
+But to return to my narrative. Placed in these circumstances, then, with
+no prospect of matters mending if I remained aboard the _Dolly_, I at once
+made up my mind to leave her: to be sure, it was rather an inglorious
+thing to steal away privately from those at whose hands I had received
+wrongs and outrages that I could not resent; but how was such a course to
+be avoided when it was the only alternative left me? Having made up my
+mind, I proceeded to acquire all the information I could obtain relating
+to the island and its inhabitants, with a view of shaping my plans of
+escape accordingly. The result of these inquiries I will now state, in
+order that the ensuing narrative may be the better understood.
+
+The bay of Nukuheva, in which we were then lying, is an expanse of water
+not unlike in figure the space included within the limits of a horse-shoe.
+It is, perhaps, nine miles in circumference. You approach it from the sea
+by a narrow entrance, flanked on either side by two small twin islets
+which soar conically to the height of some five hundred feet. From these
+the shore recedes on both hands, and describes a deep semicircle.
+
+From the verge of the water the land rises uniformly on all sides, with
+green and sloping acclivities, until from gently rolling hillsides and
+moderate elevations it insensibly swells into lofty and majestic heights,
+whose blue outlines, ranged all around, close in the view. The beautiful
+aspect of the shore is heightened by deep and romantic glens, which come
+down to it at almost equal distances, all apparently radiating from a
+common centre, and the upper extremities of which are lost to the eye
+beneath the shadow of the mountains. Down each of these little valleys
+flows a clear stream, here and there assuming the form of a slender
+cascade, then stealing invisibly along until it bursts upon the sight
+again in larger and more noisy waterfalls, and at last demurely wanders
+along to the sea.
+
+The houses of the natives, constructed of the yellow bamboo, tastefully
+twisted together in a kind of wickerwork, and thatched with the long
+tapering leaves of the palmetto, are scattered irregularly along these
+valleys beneath the shady branches of the cocoa-nut trees.
+
+Nothing can exceed the imposing scenery of this bay. Viewed from our ship
+as she lay at anchor in the middle of the harbour, it presented the
+appearance of a vast natural amphitheatre in decay, and overgrown with
+vines, the deep glens that furrowed its sides appearing like enormous
+fissures caused by the ravages of time. Very often when lost in admiration
+at its beauty, I have experienced a pang of regret that a scene so
+enchanting should be hidden from the world in these remote seas, and
+seldom meet the eyes of devoted lovers of nature.
+
+Besides this bay the shores of the island are indented by several other
+extensive inlets, into which descend broad and verdant valleys. These are
+inhabited by as many distinct tribes of savages, who, although speaking
+kindred dialects of a common language, and having the same religion and
+laws, have from time immemorial waged hereditary warfare against each
+other. The intervening mountains, generally two or three thousand feet
+above the level of the sea, geographically define the territories of each
+of these hostile tribes, who never cross them, save on some expedition of
+war or plunder. Immediately adjacent to Nukuheva, and only separated from
+it by the mountains seen from the harbour, lies the lovely valley of
+Happar, whose inmates cherish the most friendly relations with the
+inhabitants of Nukuheva. On the other side of Happar, and closely
+adjoining it, is the magnificent valley of the dreaded Typees, the
+unappeasable enemies of both these tribes.
+
+These celebrated warriors appear to inspire the other islanders with
+unspeakable terrors. Their very name is a frightful one; for the word
+"Typee" in the Marquesan dialect signifies a lover of human flesh. It is
+rather singular that the title should have been bestowed upon them
+exclusively, inasmuch as the natives of all this group are irreclaimable
+cannibals. The name may, perhaps, have been given to denote the peculiar
+ferocity of this clan, and to convey a special stigma along with it.
+
+These same Typees enjoy a prodigious notoriety all over the islands. The
+natives of Nukuheva would frequently recount in pantomime to our ship's
+company their terrible feats, and would show the marks of wounds they had
+received in desperate encounters with them. When ashore they would, try to
+frighten us by pointing to one of their own number, and calling him a
+Typee, manifesting no little surprise that we did not take to our heels at
+so terrible an announcement. It was quite amusing, too, to see with what
+earnestness they disclaimed all cannibal propensities on their own part,
+while they denounced their enemies--the Typees--as inveterate gormandizers
+of human flesh; but this is a peculiarity to which I shall hereafter have
+occasion to allude.
+
+Although I was convinced that the inhabitants of our bay were as arrant
+cannibals as any of the other tribes on the island, still I could not but
+feel a particular and most unqualified repugnance to the aforesaid Typees.
+Even before visiting the Marquesas, I had heard from men who had touched
+at the group on former voyages some revolting stories in connection with
+these savages; and fresh in my remembrance was the adventure of the master
+of the _Katherine_, who only a few months previous, imprudently venturing
+into this bay in an armed boat for the purpose of barter, was seized by
+the natives, carried back a little distance into their valley, and was
+only saved from a cruel death by the intervention of a young girl, who
+facilitated his escape by night along the beach to Nukuheva.
+
+I had heard, too, of an English vessel that many years ago, after a weary
+cruise, sought to enter the bay of Nukuheva, and arriving within two or
+three miles of the land, was met by a large canoe filled with natives, who
+offered to lead the way to the place of their destination. The captain,
+unacquainted with the localities of the island, joyfully acceded to the
+proposition--the canoe paddled on and the ship followed. She was soon
+conducted to a beautiful inlet, and dropped her anchor in its waters
+beneath the shadows of the lofty shore. That same night the perfidious
+Typees, who had thus inveigled her into their fatal bay, flocked aboard
+the doomed vessel by hundreds, and at a given signal murdered every soul
+on board.
+
+
+
+
+
+                                CHAPTER IV
+
+
+     Thoughts previous to attempting an escape--Toby, a fellow-sailor,
+        agrees to share the adventure--Last night aboard the ship.
+
+
+Having fully resolved to leave the vessel clandestinely, and having
+acquired all the knowledge concerning the bay that I could obtain under
+the circumstances in which I was placed, I now deliberately turned over in
+my mind every plan of escape that suggested itself, being determined to
+act with all possible prudence in an attempt where failure would be
+attended with so many disagreeable consequences. The idea of being taken
+and brought back ignominiously to the ship was so inexpressibly repulsive
+to me, that I was determined by no hasty and imprudent measures to render
+such an event probable.
+
+I knew that our worthy captain, who felt such a paternal solicitude for
+the welfare of his crew, would not willingly consent that one of his best
+hands should encounter the perils of a sojourn among the natives of a
+barbarous island; and I was certain that in the event of my disappearance
+his fatherly anxiety would prompt him to offer, by way of a reward, yard
+upon yard of gaily printed calico for my apprehension. He might even have
+appreciated my services at the value of a musket, in which case I felt
+perfectly certain that the whole population of the bay would be
+immediately upon my track, incited by the prospect of so magnificent a
+bounty.
+
+Having ascertained the fact before alluded to, that the islanders, from
+motives of precaution, dwelt together in the depths of the valleys, and
+avoided wandering about the more elevated portions of the shore, unless
+bound on some expedition of war or plunder, I concluded that if I could
+effect unperceived a passage to the mountains, I might easily remain among
+them, supporting myself by such fruits as came in my way until the sailing
+of the ship, an event of which I could not fail to be immediately
+apprized, as from my lofty position I should command a view of the entire
+harbour.
+
+The idea pleased me greatly. It seemed to combine a great deal of
+practicability with no inconsiderable enjoyment in a quiet way; for how
+delightful it would be to look down upon the detested old vessel from the
+height of some thousand feet, and contrast the verdant scenery about me
+with the recollection of her narrow decks and gloomy forecastle! Why, it
+was really refreshing even to think of it; and so I straightway fell to
+picturing myself seated beneath a cocoa-nut tree on the brow of the
+mountain, with a cluster of plantains within easy reach, criticizing her
+nautical evolutions as she was working her way out of the harbour.
+
+To be sure there was one rather unpleasant drawback to these agreeable
+anticipations--the possibility of falling in with a foraging party of these
+same bloody-minded Typees, whose appetites, edged perhaps by the air of so
+elevated a region, might prompt them to devour one. This, I must confess,
+was the most disagreeable view of the matter.
+
+Just to think of a party of these unnatural gourmands taking it into their
+heads to make a convivial meal of a poor devil, who would have no means of
+escape or defence: however, there was no help for it. I was willing to
+encounter some risks in order to accomplish my object, and counted much
+upon my ability to elude these prowling cannibals amongst the many coverts
+which the mountains afforded. Besides, the chances were ten to one in my
+favour that they would none of them quit their own fastnesses.
+
+I had determined not to communicate my design of withdrawing from the
+vessel to any of my shipmates, and least of all to solicit any one to
+accompany me in my flight. But it so happened one night, that being upon
+deck, revolving over in my mind various plans of escape, I perceived one
+of the ship's company leaning over the bulwarks, apparently plunged in a
+profound reverie. He was a young fellow about my own age, for whom I had
+all along entertained a great regard; and Toby, such was the name by which
+he went among us, for his real name he would never tell us, was every way
+worthy of it. He was active, ready, and obliging, of dauntless courage,
+and singularly open and fearless in the expression of his feelings. I had
+on more than one occasion got him out of scrapes into which this had led
+him; and I know not whether it was from this cause, or a certain
+congeniality of sentiment between us, that he had always shown a
+partiality for my society. We had battled out many a long watch together,
+beguiling the weary hours with chat, song, and story, mingled with a good
+many imprecations upon the hard destiny it seemed our common fortune to
+encounter.
+
+  [Illustration: I FOUND HIM RIPE FOR THE ENTERPRISE, AND A VERY FEW
+  WORDS SUFFICED FOR A MUTUAL UNDERSTANDING BETWEEN US]
+
+Toby, like myself, had evidently moved in a different sphere of life, and
+his conversation at times betrayed this, although he was anxious to
+conceal it. He was one of that class of rovers you sometimes meet at sea,
+who never reveal their origin, never allude to home, and go rambling over
+the world as if pursued by some mysterious fate they cannot possibly
+elude.
+
+There was much even in the appearance of Toby calculated to draw me
+towards him, for while the greater part of the crew were as coarse in
+person as in mind, Toby was endowed with a remarkably prepossessing
+exterior. Arrayed in his blue frock and duck trousers, he was as smart a
+looking sailor as ever stepped upon a deck; he was singularly small and
+slightly made, with great flexibility of limb. His naturally dark
+complexion had been deepened by exposure to the tropical sun, and a mass
+of jetty locks clustered about his temples, and threw a darker shade into
+his large black eyes. He was a strange wayward being, moody, fitful, and
+melancholy--at times almost morose. He had a quick and fiery temper too,
+which, when thoroughly roused, transported him into a state bordering on
+delirium.
+
+It is strange the power that a mind of deep passion has over feebler
+natures. I have seen a brawny fellow, with no lack of ordinary courage,
+fairly quail before this slender stripling, when in one of his furious
+fits. But these paroxysms seldom occurred, and in them my big-hearted
+shipmate vented the bile which more calm-tempered individuals get rid of
+by a continual pettishness at trivial annoyances.
+
+No one ever saw Toby laugh--I mean in the hearty abandonment of
+broad-mouthed mirth. He did smile sometimes, it is true; and there was a
+good deal of dry, sarcastic humour about him, which told the more from the
+imperturbable gravity of his tone and manner.
+
+Latterly I had observed that Toby's melancholy had greatly increased, and
+I had frequently seen him since our arrival at the island gazing wistfully
+upon the shore, when the remainder of the crew would be rioting below. I
+was aware that he entertained a cordial detestation of the ship, and
+believed that should a fair chance of escape present itself, he would
+embrace it willingly. But the attempt was so perilous in the place where
+we then lay, that I supposed myself the only individual on board the ship
+who was sufficiently reckless to think of it. In this, however, I was
+mistaken.
+
+When I perceived Toby leaning, as I have mentioned, against the bulwarks
+and buried in thought, it struck me at once that the subject of his
+meditations might be the same as my own. And if it be so, thought I, is he
+not the very one of all my shipmates whom I would choose for the partner
+of my adventure? and why should I not have some comrade with me to divide
+its dangers and alleviate its hardships? Perhaps I might be obliged to lie
+concealed among the mountains for weeks. In such an event what a solace
+would a companion be?
+
+These thoughts passed rapidly through my mind, and I wondered why I had
+not before considered the matter in this light. But it was not too late. A
+tap upon the shoulder served to rouse Toby from his reverie; I found him
+ripe for the enterprise, and a very few words sufficed for a mutual
+understanding between us. In an hour's time we had arranged all the
+preliminaries, and decided upon our plan of action. We then ratified our
+engagement with an affectionate wedding of palms, and to elude suspicion
+repaired each to his hammock, to spend the last night on board the
+_Dolly_.
+
+The next day the starboard watch, to which we both belonged, was to be
+sent ashore on liberty; and, availing ourselves of this opportunity we
+determined, as soon after landing as possible, to separate ourselves from
+the rest of the men without exciting their suspicions, and strike back at
+once for the mountains. Seen from the ship, the summits appeared
+inaccessible, but here and there sloping spurs extended from them almost
+into the sea, buttressing the lofty elevations with which they were
+connected, and forming those radiating valleys I have before described.
+One of these ridges, which appeared more practicable than the rest, we
+determined to climb, convinced that it would conduct us to the heights
+beyond. Accordingly, we carefully observed its bearings and locality from
+the ship, so that when ashore we should run no chance of missing it.
+
+In all this the leading object we had in view was to seclude ourselves
+from sight until the departure of the vessel; then to take our chance as
+to the reception the Nukuheva natives might give us; and after remaining
+upon the island as long as we found our stay agreeable, to leave it the
+first favourable opportunity that offered.
+
+
+
+
+
+                                CHAPTER V
+
+
+       A specimen of nautical oratory--Criticisms of the sailors--The
+     starboard watch are given a holiday--The escape to the mountains.
+
+
+Early the next morning the starboard watch were mustered upon the
+quarter-deck, and our worthy captain, standing in the cabin gangway,
+harangued us as follows:--
+
+"Now, men, as we are just off a six month's cruise, and have got through
+most all our work in port here, I suppose you want to go ashore. Well, I
+mean to give your watch liberty to-day, so you may get ready as soon as
+you please, and go; but understand this, I am going to give you liberty
+because I suppose you would growl like so many old quarter gunners if I
+didn't; at the same time, if you'll take my advice, every mother's son of
+you will stay aboard, and keep out of the way of the bloody cannibals
+altogether. Ten to one, men, if you go ashore, you will get into some
+infernal row, and that will be the end of you; for if these tattooed
+scoundrels get you a little ways back into their valleys, they'll nab
+you--that you may be certain of. Plenty of white men have gone ashore here
+and never been seen any more. There was the old _Dido_, she put in here
+about two years ago, and sent one watch off on liberty; they never were
+heard of again for a week--the natives swore they didn't know where they
+were--and only three of them ever got back to the ship again, and one with
+his face damaged for life, for the cursed heathens tattooed a broad patch
+clean across his figure head. But it will be no use talking to you, for go
+you will, that I see plainly; so all I have to say is, that you need not
+blame me if the islanders make a meal of you. You may stand some chance of
+escaping them though, if you keep close about the French encampment, and
+are back to the ship again before sunset. Keep that much in your mind, if
+you forget all the rest I've been saying to you. There, go forward: bear a
+hand and rig yourselves, and stand by for a call. At two bells the boat
+will be manned to take you off, and the Lord have mercy on you!"
+
+Various were the emotions depicted upon the countenances of the starboard
+watch whilst listening to this address; but on its conclusion there was a
+general move towards the forecastle, and we soon were all busily engaged
+in getting ready for the holiday so auspiciously announced by the skipper.
+During these preparations, his harangue was commented upon in no very
+measured terms; and one of the party, after denouncing him as a lying old
+son of a sea-cook who begrudged a fellow a few hours' liberty, exclaimed
+with an oath, "But you don't bounce me out of my liberty, old chap, for
+all your yarns; for I would go ashore if every pebble on the beach was a
+live coal, and every stick a gridiron, and the cannibals stood ready to
+broil me on landing."
+
+The spirit of this sentiment was responded to by all hands, and we
+resolved that in spite of the captain's croakings we would make a glorious
+day of it.
+
+But Toby and I had our own game to play, and we availed ourselves of the
+confusion which always reigns among a ship's company preparatory to going
+ashore, to confer together and complete our arrangements. As our object
+was to effect as rapid a flight as possible to the mountains, we
+determined not to encumber ourselves with any superfluous apparel; and
+accordingly, while the rest were rigging themselves out with some idea of
+making a display, we were content to put on new stout duck trousers,
+serviceable pumps, and heavy Havre frocks, which, with a Payta hat,
+completed our equipment.
+
+When our shipmates wondered at this, Toby exclaimed, in his odd grave way,
+that the rest might do as they liked, but that he for one preserved his
+go-ashore traps for the Spanish main, where the tie of a sailor's
+neckerchief might make some difference; but as for a parcel of unbreeched
+heathen, he wouldn't go to the bottom of his chest for any of them, and
+was half disposed to appear among them in buff himself. The men laughed at
+what they thought was one of his strange conceits, and so we escaped
+suspicion.
+
+It may appear singular that we should have been thus on our guard with our
+own shipmates; but there were some among us who, had they possessed the
+least inkling of our project, would, for a paltry hope of reward, have
+immediately communicated it to the captain.
+
+As soon as two bells struck, the word was passed for the liberty-men to
+get into the boat. I lingered behind in the forecastle a moment, to take a
+parting glance at its familiar features, and just as I was about to ascend
+to the deck, my eye happened to light on the bread-barge and beef-kid,
+which contained the remnants of our last hasty meal. Although I had never
+before thought of providing anything in the way of food for our
+expedition, as I fully relied upon the fruits of the island to sustain us
+wherever we might wander, yet I could not resist the inclination I felt to
+provide a luncheon from the relics before me. Accordingly I took a double
+handful of those small, broken, flinty bits of biscuit which generally go
+by the name of "midshipmen's nuts," and thrust them into the bosom of my
+frock; in which same ample receptacle I had previously stowed away several
+pounds of tobacco and a few yards of cotton cloth,--articles with which I
+intended to purchase the good-will of the natives, as soon as we should
+appear among them after the departure of our vessel.
+
+This last addition to my stock caused a considerable protuberance in
+front, which I abated in a measure by shaking the bits of bread around my
+waist, and distributing the plugs of tobacco among the folds of the
+garment.
+
+Hardly had I completed these arrangements when my name was sung out by a
+dozen voices, and I sprung upon the deck, where I found all the party in
+the boat, and impatient to shove off. I dropped over the side, and seated
+myself, with the rest of the watch, in the stern sheets, while the poor
+larboarders shipped their oars, and commenced pulling us ashore.
+
+This happened to be the rainy season at the islands, and the heavens had
+nearly the whole morning betokened one of those heavy showers which,
+during this period, so frequently occur. The large drops fell bubbling
+into the water shortly after our leaving the ship, and by the time we had
+effected a landing, it poured down in torrents. We fled for shelter under
+cover of an immense canoe-house, which stood hard by the beach, and waited
+for the first fury of the storm to pass.
+
+It continued, however, without cessation; and the monotonous beating of
+the rain overhead began to exert a drowsy influence upon the men, who,
+throwing themselves here and there upon the large war-canoes, after
+chatting awhile, all fell asleep.
+
+This was the opportunity we desired, and Toby and I availed ourselves of
+it at once, by stealing out of the canoe-house, and plunging into the
+depths of an extensive grove that was in its rear. After ten minutes'
+rapid progress, we gained an open space, from which we could just descry
+the ridge we intended to mount looming dimly through the mists of the
+tropical shower, and distant from us, as we estimated, something more than
+a mile. Our direct course towards it lay through a rather populous part of
+the bay; but desirous as we were of evading the natives and securing an
+unmolested retreat to the mountains, we determined, by taking a circuit
+through some extensive thickets, to avoid their vicinity altogether.
+
+The heavy rain that still continued to fall without intermission, favoured
+our enterprise, as it drove the islanders into their houses, and prevented
+any casual meeting with them. Our heavy frocks soon became completely
+saturated with water, and by their weight, and that of the articles we had
+concealed beneath them, not a little impeded our progress. But it was no
+time to pause, when at any moment we might be surprised by a body of the
+savages, and forced at the very outset to relinquish our undertaking.
+
+Since leaving the canoe-house we had scarcely exchanged a single syllable
+with one another, but when we entered a second narrow opening in the wood,
+and again caught sight of the ridge before us, I took Toby by the arm, and
+pointing along its sloping outline to the lofty heights at its extremity,
+said, in a low tone, "Now, Toby, not a word, nor a glance backward, till
+we stand on the summit of yonder mountain; so no more lingering, but let
+us shove ahead while we can, and in a few hours' time we may laugh aloud.
+You are the lightest and the nimblest, so lead on, and I will follow."
+
+"All right, brother," said Toby, "quick's our play, only let's keep close
+together, that's all"; and so saying, with a bound like a young roe, he
+cleared a brook which ran across our path, and rushed forward with a quick
+step.
+
+When we arrived within a short distance of the ridge, we were stopped by a
+mass of tall yellow reeds, growing together as thickly as they could
+stand, and as tough and stubborn as so many rods of steel; and we
+perceived, to our chagrin, that they extended midway up the elevation we
+proposed to ascend.
+
+For a moment we gazed about us in quest of a more practicable route; it
+was, however, at once apparent that there was no resource but to pierce
+this thicket of canes at all hazards. We now reversed our order of march,
+I, being the heaviest, taking the lead, with a view of breaking a path
+through the obstruction, while Toby fell into the rear.
+
+Two or three times I endeavoured to insinuate myself between the canes,
+and, by dint of coaxing and bending them, to make some progress; but a
+bull-frog might as well have tried to work a passage through the teeth of
+a comb, and I gave up the attempt in despair.
+
+Half wild with meeting an obstacle we had so little anticipated, I threw
+myself desperately against it, crushing to the ground the canes with which
+I came in contact, and rising to my feet again, repeated the action with
+like effect. Twenty minutes of this violent exercise almost exhausted me,
+but it carried us some way into the thicket; when Toby, who had been
+reaping the benefit of my labours by following close at my heels, proposed
+to become pioneer in turn, and accordingly passed ahead with a view of
+affording me a respite from my exertions. As, however, with his slight
+frame he made but bad work of it, I was soon obliged to resume my old
+place again.
+
+On we toiled, the perspiration starting from our bodies in floods, our
+limbs torn and lacerated with the splintered fragments of the broken
+canes, until we had proceeded perhaps as far as the middle of the brake,
+when suddenly it ceased raining, and the atmosphere around us became close
+and sultry beyond expression. The elasticity of the reeds quickly
+recovering from the temporary pressure of our bodies, caused them to
+spring back to their original position, so that they closed in upon us as
+we advanced, and prevented the circulation of the little air which might
+otherwise have reached us. Besides this, their great height completely
+shut us out from the view of surrounding objects, and we were not certain
+but that we might have been going all the time in a wrong direction.
+
+Fatigued with my long-continued efforts, and panting for breath, I felt
+myself completely incapacitated for any further exertion. I rolled up the
+sleeve of my frock, and squeezed the moisture it contained into my parched
+mouth. But the few drops I managed to obtain gave me little relief, and I
+sank down for a moment with a sort of dogged apathy, from which I was
+aroused by Toby, who had devised a plan to free us from the net in which
+we had become entangled.
+
+He was laying about him lustily with his sheath-knife, lopping the canes
+right and left, like a reaper, and soon made quite a clearing around us.
+This sight reanimated me; and seizing my own knife, I hacked and hewed
+away without mercy. But, alas! the farther we advanced the thicker and
+taller, and apparently the more interminable, the reeds became.
+
+I began to think we were fairly snared, and had almost made up my mind
+that without a pair of wings we should never be able to escape from the
+toils, when all at once I discerned a peep of daylight through the canes
+on my right, and, communicating the joyful tidings to Toby, we both fell
+to with fresh spirit, and speedily opening a passage towards it, we found
+ourselves clear of perplexities, and in the near vicinity of the ridge.
+
+After resting for a few moments we began the ascent, and after a little
+vigorous climbing found ourselves close to its summit. Instead, however,
+of walking along its ridge, where we should have been in full view of the
+natives in the vales beneath, and at a point where they could easily
+intercept us, were they so inclined, we cautiously advanced on one side,
+crawling on our hands and knees, and screened from observation by the
+grass through which we glided, much in the fashion of a couple of
+serpents. After an hour employed in this unpleasant kind of locomotion, we
+started to our feet again, and pursued our way boldly along the crest of
+the ridge.
+
+This salient spur of the lofty elevations that encompassed the bay, rose
+with sharp angle from the valleys at its base, and presented, with the
+exception of a few steep acclivities, the appearance of a vast inclined
+plane, sweeping down towards the sea from the heights in the distance. We
+had ascended it near the place of its termination, and at its lowest
+point, and now saw our route to the mountains distinctly defined along its
+narrow crest, which was covered with a soft carpet of verdure, and was in
+many parts only a few feet wide.
+
+Elated with the success which had so far attended our enterprise, and
+invigorated by the refreshing atmosphere we now inhaled, Toby and I, in
+high spirits, were making our way rapidly along the ridge when suddenly
+from the valleys below, which lay on either side of us, we heard the
+distant shouts of the natives, who had just descried us, and to whom our
+figures, brought in bold relief against the sky, were plainly revealed.
+
+Glancing our eyes into these valleys, we perceived their savage
+inhabitants hurrying to and fro, seemingly under the influence of some
+sudden alarm, and appearing to the eye scarcely bigger than so many
+pigmies, while their white thatched dwellings, dwarfed by the distance,
+looked like baby-houses. As we looked down upon the islanders from our
+lofty elevation, we experienced a sense of security; feeling confident
+that, should they undertake a pursuit, it would, from the start we now
+had, proved entirely fruitless, unless they followed us into the
+mountains, where we knew they cared not to venture.
+
+However, we thought it was well to make the most of our time; and
+accordingly, where the ground would admit of it, we ran swiftly along the
+summit of the ridge, until we were brought to a stand by a steep cliff,
+which at first seemed to interpose an effectual barrier to our farther
+advance. By dint of much hard scrambling, however, and at some risk to our
+necks, we at last surmounted it, and continued our flight with unabated
+celerity.
+
+We had left the beach early in the morning, and after an uninterrupted,
+though at times difficult and dangerous ascent, during which we had never
+once turned our faces to the sea, we found ourselves, about three hours
+before sunset, standing on the top of what seemed to be the highest land
+on the island, an immense overhanging cliff composed of basaltic rocks,
+hung round with parasitical plants. We must have been more than three
+thousand feet above the level of the sea, and the scenery viewed from this
+height was magnificent.
+
+The lonely bay of Nukuheva, dotted here and there with the black hulls of
+the vessels composing the French squadron, lay reposing at the base of a
+circular range of elevations, whose verdant sides, perforated with deep
+glens, or diversified with smiling valleys, formed altogether the
+loveliest view I ever beheld, and were I to live a hundred years, I shall
+never forget the feeling of admiration which I then experienced.
+
+
+
+
+
+                                CHAPTER VI
+
+
+        The other side of the mountain--Disappointment--Inventory of
+         articles brought from the ship--Division of the stock of
+       bread--Appearance of the interior of the island--A discovery--A
+      ravine and waterfalls--A sleepless night--Further discoveries--My
+                      illness--A Marquesan landscape.
+
+
+My curiosity had been not a little raised with regard to the description
+of country we should meet on the other side of the mountains; and I had
+supposed, with Toby, that immediately on gaining the heights we should be
+enabled to view the large bays of Happar and Typee reposing at our feet on
+one side, in the same way that Nukuheva lay spread out below on the other.
+But here we were disappointed. Instead of finding the mountain we had
+ascended sweeping down in the opposite direction into broad and capacious
+valleys, the land appeared to retain its general elevation, only broken
+into a series of ridges and inter-vales, which as far as the eye could
+reach stretched away from us, with their precipitous sides covered with
+the brightest verdure, and waving here and there with the foliage of
+clumps of woodland; among which, however, we perceived none of those trees
+upon whose fruit we had relied with such certainty.
+
+This was a most unlooked-for discovery, and one that promised to defeat
+our plans altogether, for we could not think of descending the mountain on
+the Nukuheva side in quest of food. Should we for this purpose be induced
+to retrace our steps, we should run no small chance of encountering the
+natives, who in that case, if they did nothing worse to us, would be
+certain to convey us back to the ship for the sake of the reward in calico
+and trinkets, which we had no doubt our skipper would hold out to them as
+an inducement to our capture.
+
+What was to be done? The _Dolly_ would not sail perhaps for ten days, and
+how were we to sustain life during this period? I bitterly repented our
+improvidence in not providing ourselves, as we easily might have done,
+with a supply of biscuit. With a rueful visage I now bethought me of the
+scanty handful of bread I had stuffed into the bosom of my frock, and felt
+somewhat desirous to ascertain what part of it had weathered the rather
+rough usage it had experienced in ascending the mountain. I accordingly
+proposed to Toby that we should enter into a joint examination of the
+various articles we had brought from the ship. With this intent we seated
+ourselves upon the grass; and a little curious to see with what kind of
+judgment my companion had filled his frock--which I remarked seemed about
+as well lined as my own--I requested him to commence operations by
+spreading out its contents.
+
+Thrusting his hand, then, into the bosom of his capacious receptacle, he
+first brought to light about a pound of tobacco, whose component parts
+still adhered together, the whole outside being covered with soft
+particles of sea-bread. Wet and dripping, it had the appearance of having
+been just recovered from the bottom of the sea. But I paid slight
+attention to a substance of so little value to us in our present
+situation, as soon as I perceived the indications it gave of Toby's
+foresight in laying in a supply of food for the expedition.
+
+I eagerly inquired what quantity he had brought with him, when rummaging
+once more beneath his garment, he produced a small handful of something so
+soft, pulpy, and discoloured, that for a few moments he was as much
+puzzled as myself to tell by what possible instrumentality such a
+villanous compound had become engendered in his bosom. I can only describe
+it as a hash of soaked bread and bits of tobacco, brought to a doughy
+consistency by the united agency of perspiration and rain. But repulsive
+as it might otherwise have been, I now regarded it as an invaluable
+treasure, and proceeded with great care to transfer this paste-like mass
+to a large leaf which I had plucked from a bush beside me. Toby informed
+me that in the morning he had placed two whole biscuits in his bosom, with
+a view of munching them, should he feel so inclined, during our flight.
+These were now reduced to the equivocal substance which I had just placed
+on the leaf.
+
+Another dive into the frock brought to view some four or five yards of
+calico print, whose tasteful pattern was rather disfigured by the yellow
+stains of the tobacco with which it had been brought in contact. In
+drawing this calico slowly from his bosom inch by inch, Toby reminded me
+of a juggler performing the feat of the endless ribbon. The next cast was
+a small one, being a sailor's little "ditty bag," containing needles,
+thread, and other sewing utensils; then came a razor-case, followed by two
+or three separate plugs of negro-head, which were fished up from the
+bottom of the now empty receptacle. These various matters being inspected,
+I produced a few things which I had myself brought.
+
+As might have been anticipated from the state of my companion's edible
+supplies, I found my own in a deplorable condition, and diminished to a
+quantity that would not have formed half a dozen mouthfuls for a hungry
+man who was partial enough to tobacco not to mind swallowing it. A few
+morsels of bread, with a fathom or two of white cotton cloth, and several
+pounds of choice pigtail, composed the extent of my possessions.
+
+Our joint stock of miscellaneous articles were now made up into a compact
+bundle, which it was agreed we should carry alternately. But the sorry
+remains of the biscuit were not to be disposed of so summarily: the
+precarious circumstances in which we were placed made us regard them as
+something on which very probably depended the fate of our adventure. After
+a brief discussion, in which we both of us expressed our resolution of not
+descending into the bay until the ship's departure, I suggested to my
+companion that little of it as there was, we should divide the bread into
+six equal portions, each of which should be a day's allowance for both of
+us. This proposition he assented to; so I took the silk kerchief from my
+neck, and cutting it with my knife into half a dozen equal pieces,
+proceeded to make an exact division.
+
+At first, Toby, with a degree of fastidiousness that seemed to me
+ill-timed, was for picking out the minute particles of tobacco with which
+the spongy mass was mixed; but against this proceeding I protested, as by
+such an operation we must have greatly diminished its quantity.
+
+When the division was accomplished, we found that a day's allowance for
+the two was not a great deal more than what a table-spoon might hold. Each
+separate portion we immediately rolled up in the bit of silk prepared for
+it, and joining them all together into a small package, I committed them,
+with solemn injunctions of fidelity, to the custody of Toby. For the
+remainder of that day we resolved to fast, as we had been fortified by a
+breakfast in the morning; and now starting again to our feet, we looked
+about us for a shelter during the night, which, from the appearance of the
+heavens, promised to be a dark and tempestuous one.
+
+There was no place near us which would in any way answer our purpose; so
+turning our backs upon Nukuheva, we commenced exploring the unknown
+regions which lay upon the other side of the mountain.
+
+In this direction, as far as our vision extended, not a sign of life, nor
+anything that denoted even the transient residence of man could be seen.
+The whole landscape seemed one unbroken solitude, the interior of the
+island having apparently been untenanted since the morning of the
+creation; and as we advanced through this wilderness, our voices sounded
+strangely in our ears, as though human accents had never before disturbed
+the fearful silence of the place, interrupted only by the low murmurings
+of distant waterfalls.
+
+Our disappointment, however, in not finding the various fruits with which
+we had intended to regale ourselves during our stay in these wilds, was a
+good deal lessened by the consideration that from this very circumstance
+we should be much less exposed to a casual meeting with the savage tribes
+about us, who we knew always dwelt beneath the shadows of those trees
+which supplied them with food.
+
+We wandered along, casting eager glances into every bush we passed, until
+just as we had succeeded in mounting one of the many ridges that
+intersected the ground, I saw in the grass before me something like an
+indistinctly traced footpath, which appeared to lead along the top of the
+ridge, and to descend with it into a deep ravine about half a mile in
+advance of us.
+
+Robinson Crusoe could not have been more startled at the footprint in the
+sand than we were at this unwelcome discovery. My first impulse was to
+make as rapid a retreat as possible, and bend our steps in some other
+direction; but our curiosity to see whither this path might lead, prompted
+us to pursue it. So on we went, the track becoming more and more visible
+the farther we proceeded, until it conducted us to the verge of the
+ravine, where it abruptly terminated.
+
+"And so," said Toby, peering down into the chasm, "every one that travels
+this path takes a jump here, eh?"
+
+"Not so," said I, "for I think they might manage to descend without it;
+what say you,--shall we attempt the feat?"
+
+"And what, in the name of caves and coal-holes, do you expect to find at
+the bottom of that gulf but a broken neck--why, it looks blacker than our
+ship's hold, and the roar of those waterfalls down there would batter
+one's brains to pieces."
+
+"Oh, no, Toby," I exclaimed, laughing; "but there's something to be seen
+here, that's plain, or there would have been no path, and I am resolved to
+find out what it is."
+
+"I will tell you what, my pleasant fellow," rejoined Toby, quickly, "if
+you are going to pry into everything you meet with here that excites your
+curiosity, you will marvellously soon get knocked on the head; to a dead
+certainty you will come bang upon a party of these savages in the midst of
+your discovery-makings, and I doubt whether such an event would
+particularly delight you. Just take my advice for once, and let us 'bout
+ship and steer in some other direction; besides, it's getting late, and we
+ought to be mooring ourselves for the night."
+
+"That is just the thing I have been driving at," replied I; "and I am
+thinking that this ravine will exactly answer our purpose, for it is
+roomy, secluded, well watered, and may shelter us from the weather."
+
+"Ay, and from sleep too, and by the same token will give us sore throats,
+and rheumatism into the bargain," cried Toby, with evident dislike at the
+idea.
+
+"Oh, very well then, my lad," said I, "since you will not accompany me,
+here I go, alone. You will see me in the morning"; and advancing to the
+edge of the cliff upon which we had been standing, I proceeded to lower
+myself down by the tangled roots which clustered about all the crevices of
+the rock. As I had anticipated, Toby, in spite of his previous
+remonstrances, followed my example, and dropping himself with the activity
+of a squirrel from point to point, he quickly outstripped me, and effected
+a landing at the bottom before I had accomplished two-thirds of the
+descent.
+
+The sight that now greeted us was one that will ever be vividly impressed
+upon my mind. Five foaming streams, rushing through as many gorges, and
+swelled and turbid by the recent rains, united together in one mad plunge
+of nearly eighty feet, and fell with wild uproar into a deep black pool
+scooped out of the gloomy-looking rocks that lay piled around, and thence
+in one collected body dashed down a narrow sloping channel which seemed to
+penetrate into the very bowels of the earth. Overhead, vast roots of trees
+hung down from the sides of the ravine, dripping with moisture, and
+trembling with the concussions produced by the fall. It was now sunset,
+and the feeble uncertain light that found its way into these caverns and
+woody depths heightened their strange appearance, and reminded us that in
+a short time we should find ourselves in utter darkness.
+
+As soon as I had satisfied my curiosity by gazing at this scene, I fell to
+wondering how it was that what we had taken for a path should have
+conducted us to so singular a place, and began to suspect that after all I
+might have been deceived in supposing it to have been a track formed by
+the islanders. This was rather an agreeable reflection than otherwise, for
+it diminished our dread of accidentally meeting with any of them, and I
+came to the conclusion that perhaps we could not have selected a more
+secure hiding-place than this very spot we had so accidentally hit upon.
+Toby agreed with me in this view of the matter, and we immediately began
+gathering together the limbs of trees which lay scattered about, with the
+view of constructing a temporary hut for the night. This we were obliged
+to build close to the foot of the cataract for the current of water
+extended very nearly to the sides of the gorge. The few moments of light
+that remained we employed in covering our hut with a species of
+broad-bladed grass that grew in every fissure of the ravine. Our hut, if
+it deserved to be called one, consisted of six or eight of the straightest
+branches we could find laid obliquely against the steep wall of rock, with
+their lowered ends within a foot of the stream. Into the space thus
+covered over we managed to crawl, and dispose our wearied bodies as best
+we could.
+
+Shall I ever forget that horrid night! As for poor Toby, I could scarcely
+get a word out of him. It would have been some consolation to have heard
+his voice, but he lay shivering the live-long night like a man afflicted
+with the palsy, with his knees drawn up to his head, while his back was
+supported against the dripping side of the rock. During this wretched
+night there seemed nothing wanting to complete the perfect misery of our
+condition. The rain descended in such torrents that our poor shelter
+proved a mere mockery. In vain did I try to elude the incessant streams
+that poured upon me; by protecting one part I only exposed another, and
+the water was continually finding some new opening through which to drench
+us.
+
+I have had many a ducking in the course of my life, and in general cared
+little about it: but the accumulated horrors of that night, the death-like
+coldness of the place, the appalling darkness and the dismal sense of our
+forlorn condition, almost unmanned me.
+
+It will not be doubted that the next morning we were early risers, and as
+soon as I could catch the faintest glimpse of anything like daylight I
+shook my companion by the arm, and told him it was sunrise. Poor Toby
+lifted up his head, and after a moment's pause said, in a husky voice,
+"Then, shipmate, my toplights have gone out, for it appears darker now
+with my eyes open than it did when they were shut."
+
+"Nonsense!" exclaimed I; "you are not awake yet."
+
+"Awake!" roared Toby, in a rage; "awake! You mean to insinuate I've been
+asleep, do you? It is an insult to a man to suppose he could sleep in such
+a place as this."
+
+By the time I had apologized to my friend for having misconstrued his
+silence, it had become somewhat more light, and we crawled out of our
+lair. The rain had ceased, but everything around us was dripping with
+moisture. We stripped off our saturated garments, and wrung them as dry as
+we could. We contrived to make the blood circulate in our benumbed limbs
+by rubbing them vigorously with our hands; and after performing our
+ablutions in the stream, and putting on our still wet clothes, we began to
+think it advisable to break our long fast, it being now twenty-four hours
+since we had tasted food.
+
+Accordingly, our day's ration was brought out, and seating ourselves on a
+detached fragment of rock, we proceeded to discuss it. First we divided it
+into equal portions, and carefully rolling one of them up for our
+evening's repast, divided the remainder again as equally as possible, and
+then drew lots for the first choice. I could have placed the morsel that
+fell to my share upon the tip of my finger; but notwithstanding this, I
+took care that it should be full ten minutes before I had swallowed the
+last crumb. What a true saying it is that "appetite furnishes the best
+sauce"! There was a flavour and a relish to this small particle of food
+that, under other circumstances, it would have been impossible for the
+most delicate viands to have imparted. A copious draught of the pure water
+which flowed at our feet served to complete the meal, and after it we rose
+sensibly refreshed, and prepared for whatever might befall us.
+
+We now carefully examined the chasm in which we had passed the night. We
+crossed the stream, and gaining the farther side of the pool I have
+mentioned, discovered proofs that the spot must have been visited by some
+one but a short time previous to our arrival. Further observation
+convinced us that it had been regularly frequented, and, as we afterwards
+conjectured from particular indications, for the purpose of obtaining a
+certain root, from which the natives obtained a kind of ointment.
+
+These discoveries immediately determined us to abandon a place which had
+presented no inducement for us to remain, except the promise of security;
+and as we looked about us for the means of ascending again into the upper
+regions, we at last found a practicable part of the rock, and
+half-an-hour's toil carried us to the summit of the same cliff from which
+the preceding evening we had descended.
+
+I now proposed to Toby that instead of rambling about the island, exposing
+ourselves to discovery at every turn, we should select some place as our
+fixed abode for as long a period as our food should hold out, build
+ourselves a comfortable hut, and be as prudent and circumspect as
+possible. To all this my companion assented, and we at once set about
+carrying the plan into execution.
+
+With this view, after exploring without success a little glen near us, we
+crossed several of the ridges of which I have before spoken; and about
+noon found ourselves ascending a long and gradually rising slope, but
+still without having discovered any place adapted to our purpose. Low and
+heavy clouds betokened an approaching storm, and we hurried on to gain a
+covert in a clump of thick bushes, which appeared to terminate the long
+ascent. We threw ourselves under the lee of these bushes, and pulling up
+the long grass that grew around, covered ourselves completely with it, and
+awaited the shower.
+
+But it did not come as soon as we had expected, and before many minutes my
+companion was fast asleep, and I was rapidly falling into the same state
+of happy forgetfulness. Just at this juncture, however, down came the rain
+with a violence that put all thoughts of slumber to flight. Although in
+some measure sheltered, our clothes soon became as wet as ever; this,
+after all the trouble we had taken to dry them, was provoking enough: but
+there was no help for it; and I recommend all adventurous youths who
+abandon vessels in romantic islands during the rainy season, to provide
+themselves with umbrellas.
+
+After an hour or so the shower passed away. My companion slept through it
+all, or at least appeared so to do; and now that it was over I had not the
+heart to awaken him. As I lay on my back completely shrouded with verdure,
+the leafy branches drooping over me, and my limbs buried in grass, I could
+not avoid comparing our situation with that of the interesting babes in
+the wood. Poor little sufferers!--no wonder their constitutions broke down
+under the hardships to which they were exposed.
+
+During the hour or two spent under the shelter of these bushes, I began to
+feel symptoms which I at once attributed to the exposure of the preceding
+night. Cold shiverings and a burning fever succeeded one another at
+intervals, while one of my legs was swelled to such a degree, and pained
+me so acutely, that I half suspected I had been bitten by some venomous
+reptile, the congenial inhabitant of the chasm from which we had lately
+emerged. I may here remark by the way--what I subsequently learned--that all
+the islands of Polynesia enjoy the reputation, in common with the
+Hibernian isle, of being free from the presence of any vipers; though
+whether Saint Patrick ever visited them, is a question I shall not attempt
+to decide.
+
+As the feverish sensation increased upon me I tossed about, still
+unwilling to disturb my slumbering companion, from whose side I removed
+two or three yards. I chanced to push aside a branch, and by so doing
+suddenly disclosed to my view a scene which even now I can recall with all
+the vividness of the first impression. Had a glimpse of the gardens of
+Paradise been revealed to me, I could scarcely have been more ravished
+with the sight.
+
+From the spot where I lay tranfixed with surprise and delight, I looked
+straight down into the bosom of a valley, which swept away in long wavy
+undulations to the blue waters in the distance. Midway towards the sea,
+and peering here and there amidst the foliage, might be seen the
+palmetto-thatched houses of its inhabitants, glistening in the sun that
+had bleached them to a dazzling whiteness. The vale was more than three
+leagues in length, and about a mile across at its greatest width.
+
+On either side it appeared hemmed in by steep and green acclivities,
+which, uniting near the spot where I lay, formed an abrupt and
+semi-circular termination of grassy cliffs and precipices hundreds of feet
+in height, over which flowed numberless small cascades. But the crowning
+beauty of the prospect was its universal verdure; and in this indeed
+consists, I believe, the peculiar charm of every Polynesian landscape.
+Everywhere below me, from the base of the precipice upon whose very verge
+I had been unconsciously reposing, the surface of the vale presented a
+mass of foliage, spread with such rich profusion that it was impossible to
+determine of what description of trees it consisted.
+
+But perhaps there was nothing about the scenery I beheld more impressive
+than those silent cascades, whose slender threads of water, after leaping
+down the steep cliffs, were lost amidst the rich herbage of the valley.
+
+Over all the landscape there reigned the most hushed repose, which I
+almost feared to break, lest, like the enchanted gardens in the fairy
+tale, a single syllable might dissolve the spell. For a long time,
+forgetful alike of my own situation, and the vicinity of my still
+slumbering companion, I remained gazing around me, hardly able to
+comprehend by what means I had thus suddenly been made a spectator of such
+a scene.
+
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER VII
+
+
+      The important question, Typee or Happar?--A wild-goose chase--My
+     sufferings--Disheartening situation--A night in the ravine--Morning
+           meal--Happy idea of Toby--Journey towards the valley.
+
+
+Recovering from my astonishment at the beautiful scene before me, I
+quickly awakened Toby, and informed him of the discovery I had made.
+Together we now repaired to the border of the precipice, and my
+companion's admiration was equal to my own. A little reflection, however,
+abated our surprise at coming so unexpectedly upon this valley, since the
+large vales of Happar and Typee, lying upon this side of Nukuheva, and
+extending a considerable distance from the sea towards the interior, must
+necessarily terminate somewhere about this point.
+
+The question now was as to which of those two places we were looking down
+upon. Toby insisted that it was the abode of the Happars, and I that it
+was tenanted by their enemies, the ferocious Typees. To be sure I was not
+entirely convinced by my own arguments, but Toby's proposition to descend
+at once into the valley, and partake of the hospitality of its inmates,
+seemed to me to be risking so much upon the strength of a mere
+supposition, that I resolved to oppose it until we had more evidence to
+proceed upon.
+
+The point was one of vital importance, as the natives of Happar were not
+only at peace with Nukuheva, but cultivated with its inhabitants the most
+friendly relations, and enjoyed beside a reputation for gentleness and
+humanity which led us to expect from them, if not a cordial reception, at
+least a shelter during the short period we should remain in their
+territory.
+
+On the other hand, the very name of Typee struck a panic into my heart
+which I did not attempt to disguise. The thought of voluntarily throwing
+ourselves into the hands of these cruel savages, seemed to me an act of
+mere madness; and almost equally so the idea of venturing into the valley,
+uncertain by which of these two tribes it was inhabited. That the vale at
+our feet was tenanted by one of them, was a point that appeared to us past
+all doubt, since we knew that they resided in this quarter, although our
+information did not enlighten us further.
+
+My companion, however, incapable of resisting the tempting prospect which
+the place held out of an abundant supply of food and other means of
+enjoyment, still clung to his own inconsiderate view of the subject, nor
+could all my reasoning shake it. When I reminded him that it was
+impossible for either of us to know anything with certainty, and when I
+dealt upon the horrible fate we should encounter were we rashly to descend
+into the valley, and discover too late the error we had committed, he
+replied by detailing all the evils of our present condition, and the
+sufferings we must undergo should we continue to remain where we then
+were.
+
+Anxious to draw him away from the subject, if possible--for I saw that it
+would be in vain to attempt changing his mind--I directed his attention to
+a long bright unwooded tract of land which, sweeping down from the
+elevations in the interior, descended into the valley before us. I then
+suggested to him that beyond this ridge might lie a capacious and
+untenanted valley, abounding with all manner of delicious fruits; for I
+had heard that there were several such upon the island, and proposed that
+we should endeavour to reach it, and if we found our expectations realized
+we should at once take refuge in it and remain there as long as we
+pleased.
+
+He acquiesced in the suggestion; and we immediately, therefore, began
+surveying the country lying before us, with a view of determining upon the
+best route for us to pursue; but it presented little choice, the whole
+interval being broken into steep ridges, divided by dark ravines,
+extending in parallel lines at right angles to our direct course. All
+these we would be obliged to cross before we could hope to arrive at our
+destination.
+
+A weary journey! But we decided to undertake it, though, for my own part,
+I felt little prepared to encounter its fatigues, shivering and burning by
+turns with the ague and fever; for I know not how else to describe the
+alternate sensations I experienced, and suffering not a little from the
+lameness which afflicted me. Added to this was the faintness consequent on
+our meagre diet--a calamity in which Toby participated to the same extent
+as myself.
+
+These circumstances, however, only augmented my anxiety to reach a place
+which promised us plenty and repose, before I should be reduced to a state
+which would render me altogether unable to perform the journey.
+Accordingly we now commenced it by descending the almost perpendicular
+side of a steep and narrow gorge, bristling with a thick growth of reeds.
+Here there was but one mode for us to adopt. We seated ourselves upon the
+ground, and guided our descent by catching at the canes in our path. The
+velocity with which we thus slid down the side of the ravine soon brought
+us to a point where we could use our feet, and in a short time we arrived
+at the edge of the torrent, which rolled impetuously along the bed of the
+chasm.
+
+After taking a refreshing draught from the water of the stream, we
+addressed ourselves to a much more difficult undertaking than the last.
+Every foot of our late descent had to be regained in ascending the
+opposite side of the gorge--an operation rendered the less agreeable from
+the consideration that in these perpendicular episodes we did not progress
+a hundred yards on our journey. But, ungrateful as the task was, we set
+about it with exemplary patience, and after a snail-like progress of an
+hour or more, had scaled perhaps one half of the distance, when the fever
+which had left me for awhile returned with such violence, and accompanied
+by so raging a thirst, that it required all the entreaties of Toby to
+prevent me from losing all the fruits of my late exertion, by
+precipitating myself madly down the cliffs we had just climbed, in quest
+of the water which flowed so temptingly at their base. At the moment all
+my hopes and fears appeared to be merged in this one desire, careless of
+the consequences that might result from its gratification. I am aware of
+no feeling, either of pleasure or of pain, that so completely deprives one
+of all power to resist its impulses, as this same raging thirst.
+
+Toby earnestly conjured me to continue the ascent, assuring me that a
+little more exertion would bring us to the summit, and that then in less
+than five minutes we should find ourselves at the brink of the stream,
+which must necessarily flow on the other side of the ridge.
+
+"Do not," he exclaimed, "turn back, now that we have proceeded thus far;
+for I tell you that neither of us will have the courage to repeat the
+attempt, if once more we find ourselves looking up to where we now are
+from the bottom of these rocks!"
+
+I was not yet so perfectly beside myself as to be heedless of these
+representations, and therefore toiled on, ineffectually endeavouring to
+appease the thirst which consumed me, by thinking that in a short time I
+should be able to gratify it to my heart's content.
+
+At last we gained the top of the second elevation, the loftiest of those I
+have described as extending in parallel lines between us and the valley we
+desired to reach. It commanded a view of the whole intervening distance;
+and, discouraged as I was by other circumstances, this prospect plunged me
+into the very depths of despair. Nothing but dark and fearful chasms,
+separated by sharp crested and perpendicular ridges as far as the eye
+could reach. Could we have stepped from summit to summit of these steep
+but narrow elevations we could easily have accomplished the distance; but
+we must penetrate to the bottom of every yawning gulf, and scale in
+succession every one of the eminences before us. Even Toby, although not
+suffering as I did, was not proof against the disheartening influences of
+the sight.
+
+But we did not long stand to contemplate it, impatient as I was to reach
+the waters of the torrent which flowed beneath us. With an insensibility
+to danger which I cannot call to mind without shuddering, we threw
+ourselves down the depths of the ravine, startling its savage solitudes
+with the echoes produced by the falling fragments of rock we every moment
+dislodged from their places, careless of the insecurity of our footing,
+and reckless whether the slight roots and twigs we clutched at sustained
+us for the while, or treacherously yielded to our grasp. For my own part,
+I scarcely knew whether I was helplessly falling from the heights above,
+or whether the fearful rapidity with which I descended was an act of my
+own volition.
+
+  [Illustration: AT LAST WE GAINED THE TOP OF THE SECOND ELEVATION]
+
+In a few minutes we reached the foot of the gorge, and kneeling upon a
+small ledge of dripping rocks, I bent over to the stream. What a delicious
+sensation was I now to experience! I paused for a second to concentrate
+all my capabilities of enjoyment, and then immerged my lips in the clear
+element before me. Had the apples of Sodom turned to ashes in my mouth, I
+could not have felt a more startling revulsion. A single drop of the cold
+fluid seemed to freeze every drop of blood in my body; the fever that had
+been burning in my veins gave place on the instant to death-like chills,
+which shook me one after another like so many shocks of electricity, while
+the perspiration produced by my late violent exertions congealed in icy
+beads upon my forehead. My thirst was gone, and I fairly loathed the
+water. Starting to my feet, the sight of those dank rocks, oozing forth
+moisture at every crevice, and the dark stream shooting along its dismal
+channel, sent fresh chills through my shivering frame, and I felt as
+uncontrollable a desire to climb up towards the genial sunlight as I
+before had to descend the ravine.
+
+After two hours' perilous exertions we stood upon the summit of another
+ridge, and it was with difficulty I could bring myself to believe that we
+had ever penetrated the black and yawning chasm which then gaped at our
+feet. Again we gazed upon the prospect which the height commanded, but it
+was just as depressing as the one which had before met our eyes. I now
+felt that in our present situation it was in vain for us to think of ever
+overcoming the obstacles in our way, and I gave up all thoughts of
+reaching the vale which lay beyond this series of impediments; while at
+the same time I could not devise any scheme to extricate ourselves from
+the difficulties in which we were involved.
+
+The remotest idea of returning to Nukuheva unless assured of our vessel's
+departure, never once entered my mind, and indeed it was questionable
+whether we could have succeeded in reaching it, divided as we were from
+the bay by a distance we could not compute, and perplexed too in our
+remembrance of localities by our recent wanderings. Besides, it was
+unendurable the thought of retracing our steps and rendering all our
+painful exertions of no avail.
+
+There is scarcely anything when a man is in difficulties that he is more
+disposed to look upon with abhorrence than a right-about retrograde
+movement--a systematic going over of the already trodden ground: and
+especially if he has a love of adventure, such a course appears
+indescribably repulsive, so long as there remains the least hope to be
+derived from braving untried difficulties.
+
+It was this feeling that prompted us to descend the opposite side of the
+elevation we had just scaled, although with what definite object in view
+it would have been impossible for either of us to tell.
+
+Without exchanging a syllable upon the subject, Toby and myself
+simultaneously renounced the design which had lured us thus far--perceiving
+in each other's countenances that desponding expression which speaks more
+eloquently than words.
+
+Together we stood towards the close of this weary day in the cavity of the
+third gorge we had entered, wholly incapacitated for any further exertion,
+until restored to some degree of strength by food and repose.
+
+We seated ourselves upon the least uncomfortable spot we could select, and
+Toby produced from the bosom of his frock the sacred package. In silence
+we partook of the small morsel of refreshment that had been left from the
+morning's repast, and without once proposing to violate the sanctity of
+our engagement with respect to the remainder, we rose to our feet, and
+proceeded to construct some sort of shelter under which we might obtain
+the sleep we so greatly needed.
+
+Fortunately the spot was better adapted to our purpose than the one in
+which we had passed the last wretched night. We cleared away the tall
+reeds from a small but almost level bit of ground, and twisted them into a
+low basket-like hut, which we covered with a profusion of long thick
+leaves, gathered from a tree near at hand. We disposed them thickly all
+around, reserving only a slight opening that barely permitted us to crawl
+under the shelter we had thus obtained.
+
+These deep recesses, though protected from the winds that assail the
+summits of their lofty sides, are damp and chill to a degree that one
+would hardly anticipate in such a climate; and being unprovided with
+anything but our woollen frocks and thin duck trousers to resist the cold
+of the place, we were the more solicitous to render our habitation for the
+night as comfortable as we could. Accordingly, in addition to what we had
+already done, we plucked down all the leaves within our reach and threw
+them in a heap over our little hut, into which we now crept, raking after
+us a reserved supply to form our couch.
+
+That night nothing but the pain I suffered prevented me from sleeping most
+refreshingly. As it was, I caught two or three naps, while Toby slept away
+at my side as soundly as though he had been sandwiched between two Holland
+sheets. Luckily it did not rain, and we were preserved from the misery
+which a heavy shower would have occasioned us.
+
+In the morning I was awakened by the sonorous voice of my companion
+ringing in my ears and bidding me rise. I crawled out from our heap of
+leaves, and was astonished at the change which a good night's rest had
+wrought in his appearance. He was as blithe and joyous as a young bird,
+and was staying the keenness of his morning's appetite by chewing the soft
+bark of a delicate branch he held in his hand, and he recommended the like
+to me, as an admirable antidote against the gnawings of hunger.
+
+For my own part, though feeling materially better than I had done the
+preceding evening, I could not look at the limb that had pained me so
+violently at intervals during the last twenty-four hours, without
+experiencing a sense of alarm that I strove in vain to shake off.
+Unwilling to disturb the flow of my comrade's spirits, I managed to stifle
+the complaints to which I might otherwise have given vent, and calling
+upon him good-humouredly to speed our banquet, I prepared myself for it by
+washing in the stream. This operation concluded, we swallowed, or rather
+absorbed, by a peculiar kind of slow sucking process, our respective
+morsels of nourishment, and then entered into a discussion as to the steps
+it was necessary for us to pursue.
+
+"What's to be done now?" inquired I, rather dolefully.
+
+"Descend into that same valley we descried yesterday," rejoined Toby, with
+a rapidity and loudness of utterance that almost led me to suspect he had
+been slyly devouring the broadside of an ox in some of the adjoining
+thickets. "What else," he continued, "remains for us to do but that, to be
+sure? Why, we shall both starve, to a certainty, if we remain here; and as
+to your fears of those Typees--depend upon it, it is all nonsense. It is
+impossible that the inhabitants of such a lovely place as we saw can be
+anything else but good fellows; and if you choose rather to perish with
+hunger in one of these soppy caverns, I for one prefer to chance a bold
+descent into the valley, and risk the consequences."
+
+"And who is to pilot us thither," I asked, "even if we should decide upon
+the measure you propose? Are we to go again up and down those precipices
+that we crossed yesterday, until we reach the place we started from, and
+then take a flying leap from the cliffs to the valley?"
+
+"'Faith, I didn't think of that," said Toby; "sure enough, both sides of
+the valley appeared to be hemmed in by precipices, didn't they?"
+
+"Yes," answered I; "as steep as the sides of a line-of-battle ship, and
+about a hundred times as high." My companion sank his head upon his
+breast, and remained for awhile in deep thought. Suddenly he sprang to his
+feet, while his eyes lighted up with that gleam of intelligence that marks
+the presence of some bright idea.
+
+"Yes, yes," he exclaimed; "the streams all run in the same direction, and
+must necessarily flow into the valley before they reach the sea; all we
+have to do is just to follow this stream, and sooner or later, it will
+lead us into the vale."
+
+"You are right, Toby," I exclaimed, "you are right; it must conduct us
+thither, and quickly too; for, see with what a steep inclination the water
+descends."
+
+"It does, indeed," burst forth my companion, overjoyed at my verification
+of his theory, "it does, indeed; why, it is as plain as a pike-staff. Let
+us proceed at once; come, throw away all those stupid ideas about the
+Typees, and hurrah for the lovely valley of the Happars!"
+
+"You will have it to be Happar, I see, my dear fellow; pray Heaven, you
+may not find yourself deceived," observed I, with a shake of my head.
+
+"Amen to all that, and much more," shouted Toby, rushing forward; "but
+Happar it is, for nothing else than Happar can it be. So glorious a
+valley--such forests of bread-fruit trees--such groves of cocoa-nut--such
+wildernesses of guava-bushes! Ah, shipmate! don't linger behind: in the
+name of all delightful fruits, I am dying to be at them. Come on, come on;
+shove ahead, there's a lively lad; never mind the rocks; kick them out of
+the way, as I do; and to-morrow, old fellow, take my word for it, we shall
+be in clover. Come on"; and so saying, he dashed along the ravine like a
+madman, forgetting my inability to keep up with him. In a few minutes,
+however, the exuberance of his spirits abated, and, pausing for awhile, he
+permitted me to overtake him.
+
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER VIII
+
+
+          Perilous passage of the ravine--Descent into the valley
+
+
+The fearless confidence of Toby was contagious, and I began to adopt the
+Happar side of the question. I could not, however, overcome a certain
+feeling of trepidation, as we made our way along these gloomy solitudes.
+Our progress, at first comparatively easy, became more and more difficult.
+The bed of the watercourse was covered with fragments of broken rocks,
+which had fallen from above, offering so many obstructions to the course
+of the rapid stream, which vexed and fretted about them,--forming at
+intervals small waterfalls, pouring over into deep basins, or splashing
+wildly upon heaps of stones.
+
+From the narrowness of the gorge, and the steepness of its sides, there
+was no mode of advancing but by wading through the water; stumbling every
+moment over the impediments which lay hidden under its surface, or
+tripping against the huge roots of trees. But the most annoying hindrance
+we encountered was from a multitude of crooked boughs, which, shooting out
+almost horizontally from the sides of the chasm, twisted themselves
+together in fantastic masses almost to the surface of the stream,
+affording us no passage except under the low arches which they formed.
+Under these we were obliged to crawl on our hands and feet, sliding along
+the oozy surface of the rocks, or slipping into the deep pools, and with
+scarce light enough to guide us. Occasionally we would strike our heads
+against some projecting limb of a tree; and while imprudently engaged in
+rubbing the injured part, would fall sprawling amongst flinty fragments,
+cutting and bruising ourselves, whilst the unpitying waters flowed over
+our prostrate bodies. Belzoni, worming himself through the subterranean
+passages of the Egyptian catacombs, could not have met with greater
+impediments than those we here encountered. But we struggled against them
+manfully, well knowing our only hope lay in advancing.
+
+Towards sunset we halted at a spot where we made preparations for passing
+the night. Here we constructed a hut, in much the same way as before, and
+crawling into it, endeavoured to forget our sufferings. My companion, I
+believe, slept pretty soundly; but at daybreak, when we rolled out of our
+dwelling, I felt nearly disqualified for any further efforts. Toby
+prescribed as a remedy for my illness the contents of one of our little
+silk packages, to be taken at once in a single dose. To this species of
+medical treatment, however, I would by no means accede, much as he
+insisted upon it; and so we partook of our usual morsel, and silently
+resumed our journey. It was the fourth day since we left Nukuheva, and the
+gnawings of hunger became painfully acute. We were fain to pacify them by
+chewing the tender bark of roots and twigs, which, if they did not afford
+us nourishment, were at least sweet and pleasant to the taste.
+
+Our progress along the steep watercourse was necessarily slow, and by noon
+we had not advanced more than a mile. It was somewhere near this part of
+the day that the noise of falling waters, which we had faintly caught in
+the early morning, became more distinct; and it was not long before we
+were arrested by a rocky precipice of nearly a hundred feet in depth, that
+extended all across the channel, and over which the wild stream poured in
+an unbroken leap. On either hand the walls of the ravine presented their
+overhanging sides both above and below the fall, affording no means
+whatever of avoiding the cataract by taking a circuit round it.
+
+"What's to be done now, Toby?" said I.
+
+"Why," rejoined he, "as we cannot retreat, I suppose we must keep shoving
+along."
+
+"Very true, my dear Toby; but how do you purpose accomplishing that
+desirable object?"
+
+"By jumping from the top of the fall, if there be no other way,"
+unhesitatingly replied my companion; "it will be much the quickest way of
+descent; but as you are not quite as active as I am, we will try some
+other way."
+
+And so saying, he crept cautiously along and peered over into the abyss,
+while I remained wondering by what possible means we could overcome this
+apparently insuperable obstruction. As soon as my companion had completed
+his survey, I eagerly inquired the result.
+
+"The result of my observations you wish to know, do you?" began Toby,
+deliberately, with one of his odd looks: "well, my lad, the result of my
+observation is very quickly imparted. It is at present uncertain which of
+our two necks will have the honour to be broken first; but about a hundred
+to one would be a fair bet in favour of the man who takes the first jump."
+
+"Then it is an impossible thing, is it?" inquired I, gloomily.
+
+"No, shipmate; on the contrary, it is the easiest thing in life: the only
+awkward point is the sort of usage which our unhappy limbs may receive
+when we arrive at the bottom, and what sort of travelling trim we shall be
+in afterwards. But follow me now, and I will show you the only chance we
+have."
+
+With this he conducted me to the verge of the cataract, and pointed along
+the side of the ravine to a number of curious-looking roots, some three or
+four inches in thickness, and several feet long, which, after twisting
+among the fissures of the rock, shot perpendicularly from it, and ran
+tapering to a point in the air, hanging over the gulf like so many dark
+icicles. They covered nearly the entire surface of one side of the gorge,
+the lowest of them reaching even to the water. Many were moss-grown and
+decayed, with their extremities snapped short off, and those in the
+immediate vicinity of the fall were slippery with moisture.
+
+Toby's scheme, and it was a desperate one, was to entrust ourselves to
+these treacherous-looking roots, and by slipping down from one to another
+to gain the bottom.
+
+"Are you ready to venture it?" asked Toby, looking at me earnestly, but
+without saying a word as to the practicability of the plan.
+
+"I am," was my reply; for I saw it was our only resource if we wished to
+advance, and as for retreating, all thoughts of that sort had been long
+abandoned.
+
+After I had signified my assent, Toby, without uttering a single word,
+crawled along the dripping ledge until he gained a point from whence he
+could just reach one of the largest of the pendant roots; he shook it--it
+quivered in his grasp, and when he let it go, it twanged in the air like a
+strong wire sharply struck. Satisfied by his scrutiny, my light-limbed
+companion swung himself nimbly upon it, and twisting his legs round it in
+sailor fashion, slipped down eight or ten feet, where his weight gave it a
+motion not unlike that of a pendulum. He could not venture to descend any
+farther; so holding on with one hand, he with the other shook one by one
+all the slender roots around him, and at last, finding one which he
+thought trustworthy, shifted himself to it and continued his downward
+progress.
+
+So far so well; but I could not avoid comparing my heavier frame and
+disabled condition with his light figure and remarkable activity: but
+there was no help for it, and in less than a minute's time I was swinging
+directly over his head. As soon as his upturned eyes caught a glimpse of
+me, he exclaimed in his usual dry tone, for the danger did not seem to
+daunt him in the least, "Mate, do me the kindness not to fall until I get
+out of your way"; and then swinging himself more on one side, he continued
+his descent. In the meantime, I cautiously transferred myself from the
+limb down which I had been slipping to a couple of others that were near
+it, deeming two strings to my bow better than one, and taking care to test
+their strength before I trusted my weight to them.
+
+On arriving towards the end of the second stage in this vertical journey,
+and shaking the long roots which were round me, to my consternation they
+snapped off one after another like so many pipe stems, and fell in
+fragments against the side of the gulf, splashing at last into the waters
+beneath.
+
+As one after another the treacherous roots yielded to my grasp, and fell
+into the torrent, my heart sunk within me. The branches on which I was
+suspended over the yawning chasm swang to and fro in the air, and I
+expected them every moment to snap in twain. Appalled at the dreadful fate
+that menaced me, I clutched frantically at the only large root which
+remained near me; but in vain; I could not reach it, though my fingers
+were within a few inches of it. Again and again I tried to reach it, until
+at length, maddened with the thought of my situation, I swayed myself
+violently by striking my foot against the side of the rock, and at the
+instant that I approached the large root caught desperately at it, and
+transferred myself to it. It vibrated violently under the sudden weight,
+but fortunately did not give way.
+
+My brain grew dizzy with the idea of the frightful risk I had just run,
+and I involuntarily closed my eyes to shut out the view of the depth
+beneath me. For the instant I was safe, and I uttered a devout ejaculation
+of thanksgiving for my escape.
+
+"Pretty well done," shouted Toby underneath me; "you are nimbler than I
+thought you to be--hopping about up there from root to root like any young
+squirrel. As soon as you have diverted yourself sufficiently, I would
+advise you to proceed."
+
+"Ay, ay, Toby, all in good time: two or three more such famous roots as
+this, and I shall be with you."
+
+The residue of my downward progress was comparatively easy; the roots were
+in greater abundance, and in one or two places jutting out points of rock
+assisted me greatly. In a few moments I was standing by the side of my
+companion.
+
+Substituting a stout stick for the one I had thrown aside at the top of
+the precipice, we now continued our course along the bed of the ravine.
+Soon we were saluted by a sound in advance, that grew by degrees louder
+and louder, as the noise of the cataract we were leaving behind gradually
+died on our ears.
+
+"Another precipice for us, Toby."
+
+"Very good; we can descend them, you know--come on."
+
+Nothing indeed appeared to depress or intimidate this intrepid fellow.
+Typee or Niagaras, he was as ready to engage one as the other, and I could
+not avoid a thousand times congratulating myself upon having such a
+companion in an enterprise like the present.
+
+After an hour's painful progress, we reached the verge of another fall,
+still loftier than the preceding, and flanked both above and below with
+the same steep masses of rock, presenting, however, here and there narrow
+irregular ledges, supporting a shallow soil, on which grew a variety of
+bushes and trees, whose bright verdure contrasted beautifully with the
+foamy waters that flowed between them.
+
+Toby, who invariably acted as pioneer, now proceeded to reconnoitre. On
+his return, he reported that the shelves of rock on our right would enable
+us to gain with little risk the bottom of the cataract. Accordingly,
+leaving the bed of the stream at the very point where it thundered down,
+we began crawling along one of these sloping ledges until it carried us to
+within a few feet of another that inclined downward at a still sharper
+angle, and upon which, by assisting each other, we managed to alight in
+safety. We warily crept along this, steadying ourselves by the naked roots
+of the shrubs that clung to every fissure. As we proceeded, the narrow
+path became still more contracted, rendering it difficult for us to
+maintain our footing, until suddenly, as we reached an angle of the wall
+of rock where we had expected it to widen, we perceived to our
+consternation, that a yard or two farther on it abruptly terminated at a
+place we could not possibly hope to pass.
+
+Toby, as usual, led the van, and in silence I waited to learn from him how
+he proposed to extricate us from this new difficulty.
+
+"Well, my boy," I exclaimed, after the expiration of several minutes,
+during which time my companion had not uttered a word: "what's to be done
+now?"
+
+He replied in a tranquil tone that probably the best thing we could do in
+the present strait was to get out of it as soon as possible.
+
+"Yes, my dear Toby, but tell me _how_ we are to get out of it."
+
+"Something in this sort of style," he replied; and at the same moment, to
+my horror, he slipped sideways off the rock, and, as I then thought, by
+good fortune merely, alighted among the spreading branches of a species of
+palm tree, that shooting its hardy roots along a ledge below, curved its
+trunk upwards into the air, and presented a thick mass of foliage about
+twenty feet below the spot where we had thus suddenly been brought to a
+stand-still. I voluntarily held my breath, expecting to see the form of my
+companion, after being sustained for a moment by the branches of the tree,
+sink through their frail support, and fall headlong to the bottom. To my
+surprise and joy, however, he recovered himself, and disentangling his
+limbs from the fractured branches, he peered out from his leafy bed, and
+shouted lustily, "Come on, my hearty, there is no other alternative!" and
+with this he ducked beneath the foliage, and slipping down the trunk,
+stood in a moment at least fifty feet beneath me, upon the broad shelf of
+rock from which sprung the tree he had descended.
+
+What would I not have given at that moment to have been by his side? The
+feat he had just accomplished seemed little less than miraculous, and I
+could hardly credit the evidence of my senses when I saw the wide distance
+that a single daring act had so suddenly placed between us.
+
+Toby's animating "come on!" again sounded in my ears, and dreading to lose
+all confidence in myself if I remained meditating upon the step, I once
+more gazed down to assure myself of the relative bearing of the tree and
+my own position, and then closing my eyes and uttering one comprehensive
+ejaculation of prayer, I inclined myself over towards the abyss, and after
+one breathless instant fell with a crash into the tree, the branches
+snapping and crackling with my weight, as I sunk lower and lower among
+them until I was stopped by coming in contact with a sturdy limb.
+
+In a few moments I was standing at the foot of the tree, manipulating
+myself all over with a view of ascertaining the extent of the injuries I
+had received. To my surprise the only effects of my feat were a few slight
+contusions too trifling to care about. The rest of our descent was easily
+accomplished, and in half an hour after regaining the ravine, we had
+partaken of our evening morsel, built our hut as usual, and crawled under
+its shelter.
+
+The next morning, in spite of our debility and the agony of hunger under
+which we were now suffering, though neither of us confessed to the fact,
+we struggled along our dismal and still difficult and dangerous path,
+cheered by the hope of soon catching a glimpse of the valley before us,
+and towards evening the voice of a cataract which had for some time
+sounded like a low deep bass to the music of the smaller waterfalls, broke
+upon our ears in still louder tones, and assured us that we were
+approaching its vicinity.
+
+That evening we stood on the brink of a precipice, over which the dark
+stream bounded in one final leap of full 300 feet. The sheer descent
+terminated in the region we so long had sought. On either side of the
+fall, two lofty and perpendicular bluffs buttressed the sides of the
+enormous cliff, and projected into the sea of verdure with which the
+valley waved, and a range of similar projecting eminences stood disposed
+in a half circle about the head of the vale. A thick canopy of trees hung
+over the very verge of the fall, leaving an arched aperture for the
+passage of the waters, which imparted a strange picturesqueness to the
+scene.
+
+The valley was now before us; but instead of being conducted into its
+smiling bosom by the gradual descent of the deep watercourse we had thus
+far pursued, all our labours now appeared to have been rendered futile by
+its abrupt termination. But, bitterly disappointed, we did not entirely
+despair.
+
+As it was now near sunset we determined to pass the night where we were
+and on the morrow, refreshed by sleep, and by eating at one meal all our
+stock of food, to accomplish a descent into the valley, or perish in the
+attempt.
+
+We laid ourselves down that night on a spot, the recollection of which
+still makes me shudder. A small table of rock which projected over the
+precipice on one side of the stream, and was drenched by the spray of the
+fall, sustained a huge trunk of a tree which must have been deposited
+there by some heavy freshet. It lay obliquely, with one end resting on the
+rock and the other supported by the side of the ravine. Against it we
+placed in a sloping direction a number of the half-decayed boughs that
+were strewn about, and covering the whole with twigs and leaves, awaited
+the morning's light beneath such shelter as it afforded.
+
+During the whole of this night the continual roaring of the cataract--the
+dismal moaning of the gale through the trees--the pattering of the rain,
+and the profound darkness, affected my spirits to a degree which nothing
+had ever before produced. Wet, half-famished, and chilled to the heart
+with the dampness of the place, and nearly wild with the pain I endured, I
+fairly cowered down to the earth under this multiplication of hardships,
+and abandoned myself to frightful anticipations of evil; and my companion,
+whose spirit at last was a good deal broken, scarcely uttered a word
+during the whole night.
+
+At length the day dawned upon us, and rising from our miserable pallet, we
+stretched our stiffened joints, and after eating all that remained of our
+bread, prepared for the last stage of our journey.
+
+I will not recount every hairbreadth escape, and every fearful difficulty
+that occurred before we succeeded in reaching the bosom of the valley. As
+I have already described similar scenes, it will be sufficient to say that
+at length, after great toil and great dangers, we both stood with no limbs
+broken at the head of that magnificent vale which five days before had so
+suddenly burst upon my sight, and almost beneath the shadow of those very
+cliffs from whose summits we had gazed upon the prospect.
+
+
+
+
+
+                                CHAPTER IX
+
+
+    The head of the valley--Cautious advance--A path--Fruit--Discovery of
+      two of the natives--Their singular conduct--Approach towards the
+          inhabited parts of the vale--Sensation produced by our
+         appearance--Reception at the house of one of the natives.
+
+
+How to obtain the fruit which we felt convinced must grow near at hand was
+our first thought.
+
+Typee or Happar? A frightful death at the hands of the fiercest of
+cannibals, or a kindly reception from a gentler race of savages? Which?
+But it was too late now to discuss a question which would so soon be
+answered.
+
+The part of the valley in which we found ourselves appeared to be
+altogether uninhabited. An almost impenetrable thicket extended from side
+to side, without presenting a single plant affording the nourishment we
+had confidently calculated upon; and with this object, we followed the
+course of the stream, casting quick glances as we proceeded into the thick
+jungles on either hand.
+
+My companion--to whose solicitations I had yielded in descending into the
+valley--now that the step was taken, began to manifest a degree of caution
+I had little expected from him. He proposed that in the event of our
+finding an adequate supply of fruit, we should remain in this unfrequented
+portion of the valley--where we should run little chance of being surprised
+by its occupants, whoever they might be--until sufficiently recruited to
+resume our journey; when laying in a store of food equal to our wants, we
+might easily regain the bay of Nukuheva, after the lapse of a sufficient
+interval to ensure the departure of our vessel.
+
+I objected strongly to this proposition, plausible as it was, as the
+difficulties of the route would almost be insurmountable, unacquainted as
+we were with the general bearings of the country, and I reminded my
+companion of the hardships which we had already encountered in our
+uncertain wanderings; in a word, I said that since we had deemed it
+advisable to enter the valley, we ought manfully to face the consequences,
+whatever they might be; the more especially as I was convinced there was
+no alternative left us but to fall in with the natives at once, and boldly
+risk the reception they might give us: and that as to myself, I felt the
+necessity of rest and shelter, and that until I had obtained them, I
+should be wholly unable to encounter such sufferings as we had lately
+passed through. To the justice of these observations Toby somewhat
+reluctantly assented.
+
+We were surprised that, after moving as far as we had along the valley, we
+would still meet with the same impervious thickets; and thinking that
+although the borders of the stream might be lined for some distance with
+them, yet beyond there might be more open ground, I requested Toby to keep
+a bright look-out upon one side, while I did the same on the other, in
+order to discover some opening in the bushes, and especially to watch for
+the slightest appearance of a path or anything else that might indicate
+the vicinity of the islanders.
+
+What furtive and anxious glances we cast into those dim-looking shades!
+With what apprehensions we proceeded, ignorant at what moment we might be
+greeted by the javelin of some ambushed savage! At last my companion
+paused, and directed my attention to a narrow opening in the foliage. We
+struck into it, and it soon brought us by an indistinctly traced path to a
+comparatively clear space, at the farther end of which we descried a
+number of the trees, the native name of which is "annuee," and which bear
+a most delicious fruit.
+
+What a race! I hobbling over the ground like some decrepid wretch, and
+Toby leaping forward like a greyhound. He quickly cleared one of the trees
+on which there were two or three of the fruit, but to our chagrin they
+proved to be much decayed; the rinds partly opened by the birds, and their
+hearts half devoured. However, we quickly despatched them, and no ambrosia
+could have been more delicious.
+
+We looked about us uncertain whither to direct our steps, since the path
+we had so far followed appeared to be lost in the open space around us. At
+last we resolved to enter a grove near at hand, and had advanced a few
+rods, when, just upon its skirts, I picked up a slender bread-fruit shoot
+perfectly green, and with the tender bark freshly stript from it. It was
+slippery with moisture, and appeared as if it had been but that moment
+thrown aside. I said nothing, but merely held it up to Toby, who started
+at this undeniable evidence of the vicinity of the savages.
+
+The plot was now thickening.--A short distance farther lay a little faggot
+of the same shoots bound together with a strip of bark. Could it have been
+thrown down by some solitary native, who, alarmed at seeing us, had
+hurried forward to carry the tidings of our approach to his
+countrymen?--Typee or Happar?--But it was too late to recede, so we moved on
+slowly, my companion in advance casting eager glances under the trees on
+either side, until all at once I saw him recoil as if stung by an adder.
+Sinking on his knee, he waved me off with one hand, while with the other
+he held aside some intervening leaves, and gazed intently at some object.
+
+Disregarding his injunction, I quickly approached him and caught a glimpse
+of two figures partly hidden by the dense foliage; they were standing
+close together, and were perfectly motionless. They must have previously
+perceived us, and withdrawn into the depths of the wood to elude our
+observation.
+
+My mind was at once made up. Dropping my staff, and tearing open the
+package of things we had brought from the ship, I unrolled the cotton
+cloth, and holding it in one hand, plucked with the other a twig from the
+bushes beside me, and telling Toby to follow my example, I broke through
+the covert and advanced, waving the branch in token of peace towards the
+shrinking forms before me.
+
+They were a boy and a girl, slender and graceful, and completely naked,
+with the exception of a slight girdle of bark, from which depended at
+opposite points two of the russet leaves of the bread-fruit tree. An arm
+of the boy, half screened from sight by her wild tresses, was thrown about
+the neck of the girl, while with the other he held one of her hands in
+his; and thus they stood together, their heads inclined forward, catching
+the faint noise we made in our progress, and with one foot in advance, as
+if half inclined to fly from our presence.
+
+As we drew near, their alarm evidently increased. Apprehensive that they
+might fly from us altogether, I stopped short and motioned them to advance
+and receive the gift I extended towards them, but they would not; I then
+uttered a few words of their language with which I was acquainted,
+scarcely expecting that they would understand me, but to show that we had
+not dropped from the clouds upon them. This appeared to give them a little
+confidence, so I approached nearer, presenting the cloth with one hand,
+and holding the bough with the other, while they slowly retreated. At last
+they suffered us to approach so near to them that we were enabled to throw
+the cotton cloth across their shoulders, giving them to understand that it
+was theirs, and by a variety of gestures endeavouring to make them
+understand that we entertained the highest possible regard for them.
+
+The frightened pair now stood still, whilst we endeavoured to make them
+comprehend the nature of our wants. In doing this Toby went through with a
+complete series of pantomimic illustrations--opening his mouth from ear to
+ear, and thrusting his fingers down his throat, gnashing his teeth and
+rolling his eyes about, till I verily believe the poor creatures took us
+for a couple of white cannibals who were about to make a meal of them.
+When, however, they understood us, they showed no inclination to relieve
+our wants. At this juncture it began to rain violently, and we motioned
+them to lead us to some place of shelter. With this request they appeared
+willing to comply, but nothing could evince more strongly the apprehension
+with which they regarded us, than the way in which, whilst walking before
+us, they kept their eyes constantly turned back to watch every movement we
+made, and even our very looks.
+
+"Typee or Happar, Toby?" asked I, as we walked after them.
+
+"Of course, Happar," he replied, with a show of confidence which was
+intended to disguise his doubts.
+
+"We shall soon know," I exclaimed; and at the same moment I stepped
+forward towards our guides, and pronouncing the two names interrogatively,
+and pointing to the lowest part of the valley, endeavoured to come to the
+point at once. They repeated the words after me again and again, but
+without giving any peculiar emphasis to either, so that I was completely
+at a loss to understand them; for a couple of wilier young things than we
+afterwards found them to have been on this particular occasion never
+probably fell in any traveller's way.
+
+More and more curious to ascertain our fate, I now threw together in the
+form of a question the words "Happar" and "Mortarkee," the latter being
+equivalent to the word "good." The two natives interchanged glances of
+peculiar meaning with one another at this, and manifested no little
+surprise; but on the repetition of the question, after some consultation
+together, to the great joy of Toby, they answered in the affirmative. Toby
+was now in ecstasies, especially as the young savages continued to
+reiterate their answer with great energy, as though desirous of impressing
+us with the idea that being among the Happars, we ought to consider
+ourselves perfectly secure.
+
+Although I had some lingering doubts, I feigned great delight with Toby at
+this announcement, while my companion broke out into a pantomimic
+abhorrence of Typee, and immeasurable love for the particular valley in
+which we were; our guides all the while gazing uneasily at one another, as
+if at a loss to account for our conduct.
+
+They hurried on, and we followed them; until suddenly they set up a
+strange halloo, which was answered from beyond the grove through which we
+were passing, and the next moment we entered upon some open ground, at the
+extremity of which we descried a long, low hut, and in front of it were
+several young girls. As soon as they perceived us they fled with wild
+screams into the adjoining thickets, like so many startled fawns. A few
+moments after the whole valley resounded with savage outcries, and the
+natives came running towards us from every direction.
+
+Had an army of invaders made an irruption into their territory, they could
+not have evinced greater excitement. We were soon completely encircled by
+a dense throng, and in their eager desire to behold us, they almost
+arrested our progress; an equal number surrounding our youthful guides,
+who, with amazing volubility, appeared to be detailing the circumstances
+which had attended their meeting with us. Every item of intelligence
+appeared to redouble the astonishment of the islanders, and they gazed at
+us with inquiring looks.
+
+At last we reached a large and handsome building of bamboos, and were by
+signs told to enter it, the natives opening a lane for us through which to
+pass; on entering, without ceremony we threw our exhausted frames upon the
+mats that covered the floor. In a moment the slight tenement was
+completely full of people, whilst those who were unable to gain admittance
+gazed at us through its open cane-work.
+
+It was now evening, and by the dim light we could just discern the savage
+countenances around us, gleaming with wild curiosity and wonder; the naked
+forms and tattooed limbs of brawny warriors, with here and there the
+slighter figures of young girls, all engaged in a perfect storm of
+conversation, of which we were of course the one only theme; whilst our
+recent guides were fully occupied in answering the innumerable questions
+which every one put to them. Nothing can exceed the fierce gesticulation
+of these people when animated in conversation, and on this occasion they
+gave loose to all their natural vivacity, shouting and dancing about in a
+manner that well-nigh intimidated us.
+
+Close to where we lay, squatting upon their haunches, were some eight or
+ten noble-looking chiefs--for such they subsequently proved to be--who, more
+reserved than the rest, regarded us with a fixed and stern attention,
+which not a little discomposed our equanimity. One of them in particular,
+who appeared to be the highest in rank, placed himself directly facing me,
+looking at me with a rigidity of aspect under which I absolutely quailed.
+He never once opened his lips, but maintained his severe expression of
+countenance, without turning his face aside for a single moment. Never
+before had I been subjected to so strange and steady a glance; it revealed
+nothing of the mind of the savage, but it appeared to be reading my own.
+
+  [Illustration: WE WERE SOON COMPLETELY ENCIRCLED BY A DENSE THRONG]
+
+After undergoing this scrutiny till I grew absolutely nervous, with a view
+of diverting it if possible, and conciliating the good opinion of the
+warrior, I took some tobacco from the bosom of my frock, and offered it to
+him. He quietly rejected the proffered gift, and, without speaking,
+motioned me to return it to its place.
+
+In my previous intercourse with the natives of Nukuheva and Tior, I had
+found that the present of a small piece of tobacco would have rendered any
+of them devoted to my service. Was this act of the chief a token of his
+enmity? Typee or Happar? I asked within myself. I started, for at the same
+moment this identical question was asked by the strange being before me. I
+turned to Toby; the flickering light of a native taper showed me his
+countenance pale with trepidation at this fatal question. I paused for a
+second, and I know not by what impulse it was that I answered, "Typee."
+The piece of dusky statuary nodded in approval, and then murmured,
+"Mortarkee?" "Mortarkee," said I, without further hesitation--"Typee
+mortarkee."
+
+What a transition! The dark figures around us leaped to their feet,
+clapped their hands in transport, and shouted again and again the
+talismanic syllables, the utterance of which appeared to have settled
+everything.
+
+When this commotion had a little subsided, the principal chief squatted
+once more before me, and throwing himself into a sudden rage, poured forth
+a string of philippics, which I was at no loss to understand, from the
+frequent recurrence of the word Happar, as being directed against the
+natives of the adjoining valley. In all these denunciations my companion
+and I acquiesced, while we extolled the character of the warlike Typees.
+To be sure our panegyrics were somewhat laconic, consisting in the
+repetition of that name, united with the potent adjective, "Mortarkee."
+But this was sufficient, and served to conciliate the good-will of the
+natives, with whom our congeniality of sentiment on this point did more
+towards inspiring a friendly feeling than anything else that could have
+happened.
+
+At last the wrath of the chief evaporated, and in a few moments he was as
+placid as ever. Laying his hand upon his breast, he gave me to understand
+that his name was "Mehevi," and that, in return, he wished me to
+communicate my appellation. I hesitated for an instant, thinking that it
+might be difficult for him to pronounce my real name, and then, with the
+most praiseworthy intentions, intimated that I was known as "Tom." But I
+could not have made a worse selection; the chief could not master it:
+"Tommo," "Tomma," "Tommee," everything but plain "Tom." As he persisted in
+garnishing the word with an additional syllable, I compromised the matter
+with him at the word "Tommo"; and by that name I went during the entire
+period of my stay in the valley. The same proceeding was gone through with
+Toby, whose mellifluous appellation was more easily caught.
+
+An exchange of names is equivalent to a ratification of good-will and
+amity among these simple people; and as we were aware of this fact, we
+were delighted that it had taken place on the present occasion.
+
+Reclining upon our mats, we now held a kind of levee, giving audience to
+successive troops of the natives, who introduced themselves to us by
+pronouncing their respective names, and retired in high good humour on
+receiving ours in return. During the ceremony the greatest merriment
+prevailed, nearly every announcement on the part of the islanders being
+followed by a fresh sally of gaiety, which induced me to believe that some
+of them at least were innocently diverting the company at our expense, by
+bestowing upon themselves a string of absurd titles, of the honour of
+which we were, of course, entirely ignorant.
+
+All this occupied about an hour, when the throng having a little
+diminished, I turned to Mehevi, and gave him to understand that we were in
+need of food and sleep. Immediately the attentive chief addressed a few
+words to one of the crowd, who disappeared, and returned in a few moments
+with a calabash of "poee-poee," and two or three young cocoa-nuts stripped
+of their husks, and with their shells partly broken. We both of us
+forthwith placed one of those natural goblets to our lips, and drained it
+in a moment of the refreshing draught it contained. The poee-poee was then
+placed before us, and even famished as I was, I paused to consider in what
+manner to convey it to my mouth.
+
+This staple article of food among the Marquese islanders is manufactured
+from the produce of the bread-fruit tree. It somewhat resembles in its
+plastic nature our bookbinders' paste, is of a yellow colour, and somewhat
+tart to the taste.
+
+Such was the dish, the merits of which I was now eager to discuss. I eyed
+it wistfully for a moment, and then, unable any longer to stand on
+ceremony, plunged my hand into the yielding mass, and to the boisterous
+mirth of the natives drew it forth laden with the poee-poee, which adhered
+in lengthening strings to every finger. So stubborn was its consistency,
+that in conveying my heavily-freighted hand to my mouth, the connecting
+links almost raised the calabash from the mats on which it had been
+placed. This display of awkwardness--in which, by the bye, Toby kept me
+company--convulsed the bystanders with uncontrollable laughter.
+
+As soon as their merriment had somewhat subsided, Mehevi, motioning us to
+be attentive, dipped the fore-finger of his right hand in the dish, and
+giving it a rapid and scientific twirl, drew it out coated smoothly with
+the preparation. With a second peculiar flourish he prevented the
+poee-poee from dropping to the ground as he raised it to his mouth, into
+which the finger was inserted, and was drawn forth perfectly free of any
+adhesive matter. This performance was evidently intended for our
+instruction; so I again essayed the feat on the principles inculcated, but
+with very ill success.
+
+A starving man, however, little heeds conventional proprieties, especially
+on a South Sea island, and accordingly Toby and I partook of the dish
+after our own clumsy fashion, beplastering our faces all over with the
+glutinous compound, and daubing our hands nearly to the wrist. This kind
+of food is by no means disagreeable to the palate of a European, though at
+first the mode of eating it may be. For my own part, after the lapse of a
+few days I became accustomed to its singular flavour, and grew remarkably
+fond of it.
+
+So much for the first course; several other dishes followed it, some of
+which were positively delicious. We concluded our banquet by tossing off
+the contents of two more young cocoa-nuts, after which we regaled
+ourselves with the soothing fumes of tobacco, inhaled from a quaintly
+carved pipe which passed round the circle.
+
+During the repast, the natives eyed us with intense curiosity, observing
+our minutest motions, and appearing to discover abundant matter for
+comment in the most trifling occurrence. Their surprise mounted the
+highest, when we began to remove our uncomfortable garments, which were
+saturated with rain. They scanned the whiteness of our limbs, and seemed
+utterly unable to account for the contrast they presented to the swarthy
+hue of our faces, embrowned from a six months' exposure to the scorching
+sun of the Line. They felt our skin, much in the same way that a silk
+mercer would handle a remarkably fine piece of satin; and some of them
+went so far in their investigation as to apply the olfactory organ.
+
+Their singular behaviour almost led me to imagine that they never before
+had beheld a white man; but a few moments' reflection convinced me that
+this could not have been the case; and a more satisfactory reason for
+their conduct has since suggested itself to my mind.
+
+Deterred by the frightful stories related of its inhabitants, ships never
+enter this bay, while their hostile relations with the tribes in the
+adjoining valleys prevent the Typees from visiting that section of the
+island where vessels occasionally lie. At long intervals, however, some
+intrepid captain will touch on the skirts of the bay, with two or three
+armed boats' crews, and accompanied by an interpreter. The natives who
+live near the sea descry the strangers long before they reach their
+waters, and aware of the purpose for which they come, proclaim loudly the
+news of their approach. By a species of vocal telegraph the intelligence
+reaches the inmost recesses of the vale in an inconceivably short space of
+time, drawing nearly its whole population down to the beach laden with
+every variety of fruit. The interpreter, who is invariably a "tabooed
+Kannaka,"(1) leaps ashore with the goods intended for barter, while the
+boats, with their oars shipped, and every man on his thwart, lie just
+outside the surf, heading off from the shore, in readiness at the first
+untoward event to escape to the open sea. As soon as the traffic is
+concluded, one of the boats pulls in under cover of the muskets of the
+others, the fruit is quickly thrown into her, and the transient visitors
+precipitately retire from what they justly consider so dangerous a
+vicinity.
+
+The intercourse occurring with Europeans being so restricted, no wonder
+that the inhabitants of the valley manifested so much curiosity with
+regard to us, appearing as we did among them under such singular
+circumstances. I have no doubt that we were the first white men who ever
+penetrated thus far back into their territories, or at least the first who
+had ever descended from the head of the vale. What had brought us thither
+must have appeared a complete mystery to them, and from our ignorance of
+the language it was impossible for us to enlighten them. In answer to
+inquiries which the eloquence of their gestures enabled us to comprehend,
+all that we could reply was, that we had come from Nukuheva, a place, be
+it remembered, with which they were at open war. This intelligence
+appeared to affect them with the most lively emotions. "Nukuheva
+mortarkee?" they asked. Of course we replied most energetically in the
+negative.
+
+They then plied us with a thousand questions, of which we could understand
+nothing more than that they had reference to the recent movements of the
+French, against whom they seemed to cherish the most fierce hatred. So
+eager were they to obtain information on this point, that they still
+continued to propound their queries long after we had shown that we were
+utterly unable to answer them. Occasionally we caught some indistinct idea
+of their meaning, when we would endeavour by every method in our power to
+communicate the desired intelligence. At such times their gratification
+was boundless, and they would redouble their efforts to make us comprehend
+them more perfectly. But all in vain; and in the end they looked at us
+despairingly, as if we were the receptacles of invaluable information, but
+how to come at it they knew not.
+
+After awhile the group around us gradually dispersed, and we were left
+about midnight (as we conjectured) with those who appeared to be permanent
+residents of the house. These individuals now provided us with fresh mats
+to lie upon, covered us with several folds of tappa, and then
+extinguishing the tapers that had been burning, threw themselves down
+beside us, and after a little desultory conversation were soon sound
+asleep.
+
+
+
+
+
+                                CHAPTER X
+
+
+       Midnight reflections--Morning visitors--A warrior in costume--A
+       savage AEsculapius--Practice of the healing art--Body-servant--A
+     dwelling-house of the valley described--Portraits of its inmates.
+
+
+Various and conflicting were the thoughts which oppressed me during the
+silent hours that followed the events related in the preceding chapter.
+Toby, wearied with the fatigues of the day, slumbered heavily by my side;
+but the pain under which I was suffering effectually prevented my
+sleeping, and I remained distressingly alive to all the fearful
+circumstances of our present situation. Was it possible that, after all
+our vicissitudes, we were really in the terrible valley of Typee, and at
+the mercy of its inmates, a fierce and unrelenting tribe of savages?
+
+Typee or Happar? I shuddered when I reflected that there was no longer any
+room for doubt; and that, beyond all hope of escape, we were now placed in
+those very circumstances from the bare thought of which I had recoiled
+with such abhorrence but a few days before. What might not be our fearful
+destiny? To be sure, as yet, we had been treated with no violence; nay,
+had been even kindly and hospitably entertained. But what dependence could
+be placed upon the fickle passions which sway the bosom of a savage? His
+inconstancy and treachery are proverbial. Might if not be that, beneath
+these fair appearances, the islanders covered some perfidious design, and
+that their friendly reception of us might only precede some horrible
+catastrophe? How strongly did these forebodings spring up in my mind, as I
+lay restlessly upon a couch of mats, surrounded by the dimly-revealed
+forms of those whom I so greatly dreaded.
+
+From the excitement of these fearful thoughts, I sank, towards morning,
+into an uneasy slumber; and on awaking, with a start, in the midst of an
+appalling dream, looked up into the eager countenances of a number of the
+natives, who were bending over me.
+
+It was broad day; and the house was nearly filled with young females,
+fancifully decorated with flowers, who gazed upon me as I rose with faces
+in which childish delight and curiosity were vividly portrayed. After
+waking Toby, they seated themselves round us on the mats, and gave full
+play to that prying inquisitiveness which, time out of mind, has been
+attributed to the adorable sex.
+
+As these unsophisticated young creatures were attended by no jealous
+duennas, their proceedings were altogether informal, and void of
+artificial restraint. Long and minute was the investigation with which
+they honoured us, and so uproarious their mirth, that I felt infinitely
+sheepish; and Toby was immeasurably outraged at their familiarity.
+
+These lively young ladies were at the same time wonderfully polite and
+humane; fanning aside the insects that occasionally lighted on our brows;
+presenting us with food; and compassionately regarding me in the midst of
+my afflictions. But in spite of all their blandishments, my feelings of
+propriety were exceedingly shocked, for I could not but consider them as
+having overstepped the due limits of female decorum.
+
+Having diverted themselves to their hearts' content, our young visitants
+now withdrew, and gave place to successive troops of the other sex, who
+continued flocking towards the house until near noon; by which time I have
+no doubt that the greater part of the inhabitants of the valley had bathed
+themselves in the light of our benignant countenances.
+
+As last, when their numbers began to diminish, a superb-looking warrior
+stooped the towering plumes of his head-dress beneath the low portal, and
+entered the house. I saw at once that he was some distinguished personage,
+the natives regarding him with the utmost deference, and making room for
+him as he approached. His aspect was imposing. The splendid long drooping
+tail-feathers of the tropical bird, thickly interspersed with the gaudy
+plumage of the cock, were disposed in an immense upright semicircle upon
+his head, their lower extremities being fixed in a crescent of
+guinea-beads which spanned the forehead. Around his neck were several
+enormous necklaces of boar's tusks, polished like ivory, and disposed in
+such a manner as that the longest and largest were upon his capacious
+chest. Thrust forward through the large apertures in his ears were two
+small and finely shaped sperm-whale teeth, presenting their cavities in
+front, stuffed with freshly-plucked leaves, and curiously wrought at the
+other end into strange little images and devices. These barbaric trinkets,
+garnished in this manner at their open extremities, and tapering and
+curving round to a point behind the ear, resembled not a little a pair of
+cornucopias.
+
+The loins of the warrior were girt about with heavy folds of a
+dark-coloured tappa, hanging before and behind in clusters of braided
+tassels, while anklets and bracelets of curling human hair completed his
+unique costume. In his right hand he grasped a beautifully-carved
+paddle-spear, nearly fifteen feet in length, made of the bright koar-wood,
+one end sharply pointed, and the other flattened like an oar-blade.
+Hanging obliquely from his girdle by a loop of sinnate, was a
+richly-decorated pipe; the slender reed forming its stem was coloured with
+a red pigment, and round it, as well as the idol-bowl, fluttered little
+streamers of the thinnest tappa.
+
+But that which was most remarkable in the appearance of this splendid
+islander, was the elaborate tattooing displayed on every noble limb. All
+imaginable lines and curves and figures were delineated over his whole
+body, and in their grotesque variety and infinite profusion, I could only
+compare them to the crowded groupings of quaint patterns we sometimes see
+in costly pieces of lacework. The most simple and remarkable of all these
+ornaments was that which decorated the countenance of the chief. Two broad
+stripes of tattooing, diverging from the centre of his shaven crown,
+obliquely crossed both eyes--staining the lids--to a little below either
+ear, where they united with another stripe, which swept in a straight line
+along the lips, and formed the base of the triangle. The warrior, from the
+excellence of his physical proportions, might certainly have been regarded
+as one of nature's noblemen, and the lines drawn upon his face may
+possibly have denoted his exalted rank.
+
+This warlike personage, upon entering the house, seated himself at some
+distance from the spot where Toby and myself reposed, while the rest of
+the savages looked alternately from us to him, as if in expectation of
+something they were disappointed in not perceiving. Regarding the chief
+attentively, I thought his lineaments appeared familiar to me. As soon as
+his full face was turned upon me, and I again beheld its extraordinary
+embellishment, and met the strange gaze to which I had been subjected the
+preceding night, I immediately, in spite of the alteration in his
+appearance, recognised the noble Mehevi. On addressing him, he advanced at
+once in the most cordial manner, and greeting me warmly, seemed to enjoy
+not a little the effect his barbaric costume had produced upon me.
+
+I forthwith determined to secure, if possible, the goodwill of this
+individual, as I easily perceived he was a man of great authority in his
+tribe, and one who might exert a powerful influence upon our subsequent
+fate. In the endeavour I was not repulsed; for nothing could surpass the
+friendliness he manifested towards both my companion and myself. He
+extended his sturdy limbs by our side, and endeavoured to make us
+comprehend the full extent of the kindly feelings by which he was
+actuated. The almost insuperable difficulty in communicating to one
+another our ideas, affected the chief with no little mortification. He
+evinced a great desire to be enlightened with regard to the customs and
+peculiarities of the far-off country we had left behind us, and to which,
+under the name of Maneeka, he frequently alluded.
+
+But that which more than any other subject engaged his attention, was the
+late proceedings of the "Franee," as he called the French, in the
+neighbouring bay of Nukuheva. This seemed a never-ending theme with him,
+and one concerning which he was never weary of interrogating us. All the
+information we succeeded in imparting to him on this subject was little
+more than that we had seen six men-of-war lying in the hostile bay at the
+time we had left it. When he received this intelligence, Mehevi, by the
+aid of his fingers, went through a long numerical calculation, as if
+estimating the number of Frenchmen the squadron might contain.
+
+It was just after employing his faculties in this way that he happened to
+notice the swelling in my limb. He immediately examined it with the utmost
+attention, and after doing so, despatched a boy, who happened to be
+standing by, with some message.
+
+After the lapse of a few moments the stripling re-entered the house with
+an aged islander, who might have been taken for old Hippocrates himself.
+His head was as bald as the polished surface of a cocoa-nut shell, which
+article it precisely resembled in smoothness and colour, while a long
+silvery beard swept almost to his girdle of bark. Encircling his temples
+was a bandeau of the twisted leaves of the Omoo tree, pressed closely over
+the brows to shield his feeble vision from the glare of the sun. His
+tottering steps were supported by a long slim staff, resembling the wand
+with which a theatrical magician appears on the stage, and in one hand he
+carried a freshly-plaited fan of the green leaflets of the cocoa-nut tree.
+A flowing robe of tappa, knotted over the shoulder, hung loosely round his
+stooping form, and heightened the venerableness of his aspect.
+
+Mehevi, saluting this old gentleman, motioned him to a seat between us,
+and then uncovering my limb, desired him to examine it. The leech gazed
+intently from me to Toby, and then proceeded to business. After diligently
+observing the ailing member, he commenced manipulating it; and on the
+supposition probably that the complaint had deprived the leg of all
+sensation, began to pinch and hammer it in such a manner that I absolutely
+roared with the pain. Thinking that I was as capable of making an
+application of thumps and pinches to the part as any one else, I
+endeavoured to resist this species of medical treatment. But it was not so
+easy a matter to get out of the clutches of the old wizard; he fastened on
+the unfortunate limb as if it were something for which he had been long
+seeking, and muttering some kind of incantation continued his discipline,
+pounding it after a fashion that set me well-nigh crazy; while Mehevi,
+upon the same principle which prompts an affectionate mother to hold a
+struggling child in a dentist's chair, restrained me in his powerful
+grasp, and actually encouraged the wretch in this infliction of torture.
+
+Almost frantic with rage and pain, I yelled like a bedlamite; while Toby,
+throwing himself into all the attitudes of a posture-master, vainly
+endeavoured to expostulate with the natives by signs and gestures. To have
+looked at my companion, as, sympathizing with my sufferings, he strove to
+put an end to them, one would have thought that he was the deaf and dumb
+alphabet incarnated. Whether my tormentor yielded to Toby's entreaties, or
+paused from sheer exhaustion, I do not know; but all at once he ceased his
+operations, and at the same time the chief relinquishing his hold upon me,
+I fell back, faint and breathless with the agony I had endured.
+
+My unfortunate limb was now left much in the same condition as a
+rump-steak after undergoing the castigating process which precedes
+cooking. My physician, having recovered from the fatigues of his
+exertions, as if anxious to make amends for the pain to which he had
+subjected me, now took some herbs out of a little wallet that was
+suspended from his waist, and moistening them in water, applied them to
+the inflamed part, stooping over it at the same time, and either
+whispering a spell, or having a little confidential chat with some
+imaginary demon located in the calf of my leg. My limb was now swathed in
+leafy bandages, and grateful to Providence for the cessation of
+hostilities, I was suffered to rest.
+
+Mehevi shortly after rose to depart; but before he went he spoke
+authoritatively to one of the natives, whom he addressed as Kory-Kory; and
+from the little I could understand of what took place, pointed him out to
+me as a man whose peculiar business henceforth would be to attend upon my
+person. I am not certain that I comprehended as much as this at the time,
+but the subsequent conduct of my trusty body-servant fully assured me that
+such must have been the case.
+
+I could not but be amused at the manner in which the chief addressed me
+upon this occasion, talking to me for at least fifteen or twenty minutes
+as calmly as if I could understand every word that he said. I remarked
+this peculiarity very often afterwards in many other of the islanders.
+
+Mehevi having now departed, and the family physician having likewise made
+his exit, we were left about sunset with the ten or twelve natives, who by
+this time I had ascertained composed the household of which Toby and I
+were members. As the dwelling to which we had been first introduced was
+the place of my permanent abode while I remained in the valley, and as I
+was necessarily placed upon the most intimate footing with its occupants,
+I may as well here enter into a little description of it and its
+inhabitants. This description will apply also to nearly all the other
+dwelling-places in the vale, and will furnish some idea of the generality
+of the natives.
+
+Near one side of the valley, and about midway up the ascent of a rather
+abrupt rise of ground waving with the richest verdure, a number of large
+stones were laid in successive courses, to the height of nearly eight
+feet, and disposed in such a manner that their level surface corresponded
+in shape with the habitation which was perched upon it. A narrow space,
+however, was reserved in front of the dwelling, upon the summit of this
+pile of stones (called by the natives a "pi-pi"), which, being enclosed by
+a little picket of canes, gave it somewhat the appearance of a verandah.
+The frame of the house was constructed of large bamboos planted uprightly,
+and secured together at intervals by transverse stalks of the light wood
+of the Habiscus, lashed with thongs of bark. The rear of the
+tenement--built up with successive ranges of cocoa-nut boughs bound one
+upon another, with their leaflets cunningly woven together--inclined a
+little from the vertical, and extended from the extreme edge of the
+"pi-pi" to about twenty feet from its surface; whence the shelving
+roof--thatched with the long tapering leaves of the palmetto--sloped steeply
+off to within about five feet of the floor; leaving the eaves drooping
+with tassel-like appendages over the front of the habitation. This was
+constructed of light and elegant canes, in a kind of open screen-work,
+tastefully adorned with bindings of variegated sinnate, which served to
+hold together its various parts. The sides of the house were similarly
+built; thus presenting three-quarters for the circulation of the air,
+while the whole was impervious to the rain.
+
+In length this picturesque building was perhaps twelve yards, while in
+breadth it could not have exceeded as many feet. So much for the exterior;
+which, with its wire-like reed-twisted sides, not a little reminded me of
+an immense aviary.
+
+Stooping a little, you passed through a narrow aperture in its front; and
+facing you, on entering, lay two long, perfectly straight, and
+well-polished trunks of the cocoa-nut tree, extending the full length of
+the dwelling; one of them placed closely against the rear, and the other
+lying parallel with it some two yards distant, the interval between them
+being spread with a multitude of gaily-worked mats, nearly all of a
+different pattern. This space formed the common couch and lounging-place
+of the natives, answering the purpose of a divan in Oriental countries.
+Here would they slumber through the hours of the night, and recline
+luxuriously during the greater part of the day. The remainder of the floor
+presented only the cool shining surfaces of the large stones of which the
+"pi-pi" was composed.
+
+From the ridge-pole of the house hung suspended a number of large packages
+enveloped in coarse tappa; some of which contained festival dresses, and
+various other matters of the wardrobe, held in high estimation. These were
+easily accessible by means of a line, which, passing over the ridge-pole,
+had one end attached to a bundle, while with the other, which led to the
+side of the dwelling and was there secured, the package could be lowered
+or elevated at pleasure.
+
+Against the farther wall of the house were arranged in tasteful figures a
+variety of spears and javelins, and other implements of savage warfare.
+Outside of the habitation, and built upon the piazza-like area in its
+front, was a little shed used as a sort of larder or pantry, and in which
+were stored various articles of domestic use and convenience. A few yards
+from the pi-pi was a large shed built of cocoa-nut boughs, where the
+process of preparing the "poee-poee" was carried on, and all culinary
+operations attended to.
+
+Thus much for the house, and its appurtenances; and it will be readily
+acknowledged that a more commodious and appropriate dwelling for the
+climate and the people could not possibly be devised. It was cool, free to
+admit the air, scrupulously clean, and elevated above the dampness and
+impurities of the ground.
+
+But now to sketch the inmates; and here I claim for my tried servitor and
+faithful valet Kory-Kory the precedence of a first description. As his
+character will be gradually unfolded in the course of my narrative, I
+shall for the present content myself with delineating his personal
+appearance. Kory-Kory, though the most devoted and best-natured
+serving-man in the world, was, alas! a hideous object to look upon. He was
+some twenty-five years of age, and about six feet in height, robust and
+well made, and of the most extraordinary aspect. His head was carefully
+shaven with the exception of two circular spots, about the size of a
+dollar, near the top of the cranium, where the hair, permitted to grow of
+an amazing length, was twisted up in two prominent knots, that gave him
+the appearance of being decorated with a pair of horns. His beard, plucked
+out by the root from every other part of his face, was suffered to droop
+in hairy pendants, two of which garnished his upper lip, and an equal
+number hung from the extremity of his chin.
+
+Kory-Kory, with the view of improving the handiwork of nature, and perhaps
+prompted by a desire to add to the engaging expression of his countenance,
+had seen fit to embellish his face with three broad longitudinal stripes
+of tattooing, which, like those country roads that go straight forward in
+defiance of all obstacles, crossed his nasal organ, descended into the
+hollow of his eyes, and even skirted the borders of his mouth. Each
+completely spanned his physiognomy; one extending in a line with his eyes,
+another crossing the face in the vicinity of the nose, and the third
+sweeping along his lips from ear to ear. His countenance thus triply
+hooped, as it were, with tattooing, always reminded me of those unhappy
+wretches whom I have sometimes observed gazing out sentimentally from
+behind the grated bars of a prison window; whilst the entire body of my
+savage valet, covered all over with representations of birds and fishes,
+and a variety of most unaccountable-looking creatures, suggested to me the
+idea of a pictorial museum of natural history, or an illustrated copy of
+Goldsmith's _Animated Nature_.
+
+But it seems really heartless in me to write thus of the poor islander,
+when I owe perhaps to his unremitting attentions the very existence I now
+enjoy. Kory-Kory, I mean thee no harm in what I say in regard to thy
+outward adornings; but they were a little curious to my unaccustomed
+sight, and therefore I dilate upon them. But to underrate or forget thy
+faithful services is something I could never be guilty of, even in the
+giddiest moment of my life.
+
+The father of my attached follower was a native of gigantic frame, and had
+once possessed prodigious physical powers; but the lofty form was now
+yielding to the inroads of time, though the hand of disease seemed never
+to have been laid upon the aged warrior. Marheyo--for such was his
+name--appeared to have retired from all active participation in the affairs
+of the valley, seldom or never accompanying the natives in their various
+expeditions; and employing the greater part of his time in throwing up a
+little shed just outside the house, upon which he was engaged to my
+certain knowledge for four months, without appearing to make any sensible
+advance. I suppose the old gentleman was in his dotage, for he manifested
+in various ways the characteristics which mark this particular stage of
+life.
+
+I remember in particular his having a choice pair of ear-ornaments,
+fabricated from the teeth of some sea-monster. These he would alternately
+wear and take off at least fifty times in the course of the day, going and
+coming from his little hut on each occasion with all the tranquillity
+imaginable. Sometimes slipping them through the slits in his ears, he
+would seize his spear--which in length and slightness resembled a
+fishing-pole--and go stalking beneath the shadows of the neighbouring
+groves, as if about to give a hostile meeting to some cannibal knight. But
+he would soon return again, and hiding his weapon under the protecting
+eaves of the house, and rolling his clumsy trinkets carefully in a piece
+of tappa, would resume his more pacific operations as quietly as if he had
+never interrupted them.
+
+But despite his eccentricities, Marheyo was a most paternal and
+warm-hearted old fellow, and in this particular not a little resembled his
+son Kory-Kory. The mother of the latter was the mistress of the family,
+and a notable housewife, and a most industrious old lady she was. If she
+did not understand the art of making jellies, jams, custards, tea-cakes,
+and such like trashy affairs, she was profoundly skilled in the mysteries
+of preparing "amar," "poee-poee," and "kokoo," with other substantial
+matters. She was a genuine busy-body; bustling about the house like a
+country landlady at an unexpected arrival; for ever giving the young girls
+tasks to perform, which the little hussies as often neglected; poking into
+every corner, and rummaging over bundles of old tappa, or making a
+prodigious clatter among the calabashes. Sometimes she might have been
+seen squatting upon her haunches in front of a huge wooden basin, and
+kneading poee-poee with terrific vehemence, dashing the stone pestle about
+as if she would shiver the vessel into fragments: on other occasions,
+galloping about the valley in search of a particular kind of leaf, used in
+some of her recondite operations, and returning home, toiling and
+sweating, with a bundle, under which most women would have sunk.
+
+To tell the truth, Kory-Kory's mother was the only industrious person in
+all the valley of Typee; and she could not have employed herself more
+actively had she been left an exceedingly muscular and destitute widow,
+with an inordinate supply of young children, in the bleakest part of the
+civilized world. There was not the slightest necessity for the greater
+portion of the labour performed by the old lady: but she deemed to work
+from some irresistible impulse; her limbs continually swaying to and fro,
+as if there were some indefatigable engine concealed within her body which
+kept her in perpetual motion.
+
+Never suppose that she was a termagant or a shrew for all this: she had
+the kindliest heart in the world, and acted towards me in particular in a
+truly maternal manner, occasionally putting some little morsel of choice
+food into my hand, some outlandish kind of savage sweetmeat or pastry,
+like a doting mother petting a sickly urchin with tarts and sugar-plums.
+Warm indeed are my remembrances of the dear, good, affectionate old Tinor!
+
+Besides the individuals I have mentioned, there belong to the household
+three young men, dissipated, good-for-nothing, roystering blades of
+savages, who were either employed in prosecuting love affairs with the
+maidens of the tribe, or grew boozy on "arva" and tobacco in the company
+of congenial spirits, the scapegraces of the valley.
+
+Among the permanent inmates of the house were likewise several lovely
+damsels, who instead of thrumming pianos and reading novels, like more
+enlightened young ladies, substituted for these employments the
+manufacture of a fine species of tappa; but for the greater portion of the
+time were skipping from house to house, gadding and gossiping with their
+acquaintances.
+
+From the rest of these, however, I must except the beauteous nymph
+Fayaway, who was my peculiar favourite. Her free pliant figure was the
+very perfection of female grace and beauty. Her complexion was a rich and
+mantling olive, and when watching the glow upon her cheeks I could almost
+swear that beneath the transparent medium there lurked the blushes of a
+faint vermilion. The face of this girl was a rounded oval, and each
+feature as perfectly formed as the heart or imagination of man could
+desire. Her full lips, when parted with a smile, disclosed teeth of a
+dazzling whiteness; and when her rosy mouth opened with a burst of
+merriment, they looked like the milk-white seeds of the "arta," a fruit of
+the valley, which, when cleft in twain, shows them reposing in rows on
+either side, embedded in the red and juicy pulp. Her hair of the deepest
+brown, parted irregularly in the middle, flowed in natural ringlets over
+her shoulders, and whenever she chanced to stoop, fell over and hid from
+view her lovely bosom. Gazing into the depths of her strange blue eyes,
+when she was in a contemplative mood, they seemed most placid yet
+unfathomable; but when illuminated by some lively emotion, they beamed
+upon the beholder like stars. The hands of Fayaway were as soft and
+delicate as those of any countess; for an entire exemption from rude
+labour marks the girlhood and even prime of a Typee woman's life. Her
+feet, though wholly exposed, were as diminutive and fairly shaped as those
+which peep from beneath the skirts of a Lima lady's dress. The skin of
+this young creature, from continual ablutions and the use of mollifying
+ointments, was inconceivably smooth and soft.
+
+I may succeed, perhaps, in particularizing some of the individual features
+of Fayaway's beauty, but that general loveliness of appearance which they
+all contributed to produce I will not attempt to describe. The easy
+unstudied graces of a child of nature like this, breathing from infancy an
+atmosphere of perpetual summer, and nurtured by the simple fruits of the
+earth; enjoying a perfect freedom from care and anxiety, and removed
+effectually from all injurious tendencies, strike the eye in a manner
+which cannot be portrayed. This picture is no fancy sketch; it is drawn
+from the most vivid recollections of the person delineated.
+
+Were I asked if the beauteous form of Fayaway was altogether free from the
+hideous blemish of tattooing, I should be constrained to answer that it
+was not. But the practitioners of this barbarous art, so remorseless in
+their inflictions upon the brawny limbs of the warriors of the tribe, seem
+to be conscious that it needs not the resources of their profession to
+augment the charms of the maidens of the vale.
+
+The females are very little embellished in this way, and Fayaway, and all
+the other young girls of her age, were even less so than those of their
+sex more advanced in years. The reason of this peculiarity will be alluded
+to hereafter. All the tattooing that the nymph in question exhibited upon
+her person may be easily described. Three minute dots, no bigger than
+pinheads, decorated either lip, and at a little distance were not at all
+discernible. Just upon the fall of the shoulder were drawn two parallel
+lines half an inch apart, and perhaps three inches in length, the interval
+being filled with delicately executed figures. These narrow bands of
+tattooing, thus placed, always reminded me of those stripes of gold lace
+worn by officers in undress, and which are in lieu of epaulettes to denote
+their rank.
+
+Thus much was Fayaway tattooed. The audacious hand which had gone so far
+in its desecrating work stopping short, apparently wanting the heart to
+proceed.
+
+But I have neglected to describe the dress worn by this nymph of the
+valley.
+
+Fayaway--I must avow the fact--for the most part clung to the primitive and
+summer garb of Eden. But how becoming the costume! It showed her fine
+figure to the best possible advantage; and nothing could have been better
+adapted to her peculiar style of beauty. On ordinary occasions she was
+habited precisely as I have described the two youthful savages whom we had
+met on first entering the valley. At other times, when rambling among the
+groves, or visiting at the houses of her acquaintances, she wore a tunic
+of white tappa, reaching from her waist to a little below the knees; and
+when exposed for any length of time to the sun, she invariably protected
+herself from its rays by a floating mantle of the same material, loosely
+gathered about the person. Her gala dress will be described hereafter.
+
+As the beauties of our own land delight in bedecking themselves with
+fanciful articles of jewelry, suspending them from their ears, hanging
+them about their necks, and clasping them around their wrists; so Fayaway
+and her companions were in the habit of ornamenting themselves with
+similar appendages.
+
+Flora was their jeweller. Sometimes they wore necklaces of small carnation
+flowers, strung like rubies upon a fibre of tappa, or displayed in their
+ears a single white bud, the stem thrust backward through the aperture,
+and showing in front the delicate petals folded together in a beautiful
+sphere, and looking like a drop of the purest pearl. Chaplets, too,
+resembling in their arrangement the strawberry coronal worn by an English
+peeress, and composed of intertwined leaves and blossoms, often crowned
+their temples; and bracelets and anklets of the same tasteful pattern were
+frequently to be seen. Indeed, the maidens of the island were passionately
+fond of flowers, and never wearied of decorating their persons with them;
+a lovely trait of character, and one that ere long will be more fully
+alluded to.
+
+Though in my eyes, at least, Fayaway was indisputably the loveliest female
+I saw in Typee, yet the description I have given of her will in some
+measure apply to nearly all the youthful portion of her sex in the valley.
+Judge ye then, reader, what beautiful creatures they must have been.
+
+
+
+
+
+                                CHAPTER XI
+
+
+    Officiousness of Kory-Kory--His devotion--A bath in the stream--Want
+      of refinement of the Typee damsels--Stroll with Mehevi--A Typee
+    highway--The Taboo groves--The hoolah hoolah ground--The Ti--Timeworn
+     savages--Hospitality of Mehevi--Midnight musings--Adventure in the
+         dark--Distinguished honours paid to the visitors--Strange
+             procession, and return to the house of Marheyo.
+
+
+When Mehevi had departed from the house, as related in the preceding
+chapter, Kory-Kory commenced the functions of the post assigned him. He
+brought us various kinds of food; and, as if I were an infant, insisted
+upon feeding me with his own hands. To this procedure I, of course, most
+earnestly objected, but in vain; and having laid a calabash of kokoo
+before me, he washed his fingers in a vessel of water, and then putting
+his hand into the dish, and rolling the food into little balls, put them
+one after another into my mouth. All my remonstrances against this measure
+only provoked so great a clamor on his part, that I was obliged to
+acquiesce; and the operation of feeding being thus facilitated, the meal
+was quickly despatched. As for Toby, he was allowed to help himself after
+his own fashion.
+
+The repast over, my attendant arranged the mats for repose, and, bidding
+me lie down, covered me with a large robe of tappa, at the same time
+looking approvingly upon me, and exclaiming, "Ki-Ki, muee muee, ah! moee
+moee mortarkee," (eat plenty, ah! sleep very good.) The philosophy of this
+sentiment I did not pretend to question; for deprived of sleep for several
+preceding nights, and the pain in my limb having much abated, I now felt
+inclined to avail myself of the opportunity afforded me.
+
+The next morning, on waking, I found Kory-Kory stretched out on one side
+of me, while my companion lay upon the other. I felt sensibly refreshed
+after a night of sound repose, and immediately agreed to the proposition
+of my valet that I should repair to the water and wash, although dreading
+the suffering that the exertion might produce. From this apprehension,
+however, I was quickly relieved; for Kory-Kory, leaping from the pi-pi,
+and then backing himself up against it, like a porter in readiness to
+shoulder a trunk, with loud vociferations, and a superabundance of
+gestures gave me to understand that I was to mount upon his back, and be
+thus transported to the stream, which flowed perhaps two hundred yards
+from the house.
+
+Our appearance upon the verandah in front of the habitation drew together
+quite a crowd, who stood looking on, and conversing with one another in
+the most animated manner. They reminded one of a group of idlers gathered
+about the door of a village tavern, when the equipage of some
+distinguished traveller is brought round previous to his departure. As
+soon as I clasped my arms about the neck of the devoted fellow, and he
+jogged off with me, the crowd--composed chiefly of young girls and
+boys--followed after, shouting and capering with infinite glee, and
+accompanied us to the banks of the stream.
+
+On gaining it, Kory-Kory, wading up to his hips in the water, carried me
+half-way across, and deposited me on a smooth black stone, which rose a
+few inches above the surface. The amphibious rabble at our heels plunged
+in after us; and, climbing to the summit of the grass-grown rocks, with
+which the bed of the brook was here and there broken, waited curiously to
+witness our morning ablutions. I felt somewhat embarrassed by the presence
+of the female portion of the company, but, nevertheless, removed my frock,
+and washed myself down to my waist in the stream. As soon as Kory-Kory
+comprehended from my motions that this was to be the extent of my
+performance, he appeared perfectly aghast with astonishment, and rushing
+toward me, poured out a torrent of words in eager deprecation of so
+limited an operation, enjoining me by unmistakable signs to immerse my
+whole body. To this I was forced to consent; and the honest fellow
+regarding me as a froward, inexperienced child, whom it was his duty to
+serve at the risk of offending, lifted me from, the rock, and tenderly
+bathed my limbs. This over, and resuming my seat, I could not avoid
+bursting into admiration of the scene around me.
+
+From the verdant surfaces of the large stones that lay scattered about,
+the natives were now sliding off into the water, diving and ducking
+beneath the surface in all directions; the young girls springing buoyantly
+into the air, with their long tresses dancing about their shoulders, their
+eyes sparkling like drops of dew in the sun, and their gay laughter
+pealing forth at every frolicsome incident.
+
+On the afternoon of the day that I took my first bath in the valley, we
+received another visit from Mehevi. The noble savage seemed to be in the
+same pleasant mood, and was quite as cordial in his manner as before.
+After remaining about an hour, he rose from the mats, and motioning to
+leave the house, invited Toby and myself to accompany him. I pointed to my
+leg; but Mehevi in his turn pointed to Kory-Kory, and removed that
+objection; so, mounting upon the faithful fellow's shoulders again--like
+the old man of the sea astride of Sinbad--I followed after the chief.
+
+The nature of the route we now pursued struck me more forcibly than
+anything I had yet seen, as illustrating the indolent disposition of the
+islanders. The path was obviously the most beaten one in the valley,
+several others leading from either side into it, and perhaps for
+successive generations it had formed the principal avenue of the place.
+And yet, until I grew more familiar with its impediments, it seemed as
+difficult to travel as the recesses of a wilderness. Part of it swept
+around an abrupt rise of ground, the surface of which was broken by
+frequent inequalities, and thickly strewn with projecting masses of rocks,
+whose summits were often hidden from view by the drooping foliage of the
+luxurious vegetation. Sometimes directly over, sometimes evading these
+obstacles with a wide circuit, the path wound along--one moment climbing
+over a sudden eminence, smooth with continued wear, then descending on the
+other side into a steep glen, and crossing the flinty channel of a brook.
+Here it pursued the depths of a glade, occasionally obliging you to stoop
+beneath vast horizontal branches; and now you stepped over huge trunks and
+boughs that lay rotting across the track.
+
+Such was the grand thoroughfare of Typee. After proceeding a little
+distance along it--Kory-Kory panting and blowing with the weight of his
+burden--I dismounted from his back, and grasping the long spear of Mehevi
+in my hand, assisted my steps over the numerous obstacles of the road;
+preferring this mode of advance to one which, from the difficulties of the
+way, was equally painful to myself and my wearied servitor.
+
+Our journey was soon at an end; for, scaling a sudden height, we came
+abruptly upon the place of our destination. I wish that it were possible
+to sketch in words this spot as vividly as I recollect it.
+
+Here were situated the Taboo groves of the valley--the scene of many a
+prolonged feast, of many a horrid rite. Beneath the dark shadows of the
+consecrated bread-fruit trees there reigned a solemn twilight--a
+cathedral-like gloom. The frightful genius of pagan worship seemed to
+brood in silence over the place, breathing its spell upon every object
+around. Here and there, in the depths of these awful shades, half screened
+from sight by masses of overhanging foliage, rose the idolatrous altars of
+the savages, built of enormous blocks of black and polished stone, placed
+one upon another, without cement, to the height of twelve or fifteen feet,
+and surmounted by a rustic open temple, enclosed with a low picket of
+canes, within which might be seen, in various stages of decay, offerings
+of bread-fruit and cocoa-nuts, and the putrefying relics of some recent
+sacrifice.
+
+In the midst of the wood was the hallowed "hoolah hoolah" ground--set apart
+for the celebration of the fantastical religious ritual of these
+people--comprising an extensive oblong pi-pi, terminating at either end in
+a lofty terraced altar, guarded by ranks of hideous wooden idols, and with
+the two remaining sides flanked by ranges of bamboo sheds, opening towards
+the interior of the quadrangle thus formed. Vast trees, standing in the
+middle of this space, and throwing over it an umbrageous shade, had their
+massive trunks built round with slight stages, elevated a few feet above
+the ground, and railed in with canes, forming so many rustic pulpits, from
+which the priests harangued their devotees.
+
+This holiest of spots was defended from profanation by the strictest
+edicts of the all-pervading "taboo," which condemned to instant death the
+sacrilegious female who should enter or touch its sacred precincts, or
+even so much as press with her feet the ground made holy by the shadows
+that it cast.
+
+Access was had to the enclosure through an embowered entrance on one side,
+facing a number of towering cocoa-nut trees, planted at intervals along a
+level area of a hundred yards. At the farther extremity of this space was
+to be seen a building of considerable size, reserved for the habitation of
+the priests and religious attendants of the grove.
+
+In its vicinity was another remarkable edifice, built as usual upon the
+summit of a pi-pi, and at least two hundred feet in length, though not
+more than twenty in breadth. The whole front of this latter structure was
+completely open, and from one end to the other ran a narrow verandah,
+fenced in on the edge of the pi-pi with a picket of canes. Its interior
+presented the appearance of an immense lounging-place, the entire floor
+being strewn with successive layers of mats, lying between parallel trunks
+of cocoa-nut trees, selected for the purpose from the straightest and most
+symmetrical the vale afforded.
+
+To this building, denominated in the language of the natives, the "Ti,"
+Mehevi now conducted us. Thus far we had been accompanied by a troop of
+the natives of both sexes; but as soon as we approached its vicinity, the
+females gradually separated themselves from the crowd, and standing aloof,
+permitted us to pass on. The merciless prohibitions of the taboo extended
+likewise to this edifice, and were enforced by the same dreadful penalty
+that secured the hoolah hoolah ground from the imaginary pollution of a
+woman's presence.
+
+On entering the house, I was surprised to see six muskets ranged against
+the bamboo on one side, from the barrels of which depended as many small
+canvas pouches, partly filled with powder. Disposed about these muskets,
+like the cutlasses that decorate the bulkhead of a man-of-war's cabin,
+were a great variety of rude spears and paddles, javelins, and war-clubs.
+This then, said I to Toby, must be the armoury of the tribe.
+
+As we advanced farther along the building, we were struck with the aspect
+of four or five hideous old wretches, on whose decrepid forms time and
+tattooing seemed to have obliterated every trace of humanity. Owing to the
+continued operation of this latter process, which only terminates among
+the warriors of the island after all the figures stretched upon their
+limbs in youth have been blended together--an effect, however, produced
+only in cases of extreme longevity--the bodies of these men were of a
+uniform dull green colour--the hue which the tattooing gradually assumes as
+the individual advances in age. Their skin had a frightful scaly
+appearance, which, united with its singular colour, made their limbs not a
+little resemble dusty specimens of verde-antique. Their flesh, in parts,
+hung upon them in huge folds, like the overlapping plaits on the flank of
+a rhinoceros. Their heads were completely bald, whilst their faces were
+puckered into a thousand wrinkles, and they presented no vestige of a
+beard. But the most remarkable peculiarity about them was the appearance
+of their feet; the toes, like the radiating lines of the mariner's
+compass, pointed to every quarter of the horizon. This was doubtless
+attributable to the fact, that during nearly a hundred years of existence
+the said toes never had been subjected to any artificial confinement, and
+in their old age, being averse to close neighbourhood, bid one another
+keep open order.
+
+These repulsive-looking creatures appeared to have lost the use of their
+lower limbs altogether; sitting upon the floor cross-legged, in a state of
+torpor. They never heeded us in the least, scarcely looking conscious of
+our presence, while Mehevi seated us upon the mats, and Kory-Kory gave
+utterance to some unintelligible gibberish.
+
+In a few moments, a boy entered with a wooden trencher of poee-poee; and
+in regaling myself with its contents, I was obliged again to submit to the
+officious intervention of my indefatigable servitor. Various other dishes
+followed, the chief manifesting the most hospitable importunity in
+pressing us to partake, and to remove all bashfulness on our part, set us
+no despicable example in his own person.
+
+The repast concluded, a pipe was lighted, which passed from mouth to
+mouth, and yielding to its soporific influence, the quiet of the place,
+and the deepening shadows of approaching night, my companion and I sank
+into a kind of drowsy repose, while the chief and Kory-Kory seemed to be
+slumbering beside us.
+
+I awoke from an uneasy nap, about midnight, as I supposed; and, raising
+myself partly from the mat, became sensible that we were enveloped in
+utter darkness. Toby lay still asleep, but our late companions had
+disappeared. The only sound that interrupted the silence of the place was
+the asthmatic breathing of the old men I have mentioned, who reposed at a
+little distance from us. Besides them, as well as I could judge, there was
+no one else in the house.
+
+Apprehensive of some evil, I roused my comrade, and we were engaged in a
+whispered conference concerning the unexpected withdrawal of the natives,
+when all at once, from the depths of the grove, in full view of us where
+we lay, shoots of flame were seen to rise, and in a few moments
+illuminated the surrounding trees, casting, by contrast, into still deeper
+gloom the darkness around us.
+
+While we continued gazing at this sight, dark figures appeared moving to
+and fro before the flames; while others, dancing and capering about,
+looked like so many demons.
+
+Regarding this new phenomenon with no small degree of trepidation, I said
+to my companion, "What can all this mean, Toby?"
+
+"Oh, nothing," replied he; "getting the fire ready, I suppose."
+
+"Fire!" exclaimed I, while my heart took to beating like a trip-hammer,
+"what fire?"
+
+"Why, the fire to cook us, to be sure; what else would the cannibals be
+kicking up such a row about, if it were not for that?"
+
+"Oh, Toby! have done with your jokes; this is no time for them: something
+is about to happen, I feel confident."
+
+"Jokes, indeed!" exclaimed Toby, indignantly. "Did you ever hear me joke?
+Why, for what do you suppose the devils have been feeding us up in this
+kind of style for during the last three days, unless it were for something
+that you are too much frightened at to talk about? Look at that Kory-Kory
+there!--has he not been stuffing you with his confounded mushes, just in
+the way they treat swine before they kill them? Depend upon it, we will be
+eaten this blessed night, and there is the fire we shall be roasted by."
+
+This view of the matter was not at all calculated to allay my
+apprehensions, and I shuddered when I reflected that we were indeed at the
+mercy of a tribe of cannibals, and that the dreadful contingency to which
+Toby had alluded was by no means removed beyond the bounds of possibility.
+
+"There! I told you so! they are coming for us!" exclaimed my companion the
+next moment, as the forms of four of the islanders were seen in bold
+relief against the illuminated background, mounting the pi-pi, and
+approaching us.
+
+They came on noiselessly, nay, stealthily, and glided along through the
+gloom that surrounded us, as if about to spring upon some object they were
+fearful of disturbing before they should make sure of it. Gracious Heaven!
+the horrible reflections which crowded upon me that moment! A cold sweat
+stood upon my brow, and spell-bound with terror, I awaited my fate.
+
+Suddenly the silence was broken by the well-remembered tones of Mehevi,
+and at the kindly accents of his voice, my fears were immediately
+dissipated. "Tommo, Toby, ki ki!" (eat). He had waited to address us,
+until he had assured himself that we were both awake, at which he seemed
+somewhat surprised.
+
+"Ki ki! is it?" said Toby, in his gruff tones; "well, cook us first, will
+you--but what's this?" he added, as another savage appeared, bearing before
+him a large trencher of wood, containing some kind of steaming meat, as
+appeared from the odours it diffused, and which he deposited at the feet
+of Mehevi. "A baked baby, I dare say! but I will have none of it, never
+mind what it is. A pretty fool I should make of myself, indeed, waked up
+here in the middle of the night, stuffing and guzzling, and all to make a
+fat meal for a parcel of bloody-minded cannibals one of these mornings!
+No; I see what they are at very plainly, so I am resolved to starve myself
+into a bunch of bones and gristle, and then, if they serve me up, they are
+welcome! But, I say, Tommo, you are not going to eat any of that mess
+there, in the dark, are you? Why, how can you tell what it is?"
+
+"By tasting it, to be sure," said I, masticating a morsel that Kory-Kory
+had just put in my mouth; "and excellently good it is, too, very much like
+veal."
+
+"A baked baby, by the soul of Captain Cook!" burst forth Toby, with
+amazing vehemence. "Veal? why, there never was a calf on the island till
+you landed. I tell you, you are bolting down mouthfuls from a dead
+Happar's carcass, as sure as you live, and no mistake!"
+
+Emetics and lukewarm water! What a sensation in the abdominal regions!
+Sure enough, where could the fiends incarnate have obtained meat? But I
+resolved to satisfy myself at all hazards; and turning to Mehevi, I soon
+made the ready chief understand that I wished a light to be brought. When
+the taper came, I gazed eagerly into the vessel, and recognized the
+mutilated remains of a juvenile porker! "Puarkee!" exclaimed Kory-Kory,
+looking complacently at the dish; and from that day to this I have never
+forgotten that such is the designation of a pig in the Typee lingo.
+
+The next morning, after being again abundantly feasted by the hospitable
+Mehevi, Toby and myself arose to depart. But the chief requested us to
+postpone our intention. "Abo, abo" (Wait, wait), he said, and accordingly
+we resumed our seats, while, assisted by the zealous Kory-Kory, he
+appeared to be engaged in giving directions to a number of the natives
+outside, who were busily employed in making arrangements, the nature of
+which we could not comprehend. But we were not left long in our ignorance,
+for a few moments only had elapsed, when the chief beckoned us to
+approach, and we perceived that he had been marshalling a kind of guard of
+honour to escort us on our return to the house of Marheyo.
+
+The procession was led off by two venerable-looking savages, each provided
+with a spear, from the end of which streamed a pennon of milk-white tappa.
+After them went several youths, bearing aloft calabashes of poee-poee; and
+followed in their turn by four stalwart fellows, sustaining long bamboos,
+from the tops of which hung suspended, at least twenty feet from the
+ground, large baskets of green bread-fruit. Then came a troop of boys,
+carrying bunches of ripe bananas, and baskets made of woven leaflets of
+cocoa-nut boughs, filled with the young fruit of the tree, the naked
+shells, stripped of their husks, peeping forth from the verdant
+wicker-work that surrounded them. Last of all came a burly islander,
+holding over his head a wooden trencher, in which lay disposed the
+remnants of our midnight feast, hidden from view, however, by a covering
+of bread-fruit leaves.
+
+Astonished as I was at this exhibition, I could not avoid smiling at its
+grotesque appearance, and the associations it naturally called up. Mehevi,
+it seemed, was bent on replenishing old Marheyo's larder, fearful,
+perhaps, that without this precaution his guests might not fare as well as
+they could desire.
+
+As soon as I descended from the pi-pi, the procession formed anew,
+enclosing us in its centre; where I remained, part of the time carried by
+Kory-Kory, and occasionally relieving him from his burden by limping along
+with a spear. When we moved off in this order, the natives struck up a
+musical recitative, which, with various alternations, they continued until
+we arrived at the place of our destination.
+
+As we proceeded on our way, bands of young girls, darting from the
+surrounding groves, hung upon our skirts, and accompanied us with shouts
+of merriment and delight, which almost drowned the deep notes of the
+recitative. On approaching old Marheyo's domicile, its inmates rushed out
+to receive us; and while the gifts of Mehevi were being disposed of, the
+superannuated warrior did the honours of his mansion with all the warmth
+of hospitality evinced by an English squire, when he regales his friends
+at some fine old patrimonial mansion.
+
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER XII
+
+
+    Attempt to procure relief from Nukuheva--Perilous adventure of Toby
+             in the Happar Mountains--Eloquence of Kory-Kory.
+
+
+Amidst these novel scenes a week passed away almost imperceptibly. The
+natives, actuated by some mysterious impulse, day after day redoubled
+their attention to us. Their manner towards us was unaccountable. Surely,
+thought I, they would not act thus if they meant us any harm. But why this
+excess of deferential kindness, or what equivalent can they imagine us
+capable of rendering them for it?
+
+We were fairly puzzled. But, despite the apprehensions I could not dispel,
+the horrible character imputed to these Typees appeared to be wholly
+undeserved.
+
+"Why, they are cannibals!" said Toby, on one occasion when I eulogized the
+tribe.
+
+"Granted," I replied, "but a more humane, gentlemanly, and amiable set of
+epicures do not probably exist in the Pacific."
+
+But, notwithstanding the kind treatment we received, I was too familiar
+with the fickle disposition of savages not to feel anxious to withdraw
+from the valley, and put myself beyond the reach of that fearful death
+which, under all these smiling appearances, might yet menace us. But here
+there was an obstacle in the way of doing so. It was idle for me to think
+of moving from the place until I should have recovered from the severe
+lameness that afflicted me; indeed my malady began seriously to alarm me;
+for, despite the herbal remedies of the natives, it continued to grow
+worse and worse. Their mild applications, though they soothed the pain,
+did not remove the disorder, and I felt convinced that, without better
+aid, I might anticipate long and acute suffering.
+
+But how was this aid to be procured? From the surgeons of the French
+fleet, which probably still lay in the bay of Nukuheva, it might easily
+have been obtained, could I have made my case known to them. But how could
+that be effected?
+
+At last, in the exigency to which I was reduced, I proposed to Toby that
+he should endeavour to go round to Nukuheva, and if he could not succeed
+in returning to the valley by water in one of the boats of the squadron,
+and taking me off, he might at least procure me some proper medicines, and
+effect his return overland.
+
+My companion listened to me in silence, and at first did not appear to
+relish the idea. The truth was, he felt impatient to escape from the
+place, and wished to avail himself of our present high favour with the
+natives to make good our retreat, before we should experience some sudden
+alterations in their behaviour. As he could not think of leaving me in my
+helpless condition, he implored me to be of good cheer; assured me that I
+should soon be better, and enabled in a few days to return with him to
+Nukuheva.
+
+Added to this, he could not bear the idea of again returning to this
+dangerous place; and as for the expectation of persuading the Frenchmen to
+detach a boat's crew for the purpose of rescuing me from the Typees, he
+looked upon it as idle; and, with arguments that I could not answer, urged
+the improbability of their provoking the hostilities of the clan by any
+such measure; especially as, for the purpose of quieting its
+apprehensions, they had as yet refrained from making any visit to the bay.
+"And even should they consent," said Toby, "they would only produce a
+commotion in the valley, in which we might both be sacrificed by these
+ferocious islanders." This was unanswerable; but still I clung to the
+belief that he might succeed in accomplishing the other part of my plan;
+and at last I overcame his scruples, and he agreed to make the attempt.
+
+As soon as we succeeded in making the natives understand our intention,
+they broke out into the most vehement opposition to the measure, and, for
+a while, I almost despaired of obtaining their consent. At the bare
+thought of one of us leaving them, they manifested the most lively
+concern. The grief and consternation of Kory-Kory, in particular, was
+unbounded; he threw himself into a perfect paroxysm of gestures, which
+were intended to convey to us, not only his abhorrence of Nukuheva and its
+uncivilized inhabitants, but also his astonishment that, after becoming
+acquainted with the enlightened Typees, we should evince the least desire
+to withdraw, even for a time, from their agreeable society.
+
+However, I overbore his objections by appealing to my lameness; from which
+I assured the natives I should speedily recover, if Toby were permitted to
+obtain the supplies I needed.
+
+It was agreed that on the following morning my companion should depart,
+accompanied by some one or two of the household, who should point out to
+him an easy route, by which the bay might be reached before sunset.
+
+At early dawn of the next day, our habitation was astir. One of the young
+men mounted into an adjoining cocoa-nut tree, and threw down a number of
+the young fruit, which old Marheyo quickly stripped of the green husks,
+and strung together upon a short pole. These were intended to refresh Toby
+on his route.
+
+The preparations being completed, with no little emotion I bade my
+companion adieu. He promised to return in three days at farthest; and,
+bidding me keep up my spirits in the interval, turned around the corner of
+the pi-pi, and, under the guidance of the venerable Marheyo, was soon out
+of sight. His departure oppressed me with melancholy, and, re-entering the
+dwelling, I threw myself almost in despair upon the matting of the floor.
+
+In two hours' time the old warrior returned, and gave me to understand,
+that after accompanying my companion a little distance, and showing him
+the route, he had left him journeying on his way.
+
+It was about noon of this same day, a season which these people are wont
+to pass in sleep, that I lay in the house, surrounded by its slumbering
+inmates, and painfully affected by the strange silence which prevailed.
+All at once I thought I heard a faint shout, as if proceeding from some
+persons in the depth of the grove which extended in front of our
+habitation.
+
+The sounds grew louder and nearer, and gradually the whole valley rang
+with wild outcries. The sleepers around me started to their feet in alarm,
+and hurried outside to discover the cause of the commotion. Kory-Kory, who
+had been the first to spring up, soon returned almost breathless, and
+nearly frantic with the excitement under which he seemed to be labouring.
+All that I could understand from him was, that some accident had happened
+to Toby. Apprehensive of some dreadful calamity, I rushed out of the
+house, and caught sight of a tumultuous crowd, who, with shrieks and
+lamentations, were just emerging from the grove, bearing in their arms
+some object, the sight of which produced all this transport of sorrow. As
+they drew near, the men redoubled their cries, while the girls, tossing
+their bare arms in the air, exclaimed plaintively, "Awha! awha! Toby
+muckee moee!"--Alas! alas! Toby is killed!
+
+In a moment the crowd opened, and disclosed the apparently lifeless body
+of my companion borne between two men, the head hanging heavily against
+the breast of the foremost. The whole face, neck, and bosom were covered
+with blood, which still trickled slowly from a wound behind the temple. In
+the midst of the greatest uproar and confusion, the body was carried into
+the house and laid on a mat. Waving the natives off to give room and air,
+I bent eagerly over Toby, and, laying my hand upon the breast, ascertained
+that the heart still beat. Overjoyed at this, I seized a calabash of
+water, and dashed its contents upon his face, then, wiping away the blood,
+anxiously examined the wound. It was about three inches long, and, on
+removing the clotted hair from about it, showed the skull laid completely
+bare. Immediately with my knife I cut away the heavy locks, and bathed the
+part repeatedly in water.
+
+In a few moments Toby revived, and opening his eyes for a second, closed
+them again, without speaking. Kory-Kory, who had been kneeling beside me,
+now chafed his limbs gently with the palms of his hands, while a young
+girl at his head kept fanning him, and I still continued to moisten his
+lips and brow. Soon my poor comrade showed signs of animation, and I
+succeeded in making him swallow from a cocoa-nut shell a few mouthfuls of
+water.
+
+  [Illustration: THE BODY WAS CARRIED INTO THE HOUSE AND LAID ON A MAT]
+
+Old Tinor now appeared, holding in her hand some simples she had gathered,
+the juice of which she by signs besought me to squeeze into the wound.
+Having done so, I thought it best to leave Toby undisturbed until he
+should have had time to rally his faculties. Several times he opened his
+lips, but, fearful for his safety, I enjoined silence. In the course of
+two or three hours however, he sat up, and was sufficiently recovered to
+tell me what had occurred.
+
+"After leaving the house with Marheyo," said Toby, "we struck across the
+valley, and ascended the opposite heights. Just beyond them, my guide
+informed me, lay the valley of Happar, while along their summits, and
+skirting the head of the vale, was my route to Nukuheva. After mounting a
+little way up the elevation my guide paused, and gave me to understand
+that he could not accompany me any farther, and by various signs intimated
+that he was afraid to approach any nearer the territories of the enemies
+of his tribe. He, however, pointed out my path, which now lay clearly
+before me, and, bidding me farewell, hastily descended the mountain.
+
+"Quite elated at being so near the Happars, I pushed up the acclivity, and
+soon gained its summit. It tapered up to a sharp ridge, from whence I
+beheld both the hostile valleys. Here I sat down and rested for a moment,
+refreshing myself with my cocoa-nuts. I was soon again pursuing my way
+along the height, when suddenly I saw three of the islanders, who must
+have just come out of Happar valley, standing in the path ahead of me.
+They were each armed with a heavy spear, and one, from his appearance, I
+took to be a chief. They sung out something, I could not understand what,
+and beckoned me to come on.
+
+"Without the least hesitation I advanced towards them, and had approached
+within about a yard of the foremost, when, pointing angrily into the Typee
+valley, and uttering some savage exclamation, he wheeled round his weapon
+like lightning, and struck me in a moment to the ground. The blow
+inflicted this wound, and took away my senses. As soon as I came to
+myself, I perceived the three islanders standing a little distance off,
+and apparently engaged in some violent altercation respecting me.
+
+"My first impulse was to run for it; but, in endeavouring to rise, I fell
+back, and rolled down a little grassy precipice. The shock seemed to rally
+my faculties; so, starting to my feet, I fled down the path I had just
+ascended. I had no need to look behind me, for, from the yells I heard, I
+knew that my enemies were in full pursuit. Urged on by their fearful
+outcries, and heedless of the injury I had received--though the blood
+flowing from the wound trickled over into my eyes and almost blinded me--I
+rushed down the mountain side with the speed of the wind. In a short time
+I had descended nearly a third of the distance, and the savages had ceased
+their cries, when suddenly a terrific howl burst upon my ear, and at the
+same moment a heavy javelin darted past me as I fled, and stuck quivering
+in a tree close to me. Another yell followed, and a second spear and a
+third shot through the air within a few feet of my body, both of them
+piercing the ground obliquely in advance of me. The fellows gave a roar of
+rage and disappointment; but they were afraid, I suppose, of coming down
+farther into the Typee valley, and so abandoned the chase. I saw them
+recover their weapons and turn back; and I continued my descent as fast as
+I could.
+
+"What could have caused this ferocious attack on the part of these Happars
+I could not imagine, unless it were that they had seen me ascending the
+mountain with Marheyo, and that the mere fact of coming from the Typee
+valley was sufficient to provoke them.
+
+"As long as I was in danger I scarcely felt the wound I had received; but
+when the chase was over I began to suffer from it. I had lost my hat in
+the flight, and the sun scorched my bare head. I felt faint and giddy;
+but, fearful of falling to the ground beyond the reach of assistance, I
+staggered on as well as I could, and at last gained the level of the
+valley, and then down I sunk; and I knew nothing more until I found myself
+lying upon these mats, and you stooping over me with the calabash of
+water."
+
+Such was Toby's account of this sad affair. I afterwards learned that
+fortunately he had fallen close to a spot where the natives go for fuel. A
+party of them caught sight of him as he fell, and, sounding the alarm, had
+lifted him up; and after ineffectually endeavouring to restore him at the
+brook, had hurried forward with him to the house.
+
+This incident threw a dark cloud over our prospects. It reminded us that
+we were hemmed in by hostile tribes, whose territories we could not hope
+to pass, on our route to Nukuheva, without encountering the effects of
+their savage resentment. There appeared to be no avenue opened to our
+escape but the sea, which washed the lower extremity of the vale.
+
+Our Typee friends availed themselves of the recent disaster of Toby to
+exhort us to a due appreciation of the blessings we enjoyed among them;
+contrasting their own generous reception of us with the animosity of their
+neighbours. They likewise dwelt upon the cannibal propensities of the
+Happars, a subject which they were perfectly aware could not fail to alarm
+us; while at the same time they earnestly disclaimed all participation in
+so horrid a custom. Nor did they omit to call upon us to admire the
+natural loveliness of their own abode, and the lavish abundance with which
+it produced all manner of luxuriant fruits; exalting it in this particular
+above any of the surrounding valleys.
+
+Kory-Kory seemed to experience so heartfelt a desire to infuse into our
+minds proper views on these subjects, that, assisted in his endeavours by
+the little knowledge of the language we had acquired, he actually made us
+comprehend a considerable part of what he said. To facilitate our correct
+apprehension of his meaning, he at first condensed his ideas into the
+smallest possible compass.
+
+"Happar keekeeno nuee," he exclaimed; "nuee, nuee, ki ki kannaka!--ah! owle
+motarkee!" which signifies, "Terrible fellows those Happars!--devour an
+amazing quantity of men!--ah, shocking bad!" Thus far he explained himself
+by a variety of gestures, during the performance of which he would dart
+out of the house, and point abhorrently towards the Happar valley; running
+in to us again with the rapidity that showed he was fearful we would lose
+one part of his meaning before he could complete the other; and continuing
+his illustrations by seizing the fleshy part of my arm in his teeth,
+intimating, by the operation, that the people who lived over in that
+direction would like nothing better than to treat me in that manner.
+
+Having assured himself that we were fully enlightened on this point, he
+proceeded to another branch of the subject. "Ah! Typee me! arkee!--nuee,
+nuee mioree--nuee, nuee wai nuee, nuee poee poee--nuee, nuee kokoo--ah! nuee,
+nuee kiki--ah! nuee, nuee, nuee!" Which, liberally interpreted as before,
+would imply, "Ah, Typee! isn't it a fine place though!--no danger of
+starving here, I tell you!--plenty of bread-fruit--plenty of water--plenty of
+pudding--ah! plenty of everything, ah! heaps, heaps, heaps!" All this was
+accompanied by a running commentary of signs and gestures which it was
+impossible not to comprehend.
+
+As he continued his harangue, however, Kory-Kory, in emulation of our more
+polished orators, began to launch out rather diffusely into other branches
+of his subject, enlarging probably upon the moral reflections it
+suggested; and proceeded in such a strain of unintelligible and stunning
+gibberish, that he actually gave me the headache for the rest of the day.
+
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER XIII
+
+
+    A great event happens in the valley--The island telegraph--Something
+         befalls Toby--Fayaway displays a tender heart--Melancholy
+       reflections--Mysterious conduct of the islanders--Devotion of
+    Kory-Kory--A rural couch--A luxury--Kory-Kory strikes a light _a la_
+                                  Typee.
+
+
+In the course of a few days Toby had recovered from the effects of his
+adventure with the Happar warriors; the wound on his head rapidly healing
+under the vegetable treatment of the good Tinor. Less fortunate than my
+companion, however, I still continued to languish under a complaint, the
+origin and nature of which was still a mystery. Cut off as I was from all
+intercourse with the civilized world, and feeling the inefficacy of
+anything the natives could do to relieve me; knowing, too, that so long as
+I remained in my present condition it would be impossible for me to leave
+the valley, whatever opportunity might present itself; and apprehensive
+that ere long we might be exposed to some caprice on the part of the
+islanders, I now gave up all hopes of recovery, and became a prey to the
+most gloomy thoughts. A deep dejection fell upon me, which neither the
+friendly remonstrances of my companion, the devoted attentions of
+Kory-Kory, nor all the soothing influences of Fayaway, could remove.
+
+One morning, as I lay on the mats in the house plunged in melancholy
+reverie, and regardless of everything around me, Toby, who had left me
+about an hour, returned in haste, and with great glee told me to cheer up
+and be of good heart, for he believed, from what was going on among the
+natives, that there were boats approaching the bay.
+
+These tidings operated upon me like magic. The hour of our deliverance was
+at hand, and, starting up, I was soon convinced that something unusual was
+about to occur. The word "botee! botee!" was vociferated in all
+directions; and shouts were heard in the distance, at first feebly and
+faintly, but growing louder and nearer at each successive repetition,
+until they were caught up by a fellow in a cocoa-nut tree a few yards off,
+who, sounding them in turn, they were reiterated from a neighbouring
+grove, and so died away gradually from point to point, as the intelligence
+penetrated into the farthest recesses of the valley. This was the vocal
+telegraph of the islanders; by means of which, condensed items of
+information could be carried in a very few minutes from the sea to their
+remotest habitation, a distance of at least eight or nine miles. On the
+present occasion it was in active operation, one piece of information
+following another with inconceivable rapidity.
+
+The greatest commotion now appeared to prevail. At every fresh item of
+intelligence the natives betrayed the liveliest interest, and redoubled
+the energy with which they employed themselves in collecting fruit to sell
+to the expected visitors. Some were tearing off the husks from cocoa-nuts;
+some, perched in the trees, were throwing down bread-fruit to their
+companions, who gathered them in heaps as they fell; while others were
+plying their fingers rapidly in weaving leafen baskets in which to carry
+the fruit.
+
+There were other matters, too, going on at the same time. Here you would
+see a stout warrior polishing his spear with a bit of old tappa, or
+adjusting the folds of the girdle about his waist; and there you might
+descry a young damsel decorating herself with flowers, as if having in her
+eye some maidenly conquest; while, as in all cases of hurry and confusion
+in every part of the world, a number of individuals kept hurrying to and
+fro with amazing vigour and perseverance, doing nothing themselves, and
+hindering others.
+
+Never before had we seen the islanders in such a state of bustle and
+excitement; and the scene furnished abundant evidence of the fact--that it
+was only at long intervals any such events occur.
+
+When I thought of the length of time that might intervene before a similar
+chance of escape would be presented, I bitterly lamented that I had not
+the power of availing myself effectually of the present opportunity.
+
+From all that we could gather, it appeared that the natives were fearful
+of arriving too late upon the beach, unless they made extraordinary
+exertions. Sick and lame as I was, I would have started with Toby at once,
+had not Kory-Kory not only refused to carry me, but manifested the most
+invincible repugnance to our leaving the neighbourhood of the house. The
+rest of the savages were equally opposed to our wishes, and seemed grieved
+and astonished at the earnestness of my solicitations. I clearly perceived
+that, while my attendant avoided all appearance of constraining my
+movements, he was nevertheless determined to thwart my wishes. He seemed
+to me on this particular occasion, as well as often afterwards, to be
+executing the orders of some other person with regard to me, though at the
+same time feeling towards me the most lively affection.
+
+Toby, who had made up his mind to accompany the islanders if possible as
+soon as they were in readiness to depart, and who for that reason had
+refrained from showing the same anxiety that I had done, now represented
+to me that it was idle for me to entertain the hope of reaching the beach
+in time to profit by any opportunity that might then be presented.
+
+"Do you not see," said he, "the savages themselves are fearful of being
+too late, and I should hurry forward myself at once, did I not think that,
+if I showed too much eagerness, I should destroy all our hopes of reaping
+any benefit from this fortunate event. If you will only endeavour to
+appear tranquil or unconcerned, you will quiet their suspicions, and I
+have no doubt they will then let me go with them to the beach, supposing
+that I merely go out of curiosity. Should I succeed in getting down to the
+boats, I will make known the condition in which I have left you, and
+measures may then be taken to secure our escape."
+
+In the expediency of this I could not but acquiesce; and as the natives
+had now completed their preparations, I watched with the liveliest
+interest the reception that Toby's application might meet with. As soon as
+they understood from my companion that I intended to remain, they appeared
+to make no objection to this proposition, and even hailed it with
+pleasure. Their singular conduct on this occasion not a little puzzled me
+at the time, and imparted to subsequent events an additional mystery.
+
+The islanders were now to be seen hurrying along the path which led to the
+sea. I shook Toby warmly by the hand, and gave him my Payta hat to shield
+his wounded head from the sun, as he had lost his own. He cordially
+returned the pressure of my hand, and, solemnly promising to return as
+soon as the boats should leave the shore, sprang from my side, and the
+next minute disappeared in a turn of the grove.
+
+In spite of the unpleasant reflections that crowded upon my mind, I could
+not but be entertained by the novel and animated sight which now met my
+view. One after another, the natives crowded along the narrow path, laden
+with every variety of fruit. Here, you might have seen one, who, after
+ineffectually endeavouring to persuade a surly porker to be conducted in
+leading-strings, was obliged at last to seize the perverse animal in his
+arms, and carry him struggling again his naked breast, and squealing
+without intermission. There went two, who at a little distance might have
+been taken for the Hebrew spies, on their return to Moses with the goodly
+bunch of grapes. One trotted before the other at a distance of a couple of
+yards, while between them, from a pole resting on their shoulders, was
+suspended a huge cluster of bananas, which swayed to and fro with the
+rocking gait at which they proceeded. Here ran another, perspiring with
+his exertions, and bearing before him a quantity of cocoa-nuts, who,
+fearful of being too late, heeded not the fruit that dropped from his
+basket, and appeared solely intent upon reaching his destination, careless
+how many of his cocoa-nuts kept company with him.
+
+In a short time the last straggler was seen hurrying on his way, and the
+faint shouts of those in advance died insensibly upon the ear. Our part of
+the valley now appeared nearly deserted by its inhabitants, Kory-Kory, his
+aged father, and a few decrepid old people being all that were left.
+
+Towards sunset, the islanders in small parties began to return from the
+beach, and among them, as they drew near to the house, I sought to descry
+the form of my companion. But one after another they passed the dwelling,
+and I caught no glimpse of him. Supposing, however, that he would soon
+appear with some of the members of the household, I quieted my
+apprehensions, and waited patiently to see him advancing, in company with
+the beautiful Fayaway. At last I perceived Tinor coming forward, followed
+by the girls and young men who usually resided in the house of Marheyo;
+but with them came not my comrade, and, filled with a thousand alarms, I
+eagerly sought to discover the cause of his delay.
+
+My earnest questions appeared to embarrass the natives greatly. All their
+accounts were contradictory: one giving me to understand that Toby would
+be with me in a very short time; another, that he did not know where he
+was; while a third, violently inveighing against him, assured me that he
+had stolen away, and would never come back. It appeared to me, at the
+time, that in making these various statements they endeavoured to conceal
+from me some terrible disaster, lest the knowledge of it should overpower
+me.
+
+Fearful lest some fatal calamity had overtaken him, I sought out young
+Fayaway, and endeavoured to learn from her, if possible, the truth.
+
+This gentle being had early attracted my regard, not only from her
+extraordinary beauty, but from the attractive cast of her countenance,
+singularly expressive of intelligence and humanity. Of all the natives,
+she alone seemed to appreciate the effect which the peculiarity of the
+circumstances in which we were placed had produced upon the minds of my
+companion and myself. In addressing me--especially when I lay reclining
+upon the mats suffering from pain--there was a tenderness in her manner
+which it was impossible to misunderstand or resist. Whenever she entered
+the house, the expression of her face indicated the liveliest sympathy for
+me; and moving towards the place where I lay, with one arm slightly
+elevated in a gesture of pity, and her large glistening eyes gazing
+intently into mine, she would murmur plaintively, "Awha! awha! Tommo," and
+seat herself mournfully beside me.
+
+Her manner convinced me that she deeply compassionated my situation, as
+being removed from my country and friends, and placed beyond the reach of
+all relief. Indeed, at times I was almost led to believe that her mind was
+swayed by gentle impulses hardly to be anticipated from one in her
+condition; that she appeared to be conscious there were ties rudely
+severed, which had once bound us to our homes; that there were sisters and
+brothers anxiously looking forward to our return, who were perhaps never
+more to behold us.
+
+In this amiable light did Fayaway appear in my eyes; and, reposing full
+confidence in her candour and intelligence, I now had recourse to her, in
+the midst of my alarm with regard to my companion.
+
+My questions evidently distressed her. She looked round from one to
+another of the bystanders, as if hardly knowing what answer to give me. At
+last, yielding to my importunities, she overcame her scruples, and gave me
+to understand that Toby had gone away with the boats which had visited the
+bay, but had promised to return at the expiration of three days. At first
+I accused him of perfidiously deserting me; but as I grew more composed, I
+upbraided myself for imputing so cowardly an action to him, and
+tranquillized myself with the belief that he had availed himself of the
+opportunity to go round to Nukuheva, in order to make some arrangement by
+which I could be removed from the valley. At any rate, thought I, he will
+return with the medicines I require, and then, as soon as I recover, there
+will be no difficulty in the way of our departure.
+
+Consoling myself with these reflections, I lay down that night in a
+happier frame of mind than I had done for some time. The next day passed
+without any allusion to Toby on the part of the natives, who seemed
+desirous of avoiding all reference to the subject. This raised some
+apprehensions in my breast; but, when night came, I congratulated myself
+that the second day had now gone by, and that on the morrow Toby would
+again be with me. But the morrow came and went, and my companion did not
+appear. Ah! thought I, he reckons three days from the morning of his
+departure--to-morrow he will arrive. But that weary day also closed upon me
+without his return. Even yet I would not despair. I thought that something
+detained him--that he was waiting for the sailing of a boat at Nukuheva,
+and that in a day or two, at farthest, I should see him again. But day
+after day of renewed disappointment passed by; at last hope deserted me,
+and I fell a victim to despair.
+
+Yes, thought I, gloomily, he has secured his own escape, and cares not
+what calamity may befall his unfortunate comrade. Fool that I was, to
+suppose that any one would willingly encounter the perils of this valley,
+after having once got beyond its limits! He has gone, and has left me to
+combat alone all the dangers by which I am surrounded. Thus would I
+sometimes seek to derive a desperate consolation from dwelling upon the
+perfidy of Toby; whilst, at other times, I sunk under the bitter remorse
+which I felt at having, by my own imprudence, brought upon myself the fate
+which I was sure awaited me.
+
+At other times I thought that perhaps, after all, these treacherous
+savages had made away with him, and thence the confusion into which they
+were thrown by my questions, and their contradictory answers; or he might
+be a captive in some other part of the valley; or, more dreadful still,
+might have met with that fate at which my very soul shuddered. But all
+these speculations were vain; no tidings of Toby ever reached me--he had
+gone never to return.
+
+The conduct of the islanders appeared inexplicable. All reference to my
+lost comrade was carefully evaded, and if at any time they were forced to
+make some reply to my frequent inquiries on the subject, they would
+uniformly denounce him as an ungrateful runaway, who had deserted his
+friend, and taken himself off to that vile and detestable place Nukuheva.
+
+But whatever might have been his fate, now that he was gone the natives
+multiplied their acts of kindness and attention towards myself, treating
+me with a degree of deference which could hardly have been surpassed had I
+been some celestial visitant. Kory-Kory never for one moment left my side,
+unless it were to execute my wishes. The faithful fellow, twice every day,
+in the cool of the morning and in the evening, insisted upon carrying me
+to the stream, and bathing me in its refreshing water.
+
+Frequently, in the afternoon, he would carry me to a particular part of
+the stream, where the beauty of the scene produced a soothing influence
+upon my mind. At this place the waters flowed between grassy banks,
+planted with enormous bread-fruit trees, whose vast branches, interlacing
+overhead, formed a leafy canopy; near the stream were several smooth black
+rocks. One of these, projecting several feet above the surface of the
+water, had upon its summit a shallow cavity, which, filled with
+freshly-gathered leaves, formed a delightful couch.
+
+Here I often laid for hours, covered with a gauze-like veil of tappa,
+while Fayaway, seated beside me, and holding in her hand a fan woven from
+the leaflets of a young cocoa-nut bough, brushed aside the insects that
+occasionally lighted on my face, and Kory-Kory, with a view of chasing
+away my melancholy, performed a thousand antics in the water before us.
+
+As my eye wandered along this romantic stream, it would fall upon the
+half-immersed figure of a beautiful girl, standing in the transparent
+water, and catching in a little net a species of diminutive shell-fish, of
+which these people are extravagantly fond. Sometimes a chattering group
+would be seated upon the edge of a low rock in the midst of the brook,
+busily engaged in thinning and polishing the shells of cocoa-nuts, by
+rubbing them briskly with a small stone in the water, an operation which
+soon converts them into a light and elegant drinking-vessel, somewhat
+resembling goblets made of tortoise-shell.
+
+But the tranquillizing influences of beautiful scenery, and the exhibition
+of human life under so novel and charming an aspect, were not my only
+sources of consolation.
+
+Every evening the girls of the house gathered about me on the mats, and,
+after chasing away Kory-Kory from my side--who, nevertheless, retired only
+to a little distance, and watched their proceedings with the most jealous
+attention--would anoint my body with a fragrant oil, squeezed from a yellow
+root, previously pounded between a couple of stones, and which in their
+language is denominated "aka." I used to hail with delight the daily
+recurrence of this luxurious operation, in which I forgot all my troubles,
+and buried for the time every feeling of sorrow.
+
+Sometimes, in the cool of the evening, my devoted servitor would lead me
+out upon the pi-pi in front of the house, and, seating me near its edge,
+protect my body from the annoyance of the insects which occasionally
+hovered in the air, by wrapping me round with a large roll of tappa. He
+then bustled about, and employed himself at least twenty minutes in
+adjusting everything to secure my personal comfort.
+
+Having perfected his arrangements, he would get my pipe, and, lighting it,
+would hand it to me. Often he was obliged to strike a light for the
+occasion; and as the mode he adopted was entirely different from what I
+had ever seen or heard of before, I will describe it.
+
+A straight, dry, and partly-decayed stick of the Habiscus, about six feet
+in length, and half as many inches in diameter, with a smaller bit of
+wood, not more than a foot long, and scarcely an inch wide, is as
+invariably to be met with in every house in Typee, as a box of lucifer
+matches in the corner of a kitchen-cupboard at home.
+
+The islander, placing the larger stick obliquely against some object, with
+one end elevated at an angle of forty-five degrees, mounts astride of it,
+like an urchin about to gallop off upon a cane, and then, grasping the
+smaller one firmly in both hands, he rubs its pointed end slowly up and
+down the extent of a few inches on the principal stick, until at last he
+makes a narrow groove in the wood, with an abrupt termination at the point
+farthest from him, where all the dusty particles which the friction
+creates are accumulated in a little heap.
+
+At first Kory-Kory goes to work quite leisurely, but gradually quickens
+his pace, and, waxing warm in the employment, drives the stick furiously
+along the smoking channel, plying his hands to and fro with amazing
+rapidity, the perspiration starting from every pore. As he approaches the
+climax of his effort, he pants and gasps for breath, and his eyes almost
+start from their sockets with the violence of his exertions. This is the
+critical stage of the operation; all his previous labours are vain if he
+cannot sustain the rapidity of the movement until the reluctant spark is
+produced. Suddenly he stops, becomes perfectly motionless. His hands still
+retain their hold of the smaller stick, which is pressed convulsively
+against the farther end of the channel, among the fine powder there
+accumulated, as if he had just pierced through and through some little
+viper that was wriggling and struggling to escape from his clutches. The
+next moment a delicate wreath of smoke curls spirally into the air, the
+heap of dusty particles glows with fire, and Kory-Kory, almost breathless,
+dismounts from his steed.
+
+This operation appeared to me to be the most laborious species of work
+performed in Typee; and had I possessed a sufficient intimacy with the
+language to have conveyed my ideas upon the subject, I should certainly
+have suggested to the most influential of the natives the expediency of
+establishing in a college of vestals, to be centrally located in the
+valley, for the purpose of keeping alive the indispensable article of
+fire, so as to supersede the necessity of such a vast outlay of strength
+and good temper as were usually squandered on these occasions. There
+might, however, be special difficulties in carrying this plan into
+execution.
+
+What a striking evidence does this operation furnish of the wide
+difference between the extreme of savage and civilized life! A gentleman
+of Typee can bring up a numerous family of children, and give them all a
+highly respectable cannibal education, with infinitely less toil and
+anxiety than he expends in the simple process of striking a light; whilst
+a poor European artisan, who through the instrumentality of a lucifer
+performs the same operation in one second, is put to his wit's end to
+provide for his starving offspring that food, which the children of a
+Polynesian father, without troubling their parents, pluck from the
+branches of every tree around them.
+
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER XIV
+
+
+         Kindness of Marheyo and the rest of the islanders--A full
+     description of the bread-fruit tree--Different modes of preparing
+                                the fruit.
+
+
+All the inhabitants of the valley treated me with great kindness; but as
+to the household of Marheyo, with whom I was now permanently domiciled,
+nothing could surpass their efforts to minister to my comfort. To the
+gratification of my palate they paid the most unwearied attention. They
+continually invited me to partake of food, and when after eating heartily
+I declined the viands they continued to offer me, they seemed to think
+that my appetite stood in need of some piquant stimulant to excite its
+activity.
+
+In pursuance of this idea, old Marheyo himself would hie him away to the
+sea-shore by the break of day, for the purpose of collecting various
+species of rare seaweed; some of which, among these people, are considered
+a great luxury. After a whole day spent in this employment, he would
+return about nightfall with several cocoa-nut shells filled with different
+descriptions of kelp. In preparing these for use, he manifested all the
+ostentation of a professed cook, although the chief mystery of the affair
+appeared to consist in pouring water in judicious quantities upon the
+slimy contents of his cocoa-nut shells.
+
+The first time he submitted one of these saline salads to my critical
+attention, I naturally thought that anything collected at such pains must
+possess peculiar merits; but one mouthful was a complete dose; and great
+was the consternation of the old warrior at the rapidity with which I
+ejected his epicurean treat.
+
+How true it is, that the rarity of any particular article enhances its
+value amazingly. In some part of the valley--I know not where, but probably
+in the neighbourhood of the sea--the girls were sometimes in the habit of
+procuring small quantities of salt, a thimble-full or so being the result
+of the united labours of a party of five or six employed for the greater
+part of the day. This precious commodity they brought to the house,
+enveloped in multitudinous folds of leaves; and as a special mark of the
+esteem in which they held me, would spread an immense leaf on the ground,
+and dropping one by one a few minute particles of the salt upon it, invite
+me to taste them.
+
+From the extravagant value placed upon the article, I verily believe, that
+with a bushel of common Liverpool salt, all the real estate in Typee might
+have been purchased. With a small pinch of it in one hand, and a quarter
+section of a bread-fruit in the other, the greatest chief in the valley
+would have laughed at all the luxuries of a Parisian table.
+
+The celebrity of the bread-fruit tree, and the conspicuous place it
+occupies in a Typee bill of fare, induces me to give at some length a
+general description of the tree, and the various modes in which the fruit
+is prepared.
+
+The bread-fruit tree, in its glorious prime, is a grand and towering
+object, forming the same feature in a Marquesan landscape that the
+patriarchal elm does in New England scenery. The latter tree it not a
+little resembles in height, in the wide spread of its stalwart branches,
+and in its venerable and imposing aspect.
+
+The leaves of the bread-fruit are of great size, and their edges are cut
+and scolloped as fantastically as those of a lady's lace collar. As they
+annually tend towards decay, they almost rival, in the brilliant variety
+of their gradually changing hues, the fleeting shades of the expiring
+dolphin. The autumnal tints of our American forests, glorious as they are,
+sink into nothing in comparison with this tree.
+
+The leaf, in one particular stage, when nearly all the prismatic colours
+are blended on its surface, is often converted by the natives into a
+superb and striking head-dress. The principal fibre traversing its length
+being split open a convenient distance, and the elastic sides of the
+aperture pressed apart, the head is inserted between them, the leaf
+drooping on one side, with its forward half turned jauntily up on the
+brows, and the remaining part spreading laterally behind the ears.
+
+The fruit somewhat resembles in magnitude and general appearance one of
+our citron melons of ordinary size; but, unlike the citron, it has no
+sectional lines drawn along the outside. Its surface is dotted all over
+with little conical prominences, looking not unlike the knobs on an
+antiquated church door. The rind is perhaps an eighth of an inch in
+thickness; and denuded of this, at the time when it is in the greatest
+perfection, the fruit presents a beautiful globe of white pulp, the whole
+of which may be eaten, with the exception of a slender core, which is
+easily removed.
+
+The bread-fruit, however, is never used, and is indeed altogether unfit to
+be eaten, until submitted in one form or other to the action of fire.
+
+The most simple manner in which this operation is performed, and, I think,
+the best, consists in placing any number of the freshly-plucked fruit,
+when in a particular state of greenness, among the embers of a fire, in
+the same way that you would roast a potato. After a lapse of ten or
+fifteen minutes, the green rind embrowns and cracks, showing through the
+fissures in its sides the milk-white interior. As soon as it cools the
+rind drops off, and you then have the soft round pulp in its purest and
+most delicious state. Thus eaten, it has a mild and pleasing flavour.
+
+Sometimes after having been roasted in the fire, the natives snatch it
+briskly from the embers, and permitting it to slip out of the yielding
+rind into a vessel of cold water, stir up the mixture, which they call
+"bo-a-sho." I never could endure this compound, and indeed the preparation
+is not greatly in vogue among the more polite Typees.
+
+There is one form, however, in which the fruit is occasionally served,
+that renders it a dish fit for a king. As soon as it is taken from the
+fire the exterior is removed, the core extracted, and the remaining part
+is placed in a sort of shallow stone mortar, and briskly worked with a
+pestle of the same substance. While one person is performing this
+operation, another takes a ripe cocoa-nut, and breaking it in half, which
+they also do very cleverly, proceeds to grate the juicy meat into fine
+particles. This is done by means of a piece of mother-of-pearl shell,
+lashed firmly to the extreme end of a heavy stick, with its straight side
+accurately notched like a saw. The stick is sometimes a grotesquely-formed
+limb of a tree, with three or four branches twisting from its body like so
+many shapeless legs, and sustaining it two or three feet from the ground.
+
+The native, first placing a calabash beneath the nose, as it were, of his
+curious-looking log-steed, for the purpose of receiving the grated
+fragments as they fall, mounts astride of it as if it were a hobby-horse,
+and twirling the inside of one of his hemispheres of cocoa-nut around the
+sharp teeth of the mother-of-pearl shell, the pure white meat falls in
+snowy showers into the receptacle provided. Having obtained a quantity
+sufficient for his purpose, he places it in a bag made of the net-like
+fibrous substance attached to all cocoa-nut trees, and compressing it over
+the bread-fruit, which being now sufficiently pounded, is put into a
+wooden bowl--extracts a thick creamy milk. The delicious liquid soon
+bubbles round the fruit, and leaves it at last just peeping above its
+surface.
+
+This preparation is called "kokoo," and a most lucious preparation it is.
+The hobby-horse and the pestle and mortar were in great requisition during
+the time I remained in the house of Marheyo, and Kory-Kory had frequent
+occasion to show his skill in their use.
+
+But the great staple articles of food into which the bread-fruit is
+converted by these natives are known respectively by the names of Amar and
+Poee-Poee.
+
+At a certain season of the year, when the fruit of the hundred groves of
+the valley has reached its maturity, and hangs in golden spheres from
+every branch, the islanders assemble in harvest groups, and garner in the
+abundance which surrounds them. The trees are stripped of their nodding
+burdens, which, easily freed from the rind and core, are gathered together
+in capacious wooden vessels, where the pulpy fruit is soon worked by a
+stone pestle, vigorously applied, into a blended mass of a doughy
+consistency called by the natives "Tutao." This is then divided into
+separate parcels, which, after being made up into stout packages,
+enveloped in successive folds of leaves, and bound round with thongs of
+bark, are stored away in large receptacles hollowed in the earth, from
+whence they are drawn as occasion may require.
+
+In this condition the Tutao sometimes remains for years, and even is
+thought to improve by age. Before it is fit to be eaten, however, it has
+to undergo an additional process. A primitive oven is scooped in the
+ground, and its bottom being loosely covered with stones, a large fire is
+kindled within it. As soon as the requisite degree of heat is attained,
+the embers are removed, and the surface of the stones being covered with
+thick layers of leaves, one of the large packages of Tutao is deposited
+upon them, and overspread with another layer of leaves. The whole is then
+quickly heaped up with earth, and forms a sloping mound.
+
+The Tutao thus baked is called "Amar"; the action of the oven having
+converted it into an amber-coloured caky substance, a little tart, but not
+at all disagreeable to the taste.
+
+By another and final process the "Amar" is changed into "Poee-Poee." This
+transition is rapidly effected. The amar is placed in a vessel, and mixed
+with water until it gains a proper pudding-like consistency, when, without
+further preparation, it is in readiness for use. This is the form in which
+the "Tutao" is generally consumed. The singular mode of eating it I have
+already described.
+
+Were it not that the bread-fruit is thus capable of being preserved for a
+length of time, the natives might be reduced to a state of starvation;
+for, owing to some unknown cause, the trees sometimes fail to bear fruit;
+and on such occasions the islanders chiefly depend upon the supplies they
+have been enabled to store away.
+
+This stately tree, which is rarely met with upon the Sandwich Islands, and
+then only of a very inferior quality, and at Tahiti does not abound to a
+degree that renders its fruit the principal article of food, attains its
+greatest excellence in the genial climate of the Marquesan group, where it
+grows to an enormous magnitude, and flourishes in the utmost abundance.
+
+
+
+
+
+                                CHAPTER XV
+
+
+          Melancholy condition--Occurrence at the Ti--Anecdote of
+                  Marheyo--Shaving the head of a warrior.
+
+
+In looking back to this period, and calling to remembrance the numberless
+proofs of kindness and respect which I received from the natives of the
+valley, I can scarcely understand how it was that, in the midst of so many
+consolatory circumstances, my mind should still have been consumed by the
+most dismal forebodings, and have remained a prey to the profoundest
+melancholy. It is true that the suspicious circumstances which had
+attended the disappearance of Toby were enough of themselves to excite
+distrust with regard to the savages, in whose power I felt myself to be
+entirely placed, especially when it was combined with the knowledge that
+these very men, kind and respectful as they were to me, were, after all,
+nothing better than a set of cannibals.
+
+But my chief source of anxiety, and that which poisoned every temporary
+enjoyment, was the mysterious disease in my leg, which still remained
+unabated. All the herbal applications of Tinor, united with the severer
+discipline of the old leech, and the affectionate nursing of Kory-Kory,
+had failed to relieve me. I was almost a cripple, and the pain I endured
+at intervals was agonizing. The unaccountable malady showed no signs of
+amendment; on the contrary, its violence increased day by day, and
+threatened the most fatal results, unless some powerful means were
+employed to counteract it. It seemed as if I were destined to sink under
+this grievous affliction, or at least that it would hinder me from
+availing myself of any opportunity of escaping from the valley.
+
+An incident which occurred as nearly as I can estimate about three weeks
+after the disappearance of Toby, convinced me that the natives, from some
+reason or other, would interpose every possible obstacle to my leaving
+them.
+
+One morning there was no little excitement evinced by the people near my
+abode, and which I soon discovered proceeded from a vague report that
+boats had been seen at a great distance approaching the bay. Immediately
+all was bustle and animation. It so happened that day that the pain I
+suffered having somewhat abated, and feeling in much better spirits than
+usual, I had complied with Kory-Kory's invitation to visit the chief
+Mehevi at the place called the "Ti," which I have before described as
+being situated within the precincts of the Taboo groves. These sacred
+recesses were at no great distance from Marheyo's habitation, and lay
+between it and the sea; the path that conducted to the beach passing
+directly in front of the Ti, and thence skirting along the border of the
+groves.
+
+I was reposing upon the mats, within the sacred building, in company with
+Mehevi and several other chiefs, when the announcement was first made. It
+sent a thrill of joy through my whole frame;--perhaps Toby was about to
+return. I rose at once to my feet, and my instinctive impulse was to hurry
+down to the beach, equally regardless of the distance that separated me
+from it, and of my disabled condition. As soon as Mehevi noticed the
+effect the intelligence had produced upon me, and the impatience I
+betrayed to reach the sea, his countenance assumed that inflexible
+rigidity of expression which had so awed me on the afternoon of our
+arrival at the house of Marheyo, As I was proceeding to leave the Ti, he
+laid his hand upon my shoulder, and said gravely, "abo, abo" (wait, wait).
+Solely intent upon the one thought that occupied my mind, and heedless of
+his request, I was brushing past him, when suddenly he reassumed a tone of
+authority, and told me to "moee" (sit down). Though struck by the
+alteration in his demeanour, the excitement under which I laboured was too
+strong to permit me to obey the unexpected command, and I was still
+limping towards the edge of the pi-pi with Kory-Kory clinging to one arm
+in his efforts to restrain me when the natives around me started to their
+feet, ranged themselves along the open front of the building, while Mehevi
+looked at me scowlingly, and reiterated his commands still more sternly.
+
+It was at this moment, when fifty savage countenances were glaring upon
+me, that I first truly experienced I was indeed a captive in the valley.
+The conviction rushed upon me with staggering force, and I was overwhelmed
+by this confirmation of my worst fears. I saw at once that it was useless
+for me to resist, and sick at heart, I reseated myself upon the mats, and
+for the moment abandoned myself to despair.
+
+I now perceived the natives one after the other hurrying past the Ti and
+pursuing the route that conducted to the sea. These savages, thought I,
+will soon be holding communication with some of my own countrymen perhaps,
+who with ease could restore me to liberty did they know of the situation I
+was in. No language can describe the wretchedness which I felt; and in the
+bitterness of my soul I imprecated a thousand curses on the perfidious
+Toby, who had thus abandoned me to destruction. It was in vain that
+Kory-Kory tempted me with food, or lighted my pipe, or sought to attract
+my attention by performing the uncouth antics that had sometimes diverted
+me. I was fairly knocked down by this last misfortune, which, much as I
+had feared it, I had never before had the courage calmly to contemplate.
+
+Regardless of everything but my own sorrow, I remained in the Ti for
+several hours, until shouts proceeding at intervals from the groves beyond
+the house proclaimed the return of the natives from the beach.
+
+Whether any boats visited the bay that morning or not, I never could
+ascertain. The savages assured me that there had not--but I was inclined to
+believe that by deceiving me in this particular they sought to allay the
+violence of my grief. However that might be, this incident showed plainly
+that the Typees intended to hold me a prisoner. As they still treated me
+with the same sedulous attention as before, I was utterly at a loss how to
+account for their singular conduct. Had I been in a situation to instruct
+them in any of the rudiments of the mechanic arts, or had I manifested a
+disposition to render myself in any way useful among them, their conduct
+might have been attributed to some adequate motive, but as it was, the
+matter seemed to me inexplicable.
+
+During my whole stay on the island there occurred but two or three
+instances where the natives applied to me with the view of availing
+themselves of my superior information; and these now appear so ludicrous
+that I cannot forbear relating them.
+
+The few things we had brought from Nukuheva had been done up into a small
+bundle which we had carried with us in our descent to the valley. This
+bundle, the first night of our arrival, I had used as a pillow, but on the
+succeeding morning, opening it for the inspection of the natives, they
+gazed upon the miscellaneous contents as though I had just revealed to
+them a casket of diamonds, and they insisted that so precious a treasure
+should be properly secured. A line was accordingly attached to it, and the
+other end being passed over the ridge-pole of the house, it was hoisted up
+to the apex of the roof, where it hung suspended directly over the mats
+where I usually reclined. When I desired anything from it I merely raised
+my finger to a bamboo beside me, and taking hold of the string which was
+there fastened, lowered the package. This was exceedingly handy, and I
+took care to let the natives understand how much I applauded the
+invention. Of this package the chief contents were a razor with its case,
+a supply of needles and thread, a pound or two of tobacco, and a few yards
+of a bright-coloured calico.
+
+I should have mentioned, that shortly after Toby's disappearance,
+perceiving the uncertainty of the time I might be obliged to remain in the
+valley,--if, indeed, I ever should escape from it,--and considering that my
+whole wardrobe consisted of a shirt and a pair of trousers, I resolved to
+doff these garments at once, in order to preserve them in a suitable
+condition for wear, should I again appear among civilized beings. I was
+consequently obliged to assume the Typee costume, a little altered,
+however, to suit my own views of propriety, and in which I have no doubt I
+appeared to as much advantage as a senator of Rome enveloped in the folds
+of his toga. A few folds of yellow tappa, tucked about my waist, descended
+to my feet in the style of a lady's petticoat, only I did not have
+recourse to those voluminous paddings in the rear with which our gentle
+dames are in the habit of augmenting the sublime rotundity of their
+figures. This usually comprised my in-door dress: whenever I walked out, I
+superadded to it an ample robe of the same material, which completely
+enveloped my person, and screened it from the rays of the sun.
+
+One morning I made a rent in this mantle; and to show the islanders with
+what facility it could be repaired, I lowered my bundle, and taking from
+it a needle and thread, proceeded to stitch up the opening. They regarded
+this wonderful application of science with intense admiration; and whilst
+I was stitching away, old Marheyo, who was one of the lookers-on, suddenly
+clapped his hand to his forehead, and rushing to a corner of the house,
+drew forth a soiled and tattered strip of faded calico--which he must have
+procured some time or other in traffic on the beach--and besought me
+eagerly to exercise a little of my art upon it. I willingly complied,
+though certainly so stumpy a needle as mine never took such gigantic
+strides over calico before. The repairs completed, old Marheyo gave me a
+paternal hug; and divesting himself of his "maro" (girdle), swathed the
+calico about his loins, and slipping the beloved ornaments into his ears,
+grasped his spear and sallied out of the house, like a valiant Templar
+arrayed in a new and costly suit of armour.
+
+I never used my razor during my stay in the island, but, although a very
+subordinate affair, it had been vastly admired by the Typees; and
+Narmonee, a great hero among them, who was exceedingly precise in the
+arrangements of his toilet and the general adjustment of his person, being
+the most accurately tattooed and laboriously horrified individual in all
+the valley, thought it would be a great advantage to have it applied to
+the already shaven crown of his head.
+
+The implement they usually employ is a shark's tooth, which is about as
+well adapted to the purpose as a one-pronged fork for pitching hay. No
+wonder, then, that the acute Narmonee perceived the advantage my razor
+possessed over the usual implement. Accordingly, one day, he requested as
+a personal favour, that I would just run over his head with the razor. In
+reply, I gave him to understand that it was too dull, and could not be
+used to any purpose without being previously sharpened. To assist my
+meaning, I went through an imaginary honing process on the palm of my
+hand. Narmonee took my meaning in an instant, and running out of the
+house, returned the next moment with a huge rough mass of rock as big as a
+millstone, and indicated to me that that was exactly the thing I wanted.
+Of course there was nothing left for me but to proceed to business, and I
+began scraping away at a great rate. He writhed and wriggled under the
+infliction, but, fully convinced of my skill, endured the pain like a
+martyr.
+
+Though I never saw Narmonee in battle, I will, from what I then observed,
+stake my life upon his courage and fortitude. Before commencing
+operations, his head had presented a surface of short bristling hairs, and
+by the time I had concluded my unskilful operation it resembled not a
+little a stubble field after being gone over with a harrow. However, as
+the chief expressed the liveliest satisfaction at the result, I was too
+wise to dissent from his opinion.
+
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER XVI
+
+
+        Improvement in health and spirits--Felicity of the Typees--A
+          skirmish in the mountain with the warriors of Happar.
+
+
+Day after day wore on, and still there was no perceptible change in the
+conduct of the islanders towards me. Gradually I lost all knowledge of the
+regular recurrence of the days of the week, and sunk insensibly into that
+kind of apathy which ensues after some violent outbreak of despair. My
+limb suddenly healed, the swelling went down, the pain subsided, and I had
+every reason to suppose I should soon completely recover from the
+affliction that had so long tormented me.
+
+As soon as I was enabled to ramble about the valley in company with the
+natives, troops of whom followed me whenever I sallied out of the house, I
+began to experience an elasticity of mind which placed me beyond the reach
+of those dismal forebodings to which I had so lately been a prey. Received
+wherever I went with the most deferential kindness; regaled perpetually
+with the most delightful fruits; ministered to by dark-eyed nymphs; and
+enjoying besides all the services of the devoted Kory-Kory, I thought
+that, for a sojourn among cannibals, no man could have well made a more
+agreeable one.
+
+To be sure, there were limits set to my wanderings. Toward the sea, my
+progress was barred by an express prohibition of the savages; and after
+having made two or three ineffectual attempts to reach it, as much to
+gratify my curiosity as anything else, I gave up the idea. It was in vain
+to think of reaching it by stealth, since the natives escorted me in
+numbers wherever I went, and not for one single moment that I can recall
+to mind was I ever permitted to be alone.
+
+The green and precipitous elevations that stood ranged around the head of
+the vale where Marheyo's habitation was situated, effectually precluded
+all hope of escape in that quarter, even if I could have stolen away from
+the thousand eyes of the savages.
+
+But these reflections now seldom obtruded upon me; I gave myself up to the
+passing hour, and if ever disagreeable thoughts arose in my mind, I drove
+them away. When I looked around the verdant recess in which I was buried,
+and gazed up to the summits of the lofty eminence that hemmed me in, I was
+well disposed to think that I was in the "Happy Valley," and that beyond
+those heights there was nought but a world of care and anxiety.
+
+In this frame of mind, every object that presented itself to my notice
+struck me in a new light, and the opportunities I now enjoyed of observing
+the manners of the natives, tended to strengthen my favourable
+impressions. One peculiarity that fixed my admiration was the perpetual
+hilarity reigning through the whole extent of the vale. There seemed to be
+no cares, griefs, troubles, or vexations in all Typee. The hours tripped
+along as gaily as the laughing couples down a country dance.
+
+There were none of those thousand sources of irritation that the ingenuity
+of civilized man has created to mar his own felicity. There were no
+foreclosures of mortgages, no protested notes, no bills payable, no debts
+of honour, in Typee; no unreasonable tailors and shoemakers, perversely
+bent on being paid; no duns of any description; no assault and battery
+attorneys, to foment discord, backing their clients up to a quarrel, and
+then knocking their heads together; no poor relations everlastingly
+occupying the spare bed-chamber, and diminishing the elbow-room at the
+family table; no destitute widows with their children starving on the cold
+charities of the world; no beggars; no debtor's prisons; no proud and
+hard-hearted nabobs in Typee; or, to sum up all in one word--no Money! That
+"root of all evil" was not to be found in the valley.
+
+In this secluded abode of happiness there were no cross old women, no
+cruel step-dames, no withered spinsters, no love-sick maidens, no sour old
+bachelors, no inattentive husbands, no melancholy young men, no blubbering
+youngsters, and no squalling brats. All was mirth, fun, and high good
+humour. Blue devils, hypochondria, and doleful dumps went and hid
+themselves among the nooks and crannies of the rocks.
+
+Here you would see a parcel of children frolicking together the live-long
+day, and no quarrelling, no contention among them. The same number in our
+own land could not have played together for the space of an hour without
+biting or scratching one another. There you might have seen a throng of
+young females, not filled with envyings of each other's charms, nor
+displaying the ridiculous affectations of gentility, nor yet moving in
+whalebone corsets, like so many automatons, but free, inartificially happy
+and unconstrained.
+
+There were some spots in that sunny vale where they would frequently
+resort to decorate themselves with garlands of flowers. To have seen them
+reclining beneath the shadows of one of the beautiful groves, the ground
+about them strewn with freshly gathered buds and blossoms, employed in
+weaving chaplets and necklaces, one would have thought that all the train
+of Flora had gathered together to keep a festival in honour of their
+mistress.
+
+With the young men there seemed almost always some matter of diversion or
+business on hand, that afforded a constant variety of enjoyment. But
+whether fishing, or carving canoes, or polishing their ornaments, never
+was there exhibited the least sign of strife or contention among them.
+
+As for the warriors, they maintained a tranquil dignity of demeanour,
+journeying occasionally from house to house, where they were always sure
+to be received with the attention bestowed upon distinguished guests. The
+old men, of whom there were many in the vale, seldom stirred from their
+mats, where they would recline for hours and hours, smoking and talking to
+one another with all the garrulity of age.
+
+But the continual happiness which, so far as I was able to judge, appeared
+to prevail in the valley, sprung principally from that all-pervading
+sensation which Rousseau has told us he at one time experienced, the mere
+buoyant sense of a healthful physical existence. And, indeed, in this
+particular the Typees had ample reason to felicitate themselves, for
+sickness was almost unknown. During the whole period of my stay, I saw but
+one invalid among them; and on their smooth clear skins you observed no
+blemish or mark of disease.
+
+The general repose, however, upon which I have just been descanting, was
+broken in upon about this time by an event, which proved that the
+islanders were not entirely exempt from those occurrences which disturb
+the quiet of more civilized communities.
+
+Having now been a considerable time in the valley, I began to feel
+surprised that the violent hostility subsisting between its inhabitants
+and those of the adjoining bay of Happar, should never have manifested
+itself in any warlike encounter. Although the valiant Typees would often,
+by gesticulations, declare their undying hatred against their enemies, and
+the disgust they felt at their cannibal propensities; although they
+dilated upon the manifold injuries they had received at their hands, yet,
+with a forbearance truly commendable, they appeared patiently to sit down
+under their grievances, and to refrain from making any reprisals. The
+Happars, entrenched behind their mountains, and never even showing
+themselves on their summits, did not appear to me to furnish adequate
+cause for that excess of animosity evinced towards them by the heroic
+tenants of our vale, and I was inclined to believe that the deeds of blood
+attributed to them had been greatly exaggerated.
+
+On the other hand, as the clamours of war had not up to this period
+disturbed the serenity of the tribe, I began to distrust the truth of
+those reports which ascribed so fierce and belligerent a character to the
+Typee nation. Surely, thought I, all these terrible stories I have heard
+about the inveteracy with which they carried on the feud, their deadly
+intensity of hatred, and the diabolical malice with which they glutted
+their revenge upon the inanimate forms of the slain, are nothing more than
+fables, and I must confess that I experienced something like a sense of
+regret at having my hideous anticipations thus disappointed. I felt in
+some sort like a 'prentice boy who, going to the play in the expectation
+of being delighted with a cut-and-thrust tragedy, is almost moved to tears
+of disappointment at the exhibition of a genteel comedy.
+
+I could not avoid thinking that I had fallen in with a greatly traduced
+people, and I moralized not a little upon the disadvantage of having a bad
+name, which in this instance had given a tribe of savages, who were as
+pacific as so many lambkins, the reputation of a confederacy of
+giant-killers.
+
+But subsequent events proved that I had been a little too premature in
+coming to this conclusion. One day, about noon, happening to be at the Ti,
+I had lain down on the mats with several of the chiefs, and had gradually
+sunk into a most luxurious siesta, when I was awakened by a tremendous
+outcry, and starting up, beheld the natives, seizing their spears and
+hurrying out, while the most puissant of the chiefs, grasping the six
+muskets which were ranged against the bamboos, followed after, and soon
+disappeared in the groves. These movements were accompanied by wild
+shouts, in which "Happar, Happar," greatly predominated. The islanders
+were now to be seen running past the Ti, and striking across the valley to
+the Happar side. Presently I heard the sharp report of a musket from the
+adjoining hills, and then a burst of voices in the same direction. At this
+the women, who had congregated in the groves, set up the most violent
+clamours, as they invariably do here as elsewhere on every occasion of
+excitement and alarm, with a view of tranquillizing their own minds and
+disturbing other people. On this particular occasion they made such an
+outrageous noise, and continued it with such perseverance, that for
+awhile, had entire volleys of musketry been fired off in the neighbouring
+mountains, I should not have been able to have heard them.
+
+When this female commotion had a little subsided I listened eagerly for
+further information. At last bang went another shot, and then a second
+volley of yells from the hills. Again all was quiet, and continued so for
+such a length of time that I began to think the contending armies had
+agreed upon a suspension of hostilities; when pop went a third gun,
+followed as before with a yell. After this, for nearly two hours nothing
+occurred worthy of comment, save some straggling shouts from the hillside,
+sounding like the halloos of a parcel of truant boys who had lost
+themselves in the woods.
+
+During this interval I had remained standing on the piazza of the "Ti,"
+which directly fronted the Happar mountain, and with no one near me but
+Kory-Kory and the old superannuated savages I have before described. These
+latter never stirred from their mats, and seemed altogether unconscious
+that anything unusual was going on.
+
+As for Kory-Kory, he appeared to think that we were in the midst of great
+events, and sought most zealously to impress me with a due sense of their
+importance. Every sound that reached us conveyed some momentous item of
+intelligence to him. At such times, as if he were gifted with second
+sight, he would go through a variety of pantomimic illustrations, showing
+me the precise manner in which the redoubtable Typees were at that very
+moment chastising the insolence of the enemy. "Mehevi hanna pippee nuee
+Happar," he exclaimed every five minutes, giving me to understand that
+under that distinguished captain the warriors of his nation were
+performing prodigies of valour.
+
+Having heard only four reports from the muskets, I was led to believe that
+they were worked by the islanders in the same manner as the Sultan
+Solyman's ponderous artillery at the siege of Byzantium, one of them
+taking an hour or two to load and train. At last, no sound whatever
+proceeding from the mountains, I concluded that the contest had been
+determined one way or the other. Such appeared, indeed, to be the case,
+for in a little while a courier arrived at the "Ti," almost breathless
+with his exertions, and communicated the news of a great victory having
+been achieved by his countrymen: "Happar poo arva!--Happar poo arva!" (the
+cowards had fled). Kory-Kory was in ecstasies, and commenced a vehement
+harangue, which, so far as I understood it, implied that the result
+exactly agreed with his expectations, and which, moreover, was intended to
+convince me that it would be a perfectly useless undertaking, even for an
+army of fire-eaters, to offer battle to the irresistible heroes of our
+valley. In all this I of course acquiesced, and looked forward with no
+little interest to the return of the conquerors, whose victory I feared
+might not have been purchased without cost to themselves.
+
+But here I was again mistaken; for Mehevi, in conducting his warlike
+operations, rather inclined to the Fabian than to the Buonapartean
+tactics, husbanding his resources and exposing his troops to no
+unnecessary hazards. The total loss of the victors in this obstinately
+contested affair was,--in killed, wounded, and missing--one forefinger and
+part of a thumb-nail (which the late proprietor brought along with him in
+his hand), a severely contused arm, and a considerable effusion of blood
+flowing from the thigh of a chief who had received an ugly thrust from a
+Happar spear. What the enemy had suffered I could not discover, but I
+presume they had succeeded in taking off with them the bodies of their
+slain.
+
+Such was the issue of the battle, as far as its results came under my
+observation; and as it appeared to be considered an event of prodigious
+importance, I reasonably concluded that the wars of the natives were
+marked by no very sanguinary traits. I afterwards learned how the skirmish
+had originated. A number of the Happars had been discovered prowling for
+no good purpose on the Typee side of the mountain; the alarm sounded, and
+the invaders, after a protracted resistance, had been chased over the
+frontier. But why had not the intrepid Mehevi carried the war into Happar?
+Why had not he made a descent into the hostile vale, and brought away some
+trophy of his victory--some materials for the cannibal entertainment which
+I had heard usually terminated every engagement? After all, I was much
+inclined to believe that these shocking festivals must occur very rarely
+among the islanders, if, indeed, they ever take place.
+
+For two or three days the late event was the theme of general comment;
+after which the excitement gradually wore away, and the valley resumed its
+accustomed tranquillity.
+
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER XVII
+
+
+     Swimming in company with the girls of the valley--A canoe--Effects
+     of the taboo--A pleasure excursion on the pond--Beautiful freak of
+        Fayaway--Mantua-making--A stranger arrives in the valley--His
+           mysterious conduct--Native oratory--The interview--Its
+                    results--Departure of the stranger.
+
+
+Returning health and peace of mind gave a new interest to everything
+around me. I sought to diversify my time by as many enjoyments as lay
+within my reach. Bathing in company with troops of girls, formed one of my
+chief amusements. We sometimes enjoyed the recreation in the waters of a
+miniature lake, into which the central stream of the valley expanded. This
+lovely sheet of water was almost circular in figure, and about three
+hundred yards across. Its beauty was indescribable. All around its banks
+waved luxuriant masses of tropical foliage, soaring high above which were
+seen, here and there, the symmetrical shaft of the cocoa-nut tree,
+surmounted by its tuft of graceful branches, drooping in the air like so
+many waving ostrich plumes.
+
+The ease and grace with which the maidens of the valley propelled
+themselves through the water, and their familiarity with the element, were
+truly astonishing. Sometimes they might be seen gliding along just under
+the surface, without apparently moving hand or foot; then throwing
+themselves on their sides, they darted through the water, revealing
+glimpses of their forms, as, in the course of their rapid progress, they
+shot for an instant partly into the air; at one moment they dived deep
+down into the water, and the next they rose bounding to the surface.
+
+I remember upon one occasion plunging in among a parcel of these
+river-nymphs, and counting vainly on my superior strength, sought to drag
+some of them under the water; but I quickly repented my temerity. The
+amphibious young creatures swarmed about me like a shoal of dolphins, and
+seizing hold of my devoted limbs, tumbled me about and ducked me under the
+surface, until from the strange noises which rang in my ears, and the
+supernatural visions dancing before my eyes, I thought I was in the land
+of spirits. I stood indeed as little chance among them as a cumbrous whale
+attacked on all sides by a legion of sword-fish. When at length they
+relinquished their hold of me, they swam away in every direction, laughing
+at my clumsy endeavours to reach them.
+
+There was no boat on the lake; but at my solicitation, and for my special
+use, some of the young men attached to Marheyo's household, under the
+direction of the indefatigable Kory-Kory, brought up a light and
+tastefully carved canoe from the sea. It was launched upon the sheet of
+water, and floated there as gracefully as a swan. But, melancholy to
+relate, it produced an effect I had not anticipated. The sweet nymphs, who
+had sported with me before in the lake, now all fled its vicinity. The
+prohibited craft, guarded by the edicts of the "taboo," extended the
+prohibition to the waters in which it lay.
+
+For a few days, Kory-Kory, with one or two other youths, accompanied me in
+my excursions to the lake and, while I paddled about in my light canoe,
+would swim after me shouting and gambolling in pursuit. But this was far
+from contenting me. Indeed, I soon began to weary of it, and longed more
+than ever for the pleasant society of the mermaids, in whose absence the
+amusement was dull and insipid. One morning I expressed to my faithful
+servitor my desire for the return of the nymphs. The honest fellow looked
+at me, bewildered for a moment, and then shook his head solemnly, and
+murmured "_taboo! taboo!_" giving me to understand that unless the canoe
+was removed, I could not expect to have the young ladies back again. But
+to this procedure I was averse; I not only wanted the canoe to stay where
+it was, but I wanted the beauteous Fayaway to get into it, and paddle with
+me about the lake. This latter proposition completely horrified
+Kory-Kory's notions of propriety. He inveighed against it, as something
+too monstrous to be thought of. It not only shocked their established
+notions of propriety, but was at variance with all their religious
+ordinances.
+
+However, although the "taboo" was a ticklish thing to meddle with, I
+determined to test its capabilities of resisting an attack. I consulted
+the chief Mehevi, who endeavoured to persuade me from my object: but I was
+not to be repulsed; and accordingly increased the warmth of my
+solicitations. At last he entered into a long, and I have no doubt a very
+learned and eloquent exposition of the history and nature of the "taboo"
+as affecting this particular case; employing a variety of most
+extraordinary words, which, from their amazing length and sonorousness, I
+have every reason to believe were of a theological nature. But all that he
+said failed to convince me: partly perhaps, because I could not comprehend
+a word that he uttered; but chiefly, that for the life of me, I could not
+understand why a woman should not have as much right to enter a canoe as a
+man. At last he became a little more rational, and intimated that, out of
+the abundant love he bore me, he would consult with the priests and see
+what could be done.
+
+How it was that the priesthood of Typee satisfied the affair with their
+consciences, I know not; but so it was, and Fayaway's dispensation from
+this portion of the taboo was at length procured. Such an event, I
+believe, never before had occurred in the valley; but it was high time the
+islanders should be taught a little gallantry, and I trust that the
+example I set them may produce beneficial effects. Ridiculous, indeed,
+that the lovely creatures should be obliged to paddle about in the water,
+like so many ducks, while a parcel of great strapping fellows skimmed over
+its surface in their canoes.
+
+The first day after Fayaway's emancipation, I had a delightful little
+party on the lake--the damsel, Kory-Kory, and myself. My zealous
+body-servant brought from the house a calabash of poee-poee, half a dozen
+young cocoa-nuts--stripped of their husks--three pipes, as many yams, and me
+on his back a part of the way. Something of a load; but Kory-Kory was a
+very strong man for his size, and by no means brittle in the spine. We had
+a very pleasant day; my trusty valet plied the paddle and swept us gently
+along the margin of the water, beneath the shades of the overhanging
+thickets. Fayaway and I reclined in the stern of the canoe, the gentle
+nymph occasionally placing her pipe to her lips, and exhaling the mild
+fumes of the tobacco, to which her rosy breath added a fresh perfume.
+Strange as it may seem, there is nothing in which a young and beautiful
+female appears to more advantage than in the act of smoking. How
+captivating is a Peruvian lady, swinging in her gaily-woven hammock of
+grass, extended between two orange-trees, and inhaling the fragrance of a
+choice cigarro! But Fayaway, holding in her delicately-formed olive hand
+the long yellow reed of her pipe, with its quaintly carved bowl, and every
+few moments languishingly giving forth light wreaths of vapour from her
+mouth and nostrils, looked still more engaging.
+
+We boated about thus for several hours, when I looked up to the warm,
+glowing, tropical sky, and then down into the transparent depths below;
+and when my eye, wandering from the bewitching scenery around, fell upon
+the grotesquely-tattooed form of Kory-Kory, and finally encountered the
+pensive gaze of Fayaway, I thought I had been transported to some fairy
+region, so unreal did everything appear.
+
+This lovely piece of water was the coolest spot in all the valley, and I
+now made it a place of continual resort during the hottest period of the
+day. One side of it lay near the termination of a long gradually expanding
+gorge, which mounted to the heights that environed the vale. The strong
+trade-wind, met in its course by these elevations, circled and eddied
+about their summits, and was sometimes driven down the steep ravine and
+swept across the valley, ruffling in its passage the otherwise tranquil
+surface of the lake.
+
+One day, after we had been paddling about for some time, I disembarked
+Kory-Kory, and paddled the canoe to the windward side of the lake. As I
+turned the canoe, Fayaway, who was with me, seemed all at once to be
+struck with some happy idea. With a wild exclamation of delight, she
+disengaged from her person the ample robe of tappa which was knotted over
+her shoulder (for the purpose of shielding her from the sun), and
+spreading it out like a sail, stood erect with up-raised arms in the head
+of the canoe. We American sailors pride ourselves upon our straight clean
+spars, but a prettier little mast than Fayaway made was never shipped
+aboard of any craft.
+
+In a moment the tappa was distended by the breeze--the long brown tresses
+of Fayaway streamed in the air--and the canoe glided rapidly through the
+water, and shot towards the shore. Seated in the stern, I directed its
+course with my paddle until it dashed up the soft sloping bank, and
+Fayaway, with a light spring, alighted on the ground; whilst Kory-Kory,
+who had watched our manoeuvres with admiration, now clapped his hands in
+transport, and shouted like a madman. Many a time afterwards was this feat
+repeated.
+
+If the reader has not observed ere this that I was the declared admirer of
+Miss Fayaway, all I can say is, that he is little conversant with affairs
+of the heart, and I certainly shall not trouble myself to enlighten him
+any farther. Out of the calico I had brought from the ship a dress was
+made for this lovely girl. In it she looked, I must confess, something
+like an opera-dancer. The drapery of the latter damsel generally commences
+a little above the elbows, but my island beauty's began at the waist, and
+terminated sufficiently far above the ground to reveal the most bewitching
+ankle in the universe.
+
+The day that Fayaway first wore this robe was rendered memorable by a new
+acquaintance being introduced to me. In the afternoon I was lying in the
+house, when I heard a great uproar outside; but being by this time pretty
+well accustomed to the wild halloos which were almost continually ringing
+through the valley, I paid little attention to it, until old Marheyo,
+under the influence of some strange excitement, rushed into my presence
+and communicated the astounding tidings, "Marnoo pemi!" which being
+interpreted, implied that an individual by the name of Marnoo was
+approaching. My worthy old friend evidently expected that this
+intelligence would produce a great effect upon me, and for a time he stood
+earnestly regarding me, as if curious to see how I should conduct myself,
+but as I remained perfectly unmoved, the old gentleman darted out of the
+house again, in as great a hurry as he had entered it.
+
+"Marnoo, Marnoo," cogitated I, "I have never heard that name before. Some
+distinguished character, I presume, from the prodigious riot the natives
+are making"; the tumultuous noise drawing nearer and nearer every moment,
+while "Marnoo!--Marnoo!" was shouted by every tongue.
+
+I made up my mind that some savage warrior of consequence, who had not yet
+enjoyed the honour of an audience, was desirous of paying his respects on
+the present occasion. So vain had I become by the lavish attention to
+which I had been accustomed, that I felt half inclined, as a punishment
+for such neglect, to give this Marnoo a cold reception, when the excited
+throng came within view, convoying one of the most striking specimens of
+humanity that I ever beheld.
+
+The stranger could not have been more than twenty-five years of age, and
+was a little above the ordinary height; had he been a single hair's
+breadth taller, the matchless symmetry of his form would have been
+destroyed. His unclad limbs were beautifully formed; whilst the elegant
+outline of his figure, together with his beardless cheeks, might have
+entitled him to the distinction of standing for the statue of the
+Polynesian Apollo; and indeed the oval of his countenance and the
+regularity of every feature reminded me of an antique bust. But the marble
+repose of art was supplied by a warmth and liveliness of expression only
+to be seen in the South Sea islander under the most favourable
+developments of nature. The hair of Marnoo was a rich curling brown, and
+twined about his temples and neck in little close curling ringlets, which
+danced up and down continually when he was animated in conversation. His
+cheek was of a feminine softness, and his face was free from the least
+blemish of tattooing, although the rest of his body was drawn all over
+with fanciful figures, which--unlike the unconnected sketching usual among
+these natives--appeared to have been executed in conformity with some
+general design.
+
+The tattooing on his back in particular attracted my attention. The artist
+employed must indeed have excelled in his profession. Traced along the
+course of the spine was accurately delineated the slender, tapering, and
+diamond-checkered shaft of the beautiful "artu" tree. Branching from the
+stem on either side, and disposed alternately, were the graceful branches
+drooping with leaves all correctly drawn, and elaborately finished.
+Indeed, this piece of tattooing was the best specimen of the Fine Arts I
+had yet seen in Typee. A rear view of the stranger might have suggested
+the idea of a spreading vine tacked against a garden wall. Upon his
+breast, arms, and legs, were exhibited an infinite variety of figures;
+every one of which, however, appeared to have reference to the general
+effect sought to be produced. The tattooing I have described was of the
+brightest blue, and when contrasted with the light olive-colour of the
+skin, produced an unique and even elegant effect. A slight girdle of white
+tappa, scarcely two inches in width, but hanging before and behind in
+spreading tassels, composed the entire costume of the stranger.
+
+He advanced surrounded by the islanders, carrying under one arm a small
+roll of the native cloth, and grasping in his other hand a long and
+richly-decorated spear. His manner was that of a traveller conscious that
+he is approaching a comfortable stage in his journey. Every moment he
+turned good-humouredly to the throng around him, and gave some dashing
+sort of reply to their incessant queries, which appeared to convulse them
+with uncontrollable mirth.
+
+Struck by his demeanour, and the peculiarity of his appearance, so unlike
+that of the shaven-crowned and face-tattooed natives in general, I
+involuntarily rose as he entered the house, and proffered him a seat on
+the mats beside me. But without deigning to notice the civility, or even
+the more incontrovertible fact of my existence, the stranger passed on,
+utterly regardless of me, and flung himself upon the farther end of the
+long couch that traversed the sole apartment of Marheyo's habitation.
+
+Had the belle of the season, in the pride of her beauty and power, been
+cut in a place of public resort by some supercilious exquisite, she could
+not have felt greater indignation than I did at this unexpected slight.
+
+I was thrown into utter astonishment. The conduct of the savages had
+prepared me to anticipate from every new-comer the same extravagant
+expression of curiosity and regard. The singularity of his conduct,
+however, only roused my desire to discover who this remarkable personage
+might be, who now engrossed the attention of every one.
+
+Tinor placed before him a calabash of poee-poee, from which the stranger
+regaled himself, alternating every mouthful with some rapid exclamation,
+which was eagerly caught up and echoed by the crowd that completely filled
+the house. When I observed the striking devotion of the natives to him,
+and their temporary withdrawal of all attention from myself, I felt not a
+little piqued. The glory of Tommo is departed, thought I, and the sooner
+he removes from the valley the better. These were my feelings at the
+moment, and they were prompted by that glorious principle inherent in all
+heroic natures--the strong-rooted determination to have the biggest share
+of the pudding or to go without any of it.
+
+Marnoo, this all-attractive personage, having satisfied his hunger, and
+inhaled a few whiffs from a pipe which was handed to him, launched out
+into an harangue which completely enchained the attention of his auditors.
+
+Little as I understood of the language, yet from his animated gestures and
+the varying expression of his features--reflected as from so many mirrors
+in the countenances around him--I could easily discover the nature of those
+passions which he sought to arouse. From the frequent recurrence of the
+words, "Nukuheva" and "Franee" (French), and some others with the meaning
+of which I was acquainted, he appeared to be rehearsing to his auditors
+events which had recently occurred in the neighboring bays. But how he had
+gained the knowledge of these matters, I could not understand, unless it
+were that he had just come from Nukuheva,--a supposition which his
+travel-stained appearance not a little supported. But, if a native of that
+region, I could not account for his friendly reception at the hands of the
+Typees.
+
+Never, certainly, had I beheld so powerful an exhibition of natural
+eloquence as Marnoo displayed during the course of his oration. The grace
+of the attitudes into which he threw his flexible figure, the striking
+gestures of his naked arms, and above all, the fire which shot from his
+brilliant eyes, imparted an effect to the continually-changing accents of
+his voice, of which the most accomplished orator might have been proud. At
+one moment reclining sideways upon the mat, and leaning calmly upon his
+bended arm, he related circumstantially the aggressions of the
+French--their hostile visit to the surrounding bays, enumerating each one
+in succession--Happar, Puerka, Nukuheva, Tior,--and then starting to his
+feet, and precipitating himself forward with clenched hands and a
+countenance distorted with passion, he poured out a tide of invectives.
+Falling back into an attitude of lofty command, he exhorted the Typees to
+resist these encroachments; reminding them, with a fierce glance of
+exultation, that as yet the terror of their name had preserved them from
+attack; and with a scornful sneer, he sketched in ironical terms the
+wondrous intrepidity of the French, who, with five war-canoes and hundreds
+of men, had not dared to assail the naked warriors of their valley.
+
+The effect he produced upon his audience was electric; one and all they
+stood regarding him with sparkling eyes and trembling limbs, as though
+they were listening to the inspired voice of a prophet.
+
+But it soon appeared that Marnoo's powers were as versatile as they were
+extraordinary. As soon as he had finished his vehement harangue, he threw
+himself again upon the mats, and, singling out individuals in the crowd,
+addressed them by name, in a sort of bantering style, the humour of which,
+though nearly hidden from me, filled the whole assembly with uproarious
+delight.
+
+He had a word for everybody; and, turning rapidly from one to another,
+gave utterance to some hasty witticism, which was sure to be followed by
+peals of laughter. To the females, as well as to the men, he addressed his
+discourse. Heaven only knows what he said to them, but he caused smiles
+and blushes to mantle their ingenuous faces. I am, indeed, very much
+inclined to believe that Marnoo, with his handsome person and captivating
+manners, was a sad deceiver among the simple maidens of the island.
+
+During all this time, he had never for one moment deigned to regard me. He
+appeared, indeed, to be altogether unconscious of my presence. I was
+utterly at a loss how to account for this extraordinary conduct, I easily
+perceived that he was a man of no little consequence among the islanders;
+that he possessed uncommon talents; and was gifted with a higher degree of
+knowledge than the inmates of the valley. For these reasons, I therefore
+greatly feared lest, having, from some cause or other, unfriendly feelings
+towards me, he might exert his powerful influence to do me mischief.
+
+It seemed evident that he was not a permanent resident of the vale, and
+yet, whence could he have come? On all sides the Typees were girt in by
+hostile tribes, and how could he possibly, if belonging to any of these,
+be received with so much cordiality?
+
+The personal appearance of the enigmatical stranger suggested additional
+perplexities. The face, free from tattooing, and the unshaven crown, were
+peculiarities I had never before remarked in any part of the island, and I
+had always heard that the contrary were considered the indispensable
+distinctions of a Marquesan warrior. Altogether the matter was perfectly
+incomprehensible to me, and I awaited its solution with no small degree of
+anxiety.
+
+At length, from certain indications, I suspected that he was making me the
+subject of his remarks, although he appeared cautiously to avoid either
+pronouncing my name, or looking in the direction where I lay. All at once
+he rose from the mats where he had been reclining, and, still conversing,
+moved towards me, his eye purposely evading mine, and seated himself
+within less than a yard of me. I had hardly recovered from my surprise,
+when he suddenly turned round, and with a most benignant countenance,
+extended his right hand gracefully towards me. Of course I accepted the
+courteous challenge, and, as soon as our palms met, he bent towards me,
+and murmured in musical accents,--"How you do? How long have you been in
+this bay? You like this bay?"
+
+Had I been pierced simultaneously by three Happar spears, I could not have
+started more than I did at hearing these simple questions. For a moment I
+was overwhelmed with astonishment, and then answered something, I know not
+what; but as soon as I regained my self-possession, the thought darted
+through my mind that from this individual I might obtain that information
+regarding Toby which I suspected the natives had purposely withheld from
+me. Accordingly, I questioned him concerning the disappearance of my
+companion, but he denied all knowledge of the matter. I then inquired from
+whence he had come? He replied, from Nukuheva. When I expressed my
+surprise, he looked at me for a moment, as if enjoying my perplexity, and
+then, with his strange vivacity, exclaimed,--"Ah! me taboo,--me go
+Nukuheva,--me go Tior,--me go Typee,--me go everywhere,--nobody harm
+me,--taboo."
+
+This explanation would have been altogether unintelligible to me, had it
+not recalled to my mind something I had previously heard concerning a
+singular custom among these islanders. Though the country is possessed by
+various tribes, whose mutual hostilities almost wholly preclude any
+intercourse between them, yet there are instances where a person having
+ratified friendly relations with some individual belonging to the valley,
+whose inmates are at war with his own, may, under particular restrictions,
+venture with impunity into the country of his friend, where, under other
+circumstances, he would have been treated as an enemy. In this light are
+personal friendships regarded among them, and the individual so protected
+is said to be "taboo" and his person, to a certain extent, is held as
+sacred. Thus the stranger informed me he had access to all the valleys in
+the island.
+
+Curious to know how he had acquired his knowledge of English, I questioned
+him on the subject. At first, for some reason or other, he evaded the
+inquiry, but afterwards told me that, when a boy, he had been carried to
+sea by the captain of a trading vessel, with whom he had stayed three
+years, living part of the time with him at Sydney, in Australia, and that,
+at a subsequent visit to the island, the captain had, at his own request,
+permitted him to remain among his countrymen. The natural quickness of the
+savage had been wonderfully improved by his intercourse with the white
+men, and his partial knowledge of a foreign language gave him a great
+ascendancy over his less accomplished countrymen.
+
+When I asked the now affable Marnoo why it was that he had not previously
+spoken to me, he eagerly inquired what I had been led to think of him from
+his conduct in that respect. I replied, that I had supposed him to be some
+great chief or warrior, who had seen plenty of white men before, and did
+not think it worth while to notice a poor sailor. At this declaration of
+the exalted opinion I had formed of him, he appeared vastly gratified, and
+gave me to understand that he had purposely behaved in that manner, in
+order to increase my astonishment, as soon as he should see proper to
+address me.
+
+Marnoo now sought to learn my version of the story as to how I came to be
+an inmate of the Typee valley. When I related to him the circumstances
+under which Toby and I had entered it, he listened with evident interest;
+but as soon as I alluded to the absence, yet unaccounted for, of my
+comrade, he endeavoured to change the subject, as if it were something he
+desired not to agitate. It seemed, indeed, as if everything connected with
+Toby was destined to beget distrust and anxiety in my bosom.
+Notwithstanding Marnoo's denial of any knowledge of his fate, I could not
+avoid suspecting that he was deceiving me; and this suspicion revived
+those frightful apprehensions with regard to my own fate, which, for a
+short time past, had subsided in my breast.
+
+Influenced by these feelings, I now felt a strong desire to avail myself
+of the stranger's protection, and under his safeguard to return to
+Nukuheva. But as soon as I hinted at this, he unhesitatingly pronounced it
+to be entirely impracticable; assuring me that the Typees would never
+consent to my leaving the valley. Although what he said merely confirmed
+the impression which I had before entertained, still it increased my
+anxiety to escape from a captivity, which, however endurable, nay,
+delightful it might be in some respects, involved in its issues a fate
+marked by the most frightful contingencies.
+
+I could not conceal from my mind that Toby had been treated in the same
+friendly manner as I had been, and yet all their kindness terminated with
+his mysterious disappearance. Might not the same fate await me?--a fate too
+dreadful to think of. Stimulated by these considerations, I urged anew my
+request to Marnoo; but he only set forth in stronger colours the
+impossibility of my escape, and repeated his previous declaration, that
+the Typees would never be brought to consent to my departure.
+
+When I endeavoured to learn from him the motives which prompted them to
+hold me a prisoner, Marnoo again assumed that mysterious tone which had
+tormented me with apprehensions when I had questioned him with regard to
+the fate of my companion.
+
+Thus repulsed, in a manner which only served, by arousing the most
+dreadful forebodings, to excite me to renewed attempts, I conjured him to
+intercede for me with the natives, and endeavour to procure their consent
+to my leaving them. To this he appeared strongly averse; but, yielding at
+last to my importunities, he addressed several of the chiefs, who with the
+rest had been eyeing us intently during the whole of our conversation. His
+petition, however, was at once met with the most violent disapprobation,
+manifesting itself in angry glances and gestures, and a perfect torrent of
+passionate words, directed to both him and myself. Marnoo, evidently
+repenting the step he had taken, earnestly deprecated the resentment of
+the crowd, and in a few moments succeeded in pacifying, to some extent,
+the clamours which had broken out as soon as his proposition had been
+understood.
+
+With the most intense interest had I watched the reception his
+intercession might receive; and a bitter pang shot through my heart at the
+additional evidence, now furnished, of the unchangeable determination of
+the islanders. Marnoo told me, with evident alarm in his countenance, that
+although admitted into the bay on a friendly footing with its inhabitants,
+he could not presume to meddle with their concerns, as such a procedure,
+if persisted in, would at once absolve the Typees from the restraints of
+the "taboo," although so long as he refrained from any such conduct, it
+screened him effectually from the consequences of the enmity they bore his
+tribe.
+
+At this moment, Mehevi, who was present, angrily interrupted him; and the
+words which he uttered, in a commanding tone, evidently meant that he must
+at once cease talking to me, and withdraw to the other part of the house.
+Marnoo immediately started up, hurriedly enjoining me not to address him
+again, and, as I valued my safety, to refrain from all further allusion to
+the subject of my departure; and then, in compliance with the order of the
+determined chief, but not before it had again been angrily repeated, he
+withdrew to a distance.
+
+I now perceived, with no small degree of apprehension, the same savage
+expression in the countenances of the natives which had startled me during
+the scene at the Ti. They glanced their eyes suspiciously from Marnoo to
+me, as if distrusting the nature of an intercourse carried on, as it was,
+in a language they could not understand, and they seemed to harbour the
+belief that already we had concerted measures calculated to elude their
+vigilance.
+
+The lively countenances of these people are wonderfully indicative of the
+emotions of the soul, and the imperfections of their oral language are
+more than compensated for by the nervous eloquence of their looks and
+gestures. I could plainly trace, in every varying expression of their
+faces, all those passions which had been thus unexpectedly aroused in
+their bosoms.
+
+It required no reflection to convince me, from what was going on, that the
+injunction of Marnoo was not to be rashly slighted; and accordingly, great
+as was the effort to suppress my feelings, I accosted Mehevi in a
+good-humoured tone, with a view of dissipating any ill impression he might
+have received. But the ireful, angry chief was not so easily mollified. He
+rejected my advances with that peculiarly stern expression I have before
+described, and took care by the whole of his behaviour towards me to show
+the displeasure and resentment which he felt.
+
+Marnoo, at the other extremity of the house, apparently desirous of making
+a diversion in my favour, exerted himself to amuse with his pleasantries
+the crowd about him; but his lively attempts were not so successful as
+they had previously been, and, foiled in his efforts, he rose gravely to
+depart. No one expressed any regret at this movement, so seizing his roll
+of tappa, and grasping his spear, he advanced to the front of the pi-pi,
+and waving his hand in adieu to the now silent throng, cast upon me a
+glance of mingled pity and reproach, and flung himself into the path which
+led from the house. I watched his receding figure until it was lost in the
+obscurity of the grove, and then gave myself up to the most desponding
+reflections.
+
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XVIII
+
+
+    Reflection after Marnoo's departure--Battle of the pop-guns--Strange
+               conceit of Marheyo--Process of making tappa.
+
+
+The knowledge I had now obtained as to the intention of the savages deeply
+affected me.
+
+Marnoo, I perceived, was a man who, by reason of his superior
+acquirements, and the knowledge he possessed of the events which were
+taking place in the different bays of the island, was held in no little
+estimation by the inhabitants of the valley. He had been received with the
+most cordial welcome and respect. The natives had hung upon the accents of
+his voice, and had manifested the highest gratification at being
+individually noticed by him. And yet, despite all this, a few words urged
+in my behalf, with the intent of obtaining my release from captivity, had
+sufficed not only to banish all harmony and good-will, but, if I could
+believe what he told me, had gone nigh to endanger his own personal
+safety.
+
+How strongly rooted, then, must be the determination of the Typees with
+regard to me, and how suddenly could they display the strangest passions!
+The mere suggestion of my departure had estranged from me, for the time at
+least, Mehevi, who was the most influential of all the chiefs, and who had
+previously exhibited so many instances of his friendly sentiments. The
+rest of the natives had likewise evinced their strong repugnance to my
+wishes, and even Kory-Kory himself seemed to share in the general
+disapprobation bestowed upon me.
+
+In vain I racked my invention to find out some motive for the strange
+desire these people manifested to retain me among them; but I could
+discover none.
+
+But however this might be, the scene which had just occurred admonished me
+of the danger of trifling with the wayward and passionate spirits against
+whom it was vain to struggle, and might even be fatal to do so. My only
+hope was to induce the natives to believe that I was reconciled to my
+detention in the valley, and by assuming a tranquil and cheerful
+demeanour, to allay the suspicions which I had so unfortunately aroused.
+Their confidence revived, they might in a short time remit in some degree
+their watchfulness over my movements, and I should then be the better
+enabled to avail myself of any opportunity which presented itself for
+escape. I determined, therefore, to make the best of a bad bargain, and to
+bear up manfully against whatever might betide. In this endeavour I
+succeeded beyond my own expectations. At the period of Marnoo's visit, I
+had been in the valley, as nearly as I could conjecture, some two months.
+Although not completely recovered from my strange illness, which still
+lingered about me, I was free from pain and able to take exercise. In
+short, I had every reason to anticipate a perfect recovery. Freed from
+apprehensions on this point, and resolved to regard the future without
+flinching, I flung myself anew into all the social pleasures of the
+valley, and sought to bury all regrets, and all remembrances of my
+previous existence, in the wild enjoyments it afforded.
+
+In my various wanderings through the vale, and as I became better
+acquainted with the character of its inhabitants, I was more and more
+struck with the light-hearted joyousness that everywhere prevailed. The
+minds of these simple savages, unoccupied by matters of graver moment,
+were capable of deriving the utmost delight from circumstances which would
+have passed unnoticed in more intelligent communities. All their
+enjoyment, indeed, seemed to be made up of the little trifling incidents
+of the passing hour; but these diminutive items swelled altogether to an
+amount of happiness seldom experienced by more enlightened individuals,
+whose pleasures are drawn from more elevated but rarer sources.
+
+What community, for instance, of refined and intellectual mortals would
+derive the least satisfaction from shooting pop-guns? The mere supposition
+of such a thing being possible would excite their indignation, and yet the
+whole population of Typee did little else for ten days but occupy
+themselves with that childish amusement, fairly screaming, too, with the
+delight it afforded them.
+
+One day I was frolicking with a little spirited urchin, some six years
+old, who chased me with a piece of bamboo about three feet long, with
+which he occasionally belaboured me. Seizing the stick from him, the idea
+happened to suggest itself, that I might make for the youngster, out of
+the slender tube, one of those nursery muskets with which I had sometimes
+seen children playing. Accordingly, with my knife, I made two parallel
+slits in the cane several inches in length, and cutting loose at one end
+the elastic strip between them, bent it back and slipped the point into a
+little notch made for the purpose. Any small substance placed against this
+would be projected with considerable force through the tube by merely
+springing the bent strip out of the notch.
+
+Had I possessed the remotest idea of the sensation this piece of ordnance
+was destined to produce, I should certainly have taken out a patent for
+the invention. The boy scampered away with it, half delirious with
+ecstasy, and twenty minutes afterwards I might have been seen surrounded
+by a noisy crowd--venerable old greybeards--responsible fathers of
+families--valiant warriors--matrons--young men--girls and children, all
+holding in their hands bits of bamboo, and each clamouring to be served
+first.
+
+For three or four hours I was engaged in manufacturing pop-guns, but at
+last made over my good-will and interests in the concern to a lad of
+remarkably quick parts, whom I soon initiated into the art and mystery.
+
+Pop, Pop, Pop, Pop, now resounded all over the valley. Duels, skirmishes,
+pitched battles, and general engagements were to be seen on every side.
+Here, as you walked along a path which led through a thicket, you fell
+into a cunningly-laid ambush, and became a target for a body of
+musketeers, whose tattooed limbs you could just see peeping into view
+through the foliage. There, you were assailed by the intrepid garrison of
+a house, who levelled their bamboo rifles at you from between the upright
+canes which composed its sides. Farther on, you were fired upon by a
+detachment of sharpshooters, mounted upon the top of a pi-pi.
+
+Pop, Pop, Pop, Pop! green guavas, seeds, and berries were flying about in
+every direction, and during this dangerous state of affairs, I was half
+afraid that, like the man and his brazen bull, I should fall a victim to
+my own ingenuity. Like everything else, however, the excitement gradually
+wore away, though ever after occasionally pop-guns might be heard at all
+hours of the day.
+
+It was towards the close of the pop-gun war, that I was infinitely
+diverted with a strange freak of Marheyo's.
+
+I had worn, when I quitted the ship, a pair of thick pumps, which, from
+the rough usage they had received in scaling precipices and sliding down
+gorges, were so dilapidated as to be altogether unfit for use--so, at
+least, would have thought the generality of people, and so they most
+certainly were, when considered in the light of shoes. But things
+unserviceable in one way, may with advantage be applied in another--that
+is, if one has genius enough for the purpose. This genius Marheyo
+possessed in a superlative degree, as he abundantly evinced by the use to
+which he put these sorely bruised and battered old shoes.
+
+Every article, however trivial, which belonged to me, the natives appeared
+to regard as sacred; and I observed that for several days after becoming
+an inmate of the house, my pumps were suffered to remain, untouched, where
+I had first happened to throw them. I remembered, however, that after
+awhile I had missed them from their accustomed place; but the matter gave
+me no concern, supposing that Tinor--like any other tidy housewife, having
+come across them in some of her domestic occupations--had pitched the
+useless things out of the house. But I was soon undeceived.
+
+One day I observed old Marheyo bustling about me with unusual activity,
+and to such a degree as almost to supersede Kory-Kory in the functions of
+his office. One moment he volunteered to trot off with me on his back to
+the stream; and when I refused, noways daunted by the repulse, he
+continued to frisk about me like a superannuated house-dog. I could not
+for the life of me conjecture what possessed the old gentleman, until all
+at once, availing himself of the temporary absence of the household, he
+went through a variety of uncouth gestures, pointing eagerly down to my
+feet, and then up to a little bundle which swung from the ridge-pole
+overhead. At last I caught a faint idea of his meaning, and motioned him
+to lower the package. He executed the order in the twinkling of an eye,
+and unrolling a piece of tappa, displayed to my astonished gaze the
+identical pumps which I thought had been destroyed long before.
+
+I immediately comprehended his desire, and very generously gave him the
+shoes, which had become quite mouldy, wondering for what earthly purpose
+he could want them.
+
+The same afternoon I descried the venerable warrior approaching the house,
+with a slow, stately gait, earrings in ears, and spear in hand, with this
+highly ornamental pair of shoes suspended from his neck by a strip of
+bark, and swinging backwards and forwards on his capacious chest. In the
+gala costume of the tasteful Marheyo, these calf-skin pendants ever after
+formed the most striking feature.
+
+But to turn to something a little more important. Although the whole
+existence of the inhabitants of the valley seemed to pass away exempt from
+toil, yet there were some light employments which, although amusing rather
+than labourious as occupations, contributed to their comfort and luxury.
+Among these, the most important was the manufacture of the native
+cloth--"tappa"--so well known, under various modifications, throughout the
+whole Polynesian Archipelago. As is generally understood, this useful and
+sometimes elegant article is fabricated from the bark of different trees.
+But, as I believe that no description of its manufacture has ever been
+given, I shall state what I know regarding it.
+
+In the manufacture of the beautiful white tappa generally worn on the
+Marquesan Islands, the preliminary operation consists in gathering a
+certain quantity of the young branches of the cloth-tree. The exterior
+green bark being pulled off as worthless, there remains a slender fibrous
+substance, which is carefully stripped from the stick, to which it closely
+adheres. When a sufficient quantity of it has been collected, the various
+strips are enveloped in a covering of large leaves, which the natives use
+precisely as we do wrapping-paper, and which are secured by a few turns of
+a line passed round them. The package is then laid in the bed of some
+running stream, with a heavy stone placed over it, to prevent its being
+swept away. After it has remained for two or three days in this state, it
+is drawn out, and exposed for a short time to the action of the air, every
+distinct piece being attentively inspected, with a view of ascertaining
+whether it has yet been sufficiently affected by the operation. This is
+repeated again and again, until the desired result is obtained.
+
+When the substance is in a proper state for the next process, it betrays
+evidences of incipient decomposition; the fibres are relaxed and softened,
+and rendered perfectly malleable. The different strips are now extended,
+one by one, in successive layers, upon some smooth surface--generally the
+prostrate trunk of a cocoa-nut tree--and the heap thus formed is subjected,
+at every new increase, to a moderate beating, with a sort of wooden
+mallet, leisurely applied. The mallet is made of a hard heavy wood
+resembling ebony, is about twelve inches in length, and perhaps two in
+breadth, with a rounded handle at one end, and in shape is the exact
+counterpart of one of our four-sided razor-strops. The flat surfaces of
+the implement are marked with shallow parallel indentations, varying in
+depth on the different sides, so as to be adapted to the several stages of
+the operation. These marks produce the corduroy sort of stripes
+descernible in the tappa in its finished state. After being beaten in the
+manner I have described, the material soon becomes blended in one mass,
+which, moistened occasionally with water, is at intervals hammered out, by
+a kind of gold-beating process, to any degree of thinness required. In
+this way the cloth is easily made to vary in strength and thickness, so as
+to suit the numerous purposes to which it is applied.
+
+When the operation last described has been concluded, the new-made tappa
+is spread out on the grass to bleach and dry, and soon becomes of a
+dazzling whiteness. Sometimes, in the first stages of the manufacture, the
+substance is impregnated with a vegetable juice, which gives it a
+permanent colour. A rich brown and a bright yellow are occasionally seen,
+but the simple taste of the Typee people inclines them to prefer the
+natural tint.
+
+The notable wife of Kammahammaha, the renowned conqueror and king of the
+Sandwich Islands, used to pride herself in the skill she displayed in
+dyeing her tappa with contrasting colours disposed in regular figures;
+and, in the midst of the innovations of the times, was regarded, towards
+the decline of her life, as a lady of the old school, clinging as she did
+to the national cloth, in preference to the frippery of the European
+calicoes. But the art of printing the tappa is unknown upon the Marquesan
+Islands.
+
+In passing along the valley, I was often attracted by the noise of the
+mallet, which, when employed in the manufacture of the cloth, produces at
+every stroke of its hard, heavy wood, a clear, ringing, and musical sound,
+capable of being heard at a great distance. When several of these
+implements happen to be in operation at the same time, and near one
+another, the effect upon the ear of a person, at a little distance, is
+really charming.
+
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER XIX
+
+
+     History of a day as usually spent in the Typee valley--Dances of
+                           the Marquesan girls.
+
+
+Nothing can be more uniform and undiversified than the life of the Typees;
+one tranquil day of ease and happiness follows another in quiet
+succession; and with these unsophisticated savages the history of a day is
+the history of a life. I will therefore, as briefly as I can, describe one
+of our days in the valley.
+
+To begin with the morning. We were not very early risers--the sun would be
+shooting his golden spikes above the Happar mountain, ere I threw aside my
+tappa robe, and girding my long tunic about my waist, sallied out with
+Fayaway and Kory-Kory, and the rest of the household, and bent my steps
+towards the stream. Here we found congregated all those who dwelt in our
+section of the valley; and here we bathed with them. The fresh morning air
+and the cool flowing waters put both soul and body in a glow, and after a
+half-hour employed in this recreation, we sauntered back to the
+house--Tinor and Marheyo gathering dry sticks by the way for firewood; some
+of the young men laying the cocoa-nut trees under contribution as they
+passed beneath them; while Kory-Kory played his outlandish pranks for my
+particular diversion, and Fayaway and I, not arm in arm to be sure, but
+sometimes hand in hand, strolled along, with feelings of perfect charity
+for all the world, and especial good-will towards each other.
+
+Our morning meal was soon prepared. The islanders are somewhat abstemious
+at this repast; reserving the more powerful efforts of their appetite to a
+later period of the day. For my own part, with the assistance of my valet,
+who, as I have before stated, always officiated as spoon on these
+occasions, I ate sparingly from one of Tinor's trenchers of poee-poee;
+which was devoted exclusively for my own use, being mixed with the milky
+meat of ripe cocoa-nut. A section of a roasted bread-fruit, a small cake
+of "Amar," or a mess of "Kokoo," two or three bananas, or a Mawmee apple;
+an annuee, or some other agreeable and nutritious fruit, served from day
+to day to diversify the meal, which was finished by tossing off the liquid
+contents of a young cocoa-nut or two.
+
+While partaking of this simple repast, the inmates of Marheyo's house,
+after the style of the ancient Romans, reclined in sociable groups upon
+the divan of mats, and digestion was promoted by cheerful conversation.
+
+After the morning meal was concluded, pipes were lighted; and among them
+my own special pipe, a present from the noble Mehevi. The islanders, who
+only smoke a whiff or two at a time, and at long intervals, and who keep
+their pipes going from hand to hand continually, regarded my systematic
+smoking of four or five pipefuls of tobacco in succession as something
+quite wonderful. When two or three pipes had circulated freely, the
+company gradually broke up. Marheyo went to the little hut he was for ever
+building. Tinor began to inspect her rolls of tappa, or employed her busy
+fingers in plaiting grass-mats. The girls anointed themselves with their
+fragrant oils, dressed their hair, or looked over their curious finery,
+and compared together their ivory trinkets, fashioned out of boar's tusks
+or whale's teeth. The young men and warriors produced their spears,
+paddles, canoe-gear, battle-clubs, and war-conchs, and occupied themselves
+in carving all sorts of figures upon them with pointed bits of shell or
+flint, and adorning them, especially the war-conchs, with tassels of
+braided bark and tufts of human hair. Some, immediately after eating,
+threw themselves once more upon the inviting mats, and resumed the
+employment of the previous night, sleeping as soundly as if they had not
+closed their eyes for a week. Others sallied out into the groves, for the
+purpose of gathering fruit or fibres of bark and leaves; the last two
+being in constant requisition, and applied to a hundred uses. A few,
+perhaps, among the girls, would slip into the woods after flowers, or
+repair to the stream with small calabashes and cocoa-nut shells, in order
+to polish them by friction with a smooth stone in the water. In truth
+these innocent people seemed to be at no loss for something to occupy
+their time; and it would be no light task to enumerate all their
+employments, or rather pleasures.
+
+My own mornings I spent in a variety of ways. Sometimes I rambled about
+from house to house, sure of receiving a cordial welcome wherever I went;
+or, from grove to grove, and from one shady place to another, in company
+with Kory-Kory and Fayaway, and a rabble rout of merry young idlers.
+Sometimes I was too indolent for exercise, and, accepting one of the many
+invitations I was continually receiving, stretched myself out on the mats
+of some hospitable dwelling, and occupied myself pleasantly either in
+watching the proceedings of those around me, or taking part in them
+myself. Whenever I chose to do the latter, the delight of the islanders
+was boundless; and there was always a throng of competitors for the honor
+of instructing me in any particular craft. I soon became quite an
+accomplished hand at making tappa--could braid a grass sling as well as the
+best of them--and once, with my knife, carved the handle of a javelin so
+exquisitely that I have no doubt, to this day, Karnoonoo, its owner,
+preserves it as a surprising specimen of my skill. As noon approached, all
+those who had wandered forth from our habitation began to return; and when
+mid-day was fairly come, scarcely a sound was to be heard in the valley--a
+deep sleep fell upon all. The luxurious siesta was hardly ever omitted,
+except by old Marheyo, who was so eccentric a character, that he seemed to
+be governed by no fixed principles whatever; but acting just according to
+the humour of the moment, slept, eat, or tinkered away at his little hut,
+without regard to the proprieties of time or place. Frequently he might
+have been seen taking a nap in the sun at noon-day, or a bath in the
+stream at midnight. Once I beheld him perched eighty feet from the ground,
+in the tuft of a cocoa-nut tree, smoking; and often I saw him standing up
+to the waist in water, engaged in plucking out the stray hairs of his
+beard, using a piece of muscle-shell for tweezers.
+
+The noontide slumber lasted generally an hour and a half, very often
+longer; and after the sleepers had arisen from their mats they again had
+recourse to their pipes, and then made preparations for the most important
+meal of the day.
+
+I, however, like those gentlemen of leisure who breakfast at home and dine
+at their club, almost invariably, during my intervals of health, enjoyed
+the afternoon repast with the bachelor chiefs of the Ti, who were always
+rejoiced to see me, and lavishly spread before me all the good things
+which their larder afforded. Mehevi generally produced, among other
+dainties, a baked pig, an article which, I have every reason to suppose,
+was provided for my sole gratification.
+
+The Ti was a right jovial place. It did my heart, as well as my body, good
+to visit it. Secure from female intrusion, there was no restraint upon the
+hilarity of the warriors, who, like the gentlemen of Europe after the
+cloth is drawn, and the ladies retire, freely indulged their mirth.
+
+After spending a considerable portion of the afternoon at the Ti, I
+usually found myself, as the cool of the evening came on, either sailing
+on the little lake with Fayaway, or bathing in the waters of the stream
+with a number of the savages, who, at this hour, always repaired thither.
+As the shadows of night approached, Marheyo's household were once more
+assembled under his roof; tapers were lit, long and curious chants were
+raised, interminable stories were told (for which one present was little
+the wiser), and all sorts of social festivities served to while away the
+time.
+
+The young girls very often danced by moonlight in front of their
+dwellings. There are a great variety of these dances, in which, however, I
+never saw the men take part. They all consist of active, romping,
+mischievous evolutions, in which every limb is brought into requisition.
+Indeed, the Marquesan girls dance all over, as it were; not only do their
+feet dance, but their arms, hands, fingers, ay, their very eyes seem to
+dance in their heads.
+
+The damsels wear nothing but flowers and their compendious gala tunics;
+and when they plume themselves for the dance, one would almost think that
+they were about to take wing.
+
+Unless some particular festivity was going forward, the inmates of
+Marheyo's house retired to their mats rather early in the evening; but not
+for the night, since after slumbering lightly for awhile, they rose again,
+relit their tapers, partook of the third and last meal of the day, at
+which poee-poee alone was eaten, and then, after inhaling a narcotic whiff
+from a pipe of tobacco, disposed themselves for the great business of the
+night--sleep. With the Marquesans it might almost be styled the great
+business of life, for they pass a large portion of their time in the arms
+of Somnus. The native strength of their constitution is no way shown more
+emphatically than in the quantity of sleep they can endure. To many of
+them, indeed, life is little else than an often interrupted and luxurious
+nap.
+
+
+
+
+
+                                CHAPTER XX
+
+
+     The spring of Arva Wai--Remarkable monumental remains--Some ideas
+      with regard to the history of the pi-pis found in the valley.
+
+
+Almost every country has its medicinal springs famed for their healing
+virtues. The Cheltenham of Typee is embosomed in the deepest solitude, and
+but seldom receives a visitor. It is situated remote from any dwelling, a
+little way up the mountain, near the head of the valley; and you approach
+it by a pathway shaded by the most beautiful foliage, and adorned with a
+thousand fragrant plants.
+
+The mineral waters of Arva Wai(2) ooze forth from the crevices of a rock,
+and gliding down its mossy side, fall at last, in many clustering drops,
+into a natural basin of stone, fringed round with grass and dewy-looking
+little violet-coloured flowers, as fresh and beautiful as the perpetual
+moisture they enjoy can make them.
+
+The water is held in high estimation by the islanders, some of whom
+consider it an agreeable as well as a medicinal beverage; they bring it
+from the mountain in their calabashes, and store it away beneath heaps of
+leaves in some shady nook near the house. Old Marheyo had a great love for
+the waters of the spring. Every now and then he lugged off to the mountain
+a great round demijohn of a calabash, and, panting with his exertions,
+brought it back filled with his darling fluid.
+
+The water tasted like a solution of a dozen disagreeable things, and was
+sufficiently nauseous to have made the fortune of the proprietor, had the
+spa been situated in the midst of any civilized community.
+
+As I am no chemist, I cannot give a scientific analysis of the water. All
+I know about the matter is, that one day Marheyo in my presence poured out
+the last drop from his huge calabash, and I observed at the bottom of the
+vessel a small quantity of gravelly sediment very much resembling our
+common sand. Whether this is always found in the water, and gives it its
+peculiar flavour and virtues, or whether its presence was merely
+incidental, I was not able to ascertain.
+
+One day in returning from this spring by a circuitous path, I came upon a
+scene which reminded me of Stonehenge and the architectural labours of the
+Druid.
+
+At the base of one of the mountains, and surrounded on all sides by dense
+groves, a series of vast terraces of stone rises, step by step, for a
+considerable distance up the hillside. These terraces cannot be less than
+one hundred yards in length and twenty in width. Their magnitude, however,
+is less striking than the immense size of the blocks composing them. Some
+of the stones, of an oblong shape, are from ten to fifteen feet in length,
+and five or six feet thick. Their sides are quite smooth, but though
+square, and of pretty regular formation, they bear no mark of the chisel.
+They are laid together without cement, and here and there show gaps
+between. The topmost terrace and the lower one are somewhat peculiar in
+their construction. They have both a quadrangular depression in the
+centre, leaving the rest of the terrace elevated several feet above it. In
+the intervals of the stones immense trees have taken root, and their broad
+boughs stretching far over, and interlacing together, support a canopy
+almost impenetrable to the sun. Overgrowing the greater part of them, and
+climbing from one to another, is a wilderness of vines, in whose sinewy
+embrace many of the stones lie half-hidden, while in some places a thick
+growth of bushes entirely covers them. There is a wild pathway which
+obliquely crosses two of these terraces; and so profound is the shade, so
+dense the vegetation, that a stranger to the place might pass along it
+without being aware of its existence.
+
+These structures bear every indication of a very high antiquity, and
+Kory-Kory, who was my authority in all matters of scientific research,
+gave me to understand that they were coeval with the creation of the
+world; that the great gods themselves were the builders; and that they
+would endure until time shall be no more. Kory-Kory's prompt explanation,
+and his attributing the work to a divine origin, at once convinced me that
+neither he nor the rest of his countrymen knew anything about them.
+
+As I gazed upon this monument, doubtless the work of an extinct and
+forgotten race, thus buried in the green nook of an island at the end of
+the earth, the existence of which was yesterday unknown, a stronger
+feeling of awe came over me than if I had stood musing at the mighty base
+of the Pyramid of Cheops. There are no inscriptions, no sculpture, no
+clue, by which to conjecture its history: nothing but the dumb stones. How
+many generations of those majestic trees which overshadow them have grown
+and flourished and decayed since first they were erected!
+
+These remains naturally suggest many interesting reflections. They
+establish the great age of the island, an opinion which the builders of
+theories concerning the creation of the various groups in the South Seas
+are not always inclined to admit. For my own part I think it just as
+probable that human beings were living in the valleys of the Marquesas
+three thousand years ago as that they were inhabiting the land of Egypt.
+The origin of the island of Nukuheva cannot be imputed to the coral
+insect: for indefatigable as that wonderful creature is, it would be
+hardly muscular enough to pile rocks one upon the other more than three
+thousand feet above the level of the sea. That the land may have been
+thrown up by a submarine volcano is as possible as anything else. No one
+can make an affidavit to the contrary, and therefore I will say nothing
+against the supposition: indeed, were geologists to assert that the whole
+continent of America had in like manner been formed by the simultaneous
+explosion of a train of Etnas, laid under the water all the way from the
+North Pole to the parallel of Cape Horn, I am the last man in the world to
+contradict them.
+
+I have already mentioned that the dwellings of the islanders were almost
+invariably built upon massive stone foundations, which they call pi-pis.
+The dimensions of these, however, as well as of the stones composing them,
+are comparatively small: but there are other and larger erections of a
+similar description comprising the "morais," or burying-grounds, and
+festival-places, in nearly all the valleys of the island. Some of these
+piles are so extensive, and so great a degree of labour and skill must
+have been requisite in constructing them, that I can scarcely believe they
+were built by the ancestors of the present inhabitants. If indeed they
+were, the race has sadly deteriorated in their knowledge of the mechanic
+arts. To say nothing of their habitual indolence, by what contrivance
+within the reach of so simple a people could such enormous masses have
+been moved or fixed in their places? and how could they with their rude
+implements have chiselled and hammered them into shape?
+
+All of these larger pi-pis--like that of the Hoolah Hoolah ground in the
+Typee valley--bore incontestable marks of great age; and I am disposed to
+believe that their erection may be ascribed to the same race of men who
+were the builders of the still more ancient remains I have just described.
+
+According to Kory-Kory's account, the pi-pi, upon which stands the Hoolah
+Hoolah ground, was built a great many moons ago, under the direction of
+Monoo, a great chief and warrior, and, as it would appear, master-mason
+among the Typees. It was erected for the express purpose to which it is at
+present devoted, in the incredibly short period of one sun; and was
+dedicated to the immortal wooden idols by a grand festival, which lasted
+ten days and nights.
+
+Among the smaller pi-pis, upon which stand the dwelling-houses of the
+natives, I never observed any which intimated a recent erection. There are
+in every part of the valley a great many of these massive stone
+foundations which have no houses upon them. This is vastly convenient, for
+whenever an enterprising islander chooses to emigrate a few hundred yards
+from the place where he was born, all he has to do in order to establish
+himself in some new locality, is to select one of the many unappropriated
+pi-pis, and without further ceremony pitch his bamboo tent upon it.
+
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER XXI
+
+
+    Preparations for a grand festival in the valley--Strange doings in
+    the Taboo Groves--Monument of Calabashes--Gala costume of the Typee
+                   damsels--Departure for the festival.
+
+
+From the time that my lameness had decreased I had made a daily practice
+of visiting Mehevi at the Ti, who invariably gave me a most cordial
+reception. I was always accompanied in these excursions by Fayaway and the
+ever-present Kory-Kory. The former, as soon as we reached the vicinity of
+the Ti--which was rigorously tabooed to the whole female sex--withdrew to a
+neighbouring hut, as if her feminine delicacy restrained her from
+approaching a habitation which might be regarded as a sort of Bachelor's
+Hall.
+
+And in good truth it might well have been so considered. Although it was
+the permanent residence of several distinguished chiefs, and of the noble
+Mehevi in particular, it was still at certain seasons the favourite haunt
+of all the jolly, talkative, and elderly savages of the vale, who resorted
+thither in the same way that similar characters frequent a tavern in
+civilized countries. There they would remain hour after hour, chatting,
+smoking, eating poee-poee, or busily engaged in sleeping for the good of
+their constitutions.
+
+This building appeared to be the headquarters of the valley, where all
+flying rumours concentrated; and to have seen it filled with a crowd of
+the natives, all males, conversing in animated clusters, while multitudes
+were continually coming and going, one would have thought it a kind of
+savage exchange, where the rise and fall of Polynesian Stock was
+discussed.
+
+Mehevi acted as supreme lord over the place, spending the greater portion
+of his time there: and often when, at particular hours of the day, it was
+deserted by nearly every one else except the verd-antique looking
+centenarians, who were fixtures in the building, the chief himself was
+sure to be found enjoying his "otium cum dignitate" upon the luxurious
+mats which covered the floor. Whenever I made my appearance he invariably
+rose, and, like a gentleman doing the honours of his mansion, invited me
+to repose myself wherever I pleased, and calling out "tammaree!" (boy), a
+little fellow would appear, and then retiring for an instant, return with
+some savoury mess, from which the chief would press me to regale myself.
+To tell the truth, Mehevi was indebted to the excellence of his viands for
+the honour of my repeated visits,--a matter which cannot appear singular,
+when it is borne in mind that bachelors, all the world over, are famous
+for serving up unexceptional repasts.
+
+One day, on drawing near to the Ti, I observed that extensive preparations
+were going forward, plainly betokening some approaching festival. Some of
+the symptoms reminded me of the stir produced among the scullions of a
+large hotel, where a grand jubilee dinner is about to be given. The
+natives were hurrying about hither and thither, engaged in various duties;
+some lugging off to the stream enormous hollow bamboos, for the purpose of
+filling them with water; others chasing furious-looking hogs through the
+bushes, in their endeavours to capture them; and numbers employed in
+kneading great mountains of poee-poee heaped up in huge wooden vessels.
+
+After observing these lively indications for awhile, I was attracted to a
+neighbouring grove by a prodigious squeaking which I heard there. On
+reaching the spot I found it proceeded from a large hog which a number of
+natives were forcibly holding to the earth, while a muscular fellow, armed
+with a bludgeon, was ineffectually aiming murderous blows at the skull of
+the unfortunate porker. Again and again he missed his writhing and
+struggling victim, but though puffing and panting with his exertions, he
+still continued them; and after striking a sufficient number of blows to
+have demolished an entire drove of oxen, with one crashing stroke he laid
+him dead at his feet.
+
+Without letting any blood from the body, it was immediately carried to a
+fire which had been kindled near at hand, and four savages taking hold of
+the carcass by its legs, passed it rapidly to and fro in the flames. In a
+moment the smell of burning bristles betrayed the object of this
+procedure. Having got thus far in the matter, the body was removed to a
+little distance; and, being disembowelled, the entrails were laid aside as
+choice parts, and the whole carcass thoroughly washed with water. An ample
+thick green cloth, composed of the long thick leaves of a species of palm
+tree, ingeniously tacked together with little pins of bamboo, was now
+spread upon the ground, in which the body being carefully rolled, it was
+borne to an oven previously prepared to receive it. Here it was at once
+laid upon the heated stones at the bottom, and covered with thick layers
+of leaves, the whole being quickly hidden from sight by a mound of earth
+raised over it.
+
+Such is the summary style in which the Typees convert perverse-minded and
+rebellious hogs into the most docile and amiable pork; a morsel of which
+placed on the tongue melts like a soft smile from the lips of beauty.
+
+I commend their peculiar mode of proceeding to the consideration of all
+butchers, cooks, and housewives. The hapless porker whose fate I have just
+rehearsed, was not the only one who suffered on that memorable day. Many a
+dismal grunt, many an imploring squeak, proclaimed what was going on
+throughout the whole extent of the valley: and I verily believe the
+first-born of every litter perished before the setting of that fatal sun.
+
+The scene around the Ti was now most animated. Hogs and poee-poee were
+baking in numerous ovens, which, heaped up with fresh earth into slight
+elevations, looked like so many ant-hills. Scores of the savages were
+vigorously plying their stone pestles in preparing masses of poee-poee,
+and numbers were gathering green bread-fruit and young cocoa-nuts in the
+surrounding groves; while an exceeding great multitude, with a view of
+encouraging the rest in their labours, stood still, and kept shouting most
+lustily without intermission.
+
+It is a peculiarity among these people, that when engaged in any
+employment they always make a prodigious fuss about it. So seldom do they
+ever exert themselves, that when they do work they seem determined that so
+meritorious an action shall not escape the observation of those around.
+If, for example, they have occasion to remove a stone to a little
+distance, which perhaps might be carried by two able-bodied men, a whole
+swarm gather about it, and, after a vast deal of palavering, lift it up
+among them, every one struggling to get hold of it, and bear it off
+yelling and panting as if accomplishing some mighty achievement. Seeing
+them on these occasions, one is reminded of an infinity of black ants
+clustering about and dragging away to some hole the leg of a deceased fly.
+
+Having for some time attentively observed these demonstrations of good
+cheer, I entered the Ti, where Mehevi sat complacently looking out upon
+the busy scene, and occasionally issuing his orders. The chief appeared to
+be in an extraordinary flow of spirits, and gave me to understand that on
+the morrow there would be grand doings in the groves generally, and at the
+Ti in particular; and urged me by no means to absent himself. In
+commemoration of what event, however, or in honour of what distinguished
+personage, the feast was to be given, altogether passed my comprehension.
+Mehevi sought to enlighten my ignorance, but he failed as signally as when
+he had endeavoured to initiate me into the perplexing arcana of the taboo.
+
+On leaving the Ti, Kory-Kory, who had, as a matter of course, accompanied
+me, observing that my curiosity remained unabated, resolved to make
+everything plain and satisfactory. With this intent, he escorted me
+through the Taboo Groves, pointing out to my notice a variety of objects,
+and endeavoured to explain them in such an indescribable jargon of words,
+that it almost put me in bodily pain to listen to him. In particular, he
+led me to a remarkable pyramidical structure some three yards square at
+the base, and perhaps ten feet in height, which had lately been thrown up,
+and occupied a very conspicuous position. It was composed principally of
+large empty calabashes, with a few polished cocoa-nut shells, and looked
+not unlike a cenotaph of skulls. My cicerone perceived the astonishment
+with which I gazed at this monument of savage crockery, and immediately
+addressed himself to the task of enlightening me: but all in vain; and to
+this hour the nature of the monument remains a complete mystery to me. As,
+however, it formed so prominent a feature in the approaching revels, I
+bestowed upon the latter, in my own mind, the title of the "Feast of
+Calabashes."
+
+  [Illustration: THUS ARRAYED, I WOULD HAVE MATCHED THE CHARMING FAYAWAY
+  AGAINST ANY BEAUTY IN THE WORLD]
+
+The following morning, awakening rather late, I perceived the whole of
+Marheyo's family busily engaged in preparing for the festival. The old
+warrior himself was arranging in round balls the two grey locks of hair
+that were suffered to grow from the crown of his head; his earrings and
+spear, both well polished, lay beside him, while the highly decorative
+pair of shoes hung suspended from a projecting cane against the side of
+the house. The young men were similarly employed; and the fair damsels,
+including Fayaway, were anointing themselves with "aka," arranging their
+long tresses, and performing other matters connected with the duties of
+the toilet.
+
+Having completed their preparations, the girls now exhibited themselves in
+gala costume; the most conspicuous feature of which was a necklace of
+beautiful white flowers, with the stems removed, and strung closely
+together upon a single fibre of tappa. Corresponding ornaments were
+inserted in their ears, and woven garlands upon their heads. About their
+waist they wore a short tunic of spotless white tappa, and some of them
+superadded to this a mantle of the same material, tied in an elaborate bow
+upon the left shoulder, and falling about the figure in picturesque folds.
+
+Thus arrayed, I would have matched the charming Fayaway against any beauty
+in the world.
+
+People may say what they will about the taste evinced by our fashionable
+ladies in dress. Their jewels, their feathers, their silks and their
+furbelows would have sunk into utter insignificance beside the exquisite
+simplicity of attire adopted by the nymphs of the vale on this festive
+occasion. I should like to have seen a gallery of coronation beauties, at
+Westminster Abbey, confronted for a moment by this band of Island girls;
+their stiffness, formality, and affectation contrasted with the artless
+vivacity and unconcealed natural graces of these savage maidens. It would
+be the Venus de Medici placed beside a milliner's doll.
+
+It was not long before Kory-Kory and myself were left alone in the house,
+the rest of its inmates having departed for the Taboo Groves. My valet was
+all impatience to follow them; and was as fidgety about my dilatory
+movements as a diner out waiting hat in hand at the bottom of the stairs
+for some lagging companion. At last, yielding to his importunities, I set
+out for the Ti. As we passed the houses peeping out from the groves
+through which our route lay, I noticed that they were entirely deserted by
+their inhabitants.
+
+When we reached the rock that abruptly terminated the path, and concealed
+from us the festive scene, wild shouts and a confused blending of voices
+assured me that the occasion, whatever it might be, had drawn together a
+great multitude. Kory-Kory, previous to mounting the elevation, paused for
+a moment, like a dandy at a ball-room door, to put a hasty finish to his
+toilet. During this short interval, the thought struck me that I ought
+myself perhaps to be taking some little pains with my appearance. But as I
+had no holiday raiment, I was not a little puzzled to devise some means of
+decorating myself. However, as I felt desirous to create a sensation, I
+determined to do all that lay in my power; and knowing that I could not
+delight the savages more than by conforming to their style of dress, I
+removed from my person the large robe of tappa which I was accustomed to
+wear over my shoulders whenever I sallied into the open air, and remained
+merely girt about with a short tunic descending from my waist to my knees.
+
+My quick-witted attendant fully appreciated the compliment I was paying to
+the costume of his race, and began more sedulously to arrange the folds of
+the one only garment which remained to me. Whilst he was doing this, I
+caught sight of a knot of young girls, who were sitting near us on the
+grass surrounded by heaps of flowers, which they were forming into
+garlands. I motioned to them to bring some of their handy-work to me; and
+in an instant a dozen wreaths were at my disposal. One of them I put round
+the apology for a hat which I had been forced to construct for myself out
+of palmetto-leaves, and some of the others I converted into a splendid
+girdle. These operations finished, with a slow and dignified step of a
+full-dressed beau I ascended the rock.
+
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER XXII
+
+
+                         The Feast of Calabashes.
+
+
+The whole population of the valley seemed to be gathered within the
+precincts of the grove. In the distance could be seen the long front of
+the Ti, its immense piazza swarming with men, arrayed in every variety of
+fantastic costume, and all vociferating with animated gestures; while the
+whole interval between it and the place where I stood was enlivened by
+groups of females fancifully decorated, dancing, capering, and uttering
+wild exclamations. As soon as they descried me they set up a shout of
+welcome; and a band of them came dancing towards me, chanting as they
+approached some wild recitative. The change in my garb seemed to transport
+them with delight, and clustering about me on all sides, they accompanied
+me towards the Ti. When, however, we drew near it, these joyous nymphs
+paused in their career, and parting on either side, permitted me to pass
+on to the now densely thronged building.
+
+So soon as I mounted to the pi-pi I saw at a glance that the revels were
+fairly under way.
+
+What lavish plenty reigned around!--Warwick feasting his retainers with
+beef and ale, was a niggard to the noble Mehevi!--All along the piazza of
+the Ti were arranged elaborately-carved canoe-shaped vessels, some twenty
+feet in length, filled with newly-made poee-poee, and sheltered from the
+sun by the broad leaves of the banana. At intervals were heaps of green
+bread-fruit, raised in pyramidical stacks, resembling the regular piles of
+heavy shot to be seen in the yard of an arsenal. Inserted into the
+interstices of the huge stones which formed the pi-pi were large boughs of
+trees; hanging from the branches of which, and screened from the sun by
+their foliage, were innumerable little packages with leafy coverings
+containing the meat of the numerous hogs which had been slain, done up in
+this manner to make it more accessible to the crowd. Leaning against the
+railing of the piazza were an immense number of long, heavy bamboos,
+plugged at the lower end, and with their projecting muzzles stuffed with a
+wad of leaves. These were filled with water from the stream, and each of
+them might hold from four to five gallons.
+
+The banquet being thus spread, nought remained but for every one to help
+himself at his pleasure. Accordingly, not a moment passed but the
+transplanted boughs I have mentioned were rifled by the throng of the
+fruit they certainly had never borne before. Calabashes of poee-poee were
+continually being replenished from the extensive receptacle in which that
+article was stored, and multitudes of little fires were kindled about the
+Ti for the purpose of roasting the bread-fruit.
+
+Within the building itself was presented a most extraordinary scene. The
+immense lounge of mats lying between the parallel rows of the trunks of
+cocoa-nut trees, and extending the entire length of the house, at least
+two hundred feet, was covered by the reclining forms of a host of chiefs
+and warriors, who were eating at a great rate, or soothing the cares of
+Polynesian life in the sedative fumes of tobacco. The smoke was inhaled
+from large pipes, the bowls of which, made out of small cocoa-nut shells,
+were curiously carved in strange heathenish devices. These were passed
+from mouth to mouth by the recumbent smokers, each of whom, taking two or
+three prodigious whiffs, handed the pipe to his neighbour; sometimes for
+that purpose stretching indolently across the body of some dozing
+individual whose exertions at the dinner-table had already induced sleep.
+
+The tobacco used among the Typees was of a very mild and pleasing flavour,
+and as I always saw it in leaves, and the natives appeared pretty well
+supplied with it, I was led to believe that it must have been the growth
+of the valley. Indeed Kory-Kory gave me to understand that this was the
+case; but I never saw a single plant growing on the island. At Nukuheva,
+and I believe, in all the other valleys, the weed is very scarce, being
+only obtained in small quantities from foreigners, and smoking is
+consequently with the inhabitants of these places a very great luxury. How
+it was that the Typees were so well furnished with it I cannot divine. I
+should think them too indolent to devote any attention to its culture;
+and, indeed, as far as my observation extended not a single atom of the
+soil was under any other cultivation than that of shower and sunshine. The
+tobacco-plant, however, like the sugar-cane, may grow wild in some remote
+part of the vale.
+
+There were many in the Ti for whom the tobacco did not furnish a
+sufficient stimulus, and who accordingly had recourse to "arva," as a more
+powerful agent in producing the desired effect.
+
+"Arva" is a root very generally dispersed over the South Seas, and from it
+is extracted a juice, the effects of which upon the system are at first
+stimulating in a moderate degree; but it soon relaxes the muscles, and,
+exerting a narcotic influence, produces a luxurious sleep. In the valley
+this beverage was universally prepared in the following way:--Some
+half-dozen young boys seated themselves in a circle around an empty wooden
+vessel, each one of them being supplied with a certain quantity of the
+roots of the "arva," broken into small bits and laid by his side. A
+cocoa-nut goblet of water was passed around the juvenile company, who
+rinsing their mouth with its contents, proceeded to the business before
+them. This merely consisted in thoroughly masticating the "arva," and
+throwing it mouthful after mouthful into the receptacle provided. When a
+sufficient quantity had been thus obtained, water was poured upon the
+mass, and being stirred about with the forefinger of the right hand, the
+preparation was soon in readiness for use. The "arva" has medicinal
+qualities.
+
+Upon the Sandwich Islands it has been employed with no small success in
+the treatment of scrofulous affections, and in combating the ravages of a
+disease which for so many years has been gradually depopulating those fine
+and interesting islands. But the tenants of the Typee valley, as yet
+exempt from these inflictions, generally employ the "arva" as a minister
+to social enjoyment, and a calabash of the liquid circulates among them as
+the bottle with us.
+
+Mehevi, who was greatly delighted with the change in my costume, gave me a
+cordial welcome. He had reserved for me a most delectable mess of
+"cockoo," well knowing my partiality for that dish; and had likewise
+selected three or four young cocoa-nuts, several roasted bread-fruit, and
+a magnificent bunch of bananas, for my especial comfort and gratification.
+These various matters were at once placed before me; but Kory-Kory deemed
+the banquet entirely insufficient for my wants until he had supplied me
+with one of the leafy packages of pork, which, notwithstanding the
+somewhat hasty manner in which it had been prepared, possessed a most
+excellent flavour, and was surprisingly sweet and tender.
+
+Pork is not a staple article of food among the people of the Marquesas,
+consequently they pay little attention to the breeding of the swine. The
+hogs are permitted to roam at large in the groves, where they obtain no
+small portion of their nourishment from the cocoa-nuts which continually
+fall from the trees. But it is only after infinite labour and difficulty,
+that the hungry animal can pierce the husk and shell so as to get at the
+meat. I have frequently been amused at seeing one of them, after crunching
+the obstinate nut with his teeth for a long time unsuccessfully, get into
+a violent passion with it. He would then root furiously under the
+cocoa-nut, and, with a fling of his snout, toss it before him on the
+ground. Following it up, he would crunch at it again savagely for a
+moment, and the next knock it on one side, pausing immediately after, as
+if wondering how it could so suddenly have disappeared. In this way the
+persecuted cocoa-nuts were often chased half across the valley.
+
+The second day of the Feast of Calabashes was ushered in by still more
+uproarious noises than the first. The skins of innumerable sheep seemed to
+be resounding to the blows of an army of drummers. Startled from my
+slumbers by the din, I leaped up, and found the whole household engaged in
+making preparations for immediate departure. Curious to discover of what
+strange events these novel sounds might be the precursors, and not a
+little desirous to catch a sight of the instruments which produced the
+terrific noise, I accompanied the natives as soon as they were in
+readiness to depart for the Taboo Groves.
+
+The comparatively open space that extended from the Ti toward the rock, to
+which I have before alluded as forming the ascent to the place, was, with
+the building itself, now altogether deserted by the men; the whole
+distance being filled by bands of females, shouting and dancing under the
+influence of some strange excitement.
+
+I was amused at the appearance of four or five old women, who in a state
+of utter nudity, with their arms extended flatly down their side, and
+holding themselves perfectly erect, were leaping stiffly into the air,
+like so many sticks bobbing to the surface, after being pressed
+perpendicularly into the water. They preserved the utmost gravity of
+countenance, and continued their extraordinary movements without a single
+moment's cessation. They did not appear to attract the observation of the
+crowd around them, but I must candidly confess that, for my own part, I
+stared at them most pertinaciously.
+
+Desirous of being enlightened in regard to the meaning of this peculiar
+diversion, I turned inquiringly to Kory-Kory: that learned Typee
+immediately proceeded to explain the whole matter thoroughly. But all that
+I could comprehend from what he said was, that the leaping figures before
+me were bereaved widows, whose partners had been slain in battle many
+moons previously; and who, at every festival, gave public evidence in this
+manner of their calamities. It was evident that Kory-Kory considered this
+an all-sufficient reason for so indecorous a custom; but I must say that
+it did not satisfy me as to its propriety.
+
+Leaving these afflicted females, we passed on to the Hoolah Hoolah ground.
+Within the spacious quadrangle, the whole population of the valley seemed
+to be assembled, and the sight presented was truly remarkable. Beneath the
+sheds of bamboo which opened towards the interior of the square, reclined
+the principal chiefs and warriors, while a miscellaneous throng lay at
+their ease under the enormous trees, which spread a majestic canopy
+overhead. Upon the terraces of the gigantic altars, at either end, were
+deposited green bread-fruit in baskets of cocoa-nut leaves, large rolls of
+tappa, bunches of white bananas, clusters of mammee-apples, the
+golden-hued fruit of the artu tree, and baked hogs, laid out in large
+wooden trenchers, fancifully decorated with freshly-plucked leaves, whilst
+a variety of rude implements of war were piled in confused heaps before
+the ranks of hideous idols. Fruits of various kinds were likewise
+suspended in leafen baskets, from the tops of poles planted uprightly, and
+at regular intervals, along the lower terraces of both altars. At their
+base were arranged two parallel rows of cumbersome drums, standing at
+least fifteen feet in height, and formed from the hollow trunks of large
+trees. Their heads were covered with shark skins, and their barrels were
+elaborately carved with various quaint figures and devices. At regular
+intervals, they were bound round by a species of sinnate of various
+colours, and strips of native cloth flattened upon them here and there.
+Behind these instruments were built slight platforms, upon which stood a
+number of young men, who, beating violently with the palms of their hands
+upon the drum-heads, produced those outrageous sounds which had awakened
+me in the morning. Every few minutes these musical performers hopped down
+from their elevation into the crowd below, and their places were
+immediately supplied by fresh recruits. Thus an incessant din was kept up
+that might have startled Pandemonium.
+
+Precisely in the middle of the quadrangle were placed perpendicularly in
+the ground a hundred or more slender, fresh-cut poles, stripped of their
+bark, and decorated at the end with a floating pennon of white tappa, the
+whole being fenced about with a little picket of canes. For what purpose
+these singular ornaments were intended, I in vain endeavoured to discover.
+
+Another most striking feature of the performance was exhibited by a score
+of old men, who sat cross-legged in the little pulpits, which encircled
+the trunks of the immense trees growing in the middle of the enclosure.
+These venerable gentlemen, who I presume were the priests, kept up an
+uninterrupted monotonous chant, which was nearly drowned in the roar of
+drums. In the right hand they held a finely-woven grass fan, with a heavy
+black wooden handle, curiously chased: these fans they kept in continual
+motion.
+
+But no attention whatever seemed to be paid to the drummers or to the old
+priests, the individuals who composed the vast crowd present being
+entirely taken up in chatting and laughing with one another, smoking,
+drinking arva, and eating. For all the observation it attracted, or the
+good it achieved, the whole savage orchestra might, with great advantage
+to its own members and the company in general, have ceased the prodigious
+uproar they were making.
+
+In vain I questioned Kory-Kory and others of the natives, as to the
+meaning of the strange things that were going on; all their explanations
+were conveyed in such a mass of outlandish gibberish and gesticulation
+that I gave up the attempt in despair. All that day the drums resounded,
+the priests chanted, and the multitude feasted and roared till sunset,
+when the throng dispersed, and the Taboo Groves were again abandoned to
+quiet and repose. The next day the same scene was repeated until night,
+when this singular festival terminated.
+
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XXIII
+
+
+       Ideas suggested by the Feast of Calabashes--Effigy of a dead
+    warrior--A singular superstition--The priest Kolory and the god Moa
+    Artua--Amazing religious observance--A dilapidated shrine--Kory-Kory
+                        and the idol--An inference.
+
+
+Although I had been baffled in my attempts to learn the origin of the
+Feast of Calabashes, yet it seemed very plain to me that it was
+principally, if not wholly, of a religious character.
+
+Yet, notwithstanding all I observed on this occasion, I am free to confess
+my almost entire inability to gratify any curiosity that may be felt with
+regard to the theology of the valley. I doubt whether the inhabitants
+themselves could do so. They are either too lazy or too sensible to worry
+themselves about abstract points of religious belief. While I was among
+them, they never held any synods or councils to settle the principles of
+their faith by agitating them. An unbounded liberty of conscience seemed
+to prevail. Those who pleased to do so were allowed to repose implicit
+faith in an ill-favoured god, with a large bottle-nose, and fat shapeless
+arms crossed upon his breast; whilst others worshipped an image which,
+having no likeness either in heaven or on earth, could hardly be called an
+idol. As the islanders always maintained a discreet reserve with regard to
+my own peculiar views on religion, I thought it would be excessively
+ill-bred in me to pry into theirs.
+
+But, although my knowledge of the religious faith of the Typees was
+unavoidably limited, one of their superstitious observances with which I
+became acquainted interested me greatly.
+
+In one of the most secluded portions of the valley, within a stone's cast
+of Fayaway's lake--for so I christened the scene of our island yachting--and
+hard by a growth of palms, which stood ranged in order along both banks of
+the stream, waving their green arms as if to do honour to its passage, was
+the mausoleum of a deceased warrior-chief. Like all the other edifices of
+any note, it was raised upon a small pi-pi of stones, which, being of
+unusual height, was a conspicuous object from a distance. A light
+thatching of bleached palmetto-leaves hung over it like a self-supported
+canopy; for it was not until you came very near that you saw it was
+supported by four slender columns of bamboo, rising at each corner to a
+little more than the height of a man. A clear area of a few yards
+surrounded the pi-pi, and was enclosed by four trunks of cocoa-nut trees,
+resting at the angles on massive blocks of stone. The place was sacred.
+The sign of the inscrutable Taboo was seen, in the shape of a mystic roll
+of white tappa, suspended by a twisted cord of the same material from the
+top of a slight pole planted within the enclosure.(3) The sanctity of the
+spot appeared never to have been violated. The stillness of the grave was
+there, and the calm solitude around was beautiful and touching. The soft
+shadows of those lofty palm trees--I can see them now--hanging over the
+little temple, as if to keep out the intrusive sun.
+
+On all sides, as you approached this silent spot, you caught sight of the
+dead chief's effigy, seated in the stern of a canoe, which was raised on a
+light frame a few inches above the level of the pi-pi. The canoe was about
+seven feet in length; of a rich, dark-coloured wood, handsomely carved,
+and adorned in many places with variegated bindings of stained sinnate,
+into which were ingeniously wrought a number of sparkling sea-shells, and
+a belt of the same shells ran all round it. The body of the figure--of
+whatever material it might have been made--was effectually concealed in a
+heavy robe of brown tappa, revealing only the hands and head; the latter
+skilfully carved in wood, and surmounted by a superb arch of plumes. These
+plumes, in the subdued and gentle gales which found access to this
+sequestered spot, were never for one moment at rest, but kept nodding and
+waving over the chief's brow. The long leaves of the palmetto dropped over
+the eaves, and through them you saw the warrior, holding his paddle with
+both hands in the act of rowing, leaning forward and inclining his head,
+as if eager to hurry on his voyage. Glaring at him for ever, and face to
+face, was a polished human skull, which crowned the prow of the canoe. The
+spectral figure-head, reversed in its position, glancing backwards, seemed
+to mock the impatient attitude of the warrior.
+
+When I first visited this singular place with Kory-Kory, he told me--or, at
+least, I so understood him--that the chief was paddling his way to the
+realms of bliss and bread-fruit--the Polynesian heaven--where every moment
+the bread-fruit trees dropped their ripened spheres to the ground, and
+where there was no end to the cocoa-nuts and bananas; there they reposed
+through the live-long eternity upon mats much finer than those of Typee;
+and every day bathed their glowing limbs in rivers of cocoa-nut oil. In
+that happy land there were plenty of plumes and feathers, and boars'-tusks
+and sperm-whale teeth, far preferable to all the shining trinkets and gay
+tappa of the white men; and, best of all, women, far lovelier than the
+daughters of earth, were there in abundance. "A very pleasant place,"
+Kory-Kory said it was; "but, after all, not much pleasanter, he thought,
+than Typee." "Did he not, then," I asked him, "wish to accompany the
+warrior?" "Oh, no; he was very happy where he was; but supposed that some
+time or other he would go in his own canoe."
+
+Thus far, I think, I clearly comprehended Kory-Kory. But there was a
+singular expression he made use of at the time, enforced by as singular a
+gesture, the meaning of which I would have given much to penetrate. I am
+inclined to believe it must have been a proverb he uttered; for I
+afterwards heard him repeat the same words several times, and in what
+appeared to me to be a somewhat similar sense. Indeed, Kory-Kory had a
+great variety of short, smart-sounding sentences, with which he frequently
+enlivened his discourse; and he introduced them with an air which plainly
+intimated, that, in his opinion, they settled the matter in question,
+whatever it might be.
+
+Could it have been, then, that when I asked him whether he desired to go
+to this heaven of bread-fruit, cocoa-nuts, and young ladies, which he had
+been describing, he answered by saying something equivalent to our old
+adage--"A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush!"--if he did, Kory-Kory
+was a discreet and sensible fellow, and I cannot sufficiently admire his
+shrewdness.
+
+Whenever, in the course of my rambles through the valley, I happened to be
+near the chief's mausoleum, I always turned aside to visit it. The place
+had a peculiar charm for me; I hardly know why, but so it was. As I leaned
+over the railing and gazed upon the strange effigy, and watched the play
+of the feathery head-dress, stirred by the same breeze which in low tones
+breathed amidst the lofty palm trees, I loved to yield myself up to the
+fanciful superstition of the islanders, and could almost believe that the
+grim warrior was bound heavenward. In this mood, when I turned to depart,
+I bade him, "God speed, and a pleasant voyage." Ay, paddle away, brave
+chieftain, to the land of spirits! To the material eye thou makest but
+little progress, but, with the eye of faith, I see thy canoe cleaving the
+bright waves, which die away on those dimly looming shores of Paradise.
+
+This strange superstition affords another evidence of the fact, that
+however ignorant man may be, he still feels within him his immortal spirit
+yearning after the unknown future.
+
+Although the religious theories of the islands were a complete mystery to
+me, their practical every-day operation could not be concealed. I
+frequently passed the little temples reposing in the shadows of the Taboo
+Groves, and beheld the offerings--mouldy fruit spread out upon a rude
+altar, or hanging in half-decayed baskets around some uncouth,
+jolly-looking images. I was present during the continuance of the
+festival. I daily beheld the grinning idols marshalled rank and file in
+the Hoolah Hoolah ground, and was often in the habit of meeting those whom
+I supposed to be the priests. But the temples seemed to be abandoned to
+solitude; the festival had been nothing more than a jovial mingling of the
+tribe; the idols were quite as harmless as any other logs of wood; and the
+priests were the merriest dogs in the valley.
+
+In fact, religious affairs in Typee were at a very low ebb. All such
+matters sat very lightly upon the thoughtless inhabitants; and, in the
+celebration of many of their strange rites, they appeared merely to seek a
+sort of childish amusement.
+
+A curious evidence of this was given in a remarkable ceremony, in which I
+frequently saw Mehevi and several other chiefs and warriors of note take
+part; but never a single female.
+
+Among those whom I looked upon as forming the priesthood of the valley,
+there was one in particular who often attracted my notice, and whom I
+could not help regarding as the head of the order. He was a noble-looking
+man, in the prime of his life, and of a most benignant aspect. The
+authority this man, whose name was Kolory, seemed to exercise over the
+rest, the episcopal part he took in the Feast of Calabashes, his sleek and
+complacent appearance, the mystic characters which were tattooed upon his
+chest, and, above all, the mitre he frequently wore, in the shape of a
+towering head-dress, consisting of part of a cocoa-nut branch, the stalk
+planted uprightly on his brow, and the leaflets gathered together and
+passed round the temples and behind the ears, all these pointed him out as
+Lord Primate of Typee. Kolory was a sort of Knight Templar--a
+soldier-priest; for he often wore the dress of a Marquesan warrior, and
+always carried a long spear, which, instead of terminating in a paddle at
+the lower end, after the general fashion of these weapons, was curved into
+a heathenish-looking little image. This instrument, however, might perhaps
+have been emblematic of his double functions. With one end, in carnal
+combat he tranfixed the enemies of his tribe; and with the other, as a
+pastoral crook, he kept in order his spiritual flock. But this is not all
+I have to about Kolory. His martial grace very often carried about with
+him what seemed to me the half of a broken war-club. It was swathed round
+with ragged bits of white tappa, and the upper part, which was intended to
+represent a human head, was embellished with a strip of scarlet cloth of
+European manufacture. It required little observation to discover that this
+strange object was revered as a god. By the side of the big and lusty
+images standing sentinel over the altars of the Hoolah Hoolah ground, it
+seemed a mere pigmy in tatters. But appearances all the world over are
+deceptive. Little men are sometimes very potent, and rags sometimes cover
+very extensive pretensions. In fact, this funny little image was the
+"crack" god of the island; lording it over all the wooden lubbers who
+looked so grim and dreadful; its name was Moa Artua.(4) And it was in
+honour of Moa Artua, and for the entertainment of those who believe in
+him, that the curious ceremony I am about to describe was observed.
+
+Mehevi and the chieftains of the Ti have just risen from their noontide
+slumbers. There are no affairs of state to dispose of; and having eaten
+two or three breakfasts in the course of the morning, the magnates of the
+valley feel no appetite as yet for dinner. How are their leisure moments
+to be occupied? They smoke, they chat, and at last one of their number
+makes a proposition to the rest, who joyfully acquiescing, he darts out of
+the house, leaps from the pi-pi, and disappears in the grove. Soon you see
+him returning with Kolory, who bears the god Moa Artua in his arms, and
+carries in one hand a small trough, hollowed out in the likeness of a
+canoe. The priest comes along dangling his charge as if it were a
+lachrymose infant he was endeavouring to put into a good humour.
+Presently, entering the Ti, he seats himself on the mats as composedly as
+a juggler about to perform his sleight-of-hand tricks; and, with the
+chiefs disposed in a circle around him, commences his ceremony.
+
+In the first place he gives Moa Artua an affectionate hug, then
+caressingly lays him to his breast, and, finally, whispers something in
+his ear, the rest of the company listening eagerly for a reply. But the
+baby-god is deaf or dumb,--perhaps both, for never a word does he utter. At
+last Kolory speaks a little louder, and soon growing angry, comes boldly
+out with what he has to say, and bawls to him. He put me in mind of a
+choleric fellow, who, after trying in vain to communicate a secret to a
+deaf man, all at once flies into a passion and screams it out so that
+every one may hear. Still Moa Artua remains as quiet as ever, and Kolory,
+seemingly losing his temper, fetches him a box over the head, strips him
+of his tappa and red cloth, and, laying him in a state of nudity in a
+little trough, covers him from sight. At this proceeding all present
+loudly applaud, and signify their approval by uttering the adjective
+"motarkee" with violent emphasis. Kolory, however, is so desirous his
+conduct should meet with unqualified approbation, that he inquires of each
+individual separately whether, under existing circumstances, he has not
+done perfectly right in shutting up Moa Artua. The invariable response is
+"Aa, Aa" (yes, yes), repeated over again and again in a manner which ought
+to quiet the scruples of the most conscientious. After a few moments
+Kolory brings forth his doll again, and, while arraying it very carefully
+in the tappa and red cloth, alternately fondles and chides it. The toilet
+being completed, he once more speaks to it aloud. The whole company
+hereupon show the greatest interest; while the priest, holding Moa Artua
+to his ear, interprets to them what he pretends the god is confidentially
+communicating to him. Some items of intelligence appear to tickle all
+present amazingly; for one claps his hands in a rapture; another shouts
+with merriment; and a third leaps to his feet and capers about like a
+madman.
+
+What under the sun Moa Artua on these occasions had to say to Kolory I
+never could find out; but I could not help thinking that the former showed
+a sad want of spirit in being disciplined into making those disclosures,
+which at first he seemed bent on withholding. Whether the priest honestly
+interpreted what he believed the divinity said to him, or whether he was
+not all the while guilty of a vile humbug, I shall not presume to decide.
+At any rate, whatever, as coming from the god, was imparted to those
+present, seemed to be generally of a complimentary nature--a fact which
+illustrates the sagacity of Kolory, or else the time-serving disposition
+of this hardly-used deity.
+
+Moa Artua having nothing more to say, his bearer goes to nursing him
+again, in which occupation, however, he is soon interrupted by a question
+put by one of the warriors to the god. Kolory hereupon snatches it up to
+his ear again, and after listening attentively, once more officiates as
+the organ of communication. A multitude of questions and answers having
+passed between the parties, much to the satisfaction of those who propose
+them, the god is put tenderly to bed in the trough, and the whole company
+unite in a long chant, led off by Kolory. This ended, the ceremony is
+over; the chiefs rise to their feet in high good humour, and my Lord
+Archbishop, after chatting awhile, and regaling himself with a whiff or
+two from a pipe of tobacco, tucks the canoe under his arm and marches off
+with it.
+
+The whole of these proceedings were like those of a parcel of children
+playing with dolls and baby-houses.
+
+For a youngster scarcely ten inches high, and with so few early advantages
+as he doubtless had had, Moa Artua was certainly a precocious little
+fellow, if he really said all that was imputed to him; but for what reason
+this poor devil of a deity, thus cuffed about, cajoled, and shut up in a
+box, was held in greater estimation than the full-grown and dignified
+personages of the Taboo Groves, I cannot divine. And yet Mehevi, and other
+chiefs of unquestionable veracity--to say nothing of the Primate
+himself--assured me over and over again that Moa Artua was the tutelary
+deity of Typee, and was more to be held in honour than a whole battalion
+of the clumsy idols in the Hoolah Hoolah grounds. Kory-Kory--who seemed to
+have devoted considerable attention to the study of theology, as he knew
+the names of all the graven images in the valley, and often repeated them
+over to me--likewise entertained some rather enlarged ideas with regard to
+the character and pretensions of Moa Artua. He once gave me to understand,
+with a gesture there was no misconceiving, that if he (Moa Artua) were so
+minded, he could cause a cocoa-nut tree to sprout out of his (Kory-Kory's)
+head; and that it would be the easiest thing in life for him (Moa Artua)
+to take the whole island of Nukuheva in his mouth, and dive down to the
+bottom of the sea with it.
+
+But, in sober seriousness, I hardly knew what to make of the religion of
+the valley. There was nothing that so much perplexed the illustrious Cook,
+in his intercourse with the South Sea islanders, as their sacred rites.
+Although this prince of navigators was in many instances assisted by
+interpreters in the prosecution of his researches, he still frankly
+acknowledges that he was at a loss to obtain anything like a clear insight
+into the puzzling arcana of their faith. A similar admission has been made
+by other eminent voyagers,--by Carteret, Byron, Kotzebue, and Vancouver.
+
+For my own part, although hardly a day passed while I remained upon the
+island that I did not witness some religious ceremony or other, it was
+very much like seeing a parcel of "Freemasons" making secret signs to each
+other: I saw everything, but could comprehend nothing.
+
+On the whole, I am inclined to believe that the islanders in the Pacific
+have no fixed and definite ideas whatever on the subject of religion. I am
+persuaded that Kolory himself would be effectually posed were he called
+upon to draw up the articles of his faith, and pronounce the creed by
+which he hoped to be saved. In truth, the Typees, so far as their actions
+evince, submitted to no laws, human or divine--always excepting the thrice
+mysterious Taboo. The "independent electors" of the valley were not to be
+browbeaten by chiefs, priests, idols, or devils. As for the luckless
+idols, they received more hard knocks than supplications. I do not wonder
+that some of them looked so grim, and stood so bolt upright, as if fearful
+of looking to the right or the left, lest they should give any one
+offence. The fact is, they had to carry themselves "_pretty straight_," or
+suffer the consequences. Their worshippers were such a precious set of
+fickle-minded and irreverent heathens, that there was no telling when they
+might topple one of them over, break it to pieces, and making a fire with
+it on the very altar itself, fall to roasting the offerings of
+bread-fruit, and eat them in spite of its teeth.
+
+In how little reverence these unfortunate deities were held by the
+natives, was on one occasion most convincingly proved to me. Walking with
+Kory-Kory through the deepest recesses of the groves, I perceived a
+curious-looking image about six feet in height, which originally had been
+placed upright against a low pi-pi, surmounted by a ruinous bamboo temple,
+but having become fatigued and weak in the knees, was now carelessly
+leaning against it. The idol was partly concealed by the foliage of a tree
+which stood near, and whose leafy boughs drooped over the pile of stones,
+as if to protect the rude fane from the decay to which it was rapidly
+hastening. The image itself was nothing more than a grotesquely-shaped
+log, carved in the likeness of a portly naked man, with the arms clasped
+over the head, the jaws thrown wide apart, and its thick shapeless legs
+bowed into an arch. It was much decayed. The lower part was overgrown with
+a bright silky moss. Thin spears of grass sprouted from the distended
+mouth, and fringed the outline of the head and arms. His godship had
+literally attained a green old age. All its prominent points were bruised
+and battered or entirely rotted away. The nose had taken its departure,
+and from the general appearance of the head, it might have been supposed
+that the wooden divinity, in despair at the neglect of its worshippers,
+had been trying to beat its own brains out against the surrounding trees.
+
+I drew near, to inspect more closely this strange object of idolatry, but
+halted reverently at the distance of two or three paces, out of regard of
+the religious prejudices of my valet. As soon, however, as Kory-Kory
+perceived that I was in one of my inquiring, scientific moods, to my
+astonishment he sprang to the side of the idol, and pushing it away from
+the stones against which it rested, endeavoured to make it stand upon its
+legs. But the divinity had lost the use of them altogether; and while
+Kory-Kory was trying to prop it up, by placing a stick between it and
+pi-pi, the monster fell clumsily to the ground, and would infallibly have
+broken its neck had not Kory-Kory providentially broken its fall, by
+receiving its whole weight on his own half-crushed back. I never saw the
+honest fellow in such a rage before. He leaped furiously to his feet, and,
+seizing the stick, began beating the poor image, every moment or two
+pausing and talking to it in the most violent manner, as if upbraiding it
+for the accident. When his indignation had subsided a little, he whirled
+the idol about most profanely, so as to give me an opportunity of
+examining it on all sides. I am quite sure I never should have presumed to
+have taken such liberties with the god myself, and I was not a little
+shocked at Kory-Kory's impiety.
+
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER XXIV
+
+
+     General information gathered at the festival--Personal beauty of
+      the Typees--Their superiority over the inhabitants of the other
+         islands--Diversity of complexion--A vegetable cosmetic and
+       ointment--Testimony of voyagers to the uncommon beauty of the
+          Marquesans--Few evidences of intercourse with civilized
+    beings--Dilapidated musket--Primitive simplicity of government--Regal
+                            dignity of Mehevi.
+
+
+Although I had been unable during the late festival to obtain information
+on many interesting subjects which had much excited my curiosity, still
+that important event had not passed by without adding materially to my
+general knowledge of the islanders.
+
+I was especially struck by the physical strength and beauty which they
+displayed, by their great superiority in these respects over the
+inhabitants of the neighbouring bay of Nukuheva, and by the singular
+contrasts they presented among themselves in their various shades of
+complexion.
+
+In beauty of form they surpassed anything I had ever seen. Not a single
+instance of natural deformity was observable in all the throng attending
+the revels. Occasionally I noticed among the men the scars of wounds they
+had received in battle; and sometimes, though very seldom, the loss of a
+finger, an eye, or an arm, attributable to the same cause. With these
+exceptions, every individual appeared free from those blemishes which
+sometimes mar the effect of an otherwise perfect form. But their physical
+excellence did not merely consist in an exemption from these evils; nearly
+every individual of their number might have been taken for a sculptor's
+model.
+
+When I remembered that these islanders derived no advantage from dress,
+but appeared in all the naked simplicity of nature, I could not avoid
+comparing them with the fine gentlemen and dandies who promenade such
+unexceptional figures in our frequented thoroughfares. Stripped of the
+cunning artifices of the tailor, and standing forth in the garb of
+Eden,--what a sorry set of round-shouldered, spindle-shanked, crane-necked
+varlets would civilized men appear! Stuffed calves, padded breasts, and
+scientifically cut pantaloons would then avail them nothing, and the
+effect would be truly deplorable.
+
+Nothing in the appearance of the islanders struck me more forcibly than
+the whiteness of their teeth. The novelist always compares the masticators
+of his heroine to ivory; but I boldly pronounce the teeth of the Typees to
+be far more beautiful than ivory itself. The jaws of the oldest greybeards
+among them were much better garnished than those of the youths of
+civilized countries; while the teeth of the young and middle-aged, in
+their purity and whiteness, were actually dazzling to the eye. This
+marvellous whiteness of the teeth is to be ascribed to the pure vegetable
+diet of these people, and the uninterrupted healthfulness of their natural
+mode of life.
+
+The men, in almost every instance, are of lofty stature, scarcely ever
+less than six feet in height, while the other sex are uncommonly
+diminutive. The early period of life at which the human form arrives at
+maturity in this generous tropical climate likewise deserves to be
+mentioned. A little creature, not more than thirteen years of age, who in
+other particulars might be regarded as a mere child, is often seen nursing
+her own baby; whilst lads who, under less ripening skies, would be still
+at school, are here responsible fathers of families.
+
+On first entering the Typee valley, I had been struck with the marked
+contrast presented by its inhabitants with those of the bay I had
+previously left. In the latter place, I had not been favourably impressed
+with the personal appearance of the male portion of the population;
+although with the females, excepting in some truly melancholy instances, I
+had been wonderfully pleased.
+
+Apart, however, from these considerations, I am inclined to believe that
+there exists a radical difference between the two tribes, if indeed they
+are not distinct races of men. To those who have merely touched at
+Nukuheva Bay, without visiting other portions of the island, would hardly
+appear credible the diversities presented between the various small clans
+inhabiting so diminutive a spot. But the hereditary hostility which has
+existed between them for ages fully accounts for this.
+
+Not so easy, however, is it to assign an adequate cause for the endless
+variety of complexions to be seen in the Typee valley. During the
+festival, I had noticed several young females whose skins were almost as
+white as any Saxon damsel's, a slight dash of the mantling brown being all
+that marked the difference. This comparative fairness of complexion,
+though in a great degree perfectly natural, is partly the result of an
+artificial process, and of an entire exclusion from the sun. The juice of
+the "papa" root, found in great abundance at the head of the valley, is
+held in great esteem as a cosmetic, with which many of the females daily
+anoint their whole person. The habitual use of it whitens and beautifies
+the skin. Those of the young girls who resort to this method of
+heightening their charms, never expose themselves to the rays of the sun;
+an observance, however, that produces little or no inconvenience, since
+there are but few of the inhabited portions of the vale which are not
+shaded over with a spreading canopy of boughs, so that one may journey
+from house to house, scarcely deviating from the direct course, and yet
+never once see his shadow cast upon the ground.
+
+The "papa," when used, is suffered to remain upon the skin for several
+hours; being of a light green colour, it consequently imparts for the time
+a similar hue to the complexion. Nothing, therefore, can be imagined more
+singular than the appearance of these nearly naked damsels immediately
+after the application of the cosmetic. To look at one of them you would
+almost suppose she was some vegetable in an unripe state; and that,
+instead of living in the shade for ever, she ought to be placed out in the
+sun to ripen.
+
+All the islanders are more or less in the habit of anointing themselves;
+the women preferring the "aker" or "papa," and the men using the oil of
+the cocoa-nut. Mehevi was remarkably fond of mollifying his entire cuticle
+with this ointment. Sometimes he might be seen with his whole body fairly
+reeking with the perfumed oil of the nut, looking as if he had just
+emerged from a soap-boiler's vat, or had undergone the process of dipping
+in a tallow-chandlery. To this cause, perhaps, united to their frequent
+bathing, and extreme cleanliness, is ascribable, in a great measure, the
+marvellous purity and smoothness of skin exhibited by the natives in
+general.
+
+The prevailing tint among the women of the valley was a light olive, and
+of this style of complexion Fayaway afforded the most beautiful example.
+Others were still darker, while not a few were of a genuine golden colour,
+and some of a swarthy hue.
+
+As agreeing with much previously mentioned in this narrative, I may here
+observe, that Mendanna, their discoverer, in his account of the Marquesas,
+described the natives as wondrously beautiful to behold, and as nearly
+resembling the people of Southern Europe. The first of these islands seen
+by Mendanna was La Madelena, which is not far distant from Nukuheva; and
+its inhabitants in every respect resemble those dwelling on that and the
+other islands of the group. Figueroa, the chronicler of Mendanna's voyage,
+says, that on the morning the land was descried, when the Spaniards drew
+near the shore, there sallied forth, in rude procession, about seventy
+canoes, and at the same time many of the inhabitants (females, I presume)
+made towards the ships by swimming. He adds, that "in complexion they were
+nearly white, of good stature, and finely formed; and on their faces and
+bodies were delineated representations of fishes and other devices." The
+old Don then goes on to say, "There came, among others, two lads paddling
+their canoe, whose eyes were fixed on the ship; they had beautiful faces,
+and the most promising animation of countenance, and were in all things so
+becoming, that the pilot-mayor, Quiros, affirmed, nothing in his life ever
+caused him so much regret as the leaving such fine creatures to be lost in
+that country."
+
+Some of the natives present at the Feast of Calabashes had displayed a few
+articles of European dress, disposed, however, about their persons after
+their own peculiar fashion. Among these I perceived the two pieces of
+cotton cloth which poor Toby and myself had bestowed upon our youthful
+guides the afternoon we entered the valley. They were evidently reserved
+for gala days; and during those of the festival they rendered the young
+islanders who wore them very distinguished characters. The small number
+who were similarly adorned, and the great value they appeared to place
+upon the most common and most trivial articles, furnished ample evidence
+of the very restricted intercourse they held with vessels touching at the
+island. A few cotton handkerchiefs of a gay pattern, tied about the neck,
+and suffered to fall over the shoulders, strips of fanciful calico,
+swathed about the loins, were nearly all I saw.
+
+Indeed, throughout the valley, there were few things of any kind to be
+seen of European origin. All I ever saw, besides the articles just alluded
+to, were the six muskets preserved in the Ti, and three or four similar
+implements of warfare hung up in other houses, some small canvas bags,
+partly filled with bullets and powder, and half a dozen old hatchet-heads,
+with the edges blunted and battered to such a degree as to render them
+utterly worthless. These last seemed to be regarded as nearly worthless by
+the natives; and several times they held up one of them before me, and
+throwing it aside with a gesture of disgust, manifested their contempt for
+anything that could so soon become unserviceable.
+
+But the muskets, the powder, and the bullets, were held in most
+extravagant esteem. The former, from their great age and the peculiarities
+they exhibited, were well worthy a place in any antiquarian's armoury. I
+remember, in particular, one that hung in the Ti, and which
+Mehevi--supposing as a matter of course that I was able to repair it--had
+put into my hands for that purpose. It was one of those clumsy,
+old-fashioned English pieces known generally as Tower Hill muskets, and,
+for aught I know, might have been left on the island by Wallace, Carteret,
+Cook, or Vancouver. The stock was half-rotten and worm-eaten; the lock was
+as rusty and about as well adapted to its ostensible purpose as an old
+door-hinge; the threading of the screws about the trigger was completely
+worn away; while the barrel shook in the wood. Such was the weapon the
+chief desired me to restore to its original condition. As I did not
+possess the accomplishments of a gunsmith, and was likewise destitute of
+the necessary tools, I was reluctantly obliged to signify my inability to
+perform the task. At this unexpected communication Mehevi regarded me, for
+a moment, as if he half suspected I was some inferior sort of white man,
+who after all did not know much more than a Typee. However, after a most
+laboured explanation of the matter, I succeeded in making him understand
+the extreme difficulty of the task. Scarcely satisfied with my apologies,
+however, he marched off with the superannuated musket in something of a
+huff, as if he would no longer expose it to the indignity of being
+manipulated by such unskilful fingers.
+
+  [Illustration: MEHEVI]
+
+During the festival, I had not failed to remark the simplicity of manner,
+the freedom from all restraint, and, to a certain degree, the equality of
+condition manifested by the natives in general. No one appeared to assume
+any arrogant pretensions. There was little more than a slight difference
+in costume to distinguish the chiefs from the other natives. All appeared
+to mix together freely, and without any reserve; although I noticed that
+the wishes of a chief, even when delivered in the mildest tone, received
+the same immediate obedience which elsewhere would have been only accorded
+to a peremptory command. What may be the extent of the authority of the
+chiefs over the rest of the tribe, I will not venture to assert; but from
+all I saw during my stay in the valley, I was induced to believe that in
+matters concerning the general welfare it was very limited. The required
+degree of deference towards them, however, was willingly and cheerfully
+yielded; and as all authority is transmitted from father to son, I have no
+doubt that one of the effects here, as elsewhere, of high birth, is to
+induce respect and obedience.
+
+The particular grades of rank existing among the chiefs of Typee, I could
+not in all cases determine. Previous to the Feast of Calabashes, I had
+been puzzled what particular station to assign to Mehevi. But the
+important part he took upon that occasion convinced me that he had no
+superior among the inhabitants of the valley. I had invariably noticed a
+certain degree of deference paid to him by all with whom I had ever seen
+him brought in contact; but when I remembered that my wanderings had been
+confined to a limited portion of the valley, and that towards the sea a
+number of distinguished chiefs resided, some of whom had separately
+visited me at Marheyo's house, and whom, until the festival, I had never
+seen in the company of Mehevi, I felt disposed to believe that his rank,
+after all, might not be particularly elevated.
+
+The revels, however, had brought together all the warriors whom I had seen
+individually and in groups at different times and places. Among them
+Mehevi moved with an easy air of superiority which was not to be mistaken;
+and he whom I had only looked at as the hospitable host of the Ti, and one
+of the military leaders of the tribe, now assumed in my eyes the dignity
+of royal station. His striking costume, no less than his naturally
+commanding figure, seemed indeed to give him pre-eminence over the rest.
+The towering helmet of feathers that he wore raised him in height above
+all who surrounded him; and though some others were similarly adorned, the
+length and luxuriance of their plumes were far inferior to his.
+
+Mehevi was in fact the greatest of the chiefs--the head of his clan--the
+sovereign of the valley; and the simplicity of the social institutions of
+the people could not have been more completely proved than by the fact,
+that after having been several weeks in the valley, and almost in daily
+intercourse with Mehevi, I should have remained until the time of the
+festival ignorant of his regal character. But a new light had now broken
+in upon me. The Ti was the palace--and Mehevi the king. Both the one and
+the other of a most simple and patriarchal nature it must be allowed, and
+wholly unattended by the ceremonious pomp which usually surrounds the
+purple.
+
+After having made this discovery I could not avoid congratulating myself
+that Mehevi had from the first taken me as it were under his royal
+protection, and that he still continued to entertain for me the warmest
+regard, as far at least as I was enabled to judge from appearances. For
+the future I determined to pay most assiduous court to him, hoping that
+eventually through his kindness I might obtain my liberty.
+
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER XXV
+
+
+      King Mehevi--Conduct of Marheyo and Mehevi in certain delicate
+              matters--Peculiar system of marriage--Number of
+       population--Uniformity--Embalming--Places of sepulture--Funeral
+     obsequies at Nukuheva--Number of inhabitants in Typee--Location of
+              the dwellings--Happiness enjoyed in the valley.
+
+
+King Mehevi!--A goodly sounding title!--and why should I not bestow it upon
+the foremost man in the valley? All hail, therefore, Mehevi, king over all
+the Typees! and long life and prosperity to his tropical majesty! But to
+be sober again after this loyal burst.
+
+Previously to seeing the Dancing Widows I had little idea that there were
+any matrimonial relations subsisting in Typee, and I should as soon have
+thought of a Platonic affection being cultivated between the sexes, as of
+the solemn connexion of man and wife. To be sure, there were old Marheyo
+and Tinor, who seemed to live together quite sociably; but for all that, I
+had sometimes observed a comical-looking old gentleman, dressed in a suit
+of shabby tattooing, who appeared to be equally at home. This behaviour,
+until subsequent discoveries enlightened me, puzzled me more than anything
+else I witnessed in Typee.
+
+As for Mehevi, I had supposed him a confirmed bachelor, as well as most of
+the principal chiefs. At any rate, if they had wives and families, they
+ought to have been ashamed of themselves; for sure I am, they never
+troubled themselves about any domestic affairs. In truth, Mehevi seemed to
+be the president of a club of hearty fellows who kept "Bachelor's Hall" in
+fine style at the Ti. I had no doubt but that they regarded children as
+odious incumbrances; and their ideas of domestic felicity were
+sufficiently shown in the fact, that they allowed no meddlesome
+housekeepers to turn topsy-turvy those snug little arrangements they had
+made in their comfortable dwelling. I strongly suspected, however, that
+some of those jolly bachelors were carrying on love intrigues with the
+maidens of the tribe, although they did not appear publicly to acknowledge
+them. I happened to pop upon Mehevi three or four times when he was
+romping--in a most undignified manner for a warrior king--with one of the
+prettiest little witches in the valley. She lived with an old woman and a
+young man, in a house near Marheyo's; and although in appearance a mere
+child herself, had a noble boy about a year old, who bore a marvellous
+resemblance to Mehevi, whom I should certainly have believed to have been
+the father, were it not that the little fellow had no triangle on his
+face. Mehevi, however, was not the only person upon whom the damsel
+Moonoony smiled--the young fellow of fifteen, who permanently resided in
+the house with her, was decidedly in her good graces. This too was a
+mystery which, with others of the same kind, was afterwards satisfactorily
+explained.
+
+During the second day of the Feast of Calabashes, Kory-Kory--being
+determined that I should have some understanding on these matters--had, in
+the course of his explanations, directed my attention to a peculiarity I
+had frequently marked among many of the females,--principally those of a
+mature age and rather matronly appearance. This consisted in having the
+right hand and the left foot most elaborately tattooed; while the rest of
+the body was wholly free from the operation of the art, with the exception
+of the minutely dotted lips and slight marks on the shoulders, to which I
+have previously referred as comprising the sole tattooing exhibited by
+Fayaway, in common with other young girls of her age. The hand and foot
+thus embellished, were, according to Kory-Kory, the distinguishing badge
+of wedlock, so far as that social and highly commendable institution is
+known among these people. It answers, indeed, the same purpose as the
+plain gold ring worn by our fairer spouses.
+
+After Kory-Kory's explanation of the subject, I was for some time
+studiously respectful in the presence of all females thus distinguished,
+and never ventured to indulge in the slightest approach to flirtation with
+any of their number.
+
+A further insight, however, into the peculiar domestic customs of the
+inmates of the valley did away in a measure with the severity of my
+scruples, and convinced me that I was deceived in some at least of my
+conclusions. A regular system of polygamy exists among the islanders, but
+of a most extraordinary nature,--a plurality of husbands, instead of wives;
+and this solitary fact speaks volumes for the gentle disposition of the
+male population.
+
+I was not able to learn what particular ceremony was observed in forming
+the marriage contract, but am inclined to think that it must have been of
+a very simple nature. Perhaps the mere "popping the question," as it is
+termed with us, might have been followed by an immediate nuptial alliance.
+At any rate, tedious courtships are unknown in the valley of Typee.
+
+The males considerably outnumber the females. This holds true of many of
+the islands of Polynesia, although the reverse of what is the case in most
+civilized countries. The girls are first wooed and won, at a very tender
+age, by some stripling in the household in which they reside. This,
+however, is a mere frolic of the affections, and no formal engagement is
+contracted. By the time this first love has a little subsided, a second
+suitor presents himself, of graver years, and carries both boy and girl
+away to his own habitation. This disinterested and generous-hearted fellow
+now weds the young couple--marrying damsel and lover at the same time--and
+all three thenceforth live together as harmoniously as so many turtles. I
+have heard of some men who in civilized countries rashly marry large
+families with their wives, but had no idea that there was any place where
+people married supplementary husbands with them. Infidelity on either side
+is very rare. No man has more than one wife, and no wife of mature years
+has less than two husbands,--sometimes she has three, but such instances
+are not frequent. The marriage tie, whatever it may be, does not appear to
+be indissoluble; for separations occasionally happen. These, however, when
+they do take place, produce no unhappiness, and are preceded by no
+bickerings: for the simple reason, that an ill-used wife or a hen-pecked
+husband is not obliged to file a bill in chancery to obtain a divorce. As
+nothing stands in the way of a separation, the matrimonial yoke sits
+easily and lightly, and a Typee wife lives on very pleasant and sociable
+terms with her husbands. On the whole, wedlock, as known among these
+Typees, seems to be of a more distinct and enduring nature than is usually
+the case with barbarous people.
+
+But, notwithstanding its existence among them, the scriptural injunction
+to increase and multiply seems to be but indifferently attended to. I
+never saw any of those large families, in arithmetical or step-ladder
+progression, which one often meets with at home. I never knew of more than
+two youngsters living together in the same home, and but seldom even that
+number. As for the women, it was very plain that the anxieties of the
+nursery but seldom disturbed the serenity of their souls; and they were
+never seen going about the valley with half a score of little ones tagging
+at their apron-strings, or rather at the bread-fruit leaf they usually
+wore in the rear.
+
+I have before had occasion to remark that I never saw any of the ordinary
+signs of a place of sepulture in the valley, a circumstance which I
+attributed, at the time, to my living in a particular part of it, and
+being forbidden to extend my ramble to any considerable distance towards
+the sea. I have since thought it probable, however, that the Typees,
+either desirous of removing from their sight the evidences of mortality,
+or prompted by a taste for rural beauty, may have some charming cemetery
+situated in the shadowy recesses along the base of the mountains. At
+Nukuheva, two or three large quadrangular "pi-pis," heavily flagged,
+enclosed with regular stone walls, and shaded over and almost hidden from
+view by the interlacing branches of enormous trees, were pointed out to me
+as burial-places. The bodies, I understood, were deposited in rude vaults
+beneath the flagging, and were suffered to remain there without being
+disinterred. Although nothing could be more strange and gloomy than the
+aspect of these places, where the lofty trees threw their dark shadows
+over rude blocks of stone, a stranger looking at them would have discerned
+none of the ordinary evidences of a place of sepulture.
+
+During my stay in the valley, as none of its inmates were so accommodating
+as to die and be buried in order to gratify my curiosity with regard to
+their funeral rites, I was reluctantly obliged to remain in ignorance of
+them. As I have reason to believe, however, that the observances of the
+Typees in these matters are the same with those of all other tribes on the
+island, I will here relate a scene I chanced to witness at Nukuheva.
+
+A young man had died, about daybreak, in a house near the beach. I had
+been sent ashore that morning, and saw a good deal of the preparations
+they were making for his obsequies. The body, neatly wrapped in new white
+tappa, was laid out in an open shed of cocoa-nut boughs, upon a bier
+constructed of elastic bamboos ingeniously twisted together. This was
+supported, about two feet from the ground, by large canes planted
+uprightly in the earth. Two females, of a dejected appearance, watched by
+its side, plaintively chanting, and beating the air with large grass fans
+whitened with pipe-clay. In the dwelling-house adjoining a numerous
+company were assembled, and various articles of food were being prepared
+for consumption. Two or three individuals, distinguished by head-dresses
+of beautiful tappa, and wearing a great number of ornaments, appeared to
+officiate as masters of the ceremonies. By noon the entertainment had
+fairly begun, and we were told that it would last during the whole of the
+two following days. With the exception of those who mourned by the corpse,
+every one seemed disposed to drown the sense of the late bereavement in
+convivial indulgence. The girls, decked out in their savage finery,
+danced; the old men chanted; the warriors smoked and chatted; and the
+young and lusty, of both sexes, feasted plentifully, and seemed to enjoy
+themselves as pleasantly as they could have done had it been a wedding.
+
+The islanders understand the art of embalming, and practice it with such
+success, that the bodies of their great chiefs are frequently preserved
+for many years in the very houses where they died. I saw three of these in
+my visit to the bay of Tior. One was enveloped in immense folds of tappa,
+with only the face exposed, and hung erect against the side of the
+dwelling. The others were stretched out upon biers of bamboo, in open,
+elevated temples, which seemed consecrated to their memory. The heads of
+enemies killed in battle are invariably preserved, and hung up as trophies
+in the house of the conqueror. I am not acquainted with the process which
+is in use, but believe that fumigation is the principal agency employed.
+All the remains which I saw presented the appearance of a ham after being
+suspended for some time in a smoky chimney.
+
+But to return from the dead to the living. The late festival had drawn
+together, as I had every reason to believe, the whole population of the
+vale, and consequently I was enabled to make some estimate with regard to
+its numbers. I should imagine that there were about two thousand
+inhabitants in Typee; and no number could have been better adapted to the
+extent of the valley. The valley is some nine miles in length, and may
+average one in breadth, the houses being distributed at wide intervals
+throughout its whole extent, principally, however, towards the head of the
+vale. There are no villages. The houses stand here and there in the shadow
+of the groves, or are scattered along the banks of the winding stream;
+their golden-hued bamboo sides and gleaming white thatch, forming a
+beautiful contrast to the perpetual verdure in which they are embowered.
+There are no roads of any kind in the valley. Nothing but a labyrinth of
+footpaths, twisting and turning among the thickets without end.
+
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER XXVI
+
+
+        The social condition and general character of the Typees.
+
+
+There seemed to be no rogues of any kind in Typee. In the darkest nights
+the natives slept securely, with all their worldly wealth around them, in
+houses the doors of which were never fastened. The disquieting ideas of
+theft or assassination never disturbed them. Each islander reposed beneath
+his own palmetto-thatching, or sat under his own bread-fruit, with none to
+molest or alarm him. There was not a padlock in the valley, nor anything
+that answered the purpose of one: still there was no community of goods.
+This long spear, so elegantly carved and highly polished, belongs to
+Warmoonoo--it is far handsomer than the one which old Marheyo so greatly
+prizes--it is the most valuable article belonging to its owner. And yet I
+have seen it leaning against a cocoa-nut tree in the grove, and there it
+was found when sought for. Here is a sperm-whale tooth, graven all over
+with cunning devices--it is the property of Kurluna. It is the most
+precious of the damsel's ornaments. In her estimation, its price is far
+above rubies; and yet there hangs the dental jewel, by its cord of braided
+bark, in the girl's house, which is far back in the valley; the door is
+left open, and all the inmates have gone off to bathe in the stream.(5)
+
+So much for the respect in which such matters are held in Typee. As to the
+land of the valley, whether it was the joint property of its inhabitants,
+or whether it was parcelled out among a certain number of landed
+proprietors, who allowed everybody to roam over it as much as they
+pleased, I never could ascertain. At any rate, musty parchments and
+title-deeds there were none in the island; and I am half inclined to
+believe that its inhabitants hold their broad valleys in fee simple from
+nature herself.
+
+Yesterday I saw Kory-Kory hie him away, armed with a long pole, with
+which, standing on the ground, he knocked down the fruit from the topmost
+boughs of the trees, and brought them home in his basket of cocoa-nut
+leaves. To-day I see an islander, whom I know to reside in a distant part
+of the valley, doing the self-same thing. On the sloping bank of the
+stream were a number of banana trees. I have often seen a score or two of
+young people making a merry foray on the great golden clusters, and
+bearing them off, one after another, to different parts of the vale,
+shouting and tramping as they went. No churlish old curmudgeon could have
+been the owner of that grove of bread-fruit trees, or of these gloriously
+yellow bunches of bananas.
+
+From what I have said, it will be perceived that there is a vast
+difference between "personal property" and "real estate" in the valley of
+Typee. Some individuals, of course, are more wealthy than others. For
+example: the ridge-pole of Marheyo's house bends under the weight of many
+a huge packet of tappa; his long couch is laid with mats placed one upon
+the other seven deep. Outside, Tinor has ranged along in her bamboo
+cupboard--or whatever the place may be called--a goodly array of calabashes
+and wooden trenchers. Now, the house just beyond the grove, and next to
+Marheyo's, occupied by Ruaruga, is not quite so well furnished. There are
+only three moderate-sized packages swinging overhead; there are only two
+layers of mats beneath; and the calabashes and trenchers are not so
+numerous, nor so tastefully stained and carved. But then, Ruaruga has a
+house--not so pretty a one, to be sure--but just as commodious as Marheyo's;
+and, I suppose, if he wished to vie with his neighbour's establishment, he
+could do so with very little trouble. These, in short, constitute the
+chief differences perceivable in the relative wealth of the people in
+Typee.
+
+They lived in great harmony with each other. I will give an instance of
+their fraternal feeling.
+
+One day, in returning with Kory-Kory from my accustomed visit to the Ti,
+we passed by a little opening in the grove; on one side of which, my
+attendant informed me, was that afternoon to be built a dwelling of
+bamboo. At least a hundred of the natives were bringing materials to the
+ground, some carrying in their hands one or two of the canes which were to
+form the sides, others slender rods of the Habiscus, strung with palmetto
+leaves, for the roof. Every one contributed something to the work; and by
+the united, but easy, and even indolent, labours of all, the entire work
+was completed before sunset. The islanders, while employed in erecting
+this tenement, reminded me of a colony of beavers at work. To be sure,
+they were hardly as silent and demure as those wonderful creatures, nor
+were they by any means as diligent. To tell the truth, they were somewhat
+inclined to be lazy, but a perfect tumult of hilarity prevailed; and they
+worked together so unitedly, and seemed actuated by such an instinct of
+friendliness, that it was truly beautiful to behold.
+
+Not a single female took part in this employment: and if the degree of
+consideration in which the ever-adorable sex is held by the men be--as the
+philosophers affirm--a just criterion of the degree of refinement among a
+people, then I may truly pronounce the Typees to be as polished a
+community as ever the sun shone upon. The religious restrictions of the
+taboo alone excepted, the women of the valley were allowed every possible
+indulgence. Nowhere are the ladies more assiduously courted; nowhere are
+they better appreciated as the contributors to our highest enjoyments; and
+nowhere are they more sensible of their power. Far different from their
+condition among many rude nations, where the women are made to perform all
+the work, while their ungallant lords and masters lie buried in sloth, the
+gentle sex in the valley of Typee were exempt from toil--if toil it might
+be called--that, even in that tropical climate, never distilled one drop of
+perspiration. Their light household occupations, together with the
+manufacture of tappa, the platting of mats, and the polishing of
+drinking-vessels, were the only employments pertaining to the women. And
+even these resembled those pleasant avocations which fill up the elegant
+morning leisure of our fashionable ladies at home. But in these
+occupations, slight and agreeable though they were, the giddy young girls
+very seldom engaged. Indeed, these wilful, care-killing damsels were
+averse to all useful employment. Like so many spoiled beauties, they
+ranged through the groves--bathed in the stream--danced--flirted--played all
+manner of mischievous pranks, and passed their days in one merry round of
+thoughtless happiness.
+
+During my whole stay on the island I never witnessed a single quarrel, nor
+anything that in the slightest degree approached even to a dispute. The
+natives appeared to form one household, whose members were bound together
+by the ties of strong affection. The love of kindred I did not so much
+perceive, for it seemed blended in the general love; and where all were
+treated as brothers and sisters, it was hard to tell who were actually
+related to each other by blood.
+
+Let it not be supposed that I have overdrawn this picture. I have not done
+so. Nor let it be urged, that the hostility of this tribe to foreigners,
+and the hereditary feuds they carry on against their fellow-islanders
+beyond the mountains, are facts which contradict me. Not so; these
+apparent discrepancies are easily reconciled. By many a legendary tale of
+violence and wrong, as well as by events which have passed before their
+eyes, these people have been taught to look upon white men with
+abhorrence. The cruel invasion of their country by Porter has alone
+furnished them with ample provocation; and I can sympathize in the spirit
+which prompts the Typee warrior to guard all the passes to his valley with
+the point of his levelled spear, and, standing upon the beach, with his
+back turned upon his green home, to hold at bay the intruding European.
+
+As to the origin of the enmity of this particular clan towards the
+neighbouring tribes, I cannot so confidently speak. I will not say that
+their foes are the aggressors, nor will I endeavour to palliate their
+conduct. But surely, if our evil passions must find vent, it is far better
+to expend them on strangers and aliens, than in the bosom of the community
+in which we dwell. In many polished countries civil contentions, as well
+as domestic enmities, are prevalent, at the same time that the most
+atrocious foreign wars are waged. How much less guilty, then, are our
+islanders, who of these three sins are only chargeable with one, and that
+the least criminal!
+
+The reader will, ere long, have reason to suspect that the Typees are not
+free from the guilt of cannibalism; and he will then, perhaps, charge me
+with admiring a people against whom so odious a crime is chargeable. But
+this only enormity in their character is not half so horrible as it is
+usually described. According to the popular fictions, the crews of
+vessels, shipwrecked on some barbarous coast, are eaten alive like so many
+dainty joints by the uncivil inhabitants; and unfortunate voyagers are
+lured into smiling and treacherous bays; knocked on the head with
+outlandish war-clubs; and served up without any preliminary dressing. In
+truth, so horrific and improbable are these accounts, that many sensible
+and well-informed people will not believe that any cannibals exist; and
+place every book of voyages which purports to give any account of them, on
+the same shelf with Blue Beard and Jack the Giant-killer. While others,
+implicitly crediting the most extravagant fictions, firmly believe that
+there are people in the world with tastes so depraved, that they would
+infinitely prefer a single mouthful of material humanity to a good dinner
+of roast beef and plum pudding. But here, Truth, who loves to be centrally
+located, is again found between the two extremes; for cannibalism to a
+certain moderate extent is practised among several of the primitive tribes
+in the Pacific, but it is upon the bodies of slain enemies alone; and
+horrible and fearful as the custom is, immeasurably as it is to be
+abhorred and condemned, still I assert that those who indulge in it are in
+other respects humane and virtuous.
+
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XXVII
+
+
+          Fishing parties--Mode of distributing the fish--Midnight
+    banquet--Timekeeping tapers--Unceremonious style of eating the fish.
+
+
+There was no instance in which the social and kindly dispositions of the
+Typees were more forcibly evinced than in the manner they conducted their
+great fishing parties. Four times during my stay in the valley the young
+men assembled near the full of the moon, and went together on these
+excursions. As they were generally absent about forty-eight hours, I was
+led to believe that they went out towards the open sea, some distance from
+the bay. The Polynesians seldom use a hook and line, almost always
+employing large, well-made nets, most ingeniously fabricated from the
+twisted fibres of a certain bark. I examined several of them which had
+been spread to dry upon the beach at Nukuheva. They resembled very much
+our own seines, and I should think they were very nearly as durable.
+
+All the South Sea islanders are passionately fond of fish; but none of
+them can be more so than the inhabitants of Typee. I could not comprehend,
+therefore, why they so seldom sought it in their waters; for it was only
+at stated times that the fishing parties were formed, and these occasions
+were always looked forward to with no small degree of interest.
+
+During their absence, the whole population of the place were in a ferment,
+and nothing was talked of but "pehee, pehee" (fish, fish). Towards the
+time when they were expected to return, the vocal telegraph was put into
+operation--the inhabitants, who were scattered throughout the length of the
+valley, leaped upon rocks and into trees, shouting with delight at the
+thoughts of the anticipated treat. As soon as the approach of the party
+was announced, there was a general rush of the men towards the beach; some
+of them remaining, however, about the Ti, in order to get matters in
+readiness for the reception of the fish, which were brought to the Taboo
+Groves in immense packages of leaves, each one of them being suspended
+from a pole carried on the shoulders of two men.
+
+I was present at the Ti on one of these occasions, and the sight was most
+interesting. After all the packages had arrived, they were laid in a row
+under the verandah of the building, and opened. The fish were all quite
+small, generally about the size of a herring, and of every variety of
+colour. About one-eighth of the whole being reserved for the use of the Ti
+itself, the remainder was divided into numerous smaller packages, which
+were immediately despatched in every direction to the remotest part of the
+valley. Arrived at their destination, these were in turn portioned out,
+and equally distributed among the various houses of each particular
+district. The fish were under a strict Taboo, until the distribution was
+completed, which seemed to be effected in the most impartial manner. By
+the operation of this system every man, woman, and child in the vale, were
+at one and the same time partaking of this favourite article of food.
+
+Once, I remember, the party arrived at midnight; but the unseasonableness
+of the hour did not repress the impatience of the islanders. The carriers
+despatched from the Ti were to be seen hurrying in all directions through
+the deep groves; each individual preceded by a boy bearing a flaming torch
+of dried cocoa-nut boughs, which from time to time was replenished from
+the materials scattered along the path. The wild glare of these enormous
+flambeaux, lighting up with a startling brilliancy the innermost recesses
+of the vale, and seen moving rapidly along beneath the canopy of leaves,
+the savage shout of the excited messengers sounding the news of their
+approach, which was answered on all sides, and the strange appearance of
+their naked bodies, seen against the gloomy background, produced
+altogether an effect upon my mind that I shall long remember.
+
+It was on this same occasion that Kory-Kory awakened me at the dead hour
+of night, and in a sort of transport communicated the intelligence
+contained in the words "pehee perni" (fish come). As I happened to have
+been in a remarkably sound and refreshing slumber, I could not imagine why
+the information had not been deferred until morning; indeed, I felt very
+much inclined to fly into a passion and box my valet's ears; but on second
+thoughts I got quietly up, and on going outside the house was not a little
+interested by the moving illumination which I beheld.
+
+When old Marheyo received his share of the spoils, immediate preparations
+were made for a midnight banquet; calabashes of poee-poee were filled to
+the brim; green bread-fruit were roasted; and a huge cake of "amar" was
+cut up with a sliver of bamboo, and laid out on an immense banana leaf.
+
+At this supper we were lighted by several of the native tapers, held in
+the hands of young girls. These tapers are most ingeniously made. There is
+a nut abounding in the valley, called by the Typees "armor," closely
+resembling our common horse-chestnut. The shell is broken, and the
+contents extracted whole. Any number of these are strung at pleasure upon
+the long elastic fibre that traverses the branches of the cocoa-nut tree.
+Some of these tapers are eight or ten feet in length; but being perfectly
+flexible, one end is held in a coil, while the other is lighted. The nut
+burns with a fitful bluish flame, and the oil that it contains is
+exhausted in about ten minutes. As one burns down, the next becomes
+ignited, and the ashes of the former are knocked into a cocoa-nut shell
+kept for the purpose. This primitive candle requires continual attention,
+and must be constantly held in the hand. The person so employed marks the
+lapse of time by the number of nuts consumed, which is easily learned by
+counting the bits of tappa distributed at regular intervals along the
+string.
+
+I grieve to state so distressing a fact, but the inhabitants of Typee were
+in the habit of devouring fish much in the same way that a civilized being
+would eat a radish, and without any more previous preparation. They eat it
+raw; scales, bones, gills, and all the inside. The fish is held by the
+tail, and the head being introduced into the mouth, the animal disappears
+with a rapidity that would at first nearly lead one to imagine it had been
+launched bodily down the throat.
+
+Raw fish! Shall I ever forget my sensation when I first saw my island
+beauty devour one? Oh, heavens! Fayaway, how could you ever have
+contracted so vile a habit? However, after the first shock had subsided,
+the custom grew less odious in my eyes, and I soon accustomed myself to
+the sight. Let no one imagine, however, that the lovely Fayaway was in the
+habit of swallowing great vulgar-looking fishes: oh, no; with her
+beautiful small hand she would clasp a delicate, little, golden-hued love
+of a fish, and eat it as elegantly and as innocently as though it were a
+Naples biscuit. But, alas! it was after all a raw fish; and all I can say
+is, that Fayaway ate it in a more ladylike manner than any other girl of
+the valley.
+
+When at Rome do as the Romans do, I held to be so good a proverb, that
+being in Typee, I made a point of doing as the Typees did. Thus I ate
+poee-poee as they did; I walked about in a garb striking for its
+simplicity; and I reposed on a community of couches; besides doing many
+other things in conformity with their peculiar habits; but the farthest I
+ever went in the way of conformity, was on several occasions to regale
+myself with raw fish. These being remarkably tender, and quite small, the
+undertaking was not so disagreeable in the main, and after a few trials I
+positively began to relish them: however, I subjected them to a slight
+operation with my knife previously to making my repast.
+
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XXVIII
+
+
+       Natural history of the valley--Golden lizards--Tameness of the
+        birds--Mosquitoes--Flies--Dogs--A solitary cat--The climate--The
+       cocoa-nut tree--Singular modes of climbing it--An agile young
+       chief--Fearlessness of the children--Too-too and the cocoa-nut
+                      tree--The birds of the valley.
+
+
+There were some curious-looking dogs in the valley. Dogs!--big, hairless
+rats rather; all with smooth, shining, speckled hides--fat sides, and very
+disagreeable faces. Whence could they have come? That they were not the
+indigenous production of the region, I am firmly convinced. Indeed, they
+seemed aware of their being interlopers, looking fairly ashamed, and
+always trying to hide themselves in some dark corner. It was plain enough
+they did not feel at home in the vale--that they wished themselves well out
+of it, and back to the ugly country from which they must have come.
+
+Scurvy curs! they were my abhorrence; I should have liked nothing better
+than to have been the death of every one of them. In fact, on one
+occasion, I intimated the propriety of a canine crusade to Mehevi but the
+benevolent king would not consent to it. He heard me very patiently; but
+when I had finished, shook his head, and told me in confidence, that they
+were "taboo."
+
+As for the animal that made the fortune of my lord mayor Whittington, I
+shall never forget the day that I was lying in the house about noon,
+everybody else being fast asleep; and happening to raise my eyes, met
+those of a big black spectral cat, which sat erect in the doorway, looking
+at me with its frightful goggling green orbs, like one of those monstrous
+imps that tormented some of the olden saints! I am one of those
+unfortunate persons, to whom the sight of these animals is at any time an
+insufferable annoyance.
+
+Thus constitutionally averse to cats in general, the unexpected apparition
+of this one in particular utterly confounded me. When I had a little
+recovered from the fascination of its glance, I started up; the cat fled,
+and emboldened by this, I rushed out of the house in pursuit; but it had
+disappeared. It was the only time I ever saw one in the valley, and how it
+got there I cannot imagine. It is just possible that it might have escaped
+from one of the ships at Nukuheva. It was in vain to seek information on
+the subject from the natives, since none of them had seen the animal, the
+appearance of which remains a mystery to me to this day.
+
+Among the few animals which are to be met with in Typee, there was none
+which I looked upon with more interest than a beautiful golden-hued
+species of lizard. It measured perhaps five inches from head to tail, and
+was most gracefully proportioned. Numbers of those creatures were to be
+seen basking in the sunshine upon the thatching of the houses, and
+multitudes at all hours of the day showed their glittering sides as they
+ran frolicking between the spears of grass, or raced in troops up and down
+the tall shafts of the cocoa-nut trees. But the remarkable beauty of these
+little animals and their lively ways were not their only claims upon my
+admiration. They were perfectly tame and insensible to fear. Frequently,
+after seating myself upon the ground in some shady place during the heat
+of the day, I would be completely overrun with them. If I brushed one off
+my arm, it would leap perhaps into my hair: when I tried to frighten it
+away by gently pinching its leg, it would turn for protection to the very
+hand that attacked it.
+
+The birds are also remarkably tame. If you happened to see one perched
+upon a branch within reach of your arm, and advanced towards it, it did
+not fly away immediately, but waited quietly looking at you, until you
+could almost touch it, and then took wing slowly, less alarmed at your
+presence, it would seem, than desirous of removing itself from your path.
+Had salt been less scarce in the valley than it was, this was the very
+place to have gone birding with it.
+
+I remember that once, on an uninhabited island of the Gallipagos, a bird
+alighted on my outstretched arm, while its mate chirped from an adjoining
+tree. Its tameness, far from shocking me, as a similar occurrence did
+Selkirk, imparted to me the most exquisite thrill of delight I ever
+experienced; and with somewhat of the same pleasure did I afterwards
+behold the birds and lizards of the valley show their confidence in the
+kindliness of man.
+
+Among the numerous afflictions which the Europeans have entailed upon some
+of the natives of the South Seas, is the accidental introduction among
+them of that enemy of all repose and ruffler of even tempers--the mosquito.
+At the Sandwich Islands, and at two or three of the Society group, there
+are now thriving colonies of these insects, who promise ere long to
+supplant altogether the aboriginal sand-flies. They sting, buzz, and
+torment, from one end of the year to the other, and by incessantly
+exasperating the natives, materially obstruct the benevolent labours of
+the missionaries.
+
+From this grievous visitation, however, the Typees are as yet wholly
+exempt; but its place is unfortunately in some degree supplied by the
+occasional presence of a minute species of fly, which, without stinging,
+is nevertheless productive of no little annoyance. The tameness of the
+birds and lizards is as nothing when compared to the fearless confidence
+of this insect. He will perch upon one of your eye-lashes, and go to roost
+there, if you do not disturb him, or force his way through your hair, or
+along the cavity of the nostril, till you almost fancy he is resolved to
+explore the very brain itself. On one occasion I was so inconsiderate as
+to yawn while a number of them were hovering around me. I never repeated
+the act. Some half-dozen darted into the open compartment, and began
+walking about its ceiling; the sensation was dreadful. I involuntarily
+closed my mouth, and the poor creatures, being enveloped in inner
+darkness, must in their consternation have stumbled over my palate, and
+been precipitated into the gulf beneath. At any rate, though I afterwards
+charitably held my mouth open for at least five minutes, with a view of
+affording egress to the stragglers, none of them ever availed themselves
+of the opportunity.
+
+There are no wild animals of any kind on the island, unless it be decided
+that the natives themselves are such. The mountains and the interior
+present to the eye nothing but silent solitudes, unbroken by the roar of
+beasts of prey, and enlivened by few tokens even of minute animated
+existence. There are no venomous reptiles, and no snakes of any
+description to be found in any of the valleys.
+
+In a company of Marquesan natives the weather affords no topic of
+conversation. It can hardly be said to have any vicissitudes. The rainy
+season, it is true, brings frequent showers, but they are intermitting and
+refreshing. When an islander, bound on some expedition, rises from his
+couch in the morning, he is never solicitous to peep out and see how the
+sky looks, or ascertain from what quarter the wind blows. He is always
+sure of a "fine day," and the promise of a few genial showers he hails
+with pleasure. There is never any of that "remarkable weather" on the
+islands which from time immemorial has been experienced in America, and
+still continues to call forth the wondering conversational exclamations of
+its elderly citizens. Nor do there even occur any of those eccentric
+meteorological changes which elsewhere surprise us. In the valley of Typee
+ice-creams would never be rendered less acceptable by sudden frosts, nor
+would picnic parties be deferred on account of inauspicious snowstorms:
+for there day follows day in one unvarying round of summer and sunshine,
+and the whole year is one long tropical month of June just melting into
+July.
+
+It is this genial climate which causes the cocoa-nuts to flourish as they
+do. This invaluable fruit, brought to perfection by the rich soil of the
+Marquesas, and borne aloft on a stately column more than a hundred feet
+from the ground, would seem at first almost inaccessible to the simple
+natives. Indeed, the slender, smooth, and soaring shaft, without a single
+limb or protuberance of any kind to assist one in mounting it, presents an
+obstacle only to be overcome by the surprising agility and ingenuity of
+the islanders. It might be supposed that their indolence would lead them
+patiently to await the period when the ripened nuts, slowly parting from
+their stems, fall one by one to the ground. This certainly would be the
+case, were it not that the young fruit, encased in a soft green husk, with
+the incipient meat adhering in a jelly-like pellicle to its sides, and
+containing a bumper of the most delicious nectar, is what they chiefly
+prize. They have at least twenty different terms to express as many
+progressive stages in the growth of the nut. Many of them reject the fruit
+altogether except at a particular period of its growth, which, incredible
+as it may appear, they seemed to me to be able to ascertain within an hour
+or two. Others are still more capricious in their tastes; and after
+gathering together a heap of the nuts of all ages, and ingeniously tapping
+them, will first sip from one and then from another, as fastidiously as
+some delicate wine-bibber experimenting, glass in hand, among his dusty
+demijohns of different vintages.
+
+Some of the young men, with more flexible frames than their comrades, and
+perhaps with more courageous souls, had a way of walking up the trunk of
+the cocoa-nut trees which to me seemed little less than miraculous; and
+when looking at them in the act, I experienced that curious perplexity a
+child feels when he beholds a fly moving feet uppermost along a ceiling.
+
+I will endeavour to describe the way in which Narnee, a noble young chief,
+sometimes performed this feat for my particular gratification; but his
+preliminary performances must also be recorded. Upon my signifying my
+desire that he should pluck me the young fruit of some particular tree,
+the handsome savage, throwing himself into a sudden attitude of surprise,
+feigns astonishment at the apparent absurdity of the request. Maintaining
+this position for a moment, the strange emotions depicted on his
+countenance soften down into one of humorous resignation to my will, and
+then, looking wistfully up to the tufted top of the tree, he stands on
+tip-toe, straining his neck and elevating his arms, as though endeavouring
+to reach the fruit from the ground where he stands. As if defeated in this
+childish attempt, he now sinks to the earth despondingly, beating his
+breast in well-acted despair; and then, starting to his feet all at once,
+and throwing back his head, raises both hands, like a schoolboy about to
+catch a falling ball. After continuing this for a moment or two, as if in
+expectation that the fruit was going to be tossed down to him by some good
+spirit in the tree-top, he turns wildly round in another fit of despair,
+and scampers off to the distance of thirty or forty yards. Here he remains
+awhile, eyeing the tree, the very picture of misery; but the next moment,
+receiving, as it were, a flash of inspiration, he rushes again towards it,
+and clasping both arms about the trunk, with one elevated a little above
+the other, he presses the soles of his feet close together against the
+tree, extending his legs from it until they are nearly horizontal, and his
+body becomes doubled into an arch; then, hand over hand and foot after
+foot, he rises from the earth with steady rapidity, and almost before you
+are aware of it, has gained the cradled and embowered nest of nuts, and
+with boisterous glee flings the fruit to the ground.
+
+This mode of walking the tree is only practicable where the trunk declines
+considerably from the perpendicular. This, however, is almost always the
+case; some of the perfectly straight shafts of the trees leaning at an
+angle of thirty degrees.
+
+The less active among the men, and many of the children of the valley,
+have another method of climbing. They take a broad and stout piece of
+bark, and secure either end of it to their ankles: so that when the feet
+thus confined are extended apart, a space of little more than twelve
+inches is left between them. This contrivance greatly facilitates the act
+of climbing. The band pressed against the tree, and closely embracing it,
+yields a pretty firm support; while with the arms clasped about the trunk,
+and at regular intervals sustaining the body, the feet are drawn up nearly
+a yard at a time, and a corresponding elevation of the hands immediately
+succeeds. In this way I have seen little children, scarcely five years of
+age, fearlessly climbing the slender pole of a young cocoa-nut tree, and
+while hanging perhaps fifty feet from the ground, receiving the plaudits
+of their parents beneath, who clapped their hands, and encouraged them to
+mount still higher.
+
+What, thought I, on first witnessing one of these exhibitions, would the
+nervous mothers of America and England say to a similar display of
+hardihood in any of their children? The Lacedemonian nation might have
+approved of it, but most modern dames would have gone into hysterics at
+the sight.
+
+At the top of the cocoa-nut tree the numerous branches, radiating on all
+sides from a common centre, form a sort of green and waving basket,
+between the leaflets of which you just discern the nuts thickly clustering
+together, and on the loftier trees looking no bigger from the ground than
+bunches of grapes. I remember one adventurous little fellow--Too-Too was
+the rascal's name--who had built himself a sort of aerial baby-house in the
+picturesque tuft of a tree adjoining Marheyo's habitation. He used to
+spend hours there,--rustling among the branches, and shouting with delight
+every time the strong gusts of wind, rushing down from the mountain side,
+swayed to and fro the tall and flexible column on which he was perched.
+Whenever I heard Too-Too's musical voice sounding strangely to the ear
+from so great a height, and beheld him peeping down upon me from out his
+leafy covert, he always recalled to my mind Dibdin's lines--
+
+  There's a sweet little cherub that sits up aloft,
+  To look out for the life of poor Jack.
+
+Birds--bright and beautiful birds--fly over the valley of Typee. You see
+them perched aloft among the immovable boughs of the majestic bread-fruit
+trees, or gently swaying on the elastic branches of the Omoo; skimming
+over the palmetto-thatching of the bamboo huts; passing like spirits on
+the wing through the shadows of the grove, and sometimes descending into
+the bosom of the valley in gleaming flights from the mountains. Their
+plumage is purple and azure, crimson and white, black and gold; with bills
+of every tint;--bright bloody-red, jet black, and ivory white; and their
+eyes are bright and sparkling; they go sailing through the air in starry
+throngs; but, alas! the spell of dumbness is upon them all--there is not a
+single warbler in the valley!
+
+I know not why it was, but the sight of these birds, generally the
+ministers of gladness, always oppressed me with melancholy. As in their
+dumb beauty they hovered by me whilst I was walking, or looked down upon
+me with steady curious eyes from out the foliage, I was almost inclined to
+fancy that they knew they were gazing upon a stranger, and that they
+commiserated his fate.
+
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER XXIX
+
+
+      A professor of the fine arts--His persecutions--Something about
+       tattooing and tabooing--Two anecdotes in illustration of the
+               latter--A few thoughts on the Typee dialect.
+
+
+In one of my strolls with Kory-Kory, in passing along the border of a
+thick growth of bushes, my attention was arrested by a singular noise. On
+entering the thicket, I witnessed for the first time the operation of
+tattooing as performed by these islanders.
+
+I beheld a man extended flat upon his back, on the ground, and, despite
+the forced composure of his countenance, it was evident that he was
+suffering agony. His tormentor bent over him, working away for all the
+world like a stone-cutter with mallet and chisel. In one hand he held a
+short slender stick, pointed with a shark's tooth, on the upright end of
+which he tapped with a small hammer-like piece of wood, thus puncturing
+the skin, and charging it with the colouring matter in which the
+instrument was dipped. A cocoa-nut shell containing this fluid was placed
+upon the ground. It is prepared by mixing with a vegetable juice the ashes
+of the "armor," or candle-nut, always preserved for the purpose. Beside
+the savage, and spread out upon a piece of soiled tappa, were a great
+number of curious black-looking little implements of bone and wood, used
+in the various divisions of his art. A few terminated in a single fine
+point, and, like very delicate pencils, were employed in giving the
+finishing touches, or in operating upon the more sensitive portions of the
+body, as was the case of the present instance. Others presented several
+points distributed in a line, somewhat resembling the teeth of a saw.
+These were employed in the coarser parts of the work, and particularly in
+pricking in straight marks. Some presented their points disposed in small
+figures, and being placed upon the body, were, by a single blow of the
+hammer, made to leave their indelible impression. I observed a few, the
+handles of which were mysteriously curved, as if intended to be introduced
+into the orifice of the ear, with a view perhaps of beating the tattoo
+upon the tympanum. Altogether, the sight of these strange instruments
+recalled to mind that display of cruel-looking mother-of-pearl-handled
+things which one sees in their velvet-lined cases at the elbow of a
+dentist.
+
+The artist was not at this time engaged on an original sketch, his subject
+being a venerable savage, whose tattooing had become somewhat faded with
+age and needed a few repairs, and accordingly he was merely employed in
+touching up the works of some of the old masters of the Typee school, as
+delineated upon the human canvas before him. The parts operated upon were
+the eyelids, where a longitudinal streak, like the one which adorned
+Kory-Kory, crossed the countenance of the victim.
+
+In spite of all the efforts of the poor old man, sundry twitchings and
+screwings of the muscles of the face denoted the exquisite sensibility of
+these shutters to the windows of his soul, which he was now having
+repainted. But the artist, with a heart as callous as that of an army
+surgeon, continued his performance, enlivening his labours with a wild
+chant, tapping away the while as merrily as a woodpecker.
+
+So deeply engaged was he in his work, that he had not observed our
+approach, until, after having enjoyed an unmolested view of the operation,
+I chose to attract his attention. As soon as he perceived me, supposing
+that I sought him in his professional capacity, he seized hold of me in a
+paroxysm of delight, and was all eagerness to begin the work. When,
+however, I gave him to understand that he had altogether mistaken my
+views, nothing could exceed his grief and disappointment. But recovering
+from this, he seemed determined not to credit my assertion, and grasping
+his implements, he flourished them about in fearful vicinity to my face,
+going through an imaginary performance of his art, and every moment
+bursting into some admiring exclamation at the beauty of his designs.
+
+Horrified at the bare thought of being rendered hideous for life if the
+wretch were to execute his purpose upon me, I struggled to get away from
+him, while Kory-Kory, turning traitor, stood by, and besought me to comply
+with the outrageous request. On my reiterated refusals the excited artist
+got half beside himself, and was overwhelmed with sorrow at losing so
+noble an opportunity of distinguishing himself in his profession.
+
+The idea of engrafting his tattooing upon my white skin filled him with
+all a painter's enthusiasm: again and again he gazed into my countenance,
+and every fresh glimpse seemed to add to the vehemence of his ambition.
+Not knowing to what extremities he might proceed, and shuddering at the
+ruin he might inflict upon my figurehead, I now endeavoured to draw off
+his attention from it, and holding out my arm in a fit of desperation,
+signed to him to commence operations. But he rejected the compromise
+indignantly, and still continued his attack on my face, as though nothing
+short of that would satisfy him. When his forefinger swept across my
+features, in laying out the borders of those parallel bands which were to
+encircle my countenance, the flesh fairly crawled upon my bones. At last,
+half wild with terror and indignation, I succeeded in breaking away from
+the three savages, and fled towards old Marheyo's house, pursued by the
+indomitable artist, who ran after me, implements in hand. Kory-Kory,
+however, at last interfered, and drew him off from the chase.
+
+This incident opened my eyes to a new danger; and I now felt convinced
+that in some luckless hour I should be disfigured in such a manner as
+never more to have the _face_ to return to my countrymen, even should an
+opportunity offer.
+
+These apprehensions were greatly increased by the desire which King Mehevi
+and several of the inferior chiefs now manifested that I should be
+tattooed. The pleasure of the king was first signified to me some three
+days after my casual encounter with Karky the artist. Heavens! what
+imprecations I showered upon that Karky. Doubtless he had plotted a
+conspiracy against me and my countenance, and would never rest until his
+diabolical purpose was accomplished. Several times I met him in various
+parts of the valley, and, invariably, whenever he descried me, he came
+running after me with his mallet and chisel, flourishing them about my
+face as if he longed to begin. What an object he would have made of me!
+
+When the king first expressed his wish to me, I made known to him my utter
+abhorrence of the measure, and worked myself into such a state of
+excitement, that he absolutely stared at me in amazement. It evidently
+surpassed his majesty's comprehension how any sober-minded and sensible
+individual could entertain the least possible objection to so beautifying
+an operation.
+
+Soon afterwards he repeated his suggestion, and meeting with a like
+repulse, showed some symptoms of displeasure at my obduracy. On his a
+third time renewing his request, I plainly perceived that something must
+be done, or my visage was ruined for ever; I therefore screwed up my
+courage to the sticking point, and declared my willingness to have both
+arms tattooed from just above the wrist to the shoulder. His majesty was
+greatly pleased at the proposition, and I was congratulating myself with
+having thus compromised the matter, when he intimated that as a thing of
+course my face was first to undergo the operation. I was fairly driven to
+despair; nothing but the utter ruin of my "face divine," as the poets call
+it, would, I perceived, satisfy the inexorable Mehevi and his chiefs, or
+rather that infernal Karky, for he was at the bottom of it all.
+
+The only consolation afforded me was a choice of patterns: I was at
+perfect liberty to have my face spanned by three horizontal bars, after
+the fashion of my serving-man's; or to have as many oblique stripes
+slanting across it: or if, like a true courtier, I chose to model my style
+on that of royalty, I might wear a sort of freemason badge upon my
+countenance in the shape of a mystic triangle. However, I would have none
+of these, though the king most earnestly impressed upon my mind that my
+choice was wholly unrestricted. At last, seeing my unconquerable
+repugnance, he ceased to importune me.
+
+But not so some other of the savages. Hardly a day passed but I was
+subjected to their annoying requests, until at last my existence became a
+burden to me; the pleasures I had previously enjoyed no longer afforded me
+delight, and all my former desire to escape from the valley now revived
+with additional force.
+
+A fact which I soon afterwards learned augmented my apprehension. The
+whole system of tattooing was, I found, connected with their religion; and
+it was evident, therefore, that they were resolved to make a convert of
+me.
+
+In the decoration of the chiefs, it seems to be necessary to exercise the
+most elaborate pencilling; while some of the inferior natives looked as if
+they had been daubed over indiscriminately with a house-painter's brush. I
+remember one fellow who prided himself hugely upon a great oblong patch,
+placed high upon his back, and who always reminded me of a man with a
+blister of Spanish flies stuck between his shoulders. Another whom I
+frequently met had the hollow of his eyes tattooed in two regular squares,
+and his visual organs being remarkably brilliant, they gleamed forth from
+out this setting like a couple of diamonds inserted in ebony.
+
+Although convinced that tattooing was a religious observance, still the
+nature of the connection between it and the superstitious idolatry of the
+people was a point upon which I could never obtain any information. Like
+the still more important system of the "Taboo," it always appeared
+inexplicable to me.
+
+There is a marked similarity, almost an identity, between the religious
+institutions of most of the Polynesian islands, and in all exists the
+mysterious "Taboo," restricted in its uses to a greater or less extent. So
+strange and complex in its arrangements is this remarkable system, that I
+have in several cases met with individuals who, after residing for years
+among the islands in the Pacific, and acquiring a considerable knowledge
+of the language, have nevertheless been altogether unable to give any
+satisfactory account of its operations. Situated as I was in the Typee
+valley, I perceived every hour the effects of this all-controlling power,
+without in the least comprehending it. Those effects were, indeed,
+wide-spread and universal, pervading the most important as well as the
+minutest transactions of life. The savage, in short, lives in the
+continual observance of its dictates, which guide and control every action
+of his being.
+
+For several days after entering the valley I had been saluted at least
+fifty times in the twenty-four hours with the talismanic word "Taboo"
+shrieked in my ears, at some gross violation of its provisions, of which I
+had unconsciously been guilty. The day after our arrival I happened to
+hand some tobacco to Toby over the head of a native who sat between us. He
+started up, as if stung by an adder; while the whole company, manifesting
+an equal degree of horror, simultaneously screamed out "Taboo!" I never
+again perpetrated a similar piece of ill-manners, which, indeed, was
+forbidden by the canons of good breeding, as well as by the mandates of
+the taboo. But it was not always so easy to perceive wherein you had
+contravened the spirit of this institution. I was many times called to
+order, if I may use the phrase, when I could not for the life of me
+conjecture what particular offence I had committed.
+
+One day I was strolling through a secluded portion of the valley, and
+hearing the musical sound of the cloth-mallet at a little distance, I
+turned down a path that conducted me in a few moments to a house where
+there were some half-dozen girls employed in making tappa. This was an
+operation I had frequently witnessed, and had handled the bark in all the
+various stages of its preparation. On the present occasion the females
+were intent upon their occupation, and after looking up and talking gaily
+to me for a few moments, they resumed their employment. I regarded them
+for awhile in silence, and then, carelessly picking up a handful of the
+material that lay around, proceeded unconsciously to pick it apart. While
+thus engaged, I was suddenly startled by a scream, like that of a whole
+boarding-school of young ladies just on the point of going into hysterics.
+Leaping up with the idea of seeing a score of Happar warriors about to
+perform anew the Sabine atrocity, I found myself confronted by the company
+of girls, who, having dropped their work, stood before me with starting
+eyes, swelling bosoms, and fingers pointed in horror towards me.
+
+Thinking that some venomous reptile must be concealed in the bark which I
+held in my hand, I began cautiously to separate and examine it. Whilst I
+did so the horrified girls redoubled their shrieks. Their wild cries and
+frightened motions actually alarmed me, and throwing down the tappa, I was
+about to rush from the house, when in the same instant their clamours
+ceased, and one of them, seizing me by the arm, pointed to the broken
+fibres that had just fallen from my grasp, and screamed in my ears the
+fatal word "Taboo!"
+
+I subsequently found out that the fabric they were engaged in making was
+of a peculiar kind, destined to be worn on the heads of the females, and
+through every stage of its manufacture was guarded by a vigorous taboo,
+which interdicted the whole masculine gender from even so much as touching
+it.
+
+Frequently in walking through the groves I observed bread-fruit and
+cocoa-nut trees, with a wreath of leaves twined in a peculiar fashion
+about their trunks. This was the mark of the taboo. The trees themselves,
+their fruit, and even the shadows they cast upon the ground, were
+consecrated by its presence. In the same way a pipe, which the king had
+bestowed upon me, was rendered sacred in the eyes of the natives, none of
+whom could I ever prevail upon to smoke from it. The bowl was encircled by
+a woven band of grass, somewhat resembling those Turks' heads occasionally
+worked in the handles of our whip-stalks.
+
+A similar badge was once braided about my wrist by the royal hand of
+Mehevi himself, who, as soon as he had concluded the operation, pronounced
+me "Taboo." This occurred shortly after Toby's disappearance; and were it
+not that from the first moment I had entered the valley the natives had
+treated me with uniform kindness, I should have supposed that their
+conduct afterwards was to be ascribed to the fact that I received this
+sacred investiture.
+
+The capricious operations of the taboo are not its least remarkable
+feature: to enumerate them all would be impossible. Black hogs--infants to
+a certain age--women in an interesting situation--young men while the
+operation of tattooing their faces is going on--and certain parts of the
+valley during the continuance of a shower--are alike fenced about by the
+operation of the taboo.
+
+I witnessed a striking instance of its effects in the bay of Tior, my
+visit to which place occurred a few days before leaving the ship. On that
+occasion our worthy captain formed one of the party. He was a most
+insatiable sportsman. Outward bound, and off the pitch of Cape Horn, he
+used to sit on the taffrail, and keep the steward loading three or four
+old fowling-pieces, with which he would bring down albatrosses, Cape
+pigeons, jays, petrels, and divers other marine fowl, who followed
+chattering in our wake. The sailors were struck aghast at his impiety, and
+one and all attributed our forty days' beating about that horrid headland
+to his sacrilegious slaughter of these inoffensive birds.
+
+At Tior, he evinced the same disregard for the religious prejudices of the
+islanders as he had previously shown for the superstitions of the sailors.
+Having heard that there were a considerable number of fowls in the
+valley--the progeny of some cocks and hens accidentally left there by an
+English vessel, and which, being strictly tabooed, flew about almost in a
+wild state--he determined to break through all restraints, and be the death
+of them. Accordingly, he provided himself with a most formidable-looking
+gun, and announced his landing on the beach by shooting down a noble cock,
+that was crowing what proved to be his own funeral dirge on the limb of an
+adjoining tree. "Taboo," shrieked the affrighted savages. "Oh, hang your
+taboo," says the nautical sportsman; "talk taboo to the marines"; and bang
+went the piece again, and down came another victim. At this the natives
+ran scampering through the groves, horror-struck at the enormity of the
+act.
+
+All that afternoon the rocky sides of the valley rang with successive
+reports, and the superb plumage of many a beautiful fowl was ruffled by
+the fatal bullet. Had it not been that the French admiral, with a large
+party, was then in the glen, I have no doubt that the natives, although
+their tribe was small and dispirited, would have inflicted summary
+vengeance upon the man who thus outraged their most sacred institutions;
+as it was, they contrived to annoy him not a little.
+
+Thirsting with his exertions, the skipper directed his steps to a stream;
+but the savages, who had followed at a little distance, perceiving his
+object, rushed towards him and forced him away from its bank--his lips
+would have polluted it. Wearied at last, he sought to enter a house that
+he might rest for awhile on the mats; its inmates gathered tumultuously
+about the door and denied him admittance. He coaxed and blustered by
+turns, but in vain; the natives were neither to be intimidated nor
+appeased, and as a final resort he was obliged to call together his boat's
+crew, and pull away from what he termed the most infernal place he ever
+stepped upon.
+
+Lucky was it for him and for us that we were not honoured on our departure
+by a salute of stones from the hands of the exasperated Tiors. In this
+way, on the neighbouring island of Ropo, were killed, but a few weeks
+previously, and for a nearly similar offence, the master and three of the
+crew of the K----.
+
+I cannot determine, with anything approaching to certainty, what power it
+is that imposes the taboo. When I consider the slight disparity of
+condition among the islanders--the very limited and inconsiderable
+prerogatives of the king and chiefs--and the loose and indefinite functions
+of the priesthood, most of whom were hardly to be distinguished from the
+rest of their countrymen, I am wholly at a loss where to look for the
+authority which regulates this potent institution. It is imposed upon
+something to-day, and withdrawn to-morrow; while its operations in other
+cases are perpetual. Sometimes its restrictions only affect a single
+individual--sometimes a particular family--sometimes a whole tribe; and, in
+a few instances, they extend not merely over the various clans on a single
+island, but over all the inhabitants of an entire group. In illustration
+of this latter peculiarity, I may cite the law which forbids a female to
+enter a canoe--a prohibition which prevails upon all the northern Marquesas
+Islands.
+
+The word itself (taboo) is used in more than one signification. It is
+sometimes used by a parent to his child, when, in the exercise of parental
+authority, he forbids it to perform a particular action. Anything opposed
+to the ordinary customs of the islanders, although not expressly
+prohibited, is said to be "taboo."
+
+The Typee language is one very difficult to be acquired; it bears a close
+resemblance to the other Polynesian dialects, all of which show a common
+origin. The duplication of words, as "lumee lumee," "poee poee," "muee
+muee," is one of their peculiar features. But another, and a more annoying
+one, is the different sense in which one and the same word is employed;
+its various meanings all have a certain connection, which only makes the
+matter more puzzling. So one brisk, lively little word is obliged, like a
+servant in a poor family, to perform all sorts of duties. For instance--one
+particular combination of syllables expresses the ideas of sleep, rest,
+reclining, sitting, leaning, and all other things anyways analogous
+thereto, the particular meaning being shown chiefly by a variety of
+gestures, and the eloquent expression of the countenance.
+
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER XXX
+
+
+         Strange custom of the islanders--Their chanting, and the
+    peculiarity of their voice--Rapture of the king at first hearing a
+    song--A new dignity conferred on the author--Musical instruments in
+      the valley--Admiration of the savages at beholding a pugilistic
+           performance--Swimming infant--Beautiful tresses of the
+                       girls--Ointment for the hair.
+
+
+Sadly discursive as I have already been, I must still further entreat the
+reader's patience, as I am about to string together, without any attempt
+at order, a few odds and ends of things not hitherto mentioned, but which
+are either curious in themselves, or peculiar to the Typees.
+
+There was one singular custom, observed in old Marheyo's domestic
+establishment, which often excited my surprise. Every night, before
+retiring, the inmates of the house gathered together on the mats, and
+squatting upon their haunches, after the universal practice of these
+islanders, would commence a low, dismal, and monotonous chant,
+accompanying the voice with the instrumental melody produced by two small
+half-rotten sticks tapped slowly together, a pair of which were held in
+the hands of each person present. Thus would they employ themselves for an
+hour or two, sometimes longer. Lying in the gloom which wrapped the
+farther end of the house, I could not avoid looking at them, although the
+spectacle suggested nothing but unpleasant reflections. The flickering
+rays of the "armor" nut just served to reveal their savage lineaments,
+without dispelling the darkness that hovered about them.
+
+Sometimes when, after falling into a kind of doze, and awaking suddenly in
+the midst of these doleful chantings, my eye would fall upon the
+wild-looking group engaged in their strange occupation, with their naked
+tattooed limbs, and shaven heads disposed in a circle, I was almost
+tempted to believe that I gazed upon a set of evil beings in the act of
+working a frightful incantation.
+
+What was the meaning or purpose of this custom, whether it was practised
+merely as a diversion, or whether it was a religious exercise, a sort of
+family prayers, I never could discover.
+
+The sounds produced by the natives on these occasions were of a most
+singular description; and had I not actually been present, I never would
+have believed that such curious noises could have been produced by human
+beings.
+
+To savages, generally, is imputed a guttural articulation. This, however,
+is not always the case, especially among the inhabitants of the Polynesian
+Archipelago. The labial melody with which the Typee girls carry on an
+ordinary conversation, giving a musical prolongation to the final syllable
+of every sentence, and chirping out some of the words with a liquid,
+bird-like accent, was singularly pleasing.
+
+The men, however, are not quite so harmonious in their utterance; and when
+excited upon any subject, would work themselves up into a sort of wordy
+paroxysm, during which all descriptions of rough-sided sounds were
+projected from their mouths, with a force and rapidity which was
+absolutely astonishing.
+
+                           * * * * * * * * * *
+
+Although these savages are remarkably fond of chanting, still they appear
+to have no idea whatever of singing, at least as the art is practised
+among other nations.
+
+I never shall forget the first time I happened to roar out a stave in the
+presence of the noble Mehevi. It was a stanza from the "Bavarian
+Broom-seller." His Typean majesty, with all his court, gazed upon me in
+amazement, as if I had displayed some preternatural faculty which Heaven
+had denied to them. The king was delighted with the verse; but the chorus
+fairly transported him. At his solicitation, I sang it again and again,
+and nothing could be more ludicrous than his vain attempts to catch the
+air and the words. The royal savage seemed to think that by screwing all
+the features of his face into the end of his nose, he might possibly
+succeed in the undertaking, but it failed to answer the purpose; and in
+the end he gave it up, and consoled himself by listening to my repetition
+of the sounds fifty times over.
+
+Previous to Mehevi's making the discovery, I had never been aware that
+there was anything of the nightingale about me; but I was now promoted to
+the place of court minstrel, in which capacity I was afterwards
+perpetually called upon to officiate.
+
+                           * * * * * * * * * *
+
+Besides the sticks and the drums, there are no other musical instruments
+among the Typees, except one which might appropriately be denominated a
+nasal flute. It is somewhat longer than an ordinary fife, is made of a
+beautiful scarlet-coloured reed, and has four or five stops, with a large
+hole near one end, which latter is held just beneath the left nostril. The
+other nostril being closed by a peculiar movement of the muscles about the
+nose, the breath is forced into the tube, and produces a soft dulcet
+sound, which is varied by the fingers running at random over the stops.
+This is a favourite recreation with the females, and one in which Fayaway
+greatly excelled. Awkward as such an instrument may appear, it was, in
+Fayaway's delicate little hands, one of the most graceful I have ever
+seen. A young lady in the act of tormenting a guitar, strung about her
+neck by a couple of yards of blue ribbon, is not half so engaging.
+
+                           * * * * * * * * * *
+
+Singing was not the only means I possessed of diverting the royal Mehevi
+and his easy-going subjects. Nothing afforded them more pleasure than to
+see me go through the attitudes of a pugilistic encounter. As not one of
+the natives had soul enough in him to stand up like a man, and allow me to
+hammer away at him, for my own personal gratification and that of the
+king, I was necessitated to fight with an imaginary enemy, whom I
+invariably made to knock under to my superior prowess. Sometimes, when
+this sorely battered shadow retreated precipitately towards a group of the
+savages, and, following him up, I rushed among them, dealing my blows
+right and left, they would disperse in all directions, much to the
+enjoyment of Mehevi, the chiefs, and themselves.
+
+The noble art of self-defence appeared to be regarded by them as the
+peculiar gift of the white man; and I make little doubt but that they
+supposed armies of Europeans were drawn up provided with nothing else but
+bony fists and stout hearts, with which they set to in column, and
+pummelled one another at the word of command.
+
+                           * * * * * * * * * *
+
+One day, in company with Kory-Kory, I had repaired to the stream for the
+purpose of bathing, when I observed a woman sitting upon a rock in the
+midst of the current, and watching with the liveliest interest the gambols
+of something, which at first I took to be an uncommonly large species of
+frog that was sporting in the water near her. Attracted by the novelty of
+the sight, I waded towards the spot where she sat, and could hardly credit
+the evidence of my senses when I beheld a little infant, the period of
+whose birth could not have extended back many days, paddling about as if
+it had just risen to the surface, after being hatched into existence at
+the bottom. Occasionally the delighted parent reached out her hand towards
+it, when the little thing, uttering a faint cry, and striking out its tiny
+limbs, would sidle for the rock, and the next moment be clasped to its
+mother's bosom. This was repeated again and again, the baby remaining in
+the stream about a minute at a time. Once or twice it made wry faces at
+swallowing a mouthful of water, and choked and spluttered as if on the
+point of strangling. At such times, however, the mother snatched it up,
+and by a process scarcely to be mentioned obliged it to eject the fluid.
+For several weeks afterward I observed the woman bringing her child down
+to the stream regularly every day, in the cool of the morning and evening,
+and treating it to a bath. No wonder that the South Sea islanders are so
+amphibious a race, when they are thus launched into the water as soon as
+they see the light. I am convinced that it is as natural for a human being
+to swim as it is for a duck. And yet, in civilized communities, how many
+able-bodied individuals die, like so many drowning kittens, from the
+occurrence of the most trivial accidents!
+
+                           * * * * * * * * * *
+
+The long, luxuriant, and glossy tresses of the Typee damsels often
+attracted my admiration. A fine head of hair is the pride and joy of every
+woman's heart! Whether, against the express will of Providence, it is
+twisted up on the crown of the head and there coiled away; whether it be
+built up in a great tower, with combs and pins, or is plastered over the
+head in sleek, shiny folds; or whether it be permitted to flow over the
+shoulders in natural ringlets, it is always the pride of the owner, and
+the glory of the toilette.
+
+The Typee girls devote much of their time to the dressing of their hair
+and redundant locks. After bathing, as they sometimes do five or six times
+every day, the hair is carefully dried, and if they have been in the sea,
+invariably washed in fresh water, and anointed with a highly-scented oil
+extracted from the meat of the cocoa-nut. This oil is obtained in great
+abundance, by the following very simple process:--
+
+A large vessel of wood, with holes perforated in the bottom, is filled
+with the pounded meat, and exposed to the rays of the sun. As the
+oleaginous matter exudes, it falls in drops through the apertures into a
+wide-mouthed calabash placed underneath. After a sufficient quantity has
+thus been collected, the oil undergoes a purifying process, and is then
+poured into the small spherical shells of the nuts of the moo-tree, which
+are hollowed out to receive it. These nuts are then hermetically sealed
+with a resinous gum, and the vegetable fragrance of their green rind soon
+imparts to the oil a delightful odour. After a lapse of a few weeks, the
+exterior shell of the nuts becomes quite dry and hard, and assumes a
+beautiful carnation tint; and when opened they are found to be about
+two-thirds full of an ointment of a light yellow colour, and diffusing the
+sweetest perfume. This elegant little odorous globe would not be out of
+place even upon the toilette of a queen. Its merits as a preparation for
+the hair are undeniable,--it imparts to it a superb gloss and a silky
+fineness.
+
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER XXXI
+
+
+        Apprehensions of evil--Frightful discovery--Some remarks on
+            cannibalism--Second battle with the Happars--Savage
+            spectacle--Mysterious feast--Subsequent disclosures.
+
+
+From the time of my casual encounter with Karky the artist, my life was
+one of absolute wretchedness. Not a day passed but I was persecuted by the
+solicitations of some of the natives to subject myself to the odious
+operation of tattooing. Their importunities drove me half wild, for I felt
+how easily they might work their will upon me regarding this, or anything
+else which they took into their heads. Still, however, the behaviour of
+the islanders toward me was as kind as ever. Faraway was quite as
+engaging; Kory-Kory as devoted; and Mehevi the king just as gracious and
+condescending as before. But I had now been three months in their valley,
+as nearly as I could estimate; I had grown familiar with the narrow limits
+to which my wanderings had been confined; and I began bitterly to feel the
+state of captivity in which I was held. There was no one with whom I could
+freely converse; no one to whom I could communicate my thoughts; no one
+who could sympathize with my sufferings. A thousand times I thought how
+much more endurable would have been my lot had Toby still been with me.
+But I was left alone, and the thought was terrible to me. Still, despite
+my griefs, I did all in my power to appear composed and cheerful, well
+knowing that by manifesting any uneasiness, or any desire to escape, I
+should only frustrate my object.
+
+It was during the period I was in this unhappy frame of mind, that the
+painful malady under which I had been labouring--after having almost
+completely subsided--began again to show itself, and with symptoms as
+violent as ever. This added calamity nearly unmanned me; the recurrence of
+the complaint proved that, without powerful remedial applications, all
+hope of cure was futile; and when I reflected that just beyond the
+elevations which bound me in, was the medical relief I needed, and that,
+although so near, it was impossible for me to avail myself of it, the
+thought was misery.
+
+In this wretched situation, every circumstance which evinced the savage
+nature of the beings at whose mercy I was, augmented the fearful
+apprehensions that consumed me. An occurrence which happened about this
+time affected me most powerfully.
+
+I have already mentioned, that from the ridge-pole of Marheyo's house were
+suspended a number of packages enveloped in tappa. Many of these I had
+often seen in the hands of the natives, and their contents had been
+examined in my presence. But there were three packages hanging very nearly
+over the place where I lay, which from their remarkable appearance had
+often excited my curiosity. Several times I had asked Kory-Kory to show me
+their contents; but my servitor, who in almost every other particular had
+acceded to my wishes, always refused to gratify me in this.
+
+One day, returning unexpectedly from the Ti, my arrival seemed to throw
+the inmates of the house into the greatest confusion. They were seated
+together on the mats, and by the lines which extended from the roof to the
+floor I immediately perceived that the mysterious packages were, for some
+purpose or other, under inspection. The evident alarm the savages betrayed
+filled me with forebodings of evil, and with an uncontrollable desire to
+penetrate the secret so jealously guarded. Despite the efforts of Marheyo
+and Kory-Kory to restrain me, I forced my way into the midst of the
+circle, and just caught a glimpse of three human heads, which others of
+the party were hurriedly enveloping in the coverings from which they had
+been taken.
+
+One of the three I distinctly saw. It was in a state of perfect
+preservation, and from the slight glimpse I had of it, seemed to have been
+subjected to some smoking operation which had reduced it to the dry, hard,
+and mummy-like appearance it presented. The two long scalp-locks were
+twisted up into balls upon the crown of the head, in the same way that the
+individual had worn them during life. The sunken cheeks were rendered yet
+more ghastly by the rows of glistening teeth which protruded from between
+the lips, while the sockets of the eyes--filled with oval bits of
+mother-of-pearl shell, with a black spot in the centre--heightened the
+hideousness of its aspect.
+
+Two of the three were heads of the islanders; but the third, to my horror,
+was that of a white man. Although it had been quickly removed from my
+sight, still the glimpse I had of it was enough to convince me that I
+could not be mistaken.
+
+Gracious God! what dreadful thoughts entered my mind. In solving this
+mystery, perhaps I had solved another, and the fate of my lost companion
+might be revealed in the shocking spectacle I had just witnessed. I longed
+to have torn off the folds of cloth, and satisfied the awful doubts under
+which I laboured. But before I had recovered from the consternation into
+which I had been thrown, the fatal packages were hoisted aloft and once
+more swung over my head. The natives now gathered round me tumultuously,
+and laboured to convince me that what I had just seen were the heads of
+three Happar warriors, who had been slain in battle. This glaring
+falsehood added to my alarm, and it was not until I reflected that I had
+observed the packages swinging from their elevation before Toby's
+disappearance, that I could at all recover my composure.
+
+But although this horrible apprehension had been dispelled, I had
+discovered enough to fill me, in my present state of mind, with the most
+bitter reflections. It was plain that I had seen the last relic of some
+unfortunate wretch, who must have been massacred on the beach by the
+savages, in one of those perilous trading adventures which I have before
+described.
+
+It was not, however, alone the murder of the stranger that overcame me
+with gloom. I shuddered at the idea of the subsequent fate his inanimate
+body might have met with. Was the same doom reserved for me? Was I
+destined to perish like him--like him, perhaps, to be devoured, and my head
+to be preserved as a fearful memento of the event? My imagination ran riot
+in these horrid speculations, and I felt certain that the worst possible
+evils would befall me. But whatever were my misgivings, I studiously
+concealed them from the islanders, as well as the full extent of the
+discovery I had made.
+
+Although the assurances which the Typees had often given me, that they
+never ate human flesh, had not convinced me that such was the case, yet,
+having been so long a time in the valley without witnessing anything which
+indicated the existence of the practice, I began to hope that it was an
+event of very rare occurrence, and that I should be spared the horror of
+witnessing it during my stay among them: but, alas! these hopes were soon
+destroyed.
+
+It is a singular fact, that in all our accounts of cannibal tribes we have
+seldom received the testimony of an eye-witness to the revolting practice.
+The horrible conclusion has almost always been derived from the
+second-hand evidence of Europeans, or else from the admissions of the
+savages themselves, after they have in some degree become civilized. The
+Polynesians are aware of the detestation in which Europeans hold this
+custom, and therefore invariably deny its existence, and, with the craft
+peculiar to savages, endeavour to conceal every trace of it.
+
+But to my story.
+
+About a week after my discovery of the contents of the mysterious
+packages, I happened to be at the Ti, when another war-alarm was sounded,
+and the natives, rushing to their arms, sallied out to resist a second
+incursion of the Happar invaders. The same scene was again repeated, only
+that on this occasion I heard at least fifteen reports of muskets from the
+mountains during the time that the skirmish lasted. An hour or two after
+its termination, loud paeans chanted through the valley announced the
+approach of the victors. I stood with Kory-Kory leaning against the
+railing of the pi-pi, awaiting their advance, when a tumultuous crowd of
+islanders emerged with wild clamours from the neighbouring groves. In the
+midst of them marched four men, one preceding the other at regular
+intervals of eight or ten feet, with poles of a corresponding length,
+extending from shoulder to shoulder, to which were lashed with thongs of
+bark three long narrow bundles, carefully wrapped in ample coverings of
+freshly plucked palm-leaves, tacked together with slivers of bamboo. Here
+and there upon these green winding-sheets might be seen the stains of
+blood, while the warriors who carried the frightful burdens displayed upon
+their naked limbs similar sanguinary marks. The shaven head of the
+foremost had a deep gash upon it, and the clotted gore which had flowed
+from the wound remained in dry patches around it. The savage seemed to be
+sinking under the weight he bore. The bright tattooing upon his body was
+covered with blood and dust; his inflamed eyes rolled in their sockets,
+and his whole appearance denoted extraordinary suffering and exertion;
+yet, sustained by some powerful impulse, he continued to advance, while
+the throng around him with wild cheers sought to encourage him. The other
+three men were marked about the arms and breasts with several slight
+wounds, which they somewhat ostentatiously displayed.
+
+These four individuals, having been the most active in the late encounter,
+claimed the honour of bearing the bodies of their slain enemies to the Ti.
+Such was the conclusion I drew from my own observations, and, as far as I
+could understand, from the explanation which Kory-Kory gave me.
+
+The royal Mehevi walked by the side of these heroes. He carried in one
+hand a musket, from the barrel of which was suspended a small canvas pouch
+of powder, and in the other he grasped a short javelin, which he held
+before him and regarded with fierce exultation. This javelin he had
+wrested from a celebrated champion of the Happars, who had ignominiously
+fled, and was pursued by his foes beyond the summit of the mountain.
+
+When within a short distance of the Ti, the warrior with the wounded head,
+who proved to be Narmonee, tottered forward two or three steps, and fell
+helplessly to the ground; but not before another had caught the end of the
+pole from his shoulder, and placed it upon his own.
+
+The excited throng of islanders, who surrounded the person of the king and
+the dead bodies of the enemy, approached the spot where I stood,
+brandishing their rude implements of warfare, many of which were bruised
+and broken, and uttering continual shouts of triumph. When the crowd drew
+up opposite the Ti, I set myself to watch their proceedings most
+attentively; but scarcely had they halted when my servitor, who had left
+my side for an instant, touched my arm, and proposed our returning to
+Marheyo's house. To this I objected; but, to my surprise, Kory-Kory
+reiterated his request, and with an unusual vehemence of manner. Still,
+however, I refused to comply, and was retreating before him, as in his
+importunity he pressed upon me, when I felt a heavy hand laid upon my
+shoulder, and turning round, encountered the bulky form of Mow-Mow, a
+one-eyed chief, who had just detached himself from the crowd below, and
+had mounted the rear of the pi-pi upon which we stood. His cheek had been
+pierced by the point of a spear, and the wound imparted a still more
+frightful expression to his hideously tattooed face, already deformed by
+the loss of an eye. The warrior, without uttering a syllable, pointed
+fiercely in the direction of Marheyo's house, while Kory-Kory, at the same
+time presenting his back, desired me to mount.
+
+I declined this offer, but intimated my willingness to withdraw, and moved
+slowly along the piazza, wondering what could be the cause of this unusual
+treatment. A few minutes' consideration convinced me that the savages were
+about to celebrate some hideous rite in connexion with their peculiar
+customs, and at which they were determined I should not be present. I
+descended from the pi-pi, and attended by Kory-Kory, who on this occasion
+did not show his usual commiseration for my lameness, but seemed only
+anxious to hurry me on, walked away from the place. As I passed through
+the noisy throng, which by this time completely environed the Ti, I looked
+with fearful curiosity at the three packages, which now were deposited
+upon the ground; but although I had no doubt as to their contents, still
+their thick coverings prevented my actually detecting the form of a human
+body.
+
+The next morning, shortly after sunrise, the same thundering sounds which
+had awakened me from sleep on the second day of the Feast of Calabashes,
+assured me that the savages were on the eve of celebrating another, and,
+as I fully believed, a horrible solemnity.
+
+All the inmates of the house, with the exception of Marheyo, his son, and
+Tinor, after assuming their gala dresses, departed in the direction of the
+Taboo Groves.
+
+Although I did not anticipate a compliance with my request, still, with a
+view of testing the truth of my suspicions, I proposed to Kory-Kory that,
+according to our usual custom in the morning, we should take a stroll to
+the Ti: he positively refused; and when I renewed the request, he evinced
+his determination to prevent my going there; and, to divert my mind from
+the subject, he offered to accompany me to the stream. We accordingly
+went, and bathed. On our coming back to the house, I was surprised to find
+that all its inmates had returned, and were lounging upon the mats as
+usual, although the drums still sounded from the groves.
+
+The rest of the day I spent with Kory-Kory and Fayaway, wandering about a
+part of the valley situated in an opposite direction from the Ti, and
+whenever I so much as looked towards that building, although it was hidden
+from view by intervening trees, and at the distance of more than a mile,
+my attendant would exclaim, "Taboo, taboo!"
+
+At the various houses where we stopped, I found many of the inhabitants
+reclining at their ease, or pursuing some light occupation, as if nothing
+unusual were going forward; but amongst them all I did not perceive a
+single chief or warrior. When I asked several of the people why they were
+not at the "Hoolah Hoolah" (the feast), they uniformly answered the
+question in a manner which implied that it was not intended for them, but
+for Mehevi, Narmonee, Mow-Mow, Kolor, Womonoo, Kalow, running over, in
+their desire to make me comprehend their meaning, the names of all the
+principal chiefs.
+
+Everything, in short, strengthened my suspicions with regard to the nature
+of the festival they were now celebrating; and which amounted almost to a
+certainty. While in Nukuheva I had frequently been informed that the whole
+tribe were never present at these cannibal banquets, but the chiefs and
+priests only; and everything I now observed agreed with the account.
+
+The sound of the drums continued without intermission the whole day, and
+falling continually upon my ear, caused me a sensation of horror which I
+am unable to describe. On the following day, hearing none of those noisy
+indications of revelry, I concluded that the inhuman feast was terminated,
+and feeling a kind of morbid curiosity to discover whether the Ti might
+furnish any evidence of what had taken place there, I proposed to
+Kory-Kory to walk there. To this proposition he replied by pointing with
+his finger to the newly-risen sun, and then up to the zenith, intimating
+that our visit must be deferred until noon. Shortly after that hour we
+accordingly proceeded to the Taboo Groves, and as soon as we entered their
+precincts, I looked fearfully round in quest of some memorial of the scene
+which had so lately been acted there; but everything appeared as usual. On
+reaching the Ti, we found Mehevi and a few chiefs reclining on the mats,
+who gave me as friendly a reception as ever. No allusions of any kind were
+made by them to the recent events; and I refrained, for obvious reasons,
+from referring to them myself.
+
+After staying a short time, I took my leave. In passing along the piazza,
+previously to descending from the pi-pi, I observed a curiously carved
+vessel of wood, of considerable size, with a cover placed over it, of the
+same material, and which resembled in shape a small canoe. It was
+surrounded by a low railing of bamboos, the top of which was scarcely a
+foot from the ground. As the vessel had been placed in its present
+position since my last visit, I at once concluded that it must have some
+connexion with the recent festival; and, prompted by a curiosity I could
+not repress, in passing it I raised one end of the cover; at the same
+moment the chiefs, perceiving my design, loudly ejaculated, "Taboo!
+taboo!" But the slight glimpse sufficed; my eyes fell upon the disordered
+members of a human skeleton, the bones still fresh with moisture, and with
+particles of flesh clinging to them here and there!
+
+Kory-Kory, who had been a little in advance of me, attracted by the
+exclamations of the chiefs, turned round in time to witness the expression
+of horror on my countenance. He now hurried towards me, pointing at the
+same time to the canoe, and exclaiming, rapidly, "Puarkee! puarkee!" (Pig,
+pig.) I pretended to yield to the deception, and repeated the words after
+him several times, as though acquiescing in what he said. The other
+savages, either deceived by my conduct, or unwilling to manifest their
+displeasure at what could not now be remedied, took no further notice of
+the occurrence, and I immediately left the Ti.
+
+All that night I lay awake, revolving in my mind the fearful situation in
+which I was placed. The last horrid revelation had now been made, and the
+full sense of my condition rushed upon my mind with a force I had never
+before experienced.
+
+Where, thought I, desponding, is there the slightest prospect of escape?
+The only person who seemed to possess the ability to assist me was the
+stranger, Marnoo; but would he ever return to the valley? and if he did,
+should I be permitted to hold any communication with him? It seemed as if
+I were cut off from every source of hope, and that nothing remained but
+passively to await whatever fate was in store for me. A thousand times I
+endeavoured to account for the mysterious conduct of the natives. For what
+conceivable purpose did they thus retain me a captive? What could be their
+object in treating me with such apparent kindness, and did it not cover
+some treacherous scheme? Or, if they had no other design than to hold me a
+prisoner, how should I be able to pass away my days in this narrow valley,
+deprived of all intercourse with civilized beings, and for ever separated
+from friends and home?
+
+One only hope remained to me. The French could not long defer a visit to
+the bay, and if they should permanently locate any of their troops in the
+valley, the savages could not for any length of time conceal my existence
+from them. But what reason had I to suppose that I should be spared until
+such an event occurred--an event which might be postponed by a hundred
+different contingencies?
+
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XXXII
+
+
+     The stranger again arrives in the valley--Singular interview with
+      him--Attempt to escape--Failure--Melancholy situation--Sympathy of
+                                 Marheyo.
+
+
+"Marnoo, Marnoo pemi!" Such were the welcome sounds which fell upon my ear
+some ten days after the event related in the preceding chapter. Once more
+the approach of the stranger was heralded, and the intelligence operated
+upon me like magic. Again I should be able to converse with him in my own
+language; and I resolved, at all hazards, to concert with him some scheme,
+however desperate, to rescue me from a condition that had now become
+insupportable.
+
+As he drew near, I remembered with many misgivings the inauspicious
+termination of our former interview; and when he entered the house, I
+watched with intense anxiety the reception he met with from its inmates.
+To my joy, his appearance was hailed with the liveliest pleasure; and
+accosting me kindly, he seated himself by my side, and entered into
+conversation with the natives around him. It soon appeared, however, that
+on this occasion he had not any intelligence of importance to communicate.
+I inquired of him from whence he had last come? He replied, from Pueearka,
+his native valley, and that he intended to return to it the same day.
+
+At once it struck me that, could I but reach that valley under his
+protection, I might easily from thence reach Nukuheva by water; and,
+animated by the prospect which this plan held out, I disclosed it in a few
+brief words to the stranger, and asked him how it could be best
+accomplished. My heart sunk within me when, in his broken English, he
+answered me that it could never be effected. "Kannaka no let you go
+nowhere," he said, "you taboo. Why you no like to stay? Plenty moee-moee
+(sleep)--plenty ki-ki (eat)--plenty whihenee (young girls). Oh, very good
+place, Typee! Suppose you no like this bay, why you come? You no hear
+about Typee? All white men afraid Typee, so no white men come."
+
+These words distressed me beyond belief; and when I again related to him
+the circumstances under which I had descended into the valley and sought
+to enlist his sympathies in my behalf, by appealing to the bodily misery I
+endured, he listened to me with impatience, and cut me short by
+exclaiming, passionately, "Me no hear you talk any more; by by Kannaka get
+mad, kill you and me too. No, you see he no want you to speak to me at
+all?--you see--ah! by by you no mind--you get well, he kill you, eat you,
+hang you head up there, like Happar Kannaka. Now you listen--but no talk
+any more. By by I go;--you see way I go. Ah! then some night Kannaka all
+moee-moee (sleep)--you run away--you come Pueearka. I speak Pueearka
+Kannaka--he no harm you--ah! then I take you my canoe Nukuheva, and you no
+run away ship no more." With these words, enforced by a vehemence of
+gesture I cannot describe, Marnoo started from my side, and immediately
+engaged in conversation with some of the chiefs who had entered the house.
+
+It would have been idle for me to have attempted resuming the interview so
+peremptorily terminated by Marnoo, who was evidently little disposed to
+compromise his own safety by any rash endeavours to ensure mine. But the
+plan he had suggested struck me as one which might possibly be
+accomplished, and I resolved to act upon it as speedily as possible.
+
+Accordingly, when he arose to depart, I accompanied him, with the natives,
+outside of the house, with a view of carefully noting the path he would
+take in leaving the valley. Just before leaping from the pi-pi, he clasped
+my hand, and, looking significantly at me, exclaimed, "Now you see you do
+what I tell you--ah! then you do good;--you no do so--ah! then you die." The
+next moment he waved his spear in adieu to the islanders, and, following
+the route that conducted to a defile in the mountains lying opposite the
+Happar side, was soon out of sight.
+
+A mode of escape was now presented to me; but how was I to avail myself of
+it? I was continually surrounded by the savages; I could not stir from one
+house to another without being attended by some of them; and even during
+the hours devoted to slumber, the slightest movement which I made seemed
+to attract the notice of those who shared the mats with me. In spite of
+these obstacles, however, I determined forthwith to make the attempt. To
+do so with any prospect of success, it was necessary that I should have at
+least two hours' start before the islanders should discover my absence;
+for with such facility was any alarm spread through the valley, and so
+familiar, of course, were the inhabitants with the intricacies of the
+groves, that I could not hope, lame and feeble as I was, and ignorant of
+the route, to secure my escape unless I had this advantage. It was also by
+night alone that I could hope to accomplish my object, and then only by
+adopting the utmost precaution.
+
+The entrance to Marheyo's habitation was through a low narrow opening in
+its wicker-work front. This passage, for no conceivable reason that I
+could devise, was always closed after the household had retired to rest,
+by drawing a heavy slide across it, composed of a dozen or more bits of
+wood, ingeniously fastened together by seizings of sinnate. When any of
+the inmates chose to go outside, the noise occasioned by the removing of
+this rude door awakened everybody else; and on more than one occasion I
+had remarked that the islanders were nearly as irritable as more civilized
+beings under similar circumstances.
+
+The difficulty thus placed in my way I determined to obviate in the
+following manner. I would get up boldly in the course of the night, and,
+drawing the slide, issue from the house, and pretend that my object was
+merely to procure a drink from the calabash, which always stood without
+the dwelling on the corner of the pi-pi. On re-entering I would purposely
+omit closing the passage after me, and trusting that the indolence of the
+savages would prevent them from repairing my neglect, would return to my
+mat, and waiting patiently until all were again asleep, I would then steal
+forth, and at once take the route to Pueearka.
+
+  [Illustration: ABOUT MIDNIGHT I AROSE AND DREW THE SLIDE]
+
+The very night which followed Marnoo's departure, I proceeded to put this
+project into execution. About midnight, as I imagined, I arose and drew
+the slide. The natives, just as I had expected, started up, while some of
+them asked, "Arware poo awa, Tommo?" (where are you going, Tommo?) "Wai,"
+(water,) I laconically answered, grasping the calabash. On hearing my
+reply they sank back again, and in a minute or two I returned to my mat,
+anxiously awaiting the result of the experiment.
+
+One after another the savages, turning restlessly, appeared to resume
+their slumbers, and, rejoicing at the stillness which prevailed, I was
+about to rise again from my couch, when I heard a slight rustling--a dark
+form was intercepted between me and the doorway--the slide was drawn across
+it, and the individual, whoever he was, returned to his mat. This was a
+sad blow to me; but as it might have aroused the suspicions of the
+islanders to have made another attempt that night, I was reluctantly
+obliged to defer it until the next. Several times after I repeated the
+same manoeuvre, but with as little success as before. As my pretence for
+withdrawing from the house was to allay my thirst, Kory-Kory, either
+suspecting some design on my part, or else prompted by a desire to please
+me, regularly every evening placed a calabash of water by my side.
+
+Even under these inauspicious circumstances I again and again renewed the
+attempt; but when I did so, my valet always rose with me, as if determined
+I should not remove myself from his observation. For the present,
+therefore, I was obliged to abandon the attempt; but I endeavoured to
+console myself with the idea, that by this mode I might yet effect my
+escape.
+
+Shortly after Marnoo's visit I was reduced to such a state, that it was
+with extreme difficulty I could walk, even with the assistance of a spear,
+and Kory-Kory, as formerly, was obliged to carry me daily to the stream.
+
+For hours and hours, during the warmest part of the day, I lay upon my
+mat, and while those around me were nearly all dozing away in careless
+ease, I remained awake, gloomily pondering over the fate which it appeared
+now idle for me to resist. When I thought of the loved friends who were
+thousands and thousands of miles from the savage island in which I was
+held a captive--when I reflected that my dreadful fate would for ever be
+concealed from them, and that, with hope deferred, they might continue to
+await my return long after my inanimate form had blended with the dust of
+the valley, I could not repress a shudder of anguish.
+
+How vividly is impressed upon my mind every minute feature of the scene
+which met my view during those long days of suffering and sorrow. At my
+request my mats were always spread directly facing the door, opposite
+which, and at a little distance, was the hut of boughs that Marheyo was
+building.
+
+Whenever my gentle Fayaway and Kory-Kory, laying themselves down beside
+me, would leave me awhile to uninterrupted repose, I took a strange
+interest in the slightest movements of the eccentric old warrior. All
+alone, during the stillness of the tropical mid-day, he would pursue his
+quiet work, sitting in the shade and weaving together the leaflets of his
+cocoa-nut branches, or rolling upon his knee the twisted fibres of bark to
+form the cords with which he tied together the thatching of his tiny
+house. Frequently suspending his employment, and noticing my melancholy
+eye fixed upon him, he would raise his hand with a gesture expressive of
+deep commiseration, and then, moving towards me slowly, would enter on
+tip-toes, fearful of disturbing the slumbering natives, and, taking the
+fan from my hand, would sit before me, swaying it gently to and fro, and
+gazing earnestly into my face.
+
+Just beyond the pi-pi, and disposed in a triangle before the entrance of
+the house, were three magnificent bread-fruit trees. At this moment I can
+recall to my mind their slender shafts, and the graceful inequalities of
+their bark, on which my eye was accustomed to dwell, day after day, in the
+midst of my solitary musings. It is strange how inanimate objects will
+twine themselves into our affections, especially in the hour of
+affliction. Even now, amidst all the bustle and stir of the proud and busy
+city in which I am dwelling, the image of those three trees seems to come
+as vividly before my eyes as if they were actually present, and I still
+feel the soothing quiet pleasure which I then had in watching, hour after
+hour, their topmost boughs waving gracefully in the breeze.
+
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XXXIII
+
+
+                               The escape.
+
+
+Nearly three weeks had elapsed since the second visit of Marnoo, and it
+must have been more than four months since I entered the valley, when one
+day, about noon, and whilst everything was in profound silence, Mow-Mow,
+the one-eyed chief, suddenly appeared at the door, and leaning forward
+towards me as I lay directly facing him, said, in a low tone, "Toby pemi
+ena," (Toby has arrived here.) Gracious heaven! What a tumult of emotions
+rushed upon me at this startling intelligence! Insensible to the pain that
+had before distracted me, I leaped to my feet, and called wildly to
+Kory-Kory, who was reposing by my side. The startled islanders sprang from
+their mats; the news was quickly communicated to them; and the next moment
+I was making my way to the Ti on the back of Kory-Kory, and surrounded by
+the excited savages.
+
+All that I could comprehend of the particulars which Mow-Mow rehearsed to
+his auditors as we proceeded, was that my long-lost companion had arrived
+in a boat which had just entered the bay. These tidings made me most
+anxious to be carried at once to the sea, lest some untoward circumstance
+should prevent our meeting; but to this they would not consent, and
+continued their course towards the royal abode. As we approached it,
+Mehevi and several chiefs showed themselves from the piazza, and called
+upon us loudly to come to them.
+
+As soon as we had approached, I endeavoured to make them understand that I
+was going down to the sea to meet Toby. To this the king objected, and
+motioned Kory-Kory to bring me into the house. It was in vain to resist;
+and in a few moments I found myself within the Ti, surrounded by a noisy
+group engaged in discussing the recent intelligence. Toby's name was
+frequently repeated, coupled with violent exclamations of astonishment. It
+seemed as if they yet remained in doubt with regard to the fact of his
+arrival, and at every fresh report that was brought from the shore they
+betrayed the liveliest emotions.
+
+Almost frenzied at being held in this state of suspense, I passionately
+besought Mehevi to permit me to proceed. Whether my companion had arrived
+or not, I felt a presentiment that my own fate was about to be decided.
+Again and again I renewed my petition to Mehevi. He regarded me with a
+fixed and serious eye, but at length, yielding to my importunity,
+reluctantly granted my request.
+
+Accompanied by some fifty of the natives, I now rapidly continued my
+journey, every few moments being transferred from the back of one to
+another, and urging my bearer forward all the while with earnest
+entreaties. As I thus hurried forward, no doubt as to the truth of the
+information I had received ever crossed my mind. I was alive only to the
+one overwhelming idea, that a chance of deliverance was now afforded me,
+if the jealous opposition of the savages could be overcome.
+
+Having been prohibited from approaching the sea during the whole of my
+stay in the valley, I had always associated with it the idea of escape.
+Toby, too,--if indeed he had ever voluntarily deserted me,--must have
+effected his flight by the sea; and now that I was drawing near to it
+myself, I indulged in hopes which I had never felt before. It was evident
+that a boat had entered the bay, and I saw little reason to doubt the
+truth of the report that it had brought my companion. Every time,
+therefore, that we gained an elevation, I looked eagerly around, hoping to
+behold him.
+
+In the midst of an excited throng, who by their violent gestures and wild
+cries appeared to be under the influence of some excitement as strong as
+my own, I was now borne along at a rapid trot, frequently stooping my head
+to avoid the branches which crossed the path, and never ceasing to implore
+those who carried me to accelerate their already swift pace.
+
+In this manner we had proceeded about four or five miles, when we were met
+by a party of some twenty islanders, between whom and those who
+accompanied me ensued an animated conference. Impatient of the delay
+occasioned by this interruption, I was beseeching the man who carried me
+to proceed without his loitering companions, when Kory-Kory, running to my
+side, informed me, in three fatal words, that the news had all proved
+false--that Toby had not arrived--"Toby owlee permi." Heaven only knows how,
+in the state of mind and body I then was, I ever sustained the agony which
+this intelligence caused me; not that the news was altogether unexpected,
+but I had trusted that the fact might not have been made known until we
+should have arrived upon the beach. As it was, I at once foresaw the
+course the savages would pursue. They had only yielded thus far to my
+entreaties, that I might give a joyful welcome to my long-lost comrade;
+but now that it was known he had not arrived, they would at once oblige me
+to turn back.
+
+My anticipations were but too correct. In spite of the resistance I made,
+they carried me into a house which was near the spot, and left me upon the
+mats. Shortly afterwards, several of those who had accompanied me from the
+Ti, detaching themselves from the others, proceeded in the direction of
+the sea. Those who remained--among whom were Marheyo, Mow-Mow, Kory-Kory,
+and Tinor--gathered about the dwelling, and appeared to be awaiting their
+return.
+
+This convinced me that strangers--perhaps some of my own countrymen--had for
+some cause or other entered the bay. Distracted at the idea of their
+vicinity, and reckless of the pain which I suffered, I heeded not the
+assurances of the islanders that there were no boats at the beach, but,
+starting to my feet, endeavoured to gain the door. Instantly the passage
+was blocked up by several men, who commanded me to resume my seat. The
+fierce looks of the irritated savages admonished me that I could gain
+nothing by force, and that it was by entreaty alone that I could hope to
+compass my object.
+
+Guided by this consideration, I turned to Mow-Mow, the only chief present,
+whom I had been much in the habit of seeing, and, carefully concealing my
+real design, tried to make him comprehend that I still believed Toby to
+have arrived on the shore, and besought him to allow me to go forward to
+welcome him. To all his repeated assertions that my companion had not been
+seen, I pretended to turn a deaf ear: while I urged my solicitations with
+an eloquence of gesture which the one-eyed chief appeared unable to
+resist. He seemed, indeed, to regard me as a froward child, to whose
+wishes he had not the heart to oppose force, and whom he must consequently
+humour. He spoke a few words to the natives, who at once retreated from
+the door, and I immediately passed out of the house.
+
+Here I looked earnestly round for Kory-Kory; but that hitherto faithful
+servitor was nowhere to be seen. Unwilling to linger even for a single
+instant when every moment might be so important, I motioned to a muscular
+fellow near me to take me upon his back: to my surprise he angrily
+refused. I turned to another, but with a like result. A third attempt was
+as unsuccessful, and I immediately perceived what had induced Mow-Mow to
+grant my request, and why the other natives conducted themselves in so
+strange a manner. It was evident that the chief had only given me liberty
+to continue my progress towards the sea, because he supposed that I was
+deprived of the means of reaching it.
+
+Convinced by this of their determination to retain me a captive, I became
+desperate; and almost insensible to the pain which I suffered, I seized a
+spear which was leaning against the projecting eaves of the house, and,
+supporting myself with it, resumed the path that swept by the dwelling. To
+my surprise, I was suffered to proceed alone, all the natives remaining in
+front of the house, and engaging in earnest conversation, which every
+moment became more loud and vehement; and, to my unspeakable delight, I
+perceived that some difference of opinion had arisen between them; that
+two parties, in short, were formed, and consequently that, in their
+divided counsels, there was some chance of my deliverance.
+
+Before I had proceeded a hundred yards I was again surrounded by the
+savages, who were still in all the heat of argument, and appeared every
+moment as if they would come to blows. In the midst of this tumult old
+Marheyo came to my side, and I shall never forget the benevolent
+expression of his countenance. He placed his arm upon my shoulder, and
+emphatically pronounced one expressive English word I had taught
+him--"Home." I at once understood what he meant, and eagerly expressed my
+thanks to him. Fayaway and Kory-Kory were by his side, both weeping
+violently; and it was not until the old man had twice repeated the command
+that his son could bring himself to obey him, and take me again upon his
+back. The one-eyed chief opposed his doing so, but he was overruled, and,
+as it seemed to me, by some of his own party.
+
+We proceeded onwards, and never shall I forget the ecstacy I felt when I
+first heard the roar of the surf breaking upon the beach. Before long, I
+saw the flashing billows themselves through the opening between the trees.
+Oh! glorious sight and sound of ocean! with what rapture did I hail you as
+familiar friends. By this time the shouts of the crowd upon the beach were
+distinctly audible, and in the blended confusion of sounds I almost
+fancied I could distinguish the voices of my own countrymen.
+
+When we reached the open space which lay between the groves and the sea,
+the first object that met my view was an English whale-boat, lying with
+her bow pointed from the shore, and only a few fathoms distant from it. It
+was manned by five islanders, dressed in short tunics of calico. My first
+impression was that they were in the very act of pulling out from the bay;
+and that, after all my exertions, I had come too late. My soul sunk within
+me: but a second glance convinced me that the boat was only hanging off to
+keep out of the surf; and the next moment I heard my own name shouted out
+by a voice from the midst of the crowd.
+
+Looking in the direction of the sound, I perceived, to my indescribable
+joy, the tall figure of Karakoee, an Oahu Kannaka, who had often been
+aboard the _Dolly_ while she lay in Nukuheva. He wore the green
+shooting-jacket, with gilt buttons, which had been given to him by an
+officer of the _Reine Blanche_--the French flag-ship--and in which I had
+always seen him dressed. I now remembered the Kannaka had frequently told
+me that his person was tabooed in all the valleys of the island, and the
+sight of him at such a moment as this filled my heart with a tumult of
+delight.
+
+Karakoee stood near the edge of the water with a large roll of
+cotton-cloth thrown over one arm, and holding two or three canvas bags of
+powder, while with the other hand he grasped a musket, which he appeared
+to be proffering to several of the chiefs around him. But they turned with
+disgust from his offers, and seemed to be impatient at his presence, with
+vehement gestures waving him off to his boat, and commanding him to
+depart.
+
+The Kannaka, however, still maintained his ground, and I at once perceived
+that he was seeking to purchase my freedom. Animated by the idea, I called
+upon him loudly to come to me; but he replied, in broken English, that the
+islanders had threatened to pierce him with their spears, if he stirred a
+foot towards me. At this time I was still advancing, surrounded by a dense
+throng of the natives, several of whom had their hands upon me, and more
+than one javelin was threateningly pointed at me. Still I perceived
+clearly that many of those least friendly towards me looked irresolute and
+anxious.
+
+I was still some thirty yards from Karakoee, when my farther progress was
+prevented by the natives, who compelled me to sit down upon the ground,
+while they still retained their hold upon my arms. The din and tumult now
+became tenfold, and I perceived that several of the priests were on the
+spot, all of whom were evidently urging Mow-Mow and the other chiefs to
+prevent my departure; and the detestable word--"Roo-ne! Roo-ne!" which I
+had heard repeated a thousand times during the day, was now shouted on
+every side of me. Still I saw that the Kannaka continued his exertions in
+my favour--that he was boldly debating the matter with the savages, and was
+striving to entice them by displaying his cloth and powder, and snapping
+the lock of his musket. But all he said or did appeared only to augment
+the clamours of those around him, who seemed bent upon driving him into
+the sea.
+
+When I remembered the extravagant value placed by these people upon the
+articles which were offered to them in exchange for me, and which were so
+indignantly rejected, I saw a new proof of the same fixed determination of
+purpose they had all along manifested with regard to me, and in despair,
+and reckless of consequences, I exerted all my strength, and, shaking
+myself free from the grasp of those who held me, I sprang upon my feet and
+rushed towards Karakoee.
+
+The rash attempt nearly decided my fate; for, fearful that I might slip
+from them, several of the islanders now raised a simultaneous shout, and
+pressing upon Karakoee, they menaced him with furious gestures, and
+actually forced him into the sea. Appalled at their violence, the poor
+fellow, standing nearly to the waist in the surf, endeavoured to pacify
+them; but at length, fearful that they would do him some fatal violence,
+he beckoned to his comrades to pull in at once, and take him into the
+boat.
+
+It was at this agonizing moment, when I thought all hope was ended, that a
+new contest arose between the two parties, who had accompanied me to the
+shore; blows were struck, wounds were given, and blood flowed. In the
+interest excited by the fray, every one had left me except Marheyo,
+Kory-Kory, and poor dear Fayaway, who clung to me, sobbing convulsively. I
+saw that now or never was the moment. Clasping my hands together, I looked
+imploringly at Marheyo, and moved towards the now almost deserted beach.
+The tears were in the old man's eyes, but neither he nor Kory-Kory
+attempted to hold me, and I soon reached the Kannaka, who had anxiously
+watched my movements; the rowers pulled in as near as they dared to the
+edge of the surf; I gave one parting embrace to Fayaway, who seemed
+speechless with sorrow, and the next instant I found myself safe in the
+boat, and Karakoee by my side, who told the rowers at once to give way.
+Marheyo and Kory-Kory, and a great many of the women, followed me into the
+water, and I was determined, as the only mark of gratitude I could show,
+to give them the articles which had been brought as my ransom. I handed
+the musket to Kory-Kory, in doing which he would fain have taken hold of
+me, threw the roll of cotton to old Marheyo, pointing as I did so to poor
+Fayaway, who had retired from the edge of the water, and was sitting down
+disconsolate on the beach, and tumbled the powder-bags out to the nearest
+young ladies, all of whom were vastly willing to take them. This
+distribution did not occupy ten seconds, and before it was over the boat
+was under full way, the Kannaka all the while exclaiming loudly against
+what he considered a useless throwing away of valuable property.
+
+Although it was clear that my movements had been noticed by several of the
+natives, still they had not suspended the conflict in which they were
+engaged, and it was not until the boat was above fifty yards from the
+shore, that Mow-Mow and some six or seven other warriors rushed into the
+sea and hurled their javelins at us. Some of the weapons passed quite as
+close to us as was desirable, but no one was wounded, and the men pulled
+away gallantly. But although soon out of the reach of the spears, our
+progress was extremely slow; it blew strong upon the shore, and the tide
+was against us; and I saw Karakoee, who was steering the boat, give many a
+look towards a jutting point of the bay round which we had to pass.
+
+For a minute or two after our departure, the savages, who had formed into
+different groups, remained perfectly motionless and silent. All at once
+the enraged chief showed by his gestures that he had resolved what course
+he would take. Shouting loudly to his companions, and pointing with his
+tomahawk towards the headland, he set off at full speed in that direction,
+and was followed by about thirty of the natives, among whom were several
+of the priests, all yelling out, "Roo-ne! Roo-ne!" at the very top of
+their voices. Their intention was evidently to swim off from the headland
+and intercept us in our course. The wind was freshening every minute, and
+was right in our teeth, and it was one of those chopping, angry seas, in
+which it is so difficult to row. Still the chances seemed in our favour,
+but when we came within a hundred yards of the point, the active savages
+were already dashing into the water, and we all feared that within five
+minutes' time we should have a score of the infuriated wretches around us.
+If so our doom was sealed, for these savages, unlike the feeble swimmers
+of civilized countries, are, if anything, more formidable antagonists in
+the water than when on the land. It was all a trial of strength; our
+natives pulled till their oars bent again, and the crowd of swimmers shot
+through the water, despite its roughness, with fearful rapidity.
+
+By the time we had reached the headland, the savages were spread right
+across our course. Our rowers got out their knives and held them ready
+between their teeth, and I seized the boat-hook. We were all aware that if
+they succeeded in intercepting us, they would practise upon us the
+manoeuvre which proved so fatal to many a boat's crew in these seas. They
+would grapple the oars, and, seizing hold of the gunwale, capsize the
+boat, and then we should be entirely at their mercy.
+
+After a few breathless moments I discerned Mow-Mow. The athletic islander,
+with his tomahawk between his teeth, was dashing the water before him till
+it foamed again. He was the nearest to us, and in another instant he would
+have seized one of the oars. Even at the moment I felt horror at the act I
+was about to commit; but it was no time for pity or compunction, and with
+true aim, and exerting all my strength, I dashed the boat-hook at him. It
+struck him just below the throat, and forced him downwards. I had no time
+to repeat the blow, but I saw him rise to the surface in the wake of the
+boat, and never shall I forget the ferocious expression of his
+countenance.
+
+Only one other of the savages reached the boat. He seized the gunwale, but
+the knives of our rowers so mauled his wrists that he was forced to quit
+his hold, and the next minute we were past them all, and in safety. The
+strong excitement which had thus far kept me up, now left me, and I fell
+back fainting into the arms of Karakoee.
+
+                           * * * * * * * * * *
+
+The circumstances connected with my most unexpected escape may be very
+briefly stated. The captain of an Australian vessel being in distress for
+men in these remote seas, had put into Nukuheva in order to recruit his
+ship's company, but not a single man was to be obtained; and the barque
+was about to get under weigh, when she was boarded by Karakoee, who
+informed the disappointed Englishman that an American sailor was detained
+by the savages in the neighbouring bay of Typee; and he offered, if
+supplied with suitable articles of traffic, to undertake his release. The
+Kannaka had gained his intelligence from Marnoo, to whom, after all, I was
+indebted for my escape. The proposition was acceded to; and Karakoee,
+taking with him five tabooed natives of Nukuheva, again repaired aboard
+the barque, which in a few hours sailed to that part of the island, and
+threw her main-top-sail aback right off the entrance to the Typee bay. The
+whale-boat, manned by the tabooed crew, pulled towards the head of the
+inlet, while the ship lay "off and on" awaiting its return.
+
+The events which ensued have already been detailed, and little more
+remains to be related. On reaching the _Julia_, I was lifted over the
+side, and my strange appearance, and remarkable adventure, occasioned the
+liveliest interest. Every attention was bestowed upon me that humanity
+could suggest; but to such a state was I reduced, that three months
+elapsed before I recovered my health.
+
+The mystery which hung over the fate of my friend and companion, Toby, has
+never been cleared up. I still remain ignorant whether he succeeded in
+leaving the valley, or perished at the hands of the islanders.
+
+
+
+
+
+                                  SEQUEL
+
+
+                                CONTAINING
+
+
+                            THE STORY OF TOBY
+
+
+    NOTE.--The Author of "Typee" was more than two years in the South
+    Seas, after escaping from the valley, as recounted in the last
+    chapter. Some time after returning home the foregoing narrative
+    was published, though it was little thought at the time that this
+    would be the means of revealing the existence of Toby, who had
+    long been given up for lost. But so it proved. The story of his
+    escape supplies a natural sequel to the adventure, and as such it
+    is now added to the volume. It was related to the Author by Toby
+    himself.
+
+
+The morning my comrade left me, as related in the narrative, he was
+accompanied by a large party of the natives, some of them carrying fruit
+and hogs for the purposes of traffic, as the report had spread that boats
+had touched at the bay.
+
+As they proceeded through the settled parts of the valley, numbers joined
+them from every side, running with animated cries from every pathway. So
+excited were the whole party, that, eager as Toby was to gain the beach,
+it was almost as much as he could do to keep up with them. Making the
+valley ring with their shouts, they hurried along on a swift trot, those
+in advance pausing now and then, and flourishing their weapons to urge the
+rest forward.
+
+Presently they came to a place where the path crossed a bend of the main
+stream of the valley. Here a strange sound came through the grove beyond,
+and the islanders halted. It was Mow-Mow, the one-eyed chief, who had gone
+on before; he was striking his heavy lance against the hollow bough of a
+tree.
+
+This was a signal of alarm;--for nothing was now heard but shouts of
+"Happar! Happar!"--the warriors tilting with their spears and brandishing
+them in the air, and the women and boys shouting to each other, and
+picking up the stones in the bed of the stream. In a moment or two Mow-Mow
+and two or three other chiefs ran out from the grove, and the din
+increased tenfold.
+
+Now, thought Toby, for a fray; and being unarmed, he besought one of the
+young men domiciled with Marheyo for the loan of his spear. But he was
+refused; the youth roguishly telling him, that the weapon was very good
+for him (the Typee), but that a white man could fight much better with his
+fists.
+
+The merry humour of this young wag seemed to be shared by the rest, for in
+spite of their warlike cries and gestures, everybody was capering about
+and laughing, as if it was one of the funniest things in the world to be
+awaiting the flight of a score or two of Happar javelins from an ambush in
+the thickets.
+
+While my comrade was in vain trying to make out the meaning of all this, a
+good number of the natives separated themselves from the rest and ran off
+into the grove on one side, the others now keeping perfectly still, as if
+awaiting the result. After a little while, however, Mow-Mow, who stood in
+advance, motioned them to come on stealthily, which they did, scarcely
+rustling a leaf. Thus they crept along for ten or fifteen minutes, every
+now and then pausing to listen.
+
+Toby by no means relished this sort of skulking; if there was going to be
+a fight he wanted it to begin at once. But all in good time,--for just
+then, as they went prowling into the thickest of the wood, terrific howls
+burst upon them on all sides, and volleys of darts and stones flew across
+the path. Not an enemy was to be seen, and what was still more surprising,
+not a single man dropped, though the pebbles fell among the leaves like
+hail.
+
+There was a moment's pause, when the Typees, with wild shrieks, flung
+themselves into the covert, spear in hand; nor was Toby behind-hand.
+Coming so near getting his skull broken by the stones, and animated by an
+old grudge he bore the Happars, he was among the first to dash at them. As
+he broke his way through the underbush, trying, as he did so, to wrest a
+spear from a young chief, the shouts of battle all of a sudden ceased, and
+the wood was as still as death. The next moment, the party who had left
+them so mysteriously rushed out from behind every bush and tree, and
+united with the rest in long and merry peals of laughter.
+
+It was all a sham, and Toby, who was quite out of breath with excitement,
+was much incensed at being made a fool of.
+
+It afterwards turned out that the whole affair had been concerted for his
+particular benefit, though with what precise view it would be hard to
+tell. My comrade was the more enraged at this boy's play, since it had
+consumed so much time, every moment of which might be precious. Perhaps,
+however, it was partly intended for this very purpose; and he was led to
+think so, because, when the natives started again, he observed that they
+did not seem to be in so great a hurry as before. At last, after they had
+gone some distance, Toby, thinking all the while that they never would get
+to the sea, two men came running towards them, and a regular halt ensued,
+followed by a noisy discussion, during which Toby's name was often
+repeated. All this made him more and more anxious to learn what was going
+on at the beach; but it was in vain that he now tried to push forward; the
+natives held him back.
+
+In a few moments the conference ended, and many of them ran down the path
+in the direction of the water, the rest surrounding Toby, and entreating
+him to "Moee," or sit down and rest himself. As an additional inducement,
+several calabashes of food, which had been brought along, were now placed
+on the ground, and opened, and pipes also were lighted. Toby bridled his
+impatience awhile, but at last sprang to his feet and dashed forward
+again. He was soon overtaken nevertheless, and again surrounded, but
+without further detention was then permitted to go down to the sea.
+
+They came out on a bright green space between the groves and the water,
+and close under the shadow of the Happar mountain, where a path was seen,
+winding out of sight through a gorge.
+
+No sign of a boat, however, was beheld; nothing but a tumultuous crowd of
+men and women, and some one in their midst, earnestly talking to them. As
+my comrade advanced, this person came forward, and proved to be no
+stranger. He was an old grizzled sailor, whom Toby and myself had
+frequently seen in Nukuheva, where he lived an easy, devil-may-care life,
+in the household of Mowanna the king, going by the name of "Jimmy." In
+fact, he was the royal favourite, and had a good deal to say in his
+master's councils. He wore a Manilla hat, and a sort of tappa morning
+gown, sufficiently loose and negligent to show the verse of a song
+tattooed upon his chest, and a variety of spirited cuts by native artists
+in other parts of his body. He sported a fishing-rod in his hand, and
+carried a sooty old pipe slung about his neck.
+
+This old rover having retired from active life, had resided in Nukuheva
+some time--he could speak the language, and for that reason was frequently
+employed by the French as an interpreter. He was an arrant old gossip,
+too; for ever coming off in his canoe to the ships in the bay, and
+regaling their crews with choice little morsels of court scandal--such, for
+instance, as a shameful intrigue of his majesty with a Happar damsel, a
+public dancer at the feasts--and otherwise relating some incredible tales
+about the Marquesas generally. I remember, in particular, his telling the
+_Dolly's_ crew what proved to be literally a cock-and-bull story, about
+two natural prodigies, which he said were then on the island. One was an
+old monster of a hermit, having a marvellous reputation for sanctity, and
+reputed a famous sorcerer, who lived away off in a den among the
+mountains, where he hid from the world a great pair of horns that grew out
+of his temples. Notwithstanding his reputation for piety, his horrid old
+fellow was the terror of all the island round, being reported to come out
+from his retreat, and go a man-hunting every dark night. Some anonymous
+Paul Pry, too, coming down the mountain, once got a peep at his den, and
+found it full of bones. In short, he was a most unheard-of monster.
+
+The other prodigy Jimmy told us about, was the younger son of a chief,
+who, although but just turned of ten, had entered upon holy orders,
+because his superstitious countrymen thought him especially intended for
+the priesthood, from the fact of his having a comb on his head like a
+rooster. But this was not all: for, still more wonderful to relate, the
+boy prided himself upon this strange crest, being actually endowed with a
+cock's voice, and frequently crowing over his peculiarity.
+
+But to return to Toby. The moment he saw the old rover on the beach, he
+ran up to him, the natives following after, and forming a circle round
+them.
+
+After welcoming him to the shore, Jimmy went on to tell him how that he
+knew all about our having run away from the ship, and being among the
+Typees, indeed, he had been urged by Mowanna to come over to the valley,
+and, after visiting his friends there, to bring us back with him, his
+royal master being exceedingly anxious to share with him the reward which
+had been held out for our capture. He, however, assured Toby that he had
+indignantly spurned the offer.
+
+All this astonished my comrade not a little, as neither of us had
+entertained the least idea that any white man ever visited the Typees
+sociably. But Jimmy told him that such was the case, nevertheless,
+although he seldom came into the bay, and scarcely ever went back from the
+beach. One of the priests of the valley, in some way or other connected
+with an old tattooed divine in Nukuheva, was a friend of his, and through
+him he was "taboo."
+
+He said, moreover, that he was sometimes employed to come round to the
+bay, and engage fruit for ships lying in Nukuheva. In fact, he was now on
+that very errand, according to his own account, having just come across
+the mountains by the way of Happar. By noon of the next day, the fruit
+would be heaped up in stacks on the beach, in readiness for the boats,
+which he then intended to bring into the bay.
+
+Jimmy now asked Toby whether he wished to leave the island--if he did,
+there was a ship in want of men, lying in the other harbour, and he would
+be glad to take him over, and see him on board that very day.
+
+"No," said Toby; "I cannot leave the island, unless my comrade goes with
+me. I left him up the valley because they would not let him come down. Let
+us go now and fetch him."
+
+"But how is he to cross the mountain with us," replied Jimmy, "even if we
+get him down to the beach? Better let him stay till to-morrow, and I will
+bring him round to Nukuheva in the boats."
+
+"That will never do," said Toby; "but come along with me now, and let us
+get him down here at any rate"; and yielding to the impulse of the moment,
+he started to hurry back into the valley. But hardly was his back turned,
+when a dozen hands were laid on him, and he learned that he could not go a
+step farther.
+
+It was in vain that he fought with them: they would not hear of his
+stirring from the beach. Cut to the heart at this unexpected repulse, Toby
+now conjured the sailor to go after me alone. But Jimmy replied, that in
+the mood the Typees then were, they would not permit him to do so, though,
+at the same time, he was not afraid of their offering him any harm.
+
+Little did Toby then think, as he afterwards had good reason to suspect,
+that this very Jimmy was a heartless villain, who, by his arts, had just
+incited the natives to restrain him, as he was in the act of going after
+me. Well must the old sailor have known, too, that the natives would never
+consent to our leaving together; and he therefore wanted to get Toby off
+alone, for a purpose which he afterwards made plain. Of all this, however,
+my comrade now knew nothing.
+
+He was still struggling with the islanders, when Jimmy again came up to
+him, and warned him against irritating them, saying that he was only
+making matters worse for both of us, and if they became enraged, there was
+no telling what might happen. At last he made Toby sit down on a broken
+canoe, by a pile of stones, upon which was a ruinous little shrine,
+supported by four upright paddles, and in front partly screened by a net.
+The fishing parties met there, when they came in from the sea, for their
+offerings were laid before an image, upon a smooth black stone within.
+This spot, Jimmy said, was strictly "taboo," and no one would molest or
+come near him while he stayed by its shadow. The old sailor then went off,
+and began speaking very earnestly to Mow-Mow and some other chiefs, while
+all the rest formed a circle round the taboo place, looking intently at
+Toby, and talking to each other without ceasing.
+
+Now, notwithstanding what Jimmy had just told him, there presently came up
+to my comrade an old woman, who seated herself beside him on the canoe.
+
+"Typee Mortarkee?" said she. "Mortarkee muee," said Toby.
+
+She then asked whether he was going to Nukuheva; he nodded yes; and with a
+plaintive wail, her eyes filling with tears, she rose and left him.
+
+This old woman, the sailor afterwards said, was the wife of an aged king
+of a small inland valley, communicating by a deep pass with the country of
+the Typees. The inmates of the two valleys were related to each other by
+blood, and were known by the same name. The old woman had gone down into
+the Typee valley the day before, and was now, with three chiefs, her sons,
+on a visit to her kinsmen.
+
+As the old king's wife left him, Jimmy again came up to Toby, and told him
+that he had just talked the whole matter over with the natives, and there
+was only one course for him to follow. They would not allow him to go back
+into the valley, and harm would certainly come to both him and me, if he
+remained much longer on the beach. "So," said he, "you and I had better go
+to Nukuheva now overland, and to-morrow I will bring Tommo, as they call
+him, by water; they have promised to carry him down to the sea for me
+early in the morning, so that there will be no delay."
+
+"No, no," said Toby desperately, "I will not leave him that way; we must
+escape together."
+
+"Then there is no hope for you," exclaimed the sailor, "for if I leave you
+here on the beach, as soon as I am gone you will be carried back into the
+valley, and then neither of you will ever look upon the sea again." And
+with many oaths he swore that if he would only go to Nukuheva with him
+that day, he would be sure to have me there the very next morning.
+
+"But how do you know they will bring him down to the beach to-morrow, when
+they will not do so to-day?" said Toby. But the sailor had many reasons,
+all of which were so mixed up with the mysterious customs of the
+islanders, that he was none the wiser. Indeed, their conduct, especially
+in preventing him from returning into the valley, was absolutely
+unaccountable to him; and added to everything else was the bitter
+reflection, that the old sailor, after all, might possibly be deceiving
+him. And then again he had to think of me, left alone with the natives,
+and by no means well. If he went with Jimmy, he might at least hope to
+procure some relief for me. But might not the savages who had acted so
+strangely, hurry me off somewhere before his return? Then, even if he
+remained, perhaps they would not let him go back to the valley where I
+was.
+
+Thus perplexed was my poor comrade; he knew not what to do, and his
+courageous spirit was of no use to him now. There he was, all by himself,
+seated upon the broken canoe--the natives grouped around him at a distance,
+and eyeing him more and more fixedly.
+
+"It is getting late," said Jimmy, who was standing behind the rest.
+"Nukuheva is far off, and I cannot cross the Happar country by night. You
+see how it is:--if you come along with me, all will be well; if you do not,
+depend upon it neither of you will ever escape."
+
+"There is no help for it," said Toby, at last, with a heavy heart, "I will
+have to trust you"; and he came out from the shadow of the little shrine,
+and cast a long look up the valley.
+
+"Now keep close to my side," said the sailor, "and let us be moving
+quickly." Tinor and Fayaway here appeared; the kind-hearted old woman
+embracing Toby's knees, and giving way to a flood of tears; while Fayaway,
+hardly less moved, spoke some few words of English she had learned, and
+held up three fingers before him--in so many days he would return.
+
+At last Jimmy pulled Toby out of the crowd, and after calling to a young
+Typee who was standing by with a young pig in his arms, all three started
+for the mountains.
+
+"I have told them that you are coming back again," said the old fellow,
+laughing, as they began the ascent, "but they'll have to wait a long
+time." Toby turned, and saw the natives all in motion--the girls waving
+their tappas in adieu, and the men their spears. As the last figure
+entered the grove with one arm raised, and the three fingers spread, his
+heart smote him.
+
+As the natives had at last consented to his going, it might have been,
+that some of them, at least, really counted upon his speedy return;
+probably supposing, as indeed he had told them when they were coming down
+the valley, that his only object in leaving them was to procure the
+medicines I needed. This, Jimmy also must have told them. And as they had
+done before, when my comrade, to oblige me, started on his perilous
+journey to Nukuheva, they looked upon me, in his absence, as one of two
+inseparable friends who was a sure guarantee for the other's return. This
+is only my own supposition, however, for as to all their strange conduct,
+it is still a mystery.
+
+"You see what sort of a taboo man I am," said the sailor, after for some
+time silently following the path which led up the mountain. "Mow-Mow made
+me a present of this pig here, and the man who carries it will go right
+through Happar, and down into Nukuheva with us. So long as he stays by me
+he is safe, and just so it will be with you, and to-morrow with Tommo.
+Cheer up, then, and rely upon me, you will see him in the morning."
+
+The ascent of the mountain was not very difficult, owing to its being near
+to the sea, where the island ridges are comparatively low; the path, too,
+was a fine one, so that in a short time all three were standing on the
+summit with the two valleys at their feet. The white cascades marking the
+green head of the Typee valley first caught Toby's eye; Marheyo's house
+could easily be traced by them.
+
+As Jimmy led the way along the ridge, Toby observed that the valley of the
+Happars did not extend near so far inland as that of the Typees. This
+accounted for our mistake in entering the latter valley as we had.
+
+A path leading down from the mountain was soon seen, and, following it,
+the party were in a short time fairly in the Happar valley.
+
+"Now," said Jimmy, as they hurried on, "we taboo men have wives in all the
+bays, and I am going to show you the two I have here."
+
+So, when they came to the house where he said they lived--which was close
+by the base of the mountain, in a shady nook among the groves,--he went in,
+and was quite furious at finding it empty--the ladies had gone out.
+However, they soon made their appearance, and, to tell the truth, welcomed
+Jimmy quite cordially, as well as Toby, about whom they were very
+inquisitive. Nevertheless, as the report of their arrival spread, and the
+Happars began to assemble, it became evident that the appearance of a
+white stranger among them was not by any means deemed so wonderful an
+event as in the neighbouring valley.
+
+The old sailor bade his wives prepare something to eat, as he must be in
+Nukuheva before dark. A meal of fish, bread-fruit, and bananas, was
+accordingly served up, the party regaling themselves on the mats, in the
+midst of a numerous company.
+
+The Happars put many questions to Jimmy about Toby; and Toby himself
+looked sharply at them, anxious to recognise the fellow who gave him the
+wound from which he was still suffering. But this fiery gentleman, so
+handy with his spear, had the delicacy, it seemed, to keep out of view.
+Certainly the sight of him would not have been any added inducement to
+making him stay in the valley,--some of the afternoon loungers in Happar
+having politely urged Toby to spend a few days with them,--there was a
+feast coming on. He, however, declined.
+
+All this while the young Typee stuck to Jimmy like his shadow, and though
+as lively a dog as any of his tribe, he was now as meek as a lamb, never
+opening his mouth except to eat. Although some of the Happars looked
+queerly at him, others were more civil, and seemed desirous of taking him
+abroad and showing him the valley. But the Typee was not to be cajoled in
+that way. How many yards he would have to remove from Jimmy before the
+taboo would be powerless, it would be hard to tell, but probably he
+himself knew to a fraction.
+
+On the promise of a red cotton handkerchief, and something else which he
+kept secret, this poor fellow had undertaken a rather ticklish journey,
+though, as far as Toby could ascertain, it was something that had never
+happened before.
+
+The island-punch--arva--was brought in at the conclusion of the repast, and
+passed round in a shallow calabash.
+
+Now my comrade, while seated in the Happar house, began to feel more
+troubled than ever at leaving me: indeed, so sad did he feel that he
+talked about going back to the valley, and wanted Jimmy to escort him as
+far as the mountains. But the sailor would not listen to him, and, by way
+of diverting his thoughts, pressed him to drink of the arva. Knowing its
+narcotic nature, he refused; but Jimmy said he would have something mixed
+with it, which would convert it into an innocent beverage that would
+inspirit them for the rest of their journey. So at last he was induced to
+drink of it, and its effects were just as the sailor had predicted; his
+spirits rose at once, and all his gloomy thoughts left him.
+
+The old rover now began to reveal his true character, though he was hardly
+suspected at the time. "If I get you off to a ship," said he, "you will
+surely give a poor fellow something for saving you." In short, before they
+left the house, he made Toby promise that he would give him five Spanish
+dollars if he succeeded in getting any part of his wages advanced from the
+vessel, aboard of which they were going; Toby, moreover, engaging to
+reward him still farther, as soon as my deliverance was accomplished.
+
+A little while after this they started again, accompanied by many of the
+natives, and going up the valley, took a steep path near its head, which
+led to Nukuheva. Here the Happars paused, and watched them as they
+ascended the mountain, one group of bandit-looking fellows shaking their
+spears and casting threatening glances at the poor Typee, whose heart as
+well as heels seemed much the lighter when he came to look down upon them.
+
+On gaining the heights once more, their way led for a time along several
+ridges covered with enormous ferns. At last they entered upon a wooded
+tract, and here they overtook a party of Nukuheva natives, well armed, and
+carrying bundles of long poles. Jimmy seemed to know them all very well,
+and stopped for awhile, and had a talk about the "Wee-Wees," as the people
+of Nukuheva call the Monsieurs.
+
+The party with the poles were King Mowanna's men, and by his orders they
+had been gathering them in the ravines for his allies, the French.
+
+Leaving these fellows to trudge on with their loads, Toby and his
+companions now pushed forward again, as the sun was already low in the
+west. They came upon the valleys of Nukuheva on one side of the bay, where
+the highlands slope off into the sea. The men-of-war were still lying in
+the harbour, and as Toby looked down upon them, the strange events which
+had happened so recently seemed all a dream.
+
+They soon descended towards the beach, and found themselves in Jimmy's
+house before it was well dark. Here he received another welcome from his
+Nukuheva wives, and after some refreshments in the shape of cocoa-nut milk
+and poee-poee, they entered a canoe (the Typee, of course, going along)
+and paddled off to a whale-ship which was anchored near the shore. This
+was the vessel in want of men. Our own had sailed some time before. The
+captain professed great pleasure at seeing Toby, but thought from his
+exhausted appearance that he must be unfit for duty. However, he agreed to
+ship him, as well as his comrade as soon as he should arrive.
+
+Toby begged hard for an armed boat, in which to go round to Typee and
+rescue me, notwithstanding the promise of Jimmy. But this the captain
+would not hear of, and told him to have patience, for the sailor would be
+faithful to his word. When, too, he demanded the five silver dollars for
+Jimmy, the captain was unwilling to give them. But Toby insisted upon it,
+as he now began to think that Jimmy might be a mere mercenary, who would
+be sure to prove faithless if not well paid. Accordingly he not only gave
+him the money, but took care to assure him, over and over again, that as
+soon as he brought me aboard he would receive a still larger sum.
+
+Before sunrise the next day, Jimmy and the Typee started in two of the
+ship's boats, which were manned by tabooed natives. Toby, of course, was
+all eagerness to go along, but the sailor told him that if he did, it
+would spoil all; so, hard as it was, he was obliged to remain.
+
+Towards evening he was on the watch, and descried the boats turning the
+headland and entering the bay. He strained his eyes, and thought he saw
+me; but I was not there. Descending from the mast almost distracted, he
+grappled Jimmy as he struck the deck, shouting in a voice that startled
+him, "Where is Tommo?" The old fellow faltered, but soon recovering, did
+all he could to soothe him, assuring him that it had proved to be
+impossible to get me down to the shore that morning; assigning many
+plausible reasons, and adding that early on the morrow he was going to
+visit the bay again in a French boat, when, if he did not find me on the
+beach--as this time he certainly expected to--he would march right back into
+the valley, and carry me away at all hazards. He, however, again refused
+to allow Toby to accompany him.
+
+Now, situated as Toby was, his sole dependence for the present was upon
+Jimmy, and therefore he was fain to comfort himself as well as he could
+with what the old sailor told him.
+
+The next morning, however, he had the satisfaction of seeing the French
+boat start with Jimmy in it. To-night, then, I will see him, thought Toby;
+but many a long day passed before he ever saw Tommo again. Hardly was the
+boat out of sight, when the captain came forward and ordered the anchor
+weighed; he was going to sea.
+
+Vain were all Toby's ravings,--they were disregarded; and when he came to
+himself, the sails were set, and the ship fast leaving the land.
+
+... "Oh! said he to me at our meeting, what sleepless nights were mine.
+Often I started from my hammock, dreaming you were before me, and
+upbraiding me for leaving you on the island."
+
+There is little more to be related. Toby left his vessel at New Zealand,
+and after some further adventures, arrived home in less than two years
+after leaving the Marquesas. He always thought of me as dead--and I had
+every reason to suppose that he, too, was no more; but a strange meeting
+was in store for us, which made Toby's heart all the lighter.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+                                 APPENDIX
+
+
+The author of this volume arrived at Tahiti the very day that the
+iniquitous designs of the French were consummated by inducing the
+subordinate chiefs, during the absence of their queen, to ratify an
+artfully-drawn treaty, by which she was virtually deposed. Both menaces
+and caresses were employed on this occasion, and the 32-pounders which
+peeped out of the port-holes of the frigate were the principal arguments
+adduced to quiet the scruples of the more conscientious islanders.
+
+And yet this piratical seizure of Tahiti, with all the woe and desolation
+which resulted from it, created not half so great a sensation, at least in
+America, as was caused by the proceedings of the English at the Sandwich
+Islands. No transaction has ever been more grossly misrepresented than the
+events which occurred upon the arrival of Lord George Paulet at Oahu.
+During a residence of four months at Honolulu, the metropolis of the
+group, the author was in the confidence of an Englishman who was much
+employed by his lordship; and great was the author's astonishment on his
+arrival at Boston, in the autumn of 1844, to read the distorted accounts
+and fabrications which had produced in the United States so violent an
+outbreak of indignation against the English. He deems it, therefore, a
+mere act of justice towards a gallant officer briefly to state the leading
+circumstances connected with the event in question.
+
+It is needless to rehearse all the abuse that for some time previous to
+the spring of 1843 had been heaped upon the British residents, especially
+upon Captain Charlton, Her Britannic Majesty's consul-general, by the
+native authorities of the Sandwich Islands. High in the favour of the
+imbecile king at this time was one Dr. Judd, a sanctimonious
+apothecary-adventurer, who, with other kindred and influential spirits,
+were animated by an inveterate dislike to England. The ascendancy of a
+junta of ignorant and designing Methodist elders in the councils of a
+half-civilised king, ruling with absolute sway over a nation just poised
+between barbarism and civilisation, and exposed by the peculiarities of
+its relations with foreign states to unusual difficulties, was not
+precisely calculated to impart a healthy tone to the policy of the
+government.
+
+At last matters were brought to such an extremity, through the iniquitous
+maladministration of affairs, that the endurance of further insults and
+injuries on the part of the British consul was no longer to be borne.
+Captain Charlton, insultingly forbidden to leave the islands,
+clandestinely withdrew, and arriving at Valparaiso, conferred with
+Rear-Admiral Thomas, the English commander-in-chief on the Pacific
+station. In consequence of this communication, Lord George Paulet was
+despatched by the admiral in the _Carysfort_ frigate, to inquire into and
+correct the alleged abuses. On arriving at his destination, he sent his
+first lieutenant ashore with a letter to the king, couched in terms of the
+utmost courtesy, and soliciting the honour of an audience. The messenger
+was denied access to His Majesty, and Paulet was coolly referred to Dr.
+Judd, and informed that the apothecary was invested with plenary powers to
+treat with him. Rejecting this insolent proposition, his lordship again
+addressed the king by letter, and renewed his previous request; but he
+encountered another repulse. Justly indignant at this treatment, he penned
+a third epistle, enumerating the grievances to be redressed, and demanding
+a compliance with his requisitions, under penalty of immediate
+hostilities.
+
+The government was now obliged to act, and an artful stroke of policy was
+decided upon by the despicable councillors of the king to entrap the
+sympathies and rouse the indignation of Christendom. His Majesty was made
+to intimate to the British captain that he could not, as the conscientious
+ruler of his beloved people, comply with the arbitrary demands of his
+lordship, and in deprecation of the horrors of war, tendered to his
+acceptance the _provisional cession_ of the islands, subject to the result
+of the negotiations then pending in London. Paulet, a bluff and
+straight-forward sailor, took the king at his word, and after some
+preliminary arrangements, entered upon the administration of Hawaiian
+affairs, in the same firm and benignant spirit which marked the discipline
+of his frigate, and which had rendered him the idol of his ship's company.
+He soon endeared himself to nearly all orders of the islanders; but the
+king and the chiefs, whose feudal sway over the common people was
+laboriously sought to be perpetuated by their missionary advisers,
+regarded all his proceedings with the most vigilant animosity. Jealous of
+his growing popularity, and unable to counteract it, they endeavoured to
+assail his reputation abroad by ostentatiously protesting against his
+acts, and appealing in Oriental phrase to the _wide universe_ to witness
+and compassionate their _unparalleled wrongs_.
+
+Heedless of their idle clamours, Lord George Paulet addressed himself to
+the task of reconciling the differences among the foreign residents,
+remedying their grievances, promoting their mercantile interests, and
+ameliorating, as far as lay in his power, the condition of the degraded
+natives. The iniquities he brought to light and instantly suppressed are
+too numerous to be here recorded; but one instance may be mentioned that
+will give some idea of the lamentable misrule to which these poor
+islanders are subjected.
+
+It is well known that the laws at the Sandwich Islands are subject to the
+most capricious alterations, which, by confounding all ideas of right and
+wrong in the minds of the natives, produce the most pernicious effects. In
+no case is this mischief more plainly descernible than in the continually
+shifting regulations concerning licentiousness. At one time the most
+innocent freedoms between the sexes are punished with fine and
+imprisonment; at another the revocation of the statute is followed by the
+most open and undisguised profligacy.
+
+It so happened that at the period of Paulet's arrival the Connecticut blue
+laws had been for at least three weeks steadily enforced. In consequence
+of this, the fort at Honolulu was filled with a great number of young
+girls, who were confined there doing penance for their slips from virtue.
+Paulet, although at first unwilling to interfere with regulations having
+reference solely to the natives themselves, was eventually, by the
+prevalence of certain reports, induced to institute a strict inquiry into
+the internal administration of General Kekuanoa, governor of the island of
+Oahu, one of the pillars of the Hawaiian Church, and captain of the fort.
+He soon ascertained that numbers of the young females employed during the
+day at work intended for the benefit of the king, were at night smuggled
+over the ramparts of the fort--which on one side directly overhangs the
+sea--and were conveyed by stealth on board such vessels as had contracted
+with the General to be supplied with them. Before daybreak they returned
+to their quarters, and their own silence with regard to these secret
+excursions was purchased by a small portion of those wages of iniquity
+which were placed in the hands of Kekuanoa.
+
+The vigour with which the laws concerning licentiousness were at that
+period enforced, enabled the General to monopolise in a great measure the
+detestable trade in which he was engaged, and there consequently flowed
+into his coffers--and some say into those of the government
+also--considerable sums of money. It is indeed a lamentable fact that the
+principal revenue of the Hawaiian government is derived from the fines
+levied upon, or rather the licences taken out by Vice, the prosperity of
+which is linked with that of the government. Were the people to become
+virtuous the authorities would become poor; but from present indications
+there is little apprehension to be entertained on that score.
+
+Some five months after the date of the cession, the _Dublin_ frigate,
+carrying the flag of Rear-Admiral Thomas, entered the harbour of Honolulu.
+The excitement that her sudden appearance produced on shore was
+prodigious. Three days after her arrival an English sailor hauled down the
+red cross which had been flying from the heights of the fort, and the
+Hawaiian colours were again displayed upon the same staff. At the same
+moment the long 42-pounders upon Punchbowl Hill opened their iron throats
+in triumphant reply to the thunders of the five men-of-war in the harbour;
+and King Kammahammaha III, surrounded by a splendid group of British and
+American officers, unfurled the royal standard to assembled thousands of
+his subjects, who, attracted by the imposing military display of the
+foreigners, had flocked to witness the formal restoration of the islands
+to their ancient rulers.
+
+The admiral, after sanctioning the proceedings of his subaltern, had
+brought the authorities to terms; and so removed the necessity of acting
+any longer under the provisional cession.
+
+The event was made an occasion of riotous rejoicing by the king and the
+principal chiefs, who easily secured a display of enthusiasm from the
+inferior orders, by remitting for a time the accustomed severity of the
+laws. Royal proclamations in English and Hawaiian were placarded in the
+streets of Honolulu, and posted up in the more populous villages of the
+group, in which His Majesty announced to his loving subjects the
+re-establishment of his throne, and called upon them to celebrate it by
+breaking through all moral, legal, and religious restraint for ten
+consecutive days, during which time all the laws of the land were solemnly
+declared to be suspended.
+
+Who that happened to be at Honolulu during those ten memorable days will
+ever forget them! The spectacle of universal broad-day debauchery, which
+was then exhibited, beggars description. The natives of the surrounding
+islands flocked to Honolulu by hundreds, and the crews of two frigates,
+opportunely let loose like so many demons to swell the heathenish uproar,
+gave the crowning flourish to the scene. It was a sort of Polynesian
+saturnalia. Deeds too atrocious to be mentioned were done at noon-day in
+the open street, and some of the islanders, caught in the very act of
+stealing from the foreigners, were, on being taken to the fort by the
+aggrieved party, suffered immediately to go at large and to retain the
+stolen property--Kekuanoa informing the white men, with a sardonic grin,
+that the laws were "hannapa" (tied up).
+
+The history of these ten days reveals in their true colours the character
+of the Sandwich islanders, and furnishes an eloquent commentary on the
+results which have flowed from the labours of the missionaries. Freed from
+the restraint of severe penal laws, the natives almost to a man had
+plunged voluntarily into every species of wickedness and excess, and by
+their utter disregard of all decency plainly showed that, although they
+had been schooled into a seeming submission to the new order of things,
+they were in reality as depraved and vicious as ever.
+
+Such were the events which produced in America so general an outbreak of
+indignation against the spirited and high-minded Paulet. He is not the
+first man who, in the fearless discharge of his duty, has awakened the
+senseless clamours of those whose narrow-minded suspicions blind them to a
+proper appreciation of measures which unusual exigencies may have rendered
+necessary.
+
+It is almost needless to add that the British cabinet never had any idea
+of appropriating the islands; and it furnishes a sufficient vindication of
+the acts of Lord George Paulet, that he not only received the unqualified
+approbation of his own government, but that to this hour the great body of
+the Hawaiian people invoke blessings on his head, and look back with
+gratitude to the time when his liberal and paternal sway diffused peace
+and happiness among them.
+
+
+
+
+
+                                FOOTNOTES
+
+
+    1 The word "kannaka" is at the present day universally used in the
+      South Seas by Europeans to designate the islanders. In the various
+      dialects of the principal groups it is simply a sexual designation
+      applied to the males; but it is now used by the natives in their
+      intercourse with foreigners in the same sense in which the latter
+      employ it.
+
+      A "tabooed kannaka" is an islander whose person has been made, to a
+      certain extent, sacred by the operation of a singular custom
+      hereafter to be explained.
+
+    2 I presume this might be translated into "Strong Waters." Arva is the
+      name bestowed upon a root, the properties of which are both
+      inebriating and medicinal. "Wai" is the Marquesan word for water.
+
+    3 White appears to be the sacred colour among the Marquesans.
+
+    4 The word "Artua," although having some other significations, is in
+      nearly all the Polynesian dialects used as the general designation
+      of the gods.
+
+    5 The strict honesty which the inhabitants of nearly all the
+      Polynesian Islands manifest towards each other, is in striking
+      contrast with the thieving propensities some of them evince in their
+      intercourse with foreigners. It would almost seem that, according to
+      their peculiar code of morals, the pilfering of a hatchet or a
+      wrought nail from a European is looked upon as a praiseworthy
+      action. Or rather, it may be presumed, that bearing in mind the
+      wholesale forays made upon them by their nautical visitors, they
+      consider the property of the latter as a fair object of reprisal.
+      This consideration, while it serves to reconcile an apparent
+      contradiction in the moral character of the islanders, should in
+      some measure alter that low opinion of it which the reader of South
+      Sea voyages is too apt to form.
+
+
+
+
+
+                            TRANSCRIBER'S NOTE
+
+
+Obvious typographical errors were corrected:
+
+      page vi, "Mysterious" changed to "mysterious"
+      page 2, "attentuated" changed to "attenuated"
+      page 3, quote mark added after first "Marquesas!"
+      page 7, double primes changed to primes in first coordinate
+      page 18, "coacoa-nut" changed to "cocoa-nut"
+      page 23, period changed to comma after "home"
+      page 26, "tatooed" changed to "tattooed"
+      page 52, "Decend" changed to "Descend"
+      page 62, "hairbreath" changed to "hairbreadth"
+      page 66, "inceased" changed to "increased"
+      page 89, "interwined" changed to "intertwined"
+      page 112, "preverse" changed to "perverse"
+      page 120, "kemp" changed to "kelp"
+      page 123, "As" changed to "At"
+      page 150, period added after "enemy"
+      page 199, "Figneroa" changed to "Figueroa"
+      page 242, "as" changed to "is"
+      page 273, "tumultous" changed to "tumultuous"
+      page 281, comma added after "course"
+
+Spelling variations were not normalized (e. g. "figure head",
+"figure-head" and "figurehead", "forefinger" and "fore-finger", "clamor"
+and "clamour", "verd-antique" and "verde-antique", "incumbrances" and
+"encumber").
+
+
+
+
+
+***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TYPEE***
+
+
+
+                                 CREDITS
+
+
+May 1, 2009
+
+            Project Gutenberg TEI edition 1
+            Produced by Juliet Sutherland and the Online Distributed
+            Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+                      A WORD FROM PROJECT GUTENBERG
+
+
+This file should be named 28656.txt or 28656.zip.
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+
+
+    http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/8/6/5/28656/
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one -- the old editions will be
+renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no one
+owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation (and
+you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without permission
+and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth in the
+General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to copying and
+distributing Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic works to protect the Project
+Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered
+trademark, and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you
+receive specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of
+this eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
+for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
+performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given away
+-- you may do practically _anything_ with public domain eBooks.
+Redistribution is subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+                    THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+
+
+_Please read this before you distribute or use this work._
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work (or
+any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project Gutenberg"),
+you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~}
+License (available with this file or online at
+http://www.gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+                                Section 1.
+
+
+General Terms of Use & Redistributing Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic works
+
+
+                                   1.A.
+
+
+By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic work,
+you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to and accept all the
+terms of this license and intellectual property (trademark/copyright)
+agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all the terms of this
+agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy all copies of
+Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic works in your possession. If you paid a fee
+for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic work
+and you do not agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement, you may
+obtain a refund from the person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set
+forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+
+                                   1.B.
+
+
+"Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be used on or
+associated in any way with an electronic work by people who agree to be
+bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few things that you can
+do with most Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic works even without complying
+with the full terms of this agreement. See paragraph 1.C below. There are
+a lot of things you can do with Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic works if you
+follow the terms of this agreement and help preserve free future access to
+Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+
+                                   1.C.
+
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" or
+PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an individual
+work is in the public domain in the United States and you are located in
+the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from copying,
+distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative works based on
+the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of
+course, we hope that you will support the Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} mission of
+promoting free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project
+Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for
+keeping the Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} name associated with the work. You can
+easily comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
+same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} License when you
+share it without charge with others.
+
+
+                                   1.D.
+
+
+The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern what you
+can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in a constant
+state of change. If you are outside the United States, check the laws of
+your country in addition to the terms of this agreement before
+downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or creating
+derivative works based on this work or any other Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} work.
+The Foundation makes no representations concerning the copyright status of
+any work in any country outside the United States.
+
+
+                                   1.E.
+
+
+Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+
+                                  1.E.1.
+
+
+The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate access
+to, the full Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} License must appear prominently whenever
+any copy of a Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} work (any work on which the phrase
+"Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project Gutenberg"
+is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, copied or
+distributed:
+
+
+    This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+    almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away
+    or re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License
+    included with this eBook or online at http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+                                  1.E.2.
+
+
+If an individual Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic work is derived from the
+public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is posted with
+permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied and
+distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees or
+charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work with the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you
+must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7
+or obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~}
+trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+
+                                  1.E.3.
+
+
+If an individual Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic work is posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution must comply
+with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional terms imposed
+by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked to the Project
+Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} License for all works posted with the permission of the
+copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+
+                                  1.E.4.
+
+
+Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} License
+terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this work or any
+other work associated with Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~}.
+
+
+                                  1.E.5.
+
+
+Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this electronic
+work, or any part of this electronic work, without prominently displaying
+the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with active links or immediate
+access to the full terms of the Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} License.
+
+
+                                  1.E.6.
+
+
+You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, compressed,
+marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any word
+processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version posted
+on the official Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} web site (http://www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other form.
+Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} License as
+specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+
+                                  1.E.7.
+
+
+Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, performing,
+copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} works unless you comply
+with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+
+                                  1.E.8.
+
+
+You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing access to or
+distributing Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic works provided that
+
+    - You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+      the use of Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} works calculated using the method you
+      already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed to
+      the owner of the Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} trademark, but he has agreed to
+      donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project Gutenberg
+      Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid within 60
+      days following each date on which you prepare (or are legally
+      required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty payments
+      should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg
+      Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in Section 4,
+      "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+      Archive Foundation."
+
+      You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+      you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+      does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} License.
+      You must require such a user to return or destroy all copies of the
+      works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue all use of and
+      all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} works.
+
+      You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
+      any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+      electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
+      receipt of the work.
+
+      You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+      distribution of Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} works.
+
+
+                                  1.E.9.
+
+
+If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic
+work or group of works on different terms than are set forth in this
+agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from both the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael Hart, the owner of the
+Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in
+Section 3 below.
+
+
+                                   1.F.
+
+
+                                  1.F.1.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable effort to
+identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread public domain
+works in creating the Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} collection. Despite these
+efforts, Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic works, and the medium on which they
+may be stored, may contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to,
+incomplete, inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright
+or other intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk
+or other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot
+be read by your equipment.
+
+
+                                  1.F.2.
+
+
+LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES -- Except for the "Right of
+Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~}
+trademark, and any other party distributing a Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~}
+electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all liability to you for
+damages, costs and expenses, including legal fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE
+NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH
+OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE
+FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT
+WILL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL,
+PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY
+OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+
+                                  1.F.3.
+
+
+LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND -- If you discover a defect in this
+electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can receive a refund
+of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a written explanation to
+the person you received the work from. If you received the work on a
+physical medium, you must return the medium with your written explanation.
+The person or entity that provided you with the defective work may elect
+to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a refund. If you received the
+work electronically, the person or entity providing it to you may choose
+to give you a second opportunity to receive the work electronically in
+lieu of a refund. If the second copy is also defective, you may demand a
+refund in writing without further opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+
+                                  1.F.4.
+
+
+Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth in
+paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS,' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+
+                                  1.F.5.
+
+
+Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied warranties or the
+exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. If any disclaimer or
+limitation set forth in this agreement violates the law of the state
+applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be interpreted to make
+the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by the applicable state
+law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this agreement
+shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+
+                                  1.F.6.
+
+
+INDEMNITY -- You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the trademark
+owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone providing copies of
+Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic works in accordance with this agreement, and
+any volunteers associated with the production, promotion and distribution
+of Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs
+and expenses, including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from
+any of the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of
+this or any Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} work, (b) alteration, modification, or
+additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} work, and (c) any Defect
+you cause.
+
+
+                               Section  2.
+
+
+           Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~}
+
+
+Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} is synonymous with the free distribution of electronic
+works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers including
+obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists because of the
+efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from people in all walks
+of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the assistance
+they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~}'s goals and ensuring
+that the Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} collection will remain freely available for
+generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation was created to provide a secure and permanent future for
+Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} and future generations. To learn more about the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations
+can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation web page at
+http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+                                Section 3.
+
+
+   Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the state of
+Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal Revenue Service.
+The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification number is 64-6221541.
+Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf. Contributions to the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full
+extent permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr.
+S. Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809 North
+1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact information
+can be found at the Foundation's web site and official page at
+http://www.pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+
+
+    Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+    Chief Executive and Director
+    gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+                                Section 4.
+
+
+  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+                                Foundation
+
+
+Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} depends upon and cannot survive without wide spread
+public support and donations to carry out its mission of increasing the
+number of public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed
+in machine readable form accessible by the widest array of equipment
+including outdated equipment. Many small donations ($1 to $5,000) are
+particularly important to maintaining tax exempt status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United States.
+Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a considerable
+effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up with these
+requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations where we have not
+received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND DONATIONS or
+determine the status of compliance for any particular state visit
+http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we have
+not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition against
+accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who approach us
+with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make any
+statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from outside the
+United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation methods
+and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other ways including
+checks, online payments and credit card donations. To donate, please
+visit: http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+
+                                Section 5.
+
+
+      General Information About Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic works.
+
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~}
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared with
+anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~}
+eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} eBooks are often created from several printed editions,
+all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. unless a copyright
+notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily keep eBooks in compliance
+with any particular paper edition.
+
+Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's eBook
+number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII, compressed
+(zipped), HTML and others.
+
+Corrected _editions_ of our eBooks replace the old file and take over the
+old filename and etext number. The replaced older file is renamed.
+_Versions_ based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving
+new filenames and etext numbers.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+
+    http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~}, including how
+to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation,
+how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email
+newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+***FINIS***
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/old/28656.zip b/old/28656.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b58722a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/28656.zip
diff --git a/old/titlepage.jpg b/old/titlepage.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c9cc85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/titlepage.jpg